As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2019

File No.
 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 

FORM 10
FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 

Watford Holdings Ltd.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Bermuda
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
 
98-1155442
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
Waterloo House, 1 st Floor
100 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code +1 441 278-3455

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class to be so registered
 
Name of each exchange on which
 each class is to be registered
Common shares, par value $0.01 per share
 
The NASDAQ Global Market

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None .

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ☐
Accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☒ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company ☐
 
Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐





Table of Contents
 
 
Page






Explanatory Note
Watford Holdings Ltd. is filing this General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10 to register our common shares, par value $0.01 per share, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, because we are seeking to list our common shares on The NASDAQ Global Market.  We have applied to list our common shares on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “WTRE.”  We refer to the initial listing of our common shares on The NASDAQ Global Market throughout this registration statement as the “listing.”
Our filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, including this registration statement, are available, free of charge, on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.
Once this registration statement becomes effective, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and will file annual, quarterly and other periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports and other information will be available on the SEC’s website referred to above.
We maintain a website at http://www.watfordre.com/. Once this registration statement becomes effective, we will make the information filed with or furnished to the SEC available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Information contained in, included or referred to on, or accessible through, our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into and does not constitute a part of this registration statement or any other report or documents we file with or furnish to the SEC.
Except as otherwise indicated, the information in this registration statement assumes the effectiveness of our amended bye-laws immediately prior to the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market.
Implications of being an emerging growth company
As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:
we are exempt from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
we are permitted to provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and
we are not required to give our shareholders non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or approval of golden parachute arrangements.
We may take advantage of these provisions for up to the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our completion of an initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, (ii) December 31 of the fiscal year that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months or (iii)

i



the date on which we have issued more than $1.07 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.
We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this registration statement. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information prospective investors receive from our competitors that are public companies, or other public companies in which prospective investors have made an investment.
Certain defined terms
Unless the context suggests otherwise, any reference in this registration statement to:
“ACGL” refers to Arch Capital Group Ltd. and its controlled subsidiaries;
“Arch” refers to any one or more of the following direct or indirect subsidiaries of ACGL, as applicable in the context in which such term appears:
Arch Capital Services Inc., or ACS, which is a party to a services agreement with Watford Holdings (U.S.) Inc.;
Arch Insurance Group Inc., or AIGI, which is a party to certain quota share agreements with one or more of our operating subsidiaries;
Arch Investment Management Ltd., or AIM, which manages the majority of our investment grade portfolio;
Arch Reinsurance Company, or ARC, which is a party to certain quota share agreements with one or more of our operating subsidiaries and a services agreement with Watford Holdings (U.S.) Inc.;
Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Designated Activity Company (formerly known as Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited), or ARE, which is a party to certain quota share agreements with one or more of our operating subsidiaries;
Arch Reinsurance Ltd., or ARL, which is a party to certain quota share agreements with one or more of our operating subsidiaries and owned approximately 11% of our outstanding common shares as of September 30, 2018 ;
Arch Underwriters Inc., or AUI, which manages the underwriting business of our U.S. operating subsidiaries;
Arch Underwriters Ltd., or AUL, which manages the underwriting business of our non-U.S. operating subsidiaries, including Watford Re;
our “Investment Managers” refers to AIM, HPS or any other third-party investment managers that manage our investment grade portfolio or our non-investment grade portfolio from time to time;
“HPS” refers to HPS Investment Partners, LLC (formerly known as Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC), which manages our non-investment grade portfolio;
“Watford,” “we,” “us” and “our” refers to Watford Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiaries;
“Watford Holdings” refers to our company, Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company;
“Watford Holdings U.S.” refers to Watford Holdings (U.S.) Inc., a Delaware company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of our company;

ii



“Watford Trust” refers to Watford Asset Trust I, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware;
“Watford Re” refers to Watford Re Ltd., a Bermuda domiciled insurance company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of our company;
“WIC” refers to Watford Insurance Company, a New Jersey domiciled insurance company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of our company;
“WICE” refers to Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited, a Gibraltar domiciled insurance company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of our company; and
“WSIC” refers to Watford Specialty Insurance Company, a New Jersey domiciled insurance company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of our company.
Certain abbreviations and definitions of certain insurance, reinsurance, financial and other terms used in this registration statement are defined in the “Glossary of Selected Reinsurance, Insurance and Investment Terms” section of this registration statement.
Registered trademarks and trademark applications
“Watford” and “Watford Re” are the subject of trademark registrations in the United States. Other brands, names and trademarks contained in this registration statement are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names are referred to in this registration statement without the SM and ® symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that the owner thereof will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, such owner’s rights to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.
Market and industry data and forecasts
Certain market and industry data and forecasts included in this registration statement were obtained from independent market research, industry publications and surveys, governmental agencies and publicly available information. Industry surveys, publications and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources, nor have we ascertained the underlying assumptions relied upon therein. Similarly, independent market research and industry forecasts, which we believe to be reliable based upon our management’s knowledge of the industry, have not been independently verified. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the market or industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

iii



Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This registration statement contains forward-looking statements that are intended to enhance the reader’s ability to assess our future financial and business performance. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management, and are subject to risks and uncertainties. Generally, statements that are not about historical facts, including statements concerning our possible or assumed future actions or results of operations are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that represent our beliefs, expectations or estimates concerning future operations, strategies, financial results or performance, financings, investments, acquisitions, expenditures or other developments and anticipated trends and competition in the markets in which we operate. Forward-looking statements can also be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “believes,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “estimates,” “expects,” “should” or similar expressions. For example, under “Item 1. Business-Recent Developments,” we have included certain preliminary estimates of our financial and operating results for the three months and year ended December 31, 2018. The estimates presented have not been audited , reviewed, compiled, nor have agreed-upon procedures been applied with respect to the preliminary financial data .
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance and we caution prospective investors not to rely on them. Because these forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control or are subject to change. Actual results or other outcomes could differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements, as a result of several factors, including the following:
our limited operating history;
fluctuations in the results of our operations;
our ability to compete successfully with more established competitors;
our losses exceeding our reserves;
downgrades, potential downgrades or other negative actions by rating agencies;
our dependence on key executives and inability to attract qualified personnel, or the potential loss of Bermudian personnel as a result of Bermuda employment restrictions;
our dependence on letter of credit facilities that may not be available on commercially acceptable terms;
our potential inability to pay dividends or distributions;
our potential need for additional capital in the future and the potential unavailability of such capital to us on favorable terms or at all;
our dependence on clients’ evaluations of risks associated with such clients’ insurance underwriting;
the suspension or revocation of our subsidiaries’ insurance licenses;
Watford Holdings potentially being deemed an investment company under U.S. federal securities law;
the potential characterization of us and/or any of our subsidiaries as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC;
our dependence on Arch for services critical to our underwriting operations;

iv



changes to our strategic relationship with Arch or the termination by Arch of any of our services agreements or quota share agreements;
our dependence on HPS and AIM to implement our investment strategy;
the termination by HPS or AIM of any of our investment management agreements;
risks associated with our investment strategy being greater than those faced by competitors;
changes in the regulatory environment;
our potentially becoming subject to U.S. federal income taxation;
our potentially becoming subject to U.S. withholding and information reporting requirements under the U.S. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, provisions; and
the other risks identified in this registration statement, including, without limitation, those under the sections titled “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” “Item 2. Financial Information-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 1. Business.”
Consequently, such forward-looking statements should be regarded solely as our current plans, estimates or belief as of the date of this registration statement. We do not intend, and do not undertake, any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances after the date of this registration statement. Given such limitations, prospective investors should not rely on these forward-looking statements in deciding whether to invest in our common shares.
Prospective investors should review carefully the section captioned “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this registration statement for a more complete discussion of risks and uncertainties relating to an investment in our common shares.


v


Item 1. Business
Our company
We are a global property and casualty, or P&C, insurance and reinsurance company with approximately $1.2 billion in capital as of September 30, 2018 and with operations in Bermuda, the United States and Europe. Our strategy combines a diversified, casualty-focused underwriting portfolio, accessed through our multi-year, renewable strategic underwriting management relationship with Arch, with a disciplined investment strategy comprising primarily non-investment grade corporate credit assets, managed by HPS Investment Partners, LLC, or HPS. We have designed our investment strategy to complement the characteristics of our target underwriting portfolio in order to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for our shareholders. Our strategy involves a greater degree of investment risk balanced with a less volatile underwriting portfolio, especially in relation to the amount of catastrophe exposure we assume, as compared with traditional insurers and reinsurers.
We were formed in Bermuda in the second quarter of 2013. In March 2014, we raised $1.1 billion in our initial funding and began underwriting reinsurance in the first half of 2014. Our operating subsidiaries all carry a financial strength rating of “A-” (Excellent) with a stable outlook from A.M. Best Company, or A.M. Best, which is the fourth highest of 15 ratings that A.M. Best confers. Each of our operating subsidiaries also carries a financial strength rating of “A” with a stable outlook from Kroll Bond Rating Agency, or KBRA, which is the sixth highest of 22 ratings that KBRA confers. These ratings are each intended to provide an independent opinion of an insurer’s ability to meet its obligations to policyholders and are not ratings of our common shares.
We manage our insurance and reinsurance underwriting through our relationship with Arch, which, through Arch Reinsurance Ltd., or ARL, is one of our founding equity investors. ARL, which is a subsidiary of Arch Capital Group Ltd., or ACGL, a leading global insurance and reinsurance company whose shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ACGL,” invested $100 million in our common shares. ACGL had approximately $11.1 billion in capital and a market capitalization of approximately $12.1 billion as of September 30, 2018 and provides a full range of property, casualty and mortgage insurance and reinsurance lines, with a particular focus on writing specialty lines on a worldwide basis through operations in Bermuda, the United States, Canada, Europe, Australia and South Africa.
Our strategic relationship with Arch provides us with unique underwriting expertise and market access based upon our ability to leverage Arch’s global underwriting infrastructure and distribution platform and has enabled us to build a diversified global portfolio of insurance and reinsurance risks. Our operating subsidiaries have written an aggregate of approximately $2.5 billion in gross written premium from inception to September 30, 2018 .
Our main operating subsidiary is Watford Re Ltd., or Watford Re, a Bermuda-based company that began writing business in early 2014 and is registered as a Class 4 insurer with the Bermuda Monetary Authority, or the BMA. Bermuda is one of the largest insurance and reinsurance centers in the world, particularly for P&C markets, providing insurance and reinsurance capacity for risks on a global basis. In addition to traditional P&C lines, Watford Re also writes mortgage insurance and reinsurance on a worldwide basis. Our Bermuda presence gives us direct and efficient access to reinsure these risks. In mid-2015, we formed and capitalized Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited, or WICE, in Gibraltar to conduct business in Europe. In December 2015, WICE began writing business with access to markets across the European Union, targeting both personal lines and commercial lines of P&C insurance.
In late 2015, we formed and capitalized Watford Specialty Insurance Company, or WSIC, a U.S.-based excess & surplus, or E&S, lines insurer. In April 2016, WSIC began writing insurance business in the U.S. E&S market, concentrating its efforts on commercial lines of property and casualty

3


coverage, which it distributes through specialized insurance agents also known as program managers. We further expanded our U.S. capabilities in August 2016 through the acquisition and capitalization of Watford Insurance Company, or WIC, which has enabled us to access the larger admitted (or licensed) U.S. insurance market. Between WSIC and WIC, we are able to access the entire U.S. P&C insurance market, offering either admitted insurance products or E&S insurance products to service market demand.
The majority of our investments are allocated to non-investment grade corporate credit assets managed by HPS, which we refer to as our non-investment grade portfolio.
HPS is a global investment platform with a focus on non-investment grade credit. As shown in the chart below, HPS had approximately $46 billion of assets under management as of September 30, 2018 . HPS manages our non-investment grade portfolio pursuant to investment guidelines formulated to complement our underwriting portfolio. The primary objective of our non-investment grade investment strategy is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns comprising current interest income, trading gains and capital appreciation, with an emphasis on capital preservation. As of September 30, 2018 , non-investment grade corporate credit comprised approximately 69% of our overall investment portfolio.
CHART-05B8762E1EE6AF73564.JPG
Total: $46 billion (Public Credit $17 billion; Private Credit $29 billion)
We refer to the remainder of our invested assets as our investment grade portfolio, which is primarily managed by Arch Investment Management Ltd., or AIM, a subsidiary of Arch that manages the investments of Arch’s own funds.
Our management team is led by John Rathgeber, a highly respected industry veteran with over 35 years of experience. Mr. Rathgeber served as the Chief Executive Officer of Arch Reinsurance Company, or ARC, Arch’s U.S. reinsurance operations, from its inception in 2001 until 2009. Mr. Rathgeber has also served as Vice Chairman of Arch Worldwide Reinsurance Group. In addition, we have recruited a management team that has significant senior leadership and underwriting experience in the insurance and reinsurance industry. We believe our management team’s industry experience is an important competitive advantage.
Since formation, we have meaningfully grown our business, generating sizable underwriting revenue and significant interest income. We believe that we are well-positioned to continue delivering prudent growth by balancing our complementary underwriting and investment strategies. From inception through September 30, 2018 , our net written premiums and net interest income were as follows:

4


 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
ITD
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
($ in thousands)
Net written premiums
$
471,815

 
$
553,117

 
$
513,788

 
$
465,959

 
$
2,279,135

Net interest income
77,578

 
86,523

 
89,818

 
72,858

 
345,026

Competitive strengths
Global insurance and reinsurance company
We are a highly-rated global insurance and reinsurance company with a strong balance sheet and access to the key global insurance markets in Bermuda, Europe and the United States. We benefit from a multi-year, renewable strategic relationship with Arch, which sources opportunities and distributes our products through its global platform in accordance with our underwriting guidelines. The recent establishment of our U.S. and European insurance operations enables direct distribution of our products to our targeted clients, providing us with the flexibility to write on an insurance, reinsurance, or retrocessional basis depending upon the risk-adjusted pricing of particular markets.
Our book of specialty P&C lines is diversified by both territory and line of business. We believe our prudently underwritten, diversified, global book of insurance and reinsurance business is a competitive advantage.
Differentiated, balanced business model
We operate a differentiated, innovative business model compared to traditional insurers and reinsurers. The innovation in our total return business model is the marriage of the income generation potential of higher-coupon, corporate credit fixed income, fixed maturity investments with the underwriting of primarily lower volatility, medium- to long-tail casualty business. Our model is designed to create relatively stable and predictable cash flows from both underwriting (net premium receipts) and investments (interest income and scheduled principal repayments) to meet our underwriting liabilities, which should allow us to avoid being forced to sell assets at inopportune times.
Our dynamic, integrated approach to our underwriting and investments is reflected throughout our organization and enables us, through Arch and HPS, to be nimble and creative in evaluating risks on both sides of our balance sheet. We have engaged Arch and/or HPS, as applicable, to continuously evaluate underwriting and/or investment opportunities, as applicable, on our behalf, and, by leveraging their respective expertise and market access, we may increase or decrease our underwriting premium, adjust our mix of the underwriting portfolio, adjust investment leverage and/or adjust our mix of investment assets depending upon underwriting market conditions, credit market conditions or both. Our investment activities are complementary to our underwriting activities and provide us the ability to compete more effectively for insurance and reinsurance business.
We believe this hybrid approach makes us better equipped than traditional insurance and reinsurance companies to navigate the insurance and reinsurance underwriting cycles that have historically been experienced by the industry. During hard phases of the insurance and/or reinsurance cycles, through our strategic relationship with Arch we have the ability to increase our business volume to capture higher rate levels in the market. An example of this dynamic is our increased writings of European motor insurance, as rates have hardened in recent years.
Through our relationship with HPS, we have the ability to generate higher returns from investment income even when the industry is experiencing soft phases of the insurance and/or reinsurance

5


cycles, and this higher investment income enables us to be competitive in writing soft cycle insurance and reinsurance business that might not otherwise meet our return thresholds.
Additionally, we maintain the ability to generate higher investment income returns when the credit markets provide attractive opportunities. In the period since our inception, while the insurance and reinsurance markets have been in a general softening phase, the credit investment market experienced both a widening and then a tightening of credit spreads.  See “-Our operations-Investment operations-Non-investment grade portfolio-Investment strategy.” As demonstrated by the chart below entitled “Deployment of Assets into Non-Investment Grade Investment Strategy,” our usage of borrowings to purchase additional assets in the non-investment grade portfolio increased as the Credit Suisse High Yield Index’s Spread-to-Worst widened, reflecting HPS’s view that these periods presented more attractive risk-adjusted investment opportunities, which generated increased net interest income. When credit spreads later tightened, assets were sold and the proceeds were used to repay borrowings from the credit facility.
In recognition of our hybrid, total return approach, Arch and HPS each share a portion of their management fees and performance fees related to services provided by Arch and HPS to Watford Re with the other pursuant to a fee sharing agreement . The fee sharing arrangement also provides a marginal alignment of interest benefit by encouraging and rewarding collaborative efforts by allowing both Arch and HPS to participate in the revenue generated by the components of our business that are managed by the other. We pay each of Arch and HPS the fees due under the respective services agreements and the fee sharing agreement does not affect the total amount of fees that we pay; we do not monitor, and we are not made aware of, the actual sharing payments between Arch and HPS. With the exception of the right to consent to any proposed amendment, we have no rights under the fee sharing agreement. We view the fee sharing agreement as a positive factor that strengthens the commitment of each of Arch and HPS to ensuring the quality of the services each performs on our behalf and fosters a cooperative approach to working toward our overall success; however, we neither consider the fee sharing agreement to be central to our business model nor depend on the fee sharing agreement to balance any potential conflicts of interest.
Our relationship with Arch
We believe that our strategic relationship with Arch provides us with a meaningful competitive advantage in both access and expense for our reinsurance business and in launching our recently initiated insurance business. We believe that our ability to leverage Arch’s risk evaluation expertise, global reach, broad distribution network and industry stature provides us with attractive underwriting opportunities that many of our principal competitors do not have the resources or infrastructure to access. On our behalf, Arch monitors opportunities that provide attractive risk-adjusted returns with a particular focus on product lines in which Arch has experience and expertise, particularly any which may have previously experienced adverse results and are therefore beginning to benefit from an increase in premium rates. Similarly, Arc h’s und erwriting acumen brings us value in determining product lines that due to market conditions are not providing adequate returns and for which writings should be reduced. For instance, because of the prolonged softening of the property catastrophe product line, we have purposely written less premium in that line versus what was originally planned.
As a result of our relationship with Arch, we are able to distribute our products through Arch’s worldwide platform on a variable cost basis, thus avoiding the fixed expense of maintaining our own global underwriting infrastructure. In addition to its $100 million equity investment in our company and its assumption of a minimum 15% share of risks underwritten by us, Arch is aligned with us through the premium-based fees it receives, and strategically through the ability to provide additional solutions to its clients.

6


The table below provides the fees and reimbursements we have paid to Arch for its services relating to our insurance and reinsurance operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Fees and Reimbursements to Arch
$
10,182

 
$
8,209

 
$
29,066

 
$
25,524

 
$
34,375

 
$
28,840

 
$
19,625

Strong balance sheet
We have a strong balance sheet, unencumbered by many of the legacy exposures the industry assumed in the past, and we are committed to preserving our financial strength. In addition, we utilize low operating leverage and have limited catastrophe exposure. As of September 30, 2018 , our total assets were $3.4 billion and our invested assets totaled $2.8 billion across our investment strategies. Our $1.2 billion total capitalization (which includes our preference shares) provides us with the flexibility to engage in attractive underwriting and investment opportunities while maintaining our financial strength.
Variable cost structure
For our underwriting operations, we are able to access Arch’s worldwide underwriting platform which allows us to operate on a predominantly premium-based, variable cost expense structure, incurring operational and underwriting expense only as premiums are written, thus avoiding the fixed expense of maintaining our own global underwriting staff and infrastructure. To date, this access has permitted us to achieve a lower expense ratio than most of our competitors. Our fixed costs are largely limited to supporting enterprise risk management and corporate management functions. This is a meaningful advantage versus other industry participants who face rising expense ratios as market cycles cause premium volumes to decline. This variable cost structure provides us flexibility in managing expenses, which is of particular benefit in the highly competitive, cyclical reinsurance markets in which we operate and for our recently formed insurance operations as we ramp up their premium writings. Further, to the extent Arch continues to develop and grow its platform and capabilities, we benefit through increased opportunities to write attractive business without adding to our fixed cost expenses.
Similarly, we have outsourced our investment management to HPS and AIM and we feel that the structure of the compensation we pay to these managers, comprising a variable, asset-based component in both cases and an incentive-based fee for HPS, provides benefits to us both in terms of aligning interests and providing cost-effective access to the expertise required to execute our chosen investment strategy.
Experienced management team
Our senior management team has an average of over 25 years of experience in the insurance industry. Our senior management team is led by John Rathgeber, who has over 35 years of experience in the reinsurance industry as an underwriter, actuary, risk manager and senior executive. Mr. Rathgeber helped found ARC, Arch’s U.S. reinsurance operations, where he served as the Chief Executive Officer from its inception in 2001 until the fall of 2009, at which point he assumed the role of Vice Chairman of Reinsurance for Arch, the position he retained until leaving Arch to join us in early 2014.
In addition, our management team includes our Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Risk Officer. Our team has significant senior leadership and underwriting experience in the

7


insurance and reinsurance industry, with vast expertise in operations, financial analysis and reporting, treasury, risk management and actuarial analysis.
Our board of directors has deep insurance, reinsurance and financial services industry experience
We have an experienced board of directors comprising accomplished industry veterans who collectively bring decades of experience from their prior roles operating and working in insurance, reinsurance and other financial services companies. Our board of directors currently consists of five independent directors, two directors appointed by Arch and our Chief Executive Officer.
Strategy
Execute a dynamic business model focused on total returns
We are a total return-driven insurance and reinsurance company. We strive to deliver attractive long-term returns to our shareholders by writing a diversified underwriting portfolio through a proven, disciplined approach, augmented by an investment strategy comprising primarily non-investment grade fixed income corporate credit assets and designed to complement our target underwriting business mix. We feel that this combination enhances our opportunity to thoughtfully deploy our capital in the most effective manner and to produce attractive risk-adjusted returns across both sides of the balance sheet, thereby maximizing the total return for our shareholders.
Build an insurance platform that supplements our reinsurance business
In 2015, we expanded our platform to include P&C insurance business in the United States and European markets. The business we access at the insurance level generally has lower acquisition costs than similar business accessed at the reinsurance level, and provides other operating efficiencies. In addition, we expect that our insurance business will produce further diversification benefits resulting in lower volatility of our underwriting results.
The table below shows the net written insurance premiums generated by our insurance business for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 . We intend to continue to grow our insurance business opportunistically by leveraging our strategic relationship with Arch.
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Insurance programs and coinsurance - net written premiums
$
34,720

 
$
35,268

 
$
103,372

 
$
75,165

 
$
103,213

 
$
55,909

 
$
10,196

Capitalize on the expertise and infrastructure of Arch, our exclusive underwriting manager
We have partnered with Arch to source and manage our underwriting portfolio in accordance with our underwriting guidelines. We believe this relationship will enable us to execute our chosen, casualty-focused underwriting strategy based on Arch’s expertise in our target lines of business. This arrangement provides us with access to Arch’s global underwriting infrastructure and distribution platform, and has allowed us to quickly build a global portfolio of diversified insurance and reinsurance risks.
Pursue an investment approach that complements our underwriting strategy
Our investment strategy seeks to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns comprising interest income, trading gains and capital appreciation with an emphasis on capital preservation. This investment strategy complements our underwriting portfolio, which predominantly targets

8


medium- to long-tail casualty business. Our non-investment grade portfolio, which is managed by HPS, consists of high yielding corporate credit assets. Our goal in pursuing this strategy is to generate superior investment returns, as compared with investment returns achieved by our peers, through disciplined and prudent credit risk analysis and proper pricing for the risk assumed. We seek to achieve risk-adjusted returns that exceed those of typical reinsurer investment portfolios while also producing stable cash flows from scheduled interest payments. Our lower volatility, casualty-focused underwriting portfolio should have predictability in terms of the timing of payments to insurance claimants, thereby mitigating the risk of having to sell assets during times of temporary investment market stresses.
Maintain a robust risk management program
We have a strong risk management function, overseen by our Chief Risk Officer. We benefit from our ability to leverage the risk management infrastructures in place within each of Arch and HPS. We regularly receive relevant exposure and modeling information from Arch and HPS. On that data we overlay our proprietary analytics, tailored risk appetites and controls for an integrated approach to monitoring and reviewing our exposures. We maintain active oversight of our underwriting and investment management service providers at both the management and board level.
Conservative approach to underwriting risk
We have designed our underwriting and investment strategies toward the goal of maintaining our balance sheet strength on a long-term basis through varying phases of market cycles. We target a medium-to long-term, lower volatility underwriting portfolio with tightly managed natural catastrophe exposure. We seek to limit our modeled probable maximum loss, or PML, for property catastrophe exposures for each peak peril and peak zone from a 1-in-250 year occurrence to no more than 10% of the value of our total shareholders’ equity plus our contingently redeemable preference shares, or our total capital, which is less than most of our principal reinsurance competitors. As of September 30, 2018 , this modeled net PML was 2.3% of our total capital. Our conscious effort to limit our catastrophe exposure lowers the volatility of our overall underwriting portfolio and provides greater certainty as to future claims-related payout patterns and timing. Our casualty-focused portfolio’s payout pattern is slower than that of most of our competitors due to the longer tail lines of business we write, and that slower payout pattern provides us with the potential for greater investment income on those premiums, thereby providing us an underwriting modeling advantage when competing for those target lines of business.
We have a robust process for setting loss reserves, leveraging the established processes and procedures employed by Arch, making our own analyses and judgments, and through periodic reviews by external actuarial firms. We also regularly monitor our investment portfolios, including performance of the underlying credits, overall liquidity and how well that liquidity matches with the projected claims payments related to our underwriting portfolio. Being prudent stewards of our balance sheet allows us to maintain the confidence of all of our constituents and thereby to position ourselves to better achieve our goals.
Recent developments
The following information reflects our preliminary expectations with respect to our financial and operating results for the three months and year ended December 31, 2018. The estimates presented below have not been audited, reviewed, compiled, nor have agreed-upon procedures been applied with respect to the preliminary financial data.  These preliminary financial and operating results are subject to revision as we complete the preparation of our 2018 year-end financial statements (including all required disclosures) and as the 2018 year-end audit is completed, which revisions could be material.


9


 
(Estimated / Unaudited)
 
(Unaudited)
 
(Estimated / Unaudited)
 
(Audited)
 
Three Months Ended
 
Year Ended
 
December 31, 2018
 
September 30, 2018
 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
($ in millions, except percentages and share amounts)
Net premiums earned
$
147.0

 
$
135.6

 
$
578.9

 
$
531.7

Underwriting income (loss) (1)
(22.7
)
 
(0.9
)
 
(25.8
)
 
(66.6
)
Combined ratio
115.4
%
 
100.7
%
 
104.5
%
 
112.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income (2)
30.0

 
27.4

 
107.5

 
86.5

Net realized gains (losses)
4.6

 
4.0

 
(4.8
)
 
0.7

Net unrealized gains (losses)
(102.2
)
 
(7.6
)
 
(109.0
)
 
0.4

Net investment income (loss) (3)
(61.1
)
 
21.4

 
(6.3
)
 
72.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-recurring direct listing expenses
(9.0
)
 

 
(9.0
)
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
(95.3
)
 
18.8

 
(54.5
)
 
(8.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) per share - basic and diluted
$
(4.20
)
 
$
0.83

 
$
(2.40
)
 
$
(0.39
)
Book value per share - basic and diluted
$
39.22

 
$
43.44

 
$
39.22

 
$
41.79

(1) Underwriting income (loss) is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure and is calculated as net premiums earned, less loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses.
(2) Net interest income is calculated as interest income, less investment management fees - related parties and borrowings and miscellaneous other investment expenses.
(3) Net investment income (loss) is calculated as the sum of net interest income, net realized gains (losses), net unrealized gains (losses), less investment performance fees - related parties.
The estimated combined ratio was 115.4% for the three months ended December 31, 2018, comprised of an estimated 87.9% loss ratio, an estimated 23.4% acquisition expense ratio and an estimated 4.1% general and administrative expense ratio. The elevated combined ratio was primarily driven by property losses from Hurricane Michael, California Wildfires, and other 2018 catastrophe events across the globe.  The property losses net of reinsurance recoveries for these events is estimated at $16 million.  Additionally, our underwriting results were adversely affected by liability losses from the same events. 
Estimated net investment loss for the three months ended December 31, 2018 was $61.1 million , compared to net investment income of $21.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2018. While net interest income for the three months ended December 31, 2018 increased by an estimated 9.5% versus the three months ended September 30, 2018, credit spreads widened meaningfully during the quarter resulting in estimated unrealized losses on investments of $102.2 million;
Estimated non-recurring expenses of $9.0 million related to legal, advisory and accounting expenses associated with the initial listing of our common shares on The NASDAQ Global Market.
The estimates presented above are not necessarily indicative of any future period and should be read together with the sections entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements, “Item 1A. Risk Factors, “Item 2. Financial Information and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this registration statement. The preliminary

10


financial and operating data presented in this Recent Developments section of this registration statement has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, Watford’s management. PricewaterhouseCoopers Ltd. has not audited, reviewed, compiled, or applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the preliminary financial data. Accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers Ltd. does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.
Our operations
Underwriting operations
Through our underwriting operations we are able to offer a variety of P&C insurance and reinsurance products on a global basis. We target an underwriting portfolio that is diversified by line of business and geography, with a focus on medium- to long-tail casualty business. Given the recent inception of our insurance operations, our underwriting portfolio to-date has been predominantly reinsurance, although we expect our insurance writings to increase going forward. We have built a diversified, low volatility portfolio by purposely limiting our modeled natural catastrophe exposure to a level lower than many other insurers and reinsurers. As of September 30, 2018 , our largest peril and zone modeled net PML from a 1-in-250 year occurrence was 2.3% of our total capital. Our strategy is to operate in lines of business in which underwriting skill and specialized knowledge can make a meaningful difference in operating results.
We have been well-received in the market and successful in writing what we believe to be attractive underwriting opportunities. We benefit from Arch’s broad underwriting expertise and worldwide distribution network. Arch’s global, multi-line market presence facilitates the ability for it to strategically adapt our mix of business by geography, product line or type as we or Arch perceive potential opportunities. In addition, as a result of our “A-” (Excellent) rating from A.M. Best and our “A” rating from KBRA, as well as our strong balance sheet, we are well-positioned to increase our premium volume in favorable market cycles, creating additional attractive underwriting opportunities.
Similar to other reinsurers and to other insurers writing business through program managers, we do not separately evaluate each individual risk assumed and are, therefore, largely dependent upon the original underwriting decisions made by the ceding companies and program managers in accordance with agreed underwriting guidelines. However, we believe Arch’s experience in portfolio risk selection and detailed monitoring of cedants and program managers provides us with a competitive advantage.
Our Bermuda-based operating subsidiary, Watford Re, writes a broad range of P&C coverages. In addition to traditional P&C lines, Watford Re also writes mortgage insurance and reinsurance on a worldwide basis. Our reinsurance business leverages Arch’s global underwriting platform to distribute a wide variety of products covering lines of business around the world. We write business for third-party cedants and also assume a significant portion of our business as a reinsurance or retrocession of business that Arch has underwritten for its own portfolio and that also meets our underwriting guidelines and return metrics. The table below provides the percentage of our total gross written premium assumed from Arch for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Gross written premium assumed from Arch
34.4
%
 
40.9
%
 
35.2
%
 
49.0
%
 
48.2
%
 
63.3
%
 
66.8
%
Arch competes with us and will continue to underwrite business for its own distinct portfolios in accordance with its own policies, strategies and business plans. In sourcing insurance and reinsurance opportunities through its worldwide platform, Arch evaluates the perceived risk

11


exposure pursuant to its proprietary underwriting methodology, and then models the required pricing based on both its and our underwriting criteria. In furtherance of our underwriting philosophy to pursue lines of business in which underwriting knowledge and expertise can drive attractive returns, our underwriting guidelines are based largely on Arch’s own, leveraging the experience of Arch’s underwriting professionals. Our underwriting guidelines differ from Arch’s in several aspects, most notably in that our guidelines purposely limit catastrophe risk and our portfolio focus is on mid- to long-tail casualty and other lines of business with similar tenor, whereas Arch’s target business mix includes more catastrophe exposure and a higher percentage of shorter-tail lines.
In underwriting business on our behalf, Arch fundamentally employs the same qualitative and quantitative evaluation and selection criteria for our underwriting portfolio as it does for its own account and each potential contract is evaluated qualitatively and quantitatively for both Arch’s portfolio and ours. For each opportunity that passes Arch’s qualitative and quantitative screening, when performing the pricing evaluation of a contract on our behalf, Arch applies our investment return assumptions to determine our expected return on the allocated capital for each such business opportunity.  The determination by Arch as to whether to offer only Arch capacity, only our capacity, or both as side-by-side capacity, depends on the result of the pricing analysis using differing investment assumptions for us and Arch, reflecting our differentiated investment strategies. The mid- to long-tail business on which we focus can benefit from a higher return on the premium float and thus, certain opportunities that meet our metrics may not meet those of insurers and reinsurers like Arch with a more traditional investment strategy. In underwriting operations, “float” arises when premiums are received before losses and other expenses are paid and is an interval that sometimes extends over many years. During that time, the insurer invests the premiums, earns interest income and may generate capital gains and losses. In order to provide solutions to its reinsurance brokers and potential insurance clients, Arch has a strategic incentive to place that business with us rather than simply declining to provide capacity to the broker or potential client in such circumstances.
Other than with respect to renewals of business previously written by our underwriting subsidiaries, Arch is not required to allocate any particular business opportunities to us, but we believe that Arch has strong incentives to allocate attractive business to us, based on Arch’s $100 million investment in our common shares, our contractual arrangements through which Arch earns premium-based fees and a profit commission for business written on our behalf, and as well as Arch’s ability to offer potential clients additional solutions, thus gaining a strategic benefit in the competitive, syndicated reinsurance market in which it is often necessary to be on an expiring contract in order to have the opportunity to bid to provide capacity at the next annual renewal.
Through our relationship with Arch, we have built a diversified portfolio of medium- to long-tail commercial lines casualty, other specialty and property risks. Our underwriting segment captures the results of our underwriting lines of business, which are comprised of specialty products on a worldwide basis. Our four major lines of business are described as follows:
Casualty reinsurance: coverage provided to ceding company clients on third-party liability and workers’ compensation exposures, primarily on a treaty basis. Business written includes coverages such as: executive assurance, medical malpractice liability, other professional liability, workers’ compensation, excess and umbrella liability and excess auto liability.
Other specialty reinsurance: coverage provided to ceding company clients for personal and commercial auto (other than excess auto liability), mortgage, surety, accident and health, workers’ compensation catastrophe, agriculture and marine and aviation.
Property catastrophe reinsurance: protects ceding company clients for most catastrophic losses that are covered in the underlying policies. Perils covered may include hurricane, earthquake, flood, tornado, hail and fire, and coverage for other perils on a case-by-case basis. Property catastrophe reinsurance provides coverage on an excess of loss basis when aggregate losses and

12


loss adjustment expense from a single occurrence of a covered peril exceed the retention specified in the contract.
Insurance programs and coinsurance: targeting program managers and/or coinsurers with unique expertise and niche products offering primary and excess general liability, umbrella liability, professional liability, workers’ compensation, personal and commercial automobile, inland marine and property business with minimal catastrophe exposure.
Our insurance operations are conducted in the United States and Europe. We established our insurance platform as a complement to our reinsurance strategy to expand our distribution channels. Our insurance strategy is focused on pursuing attractive underwriting opportunities in the U.S. and European insurance markets and we view our insurance platform as having the potential to provide meaningful premium growth.
In the United States, we are authorized to write commercial P&C lines of business in both the admitted market and the E&S market through our WIC and WSIC subsidiaries, respectively. In Europe, we write direct insurance and co-insurance business, primarily in personal P&C lines, through lead insurers and program managers that develop and distribute specialized insurance products for our WICE subsidiary.
We operate and monitor our lines of business through our underwriting segment. The table below provides a breakdown of our gross written premiums for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2018
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
($ in thousands)
Casualty reinsurance
$
80,274

 
43.4
%
 
$
82,322

 
49.5
%
 
$
222,636

 
38.8
%
 
$
231,896

 
49.1
%
Other specialty reinsurance
37,434

 
20.2
%
 
35,625

 
21.4
%
 
151,083

 
26.3
%
 
131,723

 
27.8
%
Property catastrophe reinsurance
1,353

 
0.7
%
 
3,924

 
2.4
%
 
8,740

 
1.5
%
 
12,017

 
2.5
%
Insurance programs and coinsurance
65,972

 
35.7
%
 
44,327

 
26.7
%
 
191,619

 
33.4
%
 
97,495

 
20.6
%
Total
$
185,033

 
100.0
%
 
$
166,198

 
100.0
%
 
$
574,078

 
100.0
%
 
$
473,131

 
100.0
%
The table below provides a breakdown of our gross written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 :
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
($ in thousands)
Casualty reinsurance
$
284,481

 
47.4
%
 
$
331,127

 
61.9
%
 
$
338,383

 
69.2
%
Other specialty reinsurance
169,100

 
28.2
%
 
125,404

 
23.4
%
 
125,635

 
25.7
%
Property catastrophe reinsurance
12,740

 
2.1
%
 
11,756

 
2.2
%
 
12,716

 
2.6
%
Insurance programs and coinsurance
133,983

 
22.3
%
 
66,807

 
12.5
%
 
12,165

 
2.5
%
Total
$
600,304

 
100.0
%
 
$
535,094

 
100.0
%
 
$
488,899

 
100.0
%

13


Reinsurance operations
Watford Re is a licensed, Class 4 Bermuda-based reinsurer operating under the supervision of the BMA. Arch serves as our exclusive reinsurance portfolio manager and provides reinsurance-related services including exposure modeling, loss reserve recommendations, claims handling and other related services as part of our long-term services agreements with them. All reinsurance contracts are bound on our behalf by designated employees made available to us by Arch, or, in certain circumstances, by Watford Re management.
We assume reinsurance from third-party cedants or from Arch entities on a reinsurance or retrocessional basis. The retrocessions from Arch are from its reinsurance operations in the United States, Bermuda, Europe, and Australia, levering Arch’s distribution and local expertise in its markets. We also have provided, and may continue to provide, reinsurance to Arch’s insurance operations in the United States, the United Kingdom and elsewhere.
Insurance operations
In 2015 and 2016, we established insurance operations in Europe and the United States. These insurance operations provide additional points of access to our target lines of business, with the potential added benefit for lower acquisition costs and other distribution efficiencies. All of our insurance subsidiaries carry our A.M. Best “A-” (Excellent) rating and our KBRA “A” rating and through them we pursue insurance product lines similar to those we target through our reinsurance operations.
In the United States, our principal insurance subsidiaries are WSIC and its wholly-owned subsidiary, WIC, both of which are domiciled in New Jersey. WSIC is an eligible E&S lines insurer in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. WIC is an admitted insurer in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Following our acquisition of WIC in 2016, we have expanded our certificates of authority to cover a broad range of lines of business in 43 states and the District of Columbia, and we are in the process of similarly expanding our authority in the remaining seven states. Both WSIC and WIC are located in Morristown, New Jersey. Through WSIC and WIC we have the flexibility to access both the E&S and admitted sectors of the U.S. P&C market. Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries concentrate primarily on commercial casualty lines of insurance and have initiated writing business through select program managers.
Our insurance operations in Europe are conducted through WICE, which has its principal office in the British Overseas Territory of Gibraltar. WICE was formed to provide access to insurance risks across the European Union. WICE concentrates on U.K. and Western European risks, predominantly in personal lines of insurance but will also entertain commercial casualty lines.
Our goal within our insurance operations is to be a valued, long-term capacity partner with a select group of well-established, proven program managers, with our integrated total return strategy providing them with competitive solutions for their clients. We have a strong market position as an “A-” rated carrier with approximately $1.2 billion in capital. Many of the insurers providing capacity to program managers are neither as substantially capitalized nor as highly rated as we are; having a strong insurance partner gives program managers an edge when promoting products to clients.
We believe that our ability to enter insurance markets on a largely variable cost basis, unburdened by the fixed costs that would otherwise be required to create a standalone insurance operation, provides us with another significant and fundamental advantage. We benefit from AUI s and AUL s industry contacts and market acumen to identify, attract, and retain those program managers who satisfy our guidelines in terms of reputation, technical track record and quality of administration. While we benefit from AUI s and AUL s infrastructure, our acquisition and administrative costs are largely based on premiums actually produced.
Subject to our overall underwriting guidelines, on our behalf, AUL, for WICE, or AUI, for WSIC and WIC, thoroughly diligences each prospective program manager and approves underwriting

14


guidelines for each specific line and class of business before delegation of the underwriting and/or claims-handling authority to any such program manager. We believe that by stringently vetting potential program managers we can advantageously and efficiently access a broad customer base while maintaining underwriting control and discipline. Fundamentally, AUL and AUI employ the same evaluation and selection criteria in scrutinizing our prospective program managers as they do for Arch’s own account. The determination by AUL and AUI as to whether to offer our policies, Arch s policies, or both, depends on the result of the pricing analysis using the differing return assumptions of each company. On an ongoing basis, we and AUL or AUI, as applicable, monitor the business produced and financial condition of each program manager through periodic audits of underwriting, claims and operations.
Sourcing and underwriting
We have a strategic relationship pursuant to which Arch assists us in our pursuit of a highly disciplined underwriting approach, targeting lines of business that we believe will allow us to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns throughout industry market cycles. On our behalf, Arch continuously monitors the broad insurance and reinsurance market for opportunities. Specifically, Arch monitors opportunities that are anticipated to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns with a particular focus on product lines which may have previously experienced adverse results and are therefore beginning to benefit from an increase in premium rates, and thus provide a potentially beneficial time to enter, or increase activity in, those markets. Similarly, on our behalf, Arch analyzes the market for softening product lines for which the applicable rates may provide less attractive risk-adjusted returns and potentially reduces our exposure to such lines accordingly at renewal.
Our strategy is to operate in lines of business in which underwriting expertise can make a meaningful difference in operating results. We are opportunistic in our pursuit of underwriting risks and binding business where we believe we have a competitive advantage in risk evaluation, distribution, investment strategy, or a combination of these factors. Our recent establishment of U.S. and European insurance operations enables us to directly access similar types of underlying risk premium as we underwrite as reinsurance, with what we believe to be better risk-adjusted pricing. Accessing premium through our insurance operations should also provide the benefit of lower acquisitions costs.
Our underwriting philosophy is based on prudent risk selection, risk diversification, and comprehensive pricing analysis. We believe that the key to our approach is adherence to underwriting rigor across all types of business we underwrite. We employ a disciplined, analytical approach to underwriting. As part of the underwriting process, a variety of factors are typically assessed, including: (i) adequacy of underlying rates combined with the expected return on equity for a given insurance or reinsurance program; (ii) the industry reputation, track record, perceived financial strength and stability of the proposed client, or program manager in the case of our insurance business; (iii) the likelihood of establishing a long-term relationship with the client or program manager; (iv) the specialized knowledge and access to business that they possess; (v) the geographic area in which the client or program manager does business, together with our aggregate exposures in that area; (vi) historical loss data for the client or program manager; and (vii) projections of future loss frequency and severity.
Pursuant to our underwriting guidelines, we target an underwriting portfolio with tightly managed natural catastrophe exposure. We currently seek to limit our modeled PML for property catastrophe exposures for each peak peril and peak zone from a 1-in-250 year occurrence to no more than 10% of our total capital, which is less than most of our principal reinsurance competitors. Our conscious effort to limit our catastrophe exposure lowers the volatility of our overall underwriting portfolio and provides greater certainty as to future claims-related payout patterns and timing, dovetailing well with our non-investment grade investment strategy by minimizing the possibility of needing to sell investments at inopportune times in the investment market cycles.

15


We believe that our experienced senior management, combined with Arch’s underwriting expertise and broad market access, allows us to identify business with attractive risk-reward characteristics. As new underwriting opportunities are identified, we explore the suitability of underwriting the new business in order to take advantage of perceived market trends, particularly in lines of business for which Arch already possesses deep underwriting expertise.
Policy service and claims management
Arch provides underwriting services, portfolio management, exposure modeling, loss reserve recommendations, claims-handling, legal oversight, regulatory compliance, policy issuance and development, underwriting systems review, program manager audits, accounting support and administrative support, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of our services agreements with Arch, including our underwriting and operational guidelines, as well as the oversight of our management and board of directors.
We believe that handling claims is an important component of customer service through which we can differentiate ourselves from our competitors. The ability to handle claims in accordance with industry best practices and standards fosters credibility in the market both with customers and with program managers. Through this arrangement with Arch, we gain access on a very cost-effective basis to highly experienced underwriting, claims, and support function professionals and benefit from the exemplary customer service reputation Arch has earned over its 16-year history.
In administering claims on our behalf, Arch may engage third-party claims-handling firms to monitor, adjust and pay claims up to designated approval levels. Arch provides close supervision over any such third-party managers. Claims-handling firms are monitored and audited on an ongoing basis. When considering any proposed claims-handling delegation, Arch evaluates the candidate’s expertise, track record, staffing adequacy, reputation and licensing as required.
Reinsurance relationships
We have entered into outward quota share reinsurance agreements with Arch for each of our operating subsidiaries, which we believe provides a strong alignment of interest through Arch’s assuming a direct and meaningful sharing of the risk it underwrites for us. Subject to limited exceptions, Arch participates in a minimum 15% interest in all risks written by us, either by its own original participation, writing a companion line with us, or by accepting a minimum 15% quota share participation on all other contracts.
From time to time, we purchase third-party reinsurance when deemed advantageous from a portfolio management standpoint. We only use reinsurers carrying an “A-” or higher rating from A.M. Best or Standard & Poor’s or, alternatively, reinsurers that provide sufficient collateral to mitigate credit risk exposure.
Investment operations
Overview
Our invested assets are funded with our capital, accumulated net underwriting float, reinvested net interest income, net capital gains and borrowings to purchase investments. These invested assets are allocated between our non-investment grade portfolio and our investment grade portfolio. As of September 30, 2018 , our non-investment grade portfolio represented approximately 69% of our invested assets and our investment grade portfolio represented approximately 31% of our invested assets. Our investment operations are monitored by our Chief Risk Officer and the investment committee of our board of directors.
Our non-investment grade portfolio is comprised principally of corporate credit assets managed by HPS pursuant to separate investment management agreements with Watford Re, Watford Asset Trust I, or Watford Trust, and each of our insurance subsidiaries . Each such investment management

16


agreement with HPS includes investment guidelines. Subject to these guidelines, HPS makes all investment decisions with respect to our non-investment grade portfolio on our behalf. Our non-investment grade investment strategy and guidelines are formulated to complement our target underwriting portfolio, being designed to meet the projected payout characteristics of the medium- to long-tail, lower-volatility underwriting portfolio we underwrite.
The remainder of our investment portfolio is invested in investment grade assets, the largest portion of which is managed by AIM. We also have several investment-grade accounts managed by third-party managers.
The following chart shows the breakdown of our total investments among our non-investment grade portfolio and our investment grade portfolio as of September 30, 2018 :
CHART-5E97F671B64F62F893A.JPG
Total: 2,776.0 million

17


The following chart shows the breakdown of our investments by rating within our total investment portfolio as of September 30, 2018 :
CHART-C3542C74898EBAA48EA.JPG
Total: 2,776.0 million
Investment grade ratings, such as “BBB” and above, indicate the applicable rating agency’s view that the investment has a low risk of credit default and that the obligor has at least adequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
Ratings below investment-grade, such as “BB”, “B” and “CCC,” indicate the applicable rating agency s view that the investment is speculative, that the obligor is more vulnerable than investment grade-rated obligors, and that, in the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is less likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Based on published criteria, a “BB” rating reflects the applicable rating agency’s view that, while the obligation is less vulnerable to non-payment than other speculative issues, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. A rating of “B” reflects the applicable rating agency’s view that the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation, but adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. A rating of “CCC” indicates the applicable rating agency’s view that the obligation is currently vulnerable to non-payment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. A rating below “CCC” indicates the applicable rating agency’s view that the obligation is currently highly vulnerable to non-payment.
A portion of our investment portfolio consists of assets that do not have a rating from one of the major rating agencies. Just as is done in connection with a potential investment in a rated debt obligation, when offered the opportunity to invest our assets into an unrated obligation, HPS thoroughly evaluates the obligor and the potential investment and makes a determination as to the inherent risks and whether the terms provide an attractive risk-adjusted return. A debt issuer may choose to forgo obtaining a rating for a number of reasons, particularly if the debt issuer is doing a small privately placed transaction for which the ratings fees would be a burdensome expense or if the desired transaction date does not allow sufficient time for the completion of the rating process.

18


It is also possible that a prospective issuer or the terms of the proposed obligation would not meet the rating agency requirements for the level of rating desired by the obligor company.
The following table shows the components of our net investment income (loss) on investments for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
($ in thousands)
Interest income
$
38,704

 
$
31,181

 
$
109,830

 
$
88,198

Investment management fees - related parties
(4,314
)
 
(5,316
)
 
(12,616
)
 
(14,996
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(6,993
)
 
(3,891
)
 
(19,636
)
 
(10,855
)
Net interest income
27,397

 
21,974

 
77,578

 
62,347

Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments
(3,617
)
 
2,510

 
(16,237
)
 
12,686

Investment performance fees - related parties
(2,407
)
 
(3,713
)
 
(6,606
)
 
(11,052
)
Net investment income (loss)
$
21,373

 
$
20,771

 
$
54,735

 
$
63,981

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Interest income
$
125,463

 
$
122,378

 
$
94,619

Investment management fees - related parties
(21,451
)
 
(16,563
)
 
(16,024
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(17,489
)
 
(15,997
)
 
(5,737
)
Net interest income
86,523

 
89,818

 
72,858

Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments
1,120

 
80,643

 
(81,337
)
Investment performance fees - related parties
(14,905
)
 
(24,065
)
 

Net investment income (loss)
$
72,738

 
$
146,396

 
$
(8,479
)
Non-investment grade portfolio
Background on HPS. HPS is a global investment firm with a focus on non-investment grade credit. Established in 2007, HPS has over 100 investment professionals and over 250 total employees. HPS manages capital for sophisticated investors, including financial institutions, public and corporate pension funds, sovereign wealth funds, funds of funds, endowments, foundations and family offices, as well as individuals. HPS is headquartered in New York with ten additional offices globally. HPS has approximately $46 billion of assets under management as of September 30, 2018 .
HPS was originally formed as a unit of Highbridge, a subsidiary of JPMorgan Asset Management Holdings Inc., and formerly known as Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC. In March 2016, the principals of HPS acquired the firm from JPMorgan Asset Management Holdings Inc., which retained Highbridge’s hedge fund strategies.
Investment strategy. Our non-investment grade portfolio seeks to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns comprising current interest income, trading gains and capital appreciation, with an emphasis on capital preservation. To execute the non-investment grade component of our investment strategy, we mandated HPS with a strategy that (i) is designed to meet the projected payout characteristics of the medium- to long-term, lower-volatility underwriting portfolio we underwrite and (ii) seeks to achieve risk-adjusted returns that exceed those of typical reinsurer investment portfolios by focusing on non-investment grade assets, with the flexibility to invest a limited portion of this portfolio in less liquid assets. Specifically, we seek to achieve investment

19


returns that exceed those returns achieved by our competitors from their fixed-income portfolios, and we seek to achieve those superior returns with less investment portfolio volatility than experienced by certain peers’ investment portfolios that have the potential for returns commensurate with our investment returns. We believe this strategy provides us with risk-adjusted returns that are both attractive and appropriate given our underwriting portfolio.
HPS manages our non-investment grade corporate credit assets, including bank loans and high yield bonds, and may also invest in other instruments such as mezzanine debt, equities, credit default swaps, structured credit instruments and other derivative products. Our non-investment grade portfolio seeks to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns comprising current interest income, trading gains and capital appreciation, with an emphasis on capital preservation. Pursuant to these investment guidelines, HPS is permitted to hedge the assets in our non-investment grade portfolio to reduce volatility and protect against systemic risks, as well as to enter into opportunistic short positions. Other than cash and cash equivalents, investment positions with a single issuer will comprise no more than 7.5% of the aggregate Long Market Value (defined as the value of the long investments of the portfolio of Watford Re or Watford Trust, valued using the methodologies set forth in Watford Re’s or Watford Trust’s investment management agreement with HPS, as applicable) of our non-investment grade portfolio. Positions established primarily for hedging purposes (including, without limitation, index positions) are not subject to this limit, and capital structure arbitrage positions in an issuer are deemed separate investments for the purposes of these limitations.
Through this strategy, we seek to achieve risk-adjusted returns that exceed those of typical reinsurer investment portfolios by focusing on non-investment grade assets, with the flexibility to invest a limited portion of this portfolio in less liquid assets. Limited positions in equity securities are also permitted, subject to our non-investment grade investment guidelines, which are an integral component of each applicable investment management agreement. Generally, any equity investments are not expected, in the aggregate, to represent more than 10% of the Long Market Value of our non-investment grade portfolio, and are expected to be focused on either a value-oriented approach or a catalyst to a realization event, which include restructurings, lawsuits and regulatory changes, among other examples. Equity investments resulting in ownership exceeding 18.5% of the outstanding equity securities of an issuer, measured at the time of investment, will require our prior approval. HPS may also utilize other investment instruments for our non-investment grade portfolio, subject to our non-investment grade investment guidelines.
The non-investment grade investment guidelines under Watford Trust’s and our insurance subsidiaries’ respective investment management agreements with HPS also contain certain limitations relating to, among other things, the concentration of investments and utilization of leverage. For more information, see “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with HPS-Investment management agreements.” As of September 30, 2018 , HPS was in compliance with all non-investment grade investment guidelines.
In order to implement our non-investment grade investment strategy, HPS may also, from time to time and upon consultation with us, invest a portion of our non-investment grade portfolio in investment funds managed by HPS. While there is no codified limit on the portion of our non-investment grade portfolio that may be invested in funds managed by HPS, we only expect to invest additional assets from our non-investment grade portfolio in funds managed by HPS to the extent that HPS, in consultation with us, determines that such investment would provide economic, tax, regulatory or other benefits to us (for instance, such as allowing us to access a strategy that we would not have been able to efficiently access other than through investment in such a fund). To the extent that any such assets are invested directly or indirectly in funds managed by HPS, such assets invested in funds managed by HPS are part of our non-investment grade portfolio. We pay HPS performance and management fees on the assets in our non-investment grade portfolio. Such fees are calculated on the non-investment grade portfolio as a whole such that the assets, if any, invested in HPS-managed funds were to increase in value in a given period but the non-investment

20


grade portfolio as a whole were to decrease during such period, we would not owe HPS a performance fee for such period. Similarly, if the assets, if any, invested in HPS-managed funds were to decrease in value in a given period but the non-investment grade portfolio as a whole were to increase during such period, we would owe HPS a performance fee for such period. We do not pay HPS any separate or additional fees with respect to any such assets invested in HPS-managed funds. As of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , our non-investment grade portfolio held $48.4 million and $49.6 million , respectively, in an investment fund managed by HPS. As of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, our non-investment grade portfolio did not have any investments in funds managed by HPS.
When evaluating an insurer’s financial strength and determining minimum capital requirements, rating agencies and applicable regulators typically assign capital charges to not only the underwriting portfolio but also to the different classes of investment assets held by that insurer, based on the perceived level of risk and volatility. Our non-investment grade assets are viewed as riskier than investment-grade assets and thereby carry higher capital charges than those assigned to investment grade assets, and therefore we may be required to hold more capital than similarly-sized traditional insurers and reinsurers, and it is possible that, for certain atypical, non-investment grade assets, we might receive minimal or no regulatory capital credit. While our strategy involves a greater degree of investment risk than is typical for traditional insurers and reinsurers, in our overall enterprise risk management framework, such increased investment risk is balanced with the more predictable timing of claims payments inherent in our underwriting portfolio, especially in relation to the lesser amount of catastrophe exposure we assume, as compared with the amount of such catastrophe risk assumed by many of our insurance and reinsurance peers. Our having a mid- to long-tail underwriting portfolio reduces, but does not entirely eliminate, the risk of needing to sell investment assets into an inopportune market cycle in order to generate cash for claims payments.
In undertaking this strategy, based on the interest rate and/or credit spread environment as of any given quarter-end, we may periodically be required to absorb mark-to-market movements in our asset valuation on our financial statements. Our model is designed to create relatively stable and predictable cash flows from both underwriting and interest income to meet insurance liabilities, which should allow us to avoid being forced to sell assets at inopportune times.
The following chart shows the composition of our non-investment grade portfolio as of September 30, 2018 :
CHART-E67B5B9E4060D1EE20C.JPG
Total: $1,928.3 million


21


Our investment guidelines permit HPS to utilize leverage in managing assets of Watford Re and Watford Trust (but not WICE, WSIC or WIC). Any such leverage, expressed as the excess of the value of the long investments of the portfolio of Watford Re or Watford Trust (valued using the methodologies set forth in Watford Re’s or Watford Trust’s investment management agreement with HPS, as applicable, and referred to as the Long Market Value), as applicable, over the net asset value of the portfolio as a percentage of the net asset value of the portfolio, is generally not to exceed 80%. See “ Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with HPS-Investment management agreements. ” Leverage may take a variety of forms, including borrowings to purchase additional assets, trading on margin total return swaps and other derivatives, and the use of inherently leveraged instruments. Depending on the extent of the leverage utilized for our non-investment grade portfolio, the net value of our investment assets will increase or decrease at a greater rate than if leverage were not utilized.
The following chart shows the use of borrowings in our non-investment grade portfolio since 2014 and the Credit Suisse High Yield Index’s Spread-to-Worst since 2014. The spread-to-worst of the index is defined as the weighted average spread-to-worst of the bonds included in the index, where the spread-to-worst for each bond is the difference between the yield-to-worst for that bond and the yield of a U.S. Treasury security with a comparable maturity. The yield-to-worst for each bond is determined by computing the yield for that bond at all possible principal repayment dates, including the maturity date and each redemption date. The minimum of these calculated yields is the yield-to-worst, provided that, by definition, the yield must be above the yield of a U.S. Treasury security with a maturity date comparable to the bond’s yield-to-worst principal repayment date.
In the period since our inception, the credit-focused investment market experienced both a widening and then a tightening of credit spreads. As shown on the chart below, HPS, on our behalf, increased the deployment of assets into our credit-focused strategy through borrowings from our credit facility during the period in which credit spreads widened and then contracted the deployment of assets accordingly when credit spreads tightened. As demonstrated by the “Non-Investment Grade Portfolio Borrowing Ratio” chart below, our usage of borrowings to purchase additional assets in the non-investment grade portfolio increased as the Credit Suisse High Yield Index’s Spread-to-Worst widened, reflecting HPS’s view that these periods presented more attractive investment opportunities. When credit spreads later tightened, HPS, on our behalf, sold assets and we used the proceeds to repay borrowings from the credit facility.


22


BUSINESSA2.JPG
In the chart above, the term Borrowing Ratio represents borrowings to purchase investments divided by the market value of the non-investment grade portfolio net of these borrowings. From time to time, HPS takes short positions, and hedges or leverages the portfolio exposure through derivative instruments or otherwise. The chart above does not reflect the value of short positions or leverage inherent in derivative positions, and thus may not be fully reflective of the market exposure of the portfolio at any given time.

23


The charts below compare our return on our non-investment grade portfolio to the benchmarks of the Credit Suisse High Yield Index and Leveraged Loan Index performance. Because o ur non-investment grade portfolio contains both high yield bonds and leveraged loans, we show a comparison of our non-investment grade portfolio returns to a 50/50 blend of the Credit Suisse High Yield Index and Leveraged Loan Index. Notwithstanding this comparison, the actual relative percentage composition of our non-investment grade portfolio is not designed to be a 50/50 allocation between high yield bonds and leveraged loans and it is unlikely that the composition of our non-investment grade portfolio will ever equal that metric.
 
From Inception Through September 30, 2018
 
Returns
 
Annualized (2)
 
Volatility (3)
CS HY Index
22.2
%
 
4.6
%
 
2.7
%
CS LL Index
19.9
%
 
4.1
%
 
1.3
%
50/50 LL/HY
21.1
%
 
4.4
%
 
2.0
%
Watford (1)
25.9
%
 
5.2
%
 
1.9
%
CHART-CED8415F5F9298413A4.JPG
(1) Represents Watford’s net investment return on its HPS managed, non-investment grade portfolio. Net investment return in calculated as net investment income divided by average net invested assets from the non-investment grade portfolio. Net invested assets is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short.
(2) Annualized return calculated as (1+ ITD Return)^(1/4.5 years)-1
(3) Volatility is calculated as the standard deviation of the quarterly returns over the period from inception through September 30, 2018.
Our non-investment grade portfolio may purchase or short-sell securities without an offsetting position in a related security based on HPS’s determination that a particular security is undervalued or overvalued. Our non-investment grade portfolio may engage in interest rate hedging using swaps, treasuries, interest rate futures or other derivative instruments. Additionally, our non-

24


investment grade portfolio may employ single name and index credit derivatives in an attempt to hedge credit exposure.
HPS combines a disciplined investment approach with a substantial platform for transaction sourcing. Through this platform, HPS’s investment professionals seek to identify and invest in a select number of investment opportunities. HPS is required to adhere to our non-investment grade portfolio’s investment guidelines and provides us with regular non-investment grade portfolio risk and performance updates, and provides a risk and performance review to our board of directors on a quarterly basis.
HPS’s investment process is driven by a rigorous investment screening and selection process, with the stated objective of generating attractive risk-adjusted returns comprising current interest income, trading gains and capital appreciation, with an emphasis on capital preservation. As part of HPS’s investment process, HPS manages our non-investment grade portfolio in accordance with the non-investment grade investment guidelines. HPS’s investment process emphasizes fundamental analysis and due diligence by seeking to evaluate potential investments based upon review and analysis of available public and private information including: (i) historical financial information; (ii) financial projections; (iii) business, sector and industry diligence; and (iv) legal analysis of the company and investment documentation. When possible, HPS seeks to achieve robust asset coverage in its investments.
Since our inception in 2014, starting with our initial $1.13 billion capital raise, HPS has methodically deployed the assets that we have allocated to our non-investment grade portfolio as market opportunities arose. As a result, until our non-investment grade allocation of our initial capital and underwriting float was fully deployed by HPS, our historical investment income was not reflective of a fully invested non-investment grade portfolio. The following chart depicts the deployment of the portion of our assets allocated to this non-investment grade investment strategy, including a breakout of the amount of borrowings related to purchases of non-investment grade investments in this portfolio and the commensurate increase in net interest income during the period of higher asset deployment into our credit-focused strategy. In the chart below and throughout this registration statement, in connection with our non-investment grade portfolio, the term net non-investment grade assets are our total invested assets allocated to our non-investment grade investment strategy less borrowings to purchase such investments, and net interest income is interest income net management fees paid to HPS and borrowing costs.

25


CHART-459C8AA5D0F31369BC6.JPG
The investments in our non-investment grade portfolio in 2014 were predominantly leveraged loans, based on HPS’s then-current view of the relative value of those assets versus bonds. Since that time, the proportion in bonds has grown to approximately one-half of the non-investment grade portfolio as of September 30, 2018 , which is in line with our investment targets. The following chart shows the size and composition of our non-investment grade portfolio since the commencement of portfolio operations in 2014.

26


CHART-00F324624A7D8D92E47.JPG
The table below provides the compensation to HPS incurred for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Investment management fees and performance fees to HPS
$
6,415

 
$
8,937

 
$
18,334

 
$
25,746

 
$
35,732

 
$
40,392

 
$
16,024

Investment grade portfolio
In conducting our underwriting business, we maintain a portion of our assets in investment grade securities and cash. The size of our investment grade portfolio and the amount we hold in cash will vary over time based on the business we write. We hold a certain amount of investment grade securities and short-term investments, largely to satisfy regulatory requirements for our U.S. insurance subsidiaries or to post as collateral for certain of Watford Re’s clients for commercial reasons or to obtain regulatory credit for the reinsurance they purchase. As of September 30, 2018 , approximately 4.3% of our investment grade portfolio was held in our U.S. subsidiaries, 92.2% was posted as collateral and the remaining 3.5% were discretionary investments.
Our investment grade portfolio is primarily managed by AIM, with certain accounts managed by third-party managers, and generally holds corporate credits assets, government bonds, and asset and mortgage-backed securities. AIM and each third-party manager manages our investment grade portfolio pursuant to investment management agreements that it has entered into with Watford Re and each of our operating subsidiaries. For a discussion of our agreements with AIM, see “ Item 7.

27


Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with Arch-Investment management agreements. ” Subject to our investment guidelines for this portfolio, AIM and these third-party managers make all applicable investment decisions on our behalf.
As of September 30, 2018 , we had $2,776.0 million of invested assets, with $847.6 million in our investment grade portfolio, of which $775.5 million were investment grade assets managed by AIM. The following chart describes the composition of our investment grade portfolio as of September 30, 2018 :
CHART-FAFAE366AB0124839B4.JPG
Total: $847.6 million

The table below provides the compensation to AIM for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Investment management fees to AIM
$
306

 
$
92

 
$
888

 
$
302

 
$
624

 
$
236

 
$

Industry overview
Background
Insurance and reinsurance companies derive substantially all of their revenues from net earned premiums, interest income and net gains and losses from investment securities. Gross written premiums represent amounts, net of acquisition costs, received from policyholders (in insurance) and ceding companies (in reinsurance). Net earned premiums represent the portion of net premiums (gross written premiums less premiums ceded for reinsurance purchased from third parties) which are recognized as revenue over the period of time that coverage is provided (i.e., ratably over the life of the policy). In underwriting operations, “float” arises when premiums are received before losses and other expenses are paid and is an interval that sometimes extends over many years. During that time, the insurer invests the premiums, earns interest income and may generate capital gains and losses.

28


The type of coverage and source of premiums are often classified based on how long an insurer may have between the policy period and when losses are settled under the policy. The length of time between receiving premiums and paying out claims, commonly referred to as the “tail,” can significantly affect how profitable float can be. Long-tail losses pay out over longer periods of time, providing the insurance or reinsurance company the opportunity to generate significant investment earnings. Short-tail losses pay out over shorter periods of time, providing the insurance or reinsurance company with a reduced opportunity to generate investment earnings. As of September 30, 2018 , the modeled duration of our claims reserves was approximately 4.9 years.
The broader P&C insurance and reinsurance market has long been subject to market cycles. “Soft” markets occur when the supply of insurance capital in a given market or territory is greater than the amount of insurance capital necessary to meet the coverage needs of the insureds in that market. When this occurs, insurance prices tend to decline and policy terms and conditions become more favorable to the insured. Conversely, there are periods when there is not enough insurance capital in the market to meet that insurance need, leading to a “hard” market during which insurance prices generally rise and policy terms and conditions become more favorable to the insurer.
Reinsurance
Reinsurance is an arrangement in which a reinsurance company agrees to indemnify an insurance company, the “cedant,” against all or a portion of the insurance exposures underwritten by the cedant under one or more insurance underlying contracts. Reinsurance does not discharge the cedant from its liability to policyholders; rather, it reimburses the cedant for covered losses. Reinsurance can provide a cedant with several benefits, including a reduction in its net liability on individual exposures or classes of exposures or a reduction in operating leverage as measured by the ratio of net premiums and reserves to capital. Reinsurance also provides a cedant with additional underwriting capacity by permitting it to accept larger exposures and write more business than otherwise would be acceptable to policyholders or regulators relative to the cedant’s financial resources. Cedants can use reinsurance to manage their overall risk profile or to create additional underwriting capacity, allowing them to accept larger risks or to write more business than would otherwise be possible, absent an increase in their capital or surplus. Reinsurers may also purchase reinsurance. Such transactions are termed “retrocessions” with the ceding (purchasing) reinsurer being the “retrocedant” and the assuming (selling) reinsurer the “retrocessionaire.” Other than terminology, reinsurance and retrocession operate in a similar manner.
According to A.M. Best, non-life net premiums written in the global reinsurance market has grown by 15.1% to $153 billion from 2012 to 2017. As indicated in the chart below, reinsurance industry capital has increased in recent years primarily due to favorable loss reserve development and the lack of major catastrophe events recently.

29


CHART-682EF68FD2FDABE54A6.JPG
Source: Aon Benfield Analytics
Given the increase in dedicated reinsurance capital and the slower increase in reinsurance net premiums written, the global reinsurance market has seen a decrease in projected underwriting profitability. This represents an advantage for total return insurers such as us who have an increased potential to generate higher returns from investment income than traditional reinsurers.
Insurance
P&C insurance companies provide insurance coverage under a policy in exchange for premiums paid by the customer. An insurance policy is a contract between the insurance company and the insured under which the insurance company agrees to pay for losses suffered by the insured, or a third-party claimant, that are covered under the insurance contract. Property insurance, which covers the insured for losses to the insured’s property, is generally considered to be short-tailed. Casualty insurance, which covers the insured against liability claims by third parties, is generally considered to be medium- to long-tailed.
In 2017, global P&C direct premiums written totaled approximately $2.23 trillion and according to A.M. Best, the U.S. P&C insurance industry is the largest P&C market in the world by premium volume. In 2017, the U.S. P&C insurance market generated $642 billion, or approximately 29% of P&C direct premiums written worldwide.

30


CHART-83F50C9365930A3EB11.JPG
Source: Prepared by management based on information obtained from A.M. Best.
The U.S. P&C insurance industry is further subdivided between the standard lines market (also referred to as the admitted market) and the non-standard lines market (also referred to as the non-admitted, excess-and-surplus lines or E&S market). Admitted insurers are those that hold licenses to write the particular lines (types) of insurance coverage in each state in which they write business, and they thereby are subject to each such state’s regulatory authority. In contrast, E&S insurers receive broad permission to write excess-and-surplus lines business from the regulator in each state in which they write business, but are subject to certain rules that govern the E&S market, such as no admitted insurer being willing to write the coverage on equivalent terms.
In 2017, E&S direct premiums written in the U.S. P&C insurance market totaled approximately $45 billion. This market functions as a supplemental market that covers hard-to-place, higher-risk and unique classes of business that do not fit standard lines insurers’ underwriting guidelines. Unlike admitted insurers, E&S insurers are subject to only limited rate and form regulations by the state insurance regulators. E&S insurance companies may negotiate price and coverage on a risk-by-risk basis whereas standard lines insurance carriers are subject to various regulations, including rate and policy form filings, which limit price and coverage flexibility. This allows the unique qualities of the underlying risk to be fully evaluated and underwritten and provides the E&S insurer with greater flexibility to customize pricing and terms and conditions to meet the needs of the insured. Competition in the E&S market tends to focus less on price than in the standard lines insurance market and more on other value-based considerations such as availability, terms of coverage, customer service and underwriting expertise. Because of these characteristics, the E&S market is attractive to us and provides us with flexibility in product design where we feel that our integrated strategy gives us a competitive advantage in devising client solutions.

31


Competition
Insurers and reinsurers generally compete on the basis of many factors, including premium charges, general reputation, perceived financial strength, terms and conditions of the products offered, general service level, speed of claims payment, experience in the particular line of insurance to be written and ratings assigned by independent rating agencies. Watford Re, as well as each of our other operating subsidiaries, carries a financial strength rating of “A-” (Excellent) from A.M. Best and “A” from KBRA.
The insurance and reinsurance industry is highly competitive. We compete with major U.S. and non-U.S. insurers and reinsurers, many of which have greater financial, marketing and management resources than we do, as well as other potential providers of capital willing to assume insurance or reinsurance risk. We also compete with new companies that continue to be formed to enter the insurance and reinsurance markets. In addition, continued consolidation within the industry will further enhance the already competitive underwriting environment. These consolidated entities may use their enhanced market power and broader capital base to negotiate price reductions for products and services that compete with ours and we may experience rate declines and possibly write less business. In our underwriting business, we compete with insurers that provide specialty P&C lines of insurance and reinsurance, including, among others: Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, AXIS Capital Holdings Limited, Berkshire Hathaway, Inc., Chubb Limited, Everest Re Group Ltd., Fairfax Financial Holdings Limited, Greenlight Capital Re, Ltd., Hannover R ü ckversicherung AG, Lloyd’s, Markel Corporation, Munich Re Group, PartnerRe Ltd., RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd., Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., Transatlantic Reinsurance Company and AXA XL Ltd.
See “ Item 1A. Risk Factors-Risks related to our insurance and reinsurance business-We operate in a highly competitive environment and we may not be able to compete successfully in our industry.”
Employees
In accordance with our strategy to maintain an efficient operational structure with minimal fixed expenses, we have chosen to operate largely through experienced service partners, each of which is paid on a variable cost basis and which are monitored by our senior management team.
As of September 30, 2018 , we had ten full-time employees, eight of whom were based in Bermuda, one of whom was based in the United States and one of whom was based in Europe. In addition, pursuant to our services agreements with Arch, as of September 30, 2018 , there were thirty-five designated employees of both Arch and us who were provided to us on a non-exclusive basis to perform various services in connection with our insurance and reinsurance operations (including seven that were designated as officers of WSIC and/or WIC and, in such capacities, negotiate and bind reinsurance, execute documentation and perform other related functions for WSIC and/or WIC, as applicable). We believe that our employee relations are good. None of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements and we are not aware of any current efforts to implement such agreements.
Information technology
Pursuant to our services agreements with Arch, Arch is responsible for the connectivity and maintenance of our information technology systems in Bermuda, the United States and Europe. These are the same systems that Arch utilizes for its own operations, accounting and to service its underwriting portfolios. Arch maintains the secure information technology environment, including secure Internet connections and electronic data transmission.
Such information technology and application systems are an important part of our underwriting process and our ability to compete successfully. We license the majority of our systems and data from third parties. Arch’s information technology team constantly monitors the system for breaches

32


or failures, including those resulting from a cyberattack on us or our business partners and service providers.
We use our information technology systems to process, transmit, store and protect our electronic information, financial data and proprietary models that we utilize in our business and for the communications between our employees and our business, banking and investment partners.
Arch has established and implemented security measures, controls and procedures that it believes are appropriate to safeguard its and our information technology systems and to prevent unauthorized access to such systems and any data processed or stored in such systems, and our system is periodically evaluated and tested by expert third parties for the adequacy of such systems, controls and procedures. In addition, we have established, and continue to augment, a business continuity plan which is designed to ensure that we are able to maintain all aspects of our key business processes functioning in the midst of certain disruptive events, including any disruptions to or breaches of our information technology systems. Our business continuity plan has been tested and evaluated for adequacy.
Legal proceedings
See “Item 8. Legal Proceedings.”

33


Our corporate structure
The following chart presents a summary overview of our corporate structure.
BUSINESSSECTION7A09.JPG
Regulation
Bermuda insurance regulation
The Insurance Act, pursuant to which the BMA regulates Watford Re, provides that no person shall carry on insurance or reinsurance business in or from within Bermuda, unless registered under the Insurance Act by the BMA. The Insurance Act does not distinguish between insurers and reinsurers: companies are registered under the Insurance Act as “insurers.” The Insurance Act uses the defined term “insurance business” to include reinsurance.
The BMA is required by the Insurance Act to determine whether the applicant is a fit and proper body to be engaged in the insurance or reinsurance business and, in particular, whether it has, or has available to it, adequate knowledge and expertise. The registration of an applicant as an insurer is subject to its complying with the terms of its registration and such other conditions as the BMA may impose at any time.

34


The Insurance Act imposes solvency and liquidity standards on Bermuda insurance and reinsurance companies, as well as auditing and reporting requirements. The Insurance Act also grants to the BMA powers to supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance and reinsurance companies.
Certain significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance and reinsurance regulatory framework are set forth below.
Classification of insurers
The Insurance Act distinguishes between insurers and reinsurers carrying on long-term business, insurers and reinsurers carrying on general business and insurers and reinsurers carrying on special purpose business. There are six classifications of insurers and reinsurers carrying on general business, ranging from Class 1 insurers (pure captives subject to the lightest regulation) to Class 4 insurers (large commercial carriers subject to the most stringent regulation). Watford Re is licensed as a Class 4 insurer in Bermuda and is regulated as such under the Insurance Act.
Classification as a Class 4 insurer
A body corporate is registrable as a Class 4 insurer where (i) it has at the time of its application for registration, or will have before it carries on insurance or reinsurance business, a total statutory capital and surplus of not less than U.S. $100 million; and (ii) it intends to carry on general insurance and/or reinsurance business, including excess liability business or property catastrophe reinsurance business.
Minimum paid up share capital
Class 4 insurers are required to maintain fully paid-up share capital of at least U.S. $1 million.
Principal office and principal representative
As a Class 4 insurer, Watford Re is required to maintain a head and a principal office in Bermuda and to appoint and maintain a principal representative in Bermuda. For the purposes of the Insurance Act, the principal office of Watford Re is located at Waterloo House, 1st Floor, 100 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke HM 08, Bermuda. Watford Re’s principal representative is Robert Hawley, the Chief Financial Officer of Watford Re.
Without a reason acceptable to the BMA, a Class 4 insurer may not terminate the appointment of its principal representative, and the principal representative may not cease to act as such, unless 30 days’ notice in writing to the BMA is given of the intention to do so.
It is the duty of the principal representative to forthwith notify the BMA where the principal representative reaches the view that there is a likelihood of the Class 4 insurer becoming insolvent, or on it coming to the knowledge of the principal representative, or the principal representative has reasonable grounds for believing that a reportable “event” has occurred. Examples of a reportable “event” include a failure by the Class 4 insurer to comply substantially with a condition imposed upon it by the BMA relating to a solvency margin or a liquidity or other ratio, a significant loss reasonably likely to cause the Class 4 insurer to fail to comply with its enhanced capital requirement (discussed below) and the occurrence of a “material change” (as such term is defined under the Insurance Act) in its business operations.
Within 14 days of such notification to the BMA, the principal representative must furnish the BMA with a written report setting out all the particulars of the case that are available to the principal representative.
Where there has been a significant loss which is reasonably likely to cause the Class 4 insurer to fail to comply with its enhanced capital requirement, the principal representative must also furnish the BMA with a capital and solvency return reflecting an enhanced capital requirement prepared using

35


post-loss data. The principal representative must provide this within 45 days of notifying the BMA regarding the loss.
Furthermore, where a notification has been made to the BMA regarding a material change, the principal representative has 30 days from the date of such notification to furnish the BMA with unaudited interim statutory financial statements in relation to such period as the BMA may require, together with a general business solvency certificate in respect of those statements.
Head office
As a Class 4 insurer, Watford Re is required to maintain its head office in Bermuda and its insurance business must be directed and managed from Bermuda. In determining whether Watford Re satisfies this requirement, the BMA shall consider, among other things, the following factors: (i) where the underwriting, risk management and operational decision making of Watford Re occurs; (ii) whether the presence of senior executives who are responsible for, and involved in, the decision making related to the insurance business of Watford Re are located in Bermuda; and (iii) where meetings of the board of directors of Watford Re occur. In making its determination, the BMA may also have regard to: (i) the location where management of Watford Re meets to effect policy decisions of Watford Re; (ii) the residence of the officers, insurance managers or employees of Watford Re; and (iii) the residence of one or more directors of Watford Re in Bermuda. This provision does not apply to an insurer that has a permit to conduct business in Bermuda under the Companies Act or the Non-Resident Insurance Undertakings Act 1967.
Loss reserve specialist
As a Class 4 insurer, Watford Re is required to appoint an individual approved by the BMA to be its loss reserve specialist. In order to qualify as an approved loss reserve specialist, the applicant must be an individual qualified to provide an opinion in accordance with the requirements of the Insurance Act and the BMA must be satisfied that the individual is fit and proper to hold such an appointment.
A Class 4 insurer is required to submit annually an opinion of its approved loss reserve specialist with its capital and solvency return. The loss reserve specialist’s opinion must state, among other things, whether or not the aggregate amount of technical provisions shown in the statutory economic balance sheet as at the end of the relevant financial year: (i) meets the requirements of the Insurance Act and (ii) makes reasonable provision for the total technical provisions of the insurer or reinsurer under the terms of its insurance or reinsurance contracts and agreements.
Annual financial statements
Watford Re is required to prepare and submit, on an annual basis, audited GAAP and statutory financial statements, as defined below.
The Insurance Act prescribes rules for the preparation and substance of statutory financial statements (which include, in statutory form, a balance sheet, an income statement, a statement of capital and surplus and notes thereto). The statutory financial statements include detailed information and analysis regarding premiums, claims, reinsurance and investments of the insurer or reinsurer.
In addition, Watford Re is also required to prepare and submit to the BMA financial statements which have been prepared under generally accepted accounting principles or international financial reporting standards, or GAAP financial statements. Watford Re’s annual GAAP financial statements and the auditor’s report thereon, and the statutory financial statements are required to be filed with the BMA within four months from the end of the relevant financial year (unless specifically extended with the approval of the BMA). The statutory financial statements do not form a part of the public records maintained by the BMA, but the GAAP financial statements are available for public inspection.

36


Declaration of compliance
At the time of filing its statutory financial statements, a Class 4 insurer is also required to deliver to the BMA a declaration of compliance, in such form and with such content as may be prescribed by the BMA, declaring whether or not the Class 4 insurer has, with respect to the preceding financial year: (i) complied with all requirements of the minimum criteria applicable to it; (ii) complied with the minimum margin of solvency as at its financial year end; (iii) complied with the applicable enhanced capital requirements as at its financial year end; (iv) complied with applicable conditions, directions and restrictions on, or approvals granted to, the Class 4 insurer; and (v) complied with the minimum liquidity ratio as at its financial year end. The declaration of compliance is required to be signed by two directors of the Class 4 insurer and if the Class 4 insurer has failed to comply with any of the requirements referenced in (i) through (v) above, the Class 4 insurer will be required to provide the BMA with particulars of such failure in writing. A Class 4 insurer shall be liable to a civil penalty by way of a fine for failure to comply with a duty imposed on it in connection with the delivery of the declaration of compliance.
Annual statutory financial return and annual capital and solvency return
As a Class 4 insurer, Watford Re is required to file with the BMA a statutory financial return no later than four months after its financial year end (unless specifically extended with the approval of the BMA). The statutory financial return of a Class 4 insurer shall consist of: (i) an insurer information sheet; (ii) an auditor’s report; (iii) the statutory financial statements; and (iv) notes to the statutory financial statements.
The insurer information sheet shall state, among other matters: (i) whether the general purpose financial statements of Watford Re for the relevant year have been audited and an unqualified opinion issued; (ii) the minimum margin of solvency applying to Watford Re and whether such margin was met; (iii) whether or not the minimum liquidity ratio applying to Watford Re for the relevant year was met; and (iv) whether or not Watford Re has complied with every condition attached to its certificate of registration. The insurer information sheet shall state if any of the questions identified in items (ii), (iii) or (iv) above is answered in the negative, whether or not Watford Re has taken corrective action in any case and, where Watford Re has taken such action, describe the action in an attached statement.
The directors are required to certify whether the minimum solvency margin has been met, and the independent approved auditor is required to state whether in its opinion it was reasonable for the directors to make this certification.
Where an insurer’s accounts have been audited for any purpose other than compliance with the Insurance Act, a statement to that effect must be filed with the statutory financial return.
In addition, each year Watford Re is required to file with the BMA a capital and solvency return along with its annual statutory financial return. The prescribed form of capital and solvency return comprises Watford Re’s Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement, or BSCR, model or an approved internal capital model in lieu thereof (more fully described below), a schedule of fixed income and equity investments by BSCR rating, a schedule of funds held by ceding reinsurers in segregated accounts/trusts by BSCR rating, a schedule of net loss and loss expense provisions by line of business, a schedule of geographic diversification of net loss and loss expense provisions, a schedule of premiums written by line of business, a schedule of geographic diversification of net premiums written by line of business, a schedule of risk management, a schedule of fixed income securities, a schedule of commercial insurer’s solvency self-assessment, a schedule of catastrophe risk return, a schedule of loss triangles or reconciliation of net loss reserves, a schedule of eligible capital, a statutory economic balance sheet, the loss reserve specialist’s opinion, a schedule of regulated non-insurance financial operating entities, a schedule of solvency, a schedule of particulars of ceded reinsurance, a schedule of cash and cash equivalent counterparty analysis, a schedule of currency risk and a schedule of concentration risk.

37


Neither the statutory financial return nor the capital and solvency return is available for public inspection.
Quarterly financial return
As a Class 4 insurer, Watford Re is required to prepare and file quarterly financial returns with the BMA on or before the last day of the months of May, August and November of each year. The quarterly financial returns consist of: (i) quarterly unaudited financial statements for each financial quarter (which must minimally include a balance sheet and income statement and must also be recent and not reflect a financial position that exceeds two months); (ii) a list and details of material intra-group transactions that Watford Re is a party to and Watford Re’s risk concentrations that have materialized since the most recent quarterly or annual financial returns, details surrounding all intra-group reinsurance and retrocession arrangements and other intra-group risk transfer insurance business arrangements that have materialized since the most recent quarterly or annual financial returns; and (iii) details of the ten largest exposures to unaffiliated counterparties and any other unaffiliated counterparty exposures exceeding 10% of Watford Re’s statutory capital and surplus.
Public disclosures
Pursuant to recent amendments to the Insurance Act all commercial insurers, reinsurers, insurance groups and reinsurance groups are required to prepare and file with the BMA, and also publish on their website, a financial condition report. The BMA has discretion to approve modifications and exemptions to the public disclosure rules, on application by the insurer or reinsurer if, among other things, the BMA is satisfied that the disclosure of certain information will result in a competitive disadvantage or compromise confidentiality obligations of the insurer or reinsurer.
Independent approved auditor
A Class 4 insurer must appoint an independent auditor who will audit and report on the Class 4 insurer’s GAAP financial statements and provide audit assurance that its statutory financial statements were derived from its GAAP financial statements, each of which are required to be filed annually with the BMA.
Non-insurance business
No Class 4 insurer may engage in non-insurance business, unless that non-insurance business is ancillary to its core business. Non-insurance business means any business other than insurance or reinsurance business and includes carrying on investment business, managing an investment fund as operator, carrying on business as a fund administrator, carrying on banking business, underwriting debt or securities or otherwise engaging in investment banking, engaging in commercial or industrial activities and carrying on the business of management, sales or leasing of real property.
Minimum solvency margin and enhanced capital requirements
The Insurance Act provides that the value of the statutory assets of an insurer must exceed the value of its statutory liabilities by an amount greater than its prescribed minimum solvency margin, or MSM.
The MSM that must be maintained by a Class 4 insurer with respect to its general business is the greater of (i) $100 million or (ii) 50% of net premiums written (with a credit for reinsurance ceded not exceeding 25% of gross premiums) or (iii) 15% of net loss and loss expense provisions and other insurance reserves or (iv) 25% of the ECR as reported at the end of the relevant year.
Class 4 insurers are also required to maintain available statutory economic capital and surplus at a level equal to or in excess of its ECR which is established by reference to either the BSCR model or an approved internal capital model.

38


The BSCR model is a risk-based capital model which provides a method for determining an insurer’s capital requirements (statutory economic capital and surplus) by taking into account the risk characteristics of different aspects of Watford Re’s business. The BSCR formula establishes capital requirements for ten categories of risk: fixed income investment risk, equity investment risk, interest rate/liquidity risk, currency risk, concentration risk, premium risk, reserve risk, credit risk, catastrophe risk and operational risk. For each category, the capital requirement is determined by applying factors to asset, premium, reserve, creditor, probable maximum loss and operation items, with higher factors applied to items with greater underlying risk and lower factors for less risky items.
While not specifically referred to in the Insurance Act (or required thereunder), the BMA has also established a target capital level, or TCL, for each Class 4 insurer equal to 120% of its ECR. The TCL serves as an early warning tool for the BMA and failure to maintain statutory capital at least equal to the TCL will likely result in increased regulatory oversight.
Any Class 4 insurer which at any time fails to meet its MSM requirements must, upon becoming aware of such failure, immediately notify the BMA and, within 14 days thereafter, file a written report with the BMA containing particulars of the circumstances that gave rise to the failure and setting out its plan detailing specific actions to be taken and the expected timeframe in which Watford Re intends to rectify the failure.
Any Class 4 insurer which at any time fails to meet its applicable enhanced capital requirement shall upon becoming aware of that failure, or of having reason to believe that such a failure has occurred, immediately notify the BMA in writing and within 14 days of such notification file with the BMA a written report containing particulars of the circumstances leading to the failure; and a plan detailing the manner, specific actions to be taken and time within which Watford Re intends to rectify the failure and within 45 days of becoming aware of that failure, or of having reason to believe that such a failure has occurred, furnish the BMA with: (i) unaudited statutory economic balance sheets and unaudited interim statutory financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP covering such period as the BMA may require; (ii) the opinion of a loss reserve specialist in relation to the total general business insurance technical provisions as set out in the economic balance sheet, where applicable; (iii) a general business solvency certificate in respect of the financial statements; and (iv) a capital and solvency return reflecting an enhanced capital requirement prepared using post-failure data where applicable.
Eligible capital
To enable the BMA to better assess the quality of the Class 4 insurer’s capital resources, a Class 4 insurer is required to disclose the makeup of its capital in accordance with the “3-tiered eligible capital system.” Under this system, all of the Class 4 insurer’s capital instruments will be classified as either basic or ancillary capital which in turn will be classified into one of three tiers based on their “loss absorbency” characteristics. Highest quality capital will be classified Tier 1 Capital and lesser quality capital will be classified as either Tier 2 Capital or Tier 3 Capital. Under this regime, up to certain specified percentages of Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital may be used to support the Class 4 insurer’s MSM, ECR and TCL.
The characteristics of the capital instruments that must be satisfied to qualify as Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital are set out in the Insurance (Eligible Capital) Rules 2012, and amendments thereto. Under these rules, Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital may, until January 1, 2026, include capital instruments that do not satisfy the requirement that the instrument be non-redeemable or settled only with the issuance of an instrument of equal or higher quality upon a breach, or if it would cause a breach, of the ECR.

39


Minimum liquidity ratio
The Insurance Act provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business insurers and reinsurers. A Class 4 insurer engaged in general business is required to maintain the value of its relevant assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities. Relevant assets include cash and time deposits, quoted investments, unquoted bonds and debentures, first liens on real estate, investment income due and accrued, accounts and premiums receivable, reinsurance balances receivable, funds held by ceding reinsurers and any other assets which the BMA, on application in any particular case made to it with reasons, accepts in that case.
Certain categories of assets which, unless specifically permitted by the BMA, do not automatically qualify as relevant assets, such as unquoted equity securities, investments in and advances to affiliates and real estate and collateral loans.
The relevant liabilities include total general business insurance and reinsurance reserves and total other liabilities less deferred income tax and letters of credit and guarantees.
Code of conduct
The Insurance Code of Conduct, or the Insurance Code prescribes the duties, standards, procedures and sound business principles which must be complied with by all insurers and reinsurers registered under the Insurance Act. Failure to comply with the requirements of the Insurance Code will be taken into account by the BMA in determining whether an insurer or reinsurer is conducting its business in a sound and prudent manner as prescribed by the Insurance Act, may result in the BMA exercising its powers of intervention and investigation (see below) and will be a factor in calculating the operational risk charge under the insurer or reinsurer’s BSCR or approved internal model.
Restrictions on dividends and distributions
A Class 4 insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its MSM, ECR or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. Where a Class 4 insurer fails to meet its MSM or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, it will be prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval of the BMA.
In addition, a Class 4 insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year’s statutory balance sheet), unless it files (at least seven days before payment of such dividends) with the BMA an affidavit signed by at least two directors (one of whom must be a Bermuda-resident director if any of the Class 4 insurer’s directors are resident in Bermuda) and the principal representative stating that it will continue to meet its solvency margin and minimum liquidity ratio. Where such an affidavit is filed, it shall be available for public inspection at the offices of the BMA.
Reduction of capital
A Class 4 insurer may not reduce its total statutory capital by 15% or more, as set out in its previous year’s financial statements, unless it has received the prior approval of the BMA. Total statutory capital consists of the insurer’s paid in share capital and its contributed surplus (sometimes called additional paid in capital) and any other fixed capital designated by the BMA as statutory capital (such as letters of credit).
A Class 4 insurer seeking to reduce its statutory capital by 15% or more, as set out in its previous year’s financial statements, is also required to submit an affidavit signed by at least two directors (one of whom must be a Bermuda-resident director if any of the Class 4 insurer’s directors are resident in Bermuda) and the principal representative stating that the proposed reduction will not cause it to fail its relevant margins and such other information as the BMA may require. Where such an affidavit is filed, it shall be available for public inspection at the offices of the BMA.

40


Supervision, investigation and intervention
The BMA may, by notice in writing served on a registered person or a designated insurer or reinsurer, require the registered person or designated insurer or reinsurer to provide such information and/or documentation as the BMA may reasonably require with respect to matters that are likely to be material to the performance of its supervisory functions under the Insurance Act. In addition, it may require the auditor, underwriter, accountant or any other person with relevant professional skill of such registered person or a designated insurer or reinsurer to prepare a report on any aspect pertaining thereto. In the case of a report, the person so appointed shall immediately give the BMA written notice of any fact or matter of which he becomes aware or which indicates to him that any condition attaching to his registration under the Insurance Act is not or has not, or may not be or may not have been fulfilled and that such matters are likely to be material to the performance of its functions under the Insurance Act. If it appears to the BMA to be desirable in the interests of the clients of a registered person or relevant insurance or reinsurance group, the BMA may also exercise these powers in relation to subsidiaries, parent companies and other affiliates of the registered person or designated insurer or reinsurer.
If the BMA deems it necessary to protect the interests of the policyholders or potential policyholders of an insurer, reinsurer, insurance group or reinsurance group, it may appoint one or more competent persons to investigate and report on the nature, conduct or state of the insurer, reinsurer, insurance group or reinsurance group’s business, or any aspect thereof, or the ownership or control of the insurer, reinsurer, insurance group or reinsurance group. If the person so appointed thinks it necessary for the purposes of his investigation, he may also investigate the business of any person who is or has been, at any relevant time, a member of the insurance group or reinsurance group or of a partnership of which the person being investigated is a member. In this regard, it shall be the duty of every person who is or was a controller, officer, employee, agent, banker, auditor, accountant, barrister, attorney or insurance manager to produce to the person appointed such documentation as he may reasonably require for the purpose of the investigation, and to attend and answer questions relevant to the investigation and to otherwise provide such assistance as may be necessary in connection therewith.
Where the BMA suspects that a person has failed to properly register under the Insurance Act or that a registered person or designated insurer or reinsurer has failed to comply with a requirement of the Insurance Act or that a person is not, or is no longer, a fit and proper person to perform functions in relation to a regulated activity, it may, by notice in writing, carry out an investigation into such person (or any other person connected thereto). In connection therewith, the BMA may require every person who is or was a controller, officer, employee, agent, banker, auditor, accountant, barrister, attorney or insurance manager to make a report and produce such documents in his care, custody and control and to attend before the BMA to answer questions relevant to the BMA’s investigation and to take such actions as the BMA may direct. The BMA may also enter any premises for the purposes of carrying out its investigation and may petition the court for a warrant if: (i) it believes a person has failed to comply with a notice served on him; (ii) there are reasonable grounds for suspecting the incompleteness of any information or documentation produced in response to such notice; or (iii) that its directions will not be complied with or that any relevant documents would be removed, tampered with or destroyed.
If it appears to the BMA that the business of the registered insurer or reinsurer is being conducted in a way that there is a significant risk of the insurer or reinsurer becoming insolvent or unable to meet its obligations to its policyholders, or that the insurer or reinsurer is in breach of the Insurance Act or any conditions imposed upon its registration, or the minimum criteria stipulated in the Insurance Act is not or has not been fulfilled in respect of a registered insurer or reinsurer, or that a person has become a controller without providing the BMA with the appropriate notice or in contravention of a notice of objection, or the registered insurer or reinsurer is in breach of its ECR, the BMA may issue such directions as it deems desirable for safeguarding the interests of the policyholders or potential policyholders of the insurer, reinsurer, insurance group or reinsurance

41


group. The BMA may, among other things, direct an insurer or reinsurer: (i) not to take on any new insurance or reinsurance business; (ii) not to vary any insurance or reinsurance contract if the effect would be to increase its liabilities; (iii) not to make certain investments; (iv) to realize certain investments; (v) to maintain or transfer to the custody of a specified bank, certain assets; (vi) not to declare or pay any dividends or other distributions or to restrict the making of such payments; (vii) to limit its premium income; (viii) not to enter into any specified transaction with any specified persons or persons of a specified class; (ix) to provide such written particulars relating to the financial circumstances of the insurer or reinsurer as the BMA thinks fit; (x) to obtain the opinion of a loss reserve specialist and to submit it to the BMA; and (xi) to remove a controller or officer.
Fit and proper controller
The BMA maintains supervision over the controllers of all registered insurers and reinsurers in Bermuda.
A controller includes: (i) the managing director of the registered insurer, reinsurer or its parent company; (ii) the chief executive of the registered insurer, reinsurer, or of its parent company; (iii) a 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% shareholder controller; and (iv) any person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors of the registered insurer, reinsurer, or of its parent company are accustomed to act.
The definition of shareholder controller is set out in the Insurance Act, but generally refers to: (i) a person who holds 10% or more of the shares carrying rights to vote at a shareholders’ meeting of the registered insurer, reinsurer, or its parent company; (ii) a person who is entitled to exercise 10% or more of the voting power at any shareholders’ meeting of such registered insurer, reinsurer, or its parent company; or (iii) a person who is able to exercise significant influence over the management of the registered insurer, reinsurer, or its parent company by virtue of its shareholding or its entitlement to exercise, or control the exercise of, the voting power at any shareholders’ meeting.
A shareholder controller that owns 10% or more, but less than 20% of the shares as described above is defined as a 10% shareholder controller. A shareholder controller that owns 20% or more, but less than 33% of the shares as described above is defined as a 20% shareholder controller. A shareholder controller that owns 33% or more but less than 50% of the shares as described above is defined as a 33% shareholder controller. A shareholder controller that owns 50% or more of the shares as described above is defined as a 50% shareholder controller.
As our shares are currently not traded on a recognized stock exchange (i.e., private companies), the Insurance Act prohibits any person from becoming a controller of any description, unless he or she has first served on the BMA notice, in writing, stating that he or she intends to become such a controller and the BMA has either, before the end of 45 days following the date of notification, provided notice to the proposed controller that it does not object to his or her becoming such a controller or the full 45 days has elapsed without the BMA filing an objection. A shareholder controller of such insurer or reinsurer shall not reduce or dispose of its holdings such that it will cease to be a 50%, 33%, 20% or 10% shareholder unless that shareholder controller has served on the BMA a notice in writing that it intends to do so. Any person who contravenes the Insurance Act by failing to give notice or knowingly becoming a controller of any description before the required 45 days has elapsed, or disposing of shares and as a result ceasing to be a shareholder controller without notifying the BMA of their intention to do so, is guilty of an offense and liable to a fine of U.S. $25,000 on summary conviction.
Once our shares are traded on a recognized stock exchange, which includes NASDAQ, any person who becomes a 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% shareholder controller of us shall be required, within 45 days, to notify the BMA in writing that he or she has become such a controller. A shareholder controller is also required to serve notice in writing on the BMA within 45 days of reducing or disposing of shares such that it ceases to be a 50%, 33%, 20% or 10% shareholder controller. Any

42


person who fails to give any such notice is guilty of an offense and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of U.S. $25,000.
The BMA may file a notice of objection to any person who has become a controller of any description where it appears that such person is not or is no longer, a fit and proper person to be a controller of the registered insurer or reinsurer. Before issuing a notice of objection, the BMA is required to serve upon the person concerned a preliminary written notice stating the BMA’s intention to issue formal notice of objection and the reasons for which it appears that the person is not or no longer considered a fit and proper person. Upon receipt of the preliminary written notice, the person served may, within 28 days, file written representations with the BMA, which shall be taken into account by the BMA in making their final determination. Any person who continues to be a controller of any description after having received a notice of objection shall be guilty of an offense and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of U.S. $25,000 (and a continuing fine of U.S. $500 per day for each day that the offense is continuing) or, if convicted on indictment, to a fine of U.S. $100,000 or two years in prison or both.
Notification of material changes
All registered insurers and reinsurers are required to give notice to the BMA of their intention to effect a material change within the meaning of the Insurance Act. For the purposes of the Insurance Act, the following changes are material: (i) the transfer or acquisition of insurance or reinsurance business being part of a scheme falling within, or any transaction relating to a scheme of arrangement under, Section 25 of the Insurance Act or Section 99 of the Companies Act; (ii) the amalgamation with or acquisition of another firm; (iii) engaging in unrelated business that is retail business; (iv) the acquisition of a controlling interest in an undertaking that is engaged in non-insurance or non-reinsurance business which offers services and products to persons who are not affiliates of the insurer or reinsurer; (v) outsourcing all or substantially all of the company’s actuarial, risk management compliance and internal audit functions; (vi) outsourcing all or a material part of an insurer or reinsurer’s underwriting activity; (vii) the transfer other than by way of reinsurance of all or substantially all of a line of business; (viii) the expansion into a material new line of business; (ix) the sale of an insurer or reinsurer; and (x) outsourcing the role of the chief executive or senior executive performing the duties of underwriting, actuarial, risk management, compliance, internal audit, finance or investment matters.
No registered insurer or reinsurer shall take any steps to give effect to a material change, unless it has first served notice on the BMA that it intends to effect such material change and before the end of 30 days, either the BMA has notified such company in writing that it has no objection to such change or that period has lapsed without the BMA having issued a notice of objection.
Before issuing a notice of objection, the BMA is required to serve upon the person concerned a preliminary written notice stating the BMA’s intention to issue a formal notice of objection. Upon receipt of the preliminary written notice, the person served may, within 28 days, file written representations with the BMA which shall be taken into account by the BMA in making their final determination.
Notification by registered person of change of controllers and officers
Watford Re, as a Class 4 insurer, is required to give written notice to the BMA of the fact that a person has become, or ceased to be, a controller or officer of the Class 4 insurer within 45 days of becoming aware of such fact. An officer in relation to a registered insurer or reinsurer means a director, chief executive or senior executive performing duties of underwriting, actuarial, risk management, compliance, internal audit, finance or investment matters.
Group supervision
The BMA may, in respect of an insurance group, determine whether it is appropriate for it to act as its group supervisor. An insurance group is defined as a group of companies that conducts insurance

43


business. The Authority may make such determination where it ascertains that: (i) the group is headed by a “specified insurer” (that is to say, it is headed by either a Class 3A, Class 3B or Class 4 general business insurer or a Class C, Class D or Class E long-term insurer or another class of insurer designated by order of the BMA); (ii) where the insurance group is not headed by a “specified insurer,” where it is headed by a parent company which is incorporated in Bermuda; or (iii) where the parent company of the group is not a Bermuda company, in circumstances where the BMA is satisfied that the insurance group is directed and managed from Bermuda or the insurer with the largest balance sheet total is a specified insurer.
Where the BMA determines that it should act as the group supervisor, it shall designate a specified insurer that is a member of the insurance group to be the designated insurer, or the Designated Insurer, and it shall give to the Designated Insurer and other applicable insurance regulatory authority written notice of its intention to act as group supervisor. Before the BMA makes a final determination whether or not to act as group supervisor, it shall take into account any written representations made by the Designated Insurer submitted within such period as is specified in the notice.
The BMA may exclude any company that is a member of an insurance group from group supervision on the application of the Designated Insurer, or on its own initiative, provided the BMA is satisfied that: (i) the company is situated in a country or territory where there are legal impediments to cooperation and exchange of information; (ii) the financial operations of the company have a negligible impact on insurance group operations; or (iii) the inclusion of the company would be inappropriate with respect to the objectives of group supervision.
The BMA may, on its own initiative or on the application of the relevant Designated Insurer, include within group supervision a company that is a member of the group that is not on the Register of Group Particulars (described below) if it is satisfied the financial operations of the company in question may have a material impact on the insurance group’s operations and its inclusion would be appropriate having regard to the objectives of group supervision.
Once the BMA has been designated as group supervisor, the Designated Insurer must ensure that the insurance group of which it is a member appoints: (i) an individual approved by the BMA who is qualified as a group actuary to provide an opinion on the insurance group’s insurance technical provisions in accordance with the requirements of Schedule XIV “Group Statutory Economic Balance Sheet” of the Insurance (Prudential Standards) (Insurance Group Solvency Requirement) Rules 2011; and (ii) an auditor approved by the BMA to audit the financial statements of the group.
Pursuant to its powers under the Insurance Act, the BMA will maintain a register of particulars for every insurance group, or the Register of Group Particulars, for which it acts as the group supervisor, detailing the names and addresses of: (i) the Designated Insurer; (ii) each member company of the insurance group falling within the scope of group supervision; (iii) the principal representative of the insurance group in Bermuda; (iv) other competent authorities supervising other member companies of the insurance group; and (v) the insurance group auditors. The Designated Insurer must immediately notify the BMA of any changes to the above details entered on the Register of Group Particulars.
As group supervisor, the BMA will perform a number of supervisory functions including: (i) coordinating the gathering and dissemination of relevant or essential information for going concerns and emergency situations, including the dissemination of information which is of importance for the supervisory task of other competent authorities; (ii) carrying out supervisory reviews and assessments of the insurance group; (iii) carrying out assessments of the insurance group’s compliance with the rules on solvency, risk concentration, intra-group transactions and good governance procedures; (iv) planning and coordinating through regular meetings held at least annually (or by other appropriate means) with other competent authorities, supervisory activities in respect of the insurance group, both as a going concern and in emergency situations; (v) coordinating enforcement actions that may need to be taken against the insurance group or any of

44


its members; and (vi) planning and coordinating meetings of colleges of supervisors in order to facilitate the carrying out of the functions described above.
The BMA may, for the purposes of group supervision, make rules applying to Designated Insurers which take into account any activities of the insurance group of which they are members or of other members of the insurance group. Such rules may make provision for the assessment of the financial situation of the insurance group; the solvency position of the insurance group (including the imposition of prudential standards in relation to enhanced capital requirements, capital and solvency returns, insurance reserves and eligible capital that must be complied with by the Designated Insurers); the system of governance and risk management of the insurance group; intra-group transactions and risk concentrations; and supervisory reporting and disclosure in respect of the insurance group.
Watford Re was designated by the BMA as a Designated Insurer on May 5, 2017 and as such we are currently subject to group supervision.
Disclosure of information
In addition to powers under the Insurance Act to investigate the affairs of an insurer or reinsurer, the BMA may require certain information from an insurer or reinsurer (or certain other persons) to be produced to the BMA. Further, the BMA has been given powers to assist other regulatory authorities, including foreign insurance regulatory authorities, with their investigations involving insurance and reinsurance companies in Bermuda if it is satisfied that the assistance being requested is in connection with the discharge of regulatory responsibilities and that such cooperation is in the public interest. The grounds for disclosure are limited and the Insurance Act provides for sanctions for breach of the statutory duty of confidentiality.
Cancellation of insurer or reinsurer’s registration
An insurer or reinsurer’s registration may be canceled by the BMA on certain grounds specified in the Insurance Act. Failure by the insurer or reinsurer to comply with its obligations under the Insurance Act, or if the BMA believes that the insurer or reinsurer has not been carrying on business in accordance with sound insurance or reinsurance principles, would be such grounds.
Certain other Bermuda law considerations
All Bermuda exempted companies are exempt from certain Bermuda laws restricting the percentage of share capital that may be held by non-Bermudians. However, exempted companies may not participate in certain business transactions, including: (i) the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda except that required for their business held by way of lease or tenancy for a term not exceeding 50 years or, with the consent of the Minister of Economic Development granted in his discretion, land by way of lease or tenancy for a term not exceeding 21 years in order to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees; (ii) the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure an amount in excess of B.D.$50,000 without the consent of the relevant Ministers; (iii) the acquisition of any bonds or debentures secured by any land in Bermuda, other bonds or debentures issued by the Bermuda government or a public authority; or (iv) the carrying on of business of any kind in Bermuda, except in furtherance of their business carried on outside Bermuda or under license granted by the Minister of Economic Development. Generally, it is not permitted without a special license granted by the Minister to insure or reinsure Bermuda domestic risks or risks of persons of, in or based in Bermuda.
All Bermuda companies must comply with the provisions of the Companies Act regulating the payment of dividends and making distributions from contributed surplus. A company may not declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (i) it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities.

45


United States insurance regulation
General
In common with other insurers, our U.S.-based subsidiaries are subject to extensive governmental regulation and supervision in the various states and jurisdictions in which they are domiciled and licensed and/or approved to conduct business. The laws and regulations of the state of domicile have the most significant impact on operations. This regulation and supervision is designed to protect policyholders rather than investors. Generally, regulatory authorities have broad regulatory powers over such matters as licenses, standards of solvency, premium rates, policy forms, marketing practices, claims practices, investments, security deposits, methods of accounting, form and content of financial statements, reserves and provisions for unearned premiums, unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, reinsurance, minimum capital and surplus requirements, dividends and other distributions to shareholders, periodic examinations and annual and other report filings. In addition, transactions among affiliates, including reinsurance agreements or arrangements, as well as certain third-party transactions, require prior regulatory approval from, or prior notice to and no disapproval by, the applicable regulator under certain circumstances. Certain insurance regulatory requirements are highlighted below. In addition, regulatory authorities conduct periodic financial, claims and market conduct examinations.
Increased federal or state regulatory scrutiny could lead to new legal precedents, new regulations, new practices, or regulatory actions or investigations, which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
Credit for reinsurance
Except for certain mandated provisions that must be included in order for a ceding company to obtain credit for reinsurance ceded, the terms and conditions of reinsurance agreements generally are not subject to regulation by any governmental authority. This contrasts with admitted primary insurance policies and agreements, the rates and terms of which generally are regulated by state insurance regulators.
Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, provide that only the state in which a primary insurer is domiciled may regulate the financial statement credit for reinsurance taken by that primary insurer.
A primary insurer ordinarily will enter into a reinsurance agreement only if it can obtain credit for the reinsurance ceded on its U.S. statutory-basis financial statements. In general, credit for reinsurance is allowed in the following circumstances: if the reinsurer is licensed in the state in which the primary insurer is domiciled; if the reinsurer is an “accredited” or otherwise approved reinsurer in the state in which the primary insurer is domiciled; in some instances, if the reinsurer (i) is domiciled in a state that is deemed to have substantially similar credit for reinsurance standards as the state in which the primary insurer is domiciled and (ii) meets certain financial requirements; or if none of the above applies, to the extent that the reinsurance obligations of the reinsurer are collateralized appropriately, typically through the posting of a letter of credit for the benefit of the primary insurer or the deposit of assets into a trust fund established for the benefit of the primary insurer.
WIC is an admitted insurer in 50 states and the District of Columbia. WSIC is eligible to issue insurance on an excess and surplus lines basis in 50 states and the District of Columbia. Watford Re does not expect to become licensed, accredited or so approved in any U.S. jurisdiction.
Holding company acts
All states have enacted legislation that regulates insurance holding company systems. These regulations generally provide that each insurance company in the system is required to register with the insurance department of its state of domicile and furnish information concerning the

46


operations of companies within the holding company system which may materially affect the operations, management or financial condition of the insurers within the system. All transactions within a holding company system affecting insurers must be fair and reasonable. Notice to the state insurance departments is required prior to the consummation of certain material transactions between an insurer and any entity in its holding company system. In addition, certain of such transactions cannot be consummated without the applicable insurance department’s prior approval, or its failure to disapprove after receiving notice. The holding company acts also prohibit any person from directly or indirectly acquiring control of a U.S. insurance company unless that person has filed an application with specified information with the insurance company’s domiciliary commissioner and has obtained the commissioner’s prior approval. Under most states’ statutes, including New Jersey (the state of domicile of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries), acquiring 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company or its parent company is presumptively considered an acquisition of control of the insurance company, although such presumption may be rebutted, as was the case for us, with Arch filing a disclaimer of control in connection with WSIC and WIC. Accordingly, any person or entity that acquires, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of our voting securities without the prior approval of the commissioner will be in violation of these laws and may be subject to injunctive action requiring the disposition or seizure of those securities by the commissioner or prohibiting the voting of those securities, or to other actions that may be taken by the commissioner. In 2010, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or the NAIC, adopted amendments to the Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act and Regulation, which, among other changes, introduce the concept of “enterprise risk” within an insurance holding company system. If and when the amendments are adopted by a particular state, the amended Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act and Regulation would impose more extensive informational requirements on parents and other affiliates of licensed insurers or reinsurers with the purpose of protecting them from enterprise risk, including requiring an annual enterprise risk report by the ultimate controlling person identifying the material risks within the insurance holding company system that could pose enterprise risk to the licensed companies. The amended Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act also requires any controlling person of a U.S. insurance company seeking to divest its controlling interest in the insurance company to file with the commissioner a confidential notice of the proposed divestiture at least 30 days prior to the cessation of control; after receipt of the notice, the commissioner shall determine those instances in which the parties seeking to divest or to acquire a controlling interest will be required to file for or obtain approval of the transaction. The amended Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act and Regulation must be adopted by the individual states for the new requirements to apply to U.S. domestic insurers and reinsurers. To date, every state and the District of Columbia have enacted legislation adopting the amended Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act in some form.
Enterprise risk
The NAIC has increased its focus on risks within an insurer’s holding company system that may pose enterprise risk to the insurer. “Enterprise risk” is defined as any activity, circumstance, event or series of events involving one or more affiliates of an insurer that, if not remedied promptly, is likely to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or the liquidity of the insurer or its insurance holding company system as a whole. As noted above, in 2010, the NAIC adopted amendments to its Model Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act and Regulation, which include, among other amendments, a requirement for the ultimate controlling person to file an enterprise risk report annually. In 2012, the NAIC adopted the Risk Management and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment, or ORSA, Model Act, which requires domestic insurers to maintain a risk management framework and establishes a legal requirement for domestic insurers to conduct an ORSA in accordance with the NAIC’s ORSA Guidance Manual. The ORSA Model Act provides that domestic insurers, or their insurance group, must regularly conduct an ORSA consistent with a process comparable to the ORSA Guidance Manual process. The ORSA Model Act also provides that, no more than once a year, an insurer’s domiciliary regulator may request that an insurer submit an ORSA summary report, or any combination of reports that together contain the information

47


described in the ORSA Guidance Manual, with respect to the insurer and/or the insurance group of which it is a member. If and when the ORSA Model Act is adopted by an individual state, the state may impose additional internal review and regulatory filing requirements on licensed insurers and their parent companies.
Regulation of dividends and other payments from insurance subsidiaries
The ability of an insurer to pay dividends or make other distributions is subject to insurance regulatory limitations of the insurance company’s state of domicile. Generally, such laws limit the payment of dividends or other distributions above a specified level. Dividends or other distributions in excess of such thresholds are “extraordinary” and are subject to prior regulatory approval. Such dividends or distributions may be subject to applicable withholding or other taxes. See “Item 2. Financial Information-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Financial condition, liquidity and capital resources-Liquidity and capital resources” and Note 20 - “Statutory information” of the notes accompanying our financial statements.
Insurance regulatory information system ratios
The NAIC Insurance Regulatory Information System, or the IRIS, was developed by a committee of state insurance regulators and is intended primarily to assist state insurance departments in executing their statutory mandates to oversee the financial condition of insurance companies operating in their respective states. IRIS identifies 13 property/casualty industry ratios (referred to as IRIS ratios) and specifies usual ranges and identifies unusual values for each ratio. Departure from the usual values of the IRIS ratios can lead to inquiries from individual state insurance commissioners as to certain aspects of an insurer’s business.
Accreditation
The NAIC has instituted its Financial Regulation Accreditation Standards Program, or FRASP, in response to federal initiatives to regulate the business of insurance. FRASP provides a set of standards designed to establish effective state regulation of the financial condition of insurance companies. Under FRASP, a state must adopt certain laws and regulations, institute required regulatory practices and procedures, and have adequate personnel to enforce such items in order to become an “accredited” state. If a state is not accredited, other states may not accept certain financial examination reports of insurers prepared solely by the regulatory agency in such unaccredited state. New Jersey, the state in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, is an accredited state.
Risk-based capital requirements
In order to enhance the regulation of insurer solvency, the NAIC adopted in December 1993 a formula and model law to implement risk-based capital requirements for property and casualty insurance companies. These risk-based capital requirements are designed to assess capital adequacy and to raise the level of protection that statutory surplus provides for policyholder obligations. The risk-based capital model for property and casualty insurance companies measures three major areas of risk facing property and casualty insurers: underwriting, which encompasses the risk of adverse loss developments and inadequate pricing; declines in asset values arising from credit risk; and declines in asset values arising from investment risks.
An insurer will be subject to varying degrees of regulatory action depending on how its statutory surplus compares to its risk-based capital calculation. For equity investments in an insurance company affiliate, the risk-based capital requirements for the equity securities of such affiliate would generally be our U.S.-based subsidiaries’ proportionate share of the affiliate’s risk-based capital requirement.
Under the approved formula, an insurer’s total adjusted capital is compared to its authorized control level risk-based capital. If this ratio is above a minimum threshold, no company or

48


regulatory action is necessary. Below this threshold are four distinct action levels at which a regulator can intervene with increasing degrees of authority over an insurer as the ratio of surplus to risk-based capital requirement decreases. The four action levels include: insurer is required to submit a plan for corrective action; insurer is subject to examination, analysis and specific corrective action; regulators may place insurer under regulatory control; and regulators are required to place insurer under regulatory control.
Each of our U.S. subsidiaries’ surplus (as calculated for statutory purposes) is above the risk-based capital thresholds that would require either company or regulatory action.
Guaranty funds and assigned risk plans
Most states require all admitted insurance companies to participate in their respective guaranty funds which cover certain claims against insolvent insurers. Solvent insurers licensed in these states are required to cover the losses paid on behalf of insolvent insurers by the guaranty funds and are generally subject to annual assessments in the states by the guaranty funds to cover these losses. Participation in state-assigned risk plans may take the form of reinsuring a portion of a pool of policies or the direct issuance of policies to insureds. The calculation of an insurer’s participation in these plans is usually based on the amount of premium for that type of coverage that was written by the insurer on a voluntary basis. Assigned risk pools tend to produce losses which result in assessments to insurers writing the same lines on a voluntary basis.
Federal regulation
Although state regulation is the dominant form of regulation for insurance and reinsurance business, the federal government in recent years has shown some concern over the adequacy of state regulation. It is not possible to predict the future impact of any potential federal regulations or other possible laws or regulations on our U.S.-based subsidiaries’ capital and operations, and such laws or regulations could materially adversely affect their business. In addition, a number of federal laws affect and apply to the insurance industry, including various privacy laws and the economic and trade sanctions implemented by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. OFAC maintains and enforces economic sanctions against certain foreign countries and groups and prohibits U.S. persons from engaging in certain transactions with certain persons or entities. OFAC has imposed civil penalties on persons, including insurance and reinsurance companies, arising from violations of its economic sanctions program.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
The Dodd-Frank Act created the Federal Insurance Office, or FIO, within the Department of Treasury, which is not a federal regulator or supervisor of insurance, but monitors the insurance industry for systemic risk, administers the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2015, or TRIPRA, consults with the states regarding insurance matters and develops federal policy on aspects of international insurance matters. In addition, FIO is authorized to assist the Treasury Secretary in negotiating “covered agreements” between the U.S. and one or more foreign governments or regulatory authorities that address insurance prudential measures. Where a state law is inconsistent with a “covered agreement” and provides less favorable treatment to foreign insurers than U.S. companies, the FIO Director may preempt conflicting state law. In 2013, the FIO issued two reports relating to the insurance industry, one on modernization of the insurance regulatory system and one on the impact of Part II of the Nonadmitted and Reinsurance Reform Act of 2010. In December 2014, the FIO issued a report on the vital role that the global reinsurance market plays in supporting insurance in the United States. The impact that these reports will have on the regulation of insurance, if any, is yet to be determined. The Dodd-Frank Act also created a uniform system for non-admitted insurance premium tax payments based on the home state of the policyholder and provides for single state regulation for financial solvency and credit for reinsurance as discussed above.

49


The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau, or the CFPB, to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products and services under federal law. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB is charged with rulemaking and enforcement with respect to enumerated consumer laws. The Dodd-Frank Act also granted to the CFPB certain supervisory powers with respect to “covered persons” and “service providers,” as defined by the Act.
Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2015
The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 was amended and extended again by TRIPRA through December 31, 2020. TRIPRA provides a federal backstop for insurance-related losses resulting from certain acts of terrorism on U.S. soil or against certain U.S. air carriers, vessels or foreign missions. Under TRIPRA, all U.S.-based property and casualty insurers are required to make terrorism insurance coverage available in specified commercial property and casualty insurance lines. Under TRIPRA, the federal government will pay 85% of covered losses after (i) aggregate industry insured losses resulting from the act of terrorism exceeds a statutorily prescribed program trigger, and (ii) an insurer’s losses exceed a deductible determined by a statutorily prescribed formula, up to a combined annual aggregate limit for the federal government and all insurers of $100 billion. The program trigger for calendar year 2015 is $100 million and will increase by $20 million per year until it becomes $200 million in 2020. Beginning January 1, 2016, the 85% federal share will decrease by 1% per year until it becomes 80% in 2020. If an act (or acts) of terrorism result in covered losses exceeding the $100 billion annual limit, insurers with losses exceeding their deductibles will not be responsible for additional losses. An insurer’s deductible for each year is based on the insurer’s (together with those of its affiliates) direct commercial earned premiums for property and casualty insurance, excluding certain lines of business such as commercial auto, surety, professional liability and earthquake lines of business, for the prior calendar year multiplied by a specified percentage. The specified percentage for 2015 through 2020 is 20%. Our U.S.-based property and casualty insurers, WIC and WSIC, are subject to TRIPRA.
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, or the GLBA, which implements fundamental changes in the regulation of the financial services industry in the United States, was enacted on November 12, 1999. The GLBA permits mergers that combine commercial banks, insurers and securities firms under one holding company, a “financial holding company.” Bank holding companies and other entities that qualify and elect to be treated as financial holding companies may engage in activities, and acquire companies engaged in activities, that are “financial” in nature or “incidental” or “complementary” to such financial activities. Such financial activities include acting as principal, agent or broker in the underwriting and sale of life, property, casualty and other forms of insurance and annuities.
Until the passage of the GLBA, the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933 had limited the ability of banks to engage in securities-related businesses, and the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 had restricted banks from being affiliated with insurers. Since passage of the GLBA, among other things, bank holding companies may acquire insurers, and insurance holding companies may acquire banks. The ability of banks to affiliate with insurers may affect our U.S. subsidiaries’ product lines by substantially increasing the number, size and financial strength of potential competitors.
The GLBA also imposes privacy requirements on financial institutions, such as insurance companies, including obligations to protect and safeguard consumers’ non-public personal information and records, and limitations on the re-use of such information. Federal regulatory agencies have issued Interagency Guidelines Establishing Information Security Standards, or “Security Guidelines,” and interagency regulations regarding financial privacy, or “Privacy Rule,” implementing sections of GLBA. The Security Guidelines establish standards relating to administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the security, confidentiality, integrity, and the proper disposal of consumer information. The Privacy Rule limits a financial institution’s disclosure of non-public personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless certain notice requirements are met and the

50


consumer does not elect to prevent or “opt out” of the disclosure. The Privacy Rule also requires that privacy notices provided to customers and consumers describe the financial institutions’ policies and practices to protect the confidentiality and security of the information. Many states have enacted legislation implementing GLBA and establishing information security regulation. Many states have enacted privacy and data security laws which impose compliance obligations beyond GLBA, including obligations to protect social security numbers and provide notification in the event that a security breach results in a reasonable belief that unauthorized persons may have obtained access to consumer non-public information.
Legislative and regulatory proposals
From time to time, various regulatory and legislative changes have been, and will be, proposed in the insurance and reinsurance industry. Among the proposals that have been considered are the possible introduction of federal regulation in addition to, or in lieu of, the current system of state regulation of insurers and the NAIC. In addition, there are a variety of proposals being considered by various state legislatures. Two ongoing areas of work at the NAIC are model rules relating to corporate governance and consideration of enhanced methods of group supervision.
Gibraltar insurance regulation
General
The Gibraltar Financial Services Commission, or the GFSC, regulates insurance and reinsurance companies, firms carrying out insurance mediation activities and insurance managers operating in Gibraltar. Insurance and reinsurance companies operate principally under the Financial Services (Insurance Companies) Act 1987 and, since January 1, 2016, also under the Financial Services (Insurance Companies) (Solvency II Directive) Act 2015. Insurance intermediaries and insurance managers operate principally under the Financial Services (Investment & Fiduciary Services) Act 1989. In addition, insurance companies, intermediaries and managers are subject to a range of further laws and regulations.
On July 28, 2015, WICE was licensed by the GFSC. It holds permissions to write the following classes and is authorized to do business in the following territories:
United Kingdom: 3 (Land Vehicles), 10 (Motor Vehicle Liability);
France: 1 (Accident), 3 (Land Vehicles), 8 (Fire and Natural Forces), 9 (Damage to Property), 10 (Motor Vehicle Liability), 13 (General Liability); and
Ireland: 1 (Accident), 3 (Land Vehicles), 8 (Fire and Natural Forces), 9 (Damage to Property), 10 (Motor Vehicle Liability), 13 (General Liability).
The GFSC’s mission statement states that its mission is “to provide financial services regulation in an effective and efficient manner in order to promote good business, protect the public from financial loss and enhance Gibraltar’s reputation as a quality financial centre.” Underpinning this mission statement, the GFSC’s regulatory objectives are the promotion of market confidence, the reduction of systemic risk, the promotion of public awareness, the protection of the good reputation of Gibraltar, the protection of consumers and the reduction of financial crime.
The GFSC is responsible both for supervising the application of prudential standards and the conduct of firms across the Gibraltar financial services sector. This includes, but is not limited to banks, insurance companies, insurance intermediaries, e-money issuers, payment service institutions, investment firms, fund service providers, funds, fiduciary service providers and auditors.
Gibraltar financial service firms, including insurance and reinsurance companies, which passport their services into another EU member state are also subject to the conduct and general good provision in that member state, as set out by the host state regulator.

51


Financial resources
WICE is required to have adequate financial assets and to file quarterly returns to the GFSC. WICE adopts the Standard Formula as postulated under Solvency II to calculate its regulatory solvency capital requirement, or SCR. In addition to this, WICE is required to carry out its own risk and solvency assessment, or ORSA, at least annually, taking into account its specific risk profile and risk appetite to formulate an internal view of the appropriate level of capital.
The calculation of the SCR takes account of market risk, insurance risk (underwriting and reserving), counterparty risk and operational risk. The ORSA also takes account of other risks facing the business, such as liquidity risk and group risk.
The GFSC requires insurance and reinsurance companies to maintain an appropriate buffer above the SCR, but this is not prescriptive. The buffer is expected to be appropriate to the risk profile and type of business written.
WICE maintains a level of capital which is above both the SCR and the internally derived view of capital required.
Financial services compensation scheme
The Financial Services Compensation Scheme, or FSCS, is a scheme established under FSMA to compensate eligible policyholders of insurance and reinsurance companies who may become insolvent. The FSCS is funded by the levies that it has the power to impose on all insurers and reinsurers. As a motor insurer writing into the U.K. market, WICE contributes to the FSCS.
Motor insurance bureau
The Motor Insurance Bureau in the United Kingdom, or MIB, and the Motor Insurance Bureau Ireland, or MIBI, provide compensation where an individual is injured by an uninsured driver. As an insurance and reinsurance company writing motor business into the U.K. and Ireland, WICE is a member of both the MIB and the MIBI and pays the appropriate levies.
Additional restrictions
When granting a license, the GFSC issues a Notice of Requirements, or NOR, which imposes further restrictions on a licensee over and above those set out in legislation. The key restrictions applicable to WICE include the following:
Restriction on business to be written
WICE is required to obtain prior written approval of the GFSC if it plans to make any significant change to the business that it writes.
Restrictions on transactions with connected parties
WICE is required to obtain prior written consent from the GFSC if it enters into certain transactions with connected parties. This includes: (i) agreements which will result in payments in excess of $40,000; (ii) the acquisition of property in excess of $40,000; (iii) other property-related arrangements including, but not limited to, mortgages, charges and leases above $40,000; (iv) undertaking any liability to meet an obligation of a connected party; (v) loans to connected parties exceeding $40,000; and (vi) entering into or varying a reinsurance agreement with a connected party without giving the GFSC 14 days prior written notice.
Changes to WICE’s operations
WICE must inform the GFSC of any significant change in its insurance or reinsurance arrangements, a change in the name of its bankers or the address of the branch where the account is held, or a change in its auditors.

52


Provision of information
WICE must send to the GFSC, within 14 days, copies of insurance or reinsurance agreements, agreements for the provision of insurance management services or changes to agreements and new or revised agreements with investment managers.
Restriction on dividends
WICE is required to notify the GFSC of any proposal to declare or pay a dividend and is required to provide relevant financial information which has been considered by its board of directors in considering this proposal. WICE is not permitted to pay any such dividend within 14 days of such notice to the GFSC.
In order to obtain regulatory approval for the payment of a dividend, WICE must demonstrate that it will continue to meet its SCR and its internal view of capital following the payment of such dividend.
Other matters
The NOR imposes a requirement on WICE to comply with certain other matters:
A business plan must be submitted prior to December 1 of each financial year;
WICE must obtain an annual independent actuarial review of loss reserves;
WICE must provide the GFSC with a copy of any management report provided by its auditors within two weeks of receipt;
WICE must submit to the GFSC copies of board of director and committee minutes and board of directors and committee packs on a quarterly basis once the meetings have been held; and
WICE must hold quarterly meetings of its board of directors.
European Union considerations
Through its authorization in Gibraltar, which is a British Overseas Territory of the U.K. and therefore able to benefit from certain rights available to Member States of the EU, WICE’s authorization is recognized throughout the European Economic Area, subject only to certain notification and application requirements. This authorization enables WICE to provide services or to establish a branch in any other Member State of the EU, where such entity will be subject to the insurance regulations of each such Member State with respect to the conduct of its business in such Member State, but remain subject only to the financial, prudential and operational supervision by the GFSC. The framework for the passporting of services and the establishment of branches in Member States of the EU was generally set forth, and remains subject to, directives adopted by the Council, the legislative body of the European Union, which directives are then implemented in each Member State. WICE currently passports under the Freedom of Services provisions into the United Kingdom, France and Ireland.
The recent U.K. referendum in favor of an exit from the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” may adversely impact our European operations by limiting or removing WICE’s current ability to flexibly transact insurance business across the borders of European Union members. Alternative avenues to distribute our insurance products in Europe exist but may prove to be more costly and/or less economical, and a reduction in premium writings from Europe would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.



53



Item 1A. Risk Factors
Investing in our common shares involves risks. Prospective investors should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as other information contained in this registration statement before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect us in the future. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In such case, the trading price of our common shares may decline and investors may lose all or part of their original investments.
Risks related to our insurance and reinsurance business
We operate in a highly competitive environment and we may not be able to compete successfully in our industry.
The insurance and reinsurance industry is highly competitive. We compete with major U.S. and non-U.S. insurers and reinsurers, many of which have greater financial, marketing and management resources than we do, as well as other potential providers of capital willing to assume insurance and/or reinsurance risk. In our underwriting business, we compete with insurers that provide specialty P&C lines of insurance and reinsurance, including, among others: Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, AXIS Capital Holdings Limited, Berkshire Hathaway, Inc., Chubb Limited, Everest Re Group Ltd., Fairfax Financial Holdings Limited, Greenlight Capital Re, Ltd., Hannover R ü ckversicherung AG, Lloyd’s, Markel Corporation, Munich Re Group, PartnerRe Ltd., RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd., Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., Transatlantic Reinsurance Company and AXA XL Ltd. Additionally, other companies may enter the sectors of the markets in which we operate. We do not believe that we have a significant market share in any of our markets.
Financial institutions and other capital markets participants also offer alternative products and services similar to our own or alternative products that compete with insurance and reinsurance products, such as insurance/risk-linked securities, catastrophe bonds and derivatives. In recent years, capital market participants have been increasingly active in the reinsurance market and markets for related risks and are beginning to make forays into the insurance market.
Competition may have adverse consequences for us, including fewer contracts written, lower premium rates, increased expenses for customer acquisition and retention and less favorable policy terms and conditions. Our competitive position is based on many factors, including our perceived overall financial strength, ratings assigned by an independent rating agency, geographic scope of business, client and broker relationships, premiums charged, contract terms and conditions, products and services offered (including the ability to design customized programs) and appropriate and timely claim payments, as well as the reputation, experience and qualifications of the managers of our underwriting business and our employees. We may not be successful in competing with others on any of these bases and the intensity of competition in our industry may erode profitability and result in less favorable policy terms and conditions for insurance and reinsurance companies generally, including us.
We also compete with new companies that continue to be formed to enter the insurance and reinsurance markets. In addition, continued consolidation within the industry may further enhance the already competitive underwriting environment. Any such consolidated entities may use their enhanced market power and broader capital base to negotiate price reductions for products and services that we offer or that compete with ours and we may experience rate declines and possibly write less business. We could incur greater expenses relating to customer acquisition and retention, reducing our operating margins. In addition, insurance companies that merge may be able to spread their risks across a larger capital base so that they require less reinsurance. Insurance and reinsurance intermediaries could also consolidate, potentially adversely impacting our ability to

54



access business and distribute our products. We could also experience more robust competition from larger, better capitalized competitors, which could include ACGL or current or future affiliates of ACGL. Arch competes with us and will continue to underwrite business for its own distinct portfolios in accordance with its own policies, strategies and business plans. Our business may be adversely impacted by the entry of other companies into the lines of business in which we operate.
The insurance and reinsurance industry is highly cyclical and we expect to continue to experience periods characterized by excess underwriting capacity and unfavorable premium rates.
Historically, insurers and reinsurers have experienced significant fluctuations in operating results due to competition, frequency of occurrence or severity of catastrophic events, levels of capacity, general economic conditions, changes in equity, debt and other investment markets, changes in legislation, case law and prevailing concepts of liability and other factors. In particular, demand for reinsurance is influenced significantly by the underwriting results of primary insurers and prevailing general economic conditions. The industry-wide availability of insurance and reinsurance products is related to prevailing prices and levels of surplus capacity (supply) that, in turn, may fluctuate in response to changes in rates of return being realized in the industry on both the underwriting and investment sides of the business. As a result, the insurance and reinsurance business historically has been a cyclical industry characterized by periods of intense price competition due to excessive underwriting capacity, as well as periods when shortages of capacity permitted favorable premium levels and changes in terms and conditions. The supply of insurance and reinsurance capacity has increased over the past several years and may increase further, either as a result of capital provided by new entrants or by the commitment of additional capital by existing insurers or reinsurers.
We may enter lines of business that may prove to be less favorable or profitable than anticipated due to economic or other factors beyond our control.
In seeking attractive underwriting opportunities, we may enter lines of business that we model as being profitable and accretive to our underwriting portfolio but that ultimately may prove to be less favorable or profitable than anticipated due to economic or other factors beyond our control. For example, we have increased our mortgage reinsurance and European motor insurance business based on the current profitable nature of those businesses. However, if those lines of business cease to be profitable in the future, it could adversely affect our business. Furthermore, the results of certain lines of business we write may be more susceptible than others to macroeconomic conditions. For instance, mortgage insurance and reinsurance losses result when a borrower becomes unable to continue to make mortgage payments and the home of such borrower cannot be sold for an amount that covers unpaid principal and interest and the expenses of the sale. Deteriorating economic conditions increase the likelihood that borrowers will have insufficient income to pay their mortgages and can adversely affect housing values leading to losses on mortgage insurance and reinsurance contracts.
The insurance and reinsurance industry is from time to time subject to regulatory, legislative, judicial or other unforeseen developments, which could adversely affect our business.
From time to time, various regulatory and legislative changes have been proposed in the insurance and reinsurance industry. Among the proposals that are presently being considered is the possible introduction of global regulatory standards for the amount of capital that insurance groups must maintain across the group.
The recent turmoil in the financial markets has increased the likelihood of changes in the way the financial services industry is regulated. Governmental authorities in the United States and worldwide have become increasingly interested in potential risks posed by the insurance industry as a whole and to commercial and financial systems in general. While we cannot predict the exact nature, timing or scope of possible governmental initiatives, there may be increased regulatory intervention in our industry in the future. For example, the U.S. federal government has increased its scrutiny of the insurance regulatory framework in recent years and some state legislators have

55



considered or enacted laws that will alter and likely increase state regulation of insurance and reinsurance companies and holding companies.
In July 2010, the U.S. government passed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, which, among other things, created the Federal Insurance Office to be located within the U.S. Department of the Treasury, with the authority to monitor nearly all aspects of the insurance industry, and changed the regulatory framework for non-admitted insurance and reinsurance. It is difficult to predict the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and whether it or any future modifications to the Dodd-Frank Act will positively or negatively affect our business plans. Similarly, government-sponsored enterprises, or GSEs, are operating under the conservatorship of the Federal Housing Finance Agency. In 2015, GSEs expanded their mortgage credit risk transfer programs; such transactions led to increased opportunities for multiline property and casualty reinsurers, such as us, as well as capital markets participants. The U.S. Congress is examining the role of GSEs in the U.S. housing market and may implement structural and other changes to GSEs. Changes in the roles of GSEs or their practices could have a material adverse effect on our mortgage reinsurance premium volumes. We may also be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation, or regulations imposed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the CFTC, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, other U.S. or non-U.S. governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. Additionally, there is a possibility that, in the future, we may be subject to new or revised legislation or regulations that may be enforced by entirely new governmental agencies. The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or the NAIC, which is an association of the insurance commissioners of all 50 states and the District of Columbia, regularly reexamines existing laws and regulations. There are also a variety of proposals being considered by various state legislatures.
The insurance industry is also affected by political, judicial and legal developments that result in new or expanded theories of liability. These or other changes could impose new financial obligations on us by extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or otherwise require us to make unplanned modifications to the products and services that we provide, or cause the delay or cancellation of products and services that we provide. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until sometime after we have issued insurance or reinsurance contracts that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance or reinsurance contracts may not be known for many years after a contract is issued.
Our products and services are ultimately distributed to individual and business customers. From time to time, consumer advocacy groups or the media may focus attention on insurance and reinsurance products and services, thereby subjecting the industry to periodic negative publicity. We also may be negatively impacted if competitors in one or more of our markets engage in practices resulting in increased public attention to our business. These factors may further increase our costs of doing business and adversely affect our profitability by impeding our ability to market our products and services, requiring us to change our products or services or by increasing the regulatory burdens under which we operate.
While Watford Re, our main operating subsidiary, is licensed as a Class 4 insurer in Bermuda and is authorized to do business in Bermuda, changes in the laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which our customers are domiciled may have an impact on our business. For example, European Union legislation known as “Solvency II,” which now governs the prudential regulation of insurers and reinsurers in the European Union, was implemented on January 1, 2016. Solvency II requires insurers and reinsurers in the European Union to meet risk-based solvency requirements. It also imposes group solvency and governance requirements on groups with insurers or reinsurers operating in the European Economic Area. WICE is currently subject to Solvency II. Further, Solvency II equivalent legislation has been introduced in Bermuda. The cost of compliance with existing laws and regulations is expensive and should we become subject to additional rules and regulations, including Solvency II amendments, there can be no assurance that we will be able to comply fully

56



with, or obtain desired exemptions from, such laws and regulations that govern the conduct of our business. Failure to comply with, or to obtain desired authorizations and/or exemptions under, any applicable laws could result in restrictions on our ability to do business or to undertake activities that are regulated in one or more of the jurisdictions in which we operate and could subject us to fines and other sanctions.
When evaluating an insurer’s financial strength and determining minimum capital requirements, rating agencies and applicable regulators typically assign capital charges to different classes of investment assets based on the perceived level of risk and volatility. Non-investment grade assets carry higher capital charges than those assigned to investment grade assets, and therefore we may be required to hold more capital than similarly-sized traditional insurers and reinsurers, and it is possible that, for certain atypical, non-investment grade assets, we might receive minimal or no regulatory capital credit. While our strategy involves a greater degree of investment risk, it is balanced with a less volatile underwriting portfolio, especially in relation to the amount of catastrophe exposure we assume.
Underwriting risks and reserving for losses are based on probabilities and related modeling, which are subject to inherent volatility in financial markets and other uncertainties.
Our success is dependent upon our ability to accurately assess the risks associated with the businesses that we insure and reinsure. In making underwriting decisions and establishing reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses, we make estimates that involve actuarial and statistical projections of the ultimate settlement value and administration costs of losses. We began operations in March 2014 and thus we have a limited operating history and loss experience from which to directly extrapolate reserves. We utilize actuarial models, as well as available historical insurance industry loss experience and loss development patterns, to assist in the establishment of our estimates. Most or all of the factors utilized in determining these estimates are not directly quantifiable, particularly on a prospective basis, and the effects of these and unforeseen factors could negatively impact our ability to accurately assess the risks of the policies that we write. Changes in the assumptions inherent within these models or used by management could lead to a future increase in our estimate of ultimate losses on business we have written.
As of September 30, 2018 , our consolidated reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable, were $895.4 million . Such reserves were established in accordance with applicable insurance laws and U.S. GAAP. However, as described in more detail above, loss reserves are inherently subject to uncertainty and any estimates and assumptions made as part of the reserving process could prove to be inaccurate.
In addition, there may be significant reporting lags between the occurrence of the insured event and the time it is actually reported to the insurer and additional lags between the time of reporting and final settlement of claims. Unfavorable developments in any of these factors, when recognized, could cause the then-current level of reserves to be inadequate.
In addition, the estimation of loss reserves is also more difficult during times of adverse economic and market conditions due to unexpected changes in behavior of claimants and policyholders, including an increase in fraudulent reporting of exposures or losses, reduced maintenance of insured properties or increased frequency of small claims. Potential changes in the level of inflation also result in an increased level of uncertainty in our estimation of loss reserves. As a result, actual losses and loss adjustment expenses paid will likely deviate, perhaps substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements.
Adverse conditions in the financial markets, such as disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets, may adversely affect the liquidity of our investment portfolio and, moreover, may result in realized and unrealized investment losses that could have a material adverse effect on our loss reserves, financial position and business. Furthermore, a default by one of several large institutions that are dependent on one another to meet their liquidity or operational

57



needs, so that a default by one institution causes a series of defaults by other institutions (sometimes referred to as a “systemic risk”), may expose us to insurance or investment exposures that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Potential changes in the level of inflation also result in an increased level of uncertainty in our estimation of loss reserves. As a result, actual losses and loss adjustment expenses paid will likely deviate, perhaps substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements. Our policyholders, cedants, reinsurers and retrocessionaires may also be affected by such adverse conditions, which could adversely affect their ability to meet their obligations to us.
If our loss reserves prove to be inadequate, we will be required to increase loss reserves at the time of such determination with a corresponding reduction in our net income in the period in which the deficiency becomes known. It is possible that claims in respect of events that have occurred could exceed our claim reserves and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, in a particular period, or on our financial condition in general. Adverse economic conditions could also have a material impact on the frequency and severity of claims and therefore could negatively impact our underwriting returns. As a compounding factor, although most insurance contracts have policy limits, the nature of P&C insurance and reinsurance is such that losses we are required to pay can exceed policy limits for a variety of reasons, thereby adversely affecting our financial condition.
For further discussion of our reserve experience, please see “ Item 2. Financial Information- Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Critical accounting policies, estimates and recent accounting pronouncements” and “ Item 2. Financial Information- Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses.”
The availability of reinsurance and retrocessional coverage may be limited and counterparty credit and other risks associated with our reinsurance arrangements may result in losses which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
For the purposes of managing risk, we use reinsurance and also may use retrocessional arrangements. In the normal course of business, our insurance subsidiaries cede a portion of their premiums through pro rata, excess of loss or facultative reinsurance agreements. Watford Re purchases a limited amount of retrocessional coverage as part of its aggregate risk management program and cedes certain business to Arch. The availability and cost of reinsurance and retrocessional protection is subject to market conditions, which are beyond our control. As a result of such market conditions and other factors, we may not be able to successfully mitigate risk through reinsurance and retrocessional arrangements.
Further, we are subject to credit risk with respect to our reinsurance and retrocessions because the ceding of risk to reinsurers and retrocessionaires does not relieve us of our liability to the clients or companies we insure or reinsure. We monitor the financial condition of our reinsurers and attempt to place coverages only with carriers we view as substantial and financially sound. An inability of our reinsurers or retrocessionaires to meet their obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Our losses for a given event or occurrence may increase if our reinsurers or retrocessionaires dispute or fail to meet their obligations to us or the reinsurance or retrocessional protections purchased by us are exhausted or are otherwise unavailable for any reason. Our failure to establish adequate reinsurance or retrocessional arrangements or the failure of our existing reinsurance or retrocessional arrangements to protect us from overly concentrated risk exposure could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
In our normal business operations we assume a degree of credit risk from insurance and reinsurance intermediaries and service providers, which exposes us to potential liability.
In accordance with industry practice, we frequently pay amounts owed on claims under our insurance and reinsurance contracts to brokers, third-party claims administrators, program

58



administrators, coinsurers, managing general agents and other similar producers, administrators and intermediaries. We entrust these entities to remit those amounts to our cedants, policyholders, third-party claimants or other service providers pursuant to our directions. In some jurisdictions, if certain of these producers, administrators or intermediaries fail to make such payment, we may remain liable for the deficiency, notwithstanding the obligation of the producer, administrator or intermediary to make such payment. Likewise, in certain jurisdictions, when the insured or ceding company pays the premiums for these contracts to certain of these producers, administrators or intermediaries for payment to us, these premiums are considered to have been paid and the insured or ceding company will no longer be liable to us for those amounts, whether or not we have actually received the premiums from the producer, administrator or intermediary.
The risk associated with underwriting on a delegated authority basis, such as through reinsurance of risks underwritten by primary insurers and through delegation of underwriting authority to program administrators, can adversely affect our business.
Like other reinsurers insuring risks underwritten by primary insurers and insurers writing business with program administrators, managing general agents, coinsurers and other similar relationships, we do not separately evaluate each of the individual risks assumed by us. Therefore, we are largely dependent on the original underwriting decisions made by our ceding companies, program administrators, managing general agents and coinsurers in accordance with agreed underwriting guidelines . We are subject to the risk that the ceding companies or these other producers may not have adequately evaluated the risks to be insured or reinsured and that the premiums may not adequately compensate us for the risks we assume. We do not separately evaluate or handle each of the individual claims that may be made on the underlying insurance contracts. Therefore, we are dependent on the original claims decisions and claims-handling made by our clients and other producers. To the extent that a client or other producer fails to evaluate adequately the insured exposures or to appropriately handle the individual claims made thereunder, our financial condition and results of operations could be significantly and negatively affected.
Risks related to our company
We began operations in March 2014 and, therefore, only limited historical information is available for investors to evaluate our performance or a potential investment in our shares.
There is little historical information available to help prospective investors evaluate our performance or an investment in our shares. In general, insurance and reinsurance companies in their early stages of development present substantial business and financial risks and may incur meaningful operating losses. In general, these companies must successfully develop business relationships, establish operating and risk management procedures, hire staff, install management information systems and processes and complete other tasks appropriate for the conduct of their intended business activities. In particular, our ability to implement our underwriting strategy depends on, among other things, our ability to:
retain our relationships with Arch and HPS;
attract customers;
attract and retain personnel with underwriting, actuarial and credit analysis expertise;
maintain commercially acceptable claims-paying ability ratings;
evaluate effectively the risks that we assume under the policies and contracts that we write; and
execute our business plan in a timely manner, the failure of which may result in an adverse tax characterization of our company.
The failure or difficulty with any of the foregoing could adversely affect our ability to implement our underwriting strategy and, therefore, our business and results of operations.

59



The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make many estimates and judgments, which, if inaccurate, could cause volatility in our results of operations.
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make many estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities (including reserves), revenues, expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we periodically evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, insurance, reinsurance and other reserves, reinsurance recoverables, investment valuations, intangible assets, bad debts, income taxes, contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on our historical experience, where possible, on historical industry data and on various other assumptions, which form the basis for our judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Estimates and judgments for a relatively new company, like us, are more difficult to make than those made in a mature company since relatively limited historical information on our portfolio is available.
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves are estimates at a given time of the losses that an insurer or reinsurer ultimately expects to pay in respect of claims, based on facts and circumstances then known, predictions of future events, estimates of future trends in claim severity and other variable factors such as inflation. We believe that the process to estimate loss and loss adjustment expenses is subjective and complex. Our estimations of reserves, as a recently formed company, may be inherently less reliable than the reserve estimations of a company with an established loss history. Due to our relatively short operating history, our loss experience is limited and reliable evidence of changes in trends of numbers of claims incurred, average settlement amounts, numbers of claims outstanding and average losses per claim may take years to develop. In addition, the possibility of future litigation or legislative change that may affect interpretation of policy terms further increases the degree of uncertainty in the reserving process. The uncertainties inherent in the reserving process, together with the potential for unforeseen developments, including changes in laws and the prevailing interpretation of policy terms, may result in losses and loss expenses materially different from the reserves initially established. Changes to prior year reserves will affect current underwriting results by increasing net income if the prior year reserves prove to be redundant or by decreasing net income if the prior year reserves prove to be insufficient. Actual claims and claims-related expenses paid may, and likely will, deviate, perhaps substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements.
We also expect volatility in results in periods in which significant loss events occur because U.S. GAAP does not permit insurers or reinsurers to reserve for loss events until they have occurred and are expected to give rise to a claim. As a result, we are not allowed to record contingency reserves to account for expected future losses. We anticipate that claims arising from future events may require the establishment of substantial reserves from time to time.
The failure of any of the loss limitation methods we employ could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
In our underwriting operations, we seek to limit our loss exposure through various mechanisms. For example, we write a number of contracts on an excess of loss basis, adhere to maximum limitations on business written in defined geographic zones, generally limit program size for each client/program manager and selectively purchase reinsurance. In addition, in the case of reinsurance treaties, we may seek per occurrence limitations or loss ratio caps to limit the impact of losses from any one event or series of events.
We cannot be certain that any of these loss limitation methods will be effective. For instance, geographic zone limitations involve significant underwriting judgments, including the determination of the area of the zones and the inclusion of a particular policy within a particular zone’s limits. In spite of our loss limitation efforts, one or more catastrophic or other events could result in claims that substantially exceed our expectations. There also can be no assurance that

60



various provisions of our policies, such as limitations or exclusions from coverage or choice of forum, will be enforceable in the manner we intend. For example, it is possible that a court, arbitrator or regulatory authority could nullify or void an exclusion or limitation, or legislation could be enacted modifying or barring the use of these exclusions and limitations. Disputes relating to coverage and choice of legal forum may also arise. It is possible that any loss limitation protections set forth in our policies could be ineffective or voided, which, in either case, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or our results of operations.
We depend heavily on the performance of Arch, HPS and other third-party service providers under their respective agreements. In particular, we rely on Arch for services critical to our underwriting operations and we depend upon HPS to manage the investments of the funds in our non-investment grade portfolio.
We rely on Arch (including AIM), HPS and other third-party service providers for significant functions required to operate our business and execute our business plan. See “ Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence- Agreements with Arch,” “ Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with HPS, ” “-Risks related to Arch” and “-Risks related to HPS and the HPS-managed non-investment grade portfolio.” The failure of one or more third-party service providers to perform or, moreover, the negligence, error, action or omission of any third-party service providers in performing their respective obligations, could cause us to suffer, among other things, financial loss, disruption of business, liability to third parties, regulatory intervention and reputational damage, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is dependent upon insurance and reinsurance brokers, intermediaries and program administrators and the loss of these important relationships could materially adversely affect our ability to market our products and services.
We market our policies and contracts primarily through a limited number of brokers, intermediaries and program administrators. Some of our competitors may be more attractive to our sources of business by virtue of having higher financial strength ratings, offering a larger variety of products, setting lower prices for insurance coverage, offering higher commissions and/or having had longer-term relationships with the brokers and program administrators than we have. This may adversely impact our ability to attract and retain brokers or program administrators to market our products. The failure or inability of brokers or program administrators to market our products successfully, or loss of all or a substantial portion of the business provided by these brokers and program administrators, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We could be materially adversely affected to the extent that third parties to whom we delegate authority for underwriting, claims-handling or other services exceed their authorities, commit fraud or otherwise breach obligations owed to us.
We authorize program administrators, managing general agents, coinsurers and other similar agents and service providers to write business on our behalf within underwriting authorities prescribed by us. See “-Risks related to Arch” and “ Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence -Agreements with Arch.” We rely on the underwriting controls of these producers to write business within the underwriting authorities provided by us. Although we monitor such business on an ongoing basis, our monitoring efforts may not be adequate or our service providers or agents may exceed their underwriting authorities or otherwise breach obligations owed to us. In addition, our service providers, agents, insureds or other third parties may commit fraud or otherwise breach their obligations to us. To the extent that our service providers, agents, our insureds or other third parties exceed their underwriting authorities, commit fraud or otherwise breach obligations owed to us in the future, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

61



We are exposed to credit risk related to our cedants and policyholders in certain of our underwriting operations.
In addition to exposure to credit risk related to our non-investment grade portfolio, reinsurance recoverables and reliance on brokers and other agents (each discussed elsewhere in this section), we are exposed to credit risk in other areas of our business related to our policyholders. In certain circumstances, we are exposed to credit risk if we write policies that have deductibles or that require our policyholder to reimburse us for any claims payments. Under these policies, we are typically obligated to pay the claimant the full amount of the claim and the policyholder is contractually obligated to reimburse us for the deductible or claim amount, which can be a set amount per claim and/or an aggregate amount for all covered claims. As such, we are exposed to credit risk from the policyholder. Additionally, we may write retrospectively rated policies (i.e., policies in which premiums are adjusted after the policy period based on the actual loss experience of the policyholder during the policy period) or policies in which the premium is subject to adjustments after the exposure period to reflect the actual exposures written. In any such instance, we are exposed to policyholder or cedant credit risk to the extent the adjusted premium is greater than the original premium. The inability or failure of our policyholders to meet their obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We may not be able to write as much premium as expected on business with the desired level of targeted profitability.
Factors that may inhibit or preclude us from accessing desirable business sufficient to meet our targeted premium or profitability levels include, among others:
general soft conditions in the insurance and reinsurance markets that depress premium rates and/or broaden coverage terms, which reduce expected returns;
difficulty penetrating reinsurance clients’ program structures due to established relationships between such clients (or their intermediaries) and reinsurers previously on the programs;
difficulty in signing program administrators to handle our insurance products due to established relationships between those program administrators and their incumbent insurers;
difficulty in selling our insurance products to prospective policyholders through our selected program administrators due to existing relationships between such policyholders and their current insurers;
possible unwillingness of prospective clients (or their intermediaries) to accept our products based on competitors’ higher ratings, our limited experience and performance history or concerns about our investment strategy; and
competition for business opportunities, including with ACGL. Arch is not contractually obligated to allocate any particular new business opportunity to us, even if it would meet our underwriting criteria. See “-Risks related to Arch.”
As a result of the foregoing, we may write a lesser volume of business and/or write business at lower than our targeted level of profitability. This could negatively affect our business and results of operations. If there is insufficient demand for the insurance or reinsurance products that we intend to write, we may amend our business strategy to focus on other types of insurance or reinsurance products, for which we may need to obtain additional licenses or regulatory approvals. There can be no assurances that we will be successful in achieving targeted premium volumes or profitability even if we amend our business strategy.

62



The inability to attract and retain key employees, as well as the effects of Bermuda employment restrictions, could negatively impact our business strategy and our business.
Our success has been, and will continue to be, dependent on our ability to retain the services of our existing key employees and to attract and retain additional qualified personnel in the future. The pool of talent from which we actively recruit is limited. In addition, under Bermuda law, only persons who are Bermudians, spouses of Bermudians, holders of a permanent resident’s certificate, holders of a working resident’s certificate or persons who are exempt pursuant to the Incentives for Job Makers Act 2011, as amended, or the IJM Act (“exempted persons”), may engage in gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda Government. Except for our Chief Executive Officer and other “chief” officer positions (where the advertising requirement is automatically waived) or where specifically waived, a work permit will only be granted or renewed upon showing that, after proper public advertisement, no Bermudian (or spouse of a Bermudian or a holder of a permanent resident’s certificate or holder of a working resident’s certificate) is available who meets the minimum standards reasonably required by the employer. A work permit is issued with an expiry date, and no assurances can be given that any work permit will be issued or, if issued, renewed upon the expiration of the relevant term.
Based on current governmental policy, it is unlikely that initial or extension applications in respect of persons holding “chief” officer positions will be denied. We have been designated by the Bermuda Government under the IJM Act as a company whose senior executives can be exempt from work permit control. This designation will remain in force provided we continue to meet the criteria for such designation under the IJM Act. All of our key officers in Bermuda are exempted persons. If, however, work permits are not obtained, or are not renewed, for our principal Bermuda-based employees and we are unable to recruit an adequate replacement or replace any such key employee within a reasonable period of time, our business may be significantly and negatively affected.
Although, to date, we have not experienced difficulties in attracting and retaining key personnel, the inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Our future success depends to a significant extent upon the continued services of key employees in Bermuda and our ability to attract and retain key employees to implement our long-term business strategy. The loss of the services of our key executive officers or any inability to hire and retain talented personnel could delay or prevent us from fully implementing our business strategy and would significantly and negatively affect our business. We do not currently plan to maintain key man life insurance with respect to any of our management. If any member of senior management or other key employee dies or becomes incapacitated or leaves our company, we would bear the cost of locating a replacement for that individual.
A downgrade or withdrawal of our financial strength ratings by insurance rating agencies could adversely affect the volume and quality of business presented to us and could negatively impact our relationships with clients and the sales of our products.
Companies, insurers and reinsurance brokers use ratings from independent ratings agencies as an important means of assessing the financial strength and quality of insurers and reinsurers. A.M. Best has assigned us a financial strength rating of “A-” (Excellent), which is the fourth highest of 15 ratings that A.M. Best issues. Each of our operating subsidiaries also carries a financial strength rating of “A” with a stable outlook from KBRA, which is the sixth highest of 22 ratings that KBRA confers. These ratings reflect the respective rating agency’s opinion of our financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet obligations. It is not an evaluation directed toward the protection of investors or a recommendation to buy, sell or hold our shares. Each of A.M. Best and KBRA periodically reviews our applicable rating, and may revise it downward or revoke it at its sole discretion based primarily on its analysis of our balance sheet strength, operating performance and business profile. Factors which may affect such an analysis include:
if we change our business practice from our business plan;

63



if our relationship with Arch changes, including any possible ratings effect if ACGL determines to no longer consolidate our results into its financial statements;
if our relationship with HPS changes;
if unfavorable financial or market trends impact us;
if our actual losses exceed our loss reserves;
if we are unable to obtain and retain key personnel;
if our investments incur significant losses;
if our financial results fail to meet, as applicable, A.M. Best’s or KBRA’s minimum expectations for our current rating; and/or
if either A.M. Best or KBRA alters its respective assessment methodologies in a manner that would adversely affect our rating.
In light of the difficulties experienced recently by many financial institutions, including our competitors in the insurance industry, we believe it is also possible that rating agencies may heighten the level of scrutiny they apply when analyzing companies in our industry, may increase the frequency and scope of their reviews, may request additional information from the companies that they rate and may adjust upward the capital and other requirements employed in their models and rating methodology for maintenance of certain rating levels.
These ratings are often a key factor in the decision by an insured or a broker/intermediary regarding whether to place business with a particular insurance or reinsurance provider. A ratings downgrade or the potential for such a downgrade, or failure to obtain a necessary rating, could adversely affect our relationships with agents, brokers, wholesalers, intermediaries, clients and other distributors of our existing products and services, as well as new sales of our products and services. In addition, under certain of the reinsurance agreements we write, upon the occurrence of a ratings downgrade or other specified triggering event, such as a reduction in surplus by specified amounts during specified periods, our ceding company clients may become entitled to certain rights, including, among other things, the right to terminate the subject reinsurance agreement and/or to require that our reinsurance company post additional collateral, which may adversely affect our liquidity position and our profitability. Any ratings downgrade or failure to obtain a necessary rating could adversely affect our ability to compete in our markets, could cause our premiums and earnings to decrease and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, a downgrade in our rating would, in certain cases, constitute an event of default under our letter of credit facility.
If we are unsuccessful in managing our underwriting operations and investments in relation to each other, our ability to conduct our business could be significantly and negatively affected.
Our ability to forecast and manage the respective risks in our underwriting operations and our investments are crucial to our success. We may be unable to access underwriting business and investments that complement each other in the manner assumed by our pricing models. Our underwriting operations require us to forecast payments, liabilities and collateral requirements, and our investment operations require forecasting interest income, required collateral for investment leverage, and principal gains and losses.
In particular, as a recently formed company, we have a limited operating history. As a result, limited company historical information exists related to our experience in forecasting the timing of claims payments and maintaining adequate reserves to meet anticipated liabilities under our insurance and reinsurance policies.

64



If our modeling and expectations with respect to our underwriting or investments are incorrect, or if we are unable to adjust our exposure to the risks associated with either, we could be forced to attempt to liquidate some of our investments at an inopportune time in the markets, or to forego certain investments or certain opportunities to effect changes to our overall strategy in our underwriting operations that we otherwise may have been able to pursue.
A single or series of insurable events could result in simultaneous, correlated and substantial losses from underwriting operations and investment losses, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Our underlying business model is predicated upon the belief that risks associated with our underwriting operations and the investments of the investment portfolios are generally uncorrelated. However, a single or series of insurable events potentially could create simultaneous, correlated and substantial losses from underwriting operations due to claims associated with such event(s), as well as investment losses resulting in part from disruptions to capital markets, the combination of which would adversely affect our business and results of operations. Neither the investment management agreements nor the investment guidelines prohibit our Investment Managers from investing in assets with a risk profile that might prove correlated to our underwriting operations.
Claims for natural catastrophic events or unanticipated losses from war, terrorism and political instability could cause large losses and substantial volatility in our results of operations and could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.
Catastrophes directly impact our property business and can be caused by various events, including hurricanes, floods, tsunamis, windstorms, earthquakes, hailstorms, tornados, explosions, severe winter weather, fires, droughts and other natural disasters. Catastrophes can also cause losses in non-property business such as workers’ compensation or general liability. We seek to limit our modeled PML for property catastrophe exposures for each peak peril and peak zone from a 1-in-250 year occurrence to no more than 10% of our total capital. Depending on business opportunities and the mix of business that may comprise our underwriting portfolio, we may seek to adjust our self-imposed limitations on probable maximum loss for catastrophe-exposed property business. There can be no assurance that we will not suffer losses greater than 10% of our total capital from one or more catastrophic events in any one given geographic zone due to several factors, including the inherent uncertainties in estimating the frequency and severity of such events, potential inaccuracies and inadequacies in the data provided by clients and brokers, the limitations and inaccuracies of modeling techniques and the limitations of historical data used to estimate future losses, or as a result of a decision to change the percentage of shareholders’ equity exposed to a single modeled catastrophic event.
Our estimated PML is determined through the use of modeling techniques but we have aggregate exposures to natural catastrophic events that are in excess of the 1-in-250 year probability interval modeled occurrence loss amount to which we manage our catastrophe risk and our estimate does not represent our total potential loss for such exposures. Catastrophe modeling is an inexact discipline despite its use of a mix of historical data, scientific theory and mathematical methods. There is considerable uncertainty in the data and parameter inputs for insurance industry catastrophe models. In that regard, there is no universal standard in the preparation of insured data for use in the models and the running of modeling software. The accuracy of the models depends heavily on the availability of detailed insured loss data from actual recent large catastrophes.
Due to the limited number of such events historically, as well as other uncertainties such as the impact of climate change, there is significant potential for substantial differences between the modeled loss estimate and actual company experience for a single large catastrophic event. Over the past several years, changing weather patterns and climatic conditions, such as global warming, have added to the unpredictability and frequency of natural disasters in certain parts of the world and created additional uncertainty as to future trends and exposures. Although the loss experience

65



of catastrophe insurers and reinsurers has historically been characterized as low frequency, there is a growing consensus today that climate change increases the frequency and severity of extreme weather events and, in recent years, the frequency of major catastrophes appears to have increased. Furthermore, the potential difference between our modeled loss estimate and actual company experience could be even greater for perils with less modeled annual frequency, such as a U.S. earthquake, or less modeled annual severity, such as a European windstorm. We also rely upon third-party estimates of industry insured exposures and there is significant variation possible around the relationship between our loss and that of the industry following a catastrophic event.
In addition to the natural property catastrophe exposures described above, we believe that economic and geographic trends affecting insured property, including inflation, property value appreciation and geographic concentration, tend to generally increase the size of losses from catastrophic events over time. Actual losses from future catastrophic events may vary materially from our modeled estimates due to the inherent uncertainties in making such determinations resulting from several factors, including the potential inaccuracies and inadequacies in the data provided by clients, brokers and ceding companies, the modeling techniques and the application of such techniques, the contingent nature of business interruption exposures, the effects of any resultant demand surge on claims activity and attendant coverage issues.
While we seek to limit our modeled net PML for natural property catastrophe exposures, we do have exposure under various lines of business to unexpected, large losses resulting from future man-made catastrophic events, such as acts of war, acts of terrorism and political instability. These risks are inherently unpredictable. It is difficult to predict the timing of such events with statistical certainty or to estimate the amount of loss any given occurrence will generate. In certain instances, we specifically insure and reinsure risks resulting from acts of terrorism. Even in cases where we attempt to exclude losses from terrorism and certain other similar risks from some coverages written by us, we may not be successful in doing so. Moreover, irrespective of the clarity and inclusiveness of policy language, there can be no assurance that a court or arbitration panel will not limit enforceability of policy language or otherwise issue a ruling adverse to us.
Claims for natural or man-made catastrophic events, or an unusual frequency of smaller losses in a particular period, could expose us to large losses and cause substantial volatility in our results of operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to write new business and could cause the value of our common shares to fluctuate widely. Accordingly, we can offer no assurance that our available capital will be adequate to cover any such losses if they materialize. It is not possible to eliminate completely our exposure to unforecasted or unpredictable events and to the extent that losses from such risks occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
In addition, our actual losses from catastrophic events may increase if we have reinsured some or all of our exposures and our reinsurers fail to meet their obligations or the reinsurance protections purchased are exhausted or are otherwise unavailable.
For a further discussion, see “ Item 2. Financial Information- Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Underwriting, natural and man-made catastrophic events.”
The failure to maintain our credit and letter of credit facilities or to have adequate available collateral in connection with reinsurance contracts may negatively affect our ability to successfully implement our business strategy.
We currently have access to an $800 million credit facility that provides for borrowings and a $100 million letter of credit facility that provides for the issuance of letters of credit. These facilities allow us to borrow for investment and general purposes and also to provide collateral to counterparties in the form of letters of credit. If such facilities were to become unavailable, we might be required to liquidate investment assets at inopportune times, forcing us to realize investment losses.

66



Additionally, the unavailability of such facilities may limit our ability to borrow funds for investment purposes, thereby reducing our investment income, or prevent us from writing certain classes of business where collateral in the form of letters of credit is required.
In particular, our primary reinsurance operating subsidiary, Watford Re, is neither licensed nor admitted as a reinsurer in any jurisdiction other than Bermuda nor is it licensed or admitted as an insurer in any jurisdiction in the United States. Certain jurisdictions, including in the United States, may not permit our insurance company clients to take full statutory credit for reinsurance obtained from unlicensed or non-admitted insurers unless appropriate collateral is provided. In addition, ceding companies, including Arch, may require additional collateral to mitigate counterparty risk irrespective of regulatory requirements. As a result, we are generally required either to post collateral or to provide a letter of credit in connection with this portion of our business. We have and intend to maintain letter of credit facilities and/or trust arrangements to meet these collateral requirements.
An event of default under our credit or letter of credit facilities (including as a result of events that are beyond our control) may require us to liquidate assets held in these facilities, have an adverse effect on our liquidity position as the facilities have a security interest in the collateral posted, or require us to take other material actions. Any such forced sale of these investment assets could negatively affect our return on our investment portfolios, which could negatively affect the types and amount of business we choose to underwrite. A default under our credit or letter of credit facilities may cause the facilities to exercise control over the collateral posted, negatively affecting our ability to earn investment income or to pay claims or other operating expenses. Additionally, a default under any of these facilities may have a negative impact on our relationships with regulators, rating agencies and banking counterparties.
Our results of operations will fluctuate from period to period and, in any given period, may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.
Our operating results can be expected to fluctuate from period to period. Fluctuations result from a variety of factors, including: (i) insurance and reinsurance contract pricing; (ii) our assessment of the quality of available underwriting opportunities; (iii) the volume and mix of products we underwrite; (iv) loss experience on the policies we write; (v) our ability to execute our risk management strategy; and (vi) the performance of our investment portfolios.
In particular, we seek to underwrite products and make investments to achieve favorable return on average equity over the long term. In addition, our opportunistic nature and focus on long-term growth in book value may result in fluctuations in total premiums written and results of operations from period to period as we concentrate on underwriting contracts that we believe will generate attractive long-term results. Accordingly, our short-term results of operations may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.
Returns on business written by us may, and likely will, deviate from the return on equity modeled at the time the policy or contract was written, perhaps substantially.
Insurance by its nature entails risk and uncertainty. Reinsurance risks may be even more difficult to assess than insurance risks because, especially with respect to treaty business, the reinsurance underwriter is one step removed from the underlying risks being assumed, which are underwritten by the cedants’ underwriters.
Actual investment returns on our investment capital and underwriting cash flows may deviate substantially from the investment income assumptions utilized in modeling the insurance or reinsurance contracts we write, thus leading to different economic results than anticipated. Additionally, the collateral actually required to write a contract along with the associated costs of collateral may prove to be significantly different than modeled.

67



Accordingly, returns on business written by us may, and likely will, deviate, whether positively or negatively, from the return on equity modeled at the time the policy was written, sometimes substantially.
Our operational structure remains under development.
We have recently expanded our operations, adding both a Gibraltar-based platform and a United States-based platform, with licensed companies in each jurisdiction able to write primary insurance, reinsurance or both. Each of our operating subsidiaries has entered into a services agreement with Arch. Similarly, each of our operating subsidiaries and Watford Trust has entered into investment management agreements with (i) HPS for the management of our non-investment grade investment portfolio and (ii) AIM, HPS and/or third-party managers for the management of our investment grade portfolio. In connection with our overseas expansion, we have hired senior managers to oversee those operations. In addition to our continuing process to develop and implement our operational structure and enterprise risk management framework, including exposure management, financial reporting, information technology and internal controls for Watford Re, we are proceeding with a similar effort to incorporate this framework into our U.S. and Gibraltar insurance subsidiaries with the goal of integrating this functionality into a consolidated architecture with which we conduct our overall business activities. Our management controls may not be adequate to identify or eliminate exposures. There can be no assurance that the development of our operational structure or the implementation of our enterprise risk management, or ERM, framework will proceed smoothly or on our projected timetable or achieve the aforementioned goals.
Technology breaches or failures, including those resulting from a cyberattack on us or our service providers and program administrators, could disrupt or otherwise negatively impact our business.
We rely on the information technology systems of our service providers and program administrators to process, transmit, store and protect the electronic information, financial data and proprietary models that are critical to our business. We also license certain key systems and data from third parties, and cannot be certain that we will continue to have access to such third-party systems and data, or those of comparable providers, or that our information technology or application systems will operate as intended. These systems are vulnerable to data breaches, interruptions or failures due to events that may be beyond the control of our service providers, including, but not limited to, natural disasters, theft, terrorist attacks, computer viruses, hackers, errors in usage, general technology failures, defects, failures or interruptions, including those caused by worms, viruses, phishing or power failures. Systemic failures in any of these systems could result in mistakes made in the confirmation or settlement of transactions, or in transactions not being properly booked, evaluated or accounted for. Any such defect or failure, or similar disruption, could cause us to suffer, among other things, financial loss, disruption of business, liability to third parties, regulatory intervention and reputational damage, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Because we rely on the technology systems of our service providers and program administrators for many critical functions, including connecting with our customers, service providers and program administrators, if such systems were to fail or become outmoded, we could experience a significant disruption in our operations and in the business we receive and process, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We have received no assurances, and no assurances can be made by us, that unauthorized access to our data or to any of the information technology systems used by us or by our service providers and program administrators will not occur.
Our liquidity position is affected by our underwriting, investment and internal operations, and adverse developments in any of these inputs could have a significantly negative impact on our business and liquidity.
We actively manage our liquidity position. Specifically, we maintain most of our investment assets in fixed-income investments, write a medium- to long-tailed underwriting portfolio and seek to limit

68



our exposure to catastrophes and other events that could cause the need for large claims payouts in a short timeframe. Any adverse liquidity scenario could cause us to realize investment losses or could otherwise harm our business and financial conditions.
We seek to maintain a liquidity position that mitigates the risk of insufficient funds as liabilities come due or having to dispose of investment assets at inopportune times. However, there can be no certainty that we will achieve optimal monitoring and planning of our liquidity position. In particular, our liquidity position is adversely affected by the collateral we post to support our underwriting operations, investment leverage and letters of credit. Collateral posted to any counterparty is otherwise unavailable to other counterparties, which limits the pool of unencumbered assets available to meet liabilities or collateral requirements.
Currency fluctuations could result in exchange losses and negatively impact our business.
Our functional currency is the U.S. dollar. However, because we insure and reinsure financial obligations created or incurred outside of the United States, we write a portion of our business and receive premiums in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Consequently, we may experience exchange losses to the extent our foreign currency exposure is not hedged or is not sufficiently hedged, which could significantly and negatively affect our business. We make determinations as to whether to hedge our foreign currency exposure on a case-by-case basis.
Any future acquisitions, growth or expansion of our operations may expose us to risks.
We may, in the future, make acquisitions either of other companies or selected blocks of business, expand our business lines or enter into joint ventures. Any future acquisitions may expose us to challenges and risks, including:
integrating financial and operational reporting systems and establishing satisfactory budgetary and other financial controls;
funding increased capital needs, overhead expenses or cash flow shortages that may occur if anticipated sales and revenues are not realized or are delayed, whether by general economic or market conditions or unforeseen internal difficulties;
obtaining management personnel required for expanded operations;
obtaining necessary regulatory permissions;
the value of assets acquired being lower than expected or diminishing due to credit defaults or changes in interest rates and liabilities assumed being greater than expected;
the assets and liabilities we may acquire being subject to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation; and
financial exposures in the event that the sellers of the entities we acquire are unable or unwilling to meet their indemnification, reinsurance and other obligations to us.
Our failure to manage these operational challenges and risks successfully may impact our results of operations. In addition, if the reserves established by us, as they relate to any acquired book of business, prove to be inadequate, then subject to whatever recourse we may have against the seller or reinsurers, we may be responsible for adverse development in such reserves.
Our business is subject to risks related to litigation.
We may from time to time be subject to a variety of legal actions relating to our current and past business operations, including, but not limited to: (i) disputes over coverage or claims adjudication, including claims by our policyholders alleging that we have acted in bad faith in the administration of claims; (ii) disputes with our cedants or producers over compensation; and (iii) disputes over termination of contracts and related claims.

69



Multi-party or class action claims may present additional exposure to substantial economic, non-economic or punitive damage awards. The loss of even one of these claims, if it resulted in a significant damage award or a judicial ruling that was otherwise detrimental, could create a precedent in the industry that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. This risk of potential liability may make reasonable settlements of claims more difficult to obtain. We cannot determine with any certainty what new theories of recovery may evolve or what their impact may be on our business.
Risks related to Arch
We rely on Arch for services critical to our underwriting operations. The termination of one or more of our agreements with Arch may cause disruption in our business and/or materially adversely affect our financial results.
Our operating subsidiaries have entered into services agreements with Arch pursuant to which Arch provides services critical to our underwriting operations, including underwriting, accounting, collections, actuarial, reserve recommendations, claims, legal, information technology and other administrative services. Each services agreement has a term ending on December 31, 2025 and, if neither party gives notice of non-renewal at least 24 months prior to the expiration of the initial term, the term will automatically renew for a five-year period following the initial term, and thereafter the term will continue to renew for successive five-year periods unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least 24 months before the end of the then-current term. In addition, each services agreement is subject to earlier termination upon the occurrence of certain events. See “ Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with Arch-Services agreements. ” Accordingly, we rely almost entirely on Arch and the various designated employees made available to us by Arch under the services agreements for our underwriting operations. Our operating subsidiaries have also entered into investment management agreements with AIM pursuant to which AIM manages the largest portion of our investment grade investment portfolios. These agreements have initial terms of one year and renew automatically, but can be cancelled by either party upon 45 days prior written notice. See “ Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with Arch-Investment management agreements. ” If any of our services agreements or investment management agreements with Arch is terminated, we would be required to hire staff to provide such services ourselves or retain a third party to provide such services, and no assurances can be made that we would be able to do so in a timely, efficient or cost effective manner. We could therefore suffer, among other things, non-renewals and loss of business, financial loss, disruption of business, liability to third parties, regulatory intervention and reputational damage, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
ACGL is not responsible for our operating results and our results of operations should be expected to differ substantially from ACGL’s results of operations.
Our strategy is determined by our board of directors and differs from ACGL’s strategy. Our management and our board of directors are responsible for our overall profitability and we are solely responsible for our liabilities and commitments. ACGL does not guarantee or provide credit support for us or for any of our subsidiaries and ACGL’s financial exposure to our company is limited to its investment in our common equity and counterparty credit risk (mitigated by collateral) arising from reinsurance transactions. ACGL’s past results are not representative of the results we may achieve and our future results of operations should be expected to differ substantially from ACGL’s future results of operations.
ACGL competes with us and there are potential conflicts of interests.
ACGL competes with us to underwrite business for its portfolio in accordance with its underwriting guidelines, policies, strategies and business plans. Our arrangements with ACGL do not and should not be construed to create a joint venture between us and ACGL.

70



Under the terms of the services agreements, we have authorized Arch and designated employees made available to us by Arch to underwrite business on our behalf within our underwriting guidelines as set forth in such services agreements. Arch is not required to allocate any business opportunities to us. Arch will continue to underwrite business for its own distinct portfolios in accordance with its own policies, strategies and business plans. Other than with respect to renewals of business previously recommended to, and written by, our underwriting subsidiaries, Arch may, in its discretion, authorize for its own account or for the accounts of any of its affiliates up to the full amount of an offered participation notwithstanding that such participation would also be suitable for our subsidiaries. Arch may also provide underwriting services similar to those provided to us under the services agreements to third parties that also compete with us for business.
Additionally, for so long as Arch is entitled to appoint at least one director to our board of directors, the matters specified under “ Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Common shareholders agreement-Arch board seats ” will require the affirmative vote of at least one director appointed by Arch. Arch is also entitled to have at least one director appointed by Arch serve on each committee of the board of directors. The directors appointed by Arch may have interests that are different from, or in addition to, the interests of our shareholders. In addition, Arch may have interests that differ from or conflict with ours and those of our other shareholders.
Our underwriting subsidiaries have entered into reinsurance and retrocession contracts covering exposures of ACGL, which could result in losses.
Certain business written by us provides reinsurance or retrocessional cover for ACGL, and thus we may pay losses pursuant to such reinsurance and retrocession contracts that serve to reduce the net loss suffered by ACGL related to the underlying exposures. If business written by us to provide reinsurance or retrocessional cover for ACGL is not profitable, our financial condition and results of operations could be significantly and adversely impacted.
As a Class 4 insurer, Watford Re is required to appoint an individual approved by the BMA to be its loss reserve specialist. Watford Re has appointed, and may from time to time appoint, as its loss reserve specialist an individual who also performs services for ACGL, which services are performed for ACGL as part of a larger engagement between ACGL and the independent consulting firm that employs such loss reserve specialist. As part of the agreement between us and such independent consulting firm, we have agreed to allow Watford Re’s loss reserve specialist to utilize the data analysis performed by him and the independent consulting firm that employs him for the benefit of the ACGL engagement to the extent such data relates to business ceded from ACGL to us. An analysis performed by a specialist who does not also perform services for ACGL could result in different reserve recommendations.
Certain provisions of the services agreements may result in circumstances where profit commissions payable to Arch do not correlate directly with profit earned by our applicable operating subsidiary.
Under each of the services agreements, Arch is entitled to receive a profit commission for each underwriting year, calculated annually and payable in arrears in four installments over four years, with adjustments for the following 15 years. The profit commission for each underwriting year is calculated based upon performance relating only to such underwriting year and any losses experienced by the applicable operating subsidiaries with respect to a given underwriting year will affect only the calculation of profit commission payable in respect of that underwriting year for such operating subsidiaries. If the underwriting results of a particular underwriting year deteriorate over time, future installments related to that particular underwriting year will be reduced accordingly, and to the extent that such deterioration would cause that underwriting year’s profit commission to be less than amounts already received in respect thereof by Arch, the installment of profit commission under that particular services agreement for such underwriting year that are payable in subsequent years will be reduced commensurately. However, such reduction will not

71



affect the calculation of profit commission due with respect to any prior or subsequent underwriting year, and only will apply with regard to that particular services agreement. As a result, Arch may be entitled to receive profit commissions from one or more of our operating subsidiaries with respect to profitable underwriting years, if any, without considering whether or to what extent we may have been unprofitable in other underwriting years or whether we would be profitable if profits were calculated on a cumulative basis from the date of our inception.
In addition, the profit commission formula has certain parameters such as assumed internal expenses and investment returns as pre-agreed assumptions. Actual internal expenses and investment returns may deviate, sometimes substantially, from those in the profit commission formula. To the extent our actual expenses are greater than those assumed in the applicable services agreement profit commission calculation, we may be required to pay a profit commission for underwriting years that are ultimately not profitable to us.
Furthermore, in certain instances, for example, if we direct Arch to take any actions or make any changes that we believe are necessary to satisfy a rating agency requirement or to respond to a projected shortfall in the minimum annual premium requirements set forth in a particular services agreement, Arch may timely elect to exclude the underwriting results of such non-conforming business from the calculation of Arch’s profit commission. In such event, Arch will continue to be responsible to administer such business; however, if such excluded business causes our overall insurance or reinsurance portfolio to be unprofitable and, but for such excluded business, the applicable insurance or reinsurance portfolio would have been profitable, Arch will be entitled to receive its profit commission under the applicable services agreement on the profitable insurance or reinsurance portfolio that excludes such excluded business.
Arch may take actions in the future that cause its and our interests to be less aligned.
Arch may choose to dispose of some or all of our common shares held by it at any time or from time to time after the initial listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market and it may choose to dispose of some or all of our preference shares held by it at any time or from time to time after the earlier to occur of (i) March 31, 2019 and (ii) the consummation of an initial public offering of our preference shares in the United States or a listing of our preference shares on a U.S. national securities exchange. Any disposal of our common shares by Arch will cause the interests of Arch to be less aligned with our interests, and could adversely affect our ratings and/or our reputation, all of which could significantly and negatively affect our business.
We could be materially adversely affected to the extent that Arch exceeds its authority under the services agreements or otherwise fails to comply with the terms of the services agreements.
Pursuant to the services agreements, Arch and its designated employees are authorized to underwrite business on our behalf in accordance with the related underwriting guidelines established by us. We rely upon the underwriting controls of Arch to supervise designated employees writing business. Although we monitor such business on an ongoing basis, our monitoring efforts may not be adequate to prevent Arch or the designated employees from exceeding their authority, committing fraud or otherwise failing to comply with the terms of the services agreements and related underwriting guidelines. Arch also performs claims management services for us, including establishment and adjustment of case reserves and payment of claims. To the extent that Arch and/or the designated employees exceed their authorities, commit fraud or otherwise fail to comply with the terms of the services agreements and related underwriting guidelines, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

72



Subject to our investment guidelines, AIM has broad discretion in managing the assets in our investment grade portfolio we allocate to AIM. The performance of our investment grade portfolio largely depends on the ability of AIM to select and manage appropriate investment grade investments.
AIM manages the largest portion of the assets of our investment grade portfolio into which we contribute certain of our invested assets and, subject to our investment grade investment guidelines, has broad investment discretion. The performance of our investment grade portfolio depends on the ability of AIM to select and manage appropriate investments within the agreed investment guidelines. The failure of AIM or any third party appointed by AIM to perform adequately could result in losses or less profitable investments than anticipated, each of which could significantly and negatively affect our business.
Risks related to our investments
The performance of our investments is highly dependent upon conditions in the global economy or financial markets that are outside of our Investment Managers’ control and can be difficult to predict.
The performance of our investments may be affected by general economic or financial market conditions and risks, such as interest rates, availability of credit, inflation rates, economic uncertainty, changes in laws (including laws relating to taxation), trade barriers, commodity prices, currency exchange rates and controls, and national and international political circumstances (including wars, terrorist acts or security operations), any of which could have a material negative impact on our investments. These factors, among others, may affect the level and volatility of securities prices and the liquidity of our investments, which could reduce our investment returns and negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. Unpredictable or unstable economic or financial market conditions or declines in current economic or financial conditions may also result in reduced opportunities to find suitable risk-adjusted investments to deploy capital or make it more difficult to exit and realize value from existing investments. Such conditions could prevent our Investment Managers from successfully executing their investment strategies or could cause assets in the investment portfolios to be disposed of at a loss.
While overall economic and financial market conditions have slowly improved from the depths of the U.S. recession, there continues to be concern about the prospects for renewed growth in the U.S. economy. There can be no assurance that the economy will improve or that market conditions will not begin to deteriorate once again. In addition, turbulence in international markets and economies may negatively affect the U.S. economy and financial markets.
Conversely, if the economy recovers faster than our Investment Managers expect or the recovery outperforms our Investment Managers’ expectations, there may be reduced investment opportunities or a reduced ability to acquire investments on favorable terms. Markets can correlate strongly at times in ways that are difficult for a manager to predict, so even a well-diversified approach may not protect an investment portfolio from significant losses under certain market conditions.
We depend upon HPS to manage the investments of the funds in our non-investment grade portfolio and upon AIM, HPS and other Investment Managers to manage the investments of the funds in our investment grade portfolio. Our Investment Managers, their affiliates or any of their respective principals or other employees may engage in investment and trading activities for their own accounts and for the accounts of others, which could cause various conflicts of interest to arise that may not be resolved in our favor.
We depend upon HPS to manage the investments in our non-investment grade portfolio, into which we contribute a substantial majority of our invested assets. Each HPS non-investment grade portfolio investment management agreement has a current term ending on December 31, 2025

73



and, if neither party gives notice of non-renewal at least 24 months prior to the expiration of the current term, the term will automatically renew for a five-year period following the current term, and thereafter the term will continue to renew for successive five-year periods unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least 24 months before the end of the then-current term. In addition, each non-investment grade portfolio investment management agreement is subject to earlier termination upon the occurrence of certain events. See “ Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with HPS-Investment management agreements. ” We depend upon AIM, HPS and third-party investment managers to manage the investments in our investment grade portfolio, into which we also contribute a portion of our invested assets. As a result, the diminution or loss of our Investment Managers’ services could negatively impact the investment portfolios and, accordingly, our results of operations and financial condition.
None of our Investment Managers or their affiliates or any of their respective principals or other employees are obligated to devote any specific amount of time or effort to managing the investment portfolios we have allocated to them. Each of them may engage in investment and trading activities for their own accounts and for the accounts of others. Additionally, there is no specific limit in the investment management agreements with our Investment Managers as to the number of accounts which may be managed or advised by our Investment Managers. Our Investment Managers manage and expect to continue to manage other funds and accounts which may have objectives similar to or different from ours. Our Investment Managers are not required to provide us with the same fee structures, investment objectives and policies of their other accounts, which could cause our Investment Managers to effect trading in one portfolio or account that may have an adverse effect on another, including those in which we have invested. Other than with regard to our non-investment grade portfolio and the investment grade separate account they manage for us, we are not entitled to inspect the trading records of HPS or its principals or employees. Similarly, other than with regard to our investment grade portfolio, we are not entitled to inspect the trading records of AIM, our other Investment Managers or their respective principals or employees. The investment management agreements with our Investment Managers do not impose any specific obligations or requirements concerning allocation of investment opportunities to us or any restriction on the nature or timing of investments for our account and for other accounts. Various conflicts of interest could arise which may not be resolved in our favor and accordingly, could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. For instance, the funds and other accounts managed by our Investment Managers and their affiliates may employ a substantially identical strategy as that employed by us. Such funds and accounts may compete with us for allocation of investments. Investment opportunities that may be potentially appropriate for us may also be appropriate for the other of our Investment Managers’ funds or accounts and there can be no assurance that we will be allocated those investment opportunities. The investments of our company and such other funds or accounts may not be parallel due to different leverage, fee structures, inflows and outflows of capital, variations in strategy, redemption/withdrawal rights and applicable business and regulatory considerations. Such other funds and accounts may invest in different parts of an issuer’s capital structure from our company (e.g., with the other funds and accounts occupying the more senior parts of the capital structure), thereby creating conflicts of interest which would be amplified if the issuer’s financial conditions became impaired. Such other funds and accounts may take short positions on issuers to which we have long exposure, and vice versa. In addition, such other funds and accounts may enter into or exit an investment at different times, and on different terms, than we do and such actions may adversely impact us.
Our Investment Managers each have broad discretionary authority to determine how the funds in our investment portfolios are invested, and are not required to conduct any minimum level of research or analysis in connection with making investment decisions for us.
Pursuant to the applicable non-investment grade investment guidelines, HPS has broad discretionary authority to determine how the funds in our non-investment grade portfolio are

74



invested. Similarly, in our investment grade portfolio, AIM, HPS and our other Investment Managers each has broad discretionary authority within their respective investment guidelines to determine how the funds in their respective allocations of our investment grade portfolio are invested. While their investment efforts may be supported by the fundamental research of issuers, sectors, markets and financial instruments, none of our Investment Managers is required to conduct any minimum level of research or analysis in connection with making investment decisions for us. Our Investment Managers may from time to time instead make investment decisions based upon other factors. In such a circumstance, our Investment Managers would invest opportunistically without the due diligence or analysis that may be utilized with respect to other investments. For example, our Investment Managers may purchase or sell certain instruments based solely on our Investment Managers’ anticipation of general market trends or trends relating to a specific instrument without conducting any analysis or research or, in some cases, our Investment Managers may disregard available analysis and research relating to such instruments.
The success of our investment portfolios is dependent on each of our Investment Managers’ ability to develop and implement appropriate systems and procedures to control investment-related operational risks.
HPS’s non-investment grade investment management business is dynamic and complex. As a result, certain operational exposures are intrinsic to its operations, especially given the volume, diversity and complexity of transactions that HPS enters into daily. Our non-investment grade portfolio investments are highly dependent on HPS’s ability to process, on a daily basis, a high volume of transactions across numerous and diverse markets. Consequently, we rely heavily on financial, accounting and other data processing systems of HPS. The inability of these systems to accommodate an increasing volume, diversity and complexity of transactions could constrain the ability of HPS to properly manage the non-investment grade portfolio and/or its portion of the investment grade portfolio.
Our Investment Managers rely extensively on computer programs and systems to trade, clear and settle securities transactions, to evaluate certain securities based on real-time trading information, to monitor their portfolios and to generate risk management and other reports that are critical to their oversight of our investment portfolios. Certain of our Investment Managers’ operations interface with or depend on systems operated by third parties, including their prime brokers and market counterparties, exchanges and similar clearance and settlement facilities, and other parties, and our Investment Managers may not be in a position to verify the exposures or reliability of third-party systems. Our Investment Managers’ and third parties’ programs and systems may be subject to defects, failures or interruptions, including those caused by worms, viruses, phishing and power failures. Systemic failures in any of these systems could result in mistakes made in the confirmation or settlement of transactions, or in transactions not being properly booked, evaluated or accounted for. Any such defect or failure, or similar disruption, could cause our Investment Managers to suffer, among other things, financial loss, disruption of businesses, liability to third parties, regulatory intervention and reputational damage, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our investments.
Our business could be significantly and negatively affected in the event that one or more of our Investment Managers is unable to transfer or does not timely transfer funds to us necessary for us to make payments under our insurance or reinsurance contracts or to fulfill our other obligations.
Upon notification by us or by Arch on our behalf, each of our Investment Managers is obligated to transfer funds to us necessary for us to make payments under our insurance or reinsurance contracts and fulfill our other obligations. Moreover, at various times, the markets for investment products held in our investment portfolios may be “thin” or illiquid, making the sale at desired prices or in desired quantities difficult or impossible. In the event that one or more of our Investment Managers fail to make such a transfer or cannot liquidate investment products in the applicable portfolio in order to make such a transfer, we may have insufficient resources to make payments under our

75



insurance or reinsurance contracts or otherwise fulfill our obligations, which could significantly and negatively affect our business.
Errors or misconduct by employees of our Investment Managers or their third-party service providers could cause significant losses to our investments.
Our Investment Managers rely on a substantial number of their respective personnel, as well as certain counterparties and third-party service providers. Accordingly, risks associated with errors by such personnel, counterparties and third-party service providers are inherent in our business and operations and in those of our investment portfolios. In addition, employee misconduct could occur, including binding us to transactions that exceed authorized limits or present unacceptable risks and unauthorized investment activities or concealing unsuccessful investment activities, which, in any case, could result in unknown and unmanaged risks or losses. Given the volume of transactions executed by the Investment Managers on behalf of the investment portfolios, potential investors should assume that trading errors (and similar errors) will occur and that the investment portfolios will be responsible for any resulting losses, even if such losses result from the negligence of the Investment Managers or their affiliates. Losses could also result from actions by counterparties or third-party service providers, including failing to recognize trades and misappropriating assets. In addition, employees, counterparties and third-party service providers could improperly use or disclose confidential information, which could result in litigation or serious financial harm, including limiting our business prospects.
Although our Investment Managers have each adopted measures to prevent and detect employee errors and misconduct and to select reliable third-party service providers, it is not always possible to deter such misconduct, and the precautions the Investment Managers take to detect and prevent such misconduct may not be effective in all cases. From time to time, our Investment Managers or their affiliates may elect to voluntarily reimburse the investment portfolios for losses suffered as a result of certain trade errors. However, notwithstanding the previous sentence, potential investors should not carry the expectation that a reimbursement will ever take place and, in evaluating the investment, no decisions should be made in reliance on the Investment Managers making any reimbursements to the investment portfolios for losses suffered as a result of such trade errors.
Our investment management agreements with HPS provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, we will indemnify and hold harmless HPS and any of its members, managers, officers, partners, affiliates and employees (each, an HPS Indemnified Person) from and against any losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers (collectively, HPS-related Losses) suffered or sustained by an HPS Indemnified Person, except those HPS-related Losses resulting from an action or inaction or mistake of judgment taken by an HPS Indemnified Person that constituted fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case, as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. In addition, our investment management agreements with HPS provide that no HPS Indemnified Person will be liable to us for any HPS-related Losses suffered by us in connection with any matters to which the investment management agreements with HPS relate, including, but not limited to, trading losses, except those HPS-related Losses resulting from (x) such HPS Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct or (y) material intentional breaches of the applicable investment guidelines by HPS, which breaches are not cured within 90 days of the earlier of (A) the date on which HPS becomes aware of such breach and (B) the date on which we notify HPS of such breach. Each of the investment management agreements with HPS provides that no breach of the related investment guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) we have agreed in writing to an amendment to such investment guidelines such that HPS’s actions under the amended investment guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines, (ii) such actions were approved by our Chief Executive Officer or Chief Risk Officer in writing or (iii) such actions were taken pursuant to our instructions.

76



Our investment management agreements with AIM provide that neither AIM nor any of its directors, officers, employees, shareholders and agents will be liable to us for any losses, liabilities, claims, causes of action, costs, damages or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (collectively, AIM-related Losses) arising from, or caused by, AIM’s negligence or material breach of the investment managements with AIM, to the extent such AIM-related Losses arise from, or are caused by, our acts or omissions.
We or one or more of our Investment Managers may become subject to third-party litigation that could result in significant liabilities, litigation-related expenses and reputational harm, which could have an adverse effect on our investments.
One or more of our Investment Managers may be named as a defendant(s) in civil proceedings. The outcome of any legal proceedings, which may materially adversely affect the value of our non-investment grade portfolio or our investment grade portfolio, may be impossible to anticipate, and such proceedings may continue without resolution for long periods of time. Any litigation may consume substantial amounts of any such Investment Manager’s time and attention, and that time and the devotion of these resources to litigation may, at times, be disproportionate to the amounts at stake in the litigation. Accordingly, any such litigation could adversely affect our business and results of operations and the value of our investments.
We may be named as a defendant in civil proceedings as a result of our having one or more of our Investment Managers manage our non-investment grade portfolio or our investment grade portfolio. The expense of defending against claims by third parties and paying any amounts pursuant to settlements or judgments would generally be borne by us, would increase our costs and would reduce net assets.
Additionally, one or more of our Investment Managers could effect investments through vehicles that could subject us to creditors’ claims. Under the non-investment grade investment guidelines, HPS is permitted to effect investments on behalf of the non-investment grade portfolio through limited partnerships, limited liability companies, corporations or other vehicles sponsored or managed by HPS or its affiliates or third parties. A creditor having a claim that relates to a particular investment held by any such vehicle may be able to satisfy such claim against all assets of such vehicle, without regard to our rights with respect to such vehicle.
Our Investment Managers from time to time may be restricted or prohibited from trading in the securities of certain companies.
As part of their respective investment management activities, our Investment Managers may, from time to time, come into possession of material non-public information. For example, HPS may place a representative on the board of directors of a company in which our non-investment grade portfolio has invested or may sign a confidentiality agreement in the context of a contemplated transaction. Alternatively, in their personal capacity, employees of our Investment Managers may sit on a company’s board of directors or hold a significant personal interest in a company. In such a circumstance, such Investment Manager may be considered an “insider” for the purpose of the U.S. federal securities laws and, accordingly, may be restricted or prohibited from trading securities of such company, including securities that we may already own. In addition, our Investment Managers’ compliance departments may impose internal trading restrictions on the securities of a particular issuer, even if trading in those securities is not strictly prohibited as a matter of law. If a restriction is in place, it may result in missed investment opportunities and may result in a loss of value, including a total loss, of an existing investment.

77



The ability of our Investment Managers to use “soft dollars” and to select any broker-dealer, including themselves or their affiliates, may provide our Investment Managers, when selecting broker-dealers, with an incentive to take into account the soft-dollar benefits available from the broker-dealers or pose other conflicts of interest.
Subject to the terms of the investment management agreements with our Investment Managers, as applicable, our Investment Managers are permitted to select any broker or dealer, including themselves or their affiliates, in connection with any investment or any trade. In choosing brokers and dealers, none of our Investment Managers is required to consider any particular criteria. Our Investment Managers are not required to select the broker or dealer that charges the lowest transaction cost, even if that broker provides execution quality comparable to other brokers or dealers. Our Investment Managers may consider the value of various services or products, beyond execution, that a broker-dealer provides to us or our Investment Managers. Our Investment Managers and/or their delegates are authorized to effect transactions for their respective portfolios through affiliated broker-dealers and the affiliated broker-dealers may retain commissions in connection with effecting such agency transactions, even though other broker-dealers may be willing to effect transactions for us at lower commission rates than those charged by affiliated broker-dealers. Our Investment Managers’ rights to use soft dollars may give them an incentive to select brokers or dealers for our transactions, or to negotiate commission rates or other execution terms, in a manner that takes into account the soft dollar benefits received by them rather than giving exclusive consideration to the interests of our investment portfolio and, accordingly, may create a conflict.
The investment portfolios are exposed to risks that prime brokers, custodians, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses and other financial intermediaries and guarantors may default on their obligations.
Prime brokers, custodians, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses and other financial intermediaries and guarantors may default on their obligations due to bankruptcy, insolvency, lack of liquidity, adverse economic conditions, operational failure, fraud or other reasons. Any default of this nature could have a significant and negative effect on the investment portfolios. For example, assets may be left on deposit with brokers and banks, and not held by a bank custodian. Rule 15c3-3 under the Exchange Act requires a broker-dealer to segregate a customer’s securities from the broker-dealer’s own assets. If the broker-dealer fails to do so, there is a risk of loss of the assets held by the broker-dealer in the event of the broker-dealer’s bankruptcy. In the event of a failure of a broker-dealer to segregate assets, the U.S. Securities Investor Protection Corporation provides a maximum of $500,000 of account insurance per customer, subject to a limit of $250,000 for cash. Since our assets on deposit usually will exceed these amounts, we may receive only a pro rata share of the remaining assets deposited with the failed broker-dealer. Foreign broker-dealers that may not be subject to investor protection regulations may also be utilized. In the event of the failure or insolvency of a foreign broker-dealer, the portion of our assets on deposit that are recoverable may be extremely limited.
The funds in the investment portfolios are and will continue to be invested in securities and loans of issuers and borrowers organized or based outside the United States, which may prove riskier than securities and loans of U.S. issuers and borrowers.
Funds in the investment portfolios are and will continue to be invested in securities and loans of issuers and borrowers organized or based outside the United States, which may be subject to a variety of exposures and other special considerations not affecting securities and loans of U.S. issuers and borrowers. Many non-U.S. securities markets are not as developed or efficient as those in the United States. Securities of some non-U.S. issuers are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Similarly, volume and liquidity in many non-U.S. securities markets are less than in the United States and, at times, price volatility can be greater than in the United States. Non-U.S. issuers and borrowers may be subject to less stringent financial reporting and

78



informational disclosure standards, practices and requirements than those applicable to U.S. issuers and borrowers. In addition, there are increasing market concerns as to the potential default of government issuers. Should governments default on their obligations, there could be a negative impact on both government securities and non-government investments held within the country of default.
Furthermore, investments in non-U.S. markets may be in non-U.S. dollar-denominated assets. Consequently, any non-U.S. dollar investments in the investment portfolios would be subject to any changes in exchange control regulations and, furthermore, may experience exchange losses to the extent that foreign currency exposure is not hedged or is not sufficiently hedged against changes in currency rates. Forward contracts on currencies, as well as purchase put or call options on currencies, may be entered into in various markets. There can be no guarantee that instruments suitable for hedging currency or market shifts will be available at any given time or will be able to be liquidated at any given time. In addition, any currency hedging transactions entered into may include a credit component, pursuant to which the hedging counterparty may be granted a security interest in certain of our assets. Such security interest may include an undivided interest in all of our assets, and may not be limited solely to the assets to which the hedge relates. Accordingly, in such a case, if a default occurs with respect to a currency hedging transaction relating to certain of our assets, then the hedging counterparty could lay claim to an interest in all of our assets, including those not related to the hedging transaction.
There may be costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. Currency exchange dealers realize a profit based on the difference between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. A dealer normally will offer to sell currency at one rate, while offering a lesser rate upon immediate resale of that currency to the dealer. Currency exchange transactions will be conducted either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the currency exchange market, or through entering into forward or options contracts to purchase or sell the currencies needed. We anticipate that certain of the currency exchange transactions will occur at the time securities and loans are purchased and will be executed through the local broker or custodian.
The investment portfolios are exposed to risk that the underlying debtor/borrower of debt securities or loans held by the investment portfolios may not make interest or principal payments when they become due, or that the debtor/borrower makes a material misrepresentation or omission.
A fundamental risk associated with the investment portfolios is the risk that a corporate debtor will be unable to make principal and interest payments when due. Companies in which the funds in the investment portfolios are invested could deteriorate as a result of an adverse development in their business, a change in the competitive environment, an economic downturn, or legal, tax or regulatory changes, among other factors. As a result, companies which were expected to be stable may experience financial or business difficulties, including operating at a loss or having significant variations in operating results or requiring substantial additional capital to support their operations or to maintain their competitive position.
The companies in which the funds in the non-investment grade portfolio are invested may be highly leveraged, which may have significant consequences to these corporations or companies and the non-investment grade portfolio. For example, a highly leveraged company may be (i) limited in its ability to borrow money for its working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, strategic initiatives or other purposes; (ii) required to dedicate a substantial portion of its cash flow from operations to the repayment of its indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available for other purposes; and (iii) more highly leveraged than some of its competitors, which may place it at a competitive disadvantage.
Highly leveraged companies may also be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants, which may preclude favorable business activities or the financing of future operations or capital

79



needs. However, highly leveraged corporations or companies whose loans do not subject them to financial and operating covenants may be subject to a separate set of risks.
Instead of using proceeds of debt to make strategic investments or invest in operating or financial assets, or for working capital, a corporation or company may use such proceeds to pay a dividend to stockholders. As a result, these companies may have limited capital to respond to changing conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities. A highly leveraged corporation or company is subject to increased exposure to adverse economic factors, such as a significant rise in interest rates, a severe downturn in the economy or deterioration in the condition of that company or its industry.
A company may be forced to take other actions to satisfy its obligations if it is unable to generate sufficient cash flow to meet principal and interest payments. The company may try reducing or delaying capital expenditures, selling assets, seeking additional capital or restructuring or refinancing indebtedness. The value of an investment in such company could be significantly reduced or even eliminated if such strategies are not successful and do not permit the company to meet its scheduled debt service obligations.
Further, the continuing conditions in the worldwide credit markets could adversely affect the companies in which the funds in the investment portfolios are invested. Certain companies may not be able to refinance existing leverage or access the additional capital they may need to grow or maintain their businesses in the current financial markets.
Funds in the non-investment grade portfolio may be invested in loans that have limited mandatory amortization requirements. While such a loan may obligate the borrower to repay the loan out of asset sale proceeds or with annual excess cash flow, such requirements may be subject to substantial limitations and/or “baskets” that would allow a portfolio company to retain such proceeds or cash flow, thereby extending the expected weighted average life of the investment. In addition, a low level of amortization of any debt over the life of the investment may increase the risk that the borrower will not be able to repay or refinance loans when they come due.
Investments made using funds in the investment portfolios may be subject to early redemption features, refinancing options, prepayment options or similar provisions which, in each case, could result in an issuer repaying the principal on an obligation earlier than expected. This may happen when there is a decline in interest rates, or when performance allows refinancing with lower cost debt. Should conditions in the credit market revert to the conditions that existed in the early part of 2007, early prepayments of debt could increase. To the extent early prepayments increase, they may have a material adverse effect on our investment objectives and the profits on capital invested in fixed income investments.
Moreover, companies in which funds in the investment portfolios may be invested may face intense competition, including competition from companies with greater financial resources, more extensive development, manufacturing, marketing and other capabilities, and a larger number of qualified personnel.
Additionally, there is risk associated with debt investing due to the possibility of material misrepresentation or omission on the part of the borrower. Such inaccuracy or incompleteness may adversely affect the valuation of the collateral underlying the loans or may adversely affect the ability to perfect or effectuate a lien on the collateral securing the loan. The accuracy and completeness of representations made by borrowers will be relied upon to the extent reasonable, but cannot guarantee such accuracy or completeness. Under certain circumstances, payments made by a borrower in connection with a debt may be reclaimed if any such payment or distribution is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance.

80



Uncertainty relating to the LIBOR calculation process and potential phasing out of LIBOR after 2021 may adversely affect the value of our investment portfolio and may further affect our ability to enter into borrowing arrangements bearing a floating rate of interest.
Regulators and law enforcement agencies in the UK and elsewhere are conducting civil and criminal investigations into whether the banks that contribute to the British Bankers’ Association (BBA) in connection with the calculation of daily LIBOR may have been under-reporting or otherwise manipulating or attempting to manipulate LIBOR. A number of BBA member banks have entered into settlements with their regulators and law enforcement agencies with respect to this alleged manipulation of LIBOR.
Actions by the BBA, regulators or law enforcement agencies may result in changes to the manner in which LIBOR is determined or the establishment of alternative reference rates. For example, on July 27, 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. At this time, it is not possible to predict the effect of any such changes, any establishment of alternative reference rates or any other reforms to LIBOR that may be enacted in the UK or elsewhere. Uncertainty as to the nature of such potential changes, alternative reference rates or other reforms may adversely affect the trading market for LIBOR-based loans and securities, including those held in our investment portfolio and may further adversely affect our ability to enter into borrowing arrangements bearing a floating rate of interest. As of September 30, 2018 , approximately 54% of our invested assets were floating rate investments, some of which were referenced to LIBOR.
Subject to our investment guidelines, HPS has broad discretion in managing a portion of the assets in our investment grade portfolio. The performance of this portion of our investment grade portfolio largely depends on the ability of HPS to select and manage appropriate investment grade investments.
HPS manages a portion of the assets in our investment grade portfolio as a recently-created separate managed account into which we contribute certain of our invested assets. Subject to our investment grade investment guidelines, HPS has broad investment discretion. The performance of the portion of our investment grade portfolio managed by HPS depends on the ability of HPS to select and manage appropriate investments within the agreed investment guidelines. The failure of HPS or any third party appointed by HPS to perform adequately could result in losses or less profitable investments than anticipated, each of which could significantly and negatively affect our business.
Risks related to HPS and the HPS-managed non-investment grade portfolio
HPS utilizes investment strategies and employs trading techniques that involve inherent exposures, which could result in substantial losses to our non-investment grade portfolio and, as a result, to us.
The non-investment grade investments, investment strategies and trading techniques utilized by HPS are more speculative, volatile and, in certain cases, less liquid than the investments made by a more traditional reinsurer. To the extent any of our non-investment grade portfolio investments generate losses, or gains are reduced by transaction costs, embedded expenses or currency fluctuations, the negative impact on the non-investment grade portfolio could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Under the non-investment grade investment guidelines, HPS is permitted to use a variety of derivatives and other financial instruments both for investment purposes and for risk management purposes. However, HPS is not obligated to, and may choose not to, hedge against risks. Although hedging transactions may be entered into to seek to reduce risk, those transactions may result in a poorer overall performance than if such hedging transactions had not been entered into.

81



Funds in our non-investment grade portfolio may from time to time be invested in the following investments, among others:
fixed income investments, including, without limitation, corporate debt such as secured and unsecured loans, high yield bonds and structured credit instruments;
loans of portfolio securities;
subordinated loans;
credit default swaps;
equity securities;
equity interests;
equity swaps;
hedging transactions, including derivatives;
short positions, including on individual names or indices;
non-public, restricted and illiquid securities;
equity and credit index options;
futures and options;
call options and put options, on “covered” or “non-covered” bases;
contracts for differences;
co-investments and joint ventures;
special opportunity investments, including, without limitation, as investments in types of activities (such as oil and gas exploration), various types of litigation claims and consumer receivables (such as automobile loans and real estate), commercial receivables, equipment and other leases, residential and commercial mortgage loans, as well as other financial instruments that provide for the contractual or conditional payment of an obligation; and
other derivative instruments, including those that are not presently contemplated for use or that are currently not available, but that may be developed.
For a discussion of the investments in which HPS has invested the funds in our non-investment grade portfolio from our initial funding in March 2014 until the present, see “Item 1. Business-Our operations-Investment operations-Non-investment grade portfolio-Investment strategy.”
Other than as set forth in the non-investment grade investment guidelines, HPS is not prohibited from concentrating investments in particular types of positions or strategies. At times, the non-investment grade portfolio may have an unusually high concentration in certain types of positions because of HPS’s investment methods and strategies. The investment risk of a portfolio that is concentrated in particular positions or strategies is greater than if the portfolio is invested in a more diversified manner.

82



Our investments differ from those of many insurers and reinsurers because our non-investment grade portfolio is predominantly invested in corporate credit investments, which can be speculative and volatile and which could increase the riskiness and volatility of our results. In addition, the use of financial leverage could increase the riskiness of our non-investment grade portfolio’s investment strategy and volatility of our net income.
We derive a significant portion of our income from our non-investment grade portfolio investments, and our operating results depend to a significant degree on the performance of those investments. HPS, subject to the non-investment grade investment guidelines, has broad discretion to manage the assets of the non-investment grade portfolio into which we contribute a substantial portion of our invested assets. The non-investment grade portfolio is composed of investments in a combination of loans, debt and equity securities, derivatives and other investment products. The prices of securities and other investment products are volatile, and the volatility of our investments is increased by the use of leverage, leading to significantly greater exposures. Given the leveraged nature of the non-investment grade portfolio, a relatively small price movement may result in immediate and substantial losses to our non-investment grade portfolio.
Certain markets in which funds in the non-investment grade portfolio are invested are extremely competitive for attractive investment opportunities, which may limit investment opportunities, and if any of those markets were to become less attractive, HPS may be forced to liquidate positions in those markets under conditions of reduced liquidity.
The funds in the non-investment grade portfolio are invested in competitive markets and, on our behalf, HPS may be unable to identify or successfully pursue attractive investment opportunities in those environments. Among other factors, competition for suitable investments from other pooled investment vehicles, the public debt syndication markets and other investors may reduce the availability of investment opportunities. There has been significant growth in the number of firms organized to make such investments and there are relatively few barriers to entry, which may result in increased competition in obtaining suitable investments or an increase in the number of investors that are attempting to purchase or sell similar positions simultaneously. Some of these competitors may have access to greater amounts of capital and to capital that may be committed for longer periods of time or may have different return thresholds, and thus these competitors may have unique advantages. In addition, competitors may have incurred, or may in the future incur, leverage to finance their investments at levels or on terms more favorable than those available to HPS in regard to the funds in the non-investment grade portfolio. Significant expenses may be incurred in connection with the identification of investment opportunities and investigating other potential investments that are ultimately not consummated, including expenses relating to due diligence, transportation and legal, accounting and other professional services, as well as the fees of other advisers. If many investment funds that pursue similar strategies were forced to liquidate positions at the same time, market liquidity would be reduced, which may cause prices to drop, volatility to increase and losses to be exacerbated.
We do not control the decisions of HPS, and HPS may invest the assets in our non-investment grade portfolio in its discretion within the framework of the applicable non-investment grade investment guidelines. The performance of our non-investment grade portfolio depends on the ability of HPS to select and manage appropriate investments.
HPS manages the assets of the non-investment grade portfolio into which we contribute substantially all of our subsidiaries’ invested assets and, subject to the non-investment grade investment guidelines, HPS has broad investment discretion. We have delegated to HPS authority to make decisions regarding non-investment grade investments. The current terms of our investment management agreements with HPS end on December 31, 2025, though, subject to certain restrictions set forth in such agreements, either party can terminate the arrangement prior to this date. See “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with HPS.”

83



The performance of our non-investment grade portfolio depends on the ability of HPS to select and manage appropriate investments. The failure of HPS or any of its key personnel to perform adequately could increase the level of risk to which our investments are exposed and could result in losses or less profitable investments than anticipated, each of which could significantly and negatively affect our business.
Changes to our non-investment grade investment guidelines would require our consent and the consent of Arch and HPS.
Pursuant to the investment management agreements with HPS, changes to the non-investment grade investment guidelines will only be permitted with the mutual consent of Arch, HPS and us. If future changes to our overall underwriting strategy require us to change the non-investment grade investment guidelines, we would be unable to make those changes without the consent of Arch and HPS so long as the investment management agreements with HPS are in effect. Accordingly, we may have to forego opportunities in our underwriting operations that we otherwise may have been able to pursue if we are unable to get the necessary consent or are unable to get the necessary consent in a timely manner.
Our investment management agreements with HPS contain performance fee compensation, which may create incentives that are not aligned with ours, and may adversely affect our financial results.
Pursuant to the investment management agreements with HPS, we are obligated to pay HPS management fees and performance fees. The performance fees may create an incentive for HPS to make investments that are more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such performance fee. HPS may, in its sole discretion, change the allocation of the funds in the non-investment grade portfolio among investments at any time without notifying us, and may be incentivized to allocate capital to investments with greater incentive fee rates.
In addition, compensation arrangements for portfolio managers employed by HPS typically include a performance-based component. These performance-based compensation arrangements may create an incentive for HPS to engage in transactions that focus on the potential for short-term gains rather than long-term growth and those that are more risky or speculative. In addition, since the performance fee is calculated on a basis that includes unrealized appreciation, it may be greater than if it were based solely on realized gains. See “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with HPS-Investment management agreements.”
The compensation received by HPS, its principals or its employees with respect to the non-investment grade portfolio may be different from the compensation received with respect to other HPS accounts investing in the same instruments. If the compensation to be received from another HPS account is greater than the compensation received from us, then HPS will have an incentive to favor the other HPS account over ours. Similarly, in instances where certain employees of HPS are responsible for investing assets on behalf of multiple accounts, if the compensation to be received by such employees with respect to certain other HPS accounts is greater than the compensation to be received with respect to the non-investment grade portfolio, then the employees may have an incentive to favor the other HPS accounts, including in the allocation of investment opportunities. To the extent our non-investment grade portfolio and other HPS accounts invest in the same instruments, if another HPS account takes advantage of a trading opportunity, that opportunity may not be available for our non-investment grade portfolio or may not be available at attractive rates or quantities.

84



Our non-investment grade portfolio may bear performance fees even if we experience a net loss for the corresponding period.
The performance fee payable to HPS is based on interest income and realized and unrealized gains and losses of the non-investment grade portfolio as of the end of the applicable period for which such compensation is calculated.
Because the performance of our non-investment grade portfolio only accounts for a part of our overall performance for any given period, performance fees may be payable to HPS even if we experience no gain or a net loss for that period if expenses or losses (e.g., payments made in satisfaction of insurance or reinsurance claims, or investment losses on the investment grade portfolio) more than offset any positive returns on our non-investment grade portfolio for that period.
We rely upon HPS for calculation of the fees due to HPS under the investment management agreements with HPS despite HPS’s potential conflict.
Although we rely on expert investment industry valuation firms, or Valuation Agents, to provide periodic valuations for the assets and liabilities of our non-investment grade portfolio, pursuant to the investment management agreements with HPS and in accordance with the detailed methodology set forth therein, HPS determines the valuation of the non-investment grade portfolio for purposes of calculation of the management fees and performance fees it receives. In determining such portfolio valuation, if HPS concludes that market prices or quotations or pricing methodologies do not represent the fair value of particular securities or investments or if no quotation exists, HPS is authorized in its good faith discretion to assign a value to such securities or investments. In such cases, if we so request, HPS is required to provide evidence supporting such valuation. Subject to audit verification, for the purpose of fee calculations, the value of our non-investment grade portfolio as determined by HPS is binding on us in the absence of bad faith or manifest error. Because the management fees and performance fees payable to HPS are based on the values that HPS assigned to such investments and the HPS valuation may differ from the valuation calculated by independent sources, a conflict of interest between HPS and us may arise.
Our non-investment grade portfolio investments are subject to higher aggregate transaction costs than those of an investment grade fixed income portfolio, which could reduce our investment returns.
Our non-investment grade portfolio is invested in accordance with the investment strategy described in this registration statement. See “Item 1. Business-Our operations-Investment operations-Non-investment grade portfolio-Investment strategy.” Over time, this investment strategy is likely to involve more active trading than a typical insurer or reinsurer. We incur certain fees and expenses in connection with HPS’s investing of our non-investment grade portfolio, such as for its day-to-day operations, including brokerage commissions and other transaction costs payable to its brokers. Additionally, HPS’s trading decisions may be made on the basis of short-term market considerations. Therefore, the turnover rate of our non-investment grade portfolio could be significant, requiring substantial commissions and fees. We are also obligated to pay or reimburse certain of HPS’s operating, legal, accounting and auditing fees and other expenses related to its management of our non-investment grade portfolio. Payment of these expenses reduces our returns and are payable regardless of whether we realize any profits.
Our non-investment grade portfolio may not achieve the historical results obtained in the past by any HPS-managed investment vehicles or accounts, and a positive return on our non-investment grade portfolio does not necessarily ensure a positive return on an investment in our shares.
Our non-investment grade portfolio has only a limited operating history upon which we or prospective investors can evaluate its anticipated future performance. Past performance is not indicative of future results, and our non-investment grade portfolio may not achieve results

85



comparable to those that HPS has achieved in the past with a similar investment strategy. Accordingly, potential investors in our shares should draw no conclusions from the prior performance of HPS, its investment professionals or any of its affiliates, and should not expect our non-investment grade portfolio to achieve similar returns. Additionally, because the performance of our non-investment grade portfolio is only one component of our overall performance, a positive return on these investments does not necessarily ensure a positive return on an investment in our shares.
The non-investment grade portfolio may hold non-traditional and complex fixed income and other financial instruments, which exposes us to increased risks and could result in substantial losses to the non-investment grade portfolio and, as a result, to us.
General risks related to debt instruments
The non-investment grade portfolio holds debt instruments, which could result in substantial losses to the portfolio and, as a result, to us. It is anticipated that certain debt instruments held in the non-investment grade portfolio will become non-performing and possibly default. The non-investment grade portfolio may hold debt investments that are secured or unsecured. Unsecured debt investments do not have any collateral supporting the issuer’s obligation to repay the loan. When we invest in unsecured debt, our ability to influence a portfolio company’s affairs, especially during periods of financial distress or following insolvency, is likely to be substantially less than that of senior secured creditors.
Secured debt investments may be subject to the risk that our security interests in the underlying collateral are not properly or fully perfected. Furthermore, the collateral securing debt investments will often be subject to casualty or devaluation risks. If a secured loan is foreclosed, we could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. As a result, we may be exposed to losses resulting from default and foreclosure. Any costs or delays involved in the effectuation of a foreclosure of the loan or a liquidation of the underlying assets will further reduce the proceeds and thus increase the loss. There is no assurance that the value of the assets collateralizing a loan will be correctly evaluated. In the event of a reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to the borrower, all or part of the amounts advanced to the borrower may be lost and any repayment may be significantly delayed. There is no guarantee that the protection of our interests will be adequate, including the validity or to enforceability of the loan and the maintenance of the anticipated priority and perfection of the applicable security interests. Furthermore, claims could be asserted that might interfere with enforcement of our rights.
Subordinated loans
We may invest in subordinated debt. If a portfolio company defaults on such debt or on debt senior to our investment, or in the event of the bankruptcy of a portfolio company, the investment held by us will be recovered only after the senior debt is repaid in full. Under the terms of typical subordination agreements, senior creditors may be able to block the acceleration of the subordinated debt or the exercise by holders of subordinated debt of other rights they may have as creditors. Accordingly, we may not be able to take the steps necessary or sufficient to protect our investments in a timely manner or at all. If a portfolio company declares bankruptcy, we may not have any recourse to the assets of the portfolio company, or the assets of the portfolio company may not be sufficient to cover our investment. Further, HPS’s ability to amend the terms of our investments, assign the investments, exercise its remedies and control decisions made in bankruptcy proceedings will be limited. The level of risk associated with investments in subordinated debt increases if such investments are in distressed issuers.

86



Debt held on an assignment or participation basis
The non-investment grade portfolio may hold private and public debt owed by companies on either an assignment or participation basis. When funds in the non-investment grade portfolio are invested on a participation basis with a seller, there is exposure to additional risks that (i) there may be no direct access to the relevant borrower and information provided by the participation seller must be relied upon; (ii) generally there will be no right directly to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, no rights of set-off against the borrower and no right to object to certain changes to the loan agreement agreed to by the participation seller; and (iii) there may be no right to benefit directly from the collateral supporting the related loan and rights of set-off the borrower has against the seller.
As described above, when funds in the non-investment grade portfolio are invested on a participation basis, we may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the related loan obligation. As a result, we would assume the credit risk of both the obligor and the selling institution, which would remain the legal owner of record of the applicable loan. Participations are typically sold strictly without recourse to the selling institution, and the selling institution will generally make no representations or warranties about the underlying loan, the portfolio companies and the terms of the loans or any collateral securing the loans. Furthermore, certain loans have restrictions on assignments and participations, which may negatively impact our ability to exit from all or part of our investment in a loan.
High yield bonds
The non-investment grade portfolio may hold high yield bonds which are rated in the lower rating categories by the various credit rating agencies. These instruments are subject to greater risk of loss of principal and interest than higher-rated securities and are generally considered to be speculative with respect to the issuers’ capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They are also generally considered to be subject to greater risk than securities with higher ratings in the event of deterioration of general economic conditions. Because investors generally perceive that there are greater risks associated with the lower-rated securities, the yields and prices of such securities may tend to fluctuate more than those of higher-rated securities. The market for lower-rated securities is thinner and less active than that for higher-rated securities, which can adversely affect the prices at which these securities can be sold. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions about lower-rated securities, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may contribute to a decrease in the value and liquidity of such lower-rated securities.
The non-investment grade portfolio may also hold low-rated or unrated debt securities. Such securities may offer higher yields than higher-rated securities, but may generally involve greater volatility of price, lower liquidity, and risk of principal and income, including the possibility of default by, or bankruptcy of, the issuers of the securities.
Structured credit instruments
The non-investment grade portfolio may hold structured credit instruments, including collateralized debt obligations, collateralized loan obligations, collateralized bond obligations, collateralized mortgage obligations and other similar securities. These may be fixed pools or may be “market value” or managed pools of collateral, including commercial loans, high yield and investment grade debt, structured securities and derivative instruments relating to debt. The pools are typically separated into tranches representing different degrees of credit quality, with lower rated tranches being subordinate to senior tranches. The senior tranches, which represent the highest credit quality in the pool, have the greatest collateralization and pay the lowest spreads over treasuries. Lower-rated tranches represent lower degrees of credit quality and pay higher spreads over treasuries to compensate for the attendant risks. Structured securities are extremely complex and are subject to risks related to, among other things, changes in interest rates, the rate of defaults in the collateral pool, the exercise of redemption rights by more senior tranches, the possibility that a

87



settlement of a transaction does not take place as expected, the possibility that a transaction proves unenforceable in law, including in bankruptcy, unexpected losses arising from deficiencies in a firm’s management information, support and control systems and procedures and the possibility that a liquid market will not exist for the sale of such structured securities.
Secured loans
Funds in the non-investment grade portfolio may be invested in senior secured loans. These obligations are subject to unique risks, including: (i) the possible invalidation of an investment transaction as a fraudulent conveyance under relevant creditors’ rights laws; (ii) so-called lender-liability claims by the obligor; (iii) environmental liabilities that may arise with respect to collateral securing of the obligations; and (iv) limitations on the ability to directly enforce compliance by the obligor with the terms of the instrument evidencing such loan obligation, or to enforce any rights of set-off against the obligor.
Equity trading
HPS may engage in equity trading in the non-investment grade portfolio that may result in varied returns and could result in substantial losses to that portfolio and, as a result, to us. The value of equity securities generally will vary with the performance of the issuer and movements in the equity markets. As a result, the non-investment grade portfolio may decline in value if the equity securities and equity-like securities of issuers whose performance diverges from HPS’s expectations or if equity markets generally move in a single direction and HPS has not hedged against such a general move.
Derivative instruments
Under the non-investment grade investment guidelines, which generally provide that our non-investment grade portfolio will primarily be invested in corporate debt instruments, HPS is permitted to hold a portion of its investment objective indirectly through derivatives transactions (each, a Synthetic Asset) effected for the benefit of the non-investment grade portfolio including, without limitation, total return swaps and credit derivatives. These instruments are subject to a maximum per-investment limitation of 10% of the Long Market Value of the non-investment grade portfolio, excluding positions established primarily for hedging purposes which are not subject to a size limitation. Long Market Value refers to the value of the long investments of the portfolio using the methodologies set forth in the applicable investment management agreements.
Each Synthetic Asset references one or more reference obligations or indices, including leveraged loans, high yield bonds, second-lien term loans and other debt financings or securities or indices related thereto (each, a Reference Obligation). Exposure to such Reference Obligations through Synthetic Assets presents risks in addition to those resulting from direct purchases of the securities or investments. A contractual relationship will exist only with a counterparty, and not with any issuer or borrower (each, a Reference Entity) of a Reference Obligation, unless an event of default occurs with respect to any such Reference Obligation, in which event physical settlement applies and the counterparty is required to deliver the Reference Obligation. If delivery of the Reference Obligation is not taken from the counterparty by HPS, there will be no right directly to enforce compliance by the Reference Entity with the terms of any such Reference Obligation and no rights of set-off against the Reference Entity. In the event of the insolvency of the counterparty, we will be treated as a general creditor of the counterparty and will not have any claim of title with respect to the Reference Obligations. Consequently, we will be subject to the credit risk of the counterparty, as well as that of the Reference Entity. As a result, entering into Synthetic Assets and similar transactions subjects us to an additional degree of risk with respect to defaults by the counterparty, as well as by the respective Reference Entities. Such “counterparty risk” is accentuated for contracts with longer maturities where events may intervene to prevent settlement, or where transactions are concentrated with a single counterparty or small group of counterparties. The non-investment grade investment guidelines do not contain restrictions on dealing with any particular counterparty or from concentrating any or all transactions with one counterparty. While the intent is that non-

88



investment grade portfolio returns in connection with Synthetic Assets will reflect those of each related Reference Obligation, as a result of the terms of the individual Synthetic Asset instruments (including interest and other transaction costs paid to the counterparty) and the assumption of the credit risk of the counterparty, the Synthetic Assets will likely have a different expected return, a different (and potentially greater) probability of default and different expected loss and recovery characteristics following a default. Synthetic Assets are expected to be less liquid and not as tradable as other collateral obligations and may be subject to more variability between their market value and actual sale price of the underlying Reference Obligation than other collateral obligations. In addition, there is no assurance that a buyer will be available or a termination value will be immediately determinable if a Synthetic Asset is sold or terminated. It is expected that any Synthetic Assets in the non-investment grade portfolio will not be able to be transferred without the consent of the applicable counterparty. If market quotations cannot be obtained with respect to a particular Reference Obligation, the termination value of the related transaction may be zero and the value of the entire investment in such Synthetic Asset may be reduced to zero.
We have entered into swap agreements with hedging counterparties based on the Master Agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association Inc., or ISDA. The ISDA Master Agreement has “events of default” and “termination events” and an unwind methodology that is applicable to both parties. The determination as to whether an “event of default” or “termination event” has occurred is generally made by the relevant ISDA Determinations Committee. All determinations made by ISDA Determinations Committees are governed by the Determinations Committees Rules.
If the relevant ISDA Determinations Committee determines that an “event of default” or “termination event” occurs with respect to either party, the non-defaulting or non-affected party has a right to designate an “early termination date,” and the party will use a standard valuation methodology in the ISDA Master Agreement to determine the termination price for all the Synthetic Assets. Depending upon the market conditions when the early termination date is designated, the unwind price may be zero and the entire investment in such Synthetic Asset may be reduced to zero.
HPS may take advantage of opportunities with respect to certain Synthetic Assets that are not presently contemplated for use or that are currently not available, but that may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with the non-investment grade investment guidelines and legally permissible. Special risks may apply to instruments that the funds in the non-investment grade portfolio are invested in at a later date that cannot be determined at this time. For example, risks with respect to credit derivatives may include determining whether an event will trigger payment under the contract and whether such payment will offset the loss or payment due under another instrument. In the past, buyers and sellers of credit derivatives have found that a trigger event in one contract may not match the trigger event in another contract, exposing the buyer or the seller to further risk. Other Synthetic Assets may be subject to various types of risks, including market risk, liquidity risk, the risk of non-performance by the counterparty, including risks related to the financial soundness and creditworthiness of the counterparty, legal risk and operations risk.
In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act creates a regulatory framework for oversight of derivatives transactions by the CFTC and the SEC and modifies the existing regulation of futures markets. It is difficult to predict the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and the full extent of the impact it will have on the non-investment grade portfolio is unclear. However, the Dodd-Frank Act contemplates that where appropriate in light of the outstanding risks, trading liquidity and other factors, swaps (broadly defined to include most derivative instruments other than futures) generally will be required to be cleared through a registered clearing facility and traded on a designated exchange or swap execution facility. The derivatives counterparties to the derivative products held by the non-investment grade portfolio may be subject to new capital, margin and business conduct requirements imposed as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, which may increase the transaction costs

89



or make it more difficult for the non-investment grade portfolio to hold derivatives investments on favorable terms or at all. See “-Risks related to regulation of us and our operating subsidiaries.”
The trading of over-the-counter derivatives subjects the non-investment grade portfolio to a variety of risks, including: (i) counterparty risk; (ii) basis risk; (iii) interest rate risk; (iv) settlement risk; (v) legal risk; (vi) credit spread risk; and (vii) operational risk. Counterparty risk is the risk that one of the counterparties to the derivative products held by the non-investment grade portfolio might default on its obligation to pay or perform generally on its obligations. Basis risk is the risk attributable to the movements in the spread between the derivative contract price and the future price of the underlying instrument. Interest rate risk is the general risk associated with movements in interest rates. Settlement risk is the risk that a settlement of a transaction does not take place as expected. Legal risk is the risk that a transaction proves unenforceable in law, including, but not limited to, because it has been inadequately documented. Credit spread risk is the general risk associated with movements in credit spreads. Operational risk is the risk of unexpected losses arising from deficiencies in a firm’s management information, support and control systems and procedures. Swaps and other transactions in over-the-counter derivatives may involve other risks as well, including the risk that there may be no exchange market on which to close out an open position. It may be impossible to transfer or otherwise liquidate an existing position, to assess the value of a position or to assess the risk.
Futures
HPS may utilize futures and options thereon. Futures markets are highly volatile and are influenced by factors such as changing supply and demand relationships, governmental programs and policies, national and international political and economic events and changes in interest rates. In addition, because of the low margin deposits normally required in futures trading, a high degree of leverage is typical of a futures trading account. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in substantial losses to the trader. Moreover, exchange-traded futures positions are marked to the market pricing each day and variation margin payments must be paid to or by a trader. Futures trading may also be illiquid, and certain commodity exchanges do not permit trading in particular commodities at prices that represent a fluctuation in price during a single day’s trading beyond certain set limits. If prices fluctuate during a single day’s trading beyond those limits, which conditions have in the past sometimes lasted for several days with respect to certain contracts, HPS could be prevented from promptly liquidating unfavorable positions and thus subject the non-investment grade portfolio and, as a result, us, to substantial losses. In addition, the CFTC and various exchanges impose speculative position limits on the number of positions that investors may directly or indirectly hold or control in particular commodities.
Options
HPS may utilize equity options and non-equity options, including options on futures contracts. Specific market movements of the securities, futures contracts or other instruments underlying an option cannot be predicted accurately. The purchaser of an option is subject to the risk of losing the entire purchase price of the option. The writer of an option is subject to the risk of loss resulting from the difference between the premium received for the option and the price of the futures contract or security underlying the option which the writer must purchase or deliver upon exercise of the option. Trading of options involves risks substantially similar to those involved in trading futures contracts or margined securities, in that options are speculative and highly leveraged. Pursuant to the non-investment grade investment guidelines, HPS may also utilize options on baskets of securities and stock.
Convertible securities
The funds in the non-investment grade portfolio may be invested in convertible securities. Because of their embedded equity component, the value of convertible securities is sensitive to changes in equity volatility and price. A decrease in equity volatility and price could result in losses to the non-

90



investment grade portfolio. The debt characteristics of convertible securities also expose the non-investment grade portfolio to changes in interest rates and credit spreads. The value of the convertible securities may fall when interest rates rise or credit spreads widen. Such exposures may be unhedged or only partially hedged.
Certain of our investments, particularly in the non-investment grade portfolio, are illiquid and are difficult to sell, or to sell in significant amounts at acceptable prices, to generate cash to meet our needs.
Our investments in certain securities and loans, including certain fixed income and structured securities and loans and other investments, may be illiquid due to contractual provisions or investment market conditions. These assets are generally ineligible to be used as collateral for credit facilities, prime brokerage arrangements and letter of credit facilities.
At various times, the markets for investment products held or proposed to be held in the investment portfolios may be “thin” or illiquid, making purchase or sale at desired prices or in desired quantities difficult or impossible, especially in the case of non-publicly traded or illiquid securities such as securities purchased in private placements. While the investment grade portfolio is invested solely in publicly-traded fixed-income securities, funds in the non-investment grade portfolio may be invested in securities of U.S. or non-U.S. open-ended or closed-ended investment companies, partnerships and other collective investment vehicles. Most partnerships and collective investment vehicles provide for redemption of interests only at specified intervals. Consequently, it is not possible to liquidate those interests other than at the specified dates. Additionally, trading restricted and illiquid securities often requires more time and results in higher brokerage charges or dealer discounts, considerably worse pricing and other expenses than does trading eligible securities on national securities exchanges or that are otherwise more liquid. Positions in such restricted or illiquid securities may not readily be able to be exited, including due to contractual prohibitions. Restricted securities may sell at a price lower than similar securities that are not subject to restrictions on resale. Additionally, trading can be suspended as required by an exchange. Each exchange typically has the right to suspend or limit trading in all securities, futures and other instruments that it lists. Such a suspension might render it impossible for the applicable investment manager to liquidate positions and, accordingly, expose one or both of the investment portfolios to losses.
Furthermore, restricted securities held in the non-investment grade portfolio might also have to be registered in order to be disposed of, resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede a public offering or listing of securities. If we require significant amounts of cash on short notice in excess of anticipated cash requirements, then we may have difficulty selling these investments in a timely manner or difficulty pledging these assets as collateral to meet counterparty demands or we may be forced to sell or terminate them at unfavorable values.
Use of margin and other forms of financial leverage in the non-investment grade portfolio could result in substantial losses to that portfolio.
HPS uses leverage in managing the non-investment grade portfolio. Leverage may take a variety of forms, including total return swaps and other derivatives, loans for borrowed money, trading on margin and the use of inherently leveraged instruments. Accordingly, a relatively small price movement could have a disproportionately large effect in relation to the capital invested and could result in immediate and substantial losses. Using borrowed money to purchase investments (including through margin loans) provides the non-investment grade portfolio with the advantages of leverage, but exposes it to increased capital risk and higher current expenses. Any gain in the value of securities or investments purchased with borrowed money or income earned from these investments that exceeds interest paid on the amount borrowed would cause the non-investment grade portfolio’s net asset value to increase faster than would otherwise be the case. Conversely, any decline in the value of the securities or investments purchased would cause the non-investment grade portfolio’s net asset value to decrease faster than would otherwise be the case.

91



We provide collateral to the lenders from which funds are borrowed. This may expose the non-investment grade portfolio to the risk that, for whatever reason, including, without limitation, the default, insolvency, negligence, misconduct or fraud of such lenders, the ownership of such interests may not be reacquired upon the repayment of such loans or we may not otherwise be made whole for any losses. Also, we may forfeit all or a portion of our collateral if we default on such loans. While we have borrowed and intend to borrow only from lenders believed to be creditworthy, recent history underscores the risk that lenders’ creditworthiness could deteriorate extremely rapidly and unexpectedly under certain circumstances and there can be no absolute certainty that such lenders will return such interests to us upon the repayment of such loans.
In certain economic environments, HPS may be unable to obtain the leverage it might otherwise desire to utilize or the financial terms on which leverage is available may be unattractive to HPS in investing the funds in the non-investment grade portfolio.
In addition, in support of our underwriting operations, we may provide letters of credit or other forms of collateral to our clients. In order to provide this collateral, we are required to grant a security interest in a portion of our investment portfolios. Granting such a security interest may impede or limit our ability to obtain additional leverage or meet other collateral demands. Without access to leverage, we may be unable to achieve our investment objectives.
Funds in the non-investment grade portfolio may be used in short sales, which are subject to potential increased regulation and will subject the non-investment grade portfolio to the potential for significant losses.
Funds in the non-investment grade portfolio may be used in short sales, which involve selling securities that are not owned by the short seller, with an obligation to replace those securities at a later date. Short selling allows an investor to profit from a decline in market price to the extent the decline exceeds the transaction costs and the costs of borrowing the securities. A short sale creates the risk of a theoretically unlimited loss, in that the price of the underlying security could theoretically increase without limit, thus increasing the cost to the investor of buying those securities to cover the short position. In certain circumstances, the investor may be unable to maintain the ability to borrow securities that it has sold short, and could be forced to purchase securities at suboptimal prices in the open market to return to the lender. Purchasing securities to close out a short position can itself cause the price of the securities to rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss.
The ability to execute a short selling strategy may be materially adversely impacted by new temporary or permanent rules, interpretations, prohibitions and restrictions. Based in part as a response to adverse market conditions, short sale transactions have been subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, and many jurisdictions recently imposed restrictions and reporting requirements on short selling. Temporary restrictions or prohibitions on short selling activity may be imposed by regulatory authorities with little or no advance notice and may impact prior and future trading activities. Additionally, the SEC, its non-U.S. counterparts, other governmental authorities or self-regulatory organizations may at any time promulgate permanent rules or interpretations consistent with those temporary restrictions or that impose additional or different temporary or permanent limitations, prohibitions or reporting requirements. The various short selling limitations, prohibitions or reporting requirements may not be consistent and may have different effective periods. They may prevent HPS from successfully implementing its investment strategies and may provide transparency to our competitors as to our positions, thereby having a detrimental impact on our investments. We are unable to predict how additional restrictions on short selling may impact the investment methods and strategies with respect to the funds in the non-investment grade portfolio.
In addition, traditional lenders of securities might be less likely to lend securities under certain market conditions. As a result, HPS may not be able to pursue a short selling strategy effectively due

92



to a limited supply of securities available for borrowing, and may also incur additional costs in connection with short sale transactions.
Funds in the non-investment grade portfolio could be invested in products that could create an exposure to “lender liability” litigation risk, which is a risk that is still evolving and, therefore, difficult to measure.
Recently, several judicial decisions in the United States have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions, or lender liability. Generally, lender liability is founded upon the premise that an institutional lender has violated an implied or contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in a creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. While believed to be unlikely, investments in the non-investment grade portfolio may create exposure to lender liability risk.
Under U.S. legal principles, if a lender or bondholder (i) intentionally takes an action that results in the undercapitalization of a borrower or issuer to the detriment of the borrower’s or issuer’s other creditors; (ii) engages in deceptive conduct or fraud, makes misrepresentations, or breaches fiduciary duties, to the detriment of such creditors; (iii) uses its influence as a stockholder or creditor to dominate or control a borrower or its board of directors or an issuer or its board of directors to the detriment of other creditors of such borrower or issuer; or (iv) engages in other inequitable conduct to the detriment of such other creditors, a bankruptcy court may equitably subordinate the claim of the offending lender or bondholder or, if such claim is assigned by the offending lender or bondholder, a court may subordinate the claim of an assignee. For example, if a lender engaged in wrongful conduct that warrants equitable subordination of its claim against the borrower, and the lender subsequently assigns its claim to us, such claim asserted by us may be equitably subordinated based on the lender’s conduct. Because funds in the non-investment grade portfolio may be invested in several positions in the same, different or overlapping levels of a portfolio company’s capital structure, we may be subject to claims from creditors of a portfolio company that the investments should be equitably subordinated to the payment of other obligations of the portfolio company by reason of our conduct or that of HPS.
In addition, under certain circumstances, a U.S. bankruptcy court could also recharacterize claims held by us as equity interests and thereby subject such claims to the lower priority afforded equity claims in certain restructuring scenarios, or void and subsequently assign the claims, in which case it is possible that we would not be able to enforce the claims against the debtor.
Our non-investment grade portfolio may from time to time hold significant investments in particular securities and loans that could subject us to additional regulatory requirements.
From time to time, the non-investment grade portfolio may invest in significant stakes in particular securities and loans. If that stake exceeds certain percentage or value limits, we may be required to file certain reports with a governmental agency or comply with other regulatory requirements. In many cases, the positions of HPS will be aggregated for purposes of determining the applicability of these limits. Compliance with these filing and other requirements may result in additional costs to us. Certain of these filings are subject to review that may require a delay in the acquisition of the securities or loans. In some cases, we may be required to cease buying or selling the subject security for a specified period and may face potential fines or disgorgement penalties. To avoid or mitigate the potential cost, review or delay in connection with these filings and related regulations, HPS may limit the size of our stake in certain securities or loans. Additionally, large holdings of a publicly traded security may be difficult to rapidly dispose of if such positions would preclude the use of certain exemptions or exceptions from regulation. A need or desire to take limited stakes in certain securities or loans or dispose of securities or loans over an extended period may result in lost investment opportunities, including potentially exposing investment returns to risks of downward movement in market prices, adversely affecting our returns.

93



Extensive regulation of HPS by governmental organizations creates the potential for disruptive and intrusive investigations, significant liabilities and reputational harm, which could have an adverse effect on our non-investment grade portfolio investments.
HPS’s business is subject to extensive and complex regulation by governmental organizations. The regulatory bodies with jurisdiction over HPS generally have the authority to conduct investigations and administrative proceedings, and to grant or cancel HPS’s authority to carry on its business. HPS is currently registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act, and thus is subject to the corresponding regulation and oversight. For example, registered investment advisers must comply with enhanced recordkeeping requirements and are subject to the SEC’s inspection authority. These increased obligations may divert HPS’s time, attention and resources from portfolio management activities.
From time to time, HPS is contacted in connection with investigations by regulatory or governmental authorities into certain matters, including trading in particular securities or types of securities by HPS, its affiliates or their employees. Investigations and administrative proceedings can result in fines, disgorgement of profits, suspension of personnel and other sanctions, including censure, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders and the suspension or expulsion from applicable licenses or memberships. For example, failure to comply with the obligations imposed by the Advisers Act, including, to the extent applicable, recordkeeping, advertising and operating requirements, disclosure obligations and prohibitions on fraudulent activities could result in investigations, sanctions and reputational damage, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our investments. See “-Risks related to our investments-Errors or misconduct by employees of our Investment Managers or their third-party service providers could cause significant losses to our investments.”
The non-investment grade investment strategy may be implemented by investing, from time to time, a portion of our non-investment grade portfolio in investment funds managed by HPS.
In order to implement our non-investment grade investment strategy, HPS may, from time to time and upon consultation with us, invest a portion of the portfolio in investment funds managed by HPS. In doing so, we seek to efficiently access the HPS investment platform, but these investments may accrue additional benefits to HPS that do not also accrue to us. In addition, our non-investment grade portfolio’s investment in an HPS fund may make such investment fund more attractive to other investors, for instance, by making such investment fund operationally viable or more financially stable. Consequently, our non-investment grade portfolio’s investment may serve to attract third-party investors, resulting in increased fees and/or incentive allocations from such third-party investors being paid to HPS. While there is no codified limit on the portion of our non-investment grade portfolio that may be invested in funds managed by HPS, we only expect to invest additional assets from our non-investment grade portfolio in funds managed by HPS to the extent that HPS, in consultation with us, determines that such investment would allow us to access an attractive risk profile that would not be available to us outside of a fund framework, or which might provide economic, tax, regulatory or other benefits to us.
Due to the accounting treatment of certain assets in our non-investment grade portfolio, fluctuations in interest rates or changes in credit spreads could result in non-cash balance sheet reductions and non-cash losses in our statement of operations.
We account for certain assets in our non-investment grade portfolio, including our derivative contracts, by applying the mark-to-market accounting treatment required for these assets. We could therefore recognize incremental liabilities between reporting periods resulting from increases or decreases in interest rates or changes in the credit spread environment, which could result in us recognizing a non-cash loss in our consolidated statements of operations and a consequent non-cash decrease in our equity between reporting periods. Any such decrease could be substantial.

94



We depend upon key personnel employed by HPS to manage our non-investment grade portfolio.
Since we depend upon HPS to manage our non-investment grade portfolio, we depend upon the ability of key personnel of HPS to develop and implement appropriate investment strategies in accordance with the applicable investment guidelines. The diminution or loss of their services could delay or prevent HPS from fully implementing its investment strategy and, consequently, could significantly and negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition. If HPS were to lose the services of key personnel, or if such key personnel failed to devote adequate time and attention to HPS due to its other obligations and business activities or for any other reason, the consequence to HPS and, accordingly, our non-investment grade portfolio, could be material and adverse.
The performance of our non-investment grade portfolio is also highly dependent on the ability of HPS to attract new employees and to retain existing employees.
We could be subject to regulatory restrictions under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 if we were deemed to be an investment vehicle sponsored or managed by HPS.
HPS was originally formed as a unit of Highbridge Capital Management, LLC, or Highbridge, a subsidiary of JPMorgan Asset Management Holdings Inc. In March 2016, the principals of HPS acquired the firm from JPMorgan Asset Management Holdings Inc., which retained Highbridge’s hedge fund strategies. JPMorgan Chase & Co. (which we refer to, together with its affiliates, including JPMorgan Asset Management Holdings Inc., as JPM) is subject to regulation under state and Federal law, including the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHCA, and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. Although HPS is now treated as independent from JPM, for certain purposes under the BHCA, HPS continues to be deemed indirectly controlled by JPM solely for purposes of the BHCA.
Under the U.S. Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or the GLBA, enacted in 1999, bank holding companies meeting certain eligibility criteria may elect to become “financial holding companies,” which may engage in any activities that are “financial in nature,” as well as in additional activities that the Federal Reserve Board and the U.S. Treasury Department determine are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial activities. Under the GLBA, “financial activities” specifically include insurance, securities underwriting and dealing, merchant banking, investment advisory and lending activities. JPM elected to become a financial holding company as of March 13, 2000.
Because HPS is treated for certain purposes as indirectly controlled by JPM under the BHCA, investment vehicles that are sponsored or managed by HPS may be deemed to be indirectly “controlled” by JPM for purposes of the BHCA. In the event that such an investment vehicle sponsored or managed by HPS were deemed “controlled,” the investment vehicle’s permissible investments would be limited, including limits on the amount of the investment vehicle’s equity investment in a particular fund or other issuer, and the length of time that the investment vehicle may hold such an investment. During any time that an investment vehicle sponsored or managed by HPS were deemed “controlled,” for purposes of calculating maximum permitted ownership under various statutes, positions held by the investment vehicle would be aggregated with positions held by JPM, entities controlled by JPM and certain accounts managed by affiliates of JPM.
Investment vehicles that are sponsored or managed by HPS are also treated as affiliates of JPM’s banking subsidiaries for purposes of Sections 23A and 23B of the U.S. Federal Reserve Act, as amended. Those sections require that banking subsidiaries of JPM comply with certain standards and restrictions in dealing with their affiliates.
If Watford Re were deemed to be an investment vehicle that was sponsored or managed by HPS, the foregoing limitations and restrictions could be applicable with respect to the management by HPS of our non-investment grade portfolio.

95



Risks related to regulation of us and our operating subsidiaries
Any suspension or revocation of Watford Re’s license as a Bermuda Class 4 insurer would materially impact our ability to do business and implement our business strategy.
Our main operating subsidiary, Watford Re, is licensed as an insurer and reinsurer only in Bermuda and has been designated as the “designated insurer” for group supervision purposes. Watford Re is a registered Bermuda Class 4 insurer. As such, it is subject to regulation and supervision in Bermuda. Bermuda insurance statutes, regulations and policies of the BMA require Watford Re to, among other things:
maintain minimum levels of capital and surplus;
prescribe and meet solvency standards;
restrict dividends and distributions;
limit transfers of ownership and issuances of shares or changes in control of Watford Holdings, as sole shareholder of Watford Re; and
provide for periodic examinations of Watford Re and Watford Holdings and each entity’s financial condition and the review of actuarial reports related to such examination periods.
These statutes and regulations may, in effect, restrict our ability to write insurance and reinsurance policies, to distribute funds and to pursue our investment strategy.
In addition, the BMA could suspend or revoke Watford Re’s Class 4 license in certain circumstances, including circumstances in which (i) it is shown that false, misleading or inaccurate information has been supplied to the BMA by Watford Re or on its behalf for the purposes of any provision of the Insurance Act 1978, and related rules and regulations, or the Insurance Act; (ii) we have ceased to carry on business; (iii) Watford Re has persistently failed to pay fees due under the Insurance Act; (iv) Watford Re has been shown to have not complied with a condition attached to its registration or with a requirement made of us under the Insurance Act; (v) we are convicted of an offense against a provision of the Insurance Act; (vi) Watford Re is, in the opinion of the BMA, found not to have been carrying on business in accordance with sound insurance principles; or (vii) any of the minimum criteria for registration under the Insurance Act is not or will not have been fulfilled. The suspension or revocation of Watford Re’s license to do business as an insurance company in Bermuda for any reason would negatively impact our reputation in the marketplace and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. If the BMA suspended or revoked Watford Re’s license, we could also lose our exemption under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the Investment Company Act, or our ability to rely on an exemption or exclusion under the Investment Company Act. See “-We are subject to the risk of possibly being deemed an investment company under U.S. federal securities law.”
If Watford Re becomes subject to insurance statutes and regulations in jurisdictions other than Bermuda or if there is a change in Bermuda law or regulations or the application of Bermuda law or regulations, there could be a significant and negative impact on our business.
Watford Re, our Bermuda operating subsidiary, is a registered Bermuda Class 4 insurer. As such, it is subject to regulation and supervision in Bermuda. See “Item 1. Business-Regulation-Bermuda insurance regulation.”
Bermuda’s statutes and regulations may restrict our ability to write insurance and reinsurance policies, distribute funds and pursue our investment strategy. We do not presently intend for Watford Re to be admitted to do business in the United States, the United Kingdom or any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. We cannot assure prospective investors that insurance regulators in the United States, the United Kingdom or elsewhere will not review the activities of Watford Re

96



or its subsidiaries or agents and assert that Watford Re is subject to such jurisdiction’s licensing requirements.
Generally, Bermuda insurance statutes and regulations applicable to Watford Re are less restrictive than those that would be applicable if they were governed by the laws of any states in the United States. If in the future Watford Re became subject to any insurance laws of the United States or any state thereof or of any other jurisdiction, we cannot assure prospective investors that we would be in compliance with such laws or that complying with such laws would not have a significant and negative effect on our business.
The process of obtaining licenses is very time consuming and costly and Watford Re may not be able to become licensed in jurisdictions other than Bermuda should we choose to do so. The modification of the conduct of our business that would result if we were required or chose to become licensed in certain jurisdictions could significantly and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our inability to comply with insurance statutes and regulations could significantly and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations by limiting our ability to conduct business, as well as subject us to penalties and fines.
Because Watford Re is a Bermuda company, it is subject to changes in Bermuda law and regulation that may have an adverse impact on our operations, including through the imposition of tax liability or increased regulatory supervision. In addition, Watford Re will be exposed to any changes in the political environment in Bermuda. While we cannot predict the future impact on our operations of changes in the laws and regulations to which we are or may become subject, any such changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our non-Bermuda operating insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation in various jurisdictions, and violations of existing regulations or material changes in the regulation of their operations could adversely affect us.
Our non-Bermuda operating insurance subsidiaries that are not domiciled or licensed in Bermuda are subject to government regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which they respectively are licensed or authorized to do business. Governmental agencies have broad administrative power to regulate many aspects of the insurance business, which may include trade and claim practices, accounting methods, premium rates, marketing practices, claims practices, advertising, policy forms, and capital adequacy. These agencies are concerned primarily with the protection of policyholders rather than shareholders. Governmental agencies may censure us, impose fines, additional capital requirements or limitations on our operations, and/or impose criminal sanctions for violation of regulatory requirements. Moreover, insurance laws and regulations, among other things: (i) establish solvency requirements, including minimum reserves and capital and surplus requirements; (ii) limit the amount of dividends, tax distributions, intercompany loans and other payments our insurance subsidiaries can make without prior regulatory approval; (iii) impose restrictions on the amount and type of investments we may hold; (iv) require assessments through guaranty funds to pay claims of insolvent insurance companies; and (v) require participation in state-assigned risk plans which may take the form of reinsuring a portion of a pool of policies or the direct issuance of policies to insureds.
U.S. operating subsidiaries
Our U.S.-domiciled operating subsidiaries write insurance in the United States. These subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation under state statutes which delegate regulatory, supervisory and administrative powers to state insurance commissioners. Such regulation generally is designed to protect policyholders rather than investors and may require insurers to maintain certain product offerings even though the insurer prefers to discontinue such writings.

97



In addition, virtually all U.S. states require insurers licensed to do business therein to bear a portion of contingent and incurred claim handling expenses and the unfunded amount of “covered” claim and unearned premium obligations of impaired or insolvent insurance companies, either up to the policy’s limit, the applicable guaranty fund covered claim obligation cap or 100% of statutorily defined workers’ compensation benefits, subject to applicable deductibles. These obligations are funded by assessments, made on a retrospective, prospective or prefunded basis, which are levied by guaranty associations within the state, up to prescribed limits (typically 2% of “net direct written premium”), on all member insurers in the state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in certain covered lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer was engaged. Accordingly, the total amount of assessments levied on us by the states in which we are licensed to write insurance may increase as we increase our premiums written. In addition, as a condition to the ability to conduct business in certain states (and within the jurisdiction of some local governments), insurance companies are subject to or required to participate in various premium-based or loss-based insurance-related assessments, including mandatory insurance pools, mandatory assigned-risk facilities, underwriting associations, workers’ compensation second-injury funds, reinsurance funds and other state insurance facilities. Although we may be entitled to take premium tax credit (or offsets), recover policy surcharges or include assessments in future premium rate structures for payments we make under these facilities, the effect of these assessments and insurance-related arrangements, or changes in them, could reduce our profitability in any given period or limit our ability to grow our business.
We periodically review our corporate structure so that we can optimally deploy our capital. Changes in that structure require regulatory approval. Delays or failure in obtaining any of these approvals could limit the amount of insurance that we can write in the United States.
Gibraltar operating subsidiary
WICE is subject to substantial regulation in the jurisdictions in which it is licensed or authorized to do business. In addition, the recent U.K. referendum in favor of an exit from the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” may adversely impact our European operations by limiting or removing WICE’s current ability to flexibly transact insurance business across the borders of European Union members. Alternative avenues to distribute our insurance products in Europe exist but may prove to be more costly and/or less economical, and a reduction in premium writings from Europe would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to the risk of possibly being deemed an investment company under U.S. federal securities law.
In the United States, the Investment Company Act regulates certain companies that invest in, hold or trade securities. Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act defines an “investment company” as any issuer that is or holds itself out as being engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act defines an “investment company” as any issuer that is engaged or proposes to engage in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of the issuer’s total assets (exclusive of U.S. federal government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis (the “40% Test”). Excluded from the definition of “investment securities” under Section 3(a)(2) of the Investment Company Act are, among other things, U.S. federal government securities and securities issued by majority-owned subsidiaries that are neither themselves investment companies nor relying on the exception from the definition of investment company set forth in Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act. The value of our investment securities, together with any securities issued by our wholly-owned or majority-owned subsidiaries excepted from the definition of investment company pursuant to Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act will represent less than 40% of the value of our total assets on an unconsolidated basis (exclusive of U.S. federal government securities and cash items). We plan to regularly monitor our

98



asset pool to ensure continuing and ongoing compliance with the 40% Test. In addition, we are not an investment company under Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act because we are neither engaged primarily nor do we hold ourselves out as being engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. Rather, we are primarily engaged in the non-investment company insurance and reinsurance businesses of our direct and indirect subsidiaries, including through Watford Re.
Watford Re currently relies and intends to continue to rely on Rule 3a-6, which is an exemption from the definition of an investment company under the Investment Company Act for an entity organized and regulated as a foreign insurance company that is engaged primarily and predominately in the writing of insurance agreements or the reinsurance of risks on insurance agreements. The law in this area is subjective, and there is a lack of guidance as to the meaning of “primarily and predominately” under Rule 3a-6. For example, there is no standard for the amount of premiums that must be written relative to the level of an entity’s capital in order to qualify for the exemption. If this exemption was deemed inapplicable and no other exemption or exclusion was available, we would likely have to register under the Investment Company Act as an investment company, which, under the Investment Company Act, would require an order from the SEC since we are a non-U.S. domiciled company. Our inability to obtain such an order could have a significant adverse impact on our business.
Registered investment companies are subject to extensive, restrictive and potentially adverse regulation relating to, among other things, operating methods, management, capital structure, leverage, dividends and transactions with affiliates, and are not permitted to operate their businesses in the manner in which we operate our business. In addition, the Investment Company Act generally prohibits registered investment companies from paying performance-based compensation to investment managers (such as HPS). Accordingly, if we are determined to be an investment company required to register under the Investment Company Act, our relationship with HPS, our investments and our operations could be significantly and adversely affected.
Furthermore, if at any time it was established that we had been operating as an investment company in violation of the registration requirements of the Investment Company Act, there would be a risk, among other material adverse consequences, that we could become subject to monetary penalties or injunctive relief, or both; that we could be unable to enforce contracts with third parties; that third parties could seek to obtain rescission of transactions with us undertaken during the period in which it was established that we were an unregistered investment company; or that our insurance license could be revoked or suspended.
To the extent that applicable laws and regulations change in the future so that contracts we write are deemed not to be insurance or reinsurance contracts, we will be at greater risk of not qualifying for an exemption or exclusion for the definition of an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Additionally, it is possible that our becoming classified or required to register as an investment company would result in the suspension or revocation of our insurance or reinsurance licenses.
Bermuda and New Jersey insurance laws regarding the change of control of insurance companies may limit the acquisition of our shares.
Under Bermuda law, for so long as Watford Holdings has an operating subsidiary registered under the Insurance Act, the BMA may at any time object to a person holding 10% or more of our common shares if it appears to the BMA that the person is not or is no longer fit and proper to be such a holder, by written notice to such person. In such a case, the BMA may require the shareholder to reduce its holding of our common shares and direct, among other things, that such shareholder’s voting rights attaching to the common shares shall not be exercisable. A person who does not comply with such a notice or direction from the BMA will be guilty of an offense. This may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of

99



our company, including through transactions, and in particular unsolicited transactions, that some or all of our shareholders might consider to be desirable.
Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are domiciled in New Jersey, where the acquisition of 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company or its parent company is presumptively considered an acquisition of control of the insurance company, although such presumption may be rebutted. Accordingly, any person or entity that acquires, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of our voting securities without the prior approval of the Commissioner of the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance will be in violation of these laws and may be subject to injunctive action requiring the disposition or seizure of those securities by the Commissioner or prohibiting the voting of those securities, or to other actions that may be taken by such Commissioner.
The international nature of our business subjects us to additional applicable laws and regulations, the violation of which could adversely affect our operations.
We must comply with all applicable economic sanctions and anti-bribery laws and regulations of the United States and other foreign jurisdictions where we operate, including the U.K. and the European Community. U.S. laws and regulations applicable to us include the economic trade sanctions laws and regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, as well as certain laws administered by the U.S. Department of State. In addition, we are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-bribery laws such as the U.K. Bribery Act that generally bar corrupt payments or unreasonable gifts to foreign governments or officials. Although we have policies and controls in place that are designed to ensure compliance with these laws and regulations, it is possible that an employee or intermediary could fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations. In such event, we could be exposed to civil penalties, criminal penalties and other sanctions, including fines or other punitive actions. In addition, such violations could damage our business and/or our reputation. Such criminal or civil sanctions, penalties, other sanctions and damage to our business and/or reputation could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, if we or any of our operating subsidiaries were to become subject to the laws of a new jurisdiction in which such entity is not presently admitted to sell insurance products, our company or such subsidiary may not be in compliance with the laws of the new jurisdiction. In addition, we could, at any time and in any jurisdiction, face individual, group and class action lawsuits by our policyholders and others for alleged violations of applicable laws and regulations. Any such litigation or failure to comply with applicable laws could result in the imposition of significant restrictions on our ability to do business and could also result in suspensions, injunctions, monetary damages, fines or other sanctions, any or all of which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks related to taxation
Watford Holdings, Watford Re or any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries may be or become subject to U.S. federal income taxation if they are deemed to be conducting a U.S. trade or business.
If Watford Holdings, Watford Re or any of our other non-U.S. subsidiaries were treated as engaged in a trade or business within the United States, such entity would be subject to U.S. federal income taxation on income that is effectively connected with such trade or business and U.S. branch profits tax on its dividend equivalent amount (generally, its after-tax effectively connected income). Based on the past, current and anticipated activities of Watford Holdings, Watford Re and our other non-U.S. subsidiaries, we believe that each of Watford Holdings, Watford Re and our other non-U.S. subsidiaries should not be treated as engaged or as having engaged in a trade or business within the United States. However, there are no definitive standards provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, regulations or court decisions as to the specific activities that constitute the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and any such determination is essentially factual in nature. Therefore, there can be no assurance that the U.S.

100



Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not successfully contend that Watford Holdings, Watford Re, or any other non-U.S. subsidiary is engaged, has been engaged or will be engaged in a trade or business within the United States by reason of such entity’s activities, including its insurance-related activities and its investment activities and any activities performed on such entity’s behalf. Any such U.S. federal income taxation and U.S. branch profits tax would result in substantial tax liabilities and consequently would have a materially adverse effect upon Watford Holdings and Watford Re’s results of operations. Even if Watford Holdings, Watford Re and our non-U.S. subsidiaries are not and have not been engaged in a trade or business within the United States, they will nonetheless be subject to U.S. federal income taxation on certain fixed or determinable annual or periodical gains, profits and income (such as dividends and certain interest on investments) derived from sources within the United States, and could be subject to tax in other jurisdictions in which we operate.
U.S. Holders may be subject to certain adverse tax consequences based on the application of rules regarding passive foreign investment companies, or PFICs.
Significant potential adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences generally apply to any United States person who owns shares in a PFIC. Although not entirely free from doubt due to a lack of directly governing authority, we currently believe that Watford Holdings and Watford Re should not be treated as PFICs because we believe that Watford Re’s income qualifies for an exception to the PFIC rules for income that is derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation satisfying certain requirements, which we refer to as the Insurance Company Exception. However, because of a lack of clarity regarding the scope of the Insurance Company Exception resulting from recently enacted tax legislation, described further below, there is significant uncertainty as to whether the Insurance Company Exception applies to Watford Holdings and Watford Re. Furthermore, there are no regulations or other definitive authority interpreting certain aspects of the Insurance Company Exception and, in particular, its application to Watford Re’s particular circumstances, including its arrangement with AUL. As a result, the IRS could seek to characterize Watford Holdings and Watford Re as PFICs. Because of the lack of clarity regarding the Insurance Company Exception, we can provide no assurances that the IRS will not seek to treat Watford Holdings and Watford Re as PFICs.
The United States Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the TCJA, which was enacted into law in December of 2017, modified certain aspects of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, including a number of provisions that impact insurance companies. In particular, the TCJA modified the Insurance Company Exception so that, with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, only a “qualifying insurance corporation” is eligible for the exception. The TCJA generally defines a qualifying insurance corporation as a foreign corporation that would be subject to U.S. federal income tax as an insurance company if it were a domestic corporation and whose “applicable insurance liabilities” constitute more than 25% of the company s total assets, determined on the basis of a financial statement of the company that meets certain requirements.
Applicable insurance liabilities for a property and casualty company are generally defined to include loss and loss adjustment expenses. There is a lack of clarity regarding whether this reference to “loss and loss adjustment expenses” in the TCJA refers to loss and loss adjustment expenses paid in the relevant year or the company s reserves representing liabilities for loss and loss adjustment expenses relating to unpaid claims. Because the TCJA uses the term in the context of defining “applicable insurance liabilities,” and because the Joint Explanatory Statement accompanying the conference committee report of the TCJA indicates that the term “applicable insurance liabilities” is intended to include reserves for property and casualty insurance contracts, Watford Holdings believes that the reference to loss and loss adjustment expenses should be understood as a reference to a company s reserves and intends to apply the requirement in this manner. However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with Watford Holdings interpretation of the Insurance Company Exception, and, if the IRS were to successfully challenge such interpretation, Watford Holdings and Watford Re would likely be treated as PFICs.

101



In addition, the application of the TCJA s definition of “qualifying insurance corporation” is not clear in other respects. For example, the PFIC rules include a look-through rule under which a foreign corporation that owns 25% or more of the stock of another corporation is generally treated as directly holding its proportionate share of the assets and directly recognizing its proportionate share of the income of the second corporation for purposes of determining if the first corporation is a PFIC. It is not entirely clear how this look-through rule interacts with the definition of a qualifying insurance corporation, and in particular whether companies within a corporate group must individually satisfy the requirements to be treated as qualifying insurance corporations or whether the group must satisfy these requirements on an aggregate basis after applying the look-through rule. As a result of these uncertainties, it is possible that the IRS could apply the qualifying insurance corporation test in a manner that could adversely impact Watford s qualification for the Insurance Company Exception.
As a result, although we believe that Watford Holdings and Watford Re should meet the requirements to be treated as qualifying insurance corporations, no assurance can be provided that the IRS will not successfully challenge this qualification, in which case such companies would be treated as PFICs. If Watford Holdings and Watford Re are treated as PFICs, U.S. shareholders would also be subject to the PFIC regime with respect to any other non-U.S. subsidiary of Watford Holdings that is treated as a PFIC. Moreover, the TCJA contemplates that the IRS will provide additional guidance on the application of the qualifying insurance company requirement, and it is possible that any forthcoming guidance issued by the IRS could adversely impact Watford Holdings’ or Watford Re’s eligibility for the Insurance Company Exception.
Furthermore, the TCJA did not clarify certain significant issues regarding the requirements for a company to satisfy the Insurance Company Exception. In particular, there is no currently effective guidance clarifying when an insurance company is treated engaged in the active conduct of an insurance business. In April 2015, the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations, or the Proposed Regulations, that, if finalized in their current form, would adversely impact the ability of Watford Holdings and Watford Re to qualify for the Insurance Company Exception.
As a result of these uncertainties regarding the application of the PFIC rules to Watford Holdings and the possibility of future guidance, Watford Holdings and Watford Re may take certain actions that they otherwise would not take in order to avoid being treated as PFICs. For example, if Watford Re does not write a sufficient level of insurance, we could distribute capital that would otherwise be retained and invested in order to reduce the risk that Watford Holdings or Watford Re could be classified as a PFIC.
Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors to assess their tolerance of the risk that Watford Holdings or Watford Re will be classified as PFICs.
If Watford Holdings and Watford Re are classified as PFICs, a U.S. Holder (as defined below) generally will be subject to a special tax and an interest charge upon the sale of its shares or receipt of an “excess distribution” with respect to its shares, in addition to other adverse tax consequences. A U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of our shares that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of the source; or
a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or if a valid election to be treated as a United States person is in effect with respect to such trust.

102



Such adverse tax consequences to U.S. Holders of shares of stock in a PFIC may be mitigated if such shareholder is able to make: (i) a timely qualified electing fund election with respect to our shares (a “QEF election”); or (ii) a mark-to-market election with respect to the first taxable year in which such entity is determined to be a PFIC during the U.S. Holder’s holding period in our shares. The availability of these elections is uncertain as a matter of law and, in certain cases, requires us to provide certain information to our shareholders. In addition, shareholders may be required to make certain filings in order to preserve their ability to make the QEF election on a retroactive basis if it is believed that a company is not a PFIC but it is later determined that the company is a PFIC. Shareholders should consult with their tax advisors regarding these elections.
We expect to monitor our activities and the activities of our subsidiaries with a view towards concluding whether Watford Holdings is a PFIC, and will notify our shareholders annually of whether we believe that Watford Holdings is likely to be treated as a PFIC. In addition, we intend to provide shareholders upon request with any identifying information about our subsidiaries that is reasonably required for shareholders to file a protective statement preserving their right to make a retroactive QEF election with respect to such subsidiaries. If we conclude in any year that Watford Holdings is likely to be treated as a PFIC, we intend to provide to our shareholders the information required by them to make a QEF election with respect to Watford Holdings, Watford Re or, as applicable, any direct or indirect controlled subsidiary of Watford Holdings or Watford Re that also may be a PFIC. Furthermore, Watford Holdings, Watford Re, or its direct or indirect subsidiaries may make investments in other entities that are treated as PFICs with respect to a U.S. Holder, such as a fund or portfolio investment that is itself classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we conclude in any year that Watford Holdings is likely to be treated as a PFIC, we intend to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such lower-tier PFICs to provide information that is necessary for U.S. Holders to make a separate QEF election with respect to such entity. However, if we do not control any such lower-tier PFIC, we may not be able to cause such entity to provide such information, in which case a QEF election with respect to such entity generally will not be available.
Certain U.S. Holders may be subject to adverse tax consequences if Watford Holdings, Watford Re, or any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is treated as a controlled foreign corporation, or a CFC and such U.S. Holder is treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder of such CFC.
Our prospective investors should be aware that Watford Holdings, Watford Re and any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries could each be treated as a CFC. As a result, any United States person that owns 10% or more (directly, indirectly or constructively, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of the total combined voting power or the total value of all classes of stock of Watford Holdings, Watford Re or any other non-U.S. subsidiary, or that is a partner in a U.S. partnership that owns such stock, or a U.S. 10% Shareholder, could be required to include in income, on a current basis (whether or not distributed), its pro rata share of the “subpart F income” and certain other categories of income of Watford Holdings, Watford Re or any such subsidiary. The TCJA made certain changes to the U.S. federal income tax laws regarding CFCs. In particular, the TCJA (i) expanded the definition of a U.S. 10% Shareholder to include shareholders that own 10% or more of the CFC by value, in addition to shareholders that own more than 10% of the CFC by vote, and (ii) broadened the attribution rules that apply in determining if a person is a U.S. 10% Shareholder and if a company is a CFC. These changes to the CFC rules generally make it more likely that a company will be treated as a CFC, and as a result there is a significant likelihood that Watford Holdings and its non-U.S. subsidiaries will be treated as CFCs under these provisions. Although we have structured our ownership with certain voting limitation provisions that were intended to reduce the risk that U.S. Holders would be treated as U.S. 10% Shareholders under the CFC rules in existence prior to the TCJA, as described in “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities To Be Registered-Description of Share Capital-Common shares,” “-Preference shares,” and “-Common shares-Voting rights,” under the currently applicable CFC rules these voting limitations do not prevent a U.S. Holder from being treated as a U.S. 10% Shareholder if the U.S. Holder owns 10% or more of our stock by value, directly, indirectly, or constructively. Prospective investors are urged to

103



consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential consequences if a U.S. Holder or any person related to that holder is treated as a U.S. 10% Shareholder of Watford Holdings, Watford Re or any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries.
U.S. Holders could be subject to adverse tax consequences under the related person insurance income, or RPII, rules.
If Watford Holdings, Watford Re or any other non-U.S. subsidiary is treated as recognizing RPII in a taxable year and such company is treated as a CFC for purposes of the RPII rules, each U.S. person that holds Watford Holdings shares (even one share) directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities as of the last day in such taxable year must generally include in gross income (whether or not distributed) its pro rata share of such RPII determined as if the RPII were distributed proportionately only to all such U.S. persons (with certain adjustments). For this purpose, a non-U.S. company is treated as a CFC if U.S. persons in the aggregate own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the total voting power or value of such company at any time during the taxable year. RPII generally includes any income of a non-U.S. corporation attributable to insuring or reinsuring risks of a U.S. person that owns, directly, indirectly or constructively, stock of such non-U.S. corporation, or risks of a person that is related to such a U.S. person. For this purpose, (1) a person is related to another person if such person controls, or is controlled by, such other person, or if both are controlled by the same persons, and (2) “control” of a corporation means ownership (or deemed ownership) of stock possessing more than 50% of the total voting power or value of such corporation’s stock and “control” of a partnership, trust or estate for U.S. federal income tax purposes means ownership (or deemed ownership) of more than 50% by value of the beneficial interests in such partnership, trust or estate. We believe that it is likely that Watford Re and each non-U.S. subsidiary have met certain de minimis safe harbors and therefore have not been subject to RPII rules. However, no assurance can be provided that Watford Holdings, Watford Re or any of their non-U.S. subsidiaries will qualify for these safe harbors, and accordingly we cannot assure prospective investors that the RPII rules will not apply to them. Prospective investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the potential risk of RPII inclusions as a result of an investment in Watford Holdings.
Tax-exempt U.S. Holders may recognize unrelated business taxable income in respect of their ownership of our common shares.
A tax-exempt U.S. Holder may recognize unrelated business taxable income if a portion of the subpart F insurance income of Watford Re or any other non-U.S. subsidiary is allocated to such organization. In general, subpart F insurance income will be allocated to a tax-exempt U.S. Holder if either (i) Watford Re or any non-U.S. subsidiary is a CFC and the tax-exempt U.S. Holder is a U.S. 10% Shareholder of such company, or (ii) there is RPII and certain exceptions do not apply.
Prospective tax-exempt investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the potential risk of unrelated business taxable income as a result of an investment in Watford Holdings.
Changes in U.S. federal tax laws, which may be retroactive, including the finalization of proposed Treasury Regulations, could occur after the initial listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market and could subject Watford Holdings, Watford Re or U.S. Holders to U.S. federal income taxation on the earnings of Watford Holdings, Watford Re or our subsidiaries or could otherwise adversely impact Watford Holdings and its subsidiaries or shareholders.
The tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, whether a company is a PFIC (including whether it qualifies for the Insurance Company Exception) or whether a company is a CFC earning subpart F income or RPII, are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. In particular, the TCJA included various provisions that impact the U.S. federal income taxation of insurance companies and their shareholders, and forthcoming guidance issues by the IRS, including regarding the scope of the Insurance Company Exception, could adversely impact the taxation of such persons. Furthermore, there are no regulations currently in effect regarding the application of the PFIC rules to an insurance company, and it is

104



possible that the IRS may issue new regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules. The IRS previously announced that it intends to scrutinize the activities of purported insurance companies organized outside of the United States, including insurance companies that invest a significant portion of their assets in alternative investment strategies, and will apply the PFIC rules where it determines that a non-U.S. corporation is not an insurance company for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Moreover, the IRS has issued the Proposed Regulations, that, if finalized in their current form, could adversely impact the ability of Watford Holdings and Watford Re to qualify for the Insurance Company Exception. As a result, the IRS may release guidance interpreting the TCJA’s changes to the Insurance Company Exception, finalize the Proposed Regulations or release other guidance that could adversely impact the ability of Watford Holdings and Watford Re to qualify for the Insurance Company Exception. Such guidance could apply on either a prospective or retroactive basis. It is also possible that the U.S. Congress could pass additional legislation that impacts the taxation of Watford Holdings and its subsidiaries and shareholders.
We are not able to predict if and when the Proposed Regulations will be finalized, if, when or in what form any additional guidance will be provided by the IRS, or whether any such guidance will have a retroactive effect. If Watford Holdings’ and Watford Re’s organization and operations do not satisfy the requirements imposed by the Insurance Company Exception as modified by further TCJA guidance, the Proposed Regulations when finalized or any other IRS guidance, Watford Holdings and Watford Re could be required to modify their organization and operations in order to qualify for the Insurance Company Exception in light of such IRS guidance. There is no assurance that Watford Holdings or Watford Re will successfully implement such modifications in all circumstances. As a result, even if Watford Holdings and Watford Re satisfy the Insurance Company Exception under current law upon the initial listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, it is possible that Watford Holdings and Watford Re could be treated as PFICs under forthcoming IRS guidance. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors in assessing their tolerance of this risk.
The operations of our U.S. subsidiaries could be adversely impacted by the U.S. base erosion and anti-abuse tax.
The TCJA imposed a new base erosion and anti-abuse tax, or the BEAT, with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. The BEAT generally imposes a minimum tax on U.S. taxpayers that make certain deductible payments to non-U.S. affiliates, including premiums paid by U.S. taxpayers for reinsurance that reduce the gross premiums taxable to them. As a result, the BEAT could significantly increase the effective U.S. tax rate on our U.S. subsidiaries as a result of the provision of reinsurance by certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries to such U.S. subsidiaries. The BEAT only applies to corporate groups whose U.S. operations generate $500 million in gross revenues on average over the preceding three years, and Watford Holdings does not currently expect its U.S. subsidiaries to exceed this threshold in the current year. As a result, Watford Holdings does not expect the BEAT to apply to its U.S. subsidiaries at the present time. However, as the operations of Watford Holdings U.S. subsidiaries continue to expand, such subsidiaries may become subject to the BEAT, which could reduce the ability of such companies to enter into affiliate reinsurance transactions without a significant increase in the U.S. federal income tax liabilities of such subsidiaries.
Information may be required to ensure compliance with FATCA.
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes a withholding tax of 30% on (i) U.S.-source interest, dividends and certain other types of income, and (ii) the gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of assets which produce such types of income, which are received by a foreign financial institution, or FFI (as a beneficial owner or an intermediary), unless such FFI enters into an agreement with the IRS to obtain certain information as to the identity of the direct and indirect owners of accounts in such institution and satisfies certain other requirements.

105



Alternatively, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on the above payments to certain non-financial foreign entities, or NFFEs (as a beneficial owner or an intermediary), which do not (i) certify to each respective withholding agent that they have no “substantial U.S. owners” (i.e., a U.S. 10% direct or indirect shareholder), or (ii) provide such withholding agent with the certain information as to the identity of such substantial U.S. owners.
Withholding on U.S.-source interest, dividends and certain other types of income applies currently, and withholding on gross proceeds will apply beginning on January 1, 2019.
We believe and take the position that we are an NFFE and not an FFI. However, because such a determination depends in part on our future operations, no assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not uphold, a different characterization of our FATCA status.
The United States has negotiated intergovernmental agreements, or IGAs, to implement FATCA with a number of jurisdictions. Bermuda has entered into a “Model 2” IGA, or the Bermuda IGA, with the United States.
We have complied and intend to continue to comply with the Bermuda IGA and/or FATCA, as applicable, and to report all necessary information regarding substantial U.S. owners to the relevant authority. Any substantial U.S. owner will be required to provide such identifying information as is required to enable the company to comply. Shareholders who fail to provide such information could be subject to: (i) bearing the cost of the withholding tax burden imposed on us as a result of such shareholders’ failure to furnish the required information; (ii) a forced sale of their shares; or (iii) a redemption of their shares.
Should we determine that we are an FFI under the Bermuda IGA, we will be directed to register with the IRS and will be required to comply with the requirements of FATCA and will report all necessary information regarding all U.S. Holders of our shares. Assuming registration and compliance with the terms of an agreement with the IRS pursuant to the Bermuda IGA, an FFI generally would be treated as FATCA-compliant and not subject to withholding. An FFI that satisfies the eligibility, information reporting and other requirements of the Bermuda IGA will not generally be subject to the regular FATCA reporting and withholding obligations discussed above.
Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the filing and information requirements that may be imposed on them in respect of their ownership of our shares.
Watford Holdings or Watford Re may become subject to taxation in Bermuda after March 31, 2035, which would have a significant and negative effect on Watford Holdings and Watford Re’s business and results of operations.
At the present time, there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by Watford Holdings or Watford Re or by our shareholders in respect of our shares. We have obtained an assurance from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax will not, until March 31, 2035, be applicable to us or to any of our operations or to our shares, debentures or other obligations except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or is payable by us in respect of real property owned or leased by us in Bermuda. The same assurance has been obtained with respect to Watford Re. Given the limited duration of any assurance by the Minister of Finance, neither Watford Holdings nor Watford Re can be certain that it will not be subject to any Bermuda taxes after March 31, 2035. Watford Holdings’ and Watford Re’s business and results of operations would be significantly and negatively affected if either of them were to become subject to taxation in Bermuda.

106



The impact of Bermuda’s commitment to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development to eliminate harmful tax practices is uncertain and could adversely affect Watford Holdings’ or Watford Re’s tax status in Bermuda.
The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, or the OECD, has published reports and launched a global dialogue among member and non-member countries on measures to limit harmful tax competition. These measures are largely directed at counteracting the effects of tax havens and preferential tax regimes in countries around the world. According to the OECD, Bermuda is a jurisdiction that has substantially implemented the internationally agreed tax standard and as such is listed on the OECD “white list.” However, neither Watford Holdings nor Watford Re is able to predict whether any changes will be made to this classification or whether any such changes will subject Watford Holdings or Watford Re to additional taxes.
We may become subject to increased taxation in Bermuda and other countries as a result of the OECD’s plan on “base erosion and profit shifting.”
The OECD, with the support of the G20, initiated the “base erosion and profit shifting,” or BEPS, project in 2013 in response to concerns that international tax standards have not kept pace with changes in global business practices and that changes are needed to international tax laws to address situations where multinationals may pay little or no tax in certain jurisdictions by shifting profits away from jurisdictions where the activities creating those profits may take place. In October 2015, the OECD issued “final reports” in connection with the BEPS project. The final reports have been approved for adoption by the G20 finance ministers in November 2015. The final reports provide the basis for international standards for corporate taxation that are designed to prevent, among other things, the artificial shifting of income to tax havens and low-tax jurisdictions, the erosion of the tax base through interest deductions on intercompany debt and the artificial avoidance of permanent establishments (i.e., tax nexus with a jurisdiction). The measures also contemplate the development of a multilateral instrument to incorporate and facilitate changes to tax treaties. The multilateral instrument has since been negotiated and agreed by over 100 participating states. Furthermore, in addition to the final reports, the OECD has also published further guidance on interest deductibility and country by country reporting (in December 2016) and a discussion draft on the attribution of profits to permanent establishments (in October 2015).
Legislation to adopt these standards has been enacted or is currently under consideration in a number of jurisdictions to implement these standards, including country by country reporting. As a result, our income may be taxed in jurisdictions where it is not currently taxed and at higher rates of tax than currently taxed, which may substantially increase our effective tax rate. Also, the adoption of these standards may increase the complexity and costs associated with tax compliance and adversely affect our financial position and results of operation.
We may become subject to the proposed financial transactions tax.
On February 14, 2013, the European Commission published the Commission’s Proposal, a proposal for a Directive for a common financial transactions tax, or FTT, in Belgium, Germany, Estonia, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Austria, Portugal, Slovenia and Slovakia (the participating Member States). However, Estonia has since stated that it will not participate. The Commission’s Proposal has very broad scope and could, if introduced, apply to certain dealings in shares (including secondary market transactions) in certain circumstances.
Under the Commission’s Proposal, the FTT could apply in certain circumstances to persons both within and outside of the participating Member States. Generally, it would apply to certain dealings in shares where at least one party is a financial institution, and at least one party is established in a participating Member State. A financial institution may be, or be deemed to be, “established” in a participating Member State in a broad range of circumstances, including (a) by transacting with a person established in a participating Member State or (b) where the financial instrument which is subject to the dealings is issued in a participating Member State. However, the FTT proposal remains

107



subject to negotiation between the participating Member States. It may therefore be altered prior to any implementation, the timing of which remains unclear. Additional EU Member States may decide to participate.
Prospective holders of shares are advised to seek their own professional advice in relation to the FTT.
We may become subject to the U.K. diverted profits tax.
The U.K. Diverted Profits Tax, or the DPT, which was introduced in 2015, generally applies where (a) a non-U.K. company carrying on an activity in the U.K. structures its affairs so as to avoid a U.K. taxable presence; or (b) a company which is taxable in the U.K. creates a tax advantage by means of transactions which have insufficient economic substance. The corresponding “diverted profits” are subject to U.K. tax at 25%. The precise effect of the DPT is still unclear and subject to a number of uncertainties. As a result, there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to additional tax as a result of the DPT.
Changes in tax laws could adversely affect the business of Watford Holdings and Watford Re.
Watford Holdings and Watford Re are subject to extensive tax laws and regulations. New tax laws and regulations and changes in existing tax laws and regulations are continuously being enacted that could result in increased tax expenditures in the future. Many of these tax liabilities are subject to audits by the respective taxing authorities. These audits may result in additional taxes as well as interest and penalties.
Risks related to our common shares
We are a holding company with no significant operations or assets other than our ownership of our four operating subsidiaries and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to meet our ongoing cash requirements.
We are a holding company and do not have any significant operations or assets other than our four operating subsidiaries. Generally, we depend on our available cash resources, liquid investments and dividends or other distributions from our subsidiaries to make payments, including the payment of debt service obligations and operating expenses we may incur and any payments of dividends, redemption amounts or liquidation amounts with respect to our preference shares and common shares and to fund any share repurchase program our board of directors might determine to institute. Dividends and other permitted distributions from our subsidiaries will be our primary, if not only, source of funds to meet ongoing cash requirements, including general corporate expenses. The ability of our subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends is subject to regulatory restrictions and could be constrained by our dependence on financial strength ratings from independent rating agencies.
The declaration and payment of dividends by Bermuda-regulated entities are limited under Bermuda law. Watford Re would be prohibited from declaring or paying dividends if it were in breach of its enhanced capital requirement, or ECR, minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. Where an insurer fails to meet its minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, it is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval of the BMA in its absolute discretion. Further, unless it files with the BMA an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet its minimum solvency margin and minimum liquidity ratio as required by the Insurance Act, Watford Re is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year’s statutory balance sheet). Watford Re will be required to obtain the BMA’s prior approval for a reduction by 15% or more of the total statutory capital as set forth in its previous year’s financial statements.

108



Our U.S. and Gibraltar insurance subsidiaries are subject to similar insurance laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which they operate. The ability of these insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions is also dependent on their ability to meet applicable regulatory standards.
Each of our respective A.M. Best and KBRA ratings also depends to a large extent on the capitalization levels of our operating subsidiaries. The inability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet any cash requirements at the holding company level could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet our obligations.
Our common shares have no prior public market, an active trading market may not develop or continue to be liquid and the market price of our common shares may be volatile.
We expect our common shares to be listed and traded on the NASDAQ Global Market. Prior to the listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, there has not been a public market for our common shares, and an active market for our common shares may not develop or be sustained after the listing, which could depress the market price of our common shares and could affect the ability of our shareholders to sell their shares. In the absence of an active public trading market, investors may not be able to liquidate their investments in our common shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our common shares, our ability to motivate our employees through equity incentive awards and our ability to acquire other companies, products or technologies by using our common shares as consideration. In addition, we cannot predict the prices at which our common shares may trade on the NASDAQ Global Market following the listing of our common shares, and the market price of our common shares may fluctuate significantly in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. The stock markets have from time to time experienced extreme volatility that has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common shares. In addition to the factors discussed elsewhere in this registration statement, the factors that could affect our share price are:
general market conditions;
domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results, including as a result of catastrophes or our investment performance;
changes in or failure to meet publicly disclosed expectations as to our future financial performance;
changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance or lack of research and reports by industry analysts;
action by institutional shareholders or other large shareholders, including future sales;
speculation in the press or investment community;
investor perception of us and our industry;
changes in market valuations or earnings of similar companies;
announcements by us, our service providers or our competitors of significant products, contracts, acquisitions or strategic partnerships;
any future sales of our common shares or other securities;
potential characterization of us or any of our subsidiaries as a PFIC;
regulatory developments; and

109



additions or departures of key personnel.
Furthermore, all common shares beneficially owned by persons who are not our affiliates and have beneficially owned such shares for at least one year may be sold immediately after our initial listing on the NASDAQ Global Market by these existing shareholders in accordance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act. However, there can be no assurance that any of these existing shareholders will sell any or all of their common shares and there may initially be a lack of supply of, or demand for, our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market. In the case of a lack of supply of our common shares offered in the market, the trading price of our common shares may rise to an unsustainable level, particularly in instances where institutional investors may be discouraged from purchasing our common shares because they are unable to purchase a block of our common shares in the open market due to a potential unwillingness of our existing shareholders to sell the amount of common shares at the price offered by such investors and the greater influence individual investors have in setting the trading price. In the case of a lack of market demand for our common shares, the trading price of our common shares could decline significantly and rapidly after our listing. 
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, class action litigation has often been instituted against such company. Any litigation of this type brought against us could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which would harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If there is limited or no coverage of our company by securities or industry analysts, the trading price for our shares would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage or if one or more of these analysts downgrades our shares or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our shares could decrease, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.
Future sales of shares by existing shareholders could cause our share price to decline.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market following the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common shares to decline. As of the date of this registration statement, we had 22,682,875 issued and outstanding common shares. The 22,682,875 common shares issued and outstanding as of the date of this registration statement will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, but will be eligible for resale subject to applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. Moreover, following the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, there will be outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,704,691 common shares, at an exercise price of $75.24 per share as of September 30, 2018 , and an aggregate of 907,315 common shares reserved for future grant or issuance under the 2018 Incentive Plan.
After this registration statement becomes effective, we intend to file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act to register the common shares to be issued under the 2018 Incentive Plan and, as a result, all common shares acquired upon vesting or exercise of awards granted under the 2018 Incentive Plan would also be freely tradable under the Securities Act, unless acquired by our affiliates.
Certain existing holders of our common shares and warrants have registration rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to

110



include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other shareholders in the future. In the event that we register the common shares for the holders of registration rights, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance.
Under Bermuda law, members of the board of directors are permitted to participate in decisions in which they have interests.
Under Bermuda law, directors are not required to recuse themselves from voting on matters in which they have an interest. Our directors may have interests that are different from, or in addition to, the interests of our shareholders. So long as our directors disclose their interests in a matter under consideration by the board of directors in accordance with Bermuda law, they will be entitled to participate in the deliberation on and vote in respect of that matter.
The share voting limitations that are contained in our bye-laws may result in our shareholders having fewer voting rights than a shareholder would otherwise have been entitled to based upon such shareholder’s economic interest in our company.
Our bye-laws provide that any person owning more than 9.9% of the issued and outstanding shares will be limited to voting (directly, indirectly or constructively, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that number of shares equal to 9.9% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares entitled to vote, unless the voting restriction with respect to such holder is waived by the board of directors. Because of the constructive ownership provisions of the Code, this requirement may have the effect of reducing the voting rights of an investor whether or not that investor directly, indirectly or constructively holds of record more than 9.9% of our common shares. Further, the board of directors has the authority to request certain information from any investor for the purpose of determining whether that investor’s voting rights are to be reduced. Failure by an investor to respond to such a notice, or submission by such investor of incomplete or inaccurate information, would give the board of directors discretion to disregard all votes attached to such investor’s shares.
We may want or need additional capital in the future, which may not be available to us on satisfactory terms, if at all. Furthermore, the raising of additional capital could dilute our shareholders’ ownership interests in our company and may cause the value of the shares to decline.
We may want or need to raise additional capital in the future through offerings of debt or equity securities or otherwise in order to, among other uses:
pay claims;
operate and expand our business;
to the extent declared, pay dividends (including the payment of dividends to the holders of our preference shares);
replace or improve capital in the event of significant reinsurance losses or adverse reserve developments;
fund liquidity needs caused by investment losses;
satisfy letters of credit or guarantee bond requirements that may be imposed by our clients or by regulators;
meet rating agency or regulatory capital requirements; and
respond to competitive pressures.
Our ability to underwrite is largely dependent upon the quality of our claims paying and financial strength ratings as evaluated by independent rating agencies. To the extent that the funds

111



generated by our ongoing operations are insufficient or unavailable to cover our liquidity requirements, whether due to regulatory or contractual restrictions, underwriting or investment losses or otherwise, we may need to raise additional funds through financing. If we cannot obtain adequate capital or sources of credit on favorable terms, or at all, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Markets in the United States and elsewhere have from time to time experienced extreme volatility and disruption due in part to financial stresses affecting the liquidity of the banking system and the financial markets generally. These circumstances have reduced access to the public and private equity and debt markets. Any future equity or debt financing may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, if at all. Disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets may also limit our access to capital required to operate our business. Such market conditions may limit our ability to access the capital necessary to develop our business and replace, in a timely manner, our letters of credit facilities upon maturity.
In the future, we may issue additional common shares or other equity or debt securities convertible into common shares in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement or employee arrangement or otherwise. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity could dilute our shareholders’ ownership interest, cause the value of our shareholders’ investments to decline and cause the trading price of our common shares to decline. Additional capital raised through the issuance of equity or debt may result in creditors or other investors having rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our shareholders.
Additionally, if we issue a large number of our common shares in connection with future acquisitions, financings or other circumstances, the market price of our common shares could decline significantly.
If the ownership of our common shares were to become highly concentrated, shareholders could be prevented from influencing significant corporate decisions.
Following the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, Arch and HPS, including employees or persons otherwise affiliated with Arch and HPS, will beneficially own approximately 13.3% in the aggregate of our issued and outstanding common shares on a fully diluted basis, taking into account the warrants held by Arch and HPS that will be exercisable for an aggregate of 1,704,691 common shares following the listing. As a result, Arch and HPS, including employees or persons otherwise affiliated with Arch and HPS, could exercise significant influence over all matters requiring shareholder approval for the foreseeable future, including approval of significant corporate transactions, which may reduce the market price of our common shares.
The enforcement of civil liabilities against us may be difficult.
We are a Bermuda company and some of our officers and directors are residents of various jurisdictions outside the United States. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon those persons or to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against those persons.
Watford Holdings (U.S.) Inc., or Watford Holdings U.S., is our agent for service of process with respect to actions based on offers and sales of securities made in the United States. We have been advised by our special Bermuda legal counsel, Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, that the United States and Bermuda do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by a court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would, therefore, not be automatically enforceable in Bermuda. We also have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited that a final and conclusive judgment obtained in a court in the United States under which a

112



sum of money is payable as compensatory damages (i.e., not being a sum claimed by a revenue authority for taxes or other charges of a similar nature by a governmental authority, or in respect of a fine or penalty or multiple or punitive damages) may be the subject of an action on a debt in the Supreme Court of Bermuda under the common law doctrine of obligation.
Such an action should be successful upon proof that the sum of money is due and payable and without having to prove the facts supporting the underlying judgment, as long as: (i) the court which gave the judgment had proper jurisdiction over the parties to such judgment; (ii) such court did not contravene the rules of natural justice of Bermuda; (iii) such judgment was not obtained by fraud; (iv) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of Bermuda; (v) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of Bermuda; and (vi) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under Bermuda law.
A Bermuda court may impose civil liability on us or our directors or officers in a suit brought in the Supreme Court of Bermuda against us or such persons with respect to a violation of U.S. federal securities laws, provided that the facts surrounding such violation would constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.
Our bye-laws contain provisions that could impede an attempt to replace or remove the board of directors or management or delay or prevent the sale of our company, which could diminish the value of our common shares or prevent our shareholders from receiving premium prices for their shares in an unsolicited takeover.
Our bye-laws contain certain provisions that could delay or prevent changes in the board of directors or management or a change of control that a shareholder might consider favorable. These provisions may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors, since the board of directors has the authority to overrule the operation of several of the limitations. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, these provisions may adversely affect the value of our common shares if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future. For example, provisions in the bye-laws that could delay or prevent a change in the board of directors or management or change in control include:
the authorized number of directors may be increased by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors;
Arch has the right to appoint two individuals to serve as directors on our board of directors, subject to certain conditions;
following the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, the board of directors will be a classified board in which the directors of the class elected at each annual general meeting holds office for a term of three years, with the term of each class expiring at successive annual general meetings of shareholders;
shareholders have the ability to remove directors for cause and only with the approval of a majority of the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors;
any vacancy on our board of directors may be filled at the meeting at which such director is removed upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote. In the absence of such election or appointment, the board of directors may fill the vacancy. In the event the vacancy to be filled is for a director appointed by Arch, then Arch shall have the right to appoint the director to fill such vacancy;
a plurality of the votes cast is required for the election of directors;

113



shareholder action may only be taken at an annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders and may not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting;
advance notice of shareholders’ proposals is required in connection with annual general meetings;
a supermajority vote of shareholders is required to effect certain amendments to our bye-laws;
we are prohibited from engaging in a business combination with a person who acquires at least 15% of our common shares for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common shares unless such business combination is approved prior to the acquisition by our board of directors and shareholders;
subject to any resolution of our shareholders to the contrary, our board of directors is permitted to issue any of our authorized but unissued shares and to fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of any such shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders;
the quorum required for a general meeting of shareholders is two or more persons present in person at the start of the meeting and representing in person or by proxy not less than a majority of the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote; and
subject to limited exceptions, each holder of shares generally will be limited to voting (directly, indirectly or constructively, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that number of shares equal to 9.9% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of our company entitled to vote.
Any such provision could prevent our shareholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common shares offered by a bidder in a takeover context.
Moreover, jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries are domiciled have laws and regulations that require regulatory approval of a change in control of an insurer or an insurer’s holding company. Where such laws apply to us and our subsidiaries, there can be no effective change in our control unless the person seeking to acquire control has filed a statement with the regulators and has obtained prior approval for the proposed change from such regulators. The usual measure for a presumptive change in control pursuant to these laws is the acquisition of 10% or more of the voting power of the insurance company or its parent, although this presumption is rebuttable. Consequently, a person may not acquire 10% or more of our common shares without the prior approval of insurance regulators in the state in which our subsidiaries are domiciled. For a discussion of Bermuda-specific restrictions, see “-Risks related to regulation of us and our operating subsidiaries-Bermuda and New Jersey insurance laws regarding the change of control of insurance companies may limit the acquisition of our shares.”
U.S. persons who own our shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests than U.S. persons who are shareholders of a U.S. corporation.
See “ Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities To Be Registered-Comparison of Shareholder Rights” for a summary of certain significant provisions of the Companies Act and our bye-laws that differ in certain respects from provisions of Delaware corporate law.
We may repurchase common shares without shareholder consent.
Under our bye-laws and subject to Bermuda law, if the board of directors determines, from time to time and at any time, that ownership of shares by any shareholders may result in any adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequence to us or any of our subsidiaries, then the board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, determine the extent to which it is necessary or advisable to require the sale by such shareholders in order to avoid or cure such violation or adverse consequences (the shares subject to such determination, the repurchase securities). If the board of directors has determined it is necessary or advisable to require the sale by such shareholders of such repurchase securities, it

114



may provide written notice to the affected shareholders setting forth the amount and nature of the repurchase securities and the identity of the affected shareholders holding such repurchase securities. We have the option, but not the obligation, to elect to purchase all or part of the repurchase securities at the lower of (i) the price (as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the board of directors) at which such repurchase securities were acquired by the applicable shareholder or (ii) the fair market value of the repurchase securities on the business day immediately prior to the date we send the repurchase notice.
We do not intend to pay dividends on our common shares and, consequently, the ability of our shareholders to achieve a return on their investments will depend on appreciation in the price of our common shares.
We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our share capital for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, investors are not likely to receive any dividends on their common shares for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in our common shares will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that our common shares will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our shareholders have purchased their shares.
We are an emerging growth company and any decision on our part to comply with certain reduced disclosure and other requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common shares less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act enacted in April 2012 and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting and other requirements applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
We expect to qualify as an emerging growth company after this registration statement becomes effective and will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our completion of an initial public offering; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.07 billion in non-convertible debt; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as we (a) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (b) have been required to file annual, quarterly and current reports under the Exchange Act for a period of at least 12 calendar months and (c) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act.
We cannot predict whether investors will find our common shares less attractive if we choose to rely on one or more of these exemptions or if our decision to avail ourselves of the reduced requirements may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate our company. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result of our decision to utilize one or more of the exemptions available to us as an emerging growth company, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and the market price of our common shares may be adversely affected.

115



Fulfilling our obligations incident to being a public company, including with respect to the requirements of and related rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, will be expensive and time-consuming, and any delays or difficulties in satisfying these obligations could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and our share price.
We have historically operated as a private company and have not been subject to the same financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements as a public company. After this registration statement becomes effective, we will be required to file annual, quarterly and other reports with the SEC. We will need to prepare and timely file financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements. We will also be subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, under the listing standards of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, or the NASDAQ Stock Market, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will impose significant new compliance costs and obligations upon us. The changes necessitated by becoming a public company will require a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight, which will increase our operating costs, including as a result of our engagement of a third party to assist us in developing our internal audit function. These changes will also place significant additional demands on our finance and accounting staff, who may not have prior public company experience or experience working for a newly public company, and on our financial accounting and information systems. We may, in the future, hire additional accounting and financial staff with public company reporting experience and related technical accounting knowledge. Other expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors’ fees and director and officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses. As a public company, we will be required, among other things, to:
prepare and file periodic reports, and distribute other shareholder communications, in compliance with the federal securities laws and the NASDAQ Stock Market rules;
define and expand the roles and duties of our board of directors and its committees;
institute more comprehensive compliance, investor relations and internal audit functions; and
evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over financial reporting, and report on management’s assessment thereof, in compliance with rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
In particular, after this registration statement becomes effective, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require us to document and test the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with an established internal control framework, and to report on our conclusions as to the effectiveness of our internal controls commencing with our second annual report after the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market. Likewise, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act unless we choose to utilize the exemption from such attestation requirement available to emerging growth companies. As described above, we expect to qualify as an emerging growth company after this registration statement becomes effective. In addition, after this registration statement becomes effective, we will be required under the Exchange Act to maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. This could result in a decrease in the value of our common shares. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, the NASDAQ Stock Market or other regulatory authorities.

116



Item 2. Financial Information
Selected Financial and Other Information
The tables below present summary financial and operating data as of and for the periods indicated. The following information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with “-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this registration statement.
The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , and the consolidated income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.
The consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2018 and the consolidated income statement data for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement. Our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of our management, our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of only normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the information set forth herein.
These historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

117



 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Selected statement of operations data:
($ in thousands)
Gross premiums written
$
185,033

 
$
166,198

 
$
574,078

 
$
473,131

Net premiums written
151,677

 
153,727

 
471,815

 
437,816

Net premiums earned
135,624

 
128,629

 
431,889

 
401,380

Net interest income
27,397

 
21,974

 
77,578

 
62,347

Net investment income (loss)
21,373

 
20,771

 
54,735

 
63,981

Total revenues
157,700

 
150,137

 
488,716

 
467,738

Net income (loss) before preferred dividends
23,746

 
(13,239
)
 
55,467

 
25,426

Preferred dividends
(4,909
)
 
(4,909
)
 
(14,724
)
 
(14,724
)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
$
18,837

 
$
(18,148
)
 
$
40,743

 
$
10,702

Other data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underwriting income (loss) (1)
$
(912
)
 
$
(35,293
)
 
$
(3,180
)
 
$
(41,870
)
Adjusted underwriting income (loss) (2)
738

 
(33,634
)
 
2,012

 
(36,604
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income return on average net assets under management (3)
1.3
%
 
1.2
 %
 
3.9
%
 
3.6
%
Non-investment grade portfolio (3)
1.7
%
 
1.6
 %
 
5.1
%
 
4.6
%
Investment grade portfolio (3)
0.5
%
 
0.3
 %
 
1.4
%
 
0.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income return on average total investments (4)
0.8
%
 
0.9
 %
 
2.1
%
 
3.0
%
Non-investment grade portfolio (4)
1.1
%
 
1.2
 %
 
3.4
%
 
3.7
%
Investment grade portfolio (4)
0.4
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
0.1
%
 
0.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income return on average net assets under management (3)
1.1
%
 
1.1
 %
 
2.8
%
 
3.7
%
Non-investment grade portfolio (3)
1.4
%
 
1.6
 %
 
4.2
%
 
4.9
%
Investment grade portfolio (3)
0.4
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
0.1
%
 
0.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (5)
$
0.83

 
$
(0.80
)
 
$
1.80

 
$
0.47

Annualized return on average equity (6)
7.7
%
 
(7.4
)%
 
5.6
%
 
1.5
%
(1) Underwriting income (loss) is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure and is calculated as net premiums earned, less loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses. Refer to “-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of underwriting income (loss) to net income (loss) available to common shareholders.
(2) Adjusted underwriting income (loss) is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure and is calculated as underwriting income (loss), plus other underwriting income (loss) and excluding certain corporate expenses. Refer to “-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted underwriting income to underwriting income (loss).
(3) Net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management are calculated by dividing net interest income, and net investment income (loss), respectively, by average net assets under management. Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. For the three and nine month periods, average net assets under management is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. However, for the investment grade portfolio component of these returns, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the net assets under management calculation. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management.

118



(4) Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the three and nine month periods, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net investment income return on average total investments.
(5) Earnings (loss) per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of common shares excludes shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants currently held by Arch and HPS. These warrants are exercisable at any time following the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market for an aggregate of 975,503 and 729,188 common shares, respectively. The exercise price of the warrants is determined at the date of exercise based on a formula that is premised on investors in our original private placement achieving a target return of 15%; as of September 30, 2018, the exercise price was $75.24 per share. The warrants expire on March 31, 2020. For more information, see “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Our original private placement-Warrants.”
(6) Annualized return on average equity represents net income (loss) expressed as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity during the period. Annualized return on average equity for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 is calculated by extrapolating the quarterly return on average equity over a twelve month period. For the three and nine month periods, the average common shareholders’ equity is calculated as the average of the beginning and ending common shareholders’ equity of each quarterly period.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Selected statement of operations data:
($ in thousands)
Gross premiums written
$
600,304

 
$
535,094

 
$
488,899

Net premiums written
553,117

 
513,788

 
465,959

Net premiums earned
531,726

 
467,970

 
397,852

Net interest income
86,523

 
89,818

 
72,858

Net investment income (loss)
72,738

 
146,396

 
(8,479
)
Total revenues
607,644

 
618,112

 
393,841

Net income (loss) before preferred dividends
10,741

 
146,734

 
(14,065
)
Preferred dividends
(19,633
)
 
(19,634
)
 
(19,633
)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
$
(8,892
)
 
$
127,100

 
$
(33,698
)
Other data:
 
 
 
 
 
Underwriting income (loss) (1)
$
(66,576
)
 
$
(8,300
)
 
$
(8,177
)
Adjusted underwriting income (loss) (2)
(59,745
)
 
(1,624
)
 
(2,418
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income return on average net assets under management (3)
4.9
 %
 
6.3
 %
 
6.3
 %
Non-investment grade portfolio (3)
6.3
 %
 
8.5
 %
 
7.2
 %
Investment grade portfolio (3)
1.1
 %
 
0.4
 %
 
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income return on average total investments (4)
3.2
 %
 
8.0
 %
 
(0.6
)%
Non-investment grade portfolio (4)
4.5
 %
 
10.2
 %
 
(0.7
)%
Investment grade portfolio (4)
(0.1
)%
 
(0.4
)%
 
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income return on average net assets under management (3)
4.1
 %
 
10.3
 %
 
(0.7
)%
Non-investment grade portfolio (3)
5.8
 %
 
14.2
 %
 
(0.8
)%
Investment grade portfolio (3)
(0.1
)%
 
(0.4
)%
 
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (5)
$
(0.39
)
 
$
5.60

 
$
(1.49
)
Return on average equity (6)
(0.9
)%
 
14.3
 %
 
(3.9
)%
(1) Underwriting income (loss) is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure and is calculated as net premiums earned, less loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses. Refer to “-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of underwriting income (loss) to net income (loss) available to common shareholders.

119



(2) Adjusted underwriting income (loss) is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure and is calculated as underwriting income (loss), plus other underwriting income (loss) and excluding certain corporate expenses. Refer to “-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted underwriting income to underwriting income (loss).
(3) Net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management are calculated by dividing net interest income, and net investment income (loss), respectively, by average net assets under management. Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. For the twelve month period, average net assets under management is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. However, for the investment grade portfolio component of these returns, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the net assets under management calculation. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management.
(4) Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the twelve month period, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net investment income return on average total investments.
(5) Earnings (loss) per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of common shares excludes shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants currently held by Arch and HPS. These warrants are exercisable at any time following the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market for an aggregate of 975,503 and 729,188 common shares, respectively. The exercise price of the warrants is determined at the date of exercise based on a formula that is premised on investors in our original private placement achieving a target return of 15%; as of September 30, 2018, the exercise price was $75.24 per share. The warrants expire on March 31, 2020. For more information, see “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Our original private placement-Warrants.”
(6) Return on average equity represents net income (loss) expressed as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity during the period. For the twelve month period, the average common shareholders’ equity is calculated as the average of the beginning and ending common shareholders’ equity of each quarterly period.
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Selected balance sheet data:
($ in thousands, except for share and per share data)
Total investments
$
2,775,980

 
$
2,496,215

 
$
1,923,549

 
$
1,682,731

Net assets under management (1)
2,060,863

 
1,924,809

 
1,606,952

 
1,237,152

Premiums receivable
217,582

 
177,492

 
189,911

 
162,263

Cash and cash equivalents
64,684

 
54,503

 
74,893

 
108,550

Total Assets
3,419,452

 
3,014,583

 
2,382,750

 
2,122,438

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses
962,927

 
798,262

 
510,809

 
290,997

Unearned premiums
407,957

 
330,644

 
293,480

 
249,980

Revolving credit agreement borrowings
623,942

 
549,165

 
258,861

 
435,278

Total liabilities
2,213,198

 
1,846,079

 
1,205,126

 
1,072,208

Contingently redeemable preferred shares
220,899

 
220,622

 
220,253

 
219,882

Total shareholders’ equity
985,355

 
947,882

 
957,371

 
830,348

Book value per share data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Book value per share - basic and diluted (2)
$
43.44

 
$
41.79

 
$
42.21

 
$
36.61

Growth in basic and diluted book value per share (3)
4.0
%
 
(1.0
)%
 
15.3
%
 
(3.9
)%
Weighted average common shares outstanding basic and diluted
22,682,875

 
22,682,875

 
22,682,875

 
22,682,875

(1) Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short.
(2) Basic and diluted book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholder’s equity by the number of issued and outstanding shares at period end.
(3) Growth in basic and diluted book value per share is calculated as the percentage change in value of beginning and ending basic and diluted book value per share over the reporting period.

120



 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Underwriting and other ratios:
($ in thousands, except for share and per share data)
Loss ratio (1)
71.5
%
 
96.1
%
 
72.3
%
 
79.6
%
Acquisition expense ratio (2)
24.9
%
 
27.1
%
 
24.7
%
 
26.7
%
General and administrative expense ratio (3)
4.3
%
 
4.3
%
 
3.8
%
 
4.1
%
Combined ratio (4)
100.7
%
 
127.5
%
 
100.8
%
 
110.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted loss ratio (5)
71.1
%
 
95.5
%
 
71.9
%
 
79.2
%
Adjusted acquisition expense ratio (5)
24.8
%
 
26.9
%
 
24.6
%
 
26.5
%
Adjusted general and administrative expense ratio (5)
3.6
%
 
3.5
%
 
3.0
%
 
3.4
%
Adjusted combined ratio (5)
99.5
%
 
125.9
%
 
99.5
%
 
109.1
%
(1) Loss ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses by net premiums earned.
(2) Acquisition expense ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition expenses by net premiums earned.
(3) General and administrative expense ratio is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
(4) Combined ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned, or equivalently, by adding the loss ratio, acquisition expense ratio and general and administrative expense ratio.
(5) Adjusted combined ratio is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure and is calculated by dividing the sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses, excluding the effects of certain corporate expenses, by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss). Adjusted loss ratio, adjusted acquisition expense ratio and adjusted general and administrative expense ratio are components of our adjusted combined ratio. Adjusted loss ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss). Adjusted acquisition expense ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition expenses by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss). Adjusted general and administrative expense ratio is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses, excluding the effects of certain corporate expenses, by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss). Refer to “-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of our adjusted combined ratio to our combined ratio, as well as related reconciliations of our adjusted loss ratio, adjusted acquisition expense ratio and adjusted general and administrative expense ratio to our loss ratio, acquisition expense ratio and general and administrative expense ratio, respectively.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Underwriting and other ratios:
($ in thousands, except for share and per share data)
Loss ratio (1)
82.1
%
 
68.7
%
 
69.8
%
Acquisition expense ratio (2)
26.5
%
 
29.2
%
 
29.3
%
General and administrative expense ratio (3)
4.0
%
 
3.8
%
 
3.0
%
Combined ratio (4)
112.6
%
 
101.7
%
 
102.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted loss ratio (5)
81.6
%
 
68.2
%
 
69.0
%
Adjusted acquisition expense ratio (5)
26.3
%
 
29.0
%
 
28.9
%
Adjusted general and administrative expense ratio (5)
3.3
%
 
3.2
%
 
2.6
%
Adjusted combined ratio (5)
111.2
%
 
100.4
%
 
100.5
%
(1) Loss ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses by net premiums earned.
(2) Acquisition expense ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition expenses by net premiums earned.
(3) General and administrative expense ratio is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
(4) Combined ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned, or equivalently, by adding the loss ratio, acquisition expense ratio and general and administrative expense ratio.
(5) Adjusted combined ratio is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure and is calculated by dividing the sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses, excluding the effects of certain corporate expenses, by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss). Adjusted loss ratio, adjusted acquisition expense ratio and

121



adjusted general and administrative expense ratio are components of our adjusted combined ratio. Adjusted loss ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss). Adjusted acquisition expense ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition expenses by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss). Adjusted general and administrative expense ratio is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses, excluding the effects of certain corporate expenses, by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss). Refer to “-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of our adjusted combined ratio to our combined ratio, as well as related reconciliations of our adjusted loss ratio, adjusted acquisition expense ratio and adjusted general and administrative expense ratio to our loss ratio, acquisition expense ratio and general and administrative expense ratio, respectively.

122



Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements which involve inherent risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. These statements are based on our current assessment of risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in these statements and, therefore, undue reliance should not be placed on them. Important factors that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those indicated in such statements are discussed in this registration statement, including the sections entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this registration statement. Tabular amounts are in U.S. Dollars in thousands, except share amounts, unless otherwise noted.
Overview
We are a global P&C insurance and reinsurance company with approximately $1.2 billion in total capital as of September 30, 2018 , comprised of $220.9 million of contingently redeemable preference shares and $985.4 million of common shareholders’ equity. Through operations in Bermuda, the United States and Europe, we write insurance and reinsurance on a worldwide basis. Our objective is to deliver attractive returns to shareholders by combining disciplined underwriting with superior investment management. Our strategy combines a diversified, casualty-focused underwriting portfolio, accessed through our multi-year, renewable strategic underwriting management relationship with Arch, with a disciplined investment strategy comprising primarily non-investment grade corporate credit assets, managed by HPS. In addition, we have a services arrangement with AIM to manage our investment grade portfolio.
While we are positioned to provide a full range of P&C lines, we focus on writing specialty lines of business. We believe that our experienced management team, our relationship with Arch and our strong capital base have enabled us to successfully compete and establish a meaningful presence in the insurance and reinsurance markets in which we participate.
We seek to generate an attractive return on average equity across the relevant insurance and investment cycles. We opportunistically seek to underwrite new lines that fit our return profile while maintaining a disciplined underwriting approach.
Current outlook
The current insurance and reinsurance market environment is extremely competitive and reflects a prolonged period of low prices and continued pressure to broaden terms and conditions, though the 2017 and 2018 catastrophe events seem to have somewhat dampened the downward pricing pressure. While the insurance and reinsurance market historically has been subject to pricing and capacity cycles, the overall market has not experienced true cyclicality in the period since our inception of operations in 2014. Over the past several years, the industry has witnessed a gradual rate softening in response to a surplus of industry capital and a number of years of benign catastrophe activity, and this market dynamic has led to reduced underwriting profitability.  However, due to the hurricane, wildfire and earthquake activity over the past two years, pricing on certain product lines appears to be firming and becoming more attractive on a risk-adjusted basis. Against this backdrop, we are selectively growing our business in areas that we believe present attractive opportunities.
In this market environment, our Bermuda reinsurance platform has maintained its premium volume while reshaping its portfolio in response to market conditions. We have developed a portfolio with concentrations in professional liability, multiline, workers compensation, and motor product lines

123



through reinsurance cedants on a worldwide basis and retrocessions of Arch. We continue to deploy resources opportunistically in product lines that meet our risk and return profile.
Our insurance underwriting platforms in the United States and Europe are growing. In Europe, WICE began writing P&C insurance in December 2015, concentrating on personal lines but also writing commercial casualty lines accessed through specialized insurance agents known as program administrators and coinsurance relationships, and, in 2017, WICE contributed a meaningful premium volume to our portfolio.
In the United States, we began writing excess and surplus lines through our non-admitted carrier, WSIC, in April 2016. In August 2016, we gained access to the larger admitted insurance market in the United States, through the acquisition of WIC, further expanding our U.S. insurance capabilities. We are growing our U.S. insurance business through a select group of program administrators.
Arch, our underwriting manager, continuously monitors the broad reinsurance and insurance markets for opportunities.  Specifically, Arch monitors opportunities that provide attractive risk-adjusted returns with a particular focus on product lines, such as European motor insurance, which may have previously experienced adverse results, have benefited from an increase in premium rates, and thus provide a reasonable basis to increase activity in those markets.  Similarly, by reason of the soft market pricing in the property catastrophe product line, we have purposely written less premium in that line of business versus what we had originally projected. Following the severe 2017 Atlantic hurricanes, earthquake activity and U.S. wildfires, the property catastrophe market pricing and terms and conditions have improved marginally but not enough to entice us to provide more capacity. While these several recent actions demonstrate purposeful increases or decreases in underwriting activity in response to market dynamics, it is also important to recognize that certain product lines are written for the diversification effect they provide.
When facing soft phases of the insurance and/or reinsurance cycles, we continue to have the ability to generate higher returns from investment income through our relationship with HPS.  For example, during the latter half of 2015 as the insurance and reinsurance markets continued their multi-year softening, credit spreads widened and were viewed by HPS as providing an attractive risk-adjusted return, and consequently we increased borrowings to purchase additional non-investment grade investments. When credit spreads later tightened, assets were sold and the proceeds were used to repay borrowings.
In managing our business, we are mindful that changing climate and economic conditions could have a material impact on the frequency and severity of claims and, therefore, could negatively impact our underwriting results. In addition, volatility in the financial markets, or even lack thereof, could cause fluctuations in investment returns, reported net income and shareholders’ equity. We consider the potential impact of economic trends in our insurance and reinsurance loss reserve estimation process and in determining our investment strategies, with a continued focus on meeting our obligations to our insureds.
Recent developments
We have included certain preliminary estimates of our financial and operating results for the three months and year ended December 31, 2018 under “Item 1. Business-Recent Developments.”
Our outsourced business model
We have engaged Arch and HPS to perform certain services for us that are essential to the results of our operations, and have entered into long-term, renewable contracts with each in order to ensure continued access to these services. For our underwriting operations, Arch provides underwriting services including sourcing and evaluating underwriting opportunities as well as related services such as claims-handling, loss control, exposure management, portfolio management, modeling, statistical, actuarial, and administrative support services, in each case, subject to our underwriting

124



and operational guidelines and the oversight of our senior management and board of directors. With regard to our investments, HPS manages our non-investment grade portfolio while AIM manages the largest portion of our investment grade portfolio, in each case subject to compliance with our investment guidelines and the oversight of our senior management and board of directors. We outsource these functions in order to cost-effectively leverage the respective expertise and strong market positions of our trusted partners. Through our association with Arch, we access Arch’s worldwide platform on a variable cost basis, thus avoiding the fixed expense of maintaining a multi-line platform for our underwriting operations. Similarly, we believe that the terms of service and structure of the compensation we pay to HPS and AIM provide benefits to us both in terms of cost-effective access to the expertise required to execute our investment strategy and in aligning interests.
Natural catastrophe risk
While we are more casualty-focused and assume less catastrophe exposure than many of our peers, we do underwrite a limited amount of natural catastrophe risk in order to balance and diversify our underwriting portfolio. We carefully monitor our natural catastrophe risk globally for all perils and regions where we believe our underwriting portfolio might have significant exposure.
Limited operating history and comparability of results
We were incorporated in July 2013 and completed our initial funding and began underwriting business in the first quarter of 2014. Our initial underwriting activities focused on writing reinsurance. In 2015, we began our insurance business in connection with the establishment of our U.S. and European insurance platforms. As a result, we have a limited operating history and, given our underwriting and investment strategies, are exposed to volatility in our results of operations that may not be apparent from a review of our historical results. Period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. In addition, the amount of premiums written may vary from year to year and period to period as a result of any number of factors, including changes in market conditions and our view of the long-term profit potential of individual lines of business.
Financial measures and ratios
Our management and board of directors use financial indicators and ratios in evaluating our performance and measuring the overall growth in value generated for our common shareholders. The key financial measures that we believe are meaningful in analyzing our performance are: underwriting income (loss), combined ratio, adjusted underwriting income (loss), adjusted combined ratio, net interest income, net interest income return on average net assets under management, net investment income (loss), net investment income return on average total investments, net investment income return on average net assets under management, book value per share, growth in book value per share and return on average equity.

125



The table below shows the key performance indicators for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , and descriptions of each financial measure shown follow the table:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
($ in thousands, except percentages and share amounts)
Key underwriting metrics:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underwriting income (loss)
$
(912
)
 
$
(35,293
)
 
$
(3,180
)
 
$
(41,870
)
Combined ratio
100.7
%
 
127.5
 %
 
100.8
%
 
110.4
%
Adjusted underwriting income (loss)
$
738

 
$
(33,634
)
 
$
2,012

 
$
(36,604
)
Adjusted combined ratio
99.5
%
 
125.9
 %
 
99.5
%
 
109.1
%
Key investment return metrics:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
27,397

 
$
21,974

 
$
77,578

 
$
62,347

Net interest income return on average net assets under management (1)
1.3
%
 
1.2
 %
 
3.9
%
 
3.6
%
Non-investment grade portfolio (1)
1.7
%
 
1.6
 %
 
5.1
%
 
4.6
%
Investment grade portfolio (1)
0.5
%
 
0.3
 %
 
1.4
%
 
0.8
%
Net investment income (loss)
$
21,373

 
$
20,771

 
$
54,735

 
$
63,981

Net investment income return on average total investments (2)
0.8
%
 
0.9
 %
 
2.1
%
 
3.0
%
Non-investment grade portfolio (2)
1.1
%
 
1.2
 %
 
3.4
%
 
3.7
%
Investment grade portfolio (2)
0.4
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
0.1
%
 
0.4
%
Net investment income return on average net assets under management (1)
1.1
%
 
1.1
 %
 
2.8
%
 
3.7
%
Non-investment grade portfolio (1)
1.4
%
 
1.6
 %
 
4.2
%
 
4.9
%
Investment grade portfolio (1)
0.4
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
0.1
%
 
0.4
%
Key shareholders’ value creation metrics:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Book value per share - basic and diluted
$
43.44

 
$
42.65

 
$
43.44

 
$
42.65

Growth in basic and diluted book value per share (3)
1.8
%
 
(1.9
)%
 
4.0
%
 
1.1
%
Annualized return on average equity (4)
7.7
%
 
(7.4
)%
 
5.6
%
 
1.5
%
(1) Net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management are calculated by dividing net interest income, and net investment income (loss), respectively, by average net assets under management. Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. For the three and nine month periods, average net assets under management is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. However, for the investment grade portfolio component of these returns, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the net assets under management calculation. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management.
(2) Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the three and nine month periods, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net investment income return on average total investments.
(3) Growth in basic and diluted book value per share is calculated as the percentage change in value of beginning and ending basic and diluted book value per share over the reporting period.
(4) Annualized return on average equity represents net income (loss) expressed as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity during the period. Annualized return on average equity for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 is calculated by extrapolating the quarterly return on average equity over a twelve month period. For the three and nine month periods, the average common shareholders’ equity is calculated as the average of the beginning and ending common shareholders’ equity of each quarterly period.

126



 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands, except percentages and share amounts)
Key underwriting metrics:
 
 
 
 
 
Underwriting income (loss)
$
(66,576
)
 
$
(8,300
)
 
$
(8,177
)
Combined ratio
112.6
 %
 
101.7
 %
 
102.1
 %
Adjusted underwriting income (loss)
$
(59,745
)
 
$
(1,624
)
 
$
(2,418
)
Adjusted combined ratio
111.2
 %
 
100.4
 %
 
100.5
 %
Key investment return metrics:
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
86,523

 
$
89,818

 
$
72,858

Net interest income return on average net assets under management (1)
4.9
 %
 
6.3
 %
 
6.3
 %
Non-investment grade portfolio (1)
6.3
 %
 
8.5
 %
 
7.2
 %
Investment grade portfolio (1)
1.1
 %
 
0.4
 %
 
 %
Net investment income (loss)
$
72,738

 
$
146,396

 
$
(8,479
)
Net investment income return on average total investments (2)
3.2
 %
 
8.0
 %
 
(0.6
)%
Non-investment grade portfolio (2)
4.5
 %
 
10.2
 %
 
(0.7
)%
Investment grade portfolio (2)
(0.1
)%
 
(0.4
)%
 
 %
Net investment income return on average net assets under management (1)
4.1
 %
 
10.3
 %
 
(0.7
)%
Non-investment grade portfolio (1)
5.8
 %
 
14.2
 %
 
(0.8
)%
Investment grade portfolio (1)
(0.1
)%
 
(0.4
)%
 
 %
Key shareholders  value creation metrics:
 
 
 
 
 
Book value per share - basic and diluted
$
41.79

 
$
42.21

 
$
36.61

Growth in basic and diluted book value per share (3)
(1.0
)%
 
15.3
 %
 
(3.9
)%
Return on average equity (4)
(0.9
)%
 
14.3
 %
 
(3.9
)%
(1) Net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management are calculated by dividing net interest income, and net investment income (loss), respectively, by average net assets under management. Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. For the twelve month period, average net assets under management is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. However, for the investment grade portfolio component of these returns, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the net assets under management calculation. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management.
(2) Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the twelve month period, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net investment income return on average total investments.
(3) Growth in basic and diluted book value per share is calculated as the percentage change in value of beginning and ending basic and diluted book value per share over the reporting period.
(4) Return on average equity represents net income (loss) expressed as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity during the period. For the twelve month period, the average common shareholders’ equity is calculated as the average of the beginning and ending common shareholders’ equity of each quarterly period.
Underwriting income (loss)
Underwriting income (loss) is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure. We define underwriting income (loss) as net premiums earned less loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses. Underwriting income (loss) is one of the ways we evaluate the performance of our underwriting segment, and does not include other underwriting income (loss), net investment income (loss), net foreign exchange gains (losses), income tax expenses and

127



preferred dividends. Although these items are an integral part of our operations, with the exception of other underwriting income (loss) they are independent of the underwriting process and result, in large part, from general economic and financial market conditions. We include other underwriting income (loss) in our adjusted underwriting income (loss), as described in more detail below. See “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of underwriting income to net income (loss) available to common shareholders.
Combined ratio
The combined ratio is calculated as the sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses, divided by net premiums earned, or equivalently, as the sum of the loss ratio, acquisition expense ratio and general and administrative expense ratio. The combined ratio is a measure of underwriting profitability but does not include other underwriting income or net investment income earned on underwriting cash flows.
Adjusted underwriting income (loss)
Adjusted underwriting income (loss) is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure. We define adjusted underwriting income (loss) as underwriting income (loss) plus other underwriting income (loss) less certain corporate expenses. Adjusted underwriting income (loss) is one of the ways we evaluate the performance of our underwriting segment. We include other underwriting income (loss), as our underwriting strategy allows us to enter into government-sponsored enterprise credit-risk sharing transactions. Certain corporate expenses are generally comprised of non-recurring costs of the holding company, such as costs associated with the initial setup of subsidiaries, as well as costs associated with the ongoing operations of the holding company such as salaries of certain executives . See “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted underwriting income to net income (loss) available to common shareholders.
Adjusted combined ratio
Adjusted combined ratio is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure. The adjusted combined ratio is calculated as the sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses less certain corporate expenses, divided by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss). This ratio is a measure of our underwriting and operational profitability but does not include certain corporate expenses, or net investment income earned on underwriting cash flows. Certain corporate expenses are generally comprised of non-recurring costs of the holding company, such as costs associated with the initial setup of subsidiaries, as well as costs associated with the ongoing operations of the holding company such as salaries of certain executives . See “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of our adjusted combined ratio to our combined ratio.
Net interest income and net investment income (loss)
Net interest income and net investment income (loss) are important contributors to our financial results. These key investment metrics are impacted by the performance of our investment managers as well as the state of the overall financial markets. Net interest income and net investment income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 were comprised of the following:

128



 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
($ in thousands)
Interest income
$
38,704

 
$
31,181

 
$
109,830

 
$
88,198

Investment management fees - related parties
(4,314
)
 
(5,316
)
 
(12,616
)
 
(14,996
)
Borrowings and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(6,993
)
 
(3,891
)
 
(19,636
)
 
(10,855
)
Net interest income
27,397

 
21,974

 
77,578

 
62,347

Net realized gains (losses)
4,004

 
(1,696
)
 
(9,387
)
 
1,568

Net unrealized gains (losses)
(7,621
)
 
4,206

 
(6,850
)
 
11,118

Investment performance fees - related parties
(2,407
)
 
(3,713
)
 
(6,606
)
 
(11,052
)
Net investment income (loss)
$
21,373

 
$
20,771

 
$
54,735

 
$
63,981

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income return on average net assets under management (1)
1.3
%
 
1.2
 %
 
3.9
%
 
3.6
%
Non-investment grade portfolio (1)
1.7
%
 
1.6
 %
 
5.1
%
 
4.6
%
Investment grade portfolio (1)
0.5
%
 
0.3
 %
 
1.4
%
 
0.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income return on average total investments (2)
0.8
%
 
0.9
 %
 
2.1
%
 
3.0
%
Non-investment grade portfolio (2)
1.1
%
 
1.2
 %
 
3.4
%
 
3.7
%
Investment grade portfolio (2)
0.4
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
0.1
%
 
0.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income return on average net assets under management(1)
1.1
%
 
1.1
 %
 
2.8
%
 
3.7
%
Non-investment grade portfolio (1)
1.4
%
 
1.6
 %
 
4.2
%
 
4.9
%
Investment grade portfolio (1)
0.4
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
0.1
%
 
0.4
%
(1) Net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management are calculated by dividing net interest income, and net investment income (loss), respectively, by average net assets under management. Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. For the three and nine month periods, average net assets under management is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. However, for the investment grade portfolio component of these returns, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the net assets under management calculation. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management.
(2) Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the three and nine month periods, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net investment income return on average total investments.

129



 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Interest income
$
125,463

 
$
122,378

 
$
94,619

Investment management fees - related parties
(21,451
)
 
(16,563
)
 
(16,024
)
Borrowings and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(17,489
)
 
(15,997
)
 
(5,737
)
Net interest income
86,523

 
89,818

 
72,858

Net realized gains (losses)
722

 
(24,483
)
 
1,753

Net unrealized gains (losses)
398

 
105,126

 
(83,090
)
Investment performance fees - related parties
(14,905
)
 
(24,065
)
 

Net investment income (loss)
$
72,738

 
$
146,396

 
$
(8,479
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income return on average net assets under management (1)
4.9
 %
 
6.3
 %
 
6.3
 %
Non-investment grade portfolio (1)
6.3
 %
 
8.5
 %
 
7.2
 %
Investment grade portfolio (1)
1.1
 %
 
0.4
 %
 
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income return on average total investments (2)
3.2
 %
 
8.0
 %
 
(0.6
)%
Non-investment grade portfolio (2)
4.5
 %
 
10.2
 %
 
(0.7
)%
Investment grade portfolio (2)
(0.1
)%
 
(0.4
)%
 
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income return on average net assets under management(1)
4.1
 %
 
10.3
 %
 
(0.7
)%
Non-investment grade portfolio (1)
5.8
 %
 
14.2
 %
 
(0.8
)%
Investment grade portfolio (1)
(0.1
)%
 
(0.4
)%
 
 %
(1) Net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management are calculated by dividing net interest income, and net investment income (loss), respectively, by average net assets under management. Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. For the twelve month period, average net assets under management is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. However, for the investment grade portfolio component of these returns, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the net assets under management calculation. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management.
(2) Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the twelve month period, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net investment income return on average total investments.
Net interest income return on average net assets under management
Net interest income return on average net assets under management is calculated by dividing net interest income by average net assets under management. Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. Net interest income return on average net assets under management is a key indicator by which we measure the performance of our investment managers.
Net investment income return on average total investments
Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income (loss) by average total investments per the balance sheet. Net investment income return on

130



average total investments is a key indicator by which we measure the performance of our investment managers.
Net investment income return on average net assets under management
Net investment income return on average net assets under management is calculated by dividing net investment income (loss) by average net assets under management. Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. Net investment income return on average net assets under management is a key indicator by which we measure the performance of our investment managers.
Non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio components of our certain investment metrics
In order to provide further detail regarding our key investment metrics, we also present the non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio components of our net interest income return on average net assets under management, net investment income return on average total investments and net investment income return on average net assets under management.  In the calculation of the investment grade portfolio component of our net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the calculation.  The separate components of these returns are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures.  See “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of net interest income return on average net assets under management, net investment income return on average total investments and net investment income return on average net assets under management.
Growth in basic and diluted book value per share
Basic and diluted book value per share is calculated by dividing common shareholders’ equity by the number of issued and outstanding shares at the end of each reporting period. We calculate growth in basic and diluted book value per share as the percentage change in value of beginning and ending basic and diluted book value per share over the reporting period.
We measure our long-term financial success by our ability to compound growth in basic and diluted book value per share at an attractive rate of return. We believe that long-term growth in basic and diluted book value per share is the most comprehensive measure of our success because it includes all underwriting, operating and investing results.
Return on average equity
Return on average equity is net income (loss) expressed as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity during the period and is used to measure profitability. Our goal is to generate an attractive long-term return on our common shareholders’ equity.
Comment on non-U.S. GAAP financial measures
Throughout this registration statement, we present our operations in the way we believe will be the most meaningful and useful to investors, analysts, rating agencies and others who will use our financial information in evaluating the performance of our company. This presentation includes the use of underwriting income (loss), adjusted underwriting income (loss), adjusted combined ratio and the separate components of our investment returns (non-investment grade investment portfolio and investment grade investment portfolio). The presentation of these metrics constitutes non-U.S. GAAP financial measures as defined by applicable SEC rules. We believe that this presentation enables investors and other users of our financial information to analyze our performance in a manner similar to how management analyzes performance. We also believe that

131



this presentation follows industry practice and, therefore, allows the users of financial information to compare our performance with our industry peer group. See “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for reconciliations of our non-U.S. GAAP financial measures.
Components of our results of operations
Revenues
We derive our revenues from two principal sources:
premiums from our insurance and reinsurance lines of business; and
income from investments.
Premiums from our insurance and reinsurance lines of business are directly related to the number, type, size and pricing of contracts we write. Premiums are earned over the contract period in proportion to the period of risk covered which is typically 12 to 24 months.
Income from our investments is comprised of interest income and net realized and unrealized gains (losses), less investment related expenses as described below.
Expenses
Our expenses consist primarily of the following:
loss and loss adjustment expenses;
acquisition expenses;
investment related expenses; and
general and administrative expenses.
Loss and loss adjustment expenses are a function of the amount and type of contracts and policies we write and of the loss experience of the underlying coverage. Loss and loss adjustment expenses are based on an actuarial analysis of the estimated losses, including losses incurred during the period and changes in estimates from prior periods. Depending on the nature of the contract, loss and loss adjustment expenses may be paid over a period of years.
Acquisition expenses consist primarily of brokerage fees, ceding commissions, premium taxes, underwriting fees payable to Arch under our services agreements and other direct expenses that relate to our contracts and policies and are presented net of commissions received from reinsurance we purchase. We amortize deferred acquisition expenses over the related contract term in the same proportion that the premiums are earned. Our acquisition expenses may also include profit commissions paid to our sources of business in the event of favorable underwriting experience.
Investment-related expenses primarily consist of management and performance fees we pay to our investment managers, HPS and AIM, as well as interest and other expenses on borrowings from our credit facilities when used to finance a portion of our investments. The fee structure that we pay to HPS related to our non-investment grade portfolio was reduced beginning on January 1, 2018. We currently pay a management fee to HPS related to its management of our non-investment grade portfolio on a quarterly basis equal to 1.0% of net assets under management. Beginning January 1, 2020, to the extent the aggregate net asset value of the HPS-managed non-investment grade portfolio assets exceeds $1.5 billion, the management fee shall be calculated at a blended annual rate equal to (i) 1.0% of the initial $1.5 billion in net asset value plus (ii) seventy-five basis points (0.75%) of the excess of aggregate net asset value over $1.5 billion, subject to a minimum blended management fee rate of eighty-five basis points (0.85%) on the aggregate net asset value of the HPS-managed non-investment grade portfolio assets. In addition, on an annual basis, subject to then-applicable high water marks, HPS receives a base performance fee equal to 10% of the income

132



generated on the non-investment grade portfolio, and is eligible to earn an additional performance fee equal to 25% of any such investment income in excess of a net 10% return to us after deduction for paid and accrued management fees and base performance fees, with the total performance fees not to exceed 17.5% of the Income (as defined in the investment management agreements relating to Watford Re, WICE and Watford Trust) or Aggregate Income (as defined in the investment management agreements relating to WSIC and WIC), as applicable. If this reduced fee structure had been in place as of January 1, 2015, we estimate that it would have reduced the aggregate fees we paid HPS during 2017, 2016 and 2015 by approximately $10.3 million, $4.9 million and $5.3 million.
W e have also recently engaged HPS to manage a portion of our investment grade portfolio as a recently-created separate managed account. As this separate managed account is funded, we will pay HPS a management fee equal to 0.60% per annum on the assets in the separate managed account. We also pay AIM monthly asset management fees related to the assets it manages for us. We are not obligated to pay performance fees to any of the Investment Managers managing our investment grade portfolios. We include the HPS non-investment grade portfolio base management fee and the AIM investment grade portfolio management fee in investment management fees - related parties in our consolidated statement of income, and as management fees are accrued and paid to HPS in connection with its management of a portion of our investment grade portfolio, we will include such fees therein as well. We include interest and other expenses on borrowings in borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses in our consolidated statement of income. The HPS non-investment grade portfolio performance fee, if applicable, is shown on a separate line in our consolidated statement of income. For more information regarding the calculation of these fees, as well as the fee structure and fees to HPS related to its management of our non-investment grade portfolio prior to the reduction on January 1, 2018, see “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with HPS-Investment management agreements and “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with Arch-Investment management agreements.
General and administrative expenses consist of salaries and benefits and related costs, legal and accounting fees, travel and client entertainment, fees relating to our letter of credit facilities, information technology, occupancy, the cost of employees made available to us by Arch under the services agreements, and other general operating expenses.
Reportable segment
We report results under one segment, which we refer to as our underwriting segment. Our underwriting segment captures the results of our underwriting lines of business, which are comprised of specialty products on a worldwide basis. We also have a corporate function that includes certain operating expenses related to corporate activities referred to as certain corporate expenses. Certain corporate expenses are generally comprised of non-recurring costs of the holding company, such as costs associated with the initial setup of subsidiaries, as well as costs associated with the ongoing operations of the holding company such as salaries of certain executives (refer to - Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures for a discussion about certain corporate expenses).

133



Consolidated results - three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017
The following table summarizes our results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
% Change
 
2018
 
2017
 
% Change
 
($ in thousands)
Gross premiums written
$
185,033

 
$
166,198

 
11.3
 %
 
$574,078
 
$473,131
 
21.3
 %
Gross premiums ceded
(33,356
)
 
(12,471
)
 
 
 
(102,263
)
 
(35,315
)
 
 
Net premiums written
151,677

 
153,727

 
(1.3
)%
 
471,815

 
437,816

 
7.8
 %
Net premiums earned
135,624

 
128,629

 
5.4
 %
 
431,889

 
401,380

 
7.6
 %
Loss and loss adjustment expenses
(96,957
)
 
(123,581
)
 
(21.5
)%
 
(312,087
)
 
(319,612
)
 
(2.4
)%
Acquisition expenses
(33,778
)
 
(34,835
)
 
(3.0
)%
 
(106,708
)
 
(107,191
)
 
(0.5
)%
General and administrative expenses (1)
(5,801
)
 
(5,506
)
 
 
 
(16,274
)
 
(16,447
)
 
 
Underwriting income (loss) (2)
(912
)
 
(35,293
)
 
(97.4
)%
 
(3,180
)
 
(41,870
)
 
(92.4
)%
Other underwriting income (loss)
703

 
737

 


 
2,092

 
2,377

 
 
Interest income
38,704

 
31,181

 
 
 
109,830

 
88,198

 
 
Investment management fees - related parties
(4,314
)
 
(5,316
)
 
 
 
(12,616
)
 
(14,996
)
 
 
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(6,993
)
 
(3,891
)
 
 
 
(19,636
)
 
(10,855
)
 
 
Net interest income
27,397

 
21,974

 
 
 
77,578

 
62,347

 
 
Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments
(3,617
)
 
2,510

 
 
 
(16,237
)
 
12,686

 
 
Investment performance fees - related parties
(2,407
)
 
(3,713
)
 
 
 
(6,606
)
 
(11,052
)
 
 
Net investment income (loss)
21,373

 
20,771

 
 
 
54,735

 
63,981

 
 
Net foreign exchange gains (losses)
2,582

 
567

 
 
 
1,847

 
959

 
 
Income tax expense

 
(21
)
 
 
 
(27
)
 
(21
)
 
 
Net income (loss) before preferred dividends
23,746

 
(13,239
)
 
 
 
55,467

 
25,426

 
 
Preferred dividends
(4,909
)
 
(4,909
)
 
 
 
(14,724
)
 
(14,724
)
 
 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
$
18,837

 
$
(18,148
)
 
(203.8
)%
 
$
40,743

 
$
10,702

 
280.7
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income return on average net assets under management (3)
1.3
%
 
1.2
 %
 
 
 
3.9
%
 
3.6
%
 
 
Non-investment grade portfolio (3)
1.7
%
 
1.6
 %
 
 
 
5.1
%
 
4.6
%
 
 
Investment grade portfolio (3)
0.5
%
 
0.3
 %
 
 
 
1.4
%
 
0.8
%
 
 
Net investment income return on average total investments (4)
0.8
%
 
0.9
 %
 
 
 
2.1
%
 
3.0
%
 
 
Non-investment grade portfolio (4)
1.1
%
 
1.2
 %
 
 
 
3.4
%
 
3.7
%
 
 
Investment grade portfolio (4)
0.4
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
 
 
0.1
%
 
0.4
%
 
 
Net investment income return on average net assets under management (3)
1.1
%
 
1.1
 %
 
 
 
2.8
%
 
3.7
%
 
 
Non-investment grade portfolio (3)
1.4
%
 
1.6
 %
 
 
 
4.2
%
 
4.9
%
 
 
Investment grade portfolio (3)
0.4
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
 
 
0.1
%
 
0.4
%
 
 

134



 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
% Point Change
 
2018
 
2017
 
% Point Change
 
($ in thousands)
Loss ratio
71.5
%
 
96.1
 %
 
(24.6
)%
 
72.3
%
 
79.6
%
 
(7.3
)%
Acquisition expense ratio
24.9
%
 
27.1
 %
 
(2.2
)%
 
24.7
%
 
26.7
%
 
(2.0
)%
General & administrative expense ratio
4.3
%
 
4.3
 %
 
 %
 
3.8
%
 
4.1
%
 
(0.3
)%
Combined ratio
100.7
%
 
127.5
 %
 
(26.8
)%
 
100.8
%
 
110.4
%
 
(9.6
)%
Adjusted underwriting income (loss) (2)
$
738

 
$
(33,634
)
 
 
 
$
2,012

 
$
(36,604
)
 
 
Adjusted combined ratio (2)
99.5
%
 
125.9
 %
 
(26.4
)%
 
99.5
%
 
109.1
%
 
(9.6
)%
Annualized return on average equity (5)
7.7
%
 
(7.4
)%
 
15.1
 %
 
5.6
%
 
1.5
%
 
4.2
 %
(1) General and administrative expenses include certain corporate expenses. Refer to “Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures-Reconciliation of the adjusted combined ratio,” for a discussion of these corporate expenses.
(2) Underwriting income (loss), adjusted underwriting income (loss) and the adjusted combined ratio are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of our underwriting income (loss) to net income (loss) available to common shareholders in accordance with U.S. GAAP, a reconciliation of our adjusted underwriting income (loss) to underwriting income (loss) and a reconciliation of our adjusted combined ratio to our combined ratio.
(3) Net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management are calculated by dividing net interest income, and net investment income (loss), respectively, by average net assets under management. Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. For the three and nine month periods, average net assets under management is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. However, for the investment grade portfolio component of these returns, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the net assets under management calculation. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management.
(4) Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the three and nine month periods, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net investment income return on average total investments.
(5) Annualized return on average equity represents net income (loss) expressed as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity during the period. Annualized return on average equity for the three and nine ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 is calculated by extrapolating the quarterly return on average equity over a twelve month period. For the three and nine periods, the average common shareholders’ equity is calculated as the average of the beginning and ending common shareholders’ equity of each quarterly period.
Results for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Net income available to common shareholders was $18.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to a net loss of $18.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 , an increase of $37.0 million. The increase in net income was primarily driven by an improved underwriting result, foreign exchange gains and higher net investment income.
The underwriting loss for the 2018 third quarter improved by $34.4 million, or 97.4%, to $0.9 million . The combined ratio in the quarter was 100.7% , 26.8 points lower versus a year prior. The 2018 third quarter underwriting result reflected catastrophe losses of $2.9 million, primarily relating to Hurricane Florence and Typhoon Jebi as well as $2.3 million of prior year favorable loss reserve development. In comparison, the 2017 third quarter sustained $20.5 million of catastrophe losses relating to Hurricanes Harvey, Irma and Maria and unfavorable development of $15.8 million on prior accident year loss reserves.
Net investment income for the 2018 third quarter increased by $0.6 million, or 2.9%, to $21.4 million . While there was a 24.7% increase in net interest income primarily due to a higher net invested asset base, there were $3.6 million of realized and unrealized losses versus gains of $2.5 million in the comparable prior period. The realized and unrealized losses were primarily due to

135



the impact of rising interest rates on the market value of the overall portfolio and a net market value decline on the positions in the non-investment grade portfolio.
Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Net income available to common shareholders was $40.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to $10.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 , an increase of $30.0 million. The increase in net income was primarily driven by an improved underwriting result and foreign exchange gains, offset in part by lower net investment income.
The underwriting loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 improved by $38.7 million, or 92.4%, to $3.2 million . The combined ratio for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 of 100.8% , was 9.6 points lower than a year prior. The improvement in the 2018 period underwriting result reflected lower catastrophe losses and favorable loss reserve development. The comparable 2017 period sustained $20.5 million of catastrophe losses relating to Hurricanes Harvey, Irma and Maria and unfavorable development of $17.5 million on prior accident year loss reserves.
Net investment income for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 decreased by $9.2 million, or 14.5%, to $54.7 million . While there was a 24.4% increase in net interest income, primarily due to a higher net invested asset base, there were $16.2 million of realized and unrealized losses versus gains of $12.7 million of realized and unrealized gains in the comparable prior period. The realized and unrealized losses were primarily due to the impact of rising interest rates on the market value of the overall portfolio and a net market value decline on the positions in the non-investment grade portfolio.
Premiums
Our underwriting segment captures the results of our underwriting lines of business, which are comprised of specialty products on a worldwide basis. Our four major lines of business are described as follows:
Casualty reinsurance: coverage provided to ceding company clients on third-party liability and workers’ compensation exposures, primarily on a treaty basis. Business written includes coverages such as: executive assurance, medical malpractice liability, other professional liability, workers’ compensation, excess and umbrella liability and excess auto liability.
Other specialty reinsurance: coverage provided to ceding company clients for personal and commercial auto (other than excess auto liability), mortgage, surety, accident and health, workers’ compensation catastrophe, agriculture, marine and aviation.
Property catastrophe reinsurance: protects ceding company clients for most catastrophic losses that are covered in the underlying policies. Perils covered may include hurricane, earthquake, flood, tornado, hail and fire, and coverage for other perils on a case-by-case basis. Property catastrophe reinsurance provides coverage on an excess of loss basis when aggregate losses and loss adjustment expense from a single occurrence of a covered peril exceed the retention specified in the contract.
Insurance programs and coinsurance: targeting program managers and/or coinsurers with unique expertise and niche products offering primary and excess general liability, umbrella liability, professional liability, workers’ compensation, personal and commercial automobile, inland marine and property business with minimal catastrophe exposure.

136



Gross premiums written
Gross premiums written for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
($ in thousands)
Casualty reinsurance
$
80,274

 
43.4
%
 
$
82,322

 
49.5
%
 
$
222,636

 
38.8
%
 
$
231,896

 
49.1
%
Other specialty reinsurance
37,434

 
20.2
%
 
35,625

 
21.4
%
 
151,083

 
26.3
%
 
131,723

 
27.8
%
Property catastrophe reinsurance
1,353

 
0.7
%
 
3,924

 
2.4
%
 
8,740

 
1.5
%
 
12,017

 
2.5
%
Insurance programs and coinsurance
65,972

 
35.7
%
 
44,327

 
26.7
%
 
191,619

 
33.4
%
 
97,495

 
20.6
%
Total
$
185,033

 
100.0
%
 
$
166,198

 
100.0
%
 
$
574,078

 
100.0
%
 
$
473,131

 
100.0
%
Results for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Gross premiums written were $185.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2018 compared to $166.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 , an increase of $18.8 million, or 11.3%. Our third quarter 2018 premium growth was due to the continued expansion of our U.S. and European insurance programs and coinsurance, while our reinsurance portfolio premiums decreased slightly, in line with our view of the relative market opportunities. WICE grew its insurance gross premiums written by $6.8 million, or 17.1%, to $46.4 million. Our WSIC and WIC platforms grew insurance program gross premiums written by $14.9 million, or 318.3%, to $19.5 million.
Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Gross premiums written were $574.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 compared to $473.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 , an increase of $100.9 million, or 21.3%. Our 2018 premium growth was due to the continued expansion of our U.S. and European insurance programs and coinsurance, while reinsurance premiums increased slightly due to the renewal of a large multi-year other specialty reinsurance contract. WICE grew its insurance gross premiums written by $48.8 million, or 55.2%, to $137.2 million. Our WSIC and WIC platforms grew insurance program gross premiums written by $45.3 million, or 498.5%, to $54.4 million.
Premiums ceded
Results for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Premiums ceded were $33.4 million , or 18.0% of gross premiums written for the three months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to $12.5 million , or 7.5% , for the three months ended September 30, 2017 . This increase was driven by the restructuring of a U.K. motor program at January 1, 2018. WICE wrote a larger gross line, but ceded a share of the program with a panel of highly rated reinsurers.
Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Premiums ceded were $102.3 million , or 17.8% of gross premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to $35.3 million , or 7.5% , for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 . On January 1, 2018, as the result of the restructuring of a U.K. motor program, WICE wrote a larger gross line and arranged quota share reinsurance with a panel of highly rated reinsurers.

137



The premiums ceded relate primarily to outward quota share reinsurance and retrocession agreements to Arch as well as to other unrelated third parties. See Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with Arch-Reinsurance and retrocession agreements-Outward quota share retrocession and reinsurance agreements.
Net premiums written
Net premiums written for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
($ in thousands)
Casualty reinsurance
$
80,149

 
52.8
%
 
$
81,525

 
53.1
%
 
$
221,669

 
47.0
%
 
$
229,652

 
52.4
%
Other specialty reinsurance
35,466

 
23.4
%
 
33,035

 
21.5
%
 
138,259

 
29.3
%
 
121,243

 
27.7
%
Property catastrophe reinsurance
1,342

 
0.9
%
 
3,899

 
2.5
%
 
8,515

 
1.8
%
 
11,756

 
2.7
%
Insurance programs and coinsurance
34,720

 
22.9
%
 
35,268

 
22.9
%
 
103,372

 
21.9
%
 
75,165

 
17.2
%
Total
$
151,677

 
100.0
%
 
$
153,727

 
100.0
%
 
$
471,815

 
100.0
%
 
$
437,816

 
100.0
%
Results for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Net premiums written were $151.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2018 compared to $153.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 , a decrease of $2.0 million or 1.3%. Insurance program and coinsurance premiums decreased $0.5 million, or 1.6%, to $34.7 million and represented 22.9% of net premiums written versus 22.8% in the prior period. Reinsurance premiums declined $1.5 million, or 1.3%, to $117.0 million in line with the reduction in gross premiums written.
Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Net premiums written were $471.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 compared to $437.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 , an increase of $34.0 million or 7.8%. Our first three quarters of 2018 net premium growth was due to the continued expansion of our U.S. and European insurance programs and coinsurance, while reinsurance premiums increased slightly due to the renewal of a large multi-year other specialty reinsurance contract. Insurance programs and coinsurance premiums increased $28.2 million, or 37.5%, to $103.4 million and represented 21.9% of net premiums written versus 17.2% in the prior period.

138



Net premiums earned
Net premiums earned for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
($ in thousands)
Casualty reinsurance
$
63,292

 
46.7
%
 
$
71,513

 
55.6
%
 
$
206,532

 
47.8
%
 
$
239,316

 
59.6
%
Other specialty reinsurance
36,987

 
27.3
%
 
30,702

 
23.9
%
 
125,271

 
29.0
%
 
101,082

 
25.2
%
Property catastrophe reinsurance
2,481

 
1.8
%
 
4,749

 
3.7
%
 
7,443

 
1.7
%
 
10,034

 
2.5
%
Insurance programs and coinsurance
32,864

 
24.2
%
 
21,665

 
16.8
%
 
92,643

 
21.5
%
 
50,948

 
12.7
%
Total
$
135,624

 
100.0
%
 
$
128,629

 
100.0
%
 
$
431,889

 
100.0
%
 
$
401,380

 
100.0
%
Results for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Net premiums earned were $135.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to $128.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 , an increase of $7.0 million, or 5.4%. The growth in the 2018 earned premium was primarily due to the continued expansion of business written by our insurance platforms offset by decreases in our Casualty and Property catastrophe reinsurance lines of business.
Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Net premiums earned were $431.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to $401.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 , an increase of $30.5 million, or 7.6%. The growth in the 2018 earned premium was primarily due to the continued expansion of business written by our insurance platforms offset by decreases in our Casualty and Property catastrophe reinsurance lines of business.
Loss ratio
The following table shows the components of our loss and loss adjustment expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
Loss and Loss Adjust. Expenses
 
% of Earned
Premium
 
Loss and Loss Adjust. Expenses
 
% of Earned
Premium
 
Loss and Loss Adjust. Expenses
 
% of Earned
Premium
 
Loss and Loss Adjust. Expenses
 
% of Earned
Premium
 
($ in thousands)
Current year
$
99,215

 
73.2
 %
 
$
107,737

 
83.8
%
 
$
314,381

 
72.8
 %
 
$
302,115

 
75.3
%
Prior year development (favorable)/adverse
(2,258
)
 
(1.7
)%
 
15,844

 
12.3
%
 
(2,294
)
 
(0.5
)%
 
17,497

 
4.4
%
Loss and loss adjustment expenses
$
96,957

 
71.5
 %
 
$
123,581

 
96.1
%
 
$
312,087

 
72.3
 %
 
$
319,612

 
79.6
%
Results for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Our loss and loss adjustment expense ratio was 71.5% for the three months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to a loss and loss adjustment expense ratio of 96.1% for the three months ended September 30, 2017 . The 2018 third quarter underwriting result reflected catastrophe losses of $2.9

139



million, primarily relating to Hurricane Florence and Typhoon Jebi as well as $2.3 million of prior year favorable loss reserve development. In comparison, the 2017 third quarter sustained $20.5 million of catastrophe losses relating to Hurricanes Harvey, Irma and Maria and unfavorable development of $15.8 million on prior accident year loss reserves.
Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Our loss and loss adjustment expense ratio was 72.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to 79.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 . The improvement in the 2018 period underwriting result reflected lower catastrophe losses and net favorable loss reserve development. The comparable 2017 period sustained $20.5 million of catastrophe losses relating to Hurricanes Harvey, Irma and Maria and unfavorable development of $17.5 million on prior accident year loss reserves.
Acquisition expense ratio
Results for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Our acquisition expense ratio was 24.9% for the three months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to 27.1% for the three months ended September 30, 2017 , a decrease of 2.2 points. The lower acquisition expense ratio was largely driven by an increased percentage of insurance net premiums earned and a greater percentage of premiums earned on certain reinsurance contracts with higher loss ratios and corresponding lower acquisition expenses.
Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Our acquisition expense ratio was 24.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to 26.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 , a decrease of 2.0 percentage points. The lower acquisition expense ratio was largely driven by an increased percentage of insurance net premiums earned and a greater percentage of premiums earned on certain reinsurance contracts with higher loss ratios and corresponding lower acquisition expenses.
General and administrative expense ratio
Results for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Our general and administrative expense ratio was 4.3% for the three months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to 4.3% for the three months ended September 30, 2017 . While the general and administrative expense ratio remained consistent with the prior year, an increase in expenses reimbursable to Arch was offset by a reduction in fees pertaining to letters of credit outstanding. Starting mid-2017, we altered our strategy for meeting collateral requirements by posting collateral into trusts more frequently than incurring the costs of posting letters of credit.
Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Our general and administrative expense ratio was 3.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to 4.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 , a decrease of 0.3 percentage points. The decrease in the general and administrative expense ratio was primarily driven by having a lesser amount of letters of credit issued and outstanding. Starting mid-2017, we altered our strategy for meeting collateral requirements by posting collateral into trusts more frequently than incurring the costs of posting letters of credit.
Combined ratio
Results for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
For the three months ended September 30, 2018 , our combined ratio was 100.7% , compared to 127.5% for the three months ended September 30, 2017 , a decrease of 26.8 points. The decrease

140



was driven by a 24.6 point decrease in the loss ratio and a 2.2 point decrease in the acquisition expense ratio versus the prior period, as described above.
Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 , our combined ratio was 100.8% , compared to 110.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 , a decrease of 9.6 points. The decrease was driven by a 7.3 point decrease in the loss ratio, a 2.0 point decrease in the acquisition expense ratio and a 0.3 point decrease in the general and administrative expense ratio, as described above.

141



Investing results
The following table summarizes the components of total investment income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
($ in thousands)
Interest income
$
38,704

 
$
31,181

 
$
109,830

 
$
88,198

Investment management fees - related parties
(4,314
)
 
(5,316
)
 
(12,616
)
 
(14,996
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(6,993
)
 
(3,891
)
 
(19,636
)
 
(10,855
)
Net interest income
27,397

 
21,974

 
77,578

 
62,347

Net realized gains (losses)
4,004

 
(1,696
)
 
(9,387
)
 
1,568

Net unrealized gains (losses)
(7,621
)
 
4,206

 
(6,850
)
 
11,118

Investment performance fees - related parties
(2,407
)
 
(3,713
)
 
(6,606
)
 
(11,052
)
Net investment income (loss)
$
21,373

 
$
20,771

 
$
54,735

 
$
63,981

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income return on average net assets under management(1)
1.3
%
 
1.2
 %
 
3.9
%
 
3.6
%
Non-investment grade portfolio (1)
1.7
%
 
1.6
 %
 
5.1
%
 
4.6
%
Investment grade portfolio (1)
0.5
%
 
0.3
 %
 
1.4
%
 
0.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income return on average total investments (2)
0.8
%
 
0.9
 %
 
2.1
%
 
3.0
%
Non-investment grade portfolio (2)
1.1
%
 
1.2
 %
 
3.4
%
 
3.7
%
Investment grade portfolio (2)
0.4
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
0.1
%
 
0.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income return on average net assets under management (1)
1.1
%
 
1.1
 %
 
2.8
%
 
3.7
%
Non-investment grade portfolio (1)
1.4
%
 
1.6
 %
 
4.2
%
 
4.9
%
Investment grade portfolio (1)
0.4
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
0.1
%
 
0.4
%
(1) Net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management are calculated by dividing net interest income, and net investment income (loss), respectively, by average net assets under management. Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. For the three and nine month periods, average net assets under management is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. However, for the investment grade portfolio component of these returns, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the net assets under management calculation. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management.
(2) Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the three and nine month periods, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net investment income return on average total investments.
Results for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Net investment income was $21.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to net investment income of $20.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 , an increase of $0.6 million, or 2.9%. The third quarter 2018 net investment income return on average net assets under management was 1.1% as compared to 1.1% a year prior. While there

142



was a 24.7% increase in net interest income, there were $3.6 million of net realized and unrealized losses versus net realized and unrealized gains of $2.5 million in the comparable prior period. The net realized and unrealized losses were primarily due to the impact of rising interest rates on the market value of the overall portfolio and a net market value decline on the positions in the non-investment grade portfolio. The investment results for the third quarter of 2018 also reflect the benefit of the revised fee structure with HPS. For more information, see “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with HPS-Investment management agreements .
The third quarter 2018 net interest income return on average net assets under management was 1.3% as compared to 1.2% for the prior year. Net interest income benefited from an increase in the amount of net assets under management as well as the revised HPS fee structure.
Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Net investment income was $54.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to net investment income of $64.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 , a decrease of $9.2 million, or 14.5%. The net investment income return on average net assets under management was 2.8% as compared to 3.7% for the comparable period a year prior. While there was a 24.4% increase in net interest income, there were $16.2 million of net realized and unrealized losses versus net realized and unrealized gains of $12.7 million in the comparable prior period. The net realized and unrealized losses were primarily due to the impact of rising interest rates on the market value of the overall portfolio and a net market value decline on the positions in the non-investment grade portfolio. The investment results also reflect the benefit of the revised fee structure with HPS. For more information, see “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions-Agreements with HPS-Investment management agreements .
The nine months ended September 30, 2018 net interest income return on average net assets under management was 3.9% as compared to 3.6% for the prior year comparable period. Net interest income benefited from an increase in the amount of net assets under management as well as the revised HPS fee structure.
Growth in basic and diluted book value per share
Basic and diluted book value per common share was $43.44 as of September 30, 2018 , compared to $42.67 per share as of June 30, 2018, an increase of $0.77 or 1.8%. The increase in basic and diluted book value per share was driven by net investment income of $21.4 million during the three months ended September 30, 2018 , offset in part by an underwriting loss of $0.9 million .
Basic and diluted book value per common share was $43.44 as of September 30, 2018 , compared to $41.79 per share as of December 31, 2017 , an increase of $1.65 or 3.9%. The increase in basic and diluted book value per share was driven by net investment income of $54.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 , offset in part by an underwriting loss of $3.2 million .
Return on average equity
Results for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Our annualized return on average equity was 7.7% for the three months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to (7.4)% for the three months ended September 30, 2017 . The increase in return on average equity was driven by an improvement in underwriting results of $34.3 million compared to the same quarter in 2017.
Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
Our annualized return on average equity was 5.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 , compared to 1.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 . The increase in return on

143



average equity was driven by an improvement in underwriting results of $38.7 million, offset in part by a $9.2 million reduction of net investment compared to the same period in 2017.

144



Consolidated results - for years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015
The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 :
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
% Change
 
2016
 
% Change
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Gross premiums written
$
600,304

 
12.2
 %
 
$
535,094

 
9.4
 %
 
488,899

Gross premiums ceded
(47,187
)
 


 
(21,306
)
 
 
 
(22,940
)
Net premiums written
553,117

 
7.7
 %
 
513,788

 
10.3
 %
 
465,959

Net premiums earned
531,726

 
13.6
 %
 
467,970

 
17.6
 %
 
397,852

Loss and loss adjustment expenses
(436,402
)
 


 
(321,581
)
 
 
 
(277,659
)
Acquisition expenses
(140,726
)
 


 
(136,733
)
 
 
 
(116,441
)
General and administrative expenses (1)
(21,174
)
 


 
(17,956
)
 
 
 
(11,929
)
Underwriting income (loss) (2)
(66,576
)
 
702.1
 %
 
(8,300
)
 
(1.5
)%
 
(8,177
)
Other underwriting income (loss)
3,180

 


 
3,746

 
 
 
4,468

Interest income
125,463

 
 
 
122,378

 
 
 
94,619

Investment management fees - related parties
(21,451
)
 
 
 
(16,563
)
 
 
 
(16,024
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(17,489
)
 
 
 
(15,997
)
 
 
 
(5,737
)
Net interest income
86,523

 
 
 
89,818

 
 
 
72,858

Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments
1,120

 
 
 
80,643

 
 
 
(81,337
)
Investment performance fees - related parties
(14,905
)
 
 
 
(24,065
)
 
 
 

Net investment income (loss)
72,738

 


 
146,396

 
 
 
(8,479
)
Net foreign exchange gains (losses)
1,420

 


 
4,893

 
 
 
(1,877
)
Income tax expense
(21
)
 


 
(1
)
 
 
 

Net income (loss) before preferred dividends
10,741

 


 
146,734

 
 
 
(14,065
)
Preferred dividends
(19,633
)
 


 
(19,634
)
 
 
 
(19,633
)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
$
(8,892
)
 
(107.0
)%
 
$
127,100

 
477.2
 %
 
$
(33,698
)
Net interest income return on average net assets under management (3)
4.9
 %
 
 
 
6.3
 %
 
 
 
6.3
 %
Non-investment grade portfolio (3)
6.3
 %
 
 
 
8.5
 %
 
 
 
7.2
 %
Investment grade portfolio (3)
1.1
 %
 
 
 
0.4
 %
 
 
 
 %
Net investment income return on average total investments (4)
3.2
 %
 
 
 
8.0
 %
 
 
 
(0.6
)%
Non-investment grade portfolio (4)
4.5
 %
 
 
 
10.2
 %
 
 
 
(0.7
)%
Investment grade portfolio (4)
(0.1
)%
 
 
 
(0.4
)%
 
 
 
 %
Net investment income return on average net assets under management (3)
4.1
 %
 
 
 
10.3
 %
 
 
 
(0.7
)%
Non-investment grade portfolio (3)
5.8
 %
 
 
 
14.2
 %
 
 
 
(0.8
)%
Investment grade portfolio (3)
(0.1
)%
 
 
 
(0.4
)%
 
 
 
 %

145



 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
% Point Change
 
2016
 
% Point Change
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Loss ratio
82.1
 %
 
13.4
 %
 
68.7
%
 
(1.1
)%
 
69.8
 %
Acquisition expense ratio
26.5
 %
 
(2.7
)%
 
29.2
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
29.3
 %
General & administrative expense ratio
4.0
 %
 
0.2
 %
 
3.8
%
 
0.8
 %
 
3.0
 %
Combined ratio
112.6
 %
 
10.9
 %
 
101.7
%
 
(0.4
)%
 
102.1
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted underwriting income (loss)(2)
$
(59,745
)
 
 
 
$
(1,624
)
 
 
 
$
(2,418
)
Adjusted combined ratio (2)
111.2
 %
 
10.8
 %
 
100.4
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
100.5
 %
Return on average equity (5)
(0.9
)%
 
 
 
14.3
%
 
 
 
(3.9
)%
(1) General and administrative expenses include certain corporate expenses. Refer to “Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures-Reconciliation of the adjusted combined ratio,” for a discussion of these certain corporate expenses.
(2) Underwriting income (loss), adjusted underwriting income (loss) and the adjusted combined ratio are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of our underwriting income (loss) to net income (loss) available to common shareholders in accordance with U.S. GAAP, a reconciliation of our adjusted underwriting income (loss) to underwriting income (loss) and a reconciliation of our adjusted combined ratio to our combined ratio.
(3) Net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management are calculated by dividing net interest income, and net investment income (loss), respectively, by average net assets under management. Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. For the twelve month period, average net assets under management is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. However, for the investment grade portfolio component of these returns, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the net assets under management calculation. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management.
(4) Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the twelve month period, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net investment income return on average total investments.
(5) Return on average equity represents net income (loss) expressed as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity during the period. The average common shareholders’ equity is calculated as the average of the beginning and ending common shareholders’ equity of each quarterly period.
2017 versus 2016 : Net loss attributable to common shareholders was $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 , compared to net income of $127.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , a decrease of $136.0 million. The decrease in net income was driven by a higher underwriting loss and a decrease in net investment income as compared to 2016. The 2017 underwriting loss of $66.6 million was primarily driven by catastrophe losses and prior-period loss reserve development. During 2017, net investment income decreased by $73.7 million, or 50.3%, to $72.7 million . Our 2017 net interest income of $86.5 million was relatively flat compared to the prior year; however, net realized and unrealized gains were substantially lower compared to 2016, primarily as a result of a more stable credit spread environment in the non-investment grade market.
2016 versus 2015 : Net income available to common shareholders was $127.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to a net loss of $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , a change of $160.8 million. The increase in net income was primarily driven by strong investment results, largely attributable to a recovery of the fair value of our investments from 2015’s unrealized loss position. This was offset in part by a 2016 underwriting loss of $8.3 million , inclusive of $2.9 million in certain corporate expenses.

146



Premiums
Our underwriting segment captures the results of our underwriting lines of business, which are comprised of specialty products on a worldwide basis. Our four major lines of business are described as follows:
Casualty reinsurance: coverage provided to ceding company clients on third-party liability and workers’ compensation exposures, primarily on a treaty basis. Business written includes coverages such as: executive assurance, medical malpractice liability, other professional liability, workers’ compensation, excess and umbrella liability and excess auto liability.
Other specialty reinsurance: coverage provided to ceding company clients for personal and commercial auto (other than excess auto liability), mortgage, surety, accident and health, workers’ compensation catastrophe, agriculture, marine and aviation.
Property catastrophe reinsurance: protects ceding company clients for most catastrophic losses that are covered in the underlying policies. Perils covered may include hurricane, earthquake, flood, tornado, hail and fire, and coverage for other perils on a case-by-case basis. Property catastrophe reinsurance provides coverage on an excess of loss basis when aggregate losses and loss adjustment expense from a single occurrence of a covered peril exceed the retention specified in the contract.
Insurance programs and coinsurance: targeting program managers and/or coinsurers with unique expertise and niche products offering primary and excess general liability, umbrella liability, professional liability, workers’ compensation, personal and commercial automobile, inland marine and property business with minimal catastrophe exposure.
Gross premiums written
Gross premiums written for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
($ in thousands)
Casualty reinsurance
$
284,481

 
47.4
%
 
$
331,127

 
61.9
%
 
$
338,383

 
69.2
%
Other specialty reinsurance
169,100

 
28.2
%
 
125,404

 
23.4
%
 
125,635

 
25.7
%
Property catastrophe reinsurance
12,740

 
2.1
%
 
11,756

 
2.2
%
 
12,716

 
2.6
%
Insurance programs and coinsurance
133,983

 
22.3
%
 
66,807

 
12.5
%
 
12,165

 
2.5
%
Total
$
600,304

 
100.0
%
 
$
535,094

 
100.0
%
 
$
488,899

 
100.0
%
2017 versus 2016 : Gross premiums written were $600.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $535.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , an increase of $65.2 million, or 12.2%. Our 2017 premium growth was due to the continued expansion of our U.S. and European insurance programs and coinsurance, while our reinsurance portfolio remained stable overall. However, within reinsurance, we grew our other specialty business by 34.8% and reduced our casualty business by 14.1%, which was reflective of our view of the relative market opportunities. During 2017, WICE grew its insurance gross premiums written by $58.0 million, or 100.9%, to $115.5 million. In addition, during 2017 our U.S. WSIC and WIC platforms grew their insurance program gross premiums written by $9.0 million, or 96.8%, to $18.3 million.
2016 versus 2015 : Gross premiums written were $535.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $488.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , an increase of $46.2

147



million, or 9.4%. Our 2016 premium growth was due to the continued expansion of our U.S. and European insurance programs and coinsurance while our reinsurance portfolio remained stable. During 2016, WICE grew its insurance gross premiums written by $45.4 million, or 372%, to $57.5 million. In addition, WSIC commenced operations in April 2016 and wrote $9.3 million of insurance program business during the year.
Premiums ceded
Premiums ceded were $47.2 million , or 7.9% of gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2017 , compared to $21.3 million , or 4.0% , and $22.9 million , or 4.7% , for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Premiums ceded primarily related to our outward quota share retrocession agreements with Arch, with the increase in ceded premium driven by higher cessions from WICE and WSIC. See “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Agreements with Arch-Reinsurance and retrocession agreements-Outward quota share retrocession and reinsurance agreements.”
Net premiums written
Net premiums written for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
($ in thousands)
Casualty reinsurance
$
281,783

 
50.9
%
 
$
329,149

 
64.1
%
 
$
333,680

 
71.6
%
Other specialty reinsurance
155,666

 
28.1
%
 
117,267

 
22.8
%
 
109,643

 
23.5
%
Property catastrophe reinsurance
12,455

 
2.3
%
 
11,463

 
2.2
%
 
12,440

 
2.7
%
Insurance programs and coinsurance
103,213

 
18.7
%
 
55,909

 
10.9
%
 
10,196

 
2.2
%
Total
$
553,117

 
100.0
%
 
$
513,788

 
100.0
%
 
$
465,959

 
100.0
%
2017 versus 2016 : Net premiums written were $553.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $513.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , an increase of $39.3 million or 7.6%. Our 2017 premium growth was due to the continued expansion of our U.S. and European insurance programs and coinsurance while our reinsurance portfolio remained stable overall. However, within reinsurance, we grew our other specialty business by 32.7% and reduced our casualty business by 14.4%, which was reflective of our view of the relative market opportunities. During 2017, WICE grew its insurance net premiums written by $3.9 million, or 49.1% to $11.8 million. In addition, during 2017 our U.S. WSIC and WIC platforms grew their insurance program net premiums written by $6.1 million or 107% to $11.8 million, after cessions to Arch of $6.5 million.
2016 versus 2015 : Net premiums written were $513.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $466.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , an increase of $47.8 million, or 10.3%. Our 2016 premium growth was due to the continued expansion of our U.S. and European insurance programs and coinsurance while our reinsurance portfolio remained stable. During 2016, WICE grew its net insurance premiums by $6.4 million to $7.9 million. In addition, WSIC commenced operations in April 2016 and wrote net written premiums of $5.7 million, after cessions to Arch of $3.6 million, of insurance program business during the year.

148



Net premiums earned
Net premiums earned for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
($ in thousands)
Casualty reinsurance
$
308,526

 
58.0
%
 
$
320,769

 
68.5
%
 
$
285,067

 
71.6
%
Other specialty reinsurance
134,855

 
25.4
%
 
101,435

 
21.7
%
 
98,449

 
24.7
%
Property catastrophe reinsurance
12,690

 
2.4
%
 
11,421

 
2.4
%
 
12,540

 
3.2
%
Insurance programs and coinsurance
75,655

 
14.2
%
 
34,345

 
7.4
%
 
1,796

 
0.5
%
Total
$
531,726

 
100.0
%
 
$
467,970

 
100.0
%
 
$
397,852

 
100.0
%
2017 versus 2016 : Net premiums earned were $531.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 , compared to $468.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , an increase of $63.8 million or 13.6% over the prior year. The growth in the 2017 earned premium was due to the aggregate effect of earned premium recognition relating to premiums written in both 2017 and prior periods, as well as the growth of the WICE and WSIC platforms.
2016 versus 2015 : Net premiums earned were $468.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to $397.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , an increase of $70.1 million, or 17.6% over the prior year. The growth in the 2016 earned premium was due to the aggregate effect of earned premium recognition relating to premiums written in both 2016 and prior periods, as well as the growth of the WICE and WSIC platforms.
Loss ratio
The following table shows the components of our loss and loss adjustment expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 :
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses
 
% of Earned Premiums
 
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses
 
% of Earned Premiums
 
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses
 
% of Earned Premiums
 
($ in thousands)
Current year
$
399,530

 
75.2
%
 
$
318,523

 
68.0
%
 
$
278,414

 
70.0
 %
Prior year development (favorable)/adverse
36,872

 
6.9
%
 
3,058

 
0.7
%
 
(755
)
 
(0.2
)%
Loss and loss adjustment expenses
$
436,402

 
82.1
%
 
$
321,581

 
68.7
%
 
$
277,659

 
69.8
 %
2017 versus 2016 : Our loss ratio was 82.1% for the year ended December 31, 2017 , compared to 68.7% for the year ended December 31, 2016 . The increase in the 2017 loss ratio was driven by property catastrophe losses of $33.2 million and a net increase of $36.9 million in loss reserves related to prior periods.
The net unfavorable prior year development was driven by casualty reinsurance and other specialty reinsurance contracts. Casualty reinsurance experienced net unfavorable development of $12.6

149



million on our U.K. Motor excess-of-loss portfolio primarily due to the U.K. Ministry of Justice s reduction of the discount rate known as the Ogden rate, used to determine the present value of future medical costs and lost earnings when determining lump-sum court awards. The Ogden rate was reduced from 2.5% to negative 0.75%, and this change resulted in claims development in 2017 being higher than expected. Casualty reinsurance experienced an additional net unfavorable development of $21.2 million, driven by adverse development on certain multi-line and professional liability contracts.
Other specialty reinsurance experienced net unfavorable development of $5.2 million primarily due to worse than expected emergence on nonstandard and U.K. motor quota share contracts. The remaining lines had net favorable prior year development of $2.2 million due to better than expected emergence of reported losses.
2016 versus 2015 : Our loss ratio was 68.7% for the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to 69.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015 . The 2016 loss ratio reflected changes in the line of business earned premium composition compared to 2015, and a net increase of $3.1 million in loss reserves related to prior periods.
Acquisition expense ratio
2017 versus 2016 : Our acquisition expense ratio was 26.5% for the year ended December 31, 2017 , a reduction of 2.7% from the prior year ended December 31, 2016 . The lower acquisition expense ratio was largely driven by a change in mix of business and a reduction in accrued ceding commissions on certain contracts that incurred adverse development during the year.
2016 versus 2015 : Our acquisition expense ratio was 29.2% for the year ended December 31, 2016 , approximately level with the acquisition expense ratio of 29.3% for the year ended December 31, 2015 .
General and administrative expense ratio
2017 versus 2016 : Our general and administrative expense ratio was 4.0% for the year ended December 31, 2017 , compared to 3.8% for the year ended December 31, 2016 . The increase in the general and administrative expense ratio was primarily driven by increased corporate expenses and additional employee expenses resulting from the growth and expansion of our U.S. and European insurance programs and coinsurance line.
2016 versus 2015 : Our general and administrative expense ratio was 3.8% for the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to 3.0% for the year ended December 31, 2015 . The increase in the general and administrative expense ratio was driven by certain corporate expenses and additional employee expenses resulting from the growth and expansion of our U.S. and European insurance programs and coinsurance line.
Combined ratio
2017 versus 2016 : Our combined ratio was 112.6% for the year ended December 31, 2017 , compared to 101.7% and 102.1% for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. In 2017, the 13.4 point increase in the loss ratio and 0.2 point increase in the general and administrative expense ratio was partially offset by the 2.7 point decrease in acquisition expense ratio versus the prior period, as described above. In 2016, the 1.1 point reduction in the loss ratio was partially offset by the 0.8 point increase in the general and administrative expense ratio versus the prior period.

150



Investing results
The following table summarizes the components of total investment income:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Interest income
$
125,463

 
$
122,378

 
$
94,619

Investment management fees - related parties
(21,451
)
 
(16,563
)
 
(16,024
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(17,489
)
 
(15,997
)
 
(5,737
)
Net interest income
86,523

 
89,818

 
72,858

Net realized gains (losses)
722

 
(24,483
)
 
1,753

Net unrealized gains (losses)
398

 
105,126

 
(83,090
)
Investment performance fees - related parties
(14,905
)
 
(24,065
)
 

Net investment income (loss)
$
72,738

 
$
146,396

 
$
(8,479
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income return on average net assets under management (1)
4.9
 %
 
6.3
 %
 
6.3
 %
Non-investment grade portfolio (1)
6.3
 %
 
8.5
 %
 
7.2
 %
Investment grade portfolio (1)
1.1
 %
 
0.4
 %
 
 %
Net investment income return on average total investments (2)
3.2
 %
 
8.0
 %
 
(0.6
)%
Non-investment grade portfolio (2)
4.5
 %
 
10.2
 %
 
(0.7
)%
Investment grade portfolio (2)
(0.1
)%
 
(0.4
)%
 
 %
Net investment income return on average net assets under management (1)
4.1
 %
 
10.3
 %
 
(0.7
)%
Non-investment grade portfolio (1)
5.8
 %
 
14.2
 %
 
(0.8
)%
Investment grade portfolio (1)
(0.1
)%
 
(0.4
)%
 
 %
(1) Net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management are calculated by dividing net interest income, and net investment income (loss), respectively, by average net assets under management. Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. For the twelve month period, average net assets under management is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. However, for the investment grade portfolio component of these returns, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the net assets under management calculation. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management.
(2) Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the twelve month period, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period. The separate components of these returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Refer to “-Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of these components of our net investment income return on average total investments.
2017 versus 2016 : Net investment income was $72.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to net investment income of $146.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , a decrease of $73.7 million or 50.3%. The 2017 net investment income return on average net assets under management was 4.1% as compared to 10.3% for the prior year. In contrast to 2016, which saw significant tightening in credit spreads generating sizable unrealized gains, the lower 2017 investment return was largely attributable to credit spreads remaining relatively stable.
In 2017, net interest income benefited slightly from an increase in the average net assets under management base. The 2017 net interest yield was 4.9% versus 6.3% in 2016, which was reflective

151



of tightened credit spreads in our non-investment grade portfolio as well as an increase in our allocation to our lower-yielding investment grade portfolio for regulatory and other commercial reasons. Investment performance fees decreased by $9.2 million commensurate with our overall lower net investment income.
2016 versus 2015 : Net investment income was $146.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to a net investment loss of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , an increase of $154.9 million. The 2016 net investment income return on average net assets under management was 10.3% as compared to (0.7)% for the prior year. During the course of 2016, high yield bond credit spreads narrowed significantly resulting in a substantial improvement in our unrealized gain (loss) position. In addition, 2016 net interest income benefited from an increase in the average net assets under management base. The net interest income return in 2016 was 6.3% , which was unchanged from the prior period. The 2016 unrealized gains noted above were partially offset by $24.5 million of realized losses and $24.1 million in performance fees.
Growth in basic and diluted book value per share
2017 versus 2016 : Basic and diluted book value per common share was $41.79 as of December 31, 2017 , compared to $42.21 per share as of December 31, 2016 , a decrease of $0.42 or 1.0%. The reduction in basic and diluted book value per share was driven by a 2017 underwriting loss of $66.6 million and reduction in net investment income of $73.7 million, or 50.3%, to $72.7 million , compared to 2016.
2016 versus 2015 : Basic and diluted book value per common share was $42.21 as of December 31, 2016 , compared to $36.61 per share as of December 31, 2015 , an increase of $5.60 or 15.3%. The growth in book value per share was driven by $146.4 million in net investment income offset in part by an underwriting loss of $8.3 million , as described above. The 2016 underwriting loss was inclusive of $2.9 million in certain corporate expenses relating to the establishment of our U.S. and European insurance platforms.
Return on average equity
2017 versus 2016 : Our return on average equity was (0.9)% for the year ended December 31, 2017 , compared to 14.3% for the year ended December 31, 2016 . The reduction in return on average equity was driven by a 2017 underwriting loss of $66.6 million and reduction in net investment income of $73.7 million, or 50.3%, to $72.7 million as compared to 2016.
2016 versus 2015 : Our return on average equity was 14.3% for the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to (3.9)% for the year ended December 31, 2015 . The increase was driven by net investment income of $146.4 million , offset in part by an underwriting loss of $8.3 million .
Reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures
Underwriting income (loss), adjusted underwriting income (loss), adjusted combined ratio and the non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio components of our investment returns (net interest income return on average net assets under management, and net investment income return on average net assets under management and on average total investments, respectively) are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. We use these measures, t ogether with the GAAP financial statements, to provide information that assists with analyzing our performance. As a result, certain income and expense items are excluded from these measures in an effort to allow an effective analysis. With respect to expenses, we do not view certain operating expenses related to corporate activities, referred to as certain corporate expenses, as part of our underwriting activities. These expenses are generally comprised of non-recurring costs of the holding company, such as costs associated with the initial setup of subsidiaries, as well as costs associated with the ongoing operations of the holding company such as salaries of certain executives. The following are descriptions of each of the non-U.S. GAAP financial measures used by us.

152



Underwriting income (loss) is useful in evaluating our underwriting performance, without regard to other underwriting income (losses), net investment income (losses), net foreign exchange gains (losses), income tax expenses and preferred dividends.
Adjusted underwriting income (loss) is useful in evaluating our underwriting performance, without regard to net investment income (losses), net foreign exchange gains (losses), income tax expenses, preferred dividends and certain corporate expenses (which are described in more detail above). We define underwriting income (loss) as net premiums earned, less loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses, and we define adjusted underwriting income (loss) as underwriting income (loss) plus other underwriting income (loss) less certain corporate expenses. Our adjusted combined ratio is a key indicator of our profitability, without regard to certain corporate expenses. We calculate the adjusted combined ratio by dividing the sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses less certain corporate expenses by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss).
The non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio components of our investment returns (net interest income return on average net assets under management, and net investment income return on average net assets under management and on average total investments, respectively) are useful in evaluating our investment performance. The non-investment grade portfolio component of these investment returns reflect the performance of our investment strategy under HPS, which includes the use of leverage. The investment grade portfolio component of these investment returns reflect the performance of the investment portfolios that predominantly support our underwriting collateral.
We use underwriting income (loss), adjusted underwriting income (loss) and the adjusted combined ratio and the separate components of our returns (non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio) as internal performance measures in the management of our operations because we believe they give us and users of our financial information useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance. Underwriting income (loss) and adjusted underwriting (income) loss should not be viewed as a substitute for net income (loss) calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and our adjusted combined ratio should not be viewed as a substitute for our combined ratio. Furthermore, other companies may define these measures differently.

153



Reconciliation of underwriting income (loss) and adjusted underwriting income (loss)
Underwriting income (loss) reconciles to net income (loss) available to common shareholders, and adjusted underwriting income (loss) reconciles to underwriting income (loss), for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ending December 31, 2017 , 2016 , and 2015 as follows:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
($ in thousands)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
$
18,837

 
$
(18,148
)
 
$
40,743

 
$
10,702

Preferred dividends
4,909

 
4,909

 
14,724

 
14,724

Net income (loss) before dividends
23,746

 
(13,239
)
 
55,467

 
25,426

Income tax expense

 
21

 
27

 
21

Net foreign exchange (gains) losses
(2,582
)
 
(567
)
 
(1,847
)
 
(959
)
Net investment (income) loss
(21,373
)
 
(20,771
)
 
(54,735
)
 
(63,981
)
Other underwriting (income) loss
(703
)
 
(737
)
 
(2,092
)
 
(2,377
)
Underwriting income (loss)
(912
)
 
(35,293
)
 
(3,180
)
 
(41,870
)
Certain corporate expenses
947

 
922

 
3,100

 
2,889

Other underwriting income (loss)
703

 
737

 
2,092

 
2,377

Adjusted underwriting income (loss)
$
738

 
$
(33,634
)
 
$
2,012

 
$
(36,604
)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
$
(8,892
)
 
$
127,100

 
$
(33,698
)
Preferred dividends
19,633

 
19,634

 
19,633

Net income (loss) before dividends
10,741

 
146,734

 
(14,065
)
Income tax expense
21

 
1

 

Net foreign exchange (gains) losses
(1,420
)
 
(4,893
)
 
1,877

Net investment (income) loss
(72,738
)
 
(146,396
)
 
8,479

Other underwriting (income) loss
(3,180
)
 
(3,746
)
 
(4,468
)
Underwriting income (loss)
(66,576
)
 
(8,300
)
 
(8,177
)
Certain corporate expenses
3,651

 
2,930

 
1,291

Other underwriting income (loss)
3,180

 
3,746

 
4,468

Adjusted underwriting income (loss)
$
(59,745
)
 
$
(1,624
)
 
$
(2,418
)

154



Reconciliation of the adjusted combined ratio
The adjusted combined ratio reconciles to the combined ratio for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ending December 31, 2017 , 2016 , and 2015 as follows:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
Amount
 
Adjustment
 
As Adjusted
 
Amount
 
Adjustment
 
As Adjusted
 
($ in thousands)
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
$
96,957

 
$

 
$
96,957

 
$
123,581

 
$

 
$
123,581

Acquisition expenses
33,778

 

 
33,778

 
34,835

 

 
34,835

General & administrative expenses (1)
5,801

 
(947
)
 
4,854

 
5,506

 
(922
)
 
4,584

Net earned premium (1)(2)
135,624

 
$
703

 
136,327

 
128,629

 
$
737

 
129,366

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss ratio
71.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
96.1
%
 
 
 


Acquisition expense ratio
24.9
%
 
 
 
 
 
27.1
%
 
 
 


General & administrative expense ratio (1)
4.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
4.3
%
 
 
 


Combined ratio
100.7
%
 
 
 
 
 
127.5
%
 
 
 
 
Adjusted loss ratio
 
 
 
 
71.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
95.5
%
Adjusted acquisition expense ratio
 
 
 
 
24.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
26.9
%
Adjusted general & administrative expense ratio
 
 
 
 
3.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.5
%
Adjusted combined ratio
 
 
 
 
99.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
125.9
%
(1) Adjustments include certain corporate expenses, which are deducted from general and administrative expenses, and other underwriting income (loss), which is added to net earned premiums.
(2) The adjustment to net earned premium relates to “other underwriting income” from underwriting contracts accounted for as derivatives.




155



 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
Amount
 
Adjustment
 
As Adjusted
 
Amount
 
Adjustment
 
As Adjusted
 
($ in thousands)
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
$
312,087

 
$

 
$
312,087

 
$
319,612

 
$

 
$
319,612

Acquisition expenses
106,708

 

 
106,708

 
107,191

 

 
107,191

General & administrative expenses (1)
16,274

 
(3,100
)
 
13,174

 
16,447

 
(2,889
)
 
13,558

Net earned premium (1)(2)
431,889

 
2,092

 
433,981

 
401,380

 
2,377

 
403,757

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss ratio
72.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
79.6
%
 
 
 
 
Acquisition expense ratio
24.7
%
 
 
 
 
 
26.7
%
 
 
 
 
General & administrative expense ratio (1)
3.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
4.1
%
 
 
 
 
Combined ratio
100.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
110.4
%
 
 
 
 
Adjusted loss ratio
 
 
 
 
71.9
%
 
 
 
 
 
79.2
%
Adjusted acquisition expense ratio
 
 
 
 
24.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
26.5
%
Adjusted general & administrative expense ratio
 
 
 
 
3.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.4
%
Adjusted combined ratio
 
 
 
 
99.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
109.1
%
(1) Adjustments include certain corporate expenses, which are deducted from general and administrative expenses, and other underwriting income (loss), which is added to net earned premiums.
(2) The adjustment to net earned premium relates to “other underwriting income” from underwriting contracts accounted for as derivatives.


156



 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
Amount
 
Adjustment
 
As Adjusted
 
Amount
 
Adjustment
 
As Adjusted
 
Amount
 
Adjustment
 
As Adjusted
 
($ in thousands)
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
$
436,402

 
$

 
$
436,402

 
$
321,581

 
$

 
$
321,581

 
$
277,659

 
$

 
$
277,659

Acquisition expenses
140,726

 

 
140,726

 
136,733

 

 
136,733

 
116,441

 

 
116,441

General & administrative expenses (1)
21,174

 
(3,651
)
 
17,523

 
17,956

 
(2,930
)
 
15,026

 
11,929

 
(1,291
)
 
10,638

Net earned premium (1)(2)
531,726

 
3,180

 
534,906

 
467,970

 
3,746

 
471,716

 
397,852

 
4,468

 
402,320

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss ratio
82.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
68.7
%
 
 
 
 
 
69.8
%
 
 
 
 
Acquisition expense ratio
26.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
29.2
%
 
 
 
 
 
29.3
%
 
 
 
 
General & administrative expense ratio (1)
4.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.0
%
 
 
 
 
Combined ratio
112.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
101.7
%
 
 
 
 
 
102.1
%
 
 
 
 
Adjusted loss ratio
 
 
 
 
81.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
68.2
%
 
 
 
 
 
69.0
%
Adjusted acquisition expense ratio
 
 
 
 
26.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
29.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
28.9
%
Adjusted general & administrative expense ratio
 
 
 
 
3.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.2
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.6
%
Adjusted combined ratio
 
 
 
 
111.2
%
 
 
 
 
 
100.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
100.5
%
(1) Adjustments include certain corporate expenses, which are deducted from general and administrative expenses, and other underwriting income (loss), which is added to net earned premiums.
(2) The adjustment to net earned premium relates to “other underwriting income” from underwriting contracts accounted for as derivatives.

157



Reconciliation of the non-investment grade portfolio and investment grade portfolio components of our investment returns
The non-investment grade portfolio and the investment grade portfolio components of our investment returns for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ending December 31, 2017 , 2016 , and 2015 as follows:
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2018
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2017
 
Non-Investment Grade
 
Investment Grade
 
Cost of
U/W Collateral (3)
 
Total
 
Non-Investment Grade
 
Investment Grade
 
Cost of
U/W Collateral (3)
 
Total
 
($ in thousands)
Interest income
$
34,338

 
$
4,366

 
$

 
$
38,704

 
$
29,976

 
$
1,205

 
$

 
$
31,181

Investment management fees - related parties
(4,008
)
 
(306
)
 

 
(4,314
)
 
(5,224
)
 
(92
)
 

 
(5,316
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(4,050
)
 
(80
)
 
(2,863
)
 
(6,993
)
 
(3,776
)
 
388

 
(503
)
 
(3,891
)
Net interest income
26,280

 
3,980

 
(2,863
)
 
27,397

 
20,976

 
1,501

 
(503
)
 
21,974

Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
(3,034
)
 
(583
)
 

 
(3,617
)
 
4,677

 
(2,167
)
 

 
2,510

Investment performance fees - related parties
(2,407
)
 

 

 
(2,407
)
 
(3,713
)
 

 

 
(3,713
)
Net investment income (loss)
$
20,839

 
$
3,397

 
$
(2,863
)
 
$
21,373

 
$
21,940

 
$
(666
)
 
$
(503
)
 
$
20,771

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average total investments (1)
$
1,924,657

 
$
827,085

 
$

 
$
2,751,742

 
$
1,792,359

 
$
577,589

 
$

 
$
2,369,948

Average net assets under management (2)
1,501,943

 
827,058

 
(295,647
)
 
2,033,353

 
1,350,606

 
579,213

 
(119,458
)
 
1,810,361

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income return on average net assets under management (2)
1.7
%
 
0.5
%
 


 
1.3
%
 
1.6
%
 
0.3
 %
 


 
1.2
%
Net investment income return on average total investments (1)
1.1
%
 
0.4
%
 
 
 
0.8
%
 
1.2
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
 
 
0.9
%
Net investment income return on average net assets under management (2)
1.4
%
 
0.4
%
 
(1.0
)%
 
1.1
%
 
1.6
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
(0.4
)%
 
1.1
%
(1) Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the three month periods, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period.
(2) Net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management are calculated by dividing net interest income, and net investment income (loss), respectively, by average net assets under management. For the non-investment grade component of investment returns and total investment returns, net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less total revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. However, for the investment grade portfolio component of these returns, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the net assets under management calculation.
(3) The cost of underwriting capital is calculated as the revolving credit agreement expenses for the investment grade portfolios divided by the average total revolving credit agreement borrowings for the investment grade portfolios during the period.


158





 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
 
Non-Investment Grade
 
Investment Grade
 
Cost of U/W Collateral (3)
 
Total
 
Non-Investment Grade
 
Investment Grade
 
Cost of U/W Collateral (3)
 
Total
 
($ in thousands)
Interest income
$
97,594

 
$
12,236

 
$

 
$
109,830

 
$
84,518

 
$
3,680

 
$

 
$
88,198

Investment management fees - related parties
(11,728
)
 
(888
)
 

 
(12,616
)
 
(14,694
)
 
(302
)
 

 
(14,996
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(11,575
)
 
(274
)
 
(7,787
)
 
(19,636
)
 
(10,674
)
 
322

 
(503
)
 
(10,855
)
Net interest income
74,291

 
11,074

 
(7,787
)
 
77,578

 
59,150

 
3,700

 
(503
)
 
62,347

Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
(5,758
)
 
(10,479
)
 

 
(16,237
)
 
14,326

 
(1,640
)
 

 
12,686

Investment performance fees - related parties
(6,606
)
 

 

 
(6,606
)
 
(11,052
)
 

 

 
(11,052
)
Net investment income (loss)
$
61,927

 
$
595

 
$
(7,787
)
 
$
54,735

 
$
62,424

 
$
2,060

 
$
(503
)
 
$
63,981

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average total investments (1)
$
1,833,712

 
$
799,012

 
$

 
$
2,632,723

 
$
1,671,829

 
$
488,277

 
$

 
$
2,160,106

Average net assets under management (2)
1,465,590

 
801,481

 
(282,191
)
 
1,984,879

 
1,282,387

 
489,399

 
(39,819
)
 
1,731,966

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income return on average net assets under management (2)
5.1
%
 
1.4
%
 


 
3.9
%
 
4.6
%
 
0.8
%
 


 
3.6
%
Net investment income return on average total investments (1)
3.4
%
 
0.1
%
 
 
 
2.1
%
 
3.7
%
 
0.4
%
 
 
 
3.0
%
Net investment income return on average net assets under management (2)
4.2
%
 
0.1
%
 
(2.8
)%
 
2.8
%
 
4.9
%
 
0.4
%
 
(1.3
)%
 
3.7
%
(1) Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the nine month period, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period.
(2) Net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management are calculated by dividing net interest income, and net investment income (loss), respectively, by average net assets under management. For the non-investment grade component of investment returns and total investment returns, net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less total revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. However, for the investment grade portfolio component of these returns, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the net assets under management calculation.
(3) The cost of underwriting capital is calculated as the revolving credit agreement expenses for the investment grade portfolios divided by the average total revolving credit agreement borrowings for the investment grade portfolios during the period.

159



 
Year Ended December 31, 2017
 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
Non-Investment Grade
 
Investment Grade
 
Cost of
 U/W Collateral (3)
 
Total
 
Non-Investment Grade
 
Investment Grade
 
Total
 
Non-Investment Grade
 
Investment Grade
 
Total
 
($ in thousands)
Interest income
$
118,263

 
$
7,200

 
$

 
$
125,463

 
$
120,461

 
$
1,917

 
$
122,378

 
$
94,533

 
$
86

 
$
94,619

Investment management fees - related parties
(20,827
)
 
(624
)
 

 
(21,451
)
 
(16,327
)
 
(236
)
 
(16,563
)
 
(16,024
)
 

 
(16,024
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(14,816
)
 
(287
)
 
(2,386
)
 
(17,489
)
 
(15,888
)
 
(109
)
 
(15,997
)
 
(5,673
)
 
(64
)
 
(5,737
)
Net interest income
82,620

 
6,289

 
(2,386
)
 
86,523

 
88,246

 
1,572

 
89,818

 
72,836

 
22

 
72,858

Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
8,018

 
(6,898
)
 

 
1,120

 
83,761

 
(3,118
)
 
80,643

 
(81,336
)
 
(1
)
 
(81,337
)
Investment performance fees - related parties
(14,905
)
 

 

 
(14,905
)
 
(24,065
)
 

 
(24,065
)
 

 

 

Net investment income (loss)
$
75,733

 
$
(609
)
 
$
(2,386
)
 
$
72,738

 
$
147,942

 
$
(1,546
)
 
$
146,396

 
$
(8,500
)
 
$
21

 
$
(8,479
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average total investments (1)
$
1,701,162

 
$
547,307

 
$

 
$
2,248,469

 
$
1,445,451

 
$
388,488

 
$
1,833,939

 
$
1,263,612

 
$
141,241

 
$
1,404,853

Average net assets under management (2)
1,314,708

 
548,797

 
(91,407
)
 
1,772,098

 
1,038,432

 
388,791

 
1,427,223

 
1,009,797

 
141,244

 
1,151,041

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income return on average net assets under management (2)
6.3
%
 
1.1
 %
 


 
4.9
%
 
8.5
%
 
0.4
 %
 
6.3
%
 
7.2
 %
 
%
 
6.3
 %
Net investment income return on average total investments (1)
4.5
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
 
 
3.2
%
 
10.2
%
 
(0.4
)%
 
8.0
%
 
(0.7
)%
 
%
 
(0.6
)%
Net investment income return on average net assets under management (2)
5.8
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
(2.6
)%
 
4.1
%
 
14.2
%
 
(0.4
)%
 
10.3
%
 
(0.8
)%
 
%
 
(0.7
)%
(1) Net investment income return on average total investments is calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the twelve month period, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period.
(2) Net interest income return on average net assets under management and net investment income return on average net assets under management are calculated by dividing net interest income, and net investment income (loss), respectively, by average net assets under management. For the non-investment grade component of investment returns and total investment returns, net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less total revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short. However, for the investment grade portfolio component of these returns, revolving credit agreement borrowings are not subtracted from the net assets under management calculation.
(3) The cost of underwriting capital is calculated as the revolving credit agreement expenses for the investment grade portfolios divided by the average total revolving credit agreement borrowings for the investment grade portfolios during the period.

160



 
As of September 30, 2018
 
As of September 30, 2017
 
Non-Investment Grade
 
Investment Grade
 
Cost of U/W Collateral
 
Total
 
Non-Investment Grade
 
Investment Grade
 
Cost of U/W Collateral
 
Total
 
($ in thousands)
Average total investments - QTD
$
1,924,657

 
$
827,085

 
$

 
$
2,751,742

 
$
1,792,359

 
$
577,589

 
$

 
$
2,369,948

Average total investments - YTD
1,833,712

 
799,012

 

 
2,632,723

 
1,671,829

 
488,277

 

 
2,160,106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average net assets under management - QTD
$
1,501,943

 
$
827,058

 
$
(295,647
)
 
$
2,033,353

 
$
1,350,606

 
$
579,213

 
$
(119,458
)
 
$
1,810,361

Average net assets under management - YTD
1,465,590

 
801,481

 
(282,191
)
 
1,984,879

 
1,282,387

 
489,399

 
(39,819
)
 
1,731,966

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total investments
$
1,928,336

 
$
847,644

 
$

 
$
2,775,980

 
$
1,826,266

 
$
704,634

 
$

 
$
2,530,900

Accrued Investment Income
14,082

 
3,568

 

 
17,650

 
12,057

 
1,661

 

 
13,718

Receivable for Securities Sold
35,956

 
197

 

 
36,153

 
73,772

 
279

 

 
74,051

Less: Payable for Securities Purchased
127,708

 
7,982

 

 
135,690

 
211,065

 

 

 
211,065

Less: Payable for Securities Sold Short
9,288

 

 

 
9,288

 
72,682

 

 
 
 
72,682

Less: Revolving credit agreement borrowings
322,455

 

 
301,487

 
623,942

 
235,826

 

 
238,916

 
474,742

Net assets under management
$
1,518,923

 
$
843,427

 
$
(301,487
)
 
$
2,060,863

 
$
1,392,522

 
$
706,574

 
$
(238,916
)
 
$
1,860,180

 
As of December 31, 2017
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
Non-Investment Grade
 
Investment Grade
 
Cost of U/W Collateral
 
Total
 
Non-Investment Grade
 
Investment Grade
 
Total
 
Non-Investment Grade
 
Investment Grade
 
Total
 
($ in thousands)
Average total investments - YTD
$
1,701,162

 
$
547,307

 
$

 
$
2,248,469

 
$
1,445,451

 
$
388,488

 
$
1,833,939

 
$
1,263,612

 
$
141,241

 
$
1,404,853

Average net assets under management - YTD
1,314,708

 
548,797

 
(91,407
)
 
1,772,098

 
1,038,432

 
388,791

 
1,427,223

 
1,009,797

 
141,244

 
1,151,041

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total investments
$
1,752,056

 
$
744,159

 
$

 
$
2,496,215

 
$
1,490,729

 
$
432,820

 
$
1,923,549

 
$
1,435,657

 
$
247,074

 
$
1,682,731

Accrued Investment Income
15,034

 
3,227

 

 
18,261

 
16,308

 
709

 
17,017

 
19,236

 
13

 
19,249

Receivable for Securities Sold
36,355

 
19

 

 
36,374

 
1,326

 

 
1,326

 
34,095

 

 
34,095

Less: Payable for Securities Purchased
42,501

 

 

 
42,501

 
42,922

 

 
42,922

 
33,062

 

 
33,062

Less: Payable for Securities Sold Short
34,375

 

 

 
34,375

 
33,157

 

 
33,157

 
30,583

 

 
30,583

Less: Revolving credit agreement borrowings
295,749

 

 
253,416

 
549,165

 
258,861

 

 
258,861

 
435,278

 

 
435,278

Net assets under management
$
1,430,820

 
$
747,405

 
$
(253,416
)
 
$
1,924,809

 
$
1,173,423

 
$
433,529

 
$
1,606,952

 
$
990,065

 
$
247,087

 
$
1,237,152



161



Critical accounting policies, estimates and recent accounting pronouncements
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make many estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities (including reserves), revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, insurance and other reserves, reinsurance recoverables, and fair value measurements. We base our estimates on historical experience, where possible, and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, which form the basis for our judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Estimates and judgments for a relatively new company, like our company, are even more difficult to make than those made in a mature company since we have compiled relatively limited historical information through September 30, 2018 . Actual results will differ from these estimates and such differences may be material. We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect significant estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses
We are required by applicable insurance laws and regulations and U.S. GAAP to establish reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, or “loss reserves,” that arise from the business we underwrite. Loss reserves are balance sheet liabilities representing estimates of future amounts required to pay losses and loss adjustment expenses for insured or reinsured events which have occurred at or before the balance sheet date. Loss reserves do not reflect contingency reserve allowances to account for future loss occurrences. Losses arising from future events will be estimated and recognized at the time the losses are incurred and could be substantial. We do not currently discount our reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses in our financial statement presentation.
Loss reserves are comprised of (1) case reserves for claims reported, (2) additional case reserves, or ACRs, and (3) reserves for estimated loss and loss adjustment expenses that have been incurred by insureds and reinsureds, but not yet reported to the insurer or reinsurer, including unknown future developments on loss and loss adjustment expenses which are known to the insurer or reinsurer, or IBNR, reserves. Loss reserves are established to provide for loss adjustment expenses and represent the estimated expense of settling claims, including legal and other fees and the general expenses of administering the claims adjustment process. Periodically, adjustments to the reported or case reserves may be made as additional information regarding the claims is reported or payments are made.
IBNR reserves are established to provide for incurred claims which have not yet been reported at the balance sheet date as well as to adjust for any projected variance in case reserving. Actuaries estimate ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses using various generally accepted actuarial methods applied to known losses and other relevant information. Like case reserves, IBNR reserves are adjusted as additional information becomes known or payments are made. The process of estimating reserves involves a considerable degree of judgment by management and, as of any given date, is inherently uncertain.
Estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses are generally determined by extrapolation of claim emergence and settlement patterns observed in the past that can reasonably be expected to persist into the future. In forecasting ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses with respect to any line of business, past experience with respect to that line of business is the primary resource, developed through both industry and company experience, but cannot be relied upon in isolation. Uncertainties in estimating ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses are magnified by the time lag between when a claim actually occurs and when it is reported and settled. This time lag is sometimes referred to as the “claim-tail.” The claim-tail for most property coverages is typically short (usually several months up to a few years). The claim-tail for certain

162



professional liability, executive assurance and health care coverages, which are generally written on a claims-made basis, is typically longer than property coverages but shorter than casualty lines. The claim-tail for liability/casualty coverages, such as general liability, products liability, multiple peril coverage and workers’ compensation, may be especially long as claims are often reported and ultimately paid or settled years, or even decades, after the related loss events occur. During the claims reporting and settlement period, additional facts regarding coverages written in prior accident years, as well as about actual claims and trends, may become known and, as a result, management may adjust its reserves. If management determines that an adjustment is appropriate, the adjustment is recorded in the accounting period in which such determination is made in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, if loss reserves need to be increased or decreased in the future from amounts currently established, future results of operations would be negatively or positively impacted, respectively.
In addition, the inherent uncertainties of estimating such reserves are even greater for our reinsurance lines of business, due primarily to the following factors: (1) the claim-tail for reinsurers is generally longer because claims are first reported to the ceding company and then to the reinsurer through one or more intermediaries, (2) the reliance on premium estimates, where reports have not been received from the ceding company, in the reserving process, (3) the potential for writing a number of reinsurance contracts with different ceding companies with the same exposure to a single loss event, (4) the diversity of loss development patterns among different types of reinsurance contracts, (5) the necessary reliance on the ceding companies for information regarding reported claims and (6) the differing reserving practices among ceding companies.
In determining ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses, the cost to indemnify claimants, provide needed legal defense and other services for insureds and administer the investigation and adjustment of claims are considered. These claim costs are influenced by many factors that change over time, such as expanded coverage definitions as a result of new court decisions, inflation in costs to repair or replace damaged property, inflation in the cost of medical services and legislated changes in statutory benefits, as well as by the particular, unique facts that pertain to each claim. As a result, the rate at which claims arose in the past and the costs to settle them may not always be representative of what will occur in the future. The factors influencing changes in claim costs are often difficult to isolate or quantify and developments in paid and incurred losses are frequently subject to multiple and conflicting interpretations. Changes in coverage terms or claims-handling practices may also cause future experience and/or development patterns to vary from the past. A key objective of actuaries in developing estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses, and resulting IBNR reserves, is to identify aberrations and systemic changes occurring within historical experience and accurately adjust for them so that the future can be projected reliably. Pricing actuaries devote considerable effort to understanding and analyzing a ceding company and program administrator’s operations and loss history during the underwriting of the business, using a combination of ceding company, program administrator, and industry statistics. Such statistics normally include historical premium and loss data by class of business, individual claim information for larger claims, distributions of insurance limits provided, loss reporting and payment patterns, and rate change history. Because of the factors previously discussed, this process requires the substantial use of informed judgment and is inherently uncertain.
As mentioned above, with regard to reinsurance, there can be a considerable time lag from the time a claim is reported to a ceding company to the time it is reported to the reinsurer. The lag can be several years in some cases and may be attributed to a number of reasons; including the time it takes to investigate a claim, delays associated with the litigation process, the deterioration in a claimant’s physical condition many years after an accident occurs, the case reserving approach of the ceding company, etc. In the reserving process, we assume that such lags are predictable, on average, over time and therefore the lags are contemplated in the loss reporting patterns used in their actuarial methods. This means that reserves for our reinsurance lines of business must rely on estimates for a longer period of time than for our insurance lines of business. Backlogs in the recording of assumed reinsurance can also complicate the accuracy of loss reserve estimation. As of

163



September 30, 2018 , there were no significant backlogs related to the processing of assumed reinsurance information for our reinsurance lines of business.
Although loss reserves are initially determined based on underwriting and pricing analysis, we apply several generally accepted actuarial methods, as discussed below, on a quarterly basis. Each quarter, as part of the reserving process, actuaries at our operations reaffirm that the assumptions used in the reserving process continue to form a sound basis for projection of liabilities. If actual loss activity differs substantially from expectations based on historical information, an adjustment to loss reserves may be supported. Estimated loss reserves for more mature underwriting years are based more on actual loss activity and historical patterns than on the initial assumptions based on pricing indications. More recent underwriting years rely more heavily on internal pricing assumptions. We place more or less reliance on a particular actuarial method based on the facts and circumstances at the time the estimates of loss reserves are made.
These methods generally fall into one of the following categories or are hybrids of one or more of the following categories:
Expected loss methods: these methods are based on the assumption that ultimate losses vary proportionately with premiums. Expected loss and loss adjustment expense ratios are typically developed based upon the information derived by underwriters and actuaries during the initial pricing of the business, supplemented by industry data available from organizations, such as statistical bureaus and consulting firms, where appropriate. These ratios consider, among other things, rate changes and changes in terms and conditions that have been observed in the market. Expected loss methods are useful for estimating ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses in the early years of long-tailed lines of business, when little or no paid or incurred loss information is available, and is commonly applied when limited loss experience exists for a company.
Historical incurred loss development methods: these methods assume that the ratio of losses in one period to losses in an earlier period will remain constant in the future. These methods use incurred losses (i.e., the sum of cumulative historical loss payments plus outstanding case reserves) over discrete periods of time to estimate future losses. Historical incurred loss development methods may be preferable to historical paid loss development methods because they explicitly take into account open cases and the claims adjusters’ evaluations of the cost to settle all known claims. However, historical incurred loss development methods necessarily assume that case reserving practices are consistently applied over time. Therefore, when there have been significant changes in how case reserves are established, using incurred loss data to project ultimate losses may be less reliable than other methods.
Historical paid loss development methods: these methods, like historical incurred loss development methods, assume that the ratio of losses in one period to losses in an earlier period will remain constant. These methods use historical loss payments over discrete periods of time to estimate future losses and necessarily assume that factors that have affected paid losses in the past, such as inflation or the effects of litigation, will remain constant in the future. Because historical paid loss development methods do not use incurred losses to estimate ultimate losses, they may be more reliable than the other methods that use incurred losses in situations where there are significant changes in how incurred losses are established by a company’s claims adjusters. However, historical paid loss development methods are more leveraged (meaning that small changes in payments have a larger impact on estimates of ultimate losses) than actuarial methods that use incurred losses because cumulative loss payments take much longer to equal the expected ultimate losses than cumulative incurred amounts. In addition, and for similar reasons, historical paid loss development methods are often slow to react to situations when new or different factors arise than those that have affected paid losses in the past.
Adjusted historical paid and incurred loss development methods: these methods take traditional historical paid and incurred loss development methods and adjust them for the estimated impact of changes from historical levels in factors such as inflation, the speed of claim payments or the

164



adequacy of case reserves. Adjusted historical paid and incurred loss development methods are often more reliable methods of predicting ultimate losses in periods of significant change, provided the actuaries can develop methods to reasonably quantify the impact of changes. As such, these methods utilize more judgment than historical paid and incurred loss development methods.
Bornhuetter-Ferguson, or B-F, paid and incurred loss methods: these methods utilize actual paid and incurred losses and expected patterns of paid and incurred losses, taking the initial expected ultimate losses into account to determine an estimate of expected ultimate losses. The B-F paid and incurred loss methods are useful when there are few reported claims and a relatively less stable pattern of reported losses.
Additional analysis: other methodologies are often used in the reserving process for specific types of claims or events, such as catastrophic or other specific major events. These include vendor catastrophe models, which are typically used in the estimation of loss reserves at the early stage of known catastrophic events before information has been reported to an insurer or reinsurer, and analysis of specific industry events, such as large lawsuits or claims.
In the initial reserving process for short-tail lines, consisting of property catastrophe and other exposures, we rely on a combination of the reserving methods discussed above. For known catastrophic events, our reserving process also includes the usage of catastrophe models and a heavy reliance on analysis that includes ceding company inquiries and management judgment. The development of property losses may be: (i) unstable, especially where there is high catastrophic exposure; (ii) characterized by high severity, low frequency losses for excess and catastrophe-exposed business; and/or (iii) highly correlated across contracts. As time passes, for a given underwriting year, additional weight is given to the paid and incurred B-F loss development methods and historical paid and incurred loss development methods in the reserving process. We make a number of key assumptions in reserving for short-tail lines, including that: (i) historical paid and reported development patterns are stable; (ii) catastrophe models provide useful information about our exposure to catastrophic events that have occurred; and (iii) our underwriters’ judgment and guidance received from ceding companies as to potential loss exposures may be relied on. The expected loss ratios used in the initial reserving process for our property exposures will vary over time due to changes in pricing, reinsurance structure, estimates of catastrophe losses, terms and conditions and geographical distribution. As losses in property lines are reported relatively quickly, expected loss ratios are selected for the current underwriting year incorporating the experience for earlier underwriting years, adjusted for rate changes, inflation, changes in reinsurance programs, expectations about present and future market conditions and expected attritional losses based on modeling. Due to the short-tail nature of property business, reported loss experience emerges quickly and ultimate losses are known in a comparatively short period of time.
In the initial reserving process for medium-tail and long-tail lines, consisting of casualty, other specialty, and other exposures, we primarily rely on the expected loss method. The development of medium-tail and long-tail business may be unstable, especially if there are high severity major events, with business written on an excess of loss basis typically having a longer tail than business written on a pro rata basis. As time passes, for a given exposure, additional weight is given to the paid and incurred B-F loss development methods and historical paid and incurred loss development methods in the reserving process. We make a number of key assumptions in reserving for medium-tail and long-tail lines, including that the pricing loss ratio is the best estimate of the ultimate loss ratio at the time the contract is entered into, historical paid and reported development patterns are stable and our claims personnel and underwriters’ analysis of our exposure to major events are assumed to be our best estimate of our exposure to the known claims on those events. The expected loss ratios used in initial reserving process for medium-tail and long-tail contracts will vary over time due to changes in pricing, terms and conditions and reinsurance structure. As the credibility of historical experience for earlier underwriting years increases, the experience from these underwriting years will be used in the actuarial analysis to determine future underwriting

165



year expected loss ratios, adjusted for changes in pricing, loss trends, terms and conditions and reinsurance structure.
Our reinsurance business receives reports of claims notices from ceding companies and record case reserves based upon the amount of reserves recommended by the ceding company. Case reserves on known events may be supplemented by ACRs, which are often estimated by our reinsurance operations’ claims personnel ahead of official notification from the ceding company, or when our reinsurance operations’ judgment regarding the size or severity of the known event differs from the ceding company. In certain instances, our reinsurance operations establish ACRs even when the ceding company does not report any liability on a known event. In addition, specific claim information reported by ceding companies or obtained through claim audits can alert our reinsurance operations to emerging trends such as changing legal interpretations of coverage and liability, claims from unexpected sources or classes of business, and significant changes in the frequency or severity of individual claims.
Our reinsurance business relies heavily on information reported by ceding companies, as discussed above. In order to determine the accuracy and completeness of such information, underwriters, actuaries, and claims personnel at our reinsurance operations often perform audits of ceding companies and regularly review information received from ceding companies for unusual or unexpected results. Material findings are usually discussed with the ceding companies. Our reinsurance operations sometimes encounter situations where they determine that a claim presentation from a ceding company is not in accordance with contract terms. In these situations, our reinsurance operations attempt to resolve the dispute with the ceding company. Most situations are resolved amicably and without the need for litigation or arbitration. However, in the infrequent situations where a resolution is not possible, our reinsurance operations will vigorously defend their position in such disputes.
For our insurance program and coinsurance line of business, Arch’s claim personnel, under our service arrangements, determine whether to establish a case reserve for the estimated amount of the ultimate settlement of individual claims. The estimate reflects the judgment of claims personnel based on general corporate reserving practices, the experience and knowledge of such personnel regarding the nature and value of the specific type of claim and, where appropriate, advice of counsel. We contract with a number of outside third-party administrators in the claims process who, in certain cases, have limited authority to establish case reserves. The work of these administrators is reviewed and monitored by such claims personnel.
As of September 30, 2018 , we did not make any significant changes in our methodologies or assumptions as described above. Our loss reserves, net of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable from reinsurers by type were as follows:
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Case Reserves
$
371,522

 
$
293,464

 
$
135,216

 
$
70,074

IBNR Reserves
523,921

 
464,942

 
354,075

 
209,352

Total net reserves
$
895,443

 
$
758,406

 
$
489,291

 
$
279,426


166



The loss reserves by major line of business, net of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable, were as follows:
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Casualty reinsurance
$
656,391

 
$
572,775

 
$
395,533

 
$
225,890

Other specialty reinsurance
137,141

 
112,589

 
67,157

 
48,268

Property catastrophe reinsurance
12,737

 
19,836

 
7,050

 
5,268

Insurance programs and coinsurance
89,174

 
53,206

 
19,551

 

Total net reserves
$
895,443

 
$
758,406

 
$
489,291

 
$
279,426

Potential Variability in Loss Reserves
The tables below summarize the effect of reasonably likely scenarios on the key actuarial assumptions used to estimate our loss reserves, net of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable, at December 31, 2017 by line of business. The scenarios shown in the tables summarize the effect of (i) changes to the expected loss ratio selections used at December 31, 2017 , which represent loss ratio point increases or decreases to the expected loss ratios used, and (ii) changes to the loss development patterns used in our reserving process at December 31, 2017 , which represent claims reporting that is either slower or faster than the reporting patterns used. We believe that the illustrated sensitivities are indicative of the potential variability inherent in the estimation process of those parameters. The results show the impact of varying each key actuarial assumption using the chosen sensitivity on our IBNR reserves, on a net basis and across all accident years.
Each of the impacts set forth in the tables is estimated individually, without consideration for any correlation among key assumptions or among lines of business. Therefore, it would be inappropriate to take each of the amounts and add them together in an attempt to estimate total volatility. While we believe the variations in the expected loss ratios and loss development patterns presented could be reasonably expected, our own historical data regarding variability is generally limited and actual variations may be greater or less than these amounts. It is also important to note that the variations are not meant to be a “best-case” or “worst-case” series of scenarios and, therefore, it is possible that future variations in our loss reserves may be more or less than the amounts set forth above.  While we believe that these are reasonably likely scenarios, we do not believe this sensitivity analysis should be considered an actual reserve range.

167



Development Pattern
Expected Loss Ratio
Increase (decrease) in loss reserves, net:
($ in thousands)
Casualty Reinsurance
10% Lower
 
Unchanged
 
10% Higher
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 Months Shorter
$
(96,308
)
 
$
(43,216
)
 
$
9,877

Unchanged
(62,857
)
 

 
54,332

6 Months Longer
(27,635
)
 
36,738

 
101,110

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Specialty Reinsurance
5% Lower
 
Unchanged
 
5% Higher
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 Months Shorter
$
(6,370
)
 
$
(2,948
)
 
$
659

Unchanged
(4,451
)
 

 
3,592

6 Months Longer
(663
)
 
3,792

 
7,432

 
 
 
 
 
 
Property Catastrophe Reinsurance
5% Lower
 
Unchanged
 
5% Higher
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 Months Shorter
$
(700
)
 
$
(383
)
 
$
(66
)
Unchanged
(396
)
 

 
396

6 Months Longer
58

 
571

 
1,085

 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance and Coinsurance
5% Lower
 
Unchanged
 
5% Higher
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 Months Shorter
$
(3,137
)
 
$
(720
)
 
$
1,694

Unchanged
(2,460
)
 

 
2,456

6 Months Longer
(557
)
 
2,034

 
4,621

Ceded reinsurance
In the normal course of business, our insurance subsidiaries may cede premium on a quota share or excess of loss basis through treaty or facultative reinsurance agreements. Our reinsurance subsidiary may also obtain reinsurance whereby another reinsurer contractually agrees to indemnify us for the ceded portion of certain reinsurance risks we had assumed. Such arrangements, where one reinsurer provides reinsurance to another reinsurer, are usually referred to as “retrocessional reinsurance” arrangements. Such arrangements reduce the effect of individual or aggregate losses to the ceding company. In our case, we also cede business to Arch, as an alignment of interest mechanism. Reinsurance recoverables are recorded as assets, predicated on the reinsurers’ ability to meet their obligations under the reinsurance agreements. If the reinsurers are unable to satisfy their obligations under the agreements, our insurance or reinsurance operations would be liable for such defaulted amounts.
We have historically reinsured a portion of our exposures, paying to reinsurers a part of the premiums received on the policies we write. On a consolidated basis, ceded premiums written, as a percentage of gross premiums written for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

168



 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Gross premiums ceded
18.0
%
 
7.5
%
 
17.8
%
 
7.5
%
 
7.9
%
 
4.0
%
 
4.7
%
We monitor the financial condition of our reinsurers and attempt to place coverages only with substantial, financially sound carriers. If the financial condition of our reinsurers or retrocessionaires deteriorates, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, we will provide for probable losses resulting from our inability to collect amounts due from such parties, as appropriate. We evaluate the creditworthiness of all the reinsurers to which we cede business. If our analysis indicates that there is significant uncertainty regarding our ability to collect amounts due from reinsurers, managing general agents, brokers and other clients, we will record a provision for doubtful accounts. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors-Risks related to our company-We are exposed to credit risk related to our cedants and policyholders in certain of our underwriting operations.”
The availability and cost of reinsurance and retrocessional protection is subject to market conditions, which are beyond our control. Although we believe that our underwriting operations have been successful in obtaining adequate reinsurance and retrocessional protection, it is not certain that they will be able to continue to obtain adequate protection at cost effective levels. As a result of such market conditions and other factors, our underwriting operations may not be able to successfully mitigate risk through reinsurance and retrocessional arrangements and may lead to increased volatility in our results of operations in future periods. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors-Risks related to our insurance and reinsurance business-The availability of reinsurance and retrocessional coverage may be limited and counterparty credit and other risks associated with our reinsurance arrangements may result in losses which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.”
Premium revenues and related expenses
Premiums written include amounts reported by brokers, ceding companies, program administrators and coinsurers supplemented by our own estimates of premiums where reports have not been received. Premiums written include estimates; such premium estimates are derived from multiple sources which include the historical experience of the underlying business, similar business and available industry information. The determination of premium estimates requires a review of our experience with ceding companies, familiarity with each market, the timing of the reported information, an analysis and understanding of the characteristics of each line of business, and management’s judgment of the impact of various factors, including premium or loss trends, on the volume of business written and ceded to us. On an ongoing basis, our underwriters review the amounts reported by these third parties for reasonableness based on their experience and knowledge of the subject class of business, taking into account our historical experience with the brokers or ceding companies. In addition, reinsurance contracts under which we assume business generally contain specific provisions which allow us to perform audits of the ceding company to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of the contract, including accurate and timely reporting of information. Based on a review of all available information, management establishes premium estimates where reports have not been received. Premium estimates are updated when new information is received and differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which estimates are changed or the actual amounts are determined. Premiums written are recorded based on the type of contracts we write. Insurance premiums written are generally recorded at the policy inception. Premiums on our excess of loss and pro rata reinsurance contracts are estimated when the business is underwritten. For excess of loss contracts, premiums are recorded as written based on the terms of the contract. Estimates of premiums written under pro rata contracts are recorded in the period in which the underlying risks incept and are based on information provided by the brokers and the ceding companies.

169



For multi-year reinsurance treaties which are payable in annual installments, generally, only the initial annual installment is included as premiums written at policy inception due to the ability of the reinsured to commute or cancel coverage during the term of the policy. The remaining annual installments are included as premiums written at each successive anniversary date within the multi-year term.
Reinstatement premiums are recognized at the time a loss event occurs, where coverage limits for the remaining life of the contract are reinstated under pre-defined contract terms. Reinstatement premiums, if obligatory, are fully earned when recognized. The accrual of reinstatement premiums is based on an estimate of losses and loss adjustment expenses, which reflects management’s judgment, as described above in “Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses.”
The amount of reinsurance premium estimates included in premiums receivable and the amount of related acquisition expenses by line of business were as follows as of December 31, 2017 :
 
December 31, 2017
 
Gross Amount
 
Acquisition Expenses
 
Net Amount
 
($ in thousands)
Casualty reinsurance
$
80,199

 
$
(30,861
)
 
$
49,338

Other specialty reinsurance
32,456

 
(8,310
)
 
24,146

Property catastrophe reinsurance
372

 
(79
)
 
293

Insurance programs and coinsurance
13,836

 
(6,680
)
 
7,156

Total
$
126,863

 
$
(45,930
)
 
$
80,933

Premium estimates are reviewed by management. Such review includes a comparison of actual reported premiums to expected ultimate premiums along with a review of the aging and collection of premium estimates. Based on management s review, the appropriateness of the premium estimates is evaluated, and any adjustment to these estimates is recorded in the period in which it becomes known. Adjustments to premium estimates could be material and such adjustments could directly and significantly impact earnings favorably or unfavorably in the period they are determined because the estimated premium may be fully or substantially earned.
A significant portion of amounts included as premiums receivable, which represent estimated premiums written, net of commissions, are not currently due based on the terms of the underlying contracts. Based on currently available information, management believes that the premium estimates included in premiums receivable will be collectible and, therefore, no provision for doubtful accounts has been recorded on the premium estimates as of September 30, 2018 or December 31, 2017 .
Reinsurance premiums assumed, irrespective of the class of business, are generally earned on a pro rata basis over the terms of the underlying policies or reinsurance contracts. Contracts and policies written on a “losses occurring” basis cover claims that may occur during the term of the contract or policy, which is typically 12 months. Accordingly, the premium is earned evenly over the term. Contracts which are written on a “risks attaching” basis cover claims which attach to the underlying insurance policies written during the terms of such contracts. Premiums earned on such contracts usually extend beyond the original term of the reinsurance contract, typically resulting in recognition of premiums earned over a 24-month period. Insurance premiums are primarily earned on a pro rata basis over the terms of the policies, generally 12 months.
Certain of our contracts include provisions that adjust premiums or acquisition expenses based upon the experience under the contracts. Premiums written and earned, as well as related acquisition expenses are recorded based upon the projected experience under such contracts.

170



Retroactive reinsurance reimburses a ceding company for liabilities incurred as a result of past insurable events covered by the underlying policies reinsured. For retroactive contracts that meet the established criteria for reinsurance accounting, written premiums are fully earned and corresponding losses and loss expense are recognized at inception. The initial gain, if applicable, is deferred and amortized into income over an actuarially determined expected payout period. Any future loss is recognized immediately and charged against earnings. The contracts can cause significant variances in gross premiums written, net premiums written, net premiums earned, and net incurred losses in the years in which they are written. Reinsurance contracts sold not meeting the established criteria for reinsurance accounting are recorded using the deposit method.
In certain instances, reinsurance contracts cover losses both on a prospective basis and on a retroactive basis and, accordingly, we bifurcate the prospective and retrospective elements of these reinsurance contracts and account for each element separately. Underwriting income generated in connection with retroactive reinsurance contracts is deferred and amortized into income over the settlement period while losses are charged to income immediately. Subsequent changes in estimated or actual cash flows under such retroactive reinsurance contracts are accounted for by adjusting the previously deferred amount to the balance that would have existed had the revised estimate been available at the inception of the reinsurance transaction, with a corresponding charge or credit to income.
Unearned premiums represent the portion of premiums written that is related to the estimated unexpired risk under the policy or contract, as applicable. A portion of premium payments may be refundable if the insured cancels coverage. Premium refunds reduce premiums earned in the consolidated statements of income. Generally, only unearned premiums are refundable.
Acquisition expenses and other expenses related to our underwriting operations that vary with, and are directly related to, the successful acquisition or renewal of business are deferred and amortized over the period in which the premiums are earned. Deferred acquisition costs are carried at their estimated realizable value and take into account anticipated losses and loss adjustment expenses, based on historical and current experience, and anticipated investment income.
In regard to unexpired policies and contracts, a premium deficiency occurs if the sum of anticipated losses and loss adjustment expenses and unamortized acquisition costs exceed unearned premiums and anticipated investment income. A premium deficiency reserve is recorded by charging any unamortized acquisition costs to expenses to the extent required in order to eliminate the deficiency. If the premium deficiency exceeds unamortized acquisition costs then a liability is accrued for the excess deficiency. No premium deficiency reserves were recorded by us during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 or the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .
Fair value measurements
Accounting guidance regarding fair value measurements addresses how companies should measure fair value when they are required to use a fair value measure for recognition or disclosure purposes under GAAP and provides a common definition of fair value to be used throughout GAAP. It defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly fashion between market participants at the measurement date. In addition, it establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for the disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The level in the hierarchy within which a given fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the measurement (Level 1 being the highest priority and Level 3 being the lowest priority).
The determination of the existence of an active market for our investment assets is based on whether transactions for the financial instrument occur in such market with sufficient frequency and volume to provide reliable pricing information.

171



The independent pricing services we engage obtain market quotations and actual transaction prices for securities that have quoted prices in active markets. Each source has its own proprietary method for determining the fair value of securities that are not actively traded. In general, these methods involve the use of “matrix pricing” in which the independent pricing source uses observable market inputs including, but not limited to, investment yields, credit risks and spreads, benchmarking of like securities, broker-dealer quotes, reported trades and sector groupings to determine a reasonable fair value. In addition, pricing vendors use model processes, such as an option-adjusted spread model, to develop prepayment and interest rate scenarios. In certain circumstances, when fair values are unavailable from these independent pricing sources, quotes are obtained directly from broker-dealers who are active in the corresponding markets. When quoted prices are unavailable we use the best available pricing information, which in some cases, particularly for non-standard instruments, will be a modeled valuation provided by HPS. In such cases, HPS uses quantitative and qualitative assessments such as internally modeled values. The modeled values are based on comparisons to peer security and industry-specific market data. Any such valuations supplied by HPS are reviewed for reasonableness by our management.
We review our securities measured at fair value and discuss the proper classification of such investments with investment managers and others. See Note 7 - “Fair value” to our consolidated financial statements for a summary of our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 by valuation hierarchy.
Other-than-temporary impairments
On a quarterly basis, we perform reviews of our investments to determine whether declines in fair value below the cost basis are considered other-than-temporary in accordance with applicable accounting guidance regarding the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments, or OTTIs. The process of determining whether a security is other-than-temporarily impaired requires judgment and involves analyzing many factors. These factors include: an analysis of the liquidity, business prospects and overall financial condition of the issuer; the time in which there was a significant decline in value; the significance of the decline; and the analysis of specific credit events.
We evaluate the unrealized losses of our equity securities by issuer and determine if we can forecast a reasonable period of time by which the fair value of the securities would increase and we would recover our cost. If we are unable to forecast a reasonable period of time in which to recover the cost of our equity securities, we record an OTTI equivalent to the entire unrealized loss. For debt securities, we separate an OTTI into two components when there are credit-related losses associated with the impaired debt security for which we assert that we do not have the intent to sell the security, and it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. The amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss is recognized in earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other factors (e.g., interest rates, market conditions, etc.) is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income or loss. The amount of the credit loss of an impaired debt security is the difference between the amortized cost and the greater of (i) the present value of expected future cash flows and (ii) the fair value of the security. In instances where no credit loss exists but it is more likely than not that we will have to sell the debt security prior to the anticipated recovery, the decline in fair value below amortized cost is recognized as an OTTI in earnings. In periods after the recognition of an OTTI on debt securities, we account for such securities as if they had been purchased on the measurement date of the OTTI at an amortized cost basis equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings. For debt securities for which OTTI was recognized in earnings, the difference between the new amortized cost basis and the cash flows expected to be collected will be accreted or amortized into net investment income. As of September 30, 2018 , the Company did not identify any OTTIs.

172



Recent accounting pronouncements
Refer to “Significant accounting policies-Recent accounting pronouncements” in our consolidated financial statements.
Financial condition, liquidity and capital resources
General
We are a holding company whose assets primarily consist of the shares in our subsidiaries. Generally, we depend on our available cash resources, dividends or other distributions from subsidiaries to make payments, including the payment of dividends on our preference shares and operating expenses we may incur. During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017 , we received dividends of $14.4 million and $19.3 million , respectively, from Watford Re, our Bermuda operating subsidiary.
The ability of our regulated operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions is dependent on their ability to meet applicable regulatory standards. Under Bermuda law, Watford Re is required to maintain an enhanced capital requirement, or ECR, which must equal or exceed its minimum solvency margin (in other words, the amount by which the value of its general business assets must exceed its general business liabilities). Watford Re is also required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio whereby the value of its relevant assets is not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities for general business. Watford Re is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during any financial year if it is not in compliance with each of its ECR, minimum solvency margin and minimum liquidity ratio. In any financial year Watford Re is prohibited from declaring or paying dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year’s statutory balance sheet) unless it files, at least seven days before payment of such dividends, with the BMA an affidavit attesting that a dividend would not cause the company to fail to meet its relevant margins. As of December 31, 2017 , as determined under Bermuda law, Watford Re had statutory capital and surplus of $1.2 billion and Watford Re was in compliance with its ECR, minimum solvency margin and minimum liquidity ratio. Accordingly, Watford Re would be permitted to pay dividends of up to $290.3 million to us during 2018 without the requirement of filing such an affidavit with the BMA. In addition, Watford Re is prohibited, without prior approval of the BMA, from reducing by 15% or more its total statutory capital, as set out in its previous year’s statutory financial statements.
Our U.S. and Gibraltar insurance subsidiaries are subject to similar insurance laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which they operate. The ability of these insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions is also dependent on their ability to meet applicable regulatory standards.
Furthermore, the ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends to us and to intermediate subsidiaries owned by us could be constrained by our dependence on financial strength ratings from independent rating agencies. Our ratings from these agencies depend to a large extent on the capitalization levels of our operating subsidiaries. We believe that we have sufficient cash resources and available dividend capacity to pay required dividends on our preference shares, service our indebtedness and satisfy other current outstanding obligations.
Financial condition
Shareholders’ equity
2018 versus 2017 : Total shareholders’ equity was $985.4 million as of September 30, 2018 , compared to $947.9 million as of December 31, 2017 , an increase of $37.5 million or 4.0%. The increase in shareholders equity was driven by net investment income of $54.7 million , other underwriting income of $2.1 million and a foreign exchange gain of $1.8 million , offset in part by preferred dividends of $14.7 million , an other comprehensive loss of $3.3 million and an underwriting loss of $3.2 million .

173



2017 versus 2016 : Total shareholders’ equity was $947.9 million as of December 31, 2017 , compared to $957.4 million as of December 31, 2016 , a decrease of $9.5 million or 1.0%. The reduction in shareholders equity was driven by an underwriting loss of $66.6 million , preferred dividends of $19.6 million and a net foreign currency translation loss of $0.6 million , offset in part by net investment income of $72.7 million , other underwriting income of $3.2 million and a foreign exchange gain of $1.4 million .
2016 versus 2015 : Total shareholders equity was $957.4 million as of December 31, 2016 , compared to $830.3 million as of December 31, 2015 , an increase of $127.1 million or 15.3%. The growth in shareholders equity was driven by net investment income of $146.4 million , a foreign exchange gain of $4.9 million and other underwriting income of $3.7 million , offset in part by preferred dividends of $19.6 million and an underwriting loss of $8.3 million . The 2016 underwriting loss was inclusive of $2.9 million in certain corporate expenses relating to the establishment of our U.S. and European insurance platforms.

174



Investment portfolios
The table below summarizes the credit quality of our total investments as of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , as rated by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services, LLC, or Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service, or Moody’s, or Fitch Ratings Inc., or Fitch, as applicable:
 
Credit Rating (1)
September 30, 2018
Fair Value
 
AAA
 
AA
 
A
 
BBB
 
BB
 
B
 
CCC
 
C
 
D
 
Not Rated
 
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
1,060,004

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
76,472

 
$
675,542

 
$
225,702

 
$

 
$

 
$
82,288

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
699,616

 
3,902

 
58,090

 
143,482

 
66,889

 
16,616

 
220,236

 
155,091

 
2,450

 

 
32,860

U.S. government and government agency bonds
262,596

 

 
262,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities
213,530

 
22,088

 
2,853

 
6,919

 
83,817

 
30,340

 
27,126

 
1,246

 

 

 
39,141

Mortgage-backed securities
6,552

 

 

 

 

 
565

 

 

 

 
4,997

 
990

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
136,643

 
5,292

 
122,834

 
8,517

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal government and government agency bonds
7,584

 
6,391

 
705

 
488

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed income instruments
2,386,525

 
37,673

 
447,078

 
159,406

 
150,706

 
123,993

 
922,904

 
382,039

 
2,450

 
4,997

 
155,279

Short term investments
224,525

 
6,239

 
122,376

 
15,850

 
72,167

 

 
7,893

 

 

 

 

Total fixed income instruments and short term investments
2,611,050

 
43,912

 
569,454

 
175,256

 
222,873

 
123,993

 
930,797

 
382,039

 
2,450

 
4,997

 
155,279

Other Investments
48,393

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equities
116,537

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
2,775,980

 
$
43,912

 
$
569,454

 
$
175,256

 
$
222,873

 
$
123,993

 
$
930,797

 
$
382,039

 
$
2,450

 
$
4,997

 
$
155,279

(1) For individual fixed maturity investments, Standard & Poor’s ratings are used. In the absence of a Standard & Poor’s rating, ratings from Moody’s are used, followed by ratings from Fitch.

175



 
 
 
Credit Rating
December 31, 2017
Fair Value (1)
 
AAA
 
AA
 
A
 
BBB
 
BB
 
B
 
CCC
 
CC
 
D
 
Not Rated
 
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
877,818

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
42,673

 
$
68,556

 
$
526,183

 
$
131,743

 
$
4,485

 
$
4,324

 
$
99,854

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
715,891

 
9,263

 
63,651

 
131,605

 
43,657

 
57,037

 
157,702

 
194,409

 

 
5,584

 
52,983

U.S. government and government agency bonds
231,019

 
14,676

 
216,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities
101,147

 
12,201

 
3,003

 
3,419

 

 
15,353

 
34,155

 

 

 

 
33,016

Mortgage-backed securities
9,290

 

 

 

 

 

 
1,027

 

 

 
6,682

 
1,581

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
104,205

 
2,785

 
95,514

 
5,906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal government and government agency bonds
15,481

 
13,721

 
1,265

 
495

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed income instruments
2,054,851

 
52,646

 
379,776

 
141,425

 
86,330

 
140,946

 
719,067

 
326,152

 
4,485

 
16,590

 
187,434

Short term investments
323,883

 
366

 
224,176

 
767

 
70,149

 

 
21,404

 

 

 

 
7,021

Total fixed income instruments and short term investments
2,378,734

 
53,012

 
603,952

 
142,192

 
156,479

 
140,946

 
740,471

 
326,152

 
4,485

 
16,590

 
194,455

Other Investments
49,613

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equities
67,868

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
2,496,215

 
$
53,012

 
$
603,952

 
$
142,192

 
$
156,479

 
$
140,946

 
$
740,471

 
$
326,152

 
$
4,485

 
$
16,590

 
$
194,455

(1) For individual fixed maturity investments, Standard & Poor’s ratings are used. In the absence of a Standard & Poor’s rating, ratings from Moody’s are used, followed by ratings from Fitch.

176



 
 
 
Credit Rating
December 31, 2016
Fair Value (1)
 
AAA
 
AA
 
A
 
BBB
 
BB
 
B
 
CCC
 
D
 
Not Rated
 
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
813,621

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
15,024

 
$
112,298

 
$
321,078

 
$
222,490

 
$

 
$
142,731

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
486,102

 
860

 
3,629

 
5,942

 
13,150

 
53,970

 
107,603

 
266,938

 
9,733

 
24,277

U.S. government and government agency bonds
196,942

 

 
196,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities
30,324

 

 

 

 

 
9,940

 
3,195

 

 

 
17,189

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
15,452

 

 
15,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal government and government agency bonds
4,313

 
429

 
2,576

 
1,039

 

 

 

 

 

 
269

Total fixed income instruments
1,546,754

 
1,289

 
218,599

 
6,981

 
28,174

 
176,208

 
431,876

 
489,428

 
9,733

 
184,466

Short-term investments
374,480

 

 

 
108,662

 
262,291

 

 

 

 

 
3,527

Total fixed income instruments and short-term investments
1,921,234

 
1,289

 
218,599

 
115,643

 
290,465

 
176,208

 
431,876

 
489,428

 
9,733

 
187,993

Equities
2,315

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
1,923,549

 
$
1,289

 
$
218,599

 
$
115,643

 
$
290,465

 
$
176,208

 
$
431,876

 
$
489,428

 
$
9,733

 
$
187,993

(1) For individual fixed maturity investments, Standard & Poor’s ratings are used. In the absence of a Standard & Poor’s rating, ratings from Moody’s are used, followed by ratings from Fitch.

177



 
 
 
Credit Rating
December 31, 2015
Fair Value (1)
 
AAA
 
AA
 
A
 
BBB
 
BB
 
B
 
CCC
 
D
 
Not Rated
 
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
762,162

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
19,516

 
$
121,714

 
$
429,207

 
$
147,755

 
$

 
$
43,970

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
536,768

 

 

 

 

 
23,204

 
259,448

 
203,631

 
325

 
50,160

U.S. government and government agency bonds
114

 

 
114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities
25,444

 

 

 

 

 
8,959

 
1,459

 

 

 
15,026

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
6,696

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
6,696

Total fixed income instruments
1,331,184

 

 
114

 

 
19,516

 
153,877

 
690,114

 
351,386

 
325

 
115,852

Short term investments
351,547

 

 

 

 
351,547

 

 

 

 

 

Total
$
1,682,731

 
$

 
$
114

 
$

 
$
371,063

 
$
153,877

 
$
690,114

 
$
351,386

 
$
325

 
$
115,852

(1) For individual fixed maturity investments, Standard & Poor’s ratings are used. In the absence of a Standard & Poor’s rating, ratings from Moody’s are used, followed by ratings from Fitch.


178



The amortized cost and fair value of our term loans, fixed maturities and short-term investments summarized by contractual maturity as of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
Amortized Cost
 
Fair Value
 
% of Fair Value
 
($ in thousands)
September 30, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
Due in one year or less
$
258,223

 
$
257,634

 
9.9
%
Due after one year through five years
1,312,515

 
1,300,571

 
49.7
%
Due after five years through ten years
833,252

 
829,031

 
31.8
%
Due after ten years
3,925

 
3,732

 
0.1
%
Asset-backed securities
216,091

 
213,530

 
8.2
%
Mortgage-backed securities
9,622

 
6,552

 
0.3
%
Total
$
2,633,628

 
$
2,611,050

 
100.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
Due in one year or less
$
339,205

 
$
339,358

 
14.3
%
Due after one year through five years
1,197,346

 
1,193,733

 
50.2
%
Due after five years through ten years
718,766

 
721,973

 
30.3
%
Due after ten years
12,861

 
13,233

 
0.6
%
Asset-backed securities
100,105

 
101,147

 
4.2
%
Mortgage-backed securities
11,372

 
9,290

 
0.4
%
Total
$
2,379,655

 
$
2,378,734

 
100.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
Due in one year or less
$
447,137

 
$
446,743

 
23.3
%
Due after one year through five years
900,587

 
909,235

 
47.3
%
Due after five years through ten years
543,407

 
533,666

 
27.8
%
Due after ten years
1,260

 
1,266

 
0.1
%
Asset-backed securities
31,547

 
30,324

 
1.5
%
Total
$
1,923,938

 
$
1,921,234

 
100.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Due in one year or less
$
356,216

 
$
354,448

 
21.1
%
Due after one year through five years
547,716

 
508,645

 
30.2
%
Due after five years through ten years
856,548

 
790,666

 
47.0
%
Due after ten years
5,188

 
3,528

 
0.2
%
Asset-backed securities
28,966

 
25,444

 
1.5
%
Total
$
1,794,634

 
$
1,682,731

 
100.0
%
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because some borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

179



Liquidity and capital resources
Cash flows
Our most significant source of operating cash flow is from premiums received from our insureds and reinsureds. Our underwriting operations provide liquidity in that premiums are received in advance, sometimes substantially in advance, of the time losses are paid. The period of time from the occurrence of a claim through the settlement of the resulting liability may extend many years into the future.
Our most significant operating cash outflow is for claim payments. Because the payment of claims occurs after the receipt of the premium, often years later, we invest the cash in various fixed income investments that earn interest. We also use cash to pay commissions to brokers, as well as to pay for ongoing operating expenses such as salaries, rent and taxes, and dividends on our contingently-redeemable preference shares. We have reinsurance agreements with Arch and others through which we cede a portion of our business. In purchasing reinsurance, we pay part of our premiums to reinsurers and collect cash back when our reinsurers reimburse us for losses subject to our reinsurance coverage.
The timing of our cash flows from operating activities can vary among periods due to the timing by which payments are made or received. Some of our payments and receipts, including loss settlements and subsequent reinsurance receipts, can be significant, so their timing can influence cash flows from operating activities in any given period.
Sources of liquidity include cash flows from operations, financing arrangements, or routine sales of investments. The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 :
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents provided by (used for):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$
174,287

 
$
221,883

 
$
292,225

 
$
275,088

 
$
302,556

Investing activities
(224,266
)
 
(440,671
)
 
(577,461
)
 
(105,997
)
 
(556,837
)
Financing activities
61,917

 
198,757

 
262,307

 
(195,647
)
 
353,096

Effects of exchange rate changes on foreign currency
(1,757
)
 
2,289

 
2,539

 
(7,101
)
 
(1,720
)
Change in cash and cash equivalents
$
10,181

 
$
(17,742
)
 
$
(20,390
)
 
$
(33,657
)
 
$
97,095

Results for the nine months e n ded September 30, 2018 :
Cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 decreased from the same period in 2017 due to the timing of premium receipts and higher claim payments in 2018. We continued to generate significant operating cash inflows in all years presented, primarily driven by our premium receipts significantly exceeding the level of our paid claims.
Cash used for investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was less than in the same period for 2017 , as we used cash provided by operating activities and financing activities to fund a net increase in our investment portfolios.
Cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was less than in the same period for 2017 driven by lower net proceeds from borrowings used to purchase investments.

180



Results 2017 versus 2016 :
Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased from the same period in 2016 . We continued to generate significant operating cash inflows in all years presented, primarily driven by our premium receipts significantly exceeding the level of our paid claims.
Cash used for investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was higher than in the same period for 2016 , as we used cash provided by operating activities and financing activities to fund a net increase in our investment portfolios.
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily driven by an increase in revolving credit agreement borrowings used to purchase investments.
Results 2016 versus 2015 :
Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased from the same period in 2015, due to increases in premiums receivable, funds held by reinsurers and claims payments, which were offset in part by a continued increase in our net premium volumes.
Cash used for investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was lower than in the same period for 2015. During 2016, as credit spreads narrowed, we used cash provided by operating activities and financing activities to fund a net increase in our investment portfolios.
Cash used for financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was driven by the repayment of borrowings previously used to purchase investments. Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was related to the increase in revolving credit agreement borrowings used to purchase investments.
Our investments in certain securities may be illiquid due to contractual provisions or investment market conditions. Changes in general economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on the value and liquidity of securities in our investment portfolios. If we require significant amounts of cash on short notice in excess of anticipated cash requirements, we may have difficulty selling these investments in a timely manner or may be forced to sell or otherwise liquidate them at unfavorable values.
The primary goals of our asset liability management process are to satisfy insurance liabilities and maintain sufficient liquidity to cover fluctuations in projected liability cash flows, including payment of dividends on our preference shares and other debt service obligations. We do not explicitly implement an exact cash flow match in each period. However the substantial degree by which the fair value of our investment portfolios exceeds the expected present value of the net underwriting liabilities, as well as the ongoing cash flow from premiums and contractual principal and interest payments received from our investment portfolios, provide assurance of our ability to fund the payment of claims and to service our other outstanding obligations without having to sell securities at distressed prices. We believe that, generally, the combination of premium receipts and the expected principal and interest payments produced by our predominantly fixed income investment portfolios will adequately fund future claim payments and other liabilities when due.
Capital resources
In addition to the common shares and contingently-redeemable preference shares we issued in our initial funding, we have arranged credit facilities to support our business operations. We believe that we hold sufficient capital to allow us to take advantage of market opportunities and to maintain our financial strength ratings, as well as to comply with all applicable statutory regulations.
We monitor our capital adequacy on a regular basis and will seek to adjust our capital base (up or down) according to the needs of our business. As part of our capital management program, we may

181



seek to raise additional capital or may seek to return capital to our shareholders through share repurchases, cash dividends or other methods (or a combination of such methods). Any such determination will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our profits, financial requirements and other factors, including legal restrictions, rating agency requirements and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. In connection with the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, our board of directors intends to authorize a share repurchase program that we may implement, from time to time, following the listing. Other than pursuant to this share repurchase program, at the present time, we do not expect to repurchase common shares, declare or pay dividends on our common shares or otherwise return capital to our common shareholders for the foreseeable future.
The following table summarizes our consolidated capital position:
 
September 30, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
Amount
 
% of Total Capital
 
Amount
 
% of Total Capital
 
($ in thousands)
Preferred shares
$
220,899

 
18.3
%
 
$
220,622

 
18.9
%
Shareholders’ equity
985,355

 
81.7
%
 
947,882

 
81.1
%
Total capital
$
1,206,254

 
100.0
%
 
$
1,168,504

 
100.0
%
The future capital requirements of our business will depend on many factors, including our ability to write new business successfully and to establish premium rates and reserves at levels sufficient to cover losses. Our ability to underwrite is largely dependent upon the quality of our claims paying and financial strength ratings as evaluated by independent rating agencies. In particular, we require (1) sufficient capital to maintain our financial strength ratings, as issued by ratings agencies, at a level considered necessary by management to enable our key operating subsidiaries to compete; (2) sufficient capital to enable our underwriting subsidiaries to meet the capital adequacy tests mandated by regulatory agencies in Bermuda, the United States and other key markets; and (3) sufficient letter of credit and other credit facilities to enable Watford Re to post regulatory and commercially required letters of credit and other forms of collateral that are necessary for it to write business.
To the extent that our existing capital is insufficient to fund our future operating requirements or maintain such ratings, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or limit our growth. However, we can provide no assurance that, if needed, we would be able to obtain additional funds through financing on satisfactory terms or at all. Adverse developments in the financial markets, such as disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets may result in realized and unrealized capital losses that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and our businesses, and may also limit our access to capital required to operate our business.
If we are not able to obtain adequate capital, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected, which could include, among other things, the following possible outcomes: (1) potential downgrades in the financial strength ratings assigned by ratings agencies to our operating subsidiaries, which could place those operating subsidiaries at a competitive disadvantage compared to higher-rated competitors; (2) reductions in the amount of business that our operating subsidiaries are able to write in order to meet capital adequacy-based tests enforced by regulatory agencies; and (3) any resultant ratings downgrades could, among other things, affect our ability to write business and increase the cost of bank credit and letters of credit. In addition, under certain of the reinsurance agreements assumed by our reinsurance operations, upon the occurrence of a ratings downgrade or other specified triggering event with respect to our reinsurance operations, such as a reduction in surplus by specified amounts during specified periods, our ceding company clients may be provided with certain rights, including, among other things, the

182



right to terminate the subject reinsurance agreement and/or to require that our reinsurance operations post additional collateral.
The holders of our preference shares have the option, at any time on or after June 30, 2034, to redeem their preference shares at the liquidation price of $25.00 per share. We have the right to redeem any or all of our preference shares on or after June 30, 2019 at the original purchase price of $25.00 per share.
In addition to the capital provided by the sale of common shares and preference shares, we may depend on external sources of finance to support our underwriting activities, such as bank credit facilities providing loans and/or letters of credit. As noted above, additional equity or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms that are unfavorable to us. In the case of equity financings, dilution to our shareholders could result, and, in any case, such securities might have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our outstanding securities.
Ratings
Our operating subsidiaries, Watford Re, WICE, WIC, and WSIC, each carry a financial strength rating of “A-” (Excellent) from A.M. Best. A.M. Best assigns 16 ratings to insurance companies, which currently range from “A++” (Superior) to “F” (In Liquidation). “A-” (Excellent) is the fourth highest rating issued by A.M. Best. The “A-” (Excellent) rating is assigned to insurers that have, in A.M. Best’s opinion, an excellent ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders. Each of our operating subsidiaries also carries a financial strength rating of “A” from KBRA. KBRA assigns 22 ratings to insurance companies, which currently range from “AAA” to “D”. The “A” rating, KBRA’s sixth highest rating category, is assigned to insurers for which, in KBRA’s opinion, the insurer’s financial condition is sound and the entity is likely to meet its policyholder obligations under difficult economic, financial and business conditions. These respective ratings are intended to provide an independent opinion of an insurer’s ability to meet its obligation to policyholders and neither is an evaluation directed at investors. See also “Item 1A. Risk Factors-Risks related to our insurance and reinsurance business-A downgrade or withdrawal of our financial strength ratings by insurance rating agencies could adversely affect the volume and quality of business presented to us and could negatively impact our relationships with clients and the sales of our products.”
The financial strength ratings assigned by A.M. Best and KBRA, respectively, have an impact on the ability of Watford Re to attract reinsurance clients, and also on the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to attract and retain program administrators, agents, brokers and insureds. The A.M. Best “A-” (Excellent) rating and KBRA “A” rating obtained by Watford Re, WICE, WIC, and WSIC are each consistent with our business plan and allow us to actively pursue relationships with the types of cedants, program administrators, agents, brokers and insureds targeted in our marketing plan.
Underwriting, natural and man-made catastrophic events
The broader P&C insurance and reinsurance market in which we operate has long been subject to market cycles. “Soft” markets occur when the supply of insurance capital in a given market or territory is greater than the amount of insurance capital necessary to meet the coverage needs of the insureds in that market. When this occurs, insurance prices tend to decline and policy terms and conditions become more favorable to the insured. Conversely, there are periods when there is not enough insurance capital in the market to meet insureds’ needs, leading to a “hard” market during which insurance prices generally rise and policy terms and conditions become more favorable to the insurer.
The overall insurance and reinsurance market has not experienced true cyclicality in the period since our inception in 2014. Instead, the reinsurance industry has had a gradual softening in response to a surplus of reinsurance industry capital and, prior to the second half of 2017, a number of years of benign catastrophe activity. However, as the result of recent Atlantic hurricanes, earthquake activity

183



and U.S. wildfires in 2017, pricing on certain product lines appears to be firming and becoming more attractive on a risk-adjusted basis.
There have recently, however, been certain product lines that have experienced a favorable hardening, such as European motor insurance. The rates for these particular lines have been rising as a result of several years of higher than expected losses, as well as regulatory changes impacting loss costs. As rates and commensurate risk-adjusted returns have risen, we have increased our writings in those lines.
Since the formation of WICE, we have grown our European motor insurance business. The following chart details gross premiums written generated by WICE for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 . The majority of such premiums relate to European motor insurance.
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
WICE gross premiums written
$
46,430

 
$
39,656

 
$
137,192

 
$
88,402

 
$
115,549

 
$
57,511

 
$
12,106

In addition, certain “new” product lines, such as mortgage reinsurance (having historically been written by captive insurers allied with primary mortgage insurers or mortgage lenders), are now more widely available due to risk transfer programs initiated over the past few years by the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. We believe the pricing for mortgage reinsurance is attractive on a risk-adjusted basis and have increased our writings as a result.
We target a medium- to long-term, lower volatility underwriting portfolio with tightly managed natural catastrophe exposure in order to reduce the likelihood that our capital and/or liquidity position would be adversely affected by a catastrophe event. We seek to limit our modeled net probable maximum loss, or PML, for property catastrophe exposures for each peak peril and peak zone from a modeled 1-in-250 year occurrence to no more than 10% of our total capital, which is less than most of our principal reinsurance competitors. As of September 30, 2018 our largest modeled peak peril and zone net occurrence PML was 2.3% , respectively, of our total capital. Our conscious effort to limit our catastrophe exposure is designed to lower the volatility of our overall underwriting portfolio and to provide greater certainty as to future claims-related payout patterns and timing. Our casualty-focused portfolio’s payout pattern is slower than that of most competitors due to the longer tail lines of business we write, and that slower payout pattern provides us with the potential for greater investment income on those premiums.
While we seek to limit our exposure to catastrophic events to a level with which we feel comfortable given the liquidity profile of our underwriting portfolio and investment portfolios, we do assume meaningful aggregate exposures to natural and man-made catastrophic events. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including hurricanes, floods, windstorms, earthquakes, hailstorms, tornadoes, explosions, severe winter weather, fires, droughts and other natural disasters. Catastrophes can also cause losses in non-property business such as workers’ compensation or general liability. In addition to the general nature of the risks inherent in writing property business, we believe that economic and geographic trends affecting insured property, including inflation, property value appreciation and geographic concentration, tend to generally increase the size of losses from catastrophic events over time.
We monitor our exposure to catastrophic events, including earthquake and wind and periodically reevaluate the estimated PML for such exposures. Our estimated PML is determined through the use of modeling techniques, but such estimate does not represent our total potential loss for such

184



exposures. Net PML estimates are net of expected reinsurance recoveries, before income tax and before excess reinsurance reinstatement premiums. Such modeled loss estimates are reflective of the zone indicated and not the entire portfolio. Since hurricanes and windstorms can affect more than one zone and make multiple landfalls, our loss estimates include clash estimates from other zones. Our loss estimates do not represent our maximum exposures and it is highly likely that our actual incurred losses would vary materially from the modeled estimates. There can be no assurances that we will not suffer pre-tax losses greater than 10% of total capital from one or more catastrophic events due to several factors, including the inherent uncertainties in estimating the frequency and severity of such events and the margin of error in making such determinations resulting from potential inaccuracies and inadequacies in the data provided by clients and brokers, the modeling techniques and the application of such techniques or as a result of a decision to change the percentage of shareholders’ equity exposed to a single catastrophic event. In addition, our actual losses may increase if our reinsurers fail to meet their obligations to us or the reinsurance protections purchased by us are exhausted or are otherwise unavailable. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors-Risks related to our insurance and reinsurance business.” Depending on business opportunities and the mix of business that may comprise our underwriting portfolio, we may seek to adjust our self-imposed limitations on PML for catastrophe-exposed business.
Contractual obligations and commitments
Letter of credit and revolving credit facilities
On May 16, 2018, Watford Re renewed its letter of credit facility with Lloyds Bank Plc, New York Branch. The Lloyds facility amount is $100.0 million and was renewed through to May 16, 2019. The principal purpose of the Lloyds facility is to issue, as required, evergreen standby letters of credit in favor of primary insurance or reinsurance counterparties with which we have entered into reinsurance arrangements to ensure that such counterparties are permitted to take credit for reinsurance obtained from us as required under insurance regulations in the United States. The amount of letters of credit issued is driven by, among other things, the timing and payment of catastrophe losses, loss development of existing reserves, the payment pattern of such reserves, the further expansion of our business and the loss experience of such business. When issued, the letters of credit are secured by certificates of deposit or cash. In addition, the Lloyds facility also requires the maintenance of certain covenants, with which we were in compliance as of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 . At such dates, we had approximately $72.2 million , $70.1 million , $65.9 million and $65.6 million respectively, in outstanding letters of credit issued from the Lloyds facility, which were secured by certificates of deposit. These collateral amounts are reflected as short-term investments in our consolidated balance sheets.
On November 30, 2017, Watford Re amended and restated its $800.0 million secured credit facility with Bank of America, N.A. through Watford Trust, which had originally been entered into in June 2015. Watford Re owns all of the beneficial interests of Watford Trust. The facility expires on November 30, 2021 and is backed by a portion of Watford Re’s non-investment grade portfolio which has been transferred to Watford Trust and which continues to be managed by HPS pursuant to an investment management agreement between HPS and Watford Trust. The purpose of the facility is to provide borrowing capacity, including for the purchase of loans, securities and other assets and to distribute cash or any such loans, securities or other assets to Watford Re. Pursuant to our credit agreement, the bank assigns borrowing or letter of credit capacity (or “advance rate”) for each eligible asset type held in the trust. Under our credit agreement, advance rates range from 100% for cash and 80% for certain first-lien loans to 40% for certain small-issue unsecured bonds.
Borrowings on the facility may be made at LIBOR or an alternative base rate at our option, in either case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin varies based on the applicable base rate and, in the case of LIBOR rate borrowings, the currency in which the borrowing is denominated. In addition, the facility allows for us to issue up to $400.0 million in evergreen standby letters of credit in favor of primary insurance or reinsurance counterparties with which we have entered into

185



reinsurance arrangements. We pay a fee on each letter of credit equal to the amount available to be drawn under such letter of credit multiplied by an applicable percentage. The applicable percentage varies based on the currency in which the letter of credit is denominated.
The borrowings and outstanding letters from credit from the Bank of America secured credit facility were as follows:
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Borrowings to purchase investments
$
128,269

 
$
187,717

 
$
256,650

 
$
430,434

Borrowings to purchase collateral
301,487

 
253,416

 

 

Total Borrowings
429,756

 
441,133

 
256,650

 
430,434

Outstanding letters of credit
51,832

 
43,913

 
186,563

 
60,000

The secured credit facility contains various affirmative and negative covenants. As of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , December 31, 2016 , and December 31, 2015 , Watford Re was in compliance with all covenants contained in the Bank of America secured credit facility.
Custodian bank facility
As of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 and 2016 , we borrowed $194.2 million , $108.0 million and $2.2 million from our custodian bank to purchase U.S.-denominated securities. As of September 30, 2018 , the total borrowed amount of $194.2 million included 2.0 million Swiss Francs, or CHF, ($2.0 million) to purchase CHF-denominated securities. During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we borrowed approximately €4.4 million ( $4.8 million ) from our custodian bank to purchase Euro-denominated securities. We pay interest based on 3-month LIBOR plus a margin and the borrowed amount is payable upon demand. The foreign exchange gain or loss on revaluation on the borrowed Euro denominated funds is included as a component of foreign exchange gains (losses) included in the consolidated statements of net income (loss).
The custodian bank requires us to hold cash and investments in deposit with, or in an investment account with respect to the borrowed funds. As at September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , we were required to hold $277.7 million , $150.5 million , $3.0 million and $7.1 million , respectively, in such deposits and investment accounts.
Pledged and restricted assets
For the benefit of certain Arch entities and other third parties that cede business to us, we are required to post and maintain collateral to support our potential obligations under reinsurance contracts that we write. This collateral can be in the form of either investment assets held in collateral trust accounts or letters of credit. Under our credit facilities, in order for us to have the bank issue a letter of credit to our reinsurance contract counterparty, we must post investment assets or cash as collateral to the bank. In either case, the amounts remain restricted for the duration of the term of the trust or letter of credit, as applicable. See Note 15 - “Commitments and contingencies-Letter of credit and revolving credit facilities” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement for further details.
As of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , we held $2.3 billion , $2.0 billion , $1.6 billion and $1.2 billion , respectively, in pledged assets in support of insurance and reinsurance liabilities as well as to collateralize our credit facilities. Included within total pledged assets, we held $6.0 million , $6.0 million , $6.6 million and $0.1 million , respectively, in deposits with U.S. regulatory authorities.

186



The following table summarizes our assets pledged as collateral for credit and letter of credit facilities, assets held in trust for underwriting transactions and regulatory deposits as of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 :
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Total investments pledged for BAML credit facility
$
967,994

 
$
986,126

 
$
933,833

 
$
781,055

Total investments pledged for custodian bank
277,720

 
150,480

 
3,007

 
7,145

Total investments pledged for Lloyds credit facility
72,167

 
70,149

 
65,926

 
65,624

Total investments held in trust as collateral for underwriting transactions and regulatory deposits
978,171

 
795,472

 
549,116

 
316,467


187



Contractual obligations and commitments
The following table illustrates our contractual obligations and commitments by due date as of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 :
 
Payments Due by Period
 
Total
 
Less Than One Year
 
One Year to Less Than Three Years
 
Three Years to Less Than Five Years
 
More Than Five Years
 
($ in thousands)
September 30, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated gross payments for losses and loss adjustment expenses (1)
$
962,927

 
$
220,108

 
$
288,696

 
$
158,435

 
$
295,688

Revolving credit agreement borrowings (2)
623,942

 
623,942

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations
1,615

 
323

 
646

 
646

 

Total
$
1,588,484

 
$
844,373

 
$
289,342

 
$
159,081

 
$
295,688

December 31, 2017
 
Estimated gross payments for losses and loss adjustment expenses (1)
$
798,262

 
$
178,688

 
$
243,788

 
$
133,205

 
$
242,581

Revolving credit agreement borrowings (2)
549,165

 
549,165

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations
1,857

 
323

 
646

 
646

 
242

Total
$
1,349,284

 
$
728,176

 
$
244,434

 
$
133,851

 
$
242,823

December 31, 2016
 
Estimated gross payments for losses and loss adjustment expenses (1)
$
510,809

 
$
124,276

 
$
155,213

 
$
86,764

 
$
144,556

Revolving credit agreement borrowings (2)
258,861

 
258,861

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations
2,180

 
323

 
646

 
646

 
565

Total
$
771,850

 
$
383,460

 
$
155,859

 
$
87,410

 
$
145,121

December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated gross payments for losses and loss adjustment expenses (1)
$
290,997

 
$
66,358

 
$
90,209

 
$
50,965

 
$
83,465

Revolving credit agreement borrowings (2)
435,278

 
435,278

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations
2,503

 
323

 
646

 
646

 
888

Total
$
728,778

 
$
501,959

 
$
90,855

 
$
51,611

 
$
84,353

(1) The estimated expected contractual commitments related to the reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses are presented on a gross basis (not reflecting any corresponding reinsurance recoverable amounts that would be due to us).
(2) Revolving credit agreement borrowings include borrowings from our custodian bank to purchase securities, which is payable on demand. Therefore we have assumed that these payments will be made within one year, but payment may occur over a longer period of time.
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses represent our best estimate of the ultimate cost of settling reported and unreported claims and related expenses. As discussed previously, the estimation of loss and loss expense reserves is based on various complex and subjective judgments.

188



Actual losses and settlement expenses we are ultimately required to pay may deviate, perhaps substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements. Similarly, the timing for payment of our estimated losses is not fixed and is not determinable on an individual or aggregate basis. The assumptions used in estimating the payments due by period are based on industry and peer-group claims payment experience. Due to the uncertainty inherent in the process of estimating the timing of such payments, there is a risk that the amounts paid in any period can be significantly different than the amounts discussed above. Amounts discussed above are gross of anticipated amounts recoverable from reinsurers. Reinsurance balances recoverable on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses are reported separately as assets, instead of being netted with the related liabilities, since having purchased reinsurance does not discharge us of our liability to policyholders. Reinsurance balances recoverable on reserves for paid and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses as of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 totaled $69.8 million , $42.8 million , $24.4 million , and $14.1 million , respectively.     
Inflation
The effects of inflation are considered implicitly in pricing our contracts and policies through the modeled components such as demand surge. Loss reserves are established to recognize likely loss settlements at the date payment is made. Those reserves inherently recognize the effects of inflation. The actual effects of inflation on our results cannot be accurately known, however, until claims are ultimately resolved.
Off-balance sheet arrangements
We are not party to any transaction, agreement or other contractual arrangement to which an entity unconsolidated with us is a party that management believes is reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk
We believe we are principally exposed to the following types of market risk:
foreign currency risk;
interest rate risk;
credit spread risk;
credit risk;
liquidity risk; and
political risk.
Foreign currency risk
Underwriting contracts and policies
We have foreign currency exposure related to non-U.S. dollar denominated contracts and policies. Of our gross premiums written from inception, $962.5 million, or 38.7%, were written in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. For these contracts, non-U.S. dollar assets generally offset liabilities in the same non-U.S. dollar currencies resulting in minimal net exposure. As of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , loss and loss adjustment expense reserves included $306.8 million, $224.8 million, $100.3 million and $55.0 million, respectively, in foreign currencies.

189



Investments
We are exposed to foreign currency risk through cash and investments in loans and securities denominated in foreign currencies. Foreign currency exchange rate risk is the potential for adverse changes in the U.S. dollar value of investments (long and short) and foreign currency derivative instruments, which we may employ from a risk management perspective, due to a change in the exchange rate of the foreign currency in which cash and financial instruments are denominated. As of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , our total net long exposure to foreign denominated investments represented 9.0%, 7.6%, 2.0% and 1.7% of our total investment portfolios of $2.8 billion , $2.5 billion , $1.9 billion and $1.7 billion , respectively.
The following table summarizes the net impact that a 10% increase and decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar against select foreign currencies in which we have written contracts and policies would have had on the value of our shareholders’ equity as of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 :
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets, net of insurance liabilities, denominated in foreign currencies, excluding shareholders’
 equity and derivatives
$
59,593

 
$
47,763

 
$
20,799

 
$
(17,510
)
Shareholders’ equity denominated in foreign currencies (1)
(24,399
)
 
(25,708
)
 
(16,081
)
 
(11,496
)
Net assets denominated in foreign currencies
$
35,194

 
$
22,055

 
$
4,718

 
$
(29,006
)
Pre-tax impact of a hypothetical 10% appreciation of the U.S. Dollar against foreign currencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
$
(3,519
)
 
$
(2,206
)
 
$
(472
)
 
$
2,901

Book value per common share
$
(0.16
)
 
$
(0.10
)
 
$
(0.02
)
 
$
0.13

Pre-tax impact of a hypothetical 10% decline of the U.S. Dollar against foreign currencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
$
3,519

 
$
2,206

 
$
472

 
$
(2,901
)
Book value per common share
$
0.16

 
$
0.10

 
$
0.02

 
$
(0.13
)
(1) Represents capital contributions held in the foreign currency of WICE.
Interest rate risk
Our investment portfolios include interest rate sensitive securities, such as corporate and sovereign debt instruments and asset-backed securities. One key market risk exposure for any debt instrument is interest rate risk. As interest rates rise, the market value of our fixed income portfolio may fall, and the opposite is generally true when interest rates fall. Based on historical observations, there is a low probability that all interest rate yield curves would shift in the same direction at the same time. Furthermore, at times interest rate movements in certain credit sectors exhibit a much lower correlation to changes in U.S. Treasury yields. Accordingly, the actual effect of interest rate movements may differ materially from the amounts set forth in the following tables.

190



The following table estimates the impact that a 50 basis point and 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates would have on the value of our non-investment grade and investment grade portfolios as of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 :
 
Interest Rate Shift in Basis Points
(U.S. dollars in millions)
-100
 
-50
 
0
 
+50
 
+100
September 30, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total fair value
$
2,812

 
$
2,794

 
$
2,776

 
$
2,758

 
$
2,741

Change from base
1.3
%
 
0.6
%
 
%
 
(0.6
)%
 
(1.3
)%
Change in unrealized value
$
36

 
$
18

 
$

 
$
(18
)
 
$
(35
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total fair value
$
2,536

 
$
2,517

 
$
2,496

 
$
2,475

 
$
2,454

Change from base
1.6
%
 
0.8
%
 
%
 
(0.8
)%
 
(1.7
)%
Change in unrealized value
$
40

 
$
21

 
$

 
$
(21
)
 
$
(42
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total fair value
$
1,945

 
$
1,934

 
$
1,924

 
$
1,913

 
$
1,902

Change from base
1.1
%
 
0.5
%
 
%
 
(0.6
)%
 
(1.1
)%
Change in unrealized value
$
21

 
$
10

 
$

 
$
(11
)
 
$
(22
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total fair value
$
1,701

 
$
1,692

 
$
1,683

 
$
1,677

 
$
1,671

Change from base
1.1
%
 
0.5
%
 
%
 
(0.4
)%
 
(0.7
)%
Change in unrealized value
$
18

 
$
9

 
$

 
$
(6
)
 
$
(12
)
Credit spread risk
We invest in credit spread sensitive assets, primarily debt assets. We consider the effect of credit spread movements on the market value of our fixed maturity investments, short-term investments, and certain of our other investments and the corresponding change in market value. As credit spreads widen, the fair value of our fixed income investments falls, and the converse is also true. Based upon historical observations, there is a low probability that credit spreads would change in the same magnitude across asset classes, industries, credit ratings, jurisdictions, and individual instruments. Accordingly, the actual effect of credit spread movements may differ materially from the amounts set forth in the following tables.

191



The following table summarizes the effect that an immediate, parallel shift in credit spreads in a static interest rate environment would have had on our portfolios as of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 :
 
Percentage Shift in Credit Spreads
(U.S. dollars in millions)
-50%
 
-10%
 
0
 
+10%
 
+50%
September 30, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total fair value
$
2,891

 
$
2,793

 
$
2,776

 
$
2,742

 
$
2,636

Change from base
4.1
%
 
0.6
%
 
%
 
(1.2
)%
 
(5.0
)%
Change in unrealized value
$
115

 
$
17

 
$

 
$
(34
)
 
$
(140
)
 


 


 


 


 


December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total fair value
$
2,722

 
$
2,532

 
$
2,496

 
$
2,462

 
$
2,336

Change from base
9.1
%
 
1.4
%
 
%
 
(1.4
)%
 
(6.4
)%
Change in unrealized value
$
226

 
$
36

 
$

 
$
(34
)
 
$
(160
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total fair value
$
2,030

 
$
1,945

 
$
1,924

 
$
1,903

 
$
1,818

Change from base
5.5
%
 
1.1
%
 
%
 
(1.1
)%
 
(5.5
)%
Change in unrealized value
$
106

 
$
21

 
$

 
$
(21
)
 
$
(106
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total fair value
$
1,878

 
$
1,722

 
$
1,683

 
$
1,644

 
$
1,488

Change from base
11.6
%
 
2.3
%
 
%
 
(2.3
)%
 
(11.6
)%
Change in unrealized value
$
195

 
$
39

 
$

 
$
(39
)
 
$
(195
)
Credit risk
Underwriting contracts and policies
We are exposed to credit risk from our clients relating to premiums receivable under our contracts and policies, and the possibility that counterparties may default on their obligations to us. The risk of counterparty default is partially mitigated by the fact that any amount owed to us from an insurance or reinsurance counterparty would be netted against any losses we would pay in the future. We monitor the collectability of these premiums on a regular basis.
Investments
Our investment strategy is to invest primarily in the debt obligations of non-investment grade corporate issuers. We rely upon our investment managers to invest our funds in debt instruments that provide an attractive risk-adjusted return, but the value we ultimately receive from these debt instruments is dependent upon the performance of the issuers of such obligations. In addition, the securities and cash in our investment portfolios are held with several custodians and prime brokers, subjecting us to the related credit risk from the possibility that one or more of them may default on their obligations to us. Our investment managers regularly monitor the concentration of credit risk with each broker and if necessary, transfer cash or securities among brokers to diversify and mitigate our credit risk.

192



Liquidity risk
Certain of our investments are, or may become, illiquid. Disruptions in the credit markets may materially affect the liquidity of certain investments including our Level 3 (non-quoted) assets, which as of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , represented 5.3% , 5.6% , 5.0% and 3.9% of our total investments, respectively. If we require significant amounts of cash on short notice in excess of normal cash requirements, which could include the payment of claims expenses or to satisfy a requirement of rating agencies in a period of market illiquidity, certain of our investments may be difficult to sell in a timely manner and may have to be sold or otherwise liquidated for less than what may otherwise have been possible under normal market conditions.
Political risk
We are exposed to political risk to the extent that we underwrite business from entities located in foreign markets; we operate through subsidiaries located in Bermuda, the United States and Gibraltar, and to the extent that HPS or AIM trade securities or assets that are originated, listed, or traded in various U.S. and foreign markets. The governments in any of these jurisdictions could impose restrictions, regulations or other measures which may have a material impact on our investment strategy, the value of our investments and our underwriting operations.
We do not currently write political risk coverage in our insurance or reinsurance contracts; however, changes in government law and regulation may impact our underwriting operations.


193



Item 3. Properties
Our headquarters is located in leased office space that we maintain at Waterloo House in Hamilton, Bermuda. This lease runs through September 2, 2023 and we have the option to renew it for up to an additional ten years. We also maintain an office for our U.S.-based insurance subsidiaries in Morristown, New Jersey. Our Gibraltar insurance subsidiary currently operates from a shared office arrangement. We believe this office space will be sufficient for us to conduct our operations for the foreseeable future.


194



Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
Principal shareholders
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of January 29, 2019 by:
each person who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common shares;
each of our directors;
each of the named executive officers; and
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
For purposes of the table below, the percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership are based on 22,682,875 common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018.
Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of such securities, or to dispose or direct the disposition of such securities or has the right to acquire such securities or such powers within 60 days. Common shares that may be acquired by an individual or group within 60 days pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or other rights are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such individual or group, but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person shown in the table. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each beneficial owner identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all common shares shown as beneficially owned by the beneficial owner.

195



Unless otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below, the address for each beneficial owner is Waterloo House, 1st Floor, 100 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke HM 08, Bermuda.
 
 
Common shares beneficially owned
Name and address of beneficial owner
 
Number
 
Percentage
Arch Reinsurance Ltd. (1)
 
3,475,503
 
14.7
%
Named executive officers and directors:
 
 
 
 
John F. Rathgeber
 
12,500
 
*

Walter Harris
 
27,500
 
*

Nicolas Papadopoulo
 
62,500
 
*

Maamoun Rajeh
 
12,500
 
*

Laurence B. Richardson, II
 
2,500
 
*

Roderick Romeo
 
625
 
*

Deborah DeCotis
 
 

Thomas Miller
 
 

Elizabeth Gile
 
 

Robert L. Hawley
 
 

Jonathan D. Levy
 
 

Garth Lorimer Turner
 
 

All named executive officers and directors as a group:
 
118,125
 
0.5
%
(1) Includes 975,503 common shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants. These warrants will become exercisable upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market.
* Denotes less than 1%.


196



Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth the names, ages as of September 30, 2018 and positions of the individuals who will serve as our directors and executive officers following the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market.
Name
 
Age
 
Title and Position
Executive Officers and Directors
 
 
 
 
John F. Rathgeber
 
63
 
Chief Executive Officer and Director
Walter Harris
 
66
 
Chairman of the Board and Director
Maamoun Rajeh
 
47
 
Director
Nicolas Papadopoulo
 
56
 
Director
Garth Lorimer Turner
 
52
 
Director
Deborah DeCotis
 
65
 
Director
Thomas Miller
 
62
 
Director
Elizabeth Gile
 
62
 
Director
Jonathan D. Levy
 
42
 
President and Chief Risk Officer
Robert L. Hawley
 
49
 
Chief Financial Officer
Laurence B. Richardson II
 
60
 
Chief Operating Officer
Alexandre J.M. Scherer
 
50
 
Chief Executive Officer, WSIC and WIC
Roderick Romeo
 
49
 
Chief Accounting Officer
Biographical information
Biographical information on our directors and executive officers is set forth below.
John Rathgeber, Chief Executive Officer and Director. Mr. Rathgeber has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a director since January 2014. From October 2009 to January 2014, Mr. Rathgeber was Vice Chairman of the Arch Worldwide Reinsurance Group and Chairman of Arch Reinsurance Company. He served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Arch Reinsurance Company for eight years beginning with its formation in December 2001. Prior to joining Arch Reinsurance Company, Mr. Rathgeber was Executive Vice President of the Financial Solutions Business Unit of St. Paul Re, the reinsurance operation of the St. Paul Companies. From 1996 until 1998, he served as Senior Vice President in the Non-Traditional Underwriting Department of F&G Re Inc., the reinsurance operation of USF&G Corp., and from November 1992 until 1996, Mr. Rathgeber was Vice President of Non-Traditional reinsurance at F&G Re. Mr. Rathgeber started his career at Prudential Re, the reinsurance operation of The Prudential Insurance Company of America, in 1980 and worked there until 1992. During that time, he held various underwriting positions and was also a director in Prudential Re’s Actuarial Department. He is a former Chairman of the Reinsurance Association of America and currently serves on its board of directors. Mr. Rathgeber received a B.A. from Williams College. He is a Chartered Property and Casualty Underwriter, a Fellow of the Casualty Actuarial Society and a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries.
We believe Mr. Rathgeber’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his many decades of insurance and reinsurance industry executive-level leadership and underwriting experience as well as his actuarial expertise.
Walter Harris, Chairman of the Board and Director. Mr. Harris has served as our Chairman of the Board since March 2014. Since October 2014, Mr. Harris has been President and Chief Executive Officer of FOJP Service Corporation, a provider of insurance and risk management advisory services

197



to major healthcare organizations, and President and Chief Executive Officer of Hospitals Insurance Company, Inc., a provider of medical professional liability insurance to physicians and hospitals. Before joining FOJP Service Corporation and Hospitals Insurance Company, Mr. Harris served as Senior Advisor and Vice Chairman Emeritus to Alliant Insurance Services, Inc., one of the largest insurance brokerage firms in the United States from December 2010 to May 2013. Prior to joining Alliant, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of T&H Group, one of the largest privately held insurance brokerage firms in the United States, from 1980 until its acquisition by Alliant in 2010. Mr. Harris has also served as an advisor to investors in insurance entities as well as special counsel to several major insurance coverage litigations. He is currently a director of Loews Corp. and chairman of its audit committee. Mr. Harris received a B.A. from Stanford University, a J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley and an LLM in Taxation from the N.Y.U. School of Law.
We believe Mr. Harris’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive background in the insurance industry, substantial board experience and his broad strategic and operational leadership.
Maamoun Rajeh, Director. Mr. Rajeh has served as our director since March 2018. Since October 2017, Mr. Rajeh has served as the Chairman and Executive Officer of Arch Worldwide Reinsurance Group. Prior to October 2017, Mr. Rajeh served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Arch Reinsurance Ltd since July 2014. Prior to July 2014, Mr. Rajeh served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited since August 2012. Prior to August 2012, he served as Chief Underwriting Officer of Arch Reinsurance Ltd. since November 2005, which he had joined as an underwriter in 2001. Prior to joining Arch Reinsurance Ltd., Mr. Rajeh served as an Assistant Vice President at HartRe, a subsidiary of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. Mr. Rajeh graduated from The Wharton School of Business of the University of Pennsylvania with a B.S. degree. He is also a Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter.
We believe Mr. Rajeh s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his many years of executive-level reinsurance industry leadership and his deep reinsurance industry underwriting experience.
Nicolas Papadopoulo, Director. Mr. Papadopoulo has served as our director since March 2014. Since October 2017, Mr. Papadopoulo has served as Chief Executive Officer of Arch Insurance Group, an officer position of Arch Capital Group Ltd. Prior to October 2017, Mr. Papadopoulo served as the Chief Executive Officer of Arch Reinsurance Group, also an officer position of Arch Capital Group Ltd. Prior to July 2014, Mr. Papadopoulo served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Arch Reinsurance Ltd. since November 2005. Prior to November 2005, Mr. Papadopoulo served as Chief Underwriting Officer of Arch Reinsurance Ltd. from October 2004. Mr. Papadopoulo joined Arch Reinsurance Ltd. in December 2001 as Senior Global Property Underwriter. Prior to joining Arch Reinsurance Ltd., he held various positions at Sorema N.A. Reinsurance Group, a U.S. subsidiary of Groupama S.A., a Paris-based global insurance group, from 1990, including Executive Vice President and Chief Underwriting Officer beginning in 1997. Prior to 1990, Mr. Papadopoulo was an insurance examiner with the Ministry of Finance, Insurance Department, in France. Mr. Papadopoulo graduated from École Polytechnique in France in 1986 and École Nationale de la Statistique et de l’Administration Économique in France with the French equivalent of a Ph.D. in 1989. He is also a member of the International Actuarial Association and a fellow at the French Actuarial Society.
We believe Mr. Papadopoulo’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his many years of executive-level reinsurance industry leadership, his deep insurance and reinsurance industry underwriting experience as well as his actuarial expertise.
Garth Lorimer Turner, Director. Mr. Lorimer Turner has served as our director since March 2014. Mr. Lorimer Turner currently serves as Co-Founder and Director of Cohort Limited, a Bermuda company founded in July 2012 which provides corporate management and consultancy services to offshore companies and funds and acts as a Trading Member of the Bermuda Stock Exchange. From August 2001 to July 2012, Mr. Lorimer Turner served as Managing Director of Jupiter Asset Management

198



(Bermuda) Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Jupiter Fund Management Plc, a leading U.K. fund management group listed on the London Stock Exchange with products that range from unit trusts to investment companies and offshore funds. Mr. Lorimer Turner received an LL.B. from the University of Southampton, England and Law Society Finals from the College of Law at Lancaster Gate in London. Mr. Lorimer Turner is a qualified lawyer in England & Wales and Hong Kong and a Bermuda qualified barrister and attorney.
We believe Mr. Lorimer Turner’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in the investment and broader financial services industries and his general financial and business acumen, all of which have provided him with significant expertise relevant to our business model which combines insurance and reinsurance underwriting with an investment strategy designed to complement our target business mix.
Deborah DeCotis, Director. Ms. DeCotis has served as our director since March 2017. Ms. DeCotis is a retired Morgan Stanley Managing Director. Currently she serves as director on both Allianz Global Investors Capital LLC - Multi-Fund Board and the PIMCO Closed-End Funds Board. Her prior professional experience also includes being a director and member of the Audit and Governance Committee for Armor Holdings, a manufacturer of military-grade safety equipment, and she served as Lead Director during the sale of Armor to BAE. Prior to Armor she was an Executive Vice-President for Sotheby Holdings, Inc. Outside of the professional realm she is a member of Circle Financial Group and the Council of Foreign Relations. She also recently ended her term as a trustee on the board of Stanford University, where she previously served on the Advisory Council of Stanford Business School and was trustee and Chair of the Stanford Business School Trust where she was a recipient of the John W. Gardner Volunteer Leadership Award. In addition, Ms. DeCotis recently completed her ten year term as co-Chair of the Special Projects Committee at Memorial Sloane Kettering Hospital, having served on that Committee for 28 years. Ms. DeCotis holds a B.A. in Mathematics from Smith College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business, from which she graduated with distinction as a Miller Scholar.
We believe Ms. DeCotis qualifications to serve on our board of directors includes her broad and deep senior-level experience in the financial services industry as well as her service on the boards of several well-known registered investment funds.
Thomas Miller, Director. Mr. Miller has served as our director since May 2017. Mr. Miller retired from PricewaterhouseCoopers Bermuda in 2016, having been with the firm since 1984, where he served a wide variety of financial services and specifically insurance and reinsurance company clients. He became a partner of Coopers & Lybrand in 1991 and was managing partner of the firm at the time of the merger with Price Waterhouse in 1998 and was joint managing partner of the merged PwC firm until 2003. Mr. Miller lives in Bermuda and has served on the boards of a number of Bermuda organizations including Bermuda Government’s Audit Committee and The Bermuda Institute of Chartered Accountants. Mr. Miller obtained his professional designation as a Chartered Accountant in 1981. He received his Bachelor of Commerce from Queen’s University, Kingston Ontario, and holds the professional designation of FCPA.
We believe Mr. Miller s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience and expertise in public accounting for public and private financial services companies as well as his general business acumen.
Elizabeth Gile, Director. Ms. Gile has served as our director since September 2017. Ms. Gile retired from Deutsche Bank AG in 2005, where she served as Managing Director and Global Head of the Loan Exposure Management Group. She spent the first 24 years of her career at J.P. Morgan, where she was responsible for High Grade Credit Markets trading, Credit Portfolio Management, Corporate Lending and Credit Research in North America. She is currently a member of the Board of Directors of KeyCorp, a bank holding company, Deutsche Bank Trust Company of the Americas, a subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG, and of various funds managed by BlueMountain Capital, a diversified alternative asset manager. She is the head of the Risk Committee at both KeyCorp and

199



Deutsche Bank Trust Company of the Americas. Ms. Gile holds a Bachelor of Arts in Government and History from Dartmouth College, where she graduated Phi Beta Kappa, Summa Cum Laude.
We believe Ms. Gile s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include her broad and deep corporate credit lending, trading and research expertise gained through her many years of senior-level management experience in the financial services industry, as well as her service on the boards of several large banks for which she is also the head of the Risk Committee.
Jonathan D. Levy, President and Chief Risk Officer. Mr. Levy has served as our President since February 2018 and our Chief Risk Officer since March 2014. Mr. Levy has over 20 years of insurance experience, most recently with Endurance Specialty Holdings Ltd., where he worked from July 2008 to March 2014, most recently serving as Senior Vice President and Chief Pricing Actuary of Global Insurance. His prior roles within Endurance include Chief Pricing Actuary of Bermuda Insurance, after joining Endurance in 2008 as its Corporate Actuary. Prior to Endurance, Mr. Levy was a Senior Consultant at Tillinghast (now Towers Watson) in Philadelphia where he provided consulting services for domestic and international insurers and reinsurers, as well as asbestos and pollution liability analyses for corporate and insurance clients. Prior to Tillinghast, Mr. Levy spent five years with ACE INA in Philadelphia, including three years in its run-off claims division, Brandywine Holdings. Mr. Levy holds an A.B. from Lafayette College. He is also a Fellow of the Casualty Actuarial Society and a member of the American Academy of Actuaries.
Robert L. Hawley, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Hawley has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2015. Mr. Hawley has over 20 years of professional experience in public accounting and reinsurance. Prior to joining our company, he held the position of Vice President, Corporate Treasury Manager at XL Group Ltd. from January 2010 to July 2014. At XL Group Ltd., he was responsible for capital and collateral management, including debt capital market and credit facility transactions. From 2006 to 2009, Mr. Hawley worked at RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd., Bermuda, as the Assistant Treasurer where his role included treasury, rating agency and investor relations management. From 2002 to 2006, he worked as Assistant Vice President, Account Executive at Marsh & McLennan Companies Inc., Bermuda and was responsible for management of several Fortune 500 captive insurance companies. Prior to that, Mr. Hawley was a Corporate Advisory Services Manager at KPMG LLP, London, Canada, from 1995 to 2002. Mr. Hawley is a Chartered Professional Accountant, Chartered Accountant and a member of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario, Canada. Mr. Hawley received an Advanced Business Accounting Diploma from Fanshawe College, Ontario, Canada.
Laurence B. Richardson, II, Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Richardson has served as our chief operating officer since January 2017. From March 2012 to January 2017, he held the position of Senior Vice President-Capital Markets at Arch Capital Group Ltd., where he primarily focused on convergence transactions through which reinsurance risk is transferred to capital markets investors. In such capacity, Mr. Richardson was involved in the formation and launch of our company. Mr. Richardson was seconded to our company by Arch Capital Group Ltd. from July 1, 2016 to January 3, 2017. Prior to joining Arch Capital Group Ltd., Mr. Richardson held the position of Senior Vice President in the Ventures Group at RenaissanceRe, which develops and structures non-traditional reinsurance products, makes strategic investments and creates and manages RenaissanceRe’s joint ventures and other managed vehicles, including Top Layer Re, DaVinci Re, Timicuan Re, Starbound Re-I, Starbound Re-II and Channel Re. Mr. Richardson had joined RenaissanceRe in mid-2001.
Prior to joining RenaissanceRe, Mr. Richardson was an investment banker with over 15 years of experience in the structured products and securitization arena, having been employed at a number of nationally recognized Wall Street firms, including the investment banks of E. F. Hutton & Co., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, and Alex Brown & Sons, Incorporated and prior thereto was an attorney with the law firm Thacher, Proffitt & Wood LLP. Mr. Richardson graduated from the University of Virginia with both a B.S. degree from the McIntire School of Commerce and a J.D. degree from the School of Law.

200



Alexandre J.M. Scherer, Chief Executive Officer of WSIC and WIC. Alexandre Scherer is the head of our U.S. insurance operations and has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of WSIC and WIC since September 2015 and August 2016, respectively. Mr. Scherer has over 23 years of experience in the insurance and reinsurance industry, including 11 years with AXA Insurance Company, a subsidiary of AXA S.A., of which he served eight years as President, Chief Executive Officer and director, as well as three years as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Scherer also served as President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, of AXA Liabilities Managers, Inc., a subsidiary of AXA S.A. specializing in non-life insurance and reinsurance legacy business acquisition and management. Prior to that, he served as Vice President, Alternative Risk Transfer Underwriter, as well as Risk Manager, at AXA Reinsurance Company. Mr. Scherer also served as Second Vice President of Sorema North America and Underwriter and Head of Alternative Risk Transfer of Sorema SA. Mr. Scherer holds a degree of Diplome d’Ingenieur from École Centrale Paris in France. He is a Qualified Actuary from the French Actuaries Institute (France) and a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries.
Roderick Romeo, Chief Accounting Officer.  Mr. Romeo has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since January 1, 2017. Mr. Romeo has recently been promoted to Chief Financial Officer of Arch Reinsurance Ltd., and therefore will gradually transition from his duties as our Chief Accounting Officer over the next several months. Mr. Romeo has previously served as our Controller from July 2015 to December 2016, and our interim Chief Financial Officer from January 2014 to June 2015. Mr. Romeo is leased to us from Arch Reinsurance Ltd. where, prior to serving as its Chief Financial Officer, he served as the Controller of Strategic Ventures since July 2013. Prior to joining Arch Reinsurance Ltd., Mr. Romeo was the Controller of Aeolus Reinsurance Ltd., Aeolus Capital Management Ltd. and Aeolus Re Ltd.  While serving as Controller of Aeolus Reinsurance Ltd., he assisted in the formation of Aeolus Capital Management Ltd. and Aeolus Re Ltd. in 2011.  Prior to joining Aeolus Reinsurance Ltd. in July 2007, Mr. Romeo held various financial and accounting positions at several subsidiaries within XL Group Ltd. from February 2001 to June 2007. Prior to his positions at XL Group Ltd., Mr. Romeo served as an Assistant Manager in the Deposit Taking Division at the Bermuda Monetary Authority from January 2000 to January 2001. From 1994 through 1999, Mr. Romeo worked as an audit associate at PricewaterhouseCoopers.  Mr. Romeo graduated in 1994 from Saint Mary’s University, Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada with a Bachelor of Commerce - Major in Accounting. Mr. Romeo is a Chartered Professional Accountant, Chartered Accountant and a member of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Bermuda.
Director independence
See “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Director independence.”
Family relationships
There is no family relationship between any director or executive officer and any other director or executive officer or any person nominated to become a director or executive officer.
Board composition
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which, pursuant to the common shareholders agreement, is comprised of seven directors. Any director may be removed by the shareholders for cause (as such term is defined in the bye-laws) upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors. Additionally, directors appointed by Arch may be removed by Arch without cause.
Upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, in accordance with the terms of our bye-laws, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Our bye-laws

201



further provide that the authorized number of directors may be increased by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.
Pursuant to the terms of our bye-laws and the common shareholders agreement entered into in connection with our original private placement in March 2014, Arch is entitled to appoint two individuals to our board of directors. See “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Common shareholders agreement-Arch board seats” and “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities To Be Registered-Description of Share Capital-Certain bye-law provisions-Number of directors.” Maamoun Rajeh and Nicolas Papadopoulo have been appointed by Arch to our board of directors in accordance with our bye-laws and the common shareholders agreement.
When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable the board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focused primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth immediately above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.
Committees of the board of directors
Our board of directors has an audit committee, compensation committee, investment committee, risk committee, strategy committee and underwriting committee and will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market. Our board of directors may have such other committees as the board of directors shall determine from time to time. Each of the standing committees of the board of directors has the composition and responsibilities described below.
Audit committee
Upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, our audit committee will consist of Thomas Miller, Walter Harris, Garth Lorimer Turner and Deborah DeCotis. Thomas Miller will serve as the chairperson of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Thomas Miller, Walter Harris, Garth Lorimer Turner and Deborah DeCotis satisfy the criteria for “independence” under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards established by the NASDAQ Stock Market. Our audit committee, pursuant to its written charter, among other things, assists the board of directors in the oversight of: (i) the integrity of our financial statements; (ii) the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting; (iii) the independent auditor’s qualifications and independence; (iv) the performance of our internal audit function; (v) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and (vi) the performance of our compliance function.
We expect that Thomas Miller will be designated as our “audit committee financial expert,” as that term is defined in the rules of the SEC.
Compensation committee
Upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, our compensation committee will consist of Walter Harris, Garth Lorimer Turner and Elizabeth Gile. Walter Harris will serve as the interim chairperson of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that Walter Harris, Garth Lorimer Turner and Elizabeth Gile satisfy the criteria for “independence” under the applicable listing standards established by the NASDAQ Stock Market. Our compensation committee, pursuant to its written charter, among other things, assists the board of directors’ responsibility with respect to the oversight of: (i) setting the compensation of our

202



executive officers; (ii) reviewing and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding compensation of the board of directors; and (iii) performing such other duties and responsibilities as may be consistent with the provisions of its charter.
Nominating and corporate governance committee
Upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, our board of directors will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee, which will comprise of Deborah DeCotis, Walter Harris and Thomas Miller. Deborah DeCotis will serve as the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that Deborah DeCotis, Walter Harris and Thomas Miller satisfy the criteria for “independence” under the applicable listing standards established by the NASDAQ Stock Market. The nominating and corporate governance committee, pursuant to its written charter, among other things, will be responsible for: (i) identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors and recommending candidates for election to our board of directors; (ii) reviewing the composition of the board of directors and its committees; (iii) developing and recommending to the board of directors corporate governance guidelines that are applicable to us; and (iv) and leading the board of directors in its annual review of performance.
Investment committee
Upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, our investment committee will consist of Elizabeth Gile, Walter Harris, John Rathgeber, Deborah DeCotis and Nicolas Papadopoulo. Elizabeth Gile will serve as the chairperson of the investment committee. Each member of the investment committee has knowledge or experience relating to corporate and other financial matters. Our investment committee, pursuant to its written charter, among other things, oversees the board of directors’ responsibilities relating to our investing affairs and recommends to the board of directors financial policies, strategic investments and overall investment policy, including review of manager selection, benchmarks, risk components and investment performance.
Risk committee
Upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, our risk committee will consist of Garth Lorimer Turner, Maamoun Rajeh, John Rathgeber and Elizabeth Gile. Garth Lorimer Turner will serve as the chairperson of the risk committee. Each member of the risk committee has knowledge or experience relating to investment risk, underwriting risk, and operational risk. Our risk committee, pursuant to its written charter, among other things, oversees our board of directors’ responsibilities related to overall risk appetite, risk tolerances, and risk policies.
Strategy committee
Upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, our strategy committee will consist of John Rathgeber, Walter Harris, Maamoun Rajeh and Nicolas Papadopoulo. John Rathgeber will serve as the chairperson of the strategy committee. Our strategy committee, pursuant to its written charter, manages our strategic direction within limits agreed, from time to time, with the board of directors. Subject to the foregoing, the strategy committee has primary authority for our strategy and operations, except for those matters reserved to the board of directors or any board committee, from time to time.
Underwriting committee
Upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, our underwriting committee will consist of Maamoun Rajeh, Walter Harris and John Rathgeber. Maamoun Rajeh will serve as the chairperson of the underwriting committee. Our underwriting committee, pursuant to its written charter, among other things, assists the board of directors in reviewing and evaluating our policies, guidelines, performance, risk management, processes and procedures relating to our underwriting risks.

203



Director compensation
Prior to the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, we paid an annual cash retainer of $90,000 per year to our independent directors for their service as members of the board of directors and any committees thereof. We also paid an annual cash retainer to Walter Harris of $125,000 per year for his service as chairman of the board of directors and any committees thereof. We did not pay any cash or equity director compensation to John Rathgeber, as he is compensated as an employee of our company. Prior to the listing, we also have not paid any cash or equity compensation to directors appointed by Arch to serve on our board of directors. All directors were reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred for their service as members of the board of directors and any committees of the board of directors.
Immediately following the 20th trading day of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, each of our independent directors will receive the following compensation for services as a director:    
An annual grant of $50,000 restricted share units of our common shares (based on the average of the closing price of our common shares on those 20 days), pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan.
We will reimburse our directors for reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending our board of directors and committee meetings.
The table below indicates the elements and total value of all compensation earned by directors who served on our board of directions in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 .
2017 Director Summary Compensation Table
 
 
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
 
Stock Awards
 
Option Awards
 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
 
Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings
 
All Other Compensation
 
Total
 Name
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
John F. Rathgeber
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$

Walter Harris
 
125,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
125,000

Francois Chavel (1)
 
90,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90,000

Garth Lorimer Turner
 
90,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90,000

Deborah DeCotis
 
67,500

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
67,500

Thomas Miller
 
60,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60,000

Elizabeth Gile
 
37,500

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37,500

Maamoun Rajeh (2)
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Nicolas Papadopoulo
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1) Francois Chavel resigned as a director on February 15, 2018
(2) Maamoun Rajeh replaced Marc Grandisson as a director on March 7, 2018
Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation
None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of another entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

204



Code of business conduct and ethics
Upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our employees, directors and officers, in accordance with applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Any waiver of this code may be made only by our board of directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

205



Item 6. Executive Compensation
The following section provides compensation information pursuant to the scaled disclosure rules applicable to “emerging growth companies” under the rules of the SEC, including reduced narrative and tabular disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.
Compensation policies and practices and risk management
When establishing and reviewing our compensation philosophy and programs, we consider whether such programs align the interests of our directors and officers with our interests and those of our shareholders and whether such programs encourage unnecessary or excessive risk taking. Base salaries are fixed in amount and, consequently, we do not see them as encouraging risk taking. Employees are also eligible to receive a portion of their total compensation in the form of annual cash bonus awards. While the annual cash bonus awards focus on achievement of annual goals and could encourage the taking of short-term risks at the expense of long-term results, our annual cash bonus awards represent only a portion of eligible employees’ total compensation and are tied to both corporate performance measures and the executive officer’s individual performance and are at the discretion of our compensation committee. We believe that the annual cash bonus awards appropriately align the interests of our officers with our interests and those of our shareholders and balance risk with the desire to focus eligible employees on specific goals important to our success and do not encourage unnecessary or excessive risk taking.
Following the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, we will also provide our named executive officers and other members of senior management and our directors with long-term equity awards to help further align their interests with our interests and those of our shareholders. See “-Summary compensation table” below for information regarding our named executive officers, “-2018 Stock Incentive Plan” below for additional discussion regarding our equity incentive plan, and “-Employment agreements” below for information regarding specific equity awards that will be made to our named executive officers and other members of senior management in connection with the listing and otherwise pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements. We believe that these awards will not encourage unnecessary or excessive risk taking, since the awards will generally be provided at the beginning of an employee’s tenure or at various intervals to award achievements or provide additional incentive to build long-term value and will generally be subject to vesting schedules to help ensure that executives and members of senior management and our directors have significant value tied to our long-term corporate success and performance.
We believe our compensation philosophy and programs encourage employees and directors to strive to achieve both short- and long-term goals that are important to our success and building shareholder value, without promoting unnecessary or excessive risk taking. We will review our compensation policies and practices periodically to determine whether such policies and practices are appropriate in light of our risk management objectives.
Summary compensation table
The following table shows the compensation earned by John F. Rathgeber, Jonathan D. Levy and Laurence B. Richardson, II (collectively, the “named executive officers”) for the year ended December 31, 2017 .

206



Our compensation packages for our named executive officers primarily consist of salary and annual bonuses.
 Name
Year
Salary
($)
Bonus
($)
Change in Pension Value and Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings
($)
All Other Compensation
($)
Total
($)
John F. Rathgeber
Chief Executive Officer
2017
$
450,000

$
375,000

$
36,000

$
203,302

$
1,064,302

Jonathan D. Levy
President and Chief Risk Officer
2017
386,000

408,333

36,000

320,138

1,150,471

Laurence B. Richardson, II
Chief Operating Officer
2017
307,500

155,000

26,898

154,890

644,288

2018 Stock Incentive Plan
We have adopted the Watford Holdings Ltd. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Incentive Plan, which permits us to provide equity-based compensation to our employees, directors, officers, advisors, consultants, and certain other service providers of our company and our affiliates in the form of options, share appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, performance shares, performance units, cash performance units and other equity-based awards.
Administration of the 2018 Incentive Plan. Our compensation committee has full authority to administer and interpret the 2018 Incentive Plan, to authorize the granting of awards, to determine the eligibility of employees, directors, officers, advisors, consultants and certain other service providers of our company and our affiliates to receive an award, to determine the number of common shares to be covered by each award, to determine the terms, provisions and conditions of each award (which may not be inconsistent with the terms of the 2018 Incentive Plan), to prescribe the form of instruments evidencing awards and to take any other actions and make all other determinations that it deems necessary or appropriate in connection with the 2018 Incentive Plan or the administration or interpretation thereof. In connection with this authority, the compensation committee may, among other things, establish performance goals that must be met in order for awards to be granted or to vest, or for the restrictions on any such awards to lapse. Each member of the compensation committee is intended to be, to the extent required by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, a non-employee director.
Eligibility. All employees, directors, officers, advisors, consultants and certain other service providers of our company and our affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the 2018 Incentive Plan.
Share authorization. Our 2018 Incentive Plan provides for grants of equity-based awards of our common shares, subject to a ceiling of 4% of our fully-diluted common shares outstanding on the date we list our shares.  If an award or any portion of an award granted under the 2018 Incentive Plan is forfeited, cancelled, terminated, exchanged or surrendered without having been exercised or paid, as the case may be, the shares subject to the award or a portion of the award will again become available for the issuance of additional awards.  Unless extended by our board of directors with shareholder approval, no new award may be granted under the 2018 Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date that such plan was initially approved by our board of directors.
No repricing. Except in connection with certain corporate transactions, no amendment or modification may be made to an outstanding stock option or share appreciation right, including by replacement with or substitution of another award type, that would be treated as a repricing under applicable stock exchange rules or would replace stock options or share appreciation rights with an exercise price in excess of the fair market value of a share of our common shares with cash, in each case, without the approval of our shareholders (although appropriate adjustments may be made to

207



outstanding stock options and share appreciation rights to achieve compliance with applicable law, including the Code).
Recoupment. Award agreements granted pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan may provide for mandatory repayment by the recipient to us of any gain realized by the recipient to the extent we are required to prepare a financial restatement, such that the amount of the previously awarded incentive compensation would have been lower had results been properly reported.
Awards under the 2018 Incentive Plan
Stock options and share appreciation rights. The terms of specific stock options shall be determined by the compensation committee. The exercise price of a stock option shall be determined by the compensation committee and reflected in the applicable award agreement. The exercise price with respect to stock options may not be lower than 100% of the fair market value of our common shares on the date of grant. Each stock option will be exercisable after the period or periods specified in the award agreement, which will generally not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Stock options will be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms as determined by the compensation committee. We may also grant share appreciation rights, which are a right to receive a number of shares, or, in the discretion of the compensation committee, an amount of cash, or a combination of shares and cash, based upon the increase in the fair market value of the shares underlying the right during a stated period of time specified in the award agreement.
Restricted shares. A restricted share award is an award of common shares that is subject to restrictions on transferability and such other restrictions the compensation committee may impose at the date of grant. Grants of restricted common shares will be subject to vesting schedules and other restrictions as determined by the compensation committee. The restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, including, without limitation, a specified period of employment or the satisfaction of pre-established performance criteria, in such installments or otherwise, as the compensation committee may determine. Generally, a participant granted restricted common shares has all of the rights of a shareholder, including, without limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive dividends on the restricted common shares. Although dividends will be paid on restricted common shares, whether or not vested, at the same rate and on the same date as on our common shares (unless otherwise provided in an award agreement), holders of restricted common shares are prohibited from selling such shares until they vest.
Restricted share units . Restricted share units represent a right to receive the fair market value of a common share, or, if provided by the compensation committee, the right to receive the fair market value of a common share in excess of a base value established by the compensation committee at the time of grant. Restricted share units may generally be settled in cash or by transfer of common shares.
Dividend equivalents . A dividend equivalent is a right to receive (or have credited) the equivalent value (in cash or common shares) of dividends paid on common shares otherwise subject to an award. The compensation committee may provide that amounts payable with respect to dividend equivalents shall be converted into cash or additional common shares. The compensation committee will establish all other limitations and conditions of awards of dividend equivalents as it deems appropriate.
Other share-based awards . Our 2018 Incentive Plan authorizes the granting of other awards based upon our common shares (including the grant of securities convertible into common shares), subject to terms and conditions established at the time of grant.
Change in control. Notwithstanding any other provision of the 2018 Incentive Plan, in the event of a change in control, the surviving, successor or acquiring entity shall assume any outstanding stock options and awards or shall substitute economically equivalent options or awards for the outstanding options or awards, as applicable. If the surviving, successor or acquiring entity does not

208



assume the outstanding stock options and awards or substitute economically equivalent stock options or awards for the outstanding stock options or awards, as applicable, or if our board of directors otherwise determines in its discretion, we shall give written notice to all participants advising that the 2018 Incentive Plan shall be terminated effective immediately prior to the change in control and all stock options and awards shall be deemed to be vested and, to the extent applicable exercised or settled immediately prior to the termination of the 2018 Incentive Plan.
Amendment; termination. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2018 Incentive Plan at any time; provided that no amendment or termination may materially and adversely affect the rights of participants with respect to outstanding awards. Our shareholders must approve any amendment if such approval is required under applicable law or stock exchange requirements. Our shareholders also must approve any amendment that changes the no-repricing provisions of the 2018 Incentive Plan. Unless terminated sooner by our board of directors or extended with shareholder approval, the 2018 Incentive Plan will terminate as to future awards on the tenth anniversary of the adoption of the 2018 Incentive Plan.
Employment agreements
John F. Rathgeber
We have entered into an employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, John F. Rathgeber. We refer to the employment agreement with Mr. Rathgeber as the Rathgeber Employment Agreement. The term of employment is two years commencing January 1, 2018, subject to automatic one-year extensions unless either we or Mr. Rathgeber provides 90 days’ notice of non-renewal. Mr. Rathgeber’s annual base salary is $470,000 and his annual target annual bonus is 70% of his base salary. Immediately following the 20 th trading day of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, we will grant restricted share units of our common shares to Mr. Rathgeber with a value of $1,500,000 (based on the average of the closing price of our common shares on those twenty days).  The units will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.  In addition, each calendar year beginning with 2020, we will grant to Mr. Rathgeber restricted share units of our common shares with a target value of $500,000 based upon our compensation committee’s assessment of Mr. Rathgeber’s performance, one-half of which will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date and one-half of which will vest based on the achievement of performance goals established by our compensation committee.  If we elect not to renew the term of the Rathgeber Employment Agreement, if we terminate Mr. Rathgeber’s employment without Cause or if Mr. Rathgeber terminates his employment for Good Reason (as each term is defined in the Rathgeber Employment Agreement), we will continue to pay Mr. Rathgeber his base salary for 18 months (36 months if the termination follows a change in control of the Company), pay him 150% of his target annual bonus (300% if the termination follows a change in control), and his outstanding unvested restricted share units will remain outstanding and continue to vest in accordance with their terms for 18 months (all unvested restricted share units will vest if the termination is following a change in control, with performance-vesting units vesting at “target” levels). Our severance obligation to Mr. Rathgeber is conditioned on his compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in the Rathgeber Employment Agreement and his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of us. Mr. Rathgeber is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation of employees and customers covenants for a period of 12 months following termination of employment. If we elect to enforce the non-competition covenant in circumstances where Mr. Rathgeber is not paid severance, we must continue to pay Mr. Rathgeber his base salary and provide medical insurance for 12 months, and pay him an amount equal to his target annual bonus.  
Jonathan D. Levy
We have entered into an employment agreement with our President and Chief Risk Officer, Jonathan D. Levy. We refer to the employment agreement with Mr. Levy as the Levy Employment Agreement. The term of employment is three years commencing January 1, 2018, subject to

209



automatic one-year extensions unless either we or Mr. Levy provides 90 days’ notice of non-renewal. Mr. Levy’s annual base salary is $425,000 and his annual target annual bonus is 62.5% of his base salary. Immediately following the 20 th trading day of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, we will grant restricted share units of our common shares to Mr. Levy with a value of $900,000 (based on the average of the closing price of our common shares on those twenty days).  The units will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.  In addition, each calendar year beginning with 2020, we will grant to Mr. Levy restricted share units of our common shares with a target value of $300,000 based upon our compensation committee’s assessment of Mr. Levy’s performance, one-half of which will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date and one-half of which will vest based on the achievement of performance goals established by our compensation committee.  If we elect not to renew the term of the Levy Employment Agreement, if we terminate Mr. Levy’s employment without Cause or if Mr. Levy terminates his employment for Good Reason (as each term is defined in the Levy Employment Agreement), we will continue to pay Mr. Levy his base salary for 12 months (24 months if the termination follows a change in control of the Company), pay him 100% of his target annual bonus (200% if the termination follows a change in control), and his outstanding unvested restricted share units will remain outstanding and continue to vest in accordance with their terms for 12 months (all unvested restricted share units will vest if the termination is following a change in control, with performance-vesting units vesting at “target” levels). Our severance obligation to Mr. Levy is conditioned on his compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in the Levy Employment Agreement and his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of us. Mr. Levy is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation of employees and customers covenants for a period of 12 months following termination of employment. If we elect to enforce the non-competition covenant in circumstances where Mr. Levy is not paid severance, we must continue to pay Mr. Levy his base salary and provide medical insurance for 12 months, and pay him an amount equal to his target annual bonus.
Laurence B. Richardson, II
We have entered into an employment agreement with our Chief Operating Officer, Laurence B. Richardson, II. We refer to the employment agreement with Mr. Richardson as the Richardson Employment Agreement. The term of employment is three years commencing January 1, 2018, subject to automatic one-year extensions unless either we or Mr. Richardson provides 90 days’ notice of non-renewal. Mr. Richardson’s annual base salary is $315,000 and his annual target annual bonus is 50% of his base salary. Immediately following the 20 th trading day of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, we will grant restricted share units of our common shares to Mr. Richardson with a value of $450,000 (based on the average of the closing price of our common shares on those twenty days).  The units will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.  In addition, each calendar year beginning with 2020, we will grant to Mr. Richardson restricted share units of our common shares with a target value of $150,000 based upon our compensation committee’s assessment of Mr. Richardson’s performance, one-half of which will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date and one-half of which will vest based on the achievement of performance goals established by our compensation committee.  If we elect not to renew the term of the Richardson Employment Agreement, if we terminate Mr. Richardson’s employment without Cause or if Mr. Richardson terminates his employment for Good Reason (as each term is defined in the Richardson Employment Agreement), we will continue to pay Mr. Richardson his base salary for 12 months (24 months if the termination follows a change in control of the Company), pay him 100% of his target annual bonus (200% if the termination follows a change in control), and his outstanding unvested restricted share units will remain outstanding and continue to vest in accordance with their terms for 12 months (all unvested restricted share units will vest if the termination is following a change in control, with performance-vesting units vesting at “target” levels). Our severance obligation to Mr. Richardson is conditioned on his compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in the Richardson Employment Agreement and his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of us. Mr. Richardson is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation of employees and customers

210



covenants for a period of 12 months following termination of employment. If we elect to enforce the non-competition covenant in circumstances where Mr. Richardson is not paid severance, we must continue to pay Mr. Richardson his base salary and provide medical insurance for 12 months, and pay him an amount equal to his target annual bonus.  
Robert L. Hawley
We have entered into an employment agreement with our Chief Financial Officer, Robert L. Hawley. We refer to the employment agreement with Mr. Hawley as the Hawley Employment Agreement. The term of employment is three years commencing January 1, 2018, subject to automatic one-year extensions unless either we or Mr. Hawley provides 90 days’ notice of non-renewal. Mr. Hawley’s annual base salary is $285,000 and his annual target annual bonus is 50% of his base salary. Immediately following the 20 th trading day of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, we will grant restricted share units of our common shares to Mr. Hawley with a value of $525,000 (based on the average of the closing price of our common shares on those twenty days). The units will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date. In addition, each calendar year beginning with 2020, we will grant to Mr. Hawley restricted share units of our common shares with a target value of $175,000 based upon our compensation committee’s assessment of Mr. Hawley’s performance, one-half of which will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date and one-half of which will vest based on the achievement of performance goals established by our compensation committee.  If we elect not to renew the term of the Hawley Employment Agreement, if we terminate Mr. Hawley’s employment without Cause or if Mr. Hawley terminates his employment for Good Reason (as each term is defined in the Hawley Employment Agreement), we will continue to pay Mr. Hawley his base salary for 12 months (24 months if the termination follows a change in control of the Company), pay him 100% of his target annual bonus (200% if the termination follows a change in control), and his outstanding unvested restricted share units will remain outstanding and continue to vest in accordance with their terms for 12 months (all unvested restricted share units will vest if the termination is following a change in control, with performance-vesting units vesting at “target” levels). Our severance obligation to Mr. Hawley is conditioned on his compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in the Hawley Employment Agreement and his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of us. Mr. Hawley is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation of employees and customers covenants for a period of 12 months following termination of employment. If we elect to enforce the non-competition covenant in circumstances where Mr. Hawley is not paid severance, we must continue to pay Mr. Hawley his base salary and provide medical insurance for 12 months, and pay him an amount equal to his target annual bonus.
Alexandre Scherer
We have entered into an employment agreement with the Chief Executive Officer of WSIC and WIC, Alexandre Scherer. We refer to the employment agreement with Mr. Scherer as the Scherer Employment Agreement. The term of employment is three years commencing January 1, 2018, subject to automatic one-year extensions unless either we or Mr. Scherer provides 90 days’ notice of non-renewal. Mr. Scherer’s annual base salary is $231,500 and his annual target annual bonus is 45% of his base salary. Immediately following the 20 th trading day of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, we will grant restricted share units of our common shares to Mr. Scherer with a value of $375,000 (based on the average of the closing price of our common shares on those twenty days).  The units will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.  In addition, each calendar year beginning with 2020, we will grant to Mr. Scherer restricted share units of our common shares with a target value of $125,000 based upon our compensation committee’s assessment of Mr. Sherer’s performance, one-half of which will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date and one-half of which will vest based on the achievement of performance goals established by our compensation committee.  If we elect not to renew the term of the Scherer Employment Agreement, if we terminate Mr. Scherer’s employment without Cause or if Mr. Scherer terminates

211



his employment for Good Reason (as each term is defined in the Scherer Employment Agreement), we will continue to pay Mr. Scherer his base salary for 12 months (24 months if the termination follows a change in control of the Company), pay him 100% of his target annual bonus (200% if the termination follows a change in control), and his outstanding unvested restricted share units will remain outstanding and continue to vest in accordance with their terms for 12 months (all unvested restricted share units will vest if the termination is following a change in control, with performance-vesting units vesting at “target” levels). Our severance obligation to Mr. Scherer is conditioned on his compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in the Scherer Employment Agreement and his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of us. Mr. Scherer is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation of employees and customers covenants for a period of 12 months following termination of employment. If we elect to enforce the non-competition covenant in circumstances where Mr. Scherer is not paid severance, we must continue to pay Mr. Scherer his base salary and provide medical insurance for 12 months, and pay him an amount equal to his target annual bonus.  
Retirement plan
We offer a retirement plan to all employees (including our named executive officers) for retirement savings. Our plan qualifies under both the IRS regulations related to 401(k) plans for employees who are U.S. taxpayers and under the Bermuda pension regulations for non-U.S. employees. Under this plan, employees are allowed to defer and invest up to 100% of their cash earnings, subject to the maximum 401(k) contribution amount (which, in 2018, was $18,500 for those under 50 years of age and $24,500 for those 50 years of age or older). Contributions can be invested in a diversified selection of mutual funds.
In order to encourage participation and to provide a retirement planning benefit to employees, we also provide a discretionary retirement contribution to each employee ’s retirement account as a form of matching, and a profit sharing contribution of 4% of an employees’ eligible compensation, provided that profit share contributions are limited to the lesser of 4% of an employee’s compensation or, in 2018, $9,000. All new employee contributions are fully vested immediately upon entry to the plan.
Annual bonus plan
We have adopted the Watford Holdings Ltd. Annual Bonus Plan, or the Annual Bonus Plan, to incentivize our employees to achieve short-term operational and individual goals.  The target annual bonus of our executive officers ranges from 45% to 70% of their base salaries. Our Annual Bonus Plan is administered by our compensation committee.  For 2018, the percentage of target bonus which is earned is determined by multiplying the target by a factor of between 0.75x and 1.25x based on our 2018 return on equity and by a factor of between 0.0x and 2.0x based on individual performance.

212



Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Agreements with Arch
We and/or our operating subsidiaries have entered into agreements with Arch as described below.
Services agreements
Services agreements with our operating subsidiaries. Our operating subsidiaries have entered into services agreements with Arch. Specifically, each of Watford Re and WICE has entered into a separate services agreement with Arch Underwriters Ltd., or AUL, and each of WSIC and WIC has entered into a separate services agreement with Arch Underwriters Inc., or AUI. Under the services agreements, AUL or AUI, as applicable, has the exclusive right to source, manage and supervise our underwriting portfolios and has agreed to provide the services and exercise the authorities specified therein, including, but not limited to: (i) soliciting and negotiating insurance and reinsurance contracts; (ii) with respect to Watford Re and WICE, providing underwriting recommendations and approvals/disapprovals of underwriting; (iii) retaining service providers, which may be affiliates of AUL or AUI (upon prior approval of our CEO or CRO), as applicable, in the ordinary course and establishing fees to be paid to such service providers by us or for our account in connection with services as may be needed from time to time; (iv) with respect to Watford Re and WIC, maintaining on our behalf, with our funds or letters of credit, any collateral accounts required in support of our reinsurance business underwritten pursuant to the services agreements; (v) invoicing and collections with respect to insurance and reinsurance for WSIC, WIC and WICE, actuarial assistance, loss reserve recommendations, claims management or, with respect to WSIC and WIC, claims recommendation services, and other administrative services with respect to our underwriting business; and (vi) making available certain employees who underwrite and bind contracts on our behalf in accordance with the agreed underwriting guidelines (provided that with respect to WSIC and WIC, certain functions are required to be performed by certain officers of WSIC and WIC). Under their respective services agreements, each of AUL and AUI, as applicable, has agreed to perform these services in accordance with the standard of care that is reasonably to be expected of a professional insurance underwriter and the standard of care that Arch applies to its own insurance and reinsurance business, as applicable, subject to and taking into account our underwriting guidelines, business framework, risk tolerances and investment assumptions.
Each services agreement has a term ending on December 31, 2025. Thereafter, the term will continue to renew for successive five-year periods unless either party gives notice to not renew at least 24 months before the end of the then-current term. Each services agreement is subject to termination upon the occurrence of certain events, including, without limitation (i) termination by us (x) upon a downgrade by the applicable rating agency of our rating below “A-” (or equivalent) caused primarily by and attributed to actions of AUL or AUI, as applicable, (unless such downgrade would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on our ability to write business), (y) if AUL or AUI, as applicable, intentionally breaches the underwriting guidelines and such breach could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on us, subject to a cure period, or (z) if AUL or AUI, as applicable, fails to exercise the standard of care set forth in the services agreement, subject to a cure period, and (ii) termination by AUL or AUI, as applicable (x) upon any material failure by us to comply with our obligations in the services agreements, including those which require us to not take any actions inconsistent with the recommendations of AUL or AUI, as applicable, with respect to certain reinsurance contracts covered by the services agreements, subject to a cure period, (y) upon the non-payment by us of a material amount due to AUL or AUI, as applicable, under the services agreement, subject to a cure period, or (z) in the event that AUL or AUI, as applicable, determines that the termination of such services agreement is necessary or

213



advisable to comply with any current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to AUL or AUI, as applicable.
Under the services agreements, we have agreed, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify and hold harmless AUL or AUI, as applicable, and their members, managers, officers, partners, affiliates and employees from and against losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorney s fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers (collectively, “Arch Losses”) suffered or sustained by such parties, except to the extent such Arch Losses resulted from an action or inaction, or mistake of judgment, taken by any such party that constituted fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, as determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction.
The services agreements provide that we will bear all risk with regard to all lines of business written or facilitated by AUL or AUI, as applicable, on our behalf. Neither of AUL or AUI, as applicable, nor their members, managers, officers, partners, affiliates or employees are liable to us for any losses suffered by us in connection with any matters to which the services agreements relate, including, but not limited to, underwriting losses, except those losses resulting from (x) their gross negligence or intentional misconduct or (y) material intentional breaches of the underwriting guidelines, subject to a cure period.
Under each services agreement, we have agreed to pay AUL or AUI, as applicable, certain fees, including the following:
Underwriting fees.
Under the services agreement pursuant to which AUL provides services to Watford Re, AUL receives an underwriting fee payable quarterly in arrears and calculated based on net earned premium.
Under the services agreements pursuant to which AUL or AUI, as applicable, provides services to WSIC, WIC and WICE, AUL or AUI, as applicable, receives an underwriting fee payable quarterly in arrears and calculated based on gross earned premium in the case of AUL, and based on earned premium net of premium ceded to ARC in the case of AUI.
In certain instances, AUL or AUI, as applicable, may determine that a potential opportunity would only qualify under our underwriting guidelines if it charges less than the fee to which it would contractually otherwise be entitled. In such cases, AUL or AUI, as applicable, may charge us a lower fee in order to have the business qualify under our profitability metrics. In the future, provided that a given opportunity would qualify under our profitability metrics at the contractual ceding fee, AUL or AUI, as applicable, may charge higher fees to us than in the past.
Profit commissions.
Under the services agreement relating to Watford Re, AUL receives a profit commission for each underwriting year, calculated annually, earned over four years and paid in arrears and thereafter adjusted annually over the ensuing fifteen years. The profit commission for any underwriting year is payable only if, for the contracts bound by us or on our behalf for such underwriting year and the contracts ceded to us by Arch for such underwriting year, (i) (a) the sum of net losses, loss adjustment expenses, extra-contractual obligations and acquisition expenses, less (b) the sum of underwriting investment income is less than (ii) a specified percentage of net earned premium, and in such event the amount of the profit commission will be one-half of the amount by which (ii) exceeds (i) (but not less than zero). Underwriting investment income is based on the product of cash flows related to underwriting and claims activity and a thirteen-month average of certain United States Treasury note rates, but not less than zero.

214



Under the services agreements relating to WSIC, WIC and WICE, AUL or AUI, as applicable, receives a profit commission for each underwriting year, calculated annually, earned over four years and paid in arrears and thereafter adjusted annually over the ensuing fifteen years. The profit commission for any underwriting year is payable only if for the contracts issued by or on behalf of WSIC, WIC or WICE, as applicable, for such underwriting year (i) (a) the sum of losses, loss adjustment expenses, extra-contractual obligations and acquisition expenses, less (b) underwriting investment income, is less than (ii) a specified percentage of net earned premium (net of earned premium ceded under outward reinsurance), and in such event the amount of the profit commission will be one-half of the amount by which (ii) exceeds (i) (but not less than zero). Underwriting investment income is based on the product of cash flows related to underwriting and claims activity and a thirteen-month average of certain United States Treasury note rates, but not less than zero.
Profit commissions on quota share cessions of business from WSIC, WIC and WICE to Watford Re are payable to AUL by Watford Re. The profit commissions related to each of Watford Re, quota share cessions from WSIC, quota share cessions from WIC and quota share cessions from WICE will be added (or netted, as appropriate) each applicable period, but in no case shall the overall sum be less than zero. Such cessions are deducted in the computations of profit commissions paid by WSIC, WIC and WICE.
If, at the time any profit commission otherwise is due in respect of the 2019 underwriting year or any subsequent underwriting year, our weighted (by equity) average annual post-2018 return on equity (giving effect to all past paid profit commission and an accrual for profit commission to be paid for the underwriting year in question but not to past deferred profit commission or the accrual for the profit commission otherwise due but to be deferred for the underwriting year in question) is less than or equal to 10%, we shall be entitled to withhold and defer payment of one-half of the profit commission otherwise due.  Any deferred profit commission shall be paid, without interest, only if and to the extent that such payment (or an accrual in respect thereof) would not cause the weighted average annual post-2018 return on equity to fall below 10%.  There shall be no clawback of any profit commission previously paid if our post-2018 weighted average annual return on equity falls below 10% in a subsequent period. 
In certain circumstances, including, among others, if we direct the services provider to take any actions or make any changes that we believe are necessary to satisfy a rating agency requirement and such actions or changes are inconsistent with the underwriting guidelines, the services provider may elect, within five business days of the later of the day such business is bound or the services provider becomes aware of such business, to exclude any underwriting results arising from such business from the determination of its profit commission.
With regard to loss portfolio transfers or other non-traditional business, the profit commissions may be based on net cash received rather than net earned premium.
Run-off fee. AUL or AUI, as applicable, is also entitled to receive a run-off fee after termination of the applicable services agreement (except where termination is due to willful breaches by the services provider of underwriting guidelines or if the services provider is unable to service in-force business post-termination) in respect of its post-termination servicing of pre-termination business equal to a specified percentage per quarter, payable in arrears, of the average unearned premiums and loss reserves for pre-termination business in-force during such quarter. At our option we may seek competitive quotes for run-off services, and in such case the run-off fee will be adjusted accordingly (up or down).
In addition, under the services agreement with Watford Re, Watford Re pays a designated employee fee equal to the product of (i) the retained percentage under the outward retrocession agreement from Watford Re to ARL and (ii) a specified fixed amount per annum per designated

215



employee in respect of the services of the employees that Arch makes available to Watford Re. The amount of this fee is deducted from the underwriting fee otherwise due under the Watford Re services agreement. Under the services agreements with WSIC, WIC and WICE, our subsidiary reimburses AUL or AUI, as applicable, based on a factor of the compensation of employees made available to our subsidiary.
In addition, under each of the services agreements, we are required to reimburse AUL or AUI as applicable, for certain other expenses described in the applicable services agreement, including the out-of-pocket expenses incurred directly in connection with or pursuant to AUL or AUI’s, as applicable, performance of services pursuant to, and exercise of its duties under, the applicable services agreements.
Our services agreements with AUL or AUI, as applicable, and investment management agreements with HPS contain a provision that each of AUL or AUI, as applicable, HPS and we must agree to any amendment of the underwriting guidelines or investment guidelines, as applicable.
Arch shares a portion of its fees received under the above described services agreements with HPS pursuant to a fee sharing agreement related to the services provided by Arch and HPS to Watford Re. Pursuant to the fee sharing agreement, Arch and HPS each share in the combined fee revenues of the two parties with respect to the services that they provide to Watford Re. The revenues generated by our underwriting portfolio and investment portfolios are in part affected by market cycles and the market cycles that affect insurance and reinsurance do not necessarily correspond to the market cycles that impact our credit-focused assets and other investments. The fee sharing agreement is consistent with our total return driven business model and serves to diminish Arch and HPS ’s reliance on their respective market s cycles. The fee sharing arrangement also provides an alignment of interest benefit by encouraging and rewarding collaborative efforts by allowing both Arch and HPS to participate in the revenue generated by the components of our business that are managed by the other.
The fee sharing arrangement covers fees earned by each of Arch and HPS for services performed prior to the earlier of (i) the termination of Watford Re ’s services agreement with Arch or (ii) the termination of Watford Re ’s investment management agreement with HPS. There is no set term for the fee sharing agreement. The fee sharing agreement provides a tail period for payment of any applicable fees after the termination of the services agreement or investment management agreement and will no longer be in effect after all payment obligations are satisfied by Arch and HPS. The fee sharing agreement may be amended or terminated in writing by the parties thereto.
With the exception of the right to consent to any proposed amendment, we have no rights under the fee sharing agreement. We are a party to the fee sharing agreement solely to ensure the continuity of the agreed fee sharing arrangement between HPS and Arch should either HPS’s or Arch’s relationship with us terminate. In particular, in the event Watford Re ’s services agreement with Arch or investment management agreement with HPS is terminated, we have agreed to require any successor of Arch or HPS, as applicable, to agree to offer substantially the same terms and conditions as set forth in the fee sharing agreement. Arch or HPS, as applicable, may accept or decline this offer in its discretion. We have no other obligations under the fee sharing agreement. We pay each of Arch and HPS the fees due under the services agreement and investment management agreement, as applicable, and the fee sharing agreement does not affect the total amount of fees that we pay; we do not monitor, and we are not made aware of, the actual sharing payments between Arch and HPS.
Other than as described in this registration statement, there is no other formal contract or other arrangement governing the relationship or activities between Arch and HPS in relation to our operations. For example, as discussed above, our services agreements with and investment management agreements with Arch and HPS, respectively, contain provisions that each must agree to any amendment of the other’s underwriting guidelines or investment guidelines, as applicable. Furthermore, the common shareholders agreement discussed below provides that Arch-appointed

216



directors may not vote upon certain matters related to the investment management agreement with HPS.
Pursuant to separate guarantee agreements, ACGL has guaranteed the performance of AUL under the services agreement among AUL, Watford Holdings and Watford Re, and Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc., a Delaware holding company indirectly wholly-owned by ACGL, has guaranteed the performance of AUI under the services agreement between AUI and WIC and under the services agreement between AUI and WSIC.
Underwriting guidelines
Each of the services agreements between AUL or AUI, as applicable, and our operating subsidiaries contains underwriting guidelines with respect to the business to be incepted by the applicable operating subsidiary pursuant to such services agreement. In each case, the underwriting guidelines do not apply to certain excluded business as described in the applicable services agreement. Any amendments to the underwriting guidelines require the written consent of Arch and HPS.
Watford Re
The underwriting guidelines relating to Watford Re require that the PML arising from natural catastrophes be modeled for each peak peril and peak zone in Watford Re’s portfolio consistent with the modeling approach then used by affiliates of AUL in their reinsurance business. The modeled PML for a 1-in-250 year occurrence for each peak peril and peak zone is targeted to not exceed 10% of Watford Re’s total capital. In the event Watford Re has any business sourced other than through AUL, that business will not be included in the modeled PML provided by AUL and will need to be modeled separately. Modeled PML arising from any man-made realistic disaster scenario, or RDS, is targeted to not exceed 10% of Watford Re’s total capital except for pandemic, nuclear, biological, chemical and radiological terrorism, terrorism and credit political risks where the target limit is 15% of Watford Re’s total capital. For each line of business, the RDS used to monitor our portfolio will be the same as the RDS used by affiliates of AUL to monitor their reinsurance portfolios. The largest known aggregate limit exposed per original name insured will be monitored for each line of business in Watford Re’s portfolio, with a soft limit of 5% of Watford Re’s total capital.
The underwriting guidelines applicable to Watford Re permit all lines of business written or targeted by the Arch insurance and reinsurance companies and permitted to be written pursuant to Watford Re’s Bermuda insurance license and permit Watford Re to assume business on both a proportional and non-proportional basis, write both treaty and facultative reinsurance and write insurance business.
WSIC, WIC and WICE
The underwriting guidelines relating to WSIC, WIC and WICE require that the PML arising from natural catastrophes be modeled for each peak peril and peak zone in the applicable company’s portfolio consistent with the modeling approach then used by affiliates of AUI or AUL, as applicable, in their reinsurance business. The modeled PML, net of all reinsurances, for a 1-in-250 year occurrence for each peak peril and peak zone is targeted to not exceed 10% of the applicable company’s policyholders’ surplus. Modeled PML, net of all reinsurances, arising from any RDS is targeted to not exceed, net of all reinsurances, 10% of the applicable company’s policyholders’ surplus. For each line of business, the RDS used to monitor the applicable company’s portfolio will be the same as the RDS used by affiliates of AUI or AUL, as applicable, to monitor their reinsurance portfolios. The largest known aggregate limit exposed per original named insured will be monitored for each line of business in the applicable company’s portfolio with a soft limit of 5% of the applicable company’s policyholders’ surplus, net of all reinsurances.
The underwriting guidelines of each of WSIC and WIC permit each of WSIC and WIC to write all individual lines of business permitted by its insurance license. The underwriting guidelines of WICE

217



permit WICE to write all lines of business written or targeted by the Arch insurance and reinsurance companies and permitted by WICE’s insurance license. Each of WSIC, WIC and WICE writes insurance business and WIC may also write reinsurance business. In addition, the underwriting guidelines for each of WSIC, WIC and WICE permit AUL or AUI, as applicable, to negotiate policy-specific or program-specific outward reinsurance up to an amount of $20,000,000 limit any one risk and/or any one occurrence and up to 25% of such policy’s or program’s estimated gross premium. Any program-specific outward reinsurance with estimated annual ceded premium in excess of such amount, and any whole account outward reinsurance may be bound only with the approval of the underwriting committee (in the case of WICE) or the applicable company’s chief executive officer (in the case of WIC and WSIC).
The table below provides the incurred fees and expenses, including designated employees fees in aggregate to Arch under the services agreements with our operating subsidiaries, excluding other expenses reimbursed, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Underwriting Fees and Expenses to Arch, Including Designated Employee Fees (1)
$
4,508

 
$
3,109

 
$
12,529

 
$
8,911

 
$
12,155

 
$
8,607

 
$
4,490

Certain other expenses
798

 
301

 
1,082

 
815

 
1,621

 
1,094

 
384

(1) Designated employee fees were $350.0 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and $1.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 . Designated employee fees were $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 . Designated fees are included in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of net income (loss).
Services agreements with ARC and ACS
Each of Watford Holdings U.S. on the one hand and Watford Holdings and Watford Re collectively on the other hand has entered into services agreements with each of ARC and ACS in connection with the formation of WSIC and WIC. Pursuant to such services agreements, ARC or ACS, as applicable, provides the applicable Watford entity with assistance in the formation, licensing, tax planning, staffing, securing of premises, systems (hardware and software) procurement and set up and other legal and logistical matters in connection with WSIC and WIC.
Under the services agreements with ACS, the applicable Watford entities agree to reimburse ACS no less frequently than on a quarterly basis for all expenses incurred in provision of the services on the following bases: (i) at a specified percentage of cost for expenses in connection with third-party legal, tax, financial and accounting advice and the advice of other consultants and experts, and expenses of, or incurred in connection with obtaining, any third-party service provider on behalf of the applicable Watford entity; (ii) at a specified percentage of cost with regard to all disbursements for goods procured on behalf of the applicable Watford entity; and (iii) with regard to time spent by each officer or employee on behalf of the applicable Watford entity during any period of time, an amount equal to a specified percentage of such officer’s or employee’s allocated costs for such period of time.
Under the services agreements with ARC, the applicable Watford entities agree to reimburse ARC no less frequently than on a quarterly basis for all expenses incurred in provision of the services on the following bases: (i) at cost for expenses in connection with third-party legal, tax, financial and accounting advice and the advice of other consultants and experts, and expenses of, or incurred in connection with obtaining, any third-party service provider on behalf of the applicable Watford entity; (ii) at cost with regard to all disbursements for goods procured on behalf of the applicable

218



Watford entity; and (iii) with regard to time spent by each officer or employee on behalf of the applicable Watford entity during any period of time, an amount based on a specified multiple times such officer’s or employee’s allocated costs for such period of time.
The table below provides the fees we incurred, in aggregate, under these services agreements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Expenses Reimbursable to ARC and ACS
$
791

 
$
714

 
$
2,157

 
$
2,407

 
$
3,084

 
$
2,417

 
$
727

Reinsurance and retrocession agreements
Outward quota share retrocession and reinsurance agreements
Our operating subsidiaries have entered into outward quota share retrocession or reinsurance agreements with Arch. Specifically, each of Watford Re and WICE has entered into a separate outward quota share retrocession or reinsurance agreement with ARL, and each of WSIC and WIC has entered into a separate outward quota share reinsurance agreement with ARC.
Under the Watford Re outward quota share retrocession agreement Arch accepts a minimum15% quota share participation in all insurance and/or reinsurance contracts assumed by Watford Re other than: (i) certain contracts of reinsurance and retrocession agreements ceded from affiliates of Arch to us; (ii) business that, pursuant to the terms of the services agreement with Arch, has been excluded from the calculation of Arch’s profit commission due to not being sourced by Arch; and (iii) insurance or reinsurance contracts in which Arch separately directly holds a minimum interest equal to or greater than the product of the applicable ceded percentage under the Watford Re outward quota share retrocession agreement and the sum of Watford Re’s and Arch’s percentage participation on such contracts. Under the terms of the Watford Re outward quota share agreement, Arch may not reduce its quota share participation to below 15%.
Under (i) each of the WSIC and WIC outward quota share reinsurance agreements, Arch accepts between a 15% and 90% quota share participation and (ii) the WICE outward quota share agreement, Arch accepts between a 15% and 50% quota share participation, each at the election of Arch (on a contract-by-contract basis), in all insurance contracts issued by or on behalf of such insurance subsidiary other than (a) business that pursuant to the terms of the applicable services agreement with Arch has been excluded from the calculation of Arch’s profit commission, and (b) insurance or reinsurance contracts in which Arch separately directly holds a minimum interest equal to or greater than 17.65% of WSIC’s or WIC’s, as applicable, percentage participation on such risk.
Arch is required to reimburse us for their share of underlying acquisition expenses and pay us certain fees specified in the outward quota share retrocession and reinsurance agreements, and we are required to pay to Arch its quota share of premiums received by us.
The table below provides the ceded written premiums to Arch under several outward quota share retrocession and reinsurance agreements, excluding expenses reimbursed, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .

219



 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Ceded written premium to Arch under outward quota share retrocession and reinsurance agreements
$
12,787

 
$
7,542

 
$
41,541

 
$
23,383

 
$
32,028

 
$
13,817

 
$
22,073

Inward reinsurance and retrocession agreements from Arch
Arch cedes business to us pursuant to inward reinsurance or retrocession agreements our operating subsidiaries have entered into with Arch. Pursuant to these inward reinsurance or retrocession agreements, Arch pays us the requisite premium and we pay Arch a ceding fee s based on the business ceded and the applicable reinsurance or retrocession agreement. In certain instances, Arch may determine that a potential opportunity would only qualify under our underwriting guidelines if it charges less than the ceding fee to which it would contractually otherwise be entitled. In such cases, Arch may charge us a lower fee in order to have the business qualify under our profitability metrics. In the future, provided that a given opportunity would qualif y under our profitability metrics at the contractual ceding fee, Arch may charge higher fees to us than in the past. 
We are required to post collateral for the benefit of Arch pursuant to the inward reinsurance or retrocession agreements between our operating subsidiaries and Arch. We currently post collateral to Arch in connection with such inward reinsurance or retrocession agreements pursuant to letters of credit and trust agreements entered into between the applicable Arch ceding entity, as beneficiary, Watford Re, as grantor, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, or the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee.
The table below provides incurred ceding fees to Arch, in addition to our share of underlying acquisition expenses, in aggregate under these reinsurance or retrocession agreements, excluding expenses reimbursed for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Underlying acquisition expenses under inward retrocession agreements, excluding expenses reimbursed
$
3,992

 
$
4,034

 
$
12,861

 
$
13,131

 
$
17,021

 
$
16,200

 
$
13,644

Investment management agreements
Each of Watford Re, WICE, WSIC and WIC has entered into a separate investment management agreement with AIM pursuant to which AIM manages the largest portion of our investment grade investment portfolio. In general, each investment management agreement with AIM provides that AIM is responsible for the investment and reinvestment of the investment grade assets we allocate under that investment management agreement, pursuant to agreed investment grade investment guidelines specified in such investment management agreement with AIM. AIM is entitled to engage one or more third-party managers to manage, under the supervision and oversight of AIM, any portion of such investments. Each of the Watford Re, WICE, WSIC and WIC investment management agreements with AIM has a one-year term. Thereafter, each agreement renews for successive one-year periods; provided, however, that either we or AIM may terminate any of the investment management agreements with AIM at any time upon 45 days prior written notice. Each

220



party has agreed to indemnify the other party for losses arising from or caused by its negligence or material breach, except to the extent that such losses arise from, or are caused by, the non-breaching party’s acts or omissions. Each investment management agreement with AIM provides that AIM is entitled to asset management fees calculated based on the assets managed and fees for investment-related administrative and risk analytics support services.
As of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , we held $775.5 million , $674.0 million , $233.2 million and $Nil, respectively, of investment grade assets managed by AIM.
The table below provides the aggregate fees payable to AIM under the investment management agreements with AIM incurred for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Investment management fees to AIM
$
306

 
$
92

 
$
888

 
$
302

 
$
624

 
$
236

 
$

Insurance management services agreement with Artex and Arch
In 2015, WICE and AUL entered into an insurance management services agreement with Artex Risk Solutions (Gibraltar) Limited (formerly known as Quest Insurance Management (Gibraltar) Limited), or Artex, pursuant to which Artex provides services to WICE relating to management, secretarial, governance, underwriting, claims, reinsurance, financial management, investment, regulatory, compliance, risk management and Solvency II. In exchange for these services, we pay Artex fees based on WICE’s gross written premiums, subject to a minimum amount of £150,000 per annum and a maximum amount of £400,000 per annum, in each case subject to an inflation increase on an annual basis. The insurance management services agreement may be terminated by either Artex or WICE upon twelve months prior written notice; provided that the agreement is subject to earlier termination by WICE or Artex upon the occurrence of certain events.
The table below provides the aggregate fees we paid to Artex under the insurance management services agreement for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Fees paid to Artex under insurance management services agreement
$
131

 
$
76

 
$
406

 
$
223

 
$
325

 
$
217

 
$
135

For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and each of the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , we paid no fees to Arch under this insurance management services agreement.
Other agreements
ARL purchased 2,500,000 of our common shares in our original private placement. In connection therewith, ARL entered into the common shareholders agreement and the common share registration rights agreement, each of which grant ARL certain rights in connection with its ownership of our common shares, and received warrants to acquire additional shares. See “-

221



Common shareholders agreement,” “-Common share registration rights agreement” and “-Our original private placement-Warrants” below.
From time to time, we have entered into arrangements with Arch whereby Arch has seconded employees to us when and as we need their services and we have reimbursed Arch for the costs and expenses of such seconded employees.
The table below provides the reimbursement to Arch for various expenses in connection with the secondment to us of employees by Arch for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Reimbursement of expenses related to secondment of Arch employees
$
93

 
$
51

 
$
437

 
$
260

 
$
494

 
$
522

 
$
380

Agreements with HPS
Investment management agreements
We have entered into separate investment management agreements with HPS for Watford Re, Watford Trust and each of our insurance subsidiaries, pursuant to which HPS manages our non-investment grade portfolio as described in each such agreement.
For Watford Re, which has the majority of our invested assets, other than the portion of Watford Re’s assets that must be held in investment grade securities for the purpose of either meeting regulatory capital requirements or posting collateral into trusts for the benefit of cedants, and a small portion of Watford Re s assets that are held in cash or cash equivalents, HPS manages all of Watford Re’s invested assets in non-investment grade corporate credit assets, including bank loans and high yield bonds, and may also invest in other instruments such as mezzanine debt, equities, credit default swaps, structured credit instruments and other derivative products pursuant to our non-investment grade investment guidelines.
In order to implement our non-investment grade investment strategy, HPS may, from time to time and upon consultation with us, invest a portion of our non-investment grade portfolio in investment funds managed by HPS. While there is no codified limit on the portion of our non-investment grade portfolio that may be invested in funds managed by HPS, we only expect to invest additional assets from our non-investment grade portfolio in funds managed by HPS to the extent that HPS, in consultation with us, determines that such investment would provide economic, tax, regulatory or other benefits to us, for instance, such as allowing us to access a strategy that we would not have been able to efficiently access other than through investment in such a fund. We do not pay HPS any separate or additional fees with respect to any such assets invested in HPS-managed funds. As of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , our non-investment grade portfolio held $48.4 million , $49.6 million , $Nil and $Nil, respectively, in investment funds managed by HPS.
HPS manages assets of Watford Trust in non-investment grade corporate credit assets, including bank loans and high yield bonds, and may also invest in other instruments such as mezzanine debt, equities, credit default swaps, structured credit instruments and other derivative products pursuant to the non-investment grade investment guidelines and subject to the secured credit facility with Bank of America, N.A.

222



Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries each have investment portfolios; not less than half of each such investment portfolio must comprise investment grade assets, which are currently managed by AIM. The remainder of the assets is managed by HPS in non-investment grade corporate credit assets pursuant to our non-investment grade investment guidelines.
As set forth in each of the investment management agreements with HPS related to our non-investment grade portfolio, HPS is required to adhere to the non-investment grade investment guidelines relating to each such investment management agreement when managing our non-investment grade portfolio, which guidelines can only be amended upon the mutual agreement of us, HPS and, except with respect to the investment management agreement relating to Watford Trust, Arch. The non-investment grade investment guidelines under the non-investment grade portfolio investment management agreement relating to Watford Re contain certain parameters and limitations, including the following:
Composition of Investments: The assets of Watford Re in the non-investment grade portfolio are primarily invested in corporate debt instruments, including bank loans and high yield bonds, but may also include other instruments, including mezzanine debt, equities, credit default swaps, structured credit instruments and other derivative products. The assets of Watford Re in the non-investment grade portfolio may be hedged to reduce volatility and protect against systemic risks primarily through credit derivative products including indices. In addition, the assets of Watford Re in the non-investment grade portfolio may include short positions (for example, opportunistic short positions in issuers that display deteriorating fundamentals or in securities or derivatives that appear mispriced).
Concentration of Investments: Other than cash and cash equivalents, investment positions with a single issuer will comprise no more than 7.5% of the aggregate value of the Long Market Value (as defined in “Item 1. Business-Our operations-Investment operations-Non-investment grade portfolio-Investment strategy-Non-investment grade portfolio”). Each such determination is made at the time of the applicable investment. Positions established primarily for hedging purposes (including, without limitation, index positions) are not subject to this limit. For the avoidance of doubt, capital structure arbitrage positions in an issuer are deemed separate investments for the purposes of calculating this limit.
Leverage: HPS may utilize leverage in order to increase its investment capacity. Leverage may take a variety of forms, including total return swaps and other derivatives, loans for borrowed money, trading on margin and the use of inherently leveraged instruments. Subject to certain exceptions, leverage, expressed as the excess of the Long Market Value of the portfolio over the net asset value of the portfolio as a percentage of the net asset value of the portfolio, will generally not exceed 80%.
Equity: HPS’s research and investment process may sometimes present attractive common or preferred equity opportunities. Generally, the strategy underlying an equity investment is focused on either a value-oriented approach or a catalyst to a realization event. Examples of such catalysts can include restructurings, lawsuits, and regulatory changes, among other examples. Equity investments resulting in ownership exceeding 18.5% of the outstanding equity securities of an issuer, measured at the time of investment, will require our prior approval. It is not expected that the equity investments will represent more than 10% of the Long Market Value, in the aggregate.
Monitoring: HPS provides monthly risk and performance reports to Watford Re regarding the investment performance of HPS and reviews risk and performance in detail with Watford Re on a quarterly basis.
Tax Considerations: HPS may not intentionally or with reckless disregard take any action with respect to the assets of Watford Re in the non-investment grade portfolio which would cause Watford Re to be engaged, or deemed to be engaged, in a United States trade or business for United States federal income tax purposes or to be subject to United States federal income tax on

223



a net income basis or income tax on a net income basis in any other jurisdiction, or otherwise result in material adverse tax consequences to Watford Re; provided, however, that HPS will be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this paragraph if HPS complies with the non-investment grade investment guidelines or has obtained written advice from counsel that such investment or transaction will not result in any effectively connected income to Watford Re.
The non-investment grade investment guidelines under Watford Trust’s and our insurance subsidiaries’ respective investment management agreements with HPS also provide certain limitations relating to, among other things, the composition of investments, concentration of investments, leverage, equity, monitoring and tax considerations. As they relate to the concentration of investments, such non-investment grade investment guidelines provide that investment positions of Watford Trust or one of our insurance subsidiaries in a single issuer will comprise no more than 7.5% of the aggregate value of the long investments of Watford Trust or WICE, as applicable, or the total asset value of the non-investment grade portfolio plus the investment grade portfolio of each of WSIC or WIC, as applicable. However, with respect to Watford Trust and WICE, to the extent permitted, positions established primarily for hedging purposes are not included in these limits. As they relate to leverage, our non-investment grade investment guidelines provide that HPS may use leverage (subject to the terms of the secured credit facility with Bank of America, N.A.) in order to increase investment capacity for Watford Trust s investments, so long as leverage, expressed as the excess of the Long Market Value of the portfolio over the net asset value of the portfolio as a percentage of the net asset value of the portfolio, does not exceed 80%. HPS is not permitted to use leverage for WICE’s, WIC’s or WSIC’s investments.
Each of the investment management agreements with HPS related to our non-investment grade portfolio has a current term ending on December 31, 2025. Thereafter, the terms will continue to renew for successive five-year periods unless either we or HPS gives notice to not renew at least 24 months before the end of the then-current term. The investment management agreements with HPS relating to Watford Trust, WSIC and WIC will terminate automatically upon the termination or expiration of Watford Re’s investment management agreement with HPS. Each of the investment management agreements with HPS related to our non-investment grade portfolio is subject to termination by us or by HPS upon the occurrence of certain events, including, but not limited to: (i) termination by us (x) other than in the case of Watford Trust, upon a downgrade in our financial strength rating by the applicable rating agency below “A-” (or equivalent) caused primarily by and attributed by such rating agency to HPS’s investment strategy (unless such downgrade would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on us or our ability to underwrite and bind insurance and/or reinsurance policies, as applicable), (y) if HPS intentionally breaches the non-investment grade investment guidelines related to the applicable investment management agreement and such breach could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on us, subject to a cure period, or (z) if HPS fails to exercise substantially the same standard of care and apply substantially similar investment making and risk management processes as it applies to its other clients pursuing substantially similar investment strategies, taking into account certain considerations as outlined in the investment management agreements, subject to a cure period, and (ii) termination by HPS (w) upon the non-renewal or termination of our services agreements with Arch, (x) upon any material non-compliance by us with any material law or regulation applicable to us, subject to a cure period, (y) upon the non-payment by us of a material amount due to HPS under any of the investment management agreements with HPS related to our non-investment grade portfolio , subject to a cure period or (z) upon the determination by HPS that the termination of any of the investment management agreements related to our non-investment grade portfolio is necessary or advisable to comply with the Bank Holding Company Act, the Dodd-Frank Act or any other current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to HPS or its affiliates.
Under the terms of the investment management agreements with HPS related to our non-investment grade portfolio, we generally will indemnify and hold harmless an HPS Indemnified Person from and against any HPS-related Losses suffered or sustained by such HPS Indemnified Person, except to the extent such HPS-related Losses resulted from an action or inaction, or mistake

224



of judgment, taken by an HPS Indemnified Person that constituted fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case, as determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors-Risks related to our investments-Errors or misconduct by employees of our Investment Managers or their third-party service providers could cause significant losses to our investments.”
In addition, the investment management agreements related to our non-investment grade portfolio provide that no HPS Indemnified Person will be liable to us for any HPS-related Losses suffered by us in connection with any matters to which the investment management agreements with HPS relate, including, but not limited to, trading losses, except those HPS-related Losses resulting from (x) such HPS Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct or (y) material intentional breaches of the investment guidelines by HPS, which breaches are not cured within 90 days of the earlier of (A) the date on which HPS becomes aware of such breach, and (B) the date on which we notify HPS of such breach. The investment management agreements related to our non-investment grade portfolio provide that no breach of the investment guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) we have agreed in writing to an amendment to such investment guidelines such that HPS’s actions under the amended investment guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines; or (ii) such actions were approved by our Chief Executive Officer or Chief Risk Officer in writing; or (iii) such actions were taken pursuant to our instructions.
The fee structure that we pay to HPS pursuant to our non-investment grade portfolio was reduced beginning on January 1, 2018. For periods prior to January 1, 2018, the management fee was calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of the aggregate net asset value of the assets that are managed by HPS, payable quarterly in arrears. Pursuant to the investment management agreements with HPS related to our non-investment grade portfolio, for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, HPS receives management fees at an annual rate of 1.0% of the aggregate net asset value of the assets that are managed by HPS, payable quarterly in arrears. Beginning January 1, 2020, to the extent the aggregate net asset value of the HPS-managed assets exceeds $1.5 billion, the management fee shall be calculated at a blended annual rate equal to (i) 1.0% of the initial $1.5 billion in net asset value plus (ii) seventy-five basis points (0.75%) of the excess of aggregate net asset value over $1.5 billion, subject to a minimum blended management fee rate of eighty-five basis points (0.85%) on the aggregate net asset value of the HPS-managed assets. For purposes of calculating the management fees related to our non-investment grade portfolio, net asset value is determined by HPS in accordance with the investment management agreements and is measured before reduction for any management fees, performance fees or any expense reimbursement and as adjusted for any non-routine intra-month withdrawals. We have also agreed to reimburse HPS for certain expenses related to the management of our non-investment grade portfolio as set forth in the non-investment grade investment management agreements.
For periods prior to January 1, 2018, HPS received a performance fee equal to 15% of Income (as defined in the investment management agreements relating to Watford Re, WICE and Watford Trust) as additional compensation for managing our non-investment grade portfolio . For periods commencing on or after January 1, 2018, and as further set out in the investment management agreements with HPS related to our non-investment grade portfolio, subject to the then-applicable high water mark, HPS receives a base performance fee equal to 10% of the Income (as defined in the non-investment grade investment management agreements relating to Watford Re, WICE and Watford Trust) or Aggregate Income (as defined in those investment management agreements relating to WSIC and WIC), as applicable, if any, on the assets managed by HPS, calculated and payable as of each fiscal year-end and the date on which the investment management agreements related to our non-investment grade portfolio are terminated and not renewed, and is eligible to earn an additional performance fee equal to 25% of any Excess Income (as defined in those investment management agreements) in excess of a net 10% return to Watford after deduction for paid and accrued management fees and base performance fees, with the total performance fees not to exceed 17.5% of the Income or Aggregate Income, as applicable. No performance fees will

225



be paid to HPS if the high water mark (as described in the non-investment grade investment management agreements with HPS) is not met.
Our services agreements with AUL or AUI, as applicable, and investment management agreements with HPS related to our non-investment grade portfolio contain a provision that each must agree to any amendment of the other’s underwriting guidelines or non-investment grade investment guidelines, as applicable.
In addition to its management of our non-investment grade portfolio, pursuant to an account management agreement incorporating investment grade investment guidelines, HPS manages a portion of our investment grade portfolio as a recently-created separate managed account. HPS earns a management fee of 0.60% per annum on the assets in this separate managed account. There is no performance fee component for this separate managed account, and no management fees have been accrued or paid to-date.
In addition, as described under “Agreements with Arch-Services agreements-Services agreements with our operating subsidiaries,” HPS shares a portion of the management fees and performance fees with Arch pursuant to a fee sharing agreement, such that Arch and HPS each share in the combined fee revenues of the two parties with respect to the services that they provide to Watford Re. We pay each of Arch and HPS the fees due under the respective services agreements and investment management agreements, as applicable, and the fee sharing agreement does not affect the total amount of fees that we pay; we do not monitor, and we are not made aware of, the actual sharing payments between Arch and HPS.
As of September 30, 2018 , December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , we had $1.9 billion , $1.8 billion , $1.5 billion and $1.4 billion , respectively, of non-investment grade corporate credit assets managed by HPS.
The table below provides the aggregate management fees and performance fees incurred under all investment management agreements with HPS for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in millions)
Investment management fees - related parties
$
4,008

 
$
5,224

 
$
11,728

 
$
14,694

 
$
20,827

 
$
16,327

 
$
16,024

Investment performance fees - related parties
2,407

 
3,713

 
6,606

 
11,052

 
14,905

 
24,065

 

Aggregate fees under investment management agreements
$
6,415

 
$
8,937

 
$
18,334

 
$
25,746

 
$
35,732

 
$
40,392

 
$
16,024

Other agreements
In March 2014, in connection with our original private placement, HPS received warrants to acquire shares. See “-Our original private placement-Warrants” below.
Our original private placement
Common and preference shares
In March 2014, we issued and sold an aggregate of 22,682,875 common shares at a price per share of $40.00 for an aggregate purchase price of $907.3 million and an aggregate of 9,065,200 8½% cumulative redeemable preference shares at a price per share of $24.50 for an aggregate purchase price of $222.1 million. We refer to this transaction as our original private placement. The following

226



table sets forth the number of common shares that we issued to our directors, executive officers and 5% common shareholders and their affiliates in our original private placement:
 
 
Number of common shares
 
Aggregate purchase price for common shares ($)
Arch Reinsurance Ltd.
 
2,500,000

 
$
100,000,000

John F. Rathgeber
 
12,500

 
500,000

Walter Harris
 
27,500

 
1,100,000

Nicolas Papadopoulo
 
62,500

 
2,500,000

Maamoun Rajeh
 
12,500

 
500,000

Laurence B. Richardson, II
 
2,500

 
100,000

Roderick Romeo
 
625

 
25,000

None of our directors or executive officers, or any of their affiliates, or any 5% common shareholder directly owns any of our 8½% cumulative redeemable preference shares. A subsidiary of Arch Reinsurance Ltd. owns an aggregate of 600,000 preference shares or approximately 6.6% of our preference shares, and such subsidiary received preferred dividends totaling $318,750 during each of the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , preferred dividends totaling $956,250 during each of the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and preferred dividends totaling $1,275,000 during each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
Warrants
In March 2014, in connection with our original private placement, we issued to ARL warrants to purchase up to 975,503 of our common shares and to HPS warrants to purchase up to 729,188 of our common shares. The warrants expire on March 31, 2020, and are exercisable at any time following the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market. The exercise price of the warrants is determined on the date of exercise so that, if all such warrants then outstanding were exercised in full on such exercise date in respect of the common shares then subject to such warrants, initial holders who purchased common shares in our original private placement would achieve a 15% target return (including dilution from such warrants and excluding dilution from start-up expenses related to our formation and original private placement or any warrants we may issue in the future) from March 25, 2014, the initial closing of our original private placement, through the date of such exercise, based on the $40.00 initial purchase price per common share paid by such initial holders and the market value of the common shares that would be necessary for the initial holders to achieve such target return if the initial holders disposed of their common shares on the date of such exercise. As of September 30, 2018 , the exercise price was $75.24 per share.
The warrants provide that, at the holder’s request and at our option and in our sole discretion, the holder may, subject to certain conditions, receive cash in lieu of common shares upon exercise of the warrants. The amount of the cash payment is calculated by multiplying (i) the number of common shares for which the warrant is being exercised by (ii) the volume weighted average price per common share for the 20 trading days immediately prior to (but not including) the date of exercise less the strike price. We are not, however, required to net cash settle the warrants.
Common shareholders agreement
All of the current holders of our common shares are party to a common shareholders agreement, which contains provisions that govern the rights and obligations of the common shareholders as security holders, including, but not limited to, transfer restrictions, corporate governance and other matters as described below and set out in the common shareholders agreement.

227



Restrictions on transfers
Pursuant to the common shareholders agreement, each shareholder (other than Arch) has agreed that prior to the earlier of (i) March 25, 2019 and (ii) the initial listing of the common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, it will not sell any common shares owned by it without the consent of our board of directors.
In addition, pursuant to the common shareholders agreement, Arch has agreed that prior to the earlier of (i) March 25, 2019 and (ii) the initial listing of the common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, subject to limited exceptions, including in the case of termination of the services agreements with Arch and the right to participate in any tender or other offer made to all holders of common shares, Arch will not sell any common shares purchased by it in our original private placement other than transfers to affiliates without the consent of our board of directors.
Pre-emptive rights
Arch currently has a preemptive right to purchase up to its pro rata portion of any new equity securities or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for equity securities that we may, from time to time, propose to issue and sell, subject to certain exceptions. Arch’s preemptive right will terminate on the first day following the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market.
Arch board seats
Our bye-laws provide that our board of directors shall be comprised of not less than three nor more than fifteen directors, and we currently have eight directors. Our bye-laws also provide that Arch has the right to appoint two individuals to serve as directors on our board of directors until the earlier of the date that (i) the services agreement between Arch and Watford Re is terminated and (ii) the number of common shares that Arch owns is less than 75% of the number of common shares originally purchased by Arch in our original private placement in March 2014 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events). From and after such date, Arch will have the right to appoint one individual to serve as a director on our board of directors until the date that (A) if the services agreement between Arch and Watford Re is then in effect, the number of common shares that Arch owns is less than 50% of the number of common shares originally purchased by Arch in our original private placement in March 2014 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events) and (B) if the services agreement between Arch and Watford Re is not then in effect, the number of common shares that Arch owns either (x) is less than 50% of the number of common shares originally purchased by Arch (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events) or (y) comprises less than 5% of our outstanding common shares, at which time Arch’s rights to appoint a director to our board of directors shall terminate.
So long as Arch is entitled to appoint at least one director to our board of directors, the affirmative vote of at least one director appointed by Arch is required for our board of directors to take any action to: (i) increase the number of members of our board of directors; (ii) form or create any subsidiaries or branches; (iii) change our name or the name of any of our subsidiaries; (iv) appoint or remove or replace our Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Executive Officer of any of our subsidiaries; (v) or appoint or remove or replace our Chief Risk Officer or the Chief Risk Officer of any of our subsidiaries. Upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, the affirmative vote of a director appointed by Arch will no longer be required to appoint or remove or replace our Chief Risk Officer or the Chief Risk Officer of any of our subsidiaries.
In addition, Arch is entitled to have at least one director appointed by Arch serve on each committee of the board of directors; provided that upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, the director appointed by Arch that serves on any committee of the board of directors that is subject to independence requirements for membership on such committee under

228



the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market must be a person that satisfies such independence requirements.
Directors appointed by Arch are not entitled to vote upon matters before the board of directors that relate to: (i) the services agreements with Arch or other matters directly and primarily affecting Arch in a capacity other than as a shareholder or director; or (ii) the termination of the investment management agreement between HPS and Watford Re, or any amendments to the fee arrangements contained therein. A director appointed by Arch may be removed at any time without cause by Arch or for cause in accordance with our bye-laws.
Unless sooner terminated in accordance with its terms or extended by the parties, the common shareholders agreement will terminate ten years after the date of the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market.
Common share registration rights agreement
All of the current holders of our common shares are party to a common share registration rights agreement, which contains provisions that govern the rights and obligations of our common shareholders and holders of our warrants as security holders with respect to any registration of our common shares, including lock-up agreements in connection with an initial registered public offering of our common shares and granting all such common shareholders and holders of warrants “piggyback” registration rights to include securities in a registration statement of ours filed with the SEC under the Securities Act after a consummation of an initial registered public offering or a listing of our common shares.
“Piggyback” registration rights
After the effective date of the listing, the common shareholders and holders of warrants that are parties to the common share registration rights agreement will be entitled to unlimited “piggyback” registration rights for offerings of common shares for so long as they remain issued and outstanding and continue to constitute Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the common share registration rights agreement) (which Registrable Securities will cease to be such once such securities may be resold under Rule 144).
Shelf registrations
At such time as we have qualified to register our securities on Form S-3 or any successor form, Arch will have the right to (i) request that we file a shelf registration statement with respect to the Registrable Securities held by the common shareholders and warrantholders that are parties to the common share registration rights agreement and (ii) deliver up to three (3) shelf take-down notices for underwritten secondary offerings of the securities owned by it and included in such shelf registration statement.
Preference shareholders agreement
All of the current holders of our preferences shares are party to a preference shareholders agreement, which contains provisions that govern the rights and obligations of the preference shareholders as security holders, including, but not limited to, transfer restrictions, corporate governance and other matters as described below and set out in the preference shareholders agreement.
Restrictions on transfers
Pursuant to the preference shareholders agreement, each shareholder has agreed that, prior to the earlier of (i) March 31, 2019 and (ii) if we consummate an initial public offering of our preference shares in the United States or a listing of our preference shares on a U.S. national securities exchange, the expiration of any lock-up period with respect to our preference shares in connection

229



with such offering or listing, it will not sell any preference shares owned by it without the consent of our board of directors.
Preference share registration rights agreement
All of the current holders of our preference shares are party to a preference share registration rights agreement, which contains provisions that govern the rights and obligations of our preference shareholders as security holders with respect to any registration of our preference shares, including lock-up agreements in connection with an intial registered public offering of our preference shares and granting all such preference shareholders “piggyback” registration rights to include securities in a registration statement of ours filed with the SEC under the Securities Act after consummation of an initial registered public offering or a listing of our preference shares.
“Piggyback” registration rights
If we consummate an initial registered public offering of our preference shares, beginning 180 days after the effectiveness of such registration, the preference shareholders will be entitled to unlimited “piggyback” registration rights for offerings of preference shares for so long as they remain issued and outstanding and continue to constitute Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the preference share registration rights agreement) (which Registrable Securities will cease to be such once such securities may be resold under Rule 144).
Lock-up agreements
To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law and subject to certain limitations and exceptions, our preference shareholders have agreed not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of our equity securities, or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the seven days prior to, and the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of an initial registered public offering of our preference shares in the United States.
Policies and procedures for approval of related person transactions
Upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, we intend to adopt a related person transactions policy pursuant to which our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders, including their immediate family members, will not be permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the consent of our audit committee, another independent committee of our board of directors or the full board of directors. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal shareholder or any of such persons’ immediate family members, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, will be required to be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. All of our directors, executive officers and employees will be required to report to our audit committee any such related person transaction. In approving or rejecting the proposed transaction, our audit committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, whether the proposed related person transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances, the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction and, if applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Under the related person transactions policy, if we should discover related person transactions that have not been approved, our audit committee will be notified and will determine the appropriate action, including ratification, rescission or amendment of the transaction. A copy of our related person transactions policy will be available on our website.
Director independence
The listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance

230



committees be independent. In addition, the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market require that audit committee members satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and that the compensation committee members satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 5605(d) of the NASDAQ Stock Market rules. The listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market further provide that a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.
Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Walter Harris, Garth Lorimer Turner, Elizabeth Gile, Thomas Miller and Deborah DeCotis meet the definition of “independent director” under the applicable rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including beneficial ownership of our common shares. As a result, in accordance with listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market, a majority of our directors are independent.



231


Item 8. Legal Proceedings
There is no litigation currently pending or, to the knowledge of management, contemplated against us or any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such.

232


Item 9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
Market information
There is currently no public market for our common shares.
As of September 30, 2018 , there were 861 shareholders of record of our common shareholders. As of September 30, 2018 , there were approximately 117 shareholders of record of our preference shareholders.
As of September 30, 2018 , there are 1,704,691 common shares subject to outstanding warrants, which will not become exercisable until the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market.
Dividend policy
We do not expect to declare or pay dividends on our common shares for the foreseeable future. W e intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, generated by our operations for the development and growth of our business.
Additionally , we are subject to Bermuda legal constraints that may affect our ability to pay dividends on our common shares and make other payments. Under the Bermuda Companies Act, we may not declare or pay a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that we are, or would after the payment be, unable to pay our liabilities as they become due or that the realizable value of our assets would thereafter be less than the aggregate of our liabilities. We are also currently restricted in our ability to pay dividends pursuant to the terms of our existing indebtedness unless we meet certain conditions, financial and otherwise. In addition, certain of our subsidiaries are currently restricted in their ability to pay dividends to us pursuant to applicable insurance regulatory requirements. Any decision to pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and depends on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.





233


Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
On March 25, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 22,682,875 common shares at price per share of $40.00 for an aggregate purchase price of $907,315,000, and, on March 31, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 9,065,200 8½% cumulative redeemable preference shares at a price per share of $25.00 for an aggregate purchase price of $226,630,000. These common shares and preference shares were sold for cash in private offerings to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. Each of the subscribers in the offerings represented that it was an accredited investor as defined in Regulation D and that it was acquiring the shares for its own account and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution, and appropriate legends were affixed to the shares. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC acted as placement agent in connection with the offerings and received a placement fee of approximately $10 million.
In addition, on March 25, 2014, in connection with the private offering of common shares described above, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,704,691 common shares to Arch and HPS. These warrants were issued in a private offering pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. Each of the warrant holders represented that it was an accredited investor as defined in Regulation D and that it was acquiring the warrants for investment purposes and not with a view to distribution or resale in the United States or otherwise in violation of U.S. securities laws, and appropriate legends were affixed to the warrants.



234


Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities To Be Registered
Description of Share Capital
The following description of our share capital summarizes certain provisions of our memorandum of association and our bye-laws that will become effective as of the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market. Such summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of our memorandum of association and bye-laws, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to this registration statement, and applicable Bermuda law. Prospective investors are urged to read the exhibits for a complete understanding of our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The descriptions of our common shares reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market.
General
We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 47717. We are incorporated under the name “Watford Holdings Ltd.” Our registered office is located at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda.
The objects of our business are unrestricted and we have the capacity of a natural person. We therefore are able to undertake activities without restriction on our capacity.
Share capital
Immediately following the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, our authorized share capital will consist of 120,000,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, and 30,000,000 preference shares, par value $0.01 per share, and there will be 22,682,875 of our common shares outstanding and 9,065,200 of our 8½% cumulative redeemable preference shares outstanding.
Common shares
Our common shares have no pre-emptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional shares, and no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange. Under certain circumstances and subject to the provisions of our bye-laws, we may be required to make an offer to repurchase shares held by shareholders. All of our outstanding common shares are fully paid and non-assessable.
Dividend and distribution rights
We do not expect to declare or pay dividends on our common shares for the foreseeable future. We intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, generated by our operations for the development and growth of our business.
Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay dividends or make a distribution out of contributed surplus if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realizable value of its assets would thereafter be less than its liabilities. Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends, as and when dividends are declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferred dividend right of the holders of any preference shares, including our 8½% cumulative redeemable preference shares.
Except with respect to the dividends or distributions to be paid to the holders of our 8½% cumulative redeemable preference shares and other than as necessary to pay our expenses, we expect that our subsidiaries will retain virtually all profits, if any. However, the boards of directors of

235


Watford Re and our other corporate subsidiaries will have absolute discretion, subject to statutory requirements, regulatory requirements and the terms of our existing indebtedness to declare dividends at any time, including, for example, if a subsidiary is unable to keep its capital employed in a manner deemed suitable. Our board of directors will decide the appropriate use of any funds received by way of dividend from a subsidiary, including, possibly, declaration of dividends or share purchases by us.
See “Item 9. Market Price of Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters-Dividend policy” for more information on our dividend policy.
Voting rights
In general, and subject to the restrictions described below, common shareholders will have one vote for each common share held by them and will be entitled to vote, on a non-cumulative basis, at all meetings of shareholders.
Each holder of common shares that is a U.S. person (other than HPS and certain of its employees and affiliates and Arch and certain of its affiliates, which are not subject to the voting limitation described herein) will be limited to voting (directly, indirectly or constructively, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that number of common shares equal to 9.9% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of our company entitled to vote at a general meeting (as determined taking into account all such reductions in voting rights). In addition to the foregoing, in order to ensure that non-U.S. shareholders are subject to similar voting limitations as apply to U.S. shareholders, no holder of common shares will be permitted to vote (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than that number of common shares equal to 9.9% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of our company entitled to vote at a general meeting.
Pursuant to our bye-laws, each shareholder shall provide us with such information as we may reasonably request so that we and our board of directors may make determinations as to the ownership (direct or indirect or by attribution) of shares to such shareholder or to any person to which shares may be attributed as a result of the ownership of shares by such shareholder.
Rights upon liquidation
In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of our common shares will be entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of our debts and liabilities, subject to the liquidation preference on any issued and outstanding preference shares.
Variation of rights
If at any time we have more than one class of shares, the rights attaching to any class, unless otherwise provided for by the terms of issue of the relevant class, may be varied by a resolution approved by at least 66⅔% of the combined voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of such class. Our bye-laws specify that the creation or issuance of shares ranking equally with existing shares will not, unless expressly provided by the terms of issue of existing shares, vary the rights attached to existing shares.
Preference shares
Pursuant to Bermuda law and our bye-laws, our board of directors may establish one or more series of preference shares having such designations, dividend rates, redemption features, liquidation rights and preferences, conversion or exchange rights, relative voting rights or such other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as may be fixed by our board of directors without any further shareholder approval. Such rights, preferences, powers and limitations as may be established could have the effect of discouraging an attempt to obtain control of our company.

236


8½% cumulative redeemable preference shares
On March 31, 2014, in connection with our original private placement, we issued 9,065,200 8½% cumulative redeemable preference shares, at a price of $24.50 per share, for an aggregate subscription price of approximately $226.6 million. In this subsection, we refer to these preference shares as the preference shares.
General
The preference shares rank senior to our common shares and rank pari passu with each other series of shares ranking on parity with the preference shares with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up. As of the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, there will be no other shares that will have been issued by us that rank pari passu with the preference shares with respect to payment of dividends and distribution of assets upon its liquidation, dissolution or winding-up. Our board of directors may from time to time create and issue new junior stock and parity stock of other series without the approval of the holders of the preference shares and fix their relative rights, preferences and limitations.
We are generally able to pay dividends and distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up only out of lawfully available funds for such payment (i.e., after satisfaction of indebtedness and other non-equity claims). The preference shares are fully-paid and nonassessable.
Holders of the preference shares do not have preemptive or subscription rights to acquire further shares in our company.
The preference shares are not convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or series of shares or other securities of our company or our property or assets. The preference shares have no stated maturity and are not subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund, retirement fund, purchase fund or other obligation of ours to redeem, repurchase or retire the preference shares.
Dividends on the preference shares
Dividends on the preference shares are cumulative. Consequently, if our board of directors does not authorize and declare a dividend for any dividend period, holders of the preference shares will be entitled to receive a dividend for such period, and such undeclared dividend will accumulate and will be payable.
Dividends on the preference shares are payable quarterly on the last day of March, June, September and December (each, a Dividend Payment Date) when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds for such purpose. Our board of directors may resolve, for any reason and in its absolute discretion, not to declare or pay in full or in part any dividends on the preference shares in respect of one or more dividend periods. Dividends accumulate in each dividend period from and including the preceding Dividend Payment Date or the initial issue date, as the case may be, to but excluding the applicable Dividend Payment Date for such dividend period. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, will be payable in respect of any dividend payments on the preference shares which may be deferred or in arrears.
Dividends accrue (i) from (and including) June 30, 2014 to (but excluding) June 30, 2019 (the Fixed Rate Period) at 8½% (the Fixed Rate) of the $25 per share liquidation preference per annum (equivalent to $2.125 per share per annum); and (ii) from (and including) June 30, 2019 (the Floating Rate Period), at a floating rate per annum (the Floating Rate) equal to three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus 667.85 basis points; provided, that, if, at any time, the three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR shall be less than 1%, then the three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR for purposes of calculating the Floating Rate at the time of such calculation shall be 1%. Other than the right to payment of

237


accrued but unpaid dividends, if any, on the preference shares, the holders of the preference shares are not entitled to share in any other dividends or distributions of our company.
Dividends are payable to holders of record of the preference shares as they appear in the register of members on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th day of the month preceding that Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by our board of directors that is not more than 60 nor less than ten days prior to such Dividend Payment Date. These dividend record dates apply regardless of whether a particular dividend record date is a business day. As used in this subsection, “business day” means a day that is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday, and is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City and Hamilton, Bermuda generally are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
During the Fixed Rate Period, dividends payable on the preference shares are computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. During the Floating Rate Period, dividends payable on the preference shares are computed on the basis of actual days elapsed over a year consisting of 365 days.
If any date on which dividends would otherwise be payable is not a business day, then the dividend payment date will be the next succeeding business day after the original Dividend Payment Date, and no additional dividends will accumulate on the amount so payable from such date to such next succeeding business day.
So long as any preference shares remain issued and outstanding for any dividend period, unless the full dividends for the latest completed dividend period on all issued and outstanding preference shares have been declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside:
no dividend (other than a dividend in common shares or in any other shares ranking junior to the preference shares as to dividends and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) will be declared or paid or a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set aside for such payment or other distribution declared or made upon our common shares or upon any other shares ranking junior to the preference shares as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up; and
no common shares, other shares ranking junior to or on a parity with the preference shares as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up will be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (or any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such shares) by us.
As used in this subsection, “junior stock” means any class or series of shares that rank junior to the preference shares either as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company. Junior stock includes our common shares.
As used in this subsection, “parity stock” means any class or series of shares that ranks equally with the preference shares as to payment of dividends and the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company. As of the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, there will be no shares which would be considered parity stock with the preference shares.
Liquidation rights of the preference shares
Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company, holders of the preference shares are entitled to receive out of our assets legally available for distribution to shareholders, after satisfaction of indebtedness and other non-equity claims, if any, a liquidation preference in the amount of $25 per share, plus declared and unpaid dividends, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for distribution, with accumulation of any undeclared dividends, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of our common shares, or any of our other shares

238


ranking junior to the preference shares. Holders of the preference shares are not entitled to any other amounts after they have received their full liquidation preference.
In any such distribution, if our assets are not sufficient to pay the liquidation preference in full to all holders of the preference shares, the amounts paid to the holders of the preference shares will be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences of those holders. If the liquidation preference has been paid in full to all holders of the preference shares, the holders of any other class of shares shall be entitled to receive all of its remaining assets according to their respective rights and preferences.
A consolidation, amalgamation, merger, arrangement or reconstruction involving our company or the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of our shares or our property or business is not deemed to constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company.
Redemption of preference shares
Optional redemption b y us
The preference shares are not redeemable at our option prior to June 30, 2019. The preference shares are redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice, at a redemption price equal to $25 per share, plus declared and unpaid dividends, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption, with accumulation of any undeclared dividends on and after June 30, 2019.
If the preference shares are to be redeemed, the notice of redemption shall be given by first class mail to the holders of record of the preference shares to be redeemed within the time period provided above. Each notice of redemption will include a statement setting forth:
the redemption date;
the number of preference shares to be redeemed and, if less than all the preference shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such preference shares to be redeemed from such holder;
the redemption price; and
the place or places where holders may surrender certificates evidencing the preference shares for payment of the redemption price.
If notice of redemption of any preference shares has been given and if the funds necessary for such redemption have been set aside by us for the benefit of the holders of the preference shares so called for redemption, then, from and after the redemption date, dividends will cease to accumulate on such preference shares, such preference shares shall no longer be deemed issued and outstanding and all rights of the holders of such preference shares will terminate, except the right to transfer the preference shares prior to the redemption date and the right to receive the redemption price, plus declared and unpaid dividends, if any.
In case of any redemption of only part of the preference shares at the time issued and outstanding, the preference shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as we may determine to be fair and equitable.
Optional redemption by the holder
Each holder of the preference shares may at any time on or after June 30, 2034, at such holder’s sole option and election, require us to redeem in cash any or all of the preference shares held by such holder at the $25 per share liquidation preference plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption, whether or not declared (an Optional Redemption).

239


To effect a redemption of the preference shares, the holder of record thereof shall make a written demand for such redemption to us at our principal executive offices setting forth therein the number of preference shares to be redeemed and the certificate or certificates representing such preference shares, if any. If we do not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all preference shares which the holders thereof have required us to redeem, we shall redeem a pro rata portion of each such holder’s preference shares out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the preference shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after we have funds legally available therefor.
Payments on preference shares
We make all payments on the preference shares free and clear of, and without withholding or deduction at source for or on account of, any present or future taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of any relevant taxing jurisdiction, unless such taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges are required to be withheld or deducted by (x) the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any relevant taxing jurisdiction or (y) an official position regarding the application, administration, interpretation or to enforcement of any such laws, regulations or rulings (including, without limitation, a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a taxing authority in any relevant taxing jurisdiction).
Preference share voting rights
Except as provided below and under Bermuda law, the holders of the preference shares have no voting rights.
Whenever dividends payable on preference shares have not been declared by our board of directors and paid for an aggregate amount equivalent to six full dividend periods (whether or not consecutive) on all of the preference shares or if we fail to effect an Optional Redemption requested by the holders of the preference shares from amounts legally available for such purpose, the holders of the preference shares have the right, voting as a single class, to elect one director of our board of directors. We are required to use our best efforts to effectuate the election or appointment of this one director.
Whenever dividends on the preference shares have been paid in full, or declared and sufficient funds have been set aside, the right of holders of the preference shares to be represented by a director will cease (but subject always to the same provision for the vesting of such rights in the case of any future suspension of payments in an amount equivalent to dividends for six full dividend periods whether or not consecutive), and the term of office of the additional director elected or appointed to our board of directors will terminate.
At any time when such special voting power has vested in the holders of the preference shares as described in the preceding paragraph, such right may be exercised initially either at a special meeting of the holders of the preference shares, or at any annual general meeting of shareholders, and thereafter at annual general meetings of shareholders. At any time when such special right has vested, our chairman will, upon the written request of the holders of record of at least 10% of the preference shares then issued and outstanding addressed to our secretary, call a special general meeting of the holders of the preference shares for the purpose of electing the director. Such meeting will be held at the earliest practicable date in such place as may be designated pursuant to our bye-laws (or if there be no designation, at our principal office in Bermuda). If such meeting is not called within 20 days after the secretary has been personally served with such request, or within 60 days after mailing the same by registered or certified mail addressed to our secretary at our principal office, then the holders of record of at least 10% of the preference shares may designate in writing one of their number to call such meeting at our expense, and such meeting may be called

240


by such person so designated upon the notice required for annual general meetings of shareholders and will be held in Bermuda, unless otherwise designated. Any holder of the preference shares will have access to our register of members for the purpose of causing meetings of shareholders to be called pursuant to these provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such special meeting will be called during the period within 90 days immediately preceding the date fixed for the next annual general meeting of shareholders.
At any annual or special general meeting at which the holders of the preference shares have the special right to elect directors as described above, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of 50% of the preference shares will be required to constitute a quorum for the election of any director by the holders of the preference shares voting as a separate class.
During any period in which the holders of the preference shares have the right to vote as a class for a director as described above, any vacancies in our board of directors will be filled by the vote of a majority of the board of directors pursuant to our bye-laws. During such period, the director so elected by the holders of the preference shares will continue in office (i) until the next succeeding annual general meeting or until his or her successor, if any, is elected by such holders or (ii) unless required by applicable law, rule or regulation to continue in office for a longer period, until termination of the right of the holders of the preference shares to vote as a class for a director, if earlier. Immediately upon any termination of the right of the holders of the preference shares to vote as a class for a director as provided herein, the term of office of the director then in office so elected by the holders of the preference shares will terminate.
Without the sanction of a resolution approved by at least 66⅔% of the combined voting power of the issued and outstanding preference shares, we may not take any action that would vary the rights attached to the preference shares.
We may create and issue additional series of parity stock and junior stock without the consent of any holder of the preference shares. Holders of the preference shares are not entitled to vote on any sale of all or substantially all of our assets.
On any item on which the holders of the preference shares are entitled to vote, such holders will be entitled to one vote for each preference share held.
The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required shall be effected, all issued and outstanding preference shares shall have been redeemed or called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside by us for the benefit of the holders of preference shares to effect such redemption.
Certain bye-law provisions
Certain provisions of our bye-laws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including an attempt that might result in such shareholder’s receipt of a premium over the market price for his or her shares. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which could result in an improvement of such persons’ terms. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors-Risks related to our common shares-Our bye-laws contain provisions that could impede an attempt to replace or remove the board of directors or management or delay or prevent the sale of our company, which could diminish the value of our common shares or prevent our shareholders from receiving premium prices for their shares in an unsolicited takeover.”
Number of directors
Our bye-laws provide that our board of directors shall have not less than three directors and not more than fifteen directors with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time

241


by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution providing for a nine-member board of directors. For so long as Arch is entitled to appoint one director to our board of directors, the affirmative vote of at least one director appointed by Arch shall be required to increase the number of members of the board of directors.
Arch has the right to appoint two individuals to serve as directors on our board of directors until the earlier of the date that (i) the services agreement between Arch and Watford Re is terminated and (ii) the number of common shares that Arch owns is less than 75% of the number of common shares originally purchased by Arch in our original private placement in March 2014 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events). From and after such date, Arch will have the right to appoint one director to our board of directors until the date that (A) if the services agreement between Arch and Watford Re is then in effect, the number of common shares that Arch owns is less than 50% of the number of common shares originally purchased by Arch in our original private placement in March 2014 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events) and (B) if the services agreement between Arch and Watford Re is not then in effect, the number of common shares that Arch owns either (x) is less than 50% of the number of common shares originally purchased by Arch (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events) or (y) comprises less than 5% of our outstanding common shares, at which time Arch’s rights to appoint a director to our board of directors shall terminate.
In addition, the holders of our 8½% cumulative redeemable preference shares have the right to elect one director to our board of directors under certain circumstances. See “-Preference shares” above.
Classified board of directors
Upon the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, in accordance with the terms of our bye-laws, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Each director will serve for a term ending on the date of our third annual general meeting next following the annual general meeting at which such director was elected; provided that directors initially designated as Class I directors will serve for an initial term ending on the date of our first annual general meeting next following the annual general meeting at which such directors were elected and directors initially designated as Class II directors will serve for an initial term ending on our second annual general meeting next following the annual general meeting at which such directors were elected.
Our classified board of directors prevents shareholders from electing an entirely new board of directors at an annual general meeting and could have the effect of delaying or discouraging an acquisition of us or a change in our management.
Removal of directors
In accordance with the terms of our bye-laws, a director may be removed by the shareholders for cause (as such term is defined in the bye-laws) upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors; provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for such purpose shall contain a statement of the intention to do so and be served on such director not less than ten days before the meeting and, at such meeting, the director shall be entitled to be heard on the motion for such director’s removal. Additionally, directors appointed by Arch may be removed by Arch without cause.
Any vacancy on our board of directors may be filled at the meeting at which such director is removed upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote. In the absence of such election or

242


appointment, the board of directors may fill the vacancy. In the event the vacancy to be filled is for a director appointed by Arch, then Arch shall have the right to appoint the director to fill such vacancy. These provisions limit shareholders’ ability to remove incumbent directors and replace them with their own nominees.
No shareholder action by written consent
Our bye-laws provide that shareholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders and may not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Failure to satisfy any of the requirements for a shareholder meeting could delay, prevent or invalidate shareholder action.
Shareholder advance notice procedures
Our bye-laws establish an advance notice procedure for shareholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our shareholders. The bye-laws provide that any shareholder wishing to nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other business before, an annual meeting must deliver to our secretary a written notice of the shareholder’s intention to do so. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company. To be timely, the shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received by us not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary date of the preceding annual meeting, except that if the annual meeting is set for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, we must receive the notice not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. The notice must include the following information:
the name and address of the shareholder who intends to make the nomination and the name and address of the person or persons to be nominated or the nature of the business to be proposed;
a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of our share capital entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons or to introduce the business specified in the notice;
if applicable, a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons, naming such person or persons, pursuant to which the nomination is to be made by the shareholder;
such other information regarding each nominee or each matter of business to be proposed by such shareholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed under the SEC’s proxy rules if the nominee had been nominated, or intended to be nominated, or the matter had been proposed, or intended to be proposed, by the board of directors;
if applicable, the consent of each nominee to serve as a director if elected; and
such other information that the board of directors may request in its discretion.
Amendments to memorandum of association and bye-laws
Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of its shareholders. Our bye-laws provide that the memorandum of association may not be altered or amended unless it shall have been approved by a resolution of our board of directors and by a resolution approved by a simple majority of votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

243


Our bye-laws provide that no bye-law shall be rescinded, altered or amended, and no new bye-law shall be made, unless it shall have been approved by a resolution of our board of directors and by a resolution approved by a simple majority of votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present; provided, however, approval by a resolution of our board of directors and by a resolution approved by at least 66⅔% of the shares entitled to vote is required in order to rescind, alter or amend any bye-law that would (i) change the approval required for the election or removal of directors; (ii) change the approval required for a merger or amalgamation; (iii) change the approval required for shareholders to take action; or (iv) alter the rights of any class of shares; provided, further, however, that an amendment or modification to the bye-laws modifying the rights or obligations of Arch with respect to the directors appointed by Arch, shall in each case be effective only with the consent of the shareholders that are affiliates of Arch. For a description of Arch’s director rights, see “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence-Common shareholders agreement-Arch board seats.” These provisions make it more difficult for any person to remove or amend any provisions in our memorandum of association and bye-law that may have an anti-takeover effect.
Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a company’s issued share capital or any class thereof have the right to apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a company’s share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda court. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their number as they may appoint in writing for the purpose. No application may be made by shareholders voting in favor of the amendment.
Business combinations
Our bye-laws provide that we are prohibited from engaging in any “business combination” with any “interested shareholder” without the approval by our board of directors and the authorization at an annual or special general meeting, by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of our issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote that are not owned by the interested shareholder.
Our bye-laws define “business combination” to include the following:
any merger or consolidation of our company with the interested shareholder or its affiliates;
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of our assets involving the interested shareholder;
any transaction involving us that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of our shares beneficially owned by the interested shareholder; or
any receipt by the interested shareholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through us.
An “interested shareholder” is any entity or person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our issued and outstanding voting shares.
Meetings of shareholders
Under Bermuda law, a company is required to convene at least one general meeting of shareholders entitled to attend and vote each calendar year. However, under Bermuda law the shareholders may, by resolution, waive this requirement, either for a specific year or period of time, or indefinitely.

244


When the requirement has been so waived, any shareholder may, on notice to the company, terminate the waiver, in which case an annual general meeting must be called. Bermuda law provides that a special general meeting of shareholders may be called by the board of a company and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of its paid-up capital carrying the right to vote at general meetings. Bermuda law also requires that shareholders be given at least five days’ advance notice of a general meeting, but the accidental omission to give notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting.
Our bye-laws provide that the board of directors may convene an annual general meeting or a special general meeting. Under our bye-laws, at least 21 days’ notice of an annual general meeting or a special general meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. This notice requirement is subject to the ability to hold such meetings on shorter notice if such notice is agreed: (i) in the case of an annual general meeting, by all of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at such meeting; or (ii) in the case of a special general meeting, by a majority in number of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting. Our bye-laws provide that the quorum required for a general meeting of shareholders is two or more persons present in person at the start of the meeting and representing in person or by proxy not less than a majority of the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote.
Market listing
We have applied to list our common shares on NASDAQ under the symbol “WTRE.”
Transfer agent and registrar
Following the listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, the transfer agent and registrar for our common shares will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC.
Comparison of Shareholder Rights
Prospective investors should be aware that the Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. companies incorporated in the State of Delaware and their shareholders. The following is a summary of certain significant differences between the Companies Act (including modifications adopted pursuant to our bye-laws) and Bermuda common law applicable to us and our shareholders, on the one hand, and the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law applicable to U.S. companies organized under the laws of Delaware and their shareholders, on the other hand.
Duties of directors
The Companies Act authorizes the directors of a company, subject to its bye-laws, to exercise all powers of the company except those that are required by the Companies Act or the company’s bye-laws to be exercised by the shareholders of the company. Our bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our board of directors. In accordance with Bermuda common law, members of a board of directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of the company and exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly. This duty includes the following essential elements:
a duty to act in good faith in the best interests of the company;
a duty not to make a personal profit from opportunities that arise from the office of director; and
a duty to avoid situations in which there is an actual or potential conflict between a personal interest or the duties owed a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended.

245


The Companies Act imposes a duty on directors and officers of a Bermuda company:
to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company; and
to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.
The Companies Act also imposes various duties on directors and officers of a company with respect to certain matters of management and administration of the company.
Under Bermuda law, directors and officers generally owe fiduciary duties to the company itself, not to the company’s individual shareholders or members, creditors, or any class of shareholders, members or creditors. Our shareholders may not have a direct cause of action against our directors.
Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its shareholders. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the company. He or she must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interests of the company and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the company.
Interested directors
Bermuda law provides that a transaction entered into by us in which a director has an interest will not be voidable by us and such director will not be liable to us for any profit realized pursuant to such transaction as a result of such interest, provided the nature of the interest is disclosed at the first opportunity either at a meeting of directors or in writing to the directors. While we are not aware of any Bermuda case law on the meaning of “first opportunity,” a Bermuda court will likely employ a practical interpretation of those words. Subject to the NASDAQ Stock Market rules and applicable U.S. securities laws, our bye-laws do not require directors to recuse themselves from any discussion or decision involving any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which the director is directly or indirectly interested so long as the nature of the interest is disclosed, and such director may be counted in the quorum for such meeting; provided, however, that a director appointed by Arch is not entitled to vote upon matters before the board of directors that relate to (i) the services agreements with Arch or any other matters directly and primarily affecting Arch in a capacity other than as a shareholder or director; or (ii) the termination of the investment management agreement between HPS and Watford Re, or any amendments to the fee arrangements contained therein.
Under Delaware law, such transaction would not be voidable if: (i) the material facts as to such interested director’s relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the board in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors; (ii) such material facts are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote on the matter; or (iii) the transaction is fair as to the

246


company as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, such interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.
Voting rights and quorum requirements
Under Bermuda law, the voting rights of our shareholders are regulated by our bye-laws and, in certain circumstances, the Companies Act. Generally, except as otherwise provided in the bye-laws or the Companies Act, any action or resolution requiring approval of the shareholders may be passed by a simple majority of votes cast. Our bye-laws provide that the election of directors requires the affirmative vote of only a plurality of the votes cast.
Any individual who is a shareholder of our company and who is present at a meeting may vote in person, as may any corporate shareholder that is represented by a duly authorized representative at a meeting of shareholders. Our bye-laws also permit attendance at general meetings by proxy, provided the instrument appointing the proxy is in the form specified in the bye-laws or such other form as the board may determine. The specific voting rights of our common shares are set forth in detail under “Description of Share Capital-Common shares-Voting rights.”
Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in a company’s certificate of incorporation, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by the shareholder. Delaware law provides that unless otherwise provided in a company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, constitutes a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. In matters other than the election of directors, with the exception of special voting requirements related to extraordinary transactions, and unless otherwise provided in a company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at a meeting in which a quorum is present is required for shareholder action, and the affirmative vote of a plurality of shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting is required for the election of directors.
Amalgamations, mergers and similar arrangements
The amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation or merger agreement to be approved by the company’s board of directors and by its shareholders. Unless the company’s bye-laws provide otherwise, the approval of 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation or merger agreement, and the quorum for such meeting must be two persons holding or representing more than one-third of the issued shares of the company. Subject to the exception for “business combinations” with any “interested shareholder,” as discussed above in “Description of Share Capital-Certain bye-law provisions” our bye-laws provide that a majority of the shares issued and entitled to vote is required to approve an amalgamation or merger.
Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger and is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholder’s shares may, within one month of notice of the shareholders meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares.
Under Delaware law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote on such transaction. A shareholder of a company participating in certain merger and consolidation transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights, such as having a court to determine the fair value of the stock or requiring the company to pay such value in cash. However, such appraisal right is not available to

247


shareholders if the stock received in such transaction is listed on a national securities exchange, including NASDAQ.
Acquisitions
Under Bermuda law, an acquiring party is generally able to acquire compulsorily the common shares of minority holders of a company in the following ways:
By a procedure under the Companies Act known as a “scheme of arrangement.” The Companies Act enables the Supreme Court of Bermuda to approve a scheme of arrangement between a company and its shareholders or any class of shareholders. If the requisite majority (being a majority in number of shareholders representing 75% in value) agrees to the acquisition of their shares pursuant to the terms of the scheme, and the Court sanctions the scheme, the remaining shares can be compulsorily acquired. Schemes may provide for the target’s shares to be either transferred or cancelled, but unlike a transfer scheme, a cancellation scheme requires the company to pass a solvency test. In either case, dissenting shareholders do not have express statutory appraisal rights although shareholders have a right to appear at the hearing, and the Court will only sanction a scheme if the Court is satisfied that the scheme is fair. Shares owned by the acquirer can be voted to approve the scheme, but the Court will be concerned to see that the shareholders approving the scheme are fairly representative of the general body of shareholders.
If the acquiring party is a company, by acquiring pursuant to a tender offer 90% of the shares or class of shares not already owned by, or by a nominee for, the acquiring party (the offeror), or any of its subsidiaries. If an offeror has, within four months after the making of an offer for all the shares or class of shares not owned by, or by a nominee for, the offeror, or any of its subsidiaries, obtained the approval of the holders of 90% or more of all the shares to which the offer relates, the offeror may, at any time within two months beginning with the date on which the approval was obtained, by notice compulsorily acquire the shares of any non-tendering shareholder on the same terms as the original offer unless the Supreme Court of Bermuda (on application made within a one-month period from the date of the offeror’s notice of its intention to acquire such shares) orders otherwise.
Where the acquiring party or parties hold not less than 95% of the shares or a class of shares of the company, by acquiring, pursuant to a notice given to the remaining shareholders or class of shareholders, the shares of such remaining shareholders or class of shareholders. When this notice is given, the acquiring party is entitled and bound to acquire the shares of the remaining shareholders on the terms set out in the notice, unless a remaining shareholder, within one month of receiving such notice, applies to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an appraisal of the value of their shares. This provision only applies where the acquiring party offers the same terms to all holders of shares whose shares are being acquired.
Delaware law provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors and without any shareholder vote, may merge with any subsidiary of which it owns at least 90% of each class of its capital stock. Upon any such merger, and in the event the parent corporation does not own all of the stock of the subsidiary, dissenting shareholders of the subsidiary are entitled to certain appraisal rights. Delaware law also provides, subject to certain exceptions, that if a person acquires 15% of voting stock of a company, the person is an “interested shareholder” and may not engage in “business combinations” with the company for a period of three years from the time the person acquired 15% or more of voting stock.
Dissenters’ rights of appraisal
Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger and who is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholder’s shares may, within one month of notice of the shareholders’ meeting, apply to the

248


Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares. Under Bermuda law each share of an amalgamating or merging company carries the right to vote in respect of an amalgamation or merger whether or not it otherwise carries the right to vote.
In addition, any minority shareholder receiving notice that the holders of 95% or more of a company’s shares or class of shares intend to compulsorily acquire the minority shareholder’s shares may within one month of receiving the notice apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the value of the shares.
Appraisal rights are available under Delaware law for any class or series of common shares of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange in which listed stock is the offered consideration.
Shareholders’ suits
Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws.
Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.
Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court generally has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to Section 281 of the Companies Act. Section 98 of the Companies Act further provides that a company may advance moneys to an officer or auditor for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by the officer or auditor in defending any civil or criminal proceedings against them, on condition that the officer or auditor shall repay the advance if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved against them.
We have adopted provisions in our bye-laws that provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions except in respect of fraud or dishonesty.
Pursuant to our bye-laws, our shareholders have agreed to waive any claim or right of action such shareholder may have, whether individually or by or in our right, against any director or officer on account of any action taken by such director or officer, or the failure of such director or officer to take any action in the performance of his or her duties with or for us or any of our subsidiaries; provided that such waiver does not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to us which may attach to such director or officer.

249


Under Delaware law, a corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation a provision that, subject to the limitations described below, eliminates or limits director liability to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary duty of care. Under Delaware law, a director’s liability cannot be eliminated or limited for: (i) breaches of the duty of loyalty; (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) the payment of unlawful dividends or expenditure of funds for unlawful stock purchases or redemptions; or (iv) transactions from which such director derived an improper personal benefit.
Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation against any liability or expenses incurred in any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceeding if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful, except that in any action brought by or in the right of the corporation, such indemnification may be made only for expenses (not judgments or amounts paid in settlement) and may not be made even for expenses if the officer, director or other person is adjudged liable to the corporation (unless otherwise determined by the court). In addition, under Delaware law, to the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding referred to above, he or she must be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by that party. Furthermore, under Delaware law, a corporation is permitted to maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance.
Meeting of shareholders
The Companies Act requires an annual meeting of shareholders unless waived by resolution of shareholders. Our bye-laws provide that subject to an election made by us in accordance with the Companies Act to dispense with the holding of annual general meetings, an annual general meeting shall be held in each year at such time and place as our president or chairman or any two directors or any director and the secretary or the board of directors shall appoint. Our annual general meeting shall be held outside the United States. Any annual general meeting purported to be convened and held in the United States shall be void, and any business conducted at any such purported meeting shall be of no force or effect.
Under our bye-laws, a special general meeting of shareholders may be held when, in the judgment of our president or chairman (if any) or any two directors or any director and the secretary or the board or directors, decide such a meeting is necessary. Any such special general meeting shall be held outside the United States. Any special general meeting purported to be convened and held in the United States shall be void, and any business conducted at any such purported meeting shall be of no force or effect. In addition, the board of directors shall, on the requisition of shareholders holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of such of our paid-up share capital as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at general meetings, forthwith proceed to convene a special general meeting and the provisions of the Companies Act shall apply.
Delaware law permits the board of directors or any person who is authorized under a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws to call a special meeting of shareholders.
Notice of shareholder meetings
Bermuda law requires that shareholders be given at least five days’ advance notice of any general meeting and our bye-laws provide that not less than 21 days’ notice be provided. Under Delaware law, a company is generally required to give written notice of any meeting not less than ten days neither more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

250


Dividends and other distributions
Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (i) it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realizable value of its assets would thereafter be less than its liabilities. “Contributed surplus” is defined for purposes of Section 54 of the Companies Act to include the proceeds arising from donated shares, credits resulting from the redemption or conversion of shares at less than the amount set up as nominal capital and donations of cash and other assets to the company.
Under Delaware law, subject to any restrictions contained in the company’s certificate of incorporation, a company may pay dividends out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year. Delaware law also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.
Inspection of corporate records
Members of the general public have the right to inspect our public documents available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. These documents include our memorandum of association and any charges on its assets. Our shareholders have the additional right to inspect our bye-laws, minutes of general meetings and audited financial statements, which must be presented to the annual general meeting of shareholders.
The register of members of a company is also open to inspection by shareholders and members of the general public without charge. The register of members is required to be open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day (subject to the ability of a company to close the register of members for not more than 30 days in a year). A company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. A company is required to keep at its registered office a register of directors and officers and a list of its directors must be filed with the Register of Companies where it shall be available for public inspection. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.
Delaware law requires that a company, within ten days before a meeting of shareholders, prepare and make available a complete list of shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting. This list must be open to the examination of any shareholder for any purpose relating to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting either on a reasonably accessible electronic network or during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the company. Delaware law also permits a shareholder to inspect the company’s books and records if the shareholder can establish that he or she is a shareholder of the company, the shareholder has complied with Delaware law with respect to the form and manner of making demand for inspection of corporate records and the inspection by the shareholder is for a proper purpose.
Shareholder proposals
Under Bermuda law, on the requisition in writing of such number of shareholders as is hereinafter specified and at their own expense (unless the company otherwise resolves), the company shall be required to: (i) give notice to all shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual general meeting of any resolution which may properly be moved and is intended to be moved at the next annual general meeting; and/or (ii) circulate to all shareholders entitled to receive notice of any general meeting a statement of not more than one thousand words with respect to the matter referred to in any proposed resolution or any business to be conducted at such general meeting. The number of shareholders necessary for a requisition under the foregoing sentence is (i) either any number of shareholders representing not less than 1/20th of the total voting rights of all

251


members having at the date of the requisition a right to vote at that meeting to which the requisition relates; or (ii) not less than one hundred shareholders.
The specific procedures under our bye-laws governing shareholder proposals in relation to our company are set forth under “Description of Share Capital-Certain bye-law provisions-Shareholder advance notice procedures.”
Delaware law does not include a provision restricting the manner in which nominations for directors may be made by shareholders or the manner in which business may be brought before a meeting, although restrictions may be included in a Delaware corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws.
Amendment of memorandum of association/certificate of incorporation
Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders of which due notice has been given. Certain amendments to the memorandum of association may require approval of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, who may grant or withhold approval at his or her discretion.
Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a company’s issued and outstanding share capital have the right to apply to the Bermuda courts for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a company’s share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda court. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the company’s memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their designees as such holders may appoint in writing for such purpose. No application may be made by the shareholders voting in favor of the amendment.
Under Delaware law, amendment of the certificate of incorporation, which is the equivalent of a memorandum of association, of a company must be made by a resolution of the board of directors setting forth the amendment, declaring its advisability, and either calling a special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote or directing that the proposed amendment be considered at the next annual meeting of the shareholders. Delaware law requires that, unless a greater percentage is provided for in the certificate of incorporation, a majority of the outstanding voting power of the corporation is required to approve the amendment of the certificate of incorporation at the shareholders’ meeting. If the amendment would alter the number of authorized shares or par value or otherwise adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of any class of a company’s stock, the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of such affected class, regardless of whether such holders are entitled to vote by the certificate of incorporation, are entitled to vote as a class upon the proposed amendment. However, the number of authorized shares of any class may be increased or decreased, to the extent not falling below the number of shares then outstanding, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock entitled to vote, if so provided in the company’s original certificate of incorporation.
Amendment of bye-laws
Subject to certain exceptions discussed in “Description of Share Capital-Certain bye-law provisions-Amendments to memorandum of association and bye-laws,” our bye-laws generally provide that the bye-laws may only be amended upon a resolution approved by a majority of our board of directors and by a resolution approved by a simple majority of votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

252


Under Delaware law, unless the certificate of incorporation or bylaws provide for a different vote, holders of a majority of the voting power of a corporation and, if so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation have the power to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of a corporation.
Dissolution
Under Bermuda law, a solvent company may be wound up by way of a shareholders’ voluntary liquidation. Prior to the company entering liquidation, a majority of the directors are each required to make a statutory declaration, which states that the directors have made a full inquiry into the affairs of the company and have formed the opinion that the company will be able to pay its debts within a period of 12 months of the commencement of the winding up and must file the statutory declaration with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. The general meeting is required to be convened primarily for the purposes of passing a resolution that the company be wound up voluntarily and appointing a liquidator. The winding up of the company is deemed to commence at the time of the passing of the resolution.
Under Delaware law, a corporation may voluntarily dissolve (i) if a majority of the board of directors adopts a resolution to that effect and the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon vote for such dissolution; or (ii) if all shareholders entitled to vote thereon consent in writing to such dissolution.


253


Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
The registrant’s bye-laws provide that, subject to the Bermuda Companies Act, every director, managing director, secretary or other officer of the registrant and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be entitled to be indemnified by the registrant against any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favor; or in which he is acquitted; or in connection with any application under the Bermuda Companies Act in which relief is granted to him by the Court.
Section 98 of the Bermuda Companies Act provides generally that the registrant may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company.
The registrant has adopted provisions in its bye-laws that provide that it shall indemnify its officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. The registrant’s bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the company’s directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director’s or officer’s duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Bermuda Companies Act permits the registrant to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not the registrant may otherwise indemnify such officer or director.
The registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors. These indemnification agreements provide the registrant’s officers and directors with indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by the Bermuda Companies Act. The registrant has also obtained a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that will insure directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances which are permitted under the Bermuda Companies Act.


254


Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
See Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits.


255


Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.


256


Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits
The following financial statements are being filed as part of this registration statement.
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Page
 
 
 
 


F-1


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
September 30, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Assets
 
 
 
Investments
 
 
 
Term loans, fair value option (Amortized cost: $1,063,186 and $879,010)
$
1,060,004

 
$
877,818

Fixed maturities, fair value option (Amortized cost: $1,036,672 and $1,176,982)
1,021,133

 
1,177,033

Short-term investments, fair value option (Cost: $224,872 and $323,663)(1)
224,525

 
323,883

Equity securities, fair value option
69,956

 
67,868

Other investments, fair value option (1)
48,393

 
49,613

Investments, fair value option
2,424,011

 
2,496,215

Fixed maturities, available for sale (Amortized cost: $308,898 and NIL)
305,388

 

Equity securities, fair value through net income
46,581

 

Total investments
2,775,980

 
2,496,215

Cash and cash equivalents
64,684

 
54,503

Accrued investment income
17,650

 
18,261

Premiums receivable (1)
217,582

 
177,492

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid and paid losses and loss adjustment expenses (1)
69,849

 
42,777

Prepaid reinsurance premiums (1)
63,772

 
24,762

Deferred acquisition costs, net (1)
84,980

 
85,961

Receivable for securities sold
36,153

 
36,374

Intangible assets
7,650

 
7,650

Funds held by reinsurers (1)
59,500

 
45,196

Other assets
21,652

 
25,392

Total assets
$
3,419,452

 
$
3,014,583

Liabilities
 
 
 
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses (1)
$
962,927

 
$
798,262

Unearned premiums (1)
407,957

 
330,644

Losses payable (1)
21,333

 
35,805

Reinsurance balances payable (1)
24,696

 
18,424

Payable for securities purchased
135,690

 
42,501

Payable for securities sold short
9,288

 
34,375

Revolving credit agreement borrowings
623,942

 
549,165

Amounts due to affiliates (1)
4,848

 
4,484

Investment management and performance fees payable (1)
11,032

 
21,036

Other liabilities
11,485

 
11,383

Total liabilities
2,213,198

 
1,846,079

Commitments and contingencies
 
 
 
Contingently redeemable preferred shares
220,899

 
220,622

Shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
Common shares ($0.01 par; shares authorized: 120 million; shares issued and outstanding: 22,682,875)
227

 
227

Additional paid-in capital
895,386

 
895,386

Retained earnings (deficit)
93,984

 
53,241

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(4,242
)
 
(972
)
Total shareholders’ equity
985,355

 
947,882

Total liabilities, contingently redeemable preferred shares and shareholders’ equity
$
3,419,452

 
$
3,014,583

(1) See Note 11 - “Transactions with related parties” for disclosure of related party amounts.

See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
F-2



WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
(Unaudited)
 
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross premiums written (1)
$
185,033

 
$
166,198

 
$
574,078

 
$
473,131

Gross premiums ceded (1)
(33,356
)
 
(12,471
)
 
(102,263
)
 
(35,315
)
Net premiums written (1)
151,677

 
153,727

 
471,815

 
437,816

Change in unearned premiums (1)
(16,053
)
 
(25,098
)
 
(39,926
)
 
(36,436
)
Net premiums earned (1)
135,624

 
128,629

 
431,889

 
401,380

Other underwriting income (loss)
703

 
737

 
2,092

 
2,377

Interest income
38,704

 
31,181

 
109,830

 
88,198

Investment management fees - related parties (1)
(4,314
)
 
(5,316
)
 
(12,616
)
 
(14,996
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(6,993
)
 
(3,891
)
 
(19,636
)
 
(10,855
)
Net interest income
27,397

 
21,974

 
77,578

 
62,347

Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
(3,617
)
 
2,510

 
(16,237
)
 
12,686

Investment performance fees - related parties (1)
(2,407
)
 
(3,713
)
 
(6,606
)
 
(11,052
)
Net investment income (loss)
21,373

 
20,771

 
54,735

 
63,981

Total revenues
157,700

 
150,137

 
488,716

 
467,738

Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (1)
(96,957
)
 
(123,581
)
 
(312,087
)
 
(319,612
)
Acquisition expenses (1)
(33,778
)
 
(34,835
)
 
(106,708
)
 
(107,191
)
General and administrative expenses (1)
(5,801
)
 
(5,506
)
 
(16,274
)
 
(16,447
)
Net foreign exchange gains (losses)
2,582

 
567

 
1,847

 
959

Total expenses
(133,954
)
 
(163,355
)
 
(433,222
)
 
(442,291
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
23,746

 
(13,218
)
 
55,494

 
25,447

Income tax expense

 
(21
)
 
(27
)
 
(21
)
Net income (loss) before preferred dividends
23,746

 
(13,239
)
 
55,467

 
25,426

Preferred dividends
(4,909
)
 
(4,909
)
 
(14,724
)
 
(14,724
)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
$
18,837

 
$
(18,148
)
 
$
40,743

 
$
10,702

Earnings (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
$
0.83

 
$
(0.80
)
 
$
1.80

 
$
0.47

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the determination of earnings (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
22,682,875

 
22,682,875

 
22,682,875

 
22,682,875

(1) See Note 11 - “Transactions with related parties” for disclosure of related party amounts.

See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
F-3



WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
 
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
18,837

 
$
(18,148
)
 
$
40,743

 
$
10,702

Other comprehensive income (loss) net of income tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period
(1,429
)
 

 
(4,194
)
 

Reclassification of net realized (gains) losses, net of income taxes, included in net income
38

 

 
684

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments
88

 
(461
)
 
240

 
(538
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) net of income tax
(1,303
)
 
(461
)
 
(3,270
)
 
(538
)
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
17,534

 
$
(18,609
)
 
$
37,473

 
$
10,164


See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
F-4



WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Common shares
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
227

 
$
227

Common shares issued

 

Balance at end of period
227

 
227

 
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
895,386

 
895,386

Common shares issued, net

 

Balance at end of period
895,386

 
895,386

 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(972
)
 
(375
)
Unrealized holding gains (losses) of available for sale investments:
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period

 

Unrealized holding gains (losses) of available for sale investments, net of reclassification adjustment
(3,510
)
 

Balance at end of period
(3,510
)
 

Currency translation adjustment:
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(972
)
 
(375
)
Currency translation adjustment
240

 
(538
)
Balance at end of period
(732
)
 
(913
)
Balance at end of period
(4,242
)
 
(913
)
 
 
 
 
Retained earnings (deficit)
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
53,241

 
62,133

Net income (loss) before preferred dividends
55,467

 
25,426

Preferred share dividends paid and accrued
(14,724
)
 
(14,724
)
Balance at end of period
93,984

 
72,835

Total shareholders’ equity
$
985,355

 
$
967,535


See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
F-5



WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Operating activities:
 
 
 
Net income (loss) before preferred dividends
$
55,467

 
$
25,426

Adjustments, including foreign currency, to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Net realized and unrealized (gains) losses on investments
20,912

 
(15,170
)
Amortization of fixed assets
119

 
144

Changes in:
 
 
 
Accrued investment income
603

 
3,299

Premiums receivable
(49,188
)
 
(13,002
)
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid and paid losses and loss adjustment expenses
(26,507
)
 
(12,897
)
Prepaid reinsurance premiums
(39,010
)
 
(10,606
)
Deferred acquisition costs, net
1,599

 
(786
)
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
182,637

 
209,812

Unearned premiums
78,936

 
47,040

Reinsurance balances payable
7,301

 
9,464

Funds held with reinsurers
(19,143
)
 
(12,830
)
Other liabilities
(26,248
)
 
(1,321
)
Other items
(13,191
)
 
(6,690
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
174,287

 
221,883

Investing activities:
 
 
 
Purchase of term loans
(629,478
)
 
(533,093
)
Purchase of fixed maturity investments
(934,669
)
 
(1,135,103
)
Purchase of other investments

 
(50,000
)
Proceeds from sale, redemptions and maturity of term loans
524,423

 
421,505

Proceeds from sales, redemptions and maturities of fixed maturity investments
762,672

 
812,231

Net (purchases) sales of short-term investments
100,700

 
65,227

Purchase of equity securities
(87,316
)
 
(25,311
)
Proceeds from sales of equity securities
39,083

 
5,620

Net settlements of derivative instruments
330

 
(1,734
)
Purchases of furniture, equipment and other assets
(11
)
 
(13
)
Net cash used for investing activities
(224,266
)
 
(440,671
)
Financing activities:
 
 
 
Dividends paid on redeemable preferred shares
(14,448
)
 
(14,448
)
Repayments on borrowings
(177,000
)
 
(72,000
)
Proceeds from borrowings
253,365

 
285,205

Net cash provided by financing activities
61,917

 
198,757

Effects of exchange rate changes on foreign currency cash
(1,757
)
 
2,289

Increase (decrease) in cash
10,181

 
(17,742
)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
54,503

 
74,893

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$
64,684

 
$
57,151

Supplementary information
 
 
 
Income taxes paid
$
27

 
$
21

Interest paid
$
19,046

 
$
10,185


See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
F-6



WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)



1. Organization
Watford Holdings Ltd. (the “Parent”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Watford Re Ltd. (“Watford Re”), were incorporated under the laws of Bermuda on July 19, 2013.
As used herein, the term “Company” or “Companies” collectively refers to the Parent and/or, as applicable, its subsidiaries.
Watford Re is licensed as a Class 4 multi-line insurer under the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda, as amended, and related regulations (the “Insurance Act”) and is licensed to underwrite general business on an insurance and reinsurance basis. Through Watford Re, the Company primarily underwrites reinsurance on exposures worldwide.
In May 2018, Watford Insurance Company Europe (“WICE”) formed a branch in Romania and commenced underwriting operations in June 2018. WICE is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Watford Re.
Watford Re and WICE have engaged Arch Underwriters Ltd. (“AUL”), a company incorporated in Bermuda and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Arch Capital Group Ltd. (“ACGL”), to act as their insurance and reinsurance manager pursuant to services agreements between AUL and Watford Re and WICE, respectively. AUL manages the day-to-day underwriting activities of Watford Re and WICE, subject to the provisions of the services agreement and the oversight of our board of directors. See Note 11 - “Transactions with related parties” for further details.
Watford Specialty Insurance Company (“WSIC”) and Watford Insurance Company (“WIC”) have engaged Arch Underwriters Inc. (“AUI”), a company incorporated in Delaware and a wholly-owned subsidiary of ACGL, to act as their insurance and reinsurance manager pursuant to services agreements between AUI and WSIC and WIC, respectively. AUI manages the day-to-day underwriting activities of WSIC and WIC, subject to the provisions of the services agreement and the oversight of our board of directors. See Note 11 - “Transactions with related parties” for further details.
The Company has engaged HPS Investment Partners, LLC (“HPS”) as investment manager of the assets in its non-investment grade portfolio pursuant to various investment management agreements. HPS invests the Company’s non-investment grade assets, subject to the terms of the applicable investment management agreements. See Note 11 - “Transactions with related parties” for further details.
The Company has engaged Arch Investment Management Ltd. (“AIM”), a Bermuda exempted company and a subsidiary of ACGL, as investment manager of the assets in its investment grade portfolio pursuant to various investment management agreements. AIM manages the Company’s investment grade assets pursuant to the terms of the investment management agreements with AIM. See Note 11 - “Transactions with related parties” for further details.
The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full calendar year.
2. Significant accounting policies
There has been no material change to the Company’s significant accounting policies as described in its audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 , and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , and included elsewhere in this registration statement, except as noted below.

F-7


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


(a) Basis of presentation
The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of normally recurring accruals) necessary for a fair statement of results on an interim basis. The results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for a full year or any future periods.
Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted; however management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. This report should be read in conjunction with the Company s audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , included elsewhere in this registration statement.
(b) Investments
Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company elected to classify newly acquired debt investments in its investment grade portfolio as “available for sale.” Accordingly, they are carried at estimated fair value (also known as fair value) with the changes in fair value recorded as an unrealized gain or loss component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.
The Company performs quarterly reviews of its investments to determine whether declines in fair value below the cost basis are considered other-than-temporary in accordance with applicable accounting guidance regarding the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). The process of determining whether a security is other-than-temporarily impaired requires judgment and involves analyzing many factors. These factors include (i) an analysis of the liquidity, business prospects and overall financial condition of the issuer, (ii) the time period in which there was a significant decline in value, (iii) the significance of the decline and (iv) the analysis of specific credit events.
When there are credit-related losses associated with debt securities for which the Company does not have an intent to sell and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, the amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss is recognized in earnings and the amount of the OTTI related to other factors (e.g., interest rates, market conditions, etc.) is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). The amount of the credit loss of an impaired debt security is the difference between the amortized cost and the greater of (i) the present value of expected future cash flows and (ii) the fair value of the security. In instances where no credit loss exists but it is more likely than not that the Company will have to sell the debt security prior to the anticipated recovery, the decline in fair value below amortized cost is recognized as an OTTI in earnings. In periods after the recognition of an OTTI on debt securities, the Company accounts for such securities as if they had been purchased on the measurement date of the OTTI at an amortized cost basis equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings. For debt securities for which OTTI were recognized in earnings, the difference between the new amortized cost basis and the cash flows expected to be collected will be accreted or amortized into net investment income. As of September 30, 2018 , the Company had no investment losses considered as other-than-temporary.
Investment gains or losses realized on the sale of investments are determined on a first-in, first-out basis and are reflected in net income. Unrealized appreciation or decline in the value of available

F-8


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


for sale securities, which are carried at fair value, is excluded from net income and recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of applicable deferred income tax.
See Note 6 - “Investment information” for further information about the investment portfolios.
(c) Recent accounting pronouncements
Issued and effective as of September 30, 2018
The FASB issued Accounting Standard Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”) in May 2014, and has updated it through various Accounting Standard Updates in 2016. This ASU (and as updated in 2016) creates a new comprehensive revenue recognition standard that will serve as a single source of revenue guidance for all companies in all industries. The guidance applies to all companies that either enter into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services, or enter into contracts for the transfer of non-financial assets, unless such contracts are within the scope of other standards, such as insurance contracts or financial instruments. The ASU also requires enhanced disclosures about revenue. The ASU is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and the Company has adopted the ASU using the modified retrospective method, whereby the cumulative effect of adoption is recognized as an adjustment to retained earnings at the date of initial application. This ASU does not apply to premium revenues or revenues from its investment portfolio, which represent substantially all of the Company s consolidated revenues. This ASU was adopted on January 1, 2018, and did not have a material impact on the Company s consolidated financial statements.
In January 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10)-Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). The new accounting guidance was issued to enhance the reporting model for financial instruments and to provide improved financial information to readers of the financial statements. Among other provisions focused on improving the recognition and measurement of financial instruments, the ASU requires that equity investments be measured at fair value on the balance sheet with changes in fair value reported in the income statement and that an exit price notion be used when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. The ASU also requires that an entity evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity s other deferred tax assets. This ASU was adopted on January 1, 2018 and did not have a material impact on the Company s financial position, cash flows, or comprehensive income.
In August 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), a Consensus of the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force (“ASU 2016-15”). ASU 2016-15 intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. This ASU was adopted on January 1, 2018, and did not have a material impact on the Company s consolidated statement of cash flows.
In February 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2018-03, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10), Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2018-03”) . ASU 2018-03 was issued to provide technical corrections and improvements related to ASU 2016-01, and added Topic 321, Investments - Equity Securities . ASU 2018-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2018. This ASU was adopted on July 1, 2018, and did not have a material impact on the Company s consolidated financial statements.

F-9


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


In March 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2018-05, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“ASU 2018-05”) . ASU 2018-05 was issued to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. ASU 2018-05 is effective in the first quarter of 2018. This ASU was adopted on January 1, 2018, and did not have a material impact on the Company s consolidated financial statements.
Issued but not yet effective as of September 30, 2018
In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) (“ASU 2016-13”). The new accounting guidance introduces a new model for recognizing credit losses on financial instruments based on an estimate of current expected credit losses. ASU 2016-13 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is assessing the impact the implementation will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures, but does not believe such impact will be material.
In August 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities (“ASU 2017-12”). ASU 2017-12 intends to improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity’s risk management activities in its financial statements. ASU 2017-12 is effective January 1, 2019. The Company is assessing the impact the implementation will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures, but does not believe such impact will be material.
In February 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2018-02”). ASU 2018-02 permits companies to reclassify disproportionate tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income caused by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 to retained earnings. ASU 2018-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is assessing the impact the implementation will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures, but does not believe such impact will be material.
In July 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases (“ASU 2018-10”). ASU 2018-10 intends to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing transactions. This accounting guidance is effective for the 2019 first quarter, though early application is permitted, and should be applied on a modified retrospective basis. The Company is assessing the impact the implementation will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures, but does not believe such impact will be material.
In July 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842), Targeted Improvements (“ASU 2018-11”) which will ease implementation of the lease standard ASU 2016-02. The guidance provides an alternative transition method by which leases are recognized at the date of adoption. Entities that elect this transition option will still be required to adopt the new leases standard using the modified retrospective transition method required by the standard, but they will recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption rather than in the earliest period presented. The Company will adopt this alternative transition method when adopting the new lease standard as of January 1, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurements (“ASU 2018-13”). ASU 2018-13 intends to modify the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements. The accounting guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods

F-10


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted; removal or modification disclosures can be early adopted upon issuance of ASU 2018-13, and a delay of the adoption of additional disclosures is permitted until the effective date noted above. The Company is assessing the impact the implementation of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
3. Segment information
The Company reports results under one segment, which we refer to as our underwriting segment. The underwriting segment captures the results of the Company s underwriting lines of business, which are comprised of specialty products on a worldwide basis. Lines of business include: (i) casualty reinsurance; (ii) property catastrophe reinsurance; (iii) other specialty reinsurance; and (iv) insurance programs and coinsurance.
The accounting policies of the underwriting segment are the same as those used for the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The Company has a corporate function that includes certain general and administrative expenses related to corporate activities, net foreign exchange gains (losses), income tax expense and items related to the Company’s contingently redeemable preferred shares.
The following tables provide summary information regarding premiums written and earned by line of business and net premiums written by client location and underwriting location:

F-11


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
($ in thousands)
Gross premiums written:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Casualty reinsurance
$
80,274

 
$
82,322

 
$
222,636

 
$
231,896

Other specialty reinsurance
37,434

 
35,625

 
151,083

 
131,723

Property catastrophe reinsurance
1,353

 
3,924

 
8,740

 
12,017

Insurance programs and coinsurance
65,972

 
44,327

 
191,619

 
97,495

Total
$
185,033

 
$
166,198

 
$
574,078

 
$
473,131

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net premiums written:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Casualty reinsurance
$
80,149

 
$
81,525

 
$
221,669

 
$
229,652

Other specialty reinsurance
35,466

 
33,035

 
138,259

 
121,243

Property catastrophe reinsurance
1,342

 
3,899

 
8,515

 
11,756

Insurance programs and coinsurance
34,720

 
35,268

 
103,372

 
75,165

Total
$
151,677

 
$
153,727

 
$
471,815

 
$
437,816

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net premiums earned by line of business:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Casualty reinsurance
$
63,292

 
$
71,513

 
$
206,532

 
$
239,316

Other specialty reinsurance
36,987

 
30,702

 
125,271

 
101,082

Property catastrophe reinsurance
2,481

 
4,749

 
7,443

 
10,034

Insurance programs and coinsurance
32,864

 
21,665

 
92,643

 
50,948

Total
$
135,624

 
$
128,629

 
$
431,889

 
$
401,380

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net premiums written by client location:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
92,117

 
$
87,707

 
$
223,978

 
$
223,749

Bermuda
12,140

 
11,804

 
38,515

 
48,614

Europe
46,403

 
51,492

 
206,389

 
159,199

Asia and Pacific
1,017

 
2,724

 
2,933

 
6,254

Total
$
151,677

 
$
153,727

 
$
471,815

 
$
437,816

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net premiums written by underwriting location:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
13,712

 
$
2,928

 
$
37,554

 
$
5,520

Europe
21,614

 
32,340

 
66,959

 
69,645

Bermuda
116,351

 
118,459

 
367,302

 
362,651

Total
$
151,677

 
$
153,727

 
$
471,815

 
$
437,816


F-12


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


4. Reinsurance
Through reinsurance agreements with ARL and Arch Reinsurance Company (“ARC”) , subsidiaries of ACGL and as well as other, less material reinsurance agreements, the Company cedes a portion of its premiums. The effects of reinsurance on the Company’s written and earned premiums, losses and loss adjustment expenses were as follows:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Premiums written
($ in thousands)
Direct
$
65,972

 
$
44,327

 
$
191,619

 
$
97,495

Assumed
119,061

 
121,871

 
382,459

 
375,636

Ceded
(33,356
)
 
(12,471
)
 
(102,263
)
 
(35,315
)
Net
$
151,677

 
$
153,727

 
$
471,815

 
$
437,816

Premiums earned
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
$
54,726

 
$
27,567

 
$
141,352

 
$
64,236

Assumed
105,849

 
110,863

 
351,978

 
361,853

Ceded
(24,951
)
 
(9,801
)
 
(61,441
)
 
(24,709
)
Net
$
135,624

 
$
128,629

 
$
431,889

 
$
401,380

Losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
$
46,027

 
$
22,747

 
$
106,388

 
$
49,193

Assumed
73,554

 
112,330

 
244,909

 
291,333

Ceded
(22,624
)
 
(11,496
)
 
(39,210
)
 
(20,914
)
Net
$
96,957

 
$
123,581

 
$
312,087

 
$
319,612

The Company monitors the financial condition of its reinsurers and attempts to place coverages only with financially sound carriers. At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , a majority of the Company’s reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid losses (not including prepaid reinsurance premiums) were due from ARL and ARC, each of which have ratings of “A+” from A.M. Best. Although the Company has not experienced any material credit losses to date, an inability of its reinsurers to meet their obligations to it over the relevant exposure periods for any reason could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.


F-13


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


5. Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
The following table represents an analysis of losses and loss adjustment expenses and a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
($ in thousands)
Gross reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at beginning of year
$
798,262

 
$
510,809

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable
39,856

 
21,518

Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at beginning of year
758,406

 
489,291

 
 
 
 
Net incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses relating to losses occurring in:
 
 
 
Current year
314,381

 
302,115

Prior years
(2,294
)
 
17,497

Total net losses and loss adjustment expenses
312,087

 
319,612

 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange gains (losses)
(18,582
)
 
14,257

 
 
 
 
Net paid losses and loss adjustment expenses relating to losses occurring in:
 
 
 
Current year
(25,891
)
 
(36,138
)
Prior years
(130,577
)
 
(86,451
)
Total paid losses and loss adjustment expenses
(156,468
)
 
(122,589
)
 
 
 
 
Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at end of period
895,443

 
700,571

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable
67,484

 
34,561

Gross reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at end of period
$
962,927

 
$
735,132

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 , the Company recorded net favorable development on prior year loss reserves of $2.3 million . Net favorable development was experienced on property catastrophe losses of $4.4 million and other specialty reinsurance of $1.2 million. This favorable development was offset by adverse development on casualty reinsurance losses of $2.6 million and insurance losses of $0.7 million.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 , the Company recorded net unfavorable development on prior year loss reserves of $17.5 million . The net unfavorable prior year development was driven by casualty reinsurance. Casualty reinsurance experienced net unfavorable development of $18.6 million primarily due to the U.K. Ministry of Justice’s reduction of the discount rate known as the Ogden rate and adverse development on certain large multi-line and professional liability contracts. The Ogden rate was reduced from 2.5% to negative 0.75%; the resulting claims development in 2017 was higher than expected. Other specialty reinsurance experienced net unfavorable development of $0.4 million primarily due to worse than expected emergence on nonstandard and U.K. motor quota share contracts. The remaining lines had net favorable prior year development of $1.6 million due to better than expected emergence of reported losses.

F-14


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


6. Investment information
Available for Sale Investments
The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s securities classified as available for sale as at September 30, 2018 :
 
Cost or Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized Gains
 
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Fair Value
September 30, 2018
($ in thousands)
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government agency bonds
$
143,825

 
$
2

 
$
(886
)
 
$
142,941

Corporate bonds
94,659

 
61

 
(901
)
 
93,819

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
59,829

 
44

 
(1,800
)
 
58,073

Asset-backed securities
10,036

 
2

 
(30
)
 
10,008

Municipal government and government agency bonds
549

 

 
(2
)
 
547

Total
$
308,898

 
$
109

 
$
(3,619
)
 
$
305,388

As at September 30, 2018 , no OTTI has been recognized in relation to the available for sale portfolio.
The following table summarizes, for all available for sale securities in an unrealized loss position, the fair value and gross unrealized losses by length of time the security has been in a continual unrealized loss position:
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
 
Fair Value
 
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Gross Unrealized Losses
September 30, 2018
($ in thousands)
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
$
58,074

 
$
(1,800
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
58,074

 
$
(1,800
)
Corporate bonds
71,277

 
(901
)
 

 

 
71,277

 
(901
)
U.S. government and government agency bonds
127,834

 
(886
)
 

 

 
127,834

 
(886
)
Asset-backed securities
7,506

 
(30
)
 

 

 
7,506

 
(30
)
Municipal government and government agency bonds
547

 
(2
)
 

 

 
547

 
(2
)
Total
$
265,238

 
$
(3,619
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
265,238

 
$
(3,619
)
At September 30, 2018 , 37 positions out of a total of 43 positions were in an unrealized loss position and the largest single unrealized loss from a single position in the Company’s fixed maturity portfolio was $1.7 million. The decrease in value can be attributed to an increase in interest rates and unfavorable foreign exchange rates for the non-U.S. government agency bonds during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 . The Company believes that such securities were temporarily impaired at September 30, 2018 .

F-15


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The amortized cost and fair value of our fixed maturities classified as available for sale, summarized by contractual maturity as of September 30, 2018 were as follows:
 
September 30, 2018
 
Amortized Cost
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
% of Fair Value
 
($ in thousands)
Due after one year through five years
$
253,807

 
$
251,504

 
82.3
%
Due after five years through ten years
45,055

 
43,876

 
14.4
%
Asset-backed securities
10,036

 
10,008

 
3.3
%
Total
$
308,898

 
$
305,388

 
100.0
%
Fair Value Option and Fair Value Through Net Income
The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s securities held as at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , classified as fair value through net income or for which the fair value option was elected:
 
Cost or Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized Gains
 
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Fair Value
September 30, 2018
($ in thousands)
Fair Value Option:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term loan investments
$
1,063,186

 
$
14,738

 
$
(17,920
)
 
$
1,060,004

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
609,766

 
15,250

 
(19,219
)
 
605,797

U.S. government and government agency bonds
123,144

 

 
(3,489
)
 
119,655

Asset-backed securities
206,055

 
1,691

 
(4,224
)
 
203,522

Mortgage-backed securities
9,622

 

 
(3,070
)
 
6,552

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
80,776

 

 
(2,206
)
 
78,570

Municipal government and government agency bonds
7,309

 

 
(272
)
 
7,037

Short term investments
224,872

 
8

 
(355
)
 
224,525

Equities
57,156

 
15,839

 
(3,039
)
 
69,956

Other investments
50,000

 

 
(1,607
)
 
48,393

Investments, fair value option, at fair value
$
2,431,886

 
$
47,526

 
$
(55,401
)
 
$
2,424,011

Fair Value Through Net Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equities, fair value through net income (1)
$
50,709

 
$
1,690

 
$
(5,818
)
 
$
46,581

(1) Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted new accounting guidance for financial instruments (refer to Note 2, “Significant accounting policies” ). As a result, equity securities acquired after January 1, 2018 are classified as fair value through net income and are shown separately above.

F-16


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
Cost or Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized Gains
 
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Fair Value
December 31, 2017
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
879,010

 
$
14,525

 
$
(15,717
)
 
$
877,818

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
713,393

 
21,719

 
(19,221
)
 
715,891

U.S. government and government agency bonds
233,810

 
3

 
(2,794
)
 
231,019

Asset-backed securities
100,105

 
2,329

 
(1,287
)
 
101,147

Mortgage-backed securities
11,372

 

 
(2,082
)
 
9,290

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
102,687

 
1,538

 
(20
)
 
104,205

Municipal government and government agency bonds
15,615

 
1

 
(135
)
 
15,481

Short term investments
323,663

 
220

 

 
323,883

Other investments
50,000

 

 
(387
)
 
49,613

Equities
63,461

 
6,825

 
(2,418
)
 
67,868

Total
$
2,493,116

 
$
47,160

 
$
(44,061
)
 
$
2,496,215

The amortized cost and fair value of our term loans, fixed maturities and short-term investments, excluding securities classified as available for sale, summarized by contractual maturity as of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were as follows:
 
September 30, 2018
 
Amortized Cost
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
% of Fair Value
 
($ in thousands)
Due in one year or less
$
258,223

 
$
257,634

 
11.1
%
Due after one year through five years
1,058,708

 
1,049,067

 
45.5
%
Due after five years through ten years
788,197

 
785,155

 
34.1
%
Due after ten years
3,925

 
3,732

 
0.2
%
Asset-backed securities
206,055

 
203,522

 
8.8
%
Mortgage-backed securities
9,622

 
6,552

 
0.3
%
Total
$
2,324,730

 
$
2,305,662

 
100.0
%
 
December 31, 2017
 
Amortized Cost
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
% of Fair Value
 
($ in thousands)
Due in one year or less
$
339,205

 
$
339,358

 
14.3
%
Due after one year through five years
1,197,346

 
1,193,733

 
50.2
%
Due after five years through ten years
718,766

 
721,973

 
30.3
%
Due after ten years
12,861

 
13,233

 
0.6
%
Asset-backed securities
100,105

 
101,147

 
4.2
%
Mortgage-backed securities
11,372

 
9,290

 
0.4
%
Total
$
2,379,655

 
$
2,378,734

 
100.0
%

F-17


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The table below summarizes the credit quality of our total investments as of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , as rated by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, or Fitch, as applicable:
 
Credit Rating (1)
September 30, 2018
Fair Value
 
AAA
 
AA
 
A
 
BBB
 
BB
 
B
 
CCC
 
C
 
D
 
Not Rated
 
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
1,060,004

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
76,472

 
$
675,542

 
$
225,702

 
$

 
$

 
$
82,288

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
699,616

 
3,902

 
58,090

 
143,482

 
66,889

 
16,616

 
220,236

 
155,091

 
2,450

 

 
32,860

U.S. government and government agency bonds
262,596

 

 
262,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities
213,530

 
22,088

 
2,853

 
6,919

 
83,817

 
30,340

 
27,126

 
1,246

 

 

 
39,141

Mortgage-backed securities
6,552

 

 

 

 

 
565

 

 

 

 
4,997

 
990

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
136,643

 
5,292

 
122,834

 
8,517

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal government and government agency bonds
7,584

 
6,391

 
705

 
488

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed income instruments
2,386,525

 
37,673

 
447,078

 
159,406

 
150,706

 
123,993

 
922,904

 
382,039

 
2,450

 
4,997

 
155,279

Short term investments
224,525

 
6,239

 
122,376

 
15,850

 
72,167

 

 
7,893

 

 

 

 

Total fixed income instruments and short term investments
2,611,050

 
43,912

 
569,454

 
175,256

 
222,873

 
123,993

 
930,797

 
382,039

 
2,450

 
4,997

 
155,279

Other Investments
48,393

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equities
116,537

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
2,775,980

 
$
43,912

 
$
569,454

 
$
175,256

 
$
222,873

 
$
123,993

 
$
930,797

 
$
382,039

 
$
2,450

 
$
4,997

 
$
155,279

(1) For individual fixed maturity investments, Standard & Poor’s ratings are used. In the absence of a Standard & Poor’s rating, ratings from Moody’s are used, followed by ratings from Fitch.

F-18


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
Credit Rating (1)
December 31, 2017
Fair Value
 
AAA
 
AA
 
A
 
BBB
 
BB
 
B
 
CCC
 
CC
 
D
 
Not Rated
 
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
877,818

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
42,673

 
$
68,556

 
$
526,183

 
$
131,743

 
$
4,485

 
$
4,324

 
$
99,854

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
715,891

 
9,263

 
63,651

 
131,605

 
43,657

 
57,037

 
157,702

 
194,409

 

 
5,584

 
52,983

U.S. government and government agency bonds
231,019

 
14,676

 
216,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities
101,147

 
12,201

 
3,003

 
3,419

 

 
15,353

 
34,155

 

 

 

 
33,016

Mortgage-backed securities
9,290

 

 

 

 

 

 
1,027

 

 

 
6,682

 
1,581

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
104,205

 
2,785

 
95,514

 
5,906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal government and government agency bonds
15,481

 
13,721

 
1,265

 
495

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed income instruments
2,054,851

 
52,646

 
379,776

 
141,425

 
86,330

 
140,946

 
719,067

 
326,152

 
4,485

 
16,590

 
187,434

Short term investments
323,883

 
366

 
224,176

 
767

 
70,149

 

 
21,404

 

 

 

 
7,021

Total fixed income instruments and short term investments
2,378,734

 
53,012

 
603,952

 
142,192

 
156,479

 
140,946

 
740,471

 
326,152

 
4,485

 
16,590

 
194,455

Other Investments
49,613

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equities
67,868

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
2,496,215

 
$
53,012

 
$
603,952

 
$
142,192

 
$
156,479

 
$
140,946

 
$
740,471

 
$
326,152

 
$
4,485

 
$
16,590

 
$
194,455

(1) For individual fixed maturity investments, Standard & Poor’s ratings are used. In the absence of a Standard & Poor’s rating, ratings from Moody’s are used, followed by ratings from Fitch.


F-19


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


Fair value option
The Company elected to carry the majority of fixed maturity securities and other investments at fair value under the fair value option afforded by accounting guidance regarding the fair value option for financial assets and liabilities. Changes in fair value of investments accounted for using the fair value option are included in “realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments” in the consolidated statements of income (loss). The Company elected to use this option as investments are not necessarily held to maturity, and in order to address simplification and cost-benefit considerations.
Net investment income (loss)
The components of net investment income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 were derived from the following sources:
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2018
 
Net Interest Income
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Realized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Investment Income (Loss)
Net investment income (loss) by asset class:
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
20,249

 
$
(3,510
)
 
$
972

 
$
17,711

Fixed maturities - Fair value option
15,997

 
(4,261
)
 
3,090

 
14,826

Fixed maturities - Available for sale (1)
1,579

 

 
(38
)
 
1,541

Short term investments
779

 
(283
)
 

 
496

Equities (2)
(545
)
 
2,439

 

 
1,894

Equities, fair value through net income (2)
645

 
727

 
(20
)
 
1,352

Other investments

 
(2,800
)
 

 
(2,800
)
Other (3)

 
67

 

 
67

Investment management fees - related parties
(4,314
)
 

 

 
(4,314
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(6,993
)
 

 

 
(6,993
)
Investment performance fees - related parties

 

 

 
(2,407
)
 
$
27,397

 
$
(7,621
)
 
$
4,004

 
$
21,373

(1) Net realized gains (losses) from the fixed maturities available for sale portfolio consists of realized gains and realized losses of $7 thousand and $45 thousand, respectively.
(2) Net interest income consists of dividends for securities held in long and short positions.
(3) Other includes unrealized gains and unrealized losses for call options and investment derivatives.

F-20


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2017
 
Net Interest Income
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Realized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Investment Income (Loss)
Net investment income (loss) by asset class
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
19,193

 
$
(555
)
 
$
529

 
$
19,167

Fixed maturities
11,540

 
(691
)
 
(2,200
)
 
8,649

Short term investments
222

 
(3,313
)
 
(25
)
 
(3,116
)
Equities
226

 
8,694

 

 
8,920

Other investments

 
71

 

 
71

Investment management fees - related parties
(5,316
)
 

 

 
(5,316
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(3,891
)
 

 

 
(3,891
)
Investment performance fees - related parties

 

 

 
(3,713
)
 
$
21,974

 
$
4,206

 
$
(1,696
)
 
$
20,771


 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018
 
Net Interest Income
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Realized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Investment Income (Loss)
Net investment income (loss) by asset class:
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
56,668

 
$
(331
)
 
$
(1,435
)
 
$
54,902

Fixed maturities - Fair value option
46,887

 
(9,687
)
 
(7,638
)
 
29,562

Fixed maturities - Available for sale (1)
3,543

 

 
(684
)
 
2,859

Short term investments
2,269

 
(283
)
 
36

 
2,022

Equities (2)
(714
)
 
8,772

 
(348
)
 
7,710

Equities, fair value through net income (2)
1,177

 
(4,167
)
 
682

 
(2,308
)
Other investments

 
(1,221
)
 

 
(1,221
)
Other (3)

 
67

 

 
67

Investment management fees - related parties
(12,616
)
 

 

 
(12,616
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(19,636
)
 

 

 
(19,636
)
Investment performance fees - related parties

 

 

 
(6,606
)
 
$
77,578

 
$
(6,850
)
 
$
(9,387
)
 
$
54,735

(1) Net realized gains (losses) from the fixed maturities available for sale portfolio consists of realized gains and losses of $44 thousand and $728 thousand, respectively.
(2) Net interest income consists of dividends for securities held in long and short positions.
(3) Other includes unrealized gains and unrealized losses for call options and investment derivatives.


F-21


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
 
Net Interest Income
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Realized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Investment Income (Loss)
Net investment income (loss) by asset class
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
52,473

 
$
(6,938
)
 
$
62

 
$
45,597

Fixed maturities
33,768

 
11,570

 
2,987

 
48,325

Short term investments
1,731

 
(17
)
 
(1,481
)
 
233

Equities
226

 
6,432

 

 
6,658

Other investments

 
71

 

 
71

Investment management fees - related parties
(14,996
)
 

 

 
(14,996
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(10,855
)
 

 

 
(10,855
)
Investment performance fees - related parties

 

 

 
(11,052
)
 
$
62,347

 
$
11,118

 
$
1,568

 
$
63,981

Other-than-temporary impairments
The Company reviews its available for sale investments on a quarterly basis to determine whether declines in fair value below the amortized cost basis are considered other-than-temporary in accordance with applicable guidance. As of the quarter ended September 30, 2018 , the Company did not identify any other-than-temporary impairments.
Pledged and restricted assets
For the benefit of certain Arch entities and other third parties that cede business to us, we are required to post and maintain collateral to support our potential obligations under reinsurance contracts that we write. This collateral can be in the form of either investment assets held in collateral trust accounts or letters of credit. Under our credit facilities, in order for us to have the bank issue a letter of credit to our reinsurance contract counterparty, we must post investment assets or cash as collateral to the bank. In either case, the amounts remain restricted for the duration of the term of the trust or letter of credit, as applicable.
As of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , we held $2.3 billion and $2.0 billion , respectively, in pledged assets in support of insurance and reinsurance liabilities as well as to collateralize our credit facilities and investment derivatives. Included within total pledged assets, we held $6.0 million and $6.0 million , respectively, in deposits with U.S. regulatory authorities.
7. Fair value
Fair value hierarchy
Accounting guidance regarding fair value measurements addresses how companies should measure fair value when they are required to use a fair value measure for recognition or disclosure purposes under U.S. GAAP and provides a common definition of fair value to be used throughout U.S. GAAP. It defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In addition, it establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for the disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The level in the hierarchy within which a given fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the measurement (Level 1 being the highest priority and Level 3 being the lowest priority).

F-22


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The levels in the hierarchy are defined as follows:
Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;
Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and
Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.
The availability of observable inputs can vary by financial instrument and is affected by a wide variety of factors including, for example, the type of financial instrument, whether the financial instrument is new and not yet established in the marketplace, and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires significantly more judgment. The degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for financial instruments categorized in Level 3. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many financial instruments. This may lead to a change in the valuation techniques used to estimate the fair value measurement and cause an instrument to be reclassified between levels within the fair value hierarchy.
Fair value measurements on a recurring basis
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for securities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such securities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.
The Company determines the existence of an active market based on its judgment as to whether transactions for the financial instrument occur in such market with sufficient frequency and volume to provide reliable pricing information. The independent pricing sources obtain market quotations and actual transaction prices for securities that have quoted prices in active markets. The Company uses quoted values and other data provided by nationally recognized independent pricing sources as inputs into its process for determining fair values of its fixed maturity investments. Each price source has its own proprietary method for determining the fair value of securities that are not actively traded. In general, these methods involve the use of “matrix pricing” in which the independent pricing source uses observable market inputs including, but not limited to, investment yields, credit risks and spreads, benchmarking of like securities, broker-dealer quotes, reported trades and sector groupings to determine a reasonable fair value.
Where multiple quotes or prices are obtained, a price source hierarchy is maintained in order to determine which price source would be used ( i.e., a price obtained from a pricing service with more seniority in the hierarchy will be used over a less senior one in all cases). The hierarchy prioritizes pricing services based on availability and reliability and assigns the highest priority to index providers. Based on the above review, the Company will challenge any prices for a security or portfolio which are considered not to be representative of fair value.
In certain circumstances, when fair values are unavailable from these independent pricing sources, quotes are obtained directly from broker-dealers who are active in the corresponding markets. Such quotes are subject to the validation procedures noted above. Where quotes are unavailable, fair value is determined by the investment manager using quantitative and qualitative assessments such as internally modeled values, which are reviewed by the Company’s management.
Of the $2.8 billion of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value at September 30, 2018 , approximately $164.1 million , or 5.9% were priced using non-binding broker-dealer quotes or modeled valuations. Of the $2.5 billion of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value at

F-23


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


December 31, 2017 , approximately $198.5 million , or 8.1% were priced using non-binding broker-dealer quotes or modeled valuations.
The Company reviews its securities measured at fair value and discusses the proper classification of such investments with its investment managers and others. A discussion of the general classification of the Company’s financial instruments follows:
Fixed Maturities. The Company uses the market approach valuation technique to estimate the fair value of its fixed maturity securities, when possible. The market approach includes obtaining prices from independent pricing services, such as index providers and pricing vendors, as well as to a lesser extent quotes from broker-dealers. The independent pricing sources obtain market quotations and actual transaction prices for securities that have quoted prices in active markets. Each source has its own proprietary method for determining the fair value of securities that are not actively traded. In general, these methods involve the use of “matrix pricing” in which the independent pricing source uses observable market inputs including, but not limited to, investment yields, credit risks and spreads, benchmarking of like securities, broker-dealer quotes, reported trades and sector groupings to determine a reasonable fair value.
The following describes the significant inputs generally used to determine the fair value of the Company’s investment securities by asset class:
Term Loans. Fair values are estimated by using quoted prices obtained from independent pricing services for term loan investments with similar characteristics, pricing models or matrix pricing. Such investments are generally classified within Level 2. The fair values for certain of the Company’s term loans are determined by the investment manager using quantitative and qualitative assessments such as internally modeled values, which are reviewed by the Company’s management. The modeled values are based on peer loans and comparison to industry-specific market data. In addition, the investment manager assesses the fair value based on the valuation of the underlying holdings in accordance with the fund’s governing documents. Significant unobservable inputs used to price these securities may include changes in peer and/or comparable credit spreads, accretion of any original issue discount and changes in the issuer’s debt leverage since issue. Changes in peer credit spreads, comparable credits spreads, and issuer debt leverage are negatively correlated with the modeled fair value measurement. Such investments are generally classified within Level 3.
Corporate Bonds . Valuations are provided by independent pricing services, substantially all through index providers and pricing vendors, with a small amount through broker-dealers. The fair values of these securities are generally determined using the spread above the risk-free yield curve. These spreads are generally obtained from the new issue market, secondary trading and from broker-dealers who trade in the relevant security market. As the significant inputs used in the pricing process for corporate bonds are observable market inputs, the fair value of the majority of these securities are classified within Level 2. The fair values for certain of the Company’s corporate bonds are determined by the investment manager using quantitative and qualitative assessments such as internally modeled values, which are reviewed by the Company’s management. The modeled values are based on peer bonds and comparison to industry-specific market data. In addition, the investment manager assesses the fair value based on the valuation of the underlying holdings in accordance with the bonds’ governing documents. Significant unobservable inputs used to price these securities may include changes in peer and/or comparable credit spreads, accretion of any original issue discount and changes in the issuer’s debt leverage since issue. Changes in peer credit spreads, comparable credits spreads, and issuer debt leverage are negatively correlated with the modeled fair value measurement. Such investments are generally classified within Level 3.
Asset-Backed Securities . Valuations are provided by independent pricing services, substantially all through index providers and pricing vendors, with a small amount through broker-dealers. The fair values of these securities is generally determined through the use of pricing models (including option adjusted spread) which use spreads to determine the appropriate average life of the securities. These spreads are generally obtained from the new issue market, secondary trading and

F-24


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


from broker-dealers who trade in the relevant security market. The pricing services also review prepayment speeds and other indicators, when applicable. As the significant inputs used in the pricing process for asset-backed securities are observable market inputs, the fair value of these securities are classified within Level 2.
Mortgage-Backed Securities . Valuations are provided by independent pricing services, substantially all through pricing vendors and index providers with a small amount through broker-dealers. The fair values of these securities are generally determined through the use of pricing models (including option adjusted spread) which use spreads to determine the expected average life of the securities. These spreads are generally obtained from the new issue market, secondary trading and from broker-dealers who trade in the relevant security market. The pricing services also review prepayment speeds and other indicators, when applicable. As the significant inputs used in the pricing process for mortgage-backed securities are observable market inputs, the fair value of these securities are classified within Level 2.
U.S. Government and Government Agencies . Valuations are provided by independent pricing services, with all prices provided through index providers and pricing vendors. The Company determined that all U.S. Treasuries would be classified as Level 1 securities due to observed levels of trading activity, the high number of strongly correlated pricing quotes received on U.S. Treasuries and other factors.
Non-U.S. Government Securities . Valuations are provided by independent pricing services, with all prices provided through index providers and pricing vendors. The fair values of these securities are generally based on international indices or valuation models which include daily observed yield curves, cross-currency basis index spreads and country credit spreads. As the significant inputs used in the pricing process for non-U.S. government securities are observable market inputs, the fair value of these securities are classified within Level 2.
Municipal Government Bonds . Valuations are provided by independent pricing services, with all prices provided through index providers and pricing vendors. The fair values of these securities are generally determined using spreads obtained from broker-dealers who trade in the relevant security market, trade prices and the new issue market. As the significant inputs used in the pricing process for municipal bonds are observable market inputs, the fair value of these securities are classified within Level 2.
Short-Term Investments . The Company determined that certain of its short-term investments, held in highly liquid money market-type funds, and equities would be included in Level 1 as their fair values are based on quoted market prices in active markets. The fair values of other short-term investments are generally determined using the spread above the risk-free yield curve and are classified within Level 2.
Equity Securities . The Company determined that exchange-traded equity securities would be included in Level 1 as their values are based on quoted market prices in active markets. Other equity securities are initially valued at cost which approximates fair value. In subsequent measurement periods, the fair values of these securities are determined using non-binding broker-dealer quotes. These equity securities are included in Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Where such quotes are unavailable, fair value is determined by the investment manager using quantitative and qualitative assessments such as internally modeled values, which are reviewed by the Company’s management. As the significant inputs used to price these securities are unobservable, the fair value of these securities are classified as Level 3. Significant unobservable inputs used to price preferred stock may include changes in peer and/or comparable credit spreads, accretion of any original issue discount and changes in the issuer’s debt leverage since issue. Changes in peer credit spreads, comparable credit spreads, and issuer debt leverage are negatively correlated with the modeled fair value measurement.

F-25


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


Underwriting Derivative Instruments . The Company values the government-sponsored enterprise credit-risk sharing transactions using a valuation methodology based on observable inputs from non-binding broker-dealer quotes and/or recent trading activity. As the inputs used in the valuation process are observable market inputs, the fair value of these securities are classified within Level 2.
Investment Derivative Instruments. The Company values the investment derivatives, including total return swaps, at fair value. As the underlying loans have observable inputs, the fair value of these securities are classified within Level 2.
Measuring the Fair Value of Other Investments Using Net Asset Valuations
The fair value of the Company’s investment in the hedge fund is measured using the most recently available NAVs as advised by the third party administrator. The fund NAVs are based on the administrator’s valuation of the underlying holdings in accordance with the fund’s governing documents and in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
The Company often does not have access to financial information relating to the underlying securities held within the fund therefore management is unable to corroborate the fair values placed on the securities underlying the asset valuations provided by fund manager or fund administrator. In order to assess the reasonableness of the NAVs, we perform a number of monitoring procedures on a quarterly basis, to assess the quality of the information provided by fund manager and funds administrator. These procedures include, but are not limited to, regular review and discussion of the fund’s performance with its manager.
The fair value of the hedge fund is measured using the NAV as a practical expedient, therefore the fair value of the fund has not been categorized within the fair value hierarchy.

F-26


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value by level as at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 :
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurement Using:
September 30, 2018
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets measured at fair value:
($ in thousands)
Investments accounted for using the fair value option:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term loans
$
1,060,004

 
$

 
$
1,025,914

 
$
34,090

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
699,616

 

 
674,837

 
24,779

U.S. government and government agency bonds
262,596

 
262,489

 
107

 

Asset-backed securities
213,530

 

 
213,530

 

Mortgage-backed securities
6,552

 

 
6,552

 

Non-U.S. government and government agencies
136,643

 

 
136,643

 

Municipal government and government agency bonds
7,584

 

 
7,584

 


Short-term investments
224,525

 
216,632

 
7,893

 

Equities
116,537

 
8,991

 
17,913

 
89,633

Other underwriting derivative assets
317

 

 
317

 

Other investments measured at net asset value (1)
48,393

 

 

 

Total asset measured at fair value
$
2,776,297

 
$
488,112

 
$
2,091,290

 
$
148,502

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment derivative liabilities (2)
$
39

 
$

 
$
39

 
$

Payable for securities sold short:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
9,065

 

 
9,065

 

Equities (2)
223

 

 
223

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value
$
9,327

 
$

 
$
9,327

 
$

(1) In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, Other Investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets.
(2) Investment derivative liabilities represent the fair value of total return swaps, which are recorded in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2018 . The Compa ny’s call opt ions are recorded as equities in payable for securities sold short in the consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2018 .


F-27


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
 
 
Fair Value Measurement Using:
December 31, 2017
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets measured at fair value:
($ in thousands)
Term loans
$
877,818

 
$

 
$
815,340

 
$
62,478

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
715,891

 

 
691,181

 
24,710

U.S. government and government agency bonds
231,019

 
231,019

 

 

Asset-backed securities
101,147

 

 
101,147

 

Mortgage-backed securities
9,290

 

 
9,290

 

Non-U.S. government and government agencies
104,205

 

 
104,205

 

Municipal government and government agency bonds
15,481

 

 
15,481

 

Short-term investments
323,883

 
295,458

 
28,425

 

Equities
67,868

 
1,995

 
12,952

 
52,921

Other underwriting derivative assets
336

 

 
336

 

Other investments measured at net asset value (1)
49,613

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value
$
2,496,551

 
$
528,472

 
$
1,778,357

 
$
140,109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities measured at fair value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payable for securities sold short:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
$
29,750

 
$

 
$
29,750

 
$

Equities
4,625

 
4,625

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value
$
34,375

 
$
4,625

 
$
29,750

 
$

(1) In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, Other Investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets.
When the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities cannot be derived from active markets, the fair value is determined using a variety of valuation techniques that include the use of models. The inputs to these models are taken from observable markets where possible, but where this is not feasible, estimation is required to establish fair values. Changes in assumptions about these factors could affect the reported fair value of financial instruments and the level where the instruments are disclosed in the fair value hierarchy.
The transfers into and out of fair value hierarchy levels reflect the fair value of the securities at the end of the reporting period.
One equity security was transferred from Level 1 to Level 2, effective January 1, 2017. There were no additional transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 .
The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for all the financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 :

F-28


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


Three Months Ended September 30, 2018
Beginning
Balance
 
Net Purchases (Sales)(1)
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)(2)
 
Net Unrealized Foreign Exchange Gains (Losses)
 
Ending
Balance
 
($ in thousands)
Term loans
$
33,616

 
$
1,843

 
$
(1,369
)
 
$

 
$
34,090

Corporate bonds
24,969

 

 
(70
)
 
(120
)
 
24,779

Equities
100,200

 
(11,922
)
 
1,355

 

 
89,633

Total
$
158,785

 
$
(10,079
)
 
$
(84
)
 
$
(120
)
 
$
148,502

Three Months Ended September 30, 2017
Beginning
Balance
 
Net Purchases (Sales)(1)
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)(2)
 
Net Unrealized Foreign Exchange Gains (Losses)
 
Ending
Balance
 
($ in thousands)
Term loans
$
112,299

 
$
367

 
$
317

 
$

 
$
112,983

Corporate bonds
23,674

 

 
(175
)
 
812

 
24,311

Short-term investments
5,146

 

 

 

 
5,146

Equities
1,135

 
43,826

 
1,108

 

 
46,069

Total
$
142,254

 
$
44,193

 
$
1,250

 
$
812

 
$
188,509

(1) For the three months ended September 30, 2018 , the net purchases (sales) consisted of redemptions and disposals of $11.9 million of equities and $0.1 million of term loan calls and redemptions, offset by purchases of $1.9 million of term loans. For the three months ended September 30, 2017 , the net purchases (sales) consisted of purchases of: $43.8 million of equities and $0.7 million of term loans, partially offset by $0.3 million of term loan calls and redemptions.
(2) Realized and unrealized gains or losses on Level 3 investments are included in “realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018
Beginning
Balance
 
Net Purchases (Sales)(1)
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)(2)
 
Net Unrealized Foreign Exchange Gains (Losses)
 
Ending
Balance
 
($ in thousands)
Term loans
$
62,478

 
$
(26,718
)
 
$
(1,670
)
 
$

 
$
34,090

Corporate bonds
24,710

 
985

 
(144
)
 
(772
)
 
24,779

Equities
52,921

 
33,906

 
2,806

 

 
89,633

Total
$
140,109

 
$
8,173

 
$
992

 
$
(772
)
 
$
148,502

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
Beginning
Balance
 
Transfers in to Level 3 (3)
 
Net Purchases (Sales)(1)
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)(2)
 
Net Unrealized Foreign Exchange Gains (Losses)
 
Ending
Balance
 
($ in thousands)
Term loans
$
72,229

 
$
38,810

 
$
1,241

 
$
703

 
$

 
$
112,983

Corporate bonds
21,764

 

 

 
66

 
2,481

 
24,311

Short-term investments
2,125

 

 
3,021

 

 

 
5,146

Equities

 

 
44,961

 
1,108

 

 
46,069

Total
$
96,118

 
$
38,810

 
$
49,223

 
$
1,877

 
$
2,481

 
$
188,509

(1) For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 , the net purchases (sales) consisted of purchases of: $51.3 million of equities, $1.9 million of term loans and $1.0 million of corporate bonds, offset by redemptions and disposals of $28.6 million of term loans and $17.4 million of equities. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 , the net purchases (sales) consisted of purchases of: $45.0 million of equity securities, 3.0 million of short-term investments and $2.0 million of term loans, partially offset by $0.8 million of term loan calls and redemptions.
(2) Realized and unrealized gains or losses on Level 3 investments are included in “realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).

F-29


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


(3) During the year, the Company was unable to obtain recent independent pricing for a term loan which was purchased during 2015. As such, the security was transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 at its fair value as of December 31, 2016.
Financial instruments disclosed, but not carried, at fair value
The Company uses various financial instruments in the normal course of its business. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accrued investment income, receivable for securities sold, certain other assets, payable for securities purchased and certain other liabilities approximated their fair values at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 due to their respective short maturities. As these financial instruments are not actively traded, their respective fair values are classified within Level 2.
Fair value measurements on a non-recurring basis
The Company measures the fair value of certain assets on a non-recurring basis, generally quarterly, annually, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. The Company uses a variety of techniques to measure the fair value of these assets when appropriate, as described below:
Intangible Assets
The Company tests intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When the Company determines intangible assets may be impaired, the Company uses techniques including discounted expected future cash flows, to measure fair value.
8. Derivative instruments
Underwriting Derivatives
The Company’s underwriting strategy allows it to enter into government-sponsored enterprise credit-risk sharing transactions. These transactions are accounted for as derivatives. The derivative assets and derivative liabilities relating to these transactions are included in other assets and other liabilities, respectively, in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Realized and unrealized gains and losses from other derivatives are included in other underwriting income (loss) in the Company’s consolidated statements of net income (loss). The risk in force of these transactions is considered the notional amount.
As at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , the Company held $16.2 million and $17.9 million, respectively, in assets as collateral for these transactions. These assets are included in fixed maturities accounted for using the fair value option in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
Investment Derivatives
The Company’s investment strategy allows for the use of derivative securities. Beginning in the third quarter of 2018, the Company invested in call options to manage specific market risks; such derivative instruments are recorded at fair value, and shown as part of payable for securities sold short on its consolidated balance sheets.
The Company began investing in total return swaps (“swaps”) during the third quarter of 2018, and recognizes the swap derivatives at fair value. The derivative assets and derivative liabilities relating to these transactions are included in other assets and other liabilities, respectively, in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As at September 30, 2018 , the Company had collateral funds held by the counterparty of $5.4 million included in short-term investments in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
The fair value of such options and swaps are based on observable inputs and classified in Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Realized and unrealized gains and losses from investment derivatives are

F-30


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


included in r ealized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments in the Company’s consolidated statements of net income (loss).
The Company did not hold any derivatives which were designated as hedging instruments at September 30, 2018 or December 31, 2017 .
The following table summarizes information on the fair values and notional amount of the Company’s derivative instruments at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 :
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
 
Net Derivatives
 
Notional Amount   (1)
September 30, 2018
($ in thousands)
Underwriting derivatives
$
317

 
$

 
$
317

 
$
75,922

Investment derivatives (2)

 
262

 
(262
)
 
20,200

Total
$
317

 
$
262

 
$
55

 
$
96,122

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underwriting derivatives
$
336

 
$

 
$
336

 
$
84,855

Total
$
336

 
$

 
$
336

 
$
84,855

(1) The notional amount represents the absolute value of all outstanding contracts.
(2) Investment derivatives consist of call options and swaps, which are recorded in payable for securities sold short and other liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2018 .
The realized and unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s derivative instruments are reflected in the consolidated statements of income, as summarized in the following table:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
($ in thousands)
Underwriting derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other underwriting income (loss)
$
703

 
$
737

 
$
2,092

 
$
2,377

Investment derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
67

 

 
67

 


F-31


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


9. Earnings per common share
The calculation of basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing income available to the Parent’s common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the periods. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Numerator:
($ in thousands, except share and per share data)
Net income (loss) before preferred dividends
$
23,746

 
$
(13,239
)
 
$
55,467

 
$
25,426

Preferred dividends
(4,909
)
 
(4,909
)
 
(14,724
)
 
(14,724
)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
$
18,837

 
$
(18,148
)
 
$
40,743

 
$
10,702

Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted
22,682,875

 
22,682,875

 
22,682,875

 
22,682,875

Earnings (loss) per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted (1)
$
0.83

 
$
(0.80
)
 
$
1.80

 
$
0.47

10. Income taxes
Watford Holdings and Watford Re are incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and, under current law, are not obligated to pay any taxes in Bermuda based upon income or capital gains. In the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing such taxes, a written undertaking has been received from the Bermuda Minister of Finance under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that such taxes will not be applicable to Watford Holdings and Watford Re until March 31, 2035.
WICE is incorporated under the laws of Gibraltar and regulated by the Gibraltar Financial Services Commission (the FSC ) under the Financial Services (Insurance Company) Act (the Gibraltar Act ). As a result, WICE will be subject to corporation tax. The current rate of tax on applicable profits is 10%.
Watford Holdings (UK) Limited is incorporated in the United Kingdom and is subject to UK corporate income tax. The UK corporate income tax rates were reduced from 20% to 19% on April 1, 2017 and will be further reduced to 17% from April 1, 2020.
Watford Holdings (U.S.) Inc. is incorporated in the U.S. and files a consolidated U.S. federal tax return with its subsidiaries Watford Specialty Insurance Company, Watford Insurance Company, and Watford Services Inc. The U.S. federal tax rate was 35% through December 31, 2017. On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government passed new legislation (The United States Tax Cuts and Jobs Acts, or “TCJA” ) which reduced the corporate income tax rate to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. Deferred taxes at December 31, 2017 have been measured based on the enacted tax rate of 21%.
On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) was issued to address the application of GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Cuts Act”). Pursuant to the guidance within SAB 118, the Company’s remeasurement of its deferred taxes at December 31, 2017 included certain provisional effects associated with enactment of the Tax Cuts Act for which measurement could be reasonably estimated. Provisional amounts may be adjusted in 2018 during the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118 when additional information is obtained.

F-32


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


Additional information that may affect the provisional amounts would include, completion of the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries’ 2017 tax return filings, and potential future guidance from the IRS with respect to the transitional adjustment pertaining to loss reserve discounting. The Company’s income tax provision for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 does not include any adjustments to the provisional effects recorded at December 31, 2017 .
The Company provides a valuation allowance to reduce certain deferred tax assets to an amount which management expects to more likely than not be realized. As of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , the Company’s valuation allowance was $1.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively, representing an increase of $0.2 million for the period. The 2017 valuation allowance primarily related to U.S., Gibraltar and U.K. operating loss carry-forwards. Under applicable law, the existing U.S. net operating loss carry-forwards begin to expire in 2035. The Gibraltar and U.K. net operating loss carry-forwards do not expire.
After taking into account the impact of the increase in the valuation allowance, the Company recognized income tax expense during the three months ended  September 30, 2018  and  2017  of $0.0 thousand and $21.0 thousand , respectively. During the nine months ended  September 30, 2018  and  2017  the Company recognized income tax expense of $27.0 thousand and $21.0 thousand , respectively.
As of  September 30, 2018  and December 31, 2017 , the Company had net deferred tax assets of $Nil and $Nil, respectively.
11. Transactions with related parties
In March 2014, ARL invested $100.0 million in the Parent and acquired approximately 11% of its common equity. AUL acts as the insurance and reinsurance manager for Watford Re and WICE while AUI acts as the insurance and reinsurance manager for WSIC and WIC, all under separate long-term services agreements. HPS manages the Company’s non-investment grade portfolio as investment manager and AIM manages the Company’s investment grade portfolio as investment manager, each under separate long-term services agreements. ARL and HPS were granted warrants to purchase additional common equity based on performance criteria. In recognition of the sizable ownership interest, two senior executives of ACGL were appointed to our board of directors. The services agreements with AUL and AUI and the investment management agreements with HPS and AIM provide for services for an extended period of time with limited termination rights by the Company. In addition, these agreements allow for AUL, AUI, HPS and AIM to participate in the favorable results of the Company in the form of performance fees.
AUL and AUI
Watford Re and WICE entered into services agreements with AUL. WSIC and WIC entered into services agreements with AUI. AUL and AUI provide services related to the management of the underwriting portfolio for an initial term ending December 2020. The services agreements perpetually renew automatically in five-year increments unless either we or Arch gives notice to not renew at least 24 months before the end of the then-current term.
As part of the services agreements, AUL and AUI make available to the Companies, on a non-exclusive basis, certain designated employees who serve as officers of the Companies and underwrite business on behalf of the Companies (the “Designated Employees”). AUL and AUI also provide portfolio management, Designated Employee supervision, exposure modeling, loss reserve recommendations, claims-handling, accounting and other related services as part of the services agreements.
In return for their services, AUL and AUI receive fees from the Companies, including an underwriting fee and profit commission, as well as reimbursement for the services of the Designated Employees and reimbursements for an allocated portion of the expenses related to seconded employees, plus other expenses incurred on behalf of the Company.

F-33


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The related AUL and AUI fees and reimbursements incurred in the consolidated statement of income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018  and  2017 were as follows:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Consolidated statement of income (loss) items:
($ in thousands)
Acquisition expenses
$
4,159

 
$
2,762

 
$
11,479

 
$
7,863

General and administrative expenses
2,031

 
1,413

 
4,726

 
4,530

 
$
6,190

 
$
4,175

 
$
16,205

 
$
12,393

HPS
Certain HPS principals and management own common and preference shares of the Company.
In return for its investment services, HPS receives a management fee, a performance fee and allocated operating expenses. For periods prior to January 1, 2018 the management fee was calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of the aggregate net asset value of the assets that are managed by HPS, payable quarterly in arrears. For periods beginning January 1, 2018, the management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.0% of the aggregate net asset value of the assets that are managed by HPS, payable quarterly in arrears. For purposes of calculating the management fees, net asset value is determined by HPS in accordance with the investment management agreements and is measured before reduction for any management fees, performance fees or any expense reimbursement and as adjusted for any non-routine intra-month withdrawals. We have also agreed to reimburse HPS for certain expenses related to the management of our non-investment grade portfolio as set forth in the investment management agreements.
For periods prior to January 1, 2018, the performance fee was equal to 15% of Income (as defined in such investment management agreements relating to Watford Re, WICE and Watford Trust) or Aggregate Income (as defined in such investment management agreements relating to WSIC and WIC), as applicable, if any, on the assets managed by HPS, calculated and payable as of each fiscal year-end and the date on which the investment management agreements are terminated and not renewed. For periods beginning January 1, 2018, the base performance fee is equal to 10% of the Income (as defined in the investment management agreements relating to Watford Re, WICE and Watford Trust) or Aggregate Income (as defined in the investment management agreements relating to WSIC and WIC), as applicable, if any, on the assets managed by HPS, calculated and payable as of each fiscal year-end and the date on which the investment management agreements are terminated and not renewed, and HPS is eligible to earn an additional performance fee equal to 25% of any Excess Income (as defined in the investment management agreements) in excess of a net 10% return to Watford after deduction for paid and accrued management fees and base performance fees, with the total performance fees not to exceed 17.5% of the Income or Aggregate Income, as applicable. No performance fees will be paid to HPS if the high water mark (as described in the investment management agreements with HPS) is not met.
During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company invested $50.0 million in a private fund ( “Master Fund”) as part of HPS’s investment strategy. HPS acts as the Trading Manager and provides certain administrative management services to the Master Fund. As at September 30, 2018 , the Master Fund balance was $299.4 million , and the Company’s investment represents approximately 16.2% of the Fund. The management fees and performance fees on the Master Fund will be subject to the existing fee structure of the existing investment management agreement between the Company and HPS, as discussed above.

F-34


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The related consolidated statement of income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and consolidated balance sheet account balances for HPS management fees and performance fees as of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were as follows:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Consolidated statement of income (loss) items:
($ in thousands)
Investment management fees - related parties
$
4,008

 
$
5,224

 
$
11,728

 
$
14,694

Investment performance fees - related parties
2,407

 
3,713

 
6,606

 
11,052

 
$
6,415

 
$
8,937

 
$
18,334

 
$
25,746

 
September 30, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Consolidated balance sheet items:
($ in thousands)
Other investments, at fair value
$
48,393

 
$
49,613

Investment management and performance fees payable
11,032

 
21,107

AIM
Watford Re, WSIC, WICE, and WIC entered into investment management agreements with AIM pursuant to which AIM manages our investment grade portfolio. Each of the Watford Re, WICE, WSIC and WIC investment management agreements with AIM has a one-year term, which terms end annually on March 31, July 31, January 31 and July 31, respectively. The terms will continue to renew for successive one-year periods; provided, however, that either the Company or AIM may terminate any of the investment management agreements with AIM at any time upon 45 days prior written notice. To date, there has been no such notice filed on such agreements.
In return for its investment management services, AIM receives a monthly management fee. The management fee is based on a percentage of the aggregate asset value of the AIM managed portfolio. For the purposes of calculating the management fees, asset value is determined by AIM in accordance with the investment management agreements and is measured before deduction of any management fees or expense reimbursement. We have also agreed to reimburse AIM for additional services related to investment consulting and oversight services, administrative operations and risk analytic support services related to the management of our portfolio, as set forth in the investment management agreements.
The related consolidated statement of income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and consolidated balance sheet account balances for AIM management fees as of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were as follows:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Consolidated statement of income (loss) items:
($ in thousands)
Investment management fees - related parties
$
306

 
$
92

 
$
888

 
$
302


F-35


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
September 30, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Consolidated balance sheet items:
($ in thousands)
Investment management and performance fees payable (1)
$

 
$
(71
)
(1) The negative balance in “investment management and performance fees payable” relates to an over-accrual of investment management fees.
ACGL
Certain directors, executive officers and management of ACGL own common and preference shares of the Company.
The Company reinsures ARL and other ACGL subsidiaries and affiliates for property and casualty risks on a quota share basis. ACGL cedes business to us pursuant to inward retrocession agreements our operating subsidiaries have entered into with ACGL. Pursuant to these inward retrocession agreements we pay a ceding fee based on the business ceded and the applicable retrocession agreement. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , we incurred ceding fees to Arch under these inward retrocession agreements as follows:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Consolidated statement of income (loss) items:
($ in thousands)
Acquisition expenses
$
3,992

 
$
4,034

 
$
12,861

 
$
13,131

The related consolidated statement of income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and consolidated balance sheets account balances for these transactions (excluding AUL and AUI expenses described above) as of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were as follows:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
 
($ in thousands)
Consolidated statement of income (loss) items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross premiums written
$
63,612

 
$
67,928

 
$
202,193

 
$
232,007

Gross premiums ceded
(12,787
)
 
(7,542
)
 
(41,541
)
 
(23,383
)
Net premiums earned
52,606

 
64,499

 
174,523

 
215,413

Losses and loss adjustment expenses
37,745

 
71,321

 
117,284

 
170,107

Acquisition expenses
22,039

 
30,771

 
72,908

 
82,045


F-36


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
September 30, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
($ in thousands)
Consolidated balance sheet items:
 
 
 
Total investments
$
713,919

 
$
590,157

Premiums receivable
117,000

 
115,192

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid and paid losses and loss adjustment expenses
39,484

 
27,817

Prepaid reinsurance premiums
26,365

 
16,853

Deferred acquisition costs, net
53,427

 
60,863

Funds held by reinsurers
35,072

 
39,687

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
581,599

 
517,450

Unearned premiums
187,133

 
191,226

Losses payable
18,759

 
33,065

Reinsurance balances payable
19,119

 
14,104

Amounts due to affiliates
4,848

 
4,484

Contingent commissions
2,920

 
1,893

12. Commitments and contingencies
Concentrations of credit risk
For our reinsurance agreements, the creditworthiness of a counterparty is evaluated by the Company, taking into account credit ratings assigned by independent agencies. The credit approval process involves an assessment of factors, including, among others, the counterparty country and industry exposures. Collateral may be required, at the discretion of the Company, on certain transactions based on the creditworthiness of the counterparty.
The areas where significant concentrations of credit risk may exist include unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable, prepaid reinsurance premiums and paid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable net of reinsurance balances payable (collectively, “net reinsurance recoverables”), investments and cash and cash equivalent balances.
The Company’s reinsurance recoverables and prepaid reinsurance premiums, net of reinsurance balances payable, resulting from reinsurance agreements entered into with ARL and ARC as at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 amounted to $46.7 million and $30.6 million, respectively. ARL and ARC have “A+” credit ratings from A.M. Best.
A credit exposure exists with respect to reinsurance recoverables as they may become uncollectible. The Company manages its credit risk in its reinsurance relationships by transacting with reinsurers that it considers financially sound and, if necessary, the Company may hold collateral in the form of funds, trust accounts and/or irrevocable letters of credit. This collateral can be drawn on for amounts that remain unpaid beyond specified time periods on an individual reinsurer basis.
In addition, the Company underwrites a significant amount of its business through brokers and a credit risk exists should any of these brokers be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations with respect to the payments of insurance and reinsurance balances owed to the Company.
The Company’s investment portfolios are managed in accordance with investment guidelines that include standards of diversification, which limit the allowable holdings of any single issue. There were no investments in any entity in excess of 10% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , other than cash and cash equivalents held in operating and investment accounts with financial institutions with credit ratings between “A” and “AA-.”

F-37


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


Letter of credit and revolving credit facilities
On May 16, 2018, Watford Re renewed its letter of credit facility with Lloyds Bank Plc, New York Branch (the “Lloyds Facility”). The Lloyds Facility amount is $100.0 million and was renewed through to May 16, 2019. The principal purpose of the Lloyds Facility is to issue, as required, evergreen standby letters of credit in favor of primary insurance or reinsurance counterparties with which the Company has entered into reinsurance arrangements to ensure that such counterparties are permitted to take credit for reinsurance obtained from the Company as required under insurance regulations in the United States. The amount of letters of credit issued is driven by, among other things, the timing and payment of catastrophe losses, loss development of existing reserves, the payment pattern of such reserves, the further expansion of the Company’s business and the loss experience of such business. When issued, the letters of credit are secured by certificates of deposit or cash. In addition, the Lloyds Facility also requires the maintenance of certain covenants, which the Company was in compliance with at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 . At such dates, the Company had $72.2 million and $70.1 million , respectively, in restricted assets as collateral for outstanding letters of credit issued from the Lloyds Facility, which were secured by certificates of deposit. These amounts are reflected as short-term investments in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
Secured credit facility
On November 30, 2017, Watford Re amended and restated its $800 million secured credit facility (the “Secured Facility”) with Bank of America, N.A. which expires on November 30, 2021. The purpose of the Secured Facility is to provide borrowings, backed by Watford Re’s investment portfolios. In addition, the Secured Facility allows for Watford Re to issue up to $400.0 million in evergreen standby letters of credit in favor of primary insurance or reinsurance counterparties with which the Company has entered into reinsurance arrangements. At September 30, 2018 , Watford Re had $429.8 million and $51.8 million in borrowings and outstanding letters of credit, respectively. At December 31, 2017 , Watford Re had $441.1 million and $43.9 million in borrowings and outstanding letters of credit, respectively. At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , Watford Re was in compliance with all covenants contained in the Secured Facility.
Custodian bank facility
As of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , we borrowed $194.2 million and $108.0 million , respectively, from our custodian bank to purchase U.S.-denominated securities. As of September 30, 2018 , the total borrowed amount of $194.2 million included 2.0 million Swiss Francs, or CHF, ($2.0 million) to purchase CHF-denominated securities. We pay interest based on 3-month LIBOR plus a margin and the borrowed amount is payable upon demand. The foreign exchange gain or loss on revaluation on the borrowed funds is included as a component of foreign exchange gains (losses) included in the consolidated statements of net income (loss).
The custodian bank requires us to hold cash and investments on deposit with, or in an investment account, with respect to the borrowed funds. As at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , we were required to hold $277.7 million and $150.5 million , respectively, in such deposits and investment accounts.
Employment and other arrangements
The Company has employment agreements with certain of its executive officers. Such employment arrangements provide for compensation in the form of base salary, annual bonus, participation in the Company’s employee benefit programs and the reimbursements of expenses.



F-38


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


Investment commitments
As at September 30, 2018 , the company had no unfunded commitments. As at December 31, 2017 , the company had unfunded commitments of $1.0 million and $10.9 million relating to its term loans and equities, respectively, within its investment portfolios.
13. Legal proceedings
The Company, in common with the insurance industry in general, is subject to litigation and arbitration in the normal course of its business. As of September 30, 2018 , the Company was not a party to any litigation or arbitration which is expected by management to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition and liquidity.
14. Subsequent events
During the fourth quarter of 2018 the Company resolved that it would directly list its shares on the NASDAQ stock exchange. As a result, the Company will recognize non-recurring expenses relating to advisory, legal and accounting fees of $9.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2018.
The Company has completed its subsequent events evaluation for the period subsequent to the balance sheet date of September 30, 2018 through December 6, 2018, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.


F-39



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Watford Holdings Ltd.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Watford Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss), of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Ltd.

Hamilton, Bermuda
March 9, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-40


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
Term loans (Amortized cost: $879,010, $804,521 and $813,867)
$
877,818

 
$
813,621

 
$
762,162

Fixed maturities (Amortized cost: $1,176,982, $745,148 and $629,220)
1,177,033

 
733,133

 
569,022

Short-term investments (Cost: $323,663, $374,269 and $351,547) (1)
323,883

 
374,480

 
351,547

Equity securities (Cost: $63,461, $1,274 and NIL)
67,868

 
2,315

 

Other investments (1)
49,613

 

 

Total investments
2,496,215

 
1,923,549

 
1,682,731

Cash and cash equivalents
54,503

 
74,893

 
108,550

Accrued investment income
18,261

 
17,017

 
19,249

Premiums receivable (1)
177,492

 
189,911

 
162,263

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid and paid losses and loss adjustment expenses (1)
42,777

 
24,420

 
14,135

Prepaid reinsurance premiums (1)
24,762

 
12,145

 
11,129

Deferred acquisition costs, net (1)
85,961

 
86,379

 
75,443

Receivable for securities sold
36,374

 
1,326

 
34,095

Intangible assets
7,650

 
7,650

 

Funds held by reinsurers (1)
45,196

 
27,341

 
133

Contingent commissions (1)
11,980

 
12,096

 
5,854

Other assets
13,412

 
6,023

 
8,856

Total assets
$
3,014,583

 
$
2,382,750

 
$
2,122,438

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses (1)
$
798,262

 
$
510,809

 
$
290,997

Unearned premiums (1)
330,644

 
293,480

 
249,980

Losses payable (1)
35,805

 
17,795

 
7,718

Reinsurance balances payable (1)
18,424

 
12,289

 
14,112

Payable for securities purchased
42,501

 
42,922

 
33,062

Payable for securities sold short
34,375

 
33,157

 
30,583

Revolving credit agreement borrowings
549,165

 
258,861

 
435,278

Amounts due to affiliates (1)
4,484

 
3,319

 
2,590

Investment management and performance fees payable (1)
21,036

 
27,942

 
3,901

Other liabilities
11,383

 
4,552

 
3,987

Total liabilities
1,846,079

 
1,205,126

 
1,072,208

Commitments and Contingencies
 
 
 
 
 
Contingently redeemable preferred shares
220,622

 
220,253

 
219,882

Shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
Common shares ($0.01 par; shares authorized: 120 million, 80 million and 80 million; shares issued and outstanding: 22,682,875)
227

 
227

 
227

Additional paid-in capital
895,386

 
895,386

 
895,386

Retained earnings (deficit)
53,241

 
62,133

 
(64,967
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(972
)
 
(375
)
 
(298
)
Total Shareholders’ Equity
947,882

 
957,371

 
830,348

Total Liabilities, Contingently Redeemable Preferred Shares and Shareholders’ Equity
$
3,014,583

 
$
2,382,750

 
$
2,122,438

(1) See Note 14 - “Transactions with related parties” for disclosure of related party amounts.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-41


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
Gross premiums written (1)
$
600,304

 
$
535,094

 
$
488,899

Gross premiums ceded (1)
(47,187
)
 
(21,306
)
 
(22,940
)
Net premiums written (1)
553,117

 
513,788

 
465,959

Change in unearned premiums (1)
(21,391
)
 
(45,818
)
 
(68,107
)
Net premiums earned (1)
531,726

 
467,970

 
397,852

Other underwriting income (loss)
3,180

 
3,746

 
4,468

Interest income
125,463

 
122,378

 
94,619

Investment management fees - related parties (1)
(21,451
)
 
(16,563
)
 
(16,024
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(17,489
)
 
(15,997
)
 
(5,737
)
Net interest income
86,523

 
89,818

 
72,858

Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
1,120

 
80,643

 
(81,337
)
Investment performance fees - related parties (1)
(14,905
)
 
(24,065
)
 

Net investment income (loss)
72,738

 
146,396

 
(8,479
)
Total revenues
607,644

 
618,112

 
393,841

 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (1)
(436,402
)
 
(321,581
)
 
(277,659
)
Acquisition expenses (1)
(140,726
)
 
(136,733
)
 
(116,441
)
General and administrative expenses (1)
(21,174
)
 
(17,956
)
 
(11,929
)
Net foreign exchange gains (losses)
1,420

 
4,893

 
(1,877
)
Total expenses
(596,882
)
 
(471,377
)
 
(407,906
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
10,762

 
146,735

 
(14,065
)
Income tax expense
(21
)
 
(1
)
 

Net income (loss) before preferred dividends
10,741

 
146,734

 
(14,065
)
Preferred dividends
(19,633
)
 
(19,634
)
 
(19,633
)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
$
(8,892
)
 
$
127,100

 
$
(33,698
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 
 
 
 
Net foreign currency translation gains (losses)
(597
)
 
(77
)
 
(298
)
Total comprehensive income (loss)
$
(9,489
)
 
$
127,023

 
$
(33,996
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
$
(0.39
)
 
$
5.60

 
$
(1.49
)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the determination of earnings (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
22,682,875

 
22,682,875

 
22,682,875

(1) See Note 14 - “Transactions with related parties” for disclosure of related party amounts.


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-42


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Common shares
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
$
227

 
$
227

 
$
227

Common shares issued

 

 

Balance at end of year
227

 
227

 
227

 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
895,386

 
895,386

 
895,386

Common shares issued, net

 

 

Balance at end of year
895,386

 
895,386

 
895,386

 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
(375
)
 
(298
)
 

Currency translation adjustment
(597
)
 
(77
)
 
(298
)
Balance at end of year
(972
)
 
(375
)
 
(298
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retained earnings (deficit)
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
62,133

 
(64,967
)
 
(31,269
)
Net income (loss) before preferred dividends
10,741

 
146,734

 
(14,065
)
Preferred share dividends paid and accrued
(19,633
)
 
(19,634
)
 
(19,633
)
Balance at end of year
53,241

 
62,133

 
(64,967
)
Total shareholders’ equity
$
947,882

 
$
957,371

 
$
830,348



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-43


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) before preferred dividends
$
10,741

 
$
146,734

 
$
(14,065
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
Net realized and unrealized (gains) losses on investments
(4,977
)
 
(80,295
)
 
86,709

Amortization of fixed assets
187

 
199

 
192

Changes in:
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued investment income
(1,237
)
 
2,232

 
(10,712
)
Premiums receivable
18,923

 
(29,409
)
 
(21,657
)
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid and paid losses and loss adjustment expenses
(18,023
)
 
(10,297
)
 
(10,770
)
Prepaid reinsurance premiums
(11,716
)
 
(1,534
)
 
(2,157
)
Deferred acquisition costs, net
950

 
(11,480
)
 
(25,971
)
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
272,295

 
232,174

 
228,794

Unearned premiums
33,106

 
47,352

 
70,264

Reinsurance balances payable
5,367

 
(1,196
)
 
3,833

Funds held with reinsurers
(17,855
)
 
(27,208
)
 
(133
)
Other liabilities
18,051

 
36,149

 
9,092

Other items
(13,587
)
 
(28,333
)
 
(10,863
)
Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities
292,225

 
275,088

 
302,556

Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of term loans
(827,757
)
 
(619,611
)
 
(862,626
)
Purchase of fixed maturity investments
(1,579,591
)
 
(1,058,200
)
 
(637,366
)
Purchase of other investments
(50,000
)
 

 

Proceeds from sale, redemptions and maturity of term loans
731,679

 
667,914

 
708,192

Proceeds from sales, redemptions and maturities of fixed maturity investments
1,162,210

 
945,578

 
307,496

Net (purchases) sales of short-term investments
50,829

 
(14,311
)
 
(72,584
)
Net (purchases) sales of equity securities
(63,076
)
 
(1,274
)
 

Net settlements of derivative instruments
(1,734
)
 
(6,633
)
 
101

Purchase of business, net of cash acquired

 
(19,451
)
 

Purchases of furniture, equipment and other assets
(21
)
 
(9
)
 
(50
)
Net Cash Used For Investing Activities
(577,461
)
 
(105,997
)
 
(556,837
)
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends paid on redeemable preferred shares
(19,264
)
 
(19,263
)
 
(19,263
)
Repayments on borrowings
(72,000
)
 
(222,384
)
 
(50,181
)
Proceeds from borrowings
359,238

 
46,000

 
431,361

Borrowings issuance costs
(5,667
)
 

 
(8,821
)
Net Cash Provided By (Used For) Financing Activities
262,307

 
(195,647
)
 
353,096

Effects of exchange rate changes on foreign currency cash
2,539

 
(7,101
)
 
(1,720
)
Increase (decrease) in cash
(20,390
)
 
(33,657
)
 
97,095

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
74,893

 
108,550

 
11,455

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$
54,503

 
$
74,893

 
$
108,550

Supplementary information
 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes paid
$
21

 
$
1

 
$

Interest paid
$
15,719

 
$
13,795

 
$
2,114



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-44


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)



1. Organization
Watford Holdings Ltd. (the “Parent”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Watford Re Ltd. (“Watford Re”), were incorporated under the laws of Bermuda on July 19, 2013.
As used herein, the term “Company” or “Companies” collectively refers to the Parent and/or, as applicable, its subsidiaries.
In the first quarter of 2014, the Company raised approximately $1.1 billion of capital consisting of $907.3 million in common equity ($895.6 million net of issuance costs) and $226.6 million in preference equity ($219.2 million net of issuance costs and discount). Through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Arch Reinsurance Ltd. (“ARL”), Arch Capital Group Ltd. (“ACGL”) invested $100.0 million and acquired approximately 11% of the Company’s common equity and a warrant to purchase up to 975,503 of common shares. See Note 17 - “Shareholders’ equity” for further details.
Watford Re is licensed as a Class 4 multi-line insurer under the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda, as amended, and related regulations (the “Insurance Act”) and is licensed to underwrite general business on an insurance and reinsurance basis. Through Watford Re, the Company primarily underwrites reinsurance on exposures worldwide, and commenced operations in the first quarter of 2014.
In June 2015, the Company formed Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited (“WICE”) in Gibraltar as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Watford Re. WICE is licensed to underwrite business across Europe and commenced operations in the second quarter of 2015.
In September 2015, the Company formed Watford Specialty Insurance Company (“WSIC”), a New Jersey insurance company, and Watford Services Inc. (“Watford Services”), a Delaware service company. WSIC did not undertake any underwriting activities in 2015. WSIC and Watford Services are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Watford Holdings U.S. Inc. (“Holdings U.S.”). Holdings U.S. is the wholly-owned subsidiary of Watford Holdings (U.K.) Limited (“Holdings U.K.”), a company incorporated under the laws of England & Wales in the United Kingdom. Holdings U.K. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Watford Re.
In August 2016, the Company acquired Watford Insurance Company (“WIC”) , domiciled in New Jersey. WIC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of WSIC. See Note 2 - “Business acquired” for further details.
Watford Re and WICE have engaged Arch Underwriters Ltd. (“AUL”), a company incorporated in Bermuda and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Arch Capital Group Ltd. (“ACGL”), to act as their insurance and reinsurance manager pursuant to services agreements between AUL and Watford Re and WICE, respectively. AUL manages the day-to-day underwriting activities of Watford Re and WICE, subject to the provisions of the services agreement and the oversight of our board of directors. See Note 14 - “Transactions with related parties” for further details.
WSIC and WIC have engaged Arch Underwriters Inc. (“AUI”), a company incorporated in Delaware and a wholly-owned subsidiary of ACGL, to act as their insurance and reinsurance manager pursuant to services agreements between AUI and WSIC and WIC, respectively. AUI manages the day-to-day underwriting activities of WSIC and WIC, subject to the provisions of the services agreement and the oversight of our board of directors. See Note 14 - “Transactions with related parties” for further details.
The Company has engaged HPS Investment Partners, LLC (“HPS”) (formerly known as Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC), as investment manager of the assets in its non-investment grade portfolio pursuant to various investment management agreements. HPS invests the Company’s non-investment grade assets, subject to the terms of the applicable investment management agreements. See Note 14 - “Transactions with related parties” for further details.

F-45


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The Company has engaged Arch Investment Management Ltd. (“AIM”); a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability and a subsidiary of ACGL, as investment manager of the assets in its investment grade portfolio pursuant to various investment management agreements. AIM manages the Company’s investment grade assets pursuant to the terms of the investment management agreements with AIM. See Note 14 - “Transactions with related parties” for further details.
2. Business acquired
In August 2016, the Company’s U.S.-based subsidiary, WSIC, acquired a previously-dormant insurance company that held admitted insurance licenses in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. The carrier was renamed “WIC” and was re-domesticated to New Jersey. WIC’s liabilities relating to pre-acquisition business are fully reinsured pursuant to a 100% quota share agreement with The Hanover Insurance Company (“Hanover”), which carries financial strength ratings of A/A/A3 from A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”), Standard & Poor’s Financial Services, LLC and Moody’s Investors Service, respectively. Hanover will not have any liability for, or interest in, business written by WIC. WIC was purchased for approximately $19.5 million in cash. As part of the transaction, total assets purchased included investments of $11.8 million, insurance licenses of $7.7 million and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable of $8.9 million. The assets were offset by reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses of $8.9 million. The licenses are disclosed as intangible assets at fair market value in the consolidated financial statements and have an indefinite useful life.
3. Significant accounting policies
(a) Basis of presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Parent and its subsidiaries. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.
(b) Premium revenues and related expenses
Reinsurance premiums written are recorded based on the type of contracts the Company writes. Premiums on the Company’s excess of loss and pro rata reinsurance contracts are estimated when the business is underwritten. For excess of loss contracts, premiums are recorded as written, on the inception date, based on the terms of the contract. Estimates of premiums written under pro rata contracts are recorded in the period in which the underlying risks are expected to incept and are based on information provided by the brokers and the ceding companies. For multi-year reinsurance treaties which are payable in annual installments, premium recognition depends on whether the contract is non-cancellable. If either party retains the ability to cancel or commute coverage prior to expiration, only the initial annual installment is included as premiums written at policy inception. The remaining annual installments would then be included as premiums written at each successive anniversary date within the multi-year term. If, on the other hand, the contract is non-cancellable, the full multi-year premiums would be recognized as written at policy inception.
Reinsurance premiums written and assumed include amounts reported by brokers and ceding companies, supplemented by the Company’s own estimates of premiums where reports have not been received. The determination of premium estimates requires a review of the ceding companies, familiarity with each market, the timing of the reported information, an analysis and understanding of the characteristics of each line of business, and management’s judgment of the impact of various factors, including premium or loss trends, on the volume of business written and ceded to the Company. On an ongoing basis, the Company reviews the amounts reported by these third parties

F-46


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


for reasonableness based on their experience and knowledge of the subject class of business. In addition, reinsurance contracts under which the Company assumes business generally contain specific provisions which allow the Company to perform audits of the ceding company to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of the contract, including accurate and timely reporting of information. Based on a review of all available information, management establishes premium estimates where reports have not been received. Premium estimates are updated when new information is received and differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which estimates are changed or the actual amounts are determined. Adjustments to premium estimates could be material and such adjustments could directly and significantly impact earnings favorably or unfavorably in the period they are determined because the estimated premium may be fully or substantially earned.
Reinstatement premiums are recognized at the time a loss event occurs, where coverage limits for the remaining life of the contract are reinstated under pre-defined contract terms. Reinstatement premiums, if obligatory, are fully earned when recognized. The accrual of reinstatement premiums is based on an estimate of losses and loss adjustment expenses, which reflects management’s judgment.
Reinsurance premiums written, irrespective of the class of business, are generally earned on a pro rata basis over the term of the underlying policies or reinsurance contracts. Contracts and policies written on a “losses occurring” basis cover claims that may occur during the term of the contract or policy, which is typically 12 months. Accordingly, the premium is earned evenly over the term. Contracts which are written on a “risks attaching” basis cover claims which attach to the underlying insurance policies written during the terms of such contracts. Premiums earned on such contracts usually extend beyond the original term of the reinsurance contract, typically resulting in recognition of premiums earned over a 24-month period. Certain of the Company’s reinsurance contracts include provisions that adjust premiums or acquisition expenses based upon the experience under the contracts. Premiums written and earned, as well as related acquisition expenses are recorded based upon the projected experience under such contracts.
Acquisition expenses consist primarily of brokerage fees, ceding commissions, premium taxes, underwriting fees payable to Arch under our services agreements and other direct expenses that relate to our contracts and policies and are presented net of commissions received from reinsurance we purchase. We amortize deferred acquisition expenses over the related contract term in the same proportion that the premiums are earned. Our acquisition expenses may also include profit commissions paid to our sources of business in the event of favorable underwriting experience.
Deferred acquisition costs, which are based on the related unearned premiums, are carried at their estimated realizable value and take into account anticipated losses and loss adjustment expenses, based on historical and current experience, and anticipated investment income. A premium deficiency occurs if the sum of anticipated losses and loss adjustment expenses, unamortized acquisition costs and anticipated investment income exceed unearned premiums. A premium deficiency is recorded by charging any unamortized acquisition costs to expense to the extent required in order to eliminate the deficiency. If the premium deficiency exceeds unamortized acquisition costs then a liability is accrued for the excess deficiency. No premium deficiency charges were recorded by the Company during 2017 , 2016 or 2015 .
(c) Retroactive Reinsurance Accounting
Retroactive reinsurance reimburses a ceding company for liabilities incurred as a result of past insurable events covered by the underlying policies reinsured. For retroactive contracts that meet the established criteria for reinsurance accounting, written premiums are fully earned and corresponding losses and loss expense are recognized at inception. The initial gain, if applicable, is deferred and amortized into income over an actuarially determined expected payout period. Any future loss is recognized immediately and charged against earnings. The contracts can cause significant variances in gross premiums written, net premiums written, net premiums earned, and

F-47


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


net incurred losses in the years in which they are written. Reinsurance contracts sold not meeting the established criteria for reinsurance accounting are recorded using the deposit method.
In certain instances, reinsurance contracts cover losses both on a prospective basis and on a retroactive basis and, accordingly, the Company bifurcates the prospective and retrospective elements of these reinsurance contracts and accounts for each element separately where practical. Underwriting income generated in connection with retroactive reinsurance contracts is deferred and amortized into income over the settlement period while losses are charged to income immediately. Subsequent changes in estimated or actual cash flows under such retroactive reinsurance contracts are accounted for by adjusting the previously deferred amount to the balance that would have existed had the revised estimate been available at the inception of the reinsurance transaction, with a corresponding charge or credit to income.
(d) Reinsurance ceded
The accompanying consolidated statements of income (loss) reflect premiums and losses and loss adjustment expenses and acquisition expenses, net of reinsurance ceded (see Note 5, “Reinsurance” ). Ceded unearned premiums are reported as prepaid reinsurance premiums and estimated amounts of reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses are reported as unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable. Reinsurance premiums ceded and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable are estimated in a manner consistent with that of the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. If the reinsurers are unable to satisfy their obligations under the agreements, the Company would be liable for such defaulted amounts. Reinsurance ceding commissions are recognized as income on a pro rata basis over the period of risk. Reinsurance ceding commissions that represent a recovery of acquisition costs are recognized as a reduction to acquisition expenses while the remaining portion is deferred.
(e) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash includes cash equivalents, which are investments with original maturities of three months or less that are not managed by the external investment managers. Cash managed by the external investment managers is included in short-term investments.
(f) Investments
The Company has elected the fair value option for its long and short-term investments in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 825, Financial Instruments. As a result, the Company’s investments are reported at fair value with changes in fair value included in “realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments” in the consolidated statements of income (loss). See Note 8 - “Investment information” for further information about the investment portfolios.
The fair values of investments are based on quotations received from nationally recognized pricing services, or when such prices are not available, by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications. Short-term investments are comprised of securities due to mature within one year of the date of issue. Investment transactions are recorded on a trade date basis with balances pending settlement recorded separately in the consolidated balance sheets as receivable for securities sold or payable for securities purchased. See Note 9 - “Fair value” for further details.
Net interest income includes interest income together with amortization of market premiums and discounts, net of investment management fees, interest expense and custody fees. Anticipated prepayments and expected maturities are used in applying the interest method for certain investments, such as asset-backed securities. When actual prepayments differ significantly from anticipated prepayments, the effective yield is recalculated to reflect actual payments to date and anticipated future payments. The investment in such securities is adjusted to the amount that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the acquisition of the security. Such adjustments, if any, are included in interest income when determined. Investment gains or losses

F-48


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


realized on the sale of investments are determined on a first-in, first-out basis and are reflected in “realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments” in the consolidated statements of income (loss).
Performance fees related to the non-investment grade portfolio (i) equal to 15% of income for periods prior to January 1, 2018 and (ii) for periods beginning January 1, 2018 equal to 10% of income plus an additional performance fee equal to 25% of any Excess Income (as defined in such investment management agreements) in excess of a net 10% return to Watford after deduction for paid and accrued management fees and base performance fees, with the total performance fees not to exceed 17.5% of the Income or Aggregate Income, as applicable, are reflected in “investment performance fees - related parties” in the consolidated statements of income (loss). See Note 8 - “Investment information” for further details.
(g) Derivative instruments
The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments, including embedded derivative instruments, at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s investment and underwriting strategy allows for the use of derivative instruments to enhance investment performance, replicate investment positions or manage market exposures and duration risk that would be allowed under the Company’s investment guidelines if implemented in other ways. For such investment derivative instruments, changes in assets and liabilities measured at fair value are recorded as a component of “realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments.” In addition, the Company’s derivative instruments include amounts related to underwriting activities where an insurance or reinsurance contract meets the accounting definition of a derivative instrument. For such contracts, changes in fair value are reflected in “other underwriting income” in the consolidated statements of income (loss), as the underlying contract originates from the Company’s underwriting operations. See Note 11 - “Derivative instruments” for further details.
(h) Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses
The reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses consists of estimates of unpaid reported losses and loss adjustment expenses and estimates for losses incurred but not reported. The reserve for unpaid reported losses and loss adjustment expenses, established by management based on reports from ceding companies and claims from insureds, represents the estimated ultimate cost of events or conditions that have been reported to or specifically identified by the Company. Such reserves are supplemented by management’s estimates of reserves for losses incurred for which reports or claims have not been received. The Company’s reserves are based on a combination of reserving methods, incorporating ceding company and industry loss development patterns. The Company selects the initial expected loss and loss adjustment expense ratios based on information derived by AUL and AUI managers during the initial pricing of the business, supplemented by industry data where appropriate. Such ratios consider, among other things, rate changes and changes in terms and conditions that have been observed in the market. The Company, in conjunction with data and analysis supplied by AUL and AUI, reviews the reserves regularly and, as experience develops and new information becomes known, the reserves are adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments, if any, are reflected in income in the period in which they are determined. Inherent in the estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses are expected trends in claims severity and frequency and other factors which may vary significantly as claims are settled. Accordingly, ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses may differ materially from the amounts recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Losses and loss adjustment expenses are recorded on an un-discounted basis. See Note 6 - “Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses” for further details.
(i) Foreign exchange
Monetary assets and liabilities, such as premiums receivable and the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, denominated in foreign currencies are revalued at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date with the resulting foreign exchange gains and losses included in net

F-49


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


income. Accounts that are classified as non-monetary, such as deferred acquisition costs and the unearned premium reserves, are not subsequently re-measured. In the case of foreign currency-denominated cash and investments, the change in exchange rates between the local currency and the Company’s functional currency at each balance sheet date is included as a component of net foreign exchange gains and losses included in the consolidated statements of income (loss).
Assets and liabilities of foreign operations whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar are translated at the prevailing exchange rates at each balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses of such foreign operations are translated at average exchange rates during the year. The net effect of the translation adjustments for foreign operations is included in accumulated other comprehensive income.
(j) Intangible assets
The Company’s intangible assets with indefinite lives include licenses held by its U.S. insurance subsidiary which allow such subsidiary to write insurance business in various jurisdictions. These indefinite-lived intangible assets are carried at or below fair value and are tested annually for impairment, either qualitatively or quantitatively, and between annual tests if events or change in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. If intangible assets are impaired, such assets are written down to their fair values with the related expense recorded in the Company’s results of operations.
(k) Income taxes
Deferred income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is recorded if it is more likely than not that some or all of a deferred tax asset may not be realized. The Company considers future taxable income and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. In the event the Company determines that it will not be able to realize all or part of its deferred income tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred income tax assets would be charged to income in the period in which such determination is made. In addition, if the Company subsequently assesses that the valuation allowance is no longer needed, a benefit would be recorded to income in the period in which such determination is made. See Note 13 - “Income taxes” for more information.
The Company recognizes a tax benefit where it concludes that it is more likely than not that the tax benefit will be sustained on audit by the taxing authority based solely on the technical merits of the associated tax position. If the recognition threshold is met, the Company recognizes a tax benefit measured at the largest amount of the tax benefit that, in the Company’s judgment, is greater than 50% likely to be realized. The Company records related interest and penalties in income tax expense.
(l) Warrants
The Company issued certain warrant contracts to Arch and HPS in conjunction with the initial capitalization of the Company which may be settled by the Company using either the physical settlement or net-share settlement methods. In the event these warrants are exercised and settled, the fair value of these warrants would be recorded in equity as additional paid-in capital based on an option-pricing model (Black-Scholes) used to calculate the fair value of the warrants issued.
(m) Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares and participating securities outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of common shares excludes any dilutive effect of outstanding warrants, options and convertible securities, such as nonparticipating

F-50


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


unvested restricted shares, if applicable. Diluted earnings per share are based on the weighted average number of common shares and share equivalents including any dilutive effects of warrants, options and other awards under stock plans, if applicable. U.S. GAAP requires that unvested stock awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents, whether paid or unpaid (referred to as “participating securities”), be included in the number of shares outstanding for both basic and diluted earnings per share calculations. In the event of a net loss, the participating securities are excluded from the calculation of both basic and diluted loss per share. See Note 12 - “Earnings per common share” for more information.
(n) Recent accounting pronouncements
Issued and effective as of December 31, 2017
In May 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-09, Disclosures about Short-Duration Contracts (“ASU 2015-09”). ASU 2015-09 amends ASC 944 (Financial Services-Insurance) to expand the disclosures that an insurance entity must provide about its short-duration insurance contracts. Under ASU 2015-09, the FASB focused on targeted improvements to provide users with additional information about insurance liabilities, including the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of future cash flows related to insurance liabilities. The amendments in ASU 2015-09 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 for U.S. GAAP reporters. The guidance was applied retrospectively and only impacted the Company’s disclosures. See Note 7 - “Short duration contracts” .
In October 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held Through Related Parties That Are Under Common Control (“ASU 2016-17”). ASU 2016-17 alters how the Company needs to consider indirect interests in a variable interest entity held through an entity under common control. The new guidance amends ASU 2015-02 Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, issued in February 2015. ASU 2016-17 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. This pronouncement does not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
Issued but not yet effective as of December 31, 2017
The FASB issued Accounting Standard Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”) in May 2014, and has updated through various Accounting Standard Updates in 2016. This ASU (and as updated in 2016) creates a new comprehensive revenue recognition standard that will serve as a single source of revenue guidance for all companies in all industries. The guidance applies to all companies that either enter into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services, or enter into contracts for the transfer of non-financial assets, unless such contracts are within the scope of other standards, such as insurance contracts or financial instruments. The ASU also requires enhanced disclosures about revenue. The ASU is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and the Company intends on adopting the ASU using the modified retrospective method, whereby the cumulative effect of adoption will be recognized as an adjustment to retained earnings at the date of initial application. The adoption of this ASU will not impact the Company’s premium revenues or revenues from its investment portfolio, which represent substantially all of the Company’s consolidated revenues. Based on the Company’s evaluation of impacted revenue streams, the ASU is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings at the date of the initial application is not expected to be material.
In January 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10)-Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). The new accounting guidance was issued to enhance the reporting model for

F-51


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


financial instruments and to provide improved financial information to readers of the financial statements. Among other provisions focused on improving the recognition and measurement of financial instruments, the ASU requires that equity investments be measured at fair value on the balance sheet with changes in fair value reported in the income statement and that an exit price notion be used when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. The ASU is effective in the 2018 first quarter and, aside from limited situations, cannot be early adopted. This pronouncement will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). The new accounting guidance requires that the lessee recognize an asset and a liability for leases with a lease term greater than 12 months regardless of whether the lease is classified as operating or financing. Under current accounting, operating leases are not reflected in the balance sheet. This accounting guidance is effective for the 2019 first quarter, though early application is permitted, and should be applied on a modified retrospective basis. The Company is assessing the impact the implementation of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures, but does not believe such impact will be material.
In August 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), a Consensus of the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force (“ASU 2016-15”). ASU 2016-15 intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is assessing the impact the implementation of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures, but does not believe such impact will be material.
In October 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-16, Income Taxes-Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory (Topic 740) (“ASU 2016-16”). ASU 2016-16 will require companies to recognize the income tax effects of inter-company sales and transfers of assets other than inventory (e.g., intangible assets) in the period in which the transfer occurs. ASU 2016-16 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is assessing the impact the implementation of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures, but does not believe such impact will be material.
In August 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities (“ASU 2017-12”). ASU 2017-12 intends to improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity’s risk management activities in its financial statements. ASU 2017-12 is effective January 1, 2019. The Company is assessing the impact the implementation will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures, but does not believe such impact will be material.
4. Segment information
The Company reports results under one segment, which we refer to as our underwriting segment. The underwriting segment captures the results of the Company’s underwriting lines of business, which are comprised of specialty products on a worldwide basis. Lines of business include: (i) casualty reinsurance; (ii) property catastrophe reinsurance; (iii) other specialty reinsurance; and (iv) insurance programs and coinsurance.
The accounting policies of the underwriting segment are the same as those used for the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In June 2015 and September 2015, the Company formed WICE and WSIC, respectively, to underwrite insurance business.

F-52


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The Company has a corporate function that includes certain general and administrative expenses related to corporate activities, net foreign exchange gains (losses), income tax expense and items related to the Company’s contingently redeemable preferred shares.
The following tables provide summary information regarding premiums written and earned by line of business and net premiums written by client location and underwriting location:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Gross premiums written:
 
 
 
 
 
Casualty reinsurance
$
284,481

 
$
331,127

 
$
338,383

Other specialty reinsurance
169,100

 
125,404

 
125,635

Property catastrophe reinsurance
12,740

 
11,756

 
12,716

Insurance programs and coinsurance
133,983

 
66,807

 
12,165

Total
$
600,304

 
$
535,094

 
$
488,899

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net premiums written:
 
 
 
 
 
Casualty reinsurance
$
281,783

 
$
329,149

 
$
333,680

Other specialty reinsurance
155,666

 
117,267

 
109,643

Property catastrophe reinsurance
12,455

 
11,463

 
12,440

Insurance programs and coinsurance
103,213

 
55,909

 
10,196

Total
$
553,117

 
$
513,788

 
$
465,959

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net premiums earned by line of business:
 
 
 
 
 
Casualty reinsurance
$
308,526

 
$
320,769

 
$
285,067

Other specialty reinsurance
134,855

 
101,435

 
98,449

Property catastrophe reinsurance
12,690

 
11,421

 
12,540

Insurance programs and coinsurance
75,655

 
34,345

 
1,796

Total
$
531,726

 
$
467,970

 
$
397,852

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net premiums written by client location:
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
290,222

 
$
352,519

 
$
364,835

Bermuda
56,740

 
56,682

 
17,211

Europe
197,952

 
102,004

 
73,560

Asia and Pacific
8,203

 
2,583

 
10,353

Total
$
553,117

 
$
513,788

 
$
465,959

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net premiums written by underwriting location:
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
11,750

 
$
5,714

 
$

Europe
91,463

 
50,195

 
10,196

Bermuda
449,904

 
457,879

 
455,763

Total
$
553,117

 
$
513,788

 
$
465,959



F-53


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


5. Reinsurance
Through reinsurance agreements with ARL and Arch Reinsurance Company (“ARC”) , subsidiaries of ACGL and as well as other, less material reinsurance agreements, the Company cedes a portion of its premiums. The effects of reinsurance on the Company’s written and earned premiums, losses and loss adjustment expenses were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Premiums written
($ in thousands)
Direct
$
133,983

 
$
66,807

 
$
12,106

Assumed
466,321

 
468,287

 
476,793

Ceded
(47,187
)
 
(21,306
)
 
(22,940
)
Net
$
553,117

 
$
513,788

 
$
465,959

Premiums earned
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
$
96,125

 
$
39,561

 
$
1,873

Assumed
471,073

 
448,181

 
416,762

Ceded
(35,472
)
 
(19,772
)
 
(20,783
)
Net
$
531,726

 
$
467,970

 
$
397,852

Losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
$
71,679

 
$
26,230

 
$
1,179

Assumed
393,565

 
306,721

 
292,551

Ceded
(28,842
)
 
(11,370
)
 
(16,071
)
Net
$
436,402

 
$
321,581

 
$
277,659

The Company monitors the financial condition of its reinsurers and attempts to place coverages only with financially sound carriers. At December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , a majority of the Company’s reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid losses (not including prepaid reinsurance premiums) were due from ARL, which has a rating of “A+” from A.M. Best. Although the Company has not experienced any material credit losses to date, an inability of its reinsurers to meet their obligations to it over the relevant exposure periods for any reason could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

F-54


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


6. Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
The following table represents an analysis of losses and loss adjustment expenses and a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 :
 
Twelve months ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Gross reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at beginning of year
$
510,809

 
$
290,997

 
$
66,328

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable
21,518

 
11,571

 
2,705

Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at beginning of year
489,291

 
279,426

 
63,623

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses relating to losses occurring in:
 
 
 
 
 
Current year
399,530

 
318,523

 
278,414

Prior years
36,872

 
3,058

 
(755
)
Total net losses and loss adjustment expenses
436,402

 
321,581

 
277,659

 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange gains (losses)
14,832

 
(12,360
)
 
(4,067
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net paid losses and loss adjustment expenses relating to losses occurring in:
 
 
 
 
 
Current year
(70,423
)
 
(46,198
)
 
(44,364
)
Prior years
(111,696
)
 
(53,158
)
 
(13,425
)
Total paid losses and loss adjustment expenses
(182,119
)
 
(99,356
)
 
(57,789
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at end of year
758,406

 
489,291

 
279,426

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable
39,856

 
21,518

 
11,571

Gross reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at end of year
$
798,262

 
$
510,809

 
$
290,997

During 2017 , the Company recorded net unfavorable development on prior year loss reserves of $36.9 million . The net unfavorable prior year development was driven by casualty reinsurance and other specialty reinsurance contracts. Casualty reinsurance experienced net unfavorable development of $33.8 million primarily due to the U.K. Ministry of Justice’s reduction of the discount rate known as the Ogden rate and adverse development on certain large multi-line and professional liability contracts. The Ogden rate was reduced from 2.5% to negative 0.75%; the resulting claims development in 2017 was higher than expected.
Other specialty reinsurance experienced net unfavorable development of $5.2 million primarily due to worse than expected emergence on nonstandard and U.K. motor quota share contracts. The remaining lines had net favorable prior year development of $2.2 million due to better than expected emergence of reported losses.
During 2016 , the Company recorded net unfavorable development on prior year loss reserves of $3.1 million due to an increase in estimates for medium and short-tail lines.

F-55


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


During 2015 , the Company recorded estimated net favorable development on prior year loss reserves of $0.8 million , which was due to favorable development in medium-tail lines.
7. Short duration contracts
The Company is required by applicable insurance laws and regulations and U.S. GAAP to establish reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses (“loss reserves”) that arise from the business it underwrites. Loss reserves are balance sheet liabilities representing estimates of future amounts required to pay losses and loss adjustment expenses for insured or reinsured events which have occurred at or before the balance sheet date. Loss reserves do not reflect contingency reserve allowances to account for future loss occurrences. Losses arising from future events will be estimated and recognized at the time the losses are incurred and could be substantial.
Loss reserves are comprised of (1) case reserves for claims reported, (2) additional case reserves, or ACRs, and (3) IBNR reserves. Loss reserves are established to provide for loss adjustment expenses and represent the estimated expense of settling claims, including legal and other fees and the general expenses of administering the claims adjustment process. Periodically, adjustments to the reported or case reserves may be made as additional information regarding the claims is reported or payments are made.
IBNR reserves are established to provide for incurred claims which have not yet been reported at the balance sheet date as well as to adjust for any projected variance in case reserving. Actuaries estimate ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses using various generally accepted actuarial methods applied to known losses and other relevant information. Like case reserves, IBNR reserves are adjusted as additional information becomes known or payments are made. The process of estimating reserves involves a considerable degree of judgment by management and, as of any given date, is inherently uncertain.
Ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses are generally determined by extrapolation of claim emergence and settlement patterns observed in the past that can reasonably be expected to persist into the future. In forecasting ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses with respect to any line of business, past experience with respect to that line of business is the primary resource, developed through both industry and company experience, but cannot be relied upon in isolation. Uncertainties in estimating ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses are magnified by the time lag between when a claim actually occurs and when it is reported and settled. This time lag is sometimes referred to as the “claim-tail.” The claim-tail for most property coverages is typically short (usually several months up to a few years). The claim-tail for certain professional liability, executive assurance and health care coverages, which are generally written on a claims-made basis, is typically longer than property coverages but shorter than casualty lines. The claim-tail for liability/casualty coverages, such as general liability, products liability, multiple peril coverage and workers’ compensation, may be especially long as claims are often reported and ultimately paid or settled years, or even decades, after the related loss events occur. During the claims reporting and settlement period, additional facts regarding coverages written in prior accident years, as well as about actual claims and trends, may become known and, as a result, management may adjust its reserves. If management determines that an adjustment is appropriate, the adjustment is recorded in the accounting period in which such determination is made in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, if loss reserves need to be increased or decreased in the future from amounts currently established, future results of operations would be negatively or positively impacted, respectively.
In addition, the inherent uncertainties of estimating such reserves are even greater for our reinsurance lines of business, due primarily to the following factors: (1) the claim-tail for reinsurers is generally longer because claims are first reported to the ceding company and then to the reinsurer through one or more intermediaries, (2) the reliance on premium estimates, where reports have not been received from the ceding company, in the reserving process, (3) the potential for writing a number of reinsurance contracts with different ceding companies with the same exposure to a single loss event, (4) the diversity of loss development patterns among different types of

F-56


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


reinsurance contracts, (5) the necessary reliance on the ceding companies for information regarding reported claims and (6) the differing reserving practices among ceding companies.
In determining ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses, the cost to indemnify claimants, provide needed legal defense and other services for insureds and administer the investigation and adjustment of claims are considered. These claim costs are influenced by many factors that change over time, such as expanded coverage definitions as a result of new court decisions, inflation in costs to repair or replace damaged property, inflation in the cost of medical services and legislated changes in statutory benefits, as well as by the particular, unique facts that pertain to each claim. As a result, the rate at which claims arose in the past and the costs to settle them may not always be representative of what will occur in the future. The factors influencing changes in claim costs are often difficult to isolate or quantify and developments in paid and incurred losses are frequently subject to multiple and conflicting interpretations. Changes in coverage terms or claims handling practices may also cause future experience and/or development patterns to vary from the past. A key objective of actuaries in developing estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses, and resulting IBNR reserves, is to identify aberrations and systemic changes occurring within historical experience and accurately adjust for them so that the future can be projected reliably. Pricing actuaries devote considerable effort to understanding and analyzing a ceding company and program administrator’s operations and loss history during the underwriting of the business, using a combination of ceding company, program administrator, and industry statistics. Such statistics normally include historical premium and loss data by class of business, individual claim information for larger claims, distributions of insurance limits provided, loss reporting and payment patterns, and rate change history. Because of the factors previously discussed, this process requires the substantial use of informed judgment and is inherently uncertain.
As mentioned above, there can be a considerable time lag from the time a claim is reported to a ceding company to the time it is reported to the reinsurer. The lag can be several years in some cases and may be attributed to a number of reasons; including the time it takes to investigate a claim, delays associated with the litigation process, the deterioration in a claimant’s physical condition many years after an accident occurs, the case reserving approach of the ceding company, etc. In the reserving process, the Company assumes that such lags are predictable, on average, over time and therefore the lags are contemplated in the loss reporting patterns used in their actuarial methods. This means that reserves for our reinsurance lines of business must rely on estimates for a longer period of time than for our insurance lines of business. Backlogs in the recording of assumed reinsurance can also complicate the accuracy of loss reserve estimation. As of December 31, 2017 there were no significant backlogs related to the processing of assumed reinsurance information for our reinsurance lines of business.
Although loss reserves are initially determined based on underwriting and pricing analysis, we apply several generally accepted actuarial methods, as discussed below, on a quarterly basis. Each quarter, as part of the reserving process, actuaries at our operations reaffirm that the assumptions used in the reserving process continue to form a sound basis for projection of liabilities. If actual loss activity differs substantially from expectations based on historical information, an adjustment to loss reserves may be supported. Estimated loss reserves for more mature underwriting years are based more on actual loss activity and historical patterns than on the initial assumptions based on pricing indications. More recent underwriting years rely more heavily on internal pricing assumptions. We place more or less reliance on a particular actuarial method based on the facts and circumstances at the time the estimates of loss reserves are made.
These methods generally fall into one of the following categories or are hybrids of one or more of the following categories:
Expected loss methods: these methods are based on the assumption that ultimate losses vary proportionately with premiums. Expected loss and loss adjustment expense ratios are typically developed based upon the information derived by underwriters and actuaries during the initial

F-57


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


pricing of the business, supplemented by industry data available from organizations, such as statistical bureaus and consulting firms, where appropriate. These ratios consider, among other things, rate changes and changes in terms and conditions that have been observed in the market. Expected loss methods are useful for estimating ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses in the early years of long-tailed lines of business, when little or no paid or incurred loss information is available, and is commonly applied when limited loss experience exists for a company.
Historical incurred loss development methods: these methods assume that the ratio of losses in one period to losses in an earlier period will remain constant in the future. These methods use incurred losses (i.e., the sum of cumulative historical loss payments plus outstanding case reserves) over discrete periods of time to estimate future losses. Historical incurred loss development methods may be preferable to historical paid loss development methods because they explicitly take into account open cases and the claims adjusters’ evaluations of the cost to settle all known claims. However, historical incurred loss development methods necessarily assume that case reserving practices are consistently applied over time. Therefore, when there have been significant changes in how case reserves are established, using incurred loss data to project ultimate losses may be less reliable than other methods.
Historical paid loss development methods: these methods, like historical incurred loss development methods, assume that the ratio of losses in one period to losses in an earlier period will remain constant. These methods use historical loss payments over discrete periods of time to estimate future losses and necessarily assume that factors that have affected paid losses in the past, such as inflation or the effects of litigation, will remain constant in the future. Because historical paid loss development methods do not use incurred losses to estimate ultimate losses, they may be more reliable than the other methods that use incurred losses in situations where there are significant changes in how incurred losses are established by a company’s claims adjusters. However, historical paid loss development methods are more leveraged (meaning that small changes in payments have a larger impact on estimates of ultimate losses) than actuarial methods that use incurred losses because cumulative loss payments take much longer to equal the expected ultimate losses than cumulative incurred amounts. In addition, and for similar reasons, historical paid loss development methods are often slow to react to situations when new or different factors arise than those that have affected paid losses in the past.
Adjusted historical paid and incurred loss development methods: these methods take traditional historical paid and incurred loss development methods and adjust them for the estimated impact of changes from the past in factors such as inflation, the speed of claim payments or the adequacy of case reserves. Adjusted historical paid and incurred loss development methods are often more reliable methods of predicting ultimate losses in periods of significant change, provided the actuaries can develop methods to reasonably quantify the impact of changes. As such, these methods utilize more judgment than historical paid and incurred loss development methods.
Bornhuetter-Ferguson, or B-F, paid and incurred loss methods: these methods utilize actual paid and incurred losses and expected patterns of paid and incurred losses, taking the initial expected ultimate losses into account to determine an estimate of expected ultimate losses. The B-F paid and incurred loss methods are useful when there are few reported claims and a relatively less stable pattern of reported losses.
Additional analysis: other methodologies are often used in the reserving process for specific types of claims or events, such as catastrophic or other specific major events. These include vendor catastrophe models, which are typically used in the estimation of loss reserves at the early stage of known catastrophic events before information has been reported to an insurer or reinsurer, and analysis of specific industry events, such as large lawsuits or claims.
In the initial reserving process for short-tail lines, consisting of property catastrophe and other exposures, we rely on a combination of the reserving methods discussed above. For known catastrophic events, our reserving process also includes the usage of catastrophe models and a

F-58


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


heavy reliance on analysis which includes ceding company inquiries and management judgment. The development of property losses may be unstable, especially where there is high catastrophic exposure, may be characterized by high severity, low frequency losses for excess and catastrophe-exposed business and may be highly correlated across contracts. As time passes, for a given underwriting year, additional weight is given to the paid and incurred B-F loss development methods and historical paid and incurred loss development methods in the reserving process. We make a number of key assumptions in reserving for short-tail lines, including that historical paid and reported development patterns are stable, catastrophe models provide useful information about our exposure to catastrophic events that have occurred and our underwriters’ judgment and guidance received from ceding companies as to potential loss exposures may be relied on. The expected loss ratios used in the initial reserving process for our property exposures will vary over time due to changes in pricing, reinsurance structure, estimates of catastrophe losses, terms and conditions and geographical distribution. As losses in property lines are reported relatively quickly, expected loss ratios are selected for the current underwriting year incorporating the experience for earlier underwriting years, adjusted for rate changes, inflation, changes in reinsurance programs, expectations about present and future market conditions and expected attritional losses based on modeling. Due to the short-tail nature of property business, reported loss experience emerges quickly and ultimate losses are known in a comparatively short period of time.
In the initial reserving process for medium-tail and long-tail lines, consisting of casualty, other specialty, and other exposures, we primarily rely on the expected loss method. The development of medium-tail and long-tail business may be unstable, especially if there are high severity major events, with business written on an excess of loss basis typically having a longer tail than business written on a pro rata basis. As time passes, for a given exposure, additional weight is given to the paid and incurred B-F loss development methods and historical paid and incurred loss development methods in the reserving process. We make a number of key assumptions in reserving for medium-tail and long-tail lines, including that the pricing loss ratio is the best estimate of the ultimate loss ratio at the time the contract is entered into, historical paid and reported development patterns are stable and our claims personnel and underwriters analysis of our exposure to major events are assumed to be our best estimate of our exposure to the known claims on those events. The expected loss ratios used in initial reserving process for medium-tail and long-tail contracts will vary over time due to changes in pricing, terms and conditions and reinsurance structure. As the credibility of historical experience for earlier underwriting year’s increases, the experience from these underwriting years will be used in the actuarial analysis to determine future underwriting year expected loss ratios, adjusted for changes in pricing, loss trends, terms and conditions and reinsurance structure.
Our reinsurance business receives reports of claims notices from ceding companies and record case reserves based upon the amount of reserves recommended by the ceding company. Case reserves on known events may be supplemented by ACRs, which are often estimated by our reinsurance operations’ claims personnel ahead of official notification from the ceding company, or when our reinsurance operations’ judgment regarding the size or severity of the known event differs from the ceding company. In certain instances, our reinsurance operations establish ACRs even when the ceding company does not report any liability on a known event. In addition, specific claim information reported by ceding companies or obtained through claim audits can alert our reinsurance operations to emerging trends such as changing legal interpretations of coverage and liability, claims from unexpected sources or classes of business, and significant changes in the frequency or severity of individual claims.
Our reinsurance business relies heavily on information reported by ceding companies, as discussed above. In order to determine the accuracy and completeness of such information, underwriters, actuaries, and claims personnel at our reinsurance operations often perform audits of ceding companies and regularly review information received from ceding companies for unusual or unexpected results. Material findings are usually discussed with the ceding companies. Our reinsurance operations sometimes encounter situations where they determine that a claim

F-59


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


presentation from a ceding company is not in accordance with contract terms. In these situations, our reinsurance operations attempt to resolve the dispute with the ceding company. Most situations are resolved amicably and without the need for litigation or arbitration. However, in the infrequent situations where a resolution is not possible, our reinsurance operations will vigorously defend their position in such disputes.
For our insurance program and coinsurance line of business, Arch’s claim personnel, under our service arrangements, determine whether to establish a case reserve for the estimated amount of the ultimate settlement of individual claims. The estimate reflects the judgment of claims personnel based on general corporate reserving practices, the experience and knowledge of such personnel regarding the nature and value of the specific type of claim and, where appropriate, advice of counsel. We contract with a number of outside third-party administrators in the claims process who, in certain cases, have limited authority to establish case reserves. The work of these administrators is reviewed and monitored by such claims personnel.
Our reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses primarily relate to short-duration contracts with various characteristics (e.g. type of coverage, geography, claims duration). We have considered such information in determining the level of disaggregation for disclosures related to our short-duration contracts, as detailed in the table below:
Level of disaggregation
 
Included product lines
Casualty reinsurance - pro rata
 
Executive assurance, medical malpractice liability, other professional liability, workers’ compensation, excess and umbrella liability and excess auto liability all written primarily on a treaty pro rata basis
Casualty reinsurance - excess of loss
 
Executive assurance, medical malpractice liability, other professional liability, workers’ compensation, excess and umbrella liability and excess auto liability all written primarily on an treaty excess of loss basis
Other specialty reinsurance
 
Personal and commercial auto (other than excess auto liability), surety, accident and health, and workers compensation catastrophe written primarily on a treaty basis
Property catastrophe reinsurance
 
Property catastrophe reinsurance
Insurance programs and coinsurance
 
Primary and excess general liability, umbrella liability, professional liability, workers’ compensation, personal and commercial automobile, inland marine and property business with minimal catastrophe exposure written on a direct basis
We have determined the following product lines to be insignificant for disclosure purposes: (i) mortgage reinsurance, (ii) marine and aviation reinsurance; (iii) other property reinsurance; and (iv) agriculture reinsurance. Such amounts are included as reconciling items.
We do not include claim count information in our short duration triangles for reinsurance. A significant percentage of our reinsurance business is written on a proportional basis, for which individual loss information is typically unavailable.
For our insurance programs and coinsurance line of business, we generally consider a reported claim to be per claimant, and we include claims with nil or nominal payments and/or case reserves.
We write the majority of our reinsurance contracts on an underwriting year basis and therefore may involve multiple accident years. Pursuant to customary cedent/reinsurer reporting requirements,

F-60


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


the cedent reports premium for a given contract to us in total for the contract period, not separated by accident year. Similarly, for certain contract structures, the paid and outstanding losses will also be reported in total for the contract period, not by accident year. The short duration disclosure requires us to separately disclose paid losses, case reserves and IBNR losses by accident year, which necessitates an allocation of the underwriting year data between each of the applicable accident years. To separate reported losses by accident year we employ certain assumptions, which can lead to anomalies in the presentation of individual accident year results.
The following tables present information on the short-duration contracts by line of business:
Casualty reinsurance - Pro Rata ($000’s)
 
 
 
 
Incurred losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
Total of IBNR liabilities plus expected development on reported claims
Accident year
 
2014
unaudited
 
2015
unaudited
 
2016
unaudited
 
2017
 
2014
 
$
43,887

 
$
43,237

 
$
44,456

 
$
45,868

 
$
15,529

2015
 
 
 
165,827

 
166,118

 
174,386

 
70,778

2016
 
 
 
 
 
177,782

 
186,911

 
104,357

2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
178,510

 
130,382

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total

 
$
585,675

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cumulative paid losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
 
2014
 
$
883

 
$
6,881

 
$
14,021

 
$
20,748

 
 
2015
 
 
 
13,380

 
38,650

 
70,295

 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
12,139

 
45,212

 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15,369

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total

 
151,624

 
 
Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
$
434,051

 
 

F-61


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


Casualty reinsurance - Excess of Loss ($000’s)
 
 
 
 
Incurred losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
Total of IBNR liabilities plus expected development on reported claims
Accident year
 
2014
unaudited
 
2015
unaudited
 
2016
unaudited
 
2017
 
2014
 
$
4,855

 
$
5,873

 
$
5,425

 
$
11,879

 
$
317

2015
 
 
 
28,437

 
29,565

 
37,099

 
5,031

2016
 
 
 
 
 
38,982

 
43,363

 
11,295

2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
46,203

 
22,195

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total

 
$
138,544

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cumulative paid losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
 
2014
 
$

 
$
2

 
$
73

 
$
685

 
 
2015
 
 
 
104

 
649

 
2,079

 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
233

 
834

 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total

 
3,705

 
 
Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
$
134,839

 
 

Other specialty reinsurance ($000’s)
 
 
 
 
Incurred losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
Total of IBNR liabilities plus expected development on reported claims
Accident year
 
2014
unaudited
 
2015
unaudited
 
2016
unaudited
 
2017
 
2014
 
$
16,745

 
$
17,117

 
$
17,005

 
$
17,671

 
$
1,154

2015
 
 
 
66,264

 
67,854

 
72,038

 
7,630

2016
 
 
 
 
 
57,091

 
57,939

 
13,337

2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
83,618

 
30,273

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total

 
$
231,266

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cumulative paid losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
 
2014
 
$
4,835

 
$
12,472

 
$
14,304

 
$
15,479

 
 
2015
 
 
 
29,770

 
48,133

 
58,201

 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
24,654

 
38,621

 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30,427

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total

 
142,728

 
 
Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
$
88,538

 
 

F-62


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


Property catastrophe reinsurance ($000’s)
 
 
 
 
Incurred losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
Total of IBNR liabilities plus expected development on reported claims
Accident year
 
2014
unaudited
 
2015
unaudited
 
2016
unaudited
 
2017
 
2014
 
$
1,583

 
$
1,194

 
$
870

 
$
841

 
$
59

2015
 
 
 
4,732

 
3,626

 
2,837

 
255

2016
 
 
 
 
 
5,194

 
4,205

 
597

2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22,587

 
1,716

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total

 
$
30,470

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cumulative paid losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
 
2014
 
$

 
$
241

 
$
592

 
$
626

 
 
2015
 
 
 
394

 
822

 
1,406

 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
1,041

 
1,974

 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,628

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total

 
10,634

 
 
Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
$
19,836

 
 

Insurance programs and coinsurance ($000’s except claim amount)
Incurred losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
Total of IBNR liabilities plus expected development on reported claims
 
Cumulative number of reported claims
Accident year
 
2014
unaudited
 
2015
unaudited
 
2016 unaudited
 
2017
 
2014
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 

2015
 
 
 
1,055

 
1,055

 
1,186

 
120

 
770

2016
 
 
 
 
 
26,838

 
26,524

 
3,574

 
31,432

2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
61,204

 
23,208

 
49,195

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total

 
$
88,914

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cumulative paid losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
 
 
 
2014
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
2015
 
 
 
9

 
412

 
750

 
 
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
6,163

 
16,051

 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18,906

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total

 
35,707

 
 
 
 
Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
 
$
53,207

 
 
 
 

F-63


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The following table presents the average annual percentage payout of incurred losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses by age, net of reinsurance, as of December 31, 2017:
 
Average annual percentage payout of incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses by age, net of reinsurance
 
Year 1
 
Year 2
 
Year 3
 
Year 4
Casualty reinsurance - pro rata
6.2%
 
15.1%
 
16.9%
 
14.7%
Casualty reinsurance - excess of loss
0.3%
 
1.0%
 
2.2%
 
5.2%
Other specialty reinsurance
36.9%
 
30.9%
 
12.2%
 
6.6%
Property catastrophe reinsurance
17.0%
 
22.0%
 
31.1%
 
4.0%
Insurance programs and coinsurance
18.3%
 
35.6%
 
28.6%
 
N/A
For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company did not make any significant changes in its methodologies or assumptions.
The following table represents a reconciliation of the disclosures of net incurred and paid loss development tables to the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2017:
 
December 31, 2017
Net outstanding liabilities:
($ in thousands)
Casualty reinsurance - pro rata
$
434,051

Casualty reinsurance - excess of loss
134,839

Other specialty reinsurance
88,538

Insurance programs and coinsurance
53,207

Property catastrophe reinsurance
19,836

Other short duration lines not included in disclosures (1)
24,202

Total for short duration lines
754,673

 
 
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable:
 
Other specialty reinsurance
15,755

Insurance programs and coinsurance
12,660

Casualty reinsurance - pro rata
4,920

Casualty reinsurance - excess of loss
1,373

Property catastrophe reinsurance
5

Other short duration lines not included in disclosures (1)
5,143

Total for short duration lines
39,856

 
 
Unallocated claims adjustment expenses
3,733

 
3,733

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
$
798,262

(1) Other short duration lines includes liabilities acquired in the purchase of WIC of $5.1 million, which are 100% reinsured pursuant to a 100% quota share agreement, and other miscellaneous items.


F-64


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


8. Investment information
The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s securities held as at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , for which the fair value option was elected:
 
Cost or Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized Gains
 
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Fair Value
December 31, 2017
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
879,010

 
$
14,525

 
$
(15,717
)
 
$
877,818

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
713,393

 
21,719

 
(19,221
)
 
715,891

U.S. government and government agency bonds
233,810

 
3

 
(2,794
)
 
231,019

Asset-backed securities
100,105

 
2,329

 
(1,287
)
 
101,147

Mortgage-backed securities
11,372

 

 
(2,082
)
 
9,290

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
102,687

 
1,538

 
(20
)
 
104,205

Municipal government and government agency bonds
15,615

 
1

 
(135
)
 
15,481

Short term investments
323,663

 
220

 

 
323,883

Other investments
50,000

 

 
(387
)
 
49,613

Equities
63,461

 
6,825

 
(2,418
)
 
67,868

Total
$
2,493,116

 
$
47,160

 
$
(44,061
)
 
$
2,496,215

 
Cost or Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized Gains
 
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Fair Value
December 31, 2016
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
804,521

 
$
21,895

 
$
(12,795
)
 
$
813,621

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
494,639

 
19,741

 
(28,278
)
 
486,102

U.S. government and government agency bonds
199,262

 
50

 
(2,370
)
 
196,942

Asset-backed securities
31,547

 
227

 
(1,450
)
 
30,324

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
15,363

 
89

 

 
15,452

Municipal government and government agency bonds
4,337

 
8

 
(32
)
 
4,313

Short term investments
374,269

 
222

 
(11
)
 
374,480

Equities
1,274

 
1,041

 

 
2,315

Total
$
1,925,212

 
$
43,273

 
$
(44,936
)
 
$
1,923,549


F-65


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
Cost or Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized Gains
 
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Fair Value
December 31, 2015
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
813,867

 
$
617

 
$
(52,322
)
 
$
762,162

Fixed Maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
588,942

 
3,349

 
(55,523
)
 
536,768

Asset-backed securities
28,966

 

 
(3,522
)
 
25,444

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
11,197

 

 
(4,501
)
 
6,696

U.S. government and government agency bonds
115

 

 
(1
)
 
114

Short term investments
351,547

 

 

 
351,547

Total
$
1,794,634

 
$
3,966

 
$
(115,869
)
 
$
1,682,731

The amortized cost and fair value of our term loans, fixed maturities and short-term investments summarized by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
December 31, 2017
 
Amortized Cost
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
% of Fair Value
 
($ in thousands)
Due in one year or less
$
339,205

 
$
339,358

 
14.3
%
Due after one year through five years
1,197,346

 
1,193,733

 
50.2
%
Due after five years through ten years
718,766

 
721,973

 
30.3
%
Due after ten years
12,861

 
13,233

 
0.6
%
Asset-backed securities
100,105

 
101,147

 
4.2
%
Mortgage-backed securities
11,372

 
9,290

 
0.4
%
Total
$
2,379,655

 
$
2,378,734

 
100.0
%
 
December 31, 2016
 
Amortized Cost
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
% of Fair Value
 
($ in thousands)
Due in one year or less
$
447,137

 
$
446,743

 
23.3
%
Due after one year through five years
900,587

 
909,235

 
47.3
%
Due after five years through ten years
543,407

 
533,666

 
27.8
%
Due after ten years
1,260

 
1,266

 
0.1
%
Asset-backed securities
31,547

 
30,324

 
1.5
%
Total
$
1,923,938

 
$
1,921,234

 
100.0
%

F-66


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
December 31, 2015
 
Amortized Cost
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
% of Fair Value
 
($ in thousands)
Due in one year or less
$
356,216

 
$
354,448

 
21.1
%
Due after one year through five years
547,716

 
508,645

 
30.2
%
Due after five years through ten years
856,548

 
790,666

 
47.0
%
Due after ten years
5,188

 
3,528

 
0.2
%
Asset-backed securities
28,966

 
25,444

 
1.5
%
Total
$
1,794,634

 
$
1,682,731

 
100.0
%

F-67


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The table below summarizes the credit quality of our total investments as of December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , as rated by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services, LLC, or Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service, or Moody’s, or Fitch Ratings Inc., or Fitch, as applicable:
 
Credit Rating (1)
December 31, 2017
Fair Value
 
AAA
 
AA
 
A
 
BBB
 
BB
 
B
 
CCC
 
CC
 
D
 
Not Rated
 
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
877,818

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
42,673

 
$
68,556

 
$
526,183

 
$
131,743

 
$
4,485

 
$
4,324

 
$
99,854

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
715,891

 
9,263

 
63,651

 
131,605

 
43,657

 
57,037

 
157,702

 
194,409

 

 
5,584

 
52,983

U.S. government and government agency bonds
231,019

 
14,676

 
216,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities
101,147

 
12,201

 
3,003

 
3,419

 

 
15,353

 
34,155

 

 

 

 
33,016

Mortgage-backed securities
9,290

 

 

 

 

 

 
1,027

 

 

 
6,682

 
1,581

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
104,205

 
2,785

 
95,514

 
5,906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal government and government agency bonds
15,481

 
13,721

 
1,265

 
495

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed income instruments
2,054,851

 
52,646

 
379,776

 
141,425

 
86,330

 
140,946

 
719,067

 
326,152

 
4,485

 
16,590

 
187,434

Short term investments
323,883

 
366

 
224,176

 
767

 
70,149

 

 
21,404

 

 

 

 
7,021

Total fixed income instruments and short term investments
2,378,734

 
53,012

 
603,952

 
142,192

 
156,479

 
140,946

 
740,471

 
326,152

 
4,485

 
16,590

 
194,455

Other Investments
49,613

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equities
67,868

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
2,496,215

 
$
53,012

 
$
603,952

 
$
142,192

 
$
156,479

 
$
140,946

 
$
740,471

 
$
326,152

 
$
4,485

 
$
16,590

 
$
194,455

(1) For individual fixed maturity investments, Standard & Poor’s ratings are used. In the absence of a Standard & Poor’s rating, ratings from Moody’s are used, followed by ratings from Fitch.

F-68


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
Credit Rating (1)
December 31, 2016
Fair Value
 
AAA
 
AA
 
A
 
BBB
 
BB
 
B
 
CCC
 
D
 
Not Rated
 
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
813,621

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
15,024

 
$
112,298

 
$
321,078

 
$
222,490

 
$

 
$
142,731

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
486,102

 
860

 
3,629

 
5,942

 
13,150

 
53,970

 
107,603

 
266,938

 
9,733

 
24,277

U.S. government and government agency bonds
196,942

 

 
196,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities
30,324

 

 

 

 

 
9,940

 
3,195

 

 

 
17,189

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
15,452

 

 
15,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal government and government agency bonds
4,313

 
429

 
2,576

 
1,039

 

 

 

 

 

 
269

Total fixed income instruments
1,546,754

 
1,289

 
218,599

 
6,981

 
28,174

 
176,208

 
431,876

 
489,428

 
9,733

 
184,466

Short-term investments
374,480

 

 

 
108,662

 
262,291

 

 

 

 

 
3,527

Total fixed income instruments and short-term investments
1,921,234

 
1,289

 
218,599

 
115,643

 
290,465

 
176,208

 
431,876

 
489,428

 
9,733

 
187,993

Equities
2,315

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
1,923,549

 
$
1,289

 
$
218,599

 
$
115,643

 
$
290,465

 
$
176,208

 
$
431,876

 
$
489,428

 
$
9,733

 
$
187,993

(1) For individual fixed maturity investments, Standard & Poor’s ratings are used. In the absence of a Standard & Poor’s rating, ratings from Moody’s are used, followed by ratings from Fitch.

F-69


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
Credit Rating (1)
December 31, 2015
Fair Value
 
AAA
 
AA
 
A
 
BBB
 
BB
 
B
 
CCC
 
D
 
Not Rated
 
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
762,162

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
19,516

 
$
121,714

 
$
429,207

 
$
147,755

 
$

 
$
43,970

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
536,768

 

 

 

 

 
23,204

 
259,448

 
203,631

 
325

 
50,160

U.S. government and government agency bonds
114

 

 
114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities
25,444

 

 

 

 

 
8,959

 
1,459

 

 

 
15,026

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
6,696

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
6,696

Total fixed income instruments
1,331,184

 

 
114

 

 
19,516

 
153,877

 
690,114

 
351,386

 
325

 
115,852

Short term investments
351,547

 

 

 

 
351,547

 

 

 

 

 

Total
$
1,682,731

 
$

 
$
114

 
$

 
$
371,063

 
$
153,877

 
$
690,114

 
$
351,386

 
$
325

 
$
115,852

(1) For individual fixed maturity investments, Standard & Poor’s ratings are used. In the absence of a Standard & Poor’s rating, ratings from Moody’s are used, followed by ratings from Fitch.

F-70


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


Fair value option
The Company elected to carry all fixed maturity securities and other investments at fair value under the fair value option afforded by accounting guidance regarding the fair value option for financial assets and liabilities. Changes in fair value of investments accounted for using the fair value option are included in “realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments” in the consolidated statements of income (loss). The Company elected to use this option as investments are not necessarily held to maturity, and in order to address simplification and cost-benefit considerations.
Net investment income (loss)
The components of net investment income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 were derived from the following sources:
 
Year Ended December 31, 2017
 
Net Interest Income
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Realized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Investment Income (Loss)
Net investment income (loss) by asset class:
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
73,472

 
$
(10,354
)
 
$
346

 
$
63,464

Fixed maturities
49,179

 
8,017

 
(660
)
 
56,536

Short term investments
1,016

 
220

 
(1,745
)
 
(509
)
Equities
339

 
2,902

 
2,781

 
6,022

Other investments

 
(387
)
 

 
(387
)
Cash and cash equivalents
1,457

 

 

 
1,457

Investment management fees - related parties
(21,451
)
 

 

 
(21,451
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(17,489
)
 

 

 
(17,489
)
Investment performance fees - related parties

 

 

 
(14,905
)
 
$
86,523

 
$
398

 
$
722

 
$
72,738


F-71


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
Net Interest Income
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Realized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Investment Income (Loss)
Net investment income (loss) by asset class
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
66,018

 
$
60,825

 
$
(15,298
)
 
$
111,545

Fixed maturities
53,192

 
41,982

 
(1,422
)
 
93,752

Short term investments
2,441

 
1,278

 
(7,763
)
 
(4,044
)
Equities

 
1,041

 

 
1,041

Cash and cash equivalents
727

 

 

 
727

Investment management fees - related parties
(16,563
)
 

 

 
(16,563
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(15,997
)
 

 

 
(15,997
)
Investment performance fees - related parties

 

 

 
(24,065
)
 
$
89,818

 
$
105,126

 
$
(24,483
)
 
$
146,396

 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
Net Interest Income
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Realized Gains (Losses)
 
Net Investment Income (Loss)
Net investment income (loss) by asset class
($ in thousands)
Term loan investments
$
51,830

 
$
(40,823
)
 
$
2,341

 
$
13,348

Fixed maturities
42,609

 
(43,195
)
 
(477
)
 
(1,063
)
Short term investments
94

 
928

 
(111
)
 
911

Cash and cash equivalents
86

 

 

 
86

Investment management fees - related parties
(16,024
)
 

 

 
(16,024
)
Borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses
(5,737
)
 

 

 
(5,737
)
 
$
72,858

 
$
(83,090
)
 
$
1,753

 
$
(8,479
)
Pledged assets
Certain of the Company’s invested assets are held in trust and pledged in support of insurance and reinsurance liabilities as well as to collateralize our credit facilities. At December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , the Company held $2.0 billion , $1.6 billion and $1.2 billion , respectively, in pledged assets. Included within total pledged assets, the Company held $6.0 million , $6.6 million and $0.1 million , respectively, in deposits with U.S. regulatory authorities.
9. Fair value
Fair value hierarchy
Accounting guidance regarding fair value measurements addresses how companies should measure fair value when they are required to use a fair value measure for recognition or disclosure purposes under U.S. GAAP and provides a common definition of fair value to be used throughout U.S. GAAP. It defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In addition, it

F-72


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for the disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The level in the hierarchy within which a given fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the measurement (Level 1 being the highest priority and Level 3 being the lowest priority).
The levels in the hierarchy are defined as follows:
Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;
Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and
Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.
The availability of observable inputs can vary by financial instrument and is affected by a wide variety of factors including, for example, the type of financial instrument, whether the financial instrument is new and not yet established in the marketplace, and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires significantly more judgment. The degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for financial instruments categorized in Level 3. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many financial instruments. This may lead to a change in the valuation techniques used to estimate the fair value measurement and cause an instrument to be reclassified between levels within the fair value hierarchy.
Fair value measurements on a recurring basis
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for securities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such securities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.
The Company determines the existence of an active market based on its judgment as to whether transactions for the financial instrument occur in such market with sufficient frequency and volume to provide reliable pricing information. The independent pricing sources obtain market quotations and actual transaction prices for securities that have quoted prices in active markets. The Company uses quoted values and other data provided by nationally recognized independent pricing sources as inputs into its process for determining fair values of its fixed maturity investments. Each price source has its own proprietary method for determining the fair value of securities that are not actively traded. In general, these methods involve the use of “matrix pricing” in which the independent pricing source uses observable market inputs including, but not limited to, investment yields, credit risks and spreads, benchmarking of like securities, broker-dealer quotes, reported trades and sector groupings to determine a reasonable fair value.
Where multiple quotes or prices are obtained, a price source hierarchy is maintained in order to determine which price source would be used ( i.e., a price obtained from a pricing service with more seniority in the hierarchy will be used over a less senior one in all cases). The hierarchy prioritizes pricing services based on availability and reliability and assigns the highest priority to index providers. Based on the above review, the Company will challenge any prices for a security or portfolio which are considered not to be representative of fair value.
In certain circumstances, when fair values are unavailable from these independent pricing sources, quotes are obtained directly from broker-dealers who are active in the corresponding markets. Such quotes are subject to the validation procedures noted above. Where quotes are unavailable, fair

F-73


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


value is determined by the investment manager using quantitative and qualitative assessments such as internally modeled values, which are reviewed by the Company’s management.
Of the $2.5 billion of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2017 , approximately $198.5 million , or 8.1% were priced using non-binding broker-dealer quotes or modeled valuations. Of the $1.8 billion of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2016 , approximately $131.4 million , or 7.1% , were priced using non-binding broker-dealer quotes or modeled valuations. Of the $1.7 billion of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2015 , approximately $116.9 million , or 7.1% were priced using non-binding broker-dealer quotes or modeled valuations.
The Company reviews its securities measured at fair value and discusses the proper classification of such investments with its investment managers and others. A discussion of the general classification of the Company’s financial instruments follows:
Fixed Maturities. The Company uses the market approach valuation technique to estimate the fair value of its fixed maturity securities, when possible. The market approach includes obtaining prices from independent pricing services, such as index providers and pricing vendors, as well as to a lesser extent quotes from broker-dealers. The independent pricing sources obtain market quotations and actual transaction prices for securities that have quoted prices in active markets. Each source has its own proprietary method for determining the fair value of securities that are not actively traded. In general, these methods involve the use of “matrix pricing” in which the independent pricing source uses observable market inputs including, but not limited to, investment yields, credit risks and spreads, benchmarking of like securities, broker-dealer quotes, reported trades and sector groupings to determine a reasonable fair value.
The following describes the significant inputs generally used to determine the fair value of the Company’s investment securities by asset class:
Term Loans. Fair values are estimated by using quoted prices obtained from independent pricing services for term loan investments with similar characteristics, pricing models or matrix pricing. Such investments are generally classified within Level 2. The fair values for certain of the Company’s term loans are determined by the investment manager using quantitative and qualitative assessments such as internally modeled values, which are reviewed by the Company’s management. The modeled values are based on peer loans and comparison to industry-specific market data. In addition, the investment manager assesses the fair value based on the valuation of the underlying holdings in accordance with the fund’s governing documents. Significant unobservable inputs used to price these securities may include changes in peer and/or comparable credit spreads, accretion of any original issue discount and changes in the issuer’s debt leverage since issue. Changes in peer credit spreads, comparable credits spreads, and issuer debt leverage are negatively correlated with the modeled fair value measurement. Such investments are generally classified within Level 3.
Corporate Bonds . Valuations are provided by independent pricing services, substantially all through index providers and pricing vendors, with a small amount through broker-dealers. The fair values of these securities are generally determined using the spread above the risk-free yield curve. These spreads are generally obtained from the new issue market, secondary trading and from broker-dealers who trade in the relevant security market. As the significant inputs used in the pricing process for corporate bonds are observable market inputs, the fair value of the majority of these securities are classified within Level 2. The fair values for certain of the Company’s corporate bonds are determined by the investment manager using quantitative and qualitative assessments such as internally modeled values, which are reviewed by the Company’s management. The modeled values are based on peer bonds and comparison to industry-specific market data. In addition, the investment manager assesses the fair value based on the valuation of the underlying holdings in accordance with the bonds’ governing documents. Significant unobservable inputs used to price these securities may include changes in peer and/or comparable credit spreads, accretion of any original issue discount and changes in the issuer’s debt leverage since issue. Changes in peer credit

F-74


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


spreads, comparable credits spreads, and issuer debt leverage are negatively correlated with the modeled fair value measurement. Such investments are generally classified within Level 3.
Asset-Backed Securities . Valuations are provided by independent pricing services, substantially all through index providers and pricing vendors, with a small amount through broker-dealers. The fair values of these securities is generally determined through the use of pricing models (including option adjusted spread) which use spreads to determine the appropriate average life of the securities. These spreads are generally obtained from the new issue market, secondary trading and from broker-dealers who trade in the relevant security market. The pricing services also review prepayment speeds and other indicators, when applicable. As the significant inputs used in the pricing process for asset-backed securities are observable market inputs, the fair value of these securities are classified within Level 2.
Mortgage-Backed Securities . Valuations are provided by independent pricing services, substantially all through pricing vendors and index providers with a small amount through broker-dealers. The fair values of these securities are generally determined through the use of pricing models (including option adjusted spread) which use spreads to determine the expected average life of the securities. These spreads are generally obtained from the new issue market, secondary trading and from broker-dealers who trade in the relevant security market. The pricing services also review prepayment speeds and other indicators, when applicable. As the significant inputs used in the pricing process for mortgage-backed securities are observable market inputs, the fair value of these securities are classified within Level 2.
U.S. Government and Government Agencies . Valuations are provided by independent pricing services, with all prices provided through index providers and pricing vendors. The Company determined that all U.S. Treasuries would be classified as Level 1 securities due to observed levels of trading activity, the high number of strongly correlated pricing quotes received on U.S. Treasuries and other factors.
Non-U.S. Government Securities . Valuations are provided by independent pricing services, with all prices provided through index providers and pricing vendors. The fair values of these securities are generally based on international indices or valuation models which include daily observed yield curves, cross-currency basis index spreads and country credit spreads. As the significant inputs used in the pricing process for non-U.S. government securities are observable market inputs, the fair value of these securities are classified within Level 2.
Municipal Government Bonds . Valuations are provided by independent pricing services, with all prices provided through index providers and pricing vendors. The fair values of these securities are generally determined using spreads obtained from broker-dealers who trade in the relevant security market, trade prices and the new issue market. As the significant inputs used in the pricing process for municipal bonds are observable market inputs, the fair value of these securities are classified within Level 2.
Short-Term Investments . The Company determined that certain of its short-term investments, held in highly liquid money market-type funds, and equities would be included in Level 1 as their fair values are based on quoted market prices in active markets. The fair values of other short-term investments are generally determined using the spread above the risk-free yield curve and are classified within Level 2. Certain of the Company’s term loans purchased before December 31, 2017 with maturity dates less than one year but greater than 30 days are included in short-term investments. The fair values of these term loans are determined by the investment manager using quantitative and qualitative assessments such as internally modeled values, which are reviewed by the Company’s management. The modeled values are based on peer loans and comparison to industry-specific market data. In addition, the investment manager assesses the fair value based on the valuation of the underlying holdings in accordance with governing documents. Significant unobservable inputs used to price these securities may include changes in peer and/or comparable credit spreads, accretion of any original issue discount and changes in the issuer’s debt leverage

F-75


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


since issue. Changes in peer credit spreads, comparable credits spreads, and issuer debt leverage are negatively correlated with the modeled fair value measurement. Such investments are generally classified within Level 3.
Equity Securities . The Company determined that exchange-traded equity securities would be included in Level 1 as their values are based on quoted market prices in active markets. Other equity securities are initially valued at cost which approximates fair value. In subsequent measurement periods, the fair values of these securities are determined using non-binding broker-dealer quotes. These equity securities are included in Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Where such quotes are unavailable, fair value is determined by the investment manager using quantitative and qualitative assessments such as internally modeled values, which are reviewed by the Company’s management. As the significant inputs used to price these securities are unobservable, the fair value of these securities are classified as Level 3. Significant unobservable inputs used to price preferred stock may include changes in peer and/or comparable credit spreads, accretion of any original issue discount and changes in the issuer’s debt leverage since issue. Changes in peer credit spreads, comparable credit spreads, and issuer debt leverage are negatively correlated with the modeled fair value measurement.
Derivative Instruments . The Company values the government-sponsored enterprise credit-risk sharing transactions using a valuation methodology based on observable inputs from non-binding broker-dealer quotes and/or recent trading activity. As the inputs used in the valuation process are observable market inputs, the fair value of these securities are classified within Level 2.
Other Investments. The fair value of the Company s investment in the hedge fund is measured using the most recently available NAV as advised by a third-party administrator. The fair value of this investment is measured using the NAV as a practical expedient and therefore has not been categorized within the fair value hierarchy.
Measuring the Fair Value of Other Investments Using Net Asset Valuations
The fair value of the hedge fund is estimated using NAVs as advised by the third-party administrator. The fund NAVs are based on the administrator’s valuation of the underlying holdings in accordance with the fund’s governing documents and in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
The Company often does not have access to financial information relating to the underlying securities held within the fund therefore management is unable to corroborate the fair values placed on the securities underlying the asset valuations provided by fund manager or fund administrator. In order to assess the reasonableness of the NAVs, we perform a number of monitoring procedures on a quarterly basis, to assess the quality of the information provided by fund manager and funds administrator. These procedures include, but are not limited to, regular review and discussion of the fund’s performance with its manager.

F-76


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The fair value of the hedge fund is measured using the NAV practical expedient, therefore the fair value of the fund has not been categorized within the fair value hierarchy. The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value by level as at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 :
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurement Using:
December 31, 2017
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets measured at fair value:
($ in thousands)
Term loans
$
877,818

 
$

 
$
815,340

 
$
62,478

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
715,891

 

 
691,181

 
24,710

U.S. government and government agency bonds
231,019

 
231,019

 

 

Asset-backed securities
101,147

 

 
101,147

 

Mortgage-backed securities
9,290

 

 
9,290

 

Non-U.S. government and government agencies
104,205

 

 
104,205

 

Municipal government and government agency bonds
15,481

 

 
15,481

 

Short-term investments
323,883

 
295,458

 
28,425

 

Equities
67,868

 
1,995

 
12,952

 
52,921

Other underwriting derivative assets
336

 

 
336

 

Other investments measured at net asset value (1)
49,613

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value
$
2,496,551

 
$
528,472

 
$
1,778,357

 
$
140,109

 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities measured at fair value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payable for securities sold short:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
29,750

 

 
29,750

 

Equities
4,625

 
4,625

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value
$
34,375

 
$
4,625

 
$
29,750

 
$

(1) In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, Other Investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets.

F-77


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
 
 
Fair Value Measurement Using:
December 31, 2016
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets measured at fair value:
($ in thousands)
Term loans
$
813,621

 
$

 
$
741,392

 
$
72,229

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
486,102

 

 
464,338

 
21,764

U.S. government and government agency bonds
196,942

 
196,942

 

 

Asset-backed securities
30,324

 

 
30,324

 

Non-U.S. government and government agencies
15,452

 

 
15,452

 

Municipal government and government agency bonds
4,313

 

 
4,313

 
 
Short-term investments
374,480

 
372,355

 

 
2,125

Equities
2,315

 

 
2,315

 

Other underwriting derivative assets
154

 

 
154

 

Total assets measured at fair value
$
1,923,703

 
$
569,297

 
$
1,258,288

 
$
96,118

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities measured at fair value:


 
 
 
 
 
 
Payable for securities sold short:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
26,551

 

 
26,551

 

Non-U.S. government and government agencies
6,606

 

 
6,606

 

Total liabilities at fair value
$
33,157

 
$

 
$
33,157

 
$


F-78


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
 
 
Fair Value Measurement Using:
December 31, 2015
Estimated Fair Value
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets measured at fair value:
($ in thousands)
Term loans
$
762,162

 
$

 
$
718,399

 
$
43,763

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
536,768

 

 
514,600

 
22,168

Asset-backed securities
25,444

 

 
25,444

 

U.S. government and government agency bonds
114

 
114

 

 

Non-U.S. government and government agencies
6,696

 

 
6,696

 

Short-term investments
351,547

 
351,547

 

 

Other underwriting derivative assets
1

 

 

 
1

Total assets measured at fair value
$
1,682,732

 
$
351,661

 
$
1,265,139

 
$
65,932

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities measured at fair value:


 
 
 
 
 
 
Payable for securities sold short:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
24,460

 

 
24,460

 

Non-U.S. government and government agencies
6,123

 

 
6,123

 

Other underwriting derivative liabilities
239

 

 

 
239

Total liabilities measured at fair value
$
30,822

 
$

 
$
30,583

 
$
239

When the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities cannot be derived from active markets, the fair value is determined using a variety of valuation techniques that include the use of models. The inputs to these models are taken from observable markets where possible, but where this is not feasible, estimation is required to establish fair values. Changes in assumptions about these factors could affect the reported fair value of financial instruments and the level where the instruments are disclosed in the fair value hierarchy.
The transfers into and out of fair value hierarchy levels reflect the fair value of the securities at the end of the reporting period.
During 2017, one equity security was re-presented as a Level 1 from Level 2. There were no additional transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 in 2017 , 2016 or 2015 .

F-79


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for all the financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for 2017 , 2016 and 2015 :
Year Ended December 31, 2017
Beginning
Balance
 
Transfers in (out) of Level 3 (1)
 
Reclass of Level 3 Security (2)
 
Net Purchases (Sales)(3)
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)(4)
 
Net Unrealized Foreign Exchange Gains (Losses)
 
Ending
Balance
Term loans
$
72,229

 
$
39,501

 
$
2,125

 
$
(51,422
)
 
$
45

 
$

 
$
62,478

Corporate bonds
21,764

 

 

 

 
103

 
2,843

 
24,710

Short-term investments (2)
2,125

 

 
(2,125
)
 

 

 

 

Equities

 

 

 
52,261

 
660

 

 
52,921

Total
$
96,118

 
$
39,501

 
$

 
$
839

 
$
808

 
$
2,843

 
$
140,109

Year Ended December 31, 2016
Beginning
Balance
 
Transfers in (out) of Level 3
 
Net Purchases (Sales)(3)
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)(4)
 
Net Unrealized Foreign Exchange Gains (Losses)
 
Ending
Balance
Term loans
$
43,763

 
$

 
$
26,520

 
$
1,946

 
$

 
$
72,229

Corporate bonds
22,168

 

 

 
218

 
(622
)
 
21,764

Other underwriting derivatives (5)
(238
)
 
238

 
 
 

 

 

Short-term investments

 

 
2,125

 

 

 
2,125

Total
$
65,693

 
$
238

 
$
28,645

 
$
2,164

 
$
(622
)
 
$
96,118

Year Ended December 31, 2015
Beginning
Balance
 
Net Purchases (Sales)(3)
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) (3)
 
Net Unrealized Foreign Exchange Gains (Losses)
 
Ending
Balance
Term loans
$

 
$
45,073

 
$
(1,310
)
 
$

 
$
43,763

Corporate bonds
23,475

 

 
1,101

 
(2,408
)
 
22,168

Other underwriting derivatives (5)

 

 
(238
)
 

 
(238
)
Total
$
23,475

 
$
45,073

 
$
(447
)
 
$
(2,408
)
 
$
65,693

(1) During the year, the Company was unable to obtain recent independent pricing for a term loan which was purchased during 2015. As such, the security was transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 at its fair value as of December 31, 2016.
(2) As of December 31, 2017, it was determined that a Level 3 security would be held for longer than 1 year, and as such was reclassified from short-term investments to term loans. The security was transferred into term loans at its fair value as of December 31, 2016.
(3) For the year ended December 31, 2017, the net purchases (sales) consisted of $54.4 million of term loan calls and redemptions, $52.3 million of equity purchases and $3.0 million of term loan purchases. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the net purchases (sales) consisted of $31.1 million of term loan purchases, $4.6 million of term loan sales and $2.1 million of short-term investment purchases. For the year ended December 31, 2015, net purchases (sales) consisted of $45.1 million of term loan purchases.
(4) Realized and unrealized gains or losses on Level 3 investments are included in “realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).
(5) Realized and unrealized gains or losses in other underwriting derivatives classified as Level 3 are included in “other underwriting income (loss)” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss). The transfer to Level 2 from Level 3 made during 2016 was primarily due to a review of the inputs used on certain other derivatives and occurred at the end of the period prior to the valuation. The transfer was effective December 31, 2016. See Note 11 - “Derivative instruments” for further details.

F-80


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


Financial instruments disclosed, but not carried, at fair value
The Company uses various financial instruments in the normal course of its business. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accrued investment income, receivable for securities sold, certain other assets, payable for securities purchased and certain other liabilities approximated their fair values at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 due to their respective short maturities. As these financial instruments are not actively traded, their respective fair values are classified within Level 2.
Fair value measurements on a non-recurring basis
The Company measures the fair value of certain assets on a non-recurring basis, generally quarterly, annually, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. The Company uses a variety of techniques to measure the fair value of these assets when appropriate, as described below:
Intangible Assets
The Company tests intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When the Company determines intangible assets may be impaired, the Company uses techniques including discounted expected future cash flows, to measure fair value.
10. Borrowings to purchase investments
Secured credit facility
On November 30, 2017, Watford Re amended and restated its $800.0 million secured credit facility with Bank of America, N.A. Bank of America through Watford Asset Trust I, Watford Trust which had originally been entered into in June 2015. Watford Re owns all of the beneficial interests of Watford Trust. The facility expires on November 30, 2021 and is backed by a portion of Watford Re’s non-investment grade portfolio which has been transferred to Watford Trust and which continues to be managed by HPS pursuant to an investment management agreement between HPS and Watford Trust. The purpose of the facility is to provide borrowing capacity, including for the purchase of loans, securities and other assets and distributing cash or any such loans, securities or other assets to Watford Re. Borrowings on the facility may be made at LIBOR or an alternative base rate at our option, in either case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin varies based on the applicable base rate and, in the case of LIBOR rate borrowings, the currency in which the borrowing is denominated. In addition, the facility allows for us to issue up to $400.0 million in evergreen standby letters of credit in favor of primary insurance or reinsurance counterparties with which we have entered into reinsurance arrangements. We pay a fee on each letter of credit equal to the amount available to be drawn under such letter of credit multiplied by an applicable percentage. The applicable percentage varies based on the currency in which the letter of credit is denominated.
As at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , Watford Re, through Watford Trust, had borrowed approximately $441.1 million , $256.7 million and $430.4 million respectively. Bank of America requires the Company to hold cash and investments in deposit with, or in trust accounts with respect to the borrowed funds and outstanding letters of credit. As at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , the Company was required to hold $728.6 million , $773.9 million and $665.9 million , respectively, in such deposits and trust accounts. Watford Re has deferred the issuance and extension costs relating to the borrowings of $14.5 million and is subsequently amortizing the deferred costs over the term of the borrowing arrangements.
Custodian bank facility
During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 , the Company borrowed $108.0 million and $2.2 million from the Company’s custodian bank to purchase U.S.-denominated securities. During

F-81


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company borrowed approximately €4.4 million ( $4.8 million ) from the Company’s custodian bank to purchase Euro-denominated securities. The Company pays interest based on 3-month LIBOR plus a margin and the borrowed amount is payable upon demand.
The custodian bank requires the Company to hold cash and investments in deposit with, or in an investment account with respect to the borrowed funds. As at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , the Company was required to hold $150.5 million , $3.0 million and $7.1 million , respectively, in such deposits and investment accounts. The foreign exchange gain or loss on revaluation on the borrowed Euro denominated funds is included as a component of foreign exchange gains (losses) included in the consolidated statements of net income (loss).
Revolving credit agreement borrowings
As at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , the Company had total revolving credit agreement borrowings of $549.2 million , $258.9 million and $435.3 million , respectively, which consist of the Secured Facility and borrowings from the custodian bank as discussed above.
During 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , interest expense incurred on the Secured Facility and borrowings from the custodian bank was $15.9 million, $14.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively. The interest expense incurred is included as a component of borrowings and miscellaneous other investment expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).
As of December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , the fair value of the Company’s outstanding borrowings approximated their carrying value.
11. Derivative instruments
The Company’s underwriting strategy allows it to enter into government-sponsored enterprise credit-risk sharing transactions. These transactions are accounted for as derivatives. During 2015, these transactions were classified in Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy based on inputs to the valuation methodology which were considered unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. During 2016, these transactions were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 primarily due to inputs to the existing valuation methodology which were considered observable based on non-binding broker dealer quotes. The derivative assets and derivative liabilities relating to these transactions are included in other assets and other liabilities, respectively, in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Realized and unrealized gains and losses from other derivatives classified as Level 2 in 2017 and 2016, and those classified as Level 3 in 2015 are included in other underwriting income (loss) in the Company’s consolidated statements of net income (loss). The risk in force of these transactions is considered the notional amount.
As at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , the Company held $17.9 million, $20.6 million and $24.3 million respectively, in assets as collateral for these transactions. These assets are included in fixed maturities accounted for using the fair value option in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

F-82


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The following table summarizes information on the fair values and notional amount of the Company’s derivative instruments at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 :
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
 
Net Derivatives
 
Notional Amount   (1)
December 31, 2017
($ in thousands)
Other underwriting derivatives
$
336

 
$

 
$
336

 
$
84,855

Total
$
336

 
$

 
$
336

 
$
84,855

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other underwriting derivatives
$
154

 
$

 
$
154

 
$
102,258

Total
$
154

 
$

 
$
154

 
$
102,258

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other underwriting derivatives
$
1

 
$
(239
)
 
$
(238
)
 
$
130,495

Total
$
1

 
$
(239
)
 
$
(238
)
 
$
130,495

(1) The notional amount represents the absolute value of all outstanding contracts.
12. Earnings (loss) per common share
The calculation of basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing income available to the Parent’s common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the periods. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Numerator:
($ in thousands except share and per share data)
Net income (loss) before preferred dividends
$
10,741

 
$
146,734

 
$
(14,065
)
Preferred dividends
(19,633
)
 
(19,634
)
 
(19,633
)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
$
(8,892
)
 
$
127,100

 
$
(33,698
)
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted
22,682,875

 
22,682,875

 
22,682,875

Earnings (loss) per common share:

 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
$
(0.39
)
 
$
5.60

 
$
(1.49
)
13. Income taxes
Watford Holdings and Watford Re are incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and, under current law, are not obligated to pay any taxes in Bermuda based upon income or capital gains. In the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing such taxes, a written undertaking has been received from the Bermuda Minister of Finance under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that such taxes will not be applicable to Watford Holdings and Watford Re until March 31, 2035.
WICE is incorporated under the laws of Gibraltar and regulated by the Gibraltar Financial Services Commission (the FSC ) under the Financial Services (Insurance Company) Act (the Gibraltar Act ).

F-83


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


As a result, WICE will be subject to corporation tax. The current rate of tax on applicable profits is 10%. The open tax years that are potentially subject to examination by Gibraltar tax authorities are 2017, 2016 and 2015.
Watford Holdings (UK) Limited is incorporated in the United Kingdom and is subject to UK corporate income tax. The UK corporate income tax rates were reduced from 20% to 19% on April 1, 2017 and will be further reduced to 17% from April 1, 2020. The open tax years that are potentially subject to examination by UK tax authorities are 2017 and 2016.
Watford Holdings (U.S.) Inc. is incorporated in the U.S. and files a consolidated U.S. federal tax return with its subsidiaries Watford Specialty Insurance Company, Watford Insurance Company, and Watford Services Inc. The U.S. federal tax rate was 35% through December 31, 2017. On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government passed new legislation (The United States Tax Cuts and Jobs Acts, or “TCJA” ) which reduced the corporate income tax rate to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. Deferred taxes at December 31, 2017 have been measured based on the enacted tax rate of 21%. The open tax years that are potentially subject to examination by U.S. tax authorities are 2017, 2016 and 2015.
The components of income taxes attributable to operations were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Current income tax expense (benefit):
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$

 
$
1

 
$

Gibraltar
21

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 
21

 
1

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
 
 
 
 
 
United States

 

 

Gibraltar

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)
$
21

 
$
1

 
$

The Company’s income or loss after preferred dividends and before income taxes was earned in the following jurisdictions:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Income (loss) before income taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
Bermuda
$
(6,041
)
 
$
129,041

 
$
(32,649
)
United States
(1,485
)
 
(2,257
)
 
(972
)
Gibraltar
(1,293
)
 
317

 
(77
)
United Kingdom
(52
)
 

 

Total income (loss) before income taxes
$
(8,871
)
 
$
127,101

 
$
(33,698
)

F-84


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The reconciliation between the Company’s effective tax rate and the expected tax rate at the Bermuda statutory income rate is as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Expected income tax expense (benefit) at Bermuda statutory rate
$

 
$

 
$

Foreign taxes at local expected rates
(659
)
 
(758
)
 
(348
)
Change in tax rate related to U.S. tax reform
664

 

 

Change in valuation allowance
17

 
(3
)
 

Other
(1
)
 
762

 
348

Total income tax expense (benefit)
$
21

 
$
1

 
$

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect temporary differences based on enacted tax rates between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Deferred income tax assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Net operating loss
$
1,068

 
$
1,449

 
$
348

Unearned premium reserve
49

 
43

 

Loss reserves
10

 
4

 

Ceding commissions
170

 

 

Capitalized expenses
109

 
210

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 
148

 

Deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
1,406

 
1,854

 
348

Valuation allowance
(1,127
)
 
(1,110
)
 
(348
)
Deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance
279

 
744

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred acquisition costs

 
(265
)
 

Goodwill and intangible assets
(27
)
 

 

Investment basis differences
(252
)
 
(479
)
 

Total deferred tax liabilities
(279
)
 
(744
)
 

Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)
$

 
$

 
$

The Company provides a valuation allowance to reduce certain deferred tax assets to an amount which management expects to more likely than not be realized. As of December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , the Company’s valuation allowance was $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The 2017 valuation allowance primarily related to U.S., Gibraltar and U.K. operating loss carry-forwards. Under applicable law, the existing U.S. net operating loss carry-forwards begin to expire in 2035. The Gibraltar and U.K. net operating loss carry-forwards do not expire.
The Company recognizes a tax benefit where it concludes that it is more likely than not that the tax benefit will be sustained on audit by the taxing authority based solely on the technical merits of the

F-85


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


associated tax position. The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 the Company’s total unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, were nil.
Federal excise taxes
The United States also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to non-U.S. insurers or reinsurers with respect to risks located in the United States. The rate of tax, unless reduced by an applicable U.S. tax treaty, is 1% for all reinsurance premiums. The Company incurs federal excise taxes on certain of its reinsurance transactions. For the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , the Company incurred approximately $3.6 million, $4.0 million and $3.5 million, respectively, of federal excise taxes. Such amounts are reflected as acquisition expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).
14. Transactions with related parties
In March 2014, ARL invested $100.0 million in the Parent and acquired approximately 11% of its common equity. AUL acts as the insurance and reinsurance manager for Watford Re and WICE while AUI acts as the insurance and reinsurance manager for WSIC and WIC, all under separate long-term services agreements. HPS manages the Company’s non-investment grade portfolio as investment manager and AIM manages the Company’s investment grade portfolio as investment manager, each under separate long-term services agreements. ARL and HPS were granted warrants to purchase additional common equity based on performance criteria. In recognition of the sizable ownership interest, two senior executives of ACGL were appointed to our board of directors. The services agreements with AUL and AUI and the investment management agreements with HPS and AIM provide for services for an extended period of time with limited termination rights by the Company. In addition, these agreements allow for AUL, AUI, HPS and AIM to participate in the favorable results of the Company in the form of performance fees.
AUL and AUI
Watford Re and WICE entered into services agreements with AUL. WSIC and WIC entered into services agreements with AUI. AUL and AUI provide services related to the management of the underwriting portfolio for an initial term ending December 2020. The services agreements perpetually renew automatically in five-year increments unless either we or Arch gives notice to not renew at least 24 months before the end of the then-current term.
As part of the services agreements, AUL and AUI make available to the Companies, on a non-exclusive basis, certain designated employees who serve as officers of the Companies and underwrite business on behalf of the Companies (the “Designated Employees”). AUL and AUI also provide portfolio management, Designated Employee supervision, exposure modeling, loss reserve recommendations, claims-handling, accounting and other related services as part of the services agreements.
In return for their services, AUL and AUI receive fees from the Companies, including an underwriting fee and profit commission, as well as reimbursement for the services of the Designated Employees and reimbursements for an allocated portion of the expenses related to seconded employees, plus other expenses incurred on behalf of the Company.

F-86


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The related AUL and AUI fees and reimbursements incurred in the consolidated statement of income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Consolidated statement of income (loss) items:
($ in thousands)
Acquisition expenses
$
10,755

 
$
7,207

 
$
2,990

General and administrative expenses
6,599

 
5,433

 
2,991

 
$
17,354

 
$
12,640

 
$
5,981

HPS
Certain HPS principals and management own common and preference shares of the Company.
In return for its investment services, HPS receives a management fee, a performance fee and allocated operating expenses. The management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of the aggregate net asset value of the assets that are managed by HPS, payable quarterly in arrears. For purposes of calculating the management fees, net asset value is determined by HPS in accordance with the investment management agreements and is measured before reduction for any management fees, performance fees or any expense reimbursement and as adjusted for any non-routine intra-month withdrawals. We have also agreed to reimburse HPS for certain expenses related to the management of our non-investment grade portfolio as set forth in the investment management agreements.
The performance fee is equal to 15% of Income (as defined in such investment management agreements relating to Watford Re, WICE and Watford Trust) or Aggregate Income (as defined in such investment management agreements relating to WSIC and WIC), as applicable, if any, on the assets managed by HPS, calculated and payable as of each fiscal year-end and the date on which the investment management agreements are terminated and not renewed. No performance fees will be paid to HPS if the high water mark (as defined in such investment management agreements) is not met.
During the year ended December 31, 2017 , the Company invested $50.0 million in a private fund ( “Master Fund”) as part of HPS’s investment strategy. HPS acts as the Trading Manager and provides certain administrative management services to the Master Fund. As at December 31, 2017 , the Master Fund balance was $365.7 million , and the Company’s investment represents approximately 13.6% of the Fund. The management fees and performance fees on the Master Fund will be subject to the existing fee structure of the existing investment management agreement between the Company and HPS, as discussed above.
The related consolidated statement of income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , and consolidated balance sheet account balances for HPS management fees and performance fees as of December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Consolidated statement of income (loss) items:
($ in thousands)
Investment management fees - related parties
$
20,827

 
$
16,327

 
$
16,024

Investment performance fees - related parties
14,905

 
24,065

 

 
$
35,732

 
$
40,392

 
$
16,024


F-87


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Consolidated balance sheet items:
($ in thousands)
Other investments, at fair value
$
49,613

 
$

 
$

Investment management and performance fees payable
21,107

 
27,942

 
3,901

AIM
Watford Re, WSIC, WICE, and WIC entered into investment management agreements with AIM pursuant to which AIM manages our investment grade portfolio. Each of the Watford Re, WICE, WSIC and WIC investment management agreements with AIM has a one-year term, which terms end annually on March 31, July 31, January 31 and July 31, respectively. The terms will continue to renew for successive one-year periods; provided, however, that either the Company or AIM may terminate any of the investment management agreements with AIM at any time upon 45 days prior written notice. To date, there has been no such notice filed on such agreements.
In return for its investment management services, AIM receives a monthly management fee. The management fee is based on a percentage of the aggregate asset value of the AIM managed portfolio. For the purposes of calculating the management fees, asset value is determined by AIM in accordance with the investment management agreements and is measured before deduction of any management fees or expense reimbursement. We have also agreed to reimburse AIM for additional services related to investment consulting and oversight services, administrative operations and risk analytic support services related to the management of our portfolio, as set forth in the investment management agreements.
There was no agreement in place for year ended December 31, 2015 and therefore no asset management fees were incurred. The related consolidated statement of income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Consolidated statement of income (loss) items:
($ in thousands)
Investment management fees - related parties
$
624

 
$
236

 
$

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Consolidated balance sheet items:
($ in thousands)
Investment management and performance fees payable (1)
$
(71
)
 
$

 
$

(1) The negative balance in “investment management and performance fees payable” relates to an over-accrual of investment management fees.
ACGL
Certain directors, executive officers and management of ACGL own common and preference shares of the Company.
The Company reinsures ARL and other ACGL subsidiaries and affiliates for property and casualty risks on a quota share basis. ACGL cedes business to us pursuant to inward retrocession agreements our operating subsidiaries have entered into with ACGL. Pursuant to these inward retrocession agreements, we pay a ceding fee based on the business ceded and the applicable retrocession

F-88


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


agreement. For the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , we incurred ceding fees to Arch, in aggregate, of $17.0 million , $16.2 million and $13.6 million , respectively, under these inward retrocession agreements. Such fees, in addition to origination fees, are reflected in “acquisition expenses” on the consolidated statement of income (loss).
The related consolidated statement of income (loss) and consolidated balance sheets account balances for these transactions (excluding AUL and AUI expenses described above) for the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Consolidated statement of income (loss) items:
($ in thousands)
Gross premiums written
$
289,484

 
$
338,937

 
$
326,634

Gross premiums ceded
(32,028
)
 
(13,817
)
 
(22,073
)
Net premiums earned
278,423

 
290,994

 
252,842

Losses and loss adjustment expenses
(223,954
)
 
(189,007
)
 
(163,831
)
Acquisition expenses
(97,192
)
 
(93,803
)
 
(81,842
)
 

 

 

Consolidated balance sheet items:
 
 
 
 
 
Total investments
$
590,157

 
$
358,559

 
$
274,913

Premiums receivable
115,192

 
137,252

 
104,041

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid and paid losses and loss adjustment expenses
27,817

 
18,059

 
14,135

Prepaid reinsurance premiums
16,853

 
8,763

 
10,475

Deferred acquisition costs, net
60,863

 
71,804

 
60,432

Funds held by reinsurers
39,687

 
25,155

 

Contingent commissions
1,794

 
447

 

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
517,450

 
358,237

 
205,720

Unearned premiums
191,226

 
204,516

 
172,030

Reinsurance balances payable
14,104

 
10,352

 
13,328

Amounts due to affiliates
4,484

 
3,319

 
2,590

Losses payable
33,065

 
15,092

 
4,077

15. Commitments and contingencies
Concentrations of credit risk
For our reinsurance agreements, the creditworthiness of a counterparty is evaluated by the Company, taking into account credit ratings assigned by independent agencies. The credit approval process involves an assessment of factors, including, among others, the counterparty country and industry exposures. Collateral may be required, at the discretion of the Company, on certain transactions based on the creditworthiness of the counterparty.
The areas where significant concentrations of credit risk may exist include unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable, prepaid reinsurance premiums and paid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable net of reinsurance balances payable (collectively, “net reinsurance recoverables”), investments and cash and cash equivalent balances.
The Company’s reinsurance recoverables, net of prepaid reinsurance premiums and reinsurance balances payable, resulting from reinsurance agreements entered into with ARL as at December 31,

F-89


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


2017 , 2016 and 2015 amounted to $30.6 million, $16.5 million and $11.4 million, respectively. ARL has an “A+” credit rating from A.M. Best.
A credit exposure exists with respect to reinsurance recoverables as they may become uncollectible. The Company manages its credit risk in its reinsurance relationships by transacting with reinsurers that it considers financially sound and, if necessary, the Company may hold collateral in the form of funds, trust accounts and/or irrevocable letters of credit. This collateral can be drawn on for amounts that remain unpaid beyond specified time periods on an individual reinsurer basis.
In addition, the Company underwrites a significant amount of its business through brokers and a credit risk exists should any of these brokers be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations with respect to the payments of insurance and reinsurance balances owed to the Company.
The Company’s investment portfolios are managed in accordance with investment guidelines that include standards of diversification, which limit the allowable holdings of any single issue. There were no investments in any entity in excess of 10% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , other than cash and cash equivalents held in operating and investment accounts with financial institutions with credit ratings between “A” and “AA-.”
Letter of credit and revolving credit facilities
On May 19, 2015, Watford Re renewed its letter of credit facility with Lloyds Bank Plc, New York Branch (the “Lloyds Facility”). The Lloyds Facility amount was reduced from $200.0 million to $100.0 million. On May 19, 2017, the Lloyds facility was renewed through to May 19, 2018, and is expected to be renewed. The principal purpose of the Lloyds Facility is to issue, as required, evergreen standby letters of credit in favor of primary insurance or reinsurance counterparties with which the Company has entered into reinsurance arrangements to ensure that such counterparties are permitted to take credit for reinsurance obtained from the Company as required under insurance regulations in the United States. The amount of letters of credit issued is driven by, among other things, the timing and payment of catastrophe losses, loss development of existing reserves, the payment pattern of such reserves, the further expansion of the Company’s business and the loss experience of such business. When issued, the letters of credit are secured by certificates of deposit or cash. In addition, the Lloyds Facility also requires the maintenance of certain covenants, which the Company was in compliance with at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 . At such dates, the Company had $70.1 million , $65.9 million and $65.6 million , respectively, in restricted assets as collateral for outstanding letters of credit issued from the Lloyds Facility, which were secured by certificates of deposit. These amounts are reflected as short-term investments in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
Secured credit facility
On November 30, 2017, Watford Re amended and restated its $800 million secured credit facility (the “Secured Facility”) with Bank of America, N.A. which expires on November 30, 2021. The purpose of the Secured Facility is to provide borrowings, backed by Watford Re’s investment portfolios. In addition, the Secured Facility allows for Watford Re to issue up to $400.0 million in evergreen standby letters of credit in favor of primary insurance or reinsurance counterparties with which the Company has entered into reinsurance arrangements. At December 31, 2017 , Watford Re had $441.1 million and $43.9 million in borrowings and outstanding letters of credit, respectively. At December 31, 2016 , Watford Re had $256.7 million and $186.6 million in borrowings and outstanding letters of credit, respectively. At December 31, 2015 , Watford Re had $430.4 million and $60.0 million in borrowings and outstanding letters of credit, respectively. At December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , Watford Re was in compliance with all covenants contained in the Secured Facility.

F-90


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


Leases and purchase obligations
At December 31, 2017 the future minimum rental commitments for the Company’s operating lease are as follows:
Future rental commitments
December 31, 2017
2018
$
323

2019
323

2020
323

2021
323

2022
323

Thereafter
242

Total
$
1,857

The lease is for the rental of office space, with an expiration date of September 2, 2023. Rental expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 was $0.3 million.
Employment and other arrangements
The Company has employment agreements with certain of its executive officers. Such employment arrangements provide for compensation in the form of base salary, annual bonus, participation in the Company’s employee benefit programs and the reimbursements of expenses.
Investment commitments
As at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , the Company had unfunded commitments of $1.0 million, $1.1 million and $Nil, respectively, relating to term loans within its investment portfolios. As at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , the Company had unfunded commitments of $10.9 million, $Nil and $Nil, respectively, relating to equities within its investment portfolios.
16. Contingently redeemable preference shares
In March 2014, the Company issued 9,065,200 8½% cumulative redeemable preference shares (“Preference Shares”). The Company recorded the Preference Shares in the mezzanine section of its consolidated balance sheets in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. The Preference Shares have a par value of $0.01 per share and a liquidation preference of $25.00 per share. The Preference Shares were issued at a discounted amount of $24.50 per share. Holders of the Preference Shares are entitled to receive, if declared by the board of directors, quarterly cash dividends on the last day of March, June, September, and December. Dividends accrue (i) from (and including) June 30, 2014 to (but excluding) June 30, 2019 (the “Fixed Rate Period”) at 8½% (the “Fixed Rate”) of the $25 per share liquidation preference per annum (equivalent to $2.125 per share per annum) and (ii) from) (and including) June 30, 2019 (the “Floating Rate Period”), at a floating rate per annum (the “Floating Rate”) equal to three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a margin; provided, that, if, at any time, the three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR shall be less than 1%, then the three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR for purposes of calculating the Floating Rate at the time of such calculation shall be 1%. The Preference Shares may be redeemed by the Company on or after June 30, 2019 or at the option of the preferred shareholders at any time on or after June 30, 2034 at the liquidation price of $25.00 per share. Because the redemption features are not solely within the control of the Company, the Preference Shares are recorded in the mezzanine section of its consolidated balance sheets. Preference Share dividends, including the accretion of the discount and issuance costs, are included in “Preference dividends” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).

F-91


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


On September 28, 2017, the Company’s shareholders increased the authorized preferred share capital to 20 million preference shares from 10 million preference shares at a par value of $0.01 per share. For the year ended December 31, 2017 , no additional preference shares have been issued.
During 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , preferred dividends paid on the Preference Shares totaled $19.3 million , $19.3 million and $19.3 million , respectively, and accretion of the discount and issuance costs was $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
17. Shareholders’ equity
Common shares
On September 28, 2017, the Company’s shareholders increased the authorized share capital of the Company to 80 million common shares from 40 million common shares at a par value of $0.01 per share. For the year ended December 31, 2017 , no additional common shares have been issued.
The Company issued 22,682,875 common shares in March 2014. The issued and outstanding share capital of the Company consists of 22,682,875 common shares, par value of $0.01 per share at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .
Warrants
In connection with our initial private placement, we issued to Arch warrants to purchase up to 975,503 of common shares and to HPS warrants to purchase up to 729,188 of common shares. The warrants expire on March 25, 2020, and are exercisable at any time following a listing or public share offering by the Company. The exercise price of the warrants is determined on the date of exercise so that, if all such warrants then outstanding were exercised in full on such exercise date in respect of the common shares then subject to such warrants, initial holders who purchased common shares in our initial private placement would achieve a 15% target return (including dilution from such warrants and excluding dilution from start-up expenses related to our formation and initial private placement or any warrants we may issue in the future) from March 25, 2014, the initial closing of our private placement, through the date of such exercise, based on the $40.00 initial purchase price per common share paid by such initial holders and the market value of the common shares that would be necessary for the initial holders to achieve such target return if the initial holders disposed of their common shares on the date of such exercise.
The warrants issued to Arch and HPS contain a provision where, at the holder’s request and at our option and in our sole discretion, the holder may, subject to certain conditions, receive cash in lieu of common shares upon exercise of the warrants. The amount of the cash payment is calculated by multiplying (i) the number of common shares for which the warrant is being exercised by (ii) the volume weighted average price per common share for the 20 trading days immediately prior to (but not including) the date of exercise less the strike price. We are not, however, required to net cash settle the warrants.
18. Retirement plans
For purposes of providing employees with retirement benefits, the Company maintains defined contribution retirement plans. Contributions are based on the participants’ eligible compensation. For the years ended December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , the Company expensed approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, related to these retirement plans.
19. Legal proceedings
The Company, in common with the insurance industry in general, is subject to litigation and arbitration in the normal course of its business. As of December 31, 2017 , the Company was not a party to any litigation or arbitration which is expected by management to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition and liquidity.

F-92


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


20. Statutory information
Bermuda
Under the Insurance Act, Watford Re, the Company’s reinsurance subsidiary, is registered as a Class 4 insurer and is required to annually prepare and file statutory financial statements and a statutory financial return with the Bermuda Monetary Authority (“BMA”). The Insurance Act also requires Watford Re to maintain minimum share capital and must ensure that the value of its general business assets exceeds the amount of its general business liabilities by an amount greater than the prescribed minimum solvency margins and enhanced capital requirement pertaining to its general business. At December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , all such requirements were met.
Watford Re is also required under its Class 4 license to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio whereby the value of its relevant assets is not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities for general business. As of December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , Watford Re met the minimum liquidity ratio requirement.
Under the Insurance Act, Watford Re is subject to capital requirements calculated using the Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement model (“BSCR Model”), which is a standardized statutory risk-based capital model used to measure the risk associated with Watford Re’s assets, liabilities and premiums. The BSCR Model is based on an economic balance sheet (“EBS”) derived from the U.S. GAAP financial statements, with certain adjustments related to loss reserves, intangibles and contingencies, among others. Under the BSCR Model, Watford Re’s minimum required statutory capital and surplus is referred to as the enhanced capital requirement (“ECR”). The ECR is the greater of the calculated BSCR and the minimum solvency margin (“MSM”). Watford Re is required to calculate and submit the ECR to the BMA annually.
The BSCR for Watford Re for the year ended December 31, 2017 will not be filed with the BMA until April 2018. As such, the minimum required statutory capital and surplus, the ECR, disclosed as at December 31, 2017 was $550.0 million, being the higher of the then-current MSM and the estimated BSCR as of December 31, 2017. The minimum required statutory capital and surplus as at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $517.5 million and $490.2 million, respectively, which in each case is the ECR, being the higher of the then-current MSM and BSCR on those dates. As of December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , Watford Re met its ECR.
The Bermuda Companies Act 1981 limits Watford Re’s ability to pay dividends and distributions to its Parent if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (a) Watford Re is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (b) the realizable value of Watford Re’s assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts.
Under the Insurance Act, Watford Re may declare dividends subject to it continuing to meet its minimum solvency and capital requirements, which includes continuing to hold statutory capital and surplus equal to or exceeding its ECR. Watford Re is prohibited from declaring or paying in any fiscal year dividends of more than 25% of its prior year’s statutory capital and surplus unless Watford Re files with the BMA a signed affidavit by at least two members of the board of directors attesting that a dividend would not cause the company to fail to meet its relevant margins. As of December 31, 2017 , Watford Re could pay dividends or return capital in 2018 of approximately $290.3 million without providing an affidavit to the BMA.
Watford Re is also prohibited, without prior approval of the BMA, from reducing by 15% or more its prior year statutory capital. During 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , Watford Re paid $19.3 million , $19.3 million and $19.3 million , respectively, in dividends to the Parent based on solvency and capital requirements in those years.

F-93


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


Gibraltar
WICE is licensed by the Gibraltar Financial Services Commission (“GFSC”) under the Gibraltar Financial Services (Insurance Companies) Act (“the Gibraltar Act”) to underwrite various insurance businesses across Europe. Under the Gibraltar Act, WICE is subject to capital requirements and is required to prepare and submit annual financial statements to the GFSC as outlined in the Gibraltar Act and in accordance with Gibraltar Generally Accepted Accounting Practice.
WICE shall notify the GFSC of any proposals to declare or pay a dividend on any of its share capital. WICE shall not declare or pay any dividend within 14 days of the date of notification. As of December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , WICE was in compliance with the GFSC dividend requirement.
United States
The Company’s U.S. subsidiaries file financial statements prepared in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by insurance regulators. Statutory net income and statutory policyholders’ surplus, as reported to the insurance regulatory authorities, differ in certain respects from the amounts prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The main differences between statutory net income and U.S. GAAP net income relate to unrealized gains (losses) on investments and deferred acquisition costs, among others. In addition, other differences between statutory policyholders’ surplus and U.S. GAAP shareholder’s equity are unrealized appreciation or decline in value of investments and non-admitted assets, among others.
The Company’s U.S. subsidiaries are subject to insurance laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which they operate. The ability of the Company’s regulated U.S. subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions is dependent on their ability to meet applicable regulatory standards. These regulations include restrictions that limit the amount of dividends or other distributions, such as loans or cash advances, available to common shareholders without prior approval of the insurance regulatory authorities. Any dividends or distributions made by WSIC or WIC would result in an increase in available capital at Holdings U.S. WSIC and WIC can declare a maximum of $6.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively, of dividends during 2018, without prior approval from the New Jersey Commissioner of Insurance.
The statutory policyholders’ surplus for WSIC at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 was $64.5 million, $65.1 million and $59.5 million, respectively. The minimum required statutory policyholders’ surplus, referred to as authorized control level risk-based capital, for WSIC at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 was $3.0 million, $3.1 million and $90 thousand, respectively.
The statutory policyholders’ surplus for WIC at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $20.1 million and $20.7 million, respectively. The minimum required statutory policyholders’ surplus, referred to as authorized control level risk-based capital, for WIC at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $671.3 thousand and $716.0 thousand, respectively.

F-94


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)


The statutory capital and surplus in our significant regulatory jurisdictions at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 was as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
Actual
 
Required
 
Actual
 
Required
 
Actual
 
Required
 
($ in thousands)
Statutory capital and surplus:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bermuda (1)
$
1,161,004

 
$
550,000

 
$
1,164,589

 
$
517,486

 
$
964,395

 
$
490,207

United States
84,668

 
3,707

 
85,771

 
3,835

 
59,495

 
90

Gibraltar
23,372

 
12,281

 
15,256

 
5,363

 
11,422

 
5,462

(1) The BSCR for Watford Re for the year ended December 31, 2017 will not be filed with the BMA until April 2018. As such, the required statutory capital and surplus as at December 31, 2017 is an estimate of ECR.
The statutory net income (loss) in our significant regulatory jurisdictions at December 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 was as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
($ in thousands)
Statutory net income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
Bermuda
$
10,982

 
$
146,801

 
$
(39,130
)
United States
111

 
218

 
(505
)
Gibraltar
1,320

 
290

 
(77
)
21. Subsequent events
The Company has completed its subsequent events evaluation for the period subsequent to the balance sheet date of December 31, 2017 through March 9, 2018, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and concluded that there are no subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure.

F-95


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)



WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
Schedule I - Summary of investments - other than investments in related parties.
(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
Cost or Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized Gains
 
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Fair Value
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term loan investments
$
879,010

 
$
14,525

 
$
(15,717
)
 
$
877,818

Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
713,393

 
21,719

 
(19,221
)
 
715,891

U.S. government and government agency bonds
233,810

 
3

 
(2,794
)
 
231,019

Asset-backed securities
100,105

 
2,329

 
(1,287
)
 
101,147

Mortgage-backed securities
11,372

 

 
(2,082
)
 
9,290

Non-U.S. government and government agency bonds
102,687

 
1,538

 
(20
)
 
104,205

Municipal government and government agency bonds
15,615

 
1

 
(135
)
 
15,481

Short term investments
323,663

 
220

 

 
323,883

Other investments (1)
50,000

 

 
(387
)
 
49,613

Equities
63,461

 
6,825

 
(2,418
)
 
67,868

Total
$
2,493,116

 
$
47,160

 
$
(44,061
)
 
$
2,496,215

(1) See Note 14 - “Transactions with related parties” for disclosure of related party amounts.


F-96


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
Schedule II - Condensed Financial Statements of Registrant
Condensed Balance Sheets - Parent company only
(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1

 
$
12

 
$
79

Investments in subsidiaries
1,168,725

 
1,177,606

 
1,050,146

Prepaid expenses
3,856

 
6

 
5

Total Assets
$
1,172,582

 
$
1,177,624

 
$
1,050,230

 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
$
374

 
$

 
$

Amounts due to affiliates
3,704

 

 

Total Liabilities
4,078

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingently Redeemable Preferred Shares
220,622

 
220,253

 
219,882

 
 
 
 
 
 
Common shares ($0.01 par; shares authorized, issued and outstanding: 22,682,875)
227

 
227

 
227

Additional paid-in capital
895,386

 
895,386

 
895,386

Retained earnings (deficit)
53,241

 
62,133

 
(64,967
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(972
)
 
(375
)
 
(298
)
Total Liabilities, Contingently Redeemable Preferred Shares and Shareholders’ Equity
$
1,172,582

 
$
1,177,624

 
$
1,050,230


F-97


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
Schedule II - Condensed Financial Statements of Registrant
Condensed Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) - Parent company only
(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
$
10,981

 
$
146,801

 
$
(13,965
)
Net interest income (loss)
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Total revenues
10,980

 
146,800

 
(13,966
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
General and administrative expenses
(239
)
 
(66
)
 
(99
)
Total expenses
(239
)
 
(66
)
 
(99
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) before preferred dividends
10,741

 
146,734

 
(14,065
)
Preferred dividends
(19,633
)
 
(19,634
)
 
(19,633
)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
(8,892
)
 
127,100

 
(33,698
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(597
)
 
(77
)
 
(298
)
Total comprehensive income (loss)
$
(9,489
)
 
$
127,023

 
$
(33,996
)

F-98


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
Schedule II - Condensed Financial Statements of Registrant
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows - Parent company only
(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
10,741

 
$
146,734

 
$
(14,065
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
(10,981
)
 
(146,801
)
 
13,965

Prepaid expenses
(3,850
)
 
(1
)
 
1

Amounts due from affiliates

 

 
43

Other Liabilities
374

 

 

Amounts due to affiliates
3,704

 

 

Net cash used for Operating Activities
(12
)
 
(68
)
 
(56
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend received from subsidiary
19,265

 
19,265

 
19,264

Net cash provided by Investing Activities
19,265

 
19,265

 
19,264

 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends paid on redeemable preferred shares
(19,264
)
 
(19,264
)
 
(19,264
)
Net cash used for Financing Activities
(19,264
)
 
(19,264
)
 
(19,264
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Decrease in cash
(11
)
 
(67
)
 
(56
)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
12

 
79

 
135

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$
1

 
$
12

 
$
79



F-99


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
Schedule IV - Reinsurance
(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
Gross Amount
 
Ceded to Other Companies
 
Assumed from Other Companies
 
Net Amount
 
Percentage of Amount Assumed to Net
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums written:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance
$
133,983

 
$
(30,770
)
 
$

 
$
103,213

 
%
Reinsurance

 
(16,417
)
 
466,321

 
449,904

 
103.6
%
Total
$
133,983

 
$
(47,187
)
 
$
466,321

 
$
553,117

 
84.3
%
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums written:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance
$
66,807

 
$
(10,898
)
 
$

 
$
55,909

 
%
Reinsurance

 
(10,408
)
 
468,287

 
457,879

 
102.3
%
Total
$
66,807

 
$
(21,306
)
 
$
468,287

 
$
513,788

 
91.1
%
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums written:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance
$
12,106

 
$
(1,969
)
 
$
59

 
$
10,196

 
0.6
%
Reinsurance

 
(20,971
)
 
476,734

 
455,763

 
104.6
%
Total
$
12,106

 
$
(22,940
)
 
$
476,793

 
$
465,959

 
102.3
%


F-100


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
Schedule VI - Supplementary Information for Property and Casualty Insurance Underwriters
(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Column A
Column B
Column C
Column D
Column E
Column F
Column G
Column H
Column I
Column J
Column K
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses Incurred Relating to
 
 
 
Affiliation with Registrant
Deferred Acquisition Costs, Net
Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Discount, if any,
deducted in
Column C
Unearned
Premiums
Net
Premiums
Earned
Net Investment
Income (Loss)
(a) Current Year
(b)
Prior Years
Amortization
of Deferred
Acquisition Costs
Net Paid Losses
and Loss
Adjustment
Expenses
Net Premiums Written
Consolidated Subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
85,961

798,262


330,644

531,726

72,738

399,530

36,872

(140,726
)
182,119

553,117

2016
86,379

510,809


293,480

467,970

146,396

318,523

3,058

(136,733
)
99,356

513,788

2015
75,443

290,997


249,980

397,852

(8,479
)
278,414

(755
)
(116,441
)
57,789

465,959



F-101


Exhibit Index
Exhibit
number
 
3.1
3.2
3.3
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
10.1
10.1.1
10.2
10.3
10.3.1
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15#
10.15.1#
10.16#
10.16.1
10.16.2
10.16.3#
10.17#
10.17.1#
10.18#
10.18.1#
10.18.2#
10.18.3#
10.19#
10.19.1
10.19.2
10.19.3
10.20#
10.20.1
10.21#
10.21.1
10.22#
10.23
10.24
10.25
10.26
10.27
10.28
10.29
10.30
10.31
10.32
10.33#
10.34
10.34.1
10.34.2
10.34.3
10.35
10.36
10.37
10.38
21.1

II-1



II-2


_____________
#
Certain provisions of this exhibit have been omitted and separately submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

II-3


Glossary of Selected Reinsurance, Insurance and Investment Terms
Accident year
With respect to losses, the calendar year during which the loss events related to such losses occurred and, with respect to premiums, the calendar year during which such premiums were earned.
Acquisition expense ratio
A ratio calculated by dividing acquisition expenses by net premiums earned.
Acquisition expenses
The aggregate expenses incurred by a company that relate directly to acquiring business, including commissions and underwriting expenses.
Actuary
A person professionally trained in the mathematical and technical aspects of insurance and related fields particularly in the calculation of premiums, actuarial liabilities and other values.
Adjusted acquisition expense ratio
Adjusted acquisition expense ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition expenses by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss). The adjusted acquisition ratio is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure.
Adjusted combined ratio
The sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses, excluding the effects of certain corporate expenses, divided by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss). The adjusted combined ratio is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure.
Adjusted general and administrative expense ratio
Adjusted general and administrative expense ratio is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses, excluding the effects of certain corporate expenses, by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss).  The adjusted general and administrative expense ratio is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure.
Adjusted loss ratio
Adjusted loss ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses by the sum of net premiums earned and other underwriting income (loss). The adjusted loss ratio is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure.
Adjusted underwriting income (loss)
Adjusted underwriting income (loss) is calculated as underwriting income (loss) plus other underwriting income (loss) and excluding certain corporate expenses. Adjusted underwriting income (loss) is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure.
Admitted insurer
A company licensed or authorized to sell insurance to the general public within a jurisdiction.
A.M. Best rating
An evaluation published by A.M. Best of all life, property, and casualty insurers domiciled in the United States and U.S. branches of foreign property insurer groups active in the United States. The ratings are often used to determine the claims-paying ability, suitability, service record, and financial stability of insurance companies.
Assumed reinsurance
A portion of one or more risks that is accepted by a reinsurer from a ceding insurance company under a contract of reinsurance or ceding reinsurer under a retrocession contract.
Broker
An intermediary who negotiates contracts of insurance or reinsurance, receiving a commission for placement and other services rendered, between (1) a policyholder and a primary insurer, on behalf of the policyholder, (2) a primary insurer and a reinsurer, on behalf of the primary insurer, or (3) a reinsurer and a retrocessionaire, on behalf of the reinsurer.
Capacity
The percentage of surplus that an insurer or reinsurer is willing or able to place at risk or the dollar amount of exposure it is willing to assume. Capacity may apply to a single risk, a program, a line of business or an entire book of business. Capacity may be constrained by legal restrictions, corporate restrictions, or indirect financial restrictions such as capital adequacy requirements.
Case reserves
Loss reserves established with respect to specific, individual reported claims.

G-1


Casualty reinsurance
Reinsurance that is primarily concerned with the losses caused by injuries to third persons (persons other than the policyholder) and the legal liability imposed on the policyholder resulting therefrom. This includes, but is not limited to, workers’ compensation, automobile liability and general liability.
Catastrophe
A severe loss, typically involving multiple claimants. Common perils include earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, hailstorms, severe winter weather, floods, fires, tornados, explosions, and other natural or man-made disasters. Catastrophe losses may also arise from acts of war, acts of terrorism and political instability.
Cedant
A ceding insurer or a reinsurer. A ceding insurer is an insurer that underwrites and issues an original, primary policy to an insured and contractually transfers (cedes) a portion of the risk to a reinsurer. A ceding reinsurer is a reinsurer that transfers (cedes) a portion of the underlying reinsurance to a retrocessionaire.
Cede
When a party reinsures its liability to another party, it “cedes” business to the reinsurer and is referred to as the “customer,” “ceding party” or “cedant.”
Claim
Request by an insured or reinsured for indemnification by an insurance or reinsurance company for loss incurred from an insured peril or event.
Combined ratio
The ratio of loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses to net premiums earned, or equivalently, the sum of the loss ratio, acquisition expense ratio and general and administrative expense ratio.
Commercial lines
The various kinds of insurance that are written for businesses such as property, workers’ compensation and crop.
Cost of underwriting collateral
The cost of underwriting capital is calculated as the revolving credit agreement expenses for the investment grade portfolios divided by the average total revolving credit agreement borrowings for the investment grade portfolios during the period.
Customer
A party whose liability is reinsured by a reinsurer. Also known as a “cedant” or “ceding company.”
Demand surge
The temporary inflation of costs for building materials and labor resulting from increased demand for rebuilding services in the aftermath of a catastrophe.
Direct insurance
Insurance sold by an insurer that contracts with the insured, as distinguished from reinsurance.
Excess
Coverage means a layer of insurance coverage which attaches in excess of the point at which the limit of the primary coverage becomes exhausted by the payment of one or more claims; there may be multiple layers of excess coverage.
Excess and surplus lines
Lines of insurance generally unavailable from admitted insurers due to perceived risk related to the insured’s business and which, consequently, are placed by excess and surplus lines agents or brokers with insurers that are not admitted, but are eligible to accept business on an excess and surplus lines basis, in the subject jurisdiction.
Excess of loss reinsurance
Reinsurance that indemnifies the reinsured against all or a specified portion of losses in excess of a specified dollar or percentage loss ratio amount.
Exclusions
A listing of specific types of coverage or loss that are not covered by a given treaty contract.
Facultative reinsurance
In pro rata reinsurance, the reinsurance of part or all of the insurance provided by a single policy, with separate negotiation for each policy cession of insurance-for sharing liability, premium and loss. In excess of loss reinsurance, the reinsurance of each policy, with separate negotiation for each-for indemnity of loss in excess of the reinsured’s loss retention. The word “facultative” connotes that both the primary insurer and the reinsurer usually have the faculty or option of accepting or rejecting the individual submission (as distinguished from the obligation to cede and accept, to which the parties agree in most treaty reinsurance).
Financial strength rating
The opinion of rating agencies regarding the financial ability of an insurance or reinsurance company to meet its financial obligations under its policies.

G-2


Frequency
The number of claims occurring during a given coverage period.
General and administrative expense ratio
A ratio calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
Growth in basic and diluted book value per share
Basic and diluted book value per share is calculated by dividing common shareholders’ equity by the number of issued and outstanding shares at the end of each reporting period. Growth in basic and diluted book value per share is calculated as the percentage change in value of beginning and ending basic and diluted book value per share over the reporting period.
Incurred but not reported (IBNR)
Reserves for estimated loss and loss adjustment expenses that have been incurred by insureds and reinsureds, but not yet reported to the insurer or reinsurer, including unknown future developments on loss and loss adjustment expenses which are known to the insurer or reinsurer.
Kroll Bond Rating Agency (KBRA)
An evaluation published by Kroll Bond Rating Agency (“KBRA”) of certain life, property and casualty insurers and reinsurers that have sought a rating from KBRA, which ratings are often used in the determination of the claims-paying ability, suitability, service record and financial stability of such insurance and reinsurance companies.
Lloyds
The Lloyds of London insurance market.
Long-tail
Certain types of third-party liability exposures (e.g., malpractice, products, errors and omissions) where the incidence of loss and the determination of damages are frequently subject to delays which extend beyond the term the insurance or reinsurance was in force. An example would be asbestos liability, where the manifestation of the disease and determination of liability does not occur until years later.
Loss adjustment expenses
The expenses of settling claims, including legal and other fees and the portion of general expenses allocated to claim settlement costs. Also known as claim adjustment expenses.
Loss ratio
A ratio calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses by net premiums earned.
Loss reserve development
The difference between the amount of reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses initially estimated by an insurer or reinsurer and the amount re-estimated in an evaluation at a later date.
Losses occurring
Contracts and policies that cover claims that may occur during the term of the contract or policy, which is typically 12 months.
Margin
As a pricing factor (along with expenses and losses), the profit the insurer or reinsurer expects to earn.
Minimum solvency margin (MSM)
The minimum excess unimpaired surplus as a percent of outstanding loss reserve as set by regulators.
Net assets under management
Net assets under management is calculated as the sum of total investments, accrued investment income and receivables for securities sold, less revolving credit agreement borrowings, payable for securities purchased and payable for securities sold short.
Net interest income
Net interest income is defined as interest income, less investment management fees - related parties and borrowing and miscellaneous other investment expenses.
Net interest income return on average net assets under management
Calculated by dividing net interest income by the average net assets under management. The average net assets under management is calculated as the average of the beginning and ending balance of net assets under management for each quarterly period. For the twelve month period, average net assets under management is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period.
Net investment income (loss)
Net investment income (loss) is defined as the sum of net interest income and realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments, less investment performance fees - related parties.

G-3


Net investment income return on average net assets under management
Calculated by dividing net investment income (loss) by the average net assets under management. The average net assets under management is calculated as the average of the beginning and ending balance of net assets under management for each quarterly period. For the twelve month period, average net assets under management is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period.
Net investment income return on average total investments
Calculated by dividing net investment income by average total investments per the balance sheet. For the twelve month period, average total investments is calculated using the averages of each quarterly period.
Net reserve
Gross reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses less unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable from reinsurers.
Non-admitted insurers
A company not licensed to do business in the jurisdiction in question. A non-admitted insurer is permitted to issue insurance policies only in accordance with an exemption from the jurisdiction’s insurance licensing laws, for example, through an excess and surplus lines broker licensed in that jurisdiction, or to issue policies “self- procured” by the insured or its broker from the insurer outside the jurisdiction of the insured. Also known as an unauthorized insurer and unlicensed insurer.
Personal lines
Types of insurance or reinsurance written for individuals or families, rather than for businesses.
Premiums; written, earned, unearned and net
Premiums represent the cost of insurance that is paid by the cedant or insurer to the insurer or reinsurer. Written represents the complete amount of premiums received, and earned represents the amount recognized as income over a period of time. Unearned is the difference between written and earned premiums. Net premiums written is an insurer’s or reinsurer’s gross premiums written less premiums ceded to reinsurers or retrocessional reinsurers.
Primary
Coverage is the lowest (and perhaps only) layer of direct insurance coverage which may apply to the first dollar of loss or, more commonly, in excess of a deductible or retention to be borne by the insured.
Probable maximum loss (PML)
The anticipated maximum loss that could result, as opposed to MFL (maximum foreseeable loss), which would be a similar valuation, but on a worst case basis. Underwriting decisions would typically be influenced by PML evaluations, and the amount of reinsurance ceded on a risk would normally be predicated on the PML valuation.
Program administrator
A licensed insurance agent who is delegated authority to manage part of an insurer’s insurance business. The scope of any particular program administrator’s authority is governed by a contract with the insurer and may include the authority to bind insurance coverage on behalf of the insurer and/or settle claims.
Program business
Products written through managing general agents to whom the insurer has delegated underwriting and claims settlement authority.
Property reinsurance
Reinsurance exposures that are exposed to losses from damage or theft to buildings and their contents-money and securities, records, inventory, furniture, machinery, supplies and even intangible assets such as trademarks.
Proportional reinsurance
All forms of reinsurance in which the reinsurer shares a proportional part of the original premiums and losses of the reinsured. In proportional reinsurance, the reinsurer generally pays the client a ceding commission. The ceding commission generally is based on the customer’s cost of acquiring the business being reinsured (including commissions, premium taxes, assessments and miscellaneous administrative expenses) and also may include a profit component. Frequently referred to as quota share reinsurance.
Quota share reinsurance
A form of proportional reinsurance in which the reinsurer assumes an agreed percentage of each underlying insurance contract being reinsured.

G-4


Reinsurance
The practice whereby one party, called the reinsurer, in consideration of a premium paid to it, agrees to indemnify another party, called the reinsured, for part or all of the liability assumed by the reinsured under a policy or policies of insurance which the reinsured has issued. The reinsured may also be referred to as the original insurer, the direct writing company, or the ceding company.
Reinsurer
An insurer that agrees to indemnify another insurer against all or part of a loss which the latter may incur under a policy or policies of insurance it has issued.
Reserves; claim reserves; loss reserves; loss adjustment expense reserves
Liabilities established by insurers and reinsurers to reflect the estimated cost of claims payments and the related expenses that the insurer or reinsurer will ultimately be required to pay in respect of insurance or reinsurance contracts it has written. Reserves are established for claims, losses and for loss adjustment expenses, and consist of reserves established with respect to individual reported claims and incurred, but not reported losses.
Retention
In the context of reinsurance, the amount or portion of a risk which an insurer retains or assumes for its own account. Losses, or a portion thereof, in excess of the retention level are paid by the reinsurer. In quota share or pro rata reinsurance, the retention may be a percentage of the original policy limit. In excess of loss reinsurance, the retention may be a fixed amount of loss, a loss ratio, or a percentage of loss. In the context of direct insurance, the “
retention” (or “deductible”) means the amount of covered loss that the policyholder must retain for the policyholder’s own account, above which the insurer’s obligations apply.
Retrocession; retrocessional
coverage
A transaction whereby a reinsurer cedes to another reinsurer, commonly referred to as the retrocessionaire, all or part of the reinsurance that the first reinsurer has assumed. Retrocessional reinsurance does not legally discharge the ceding reinsurer from its liability with respect to its obligations to the reinsured.
Return on average equity
Return on average equity represents net income (loss) expressed as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity during the period. Annualized return on average equity for quarterly periods is calculated by extrapolating the quarterly return on average equity over a twelve month period. For the twelve month period, the average common shareholders’ equity is calculated as the average of the beginning and ending common shareholders’ equity of each quarterly period.
Risk transfer
The shifting of all or a part of a risk to another party.
Risk-adjusted return
A concept that refines an investment’s return by measuring how much risk is involved in producing that return, which is generally expressed as a number or rating.
Risks attaching
Contracts that cover claims that attach to the underlying insurance policies written during the terms of such contracts; risks attaching coverage does not apply to events during the stated term of the reinsurance which trigger underlying policies that incepted prior to the stated term and extend into the stated term of the reinsurance.
Short-tail
A type of insurance or reinsurance where payments for losses are made over shorter periods of time, providing the insurance or reinsurance company with a reduced opportunity to generate investment earnings. Property insurance is an example of short-tail business. The opposite of short-tail business is long-tail business.
Solvency II
Solvency II is a European Union legislative program that was implemented on January 1, 2016 in all 27 Member States. It introduces a new, harmonized European Union-wide insurance regulatory regime and governs the prudential regulation of insurers and reinsurers in the European Union. The legislation replaced 14 existing European Union insurance directives.
Specialty lines
Lines of insurance and reinsurance that provide coverage for risks that are often unusual or difficult to place and do not fit the underwriting criteria of standard commercial products carriers.
Surplus
The amount by which an insurer’s assets exceed its liabilities. It is the equivalent of “owners’ equity” in standard accounting terms. The ratio of an insurer’s premiums written to its surplus is one of the key measures of its solvency.

G-5


Tail
The length of time between receiving premiums and paying out claims.
Total capital
The sum of our total shareholders’ equity plus our contingently redeemable preferred shares.
Treaty reinsurance
A form of reinsurance in which the ceding company makes an agreement to cede certain classes of business to a reinsurer. The reinsurer, in turn, agrees to accept all business qualifying under the agreement, known as the “treaty.” Under a reinsurance treaty, the ceding company is assured that all of its risks falling within the terms of the treaty will be reinsured in accordance with treaty terms.
Umbrella liability
A policy designed to provide protection against catastrophic losses. It generally is written over various primary liability policies, such as the business auto policy, commercial general liability policy, watercraft and aircraft liability policies, and employer’s liability coverage. The umbrella policy serves three purposes: it provides excess limits when the limits of underlying liability policies are exhausted by the payment of claims; it drops down and picks up where the underlying policy leaves off when the aggregate limit of the underlying policy in question is exhausted by the payment of claims; and it provides protection against some claims not covered by the underlying policies, subject to the assumption by the named insured of a self-insured retention.
Underwriter
An employee of an insurance or reinsurance company who examines, accepts or rejects risks and classifies risks in order to charge an appropriate premium for each accepted risk.
Underwriting
The process of evaluating, defining and pricing reinsurance risks including, where appropriate, the rejection of such risks, and the acceptance of the obligation to pay the reinsured under the terms of the contract.
Underwriting cycle
Market-wide fluctuations in the prevailing level of insurance and reinsurance premiums. A soft market, i.e., a period of increased competition, depressed premiums and excess capacity, is followed by a hard market, i.e., a period of rising premiums and decreased capacity.
Underwriting income (loss)
Net premiums earned, less loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses. Underwriting income (loss) is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure.

G-6



Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
Date:
January 29, 2019
 
 
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ John F. Rathgeber
 
John F. Rathgeber, Chief Executive Officer

G-7

Exhibit 3.1

 

FORM NO. 3a Registration No. 47717
   

 

 

BERMUDA

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
ON CHANGE OF NAME

 

I HEREBY CERTIFY that in accordance with section 10 of the Companies Act 1981 Stonekey Holdings Ltd. by resolution and with the approval of the Registrar of Companies has changed its name and was registered as Watford Holdings Ltd. on the 19 th day of July 2013.

 

 

Given under my hand and the Seal of the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this 24 th day of July 2013

 

for Registrar of Companies


 
FORM NO. 6 Registration No. 47717
   

 

 

BERMUDA

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

I hereby in accordance with section 14 of the Companies Act 1981 issue this Certificate of Incorporation and do certify that on the 22 nd day of May 2013

 

Stonekey Holdings Ltd.

 

was registered by me in the Register maintained by me under the provisions of the said section and that the status of the said company is that of an exempted company.

 

Given under my hand and the Seal of the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this 23 rd day of May 2013

   


 

Exhibit 3.2

 

FORM NO. 2

 

 

BERMUDA

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF
COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

(Section 7(1) and (2))

 

Amended (3 March 2014) MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF

 

Stonekey Holdings Ltd.

(hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

 

1. The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.
   
2. We, the undersigned, namely,
   
NAME   ADDRESS   BERMUDIAN STATUS
(Yes/No)
  NATIONALITY   NUMBER OF SHARES SUBSCRIBED
                 
Michael G. Frith   Clarendon House
2 Church Street
Hamilton HM11
Bermuda
  Yes   British   One
                 
Christopher G. Garrod     Yes   British   One
                 
Graham B. R. Collis     Yes   British   One

 

do hereby respectively agree to take such number of shares of the Company as may be allotted to us respectively by the provisional directors of the Company, not exceeding the number of shares for which we have respectively subscribed, and to satisfy such calls as may be made by the directors, provisional directors or promoters of the Company in respect of the shares allotted to us respectively.

 
3. The Company is to be an exempted company as defined by the Companies Act 1981 (the “Act”).
   
4. The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding              in all, including the following parcels:- N/A
 
5. The authorised share capital of the Company is US$10,000.00 divided into shares of US$1.00 each . The authorised share capital of the Company is US$1,000,000 divided into shares of US$0.01 each.
   
6. The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are unrestricted.
   
7. The following are provisions regarding the powers of the Company –
   
  Subject to paragraph 4, the Company may do all such things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of its objects and shall have the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person, and: –

 

  (i) pursuant to Section 42 of the Act, the Company shall have the power to issue preference shares which are, at the option of the holder, liable to be redeemed;
   
  (ii) pursuant to Section 42A of the Act, the Company shall have the power to purchase its own shares for cancellation; and
   
  (iii) pursuant to Section 42B of the Act, the Company shall have the power to acquire its own shares to be held as treasury shares.
 

Signed by each subscriber in the presence of at least one witness attesting the signature thereof

 

 

SUBSCRIBED this Twenty-second day of May, 2013

 
Exhibit 3.3




AMENDED & RESTATED
BYE-LAWS
OF
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
Adopted ●











TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bye-law
Page
 
 
 
1.
Interpretation
1

2.
Management of the Company
4

3.
Power to appoint managing director or chief executive officer
5

4.
Power to appoint manager
5

5.
Power to authorize specific actions
5

6.
Power to appoint attorney
5

7.
Power to delegate to a committee or any Person
5

8.
Power to appoint and dismiss employees
5

9.
Power to borrow and charge property
6

10.
Exercise of power to purchase shares; Restrictions on purchase of shares
6

11.
Election of Directors
7

12.
Defects in appointment of Directors
8

13.
Alternate Directors
8

14.
Removal of Directors
8

15.
Vacancy in the Office of Director
9

16.
Notice of meetings of the Board; Adjournment
9

17.
Representation of Corporate Director
10

18.
Quorum at meetings of the Board
10

19.
Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy
10

20.
Meetings of the Board
10

21.
Board meetings
11

22.
Chairman of meetings
11

23.
Unanimous written resolutions
11

24.
Validity of Prior Acts of the Board
11

25.
Contracts and disclosure of Directors’ interests
11

26.
Remuneration of Directors
12

27.
Register of Directors and Officers
12

28.
Appointment of Officers
12

29.
Appointment of Secretary
12

30.
Remuneration of Officers
12

31.
Duties of Officers
12

32.
Obligations of Board to keep minutes
12

33.
Right to indemnification
13

34.
Waiver of claims
14

35.
Annual meeting
14

36.
Special general meeting
14


- i -


Bye-law
Page
 
 
 
37.
Requisitioned General Meetings, Notice of Nominations and Other Business
14

38.
Accidental omission of notice of general meeting
16

39.
Electronic Participation and Security in Meetings
16

40.
Notice of general meeting
16

41.
Giving Notice and Access
16

42.
Postponement or Cancellation of General Meeting
17

43.
Quorum for General Meeting
17

44.
Adjournment of General Meeting
17

45.
Written Resolutions
18

46.
Attendance of Directors
18

47.
Limitation on voting rights of Controlled Shares
19

48.
Voting on Resolutions
20

49.
Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll
20

50.
Chairman to Preside at General Meetings
21

51.
Conduct of meeting; Decision of chairman
21

52.
Seniority of joint holders voting
22

53.
Proxies
22

54.
Representation of corporations at meetings
22

55.
Rights of shares
22

56.
Power to issue shares
24

57.
Variation of rights, alteration of share capital and purchase of shares of the Company
24

58.
Registered holder of shares
25

59.
Death of a joint holder
25

60.
Share certificates
25

61.
Fractional Shares
26

62.
Member Cooperation in Tax Matters
26

63.
Determination of record dates
27

64.
Instrument of transfer
27

65.
Restriction on transfer
27

66.
Transfers by joint holders
28

67.
Representative of deceased Member
28

68.
Registration on death or bankruptcy
28

69.
Declaration of dividends and distributions by the Board
29

70.
Unclaimed dividends
29

71.
Undelivered payments
29

72.
Power to Set Aside Profits
29

73.
Issue of bonus shares; Paying up Partly or Nil Paid Shares
29

74.
Financial Year End and Records of Account
30


- ii -


Bye-law
Page
 
 
 
75.
Appointment and Remuneration of Auditor
30

76.
Financial Statements and the Auditor’s Report
30

77.
Certain Subsidiaries
31

78.
Form and Use of the seal
31

79.
Winding-up/distribution by liquidator
31

80.
Alteration of Bye-laws
32

81.
Changes to the Memorandum of Association
32

82.
Discontinuance
32

83.
Sale of the Company
32

84.
Business Combinations
32

85.
Incorporation by reference
36



- iii -



1.
Interpretation
(1)    In these Bye-laws the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings respectively:
“Act”
the Companies Act 1981.
“Affiliate”
means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; provided that no Member will be deemed an Affiliate of another Member solely by reason of an investment in the Company.
“Alternate Director”
an alternate Director appointed in accordance with these Bye-laws and the Act.
“Arch”
Arch Reinsurance Ltd.
“Arch Designated Director”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 11(1).
“Arch Entities”
has the meaning specified in the Common Shareholders Agreement.
“Arch Excepted Holder”
Arch Capital Group Ltd., and any direct or indirect subsidiary of Arch Capital Group Ltd. that (i) is treated as a corporation for U.S. tax purposes, and (ii) is not a United States Person (as defined in Section 957(c) of the Code).
“Auditor”
includes an individual, company or partnership.
“Board”

the board of Directors appointed or elected pursuant to these Bye-laws and the Common Shareholders Agreement and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act, these Bye-laws and the Common Shareholders Agreement.
“Business Combination”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 84(3)(b).
“Business Day”
means a means a day other than (a) a Saturday, (b) a Sunday or (c) a day on which banking institutions or trust companies in New York, New York or Bermuda are authorized or required by applicable law, regulation or executive order to be closed
“Closing Date”
has the meaning specified in the Common Shareholders Agreement.
“Code”
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Common Shareholders Agreement”
the Common Shareholders Agreement of the Company, dated as of 24 March, 2014, by and among the Company, Arch and the other holders of Common Shares party thereto (or any successor agreement, either as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof).
“Common Shares”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 55(1).
“Company”
the company for which these Bye-laws are approved and confirmed.
“Controlled Shares”
in reference to any Person means (i) for a U.S. Person, all Securities entitled to vote at a general meeting directly, indirectly or constructively owned by such Person as determined pursuant to Section 958 of the Code, or (ii) for a Non-U.S. Person, all Securities entitled to vote at a general meeting directly or indirectly owned by such Person.

1


“Derivative Securities”
has the meaning specified in the Common Shareholders Agreement.
“Designated Subsidiary”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 77(1).
“Director”
a director of the Company and shall include each Arch Designated Director and each Alternate Director.
“Exchange Act”
the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
“Fair Market Value”
with respect to a repurchase of any shares of any class or series of the Company in accordance with Bye-law 10:
(i) if shares of such class or series are listed on a securities exchange (or quoted in a securities quotation system), the average closing sale price of such shares on such exchange (or in such quotation system), or, if shares of such class or series are listed on (or quoted in) more than one exchange (or quotation system), the average closing sale price of such shares on the principal securities exchange (or quotation system) on which such shares are then traded, or, if shares of such class or series are not then listed on a securities exchange (or quotation system) but are traded in the over-the-counter market, the average of the latest bid and asked quotations for such shares in such market, in each case for the last five trading days immediately preceding the day on which notice of the repurchase of such shares is sent pursuant to these Bye-laws, or
(ii) if no such closing sales prices or quotations are available because shares of such class or series are not publicly traded or otherwise, the fair value of such shares as determined by one independent internationally recognized investment banking firm chosen in good faith by the Board, provided that the calculation of the Fair Market Value of the shares made by such appointed investment banking firm (x) shall not include any discount relating to the absence of a public trading market for, or any transfer restrictions on, such shares, and (y) such calculation shall be final and the fees and expenses stemming from such calculation shall be borne by the Company or its assignee, as the case may be.
“FATCA”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 62(3).
“general meeting”
either an annual general meeting or a special general meeting of the Members.
“HPS Excepted Holder”
Highbridge Capital Management, LLC, Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC, employees of either of the foregoing, any person bearing a relationship to any such employee described in Section 318(a)(1)(A) of the Code, any entity controlled by, or trust established by, any such employee, and any person that is treated, under Section 958 of the Code, as the owner of shares actually held by any of the foregoing.
“Interested Director”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 25(2).
“Interested Shareholder”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 84(3)(d).

2


“Investment Management Agreement”
has the meaning specified in the Common Shareholders Agreement.
“Member”
means the Person registered in the Register of Members as the holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more Persons are so registered as joint holders of shares, means the Person whose name stands first in the Register of Members as one of such joint holders or all of such Persons as the context so requires.
“New Company Securities”
has the meaning specified in the Common Shareholders Agreement.
“Non-U.S. Person”
a Person that is not a U.S. Person.
“notice”
written notice as further defined in these Bye-laws unless otherwise specifically stated.
“Officer”
any Person appointed by the Board to hold an office in the Company.
“Person”
any individual, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, firm, corporation, association, trust, fund or other enterprise.
“Preference Shareholders Agreement”
the Preference Shareholders Agreement of the Company, dated March, 2014, by and among the investors party thereto and the Company (or any successor agreement, either as may be amended from time to time).
“Preference Shares”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 55(1).
“Register of Directors and Officers”
the Register of Directors and Officers referred to in these Bye-laws.
“Register of Members”
the Register of Members referred to in these Bye-laws.
“Repurchase Notice”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 10(4).
“Repurchase Price”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 10(3).
“Repurchase Securities”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 10(2).
“Repurchase Trigger Event”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 10(2).
“Resident Representative”
any Person appointed to act as resident representative and includes any deputy or assistant resident representative.
“Secretary”
the Person appointed to perform any or all the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant secretary and any Person appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of the Secretary.
“Securities”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 10(2).
“Services Agreement”
has the meaning specified in the Common Shareholders Agreement.
“Shareholders Agreements”
the Common Shareholders Agreement and the Preference Shareholders Agreement.
“Subsidiary”
with respect to any Person, means a company, more than 50% (or, in the case of a wholly owned Subsidiary, 100%) of the outstanding voting shares of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries thereof, or any such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries thereof.

3


“Treasury Share”
a share of the Company that was or is treated as having been acquired by the Company and has not been cancelled but has been held by the Company continuously since it was acquired.
“Trigger Event Notice”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 10(2).
“U.S. Person”
a United States person as defined in Section 957(c) of the Code.
“United States”
the United States of America and any territory and political subdivision thereof.
“Voting Cut Back Restriction”
has the meaning specified in Bye-law 47(6).

(2)    In these Bye-laws, where not inconsistent with the context:
(a)
words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;
(b)
words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine gender;
(c)
words importing Persons include companies, associations or bodies of Persons whether corporate or not;
(d)
the word:
(i)
“may” shall be construed as permissive; and
(ii)
“shall” shall be construed as imperative;
(e)
a reference to statutory provision shall be deemed to include any amendment or re-enactment thereof;
(f)
a reference to an agreement shall be deemed to include any amendment or restatement thereof;
(g)
the phrase “issued and outstanding” in relation to shares, means shares in issue other than Treasury Shares;
(h)
the word “corporation” means a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act; and
(i)
unless otherwise provided herein words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Bye-laws.
(3)    Expressions referring to writing or written shall, unless the contrary intention appears, include facsimile, printing, lithography, photography, e-mail and other modes of representing words in a visible form.
(4)    Headings used in these Bye-laws are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
2.
Management of the Company
(1)    The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board. In managing the business of the Company, the Board may exercise all corporate and other powers of the Company as are not, by statute or by these Bye-laws, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, and the business

4


and affairs of the Company shall be so controlled by the Board. The Board may also present any petition and make any application in connection with the liquidation or reorganization of the Company.
(2)    The Board may procure that the Company pays all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company.
3.
Power to appoint managing director or chief executive officer
The Board may from time to time appoint one or more Persons to the office of managing director or chief executive officer of the Company who shall, subject to the control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the general business and affairs of the Company.
4.
Power to appoint manager
The Board may appoint a Person to act as manager of the Company’s day to day business and may entrust to and confer upon such manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the transaction or conduct of such business.
5.
Power to authorize specific actions
The Board may from time to time and at any time authorize any Person to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any deed, agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company.
6.
Power to appoint attorney
The Board may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm, Person or body of Persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of Persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney. Such attorney may, if so authorised under the seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under such attorney’s personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the seal of the Company.
7.
Power to delegate to a committee or any Person
(1)    The Board may delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to a committee of one or more Persons appointed by the Board which may consist partly or entirely of non-Directors, provided that for so long as Arch shall be entitled to appoint at least one Arch Designated Director, Arch will be entitled to have at least one Arch Designated Director on each committee of the Board; provided further that the Arch Designated Director on any Board committee that is subject to independence requirements for membership on such committee under the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations of the national securities exchange on which the Common Shares and/or Preference Shares are listed shall be a person that satisfies such independence requirements. Every such committee shall conform to such directions as the Board shall impose on them and the meetings and proceedings of any such committee shall be governed by the provisions of these Bye-laws regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board, so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by directions imposed by the Board.
(2)    The Board may delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to any Person on such terms and in such manner as the Board may see fit.

5


8.
Power to appoint and dismiss employees
The Board may appoint, suspend or remove any manager, secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their remuneration and determine their duties.
9.
Power to borrow and charge property
The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge or otherwise grant a security interest in its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and may issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any third party.
10.      Exercise of power to purchase shares; Restrictions on purchase of shares
(1)    The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase or acquire all or any part of its own shares in accordance with the Act.
(2)    Subject to the Act, if the Board in its absolute discretion determines, from time to time and at any time, that (i) ownership of shares or any securities of the Company convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable therefor (collectively, “ Securities ”) by any Member, may result in any adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequence to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Member or its Affiliates, or (ii) any Person owns shares that have been directly or indirectly transferred in violation of the transfer restrictions contained herein or in the Shareholders Agreement (such determination under clause (i) or (ii), a “ Repurchase Trigger Event ”), then the Board may, in its absolute discretion, determine the extent to which it is necessary or advisable to require the sale by such Member of such Securities in order to avoid or cure such violation or adverse consequences (the securities subject to such determination the “ Repurchase Securities ”). If the Board has determined it is necessary or advisable to require the sale by such Member(s) of such Repurchase Securities, it may provide written notice to the affected Member(s) setting forth the amount and nature of the Repurchase Securities and the identity of the affected Member(s) holding such Repurchase Securities (a “ Trigger Event Notice ”). The Company will have the option, but not the obligation, to elect to purchase all or part of the Repurchase Securities. If the Company does not elect to exercise this right in full, then it may assign its purchase right in respect of such unpurchased Repurchased Securities to a third party or parties, including one or more of the other Members.
(3)    If any of the Company or the Company’s assignee(s), as the case may be, exercises the right to purchase Repurchase Securities pursuant to Bye-law 10(2), such purchase will be for immediately available funds in an amount equal to, except as expressly provided otherwise herein, the lower of (x) the price (as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board) at which such Repurchase Securities were acquired by such Member or (y) the Fair Market Value of the Repurchase Securities on the Business Day immediately prior to the date the Company sends the Repurchase Notice referred to below (the “ Repurchase Price ”); provided that, if exercising this option, the Board will use reasonable efforts to exercise this option equally among similarly situated Members (to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances). Each Member will be bound by the determination by the Company to purchase (or assign its right to purchase) the Repurchase Securities, and, if so required by the Company, shall sell (whether to the Company or its assignee(s), as the case may be) the number and types of Repurchase Securities that the Company requires it to sell as set forth in a valid Repurchase Notice.
(4)    In the event that any of the Company or its assignee(s) determines to purchase any Repurchase Securities pursuant to an assessment under Bye-law 10(2), the Company will provide the holder(s) of the Repurchase Securities to be purchased with written notice of such determination (each, a “ Repurchase Notice ”), in each case, at least 15 days prior to such purchase or such shorter period as the holder(s) of the Repurchase Securities to be purchased may authorise, specifying the Repurchase Securities to be purchased,

6


the date on which the Repurchase Securities are to be purchased and the Repurchase Price. The Company may revoke the Repurchase Notice at any time before the closing of the purchase and sale of such Repurchase Securities. Except as expressly provided herein, none of the Company or its assignee(s) will be obligated to give general notice to the Members of any intention to purchase or the conclusion of any purchase of Repurchase Securities, except as otherwise required by law. The closing of any such purchase of Repurchase Securities will be no less than fifteen days after receipt of the Repurchase Notice by the Member, unless such Member agrees to a shorter period, and no more than 60 days after the receipt of the Repurchase Notice by the Member, and payment of the Repurchase Price by the Company or its assignee(s) shall be by wire transfer or certified cheque.
(5)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Member receiving a Repurchase Notice will have five Business Days to give notice to the Board of such Member’s objection to the sale contemplated by the Repurchase Notice. The Board will then timely determine, in its absolute discretion, the extent, if at all, to which the number of such Member’s Repurchase Securities to be sold pursuant to the Repurchase Notice should be reduced and all of the Members will be bound by such determination.
11.      Election of Directors
(1)    The Board shall consist of not less than three (3) Directors nor more than fifteen (15) Directors with the exact number of Directors to be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board provided that for so long as Arch shall be entitled to appoint at least one Arch Designated Director, the affirmative vote of at least one Arch Designated Director shall be required. Any increase in the size of the Board pursuant to this Bye-law 11(1) shall be deemed to be a vacancy and may be filled in accordance with Bye-law 15 hereof. Except in the case of a vacancy, Directors shall be elected by the Members at an annual general meeting or any special general meeting called for the purpose subject to Arch being entitled to appoint two individuals to serve as Directors on the Board (each, an “ Arch Designated Director ”); provided, however, that from and after the earlier to occur of the date that (i) the Services Agreement is terminated and (ii) the number of Common Shares, in the aggregate, that Arch Entities own is less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the number of Common Shares owned by Arch Entities as of the Closing Date (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events), the number of Arch Designated Directors which Arch shall be entitled to appoint and have serve on the Board shall be reduced from two to one; provided, further, that the right of Arch to appoint Arch Designated Directors shall terminate on the date that (x) if the Services Agreement is then in effect, the number of Common Shares, in the aggregate, that Arch Entities own is less than fifty percent (50%) of the number of Common Shares owned by Arch Entities as of the Closing Date (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events), and (y) if the Services Agreement is not then in effect, the number of Common Shares, in the aggregate, that Arch Entities own either (A) is less than fifty percent (50%) of the number of Common Shares owned by Arch Entities as of the Closing Date (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events), or (B) comprises less than 5% of the Company’s outstanding Common Shares. Arch’s rights of appointment under this Bye-law shall be exercised by Arch by notice in writing delivered to the Secretary of the Company.
(2)    At the date these Bye-laws become effective, the Directors then in office shall be divided by the Board into three (3) classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third (1/3) of the total number of Directors constituting the entire Board. The Board is hereby authorised to assign members of the Board in office at the date these Bye-laws become effective to such classes. Each Director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third (3rd) annual general meeting of the Company next following the date these Bye-laws become effective; provided that Directors initially designated as Class I Directors shall serve for an initial term ending on the date of the first (1st) annual general meeting of the Company next following the date these Bye-laws become effective and Directors initially designated as Class II Directors shall serve for an initial term ending on the second (2nd)

7


annual general meeting of the Company next following the date these Bye-laws become effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Director shall hold office until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until they are removed from office by the Members pursuant to Bye-law 14 or their office is otherwise vacated. In the event of any change in the number of Directors, the Board shall apportion any newly created directorships among, or reduce the number of directorships in, such class or classes as shall equalise, as nearly as possible, the number of directors in each class, and any Director of any class elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the other Directors of that class, but in no event will a decrease in the number of Directors shorten the term of any incumbent Director.
(4)    The terms of this Bye-law 11 shall be subject to the rights of Arch contained in the Common Shareholders Agreement.
(5)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preference Shares issued by the Company shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect Directors at an annual or special general meeting, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the Board resolution and certificate of designation creating such classes or series of Preference Shares.
12.
Defects in appointment of Directors
All acts done bona fide by the Board, any Director, a member of a committee of the Board, any Person to whom the Board may have delegated powers, or any Person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or Person acting as aforesaid, or that he was, or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such Person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director or act in the relevant capacity.
13.
Alternate Directors
(1)    Unless the Members otherwise resolve, any Director may appoint a Person or Persons to act as a Director in the alternative to himself by notice deposited with the Secretary.
(2)    Any Person elected or appointed pursuant to this Bye-law shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such Person is elected or appointed in the alternative, provided that such Person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present.
(3)    An Alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all Board meetings and to attend and vote at any such meeting at which a Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed in the alternative is not personally present and generally to perform at such meeting all the functions of such Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed.
(4)    An Alternate Director’s office shall terminate –
(i)    on the occurrence in relation to the Alternate Director of any event which, if it occurred in relation to his appointor, would result in the termination of the appointor’s directorship; or
(ii)    when the Alternate Director’s appointor revokes the appointment by notice to the Company in writing specifying when the appointment is to terminate; or
(iii)    if the Alternate Director’s appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director.

8


14.
Removal of Directors
(1)    Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Bye-laws, the Members entitled to vote for the election of Directors may, at any special general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Bye-laws, remove a Director only for cause provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a Director shall contain a statement of the intention so to do and be served on such Director not less than 14 days before the meeting and at such meeting the Director shall be entitled to be heard on the motion for such Director’s removal. In addition, an Arch Designated Director may also be removed at any time without cause by Arch and Arch shall be entitled to appoint a replacement.
(2)    If a Director (other than an Arch Designated Director) is removed from the Board under this Bye-law the Members may fill the vacancy at the meeting at which such Director is removed. In the absence of such election or appointment, the Board may fill the vacancy. If an Arch Designated Director is removed from the Board under this Bye-law, Arch shall fill the vacancy in accordance with the terms of the Common Shareholders Agreement.
(3)    For the purposes of this Bye-law, “cause” shall mean a conviction for a criminal offence involving dishonesty or engaging in conduct which brings the Company into disrepute and which results in material financial detriment to the Company.
15.
Vacancy in the Office of Director
(1)    The office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:
(i)    is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws or is prohibited from being a Director by law;
(ii)    is or becomes bankrupt, or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;
(iii)    is or becomes of unsound mind or dies; or
(iv)    resigns his office by notice to the Company.
(2)    The Members in general meeting or the Board shall have the power to appoint any Person as a Director to fill a vacancy on the Board occurring as a result of the death, disability, disqualification or resignation of any Director or as a result of an increase in the size of the Board and to appoint an Alternate Director to any Director so appointed provided that if the vacancy arises as a result of the death, disability, disqualification or resignation of an Arch Designated Director, Arch shall appoint the Director to fill such vacancy on the Board.
16.
Notice of meetings of the Board; Adjournment
(1)    A Director may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Board. Notice of a meeting of the Board must be provided at least two (2) days in advance of such meeting, and must state the date, time, place (which shall not be in the United States) and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting unless the Directors unanimously agree to waive notice of such meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shorter notice shall be valid if it is reasonable under the circumstances.
(2)    Notice of a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally in Person or by telephone or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by post, electronic mail, facsimile or other mode of representing words in a legible and non-transitory form at

9


such Director’s last known address or any other address given by such Director to the Company for this purpose.
(3)    Notice of any meeting or any irregularity in any notice may be waived by any Director before the meeting is held. Attendance of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting by such Director.
17.
Representation of Corporate Director
(1)    A Director which is a corporation may, by written instrument, authorise such Person or Persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting and any Person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such Person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Director, and that Director shall be deemed to be present in Person at any such meeting attended by its authorised representative or representatives.
(2)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he thinks fit as to the right of any Person to attend and vote at Board meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Director.
18.
Quorum at meetings of the Board
The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Board shall be a majority of the Directors then in office, present in Person or represented by a duly authorized representative appointed in accordance with the Act.
19.
Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy
The Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number but, if and so long as its number is reduced below the number fixed by these Bye-laws as the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at Board meetings, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of (i) summoning a general meeting; or (ii) preserving the assets of the Company.
20.
Meetings of the Board
(1)    The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit.
(2)    Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all Persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at such meeting; provided, that no such meeting of the Board shall be held if use of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities is commenced, made, continued, relayed in or from or in any way connected to the United States, and no Person shall communicate in any meeting if such participation takes place in or from or is connected to the United States, and any business conducted at such purported meeting shall be void and of no force or effect. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if a majority of the Directors participating in any meeting are participating in the meeting from a location outside the United States, a Director may, with the permission of the chairman (which shall not be granted to any Director on a regular basis) listen to (but not communicate, participate or vote at) the meeting by telephone, electronic or other communication facility in or from or connected to the United States.
(3)    A resolution put to the vote at a meeting of the Board shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail; provided that the affirmative vote of at least one Arch Designated Director shall be required as provided in Bye-law 11 and Bye-law 28 for so long as Arch is entitled to appoint at least one Arch Designated Director; provided further that the affirmative vote of at least one Arch Designated Director shall be required for the Board to form

10


or create any subsidiaries or branches of the Company for so long as Arch is entitled to appoint at least one Arch Designated Director.
21.
Board meetings
Meetings of the Board shall be held at such time as may be designated by the Board. If the day fixed for any meeting of the Board shall fall on a holiday, the meeting shall take place on the next Business Day, unless otherwise determined by the Board.
22.
Chairman of meetings
Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the Directors attending, the chairman of the Company, if there be one who is present, and if not, the president of the Company, if there be one who is present, shall act as chairman of the meeting at all Board meetings at which such Person is present. In their absence a chairman of the meeting shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at the meeting.
23.
Unanimous written resolutions
A resolution in writing signed by (or in the case of a Director that is a corporation, on behalf of) all the Directors, which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective on the date on which the resolution is signed by (or in the case of a Director that is a corporation, on behalf of) the last Director, provided, that no such resolution shall be valid unless the last signature of a Director is affixed outside the United States. Such resolution shall be deemed to be adopted as an act of the Board, at the place where, and at the time when, the last signature of a Director is affixed thereto. For the purposes of this Bye-law, “Director” shall not include an Alternate Director.
24.
Validity of Prior Acts of the Board
No regulation or alteration to these Bye-laws made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.
25.
Contracts and disclosure of Directors’ interests
(1)    Any Director, or any Director’s firm, partner or any company with whom any Director is associated, may act in any capacity for, be employed by or render services to the Company on such terms, including with respect to remuneration, as may be agreed between the parties. Nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or a Director’s firm, partner or company to act as Auditor to the Company.
(2)    A Director who is directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company (an “ Interested Director ”) shall declare the nature of such interest as required by the Act.
(3)    An Interested Director who has complied with the requirements of the foregoing Bye-law may:
(a)    vote in respect of such contract or proposed contract; and/or
(b)    be counted in the quorum for the meeting at which the contract or proposed contract is to be voted on,
and no such contract or proposed contract shall be void or voidable by reason only that the Interested Director voted on it or was counted in the quorum of the relevant meeting and the Interested Director shall not be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised thereby.
(4)    An Arch Designated Director shall not be entitled to vote upon any matters before the Board that relate to (i) the Services Agreement or any other matters directly and primarily affecting an Arch Entity in

11


a capacity other than as a Member or Director or (ii) the termination of the Investment Management Agreement, or any amendments to the fee arrangements contained therein.
26.
Remuneration of Directors
(1)    The remuneration (if any) of the Directors shall be as determined by the Board and shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. The Directors shall also be paid all travel, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from meetings of the Board, any committee appointed by the Board, general meetings of the Company, or in connection with the business of the Company or their duties as Directors generally.
(2)    The Board may by resolution award special remuneration to any Director of the Company undertaking any special work or services for, or undertaking any special mission on behalf of, the Company other than his ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity, shall be in addition to his remuneration as a Director.
27.
Register of Directors and Officers
The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the registered office of the Company a Register of Directors and Officers and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.
OFFICERS
28.
Appointment of Officers
The Board may appoint such Officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may determine for such terms as the Board deems fit provided that for so long as Arch shall be entitled to appoint at least one Arch Designated Director, the affirmative vote of at least one Arch Designated Director shall be required to appoint, remove or replace the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
29.
Appointment of Secretary
The Secretary shall be appointed by the Board from time to time for such term as the Board deems fit.
30.
Remuneration of Officers
The Officers shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine.
31.
Duties of Officers
Each Officer shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to him by the Board from time to time.
MINUTES
32.
Obligations of Board to keep minutes
(1)    The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:
(a)
of all elections and appointments of Officers;
(b)
of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Board and of any committee appointed by the Board; and

12


(c)
of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, meetings of the Board and meetings of committees appointed by the Board.
(2)    Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws shall be kept by the Secretary at the registered office of the Company.
INDEMNITY
33.
Right to indemnification
(1)    The Company shall indemnify its Officers and Directors to the fullest extent possible except as prohibited by the Act. Without limiting the foregoing, the Directors, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include, for the purposes of this Bye-law, any Arch Designated Director and any Alternate Director or any Person appointed to any committee by the Board or any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Director, Officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan)) acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof and every one of them, and their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted (actual or alleged) in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other Persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, provided that this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of which such Person is, or may be, found guilty of fraud or dishonesty.
(2)    The Company may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Director, Officer or other Person entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Bye-law to the fullest extent permitted by law.
(3)    All reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Person entitled to indemnification pursuant to Bye-law 33(1) in connection with any proceeding shall be advanced to such Person by the Company within twenty (20) Business Days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from such Person requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by such Person and, if required by law or requested by the Company at the time of such advance, shall include or be accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Person to repay the amounts advanced if it should ultimately be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses pursuant to this Bye-law.
(4)    The right of indemnification and advancement of expenses provided in this Bye-law shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled. The foregoing notwithstanding, with respect to Arch Designated Directors, as between the Company on the one hand and Arch on the other hand, the Company shall, to the extent that the Arch Designated Director is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Bye-law 33(1), be the full indemnitor of first resort and shall not be entitled to any contribution, indemnification or other payment by or from Arch. No advancement or payment by the Company on behalf of any Arch Designated Director with respect to any claim for which such Arch Designated Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Company shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Arch Designated Director against the Company.

13


(5)    The provisions of this Bye-law shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of any Person entitled to indemnity under this Bye-law and shall be applicable to proceedings commenced or continuing after the adoption of this Bye-law, whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after such adoption. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this section shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
34.
Waiver of claims
Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of any action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company or any subsidiary thereof, provided that such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company which may attach to such Director or Officer.
MEMBERS MEETINGS
35.
Annual meeting
Subject to an election made by the Company in accordance with the Act to dispense with the holding of annual general meetings, an annual general meeting shall be held in each year (other than the year of incorporation) at such time and place as the president or the chairman of the Company (if any) or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board shall appoint. The annual general meeting of the Company shall be held outside the United States. Any annual general meeting of the Company purported to be convened and held in the United States shall be void, and any business conducted at any such purported meeting shall be of no force or effect.
36.
Special general meeting
The president or the chairman of the Company (if any) or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board may convene a special general meeting whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary. Any such special general meeting of the Company shall be held outside the United States. Any special general meeting of the Company purported to be convened and held in the United States shall be void, and any business conducted at any such purported meeting shall be of no force or effect.
37.
Requisitioned General Meetings, Notice of Nominations and Other Business
(1)    The Board shall, on the requisition of Members holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up share capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at general meetings, forthwith proceed to convene a special general meeting and the provisions of the Act shall apply.
(2)    In addition to any right of Members under the Act or these Bye-laws, nominations of persons for election to the Board or any proposal of other business to be transacted by the Members may be made at an annual general meeting meeting by any person who: (i) is a Member of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Bye-law 37 and on the record date for the determination of Members entitled to receive notice of and vote at such meeting; and (ii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bye-law 37.
(3)    For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual general meeting by a Member pursuant to Bye-law 37(2), the Member must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary and any such proposed business must constitute a proper matter for Member action. To be timely, a Member’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary at the registered office of the Company not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding

14


year’s annual general meeting;  provided , that in the event that the date of the annual general meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 30 days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received at the registered office of the Company no earlier than 120 days prior to such annual general meeting and no later than the later of 70 days prior to the date of the annual general meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual general meeting was first made by the Company. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual general meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Member’s notice as described above. For purposes of Bye-law 37(3), “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, the Associated Press, PR Newswire, Businesswire, Bloomberg or any comparable news service in the United States or in a document publicly filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(4)    A Member’s notice to the Secretary given under Bye-law 37(3) shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the Member proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (B) as to any other business that the Member proposes to bring before the annual general meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual general meeting, the text of the proposal or business, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual general meeting and any material interest in such business of such Member and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and (C) as to the Member giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made:
(a)
the name and address of such Member (as they appear in the Register of Members) and any such beneficial owner;
(b)
the class or series and number of shares of the Company which are held of record or are beneficially owned by such Member and by any such beneficial owner;
(c)
a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such Member and any such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such nomination or other business;
(d)
a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, share appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made, the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Member or any such beneficial owner with respect to the Company’s securities (a “ Derivative Instrument ”);
(e)
to the extent not disclosed pursuant to clause (d) above, the principal amount of any indebtedness of the Company or any of its subsidiaries beneficially owned by such Member or by any such beneficial owner, together with the title of the instrument under which such indebtedness was issued and a description of any Derivative Instrument entered into by or on behalf of such Member or such beneficial owner relating to the value or payment of any indebtedness of the Company or any such Subsidiary;

15


(f)
a representation that the Member is a holder of record of shares of the Company entitled to vote at such annual general meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual general meeting to bring such nomination or other business before the annual general meeting; and
(g)
a representation as to whether such Member or any such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group that intends to (i) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Company’s outstanding shares required to approve or adopt the proposal or to elect each such nominee and/or (ii) otherwise to solicit proxies from Members in support of such proposal or nomination.
(5)    If requested by the Company, the information required under clauses (b), (c), (d) and (e) of Bye-law 37(4) shall be supplemented by such Member and any such beneficial owner not later than 10 days after the record date for notice of the annual general meeting to disclose such information as of such record date.
(6)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the notice requirements set forth herein with respect to the proposal of any business pursuant to this Bye-law 37 other than a nomination shall be deemed satisfied by a Member if such Member has submitted a proposal to the Company in compliance with Rule 14a-8 promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and such Member’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Company to solicit proxies for the annual general meeting.
38.
Accidental omission of notice of general meeting
The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any Person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.
39.
Electronic Participation and Security in Meetings
(1)    Members may participate in any general meeting by such telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities or means as permit all Persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at such meeting, provided that no such meeting shall be held if use of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities is commenced, made, continued, relayed in or from or in any way connected to the United States, and no Member shall communicate in any meeting if such participation takes place in or from or is connected to the United States, and any business conducted at such purported meeting shall be of no force or effect.
(2)    The Board may, and at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting may, make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction it or he considers appropriate to ensure the security of a general meeting including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching of their personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board and, at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting are entitled to refuse entry to a person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements, requirements or restrictions.
40.
Notice of general meeting
Notice of each general meeting, whether annual or special, shall be given in writing to the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before such meeting. Notice of any meeting of Members shall specify the place, the date, and time of the meeting, as well as, as far as practicable, the general nature of the business to be transacted.

16


41.
Giving Notice and Access
(1)    A notice may be given by the Company to a Member:
(i)    by delivering it to such Member in Person, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served upon such delivery; or
(ii)    by sending it by post to such Member’s address in the Register of Members, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served seven days after the date on which it is deposited, with postage prepaid, in the mail; or
(iii)    by sending it by courier to such Member’s address in the Register of members, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served two days after the date on which it is deposited, with courier fees paid, with the courier service; or
(iv)    by transmitting it by electronic means (including facsimile and electronic mail, but not telephone) in accordance with such directions as may be given by such Member to the Company for such purpose, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time that it would in the ordinary course be transmitted; or
(v)    by delivering it in accordance with the provisions of the Act pertaining to delivery of electronic records by publication on a website, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the requirements of the Act in that regard have been met.
(2)    Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more Persons, be given to whichever of such Persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.
(3)    In proving service under Bye-laws 41(1)(ii), (iii) and (iv), it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and prepaid, if posted or sent by courier, and the time when it was posted, deposited with the courier, or transmitted by electronic means.
42.
Postponement or Cancellation of General Meeting
The Secretary may, and on instruction of the chairman of the Company, the Secretary shall postpone or cancel any general meeting called in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws (other than a general meeting requisitioned under these Bye-laws) provided that notice of postponement or cancellation is given to each Member before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed meeting shall be given to each Member in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.
43.
Quorum for General Meeting
(1)    At any general meeting two or more persons present at the start of the meeting and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the total voting rights of all issued and outstanding shares in the Company shall form a quorum for the transaction of business.
(2)    If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, then, in the case of a meeting convened on a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed cancelled and, in any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the Secretary may determine. Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, time and place announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the resumption of the meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws.

17


44.
Adjournment of General Meeting
(1)    The chairman of a general meeting at which a quorum is present may, with the consent of the Members holding a majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy (and shall if so directed by Members holding a majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy) adjourn the meeting.
(2)    The chairman of a general meeting may adjourn the meeting to another time and place without the consent or direction of the Members if it appears to him that:
(i)
it is likely to be impractical to hold or continue that meeting because of the number of Members wishing to attend who are not present; or
(ii)
the unruly conduct of persons attending the meeting prevents, or is likely to prevent, the orderly continuation of the business of the meeting; or
(iii)
an adjournment is otherwise necessary so that the business of the meeting may be properly conducted.
(3)    Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the date, place and time for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws.
45.
Written Resolutions
(1)    Subject to these Bye-laws, anything which may be done by resolution of the Company in general meeting or by resolution of a meeting of any class of the Members may, without a meeting and without any previous notice being required, be done by resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of all the Members who at the date of the resolution would be entitled to attend the meeting and vote on the resolution.
(2)    A resolution in writing may be signed in any number of counterparts.
(3)    A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or by a meeting of the relevant class of Members, as the case may be, and any reference in any Bye-law to a meeting at which a resolution is passed or to Members voting in favour of a resolution shall be construed accordingly.
(4)    A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Act.
(5)    This Bye-law shall not apply to:
(a)
a resolution passed to remove an Auditor from office before the expiration of his term of office; or
(b)
a resolution passed for the purpose of removing a Director before the expiration of his term of office.
(6)    For the purposes of this Bye-law, the date of the resolution is the date when the resolution is signed by or on behalf of the last Member to sign and any reference in any Bye-law to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution made in accordance with this Bye-law, a reference to such date. Any resolution in writing may be signed within or outside the United States; provided that no such resolution shall be valid unless the signature of the last Member signing such resolution is affixed outside of the United States.

18


46.
Attendance of Directors
The Directors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and be heard at any general meeting.
47.
Limitation on voting rights of Controlled Shares
(1)    Except as provided in the other paragraphs of this Bye-law 47, every Member of record owning shares conferring the right to vote present in Person or by proxy shall have one vote, or such other number of votes as may be specified in the terms of the issue and rights and privileges attaching to such shares or in these Bye-laws, for each such share registered in such Member’s name.
(2)    If, as a result of giving effect to the foregoing provisions of this Bye-law 47 or otherwise, the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares, directly or indirectly or by attribution, to any Person would otherwise represent more than 9.9% of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote, the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares on such Person shall be reduced by whatever amount is necessary so that after any such reduction the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares to such Person shall constitute 9.9% of the total voting power of all shares of the Company entitled to vote (provided, however, that votes shall be reduced only (i) in shares of the Company, if any, held by such Person within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Code and (ii) in shares of the Company if any held by such Person within the meaning of Section 958(b) of the Code).
(3)    Upon written notification by a Member to the Board, the number of votes conferred by the total number of shares held directly by such Member shall be reduced to that percentage of the total voting power of the Company, as so designated by such Member (subject to acceptance of such reduction by the Board in its sole discretion), so that (and to the extent that) such Member may meet any applicable insurance or other regulatory requirement or voting threshold or limitation that may be applicable to such Member or to evidence that such Person’s voting power is no greater than such threshold.
(4)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bye-law 47, after having applied such provisions as best as they consider reasonably practicable, the Board may make such final adjustments to the aggregate number of votes conferred, directly or indirectly or by attribution, by the Controlled Shares on any Person that they consider fair and reasonable in all the circumstances to ensure that such votes represent 9.9% (or the percentage designated by a Member pursuant to paragraph (4) of this Bye-law 47) of the aggregate voting power of the votes conferred by all the shares of the Company entitled to vote. Such adjustments intended to implement the 9.9% limitation set forth in paragraph (2) of this Bye-law 47 shall be subject to the proviso contained in such paragraph (2), but adjustments intended to implement the limitation set forth in a notification pursuant to paragraph (3) of this Bye-law 47 shall not be subject to the proviso contained in paragraph (2).
(5)    Each Member shall provide the Company with such information as the Company may reasonably request so that the Company and the Board may make determinations as to the ownership (direct or indirect or by attribution) of Controlled Shares to such Member or to any Person to which Shares may be attributed as a result of the ownership of Shares by such Member.
(6)    The foregoing provisions of this Bye-law 47 (the “ Voting Cut Back Restriction ”) shall not apply to any HPS Excepted Holder so long as HPS Excepted Holders in the aggregate own (directly, indirectly or constructively, after application of Section 318 of the Code as modified by Section 958 of the Code) no more than twenty percent (20%) of any class of shares then outstanding. The Voting Cut Back Restriction shall also not apply to any Arch Excepted Holder so long as the ownership of Shares by such Arch Excepted Holder does not result in any person being treated as a “United States Shareholder” (within the meaning of Section 951(b) of the Code) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that if the Voting Cut Back

19


Restriction does apply to an Arch Excepted Holder, the voting right of such Arch Excepted Holder shall be restricted only to the extent sufficient to cause the person not to be treated as a United States Shareholder.
48.
Voting on Resolutions
(1)    Subject to the Act and these Bye-laws, any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with these Bye-laws and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail provided that on a proposal to change the name of the Company the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast must include the affirmative vote of an Arch Entity for so long as Arch is entitled to appoint at least one Arch Designated Director.
(2)    Notwithstanding Bye-law 48(1), where persons are validly proposed for re-election or election as a Director, the persons receiving the most votes (up to the number of Directors to be elected) shall be elected as Directors, and an absolute majority of the votes cast shall not be a prerequisite to the election of such Directors.
(3)    No Member shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting unless such Member has paid all the calls on all shares held by such Member.
(4)    At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall, in the first instance, be voted upon by a show of hands and, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares and subject to these Bye-laws, every Member present in Person and every Person holding a valid proxy at such meeting shall be entitled to one vote and shall cast such vote by raising his hand.
(5)    In the event that a Member participates in a general meeting by telephone, electronic or other communication facilities or means, the chairman of the meeting shall direct the manner in which such Member may cast his vote on a show of hands.
(6)    At any general meeting if an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration and the chairman of the meeting rules on whether or not the proposed amendment is out of order, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.
(7)    At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to these Bye-laws, be conclusive evidence of that fact.
49.
Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll
(1)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a poll may be demanded by any of the following Persons:
(i)    the chairman of such meeting; or
(ii)    at least three Members present in Person or represented by proxy; or
(iii)    any Member or Members present in Person or represented by proxy and holding between them not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the Members having the right to vote at such meeting; or
(iv)    any Member or Members present in Person or represented by proxy holding shares in the Company conferring the right to vote at such meeting, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total amount paid up on all such shares conferring such right.

20


(2)    Where a poll is demanded, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every Person present at such meeting shall have one vote for each share of which such Person is the holder or for which such Person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted by ballot as described herein, or in the case of a general meeting at which one or more Members are present by telephone, electronic or other communication facilities or means, in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded and shall replace any previous resolution upon the same matter which has been the subject of a show of hands. A Person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.
(3)    A poll demanded for the purpose of electing a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time and in such manner during such meeting as the chairman (or acting chairman) of the meeting may direct. Any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be conducted pending the taking of the poll.
(4)    Where a vote is taken by poll, each Person physically present and entitled to vote shall be furnished with a ballot paper on which such Person shall record his vote in such manner as shall be determined at the meeting having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken, and each ballot paper shall be signed or initialled or otherwise marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy. Each Person present by telephone, electronic or other communication facilities or means shall cast his vote in such manner as the chairman of the meeting shall direct. At the conclusion of the poll, the ballot papers and votes cast in accordance with such directions shall be examined and counted by a committee of not less than two Members or proxy holders appointed by the chairman of the meeting for the purpose and the result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman of the meeting
50.
Chairman to Preside at General Meetings
Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of those attending and entitled to vote thereat, the chairman or the president of the Company, if there be one, shall act as chairman of the general meeting at which such Person is present. In their absence a chairman of the meeting shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at that meeting and in their absence by a majority of those present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote.
51.
Conduct of meeting; Decision of chairman
(1)    The chairman shall conduct each general meeting in a manner consistent with the Act and these Bye-laws, but shall not be obligated to follow any technical, formal or parliamentary rules or principles of procedure. Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman’s rulings on procedural matters shall be conclusive and binding on all Members.
(2)    At any general meeting if an amendment shall be proposed to any resolution under consideration but shall be ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.
(3)    At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws, be conclusive evidence of that fact.

21


52.
Seniority of joint holders voting
In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in Person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.
53.
Proxies
(1)    A Member may appoint a proxy by an instrument in writing in such form as the Board or chairman of the meeting may accept or by such telephonic, electronic or other means as may be approved by the Board.
(2)    The appointment of a proxy must be received by the Company at the registered office or at such other place or in such manner as is specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting at which the Person named in the instrument appointing a proxy proposes to vote, and appointment of a proxy which is not received in the manner so prescribed shall be invalid.
(3)    A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf in respect of different shares.
(4)    Any proxy duly executed shall continue in full force and effect unless revoked by the Person executing it by a writing delivered to the Company stating that the proxy is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed by such Member presented to the meeting or by attendance at a meeting and voting in Person by such Member. However, no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The decision of the chairman of any general meeting as to the validity of any instrument of proxy shall be final.
(5)    Notwithstanding Bye-law 53(4) any Member may irrevocably appoint a proxy and in such case: (i) such appointment shall be irrevocable in accordance with the terms of the instrument of appointment; (ii) the Company shall be given notice of the appointment, such notice to include the name, address, telephone number and electronic mail address of the proxy, and the Company shall give to such proxy notice of all meetings of shareholders of the Company; (iii) such proxy shall be the only Person entitled to vote the relevant shares at any meeting at which such proxy is present; and (iv) the Company shall be obliged to recognise the proxy until such time as such proxy shall notify the Company in writing that the appointment of such proxy is no longer in force.
54.
Representation of corporations at meetings
A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorize such Person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any general meeting and the Person so authorized shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such Person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he or she thinks fit as to the right of any Person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Member.
SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARES
55.
Rights of shares
(1)    At the date these Bye-laws become effective, the share capital of the Company is divided into two classes: (i) common shares (the “ Common Shares ”) and (ii) preference shares (the “ Preference Shares ”).

22


(2)    The holders of Common Shares shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws:
(a)
be entitled (subject to Bye-law 47) to one vote per share;
(b)
be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;
(c)
in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company; and
(d)
generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.
(3)    All the rights attaching to a Treasury Share shall be suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds such Treasury Share and, except where required by the Act, all Treasury Shares shall be excluded from the calculation of any percentage or fraction of the share capital, or number of shares, of the Company.
(4)    The Board shall have the full power to issue any unissued shares of the Company on such terms and conditions as it may, in its absolute discretion, determine. The Board is authorized to provide for the issuance of the Preference Shares in one or more series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such matters and the issuance of such Preference Shares shall not be deemed to vary the rights attached to the Common Shares or, subject to the terms of any other series of Preference Shares, to vary the rights attached to any other series of Preference Shares).
(5)    The authority of the Board with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:
(a)
The number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;
(b)
The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of that series;
(c)
Whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;
(d)
Whether that series shall have conversion or exchange privileges (including, without limitation, conversion into Common Shares), and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including provision for adjustment of the conversion or exchange rate in such events as the Board shall determine;
(e)
Whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the manner of selecting shares for redemption if less than all shares are to be redeemed, the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates;
(f)
Whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;
(g)
The right of the shares of that series to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary, upon the issue

23


of any additional shares (including additional shares of such series or any other series) and upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of any outstanding shares of the Company;
(h)
The rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series; and
(i)
Any other relative participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of that series.
56.
Power to issue shares
(1)    The issuance of any authorized Common Shares or Preference Shares and any other actions permitted to be taken by the Board pursuant to Bye-law 55 must be authorized by the Board.
(2)    Any Preference Shares of any series which have been redeemed (whether through the operation of a sinking fund or otherwise) or which, if convertible or exchangeable, have been converted into or exchanged for shares of any other class or classes shall have the status of authorized and unissued Preference Shares of the same series and may be reissued as a part of the series of which they were originally a part or may be reclassified and reissued as part of a new series of Preference Shares to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board or as part of any other series of Preference Shares, all subject to the conditions and the restrictions on issuance set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issue of any series of Preference Shares.
(3)    At the discretion of the Board, whether or not in connection with the issuance and sale of any of its shares or other securities, the Company may issue securities, contracts, warrants or other instruments evidencing any shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations on such terms, conditions and other provisions as are fixed by the Board, including, without limiting the generality of this authority, conditions that preclude or limit any Person or Persons owning or offering to acquire a specified number or percentage of the outstanding Common Shares, other shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations of the company or transferee of the Person or Persons from exercising, converting, transferring or receiving the shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations.
(4)    If prior to the first day following the date on which these Bye-laws become effective, the Company proposes to issue, offer or sell New Company Securities, Arch, on behalf of each Member that is an Arch Entity, shall have the right to purchase such New Company Securities up to the Arch Entities’ aggregate pro rata share on a fully diluted as converted basis, in order to permit the Arch Entities, collectively, to maintain their then-current aggregate percentage ownership of the Company’s equity capital. The “pro rata share” of an Arch Entity for purposes of this Bye-law shall be expressed as a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares held by such Arch Entity on the date of the Company’s written notice pursuant to Section 6.05(c) of the Common Shareholders Agreement, and (ii) the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares issued and outstanding on the date of the Company’s written notice pursuant to Section 6.05(c) of the Common Shareholders Agreement, assuming for this purpose conversion or exercise of all outstanding Derivative Securities.
57.
Variation of rights, alteration of share capital and purchase of shares of the Company
(1)    If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound-up, be varied with the consent in writing of a majority of the voting power

24


represented by the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the voting power represented by the votes cast at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class at which meeting the necessary quorum shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy one-third of the issued shares of the class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class or series issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.
(2)    The Company may from time to time if authorized by resolution of the Members increase, change the currency denomination of, diminish or reduce its share capital in any manner permitted by the Act. The Board may from time to time divide, consolidate or subdivide its shares in any manner permitted by the Act. Where, on any alteration of share capital, fractions of shares or some other difficulty would arise, the Board may deal with or resolve the same in such manner as it thinks fit including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the issue to Members, as appropriate, of fractions of shares and/or arranging for the sale or transfer of the fractions of shares of Members.
(3)    The Company may from time to time, acting through the Board, purchase its own shares for cancellation or acquire them as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Act on such terms as the Board shall deem fit.
58.
Registered holder of shares
(1)    The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other Person.
(2)    Any dividend, interest or other moneys payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the Member at such Member’s address in the Register of Members or, in the case of joint holders, to such address of the holder first named in the Register of Members, or to such Person and to such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. If two or more Persons are registered as joint holders of any shares any one can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid in respect of such shares.
59.
Death of a joint holder
Where two or more Persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares then in the event of the death of any joint holder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to the said share or shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders.
60.
Share certificates
(1)    Every Member shall be entitled to a certificate under the common seal of the Company (or a facsimile thereof) or bearing the signature (or a facsimile thereof) of a Director or the Secretary or a Person expressly authorised to sign specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class of shares held by such Member and whether the same are fully paid up and, if not, specifying the amount paid on such shares. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in a particular case, that any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means.
(2)    The Company shall be under no obligation to complete and deliver a share certificate unless specifically called upon to do so by the Person to whom the shares have been allotted.

25


(3)    If any share certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid, or destroyed the Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.
(4)    Notwithstanding any provisions of these Bye-laws:
(a)    the Board shall, subject always to the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and requirements of any relevant system concerned, have power to implement any arrangements it may, in its absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of uncertificated shares and to the extent such arrangements are so implemented, no provision of these Bye-laws shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the holding or transfer of shares in uncertificated form; and
(b)    unless otherwise determined by the Board and as permitted by the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations, no person shall be entitled to receive a certificate in respect of any share for so long as the title to that share is evidenced otherwise than by a certificate and for so long as transfers of that share may be made otherwise than by a written instrument.
61.
Fractional Shares
The Company may issue its shares in fractional denominations and deal with such fractions to the same extent as its whole shares and shares in fractional denominations shall have in proportion to the respective fractions represented thereby all of the rights of whole shares including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) the right to vote, to receive dividends and distributions and to participate in a winding-up.
62.
Member Cooperation in Tax Matters
(1)    Each Member agrees to provide the Company whatever information is reasonably requested by the Company on an ongoing basis for purposes of monitoring “related person insurance income” as defined in the Code, applying the voting limitations described in Bye-law 47(2) (and any other legitimate matter related to taxes), and monitoring compliance with the limitation on benefits provisions in the US/Bermuda tax treaty.
(2)    Each Member further agrees that such Member will, upon request of the Company, provide any information or documentation, execute any forms or documents (including a power of attorney or settlement or closing agreement) and take any further action requested by the Company in connection with any tax matter (including in connection with a tax audit or proceeding) affecting the Company.
(3)    Without limiting the foregoing, each Member further agrees that such Member will, upon request of the Company, provide identifying information as to themselves and, as applicable, their direct and indirect owners, and to certify such information in such form as may be reasonably requested by the Company to comply with Sections 1471-1474 of the Code (“ FATCA ”), any current or future regulations, treaties, laws or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof, any similar provision of law or, if applicable, any intergovernmental agreement entered into between the United States and Bermuda. Each Member further agrees to cooperate with the Company in connection with any steps the Company may elect to take, in its reasonable discretion to ensure compliance with the foregoing, it being expressly understood and agreed that such steps may in the Company’s discretion include a forced sale and/or redemption of any Securities held by a Member who fails to provide such information.

26


RECORD DATES
63.
Determination of record dates
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bye-laws, the Board may fix any date as the record date for:
(a)
determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend; and
(b)
determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting of the Company.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
64.
Instrument of transfer
(1)    An instrument of transfer shall be in such common form as the Board may accept. Such instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the same has been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Members.
(2)    The Board may refuse to recognize any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate (if any) in respect of the shares to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.
65.
Restriction on transfer
(1)    Subject to the Act, this Bye-law 65 and such other of the restrictions contained in these Bye-laws, the Shareholders Agreements and elsewhere as may be applicable, any Member may sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of shares of the Company at the time owned by it and, upon receipt of a duly executed form of transfer in writing, the Directors shall procure the timely registration of the same. If the Directors refuse to register a transfer for any reason they shall notify the proposed transferor and transferee within thirty days of such refusal.
(2)    The Board in its sole discretion may decline to register the transfer of any shares if the Board determines that the transfer of shares of the Company by any Member may result in adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Members (including if such consequence arises as a result of any Person owning Controlled Shares of 9.9% or more of the value of the Company or the voting shares of the Company after giving effect to any adjustment to voting power required by Bye-law 47).
(3)     The Board in its sole discretion may decline to register the transfer of any shares if the Board determines that the transfer of shares of the Company by any Member may require registration under the Securities Act or under any blue sky or other United States state securities laws or under the laws of any other jurisdiction and such registration has not been duly effected; provided, that in the case of this Bye-law 65(3), the Board shall be entitled to request and rely on an opinion of counsel to the transferor or the transferee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board, that no such approval or consent is required and no such violation would occur, and the Board shall not be obligated to register any transfer absent the receipt of such an opinion.
(4)    Without limiting the foregoing, the Board shall decline to approve or register a transfer of shares unless all applicable consents, authorisations, permissions or approvals of any governmental body or agency in Bermuda, the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction required to be obtained prior to such transfer shall have been obtained.

27


(5)     The Board may require any Member, or any Person proposing to acquire shares, to certify or otherwise provide information in writing as to such matters as the Board may request for the purpose of giving effect to Bye-laws 10, 47(2) and 65(2), including as to such Person’s status, its Controlled Shares and other matters of the kind contemplated by Bye-law 47. Such request shall be made by written notice and the certification or other information requested shall be provided to such place and within such period (not less than ten (10) Business Days after such notice is given unless the Board and such Member or proposed acquiror otherwise agree) as the Board may designate in such request. If any Member or proposed acquiror does not respond to any such request by the Board as requested, or if the Board has reason to believe that any certification or other information provided pursuant to any such request is inaccurate or incomplete, the Board may decline to register any transfer or to effect any issuance or purchase of shares to which such request relates.
(6)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Person will have liability to any other Person (including the Company or any Member) for transfers in violation of these Bye-laws or the Shareholders Agreements and the sole remedy (legal, equitable or otherwise) for transfers in violation of these Bye-laws will be the right of the Board, if any, to purchase or assign the right to purchase the transferred shares pursuant to and in accordance with Bye-law 10(2). For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing will not limit the application of the voting limitations and adjustments set forth in Bye-law 47.
(7)    Shares may be transferred without a written instrument if transferred by an appointed agent or otherwise in accordance with the Act.
(8)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bye-laws, shares that are listed or admitted to trading on an appointed stock exchange may be transferred in accordance with the rules and regulations of such exchange.
66.
Transfers by joint holders
The joint holders of any share or shares may transfer such share or shares to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder or holders of any share or shares previously held by them jointly with a deceased Member may transfer any such share to the executors or administrators of such deceased Member.
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
67.
Representative of deceased Member
In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the only Persons recognized by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s interest in the shares. Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by such deceased Member with other Persons. Subject to the provisions of Section 52 of the Act, for the purpose of this Bye-law, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member or such other Person as the Board may in its absolute discretion decide as being properly authorized to deal with the shares of a deceased Member.
68.
Registration on death or bankruptcy
Any Person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered as a Member upon such evidence as the Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some Person to be registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case the Person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such nominee an instrument of transfer satisfactory to the Board. On the presentation

28


thereof to the Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member but the Board shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that Member before such Member’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.
DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS
69.
Declaration of dividends and distributions by the Board
The Board may, subject to these Bye-laws and in accordance with the Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the Members, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets. The Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company. No dividend or distribution shall bear interest against the Company.
70.
Unclaimed dividends
Any dividend or other monies payable in respect of a share which has remained unclaimed for 5 years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the Board so resolves, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company. The payment of any unclaimed dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may (but need not) be paid by the Company into an account separate from the Company’s own account. Such payment shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.
71.
Undelivered payments
The Company shall be entitled to cease sending dividend cheques and drafts by post or otherwise to a Member if those instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, that Member on at least two consecutive occasions, or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquiries have failed to establish the Member’s new address. The entitlement conferred on the Company by this Bye-law in respect of any Member shall cease if the Member claims a dividend or cashes a dividend cheque or draft.
72.
Power to Set Aside Profits
The Board may, before declaring a dividend, set aside out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such amount as it thinks proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose.
CAPITALIZATION
73.
Issue of bonus shares; Paying up Partly or Nil Paid Shares
(1)    The Board may resolve to capitalize any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares to the Members.
(2)    The Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of a reserve account or amounts otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amounts in paying up in full, partly or nil paid shares of those Members who would have been entitled to such amounts if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

29


FISCAL YEAR
74.
Financial Year End and Records of Account
(1)    The financial year end of the Company may be determined by resolution of the Board and failing such resolution shall be 31st December in each year.
(2)    The Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in particular with respect to:
(a)
all amounts of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates;
(b)    all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and
(c)    all assets and liabilities of the Company.
(3)    Such records of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company or, subject to the Act, at such other place as the Board thinks fit and shall be available for inspection by the Directors during normal business hours.
(4)    Such records of account shall be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared
AUDIT
75.
Appointment and Remuneration of Auditor
(1)    Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts or appointment of an Auditor pursuant to the Act, the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.
(2)    Subject to the Act, the Members shall appoint an auditor to the Company to hold office for such term as the Members deem fit or until a successor is appointed.
(3)    The Auditor may be a Member but no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.
(4)    The remuneration of an Auditor appointed by the Members shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such manner as the Members may determine.
(5)    The remuneration of an Auditor appointed by the Board to fill a casual vacancy in accordance with these Bye-laws shall be fixed by the Board.
76.
Financial Statements and the Auditor’s Report
(1)    Subject to the following bye-law, the financial statements and/or the auditor’s report as required by the Act shall
(a)    be laid before the Members at the annual general meeting; or
(b)    be received, accepted, adopted or approved by the Members by written resolution passed in accordance with these Bye-laws.

30


(2)    If all Members and Directors shall agree, either in writing or at a meeting, that in respect of a particular interval no financial statements and/or auditor’s report thereon need be made available to the Members, and/or that no auditor shall be appointed then there shall be no obligation on the Company to do so.
CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES
77.
Certain Subsidiaries
(1)    The Board may designate any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any state (or limited liability company organized under the law of the United States or any state that is taxable as a corporation for United States Federal income tax purposes) or that is not treated as a pass through vehicle or disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes (unless such disregarded entity owns, directly or indirectly, any Subsidiary organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States that is treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) as being subject to the provisions of this Bye-law 77 (any such Subsidiary that is so designated, a “ Designated Subsidiary ”).
(2)    Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bye-laws to the contrary, if the Company is required or entitled to vote at a general meeting of any Designated Subsidiary, the Directors shall refer the subject matter of the vote (other than the appointment, removal and remuneration of auditors and the approval of financial statements and reports thereon) to the Members and seek instruction from the Members for the Company’s corporate representative or proxy to vote either in favour of or against the resolution proposed by such Designated Subsidiary. The Directors shall cause the Company’s corporate representative or proxy to vote the Company’s shares in such Designated Subsidiary pro rata to the votes received at the general meeting of the Company, with votes for or against the resolution being taken, respectively, as an instruction for the Company’s corporate representative or proxy to vote the appropriate proportion of its shares for and the appropriate proportion of its shares against the resolution proposed by such Designated Subsidiary.
(3)    The Company may enter into agreements with each Designated Subsidiary to effectuate or implement this Bye-law and shall take such other actions as are necessary to effectuate or implement this Bye-law.
SEAL OF THE COMPANY
78.
Form and Use of the seal
(1)    The Company may adopt a seal in such form as the Board may determine. The Board may adopt one or more duplicate seals for use in or outside Bermuda.
(2)    A seal may, but need not, be affixed to any deed, instrument or document, and if the seal is to be affixed thereto, it shall be attested by the signature of (i) any Director, or (ii) any Officer, or (iii) the Secretary, or (iv) any Person authorised by the Board for that purpose.
(3)    A Resident Representative may, but need not, affix the seal of the Company to certify the authenticity of any copies of documents.
VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION
79.
Winding-up/distribution by liquidator
If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the Members, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he or she deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried

31


out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.
ALTERATION OF CONSTITUTION
80.
Alteration of Bye-laws
No Bye-law may be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law may be made save in accordance with the Act and until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Members including the affirmative vote of shares carrying not less than 66 2 / 3 % of the total voting rights of all issued and outstanding shares. Each holder of Common Shares party to the Common Shareholders Agreement has agreed to vote its Common Shares or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and to take all other actions necessary to ensure that these Bye-Laws facilitate, and do not at any time conflict with, any provision of the Common Shareholders Agreement.
81.
Changes to the Memorandum of Association
No alteration or amendment to the Memorandum of Association may be made save in accordance with the Act and until same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Members including the affirmative vote of shares carrying not less than 66 2 / 3 % of the total voting rights of all issued and outstanding shares.
82.
Discontinuance
The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to discontinue the Company to a jurisdiction outside Bermuda pursuant to the Act.
83.
Sale of the Company
Any sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any other similar transaction including, without limitation, the issuance of new shares that will result in a change of control of the Company shall require the approval of:
(a)    the Board, by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors voting at a meeting where a quorum is present or by unanimous consent in writing; and
(b)    after the approval of the Board, a resolution of the Members including the affirmative vote of shares carrying not less than 50% of the total voting rights of all issued and outstanding shares.
84.
Business Combinations
(1)    In addition to any applicable requirements set forth in Bye-law 83, any Business Combination (as such term is defined below) with any Interested Shareholder (as such term is defined below) within a period of three years following the time of the transaction in which the person became an Interested Shareholder must be approved by the Board and authorised at an annual or special general meeting, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company that are not owned by the Interested Member, unless:
(a)
prior to the time that the person became an Interested Member, the Board approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an Interested Member; or

32


(b)
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an Interested Member, the Interested Shareholder owned at least 85% of the number of issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for the purposes of determining the number of shares issued and outstanding those shares owned (i) by persons who are Directors and also Officers and (ii) employee share plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer.
(2)    The restrictions contained in Bye-law 84(1) shall not apply if:
(a)
a Member becomes an Interested Shareholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the Member ceases to be an Interested Member; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Company and such Member, have been an Interested Shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or
(b)
the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of, and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of, a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Shareholder with the approval of the Board; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the Board then in office who were Directors prior to any person becoming an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such Directors by resolution of the Board approved by a majority of such Directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:
(i)
a merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company (except an amalgamation in respect of which, pursuant to the Act, no vote of the shareholders of the Company is required);
(ii)
a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Company or of any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company (other than to the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned by the Company) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the issued and outstanding shares of the Company; or
(iii)
a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company.
(3)    For purposes of this Bye-law 84 only, the term:
(a)
“associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a Director, Officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting shares; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar

33


fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person;
(b)
“Business Combination,” when used in reference to the Company and any Interested Shareholder of the Company, means:
(i)
any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company, wherever incorporated, with (A) the Interested Shareholder or any of its affiliates, or (B) with any other company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger, amalgamation or consolidation is caused by the Interested Member;
(ii)
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a shareholder of the Company, to or with the Interested Member, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Company or of any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the issued and outstanding shares of the Company;
(iii)
any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Company or by any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company of any shares of the Company, or any share of such entity, to the Interested Member, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares of the Company, or shares of any such entity, which securities were issued and outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder became such; (B) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares of the Company, or shares of any such entity, which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of shares subsequent to the time the Interested Shareholder became such; (C) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Company to purchase shares made on the same terms to all holders of such shares; or (D) any issuance or transfer of shares by the Company; provided however, that in no case under items (B)-(D) of this subparagraph shall there be an increase in the Interested Member’s proportionate share of the any class or series of shares;
(iv)
any transaction involving the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of shares, or securities convertible into any class or series of shares of the Company, or shares of any such entity, or securities convertible into such shares, which is owned by the Interested Member, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any repurchase or redemption of any shares not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Member; or
(v)
any receipt by the Interested Shareholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder of the Company), of any loans,

34


advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subparagraphs (a)-(d) of this paragraph) provided by or through the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company;
(c)
“control”, including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the issued and outstanding voting shares of any company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, such presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting shares, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this provision, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity;
(d)
“Interested Shareholder” means any person (other than the Company and any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company, (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Company and was the owner of 15% or more of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an Interested Shareholder or (iii) is an affiliate or associate of any person listed in (i) or (ii) above; provided, however, that the term “Interested Member” shall not include any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Company unless such person referred to in this proviso acquires additional voting shares of the Company otherwise than as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested Member, the voting shares of the Company deemed to be issued and outstanding shall include voting shares deemed to be owned by the person through application of paragraph (e) below, but shall not include any other unissued shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;
(e)
“owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any shares, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:
(i)
beneficially owns such shares, directly or indirectly; or
(ii)
has (A) the right to acquire such shares (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of shares tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered shares are accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such shares pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any shares because of such person’s right to vote such shares if the agreement,

35


arrangement or understanding to vote such shares arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or
(iii)
has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (B) of subparagraph (b) of this paragraph), or disposing of such shares with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such shares.
(f)
“person” means any individual, company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity;
(g)
“voting shares” means, with respect to any company, shares of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, provided that, when used in reference to a vote to approve a merger or amalgamation of the Company which the Act requires to be approved by the Members, such term includes any shares entitled to vote on such matter pursuant to the Act, whether or not they are otherwise entitled to vote and, with respect to any entity that is not a company, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity; and references to percentages of “voting shares” shall be read as references to shares carrying such percentages of votes.
(4)
In respect of any Business Combination to which the restrictions contained in Bye-law 84 do not apply but which the Act requires to be approved by the Members:
(a)
where such Business Combination has been approved by the Board, the necessary general meeting quorum shall be as set out in Bye-law 43 and the necessary Members’ approval shall require the affirmative vote of shares carrying not less than 50% of the total voting rights of all issued and outstanding shares; and
(b)
where such Business Combination has not been approved by the Board, the necessary Members’ approval shall require the affirmative vote of shares carrying not less than 66⅔% of the total voting rights of all issued and outstanding shares.
(5)
In respect of any merger or amalgamation which is not a Business Combination but which the Act requires to be approved by the Members:
(a)
where such merger or amalgamation has been approved by the Board, the necessary general meeting quorum shall be as set out in Bye-law 43 and the necessary Members’ approval shall require the affirmative vote of shares carrying not less than 50% of the total voting rights of all issued and outstanding shares; and
(b)
where such merger or amalgamation has not been approved by the Board, the necessary Members’ approval shall require the affirmative vote of shares carrying not less than 66⅔% of the total voting rights of all issued and outstanding shares.
(6)    The Board shall ensure that the bye-laws or other constitutional documents of each entity wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company shall contain any provisions necessary to ensure that the intent of Bye-law 84, as it relates to the actions of such entities, is achieved.
85.
Incorporation by reference
The Company, Arch and each other holder of Common Shares party to the Common Shareholders Agreement have granted to Arch certain rights, including but not limited to (and subject to the terms of the Common Shareholders Agreement): (i) the right to appoint up to two Arch Designated Directors to serve

36


as Directors on the Board, the right to have at least one Arch Designated Director appointed to each committee of the Board and the right to have the two Persons appointed as Arch Designated Directors appointed to the board of directors of each subsidiary of the Company, (ii) the right to require the affirmative vote of an Arch Designated Director for the Company to take action with respect to specified matters, and (iii) the right to purchase up to its aggregate pro rata share on a fully diluted as converted basis of New Company Securities. All relevant terms of the Common Shareholders Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and, to the extent the terms of these Bye-laws are inconsistent with the Common Shareholders Agreement, the terms of the Common Shareholders Agreement shall govern to the extent permitted under applicable law. A copy of the Common Shareholders Agreement is available from the Company and will be made available to potential shareholders that have executed a confidentiality agreement containing terms and conditions satisfactory to the Company in its discretion.

37

Exhibit  4.1

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

OF

 

8 ½ % CUMULATIVE REDEEMABLE PREFERENCE SHARES

 

OF

 

WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.

 

Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda company (the “Company”), HEREBY CERTIFIES that pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors adopted on 14 March, 2014, the creation of the 8½ % Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shares, par value U.S. $0.01 per share and liquidation preference U.S. $25 per share (the “Preference Shares”) were authorized and the designations, preferences and privileges, voting rights, relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the Preference Shares, in addition to those set forth in the Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws of the Company, were fixed as follows:

 

Section.1. Designation The distinctive serial designation of such series of Preference Shares is “8½% Preference Shares,” par value U.S. $0.01 per share. Each Preference Share shall be identical in all respects to every other Preference Share, except as to the respective dates from which dividends thereon shall accumulate, to the extent such dates may differ as permitted pursuant to Section 4(a).

 

Section 2. Number of Shares The authorized number of shares constituting the Preference Shares on the date hereof shall be10,000,000. Any Preference Shares retired by purchase or redemption, or otherwise acquired by the Company or converted into another series of preference shares, will have the status of authorized but unissued Preference Shares and may be reissued as part of the same class or series or may be reclassified and reissued by the Board of Directors in the same manner as any other authorized and unissued shares.

 

Section 3. Interpretation

 

(a) In this Certificate of Designation the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings:

 

“Additional Director”   has the meaning specified in Section 7(b).
     
“Bye-Laws”   the bye-laws of the Company, as they may be amended from time to time.
     
“Board of Directors”   the Board of Directors of the Company.
     
“Business Day”   a day that is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday, and is not a day on which banking institutions in New
 
    York City and Hamilton, Bermuda generally are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
     
“Certificate of Designation”   this Certificate of Designation relating to the Preference Shares, as it may be amended from time to time.
     
“Closing Date”   the date of the initial closing in respect of the private placement of Preference Shares described in the Company’s Confidential Private Placement Memorandum, dated January 2014, related to the Company’s offering of Common Shares and Preference Shares.
     
“Common Shares”   the common shares, par value U.S. $0.01 per share, of the Company.
     
“Companies Act”   the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda.
     
“Dividend Payment Date”   has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).
     
“Dividend Period”   has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).
     
“Dividend Record Date”   has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).
     
“Fixed Rate”   has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).
     
“Fixed Rate Period”   has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).
     
“Floating Rate”   has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).
     
“Floating Rate Period”   has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).
     
“IPO”   the initial registered public offering of the Preference Shares in the United States or a listing of the Preference Shares on a United States national securities exchange.
     
“Junior Stock”   the Common Shares and any other class or series of shares of the Company that ranks junior to the Preference Shares either as to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) or as to the distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company.
2
“Liquidation Preference”   has the meaning specified in Section 5(a).
     
“Margin”   has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).
     
“Optional Redemption” ”   has the meaning specified in Section 6(b)(1).
     
“Parity Stock”   any class or series of shares of the Company that ranks equally with the Preference Shares as to payment of dividends and the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company.
     
“Preference Shares”   has the meaning specified in the recitals.
     
“Preference Shareholders’ Agreement”   the shareholders’ agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as amended form time to time, among the Company and the holders of the Preference Shares.
     
“Register of Members”   the Register of Members of the Company.
     
“set aside for payment”   without any action other than the following, the recording by the Company in its accounting ledgers of any accounting or bookkeeping entry which indicates, pursuant to a declaration of a dividend or other distribution by the Board of Directors, the allocation of the funds to be so paid on any class or series of the Company’s shares; provided, however, that if any funds for any class or series of Junior Stock or any class or series of Parity Stock are placed in a separate account of the Company, then “set aside for payment” with respect to the Preference Shares shall mean placing such funds in a separate account.
     
  (b) In this Certificate of Designation, where not inconsistent with the context:
     
  (1) words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;
     
  (2) words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine gender;
     
  (3) words importing persons include companies, associations or bodies of persons whether corporate or not;
     
  (4) the word:
     
  (i) “may” shall be construed as permissive; and
3
  (ii) “shall” shall be construed as imperative;
     
  (5) a reference to statutory provision shall be deemed to include any amendment or re-enactment thereof.
  (c) Expressions referring to writing or written shall, unless the contrary intention appears, include facsimile, printing, lithography, photography, e-mail and other modes of representing words in a visible form.
     
  (d) Headings used in this Certificate of Designation are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof.

 

Section 4. Dividends

 

(a)        Rate Holders of Preference Shares will be entitled to receive, only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends under Bermuda law, cumulative cash dividends payable quarterly on the last day of March, June, September and December, commencing June 30, 2014 (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”). Dividends will accrue (i) from (and including) the Closing Date to (but excluding) June 30, 2019 (the “Fixed Rate Period”) at 8½% (the “Fixed Rate”) of the $25 per share liquidation preference per annum (equivalent to $2.125 per share per annum); and (ii) from (and including) June 30, 2019 (the “Floating Rate Period”), at a floating rate per annum (the “Floating Rate”) equal to 3 month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a margin determined on the Closing Date and calculated as the difference between (x) the Fixed Rate and (y) the 5 year “mid” swap rate to the Floating Rate as set out on the IRSB18 at noon Eastern Standard Time on the date of calculation (the “Margin”); provided, that, if, at any time, the 3 month U.S. dollar LIBOR shall be less than 1%, then the 3 month U.S. dollar LIBOR for the purposes of calculating the Floating Rate at the time of such calculation shall be 1%.

 

Dividends that are payable on Preference Shares on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of the Preference Shares as they appear on the Register of Members on the applicable record date, which shall be the fifteenth day of the month preceding that Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “Dividend Record Date”). These Dividend Record Dates will apply regardless of whether a particular Dividend Record Date is a Business Day.

 

A dividend period (each, a “Dividend Period”) is the period from and including a Dividend Payment Date or the initial issue date, as the case may be, to but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, will be payable in respect of any dividend payments on the Preference Shares which may be deferred or in arrears. During the Fixed Rate Period, dividends payable on the Preference Shares will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. During the Floating Rate

4

Period, dividends payable on the Preference Shares will be computed on the basis of actual days elapsed over a year consisting of 365 days.

 

If any date on which dividends would otherwise be payable is not a business day, then the dividend payment date will be the next succeeding business day after the original Dividend Payment Date, and no additional dividends will accumulate on the amount so payable from such date to such next succeeding business day.

 

Dividends on the Preference Shares are cumulative. Consequently, if the Board of Directors does not authorize and declare a dividend for any Dividend Period, holders of the Preference Shares will still be entitled to receive a dividend for such Dividend Period, and such undeclared dividend will accumulate and will be payable.

 

Holders of Preference Shares shall not be entitled to any other dividends or distributions other than the right to payment of accrued but unpaid dividends (if any) on the Preference Shares as specified in this Section 4.

 

(b)        Priority of Dividends So long as any Preference Shares remain outstanding for any Dividend Period, unless the full dividends for the latest completed Dividend Period on all issued and outstanding Preference Shares have been declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for payment: (1) no dividend (other than a dividend in Common Shares or in any other shares ranking junior to the Preference Shares as to dividends and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) will be declared or paid or a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set aside for such payment or other distribution declared or made upon the Company’s Common Shares or upon any other shares ranking junior to the Preference Shares as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up; and (2) no Common Shares, other shares ranking junior to or on a parity with the Preference Shares as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up will be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (or any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such shares) by the Company.

 

(c)        Restrictions on Payment of Dividends The Company will not be permitted to pay dividends on the Preference Shares (even if such dividends have been previously declared) if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or the realizable value of the Company’s assets would thereby be less than its liabilities.

 

(d)        Notice Whenever dividends payable on Preference Shares have not been declared by the Board of Directors and paid on all of the Preference Shares for any full Dividend Period occurring prior to the occurrence of an IPO, the Company will provide notice as soon as practicable that a dividend has not been declared and will not be paid for such Dividend Period to each holder of the Preference Shares (or to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and/or its private banking and wealth management affiliates (collectively, “ J.P. Morgan ”) or

5

another third party selected by the Company for further dissemination to each holder of the Preference Shares by J.P. Morgan or such other third party).

 

Section 5. Liquidation Rights

 

(a)        Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, holders of the Preference Shares are entitled to receive out of the Company’s assets legally available for distribution to shareholders, after satisfaction of indebtedness and other non-equity claims, if any, a liquidation preference in the amount of U.S. $25 per preferred share (the “Liquidation Preference”), plus declared and unpaid dividends, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for distribution, with accumulation of any undeclared dividends, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of Common Shares or other Junior Stock. Holders of the Preference Shares will not be entitled to any other amounts from the Company after they have received their full Liquidation Preference.

 

(b)        Partial Payment If the Company’s assets are not sufficient to pay the Liquidation Preference in full to all holders of the Preference Shares, the amounts paid to the holders of Preference Shares will be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences of such holders.

 

(c)        Residual Distributions If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of the Preference Shares, the holders of any other class of shares of the Company shall be entitled to receive all of the Company’s remaining assets according to their respective rights and preferences.

 

(d)        Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation For purposes of this Section 5, a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, arrangement or reconstruction involving the Company or the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the shares or the property or business of the Company will not be deemed to constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company.

 

Section 6. Redemption

 

(a)        Optional Redemption by the Company

 

(1)       The Preference Shares are not subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund, retirement fund, purchase fund or other similar provisions. The Preference Shares are not redeemable by the Company prior to June 30, 2019. Subject to the Companies Act, the Preference Shares will be redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(a)(2), at a redemption price equal to U.S. $25 per Preference Share, plus all declared and unpaid dividends, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption, with accumulation of any undeclared dividends on or after June 30, 2019.

 

(2)       Notice of every redemption of Preference Shares shall be given by first class mail to the holders of record of the Preference Shares to be redeemed, mailed not less than 30 nor

6

more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. Each such notice given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of Preference Shares to be redeemed and, if less than all of the Preference Shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such Preference Shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where holders may surrender certificates evidencing the Preference Shares (if any) for payment of the redemption price.

 

(3)       In case of any redemption of only part of the Preference Shares at the time issued and outstanding, the Preference Shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Company may determine to be fair and equitable.

 

(4)       If a notice of redemption has been duly given and if all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside for payment by the Company for the benefit of the holders of any Preference Shares called for redemption, then, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accumulate on all Preference Shares so called for redemption, all Preference Shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed issued-and outstanding and all rights of holders of such Preference Shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except the right of the holders thereof to transfer the Preference Shares prior to the redemption date and the right to receive the amount payable on such redemption pursuant to Section 6(a).

 

(b)        Optional Redemption by the Holder

 

(1)       Each holder of the Preference Shares may at any time on or after June 30, 2034, at such holder’s sole option and election, require the Company to redeem in cash any or all of the Preference Shares held by such holder at the $25 per share liquidation preference plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption, whether or not declared (an “Optional Redemption”).

 

(2)       To effect a redemption of the Preference Shares, the holder of record thereof shall make a written demand for such redemption to the Company at its principal executive offices setting forth therein the number of Preference Shares to be redeemed and the certificate or certificates representing such Preference Shares, if any.

 

(3)       If the Company does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all Preference Shares which the holders thereof have requested the Company to redeem, the Company shall redeem a pro rata portion of each such holder’s Preference Shares out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the Preference Shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Company has funds legally available therefor.

 

Section 7. Voting Rights General Except as provided below and Bermuda law, the holders of the Preference Shares will not have any voting rights.

7

(a)        Right to Elect One Director upon Nonpayment Events Whenever dividends payable on Preference Shares have not been declared by the Board of Directors and paid for an aggregate amount equivalent to six full Dividend Periods (whether or not consecutive) on all of the Preference Shares or if the Company fails to effect an Optional Redemption requested by the holders of the Preference Shares from amounts legally available for such purpose, the holders of the Preference Shares will have the right, voting as a single class, to elect one director to the Board of Directors (the “Additional Director”). The Company will use its best efforts to effectuate the election or appointment of this one director.

 

Whenever dividends on the Preference Shares have been paid in full, or declared and sufficient funds have been set aside, the right of holders of the Preference Shares to be represented by a Director will cease (but subject always to the same provision for the vesting of such rights in the case of any future suspension of payments in an amount equivalent to dividends for six full dividend periods whether or not consecutive), and the terms of office of the additional Director elected or appointed to the Board will terminate.

 

At any time when such special voting power has vested in the holders of the Preference Shares as described in the preceding paragraphs, such right may be exercised initially either at a special meeting of the holders of the Preference Shares or at any annual general meeting of shareholders, and thereafter at annual general meetings of shareholders. At any time when such special right has vested, the chairman of the Company will, upon the written request of the holders of record of at least 10% of the Preference Shares then issued and outstanding addressed to the Company secretary, call a special general meeting of the holders of the Preference Shares for the purpose of electing the Director. Such meeting will be held at the earliest practicable date in such place as may be designated pursuant to the Bye-Laws of the Company (or if there be no designation, at the Company’s principal office in Bermuda). If such meeting is not called within 20 days after the secretary has been personally served with such request, or within 60 days after mailing the same by registered or certified mail addressed to the Company secretary at the Company’s principal office, then the holders of record of at least 10% of the Preference Shares may designate in writing one of their number to call such meeting at the Company’s expense, and such meeting may be called by such person so designated upon the notice required for annual general meetings of shareholders and will be held in Bermuda, unless otherwise designated. Any holder of the Preference Shares will have access to the Company’s register of members for the purpose of causing meetings of shareholders to be called pursuant to these provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such special meeting will be called during the period within 90 days immediately preceding the date fixed for the next annual general meeting of shareholders.

 

At any annual or special general meeting at which the holders of the Preference Shares have the special right to elect directors as described above, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of 50% of the Preference Shares then issued and outstanding will be required to constitute a quorum for the election of any director by the holders of Preference Shares voting as a separate class. At any such meeting or adjournment thereof the absence of a quorum of the Preference Shares will not prevent the election of directors other than the Additional Director,

8

and the absence of a quorum for the election of such other directors will not prevent the election of the Additional Director.

 

During any period in which the holders of the Preference Shares have the right to vote as a class for an Additional Director as described above, any vacancies in the Board of Directors will be filled by vote of a majority of the Board of Directors pursuant to the Bye-Laws. During such period, the Additional Director will continue in office (1) until the next succeeding annual general meeting or until their successors, if any, are elected by such holders or (2) unless required by applicable law, rule or regulation to continue in office for a longer period, until termination of the right of the holders of the Preference Shares to vote as a class for directors, if earlier. Immediately upon any termination of the right of the holders of the Preference Shares then issued and outstanding to vote for directors as provided herein, the terms of office of the Additional Director then in office so elected by the holders of the Preference Shares issued and outstanding will terminate.

 

(b)        Voting on Variations of Rights and Senior Shares

 

(1)       Except as set forth in Section 7, so long as any Preference Shares are issued and outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of shareholders required by law or by the Bye-Laws, the sanction of a resolution passed by at least 66⅔ of the combined voting power of the issued and outstanding Preference Shares at which a quorum (consisting of the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of 50% of the Preference Shares) is present shall be necessary for effecting or validating any amendment, alteration or repeal of any of the provisions of the Bye-Laws or this Certificate of Designations that would vary the rights, preferences or voting powers of the holders of the Preference Shares; provided, however, that the creation or issuance of any Junior Stock or Parity Stock shall not be deemed to vary the rights, preferences or voting powers of the holders of Preference Shares.

 

(2)       The holders of the Preference Shares shall not be entitled to vote on any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

(3)       On any item on which the holders of Preference Shares are entitled to vote, such holders will be entitled to one (1) vote for each Preference Share held.

 

(4)       The foregoing voting provisions of this Section 7 will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required shall be effected, all issued and outstanding Preference Shares shall have been redeemed or called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for payment by the Company for the benefit of the holders of Preference Shares to effect such redemption as set forth in Section 6.

 

Section 8. Record Holders To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may treat the record holder of any Preference Share as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

9

Section 9. Notices All notices or communications in respect of Preference Shares shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designation, the Bye-Laws or by applicable law.

 

Section 10. No Preemptive Rights No Preference Share shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Company, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

 

Section 11. Limitations on Transfer and Ownership The holders of Preference Shares shall be subject to the limitations on transfer and ownership contained in the Bye-laws.

 

Section 12. Conversion The Preference Shares shall not be convertible into or exchangeable for any other securities or property of the Company.

 

Section 13. Other Rights The Preference Shares shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions other than as set forth in this Certificate of Designation, the Preference Shareholders’ Agreement, the Bye-laws or applicable law.

10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD. has caused this certificate to be signed this 14TH day of March, 2014.

 

  Watford Holdings Ltd.
   
  By: /s/ John Rathgeber
  Name: John Rathgeber
  Title: Director

Exhibit 4.2

 

Execution Copy

 

 

 

 

WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.

 

COMMON SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

March 25, 2014

 

 

 

 
Section 1.   Certain Definitions 1
Section 2.   Corporate Governance 5
2.01   Subsidiary Governance 5
2.02   Bye-Law Provisions 5
2.03   Voting Limitation 6
2.04   Board of Directors 7
Section 3.   Transfers of Securities 9
3.01   Restrictions on Transfer 9
3.02   Other Restrictions on Transfers 12
3.03   Legend 13
Section 4.   Additional Liquidity Rights 13
4.01   Additional Liquidity Rights 13
Section 5.   Periodic Information Reporting Requirements 14
5.01   Quarterly Financial Statements 14
5.02   Annual Financial Statements 14
5.03   Additional Information 14
5.04   Confidentiality 15
Section 6.   Certain Sale and Other Requirements; Certain Preemptive Rights 15
6.01   Recapitalization 15
6.02   Certain Restrictions 15
6.03   Regulatory Repurchase 16
6.04   Exchange Act 17
6.05   Preemptive Rights 17
Section 7.   Tax Matters 19
7.01   Cooperation 19
Section 8.   Representations and Warranties 19
8.01   Authority; Enforceability 19
8.02   No Breach 19
8.03   Consents 20
8.04   Investment Representations 20
Section 9.   Miscellaneous 20
9.01   Compliance with Bermuda law 20
9.02   Amendments and Waivers 20
 
9.03   Entire Agreement 21
9.04   Term and Termination 21
9.05   Notices 21
9.06   Successors and Assigns; Assignment 22
9.07   Specific Performance 23
9.08   Submission to Jurisdiction; No Jury Trial 23
9.09   Counterparts 23
9.10   Governing Law 23
9.11   Headings 24
9.12   Construction 24
9.13   Severability 24
9.14   Multiple Closings; Future Capital Raises 24
 

This COMMON SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of March 25, 2014, by and among, Watford Holdings Ltd. , a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Company ”), and the shareholders of the Common Shares of the Company who acquired Common Shares on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the offering of Common Shares contemplated by the PPM (the “ Existing Shareholders ”). The Existing Shareholders and any other shareholder of the Company who agrees in writing to become bound by this Agreement, and each of their respective successors and permitted assignees, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Shareholders ” and each individually as a “ Shareholder .”

 

Section 1.                 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

9.9% Holder ” means a Person whose Controlled Shares constitute 9.9% or more of the Total Voting Power.

 

Accredited Investor ” means an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

ACGL ” means Arch Capital Group Ltd.

 

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of such Person. In the case of a natural Person, his or her Affiliates include members of such Person’s immediate family, natural lineal descendants of such Person or a trust or other similar entity established for the exclusive benefit of such Person and his or her immediate family and natural lineal descendants.

 

Affiliate Transfer ” means (i) in the case of a Shareholder that is not a natural person, a Transfer of Common Shares from a Shareholder to an Affiliate of such Shareholder, provided that the transferee agrees to remain an Affiliate of the transferor so long as it holds such Common Shares or (ii) a Transfer of Common Shares from a Shareholder who is a natural person to (a) any executor, administrator or testamentary trustee of such Shareholder’s estate if such Shareholder dies, (b) any transferee receiving Common Shares of such Shareholder by will, intestacy laws or the laws of descent or survivorship, (c) any trustee of a trust (including an inter vivos trust) of which there are no principal beneficiaries other than such Shareholder or one or more lineal descendents, siblings or parents of such Shareholder or one or more lineal descendents of any siblings of such Shareholder or (d) any corporation, partnership or other entity of which such Shareholder owns directly the majority of the outstanding equity securities or other ownership interests or of which such Shareholder is otherwise entitled to appoint a majority of the board of directors or other managing body. “ Affiliate Transferee ” shall have the corresponding meaning.

- 1 -

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Arch Designated Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(b).

 

Arch Entities ” means, collectively, ACGL and its Affiliates. “ Arch Entity ” shall have the corresponding meaning.

 

Arch Excepted Holder ” means ACGL and any direct or indirect subsidiary of ACGL that (i) is treated as a corporation for U.S. tax purposes, and (ii) is not a United States Person (as defined in Section 957(c) of the Code).

 

Arch Re (Bermuda) ” means Arch Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability.

 

Arch Underwriters ” means Arch Underwriters Ltd., in its capacity as the reinsurance portfolio manager of Watford Re.

 

Arch Underwriters Restricted Party ” means any Person that is an insurance or reinsurance competitor of Arch Underwriters or any of its Affiliates, as determined by Arch Underwriters acting reasonably in good faith.

 

Assignee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(j).

 

Attribution Percentage ” means, with respect to a Shareholder and a Tentative 9.9% Holder, the percentage of such Tentative 9.9% Holder’s Controlled Shares that are owned by such Shareholder.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any day on which banks located in New York, New York or Bermuda are authorized or obliged to close.

 

Bye-Laws ” means the Bye-Laws of the Company, as may be amended from time to time.

 

Closing Date ” means the date of the final closing in respect of the private placement of Common Shares described in the PPM.

 

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency administering the Securities Act.

 

Common Shares ” means the Common Shares of the Company, with an initial par value of $0.01 per share, and includes a fraction of a Common Share.

 

Companies Act ” means the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

- 2 -

Controlled Shares ” in reference to any Person or Shareholder means all Common Shares owned by such Person or Shareholder either (i) directly, with respect to any Person or Shareholder who is a United States person within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, indirectly or constructively, within the meaning of Section 958(a) or 958(b) of the Code, or (ii) beneficially within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

 

Derivative Security ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(b).

 

Director ” means any member of the Company’s Board.

 

Election Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b).

 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Existing Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

FATCA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c).

 

HPS Excepted Holder ” means Highbridge Capital Management LLC, Highbridge Principal Strategies LLC, employees of either of the foregoing, any person bearing a relationship to any such employee described in Section 318(a)(1)(A) of the Code, any entity controlled by, or trust established by, any such employee, and any person that is treated, under Section 958 of the Code, as the owner of shares actually held by any of the foregoing.

 

Investment Company Act ” means the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Investment Management Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014, among the Company, Watford Re Ltd., the Investment Manager and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, Arch Underwriters.

 

Investment Manager ” means Highbridge Principal Strategies LLC, in its capacity as the investment manager of the Company and Watford Re.

 

Investment Manager Restricted Party ” means any Person that is an “asset management” competitor of the Investment Manager or any of its Affiliates, as determined by the Investment Manager acting reasonably in good faith.

 

IPO ” means the initial registered public offering of the Common Shares in the United States or a listing of the Common Shares on a United States national securities exchange.

 

J.P. Morgan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(b).

 

New Company Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(b).

- 3 -

New Issue Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(c).

 

Notice of Acceptance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(c).

 

Offer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

 

Officer ” means an officer of the Company from time to time during the term of this Agreement.

 

Other Holders ” means Shareholders owning no Common Shares treated as Controlled Shares of any Tentative 9.9% Holder.

 

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a company, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental or quasi-governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

PPM ” means the Company’s Confidential Private Placement Memorandum, dated January 2014, related to the Company’s offering of Common Shares and Preference Shares, as supplemented by the Supplement to Confidential Private Placement Memorandum dated March 14, 2014.

 

Preference Shareholders Agreement ” means that certain Shareholders Agreement, dated on or about March 31, 2014, as amended from time to time, among the Company and the holders of the Preference Shares.

 

Preference Shares ” means the Preference Shares of the Company, with an initial par value of $0.01 per share.

 

Proposed Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

 

Qualified Transaction ” means (i) an IPO or (ii) a Sale Transaction.

 

Restricted Party ” means an Investment Manager Restricted Party or an Arch Underwriters Restricted Party.

 

Sale Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

 

Sale Transaction ” means a sale of all or substantially all of the equity or assets of the Company or Watford Re.

 

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Services Agreement ” means that certain Services Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014, among the Company, Watford Re, Arch Underwriters and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, the Investment Manager, as may be amended from time to time.

- 4 -

Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Subscription Agreement ” means the subscription agreement, including the subscriber information form completed in connection therewith, executed by an Existing Shareholder and the Company in connection with the issuance of the Common Shares to such Existing Shareholder.

 

Tentative 9.9% Holder ” means a Person that, but for adjustments to the voting rights of Common Shares pursuant to Section 2.03, would be a 9.9% Holder.

 

Total Voting Power ” means with respect to any vote taken by the Shareholders, the total votes attributable to all outstanding Common Shares entitled to vote.

 

Transfer ” means any direct or indirect sale, exchange, transfer (including, without limitation, any transfer by gift or operation of law, or any transfer of an economic interest in any derivative security of any security), assignment, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, distribution or other disposition, or issuance or creation of any option or any voting proxy, voting trust or other transfer of interest, in whole or in part, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law or at a judicial sale or otherwise.

 

Transfer Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

 

Transferring Shareholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

 

U.S. GAAP ” means Unites States generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Voting Cut Back Restriction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(f).

 

Watford Re ” means Watford Re Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

$ ” means the legal currency of the United States of America.

 

Section 2.                 Corporate Governance .

 

2.01                                 Subsidiary Governance. The Company and each Shareholder agree that the Board of Directors of Watford Re at the date hereof shall be comprised of the individuals who are serving as directors on the Board in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Section 2.04) and, subject to Section 2.02, the bye-laws of Watford Re. After the date hereof, any vacancies shall be filled in accordance with this Agreement and subject to Section 2.02, the bye-laws of Watford Re.

 

2.02                                 Bye-Law Provisions . Each Shareholder agrees to vote its Common Shares or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and to take all other actions necessary to ensure that the Bye-Laws (a) facilitate, and do not at any time conflict with, any provision of this Agreement and (b) permit each Shareholder to receive the benefits to which each such Shareholder is entitled under this Agreement. The Company agrees to vote its

- 5 -

common shares in Watford Re and any other subsidiary of the Company, or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and to take all other actions necessary to ensure that the bye-laws of Watford Re and any other subsidiary of the Company (a) facilitate, and do not at any time conflict with, any provision of this Agreement and (b) permit each Shareholder to receive the benefits to which each such Shareholder is entitled under this Agreement.

 

2.03                              Voting Limitation .

 

(a)              If a Shareholder is a Tentative 9.9% Holder with respect to any vote taken by Shareholders, then the aggregate votes conferred by the Common Shares that constitute Controlled Shares of such Tentative 9.9% Holder shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that the Controlled Shares of such Tentative 9.9% Holder will constitute less than 9.9% of the Total Voting Power. In applying the previous sentence, where Common Shares held by more than one Shareholder are treated as Controlled Shares of a Tentative 9.9% Holder, the reduction in votes shall apply to such Shareholders in accordance with their Attribution Percentages. The votes attributable to Common Shares of all Other Holders shall, in the aggregate, be increased by the same number of votes subject to reduction as described above. Such increase shall apply in proportion to the voting power of such Other Holders at the time, provided that such increase shall be redistributed among the Other Holders to the extent necessary to avoid causing any such Other Holder to own Controlled Shares with respect to a 9.9% Holder.

 

(b)              The Board may, by notice in writing, require any Shareholder to provide within not less than ten (10) Business Days complete and accurate information to the registered office or such other place as the Board may designate in respect of any or all of the following matters:

 

(i)                   The number of Common Shares in which such Shareholder is the legal or beneficial owner;

 

(ii)                  The Persons who beneficially own Common Shares in respect of which such Shareholder is the registered holder;

 

(iii)               The relationship, association or affiliation of such Shareholder with any other Shareholder or Person, whether by means of common control or ownership or otherwise; or

 

(iv)                Any other facts or matters which the Board may consider relevant to the determination of the number of Controlled Shares attributable to any Person.

 

(c)              If any Shareholder does not respond to any notice given pursuant to Section 2.03(b) hereof within the time specified therein or the Board shall have reason to believe that any information provided in relation thereto is incomplete or inaccurate, the Board may determine that the votes attaching to any Common Shares registered in the name of such Shareholder shall be disregarded for all purposes until such time as a response (or additional response) to such notice reasonably satisfactory to the Board has been received as specified therein.

- 6 -

(d)              With respect to any vote taken by the Shareholders, the voting cutback provision described in Section 2.03(a) shall be applied successively as many times as may be necessary to ensure the Controlled Shares attributable to each Tentative 9.9% Holder shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that Controlled Shares of such Tentative 9.9% Holder will be less than 9.9% of the Total Voting Power (after giving effect to any prior reduction in voting rights attaching to Common Shares of other Persons as provided in this Section 2.03).

 

(e)              Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.03, having applied the provisions hereof as they consider reasonably practicable, the Board may make such final adjustments to the aggregate number of votes attaching to the Common Shares of any Shareholder that they consider fair and reasonable in all circumstances to ensure that no Shareholder or other Person is a 9.9% Holder (after giving effect to any prior reduction in voting rights attaching to Common Shares of other persons as provided in this Section 2.03).

 

(f)              The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03 (the “ Voting Cut Back Restriction ”) shall not apply to any HPS Excepted Holder so long as the HPS Excepted Holders in the aggregate own (directly, indirectly or constructively, after application of Section 318 of the Code as modified by Section 958 of the Code) no more than twenty percent (20%) of any class of shares then outstanding. The Voting Cut Back Restriction shall also not apply to any Arch Excepted Holder so long as the ownership of Common Shares or Preference Shares by such Arch Excepted Holder does not result in any person being treated as a “United States Shareholder” (within the meaning of Section 951(b) of the Code) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; provided , that , if the Voting Cut Back Restriction does apply to an Arch Excepted Holder, the voting right of such Arch Excepted Holder shall be restricted only to the extent sufficient to cause the Person not to be treated as a United States Shareholder.  Each HPS Excepted Holder and Arch Excepted Holder agrees to provide such information as the Company may reasonably request in order to determine share ownership.

 

2.04                               Board of Directors .

 

(a)              The Board shall initially be comprised of seven Directors and the number of Directors shall not be changed except in accordance with this Agreement, the Bye-Laws and the Certificate of Designation relating to the rights of the holders of the Preference Shares. Each Director shall be entitled to one vote.

 

(b)              Arch Re (Bermuda) shall be entitled to designate two individuals to serve as Directors on the Board (each, an “ Arch Designated Director ”); provided, however, that from and after the earlier to occur of the date that (i) the Services Agreement is terminated and (ii) the number of Common Shares, in the aggregate, that Arch Entities own is less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the number of Common Shares owned by Arch Entities as of the Closing Date (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events), the number of Arch Designated Directors which Arch Re (Bermuda) shall be entitled to designate and have serve on the Board shall be reduced from two to one; provided, further, that the right of Arch Re (Bermuda) to designate Arch Designated Directors shall terminate on the date that (x) if the Services Agreement is then in effect, the number of Common Shares, in the aggregate, that Arch Entities own is less than fifty percent (50%) of the number of Common Shares owned by Arch Entities as of the Closing Date (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events),

- 7 -

and (y) if the Services Agreement is not then in effect, the number of Common Shares, in the aggregate, that Arch Entities own either (A) is less than fifty percent (50%) of the number of Common Shares owned by Arch Entities as of the Closing Date (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events), or (B) comprises less than 5% of the Company’s outstanding Common Shares.

 

(c)              For so long as Arch Re (Bermuda) is entitled to designate at least one Arch Designated Director:

 

(i)               the affirmative vote of at least one Arch Designated Director shall be required for the Board to take any of the following actions:

 

(A)                 increase the number of members of the Board;

 

(B)                 form or create any subsidiaries or branches of the Company;

 

(C)                 change the name of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or

 

(D)                 appoint, remove or replace the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Risk Officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and

 

(ii)                Arch Re (Bermuda) will be entitled to have at least one Arch Designated Director on each committee of the Board; provided that upon the consummation of the earlier to occur of (x) an IPO and (y) the initial registered public offering of the Preference Shares in the United States or a listing of the Preference Shares on a United States national securities exchange, the Arch Designated Director on any Board committee that is subject to independence requirements for membership on such committee under the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations of the national securities exchange on which the Common Shares and/or Preference Shares are listed shall be a person that satisfies such independence requirements.

 

Notwithstanding clause (i)(D) above, upon the consummation of an IPO, the affirmative vote of at least one Arch Designated Director shall no longer be required to appoint, remove or replace the Chief Risk Officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

(d)              The Arch Designated Directors shall not be entitled to vote upon any matters before the Board that relate to (i) the Services Agreement or any other matters directly and primarily affecting an Arch Entity in a capacity other than as a Shareholder or Director or (ii) the termination of the Investment Management Agreement, or any amendments to the fee arrangements contained therein.

 

(e)              An Arch Designated Director may be removed (i) at any time without cause by Arch Re (Bermuda) or (ii) for cause (as such term is defined in the Bye-Laws) in accordance with the Bye-Laws. If, following election to the Board, any Arch Designated Director resigns, is removed, or is unable to serve for any reason prior to the expiration of his or her term as a Director, then, subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.04 and applicable

- 8 -

laws, Arch Re (Bermuda) shall be entitled to designate a replacement. If Arch Re (Bermuda) is entitled to designate a person to fill any directorship and Arch Re (Bermuda) fails to do so, then such directorship shall remain vacant until filled by Arch Re (Bermuda) in accordance with this Section 2.04.

 

(f)              Each Arch Designated Director shall be entitled to (i) the same indemnification in connection with his or her role as a Director as the other members of the Board and (ii) reimbursement for documented, reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board, or any committee thereof, to the same extent as the other members of the Board. As between the Company, on the one hand, and Arch Re (Bermuda), on the other hand, the Company shall, in all events, be the full indemnitor of first resort and shall not be entitled to any contribution, indemnification or other payment by or from Arch Re (Bermuda). The Company shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by each Arch Designated Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses and liabilities to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of the organizational documents of the Company (and any other agreement regarding indemnification between the Company and any Arch Designated Director), without regard to any rights an Arch Designated Director may have against Arch Re (Bermuda). The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Company on behalf of any Arch Designated Director with respect to any claim for which such Designated Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Company shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Arch Designated Director against the Company.

 

Section 3.                 Transfers of Securities.

 

3.01                               Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(a)              Prior to the earlier to occur of the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date hereof and, if the Company consummates an IPO, the expiration of any lockup period with respect to the Common Shares in connection therewith, no Shareholder shall Transfer all or any part of the Common Shares owned by it without the prior written consent of the Board, which consent may be given or withheld in the sole discretion of the Board, to any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the earlier to occur of the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date hereof and, if the Company consummates an IPO, the first anniversary of such IPO, no Shareholder that is an Arch Entity shall Transfer (other than to another Arch Entity or in connection with a tender offer made to all Shareholders) all or any part of the Common Shares owned by it or any other Arch Entity as of the date hereof without the prior written consent of the Board, which consent may be given or withheld in the sole discretion of the Board, to any other Person. The Shareholders hereby acknowledge that, although it is in the sole discretion of the Board to give or withhold any such consent required by this Section 3.01(a), the Company’s intent is that, before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the date hereof, the Board will not approve any Transfer that is not an Affiliate Transfer.

 

(b)              Prior to the consummation of an IPO and the expiration of any lockup period with respect to the Common Shares in connection therewith, no Transfer of Common Shares shall be permitted unless (i) the Board determines in its sole discretion that such

- 9 -

Transfer: (A) would not violate the Securities Act or any state securities or “blue sky” laws applicable to the Company or the Common Shares to be transferred; (B) has been approved, if necessary, by the Bermuda Monetary Authority; (C) would not result in the Common Shares being held by 2,000 or more persons who are Accredited Investors or otherwise cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; (D) would not cause the Company to become subject to registration as an investment company under the Investment Company Act; and (E) would not have any other material adverse legal, tax or regulatory effect on the Company; and (ii) the Shareholder that proposes to Transfer Common Shares delivers, at the Board’s request, an opinion of counsel which, to the Board’s reasonable satisfaction, is knowledgeable in securities law matters to the effect that such Transfer may be effected without registration of such Common Shares under the Securities Act.

 

(c)              The Board shall act by majority vote; provided, however, that until the earliest to occur of (i) the seventh anniversary of the date hereof, (ii) the consummation of an IPO and (iii) the date on which the Investment Manager is no longer serving as manager of the Company’s investments or Arch Underwriters is no longer serving as manager of the Company’s reinsurance portfolio, as applicable, (x) the Investment Manager’s consent will be required for any proposed transfer that would result in an Investment Manager Restricted Party owning more than 20% of the Common Shares of the Company (or increasing its position to an amount greater than 20%) and (y) Arch Underwriters’ consent will be required for any proposed transfer that would result in an Arch Underwriters Restricted Party owning more than 20% of the Common Shares of the Company (or increasing its position to an amount greater than 20%).

 

(d)             The Board may condition any Transfer upon receipt of such information, representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities from the transferor and transferee as the Board may determine in its sole discretion.

 

(e)              If the Board in good faith concludes that any applicable conditions in Section 3.01(b) have been satisfied, then it shall not withhold its consent to (i) any Affiliate Transfer, or (ii) any other Transfer occurring after the fifth anniversary of the date hereof, if such Transfer involves at least 100,000 Common Shares (or, if less, the transferor’s entire holding of Common Shares).

 

(f)              In the event of any purported or attempted Transfer that does not comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the attempted Transfer shall be null and void ab initio and will confer no rights whatsoever on the purported transferee as against the Company or any other shareholder of the Company, including the Shareholders, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Common Shares as the owner of such Common Shares for any purpose.

 

(g)              Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, following an IPO of the Company, in addition to any lockup period required by the underwriters, the Board may impose Transfer restrictions on Common Shares to ensure that no such Transfer would (i) cause the Company to become subject to registration as an investment company under the Investment Company Act or (ii) have any other material adverse legal, tax or regulatory effect on the Company.

- 10 -

(h)              Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, prior to the consummation of an IPO, any transferee of Common Shares who is not a Shareholder (other than the Company) and has acquired such Common Shares from a Shareholder shall upon the consummation of, and as a condition to, such Transfer execute and deliver to the Company a transfer agreement and an instrument substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (or a counterpart to this Agreement) pursuant to which such transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as a Shareholder, with such rights of the transferor that are assigned by the transferor in compliance with this Section 3.01.

 

(i)              Expenses of Transfer . The transferring Shareholder agrees that it will pay all expenses, including attorneys’ fees and fees in connection with the evaluation of the transfer pursuant to this Section 3.01, incurred by the Company in connection with any attempted or realized Transfer of all or any portion of its interest, whether or not the Board consents to such Transfer. Such costs generally will include the amount of any transfer taxes due as a result of a Shareholder’s Transfer and the costs of accounting for such Transfers, including for applicable tax purposes.

 

(j)              Indemnification by Transferor . In the event that the Company or any member of the Board becomes involved in any capacity in any action, proceeding, or investigation brought by or against any Person (including any Shareholder) in connection with any Transfer by a Shareholder of a Shareholder’s interest in the Company or the admission into the Company as a Shareholder of any purchaser, assignee, transferee, donee, heir, legatee, distributee or other recipient (each, an “ Assignee ”) of such transferring Shareholder’s interest in the Company, the Shareholder who has transferred all or any portion of its interest in the Company will periodically reimburse each of the Company and the members of the Board for each of their legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) incurred in connection with such action, proceeding or investigation. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the transferring Shareholder also will indemnify the Company and the members of the Board for any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities to which any of them may become subject in connection with such Transfer. The reimbursement and indemnity obligations of the transferring Shareholder under this Section 3.01(j) shall be in addition to any liability that the transferring Shareholder may otherwise have, shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to the partners, employees, stockholders, members, managers, and controlling Persons of the Company, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Company, the members of the Board and any such Persons. The obligations of a transferor under the foregoing provisions shall survive the Transfer of its interest or any termination of this Agreement.

 

(k)            Recognition of Transfer . The Company shall not recognize for any purpose any purported Transfer of all or any portion of the interest in the Company of a Shareholder unless (i) the provisions of Section 3.01 hereof shall have been complied with, and (ii) there shall have been filed with the Company a dated notice of such Transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company, executed and acknowledged by both the transferring Shareholder and the Assignee and such notice (A) contains the acceptance by the Assignee of all the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Assignee’s agreement to be bound thereby, (B) represents that such Transfer was made in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations,

- 11 -

and (C) contains a power of attorney authorizing the Company to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Assignee.

 

(l)              The Board may delegate its responsibilities pursuant to this Section 3.01 to a committee of the Board and if the Board so delegates, all references to the “Board” in this Section 3.01 shall be deemed to refer to such committee.

 

3.02                              Other Restrictions on Transfers .

 

(a)              If a Shareholder intends to Transfer any of its Common Shares (such transferring Shareholder, the “ Transferring Shareholder ”), such Transferring Shareholder shall give written notice (an “ Offer Notice ”) to the Company stating the Transferring Shareholder’s bona fide intention to make such a Transfer, describing in reasonable detail the proposed Transfer, including the identity of the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”), the number of Common Shares proposed to be Transferred pursuant to the offer (the “ Transfer Securities ”), and specifying the bona fide per share purchase price that the Proposed Transferee has agreed to pay for the Transfer Securities (the “ Sale Price ”), which Sale Price shall be payable in cash at the closing of the transaction.

 

(b)              Upon receipt of the Offer Notice, the Company shall have the exclusive option to purchase, upon delivery of a notice (the “ Election Notice ”) to the Transferring Shareholder within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Offer Notice, all or any portion of the Transfer Securities. The Company shall deliver an Election Notice to the Transferring Shareholder of its election to purchase or not purchase any such Transfer Securities within such thirty (30) day period, together with the payment to the Transferring Shareholder of the Sale Price therefor (in the event that the Company so elects to purchase any Transfer Securities). If the Company elects to purchase the Transfer Securities, the Transfer of any Transfer Securities shall be consummated as soon as practicable after delivery of the Election Notice, but in no event later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the delivery of the Election Notice.

 

(c)              In the event that less than all of the Transfer Securities have been acquired by the Company, the Transferring Shareholder may, no later than 90 calendar days after the expiration of the applicable election period set forth in Section 3.02(b), Transfer the Transfer Securities not purchased by the Company to the Proposed Transferee at a price no less than the price per share specified in the Offer Notice and on other terms in the aggregate no more materially favorable to the Proposed Transferee than offered to the Company in the Offer Notice, provided that the Board has approved the Transfer to the Proposed Transferee in accordance with Section 3.01. It shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of any Transfer of Transfer Securities to a Person not a party to this Agreement that such Person agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement pursuant to an instrument substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (or a counterpart to this Agreement). Any Transfer Securities not Transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such 90-day period shall be re-offered (without obligation to purchase) to the Company under this Section 3 prior to any subsequent Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 3.

 

(d)              This Section 3.02 shall terminate upon consummation of an IPO.

- 12 -

3.03                                Legend . In addition to any other legend that may be required, each certificate for Common Shares, if any, issued to any Shareholder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), UNDER APPLICABLE U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO PERSONS WHO ARE “ACCREDITED INVESTORS” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (B) IF SUCH SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER HAS RECEIVED THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS (OR A COMMITTEE THEREOF), (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS, AND (D) TO A TRANSFEREE WHO AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S BYE-LAWS AND A COMMON SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT DATED MARCH 25, 2014 (AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME). A COPY OF SUCH BYE-LAWS AND COMMON SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE CORPORATION TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

 

If any Common Shares are certificated and cease to be subject to any and all restrictions on Transfer set forth in the Bye-Laws or this Agreement, the Company, upon the written request of the holder thereof, shall issue to such holder a new certificate evidencing such Common Shares without reference in the above legend to the Bye-Laws or to this Agreement, as the case may be.

 

Section 4.               Additional Liquidity Rights .

 

4.01                                Additional Liquidity Rights .

 

(a)              In the event that the Company has not, by the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date hereof, consummated an IPO, then, subject to compliance with the Companies Act, the Company will annually make a tender offer to purchase in the first quarter of each annual period, on a pro rata basis among all holders of Common Shares, up to 20% of the then outstanding Common Shares for a price equal to book value per Common Share (as of the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the commencement of the tender offer) until an IPO or a Sale Transaction is consummated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be required to make any such repurchases (x) if the Board determines that such repurchases will have a negative effect on any of the Company’s then outstanding ratings, (y) unless all necessary

- 13 -

regulatory authorities have approved the repurchases (and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such approvals), and (z) unless the Board determines that after giving effect to the repurchases, the Company has sufficient capital to conduct its business.

 

(b)              If an initial registered public offering of the Preference Shares in the United States or a listing of the Preference Shares on a United States national securities exchange has not been consummated by the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date of the Preference Shareholders Agreement, the Preference Shareholders Agreement will obligate the Company, subject to compliance with the Companies Act, to annually make a tender offer to repurchase up to 20% of the then outstanding Preference Shares for a price equal to book value per Preference Share on substantially the same terms as set forth above with respect to the Common Shares. In the event that the Board determines that less than 20% of the Common Shares and Preference Shares may be repurchased, any such reduced percentage of Common Shares and Preference Shares shall be repurchased on a pro rata basis.

 

Section 5.                 Periodic Information Reporting Requirements .

 

5.01                              Quarterly Financial Statements . The Company shall prepare condensed, consolidated financial statements for each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year in accordance with U.S. GAAP consistently applied. The Company shall provide such quarterly financial statements to each Shareholder not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Company’s financial information is consolidated into the financial information of ACGL, the Company shall provide quarterly financial statements to Arch Re (Bermuda) on such earlier date as may be necessary to enable ACGL to comply with its reporting obligations as a public company.

 

5.02                              Annual Financial Statements . The Company shall prepare consolidated financial statements for each fiscal year in accordance with U.S. GAAP consistently applied and shall cause such financial statements to be audited. The Company shall provide such audited financial statements and the auditor’s report thereon to the Shareholders not later than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Company’s financial information is consolidated into the financial information of ACGL, the Company shall provide annual financial statements to Arch Re (Bermuda) on such earlier date as may be necessary to enable ACGL to comply with its reporting obligations as a public company.

 

5.03                              Additional Information . If a Shareholder requests in writing information about the Company or its subsidiaries in addition to the financial statements made available pursuant to Sections 5.01 and 5.02 in order to, among other things, comply with disclosure requirements under laws and regulations applicable to such Shareholder or to meet the tax reporting requirements of such Shareholder, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide such additional information to such Shareholder as soon as practicable after such written request has been received; provided , however , that, except with respect to additional information requested by Shareholders that are Arch Entities which information is necessary or advisable to enable ACGL to comply with its reporting obligations as a public company, the Company shall not be required to provide any such additional information if the Company reasonably believes that the disclosure of such information could have a

- 14 -

materially adverse effect on the financial condition, business or prospects of the Company on a consolidated basis or is of a confidential nature.

 

5.04                              Confidentiality . Except as authorized in writing by the Company, each of the Shareholders shall not disclose any of the information provided to such Shareholder pursuant to this Section 5 to any Person that is not a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, employee, representative (including any accountant, attorney or other professional) or Affiliate of such Shareholder or a party to this Agreement, and each Shareholder shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause its directors, officers, partners, members, trustees, employees, representatives and Affiliates not to disclose such information to any Person that is not a party to this Agreement; provided , however , that such Shareholder shall not be prohibited from disclosing any such information if such information (w) becomes publicly available through no breach of this Agreement by the Shareholder or its directors, officers, partners, members, trustees, employees, representatives or Affiliates, (x) is required to be disclosed by law or the rules of a national securities exchange, (y) is required to be furnished to a governmental agency in connection with any legal or administrative proceeding or (z) the information is requested by a prospective transferee or purchaser of Common Shares so long as such third party enters into a confidentiality agreement with the Company reasonably satisfactory to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) prospective investors (and their agents) are authorized, without restriction of any kind, to disclose the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions set forth or contemplated herein and (ii) each Shareholder that is an Arch Entity is authorized, without restriction of any kind, to disclose information provided to such Shareholder to ACGL and, the Company acknowledges that ACGL may further disclose such information as may be necessary or advisable to enable ACGL to comply with its reporting obligations as a public company.

 

Section 6.                 Certain Sale and Other Requirements; Certain Preemptive Rights .

 

6.01                              Recapitalization . In anticipation of a Qualified Transaction, the Company shall be entitled to require all Shareholders to participate in any recapitalization or restructuring transaction in connection with which the Common Shares are converted into new securities (which shall not be disproportionately adverse in any material respect to any Shareholder), whether in connection with a Qualified Transaction of a successor to the Company, any part of the Company, or otherwise; provided that the rights and obligations of the Shareholders shall apply (without any material change) with respect to any successor entity resulting from such recapitalization or restructuring transaction.

 

6.02                              Certain Restrictions . Without the prior approval of the Board and the Investment Manager or Arch Underwriters (as applicable), until the earliest to occur of (i) the seventh anniversary of the date hereof, (ii) the consummation of an IPO and (iii) the date on which the Investment Manager is no longer serving as manager of the Company’s investments or Arch Underwriters is no longer serving as manager of the Company’s reinsurance portfolio, as applicable, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (i) sell, transfer or otherwise convey all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to a Restricted Party or (ii) effect any transaction which results in a Restricted Party owning more than (or increasing its ownership

- 15 -

percentage above) twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding Common Shares of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

6.03                              Regulatory Repurchase .

 

(a)              Each Shareholder acknowledges that (i) future dispositions and other changes in the business or assets of the Company or its subsidiaries or changes in the law could result in the Company potentially becoming an “investment company” as defined under the Investment Company Act and (ii) it may become necessary or advisable for the Company to take certain actions (A) in order for the Investment Manager to comply with the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “ BHCA ”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or any other current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to the Investment Manager or its affiliates (including JPMorgan Chase & Co. and its affiliates (“ JPMorgan ”)) or (B) to reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability to the Company of any bank regulatory restrictions that might otherwise be imposed upon the Company as a result of JPMorgan’s status as a bank holding company under the BHCA.

 

(b)              If the Board determines that the Company is or could become an “investment company” as defined under the Investment Company Act and that the Company will seek to qualify for the exemption from registration under Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act, then:

 

(i)                 the Company shall have the right to request from each Shareholder, and such Shareholder agrees to promptly provide to the Company, such additional information, representations, warranties as the Company in good faith requests in order to determine whether such Shareholder is a “qualified purchaser,” as defined in Section 2(a)(51)(A) of the Investment Company Act or a similar concept as a result of changes in the law; and

 

(ii)                 if the Company determines that a Shareholder is not a “qualified purchaser” or lacks such other relevant status pursuant to a change in law, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all of the Common Shares owned by such Shareholder at a price equal to the fair market value thereof (which may be based on book value or such other method as determined in good faith by the Board).

 

(c)              If the Board determines that it is necessary or advisable that a Shareholder cease to be a Shareholder in order to comply with the BHCA, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or any other current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to JPMorgan or to reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability to the Company of any bank regulatory restrictions that might otherwise be imposed upon the Company as a result of JPMorgan’s status as a bank holding company under the BHCA, the Company shall have the right, subject to compliance with the Companies Act, to repurchase all of the Common Shares owned by such Shareholder at a price equal to the fair market value thereof (which may be based on book value or such other method as determined in good faith by the Board).

 

(d)              Each Shareholder agrees to provide the Company any information that the Company may reasonably request or require in order to comply with applicable United

- 16 -

States or non-United States laws, including tax laws, or to reduce any United States or non-United States tax that may be imposed on the Company or any investor in the Company’s securities. In addition, each Shareholder agrees to update such information if and when any such information is no longer true or correct and to provide any additional true and correct information required pursuant to any change in law, or the application or interpretation thereof. If a Shareholder does not provide (or appropriately update) any such true and correct information with respect to the Company, the Company may repurchase, subject to compliance with the Companies Act, such Shareholder’s entire interest at a price equal to the fair market value thereof (which may be based on book value or such other method as determined in good faith by the Board).

 

6.04                              Exchange Act . Prior to the consummation of an IPO, in the event there are 500 or more record holders of the Common Shares as of the end of any fiscal year, each Shareholder agrees to certify to the Company its continued status as an Accredited Investor as of the end of such fiscal year, to the extent reasonably requested by the Company.

 

6.05                              Preemptive Rights .

 

(a)              The Company hereby grants to Arch Re (Bermuda), on behalf of each Shareholder that is an Arch Entity, the right to purchase up to the Arch Entities’ aggregate pro rata share on a fully diluted as converted basis of all New Company Securities (as defined below) that the Company may, from time to time prior to the first day following an IPO, propose to issue, offer or sell, in order to permit the Arch Entities, collectively, to maintain their then-current aggregate percentage ownership of the Company’s equity capital. The “pro rata share” of an Arch Entity for purposes of this Section 6.05 shall be expressed as a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares held by such Arch Entity on the date of the Company’s written notice pursuant to Section 6.05(c) hereof, and (ii) the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding on the date of the Company’s written notice pursuant to Section 6.05(c) hereof, assuming for this purpose conversion or exercise of all outstanding Derivative Securities.

 

(b)              New Company Securities ” means (i) any Common Shares, preferred shares or other equity securities of the Company, whether now authorized or not, issued after the date hereof; and (ii) any options, warrants, convertible notes, or similar rights issued after the date hereof that are or may become convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or that carry rights to subscribe for, any equity securities of the Company (each, a “ Derivative Security ”); provided, however, that the term “ New Company Securities ” does not include (a) securities issued as consideration to effect the acquisition of another entity by the Company pursuant to a merger, consolidation, amalgamation, exchange of shares, the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets, or otherwise, approved by the Board (including the affirmative vote of at least one Arch Designated Director); (b) options issued to any directors or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to any incentive stock plan or other form of incentive compensation approved by the Board or by the compensation committee thereof (in each case, including the affirmative vote of at least one Arch Designated Director), whether now authorized or not, and any Common Shares issued upon the exercise thereof; (c) Common Shares issued upon the exercise of or conversion of any Derivative Security that is outstanding on the date hereof; (d) Common Shares or other securities issued upon the exercise

- 17 -

or conversion of any Derivative Security as to which a New Issue Notice (as defined below) has already been made; (e) Common Shares or other capital stock issued to the Company’s Shareholders upon any stock split, stock dividend, combination or other similar event with respect to the Common Shares or other capital stock; or (f) Common Shares, Preference Shares and Warrants issued after the date hereof and on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the private placements described in the PPM.

 

(c)              In the event that the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Company Securities, the Company will give Arch Re (Bermuda) written notice (a “ New Issue Notice ”) of its intention, describing the type of New Company Securities, the price and amount proposed to be issued, the other terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue New Company Securities and the persons or entities, if known, to which the New Company Securities are to be offered, issued or sold. Such New Issue Notice shall be delivered to Arch Re (Bermuda) prior to the proposed issue date of such New Company Securities and Arch Re (Bermuda) shall have 30 days from the date of receipt of each New Issue notice to deliver to the Company notice (a “ Notice of Acceptance ”) of the amount of the applicable New Company Securities that it (or one or more Arch Entities as determined by Arch Re (Bermuda)) intends to purchase. The acquisition by an Arch Entity of any New Company Securities is subject in all cases to the preparation, execution and delivery by the Company and the applicable Arch Entities of definitive documentation relating to the acquisition of such New Company Securities in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Arch Entities and the Company. If Arch Re (Bermuda) delivered a Notice of Acceptance, upon the consummation of the issuance, sale or exchange of the New Company Securities described in the related New Issue Notice, Arch Re (Bermuda) shall cause one or more Arch Entities to acquire from the Company, and the Company shall issue to such Arch Entities, the number or amount of New Company Securities specified in the Notice of Acceptance upon the terms and conditions specified in the related New Issue Notice. If Arch Re (Bermuda) did not deliver a Notice of Acceptance, the Company shall have 90 days from the date of a New Issue Notice to consummate the issuance, sale or exchange in whole or in part of the New Company Securities described in such New Issue Notice on terms and conditions that are the same as the terms and conditions described in the New Issue Notice or less favorable to the purchaser of such New Company Securities than the terms and conditions described in the New Issue Notice. For avoidance of doubt, (i) upon expiration of such 90 day period, or (ii) if Arch Re (Bermuda) did not deliver a Notice of Acceptance and the terms and conditions of the proposed issuance of New Company Securities are more favorable to the purchaser of such New Company Securities than those set forth in the initial New Issue Notice, the Company shall be required to deliver another New Issue Notice in connection with the proposed issuance of New Company Securities.

 

(d)              The Company shall be under no obligation to consummate any proposed sale of New Company Securities, nor shall there be any liability on the part of the Company to any Shareholder that is an Arch Entity if the Company does not consummate a proposed sale of New Company Securities for whatever reason, whether or not the Company shall have delivered a notice in respect thereof to the Shareholders that are Arch Entities.

- 18 -

Section 7.                 Tax Matters .

 

7.01                              Cooperation .

 

(a)              Each Shareholder agrees to provide the Company whatever information is reasonably requested by the Company on an ongoing basis for purposes of monitoring “related person insurance income” as defined in the Code, applying the voting limitations described in Section 2.03 (and any other legitimate matter related to taxes), and monitoring compliance with the limitation on benefits provisions in the US/Bermuda tax treaty.

 

(b)              Each Shareholder further agrees that such Shareholder will, upon request of the Company, provide any information or documentation, execute any forms or documents (including a power of attorney or settlement or closing agreement) and take any further action requested by the Company in connection with any tax matter (including in connection with a tax audit or proceeding) affecting the Company.

 

(c)              Without limiting the foregoing, each Shareholder further agrees that such Shareholder will, upon  request of the Company, provide identifying information as to themselves and, as applicable, their direct and indirect owners, and to certify such information in such form as may be reasonably requested by the Company to comply with Sections 1471-1474 of the Code (“ FATCA ”), any current or future regulations, treaties, laws or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof, any similar provision of law or, if applicable, any intergovernmental agreement entered into between the United States and Bermuda. Each Shareholder further agrees to cooperate with the Company in connection with any steps the Company may elect to take, in its reasonable discretion to ensure compliance with the foregoing, it being expressly understood and agreed that such steps may in the Company’s discretion include a forced sale and/or repurchase of any Shares held by a Shareholder who fails to provide such information.

 

Section 8.                 Representations and Warranties .

 

8.01                              Authority; Enforceability . Each of the parties hereto hereby severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that such party has, as applicable, the legal capacity or power and authority, corporate or otherwise, to enter into this Agreement and to carry out each of its obligations hereunder as they may hereafter arise. Such party (in the case of parties that are not natural persons) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been duly authorized by all necessary action. No other act or proceeding, corporate or otherwise, on its part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed by such party and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws and judicial decisions of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights general or by general equitable principles.

 

8.02                              No Breach . Each of the parties hereto severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the performance by such party of its obligations hereunder does or will:

- 19 -

(a)              in the case of parties that are not natural persons, conflict with or violate its articles of incorporation, bylaws or other applicable organizational documents;

 

(b)              violate, conflict with or result in the termination of, or otherwise give any other Person the right to accelerate, renegotiate or terminate or receive any payment or constitute a default or any event of default, with or without notice, lapse of time, or both, under the terms of, any contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets or operations are bound or affected; or

 

(c)              constitute a violation by such party of any law, ruling, writ, injunction, award, determination or decree of any arbitral body or court or any agency, commission, department or body of any local, state, federal or foreign governmental, regulatory, administrative, judicial or quasi-governmental unit, entity or authority.

 

8.03                             Consents . Each of the parties hereto hereby severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party, other than those which have been made or obtained, in connection with (i) the execution or enforceability of this Agreement or (ii) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8.04                             Investment Representations . Each Shareholder, by executing this Agreement (or taking any other action by which such Shareholder is deemed to have executed this Agreement) or an amendment hereto, hereby confirms the representations and warranties made by such Shareholder hereunder and contained in the Subscription Agreement between the Company and such Shareholder.

 

Section 9.                 Miscellaneous .

 

9.01                            Compliance with Bermuda law . The Company shall have no obligation under the provisions of this Agreement unless and until all approvals required from the Bermuda Monetary Authority are received.

 

9.02                            Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departure from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Shareholders representing a majority of the Common Shares subject to this Agreement; provided, however , that any such amendment or modification that (i) modifies the rights or obligations of any Arch Entity under this Agreement (including under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 3.01(a), 5, 6.05 and this Section 9.02) that apply only to Arch Entities, (ii) adversely affects any of the rights or obligations granted expressly to Arch Entities hereunder (and that are not granted to all Shareholders generally) or (iii) modifies any of the related defined terms in such a way that would cause (i) or (ii) to be affected, shall also require the written consent of each Shareholder that is an Arch Entity; provided, further , that the consent of the Shareholders shall not be required (i) to include as a party hereto any purchaser of Common Shares pursuant to an additional closing as contemplated by Section 9.14, (ii) to include as a party hereto any purchaser of Common Shares in connection with a Transfer of Common Shares as contemplated by Section

- 20 -

3.01 and/or Section 3.02, and (iii) to include as a party hereto any purchaser of Common Shares pursuant to a future private placement as contemplated by Section 9.14.

 

9.03                               Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties in respect of its subject matters and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof. Except as expressly contemplated hereby, there are no third party beneficiaries having rights under or with respect to this Agreement.

 

9.04                               Term and Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and Shareholders representing 66⅔% of the Common Shares subject to this Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate automatically as to any Shareholder that Transfers all of its equity securities of the Company, except as provided in Section 3.01(j). Unless sooner terminated, this Agreement shall terminate ten (10) years after the closing of an IPO, unless, at any time within one (1) year prior to such date, all of the parties extend its duration for as many additional periods, each not to exceed ten (10) years, as they may desire.

 

9.05                               Notices .

 

(a)              All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telecopier, e-mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

 

(i)                 if by the Company to a Shareholder (other than a Shareholder that is an Arch Entity), then to the address set forth in such Shareholder’s Subscription Agreement or joinder in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or to such address that such Shareholder may subsequently notify the Company in writing,

 

(ii)                 if by the Company to a Shareholder that is an Arch Entity, as set forth below:

 

c/o Arch Reinsurance Ltd.
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM-08
Bermuda

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, New York 10005

Attention: John Schuster

Telephone No.: 212.701.3323

Telecopier No.: 212.269.5420

- 21 -

(iii)                 if by a Shareholder to the Company, as set forth below:

 

Watford Holdings Ltd.

P.O. Box HM 2069

Hamilton, HM HX

Bermuda

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Clifford Chance US LLP

31 West 52 nd Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Gary D. Boss

Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375

Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the United States mail, if being mailed by first class mail; two (2) Business Days after being delivered via a next-day air courier; when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient’s telecopier machine, if telecopied; and on the date sent by e-mail (with confirmation of delivery) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient.

 

(b)               Notwithstanding Section 9.05(a)(i) or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, each Shareholder (other than any Shareholder that is an Arch Entity) authorizes the Company to send all reports (including tax reporting information), notices and other communications (including but not limited to all Company reports, capital account statements, financial statements, periodic investor letters, account balances and distributions), that the Company would otherwise provide to such Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement, the Bye-Laws or applicable law to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and/or its private banking and wealth management affiliates (collectively, “ J.P. Morgan ”) or another third party selected by the Company for further dissemination to such Shareholder by J.P. Morgan or such other third party. For the avoidance of doubt, the Shareholders acknowledge that J.P. Morgan is under no obligation to, and will not, receive and disseminate any such reports, notices and other communications to any such Shareholder following the consummation of an IPO unless otherwise agreed by the Company and J.P. Morgan.

 

9.06                               Successors and Assigns; Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No Shareholder may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company may (a) assign any or all of its rights and interests hereunder to one or more of its Affiliates and (b) designate one or more of its Affiliates to perform its obligations hereunder (in any or all of which cases the Company nonetheless will remain responsible for the performance of all of its obligations hereunder).

- 22 -

9.07                               Specific Performance . Each party acknowledges and agrees that the other parties would be damaged irreparably if any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or is otherwise breached. Accordingly, each party agrees that the other parties will be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and its terms and provisions in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the parties and the matter, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity.

 

9.08                               Submission to Jurisdiction; No Jury Trial .

 

(a)               Each party submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in New York, New York in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agrees that all claims in respect of the action may be heard and determined in any such court. Each party agrees that a final judgment in any action so brought will be conclusive and may be enforced by action on the judgment or in any other manner provided at law or in equity. Each party waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action so brought and waives any bond, surety, or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto.

 

(b)               THE PARTIES EACH HEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO JURY TRIAL OF ANY DISPUTE BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO OR ANY DEALINGS AMONG THEM RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all encompassing of any and all action that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of the transactions contemplated hereby, including, contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. The parties each acknowledge that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship and that they will continue to rely on the waiver in their related future dealings. Each party further represents and warrants that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that each knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN, THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER WILL APPLY TO ANY AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO. In the event of an action, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to trial by a court.

 

9.09                               Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9.10                               Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

- 23 -

9.11                               Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

9.12                               Construction . The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign law will be deemed also to refer to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The word “including” means “including without limitation.” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which the party has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

9.13                               Severability . The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

9.14                               Multiple Closings; Future Capital Raises .

 

(a)              To the extent the Company conducts one or more additional closings in connection with the Company’s offering of Common Shares, as contemplated by the PPM, the Company shall cause each purchaser of Common Shares pursuant to any such additional closing to execute a Subscription Agreement with the Company, which provides, among other things, that by executing such Subscription Agreement such purchaser will be deemed to have executed this Agreement in all respects and, upon such additional closing, each such purchaser shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement and an Existing Shareholder for purposes of this Agreement as of the date of such additional closing.

 

(b)              To the extent the Company conducts one or more future private placements of Common Shares, the Company may cause each purchaser of Common Shares pursuant to any such future private placement to execute a joinder substantially in the form

- 24 -

attached hereto as Exhibit A and, upon the closing of such private placement and execution and delivery of such joinder, each such purchaser shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement and a Shareholder, for purposes of this Agreement as of the date of such closing.

 

[REST OF PAGE DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK]

- 25 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  Watford Holdings Ltd.  
       
  By:   /s/ John Rathgeber  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

The purchasers of Common Shares have each executed a Subscription Agreement with the Company, which provides, among other things, that by executing the Subscription Agreement such purchaser is deemed to have executed this Common Shareholders’ Agreement in all respects.

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF JOINDER TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Common Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of March 25, 2014 (the “ Shareholders’ Agreement ”) among Watford Holdings Ltd. and certain other parties, as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of, and shall be deemed to have made all of the representations and warranties of a “Shareholder” thereunder as if it had executed the Shareholders’ Agreement (including, without limitation, that the representations and warranties contained in Section 8 of the Shareholders’ Agreement and in Section 4 and, if applicable, Section 5 or 6, of the Subscription Agreement dated [•], 2014, between the Company and [name of transferring shareholder] 1 ) and all of such representations and warranties are true and correct as of the date hereof as if such representations and warranties were made by the Joining Party. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

 

Date: ___________ ___, ______

 

 

  [NAME OF JOINING PARTY]
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
  Address for Notices:

 

 

1 To be included in connection with transfers of Common Shares.

 

Exhibit 4.3

 

Execution Copy

 

 

 

WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.

 

COMMON SHARE REGISTRATION RIGHTS
AGREEMENT

 

March 25, 2014

 

 

 

 
1. Certain Definitions 1
2. Piggyback Registration; Shelf Registrations 4
  (a) Right to Piggyback 4
  (b) Priority on Piggyback Registrations 5
  (c) Shelf Registrations 5
  (d) Priority on Shelf Underwritten Offerings 6
  (e) Other Registrations 6
3. Lockup 7
  (a) Lockup Agreement 7
  (b) Stop Transfer Instructions 7
  (c) Blackout Period 7
4. Registration Procedures 8
  (a) Copies of Registration Statement 8
  (b) Preparation of Registration Statement; Effectiveness 8
  (c) General Notification 8
  (d) Notification of Stop Orders; Suspensions of Qualifications and Exemptions 9
  (e) Copies of the Registration Statement 9
  (f) Copies of the Prospectus 9
  (g) Blue Sky 10
  (h) Certificates 10
  (i) SEC Compliance; Earnings Statement 10
  (j) Shareholder Information 10
  (k) Agreements 10
  (l) Legal Opinion; Certificates; Cold Comfort Letter 10
  (m) Listing 11
  (n) Due Diligence 11
  (o) Participation 11
  (p) 10b-5 Notification 11
  (q) Other Approvals 12
  (r) FINRA 12
  (s) Road Show 12
  (t) Transfer Agent, Register and CUSIP 12
  (u) Other Actions 12
 
  (v) Notice to Discontinue 12
  (w) Free Writing Prospectuses 12
5. Registration Expenses 13
6. Certain Limitations on Registration Rights 13
7. Indemnification 13
  (a) Indemnification by the Company 13
  (b) Indemnification by Shareholders 14
  (c) Indemnification Procedures 15
  (d) Contribution if Indemnification Against Public Policy 16
  (e) Obligations Not Exclusive 16
8. Representations and Warranties; Covenants 16
  (a) Authority; Enforceability 16
  (b) No Breach 17
  (c) Consents 17
  (d) Investment Representations 17
  (e) Preservation of Rights 17
9. Miscellaneous 18
  (a) Compliance with Bermuda law 18
  (b) Amendments and Waivers 18
  (c) Entire Agreement 18
  (d) Term and Termination 18
  (e) Notices 18
  (f) Successors and Assigns; Assignment 20
  (g) Specific Performance 20
  (h) Submission to Jurisdiction; No Jury Trial 20
  (i) Counterparts 21
  (j) Governing Law 21
  (k) Headings 21
  (l) Construction 21
  (m) Severability 21
  (n) Multiple Closings; Future Capital Raises 22
 

This COMMON SHARE REGISTRATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of March 25, 2014, by and among Watford Holdings Ltd. , a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Company ”), the holders of the Common Shares of the Company who acquired Common Shares on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the offering of Common Shares contemplated by the PPM (the “ Existing Shareholders ”) and the holders of the Warrants of the Company who acquired Warrants on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the issuance of Warrants contemplated by the PPM (the “ Existing Warrantholders ”). The Existing Shareholders, the Existing Warrantholders and any other holder of Common Shares or Warrants of the Company who agrees in writing to become bound by this Agreement, and each of their respective successors and permitted assignees, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Shareholders ” and each individually as a “ Shareholder .”

 

R   E   C   I   T   A   L   S

 

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Shareholders are parties to that certain Common Shareholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”), establishing and setting forth their agreement with respect to certain rights and obligations associated with the ownership of Common Shares of the Company and certain arrangements relating to the management of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with entering into the Shareholders Agreement and issuing the Warrants, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and of the mutual covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                 Certain Definitions . As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Advice ” has the meaning set forth in Section ‎4(c).

 

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of such Person. In the case of a natural Person, his or her Affiliates include members of such Person’s immediate family, natural lineal descendants of such Person or a trust or other similar entity established for the exclusive benefit of such Person and his or her immediate family and natural lineal descendants.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Arch ” means Arch Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability.

- 1 -

Arch Entities ” means, collectively, Arch Capital Group Ltd. and its Affiliates. “ Arch Entity ” shall have the corresponding meaning.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any day on which banks located in New York, New York or Bermuda are authorized or obliged to close.

 

Closing Date ” means the date of final closing in respect of the private placement of Common Shares described in the PPM.

 

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency administering the Securities Act.

 

Common Shares ” means the Common Shares of the Company, with an initial par value of $0.01 per share, and includes a fraction of a Common Share.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and includes any successor(s) by merger, acquisition, reorganization or otherwise.

 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Existing Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Existing Warrantholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

FINRA ” means Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

Investor Letter ” means the investor letter executed by an Existing Warrantholder and delivered to the Company in connection with the issuance of the Warrants to such Existing Warrantholder.

 

IPO ” means the initial registered public offering of the Common Shares in the United States.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Section ‎4(w).

 

J.P. Morgan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(e)(ii).

 

Listing ” means the listing of the Common Shares on a securities exchange registered as a “national securities exchange” under Section 6 of the Exchange Act.

 

Maximum Number of Securities ” means, with respect to any underwritten Piggyback Registration or Shelf Underwritten Offering, the maximum number of securities which can be sold in such offering without materially and adversely affecting the marketability of such offering.

- 2 -

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a company, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental or quasi-governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section ‎2(a).

 

PPM ” means the Company’s Confidential Private Placement Memorandum, dated January 2014, related to the Company’s offering of Common Shares and 8½% Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shares of the Company, with an initial par value of $0.01 per share, as supplemented by the Supplement to Confidential Private Placement Memorandum dated March 14, 2014.

 

Register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a Registration Statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

 

Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Shares held by each Shareholder as of the date such Shareholder agrees in writing to become bound by this Agreement and, in the case of Arch, any Common Shares acquired after such date, (ii) any Common Shares issued or issuable to any Shareholder pursuant to the Warrants and (iii) any Common Shares issued, issuable, converted, convertible, exchanged or exchangeable in respect of the securities referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event; provided , however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any securities referred to in clauses (i) , (ii) or (iii) if (A) the holder of such securities may resell such securities pursuant to Rule 144 (or successor rule) under the Securities Act without any volume restrictions, manner of sale requirements or notice requirements set forth in such Rule, (B) the sale of such securities has been registered pursuant to the Securities Act and such sale has been consummated or (C) the securities have been transferred in a transaction in which registration rights are not transferred pursuant to Section ‎9(f) hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that a Shareholder holding Warrants shall not be required to exercise any Warrant in order to have the Registrable Securities underlying such Warrant registered for sale, and immediately prior to the consummation of such sale such Shareholder may either (i) exercise the applicable Warrant or (ii) in connection with an underwritten Piggyback Registration or Shelf Underwritten Offering, if the relevant underwriters agree, transfer such Warrant to such underwriters.

 

Registration Expenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.

 

Registration Statement means any registration statement of the Company on Form S-1 (or, if the Company is then eligible to use such form, Form S-3) or any successor or similar forms which covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all materials incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.

 

Remaining Number of Securities means, with respect to any underwritten Piggyback Registration or Shelf Underwritten Offering, the greater of (x) the sum of the Maximum Number

- 3 -

of Securities minus the number of securities included on behalf of persons entitled to first priority with respect to inclusion of their common equity securities; and (y) zero.

 

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Shareholders Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) hereof.

 

Shelf Underwritten Offering ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) hereof.

 

Subscription Agreement ” means the subscription agreement, including the subscriber information form completed in connection therewith, executed by an Existing Shareholder and the Company in connection with the issuance of the Common Shares to such Existing Shareholder.

 

Take-Down Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) hereof.

 

Transfer ” means any direct or indirect sale, exchange, transfer (including, without limitation, any transfer by gift or operation of law, or any transfer of an economic interest in any derivative security of any security), assignment, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, distribution or other disposition, or issuance or creation of any option or any voting proxy, voting trust or other transfer of interest, in whole or in part, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law or at a judicial sale or otherwise.

 

Warrant Investor Letter ” means the warrant investor letter executed by an Existing Warrantholder and the Company in connection with the issuance of Warrants to such Existing Warrantholder.

 

Warrants ” means (i) the Warrants issued by the Company on the date hereof and initially covering an aggregate of 1,704,691 Common Shares and (ii) any Warrants issued by the Company pursuant to an additional closing or to members of the Company’s management, in each case, as contemplated by Section 9(n) hereof.

 

Watford Re ” means Watford Re Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

$ ” means the legal currency of the United States of America.

 

2.                  Piggyback Registration; Shelf Registrations .

 

(a)               Right to Piggyback . After the consummation of an IPO or a Listing (should either one occur), if the Company proposes to file any registration statement under the Securities Act

- 4 -

for the purposes of a public offering of its common equity securities (whether or not for sale for its own account and including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of common equity securities of the Company, but excluding the Shelf Registration Statement and registration statements relating to any registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor or similar forms) (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company will give prompt written notice to all the Shareholders of its intention to effect such a registration and shall, subject to Section ‎2(b), use all commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 30 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice; provided , however , that the Company may at any time withdraw or cease proceeding with any such Piggyback Registration if it will at the same time withdraw or cease proceeding with the registration of all other Company common equity securities originally proposed to be registered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Person other than the Company offers common equity securities in the IPO, all Shareholders holding Registrable Securities shall be entitled to participate in such IPO on the terms set forth herein as if the IPO were a Piggyback Registration. The rights to Piggyback Registration may be exercised an unlimited number of occasions. Any Shareholder shall have the right to withdraw such Shareholder’s request for inclusion of such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement filed in connection with a Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such withdrawal within five (5) Business Days prior to the anticipated effectiveness of such registration statement in connection therewith.

 

(b)                 Priority on Piggyback Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing (with a copy to each party hereto requesting registration of Registrable Securities) that in its opinion the number of common equity securities which the Company desires to sell, taken together with any Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the Shareholders, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, the Company will include in such registration common equity securities in the following priority:

 

(i)                 first, the common equity securities the Company proposes to sell up to the Maximum Number of Securities; and

 

(ii)                 second, the Company shall include in such registration Registrable Securities requested to be included by any Shareholders pursuant to Section ‎2(a) up to the Remaining Number of Securities, and if the aggregate number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Remaining Number of Securities, the Company shall include only such Shareholders’ pro rata share of the Remaining Number of Securities based on the amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Shareholders.

 

(c)                 Shelf Registrations . After the consummation of an IPO or a Listing (should either one occur), the Company shall use reasonable commercial efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register common equity securities under the Securities Act pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or any successor form thereto. At such time as the Company shall have qualified for the use of a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or any successor form, Arch shall have the right to request that the Company file promptly (and, in any event, within 45 days of such request) a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis of, the Registrable Securities of Arch and the other Shareholders

- 5 -

pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act or otherwise (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”). Upon filing any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective as soon as practicable, keep such Shelf Registration Statement effective with the SEC at all times, re−file such Shelf Registration Statement upon its expiration, and cooperate in any shelf take−down, whether or not underwritten, by amending or supplementing the Prospectus related to such Shelf Registration Statement as may be reasonably requested by Arch or as otherwise required, until such time as all Registrable Securities that could be sold in such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold or are no longer outstanding. At any time that a Shelf Registration Statement covering Registrable Securities is effective, Arch may deliver a notice to the Company (a “ Take−Down Notice ”) stating that it intends to effect an underwritten offering of all or part of its Registrable Securities included by it on the Shelf Registration Statement (a “ Shelf Underwritten Offering ”); provided that Arch may deliver a maximum of three such Take-Down Notices. Upon the Company’s receipt of a Take-Down Notice, the Company shall promptly deliver such Take−Down Notice to all other holders included on such Shelf Registration Statement and permit each holder to include its Registrable Securities included on the Shelf Registration Statement in the Shelf Underwritten Offering if such holder notifies the Company within 5 Business Days after delivery of the Take−Down Notice to such holder. Arch shall select the investment banking firm or firms to act as the managing underwriter or underwriters in connection with a Shelf Underwritten Offering.

 

(d)                 Priority on Shelf Underwritten Offerings . If the managing underwriter of the Shelf Underwritten Offering advises the Company and Arch in writing (with a copy to each party hereto requesting to participate in such Shelf Underwritten Offering) that in its opinion the number of common equity securities which Arch desires to sell, taken together with any Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Shelf Underwritten Offering by other Shareholders, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, the Company will include in such Shelf Underwritten Offering common equity securities in the following priority:

 

(i)                 first, the common equity securities Arch proposes to sell up to the Maximum Number of Securities; and

 

(ii)                 second, Registrable Securities requested to be included by other Shareholders pursuant to Section 2(c) up to the Remaining Number of Securities, and if the aggregate number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Remaining Number of Securities, the Company shall include only such Shareholders’ pro rata share of the Remaining Number of Securities based on the amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Shareholders.

 

(e)                 Other Registrations . Except as provided in Section 2(c), if the Company has previously filed a Registration Statement with respect to Registrable Securities pursuant to Section ‎2(a), and if such previous registration has not been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company shall not file or cause to be effected any other registration of any of its common equity securities or securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for its common equity securities under the Securities Act (except on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor or similar forms), whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holders of the Company’s common equity

- 6 -

securities, until a period of at least 90 days has elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration.

 

3.                 Lockup .

 

(a)               Lockup Agreement . To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, each Shareholder agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of (i) common equity securities of the Company or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, or (ii) to the extent any such public sale or distribution would be required to be reported in a filing with the Commission pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, preferred equity securities of the Company or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, in each case, during the seven days prior to, and the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of, an IPO, unless expressly authorized by the underwriters managing the registered public offering; provided that such restrictions shall not be more restrictive in duration or scope than restrictions imposed on (A) any officer or director of the Company, or (B) any other holders of at least 5% of the total Common Shares on a fully diluted and converted basis; provided , further, that any waiver or other exception to such restriction provided to any officer or director, any other holder of at least 5% of the total Common Shares or any Shareholder shall also apply to Arch; and provided , further , that nothing herein shall restrict, directly or indirectly:

 

(i)                 any bona fide pledge of Common Shares in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement or the subsequent Transfer upon default in connection with any such pledge; or

 

(ii)                 subject to obtaining any required Bermuda Monetary Authority approval, any charitable contribution in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement.

 

(b)               Stop Transfer Instructions . The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to Registrable Securities or other securities subject to the foregoing Section ‎3(a) until the end of the relevant period.

 

(c)               Blackout Period . The Company agrees (i) not to effect any public sale or distribution of its common equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the seven days prior to and during the 90-day period (180 days in the case of an IPO) beginning on the effective date of any underwritten Piggyback Registration or Shelf Underwritten Offering (except as part of such underwritten registration or offering or pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor or similar form), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree, and (ii) to cause each holder of its Common Shares, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Shares, that were purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a registered public offering) to agree not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of any such securities during such period (except as part of such underwritten registration, if otherwise permitted), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree to a shorter period.

- 7 -

4.                 Registration Procedures . In connection with any Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section ‎2, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)               Copies of Registration Statement . The Company shall furnish as promptly as practicable to each selling Shareholder, prior to filing a Registration Statement or any supplement or amendment thereto, a copy of such Registration Statement, supplement or amendment as it is proposed to be filed, and after such filing such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto), the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as each Shareholder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such selling Shareholder.

 

(b)               Preparation of Registration Statement; Effectiveness . The Company shall prepare and, within 90 days after the end of the period within which requests for registration may be given to the Company, file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and thereafter use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable after the initial filing thereof and remain effective for a period of either (i) not less than 180 days or, if such Registration Statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer or (ii) such shorter period as will terminate when all of the securities covered by such Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement (but in any event not before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act), and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement until such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement.

 

(c)               General Notification . The Company shall promptly advise the selling Shareholders, and, if requested by such Shareholders, confirm such advice in writing:

 

(i)                 when the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post effective amendment thereto has become effective;

 

(ii)                 of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

 

(iii)                 of any notification by the Commission whether there will be a “review” of such Registration Statement;

 

(iv)                 of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

- 8 -

(v)                 of any comments (oral or written) by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto; and

 

(vi)                 of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.

 

Each Shareholder agrees that upon receipt of any written notice of the Company pursuant to paragraphs (ii) through (vi) of Section ‎4(c) hereof, such Shareholder shall discontinue offering such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement until such Shareholder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section ‎4(d) hereof, or until advised in writing (the “ Advice ”) by the Company that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed. If the Company shall give any notice under Section ‎4(c)(ii)-(vi) during the registration period, such registration period shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section ‎4(d) (if an amended or supplemental prospectus is required) or (y) the Advice (if no amended or supplemental prospectus is required).

 

(d)               Notification of Stop Orders; Suspensions of Qualifications and Exemptions . Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (vi) of Section ‎4(c) hereof during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company shall (A) use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of a stop order, and in the event of such issuance, to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order or order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and (B) prepare a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required document as soon as possible so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and will comply with the Securities Act and the rules promulgated thereunder.

 

(e)               Copies of the Registration Statement . The Company will furnish to each Shareholder included within the coverage of the Registration Statement, without charge, copies of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if any Shareholder so requests in writing, all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference) in such number as such Shareholder may reasonably request from time to time.

 

(f)               Copies of the Prospectus . The Company will deliver to each Shareholder included within the coverage of the Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as each such Shareholder may reasonably request; and the Company consents to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each Shareholder in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

- 9 -

(g)               Blue Sky . Prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify (or seek an exemption from registration or qualification) or cooperate with each Shareholder selling Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of such securities for offer and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as such counsel reasonably requests in writing on behalf of such Shareholder and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement; provided , however , that the Company will not be required to qualify to do business or to qualify as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

(h)               Certificates . The Company shall cooperate with each Shareholder to facilitate the timely, in the case of beneficial interests in Registrable Securities held through a depositary, transfer of such equivalent Registrable Securities with an unrestricted CUSIP, or, in the case of certificated shares, preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and registered in such names as such Shareholder may request in writing prior to sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 

(i)               SEC Compliance; Earnings Statement . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its Shareholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event not later than eighteen (18) months after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, an earnings statement covering a period of twelve (12) months beginning after the effective date of such Registration Statement, in a manner which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 promulgated thereunder.

 

(j)               Shareholder Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section ‎2 herein with respect to the Registrable Securities of any Shareholder that such Shareholder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities.

 

(k)              Agreements . The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as Arch (if Registrable Securities held by Arch are being sold) or Shareholders that hold a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the managing underwriters (if any) shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement; provided , however , that the Company shall have no obligation to pay any discounts or underwriting commissions of any selling Shareholder.

 

(l)               Legal Opinion; Certificates; Cold Comfort Letter . The Company, if requested by Arch (if Registrable Securities held by Arch are being sold) or those Shareholders that together hold a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the managing underwriters (if any) in

- 10 -

connection with the Registration Statement, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion relating to the Registration Statement and the Registrable Securities, in customary form (and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature) addressed to Arch (if Arch is selling), the selling Shareholders and the managing underwriters (if any), and dated the effective date of such Registration Statement; (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates; and (iii) its independent public accountants to provide a “cold comfort” letter in customary form (and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by a “cold comfort” letter).

 

(m)              Listing . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange, if any, on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

 

(n)               Due Diligence . For a reasonable period prior to the filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall make available for inspection and copying by any Shareholder or underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such Shareholder or underwriter, all financial and other information and books and records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Shareholder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement, as will be reasonably necessary in the judgment of such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act; provided , however , that if requested by the Company, each Shareholder will enter into a confidentiality agreement with the Company prior to participating in the preparation of the Registration Statement or the Company’s release or disclosure of confidential information to such Shareholder.

 

(o)               Participation . No Shareholder may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Shareholder agrees to sell such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Shareholders entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the managing underwriter(s); provided that no Shareholder will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities that such Shareholder has requested the Company to include in any registration).

 

(p)               10b-5 Notification . The Company shall promptly notify in writing each selling Shareholder and the managing underwriter of the offering in which Registrable Securities are being sold pursuant to any Registration Statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act upon discovery that, or upon the happening of an event as a result of which, any prospectus included in such Registration Statement (or amendment or supplement thereto) contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made, and the Company will promptly prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus and file it with the Commission (in any event no later than ten (10) days following notice of the occurrence of such event to each selling Shareholder and the managing underwriter) so that after delivery of such prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus,

- 11 -

as so amended or supplemented, will not contain an untrue statement or a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

 

(q)               Other Approvals . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all other approvals, consents, exemptions or authorizations from such governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Shareholders and underwriters to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities.

 

(r)               FINRA . The Company shall cooperate with each Shareholder and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and underwriters’ counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA.

 

(s)               Road Show . The Company shall cause the appropriate officers as are requested by a managing underwriter to participate in a “road show” or similar marketing effort being conducted by such underwriter with respect to an underwritten public offering.

 

(t)               Transfer Agent, Register and CUSIP . The Company shall provide a transfer agent and register for all Registrable Securities pursuant hereto and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case, no later than the effective date of registration.

 

(u)               Other Actions . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other actions necessary to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

 

(v)               Notice to Discontinue . Each Shareholder whose Registrable Securities are covered by a Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement agrees that, upon receipt of written notice from the Company of the happening of an event of the kind described in Section ‎4(p), such Shareholder will forthwith discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities until such Shareholder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section ‎4(p) or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the prospectus may be resumed and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings which are incorporated by reference into the prospectus, and, if so directed by the Company in the case of an event described in Section ‎4(p), such Shareholder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Shareholder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities which is current at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company will give any such notice, the Company will extend the period during which such Registration Statement is to be maintained effective by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section ‎4(p) to and including the date when the Shareholder will have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by, and meeting the requirements of, Section ‎4(p).

 

(w)               Free Writing Prospectuses . Each Shareholder agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and any managing underwriter, it will not make any offer relating to the Registrable Securities that would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act (an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”), or that would

- 12 -

otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, required to be filed with the Commission.

 

5.               Registration Expenses . The Company shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement (except as otherwise provided in the proviso to Section ‎4(k) hereof) and the Company shall reimburse the Shareholders for the fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel (and one local counsel as reasonably required) chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration (collectively, “ Registration Expenses ”); provided that, so long as the Services Agreement dated the date hereof by and among the Company, Watford Re, Arch Underwriters Ltd. and the other parties named therein remains in effect, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by Arch and its Affiliates (other than underwriting discounts or commissions) in connection with any such registration.

 

6.               Certain Limitations on Registration Rights . No Shareholder may participate in any Registration Statement hereunder unless such Shareholder completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, and other documents reasonably required under the terms of underwriting arrangements which are entered into in connection with such Registration Statement and agrees to sell such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting agreement approved by the Shareholder or Shareholders entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; provided , however , that (a) no such Shareholder will be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters in connection with any such registration other than representations and warranties as to (i) the accuracy of the disclosure included in the Registration Statement related to such Shareholder , (ii) such Shareholder’s ownership of its Registrable Securities to be sold in the offering, and (iii) such Shareholder’s power and authority to effect such sale; (b) no such Shareholder will be required to undertake any indemnification or contribution obligations to the Company or any underwriters except to the extent provided in Section ‎7; and (c) the Company shall provide Arch and its counsel copies of each such Registration Statement, and each prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, a reasonable period time before the proposed filing thereof and such documents shall be subject to review and comment by Arch and its counsel and approval by Arch with respect to any reference to Arch and any information included therein about Arch, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld with respect to any such reference or information that the Company determines is reasonably necessary to be included in such Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement. Shareholders of Registrable Securities to be sold by such underwriters may, at their option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters, will also be made to and for the benefit of such Shareholders and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of the underwriters under the underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of the Shareholders.

 

7.               Indemnification .

 

(a)            Indemnification by the Company . The Company shall, notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, indemnify and hold harmless to the full extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Shareholders named in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement and the officers and directors of such Shareholders and each person, if any, who

- 13 -

controls such Shareholders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Shareholder or such other Person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such Shareholder, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus related to such registration, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and, in any such case, the Company shall promptly reimburse such Shareholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to indemnify any such person pursuant to this Section ‎7(a) to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability (or actions in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) fraud or dishonesty or an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, that was furnished in writing to the Company by such person expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, or (ii) the use by any such person of a prospectus in violation of any stop order or other suspension of the Registration Statement of which the Company made the Shareholder or other holder of Registrable Securities aware.

 

(b)               Indemnification by Shareholders . Each Shareholder of Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement shall, notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, severally and not jointly, (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers and directors, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and all other Shareholders against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company, its officers or directors, such controlling persons or such other Shareholders may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such Shareholder, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus related to such registration, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was furnished in writing to the Company by such Shareholder expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, and (ii) reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that no such Shareholder shall be required to undertake liability to any Person under this Section ‎7(b) for any amounts in

- 14 -

excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds actually received by such Shareholder from the sale of such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement and such undertaking shall be several, not joint and several, among such Shareholders.

 

(c)               Indemnification Procedures . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under Section ‎7(a) or ‎7(b) hereof of written notice of the commencement of any action or threat thereof, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section ‎7, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action or threat; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party other than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section ‎7(a) or ‎7(b) hereof and unless and to the extent such indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by such failure. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided , that if (i) any indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are additional to or conflict with those available to the indemnifying party, or that such claim or litigation involves or could have an effect upon matters beyond the scope of the indemnity provided hereunder, or (ii) such action seeks an injunction or equitable relief against any indemnified party or involves actual or alleged criminal activity, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party without such indemnified party’s prior written consent (but, without such consent, shall have the right to participate therein with counsel of its choice) and such indemnifying party shall reimburse such indemnified party and any Person controlling such indemnified party for that portion of the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the indemnified party which is reasonably related to the matters covered by the indemnity provided hereunder. If the indemnifying party is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim, it shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless (i) if the Services Agreement is still in effect, or a claim relates to a time when the Services Agreement was in effect, and an Arch Entity is an indemnified party, Arch shall have the right to retain separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, or (ii) in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim, in which case the conflicting indemnified parties shall have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the registration, at the expense of the indemnifying party. Such indemnifying party shall not enter into any settlement with a party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party with respect to any and all claims against each indemnified party and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party or commit any indemnified party to take or refrain from taking any action. An indemnified

- 15 -

party shall not enter into any settlement without the consent of the indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(d)               Contribution if Indemnification Against Public Policy . Each party hereto agrees that, if for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section ‎7(a) or ‎7(b) hereof are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section ‎7(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Shareholders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section ‎7(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liability of any Shareholder hereunder this Section ‎7(d) shall be limited to the amount of net proceeds received by such Shareholder in the offering giving rise to such liability, less any amounts paid pursuant to Section ‎7(b). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Shareholders’ obligations in this Section ‎7(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered by them severally and not jointly.

 

(e)               Obligations Not Exclusive . The obligations of the Shareholders contemplated by this Section ‎7 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Shareholder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

8.                 Representations and Warranties; Covenants .

 

(a)               Authority; Enforceability . Each of the parties hereto hereby severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that such party has, as applicable, the legal capacity or power and authority, corporate or otherwise, to enter into this Agreement and to carry out each of its obligations hereunder as they may hereafter arise. Such party (in the case of parties that are not natural persons) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement and

- 16 -

consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been duly authorized by all necessary action. No other act or proceeding, corporate or otherwise, on its part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed by such party and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws and judicial decisions of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights general or by general equitable principles.

 

(b)               No Breach . Each of the parties hereto severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the performance by such party of its obligations hereunder does or will:

 

(i)                 in the case of parties that are not natural persons, conflict with or violate its articles of incorporation, bylaws or other applicable organizational documents;

 

(ii)                 violate, conflict with or result in the termination of, or otherwise give any other Person the right to accelerate, renegotiate or terminate or receive any payment or constitute a default or any event of default, with or without notice, lapse of time, or both, under the terms of, any contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets or operations are bound or affected; or

 

(iii)                 constitute a violation by such party of any law, ruling, writ, injunction, award, determination or decree of any arbitral body or court or any agency, commission, department or body of any local, state, federal or foreign governmental, regulatory, administrative, judicial or quasi-governmental unit, entity or authority.

 

(c)               Consents . Each of the parties hereto hereby severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party, other than those which have been made or obtained or those that are specified herein, in connection with (i) the execution or enforceability of this Agreement or (ii) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(d)               Investment Representations . Each Shareholder, by executing this Agreement (or taking any other action by which such Shareholder is deemed to have executed this Agreement) or an amendment hereto, hereby confirms the representations and warranties made by such Shareholder hereunder and contained in the Subscription Agreement between the Company and such Shareholder.

 

(e)               Preservation of Rights . The Company shall not (i) grant any registration rights to third parties which are more favorable than or inconsistent with the rights granted hereunder, or (ii) enter into any agreement, take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities that violates or subordinates the rights expressly granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

- 17 -

9.                 Miscellaneous .

 

(a)               Compliance with Bermuda law . The Company shall have no obligation under the provisions of this Agreement unless and until all approvals required from the Bermuda Monetary Authority are received.

 

(b)               Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departure from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Shareholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided , however , that any such amendment or modification that (i) modifies the rights or obligations of Arch under this Agreement (including under Sections 2, 3(a), 5, 6 and this Section 9(b)) that apply only to Arch, (ii) adversely affects any of the rights or obligations granted expressly to Arch hereunder (and that are not granted to all Shareholders generally) or (iii) modifies any of the related defined terms in such a way that would cause (i) or (ii) to be affected, shall also require the written consent of each Shareholder that is an Arch Entity (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement); provided , further , that the consent of the Shareholders shall not be required (i) to include as a party hereto any purchaser of Common Shares or Warrants pursuant to an additional closing as contemplated by Section 9(n), (ii) to include as a party hereto any purchaser of Common Shares or Warrants in connection with a Transfer of Common Shares or Warrants as contemplated by Section 9(f), and (iii) to include as a party hereto any member of the Company’s management that is issued Warrants or any purchaser of Common Shares pursuant to a future private placement, in each case, as contemplated by Section 9(n).

 

(c)               Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties in respect of its subject matters and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof. Except as expressly contemplated hereby, there are no third party beneficiaries having rights under or with respect to this Agreement.

 

(d)               Term and Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time by an instrument in writing signed by all of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall terminate automatically as to any Shareholder that no longer holds Registrable Securities; provided, however, that such Shareholder’s lockup agreement obligations under Section 3(a) and indemnification and contribution obligations under Section ‎7 shall survive any such termination. The Company shall have no further obligations pursuant to this Agreement at such time as no Registrable Securities are outstanding; provided, however, that the Company’s indemnification and contribution obligations under Section ‎7 shall survive any such termination.

 

(e)               Notices .

 

(i)               All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telecopier, e-mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

 

(A)                 if by the Company to a Shareholder (other than a Shareholder that is an Arch Entity), then to the address set forth in such Shareholder’s Subscription Agreement,

- 18 -

Warrant Investor Letter or joinder in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , as applicable, or to such address that such Shareholder may subsequently notify the Company in writing,

 

(B)               if by the Company to a Shareholder that is an Arch Entity, as set forth below:

 

c/o Arch Reinsurance Ltd.
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM-08
Bermuda

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telephone No.: 212.701.3323
Telecopier No.: 212.269.5420

 

(C)               if by a Shareholder to the Company, as set forth below:

 

Watford Holdings Ltd.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton, HM HX
Bermuda

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the United States mail, if being mailed by first class mail; two (2) Business Days after being delivered via a next-day air courier; when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient’s telecopier machine, if telecopied; and on the date sent by e-mail (with confirmation of delivery) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient.

 

(ii) Notwithstanding Section 9(e)(i) or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, each Shareholder (other than any Shareholder that is an Arch Entity) authorizes the Company to send all reports, notices and other communications that the Company would otherwise provide to such Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement, the Bye-Laws or applicable

- 19 -

law to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and/or its private banking and wealth management affiliates (collectively, “ J.P. Morgan ”) or another third party selected by the Company for further dissemination to such Shareholder by J.P. Morgan or such other third party. For the avoidance of doubt, the Shareholders acknowledge that J.P. Morgan is under no obligation to, and will not, receive and disseminate any such reports, notices and other communications to any such Shareholder following the consummation of an IPO or Listing unless otherwise agreed by the Company and J.P. Morgan.

 

(f)               Successors and Assigns; Assignment .

 

(i)                 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

(ii)                 Upon compliance with the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement or the Warrants, as applicable, the rights, interests and obligations hereunder may be transferred with a Transfer of the Common Shares or the Warrants so long as the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement pursuant to an instrument substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

(iii)                 The Company may (a) assign any or all of its rights and interests hereunder to one or more of its Affiliates and (b) designate one or more of its Affiliates to perform its obligations hereunder (in any or all of which cases the Company nonetheless will remain responsible for the performance of all of its obligations hereunder).

 

(g)               Specific Performance . Each party acknowledges and agrees that the other parties would be damaged irreparably if any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or is otherwise breached. Accordingly, each party agrees that the other parties will be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and its terms and provisions in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the parties and the matter, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity.

 

(h)               Submission to Jurisdiction; No Jury Trial . (i) Each party submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in New York, New York in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agrees that all claims in respect of the action may be heard and determined in any such court. Each party agrees that a final judgment in any action so brought will be conclusive and may be enforced by action on the judgment or in any other manner provided at law or in equity. Each party waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action so brought and waives any bond, surety, or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto.

 

(ii)                 THE PARTIES EACH HEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO JURY TRIAL OF ANY DISPUTE BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO OR ANY DEALINGS AMONG THEM RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all encompassing of any and all action that may be filed in any court

- 20 -

and that relate to the subject matter of the transactions contemplated hereby, including, contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. The parties each acknowledge that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship and that they will continue to rely on the waiver in their related future dealings. Each party further represents and warrants that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that each knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN, THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER WILL APPLY TO ANY AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO. In the event of an action, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to trial by a court.

 

(i)               Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(j)               Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

(k)               Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(l)               Construction . The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign law will be deemed also to refer to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The word “including” means “including without limitation.” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which the party has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

(m)             Severability . The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the

- 21 -

remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

(n)               Multiple Closings; Future Capital Raises .

 

(i)                 To the extent the Company conducts one or more additional closings in connection with the Company’s offering of Common Shares, as contemplated by the PPM, the Company shall cause each purchaser of Common Shares or Warrants pursuant to any such additional closing to execute a Subscription Agreement with the Company or an Investor Letter which provides, among other things, that by executing such Subscription Agreement or Investor Letter such purchaser will be deemed to have executed this Agreement in all respects and, upon such additional closing, each such purchaser shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement and an Existing Shareholder or Existing Warrantholder, as applicable, for purposes of this Agreement as of the date of such additional closing.

 

(ii)                 To the extent the Company from time to time issues Warrants to its management, as contemplated by the PPM, or conducts one or more future private placements of Common Shares, the Company may cause each recipient of such Warrants and/or each purchaser of Common Shares pursuant to any such future private placement to execute an instrument substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and, upon the issuance of such Warrants or closing of such private placement, each such recipient or purchaser, as applicable, shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement and a Shareholder, for purposes of this Agreement as of the date of such issuance or closing.

 

[REST OF PAGE DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK]

- 22 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  Watford Holdings Ltd.
     
  By:   /s/ John Rathgeber  
    Name:
    Title:

 

The purchasers of Common Shares or Warrants have each executed either (i) a Subscription Agreement with the Company or (ii) an Investor Letter, each of which provides, among other things, that by executing the Subscription Agreement or the Investor Letter such purchaser is deemed to have executed this Common Share Registration Rights Agreement in all respects.

 

Exhibit A

 

JOINDER TO COMMON SHARE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Common Share Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 25, 2014 (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) among Watford Holdings Ltd. and certain other parties, as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Registration Rights Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a “Shareholder” thereunder, [ and shall be deemed to have made all of the representations and warranties of a “Shareholder” under the Shareholders Agreement as if it had executed the Shareholders’ Agreement (including, without limitation, that the representations and warranties contained in Section 8 of the Shareholders Agreement and in Section 4, and, if applicable, Section 5 or 6, of the Subscription Agreement dated [•], 2014, between the Company and [name of transferring shareholder) and all of such representations and warranties are true and correct as of the date hereof as if such representations and warranties were made by the Joining Party ] 1 . The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

 

Date: ___________ ___, ______

 

 

  [NAME OF JOINING PARTY]
     
  By:    
    Name:
    Title:
    Address for Notices:

 

 

1 To be included in connection with transfers of Common Shares.

 

Exhibit 4.4

 

Execution Version

 

 

 

WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.

 

PREFERENCE SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

 

 
Section 1.   Certain Definitions 1
Section 2.   Corporate Governance 4
2.01   Subsidiary Governance 4
2.02   Bye-Law Provisions 4
Section 3.   Transfers of Securities 5
3.01   Restrictions on Transfer 5
3.02   Other Restrictions on Transfers 7
3.03   Legend 8
Section 4.   Additional Liquidity Rights 8
4.01   Additional Liquidity Rights 8
Section 5.   Periodic Information Reporting Requirements 9
5.01   Quarterly Financial Statements 9
5.02   Annual Financial Statements 9
5.03   Additional Information 9
5.04   Confidentiality 9
Section 6.   Certain Sale and Other Requirements 10
6.01   Recapitalization 10
6.02   Certain Restrictions 10
6.03   Regulatory Repurchase 10
Section 7.   Tax Matters 12
7.01   Cooperation 12
Section 8.   Representations and Warranties 12
8.01   Authority; Enforceability 12
8.02   No Breach 13
8.03   Consents 13
8.04   Investment Representations 13
Section 9.   Miscellaneous 13
9.01   Compliance with Bermuda law 13
9.02   Amendments and Waivers 13
9.03   Entire Agreement 14
9.04   Term and Termination 14
9.05   Notices 14
9.06   Successors and Assigns; Assignment 15
 
9.07   Specific Performance 15
9.08   Submission to Jurisdiction; No Jury Trial 15
9.09   Counterparts 16
9.10   Governing Law 16
9.11   Headings 16
9.12   Construction 16
9.13   Severability 17
9.14   Multiple Closings; Future Capital Raises 17
 

This PREFERENCE SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of March 31, 2014, by and among, Watford Holdings Ltd. , a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Company ”), and the shareholders of the Preference Shares of the Company who have acquired Preference Shares on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the offering of Preference Shares contemplated by the PPM (the “ Existing Shareholders ”). The Existing Shareholders and any other shareholder of the Company who agrees in writing to become bound by this Agreement, and each of their respective successors and permitted assignees, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Shareholders ” and each individually as a “ Shareholder .”

 

Section 1.                 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Accredited Investor ” means an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of such Person. In the case of a natural Person, his or her Affiliates include members of such Person’s immediate family, natural lineal descendants of such Person or a trust or other similar entity established for the exclusive benefit of such Person and his or her immediate family and natural lineal descendants.

 

Affiliate Transfer ” means (i) in the case of a Shareholder that is not a natural person, a Transfer of Preference Shares from a Shareholder to an Affiliate of such Shareholder, provided that the transferee agrees to remain an Affiliate of the transferor so long as it holds such Preference Shares or (ii) a Transfer of Preference Shares from a Shareholder who is a natural person to (a) any executor, administrator or testamentary trustee of such Shareholder’s estate if such Shareholder dies, (b) any transferee receiving Preference Shares of such Shareholder by will, intestacy laws or the laws of descent or survivorship, (c) any trustee of a trust (including an inter vivos trust) of which there are no principal beneficiaries other than such Shareholder or one or more lineal descendents, siblings or parents of such Shareholder or one or more lineal descendents of any siblings of such Shareholder or (d) any corporation, partnership or other entity of which such Shareholder owns directly the majority of the outstanding equity securities or other ownership interests or of which such Shareholder is otherwise entitled to appoint a majority of the board of directors or other managing body. “ Affiliate Transferee ” shall have the corresponding meaning.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Arch Underwriters ” means Arch Underwriters Ltd., in its capacity as the reinsurance portfolio manager of Watford Re.

- 1 -

Arch Underwriters Restricted Party ” means any Person that is an insurance or reinsurance competitor of Arch Underwriters or any of its Affiliates, as determined by Arch Underwriters acting reasonably in good faith.

 

Assignee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(j).

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any day on which banks located in New York, New York or Bermuda are authorized or obliged to close.

 

Bye-Laws ” means the Bye-Laws of the Company, as may be amended from time to time.

 

Closing Date ” means the date of the final closing in respect of the private placement of Preference Shares described in the PPM.

 

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency administering the Securities Act.

 

Common Shareholders Agreement ” means that certain Shareholders Agreement, dated March 25, 2014, as amended from time to time, among the Company and the holders of the Common Shares.

 

Common Shares ” means the Common Shares of the Company, with an initial par value of $0.01 per share.

 

Companies Act ” means the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Election Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b).

 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Existing Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

FATCA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c).

 

Investment Company Act ” means the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Investment Manager ” means Highbridge Principal Strategies LLC, in its capacity as the investment manager of the Company and Watford Re.

- 2 -

Investment Manager Restricted Party ” means any Person that is an “asset management” competitor of the Investment Manager or any of its Affiliates, as determined by the Investment Manager acting reasonably in good faith.

 

IPO ” means the initial registered public offering of the Preference Shares in the United States or a listing of the Preference Shares on a United States national securities exchange.

 

J.P. Morgan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(b).

 

Offer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

 

Officer ” means an officer of the Company from time to time during the term of this Agreement.

 

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a company, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental or quasi-governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

PPM ” means the Company’s Confidential Private Placement Memorandum, dated January 2014, related to the Company’s offering of Common Shares and Preference Shares, as supplemented by the Supplement to Confidential Private Placement Memorandum dated March 14, 2014.

 

Preference Shares ” means the Preference Shares of the Company, with an initial par value of $0.01 per share, and includes a fraction of a Preference Share.

 

Proposed Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

 

Qualified Transaction ” means (i) an IPO or (ii) a Sale Transaction.

 

Restricted Party ” means an Investment Manager Restricted Party or an Arch Underwriters Restricted Party.

 

Sale Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

 

Sale Transaction ” means a sale of all or substantially all of the equity or assets of the Company or Watford Re.

 

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Subscription Agreement ” means the subscription agreement, including the subscriber information form completed in connection therewith, executed by an Existing Shareholder and

- 3 -

the Company in connection with the issuance of the Preference Shares to such Existing Shareholder.

 

Transfer ” means any direct or indirect sale, exchange, transfer (including, without limitation, any transfer by gift or operation of law, or any transfer of an economic interest in any derivative security of any security), assignment, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, distribution or other disposition, or issuance or creation of any option or any voting proxy, voting trust or other transfer of interest, in whole or in part, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law or at a judicial sale or otherwise.

 

Transfer Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

 

Transferring Shareholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

 

U.S. GAAP ” means Unites States generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Watford Re ” means Watford Re Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

$ ” means the legal currency of the United States of America.

 

Section 2.                 Corporate Governance .

 

2.01                                   Subsidiary Governance . The Company and each Shareholder agree that the Board of Directors of Watford Re at the date hereof shall be comprised of the individuals who are serving as directors on the Board in accordance with this Agreement, the Common Shareholders Agreement and the bye-laws of Watford Re. After the date hereof, any vacancies shall be filled in accordance with this Agreement, the Common Shareholders Agreement and, subject to the Common Shareholders Agreement and Section 2.02 hereof, the bye-laws of Watford Re.

 

2.02                                   Bye-Law Provisions . To the extent the Shareholders have the right to vote pursuant to the Bye-Laws or any applicable law, each Shareholder agrees to vote its Preference Shares or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and to take all other actions necessary to ensure that the Bye-Laws (a) facilitate, and do not at any time conflict with, any provision of this Agreement and (b) permit each Shareholder to receive the benefits to which each such Shareholder is entitled under this Agreement. The Company agrees to vote its common shares in Watford Re and any other subsidiary of the Company, or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and to take all other actions necessary to ensure that the bye-laws of Watford Re and any other subsidiary of the Company (a) facilitate, and do not at any time conflict with, any provision of this Agreement and (b) permit each Shareholder to receive the benefits to which each such Shareholder is entitled under this Agreement.

- 4 -

Section 3.                 Transfers of Securities.

 

3.01                                   Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(a)                 Prior to the earlier to occur of the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date hereof and, if the Company consummates an IPO, the expiration of any lockup period with respect to the Preference Shares in connection therewith, no Shareholder shall Transfer all or any part of the Preference Shares owned by it without the prior written consent of the Board, which consent may be given or withheld in the sole discretion of the Board, to any other Person. The Shareholders hereby acknowledge that, although it is in the sole discretion of the Board to give or withhold any such consent, the Company’s intent is that, before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the date hereof, the Board will not approve any Transfer that is not an Affiliate Transfer.

 

(b)                Prior to the consummation of an IPO and the expiration of any lockup period with respect to the Preference Shares in connection therewith, no Transfer of Preference Shares shall be permitted unless (i) the Board determines in its sole discretion that such Transfer: (A) would not violate the Securities Act or any state securities or “blue sky” laws applicable to the Company or the Preference Shares to be transferred; (B) has been approved, if necessary, by the Bermuda Monetary Authority; (C) would not result in the Preference Shares being held by 2,000 or more persons who are Accredited Investors or otherwise cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; (D) would not cause the Company to become subject to registration as an investment company under the Investment Company Act; and (E) would not have any other material adverse legal, tax or regulatory effect on the Company; and (ii) the Shareholder that proposes to Transfer Preference Shares delivers, at the Board’s request, an opinion of counsel which, to the Board’s reasonable satisfaction, is knowledgeable in securities law matters to the effect that such Transfer may be effected without registration of such Preference Shares under the Securities Act.

 

(c)                 [Reserved.]

 

(d)                The Board may condition any Transfer upon receipt of such information, representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities from the transferor and transferee as the Board may determine in its sole discretion.

 

(e)                 If the Board in good faith concludes that any applicable conditions in Section 3.01(b) have been satisfied, then it shall not withhold its consent to (i) any Affiliate Transfer, or (ii) any other Transfer occurring after the fifth anniversary of the date hereof, if such Transfer involves at least 40,000 Preference Shares (or, if less, the transferor’s entire holding of Preference Shares).

 

(f)                 In the event of any purported or attempted Transfer that does not comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the attempted Transfer shall be null and void ab initio and will confer no rights whatsoever on the purported transferee as against the Company or any other shareholder of the Company, including the Shareholders, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Preference Shares as the owner of such Preference Shares for any purpose.

 

(g)                Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, following an IPO of the Company, in addition to any lockup period required by the underwriters, the Board may impose Transfer restrictions on Preference Shares to ensure that no such Transfer would (i) cause the Company to become subject to registration as an investment company under

- 5 -

the Investment Company Act or (ii) have any other material adverse legal, tax or regulatory effect on the Company.

 

(h)                Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, prior to the consummation of an IPO, any transferee of Preference Shares who is not a Shareholder (other than the Company) and has acquired such Preference Shares from a Shareholder shall upon the consummation of, and as a condition to, such Transfer execute and deliver to the Company a transfer agreement and an instrument substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (or a counterpart to this Agreement) pursuant to which such transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as a Shareholder, with such rights of the transferor that are assigned by the transferor in compliance with this Section 3.01.

 

(i)                  Expenses of Transfer . The transferring Shareholder agrees that it will pay all expenses, including attorneys’ fees and fees in connection with the evaluation of the transfer pursuant to this Section 3.01, incurred by the Company in connection with any attempted or realized Transfer of all or any portion of its interest, whether or not the Board consents to such Transfer. Such costs generally will include the amount of any transfer taxes due as a result of a Shareholder’s Transfer and the costs of accounting for such Transfers, including for applicable tax purposes.

 

(j)                  Indemnification by Transferor . In the event that the Company or any member of the Board becomes involved in any capacity in any action, proceeding, or investigation brought by or against any Person (including any Shareholder) in connection with any Transfer by a Shareholder of a Shareholder’s interest in the Company or the admission into the Company as a Shareholder of any purchaser, assignee, transferee, donee, heir, legatee, distributee or other recipient (each, an “ Assignee ”) of such transferring Shareholder’s interest in the Company, the Shareholder who has transferred all or any portion of its interest in the Company will periodically reimburse each of the Company and the members of the Board for each of their legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) incurred in connection with such action, proceeding or investigation. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the transferring Shareholder also will indemnify the Company and the members of the Board for any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities to which any of them may become subject in connection with such Transfer. The reimbursement and indemnity obligations of the transferring Shareholder under this Section 3.01(j) shall be in addition to any liability that the transferring Shareholder may otherwise have, shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to the partners, employees, stockholders, members, managers, and controlling Persons of the Company, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Company, the members of the Board and any such Persons. The obligations of a transferor under the foregoing provisions shall survive the Transfer of its interest or any termination of this Agreement.

 

(k)                Recognition of Transfer . The Company shall not recognize for any purpose any purported Transfer of all or any portion of the interest in the Company of a Shareholder unless (i) the provisions of Section 3.01 hereof shall have been complied with, and (ii) there shall have been filed with the Company a dated notice of such Transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company, executed and acknowledged by both the transferring Shareholder and the Assignee and such notice (A) contains the acceptance by the Assignee of all the terms

- 6 -

and provisions of this Agreement and the Assignee’s agreement to be bound thereby, (B) represents that such Transfer was made in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations, and (C) contains a power of attorney authorizing the Company to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Assignee.

 

(l)                  The Board may delegate its responsibilities pursuant to this Section 3.01 to a committee of the Board and if the Board so delegates, all references to the “Board” in this Section 3.01 shall be deemed to refer to such committee.

 

3.02                                   Other Restrictions on Transfers .

 

(a)                 If a Shareholder intends to Transfer any of its Preference Shares (such transferring Shareholder, the “ Transferring Shareholder ”), such Transferring Shareholder shall give written notice (an “ Offer Notice ”) to the Company stating the Transferring Shareholder’s bona fide intention to make such a Transfer, describing in reasonable detail the proposed Transfer, including the identity of the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”), the number of Preference Shares proposed to be Transferred pursuant to the offer (the “ Transfer Securities ”), and specifying the bona fide per share purchase price that the Proposed Transferee has agreed to pay for the Transfer Securities (the “ Sale Price ”), which Sale Price shall be payable in cash at the closing of the transaction.

 

(b)                Upon receipt of the Offer Notice, the Company shall have the exclusive option to purchase, upon delivery of a notice (the “ Election Notice ”) to the Transferring Shareholder within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Offer Notice, all or any portion of the Transfer Securities. The Company shall deliver an Election Notice to the Transferring Shareholder of its election to purchase or not purchase any such Transfer Securities within such thirty (30) day period, together with the payment to the Transferring Shareholder of the Sale Price therefor (in the event that the Company so elects to purchase any Transfer Securities). If the Company elects to purchase the Transfer Securities, the Transfer of any Transfer Securities shall be consummated as soon as practicable after delivery of the Election Notice, but in no event later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the delivery of the Election Notice.

 

(c)                 In the event that less than all of the Transfer Securities have been acquired by the Company, the Transferring Shareholder may, no later than 90 calendar days after the expiration of the applicable election period set forth in Section 3.02(b), Transfer the Transfer Securities not purchased by the Company to the Proposed Transferee at a price no less than the price per share specified in the Offer Notice and on other terms in the aggregate no more materially favorable to the Proposed Transferee than offered to the Company in the Offer Notice, provided that the Board has approved the Transfer to the Proposed Transferee in accordance with Section 3.01. It shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of any Transfer of Transfer Securities to a Person not a party to this Agreement that such Person agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement pursuant to an instrument substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (or a counterpart to this Agreement). Any Transfer Securities not Transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such 90-day period shall be re-offered (without obligation to purchase) to the Company under this Section 3 prior to any subsequent Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 3.

- 7 -

(d)                This Section 3.02 shall terminate upon consummation of an IPO.

 

3.03                                   Legend . In addition to any other legend that may be required, each certificate for Preference Shares, if any, issued to any Shareholder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), UNDER APPLICABLE U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO PERSONS WHO ARE “ACCREDITED INVESTORS” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (B) IF SUCH SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER HAS RECEIVED THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS (OR A COMMITTEE THEREOF), (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS, AND (D) TO A TRANSFEREE WHO AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S BYE-LAWS, THE CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION RELATING TO THE PREFERENCE SHARES AND A PREFERENCE SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT DATED MARCH 31, 2014 (AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME). A COPY OF SUCH BYE-LAWS, CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION AND PREFERENCE SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE CORPORATION TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

 

If any Preference Shares are certificated and cease to be subject to any and all restrictions on Transfer set forth in the Bye-Laws or this Agreement, the Company, upon the written request of the holder thereof, shall issue to such holder a new certificate evidencing such Preference Shares without reference in the above legend to the Bye-Laws or to this Agreement, as the case may be.

 

Section 4.                 Additional Liquidity Rights .

 

4.01                                   Additional Liquidity Rights .

 

(a)                 In the event that the Company has not, by the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date hereof, consummated an IPO, then, subject to compliance with the Companies Act, the Company will annually make a tender offer to purchase in the first quarter of each annual period, on a pro rata basis among all holders of Preference Shares, up to 20% of the then outstanding Preference Shares for a price equal to book value per Preference Share (as of the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the commencement of the tender offer) until an IPO

- 8 -

or a Sale Transaction is consummated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be required to make any such repurchases (x) if the Board determines that such repurchases will have a negative effect on any of the Company’s then outstanding ratings, (y) unless all necessary regulatory authorities have approved the repurchases (and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such approvals), and (z) unless the Board determines that after giving effect to the repurchases, the Company has sufficient capital to conduct its business.

 

(b)                If an initial registered public offering of the Common Shares in the United States or a listing of the Common Shares on a United States national securities exchange has not been consummated by the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date of the Common Shareholders Agreement, the Common Shareholders Agreement will obligate the Company, subject to compliance with the Companies Act, to annually make a tender offer to repurchase up to 20% of the then outstanding Common Shares for a price equal to book value per Common Share on substantially the same terms as set forth above with respect to the Preference Shares. In the event that the Board determines that less than 20% of the Preference Shares and Common Shares may be repurchased, any such reduced percentage of Preference Shares and Common Shares shall be repurchased on a pro rata basis.

 

Section 5.                 Periodic Information Reporting Requirements .

 

5.01                                   Quarterly Financial Statements . The Company shall prepare condensed, consolidated financial statements for each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year in accordance with U.S. GAAP consistently applied. The Company shall provide such quarterly financial statements to each Shareholder not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter.

 

5.02                                   Annual Financial Statements . The Company shall prepare consolidated financial statements for each fiscal year in accordance with U.S. GAAP consistently applied and shall cause such financial statements to be audited. The Company shall provide such audited financial statements and the auditor’s report thereon to the Shareholders not later than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year.

 

5.03                                   Additional Information . If a Shareholder requests in writing information about the Company or its subsidiaries in addition to the financial statements made available pursuant to Sections 5.01 and 5.02 in order to, among other things, comply with disclosure requirements under laws and regulations applicable to such Shareholder or to meet the tax reporting requirements of such Shareholder, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide such additional information to such Shareholder as soon as practicable after such written request has been received; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to provide any such additional information if the Company reasonably believes that the disclosure of such information could have a materially adverse effect on the financial condition, business or prospects of the Company on a consolidated basis or is of a confidential nature.

 

5.04                                   Confidentiality . Except as authorized in writing by the Company, each of the Shareholders shall not disclose any of the information provided to such Shareholder pursuant to this Section 5 to any Person that is not a director, officer, partner,

- 9 -

member, trustee, employee, representative (including any accountant, attorney or other professional) or Affiliate of such Shareholder or a party to this Agreement, and each Shareholder shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause its directors, officers, partners, members, trustees, employees, representatives and Affiliates not to disclose such information to any Person that is not a party to this Agreement; provided , however , that such Shareholder shall not be prohibited from disclosing any such information if such information (w) becomes publicly available through no breach of this Agreement by the Shareholder or its directors, officers, partners, members, trustees, employees, representatives or Affiliates, (x) is required to be disclosed by law or the rules of a national securities exchange, (y) is required to be furnished to a governmental agency in connection with any legal or administrative proceeding or (z) the information is requested by a prospective transferee or purchaser of Preference Shares so long as such third party enters into a confidentiality agreement with the Company reasonably satisfactory to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prospective investors (and their agents) are authorized, without restriction of any kind, to disclose the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions set forth or contemplated herein.

 

Section 6.                 Certain Sale and Other Requirements .

 

6.01                                   Recapitalization . In anticipation of a Qualified Transaction, the Company shall be entitled to require all Shareholders to participate in any recapitalization or restructuring transaction in connection with which the Preference Shares are converted into new securities (which shall not be disproportionately adverse in any material respect to any Shareholder), whether in connection with a Qualified Transaction of a successor to the Company, any part of the Company, or otherwise; provided that the rights and obligations of the Shareholders shall apply (without any material change) with respect to any successor entity resulting from such recapitalization or restructuring transaction.

 

6.02                                   Certain Restrictions . Without the prior approval of the Board and the Investment Manager or Arch Underwriters (as applicable), until the earliest to occur of (i) the seventh anniversary of the date hereof, (ii) the consummation of an IPO and (iii) the date on which the Investment Manager is no longer serving as manager of the Company’s investments or Arch Underwriters is no longer serving as manager of the Company’s reinsurance portfolio, as applicable, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (i) sell, transfer or otherwise convey all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to a Restricted Party or (ii) effect any transaction which results in a Restricted Party owning more than (or increasing its ownership percentage above) twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding Common Shares of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

6.03                                   Regulatory Repurchase .

 

(a)                 Each Shareholder acknowledges that (i) future dispositions and other changes in the business or assets of the Company or its subsidiaries or changes in the law could result in the Company potentially becoming an “investment company” as defined under the Investment Company Act and (ii) it may become necessary or advisable for the Company to take certain actions (A) in order for the Investment Manager to comply with the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “ BHCA ”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and

- 10 -

Consumer Protection Act or any other current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to the Investment Manager or its affiliates (including JPMorgan Chase & Co. and its affiliates (“ JPMorgan ”)) or (B) to reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability to the Company of any bank regulatory restrictions that might otherwise be imposed upon the Company as a result of JPMorgan’s status as a bank holding company under the BHCA.

 

(b)                If the Board determines that the Company is or could become an “investment company” as defined under the Investment Company Act and that the Company will seek to qualify for the exemption from registration under Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act, then:

 

(i)                  the Company shall have the right to request from each Shareholder, and such Shareholder agrees to promptly provide to the Company, such additional information, representations, warranties as the Company in good faith requests in order to determine whether such Shareholder is a “qualified purchaser,” as defined in Section 2(a)(51)(A) of the Investment Company Act or a similar concept as a result of changes in the law; and

 

(ii)                if the Company determines that a Shareholder is not a “qualified purchaser” or lacks such other relevant status pursuant to a change in law, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all of the Preference Shares owned by such Shareholder at a price equal to the fair market value thereof (which may be based on book value or such other method as determined in good faith by the Board).

 

(c)                 If the Board determines that it is necessary or advisable that a Shareholder cease to be a Shareholder in order to comply with the BHCA, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or any other current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to JPMorgan or to reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability to the Company of any bank regulatory restrictions that might otherwise be imposed upon the Company as a result of JPMorgan’s status as a bank holding company under the BHCA, the Company shall have the right, subject to compliance with the Companies Act, to repurchase all of the Preference Shares owned by such Shareholder at a price equal to the fair market value thereof (which may be based on book value or such other method as determined in good faith by the Board).

 

(d)                Each Shareholder agrees to provide the Company any information that the Company may reasonably request or require in order to comply with applicable United States or non-United States laws, including tax laws, or to reduce any United States or non-United States tax that may be imposed on the Company or any investor in the Company’s securities. In addition, each Shareholder agrees to update such information if and when any such information is no longer true or correct and to provide any additional true and correct information required pursuant to any change in law, or the application or interpretation thereof. If a Shareholder does not provide (or appropriately update) any such true and correct information with respect to the Company, the Company may repurchase, subject to compliance with the Companies Act, such Shareholder’s entire interest at a price equal to the fair market value thereof (which may be based on book value or such other method as determined in good faith by the Board).

- 11 -

Section 7.                 Tax Matters .

 

7.01                                   Cooperation .

 

(a)                 Each Shareholder agrees to provide the Company whatever information is reasonably requested by the Company on an ongoing basis for purposes of monitoring “related person insurance income” as defined in the Code (and any other legitimate matter related to taxes) and monitoring compliance with the limitation on benefits provisions in the US/Bermuda tax treaty.

 

(b)                Each Shareholder further agrees that such Shareholder will, upon request of the Company, provide any information or documentation, execute any forms or documents (including a power of attorney or settlement or closing agreement) and take any further action requested by the Company in connection with any tax matter (including in connection with a tax audit or proceeding) affecting the Company.

 

(c)                 Without limiting the foregoing, each Shareholder further agrees that such Shareholder will, upon  request of the Company, provide identifying information as to themselves and, as applicable, their direct and indirect owners, and to certify such information in such form as may be reasonably requested by the Company to comply with Sections 1471-1474 of the Code (“ FATCA ”), any current or future regulations, treaties, laws or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof, any similar provision of law or, if applicable, any intergovernmental agreement entered into between the United States and Bermuda. Each Shareholder further agrees to cooperate with the Company in connection with any steps the Company may elect to take, in its reasonable discretion to ensure compliance with the foregoing, it being expressly understood and agreed that such steps may in the Company’s discretion include a forced sale and/or repurchase of any Shares held by a Shareholder who fails to provide such information.

 

Section 8.                 Representations and Warranties .

 

8.01                                   Authority; Enforceability . Each of the parties hereto hereby severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that such party has, as applicable, the legal capacity or power and authority, corporate or otherwise, to enter into this Agreement and to carry out each of its obligations hereunder as they may hereafter arise. Such party (in the case of parties that are not natural persons) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been duly authorized by all necessary action. No other act or proceeding, corporate or otherwise, on its part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed by such party and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws and judicial decisions of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights general or by general equitable principles.

- 12 -

8.02                                   No Breach . Each of the parties hereto severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the performance by such party of its obligations hereunder does or will:

 

(a)                 in the case of parties that are not natural persons, conflict with or violate its articles of incorporation, bylaws or other applicable organizational documents;

 

(b)                violate, conflict with or result in the termination of, or otherwise give any other Person the right to accelerate, renegotiate or terminate or receive any payment or constitute a default or any event of default, with or without notice, lapse of time, or both, under the terms of, any contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets or operations are bound or affected; or

 

(c)                 constitute a violation by such party of any law, ruling, writ, injunction, award, determination or decree of any arbitral body or court or any agency, commission, department or body of any local, state, federal or foreign governmental, regulatory, administrative, judicial or quasi-governmental unit, entity or authority.

 

8.03                                   Consents . Each of the parties hereto hereby severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party, other than those which have been made or obtained, in connection with (i) the execution or enforceability of this Agreement or (ii) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8.04                                   Investment Representations . Each Shareholder, by executing this Agreement (or taking any other action by which such Shareholder is deemed to have executed this Agreement) or an amendment hereto, hereby confirms the representations and warranties made by such Shareholder hereunder and contained in the Subscription Agreement between the Company and such Shareholder.

 

Section 9.                 Miscellaneous .

 

9.01                                   Compliance with Bermuda law . The Company shall have no obligation under the provisions of this Agreement unless and until all approvals required from the Bermuda Monetary Authority are received.

 

9.02                                   Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departure from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Shareholders representing a majority of the Preference Shares subject to this Agreement; provided, however , that the consent of the Shareholders shall not be required (i) to include as a party hereto any purchaser of Preference Shares pursuant to an additional closing as contemplated by Section 9.14, (ii) to include as a party hereto any purchaser of Preference Shares in connection with a Transfer of Preference Shares as contemplated by Section 3.01 and/or Section 3.02, and (iii) to include as a party hereto any purchaser of Preference Shares pursuant to a future private placement as contemplated by Section 9.14.

- 13 -

9.03                                   Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties in respect of its subject matters and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof. Except as expressly contemplated hereby, there are no third party beneficiaries having rights under or with respect to this Agreement.

 

9.04                                   Term and Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and Shareholders representing 66⅔% of the Preference Shares subject to this Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate automatically as to any Shareholder that Transfers all of its equity securities of the Company, except as provided in Section 3.01(j). Unless sooner terminated, this Agreement shall terminate ten (10) years after the closing of an IPO, unless, at any time within one (1) year prior to such date, all of the parties extend its duration for as many additional periods, each not to exceed ten (10) years, as they may desire.

 

9.05                                   Notices .

 

(a)                 All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telecopier, e-mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

 

(i)                  if by the Company to a Shareholder, then to the address set forth in such Shareholder’s Subscription Agreement or joinder in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or to such address that such Shareholder may subsequently notify the Company in writing, or

 

(ii)                if by a Shareholder to the Company, as set forth below:

 

Watford Holdings Ltd.

P.O. Box HM 2069

Hamilton HM HX

Bermuda

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Clifford Chance US LLP

31 West 52 nd Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Gary D. Boss

Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375

Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the United States mail, if being mailed by first class mail; two (2) Business Days after being delivered via a next-day air courier; when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient’s telecopier machine, if telecopied; and on the date sent by e-mail (with confirmation of delivery) if sent

- 14 -

during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient.

 

(b)                Notwithstanding Section 9.05(a)(i) or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, each Shareholder authorizes the Company to send all reports (including tax reporting information), notices and other communications (including but not limited to all Company reports, capital account statements, financial statements, periodic investor letters, account balances and distributions), that the Company would otherwise provide to such Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement, the Bye-Laws, the Certificate of Designation relating to the Preference Shares or applicable law to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and/or its private banking and wealth management affiliates (collectively, “ J.P. Morgan ”) or another third party selected by the Company for further dissemination to such Shareholder by J.P. Morgan or such other third party. For the avoidance of doubt, the Shareholders acknowledge that J.P. Morgan is under no obligation to, and will not, receive and disseminate any such reports, notices and other communications to any such Shareholder following the consummation of an IPO unless otherwise agreed by the Company and J.P. Morgan.

 

9.06                                   Successors and Assigns; Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No Shareholder may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company may (a) assign any or all of its rights and interests hereunder to one or more of its Affiliates and (b) designate one or more of its Affiliates to perform its obligations hereunder (in any or all of which cases the Company nonetheless will remain responsible for the performance of all of its obligations hereunder).

 

9.07                                   Specific Performance . Each party acknowledges and agrees that the other parties would be damaged irreparably if any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or is otherwise breached. Accordingly, each party agrees that the other parties will be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and its terms and provisions in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the parties and the matter, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity.

 

9.08                                   Submission to Jurisdiction; No Jury Trial .

 

(a)                 Each party submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in New York, New York in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agrees that all claims in respect of the action may be heard and determined in any such court. Each party agrees that a final judgment in any action so brought will be conclusive and may be enforced by action on the judgment or in any other manner provided at law or in equity. Each party waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action so brought and waives any bond, surety, or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto.

- 15 -

(b)                THE PARTIES EACH HEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO JURY TRIAL OF ANY DISPUTE BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO OR ANY DEALINGS AMONG THEM RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all encompassing of any and all action that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of the transactions contemplated hereby, including, contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. The parties each acknowledge that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship and that they will continue to rely on the waiver in their related future dealings. Each party further represents and warrants that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that each knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN, THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER WILL APPLY TO ANY AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO. In the event of an action, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to trial by a court.

 

9.09                                   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9.10                                   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

9.11                                   Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

9.12                                   Construction . The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign law will be deemed also to refer to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The word “including” means “including without limitation.” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity)

- 16 -

which the party has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

9.13                                   Severability . The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this

 

Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

9.14                                   Multiple Closings; Future Capital Raises .

 

(a)                 To the extent the Company conducts one or more additional closings in connection with the Company’s offering of Preference Shares, as contemplated by the PPM, the Company shall cause each purchaser of Preference Shares pursuant to any such additional closing to execute a Subscription Agreement with the Company, which provides, among other things, that by executing such Subscription Agreement such purchaser will be deemed to have executed this Agreement in all respects and, upon such additional closing, each such purchaser shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement and an Existing Shareholder for purposes of this Agreement as of the date of such additional closing.

 

(b)                To the extent the Company conducts one or more future private placements of Preference Shares, the Company may cause each purchaser of Preference Shares pursuant to any such future private placement to execute a joinder substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and, upon the closing of such private placement and execution and delivery of such joinder, each such purchaser shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement and a Shareholder, for purposes of this Agreement as of the date of such closing.

 

[REST OF PAGE DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK]

- 17 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  Watford Holdings Ltd.
     
  By:   /s/ John Rathgeber
    Name:
    Title:

 

The purchasers of Preference Shares have each executed a Subscription Agreement with the Company, which provides, among other things, that by executing the Subscription Agreement such purchaser is deemed to have executed this Preference Shareholders’ Agreement in all respects.

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF JOINDER TO PREFERENCE SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Preference Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of March 31, 2014 (the “ Shareholders’ Agreement ”) among Watford Holdings Ltd. and certain other parties, as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of, and shall be deemed to have made all of the representations and warranties of, a “Shareholder” thereunder as if it had executed the Shareholders’ Agreement (including, without limitation, that the representations and warranties contained in Section 8 of the Shareholders’ Agreement [and in [Section 4 and, if applicable, Section 5 or 6], of the Subscription Agreement dated [•], 2014, between the Company and [name of transferring shareholder]] 1 ) and all of such representations and warranties are true and correct as of the date hereof as if such representations and warranties were made by the Joining Party. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

 

Date: ___________ ___, ______

 

  [NAME OF JOINING PARTY]
   
  By:   
    Name:
    Title:
    Address for Notices:

 

 

1 To be included in connection with transfers of Preference Shares.

 

Exhibit 4.5

 

Execution Version

 

 

WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.

 

PREFERENCE SHARE REGISTRATION RIGHTS
AGREEMENT

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

 

 
1. Certain Definitions 1
2. Piggyback Registration 4
  (a) Right to Piggyback 4
  (b) Priority on Piggyback Registrations 4
  (c) Other Registrations 5
3. Lockup 5
  (a) Lockup Agreement 5
  (b) Stop Transfer Instructions 5
  (c) Blackout Period 5
4. Registration Procedures 6
  (a) Copies of Registration Statement 6
  (b) Preparation of Registration Statement; Effectiveness 6
  (c) General Notification 6
  (d) Notification of Stop Orders; Suspensions of Qualifications and Exemptions 7
  (e) Copies of the Registration Statement 7
  (f) Copies of the Prospectus 8
  (g) Blue Sky 8
  (h) Certificates 8
  (i) SEC Compliance; Earnings Statement 8
  (j) Shareholder Information 8
  (k) Agreements 9
  (l) Legal Opinion; Certificates; Cold Comfort Letter 9
  (m) Listing 9
  (n) Due Diligence 9
  (o) Participation 9
  (p) 10b-5 Notification 9
  (q) Other Approvals 10
  (r) FINRA 10
  (s) Road Show 10
  (t) Transfer Agent, Register and CUSIP 10
  (u) Other Actions 10
  (v) Notice to Discontinue 10
  (w) Free Writing Prospectuses 11
 
5. Registration Expenses 11
6. Certain Limitations on Registration Rights 11
7. Indemnification 11
  (a) Indemnification by the Company 11
  (b) Indemnification by Shareholders 12
  (c) Indemnification Procedures 13
  (d) Contribution if Indemnification Against Public Policy 14
  (e) Obligations Not Exclusive 14
8. Representations and Warranties; Covenants 14
  (a) Authority; Enforceability 14
  (b) No Breach 15
  (c) Consents 15
  (d) Investment Representations 15
  (e) Preservation of Rights 15
9. Miscellaneous 15
  (a) Compliance with Bermuda law 15
  (b) Amendments and Waivers 16
  (c) Entire Agreement 16
  (d) Term and Termination 16
  (e) Notices 16
  (f) Successors and Assigns; Assignment 17
  (g) Specific Performance 17
  (h) Submission to Jurisdiction; No Jury Trial 18
  (i) Counterparts 18
  (j) Governing Law 18
  (k) Headings 18
  (l) Construction 18
  (m) Severability 19
  (n) Multiple Closings; Future Capital Raises 19
 

This PREFERENCE SHARE REGISTRATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of March 31, 2014, by and among WATFORD Holdings Ltd. , a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Company ”), and the holders of the Preference Shares of the Company who acquired Preference Shares on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the offering of Preference Shares contemplated by the PPM (the “ Existing Shareholders ”). The Existing Shareholders and any other holder of Preference Shares of the Company who agrees in writing to become bound by this Agreement, and each of their respective successors and permitted assignees, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Shareholders ” and each individually as a “ Shareholder .”

 

R E C I T A L S

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Shareholders are parties to that certain Preference Shareholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”), establishing and setting forth their agreement with respect to certain rights and obligations associated with the ownership of Preference Shares of the Company and certain arrangements relating to the management of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with entering into the Shareholders Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and of the mutual covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.           Certain Definitions . As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Advice ” has the meaning set forth in Section ‎4(c).

 

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of such Person. In the case of a natural Person, his or her Affiliates include members of such Person’s immediate family, natural lineal descendants of such Person or a trust or other similar entity established for the exclusive benefit of such Person and his or her immediate family and natural lineal descendants.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any day on which banks located in New York, New York or Bermuda are authorized or obliged to close.

- 1 -

Bye-Laws ” means the Bye-Laws of the Company, as may be amended from time to time.

 

Closing Date ” means the date of the final closing in respect of the private placement of Preference Shares described in the PPM.

 

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency administering the Securities Act.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and includes any successor(s) by merger, acquisition, reorganization or otherwise.

 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Existing Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

FINRA ” means Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

IPO ” means the initial registered public offering of the Preference Shares in the United States.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Section ‎4(w).

 

J.P. Morgan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(e)(ii).

 

Listing ” means the listing of the Preference Shares on a securities exchange registered as a “national securities exchange” under Section 6 of the Exchange Act.

 

Maximum Number of Securities ” means, with respect to any underwritten Piggyback Registration, the maximum number of securities which can be sold in such offering without materially and adversely affecting the marketability of such offering.

 

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a company, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental or quasi-governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section ‎2(a).

 

PPM ” means the Company’s Confidential Private Placement Memorandum, dated January 2014, related to the Company’s offering of Common Shares of the Company, with an initial par value of $0.01 per share, and Preference Shares, as supplemented by the Supplement to Confidential Private Placement Memorandum dated March 14, 2014.

- 2 -

Preference Shares ” means the 8½% Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shares of the Company, with an initial par value of $0.01 per share, and includes a fraction of a Preference Share.

 

Register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a Registration Statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

 

Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Preference Shares held by each Shareholder as of the date such Shareholder agrees in writing to become bound by this Agreement and (ii) any Preference Shares issued, issuable, converted, convertible, exchanged or exchangeable in respect of the securities referred to in clause (i) above upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event; provided , however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any securities referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) if (A) the holder of such securities may resell such securities pursuant to Rule 144 (or successor rule) under the Securities Act without any volume restrictions, manner of sale requirements or notice requirements set forth in such Rule, (B) the sale of such securities has been registered pursuant to the Securities Act and such sale has been consummated or (C) the securities have been transferred in a transaction in which registration rights are not transferred pursuant to Section ‎9(f) hereof.

 

Registration Expenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.

 

Registration Statement means any registration statement of the Company on Form S-1 (or, if the Company is then eligible to use such form, Form S-3) or any successor or similar forms which covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all materials incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.

 

Remaining Number of Securities means, with respect to any underwritten Piggyback Registration, the greater of (x) the sum of the Maximum Number of Securities minus the number of securities included on behalf of persons entitled to first priority with respect to inclusion of their preferred equity securities; and (y) zero.

 

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Shareholders Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Subscription Agreement ” means the subscription agreement, including the subscriber information form completed in connection therewith, executed by an Existing Shareholder and the Company in connection with the issuance of the Preference Shares to such Existing Shareholder.

- 3 -

Transfer ” means any direct or indirect sale, exchange, transfer (including, without limitation, any transfer by gift or operation of law, or any transfer of an economic interest in any derivative security of any security), assignment, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, distribution or other disposition, or issuance or creation of any option or any voting proxy, voting trust or other transfer of interest, in whole or in part, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law or at a judicial sale or otherwise.

 

$ ” means the legal currency of the United States of America.

 

2.           Piggyback Registration .

 

(a)         Right to Piggyback . After the consummation of an IPO or a Listing (should either one occur), if the Company proposes to file any registration statement under the Securities Act for the purposes of a public offering of its preferred equity securities (whether or not for sale for its own account and including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of preferred equity securities of the Company, but excluding registration statements relating to any registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor or similar forms) (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company will give prompt written notice to all the Shareholders of its intention to effect such a registration and shall, subject to Section ‎2(b), use all commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 30 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice; provided , however , that the Company may at any time withdraw or cease proceeding with any such Piggyback Registration if it will at the same time withdraw or cease proceeding with the registration of all other Company preferred equity securities originally proposed to be registered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Person other than the Company offers preferred equity securities in the IPO, all Shareholders holding Registrable Securities shall be entitled to participate in such IPO on the terms set forth herein as if the IPO were a Piggyback Registration. The rights to Piggyback Registration may be exercised an unlimited number of occasions. Any Shareholder shall have the right to withdraw such Shareholder’s request for inclusion of such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement filed in connection with a Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such withdrawal within five (5) Business Days prior to the anticipated effectiveness of such registration statement in connection therewith.

 

(b)         Priority on Piggyback Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing (with a copy to each party hereto requesting registration of Registrable Securities) that in its opinion the number of preferred equity securities which the Company desires to sell, taken together with any Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the Shareholders, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, the Company will include in such registration preferred equity securities in the following priority:

 

(i)        first, the preferred equity securities the Company proposes to sell up to the Maximum Number of Securities; and

- 4 -

(ii)        second, the Company shall include in such registration Registrable Securities requested to be included by any Shareholders pursuant to Section ‎2(a) up to the Remaining Number of Securities, and if the aggregate number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Remaining Number of Securities, the Company shall include only such Shareholders’ pro rata share of the Remaining Number of Securities based on the amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Shareholders.

 

(c)         Other Registrations . If the Company has previously filed a Registration Statement with respect to Registrable Securities pursuant to Section ‎2(a), and if such previous registration has not been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company shall not file or cause to be effected any other registration of any of its preferred equity securities or securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for its preferred equity securities under the Securities Act (except on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor or similar forms), whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holders of the Company’s preferred equity securities, until a period of at least 90 days has elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration.

 

3.           Lockup .

 

(a)         Lockup Agreement . To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, each Shareholder agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of (i) preferred equity securities of the Company or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, or (ii) to the extent any such public sale or distribution would be required to be reported in a filing with the Commission pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, common equity securities of the Company or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, in each case, during the seven days prior to, and the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of, an IPO, unless expressly authorized by the underwriters managing the registered public offering; provided that such restrictions shall not be more restrictive in duration or scope than restrictions imposed on (A) any officer or director of the Company, or (B) any other holders of at least 5% of the total Preference Shares on a fully diluted and converted basis; and provided , further , that nothing herein shall restrict, directly or indirectly:

 

(i)        any bona fide pledge of Preference Shares in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement or the subsequent Transfer upon default in connection with any such pledge; or

 

(ii)        subject to obtaining any required Bermuda Monetary Authority approval, any charitable contribution in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement.

 

(b)         Stop Transfer Instructions . The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to Registrable Securities or other securities subject to the foregoing Section ‎3(a) until the end of the relevant period.

 

(c)         Blackout Period . The Company agrees (i) not to effect any public sale or distribution of its preferred equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the seven days prior to and during the 90-day period (180 days in the case of an IPO) beginning on the effective date of any underwritten Piggyback

- 5 -

Registration (except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor or similar form), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree, and (ii) to cause each holder of its Preference Shares, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Preference Shares, that were purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a registered public offering) to agree not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of any such securities during such period (except as part of such underwritten registration, if otherwise permitted), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree to a shorter period.

 

4.           Registration Procedures . In connection with any Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section ‎2, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)         Copies of Registration Statement . The Company shall furnish as promptly as practicable to each selling Shareholder, prior to filing a Registration Statement or any supplement or amendment thereto, a copy of such Registration Statement, supplement or amendment as it is proposed to be filed, and after such filing such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto), the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as each Shareholder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such selling Shareholder.

 

(b)         Preparation of Registration Statement; Effectiveness . The Company shall prepare and, within 90 days after the end of the period within which requests for registration may be given to the Company, file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and thereafter use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable after the initial filing thereof and remain effective for a period of either (i) not less than 180 days or, if such Registration Statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer or (ii) such shorter period as will terminate when all of the securities covered by such Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement (but in any event not before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act), and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement until such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement.

 

(c)         General Notification . The Company shall promptly advise the selling Shareholders, and, if requested by such Shareholders, confirm such advice in writing:

 

(i)        when the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post effective amendment thereto has become effective;

- 6 -

(ii)        of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

 

(iii)        of any notification by the Commission whether there will be a “review” of such Registration Statement;

 

(iv)        of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

 

(v)        of any comments (oral or written) by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto; and

 

(vi)        of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.

 

Each Shareholder agrees that upon receipt of any written notice of the Company pursuant to paragraphs (ii) through (vi) of Section ‎4(c) hereof, such Shareholder shall discontinue offering such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement until such Shareholder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section ‎4(d) hereof, or until advised in writing (the “ Advice ”) by the Company that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed. If the Company shall give any notice under Section ‎4(c)(ii)-(vi) during the registration period, such registration period shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section ‎4(d) (if an amended or supplemental prospectus is required) or (y) the Advice (if no amended or supplemental prospectus is required).

 

(d)         Notification of Stop Orders; Suspensions of Qualifications and Exemptions . Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (vi) of Section ‎4(c) hereof during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company shall (A) use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of a stop order, and in the event of such issuance, to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order or order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and (B) prepare a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required document as soon as possible so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and will comply with the Securities Act and the rules promulgated thereunder.

 

(e)         Copies of the Registration Statement . The Company will furnish to each Shareholder included within the coverage of the Registration Statement, without charge, copies of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if any Shareholder so requests in writing, all exhibits (including those

- 7 -

incorporated by reference) in such number as such Shareholder may reasonably request from time to time.

 

(f)         Copies of the Prospectus . The Company will deliver to each Shareholder included within the coverage of the Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as each such Shareholder may reasonably request; and the Company consents to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each Shareholder in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

(g)         Blue Sky . Prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify (or seek an exemption from registration or qualification) or cooperate with each Shareholder selling Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of such securities for offer and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as such counsel reasonably requests in writing on behalf of such Shareholder and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement; provided , however , that the Company will not be required to qualify to do business or to qualify as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

(h)         Certificates . The Company shall cooperate with each Shareholder to facilitate the timely, in the case of beneficial interests in Registrable Securities held through a depositary, transfer of such equivalent Registrable Securities with an unrestricted CUSIP, or, in the case of certificated shares, preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and registered in such names as such Shareholder may request in writing prior to sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 

(i)         SEC Compliance; Earnings Statement . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its Shareholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event not later than eighteen (18) months after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, an earnings statement covering a period of twelve (12) months beginning after the effective date of such Registration Statement, in a manner which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 promulgated thereunder.

 

(j)         Shareholder Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section ‎2 herein with respect to the Registrable Securities of any Shareholder that such Shareholder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities.

- 8 -

(k)         Agreements . The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as Shareholders that hold a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the managing underwriters (if any) shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement; provided , however , that the Company shall have no obligation to pay any discounts or underwriting commissions of any selling Shareholder.

 

(l)         Legal Opinion; Certificates; Cold Comfort Letter . The Company, if requested by those Shareholders that together hold a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold, or the managing underwriters (if any) in connection with the Registration Statement, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion relating to the Registration Statement and the Registrable Securities, in customary form (and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature) addressed to such Shareholders and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof and dated the effective date of such Registration Statement; (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates; and (iii) its independent public accountants to provide a “cold comfort” letter in customary form (and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by a “cold comfort” letter).

 

(m)         Listing . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange, if any, on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

 

(n)         Due Diligence . For a reasonable period prior to the filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall make available for inspection and copying by any Shareholder or underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such Shareholder or underwriter, all financial and other information and books and records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Shareholder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement, as will be reasonably necessary in the judgment of such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act; provided , however , that if requested by the Company, each Shareholder will enter into a confidentiality agreement with the Company prior to participating in the preparation of the Registration Statement or the Company’s release or disclosure of confidential information to such Shareholder.

 

(o)         Participation . No Shareholder may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Shareholder agrees to sell such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Shareholder entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the managing underwriter(s); provided that no Shareholder will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities that such Shareholder has requested the Company to include in any registration).

 

(p)         10b-5 Notification . The Company shall promptly notify in writing each selling Shareholder and the managing underwriter of the offering in which Registrable Securities are

- 9 -

being sold pursuant to any Registration Statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act upon discovery that, or upon the happening of an event as a result of which, any prospectus included in such Registration Statement (or amendment or supplement thereto) contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made, and the Company will promptly prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus and file it with the Commission (in any event no later than ten (10) days following notice of the occurrence of such event to each selling Shareholder and the managing underwriter) so that after delivery of such prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, will not contain an untrue statement or a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

 

(q)         Other Approvals . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all other approvals, consents, exemptions or authorizations from such governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Shareholders and underwriters to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities.

 

(r)         FINRA . The Company shall cooperate with each Shareholder and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and underwriters’ counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA.

 

(s)         Road Show . The Company shall cause the appropriate officers as are requested by a managing underwriter to participate in a “road show” or similar marketing effort being conducted by such underwriter with respect to an underwritten public offering.

 

(t)         Transfer Agent, Register and CUSIP . The Company shall provide a transfer agent and register for all Registrable Securities pursuant hereto and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case, no later than the effective date of registration.

 

(u)         Other Actions . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other actions necessary to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

 

(v)         Notice to Discontinue . Each Shareholder whose Registrable Securities are covered by a Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement agrees that, upon receipt of written notice from the Company of the happening of an event of the kind described in Section ‎4(p), such Shareholder will forthwith discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities until such Shareholder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section ‎4(p) or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the prospectus may be resumed and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings which are incorporated by reference into the prospectus, and, if so directed by the Company in the case of an event described in Section ‎4(p), such Shareholder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Shareholder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities which is current at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company will give any such notice, the Company will extend the

- 10 -

period during which such Registration Statement is to be maintained effective by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section ‎4(p) to and including the date when the Shareholder will have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by, and meeting the requirements of, Section ‎4(p).

 

(w)         Free Writing Prospectuses . Each Shareholder agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and any managing underwriter, it will not make any offer relating to the Registrable Securities that would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act (an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”), or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, required to be filed with the Commission.

 

5.           Registration Expenses . The Company shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement (except as otherwise provided in the proviso to Section ‎4(k) hereof) and the Company shall reimburse the Shareholders for the fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel (and one local counsel as reasonably required) chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration (collectively, “ Registration Expenses ”).

 

6.           Certain Limitations on Registration Rights . No Shareholder may participate in any Registration Statement hereunder unless such Shareholder completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, and other documents reasonably required under the terms of underwriting arrangements which are entered into in connection with such Registration Statement and agrees to sell such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting agreement approved by the Shareholder or Shareholders entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; provided , however , that (a) no such Shareholder will be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters in connection with any such registration other than representations and warranties as to (i) the accuracy of the disclosure included in the Registration Statement related to such Shareholder , (ii) such Shareholder’s ownership of its Registrable Securities to be sold in the offering, and (iii) such Shareholder’s power and authority to effect such sale; and (b) no such Shareholder will be required to undertake any indemnification or contribution obligations to the Company or any underwriters except to the extent provided in Section ‎7. Shareholders of Registrable Securities to be sold by such underwriters may, at their option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters, will also be made to and for the benefit of such Shareholders and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of the underwriters under the underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of the Shareholders.

 

7.           Indemnification .

 

(a)         Indemnification by the Company . The Company shall, notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, indemnify and hold harmless to the full extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Shareholders named in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement and the officers and directors of such Shareholders and each person, if any, who controls such Shareholders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20

- 11 -

of the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Shareholder or such other Person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such Shareholder, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus related to such registration, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and, in any such case, the Company shall promptly reimburse such Shareholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to indemnify any such person pursuant to this Section ‎7(a) to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability (or actions in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) fraud or dishonesty or an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, that was furnished in writing to the Company by such person expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, or (ii) the use by any such person of a prospectus in violation of any stop order or other suspension of the Registration Statement of which the Company made the Shareholder or other holder of Registrable Securities aware.

 

(b)         Indemnification by Shareholders . Each Shareholder of Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement shall, notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, severally and not jointly, (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers and directors, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and all other Shareholders against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company, its officers or directors, such controlling persons or such other Shareholders may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such Shareholder, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus related to such registration, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was furnished in writing to the Company by such Shareholder expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, and (ii) reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that no such Shareholder shall be required to undertake liability to any Person under this Section ‎7(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds actually received by such Shareholder from the

- 12 -

sale of such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement and such undertaking shall be several, not joint and several, among such Shareholders.

 

(c)         Indemnification Procedures . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under Section ‎7(a) or ‎7(b) hereof of written notice of the commencement of any action or threat thereof, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section ‎7, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action or threat; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party other than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section ‎7(a) or ‎7(b) hereof and unless and to the extent such indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by such failure. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided , that if (i) any indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are additional to or conflict with those available to the indemnifying party, or that such claim or litigation involves or could have an effect upon matters beyond the scope of the indemnity provided hereunder, or (ii) such action seeks an injunction or equitable relief against any indemnified party or involves actual or alleged criminal activity, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party without such indemnified party’s prior written consent (but, without such consent, shall have the right to participate therein with counsel of its choice) and such indemnifying party shall reimburse such indemnified party and any Person controlling such indemnified party for that portion of the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the indemnified party which is reasonably related to the matters covered by the indemnity provided hereunder. If the indemnifying party is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim, it shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicting indemnified parties shall have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the registration, at the expense of the indemnifying party. Such indemnifying party shall not enter into any settlement with a party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party with respect to any and all claims against each indemnified party and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party or commit any indemnified party to take or refrain from taking any action. An indemnified party shall not enter into any settlement without the consent of the indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

- 13 -

(d)         Contribution if Indemnification Against Public Policy . Each party hereto agrees that, if for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section ‎7(a) or ‎7(b) hereof are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section ‎7(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Shareholders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section ‎7(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liability of any Shareholder hereunder this Section ‎7(d) shall be limited to the amount of net proceeds received by such Shareholder in the offering giving rise to such liability, less any amounts paid pursuant to Section ‎7(b). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Shareholders’ obligations in this Section ‎7(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered by them severally and not jointly.

 

(e)         Obligations Not Exclusive . The obligations of the Shareholders contemplated by this Section ‎7 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Shareholder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

8.           Representations and Warranties; Covenants .

 

(a)         Authority; Enforceability . Each of the parties hereto hereby severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that such party has, as applicable, the legal capacity or power and authority, corporate or otherwise, to enter into this Agreement and to carry out each of its obligations hereunder as they may hereafter arise. Such party (in the case of parties that are not natural persons) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been duly authorized by all necessary action. No other act or proceeding, corporate or otherwise, on its part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions

- 14 -

contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed by such party and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws and judicial decisions of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights general or by general equitable principles.

 

(b)         No Breach . Each of the parties hereto severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the performance by such party of its obligations hereunder does or will:

 

(i)        in the case of parties that are not natural persons, conflict with or violate its articles of incorporation, bylaws or other applicable organizational documents;

 

(ii)        violate, conflict with or result in the termination of, or otherwise give any other Person the right to accelerate, renegotiate or terminate or receive any payment or constitute a default or any event of default, with or without notice, lapse of time, or both, under the terms of, any contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets or operations are bound or affected; or

 

(iii)        constitute a violation by such party of any law, ruling, writ, injunction, award, determination or decree of any arbitral body or court or any agency, commission, department or body of any local, state, federal or foreign governmental, regulatory, administrative, judicial or quasi-governmental unit, entity or authority.

 

(c)         Consents . Each of the parties hereto hereby severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party, other than those which have been made or obtained or those that are specified herein, in connection with (i) the execution or enforceability of this Agreement or (ii) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(d)         Investment Representations . Each Shareholder, by executing this Agreement (or taking any other action by which such Shareholder is deemed to have executed this Agreement) or an amendment hereto, hereby confirms the representations and warranties made by such Shareholder hereunder and contained in the Subscription Agreement between the Company and such Shareholder.

 

(e)         Preservation of Rights . The Company shall not (i) grant any registration rights to third parties which are more favorable than or inconsistent with the rights granted hereunder, or (ii) enter into any agreement, take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities that violates or subordinates the rights expressly granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

 

9.           Miscellaneous .

 

(a)         Compliance with Bermuda law . The Company shall have no obligation under the provisions of this Agreement unless and until all approvals required from the Bermuda Monetary Authority are received.

- 15 -

(b)         Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departure from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Shareholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided , however , that the consent of the Shareholders shall not be required (i) to include as a party hereto any purchaser of Preference Shares pursuant to an additional closing as contemplated by Section 9(n), (ii) to include as a party hereto any purchaser of Preference Shares in connection with a Transfer of Preference Shares as contemplated by Section 9(f), and (iii) to include as a party hereto any purchaser of Preference Shares pursuant to a future private placement as contemplated by Section 9(n).

 

(c)         Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties in respect of its subject matters and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof. Except as expressly contemplated hereby, there are no third party beneficiaries having rights under or with respect to this Agreement.

 

(d)         Term and Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time by an instrument in writing signed by all of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall terminate automatically as to any Shareholder that no longer holds Registrable Securities; provided, however, that such Shareholder’s lockup agreement obligations under Section 3(a) and indemnification and contribution obligations under Section ‎7 shall survive any such termination. The Company shall have no further obligations pursuant to this Agreement at such time as no Registrable Securities are outstanding; provided, however, that the Company’s indemnification and contribution obligations under Section ‎7 shall survive any such termination.

 

(e)         Notices .

 

(i)        All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telecopier, e-mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

 

(A)        if by the Company to a Shareholder, then to the address set forth in such Shareholder’s Subscription Agreement or joinder in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or to such address that such Shareholder may subsequently notify the Company in writing, or

 

(B)        if by a Shareholder to the Company, as set forth below:

 

Watford Holdings Ltd.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton HM HX
Bermuda

- 16 -

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Clifford Chance US LLP

31 West 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the United States mail, if being mailed by first class mail; two (2) Business Days after being delivered via a next-day air courier; when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient’s telecopier machine, if telecopied; and on the date sent by e-mail (with confirmation of delivery) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient.

 

(ii)        Notwithstanding Section 9(e)(i) or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, each Shareholder authorizes the Company to send all reports, notices and other communications that the Company would otherwise provide to such Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement, the Bye-Laws or applicable law to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and/or its private banking and wealth management affiliates (collectively, “ J.P. Morgan ”) or another third party selected by the Company for further dissemination to such Shareholder by J.P. Morgan or such other third party. For the avoidance of doubt, the Shareholders acknowledge that J.P. Morgan is under no obligation to, and will not, receive and disseminate any such reports, notices and other communications to any such Shareholder following the consummation of an IPO or Listing unless otherwise agreed by the Company and J.P. Morgan.

 

(f)         Successors and Assigns; Assignment .

 

(i)        This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

(ii)        Upon compliance with the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement, the rights, interests and obligations hereunder may be transferred with a Transfer of the Preference Shares so long as the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement pursuant to an instrument substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

(iii)        The Company may (a) assign any or all of its rights and interests hereunder to one or more of its Affiliates and (b) designate one or more of its Affiliates to perform its obligations hereunder (in any or all of which cases the Company nonetheless will remain responsible for the performance of all of its obligations hereunder).

 

(g)         Specific Performance . Each party acknowledges and agrees that the other parties would be damaged irreparably if any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or is otherwise breached. Accordingly, each party agrees that the other parties will be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and its terms and provisions in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the

- 17 -

parties and the matter, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity.

 

(h)         Submission to Jurisdiction; No Jury Trial . (i) Each party submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in New York, New York in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agrees that all claims in respect of the action may be heard and determined in any such court. Each party agrees that a final judgment in any action so brought will be conclusive and may be enforced by action on the judgment or in any other manner provided at law or in equity. Each party waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action so brought and waives any bond, surety, or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto.

 

(ii)        THE PARTIES EACH HEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO JURY TRIAL OF ANY DISPUTE BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO OR ANY DEALINGS AMONG THEM RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all encompassing of any and all action that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of the transactions contemplated hereby, including, contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. The parties each acknowledge that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship and that they will continue to rely on the waiver in their related future dealings. Each party further represents and warrants that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that each knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN, THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER WILL APPLY TO ANY AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO. In the event of an action, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to trial by a court.

 

(i)         Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(j)         Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

(k)         Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(l)         Construction . The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign law will be deemed also to refer

- 18 -

to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The word “including” means “including without limitation.” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which the party has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

(m)         Severability . The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

(n)         Multiple Closings; Future Capital Raises .

 

(i)        To the extent the Company conducts one or more additional closings in connection with the Company’s offering of Preference Shares, as contemplated by the PPM, the Company shall cause each purchaser of Preference Shares pursuant to any such additional closing to execute a Subscription Agreement with the Company which provides, among other things, that by executing such Subscription Agreement such purchaser will be deemed to have executed this Agreement in all respects and, upon such additional closing, each such purchaser shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement and an Existing Shareholder for purposes of this Agreement as of the date of such additional closing.

 

(ii)        To the extent the Company conducts one or more future private placements of Preference Shares, the Company may cause each purchaser of Preference Shares pursuant to any such future private placement to execute an instrument substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and, upon the closing of such private placement, each such purchaser shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement and a Shareholder, for purposes of this Agreement as of the date of such closing.

 

[REST OF PAGE DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK]

- 19 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  WATFORD Holdings Ltd.
   
  By:   /s/ John Rathgeber
    Name:
    Title:

 

The purchasers of Preference Shares have each executed a Subscription Agreement with the Company, which provides, among other things, that by executing the Subscription Agreement such purchaser is deemed to have executed this Preference Share Registration Rights Agreement in all respects.

 

Exhibit A

 

JOINDER TO PREFERENCE SHARE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Preference Share Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 31, 2014 (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) among Watford Holdings Ltd. and certain other parties, as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Registration Rights Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a “Shareholder” thereunder, [ and shall be deemed to have made all of the representations and warranties of a “Shareholder” under the Shareholders Agreement as if it had executed the Shareholders’ Agreement (including, without limitation, that the representations and warranties contained in Section 8 of the Shareholders Agreement and in [Section 4, and, if applicable, Section 5 or 6,] of the Subscription Agreement dated [•], 2014, between the Company and [name of transferring shareholder]) and all of such representations and warranties are true and correct as of the date hereof as if such representations and warranties were made by the Joining Party ] 1 . The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

 

Date: ___________ ___, ______

 

  [NAME OF JOINING PARTY]
   
  By:   
    Name:
    Title:
    Address for Notices:

 

 

 

1 To be included in connection with transfers of Preference Shares.

 

Exhibit 4.6

 

THIS WARRANT AND ANY SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, UNLESS (I) SUCH SECURITIES HAVE BEEN REGISTERED FOR SALE PURSUANT TO THE SECURITIES ACT, (II) SUCH SECURITIES ARE SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (III) THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSFER, SALE, OR DISPOSITION MAY LAWFULLY BE MADE WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THIS WARRANT SHALL BE VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. EASTERN TIME ON THE EXPIRATION DATE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

 

No. 01 Date of Issuance:  March 25, 2014

 

WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE 975,503
COMMON SHARES, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 

For VALUE RECEIVED, Arch Reinsurance Ltd. (the “ Warrantholder ”), is entitled to purchase, subject to the provisions of this Warrant, from Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Company ”), at any time commencing upon the earlier of the consummation the IPO or the Listing and ending not later than 5:00 P.M., Eastern time, on the date that is the sixth anniversary of either the Date of Issuance set forth above or, if subsequent to the Date of Issuance, the date of the final closing in connection with the Private Placement, as contemplated by the PPM (the “ Expiration Date ”), 975,503 (the “ Warrant Shares ”) of the Company’s common shares, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), at a price per Warrant Share equal to the Warrant Price (as defined in Section 8 hereof). As used herein, (i) “ IPO ” means the first public offering by the Company of its Common Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (ii) “ Listing ” means the listing of the Common Shares on a securities exchange registered as a “national securities exchange” under Section 6 of Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (iii) “ Private Placement ” means the Company’s private placement of Common Shares conducted pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act, and (iv) “ PPM ” refers to the Company’s Confidential Private Placement Memorandum, dated January 2014 (as supplemented by the Supplement to Confidential Private Placement Memorandum dated March 14, 2014), related to the Private Placement. The number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as described herein. In connection with the issuance of this Warrant, the Warrantholder has completed and delivered to the Company an investor letter, dated as of the Date of Issuance (the “ Investor Letter ”).

 

Section 1.        Registration . The Company shall maintain books for the transfer and registration of the Warrant. Upon the initial issuance of this Warrant, the Company shall issue and register the Warrant in the name of the Warrantholder.

 

Section 2.        Transfers . As provided herein, this Warrant may be transferred only pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration. Subject to such restrictions, the Company shall transfer this Warrant from time to time upon the books to be maintained by the Company for that purpose, upon surrender hereof for transfer, properly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer and such other documents as may be reasonably required by the Company to establish that such transfer is being made in accordance with the terms hereof, and a new Warrant shall be issued to the transferee and the surrendered Warrant shall be canceled by the Company.

 

Section 3.        Exercise of Warrant . Subject to the provisions hereof, the Warrantholder may exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, at any time commencing upon the earlier of the consummation of the IPO or the Listing and prior to the Expiration Date upon surrender of the Warrant, together with delivery of a duly executed notice of exercise, in the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) and payment by cash, certified check or wire transfer of funds (or, in certain circumstances, by cashless exercise as provided below) of the aggregate Warrant Price for that number of Warrant Shares then being purchased, to the Company during normal business hours on any business day at the Company’s principal executive offices (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice to the Warrantholder). The Warrant Shares so purchased shall be deemed to be issued to the Warrantholder or the Warrantholder’s designee, as the record owner of such shares, as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered (or the date evidence of loss, theft or destruction thereof and security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company has been provided to the Company), the Warrant Price shall have been paid and the completed Notice of Exercise shall have been delivered. Subject to compliance with Section 4 hereof, the Warrant Shares so purchased shall be issued in book-entry form (unless the Warrantholder requests that the Warrant Shares be issued in certificated form) and delivered to the Warrantholder within a reasonable time, not exceeding five (5) business days, after this Warrant shall have been so exercised. The Warrant Shares (and, if applicable, certificates representing the Warrant Shares) so delivered shall be in such denominations as may be requested by the Warrantholder and shall be registered in the name of the Warrantholder or such other name as shall be designated by the Warrantholder, as specified in the Notice of Exercise. If this Warrant shall have been exercised only in part, then, unless this Warrant has expired, the Company shall, at its expense, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares (and, if applicable, certificates representing the Warrant Shares), deliver to the Warrantholder a new Warrant representing the right to purchase the number of shares with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised. As used herein, “ business day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York City and Bermuda are open for the general transaction of business. Each exercise hereof shall constitute the re-affirmation by the Warrantholder that the representations and warranties contained in the Investor Letter of the Warrantholder are true and correct.

 

Section 4.        Compliance with the Securities Act . The Company may cause the legend set forth on the first page of this Warrant to be set forth on each Warrant, and, if required, a similar legend on any security issued or issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, unless counsel

- 2 -

for the Company is of the opinion as to any such security that such legend is unnecessary. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Warrant Shares will be considered “Registrable Securities” for purposes of the Common Share Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2014, by and among the Company, the Warrantholder and the other parties named therein (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) and will be entitled to the registration rights set out therein, and (ii) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Warrantholder shall not be required to exercise this Warrant in order to have the Registrable Securities underlying this Warrant registered for sale, and immediately prior to the consummation of such sale such Warrantholder may either (a) exercise this Warrant or (b) in connection with an underwritten Piggyback Registration or Shelf Underwritten Offering (each as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), if the relevant underwriters agree, transfer this Warrant to such underwriters, subject to Section 2 hereof.

 

Section 5.        Payment of Taxes . The Company will pay any documentary stamp taxes attributable to the initial issuance of Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax or taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificates for Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Warrantholder in respect of which such shares are issued, and in such case, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for Warrant Shares or any Warrant until the person requesting the same has paid to the Company the amount of such tax or has established to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that such tax has been paid. The Warrantholder shall be responsible for all other taxes, including income taxes due under federal, state or other law, if any such tax is due.

 

Section 6.        Mutilated or Missing Warrants . In case this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen, or destroyed, the Company shall issue in exchange and substitution of and upon surrender and cancellation of the mutilated Warrant, or in lieu of and substitution for the Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Warrant of like tenor and for the purchase of a like number of Warrant Shares, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such loss, theft or destruction of the Warrant, and with respect to a lost, stolen or destroyed Warrant, reasonable indemnity with respect thereto, if requested by the Company; provided that, with respect to an initial Warrantholder and its affiliates, a written indemnity agreement shall be satisfactory.

 

Section 7.        Reservation of Common Shares . The Company hereby represents and warrants that there have been reserved, and the Company shall at all applicable times keep reserved until issued (if necessary) as contemplated by this Section 7, out of the authorized and unissued Common Shares, sufficient shares to provide for the exercise of the rights of purchase represented by this Warrant. The Company agrees that all Warrant Shares issued upon due exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof shall be, at the time of delivery of such Warrant Shares, duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid Common Shares of the Company, and such Warrant Shares will be non-assessable Common Shares of the Company such that no further sums will be required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue thereof.

 

Section 8.        Warrant Price; Adjustments . Subject and pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8, the Warrant Price shall be determined, and the Warrant Price and number of

- 3 -

Warrant Shares subject to this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, as set forth hereinafter.

 

(a)       On each date this Warrant is exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Warrant Price per Warrant Share shall be determined as set forth in Exhibit A (as such dollar amount per share may be adjusted pursuant to this Section 8, the “ Warrant Price ”).

 

(b)       If the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while this Warrant is outstanding, pay a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Shares in Common Shares, subdivide its issued and outstanding Common Shares into a greater number of shares or combine its issued and outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares or issue by reclassification of its issued and outstanding Common Shares any of its share capital (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing company), then the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to (but not including) the date on which such change shall become effective by a fraction, the numerator of which is shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such change and the denominator of which shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately prior to such change. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

 

(c)       If any (i) capital reorganization or reclassification of the share capital of the Company, (ii) consolidation, amalgamation or merger of the Company with another company in which the Company is not the survivor, (iii) sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to another company or (iv) purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer pursuant to which holders of Common Shares are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other shares, securities or assets and such offer has been accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding Common Shares (each a “ Fundamental Transaction ”), shall be effected, then, as a condition of such Fundamental Transaction, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby each Warrantholder shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions herein specified and in lieu of the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, the highest amount of such shares, securities or assets as would have been issuable or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of Warrant Shares equal to the number of Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, had such Fundamental Transaction not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of each Warrantholder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provision for adjustment of the Warrant Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly equivalent as may be practicable in relation to any shares, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof. The Company shall not effect any such Fundamental Transaction unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor company (if other than the Company) resulting from such consolidation, amalgamation or merger, or the company purchasing or otherwise acquiring such assets or other appropriate company or entity shall assume the obligation to deliver to the Warrantholder, at the last address of the Warrantholder appearing on the books of the Company, shares, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Warrantholder may be entitled to purchase, and the other obligations under this Warrant. The provisions of this paragraph (c) shall similarly

- 4 -

apply to any successive Fundamental Transactions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Fundamental Transaction, other than one in which a successor entity (a “ Public Successor ”) whose common equity is quoted or listed for trading on an Eligible Market (as defined below) assumes this Warrant and the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrant may be exercisable for the publicly traded common equity of such Public Successor, at the request of the Warrantholder delivered before the 90th day after such Fundamental Transaction, the Company (or the successor entity) shall purchase this Warrant from the Warrantholder by paying to the Warrantholder, within five business days after such request (or, if later, on the effective date of the Fundamental Transaction), cash in an amount determined by taking the product obtained by multiplying (i) the greater of (A) the highest amount of consideration per Common Share to be received by any shareholder of the Company upon consummation of such Fundamental Transaction and (B) the average of the daily VWAP during the seven consecutive trading days preceding the date on which such Fundamental Transaction was first publicly announced (as adjusted for share dividends, share splits, share combinations, reverse share splits or other similar transactions) by (ii) the aggregate number of Common Shares into which this Warrant was exercisable immediately prior to such consummation (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) and subtracting from such product an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Warrant Price then in effect by the aggregate number of Common Shares into which this Warrant is then exercisable (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant). For purposes of this paragraph, (i) “ VWAP ” means, for any trading day, the per share volume-weighted average price of the Common Shares as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg Page LRP Equity AQR (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such trading day, without regard to after-hours trading or any trading outside the regular trading session, or, if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one Common Share on such trading day as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith in a commercially reasonable manner, using a volume-weighted average price method; provided that, in making a volume-weighted average price determination, the Board of Directors of the Company may rely conclusively on the determination of daily volume-weighted average price for such trading day made by an independent nationally recognized securities dealer selected by the Board of Directors of the Company; and (ii) “ Eligible Market ” means The New York Stock Exchange, Inc., NYSE MKT LLC or The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

(d)       An adjustment to the Warrant Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall become effective immediately after the payment date in the case of each dividend or distribution and immediately after the effective date of each other event which requires an adjustment.

 

(e)       In the event that, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 8, the Warrantholder shall become entitled to receive any share capital of the Company other than Common Shares, the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject thereafter to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Warrant Shares contained in this Warrant.

- 5 -

Section 9.        Fractional Interest . The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant. If any fractional Common Share would, except for the provisions of the first sentence of this Section 9, be deliverable upon such exercise, the Company, in lieu of delivering such fractional share, shall pay to the exercising Warrantholder an amount in cash equal to the Market Price of such fractional Common Share on the date of exercise. “ Market Price ” as of a particular date (the “ Valuation Date ”) shall mean the following: (i) if the Common Shares are then listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other national securities exchange, the closing sale price of one Common Share on such exchange on the last trading day prior to the Valuation Date; (ii) if the Common Shares are then quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board (the “ Bulletin Board ”) or such similar quotation system or association, the closing sale price of one Common Share on the Bulletin Board or such other quotation system or association on the last trading day prior to the Valuation Date or, if no such closing sale price is available, the average of the high bid and the low asked price quoted thereon on the last trading day prior to the Valuation Date; or (iii) if the Common Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Bulletin Board or such other quotation system or association, the fair market value of one Common Share as of the Valuation Date, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and the Warrantholder. If the Common Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange, the Bulletin Board or such other quotation system or association, the Board of Directors of the Company shall respond promptly, in writing, to an inquiry by the Warrantholder prior to the exercise hereunder as to the fair market value of a Common Share as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. In the event that the Board of Directors of the Company and the Warrantholder are unable to agree upon the fair market value in respect of subpart (iii) of this paragraph, the Company and the Warrantholder shall jointly select an appraiser, who is experienced in such matters. The decision of such appraiser shall be final and conclusive, and the cost of such appraiser shall be borne equally by the Company and the Warrantholder.

 

Section 10.        Benefits . Nothing in this Warrant shall be construed to give any person, firm or company (other than the Company and the Warrantholder) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim, it being agreed that this Warrant shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company and the Warrantholder.

 

Section 11.        Notices to Warrantholder . Upon the occurrence of any event requiring an adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the Warrantholder as provided in Section 19, stating the adjusted Warrant Price and the adjusted number of Warrant Shares resulting from such event and setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

 

Section 12.        Identity of Transfer Agent . The Transfer Agent for the Common Shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC. Upon the appointment of any subsequent transfer agent for the Common Shares or other shares of the Company’s share capital issuable upon the exercise of the rights of purchase represented by the Warrant, the Company will mail to the Warrantholder a statement setting forth the name and address of such transfer agent.

 

Section 13.       Successors . All the covenants and provisions hereof by or for the benefit of the Warrantholder shall bind and inure to the benefit of its respective successors and assigns hereunder.

- 6 -

Section 14.        Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Warrant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, without reference to the choice of law provisions thereof. The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Warrantholder, each irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York located in New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this Warrant and the transactions contemplated hereby. Service of process in connection with any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on each party hereto anywhere in the world by the same methods as are specified for the giving of notices under this Warrant. The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Warrantholder, each irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding and to the laying of venue in such court. The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Warrantholder, each irrevocably waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts and irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE WARRANTHOLDER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO REQUEST A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS WARRANT AND REPRESENTS THAT COUNSEL HAS BEEN CONSULTED SPECIFICALLY AS TO THIS WARRANT.

 

Section 15.        Cashless Exercise; Cash Settlement .

 

(a)       Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein to the contrary, the Warrantholder may elect to receive, without the payment by the Warrantholder of the aggregate Warrant Price in respect of the Common Shares to be acquired, Common Shares of equal value to the value of this Warrant, or any specified portion hereof, by the surrender of this Warrant (or such portion of this Warrant being so exercised) together with a Notice of Exercise, duly executed, to the Company. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Warrantholder such number of fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable Common Shares as is computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y x (A – B)
A

 

where:

 

X = the number of Common Shares to which the Warrantholder is entitled upon such cashless exercise;

 

Y = the total number of Common Shares covered by this Warrant for which the Warrantholder has surrendered purchase rights at such time for cashless exercise (including both shares to be issued to the Warrantholder and shares as to which the purchase rights are to be cancelled as payment therefor);
- 7 -
A = volume weighted average price per Common Share for the 20 trading days immediately prior to (but not including) the date of exercise; and

 

B = the Warrant Price in effect under this Warrant at the time the net issue election is made.

 

(b)       Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein to the contrary, the Warrantholder may request to receive a cash payment, in lieu of receiving Warrant Shares, by the surrender of this Warrant (or such portion of this Warrant being so exercised) together with a Notice of Exercise, duly executed, to the Company. Upon receipt of such request, the Company may, at the Company’s option and in its sole discretion, elect to pay to the Warrantholder, in respect of the full portion of this Warrant then being exercised by the Warrantholder, cash in an amount computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y x (A – B)

 

where:

 

X =       the cash amount to which the Warrantholder is entitled upon the Company’s election to effect a cash settlement in respect of such exercise (the “ Cash Settlement Amount ”);

 

Y =       the total number of Common Shares covered by this Warrant for which the Warrantholder has surrendered purchase rights at such time for exercise;

 

A =       volume weighted average price per Common Share for the 20 trading days immediately prior to (but not including) the date of exercise; and

 

B =       the Warrant Price in effect under this Warrant at the time of exercise.

 

The Company shall deliver a notice to the Warrantholder indicating whether the Company elects to effect a cash settlement pursuant to this Section 15(b) not later than the second business day following the related exercise date. If the Company does not deliver such a notice within such time period, the Company will be deemed not to have elected to effect a cash settlement. The Cash Settlement Amount in respect of any exercise of this Warrant shall be paid to the Warrantholder within five (5) business days after the related exercise date. If the Company does not elect, or is deemed not have elected, to effect a cash settlement, the Warrantholder shall be deemed to have elected a cashless exercise pursuant to Section 15(a) in respect of the full portion of this Warrant then being exercised by the Warrantholder.

 

Section 16.        No Rights as Shareholder . Prior to the exercise of this Warrant, the Warrantholder shall not have, and may not exercise, any rights as a shareholder of the Company by virtue of its ownership of this Warrant.

 

Section 17.        Amendment; Waiver . This Warrant is one of a series of Warrants of like tenor issued by the Company in connection with the Private Placement and as described in the PPM (collectively, the “ Private Placement Warrants ”). Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived (including the adjustment provisions included in Section 8 of this Warrant)

- 8 -

upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of Private Placement Warrants representing at least 66⅔% of the number of Common Shares then subject to all outstanding Private Placement Warrants; provided, that (x) any such amendment or waiver must apply to all Private Placement Warrants; and (y) the number of Warrant Shares subject to this Warrant, the Warrant Price and the Expiration Date may not be amended, and the right to exercise this Warrant may not be altered or waived, without the written consent of the Warrantholder. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent following the Date of Issuance the Company conducts one or more additional closings in connection with the Private Placement, as contemplated by the PPM, any Warrants issued in connection with such additional closings shall be deemed to be Private Placement Warrants for purposes of this Warrant.

 

Section 18.        Section Headings . The section headings in this Warrant are for the convenience of the Company and the Warrantholder and in no way alter, modify, amend, limit or restrict the provisions hereof.

 

Section 19.        Notices . All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereto hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile or similar writing) and shall be given,

 

If to the Company:

 

Watford Holdings Ltd.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton HM HX
Bermuda
Attention: John Rathgeber, Chief Executive Officer
Telecopier No.: (441) 278-3451
Telephone No.: (441) 278-3450

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375

Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063

 

If to an initial Warrantholder, to the address provided to the Company in the Investor Letter in connection with its investment in the Warrants;

 

If to a transferee Warrantholder, to the address of such Warrantholder set forth in the transfer documentation provided to the Company;

 

or such other address or facsimile number as any such party (or transferee) may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by facsimile, when such facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile number specified in this Section 19 and the appropriate facsimile confirmation is

- 9 -

received or (b) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified in this Section 19.

 

[Signature page follows.]

- 10 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed, as of the 25 th day of March, 2014.

 

  WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
         
  By:   /s/ John Rathgeber  
    Name: John Rathgeber
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Warrant No. 1]

 

Appendix 1

 

FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE

 

(To be executed by the Holder to exercise the right to purchase Common Shares/receive cash under the foregoing Warrant)

 

To Watford Holdings Ltd.:

 

The undersigned is the Holder of Warrant No. _____ (the “ Warrant ”) issued by Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Company ”). As a condition to this exercise, the undersigned Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that the representations and warranties set forth in the Investor Letter are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof as if they had been made on such date with respect to the Warrant Shares. The undersigned Holder further acknowledges that the sale, transfer, assignment or hypothecation of the Warrant Shares to be issued upon any exercise of this Warrant is subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Warrant. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the respective meanings set forth in the Warrant.

 

1. The Warrant is currently exercisable to purchase a total of __________ Warrant Shares.

 

2. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase __________ Warrant Shares pursuant to the Warrant.

 

3. The Holder intends that payment of the Exercise Price shall be made as (check one):

 

_____ “ Cash Exercise ” under Section 3

 

_____ “ Cashless Exercise ” if permitted under Section 15(a)

 

Alternatively, the Holder requests that payment of the Exercise Price be made as:

 

_____ “ Cash Settlement if permitted under Section 15(b)

 

4. If the holder has elected a Cash Exercise, the holder shall pay the sum of $__________ to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

 

5. Pursuant to this exercise, the Company shall deliver to the holder __________ Warrant Shares or, to the extent the holder has requested a Cash Settlement, the Company may, at the Company’s option and in its sole discretion, elect to pay $_____ in cash in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

 

6. Following this exercise, the Warrant shall be exercisable to purchase a total of __________ Warrant Shares.
 
Dated:  __________, ____   Name of Holder:  
    (Print)  

 

    By:    
      Name:  
      Title:  
         
    (Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)
     
    Taxpayer Identification Number:
         
         
         
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO this ____ day of __________, 20__        
         
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.        

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
 

Exhibit A

 

On each date this Warrant is exercised pursuant to the terms hereof (each an “ Exercise Date ”), the Warrant Price per Warrant Share shall be determined so that, if this Warrant and the other Private Placement Warrants then outstanding were exercised in full on such Exercise Date in respect of the Common Shares then subject to this Warrant and such Private Placement Warrants, the Initial Common Shareholders would achieve a target return from and after the Initial Closing Date, through and including such Exercise Date, of 15.0% per annum compounded annually (the “ Target Return ”), assuming all Initial Common Shareholders purchased their Initial Common Shares on the Initial Closing Date.

 

The Target Return shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the illustrative strike price calculation set forth below and shall be based on (i) the aggregate purchase price paid for the Initial Common Shares by the Initial Common Shareholders, and (ii) the market value of the Initial Common Shares (i.e., the trading price of the Common Shares multiplied by the number of Initial Common Shares) that would be necessary for the Initial Common Shareholders to achieve the Target Return if the Initial Common Shareholders disposed of the Initial Common Shares on the applicable Exercise Date.

 

As used herein, (i) “ Initial Common Shares ” means the aggregate number of Common Shares offered and sold by the Company in the Private Placement, including the 22,682,875 Common Shares issued or irrevocably subscribed for on the Initial Closing Date and any Common Shares issued in connection with any subsequent closing, as contemplated by the PPM, (ii) “ Initial Common Shareholders ” means the original purchasers of the Initial Common Shares in the Private Placement and (iii) “ Initial Closing Date ” means March 25, 2014.

 

The following illustrative strike price calculation shows the calculation of the Warrant Price assuming (i) an Exercise Date on the second anniversary of the Initial Closing Date, (ii) 22,682,875 Initial Common Shares are sold in the Private Placement at $40.00 per share, and (iii) outstanding Private Placement Warrants covering an aggregate of 1,704,691 Common Shares:

 

Illustrative strike price calculation            
             
        Label   Formula
Daily Strike Price Calculation            
Initial equity before formation costs ($)   $907,315,000   A    
Initial Closing Date   3/25/2014   B    
Initial Common Shares   22,682,875   C    
Warrants ownership   6.99%   D    
BVPS at Initial Closing Date   $40.0       A / C
             
Assumed Exercise Date   3/25/2016   E    
Years from Initial Closing Date   2.0 yrs   F   F = (E - B) / 365
Target Return   15.0%   G    
             
Market value of equity necessary to reach 15% target return ($)   $1,199,924,088   H   H = A * (1 + G) ^ F  
Strike price   $52.9   I   H / C
             
Share Count Post-Exercise            
Original shares   22,682,875   C    
New shares issued to warrant holders   1,704,691   J   J = C / (1-D) * D
Pro forma shares   24,387,566   K   K = C + J
             
Illustration of Warrant Value if “In the Money” and Exercised            
(Assumes stock price @ 3/25/2016 is greater than or equal to strike price)           ≥I
Cost to exercise warrants ($)   $90,178,153.9   L   L = J * I
 

If the Company pays or makes a dividend or distribution on its Common Shares in Common Shares, subdivides its outstanding Common Shares into a greater number of shares or combines its outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares or issues by reclassification of its outstanding Common Shares any of its share capital (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing company), then the number of Initial Common Shares shall be adjusted to reflect such dividend, distribution, subdivision, combination or issuance.

 

If the Company pays or makes a dividend or distribution to all holders of Common Shares of evidences of indebtedness or assets (including cash dividends or cash distributions but excluding dividends or distributions in Common Shares), or subscription rights or warrants, the calculation of the Target Return shall also take into account the fair market value (as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith) of such evidences of indebtedness or assets, or of such subscription rights or warrants, paid or made on the Initial Common Shares as of the date of such dividend or distribution.

 

Exhibit 4.7

 

THIS WARRANT AND ANY SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, UNLESS (I) SUCH SECURITIES HAVE BEEN REGISTERED FOR SALE PURSUANT TO THE SECURITIES ACT, (II) SUCH SECURITIES ARE SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (III) THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSFER, SALE, OR DISPOSITION MAY LAWFULLY BE MADE WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THIS WARRANT SHALL BE VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. EASTERN TIME ON THE EXPIRATION DATE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

 

No. 02 Date of Issuance:  March 25, 2014

 

WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE 729,188
COMMON SHARES, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 

For VALUE RECEIVED, Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC (the “ Warrantholder ”), is entitled to purchase, subject to the provisions of this Warrant, from Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Company ”), at any time commencing upon the earlier of the consummation the IPO or the Listing and ending not later than 5:00 P.M., Eastern time, on the date that is the sixth anniversary of either the Date of Issuance set forth above or, if subsequent to the Date of Issuance, the date of the final closing in connection with the Private Placement, as contemplated by the PPM (the “ Expiration Date ”), 729,188 (the “ Warrant Shares ”) of the Company’s common shares, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), at a price per Warrant Share equal to the Warrant Price (as defined in Section 8 hereof). As used herein, (i) “ IPO ” means the first public offering by the Company of its Common Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (ii) “ Listing ” means the listing of the Common Shares on a securities exchange registered as a “national securities exchange” under Section 6 of Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (iii) “ Private Placement ” means the Company’s private placement of Common Shares conducted pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act, and (iv) “ PPM ” refers to the Company’s Confidential Private Placement Memorandum, dated January 2014 (as supplemented by the Supplement to Confidential Private Placement Memorandum dated March 14, 2014), related to the Private Placement. The number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as described herein. In connection with the issuance of this Warrant, the Warrantholder has completed and delivered to the Company an investor letter, dated as of the Date of Issuance (the “ Investor Letter ”).

 
 

Section 1.         Registration .   The Company shall maintain books for the transfer and registration of the Warrant. Upon the initial issuance of this Warrant, the Company shall issue and register the Warrant in the name of the Warrantholder.

 

Section 2.         Transfers .   As provided herein, this Warrant may be transferred only pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration. Subject to such restrictions, the Company shall transfer this Warrant from time to time upon the books to be maintained by the Company for that purpose, upon surrender hereof for transfer, properly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer and such other documents as may be reasonably required by the Company to establish that such transfer is being made in accordance with the terms hereof, and a new Warrant shall be issued to the transferee and the surrendered Warrant shall be canceled by the Company.

 

Section 3.         Exercise of Warrant .   Subject to the provisions hereof, the Warrantholder may exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, at any time commencing upon the earlier of the consummation of the IPO or the Listing and prior to the Expiration Date upon surrender of the Warrant, together with delivery of a duly executed notice of exercise, in the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) and payment by cash, certified check or wire transfer of funds (or, in certain circumstances, by cashless exercise as provided below) of the aggregate Warrant Price for that number of Warrant Shares then being purchased, to the Company during normal business hours on any business day at the Company’s principal executive offices (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice to the Warrantholder). The Warrant Shares so purchased shall be deemed to be issued to the Warrantholder or the Warrantholder’s designee, as the record owner of such shares, as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered (or the date evidence of loss, theft or destruction thereof and security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company has been provided to the Company), the Warrant Price shall have been paid and the completed Notice of Exercise shall have been delivered. Subject to compliance with Section 4 hereof, the Warrant Shares so purchased shall be issued in book-entry form (unless the Warrantholder requests that the Warrant Shares be issued in certificated form) and delivered to the Warrantholder within a reasonable time, not exceeding five (5) business days, after this Warrant shall have been so exercised. The Warrant Shares (and, if applicable, certificates representing the Warrant Shares) so delivered shall be in such denominations as may be requested by the Warrantholder and shall be registered in the name of the Warrantholder or such other name as shall be designated by the Warrantholder, as specified in the Notice of Exercise. If this Warrant shall have been exercised only in part, then, unless this Warrant has expired, the Company shall, at its expense, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares (and, if applicable, certificates representing the Warrant Shares), deliver to the Warrantholder a new Warrant representing the right to purchase the number of shares with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised. As used herein, “ business day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York City and Bermuda are open for the general transaction of business. Each exercise hereof shall constitute the re-affirmation by the Warrantholder that the representations and warranties contained in the Investor Letter of the Warrantholder are true and correct.

 

Section 4.         Compliance with the Securities Act .   The Company may cause the legend set forth on the first page of this Warrant to be set forth on each Warrant, and, if required, a similar legend on any security issued or issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, unless counsel

- 2 -

for the Company is of the opinion as to any such security that such legend is unnecessary. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Warrant Shares will be considered “Registrable Securities” for purposes of the Common Share Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2014, by and among the Company, the Warrantholder and the other parties named therein (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) and will be entitled to the registration rights set out therein, and (ii) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Warrantholder shall not be required to exercise this Warrant in order to have the Registrable Securities underlying this Warrant registered for sale, and immediately prior to the consummation of such sale such Warrantholder may either (a) exercise this Warrant or (b) in connection with an underwritten Piggyback Registration or Shelf Underwritten Offering (each as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), if the relevant underwriters agree, transfer this Warrant to such underwriters, subject to Section 2 hereof.

 

Section 5.         Payment of Taxes .   The Company will pay any documentary stamp taxes attributable to the initial issuance of Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax or taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificates for Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Warrantholder in respect of which such shares are issued, and in such case, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for Warrant Shares or any Warrant until the person requesting the same has paid to the Company the amount of such tax or has established to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that such tax has been paid. The Warrantholder shall be responsible for all other taxes, including income taxes due under federal, state or other law, if any such tax is due.

 

Section 6.         Mutilated or Missing Warrants .   In case this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen, or destroyed, the Company shall issue in exchange and substitution of and upon surrender and cancellation of the mutilated Warrant, or in lieu of and substitution for the Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Warrant of like tenor and for the purchase of a like number of Warrant Shares, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such loss, theft or destruction of the Warrant, and with respect to a lost, stolen or destroyed Warrant, reasonable indemnity with respect thereto, if requested by the Company; provided that, with respect to an initial Warrantholder and its affiliates, a written indemnity agreement shall be satisfactory.

 

Section 7.         Reservation of Common Shares .   The Company hereby represents and warrants that there have been reserved, and the Company shall at all applicable times keep reserved until issued (if necessary) as contemplated by this Section 7, out of the authorized and unissued Common Shares, sufficient shares to provide for the exercise of the rights of purchase represented by this Warrant. The Company agrees that all Warrant Shares issued upon due exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof shall be, at the time of delivery of such Warrant Shares, duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid Common Shares of the Company, and such Warrant Shares will be non-assessable Common Shares of the Company such that no further sums will be required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue thereof.

 

Section 8.         Warrant Price; Adjustments .   Subject and pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8, the Warrant Price shall be determined, and the Warrant Price and number of

- 3 -

Warrant Shares subject to this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, as set forth hereinafter.

 

(a)        On each date this Warrant is exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Warrant Price per Warrant Share shall be determined as set forth in Exhibit A (as such dollar amount per share may be adjusted pursuant to this Section 8, the “ Warrant Price ”).

 

(b)        If the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while this Warrant is outstanding, pay a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Shares in Common Shares, subdivide its issued and outstanding Common Shares into a greater number of shares or combine its issued and outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares or issue by reclassification of its issued and outstanding Common Shares any of its share capital (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing company), then the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to (but not including) the date on which such change shall become effective by a fraction, the numerator of which is shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such change and the denominator of which shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately prior to such change. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

 

(c)        If any (i) capital reorganization or reclassification of the share capital of the Company, (ii) consolidation, amalgamation or merger of the Company with another company in which the Company is not the survivor, (iii) sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to another company or (iv) purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer pursuant to which holders of Common Shares are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other shares, securities or assets and such offer has been accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding Common Shares (each a “ Fundamental Transaction ”), shall be effected, then, as a condition of such Fundamental Transaction, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby each Warrantholder shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions herein specified and in lieu of the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, the highest amount of such shares, securities or assets as would have been issuable or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of Warrant Shares equal to the number of Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, had such Fundamental Transaction not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of each Warrantholder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provision for adjustment of the Warrant Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly equivalent as may be practicable in relation to any shares, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof. The Company shall not effect any such Fundamental Transaction unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor company (if other than the Company) resulting from such consolidation, amalgamation or merger, or the company purchasing or otherwise acquiring such assets or other appropriate company or entity shall assume the obligation to deliver to the Warrantholder, at the last address of the Warrantholder appearing on the books of the Company, shares, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Warrantholder may be entitled to purchase, and the other obligations under this Warrant. The provisions of this paragraph (c) shall similarly

- 4 -

apply to any successive Fundamental Transactions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Fundamental Transaction, other than one in which a successor entity (a “ Public Successor ”) whose common equity is quoted or listed for trading on an Eligible Market (as defined below) assumes this Warrant and the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrant may be exercisable for the publicly traded common equity of such Public Successor, at the request of the Warrantholder delivered before the 90th day after such Fundamental Transaction, the Company (or the successor entity) shall purchase this Warrant from the Warrantholder by paying to the Warrantholder, within five business days after such request (or, if later, on the effective date of the Fundamental Transaction), cash in an amount determined by taking the product obtained by multiplying (i) the greater of (A) the highest amount of consideration per Common Share to be received by any shareholder of the Company upon consummation of such Fundamental Transaction and (B) the average of the daily VWAP during the seven consecutive trading days preceding the date on which such Fundamental Transaction was first publicly announced (as adjusted for share dividends, share splits, share combinations, reverse share splits or other similar transactions) by (ii) the aggregate number of Common Shares into which this Warrant was exercisable immediately prior to such consummation (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) and subtracting from such product an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Warrant Price then in effect by the aggregate number of Common Shares into which this Warrant is then exercisable (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant). For purposes of this paragraph, (i) “ VWAP ” means, for any trading day, the per share volume-weighted average price of the Common Shares as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg Page LRP Equity AQR (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such trading day, without regard to after-hours trading or any trading outside the regular trading session, or, if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one Common Share on such trading day as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith in a commercially reasonable manner, using a volume-weighted average price method; provided that, in making a volume-weighted average price determination, the Board of Directors of the Company may rely conclusively on the determination of daily volume-weighted average price for such trading day made by an independent nationally recognized securities dealer selected by the Board of Directors of the Company; and (ii) “ Eligible Market ” means The New York Stock Exchange, Inc., NYSE MKT LLC or The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

(d)        An adjustment to the Warrant Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall become effective immediately after the payment date in the case of each dividend or distribution and immediately after the effective date of each other event which requires an adjustment.

 

(e)        In the event that, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 8, the Warrantholder shall become entitled to receive any share capital of the Company other than Common Shares, the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject thereafter to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Warrant Shares contained in this Warrant.

- 5 -

Section 9.         Fractional Interest .   The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant. If any fractional Common Share would, except for the provisions of the first sentence of this Section 9, be deliverable upon such exercise, the Company, in lieu of delivering such fractional share, shall pay to the exercising Warrantholder an amount in cash equal to the Market Price of such fractional Common Share on the date of exercise. “ Market Price ” as of a particular date (the “ Valuation Date ”) shall mean the following: (i) if the Common Shares are then listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other national securities exchange, the closing sale price of one Common Share on such exchange on the last trading day prior to the Valuation Date; (ii) if the Common Shares are then quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board (the “ Bulletin Board ”) or such similar quotation system or association, the closing sale price of one Common Share on the Bulletin Board or such other quotation system or association on the last trading day prior to the Valuation Date or, if no such closing sale price is available, the average of the high bid and the low asked price quoted thereon on the last trading day prior to the Valuation Date; or (iii) if the Common Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Bulletin Board or such other quotation system or association, the fair market value of one Common Share as of the Valuation Date, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and the Warrantholder. If the Common Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange, the Bulletin Board or such other quotation system or association, the Board of Directors of the Company shall respond promptly, in writing, to an inquiry by the Warrantholder prior to the exercise hereunder as to the fair market value of a Common Share as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. In the event that the Board of Directors of the Company and the Warrantholder are unable to agree upon the fair market value in respect of subpart (iii) of this paragraph, the Company and the Warrantholder shall jointly select an appraiser, who is experienced in such matters. The decision of such appraiser shall be final and conclusive, and the cost of such appraiser shall be borne equally by the Company and the Warrantholder.

 

Section 10.         Benefits .   Nothing in this Warrant shall be construed to give any person, firm or company (other than the Company and the Warrantholder) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim, it being agreed that this Warrant shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company and the Warrantholder.

 

Section 11.         Notices to Warrantholder .   Upon the occurrence of any event requiring an adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the Warrantholder as provided in Section 19, stating the adjusted Warrant Price and the adjusted number of Warrant Shares resulting from such event and setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

 

Section 12.         Identity of Transfer Agent .   The Transfer Agent for the Common Shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC. Upon the appointment of any subsequent transfer agent for the Common Shares or other shares of the Company’s share capital issuable upon the exercise of the rights of purchase represented by the Warrant, the Company will mail to the Warrantholder a statement setting forth the name and address of such transfer agent.

 

Section 13.         Successors .   All the covenants and provisions hereof by or for the benefit of the Warrantholder shall bind and inure to the benefit of its respective successors and assigns hereunder.

- 6 -

Section 14.         Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .   This Warrant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, without reference to the choice of law provisions thereof. The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Warrantholder, each irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York located in New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this Warrant and the transactions contemplated hereby. Service of process in connection with any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on each party hereto anywhere in the world by the same methods as are specified for the giving of notices under this Warrant. The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Warrantholder, each irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding and to the laying of venue in such court. The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Warrantholder, each irrevocably waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts and irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE WARRANTHOLDER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO REQUEST A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS WARRANT AND REPRESENTS THAT COUNSEL HAS BEEN CONSULTED SPECIFICALLY AS TO THIS WARRANT.

 

Section 15.         Cashless Exercise; Cash Settlement .

 

(a)        Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein to the contrary, the Warrantholder may elect to receive, without the payment by the Warrantholder of the aggregate Warrant Price in respect of the Common Shares to be acquired, Common Shares of equal value to the value of this Warrant, or any specified portion hereof, by the surrender of this Warrant (or such portion of this Warrant being so exercised) together with a Notice of Exercise, duly executed, to the Company. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Warrantholder such number of fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable Common Shares as is computed using the following formula:

 

  X = Y  x   (A – B)
  A
     
  where:
     
  X = the number of Common Shares to which the Warrantholder is entitled upon such cashless exercise;
     
  Y = the total number of Common Shares covered by this Warrant for which the Warrantholder has surrendered purchase rights at such time for cashless exercise (including both shares to be issued to the Warrantholder and shares as to which the purchase rights are to be cancelled as payment therefor);
- 7 -

 

 

  A = volume weighted average price per Common Share for the 20 trading days immediately prior to (but not including) the date of exercise; and
     
  B = the Warrant Price in effect under this Warrant at the time the net issue election is made.

 

(b)        Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein to the contrary, the Warrantholder may request to receive a cash payment, in lieu of receiving Warrant Shares, by the surrender of this Warrant (or such portion of this Warrant being so exercised) together with a Notice of Exercise, duly executed, to the Company. Upon receipt of such request, the Company may, at the Company’s option and in its sole discretion, elect to pay to the Warrantholder, in respect of the full portion of this Warrant then being exercised by the Warrantholder, cash in an amount computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y x (A – B)

 

where:

 

X =      the cash amount to which the Warrantholder is entitled upon the Company’s election to effect a cash settlement in respect of such exercise (the “ Cash Settlement Amount ”);

 

Y =      the total number of Common Shares covered by this Warrant for which the Warrantholder has surrendered purchase rights at such time for exercise;

 

A =      volume weighted average price per Common Share for the 20 trading days immediately prior to (but not including) the date of exercise; and

 

B =      the Warrant Price in effect under this Warrant at the time of exercise.

 

The Company shall deliver a notice to the Warrantholder indicating whether the Company elects to effect a cash settlement pursuant to this Section 15(b) not later than the second business day following the related exercise date. If the Company does not deliver such a notice within such time period, the Company will be deemed not to have elected to effect a cash settlement. The Cash Settlement Amount in respect of any exercise of this Warrant shall be paid to the Warrantholder within five (5) business days after the related exercise date. If the Company does not elect, or is deemed not have elected, to effect a cash settlement, the Warrantholder shall be deemed to have elected a cashless exercise pursuant to Section 15(a) in respect of the full portion of this Warrant then being exercised by the Warrantholder.

 

Section 16.         No Rights as Shareholder .   Prior to the exercise of this Warrant, the Warrantholder shall not have, and may not exercise, any rights as a shareholder of the Company by virtue of its ownership of this Warrant.

 

Section 17.         Amendment; Waiver .   This Warrant is one of a series of Warrants of like tenor issued by the Company in connection with the Private Placement and as described in the PPM (collectively, the “ Private Placement Warrants ”). Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived (including the adjustment provisions included in Section 8 of this Warrant)

- 8 -

upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of Private Placement Warrants representing at least 66⅔% of the number of Common Shares then subject to all outstanding Private Placement Warrants; provided, that (x) any such amendment or waiver must apply to all Private Placement Warrants; and (y) the number of Warrant Shares subject to this Warrant, the Warrant Price and the Expiration Date may not be amended, and the right to exercise this Warrant may not be altered or waived, without the written consent of the Warrantholder. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent following the Date of Issuance the Company conducts one or more additional closings in connection with the Private Placement, as contemplated by the PPM, any Warrants issued in connection with such additional closings shall be deemed to be Private Placement Warrants for purposes of this Warrant.

 

Section 18.         Section Headings .   The section headings in this Warrant are for the convenience of the Company and the Warrantholder and in no way alter, modify, amend, limit or restrict the provisions hereof.

 

Section 19.         Notices .   All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereto hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile or similar writing) and shall be given,

 

If to the Company:


Watford Holdings Ltd.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton HM HX
Bermuda
Attention: John Rathgeber, Chief Executive Officer
Telecopier No.: (441) 278-3451
Telephone No.: (441) 278-3450

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063

 

If to an initial Warrantholder, to the address provided to the Company in the Investor Letter in connection with its investment in the Warrants;

 

If to a transferee Warrantholder, to the address of such Warrantholder set forth in the transfer documentation provided to the Company;

 

or such other address or facsimile number as any such party (or transferee) may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by facsimile, when such facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile number specified in this Section 19 and the appropriate facsimile confirmation is

- 9 -

received or (b) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified in this Section 19.

 

[Signature page follows.]

- 10 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed, as of the 25 th  day of March, 2014.

 

  WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
         
  By:   /s/ John Rathgeber  
    Name: John Rathgeber
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Warrant No. 2]

 

Appendix 1

 

FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE

 

(To be executed by the Holder to exercise the right to purchase Common Shares/receive cash under the foregoing Warrant)

 

To Watford Holdings Ltd.:

 

The undersigned is the Holder of Warrant No. _____ (the “ Warrant ”) issued by Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Company ”). As a condition to this exercise, the undersigned Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that the representations and warranties set forth in the Investor Letter are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof as if they had been made on such date with respect to the Warrant Shares. The undersigned Holder further acknowledges that the sale, transfer, assignment or hypothecation of the Warrant Shares to be issued upon any exercise of this Warrant is subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Warrant. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the respective meanings set forth in the Warrant.

 

1. The Warrant is currently exercisable to purchase a total of __________ Warrant Shares.
   
2. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase __________ Warrant Shares pursuant to the Warrant.
   
3. The Holder intends that payment of the Exercise Price shall be made as (check one):
   
  _____ “ Cash Exercise ” under Section 3
   
  _____ “ Cashless Exercise ” if permitted under Section 15(a)
   
  Alternatively,  the Holder requests that payment of the Exercise Price be made as:
   
  _____ “ Cash Settlement if permitted under Section 15(b)
   
4. If the holder has elected a Cash Exercise, the holder shall pay the sum of $__________ to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.
   
5. Pursuant to this exercise, the Company shall deliver to the holder __________ Warrant Shares or, to the extent the holder has requested a Cash Settlement, the Company may, at the Company’s option and in its sole discretion, elect to pay $_____ in cash in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.
   
6. Following this exercise, the Warrant shall be exercisable to purchase a total of __________ Warrant Shares.
 
Dated: __________, ____   Name of Holder: 
 
    (Print)
     
    By: 
 
    Name:
    Title:
     
    (Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)
     
    Taxpayer Identification Number:
     
   
 
     
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO this ____ day of __________, 20__    
     
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.    
     
By: 
 
   
Name:    
Title:    
 

Exhibit A

 

On each date this Warrant is exercised pursuant to the terms hereof (each an “ Exercise Date ”), the Warrant Price per Warrant Share shall be determined so that, if this Warrant and the other Private Placement Warrants then outstanding were exercised in full on such Exercise Date in respect of the Common Shares then subject to this Warrant and such Private Placement Warrants, the Initial Common Shareholders would achieve a target return from and after the Initial Closing Date, through and including such Exercise Date, of 15.0% per annum compounded annually (the “ Target Return ”), assuming all Initial Common Shareholders purchased their Initial Common Shares on the Initial Closing Date.

 

The Target Return shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the illustrative strike price calculation set forth below and shall be based on (i) the aggregate purchase price paid for the Initial Common Shares by the Initial Common Shareholders, and (ii) the market value of the Initial Common Shares (i.e., the trading price of the Common Shares multiplied by the number of Initial Common Shares) that would be necessary for the Initial Common Shareholders to achieve the Target Return if the Initial Common Shareholders disposed of the Initial Common Shares on the applicable Exercise Date.

 

As used herein, (i) “ Initial Common Shares ” means the aggregate number of Common Shares offered and sold by the Company in the Private Placement, including the 22,682,875 Common Shares issued or irrevocably subscribed for on the Initial Closing Date and any Common Shares issued in connection with any subsequent closing, as contemplated by the PPM, (ii) “ Initial Common Shareholders ” means the original purchasers of the Initial Common Shares in the Private Placement and (iii) “ Initial Closing Date ” means March 25, 2014.

 

The following illustrative strike price calculation shows the calculation of the Warrant Price assuming (i) an Exercise Date on the second anniversary of the Initial Closing Date, (ii) 22,682,875 Initial Common Shares are sold in the Private Placement at $40.00 per share, and (iii) outstanding Private Placement Warrants covering an aggregate of 1,704,691 Common Shares:

 

Illustrative strike price calculation            
             
        Label   Formula
Daily Strike Price Calculation            
Initial equity before formation costs ($)   $907,315,000   A    
Initial Closing Date   3/25/2014   B    
Initial Common Shares   22,682,875   C    
Warrants ownership   6.99%   D    
BVPS at Initial Closing Date   $40.0       A / C
             
Assumed Exercise Date   3/25/2016   E    
Years from Initial Closing Date   2.0 yrs   F   F = (E - B) / 365
Target Return   15.0%   G    
             
Market value of equity necessary to reach 15% target return ($)   $1,199,924,088   H   H = A * (1 + G) ^ F
Strike price   $52.9   I   H / C
             
Share Count Post-Exercise            
Original shares   22,682,875   C    
New shares issued to warrant holders   1,704,691   J   J = C / (1-D) * D
Pro forma shares   24,387,566   K   K = C + J
             
Illustration of Warrant Value if “In the Money” and Exercised            
(Assumes stock price @ 3/25/2016 is greater than or equal to strike price)           ≥I
Cost to exercise warrants ($)   $90,178,153.9   L   L = J * I
 

If the Company pays or makes a dividend or distribution on its Common Shares in Common Shares, subdivides its outstanding Common Shares into a greater number of shares or combines its outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares or issues by reclassification of its outstanding Common Shares any of its share capital (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing company), then the number of Initial Common Shares shall be adjusted to reflect such dividend, distribution, subdivision, combination or issuance.

 

If the Company pays or makes a dividend or distribution to all holders of Common Shares of evidences of indebtedness or assets (including cash dividends or cash distributions but excluding dividends or distributions in Common Shares), or subscription rights or warrants, the calculation of the Target Return shall also take into account the fair market value (as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith) of such evidences of indebtedness or assets, or of such subscription rights or warrants, paid or made on the Initial Common Shares as of the date of such dividend or distribution.

 
Exhibit 10.1


WATFORD RE LTD.,
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.,
ARCH UNDERWRITERS LTD.,
and,
solely for the limited purposes set forth herein,
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
_________________________________________
AMENDED AND RESTATED SERVICES AGREEMENT
_________________________________________




TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
 
 
 
Section 1.01    Definitions
1

 
 
ARTICLE II APPOINTMENT & AUTHORITY
 
 
 
Section 2.01    Appointment; Acceptance
6

Section 2.02    Exclusivity
6

Section 2.03    [Reserved]
7

Section 2.04    Location and Operating Guidelines
7

Section 2.05    Instructions; Performance Standards
7

Section 2.06    Minimum Annual Premium
7

Section 2.07    Limitations of Authority
8

Section 2.08    Underwriting Guidelines
10

Section 2.09    Collections; Claims Account and Operating Account
10

 
 
ARTICLE III SERVICES
 
 
 
Section 3.01    Services
11

 
 
ARTICLE IV COMPENSATION & EXPENSES
 
 
 
Section 4.01    Compensation and Expenses
11

 
 
ARTICLE V REPORTING
 
 
 
Section 5.01    Accounting Reports
12

Section 5.02    Underwriting Report
13

Section 5.03    Reserves
13

Section 5.04    Reporting Timeframes after Initial Public Offering
13

Section 5.05    Holidays
13

 
 
ARTICLE VI RECORDS
 
 
 
Section 6.01    Maintenance of and Access to Records
14

Section 6.02    Ownership of Records
14

 
 
ARTICLE VII REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF AUL
 
 
 
Section 7.01    Licenses and Authorities
15

Section 7.02    Status
15

Section 7.03    No Breach
15

Section 7.04    Authorization
16

Section 7.05    Ratings
16

Section 7.06    Underwriting Strategy
17

Section 7.07    Compliance with Laws
17

Section 7.08    Notice of Certain Events
17


-i-


Section 7.09    Expenses; Disputes
17

Section 7.10    Change of Control
17

Section 7.11    Staff; Designated Employees
17

Section 7.12    Underwriting Guidelines, Business Framework and Operating Guidelines
18

 
 
ARTICLE VIII REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF THE COMPANY
 
 
 
Section 8.01    Licenses and Authorities
18

Section 8.02    Status
18

Section 8.03    No Breach
18

Section 8.04    Authorization
19

Section 8.05    Use of Name
19

Section 8.06    Subsidiaries and the Parent
19

Section 8.07    AUL Affiliate Cessions
19

Section 8.08    Third Party Administrative Services
19

Section 8.09    Leased Employees
19

Section 8.10    Investment Manager
19

 
 
ARTICLE IX TERM; TERMINATION
 
 
 
Section 9.01    Term
19

Section 9.02    Termination
20

Section 9.03    Effect of Termination
22

 
 
ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION & EXCULPATION
 
 
 
Section 10.01    Indemnification by the Company
22

Section 10.02    No Guarantees; Exculpation
23

 
 
ARTICLE XI CONFIDENTIALITY
 
 
 
Section 11.01    Confidentiality
23

 
 
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS
 
 
 
Section 12.01    Relationship of the Parties
24

Section 12.02    Entire Agreement; Integration of Rights
25

Section 12.03    Assignment
25

Section 12.04    Specific Performance
25

Section 12.05    Notices
25

Section 12.06    Binding Effect
26

Section 12.07    Amendment and Waiver
26

Section 12.08    Governing Law
27

Section 12.09    Arbitration
27

Section 12.10    Counterparts
27

Section 12.11    Severability
27

Section 12.12    Headings
27


-ii-


Section 12.13   Survival
27

Exhibits
 
 
 
Exhibit A:
 
Underwriting Guidelines
Exhibit B:
 
Schedule of Services
Exhibit C:
 
Fee Schedule
Exhibit D:
 
Operating Guidelines
Exhibit E:
 
Designated Employees
Exhibit F:
 
Business Framework
Exhibit G:
 
Rating Agencies
Exhibit H:
 
Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations

-iii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED SERVICES AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 1, 2019, is entered into by and among Watford Re Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Company ”), Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Parent ”), Arch Underwriters Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (“ AUL ”) and, solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections ‎2.08, ‎9.02(a)(iii), 12.07, and ‎12.13, HPS Investment Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Investment Manager ”). The Company and AUL may be referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.
R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, the Company has been incorporated in Bermuda and is licensed under the Insurance Act 1978 as a Class 4 Insurer;
WHEREAS, AUL has been incorporated in Bermuda;
WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain AUL to provide the services described herein and AUL wishes to provide such services;
WHEREAS, the Parties entered into that certain Services Agreement (“ Original Agreement ”), dated as of March 24, 2014, and Addendum No. 1 thereto, dated as of September 16, 2015;
WHEREAS, the Parties wish to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein; and.
WHEREAS, each of the Company, Parent, AUL and the Investment Manager has the requisite authority to enter into this Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01      Definitions . The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:
Account(s) ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(x).
Accounting Report ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 5.01(a).
Acquisition Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in the Fee Schedule.




Affiliate ” of a specific Person means a Person that (at the time when the determination is to be made) directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person.
Agreement ” means this Services Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.
Allocation Protocol ” has the meaning set forth in the Business Framework.
ARC Quota Share Retrocession Agreement ” means the Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between the Company and Arch Reinsurance Company of even date herewith.
ARL Retrocession ” means the outward retrocession from the Company to Arch Reinsurance Ltd. of even date herewith.
AUI ” means Arch Underwriters Inc., a Delaware corporation.
AUL ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
AUL Affiliate Cessions ” means business ceded from AUL Affiliates to the Company, including, without limitation, the ARC Quota Share Retrocession Agreement, the Property Catastrophe Quota Share Retrocession Agreement and the Quota Share Retrocession Agreements.
AUL Termination Event ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 9.02(b).
Board of Directors ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.08.
Books and Records ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 6.01.
Business Framework ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.01(a).
Business Day ” means any day on which banks are open for business in New York, New York and Bermuda.
CEO ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.06(b).
Claims Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a)(i).
Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Company Termination Event ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 9.02(a).
Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 11.01(a).
Covered Business ” means all Covered Contracts and AUL Affiliate Cessions.

-2-


Covered Contracts ” means all insurance and reinsurance contracts assumed by the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Excepted Business) as such contracts may be amended and/or endorsed other than (y) AUL Affiliate Cessions and (z) Non-Covered Business.
Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 11.01(b).
CRO ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.06(b).
Customer ” means a cedent, retrocedent or prospective cedent or retrocedent, or other counterparty or prospective counterparty of a Covered Contract, or agent, broker or other intermediary acting on any of their behalf.
Designated Employees ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 7.11.
Employee Leasing Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) of the Fee Schedule.
Excepted Business ” means Covered Business that is not subject to the Business Framework or the Underwriting Guidelines pursuant to Sections 2.02(b), 2.06(b) (other than Non-Covered Business), 7.05(a) and/or 7.05(b).
Excluded Business ” means Excepted Business for which AUL has exercised its option pursuant to Sections 2.02(b), 2.06(b), 7.05(a) and/or 7.05(b) to exclude from calculation of its Profit Commission.
Fee Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 4.01.
Fees ” means the Underwriting Fee, the Profit Commission, the Run-Off Fee, the Employee Leasing Fee and the other fees payable to AUL as described in the Fee Schedule.
GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.
Government Authority ” means any Bermuda legislature, executive branch or governmental department, commission, board, agency, court, tribunal or instrumentality.
Indemnified Person ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 10.01.
Initial Term ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 9.01.
Investment Account ” has the meaning set forth in the Investment Management Agreement.
Investment Management Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Parent, the Investment Manager and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, AUL.
Investment Manager ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

-3-


Losses ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 10.01.
Minimum Annual Premium ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.06.
Minimum Claims Liquidity Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a)(iv).
Non-Covered Business ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).
Operating Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(b).
Operating Guidelines ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.04.
Origination Expenses ” means (i) commissions, fees and other expenses directly allocable to the issuance of Covered Business and owed by the Company to third-party agents, brokers, producers or other intermediaries, third-parties performing underwriting audits, or cedents (including, without limitation, in respect of the AUL Affiliate Cessions), and (ii) without duplication of clause (i), premium taxes, United States Federal excise taxes (including any cascading) and other similar taxes payable by the Company with respect to Covered Business. For the avoidance of doubt, Origination Expenses do not include any Fees.
Outward Reinsurance ” means reinsurance or retrocessions ceded by the Company other than the ARL Retrocession.
Parent ” means Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability.
Party ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.09(a)(i).
Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.09(b)(i).
Person ” means any individual, company, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization, Government Authority or other entity.
Premium ” means the premium and all other amounts payable to the Company on Covered Business.
Profit Commission ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 2(b) of the Fee Schedule.
Property Catastrophe Quota Share Retrocession Agreement ” means the Property Catastrophe Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between the Company and Arch Reinsurance Ltd. dated of even date herewith.

-4-


Quota Share Retrocession Agreements ” means the Quota Share Retrocession Agreements between the Company and, respectively, Arch Reinsurance Ltd. and Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited of even date herewith.
Rating Agencies ” means the rating agency or agencies set forth on Exhibit G , as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of AUL and the Company.
Renewal ” of any contract means a succeeding contract with the same Customer (or its Affiliates), either identified by the Customer as a “renewal” or covering substantially the same class(es) of business, on substantially the same layer (if not proportional), and on substantially the same terms and conditions.
Risk Modeling Systems ” means any risk modeling systems, methods of pricing coverage for reinsurance or retrocessional risks, methods of tracking the Covered Business and related documents and materials developed or utilized by AUL.
Run-Off Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) of the Fee Schedule.
Schedule of Services ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 3.01.
Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section ‎9.03(b).
Services ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 3.01.
Shareholders ” means the holders of common shares of the Parent.
Term ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 9.01.
Underwriting Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of the Fee Schedule.
Underwriting Guidelines ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.01(a).
Underwriting Report ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 5.02.
WIC ” means Watford Insurance Company, a New Jersey domiciled insurance company.
WIC/Company Reinsurance ” means the Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between WIC, as the cedant, and the Company, as the reinsurer, effective September 1, 2016.
WIC Services Agreement ” means the Services Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2016, among WIC, AUI and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, the Investment Manager.
WICE ” means Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited, a Gibraltar domiciled insurance company.
WICE/Company Reinsurance ” means the Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between WICE, as the cedant, and the Company, as the reinsurer, effective July 28, 2015.

-5-


WICE Services Agreement ” means the Services Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2015, among WICE, AUL and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, the Investment Manager.
WSIC ” means Watford Specialty Insurance Co., a New Jersey domiciled insurance company.
WSIC/Company Reinsurance ” means the Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between WSIC, as the cedant, and the Company, as the reinsurer, effective February 17, 2016.
WSIC Services Agreement ” means the Services Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2015, among WSIC, AUI and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, the Investment Manager.
ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT & AUTHORITY
Section 2.01      Appointment; Acceptance .
(a)
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the Business Framework attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “ Business Framework ”) and the Underwriting Guidelines of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit A (as amended from time to time in accordance with ‎Section 2.08, the “ Underwriting Guidelines ”), the Company hereby appoints AUL to formulate the Company’s overall portfolio of insurance and reinsurance and, except as respects contracts with AUL Affiliates (unless otherwise provided herein), to exercise full discretion in the management of the Company’s portfolio, including soliciting, negotiating, supervising the underwriting of and administering, but not binding, contracts providing insurance, reinsurance and retrocessional coverage by the Company and any Outward Reinsurance, and provide the services and exercise the authorities specified in this Agreement. AUL hereby accepts such appointment by executing this Agreement.
(b)
AUL shall have the authority expressly conferred on it by this Agreement to provide the services described in this Agreement.
Section 2.02      Exclusivity . (a)  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.06 of this Agreement, during the term hereof (i) AUL shall be the exclusive third-party provider to the Company of the services described herein during the term of this Agreement, and (ii) except as agreed to in writing by AUL or as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no third-party other than AUL shall provide to the Company services in the nature of those specified in this Agreement to be provided by, or exercise on behalf of the Company the authorities conferred on, AUL pursuant to this Agreement.
(b)  AUL will analyze all existing and prospective Covered Contracts and Outward Reinsurance opportunities for the Company and will provide its recommendation on such contracts and opportunities to the Company. The Company agrees that it will not, and will instruct the Designated Employees not to, take any actions inconsistent with AUL’s recommendation with respect to any Covered Contracts or Outward Reinsurance without the

-6-


prior approval of AUL (subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework), except as otherwise provided by Section 2.06 or 7.05. Any business resulting from any such inconsistent action shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights available to AUL, any underwriting results arising from any breach of this Section 2.02(b) will, at AUL’s option, exercised within 5 Business Days of the later of the date such business is bound and the date on which AUL discovers or is notified that such business was bound, be excluded from the determination of the Profit Commission.
(c)  AUL shall be permitted to provide to its Affiliates and third parties other than the Company services similar to those described in this Agreement; provided, however, that any such provision of services to third parties does not interfere with AUL satisfying its obligations hereunder, including pursuant to the Exhibits hereto.
Section 2.03      [Reserved] .
Section 2.04      Location and Operating Guidelines . AUL shall provide the services specified in this Agreement from its offices in Bermuda and shall provide such services in accordance with and subject to the Operating Guidelines attached as Exhibit D to this Agreement (the “ Operating Guidelines ”).
Section 2.05      Instructions; Performance Standards .
(a)  AUL shall follow such instructions as are reasonably given to it from time to time by the Company regarding the services rendered under this Agreement; provided that, except as expressly contemplated in Section 7.05, such instructions may not require AUL to act or refrain from acting in any manner not consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework. The Company shall give all such instructions to AUL in writing and shall specify a reasonable amount of time in which to allow AUL to take appropriate action.
(b)   Performance Standards . AUL agrees to perform under this Agreement in accordance with the standard of care that is reasonably to be expected of a professional insurance underwriter and with the standard of care which is exercised by AUL’s Affiliates with respect to their own insurance and reinsurance business, subject to and taking into account the Underwriting Guidelines, the Business Framework and the Company’s risk tolerances and investment assumptions.
Section 2.06      Minimum Annual Premium .
(a)
AUL shall use commercially reasonable efforts to produce Covered Business for the Company that generates gross written premium in each calendar year at least equal to 10% of the average of the Company’s beginning and year-end book value of common equity plus preferred equity (the “ Minimum Annual Premium ”).
(b)
During each calendar year, AUL will make quarterly projections as to whether Minimum Annual Premium will be met for such calendar year and shall advise the Company if a shortfall is projected.  In such event, AUL will reasonably cooperate with the Company to attempt to identify a cure for any projected shortfall, including considering whether insurance

-7-


and reinsurance business that does not meet the requirements of the Business Framework and/or Underwriting Guidelines should be pursued by AUL; any such business deviating from the Business Framework and/or Underwriting Guidelines shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights available to AUL, any underwriting results shall, at the option of AUL, exercised within 5 Business Days of the date such business is bound, be excluded from the results used to determine AUL’s Profit Commission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if at any time following the second quarter of any calendar year the Company reasonably determines that, based on AUL’s projections, that the Company will not achieve the Minimum Annual Premium for such calendar year, the Company shall have the right, at its option, commencing July 15 of such calendar year, to engage up to two additional third parties to act as agents of the Company (each an “ Agent ”) to source insurance and/or reinsurance opportunities for the remainder of such calendar year and for the next calendar year (“ Non-Covered Business ”); provided, (A) that the Company shall not permit the Agent(s) to solicit, and the Company may not write (i) any Non-Covered Business that was previously analyzed and declined by AUL or (ii) property catastrophe reinsurance, and (B) the Agent(s) shall be required to coordinate with AUL on business to be targeted and/or solicited by the Agent(s) to prevent solicitation or assumption of non-permitted business and competition by the Company’s agents on the same risks and to enable the Company’s overall portfolio to stay within appropriate PML constraints. Any Non-Covered Business sourced by the Agent(s) shall be subject to the approval of and shall be bound only by the Company’s Chief Risk Officer (the “ CRO ”) or his/her designee or the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) or his/her designee (but not in any event by any Designated Employee). Non-Covered Business will not be included in the calculation of any Fees.
(c)
If, in a calendar year in which the Company has engaged an Agent as provided in Section 2.06(b), AUL underwrites Covered Business that generates not less than the Minimum Annual Premium, then for each subsequent calendar year following a calendar year in which the Minimum Annual Premium requirement is met, unless otherwise agreed in writing by AUL, the business that can be solicited or underwritten by the Agent(s) on behalf of the Company shall be limited to Renewals of Non-Covered Business in force during the prior calendar year, and the Agent shall not be permitted to solicit, underwrite or bind any new business.
Section 2.07      Limitations of Authority .
(a)
AUL shall have no power or authority other than as granted and set forth herein and no other or greater power shall be implied from the granting or denial of powers specifically mentioned herein.
(b)
In addition to the other limitations expressly contained in this Agreement, AUL has no authority to:
(i)
authorize, bind or amend any Covered Contract or Outward Reinsurance on behalf of the Company;

-8-


(ii)
incur any liability on behalf of the Company other than liability incurred pursuant to or in connection with Covered Contracts or Outward Reinsurance in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
(iii)
solicit, transact, quote, underwrite, bind or deliver policies contrary to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including but not limited to the following:
A.
types of insurance policies other than as specifically set forth in the Underwriting Guidelines;
B.
[reserved];
C.
policies on risks which do not comply with any applicable forms, rules, rates, or filings of the Company or any applicable rating bureaus, or any applicable laws and regulations of the jurisdiction(s) in which the policy applies; and
D.
policies which cover risks located in jurisdictions other than those allowed per the Underwriting Guidelines and/or jurisdictions where the Company is not authorized to write, or has not filed necessary rates, rules and forms for, such policies, to the extent such authorizations and/or filings are required;
(iv)
issue a guaranty (other than surety and other insurance and/or reinsurance products), other than as permitted expressly in writing by the Company;
(v) hold itself out as an agent of the Company in any other manner, or for any other purposes, than as specifically prescribed in this Agreement;
(vi)
settle or conduct lawsuits or other disputes other than disputes relating to Covered Business or Outward Reinsurance in accordance with Section 10 of the Schedule of Services; or
(vii) respond to regulatory inquiries or investigations.
(c)
Other than as set forth in the Schedule of Services, AUL shall have no authority to appoint sub-agents (other than sub-agents that are AUL Affiliates) for the Company without prior written approval of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(d)
If AUL recommends and the Company binds Covered Business which violates this Agreement, including the Underwriting Guidelines and/or the Business Framework, AUL shall promptly make reasonable best efforts to remove the Company as the insurer/reinsurer of any deviating risks or to have the risk assumed from the Company by another insurer/reinsurer.
(e)
AUL shall not waive any conditions or make any changes to the Company’s insurance policies, endorsements, applications, certificates of insurance or reinsurance contracts that would cause such contracts to no longer comply with the Underwriting Guidelines without the Company’s prior written approval.

-9-


(f)
AUL has no authority to bind or amend Outward Reinsurance.
(g)
AUL has no authority to commit the Company to participate in insurance or reinsurance pools involving joint and several liability of insurers/reinsurers or joint ventures of any nature.
(h)
Except as provided in the Schedule of Services, AUL shall not use or authorize the use of the Company’s name, logo or service mark without the Company’s prior written consent.
Section 2.08      Underwriting Guidelines . The Underwriting Guidelines may only be amended upon the written agreement of AUL, the Company (as approved by the Board of Directors) and the Investment Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the agreement of the Investment Manager shall not be required if at such time the Investment Manager is no longer serving as the investment manager of the Company.
Section 2.09      Collections; Claims Account and Operating Account . AUL agrees to perform the following services with respect to the collection of amounts due to the Company and the maintenance of the Claims Account (as defined below) and the Operating Account (as defined below):
(a)     Claims Account . AUL agrees to perform the following services with respect to the collection of amounts due to the Company and the maintenance of the Claims Account:
(i) 
AUL shall diligently seek to collect all Premium, reinsurance recoverables and other funds due to the Company in connection with Covered Business and any Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Retrocession and promptly (but in no event later than 5 Business Days following receipt) deposit such payments into a separate Bermuda bank account which shall be owned and established by the Company and to which AUL shall have full access and authority to make deposits and withdrawals (the “ Claims Account ”). All Premiums, reinsurance recoverables and other funds received by AUL on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be held by AUL in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company prior to being deposited in the Claims Account. AUL shall have the right to withdraw from the Claims Account Underwriting Fees, Run Off Fees and Employee Leasing Fees, expenses, taxes or other amounts due to AUL upon receipt by the Company of an invoice therefor and all other amounts to be paid by AUL on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement in respect of claim payments under Covered Contracts, premiums under Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Retrocession and any adjustment or return premiums (“ Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals ”). AUL shall make no deductions from the Claims Account other than Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals unless authorized in writing by the Company.
(ii)
In the event that the Company receives any Premiums, reinsurance recoverables or other funds that AUL is authorized to collect pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall promptly return such amounts to the broker with the instructions for them to deliver such amounts correctly to AUL (and shall copy AUL on such correspondence).

-10-


(iii)
If the amount in the Claims Account is or is expected to be insufficient at any time (as reasonably determined by AUL after consultation with the Company), AUL may, on behalf of the Company, deliver a Claims Cash Call (as defined in the Investment Management Agreement) directing the Investment Manager to deposit, within 5 Business Days, additional funds in the Claims Account in an amount identified by AUL such that, after making any pending Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals (including the anticipated Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals that triggered the need for a Claims Cash Call), the available balance in the Claims Account will be the Minimum Claims Liquidity Amount (as defined below).
(b)      Operating Account .
(i)
The Company shall maintain a separate Bermuda bank account (the “ Operating Account ”) which shall be owned and established by the Company to satisfy its day‑to‑day operations and operating expenses other than any such obligations or expenses to be satisfied out of the Claims Account pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Company may withdraw amounts from the Operating Account from time to time as needed to pay such operating expenses (“ Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals ”).
(ii)
If the amount in the Operating Account is or is expected to be insufficient at any time (as reasonably determined by AUL after consultation with the Company), AUL may, on behalf of the Company, deliver an Operating Cash Call (as defined in the Investment Management Agreement) directing the Investment Manager (subject to the proviso at the end of this Section 2.09(a)(ii)) to deposit, within 5 Business Days, additional funds in the Operating Account in an amount identified by AUL such that, after making any pending Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals (including the anticipated Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals that triggered the need for an Operating Cash Call), the available balance in the Operating Account will be $3,000,000.
(c)
AUL shall not co-mingle funds of the Company with any accounts of AUL. Reports and funds transfers to the Company shall be made in compliance with accounting and records requirements established by the Company.
ARTICLE III
SERVICES
Section 3.01      Services . AUL is authorized to, and hereby agrees to, in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework, perform the services set forth herein and on the Schedule of Services attached hereto as Exhibit B (collectively, the “ Services ” and Exhibit B , the “ Schedule of Services ”) in accordance with the terms hereof.
ARTICLE IV
COMPENSATION & EXPENSES
Section 4.01      Compensation and Expenses . AUL will be entitled to Fees and reimbursement of expenses in accordance with the fee schedule annexed hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Fee Schedule ”).

-11-


ARTICLE V
REPORTING
Section 5.01      Accounting Reports . (a) Within 30 days following the close of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2014, AUL will prepare and forward to the Company a statement of account (the “ Accounting Report ”), in a form acceptable to both AUL and the Company, setting forth the following items for the quarter under report with respect to Covered Business:
(i)      gross premiums written and earned;
(ii)      ceded premiums written and earned;
(iii)      net premiums written and earned;
(iv)      Origination Expenses written and earned;
(v)      any Fees (and adjustments thereto) due for such fiscal quarter;
(vi)      any miscellaneous items reported by cedants including interest on funds held;
(vii)      paid losses and reserve movement on a gross, ceded and net basis;
(viii)      balance of amounts due to or from the Company at the end of the quarter including premiums receivable, funds withheld by cedants, losses payable, reinsurance balances payable, Fees due and paid losses recoverable;
(ix)      balance of loss reserves (case, IBNR, LAE) and unearned premium reserves on a gross and net basis;
(x)      the balance of the Claims Account and of the Operating Account (each and “Account” and together the “Accounts”) as of the end of such fiscal quarter (the reporting obligations set forth in this clause may be satisfied by delivery of a bank statement or statements);
(xi)      the amount of all collateral supporting the Covered Business written through the date of such Accounting Report;
(xii)      any additional information required to be reported as respects the ARL Retrocession; and
(xiii)      such other items as mutually agreed by the Company and AUL.
(b)      Within 60 days following the close of each fiscal year, AUL will prepare and forward to the Company a compilation of the information set forth in the Accounting Reports for the immediately preceding fiscal year.

-12-


Section 5.02      Underwriting Report . Within 30 days following the close of each calendar month, AUL will prepare and forward to the Company a detailed and itemized report (the “ Underwriting Report ”), in a form mutually agreed by AUL and the Company, setting forth the following:
(a)
a list of all Covered Business bound by the Company hereunder during the previous calendar month;
(b)
with respect to each of the contracts listed pursuant to Section ‎5.02(a), the name of the Customer, the dates of coverage, the estimated premium charged thereon, the per occurrence and aggregate insured amounts provided under each contract issued and such other specific data or information regarding such contracts as the Company may reasonably request;
(c)
such other items as mutually agreed by the Company and AUL.
Section 5.03      Reserves . (a) AUL shall recommend on a quarterly basis (within 30 days of the close of each fiscal quarter or more frequently as circumstances may require) reserves to be maintained by the Company in respect of Covered Business both for the entire portfolio and on a contract-by-contract basis (including original contracts ceded via the AUL Affiliate Cessions that generate (or are projected to generate) $10 million or more of annual premium), and the Company shall make the final determination with respect to the final amounts of such reserves. The frequency of reserve reviews and recommendation as to reserves will be based on the same methodology and principles as are used by AUL Affiliates. The Company shall promptly deliver to AUL a report reconciling any differences between the reserves recommended by AUL and the final reserves booked by the Company and explaining in reasonable detail for each contract the justification for any differences.
Within 60 days after the end of the fiscal year (and 30 days following each fiscal quarter), AUL shall deliver to the Company, in a form to be agreed upon by AUL and the Company, all information and data in respect of Covered Business reasonably necessary for the Company to populate the underwriting-related schedules that the Company is required to report on the annual BMA statutory filings or otherwise required by the Company in connection with its quarterly financial statements.
Section 5.04      Reporting Timeframes after the Company Becomes Public . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company becomes publicly listed, AUL shall thereafter prepare and deliver to the Company the reports provided for in Sections 5.01, 5.02 and 5.03 within appropriate shorter timeframes to be mutually agreed such that the Company is able to provide information to the market and to investors and analysts in a timely manner after the close of each fiscal quarter and in any case within such timeframes as are usual and customary for public reinsurance companies.
Section 5.05      Holidays . If the last day on which a report may be prepared and forwarded is not a Business Day, then the report may be prepared or forwarded on the next Business Day.

-13-


ARTICLE VI
RECORDS
Section 6.01      Maintenance of and Access to Records . The Company shall provide to AUL originals of all documentation relating to the Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Retrocession. AUL will keep full and accurate accounts, ledgers, books and records (including computer generated, recorded or stored records) (i) of all transactions pertaining to the Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Retrocession, including contract forms, sales records, corporate and accounting records, financial records, compliance records, tax records, disclosure and other documents and filings required by law, (ii) of all correspondence (including but not limited to proof of mailing for all notices required by law or regulation) between AUL and any policyholders, cedants, retrocedants, agents, claimants, insurance departments or other regulatory agencies pertaining to the Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Retrocession and (iii) clearly recording the deposits into and withdrawals from each Account ((i), (ii) and (iii) collectively, “ Books and Records ”); provided, however, that Books and Records will not include any information or documentation in the possession of the Company that is not provided to AUL. The Company and its representatives shall, as they may from time to time reasonably request, have access to and the right to inspect and copy, at AUL’s main offices, during regular business hours, and upon reasonable notice, the copies of the Books and Records retained by AUL and all other documents, records, data and information concerning or relating to the Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Retrocession and each Account that are not otherwise included in the Books and Records. AUL and its representatives shall, as they may from time to time reasonably request, have access to and the right to inspect and copy, at the Company’s main offices, during regular business hours, and upon reasonable notice, the copies of the Books and Records in the possession of the Company and all other documents, records, data and information concerning or relating to the Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Retrocession and each Account that are not otherwise included in the Books and Records. AUL shall maintain all Books and Records required by this Agreement related to the Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Retrocession until 7 years after the expiration of the applicable contracts and shall maintain all Books and Records related to the Accounts until 7 years after AUL ceases to perform any services for the Company hereunder. AUL shall not destroy any such Books and Records without the Company’s prior written consent. AUL shall permit the Books and Records related to such Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Retrocession and the Accounts to be audited by an auditor appointed by the Company at any time upon reasonable notice from the Company. AUL shall provide the Company with originals or copies of such Books and Records within 30 days of the Company’s request for such Books and Records at the Company’s expense and promptly following the termination or expiration of this Agreement, AUL shall deliver all Books and Records maintained by AUL pursuant to this ‎Article VI as directed by the Company at the time of such expiration or termination of this Agreement; provided, that AUL shall be entitled to make and retain one copy of such Books and Records. AUL shall not disclose any such Books and Records to any third parties without prior written consent of the Company unless required under applicable laws and regulations. This ‎Article VI shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
Section 6.02      Ownership of Records . The Company shall be the owner and entitled to possession of all Books and Records prepared by AUL in connection with the Covered Business, Outward

-14-


Reinsurance, the ARL Retrocession, the Accounts and this Agreement; provided , that AUL shall be entitled to make and retain one copy of such materials.
ARTICLE VII
REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF AUL
From the date hereof and throughout the Term hereunder, AUL represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
Section 7.01      Licenses and Authorities .
(a)
AUL has and shall at all times maintain all licenses and other registrations and authorities required by law or regulation to perform the services required to be performed by AUL hereunder except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on AUL, its performance of this Agreement or the Company. AUL has complied and will comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on AUL, its performance of this Agreement or the Company.
(b)
AUL represents and warrants that it is, and its officers, employees and agents are and will continue to be during the term of this Agreement and thereafter while providing any continuing services hereunder, authorized, licensed and qualified to perform any act set out in this Agreement, to the extent AUL or such officers, employees or agents are required to be authorized, licensed or qualified under applicable laws and regulations. AUL shall notify the Company promptly if AUL becomes aware that any of AUL’s officers, directors, owners, employees, or agents (i) has made, makes or is required to make a filing with any governmental authority seeking an exemption or consent under 18 U.S.C. § 1033(e)(2); (ii) has been or is convicted of any federal or state felony or any crime involving dishonesty, fraud or breach of trust; (iii) has been or is assessed any administrative penalties or fines involving dishonesty, fraud or breach of trust; or (iv) has had any licenses suspended, revoked or non-renewed.
(c)
AUL shall ensure it has producer, adjuster, business entity and other licenses required in any jurisdiction where AUL produces applications, adjusts claims or undertakes any activity under this Agreement that requires licensing prior to commencing such activity and at the request of the Company, provide copies of such licenses to the Company. AUL shall immediately notify the Company if any such license is suspended, terminated or expires.
Section 7.02      Status . AUL is a duly organized and validly existing Bermuda exempted company with limited liability.
Section 7.03      No Breach . This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of AUL. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the performance of the services hereunder will not breach or conflict with AUL’s bye-laws or memorandum of association, nor with any agreement, covenant, or understanding (oral or written) to which AUL is bound.

-15-


Section 7.04      Authorization . The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by AUL have been duly and properly authorized by it.
Section 7.05      Ratings .
(a)
If at any time a Rating Agency communicates to the Company or AUL that it believes that any action or change with respect to the Company’s underwriting or underwriting strategy relating to Covered Contracts or Underwriting Guidelines is necessary to the Company maintaining a financial strength rating of at least “A‑” (or equivalent), the Company and AUL shall work in good faith to take any such actions or make any such changes, subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework. If, after working in good faith, the Company and AUL are unable to agree on such actions or changes to make, the Company, subject to the Allocation Protocol, may direct AUL to take any actions or make any changes the Company reasonably determines are necessary to the Company maintaining such Rating Agency financial strength rating of at least “A-” (or equivalent); provided that, if such actions or changes are not consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and/or Business Framework, any business resulting from such inconsistent action shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights available to AUL, any underwriting results arising from such business will, at AUL’s option, exercised within 5 Business Days of the later of the date such business is bound and the date on which AUL discovers or is notified that such business was bound, be excluded from the determination of the Profit Commission.
(b)
If at any time a Rating Agency (i) places the Company on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company has an “A‑“ (or equivalent) financial strength rating or (ii) threatens or advises a downgrade in the Company’s financial strength rating below “A‑” (or equivalent), and in either case such Rating Agency attributes such action to the Company’s underwriting, underwriting strategy or underwriting results (in each case, relating to Covered Contracts), or any actions of AUL, AUL shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy such circumstances within 12 months to cause the negative outlook or threat of a downgrade to be removed by such Rating Agency, subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework. If, such circumstances cannot be remedied consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and/or Business Framework, the Company, subject to the Allocation Protocol, may direct AUL to take any actions or make any changes the Company reasonably determines are necessary to remedy such circumstances; provided that, if such actions or changes are not consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and/or Business Framework, any business resulting from such inconsistent action shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights available to AUL, any underwriting results arising from such business will, at AUL’s option, exercised within 5 Business Days of the later of the date such business is bound and the date on which AUL discovers or is notified that such business was bound, be excluded from the determination of the Profit Commission.
Section 7.06      Underwriting Strategy . AUL acknowledges that the Board of Directors will undertake a process annually, or more frequently as necessary, to review all relevant facts and determine a business plan for the Company for the applicable succeeding year. In addition, the CRO will regularly assess the Company’s business, including its business plan, underwriting

-16-


strategy, underwriting, underwriting results and the Underwriting Guidelines. AUL hereby agrees to furnish the Board of Directors and the CRO with the current underwriting strategy and the proposed underwriting strategy for the following year, which strategies shall be in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines, as well as any other information reasonably requested by the Board of Directors or the CRO. AUL agrees to work in good faith with the Company, the CRO and the Investment Manager to coordinate and align the underwriting strategy and the investment strategy with the Company’s business plan.
Section 7.07      Compliance with Laws . AUL shall be responsible for compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including managing general agency laws and regulations. If the performance of any duty or obligations hereunder constitutes the unauthorized practice of insurance by the Company in an applicable jurisdiction, AUL shall immediately notify the Company and this Agreement shall be immediately suspended in such jurisdiction.
Section 7.08      Notice of Certain Events . AUL shall promptly notify the Company of any lawsuits, regulatory actions, complaints from insurance departments or other regulatory agencies, non-routine complaints from policyholders or claimants, and material notices or requests from state insurance departments or other regulatory bodies received by AUL in connection with the Covered Business or otherwise in connection with the services provided herein.
Section 7.09      Expenses; Disputes . Except as explicitly provided hereunder, AUL shall not charge or commit the Company to any expense, agreement, payment, debt, settlement or obligation. Except as otherwise provided in ‎Sections 7 and 10 of the Schedule of Services, AUL has no authority to litigate, arbitrate or settle any disputes or suits on behalf of the Company unless the Company has given its prior written consent.
Section 7.10      Change of Control . AUL will provide prompt written notice to the Company of any proposed (i) sale, transfer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or reorganization involving AUL; (ii) the acquisition by any person other than any AUL Affiliate of a more than 50% interest in, or ownership of, AUL; (iii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of assets representing more than 50% of the assets of AUL to a person other than any AUL Affiliate; or (iv) insolvency or bankruptcy filing of AUL.
Section 7.11      Staff; Designated Employees . AUL shall maintain and/or contract for the services of such number of competent officers or employees as AUL reasonably determines is necessary to adequately service the Covered Contracts and otherwise carry out its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. AUL shall make available to the Company, on a non-exclusive basis, the AUL employees listed on Exhibit E (the “ Designated Employees ”) to serve as employees of the Company and perform underwriting and related services on behalf of the Company. The list of Designated Employees shall be subject to change from time-to-time as determined by AUL with the approval of the Company (by the CEO or CRO) not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that any person who leaves the employ of AUL shall automatically cease to be a Designated Employee. With respect to the Covered Contracts, the Designated Employees will be the only Company employees involved in underwriting, authorizing and binding the Covered Contracts. Subject to Section 2.02(b) and to the supervision and approval of AUL, the Designated Employees

-17-


shall be responsible for (i) negotiating, underwriting, binding and issuing Covered Contracts that comply with the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework; (ii) providing indications, quotations and authorizations of terms and conditions for the issuance of Covered Contracts; (iii) determining premium rates and other underwriting terms and conditions with respect to the underwriting of Covered Contracts, (iv) establishing commissions, fees and other expenses to be paid to agents, producers, brokers and other intermediaries in connection with the underwriting of the Covered Contracts; (v) preparing and negotiating any related documents, including, as reasonably requested by the Company, assisting the Company with the arrangement of collateral facilities to be put in place, in connection with the underwriting of Covered Contracts; (vi) negotiating and entering into commutations (whether partial or full) of Covered Contracts; (vii) effecting cancellations of Covered Contracts in accordance with their terms and applicable law; (viii) negotiating Outward Reinsurance on behalf of the Company; and (ix) negotiating and executing related documentation with respect to Outward Reinsurance, including related broker of record letters, confidentiality agreements, binders and treaties; provided that the services provided in clauses (i) (with respect to negotiating only) and (iii) – (viii) above may be provided in conjunction with AUL. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, including the indemnification and exculpation provisions of Article XI, AUL shall be responsible for actions taken or omitted to be taken by the Designated Employees, other than actions or inactions taken (or omitted to be taken) at the direction of the Company.
Section 7.12      Underwriting Guidelines, Business Framework and Operating Guidelines . In performing its obligations under this Agreement, AUL shall at all times comply with the Business Framework, Underwriting Guidelines and, to the extent applicable, the Operating Guidelines; provided, however, that the Business Framework and Underwriting Guidelines shall not apply to Excepted Business.
ARTICLE VIII
REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF THE COMPANY
From the date hereof and throughout the Term hereunder, the Company represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
Section 8.01      Licenses and Authorities . The Company has and shall at all times maintain all licenses and other registrations and authorities required by law or regulation to conduct its business as contemplated by this Agreement. The Company has complied and will comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
Section 8.02      Status . The Company is a duly organized and validly existing Bermuda exempted company with limited liability and is licensed as a Class 4 insurer by the Bermuda Monetary Authority.
Section 8.03      No Breach . This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Company. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the performance of the services hereunder will not breach or conflict with the Company bye-laws or memorandum of association, nor with any agreement, covenant, or understanding (oral

-18-


or written) to which the Company is bound, and will not adversely affect the application for issuance or the validity of any license of the Company.
Section 8.04      Authorization . The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by the Company have been duly and properly authorized by it.
Section 8.05      Use of Name . The Company shall not use or authorize the use of AUL’s name, logo or service mark in any advertising or promotional materials without AUL’s prior written approval.
Section 8.06      Subsidiaries and the Parent . During the term hereof, including, for the avoidance of doubt, during any renewal term, the Company and the Parent will each use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause any of their respective insurance or reinsurance subsidiaries that are formed after the date hereof to offer to AUL the option to enter into a services agreement with AUL on substantially the same terms and conditions as set forth herein, with any such agreements to be terminable on the same date that this Agreement is terminable.
Section 8.07      AUL Affiliate Cessions . The Company and Arch Reinsurance Ltd. have entered into the Property Catastrophe Quota Share Retrocession Agreement dated the Effective Date, and the Company has entered into Quota Share Retrocession Agreements with each of Arch Reinsurance Company, Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited and Arch Reinsurance Ltd. dated the Effective Date.  Except as otherwise approved in writing by the Company’s CEO or CRO or as otherwise agreed in the foregoing Agreements, all cessions pursuant to such Agreements shall be subject to the Underwriting Guidelines. Any future AUL Affiliate Cessions to the Company will be mutually agreed by the cedants and the Company’s CEO or CRO.
Section 8.08      Third Party Administrative Services . The Company may engage one or more third parties to perform on the Company’s behalf any necessary administrative services that are not to be performed by AUL hereunder.
Section 8.09      Leased Employees . The Company shall lease the Designated Employees from AUL and shall take such corporate action as is necessary or advisable to ensure that each Designated Employee is duly authorized to perform the functions set forth in Section 7.11 on behalf of the Company.
Section 8.10      Investment Manager . The Company shall not replace or change the Investment Manager without AUL’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and shall consult with AUL prior to selecting any other investment manager.
ARTICLE IX
TERM; TERMINATION
Section 9.01      Term . This Agreement is to be effective as of the date of the initial closing in respect of the private placement of Common Shares described in the Parent’s Confidential Private Placement Memorandum dated January 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”). The term of this Agreement will expire on December 31, 2025 (such period, the “ Initial Term ”); provided , however , that the term of this Agreement will automatically renew for a five-year period following the Initial Term if neither the

-19-


Company nor AUL gives written notice to the other party that it will not renew at least 24 months prior to the end of the Initial Term. Thereafter, the term will continue to renew for successive five-year periods unless either party gives notice to not renew at least 24 months before the end of the then-current term. The period from the Effective Date until the expiration of the Initial Term together with any successive term(s) or the earlier termination of this Agreement pursuant to ‎Section 9.02 shall be referred to as the “ Term ”. To the extent not creating an adverse effect on capital availability or ratings, and subject to regulatory approval, if this Agreement expires after the Initial Term other than as a result of an election by AUL to not renew the Agreement, and the Company is still privately held, at AUL’s option, on a schedule consistent with applicable law, the Company will repurchase shares held by AUL Affiliates at the fair market value of the shares at the date of expiration, unless otherwise agreed by AUL. Such repurchase shall occur in two equal installments, with the first installment being due on the date of expiration (or as soon thereafter as possible), and the second installment being due on the first anniversary thereof. Interest shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the one year U.S.Treasury bill rate on the date of payment of the first installment, compounded annually, on amounts unpaid from such date of payment of the first installment until the date the second installment is paid.
Section 9.02      Termination .
(a)
The occurrence of any of the following (each, a “ Company Termination Event ”) shall constitute a Company Termination Event:
(i)
(A) any public authority cancels or declines to renew AUL’s license or certificate of authority, (B) AUL is prevented from performing its obligations under this Agreement by any regulatory authority or (C) AUL is unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement for any reason, and in each case AUL has not remedied and fully cured such circumstance within 90 Business Days;
(ii)
material non-compliance by AUL with any material law applicable to it in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company or AUL’s performance hereunder and has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company or discovery by AUL;
(iii)
AUL intentionally breaches the Underwriting Guidelines, where such breach could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and AUL shall have failed to cure such deviation (either by causing an AUL Affiliate to assume the inappropriate risks from the Company or otherwise) within 30 Business Days of the earlier of (x) the date on which AUL management becomes aware of any such deviation, and (y) the date on which AUL receives notice of such deviation from the Company; provided, however, that for avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no material breach of such Underwriting Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred (A) if the Company and the Investment Manager have agreed in writing to an amendment to such Underwriting Guidelines such that AUL’s actions under the amended Underwriting Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (B) if such breach is approved by the Company’s CEO or CRO in writing prior to binding a deviating contract or (C) if such breach is pursuant to instructions provided by the Company;

-20-


(iv)
a downgrade in the Company’s financial strength rating from a Rating Agency below “A-” (or equivalent) which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to underwriting relating to Covered Contracts; provided that if such a downgrade in such Rating Agency rating would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on writing business or the Company, then such downgrade shall not be deemed a breach;
(v)
(A) A Rating Agency has placed the Company on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company has an “A-” (or equivalent) financial strength rating which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to underwriting relating to Covered Contracts, and (B) AUL has failed to adequately correct such circumstances within 12 months; provided that if such negative outlook and failure to correct would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on writing business or the Company, then such negative outlook and failure to correct shall not be deemed a breach;
(vi)
failure by AUL to use substantially the same standard of care and process in underwriting business (other than Excepted Business) and handling claims on behalf of the Company as AUL’s insurance and reinsurance company Affiliates use in respect of their retained insurance and reinsurance business, as applicable, taking into account the Underwriting Guidelines, the Business Framework, the Company’s risk tolerances and investment assumptions, and any directions of the Company, which failure has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company; or
(vii)
a change of control of AUL that results in a breach of AUL’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, which breach has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company.
(b)
The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a AUL termination event (each, a “ AUL Termination Event ”):
(i)
the determination by AUL that the termination of this Agreement is necessary or advisable to comply with any current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to AUL or its affiliates;
(ii)
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or Parent;
(iii)
material non-compliance by the Company with any material law or regulation applicable to the Company (other than any non-compliance resulting from AUL’s action or failure to act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company and has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from AUL or discovery by the Company;
(iv)
non-payment of a material amount due to AUL or failure to deposit funds or cause the deposit of funds in the Claims Account as required under Section 2.09(a)(iii), which failure has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from AUL;

-21-


(v)
any material failure of the Company or any Designated Employee acting (or failing to act) upon instruction from the Company to comply with Section 2.02(b) and the Company shall not have cured such failure within 90 Business Days of the earlier of (x) the date on which Company management becomes aware of it and (y) the date on which the Company receives notice of such failure from AUL; or
(vi)
[Reserved].
(c)
Upon the occurrence of a Company Termination Event, the Company may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to AUL a written notice of termination indicating the Company Termination Event causing such termination and the effective date of such termination.
(d)
Upon the occurrence of a AUL Termination Event, AUL may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written notice of termination indicating the effective date of such termination (and, unless AUL is terminating this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(i) or (iv), such effective date shall take into consideration such reasonable transition period as may be requested by the Company).
Section 9.03      Effect of Termination . The rights and obligations of the Parties following the expiration of the Term of this Agreement or following a termination pursuant to ‎Section 9.02 are as set forth on Exhibit H hereto (the “ Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations ”)
ARTICLE X
INDEMNIFICATION & EXCULPATION
Section 10.01      Indemnification by the Company . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless AUL and its members, managers, officers, partners, Affiliates and employees (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers (collectively, “ Losses ”) suffered or sustained by an Indemnified Person by reason of the fact that he, she or it was an Indemnified Person, including, without limitation, any judgment, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action or proceeding; provided that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent such Losses resulted from an action or inaction, or mistake of judgment, taken by an Indemnified Person that constituted fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company will advance to any Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation and/or defense of any such action or proceeding. If for any reason (other than such Indemnified Person’s fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction) the indemnification described in this paragraph is unavailable to any Indemnified Person in connection to a Loss, or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate

-22-


to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Person, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also any other relevant equitable considerations
Section 10.02      No Guarantees; Exculpation . All business underwritten for the Company’s account will be the Company’s risk. The Company will bear all of the risk with regard to all of the lines of business written or facilitated by AUL and/or its delegates on behalf of the Company. AUL has not made and does not make any representation, warranty or guarantee whatsoever as to the success or profitability of any line of business or AUL’s underwriting methods and strategies, and the Company has not relied on any representation, warranty or guarantee from AUL or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives, and has not entered into this Agreement in consideration of or in reliance upon any such representation, warranty or guarantee from AUL or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives. No Indemnified Person will be liable to the Company for any Losses suffered by the Company in connection with any matters to which this Agreement relates, including, but not limited to, underwriting losses, except those Losses resulting from (x) such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct, or (y) material intentional breaches of the Underwriting Guidelines by AUL, which breaches are not cured within 90 days of the earlier of (A) the date on which AUL becomes aware of such breach, and (B) the date on which AUL receives a notice of such breach from the Company; provided, however, that for avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no breach of the Underwriting Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred where (A) the Company and the Investment Manager have agreed in writing to an amendment to such Underwriting Guidelines such that AUL’s actions under the amended Underwriting Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (B) if the alleged breach was approved by the CEO or the CRO in writing or (C) if such breach is pursuant to instructions provided by the Company. An Indemnified Person may consult with reputable legal counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors in respect of any matters to which this Agreement relates, and shall not be liable to the Company for any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors; provided that such counsel, accountants, consultants and other advisors shall have been selected and monitored with reasonable care.
ARTICLE XI
CONFIDENTIALITY
Section 11.01      Confidentiality .
(a)
Each Party hereby acknowledges that, as a result of the performance of this Agreement, it has and will acquire non-public information with respect to the other Party and its affairs, including: (i) information relating to the business, finances, underwriting strategy, underwriting results, methods of operation, business plans, marketing strategies and other information relating to AUL and its Affiliates and/or the Company and (ii) other trade secrets and proprietary information of AUL and its Affiliates and/or the Company ((i) and (ii) hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Confidential Information ”).

-23-


(b)
During the term of this Agreement, and at all times thereafter, each Party shall, and shall cause each of its or its Affiliate’s directors, officers, employees and agents (such Persons, collectively “ Covered Persons ”) to, keep confidential (to the extent required hereby) all Confidential Information of the other Party that any of them may obtain and not to use such Confidential Information for any purpose other than in the course of the performance of this Agreement.
(c)
The foregoing restrictions shall not apply with respect to any Confidential Information (i) previously known to either Party through a source, to such Party’s knowledge, not bound by any obligation to keep such Confidential Information confidential, (ii) lawfully obtained by either Party from a source other than the other Party, which source, to such Party’s knowledge, is not bound by any obligation to keep such Confidential Information confidential, (iii) the disclosure of which by a Covered Person is necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement (which, for avoidance of doubt, may include disclosure by Covered Persons of Confidential Information to prospective clients and retrocessionaires for the purpose of generating business), provided , however , that such disclosure referred to in this clause (iii) shall be limited to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the rights of the other Party with respect to its Confidential Information, and that as a condition to disclosing any Confidential Information to any person who is not bound by a duty of confidentiality to such other Party, such person shall be informed of the confidentiality obligations hereunder, or (iv) independently developed by either Party without reference to the Confidential Information.
(d)
A Party may disclose any Confidential Information if and as required as a result of any governmental investigation, court order, subpoena, deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, civil investigative demand, or similar legal duress, and to the extent reasonably necessary for such Party or any of its Affiliates to comply with applicable securities laws and regulations and stock exchange requirements and the applicable regulations of other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over such Party or any of its Affiliates; provided , however , that the disclosing Party, to the extent practicable, shall first (i) notify the other Party in writing of such contemplated disclosure, (ii) consult with the other Party on the advisability of taking steps to resist or narrow the scope of such disclosure, and (iii) if disclosure is required or deemed advisable, assist the other Party at such other Party’s expense in any attempt that such Party may take to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the Confidential Information so disclosed.
(e)
Notwithstanding anything provided in this ‎Section 11.01, Confidential Information of the Company may be disclosed with the prior written consent of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01      Relationship of the Parties . Nothing contained herein shall create an employer/employee relationship between the Company and AUL. Except as expressly granted by the other Party in writing, neither Party shall have any authority, express or implied, to act as an agent of the other Party or its subsidiaries or Affiliates under this Agreement. It is not the intent of the Parties

-24-


hereto to create, nor should this Agreement be construed to create, a partnership, joint venture or employment relationship among or between the Parties (including their respective officers, employees, agents or representatives).
Section 12.02      Entire Agreement; Integration of Rights . This Agreement, together with the Investment Management Agreement and the other documents and agreements executed by the Parties on the Effective Date, contain the entire understanding of the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings (except for the Investment Management Agreement) among the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and each Party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and understanding (except for the Investment Management Agreement) is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the other documents and agreements executed by the Parties on the Effective Date.
Section 12.03      Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Party may pledge, assign, transfer, subcontract or delegate, either in whole or in part, its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party.
Section 12.04      Specific Performance . The parties recognize and agree that if for any reason any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached, immediate and irreparable harm or injury would be caused for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, each Party agrees that, in addition to any other available remedies, any other Party shall be entitled to an injunction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement without the necessity of posting a bond or other form of security. In the event that any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, no Party will allege, and each Party hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law.
Section 12.05      Notices . Any notice, direction, instruction, acknowledgment or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and addressed to the parties as follows:
If to the Company:
c/o Watford Holdings Ltd.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton, HM HX
Bermuda
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street

-25-


New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063
If to AUL:
Arch Underwriters Ltd.
45 Reid St, Hamilton, HM-12
Bermuda
Attention: Maamoun Rajeh
Telecopier No.: (441) 278-9230
Telephone No.: (441) 278-9212
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Cahill Gordon & Reindel, LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No.: (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.: (212) 701-3323
If to the Investment Manager:
HPS Investment Partners, LLC
LLC 40 West 57th Street, 33rd Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Kathy Choi
Telecopier No.: (212) 520-3848
Telephone No.: (212) 287-5548
Section 12.06      Binding Effect . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, AUL, each Indemnified Person, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any person that is not a signatory to this Agreement, but is nevertheless conferred any rights or benefits hereunder, e.g., members, managers, officers, directors, partners, Affiliates and employees of AUL or the Company and others who are entitled to indemnification hereunder, will be entitled to such rights and benefits as if such person were a signatory hereto, and the rights and benefits of such person hereunder may not be impaired without such person’s express written consent.
Section 12.07      Amendment and Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived or discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the Party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Underwriting Guidelines may be changed, modified or amended in accordance with ‎Section 2.08.

-26-


Section 12.08      Governing Law . This Agreement is to be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
Section 12.09      Arbitration . Any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, facsimile, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in Hamilton, Bermuda or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person Arbitration Panel selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS•U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS•U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party, and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration.
Section 12.10      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 12.11      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.
Section 12.12      Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and will not affect the rights of the parties to this Agreement.
Section 12.13      Survival . The provisions of Sections 2.09 (but only to the extent required by Exhibit H ) and ‎‎9.03 hereof, Articles ‎VI, ‎X, ‎XI and ‎XII hereof and Exhibits C and H hereto will survive the termination of this Agreement.

-27-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
 
Name: John Rathgeber
 
Title: CEO
 
 
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
 
Name: John Rathgeber
 
Title: Director
 
 
ARCH UNDERWRITERS LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ Jerome Halgan
 
Name: Jerome Halgan
 
Title: CEO
 
 
Solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections
2.08, ‎9.02(a)(iii), 12.07, and ‎12.13:
 
 
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Purnima Puri
 
Name: Purnima Puri
 
Title: Managing Director



EXHIBIT A
Underwriting Guidelines
1.
PML Guidelines:
(a)
Probable maximum loss (“PML”) arising from natural catastrophes will be modeled for each peak peril and peak zone in the Company’s portfolio consistent with the modeling approach then used by AUL Affiliates in their reinsurance business. The modeled PML for a 1-in-250 year event for each peak peril and peak zone will not exceed 10% of the Company’s book value of common equity plus preferred equity.
All lines of business with natural catastrophe exposure will be included in the projected portfolio PML, including property, marine, aviation, personal accident, and worker’s compensation catastrophe covers. AUL Affiliate Cessions will also be modeled, including the Property Catastrophe Quota Share Retrocession Agreement covering Arch Reinsurance Ltd.’s catastrophe excess of loss portfolio. Any Non-Covered Business and/or Excepted Business shall be excluded.
(b)
The peak zones/perils for the portfolio are expected to include:
Florida Tri-county/ Hurricane, U.S. Gulf/Hurricane, Northeast /Hurricane,
Los Angeles/Earthquake, San Francisco /Earthquake, New Madrid fault/
Earthquake
Europe/windstorm, U.K./Flood
Japan/Typhoon, Japan/Earthquake
(c)
Modeled PML arising from any Man Made Realistic Disaster Scenario (“RDS”) will not exceed 10% of the Company’s book value of common equity plus preferred equity except for Pandemic, NBCR, Terrorism and Credit Political RDS where the limit will be 15% of the Company’s book value of common equity plus preferred equity. For the avoidance of doubt, risks arising from the underwriting of Mortgage risk is considered a Man Made RDS. RDS defines industry insured losses arising from specified events and it is commonly used in the industry to monitor peak exposures primarily at Lloyd’s. For each line of business, the RDS used to monitor the Company’s portfolio will be the same as the RDS used by AUL Affiliates to monitor their reinsurance portfolios. AUL shall from time-to-time, as reasonably requested by the Company, furnish to the Company the RDS used by AUL to model the Company’s PML.
(d)
Consistent with the approach then used by AUL Affiliates in their reinsurance business, the largest known aggregate limit exposed per Original Name Insured will be monitored for each line of business in the Company’s portfolio with a soft limit of 5% of the Company’s book value of common equity plus preferred equity.

A-1


2.
Worldwide Lines of Business To Be Written
All lines written or targeted by the Arch insurance and reinsurance companies and permitted to be written pursuant to the Company’s Bermuda insurance license.
3.
Core Lines of Business
The core lines of business for the Company’s portfolio will be:
Professional Lines (D&O, E&O, Medical Malpractice)
Workers Compensation
General Liability
Umbrella Liability
Employment Practices Liability
Environmental Liability
Non-Standard Auto and Commercial/Fleet Auto
International Motor and Liability
4.
Type of Coverage
The Company will assume business on both a proportional and non-proportional basis; write both treaty and facultative reinsurance; and will write insurance business
5.
Non-Covered and Excepted Business
These Underwriting Guidelines shall not apply to Non-Covered Business and/or Excepted Business.


A-2


EXHIBIT B
Schedule of Services
Section 1.     Services . Subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework (except in connection with Excepted Business) and the limitations of authority provided in ‎Section 2.07 of this Agreement, AUL is authorized to, and hereby agrees to, perform the following services on behalf of the Company:
(a)
Formulate the Company’s overall portfolio of Covered Business in conformance with the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework (except in connection with Excepted Business);
(b)
Solicit and negotiate Covered Contracts that comply with the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework (except in connection with Excepted Business);
(c)
Supervise the Designated Employees;
(d)
Provide underwriting recommendations and approvals/disapprovals of Company underwriting and related decisions as set forth in Section 2.02(b);
(e)
Maintain on behalf of the Company at least one copy of the operative documentation of each Covered Contract underwritten hereunder to the extent provided to it by the Company;
(f)
Retain service providers in the ordinary course and establish fees to be paid to such service providers by or for the account of the Company in connection with services as may be needed from time to time with respect to the Covered Contracts, Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Retrocession. Prior to retaining any AUL Affiliate service providers, AUL must obtain prior approval from the Company’s CEO or CRO, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;
(g)
As reasonably requested by the Company, assist the Company to maintain on behalf of the Company with Company funds or letters of credit collateral supporting Covered Contracts underwritten hereunder as required by the Underwriting Guidelines;
(h)
Solicit and negotiate Outward Reinsurance on behalf of the Company;
(i)
Administer Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Retrocession; and
(j)
Undertake such other usual and customary activities and services as may be necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing, including without limitation those provided in Section 7.11 of the Agreement.

B-1


Section 2.     Actuarial and Other Services . AUL agrees to provide actuarial support and other services to the Company with respect to the Covered Business, including the following:
(a)
preparation of pricing indications and projections of profitability on Covered Business;
(b)
utilizing and analyzing the results of Risk Modeling Systems;
(c)
compiling aggregate limit and probable maximum loss data;
(d)
analyzing historical loss information and estimating loss reserves at the contract level (including original contracts ceded via the AUL Affiliate Cessions that generate (or are projected to generate) $10 million or more of annual premium), as applicable;
(e)
booking of event specific paid loss and reserve including setting up of Company additional case reserves;
(f)
booking of contract level IBNR;
(g)
preparation of quarterly claims and financial reports with contract level information;
(h)
participation of quarterly QCR meetings with underwriters;
(i)
preparation of quarterly report explaining financial results for the quarter;
(j)
preparation of quarterly exposure aggregation accumulation report for PMLs arising from natural catastrophes, and at least annually or as reasonably requested, modeled PML arising from any Man Made RDS, Pandemic, NBCR, Terrorism and Credit Political RDS, and largest known aggregate limit exposed in excess of $10 million per Original Named Insured for each line of business;
(k)
assist the Company in the formulation of the Company’s business plan, to be revised at least annually, including assisting the Company in the identification of and monitoring of the Company’s peer group (the universe of publicly-traded insurers underwriting risks which, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, are comparable to those being underwritten by the Company);
(l)
assist the Company in identifying (i) each contract it enters into on behalf of the Company that is not properly classified as reinsurance for statutory accounting and U.S. federal income tax purposes, and (ii) the level of risk and appropriate reserves being assumed for those contracts properly treated as insurance for such purposes; and
(m)
update the Company at least quarterly as to the level of premium earned or expected to be earned for the current fiscal year. If notified by the Company that the level of premium income earned or expected to be earned by the Company is falling short of

B-2


the objectives set forth in the business plan (i.e., the objective metrics to be agreed), AUL will offer such advice as is reasonably requested by the Company to permit the Company to examine (i) the current state of the property and casualty reinsurance market, (ii) the Company’s existing and potential lines of business and (iii) the Company’s current objectives. In such event, the Company and AUL will work together in good faith with a view towards determining the extent to which the premium earned by the Company can be increased by adding contracts which are within the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework, and are profitable on a modeled expected basis, or the taking of other actions, such as returning capital to shareholders of the Company, without risking the Company's then-current Rating Agency ratings.
Section 3.     AUL Affiliate Cessions . AUL shall propose, but shall not authorize or bind, AUL Affiliate Cessions (other than pursuant to the Quota Share Retrocession Agreements described in Part B of the Business Framework) and shall be responsible for record-keeping, accounting and other administrative services in respect of all AUL Affiliate Cessions, but not including approval of claims payments, as respects such agreements.
Section 4.     ARL Retrocession . AUL shall be responsible for record-keeping, accounting, reporting and other administrative services in respect of the ARL Retrocession.
Section 5.     Cooperation with Company Auditors, etc . AUL shall cooperate as reasonably necessary with the Company and the Company’s internal and external auditors in the annual and quarterly financial statement audits of the Parent and of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP and in the audit of statutory financial statements of the Company as required by Bermuda law. If the Company consummates an initial public offering or otherwise becomes a publicly listed entity, AUL shall cooperate as reasonably necessary and requested with the Company and its internal and external auditors with its public company reporting and financial controls requirements, including those required by the Securities and Exchange Commission and by the Sarbanes Oxley act (but shall not be obligated to share its own or its affiliates’ internal or external audit reports and findings or Sarbanes Oxley controls or testing results).
Section 6.     Advertising and Promotion . AUL shall have the authority to use the Company’s name, logo or service mark in advertising or promotional material, including electronic material(s), and to prepare, print, publish and mail descriptive brochures and other promotional material related to the possible issuance by the Company of Covered Contracts.
Section 7.     Origination Expenses . AUL shall pay when due, from funds in the Claims Account, all applicable Origination Expenses.
Section 8.     Claims . The Company’s insureds and reinsureds shall be directed to send all notices of claims under Covered Contracts underwritten hereunder to AUL. AUL shall review such notices and determine on behalf of the Company whether to pay, deny or settle all claims under the Covered Contracts underwritten hereunder and control the investigation, adjustment, negotiation, settlement or defense of any claims in connection with such Covered Contracts and

B-3


prepare, submit and handle any claims in respect of Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Retrocession to reinsurers and/or retrocessionaires of the Company; provided, that AUL shall conduct any such investigation, adjustment, negotiation, settlement or defense of such claims in the same manner as if it were performing such services with respect to business of its Affiliates; provided , further that the payment or settlement of any claim arising from a single occurrence in excess of $1 million shall be subject to the prior approval of the CEO or CRO of the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
Section 9.     Regulatory Inquiries and Customer Complaints. Upon the Company’s request, AUL shall advise and assist the Company with any inquiry, request or complaint from an insurance department, other regulatory agency, policyholder or claimant relating to Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance or the ARL Retrocession. A copy of both the original inquiry and the Company’s response shall be promptly provided to the AUL.
Section 10.     Salvage and Subrogation . AUL shall exercise all the rights of the Company to pursue and control salvage and subrogation recoveries in connection with Covered Business using outside attorneys, experts, advisers, consultants, witnesses and investigators determined by AUL as necessary; provided, that AUL shall pursue any such recoveries in the same manner as if it were pursuing such recoveries with respect to business of its Affiliates. When so requested in writing by AUL, the Company shall, at the expense of the Company, join in any pursuit of salvage and subrogation recoveries in connection with Covered Business.
Section 11.     Litigation and Arbitration . AUL shall promptly notify the Company of the initiation of any suit, arbitration proceeding or other legal proceeding against the Company or AUL served on AUL, or of any written or significant oral threat to initiate any suit, arbitration proceeding or other legal proceeding against the Company or AUL received by AUL. AUL shall promptly supply the Company with a description of the nature of such claim, suit, arbitration proceeding or other legal proceeding. AUL shall manage the investigation, negotiation, settlement or defense of any legal proceedings in connection with Covered Contracts or Outward Reinsurance. Both the selection and compensation of attorneys to represent the Company in any legal proceeding shall be approved in writing by the Company such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall have the right after consultation with AUL to terminate the employment of any attorney, which in the Company’s reasonable opinion, has not performed in a satisfactory manner.
Section 12.     Notices Received by the Company . In the event the Company receives any notice, inquiry, complaint or claim or any written or significant oral threat to initiate legal proceedings relating to Covered Contracts or Outward Reinsurance, the Company shall promptly (i) notify AUL, (ii) forward to AUL any such notices of or other correspondence relating to inquiries, complaints, claims or legal proceedings against the Company that it receives other than from AUL and (iii) inform the sending party (with a copy to AUL) to direct further notices and correspondence to AUL.


B-4


EXHIBIT C
Fee Schedule
Section 1.     Definitions . Capitalized terms not defined in this Fee Schedule shall have the meanings provided in the Agreement to which this Fee Schedule is attached. The following definitions will apply for purposes of determining AUL’s fees hereunder:
Acquisition Expenses ” for any period, means as respects Covered Business (i) Origination Expenses; plus (ii) Underwriting Fee; plus (iii) Employee Leasing Fee; minus (iv) amounts received in respect of component (i) of the ceding fees on the ARL Retrocession and ceding fees collected in respect of Outward Reinsurance. For avoidance of doubt, Acquisition Expenses shall not include any other operational costs of the Company.
Adjusted Combined Ratio ” for each Underwriting Year means the Combined Ratio for such Underwriting Year minus the UW Investment Ratio for such Underwriting Year.
Annual Premium ” means for any Underwriting Year as respects any calendar period Net Earned Premium during such calendar period in respect of Covered Business written during such Underwriting Year or, at AUL’s option as respects any underwriting transaction that does not generate Earned Premium or for which Earned Premium over a period of twelve months is not a reasonable proxy for cash collected (such as, without limitation, a loss portfolio transfer, an adverse development cover, or covers with funds withheld provisions where no interest is credited to the Company), cash collected on such transaction net of cash retroceded under the ARL Retrocession and Outward Reinsurance.
Anticipated Duration Treasury Note Rate ” means for any month-end in respect of any Underwriting Year, the Treasury note rate for the duration which corresponds to the average weighted duration of the Covered Business written in the previous Underwriting Year as reasonably estimated by AUL; in the event that there is no published Treasury note rate for such duration, the rate shall be determined by linear interpolation of the published rates for the next shortest and longest durations for which published rates are available.
Assumed WIC Profit Commission ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(h) below.
Assumed WICE Profit Commission ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(f) below.
Assumed WSIC Profit Commission ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(g) below.
Calculation Date ” means close of business on December 31 of the relevant calendar year to which the calculation pertains.
Combined Ratio ” for each Underwriting Year means (i) the sum of Incurred Loss and Incurred Acquisition Expenses for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date divided by (ii) Net Earned Premium for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date.

C-1


Cumulative UW Float ” means for any Underwriting Year as respects any calendar year the sum of the UW Float for each period for which Profit Commission, if any, has been determined from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date.
Cumulative UW Investment Income ” means, for any Underwriting Year the sum of UW Investment Income for such Underwriting Year for each calendar year during the period from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date; provided , however , that Cumulative UW Investment Income shall never be less than zero.
Dollars ” means United States Dollars.
Extra Contractual Obligations ” means any liability arising out of or in connection with Covered Business (whether in relation to claims handling or otherwise) imposed on the Company, including, without limitation, any settlement, judgment or award against the Company, for any amount that is not within the terms or conditions of the contract (including in excess of policy limits) in favor of an underlying cedent, an underlying cedent’s insured or any other claimant.
Incurred Acquisition Expense ” for each Underwriting Year, means all Acquisition Expenses allocated to such Underwriting Year.
Incurred Loss ” means, for each Underwriting Year, all paid and outstanding Loss incurred by the Company plus IBNR recommended by AUL in its reasonable judgment in respect of Covered Business written during such Underwriting Year, in each case net of the ARL Retrocession and recoveries from Outward Reinsurance; provided , however that in respect of Mortgage risk, Incurred Loss shall be determined for any Underwriting Year with reference to Covered Business in effect during the calendar year to which such Underwriting Year corresponds irrespective of when such business was written.
Interest Charge ” means 50% of interest paid by the Company on capital debt.
Loss ” means all loss, loss adjustment expense and Extra-Contractual Obligations.
Net Earned Premium ” for any Underwriting Year means gross premium earned on Covered Business written during such Underwriting Year by the Company net of earned premium retroceded under the ARL Retrocession and, solely for the purpose of calculating Profit Commission, any Outward Reinsurance or, at AUL’s option, as respects any underwriting transaction that does not generate Earned Premium or for which Earned Premium over a period of twelve months is not a reasonable proxy for cash collected (such as, without limitation, a loss portfolio transfer, an adverse development cover or covers with funds withheld provisions where no interest is credited to the Company), cash collected on such transaction net of cash retroceded under the ARL Retrocession and, solely for the purpose of calculating Profit Commission, any Outward Reinsurance; provided , however that in respect of Mortgage risk, for the purpose of the Profit Commission, Net Earned Premium shall be determined for any Underwriting Year with reference to Covered Business in effect during the calendar year to which such Underwriting Year corresponds irrespective of when such business was written.

C-2


Other Expense Factor ” means for any calendar year 1.00 minus (one-half of the Other Operating Expenses for such calendar year divided by the total of all Annual Premium for all Underwriting Years during such calendar year).
Other Operating Expenses ” means the Company’s general and administrative expenses, including, without limitation, amounts paid for employee compensation and benefits, directors’ fees, travel and entertainment, office operating expenses (including, without limitation, rent, utilities and supplies), information technology costs (including maintenance fees), professional fees for consultants, counsel, auditors and accountants, taxes, liability insurance and first-party insurance premiums, BMA license fees, taxes, amortization and depreciation, subscriptions and bank fees less amounts received in respect of component (ii) of the ceding fees on the ARL Retrocession.
Paid Loss ” for any Underwriting Year as respects any calendar period means Loss actually paid during such calendar period in respect of Covered Business written during such Underwriting Year net of the ARL Retrocession and net of Outward Reinsurance.
Profit Commission Percentage ” means (i) 93% minus the Adjusted Combined Ratio for such Underwriting Year, multiplied by (ii) 0.50.
Quarterly Fees ” means the Underwriting Fee, Employee Leasing Fee and Run-Off Fee.
Retained Percentage ” means one-hundred percent minus the Ceded Percentage under the ARL Retrocession.
Return on Equity ” means at any time the weighted (by equity) average annual return on equity of Parent from January 1, 2019 through the end of Parent’s immediately preceding full fiscal year; provided , however , that return on equity shall be determined without deduction for any accruals for Profit Commission otherwise due but for which payment is deferred.
Underwriting Year ” means a calendar year during the Term or that portion of a calendar year which is included in the Term where the Term incepts and/or terminates during a calendar year.
UW Float ” means, for each Underwriting Year as respects each calendar year, (a) UW Investment Income for the prior calendar year, if any, plus (b) the product of the Annual Premium for such Underwriting Year during such calendar year and the Other Expense Factor, minus (d) the sum of the following amounts attributable to such Underwriting Year (I) that were paid by the Company during such calendar year: (i) Paid Loss; (ii) Run Off Fee net of the ARL Retrocession; (iii) Profit Commission; (iv) Taxes; and (v) Interest Charge and (II) Acquisition Expenses incurred in respect of Annual Premium earned during such calendar year .
UW Investment Income ” means, for each calendar year as respects each Underwriting Year, (i) the average of the Cumulative UW Float for such calendar year and the Cumulative UW Float for the preceding calendar year multiplied by (ii) the UW Year Investment Rate for such Underwriting Year.

C-3


UW Investment Ratio ” for each Underwriting Year shall be equal to the ratio derived by dividing Cumulative UW Investment Income for such Underwriting Year by Net Earned Premium for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date.
UW Year Investment Rate ” means (i) for the first Underwriting Year, the simple average of the 3-year Treasury note rates as at the end of each month of such Underwriting Year and as of the last Business Day of the month preceding such Underwriting Year, and (ii) for each subsequent Underwriting Year, the simple average of the Anticipated Duration Treasury Note Rates as at the end of each month of such Underwriting Year and as of the last Business Day of the month preceding such Underwriting Year. For the avoidance of doubt, as respects any Underwriting Year which is a calendar year, this will be an average of 13 rates, and the UW Year Investment Rate will not change for such Underwriting Year as respects subsequent calendar periods.
UY Average FX Rate ” means, for each Underwriting Year, the simple average of the applicable foreign exchange rate as at the last Business Day of each month of such Underwriting Year and as of the last Business Day of the month preceding such Underwriting Year. For the avoidance of doubt, as respects any Underwriting Year which is a calendar year, this will be an average of 13 rates, and the UY Average FX Rate will not change for such Underwriting Year as respects subsequent calendar periods.
Section 2.     AUL Fees.
(a)
Underwriting Fee . So long as any Covered Business remains in force (including any Renewals thereof (other than Excluded Business) actually written by the Company during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement as contemplated in clause (a) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations), AUL shall be entitled to receive (by way of deduction from the Claims Account pursuant to Section 2.09(a) of the Agreement) each quarter in respect of all Covered Business (other than the AUL Affiliate Cessions) an underwriting fee (the “ Underwriting Fee ”) equal to (I) the sum for such quarter of (i) 3.00% (or such lesser amount as AUL may determine in its discretion) of Net Earned Premium from Proportional Contracts, plus (ii) 12.00% (or such lesser amount as AUL may determine in its discretion) of Net Earned Premium from all Excess of Loss Contracts, less (II) the sum of the amount of the Employee Leasing Fee for such quarter and the Carryforward, if any, from the previous quarter. If (II) is greater than (I) for any quarter, the Underwriting Fee shall be zero for such quarter, and the amount of such excess shall be deducted from the Run-Off Fee, if any, due for such quarter or from Profit Commission, if any, if such quarter is the final quarter in the year. Any remaining amount not so applied shall be carried forward to the next quarter (“ Carryforward ”).
(b)
Profit Commission . AUL shall be entitled to receive a profit commission payable as set forth in Section 4(b) below (the “ Profit Commission ”) for each Underwriting Year in an amount equal to (i) the Profit Commission Percentage for such Underwriting Year multiplied by (ii) Net Earned Premium for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of

C-4


such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date; provided, however, that the foregoing Profit Commission calculations shall exclude from Covered Business Non-Covered Business and Excluded Business. For the avoidance of doubt, attached hereto as Schedule 1 is an example calculation of the Profit Commission based on hypothetical numbers. The Profit Commission, the Assumed WICE Profit Commission, the Assumed WSIC Profit Commission and the Assumed WIC Profit Commission shall be added or netted (but in no case shall the sum be less than zero), as the case may be, and shall be payable otherwise as provided with respect to the Profit Commission under Section 4(b) below.
(c)
Run-Off Fee . Following termination of this Agreement, so long as any Covered Business remains in force, in compensation for post-termination services to be provided by AUL as contemplated in clauses (a) and (c) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations, AUL shall be entitled to receive (by way of deduction from the Claims Account pursuant to Section 2.09(a) of the Agreement) a quarterly run-off fee (the “ Run-Off Fee ”) equal to .25% of the average of gross unearned premiums and Loss reserves (including IBNR) and deposit liabilities for Covered Business in force during such quarter; provided, however, that no Run-Off Fee shall be payable to AUL in the event of a termination subject to clause (b) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations; and provided further that the Company may, at its option, seek bona fide market quotes for the runoff of the Covered Business in force at termination within 30 Business Days of such termination, which quotes shall include all associated costs (including transition costs), in which case the Run-Off Fee shall be adjusted (up or down) to equal such market quote (the average if more than one quote is obtained).
(d)
Other Fees. A portion of the Investment Manager’s Performance Fee will be shared with AUL to the extent owed pursuant to an agreement among the Investment Manager, AUL and the Company.
(e)
Employee Leasing Fee. During the Term, AUL shall be entitled to receive (by way of deduction from the Claims Account pursuant to Section 2.09(a) of the Agreement) a quarterly employee leasing fee (the “ Employee Leasing Fee ”) at the rate of the product of the Retained Percentage and $100,000 per annum for each Designated Employee for the services of the Designated Employees.
(f)
WICE/Company Reinsurance . The WICE/Company Reinsurance shall be deemed to be a “Covered Contract;” provided, however, that premiums earned under the WICE/Company Reinsurance shall be excluded from “Net Earned Premium” for the purpose of determination of the Underwriting Fee; provided further that unearned premiums and Loss reserves (including IBNR) under the WICE/Company Reinsurance shall be excluded for the purpose of determination of the Run-Off Fee; provided further that the Profit Commission shall be determined without reference to Net Earned Premium, Loss and Acquisition Expenses in respect of the WICE/Company Reinsurance; provided further that there shall be a separate determination of an “ Assumed WICE Profit Commission ” which shall be made on the same basis as the Profit Commission is

C-5


determined with the following adjustments: (i) the Assumed WICE Profit Commission shall be determined solely with reference to the Net Earned Premium, Loss and Acquisition Expenses in respect of the WICE/Company Reinsurance, (ii) the Acquisition Expenses shall equal the ceding fee under the WICE/Company Reinsurance, (iii) “93%” shall be changed to “96%” in the definition of “Profit Commission Percentage” and Section 2(b) of the Fee Schedule, (iv) the Other Expense Factor and UW Investment Ratio shall be the same as for the Profit Commission, (v) the Interest Charge and Taxes shall be zero, and (vi) the foregoing calculations of Assumed WICE Profit Commission shall exclude Excluded Business as defined in the WICE Services Agreement.
(g)
WSIC/Company Reinsurance . The WSIC/Company Reinsurance shall be deemed to be a “Covered Contract;” provided, however, that premiums earned under the WSIC/Company Reinsurance shall be excluded from “Net Earned Premium” for the purpose of determination of the Underwriting Fee; provided further that unearned premiums and Loss reserves (including IBNR) under the WSIC/Company Reinsurance shall be excluded for the purpose of determination of the Run-Off Fee; provided further that the Profit Commission shall be determined without reference to Net Earned Premium, Loss and Acquisition Expenses in respect of the WSIC/Company Reinsurance; provided further that there shall be a separate determination of an “ Assumed WSIC Profit Commission ” which shall be made on the same basis as the Profit Commission is determined with the following adjustments: (i) the Assumed WSIC Profit Commission shall be determined solely with reference to the Net Earned Premium, Loss and Acquisition Expenses in respect of the WSIC/Company Reinsurance, (ii) the Acquisition Expenses shall equal the product of the Ceded Percentage under the WSIC/Company Reinsurance and Acquisition Expenses as determined under the WSIC Services Agreement, (iii) “93%” shall be changed to “96%” in the definition of “Profit Commission Percentage” and Section 2(b) of the Fee Schedule, (iv) the Other Expenses Factor and UW Investment Ratio shall be the same as for the Profit Commission, (v) the Interest Charge and Taxes shall be zero, and (vi) the foregoing calculations of Assumed WSIC Profit Commission shall exclude Excluded Business as defined in the WSIC Services Agreement.
(h)
WIC/Company Reinsurance. The WIC/Company Reinsurance shall be deemed to be a “Covered Contract;” provided, however, that premiums earned under the WIC/Company Reinsurance shall be excluded from “Net Earned Premium” for the purpose of determination of the Underwriting Fee; provided further that unearned premiums and Loss reserves (including IBNR) under the WIC/Company Reinsurance shall be excluded for the purpose of determination of the Run-Off Fee; provided further that the Profit Commission shall be determined without reference to Net Earned Premium, Loss and Acquisition Expenses in respect of the WIC/Company Reinsurance; provided further that there shall be a separate determination of an “ Assumed WIC Profit Commission ” which shall be made on the same basis as the Profit Commission is determined with the following adjustments: (i) the Assumed WIC Profit Commission shall be determined solely with reference to the Net Earned Premium, Loss and Acquisition Expenses in respect of the WIC/Company Reinsurance, (ii) the Acquisition Expenses shall equal the

C-6


product of the Ceded Percentage under the WIC/Company Reinsurance and Acquisition Expenses as determined under the WIC Services Agreement, (iii) “93%” shall be changed to “96%” in the definition of “Profit Commission Percentage” and Section 2(b) of the Fee Schedule, (iv) the Other Expenses Factor and UW Investment Ratio shall be the same as for the Profit Commission, (v) the Interest Charge and Taxes shall be zero, and (vi) the foregoing calculations of Assumed WIC Profit Commission shall exclude Excluded Business as defined in the WIC Services Agreement.
Section 3.     Currency . All amounts used to calculate AUL Fees shall be in Dollars and all AUL Fees shall be paid in Dollars. If Premium and/or Loss amounts from any Covered Business are recorded in a currency other than Dollars, such amounts shall be converted to Dollars at the UY Average FX Rate.
Section 4.     Payment of Fees .
(a) Quarterly Fees shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears. Within 60 days following the end of each calendar quarter for which Quarterly Fees are owed, AUL shall calculate the Quarterly Fees due for such calendar quarter and deliver a detailed invoice to the Company. The Quarterly Fees may be withdrawn by AUL from the Claims Account as set forth in Section 2.09(a) of the Services Agreement. To the extent the Claims Account is insufficient to pay the Quarterly Fees, the Company shall pay them to AUL from other funds. If Quarterly Fees are owed in connection with Renewals of Covered Contracts during the three-year period after termination or expiration of this Agreement and if, as contemplated by clause (a)(vi) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations, the Company has retained an alternate service provider to provide services in connection with runoff of the book in force at termination or expiration, the Company shall, or shall cause such alternate service provider to, calculate the Quarterly Fees due for each such calendar quarter, deliver a statement explaining such calculations and pay such amounts to AUL.
(b)
The Profit Commission due for each Underwriting Year shall be calculated annually, earned over four years paid in arrears and thereafter adjusted annually over the ensuing fifteen years, as follows: Within 60 days following the end of each Underwriting Year, AUL shall calculate the Profit Commission due for such Underwriting Year and deliver a detailed invoice to the Company. Profit Commissions shall be due and payable no later than March 15 following the end of each Underwriting Year (or calendar year subsequent to the Term). With respect to each Underwriting Year prior to 2019, the Profit Commission shall be paid as follows: 40% on the first March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year, 60% on the second March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less the amount paid the preceding year); 80% on the third March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less amounts paid in the preceding years); and 100% on the fourth March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less amounts paid in the preceding years), with adjustments to continue to be made for fifteen years thereafter. With respect to each Underwriting Year commencing with 2019, the Profit Commission shall be paid as follows: 0% on the first March 15 after the end of such Underwriting

C-7


Year, 65% on the second March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year; 80% on the third March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less amounts paid in the preceding year); and 100% on the fourth March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less amounts paid in the preceding years), with adjustments to continue to be made for fifteen years thereafter. If any calculation of Profit Commission determines that AUL was overpaid in prior years, the amount of any such overpayment shall be a deduction from Profit Commissions for other Underwriting Years due from the Company to AUL in the Profit Commission Report. Amounts owed to and from the parties for various Underwriting Years shall be offset against each other, and only the net amount shall be due; provided, however , that if the aggregate balance which otherwise would be due from the Company to AUL as of any March 15 for all Underwriting Years is negative (for the avoidance of doubt, attributable solely to overpayment in prior years because the aggregate of Profit Commission, the Assumed WICE Profit Commission, the Assumed WSIC Profit Commission and the Assumed WIC Profit Commission for any Underwriting Year can never be less than zero), such amount shall not be due from AUL to the Company at such time, and the relevant experience shall be carried forward as respects determination of future Profit Commissions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time that any Profit Commission otherwise is due in respect of the 2019 Underwriting Year or any subsequent Underwriting Year, the Return on Equity is less than 10%, one-half of such Profit Commission otherwise due shall be withheld by the Company and shall be paid, without interest, at such time as the Return on Equity exceeds 10%;but only to the extent that such payment does not cause the Return on Equity to fall below 10%; such deferred Profit Commission shall be paid first from the earliest applicable Underwriting Year and then from subsequent Underwriting Year(s) in chronological order until fully paid. There shall be no clawback of any Profit Commission previously paid if the Return on Equity falls below 10%.
Section 5     Expenses .
(a) All out-of-pocket expenses incurred directly in connection with or pursuant to AUL’s performance of services pursuant to, and exercise of its duties under, this Agreement will be paid or reimbursed by the Company, including, without limitation:
(i)
Cat Modeling License Fees;
(ii)
Fees for industry statistical research and data related to lines of business targeted for the Company;
(iii)
Third-party diligence expenses related to underwriting audit, transactional audits, and claims audits of existing or prospective insurance and reinsurance contracts;
(iv)
Fees of outside counsel consulted in the negotiation of Covered Contracts or Outward Reinsurance, or related to premium collections, claims negotiations, litigation, arbitrations, settlements or similar actions; and

C-8


(v)
Expenses incurred in connection with obtaining legal, tax, financial and accounting advice and the advice of other consultants and experts, and expenses of, or incurred in connection with obtaining, any other third-party service provider, in each case on behalf of the Company.

C-9


Schedule 1
[See attached]

C-10


EXHIBIT D
Operating Guidelines
In performing the services required hereunder in connection with Covered Contracts, AUL shall ensure that it and each Designated Employee shall follow in all respects the guidelines set forth below:
1. At all times no fewer than eight (8) persons employed by AUL and responsible for underwriting reinsurance will be Designated Employees. All contracts of insurance and/or reinsurance entered into by the Company (other than AUL Affiliate Cessions) will be entered into on behalf of the Company by a Designated Employee. Designated Employees will carry business cards identifying themselves as employees of the Company. The Company will compensate AUL for the provision of the Designated Employees as provided in the Fee Schedule.
2. AUL and each Designated Employee, when acting on behalf of the Company,
a.
will not negotiate or discuss the terms of specific transactions from any location within the United States, or otherwise actively or regularly solicit the sale of insurance or reinsurance from within the United States (it being understood that (i) AUL and each Designated Employee will, on behalf of the Company, be permitted to solicit and accept submissions from brokers (including brokers affiliated with AUL) or directly from insureds or insurance company clients located within the United States, so long as all underwriting analysis and negotiation on behalf of the Company with respect to any such referred contract is undertaken from outside the United States and (ii) to the extent authorized in writing by the Company’s CEO or CRO, AUL and each Designated Employee may, on behalf of the Company, engage in occasional visits and marketing contacts with clients, potential clients or reinsurance intermediaries in the United States, so long as only general business objectives of the Company are discussed);
b.
will only evaluate and accept proposals for insurance and reinsurance from the Company, negotiate or execute contracts on behalf of the Company, or deliver evidences of insurance or reinsurance from locations outside the United States;
c.
will only issue premium invoices from outside the United States, and will only accept premium payments at, or pay claims from, a location outside the United States;
d.
will only manage, evaluate and audit claims from outside the United States, provided that AUL may engage third party consultants to conduct audits on behalf of the Company in the United States, including underwriting, claims and transactional audits; and

D-1


e.
if acting from a location other than Bermuda or the United States, will use commercially reasonable efforts prior to taking such action to ensure that such action, either alone or in conjunction with other actions taken on behalf of the Company in such jurisdiction, will not cause the Company to be or become subject to taxation in such jurisdiction.


D-2


EXHIBIT E
Designated Employees
All Arch Reinsurance Ltd. underwriters seconded to AUL






E-1


EXHIBIT F
Business Framework
Watford = Watford Re Ltd.
Arch = Arch entities (ARL, ARC, ARE, AIGI, as applicable); separately listed if relevant
Foundational Premise . AUL will perform its duties under the Services Agreement in accordance with the same high standard of care and degree of knowledge, skill and judgment that Arch applies to its insurance and reinsurance business, as applicable.
Targeted Watford Portfolio . Using the same methodology as Arch uses for risks assumed into its portfolio and the same modeling tools as Arch utilizes for its business (“ Arch Model ”), AUL will endeavor to build a distinct portfolio for Watford of insurance and reinsurance business that has a projected ROE greater than the Target Rate in the aggregate net of the ARL Retrocession and Outward Reinsurance.* In making such projections, AUL will use required capital consistent with one of Arch’s then-current models for rating agency requirements utilizing appropriate assumptions as respects the Watford Expense Factor, the Watford Investment Return Rate and Watford’s then-current rating. Any business to be assumed by Watford shall be subject always to the Underwriting Guidelines.
Target Rate ” shall mean 15% for each Underwriting Year prior to 2020 and for the 2020 Underwriting Year and each subsequent Underwriting Year shall mean a rate to be agreed by Watford and AUL no later than 60 days prior to the inception of such Underwriting Year. In the absence of such agreement, the Target Rate for any Underwriting Year shall be the same as for the previous Underwriting Year.
Watford Expense Factor ” means an estimated factor determined by AUL in its reasonable discretion in respect of Watford’s (i) Origination Expenses, plus (ii) Underwriting Fees.
Watford Investment Return Rate ” means a rate to be mutually agreed between Watford and AUL; provided, that such rate shall be determined not later than 60 days prior to the end of the prior Underwriting Year. In the absence of such agreement, the Watford Investment Return Rate for any Underwriting Year shall be the same as for the previous Underwriting Year adjusted for change in the average 3-year U.S. treasury security rate in the 90 day periods preceding each Underwriting Year.
A.
Cessions from Third Parties:
AUL will decide, in its full discretion, whether to approve authorization of a Watford line, on any individual risk and the share it deems appropriate to authorize. Any such approval may be subject to Arch’s authorizations for its portfolio; provided, that, to the extent that AUL has recommended a line for Watford on a risk and such risk comes up for Renewal at any anniversary (Year 2 and beyond), AUL will approve authorization of Renewal of

F-1


the expiring line on behalf of Watford as it deems appropriate for Watford, independent of what Arch authorizes for its portfolio.
In general, AUL will not recommend or approve authorization of a line for Watford where the client/broker has indicated to AUL that a Watford authorization will not be taken up.
Arch will continue to underwrite business for its own distinct portfolio in accordance with its own policies, strategies, business plans, etc. Other than with respect to Watford Renewals as described above, Arch may, in its discretion, authorize for itself up to the full amount of an offered program notwithstanding that such program would also be suitable for Watford (“ Allocation Protocol ”).
B.
Cessions from Arch:
Property CAT Business . In order to give Watford access to Arch’s property catastrophe business and diversify Watford’s portfolio, Arch Reinsurance Ltd. will cede to Watford a quota share of its property catastrophe excess of loss portfolio on terms set forth in the Property Catastrophe Quota Share Retrocession Agreement. Collateral for this cession will be provided by Watford as set forth in the Property Catastrophe Quota Share Retrocession Agreement.
Quota Share Retrocession Agreements . Arch may determine that Watford will have access to certain targeted business only if Arch assumes the business directly from the client and retrocedes a share to Watford. Arch and Watford have entered into Quota Share Retrocession Agreements pursuant to which Arch Reinsurance Ltd., Arch Reinsurance Company and Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited, respectively, will have the ability to cede a share of business to Watford in conformity to the Underwriting Guidelines on terms set forth in the agreement and subject to collateral provided for therein.
Individual Programs. In addition, in order to diversify Watford's portfolio, Arch Insurance Group may cede some share of its insurance program business to Watford. With respect to any such business, if one or more reinsurers other than Watford or AUL Affiliates assume a share of the ceded business from Arch Insurance Group, AUL may decide, in its full discretion, whether to approve authorization of a Watford line on such cession in the share it deems appropriate; provided, however, that the terms and conditions authorized for Watford are the same as for such reinsurer(s); provided further that, notwithstanding the foregoing, such reinsurance or retrocessions shall be secured by a letter of credit, letters of credit or assets in a trust in an aggregate amount and upon terms and conditions consistent with those in respect to the United States AUL Affiliate Cessions for contracts reinsured or retroceded thereunder (or as otherwise agreed).
Market Validated Reinsurance or Retrocessions . If one or more reinsurers or retrocessionaires other than Watford or AUL Affiliates assume a share of reinsurance or retroceded business from Arch, AUL may decide, in its full

F-2


discretion, whether to approve authorization of a Watford line on such reinsurance or retrocession in the share it deems appropriate; provided, however, that the terms and conditions authorized for Watford are the same as for such reinsurers) or retrocessionaire(s), as applicable; provided further that, notwithstanding the foregoing, such reinsurance or retrocessions shall be secured by a letter of credit, letters of credit, or assets in a trust and an amount and terms consistent with those in the AUL Affiliate Cessions for contracts reinsured or retroceded thereunder (or as otherwise agreed).
Specifically Approved Business. Except as provided above, Watford's CEO or CRO will independently evaluate and price any AUL Affiliate Cessions and ensure compliance with the Underwriting Guidelines. The terms of such AUL Affiliate Cessions to the Company will be mutually agreed by the cedants and the Company's CEO or CRO; provided that, unless otherwise agreed (i) such cessions shall be secured by a letter of credit, letters of credit, or assets in a trust and an amount and terms consistent with those in the AUL Affiliate Cessions(or as otherwise agreed) and(ii) each party to any such cession agreement shall have the right to terminate such agreement prospectively on a run-off basis on the second anniversary thereof and on each anniversary thereafter.
*AUL does not guarantee that business recommended to Watford will meet the targeted ROE. Actual ROE likely will deviate from ROE projections (whether positively or negatively), possibly substantially. For the avoidance of doubt, this Business Framework shall not apply to Non-Covered Business and Excepted Business.


F-3


EXHIBIT G
Rating Agencies
A.M. Best Company, Inc.






G-1


EXHIBIT H
Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations
(a)
In the event (A) AUL gives written notice that it will not renew this Agreement, (B) AUL terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(i), or (C) the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(i), (ii), (iv), (v), (vi) or (vii), then effective upon termination:
(i)
For a one-year period following termination or expiration, neither AUL nor any AUL Affiliate shall compete with the Company for ( i.e., solicit or bind) Renewals of any Covered Contracts in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing shall prohibit AUL or any AUL Affiliate from soliciting or binding a Renewal of business written by any AUL Affiliate which is in-force at or immediately prior to such termination or expiration; provided further that after such one-year period, both the Company and AUL or its Affiliates shall be free to compete for Renewals of Covered Contracts.,
(ii)
If any Renewals of Covered Contracts (other than Renewals of Excluded Business) are actually written by the Company during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration, the Underwriting Fees set forth in the Fee Schedule shall be due and payable to AUL in respect of such Renewals;
(iii)
the Company and AUL shall be free to compete for Renewals of any Excluded Business and/or Non-Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement;
(iv)
AUL will have no further authority hereunder, either directly or indirectly to underwrite any new Covered Contracts on behalf of the Company or to renew any Covered Contracts on behalf of the Company;
(v)
any employees or officers leased to the Company shall be terminated by the Company, and any such officers of the Company shall cease to be officers of the Company, as of the termination or expiration date;
(vi)
during the three-year period following the date of termination, the Company shall not directly or indirectly solicit or hire any former leased underwriters or dual officers or any other underwriters of AUL or any AUL Affiliate;
(vii)
AUL shall continue to provide the services set forth herein with respect to Covered Business (for the avoidance of doubt, other than any Non-Covered Business), Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Retrocession in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement until all such Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith have been settled or commuted and shall have the option to terminate any Covered Contracts on a runoff or cutoff basis or to commute such Covered Contracts in accordance with the terms of such Covered Contracts or in agreement with the counterparties thereto; provided, however, that if the Company terminates this Agreement

H-1


pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(i), the Company shall retain an alternate service provider to provide such services in connection with the runoff of the book in force at termination or expiration (such alternate service provider to be subject to the approval of AUL not to be unreasonably withheld); and
(viii)
any Fees and expenses due under this Agreement prior to termination or accruing after the termination shall continue to be payable in accordance with the Fee Schedule as respects services rendered by AUL prior to termination; provided, however, that if the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(i), AUL shall not be entitled to receive any Run Off Fees.
(b)
In the event the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(iii), then effective upon termination:
(i)
For a one-year period following termination or expiration, neither AUL nor any AUL Affiliate shall compete with the Company for ( i.e., solicit or bind) Renewals of any Covered Contracts in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing shall prohibit AUL or any AUL Affiliate from soliciting or binding a Renewal of business written by any AUL Affiliate which is in-force at or immediately prior to such termination or expiration; provided further that after such one-year period, both the Company and AUL or its Affiliates shall be free to compete for Renewals of Covered Contracts;
(ii)
the Company and AUL shall be free to compete for Renewals of any Excluded Business and/or Non-Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement;
(iii)
AUL will have no further authority hereunder, either directly or indirectly to underwrite any new Covered Contracts or renew any Covered Contracts on behalf of the Company or to provide any other services in respect of the Covered Contracts, the Outward Reinsurance or the ARL Retrocession;
(iv)
any employees or officers leased to the Company shall be terminated by the Company, and any such officers of the Company shall cease to be officers of the Company, as of the termination or expiration date;
(v)
during the three-year period following the date of termination, the Company shall not directly or indirectly solicit or hire any former leased underwriters or dual officers or any other underwriters of AUL or any AUL Affiliate; and
(vi)
any Fees and expenses due under this Agreement prior to termination or accruing after the termination shall continue to be payable in accordance with the Fee Schedule as respects services rendered by AUL prior to termination.

H-2


(c)
In the event (A) the Company gives written notice that it will not renew this Agreement or (B) AUL terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) , then effective upon termination:
(i)
AUL will have no further authority hereunder, either directly or indirectly to underwrite any new Covered Contracts or renew any Covered Contracts on behalf of the Company;
(ii)
the Company and AUL shall be free to compete for Renewals of any Excluded Business and/or Non-Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement;
(iii)
any employees or officers leased to the Company shall be terminated by the Company, and any such officers of the Company shall cease to be officers of the Company, as of the termination or expiration date;
(iv)
during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration, the Company shall not solicit or bind any Renewals of Covered Contracts (other than any Excluded Business) in-force at termination or expiration of this Agreement and shall not otherwise compete for business formerly produced through AUL (other than any Excluded Business);
(v)
AUL shall continue to provide the services set forth herein with respect to Covered Business (for the avoidance of doubt, other than any Non-Covered Business), Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Retrocession in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement until all such Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith have been settled or commuted and shall have the option to terminate any Covered Contracts on a runoff or cutoff basis or to commute such Covered Contracts in accordance with the terms of such Covered Contracts or in agreement with the counterparties thereto; provided, however, that if AUL terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(iv), the Company may not thereafter withdraw any funds from the Claims Account and AUL shall not thereafter be required to transfer funds from the Claims Account to the Investment Account until all Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith are settled or commuted and all Fees and expenses due to AUL under this Agreement have been received by AUL in full;
(vi)
any Fees and expenses due under this Agreement prior to termination or expiration or accruing after the termination or expiration shall continue to be payable in accordance with the Fee Schedule as respects services rendered by AUL prior or subsequent to termination or expiration; provided, however, that if AUL terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(iv), the Company may not thereafter withdraw any funds from the Claims Account and AUL shall not thereafter be required to transfer funds from the Claims Account to the Investment Account until all Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith have been settled or commuted and all Fees and expenses due to AUL under this Agreement have been received by AUL in full; and

H-3


(vii)
during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration, the Company shall not directly or indirectly solicit or hire any Designated Employees or any other employees of AUL or any AUL Affiliate.

H-4
Exhibit 10.2


WATFORD SPECIALTY INSURANCE CO.,
ARCH UNDERWRITERS INC.,
and,
solely for the limited purposes set forth herein,
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
_________________________________________
AMENDED AND RESTATED SERVICES AGREEMENT
_________________________________________




TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
1
 
 
 
Section 1.01
Definitions
1
 
 
 
ARTICLE II APPOINTMENT & AUTHORITY
5
 
 
 
Section 2.01
Appointment; Acceptance
5
Section 2.02
Exclusivity
6
Section 2.03
[Reserved]
6
Section 2.04
Operating Guidelines
6
Section 2.05
Instructions; Performance Standards
6
Section 2.06
Minimum Annual Premium
7
Section 2.07
Limitations of Authority
7
Section 2.08
Underwriting Guidelines
9
Section 2.09
Collections; Claims Account and Operating Account.
9
 
 
 
ARTICLE III SERVICES
10
 
 
 
Section 3.01
Services
10
 
 
 
ARTICLE IV COMPENSATION & EXPENSES
10
 
 
 
Section 4.01
Compensation and Expenses
10
 
 
 
ARTICLE V REPORTING
10
 
 
 
Section 5.01
Accounting Reports
10
Section 5.02
Underwriting Report
11
Section 5.03
Reserves
12
Section 5.04
Reporting Timeframes after Initial Public Offering
12
Section 5.05
Holidays
12
 
 
 
ARTICLE VI RECORDS
12
 
 
 
Section 6.01
Maintenance of and Access to Records
12
Section 6.02
Ownership of Records
13
 
 
 
ARTICLE VII REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF AUI
13
 
 
 
Section 7.01
Licenses and Authorities
13
Section 7.02
Status
14
Section 7.03
No Breach
14
Section 7.04
Authorization
14

-i-


Section 7.05
Ratings
14
Section 7.06
Underwriting Strategy
15
Section 7.07
Compliance with Laws
15
Section 7.08
Notice of Certain Events
15
Section 7.09
Expenses; Disputes
15
Section 7.10
Change of Control
15
Section 7.11
Staff; Designated Employees
16
Section 7.12
Underwriting Guidelines, Business Framework and Operating Guidelines
16
 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF THE COMPANY
17
 
 
 
Section 8.01
Licenses and Authorities
17
Section 8.02
Status
17
Section 8.03
No Breach
17
Section 8.04
Authorization
17
Section 8.05
Use of Name
17
Section 8.06
[Reserved]
17
Section 8.07
[Reserved]
17
Section 8.08
Third Party Administrative Services
17
Section 8.09
Leased Employees
17
Section 8.10
Investment Manager
17
 
 
 
ARTICLE IX TERM; TERMINATION
17
 
 
 
Section 9.01
Term
17
Section 9.02
Termination.
18
Section 9.03
Effect of Termination
20
 
 
 
ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION & EXCULPATION
20
 
 
 
Section 10.01
Indemnification by the Company
20
Section 10.02
No Guarantees; Exculpation
20
 
 
 
ARTICLE XI CONFIDENTIALITY
21
 
 
 
Section 11.01
Confidentiality
21
 
 
 
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS
22
 
 
 
Section 12.01
Relationship of the Parties
22
Section 12.02
Entire Agreement; Integration of Rights
22
Section 12.03
Assignment
22
Section 12.04
Rights in the Event of Receivership
22
Section 12.05
Specific Performance
23

-ii-


Section 12.06
Notices
23
Section 12.07
Binding Effect
24
Section 12.08
Amendment and Waiver
24
Section 12.09
Governing Law
24
Section 12.10
Arbitration
24
Section 12.11
Counterparts
25
Section 12.12
Severability
25
Section 12.13
Headings
25
Section 12.14
Survival
25
Exhibits
Exhibit A:
Underwriting Guidelines
Exhibit B:
Schedule of Services
Exhibit C:
Fee Schedule
Exhibit D:
Operating Guidelines
Exhibit E:
Designated Employees
Exhibit F:
Business Framework
Exhibit G:
Rating Agencies
Exhibit H:
Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations


-iii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED SERVICES AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) amends, and as so amended restates, effective as of October 1, 2016, the Services Agreement dated as of October 1, 2015, by and among Watford Specialty Insurance Co., a New Jersey domiciled insurance company (the “ Company ”), Arch Underwriters Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ AUI ”) and, solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections ‎2.08, ‎9.02(a)(iii), 12.07, and ‎12.13, HPS Investment Partners, LLC (f/k/a Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Investment Manager ”). The Company and AUI may be referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.
R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, the Company, AUI and the Investment Manager entered into that certain Services Agreement on October 1, 2015 (the “ Original Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, the Company, AUI and the Investment Manager wish to amended and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein;
WHEREAS, the Company has been incorporated and licensed as an insurer in New Jersey and is approved as an excess and surplus lines carrier in other states and jurisdictions;
WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain AUI to provide the services described herein, and AUI wishes to provide such services; and
WHEREAS, the Company and AUI have all requisite authority to enter into this Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01      Definitions . The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:
Account(s) ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(x).
Accounting Report ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 5.01(a).
Acquisition Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in the Fee Schedule.
ACSI ” means Arch Capital Services Inc.
Administrative Services Agreements ” means the Administrative Support Services Agreements between AUI and AIGI and between AUI and ACSI, each as of November 1, 2015, and between AUI and ACSI dated as of July 1, 2016 .

- 1 -


Affiliate ” of a specific Person means a Person that (at the time when the determination is to be made) directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person.
Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Services Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.
AIGI ” means Arch Insurance Group Inc.
Allocation Protocol ” has the meaning set forth in the Business Framework.
ARC ” means Arch Reinsurance Company.
ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement ” means the Variable Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between the Company and ARC of even date herewith.
AUI ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
AUI Termination Event ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 9.02(b).
Bermuda Services Agreement ” means the Services Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014, among Watford Re Ltd., Watford Holdings Ltd., Arch Underwriters Ltd. and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, the Investment Manager, as supplemented and amended.
Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
Books and Records ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 6.01.
Business Framework ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.01(a).
Business Day ” means any day on which banks are open for business in New York, New York.
CEO ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.06(b).
Claims Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a)(i).
Claims Third Party ” means a third party to whom the Company has delegated the right and/or duty to receive, adjust or otherwise administer individual claims in respect of Program Policies issued by the Company.
Commissioner ” means the Commissioner of the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance, or any legal successor to the powers and responsibilities of that office.
Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Company Termination Event ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 9.02(a).
Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 11.01(a).

- 2 -


Covered Business ” means all insurance contracts issued by or on behalf of the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Program Policies and Excepted Business) as such contracts may be amended and/or endorsed other than Non-Covered Business.
Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 11.01(b).
Customer ” means an insured or prospective insured or other counterparty or prospective counterparty of Covered Business, or agent, broker or other intermediary acting on any of their behalf.
Designated Employees ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 7.11(a).
Designated Officers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.11(b).
Excepted Business ” means Covered Business that is not subject to the Business Framework or the Underwriting Guidelines pursuant to Sections 2.02(b), 2.06(b) (other than Non-Covered Business), 7.05(a) and/or 7.05(b).
Excluded Business ” means Excepted Business for which AUI has exercised its option pursuant to Sections 2.02(b), 2.06(b), 7.05(a) and/or 7.05(b) to exclude from calculation of its Profit Commission.
Fee Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 4.01.
Fees ” means the Underwriting Fee, the Profit Commission, the Run-Off Fee, and the other fees payable to AUI as described in the Fee Schedule.
GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.
Government Authority ” means any legislature, executive branch or governmental department, commission, board, agency, court, tribunal or instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Company.
Indemnifiable Losses ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 10.01.
Indemnified Person ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 10.01.
Initial Term ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 9.01.
Investment Account ” has the meaning set forth in the Investment Management Agreement.
Investment Grade Account ” has the meaning set forth in the Investment Management Agreement.
Investment Management Agreement ” means that certain Investment Management Agreement, dated of even date herewith, by and among the Company, the Investment Manager and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, AUI, as supplemented and amended.
Investment Manager ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Minimum Annual Premium ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.06(a).
Non-Covered Business ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).

- 3 -


Operating Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(b).
Operating Guidelines ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.04.
Origination Expenses ” means (i) commissions, fees and other expenses directly allocable to the issuance of Covered Business and owed by the Company to third-party agents (including, without limitation, any Underwriting Third Parties), brokers, producers or other intermediaries, and (ii) without duplication of clause (i), any premium taxes and other similar taxes, if any, payable by the Company with respect to Covered Business. For the avoidance of doubt, Origination Expenses do not include Servicing Expenses, any Fees or the one time start up fee paid to AIGI.
Outward Reinsurance ” means facultative reinsurance, quota share reinsurance, excess of loss treaty reinsurance, or other reinsurance or retrocessions ceded by the Company other than the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement.
Parent ” means Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability.
Party ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.09(a)(i).
Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.09(b)(i).
Person ” means any individual, company, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization, Government Authority or other entity.
PHS ” means the Company’s policyholders’ surplus as set forth on the Company’s most recent audited statutory financial statements as of the relevant date.
Premium ” means the premium and all other amounts payable to the Company on Covered Business.
Profit Commission ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 2(b) of the Fee Schedule.
Program Policies ” means policies issued on behalf of the Company by an Underwriting Third Party or by the Company as recommended or directed by an Underwriting Third Party.
Rating Agencies ” means the rating agency or agencies set forth on Exhibit G , as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of AUI and the Company.
Renewal ” of any contract means a succeeding contract with the same Customer (or its Affiliates), either identified by the Customer as a “renewal” or covering substantially the same class(es) of business, on substantially the same layer (if not proportional), and on substantially the same terms and conditions.
Reserved Services ” means the services enumerated in clauses (i) – (vi) of Section 7.11(b).
Run-Off Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) of the Fee Schedule.
Schedule of Services ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 3.01.

- 4 -


Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section ‎9.03(b).
Services ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 3.01.
Servicing Expenses ” means the expenses paid or payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Fee Schedule, Run-Off Fees and fees of any Claims Third Party to the extent based on written or earned Premium.
Shareholders ” means the holders of common shares of the Parent.
Target Percentage ” means 15% for 2016, 35% for 2017 and 50% thereafter.
Term ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 9.01.
Third Party Agreement ” means an agreement with an Underwriting Third Party and/or a Claims Third Party.
Underwriting Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of the Fee Schedule.
Underwriting Guidelines ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.01(a).
Underwriting Report ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 5.02.
Underwriting Third Party ” means a third party to whom the Company has delegated the right and/or duty to bind, issue, endorse or otherwise underwrite and/or administer individual policies issued on behalf of the Company, but always provided that such delegation is established by a Third Party Agreement consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines.
Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement ” means the Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between the Company and Watford Re of even date herewith.
Watford Re ” means Watford Re Ltd.
ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT & AUTHORITY
Section 2.01      Appointment; Acceptance .
(a)      Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the Business Framework attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “ Business Framework ”) and the Underwriting Guidelines of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit A (as amended from time to time in accordance with ‎Section 2.08, the “ Underwriting Guidelines ”), the Company hereby appoints AUI to formulate the Company’s overall portfolio of insurance and to exercise full discretion in the management of the Company’s portfolio as set forth herein, including soliciting, negotiating, supervising the underwriting of, administering, and binding contracts providing insurance coverage by the Company and Third Party Agreements, and provide the services and exercise the authorities specified in this Agreement. AUI hereby accepts such appointment by executing this Agreement.
(b)      AUI shall have the authority expressly conferred on it by this Agreement to provide the services described in this Agreement.

- 5 -


Section 2.02      Exclusivity .
(a)    Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.06 of this Agreement, during the term hereof (i) AUI shall be the exclusive third-party provider to the Company of the services described herein during the term of this Agreement, and (ii) except as agreed to in writing by AUI or as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no third-party other than AUI (and other than ACSI, AIGI, and, as provided herein, any Underwriting Third Party and/or any Claim Third Party) shall provide to the Company services in the nature of those specified in this Agreement to be provided by, or exercise on behalf of the Company the authorities conferred on, AUI pursuant to this Agreement.
(b)    If, without AUI’s prior approval, the Company binds any insurance or reinsurance or enters into any agreement that delegates underwriting or claims authority to a third party or changes or cancels any Covered Business, Third Party Agreement or Outward Reinsurance, or takes any other action with respect to such Covered Business, Third Party Agreement or Outward Reinsurance that is contrary to any recommendation of AUI made in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.06 or 7.05, then the business resulting from such action shall be Excepted Business and, at AUI’s option exercised within 5 Business Days of the later of the date such business action is taken and the date on which AUI discovers or is notified of such action, such business shall be excluded from the determination of the Profit Commission.
(c)    AUI shall be permitted to provide to its Affiliates and third parties other than the Company services similar to those described in this Agreement; provided , however, that any such provision of services to third parties does not interfere with AUI satisfying its obligations hereunder, including pursuant to the Exhibits hereto.
(d)    If AUI lacks any license or authorization necessary to perform any of the Services in any state or jurisdiction, it shall have no obligation under this Agreement to perform any such Services in such state or jurisdiction until it has obtained such license or authorization.
Section 2.03      [Reserved] .
Section 2.04      Operating Guidelines . AUI shall provide the services specified in this Agreement in accordance with and subject to the Operating Guidelines attached as Exhibit D to this Agreement (the “ Operating Guidelines ”).
Section 2.05      Instructions; Performance Standards .
(a)     Instructions . AUI shall follow such instructions as are reasonably given to it from time to time by the Company regarding the services rendered under this Agreement; provided , that, except as expressly contemplated in Section 7.05, such instructions may not require AUI to act or refrain from acting in any manner not consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework. The Company shall give all such instructions to AUI in writing and shall specify a reasonable amount of time in which to allow AUI to take appropriate action.
(b)     Performance Standards . AUI agrees to perform under this Agreement in accordance with the standard of care that is reasonably to be expected of a professional insurance underwriter and with the standard of care which is exercised by AUI’s Affiliates with respect to their own insurance and reinsurance business, subject to and taking into account the Underwriting Guidelines, the Business Framework and the Company’s risk tolerances and investment assumptions.

- 6 -


Section 2.06      Minimum Annual Premium .
(a)      AUI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to produce Covered Business for the Company that generates gross written Premium (but net of cessions under the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement) in each calendar year at least equal to the Target Percentage of the average of the Company’s beginning and year-end book value (the “ Minimum Annual Premium ”).
(b)      During each calendar year, AUI will make quarterly projections as to whether Minimum Annual Premium will be met for such calendar year and shall advise the Company if a shortfall is projected.  In such event, AUI will reasonably cooperate with the Company to attempt to identify a cure for any projected shortfall, including considering whether insurance business that does not meet the requirements of the Business Framework and/or Underwriting Guidelines should be pursued by AUI; any such business deviating from the Business Framework and/or Underwriting Guidelines shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights available to AUI, any underwriting results shall, at the option of AUI, exercised within 5 Business Days of the date such business is bound, be excluded from the results used to determine AUI’s Profit Commission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if at any time following the second quarter of any calendar year the Company reasonably determines that, based on AUI’s projections, that the Company will not achieve the Minimum Annual Premium for such calendar year, the Company shall have the right, at its option, commencing July 15 of such calendar year, to engage up to two additional third parties to act as agents of the Company (each an “ Agent ”) to source insurance opportunities for the remainder of such calendar year and for the next calendar year (“ Non-Covered Business ”); provided , (A) that the Company shall not permit the Agent(s) to solicit, and the Company may not write any Non-Covered Business that was previously analyzed and declined by AUI, and (B) the Agent(s) shall be required to coordinate with AUI on business to be targeted and/or solicited by the Agent(s) to prevent solicitation or assumption of non-permitted business and competition by the Company’s agents on the same risks and to enable the Company’s overall portfolio to stay within appropriate PML constraints. Any Non-Covered Business sourced by the Agent(s) shall be subject to the approval of and shall be bound only by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) or his/her designee (but not in any event by any Designated Employee). Non-Covered Business will not be included in the calculation of any Fees.
(c)      If, in a calendar year in which the Company has engaged an Agent as provided in Section 2.06(b), AUI underwrites Covered Business that generates not less than the Minimum Annual Premium, then for each subsequent calendar year following a calendar year in which the Minimum Annual Premium requirement is met, unless otherwise agreed in writing by AUI, the business that can be solicited or underwritten by the Agent(s) on behalf of the Company shall be limited to Renewals of Non-Covered Business in force during the prior calendar year, and the Agent shall not be permitted to solicit, underwrite or bind any new business.
Section 2.07      Limitations of Authority .
(a)      AUI shall have no power or authority other than as granted and set forth herein and no other or greater power shall be implied from the granting or denial of powers specifically mentioned herein.
(b)      In addition to the other limitations expressly contained in this Agreement, AUI has no authority to:
(i)
authorize, bind or amend any Outward Reinsurance on behalf of the Company;

- 7 -


(ii)
incur any liability on behalf of the Company other than liability incurred pursuant to or in connection with Covered Business or Outward Reinsurance in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
(iii)
solicit, transact, quote, underwrite, bind or deliver policies contrary to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including but not limited to the following:
(A)
types of insurance policies other than as specifically set forth in the Underwriting Guidelines;
(B)
[reserved];
(C)
policies on risks which do not comply with any applicable forms, rules, rates, or filings of the Company or any applicable rating bureaus, or any applicable laws and regulations of the jurisdiction(s) in which the policy applies; and
(D)
policies which cover risks located in jurisdictions other than those allowed per the Underwriting Guidelines and/or jurisdictions where the Company is not authorized to write, or has not filed necessary rates, rules and forms for, such policies, to the extent such authorizations and/or filings are required;
(iv)
issue a guaranty (other than surety and other insurance products), other than as permitted expressly in writing by the Company;
(v)
hold itself out as an agent of the Company in any other manner, or for any other purposes, than as specifically prescribed in this Agreement; or
(vi)
settle or conduct lawsuits or other disputes other than disputes relating to Covered Business, Third Party Agreements or Outward Reinsurance in accordance with Sections 8, 10 and 11 of the Schedule of Services.
(c)      [Reserved]
(d)      If AUI recommends and the Company binds Covered Business which violates this Agreement, including the Underwriting Guidelines and/or the Business Framework, AUI shall promptly make reasonable best efforts to remove the Company as the insurer of any deviating risks or to have the risk assumed from the Company by another insurer or reinsurer.
(e)      AUI shall not waive any conditions or make any changes to the Company’s insurance policies, endorsements, applications, certificates of insurance or Third Party Agreements that would cause such contracts to no longer comply with the Underwriting Guidelines without the Company’s prior written approval.
(f)      [Reserved]
(g)      AUI has no authority to commit the Company to participate in voluntary insurance or reinsurance pools involving joint and several liability of insurers/reinsurers or joint ventures of any nature.
(h)      Except as provided in the Schedule of Services, AUI shall not use or authorize the use of the Company’s name, logo or service mark without the Company’s prior written consent.

- 8 -


Section 2.08      Underwriting Guidelines . The Underwriting Guidelines may only be amended upon the written agreement of AUI, the Company (as approved by the Board of Directors) and the Investment Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the agreement of the Investment Manager shall not be required if at such time the Investment Manager is no longer serving as the investment manager of the Company.
Section 2.09      Collections; Claims Account and Operating Account . AUI agrees to perform the following services with respect to the collection of amounts due to the Company and the maintenance of the Claims Account (as defined below) and the Operating Account (as defined below):
(a)      Claims Account . AUI agrees to perform the following services with respect to the collection of amounts due to the Company and the maintenance of the Claims Account:
(i)
AUI shall diligently seek to collect all Premiums, reinsurance recoverables and other funds due to the Company in connection with Covered Business. Third Party Agreements and any Outward Reinsurance and the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and promptly (but in no event later than 5 Business Days following receipt) deposit such payments into a separate bank account which shall be owned and established by the Company and to which AUI shall have full access and authority to make deposits and withdrawals (the “ Claims Account ”). All Premiums, reinsurance recoverables and other funds received by AUI on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be held by AUI in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company prior to being deposited in the Claims Account. AUI shall have the right to withdraw from the Claims Account Underwriting Fees, Servicing Expenses, taxes or other amounts due to AUI upon receipt by the Company of an invoice therefor and all other amounts to be paid by AUI on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement in respect of claim payments under Covered Business, premiums under Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and any adjustment or return premiums (“ Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals ”). AUI shall make no deductions from the Claims Account other than Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals unless authorized in writing by the Company.
(ii)
In the event that the Company receives any Premiums, reinsurance recoverables or other funds that AUI is authorized to collect pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall promptly return such amounts to the broker with the instructions for them to deliver such amounts correctly to AUI (and shall copy AUI on such correspondence).
(iii)
If the amount in the Claims Account is or is expected to be insufficient at any time (as reasonably determined by AUI after consultation with the Company), AUI may direct the Company to, or direct the Company to cause the Investment Manager to, deposit, within 5 Business Days, additional funds in the Claims Account in an amount identified by AUI such that, after making any pending or expected Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals, the available balance in the Claims Account will be sufficient to satisfy all such pending or expected Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals and operate the Company’s business.
(iv)
In the event that there are funds in the Claims Account in excess of those reasonably necessary to satisfy any pending or expected Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals, AUI shall notify the Company, and the Company shall withdraw the amount of such excess and deposit such funds in the Operating Account, the Investment Account and/or the Investment Grade Account.

- 9 -


(b)      Operating Account .
(i)
The Company shall maintain a separate bank account (the “ Operating Account ”) which shall be owned and established by the Company to satisfy its day‑to‑day operations and operating expenses other than any such obligations or expenses to be satisfied out of the Claims Account pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Company may withdraw amounts from the Operating Account from time to time as needed to pay such operating expenses (“ Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals ”).
(ii)
If the amount in the Operating Account is or is expected to be insufficient at any time (as reasonably determined by AUI after consultation with the Company), AUI may direct the Company to, or direct the Company to cause the Investment Manager to, deposit, within 5 Business Days, additional funds in the Operating Account in an amount identified by AUI such that, after making any pending or expected Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals, the available balance in the Operating Account will be sufficient to satisfy all such pending or expected Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals and operate the Company’s business.
(iii)
In the event that there are funds in the Operating Account in excess of those reasonably necessary to satisfy any pending or expected Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals, AUI shall notify the Company, and the Company shall withdraw the amount of such excess and deposit such funds in the Claims Account, the Investment Account and/or the Investment Grade Account.
(c)      AUI shall not co-mingle funds of the Company with any accounts of AUI. Reports and funds transfers to the Company shall be made in compliance with accounting and records requirements established by the Company.
ARTICLE III
SERVICES
Section 3.01      Services . AUI is authorized to, and hereby agrees to, in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework, perform the services set forth herein and on the Schedule of Services attached hereto as Exhibit B (collectively, the “ Services ” and Exhibit B , the “ Schedule of Services ”) in accordance with the terms hereof.
ARTICLE IV
COMPENSATION & EXPENSES
Section 4.01      Compensation and Expenses . AUI will be entitled to Fees and reimbursement of expenses in accordance with the fee schedule annexed hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Fee Schedule ”).
ARTICLE V
REPORTING
Section 5.01      Accounting Reports . (a) Within 30 days following the close of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2016, AUI will prepare and forward to the Company a statement of account (the “ Accounting Report ”), in a form acceptable to both AUI and the Company, setting forth the following items for the quarter under report with respect to Covered Business:
(i)      gross Premiums written and earned;

- 10 -


(ii)      ceded premiums written and earned;
(iii)      net Premiums written and earned;
(iv)      Origination Expenses written and earned;
(v)      any Fees (and adjustments thereto) and expenses pursuant to Section 5 of the Fee Schedule due for such fiscal quarter;
(vi)      any miscellaneous items as may be applicable;
(vii)      paid losses, loss adjustment expenses and reserve movements on a gross basis;
(viii)      balance of amounts due to or from the Company at the end of the quarter including Premiums receivable, funds withheld on behalf of Watford Re or others, losses payable, reinsurance balances payable, Fees due, paid losses, loss adjustment expenses recoverable and cash call advances from Watford Re, ARC or others;
(ix)      balance of loss reserves (case, IBNR, loss adjustment expense) and unearned Premium reserves on a gross and net basis;
(x)      the balance of the Claims Account and of the Operating Account (each an “ Account ” and together the “ Accounts ”) as of the end of such fiscal quarter (the reporting obligations set forth in this clause may be satisfied by delivery of a bank statement or statements);
(xi)      the amount of all collateral supporting the Covered Business written through the date of such Accounting Report;
(xii)      any additional information required to be reported as respects the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement; and
(xiii)      such other items as mutually agreed by the Company and AUI.
(b)      Within 60 days following the close of each fiscal year, AUI will prepare and forward to the Company a compilation of the information set forth in the Accounting Reports for the immediately preceding fiscal year.
Section 5.02      Underwriting Report . Within 30 days following the close of each calendar month, AUI will prepare and forward to the Company a detailed and itemized report (the “ Underwriting Report ”), in a form mutually agreed by AUI and the Company, setting forth the following:
(a)      a list of all Third Party Agreements bound by the Company hereunder during the previous calendar month;
(b)      a bordereau of all individual Covered Business activity during the calendar month including with respect to each Program Policy or other policy: the policy number, the Named Insured, the effective date and expiration date, the policy limit, the estimated Premium, the commission paid to the broker

- 11 -


and/or the Underwriting Third Party and such other specific data or information regarding such contracts as the Company may reasonably request;
(c)      such other items as mutually agreed by the Company and AUI.
Section 5.03      Reserves .
(a)    AUI shall recommend on a quarterly basis (within 30 days of the close of each fiscal quarter or more frequently as circumstances may require) reserves to be maintained by the Company in respect of Covered Business, and the Company shall make the final determination with respect to the final amounts of such reserves. The frequency of reserve reviews and recommendation as to reserves will be based on the same methodology and principles as are used by AUI’s Affiliates. The Company shall promptly deliver to AUI a report reconciling any differences between the reserves recommended by AUI and the final reserves booked by the Company and explaining in reasonable detail for each line of business the justification for any differences.
(b)      Within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (including, for the avoidance of doubt, year-end), AUI shall deliver to the Company, in a form to be agreed upon by AUI and the Company, all information and data in respect of Covered Business reasonably necessary for the Company to populate the underwriting-related schedules that the Company is required to report on annual statutory filings or otherwise required by the Company in connection with its quarterly financial statements.
Section 5.04      Reporting Timeframes after Initial Public Offering . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Parent consummates an initial public offering, AUI shall thereafter prepare and deliver to the Company the reports provided for in Sections 5.01, 5.02 and 5.03 within appropriate shorter timeframes to be mutually agreed such that the Company is able to provide information to the market and to investors and analysts in a timely manner after the close of each fiscal quarter and in any case within such timeframes as are usual and customary for public reinsurance companies.
Section 5.05      Holidays . If the last day on which a report may be prepared and forwarded is not a Business Day, then the report may be prepared or forwarded on the next Business Day.
ARTICLE VI
RECORDS
Section 6.01      Maintenance of and Access to Records . The Company shall provide to AUI all documentation relating to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance and the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement. AUI will keep full and accurate accounts, ledgers, books and records (including computer generated, recorded or stored records) (i) of all transactions pertaining to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance and the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, including contract forms, sales records, corporate and accounting records, financial records, compliance records, tax records, disclosure and other documents and filings required by law, (ii) of all correspondence (including but not limited to proof of mailing for all notices required by law or regulation) between AUI and any policyholders, agents, Underwriting Third Parties, Claims Third Parties, claimants, insurance departments or other regulatory agencies pertaining to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and (iii) clearly recording the deposits into and withdrawals from each Account ((i), (ii) and (iii) collectively, “ Books and Records ”); provided , however, that Books and Records will not

- 12 -


include any information or documentation in the possession of the Company that is not provided to AUI. The Company and its representatives shall, as they may from time to time reasonably request, have access to and the right to inspect and copy, at AUI’s main offices, during regular business hours, and upon reasonable notice, the copies of the Books and Records retained by AUI and all other documents, records, data and information concerning or relating to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and each Account that are not otherwise included in the Books and Records. AUI and its representatives shall, as they may from time to time reasonably request, have access to and the right to inspect and copy, at the Company’s main offices, during regular business hours, and upon reasonable notice, the copies of the Books and Records in the possession of the Company and all other documents, records, data and information concerning or relating to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and each Account that are not otherwise included in the Books and Records. AUI shall maintain all Books and Records required by this Agreement related to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement until 7 years after the expiration of the applicable contracts and shall maintain all Books and Records related to the Accounts until 7 years after AUI ceases to perform any services for the Company hereunder. AUI shall not destroy any such Books and Records without the Company’s prior written consent. AUI shall permit the Books and Records related to such Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Accounts to be audited by an auditor appointed by the Company at any time upon reasonable notice from the Company. AUI shall provide the Company with originals or copies of such Books and Records within 30 days of the Company’s request for such Books and Records at the Company’s expense and promptly following the termination or expiration of this Agreement, AUI shall deliver all Books and Records maintained by AUI pursuant to this ‎Article VI as directed by the Company at the time of such expiration or termination of this Agreement; provided, that AUI shall be entitled to make and retain one copy of such Books and Records. AUI shall not disclose any such Books and Records to any third parties without prior written consent of the Company unless required under applicable laws and regulations. This ‎Article VI shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
Section 6.02      Ownership of Records . The Company shall be the owner and entitled to possession of all Books and Records prepared by AUI in connection with the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, the Accounts and this Agreement; provided , that AUI shall be entitled to make and retain one copy of such materials.
ARTICLE VII
REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF AUI
From the date hereof and throughout the Term hereunder, AUI represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
Section 7.01      Licenses and Authorities .
(a)      Subject to Section 2.02(d), AUI has and shall at all times maintain all licenses and other registrations and authorities required by law or regulation to perform the services required to be performed by AUI hereunder except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on AUI, its performance of this Agreement or the Company. AUI has complied and will comply with

- 13 -


all applicable laws, rules, and regulations except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on AUI, its performance of this Agreement or the Company.
(b)      AUI represents and warrants that it is, and its officers, employees and agents are and will continue to be during the term of this Agreement and thereafter while providing any continuing services hereunder, authorized, licensed and qualified to perform any act set out in this Agreement, to the extent AUI or such officers, employees or agents are required to be authorized, licensed or qualified under applicable laws and regulations. AUI shall notify the Company promptly if AUI becomes aware that any of AUI’s officers, directors, owners, employees, or agents (i) has made, makes or is required to make a filing with any governmental authority seeking an exemption or consent under 18 U.S.C. § 1033(e)(2); (ii) has been or is convicted of any federal or state felony or any crime involving dishonesty, fraud or breach of trust; (iii) has been or is assessed any administrative penalties or fines involving dishonesty, fraud or breach of trust; or (iv) has had any licenses suspended, revoked or non-renewed.
(c)      AUI shall ensure it has producer, adjuster, business entity and other licenses required in any jurisdiction where AUI produces applications, adjusts claims or undertakes any activity under this Agreement that requires licensing prior to commencing such activity and at the request of the Company, provide copies of such licenses to the Company. AUI shall immediately notify the Company if any such license is suspended, terminated or expires.
Section 7.02      Status . AUI is a duly organized and validly existing Delaware corporation.
Section 7.03      No Breach . This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of AUI. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the performance of the services hereunder will not breach or conflict with AUI’s bye-laws or memorandum of association, nor with any agreement, covenant, or understanding (oral or written) to which AUI is bound.
Section 7.04      Authorization . The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by AUI have been duly and properly authorized by it.
Section 7.05      Ratings .
(a)      If at any time a Rating Agency communicates to the Company or AUI that it believes that any action or change with respect to the Company’s underwriting or underwriting strategy relating to Covered Business or Underwriting Guidelines is necessary to the Company maintaining a financial strength rating of at least “A” (or equivalent), the Company and AUI shall work in good faith to take any such actions or make any such changes, subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework. If, after working in good faith, the Company and AUI are unable to agree on such actions or changes to make, the Company, subject to the Allocation Protocol, may direct AUI to take any actions or make any changes the Company reasonably determines are necessary to the Company maintaining such Rating Agency financial strength rating of at least “A” (or equivalent); provided, that, if such actions or changes are not consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and/or Business Framework, any business resulting from such inconsistent action shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights available to AUI, any underwriting results arising from such business will, at AUI’s option, exercised within 5 Business Days of the later of the date such business is bound and the date on which AUI discovers or is notified that such business was bound, be excluded from the determination of the Profit Commission.
(b)      If at any time a Rating Agency (i) places the Company on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company has an “A” (or equivalent) financial strength rating or (ii) threatens

- 14 -


or advises a downgrade in the Company’s financial strength rating below “A” (or equivalent), and in either case such Rating Agency attributes such action to the Company’s underwriting, underwriting strategy or underwriting results (in each case, relating to Covered Business), or any actions of AUI, AUI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy such circumstances within 12 months to cause the negative outlook or threat of a downgrade to be removed by such Rating Agency, subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework. If, such circumstances cannot be remedied consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and/or Business Framework, the Company, subject to the Allocation Protocol, may direct AUI to take any actions or make any changes the Company reasonably determines are necessary to remedy such circumstances; provided, that, if such actions or changes are not consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and/or Business Framework, any business resulting from such inconsistent action shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights available to AUI, any underwriting results arising from such business will, at AUI’s option, exercised within 5 Business Days of the later of the date such business is bound and the date on which AUI discovers or is notified that such business was bound, be excluded from the determination of the Profit Commission.
Section 7.06      Underwriting Strategy . AUI acknowledges that the Board of Directors will undertake a process annually, or more frequently as necessary, to review all relevant facts and determine a business plan for the Company for the applicable succeeding year. In addition, the CEO will regularly assess the Company’s business, including its business plan, underwriting strategy, underwriting, underwriting results and the Underwriting Guidelines. AUI hereby agrees to furnish the Board of Directors and the CEO with the current underwriting strategy and the proposed underwriting strategy for the following year, which strategies shall be in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines, as well as any other information reasonably requested by the Board of Directors or the CEO. AUI agrees to work in good faith with the Company, the CEO and the Investment Manager to coordinate and align the underwriting strategy and the investment strategy with the Company’s business plan.
Section 7.07      Compliance with Laws . AUI shall be responsible for compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including managing general agency laws and regulations. If the performance of any duty or obligations hereunder constitutes the unauthorized practice of insurance by the Company in an applicable jurisdiction, AUI shall immediately notify the Company and this Agreement shall be immediately suspended in such jurisdiction.
Section 7.08      Notice of Certain Events . AUI shall promptly notify the Company of any lawsuits, regulatory actions, complaints from insurance departments or other regulatory agencies, non-routine complaints from policyholders or claimants, and material notices or requests from state insurance departments or other regulatory bodies received by AUI in connection with the Covered Business or otherwise in connection with the services provided herein.
Section 7.09      Expenses; Disputes . Except as explicitly provided hereunder, AUI shall not charge or commit the Company to any expense, agreement, payment, debt, settlement or obligation. Except as otherwise provided in ‎Sections 8, 10 and 11 of the Schedule of Services, AUI has no authority to litigate, arbitrate or settle any disputes or suits on behalf of the Company unless the Company has given its prior written consent.
Section 7.10      Change of Control . AUI will provide prompt written notice to the Company of any proposed (i) sale, transfer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or reorganization involving AUI; (ii) the acquisition by any person other than any AUI Affiliate of a more than 50% interest in, or ownership of, AUI; (iii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of assets representing more than 50% of the assets of AUI to a person other than any AUI Affiliate; or (iv) insolvency or bankruptcy filing of AUI.

- 15 -


Section 7.11      Staff; Designated Employees .
(a)    AUI shall maintain and/or contract for the services of such number of competent officers or employees as AUI reasonably determines is necessary to adequately service the Covered Business and otherwise carry out its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. AUI shall make available to the Company, on a non-exclusive basis, the AUI officers and employees listed on Exhibit E (the “ Designated Employees ”) to serve as employees of the Company and perform underwriting, claims handling and related services on behalf of the Company. The list of Designated Employees shall be subject to change from time-to-time as determined by AUI with the approval of the Company (by the CEO) not to be unreasonably withheld; provided , however, that any person who leaves the employ of AUI shall automatically cease to be a Designated Employee. Subject to Sections 2.02(b) and 2.07, the Designated Employees shall be responsible for (i) negotiating, underwriting and issuing Covered Business and Third Party Agreements that comply with the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework; (ii) providing indications, quotations and authorizations of terms and conditions for the issuance of Covered Business and Third Party Agreements; (iii) determining Premium rates and other underwriting terms and conditions with respect to the underwriting of Covered Business and Third Party Agreements, (iv) establishing commissions, fees and other expenses to be paid to Underwriting Third Parties, Claims Third Parties, agents, producers, brokers and other intermediaries in connection with the underwriting of the Covered Business and Third Party Agreements; (v) preparing and negotiating any related documents, including the arrangement of collateral facilities, if any, to be put in place, in connection with the underwriting of Covered Business and Third Party Agreements; (vi) negotiating and entering into commutations (whether partial or full), policy buy-backs and novations of Covered Business; and (vii) effecting cancellations of Covered Business and Third Party Agreements in accordance with their terms and applicable law. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, including the indemnification and exculpation provisions of Article X, AUI shall be responsible for actions taken or omitted to be taken by the Designated Employees as described in clauses (i) through (vii) above, other than actions or inactions taken (or omitted to be taken) at the direction of the Company.
(b)    The Board of Directors may appoint certain Designated Employees as officers of the Company (“ Designated Officers ”). The Designated Officers in their capacities as such shall be authorized to (i) negotiate and bind Outward Reinsurance on behalf of the Company; (ii) negotiate and execute related documentation with respect to Outward Reinsurance, including related broker of record letters and confidentiality agreements; (iii) negotiate and enter into commutations (whether partial or full) and novations of Outward Reinsurance; (iv) effect cancellations of Outward Reinsurance in accordance with their terms and applicable law; (v) investigate, adjust, compromise and authorize payment of claims within payment authority limits established by the Board of Directors (including, without limitation, review, payments, dispute handling, audits of Claims Third Parties); and (vi) initiate legal actions and contest, compromise or authorize settlement of any claims being asserted in a legal proceeding in connection with the Covered Business or Outward Reinsurance within authority limits established by the Board of Directors, provided, it is understood and agreed that Designated Officers shall, when acting in the capacity as officers of the Company, owe duties to the Company separate and apart from their duties as employees of AUI that include a duty to act in the Company’s best interest and in accordance with directives of the Board of Directors and other officers of the Company to whom they are subordinate.
Section 7.12      Underwriting Guidelines, Business Framework and Operating Guidelines . In performing its obligations under this Agreement, AUI shall at all times comply with the Business Framework, Underwriting Guidelines and, to the extent applicable, the Operating Guidelines; provided , however, that the Business Framework and Underwriting Guidelines shall not apply to Excepted Business.

- 16 -


ARTICLE VIII
REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF THE COMPANY
From the date hereof and throughout the Term hereunder, the Company represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
Section 8.01      Licenses and Authorities . The Company has and shall at all times maintain all licenses and other registrations and authorities required by law or regulation to conduct its business as contemplated by this Agreement. The Company has complied and will comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
Section 8.02      Status . The Company is a duly organized, licensed and validly existing New Jersey insurance company.
Section 8.03      No Breach . This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Company. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the performance of the services hereunder will not breach or conflict with the Company by-laws or memorandum of association, nor with any agreement, covenant, or understanding (oral or written) to which the Company is bound, and will not adversely affect the application for issuance or the validity of any license of the Company.
Section 8.04      Authorization . The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by the Company have been duly and properly authorized by it.
Section 8.05      Use of Name . The Company shall not use or authorize the use of AUI’s name, logo or service mark in any advertising or promotional materials without AUI’s prior written approval.
Section 8.06      [Reserved]
Section 8.07      [Reserved]
Section 8.08      Third Party Administrative Services . The Company may engage one or more third parties to perform on the Company’s behalf any necessary administrative services that are not to be performed by AUI hereunder.
Section 8.09      Leased Employees . The Company shall lease the Designated Employees from AUI and shall take such corporate action as is necessary or advisable to ensure that each Designated Employee is duly authorized to perform the functions set forth in Section 7.11 on behalf of the Company.
Section 8.10      Investment Manager . The Company shall not replace or change the Investment Manager without AUI’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and shall consult with AUI prior to selecting any other investment manager. The Company shall not agree to amend or waive any provision or term of Section 10 of the Investment Management Agreement without the prior written consent of AUI.
ARTICLE IX
TERM; TERMINATION
Section 9.01      Term . This Agreement is to be effective as of the date first above written (the “ Effective Date ”). The initial term of this Agreement will expire on December 31, 2020 (such period, the “ Initial

- 17 -


Term ”); provided , however, that the term of this Agreement will automatically renew for a five-year period following the Initial Term if neither the Company nor AUI gives written notice to the other party that it will not renew at least 24 months prior to the end of the Initial Term. Thereafter, the term will continue to renew for successive five-year periods unless either party gives notice to not renew at least 24 months before the end of the then-current term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall automatically expire or terminate coincident with the expiration or termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement. The period from the Effective Date until the expiration of the Initial Term together with any successive term(s) or the earlier termination of this Agreement pursuant to the foregoing sentence or ‎Section 9.02 shall be referred to as the “ Term.
Section 9.02      Termination .
(a)      The occurrence of any of the following (each, a “ Company Termination Event ”) shall constitute a Company Termination Event:
(i)
(A) any public authority cancels or declines to renew AUI’s license or certificate of authority, (B) AUI is prevented from performing its obligations under this Agreement by any regulatory authority or (C) AUI is unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement for any reason, and in each case AUI has not remedied and fully cured such circumstance within 90 Business Days;
(ii)
material non-compliance by AUI with any material law applicable to it in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company or AUI’s performance hereunder and has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company or discovery by AUI;
(iii)
AUI intentionally breaches the Underwriting Guidelines, where such breach could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and AUI shall have failed to cure such deviation (either by causing an AUI Affiliate to assume the inappropriate risks from the Company or otherwise) within 30 Business Days of the earlier of (x) the date on which AUI management becomes aware of any such deviation, and (y) the date on which AUI receives notice of such deviation from the Company; provided , however, that for avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no material breach of such Underwriting Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred (A) if the Company and the Investment Manager have agreed in writing to an amendment to such Underwriting Guidelines such that AUI’s actions under the amended Underwriting Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (B) if such breach is approved by the Company’s CEO in writing prior to binding a deviating contract or (C) if such breach is pursuant to instructions provided by the Company;
(iv)
a downgrade in the Company’s financial strength rating from a Rating Agency below “A-” (or equivalent) which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to underwriting relating to Covered Business; provided, that if such a downgrade in such Rating Agency rating would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on writing business or the Company, then such downgrade shall not be deemed a breach;
(v)
(A) a Rating Agency has placed the Company on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company has an “A-” (or equivalent) financial strength rating which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to underwriting relating to Covered Business, and (B) AUI has failed to adequately correct such circumstances within 12 months; provided, that if

- 18 -


such negative outlook and failure to correct would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on writing business or the Company, then such negative outlook and failure to correct shall not be deemed a breach;
(vi)
failure by AUI (or the Designated Employees as the case may be) to use substantially the same standard of care and process in underwriting business (other than Excepted Business) and handling claims on behalf of the Company as AUI’s insurance and reinsurance company Affiliates use in respect of their retained insurance and reinsurance business, as applicable, taking into account the Underwriting Guidelines, the Business Framework, the Company’s risk tolerances and investment assumptions, and any directions of the Company, which failure has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company; or
(vii)
a change of control of AUI that results in a breach of AUI’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, which breach has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company.
(b)      The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an AUI termination event (each, a “ AUI Termination Event ”):
(i)
the determination by AUI that the termination of this Agreement is necessary or advisable to comply with any current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to AUI or its affiliates;
(ii)
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or Parent;
(iii)
material non-compliance by the Company with any material law or regulation applicable to the Company (other than any non-compliance resulting from AUI’s action or failure to act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company and has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from AUI or discovery by the Company;
(iv)
non-payment of a material amount due to AUI or failure to deposit funds or cause the deposit of funds in the Claims Account as required under Section 2.09(a)(iii), which failure has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from AUI;
(v)
any material failure of the Company or any Designated Employee acting (or failing to act) upon instruction from the Company to comply with Section 2.02(b) and the Company shall not have cured such failure within 90 Business Days of the earlier of (x) the date on which Company management becomes aware of it and (y) the date on which the Company receives notice of such failure from AUI; or
(vi)
[Reserved].
(c)      Upon the occurrence of a Company Termination Event, the Company may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to AUI a written notice of termination indicating the Company Termination Event causing such termination and the effective date of such termination.
(d)      Upon the occurrence of a AUI Termination Event, AUI may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written notice of termination indicating the effective date

- 19 -


of such termination (and, unless AUI is terminating this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(i) or (iv), such effective date shall take into consideration such reasonable transition period as may be requested by the Company).
Section 9.03      Effect of Termination . The rights and obligations of the Parties following the expiration of the Term of this Agreement or following a termination pursuant to Section 9.02 are as set forth on Exhibit H hereto (the “ Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations ”)
ARTICLE X
INDEMNIFICATION & EXCULPATION
Section 10.01      Indemnification by the Company . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless AUI and its members, managers, officers, partners, Affiliates and employees (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”) suffered or sustained by an Indemnified Person by reason of the fact that he, she or it was an Indemnified Person, including, without limitation, any judgment, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action or proceeding; provided, that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent such Indemnifiable Losses resulted from an action or inaction, or mistake of judgment, taken by an Indemnified Person that constituted fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company will advance to any Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation and/or defense of any such action or proceeding. If for any reason (other than such Indemnified Person’s fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction) the indemnification described in this paragraph is unavailable to any Indemnified Person in connection to an Indemnifiable Loss, or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such Indemnifiable Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Person, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also any other relevant equitable considerations
Section 10.02      No Guarantees; Exculpation . All business underwritten for the Company’s account will be the Company’s risk. The Company will bear all of the risk with regard to all of the lines of business written or facilitated by AUI and/or its delegates on behalf of the Company. AUI has not made and does not make any representation, warranty or guarantee whatsoever as to the success or profitability of any line of business or AUI’s underwriting methods and strategies, and the Company has not relied on any representation, warranty or guarantee from AUI or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives, and has not entered into this Agreement in consideration of or in reliance upon any such representation, warranty or guarantee from AUI or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives. No Indemnified Person will be liable to the Company for any Indemnifiable Losses suffered by the Company in connection with any matters to which this Agreement relates, including, but not limited to, underwriting losses, except those Indemnifiable Losses resulting from (x) such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct, or (y) material intentional breaches of the Underwriting Guidelines by AUI, which breaches are not cured within 90 days of the earlier of (A) the date on which AUI becomes aware of such breach, and (B) the date on which AUI receives a notice of such breach from the Company; provided , however, that for avoidance of doubt, it is

- 20 -


agreed and understood that no breach of the Underwriting Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred where (A) the Company and the Investment Manager have agreed in writing to an amendment to such Underwriting Guidelines such that AUI’s actions under the amended Underwriting Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (B) if the alleged breach was approved by the CEO in writing or (C) if such breach is pursuant to instructions provided by the Company. An Indemnified Person may consult with reputable legal counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors in respect of any matters to which this Agreement relates, and shall not be liable to the Company for any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors; provided, that such counsel, accountants, consultants and other advisors shall have been selected and monitored with reasonable care.
ARTICLE XI
CONFIDENTIALITY
Section 11.01      Confidentiality .
(a)      Each Party hereby acknowledges that, as a result of the performance of this Agreement, it has and will acquire non-public information with respect to the other Party and its affairs, including: (i) information relating to the business, finances, underwriting strategy, underwriting results, methods of operation, business plans, marketing strategies and other information relating to AUI and its Affiliates and/or the Company and its Affiliates and (ii) other trade secrets and proprietary information of AUI and its Affiliates and/or the Company and its Affiliates ((i) and (ii) hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Confidential Information ”).
(b)      During the term of this Agreement, and at all times thereafter, each Party shall, and shall cause each of its or its Affiliate’s directors, officers, employees and agents (such Persons, collectively “ Covered Persons ”) to, keep confidential (to the extent required hereby) all Confidential Information of the other Party that any of them may obtain and not to use such Confidential Information for any purpose other than in the course of the performance of this Agreement.
(c)      The foregoing restrictions shall not apply with respect to any Confidential Information (i) previously known to either Party through a source, to such Party’s knowledge, not bound by any obligation to keep such Confidential Information confidential, (ii) lawfully obtained by either Party from a source other than the other Party, which source, to such Party’s knowledge, is not bound by any obligation to keep such Confidential Information confidential, (iii) the disclosure of which by a Covered Person is necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement (which, for avoidance of doubt, may include disclosure by Covered Persons of Confidential Information to prospective clients and reinsurers for the purpose of generating business), provided , however, that such disclosure referred to in this clause (iii) shall be limited to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the rights of the other Party with respect to its Confidential Information, and that as a condition to disclosing any Confidential Information to any person who is not bound by a duty of confidentiality to such other Party, such person shall be informed of the confidentiality obligations hereunder, or (iv) independently developed by either Party without reference to the Confidential Information.
(d)      A Party may disclose any Confidential Information if and as required as a result of any governmental investigation, court order, subpoena, deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, civil investigative demand, or similar legal duress, and to the extent reasonably necessary for such Party or any of its Affiliates to comply with applicable securities laws and regulations and stock exchange requirements and the applicable regulations of other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over such Party or any of its

- 21 -


Affiliates; provided , however, that the disclosing Party, to the extent practicable, shall first (i) notify the other Party in writing of such contemplated disclosure, (ii) consult with the other Party on the advisability of taking steps to resist or narrow the scope of such disclosure, and (iii) if disclosure is required or deemed advisable, assist the other Party at such other Party’s expense in any attempt that such Party may take to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the Confidential Information so disclosed.
(e)      Notwithstanding anything provided in this ‎Section 11.01, Confidential Information of the Company may be disclosed with the prior written consent of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01      Relationship of the Parties . Nothing contained herein shall create an employer/employee relationship between the Company and AUI. Except as expressly granted by the other Party in writing, neither Party shall have any authority, express or implied, to act as an agent of the other Party or its subsidiaries or Affiliates under this Agreement. It is not the intent of the Parties hereto to create, nor should this Agreement be construed to create, a partnership, joint venture or employment relationship among or between the Parties (including their respective officers, employees, agents or representatives).
Section 12.02      Entire Agreement; Integration of Rights . This Agreement, together with the Investment Management Agreement and the other documents and agreements executed by the Parties on the Effective Date, contain the entire understanding of the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings (except for the Investment Management Agreement) among the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and each Party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the other documents and agreements executed by the Parties on the Effective Date.
Section 12.03      Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except with the prior written consent of the other Party, neither Party may pledge, assign, transfer, either in whole or in part, its rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the foregoing, AUI may subcontract and/or delegate its obligations under this Agreement to its Affiliates or non-Affiliates, including, without limitation, to AIGI and ACSI under the Administrative Services Agreements and to Claims Third Parties and Underwriting Third Parties; provided , however, that the Administrative Services Agreement between AUI and AIGI shall be subject to prior written approval by the Company, and the implementation of any amendment or supplement thereto which has or may have a material adverse effect upon the services to be rendered to, or costs to be incurred by, the Company also shall be subject to prior written approval of the Company, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
Section 12.04      Rights in the Event of Receivership .
(a)      In the event that the Company is placed in receivership or control of the Company is seized by the Commissioner pursuant to N.J.S.A. 17:30C-1 et seq., (i) all of the rights of the Company under this Agreement shall extend to the receiver or Commissioner, and (ii) all books and records of the Company shall immediately be made available to the receiver or the Commissioner, and shall be turned over to the receiver or Commissioner immediately upon the receiver's or the Commissioner's request. AUI shall have the right to make and maintain copies, at its own expense,

- 22 -


of any books or records made available, or turned over, to the receiver or Commissioner in accordance with this Section 12.04.
(b)      For the avoidance of doubt, the fact that the Company has been placed in receivership or control of the Company has been seized by the Commissioner pursuant to N.J.S.A. 17:30C-1 et seq. shall not serve as an independent basis for AUI to terminate this Agreement.
(c)      AUI shall continue to maintain any systems, programs, or other infrastructure reasonably required to provide the Services in accordance with this Agreement notwithstanding a seizure of the Company by the Commissioner pursuant to N.J.S.A. 17:30C-1 et seq., and AUI shall make such systems, programs, or other infrastructure available to the receiver, in accordance with this Agreement, for so long as AUI continues to receive timely payment for Services rendered.
Section 12.05      Specific Performance . The parties recognize and agree that if for any reason any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached, immediate and irreparable harm or injury would be caused for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, each Party agrees that, in addition to any other available remedies, any other Party shall be entitled to an injunction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement without the necessity of posting a bond or other form of security. In the event that any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, no Party will allege, and each Party hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law.
Section 12.06      Notices . Any notice, direction, instruction, acknowledgment or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and addressed to the parties as follows:
If to the Company:
Watford Specialty Insurance Co.
445 South Street, Suite 230
Morristown, New Jersey 07960
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Telephone No.: (973) 753-1331
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.:  (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.:  (212) 878-8063

- 23 -


If to AUI:
Arch Underwriters Inc.
445 South Street, Suite 220
P.O. Box 1988
Morristown, NJ 07962-1988
Attn:  Chief Executive Officer
(973) 898-9575
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Cahill Gordon & Reindel, LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No.:  (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.:  (212) 701-3323
If to the Investment Manager:
HPS Investment Partners, LLC
40 West 57th Street, 33rd Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Kathy Choi
Telecopier No.:  (212) 520-3848
Telephone No.:  (212) 287-5548
Section 12.07      Binding Effect . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, AUI, each Indemnified Person, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any person that is not a signatory to this Agreement, but is nevertheless conferred any rights or benefits hereunder, e.g., members, managers, officers, directors, partners, Affiliates and employees of AUI or the Company and others who are entitled to indemnification hereunder, will be entitled to such rights and benefits as if such person were a signatory hereto, and the rights and benefits of such person hereunder may not be impaired without such person’s express written consent.
Section 12.08      Amendment and Waiver . No assignment, amendment, modification, or termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless such assignment, amendment, modification, or termination is (i) filed with the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (“ NJDOBI ”) at least 30 days prior to the proposed effective date, (ii) not disapproved by the NJDOBI, (iii) made in writing, and (iv) signed by the Parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Underwriting Guidelines may be changed, modified or amended in accordance with ‎Section 2.08.
Section 12.09      Governing Law . This Agreement is to be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
Section 12.10      Arbitration . Any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, facsimile, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in New York, New York or such other place as the parties may mutually agree.

- 24 -


Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person Arbitration Panel selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS•U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. If any dispute involves AUI and both the Company and Watford Re (and/or Parent), the latter entities shall be considered to be one Party. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS•U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party, and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration.
Section 12.11      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 12.12      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.
Section 12.13      Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and will not affect the rights of the parties to this Agreement.
Section 12.14     Survival. The provisions of Sections 2.09 (but only to the extent required by Exhibit H ) and 9.03 hereof, Articles VI, X, XI and XII hereof and Exhibits C and H hereto will survive the termination of this Agreement.

- 25 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of this 28 th day of February, 2017.
WATFORD SPECIALTY INSURANCE CO.
 
 
By:
/s/ Alexandre Scherer
 
Name:  Alexandre Scherer
 
Title:  President & CEO
 
 
ARCH UNDERWRITERS INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ Jerome Halgan
 
Name:  Jerome Halgan
 
Title:  President & CEO
 
 
Solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections  ‎2.08, ‎9.02(a)(iii), 12.07, and ‎12.13:
 
 
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Faith Rosenfeld
 
Name:  Faith Rosenfeld
 
Title:  Chief Administrative Officer

- 1 -


EXHIBIT A
Underwriting Guidelines
1. PML Guidelines:
(a)
Probable maximum loss (“ PML ”) arising from natural catastrophes will be modeled for each peak peril and peak zone in the Company’s portfolio consistent with the modeling approach then used by AUI Affiliates in their reinsurance business. The modeled PML, net of all reinsurances, for a 1-in-250 year event for each peak peril and peak zone will not exceed 10% of the Company’s PHS.
All lines of business with natural catastrophe exposure will be included in the projected portfolio PML, including property, marine, aviation, personal accident, and worker’s compensation catastrophe covers. Any Non-Covered Business and/or Excepted Business shall be excluded.
(b)
The peak zones/perils for the portfolio are expected to include:
Florida/Hurricane, U.S. Gulf/Hurricane, Northeast /Hurricane,
Los Angeles/Earthquake, San Francisco /Earthquake, New Madrid fault/
Earthquake

(c)
Modeled PML, net of all reinsurances, arising from any Man Made Realistic Disaster Scenario (“ RDS ”) will not exceed, net of all reinsurances, 10% of the Company’s PHS. RDS defines industry insured losses arising from specified events, and it is commonly used in the industry to monitor peak exposures primarily at Lloyd’s. For each line of business, the RDS used to monitor the Company’s portfolio will be the same as the RDS used by AUI Affiliates to monitor their reinsurance portfolios.
(d)
Consistent with the approach then used by AUI Affiliates in their reinsurance business, the largest known aggregate limit exposed per Original Named Insured will be monitored for each line of business in the Company’s portfolio with a soft limit of 5% of the Company’s PHS, net of all reinsurances.
2.    Lines of Business To Be Written
All individual statutory lines of business permitted by the Company’s license authority.
3.     Third Party Agreements
All Third Party Agreements shall comply with these Underwriting Guidelines.
4.    Type of Coverage
The Company will write insurance business
5.    Outward Reinsurance

A-1



AUI may make recommendations and identify opportunities for policy-specific or program-specific Outward Reinsurance. Only Designated Officers may negotiate and bind any Outward Reinsurance on behalf of the Company. Outward Reinsurance up to an amount of $20,000,000 limit any one risk and/or any one occurrence and up to 25% of such policy’s or program’s estimated gross Premium are authorized by these Underwriting Guidelines and may be bound by any Designated Officer. AUI may make recommendations for other Outward Reinsurance, but any program-specific Outward Reinsurance with estimated annual ceded premium in excess of such amount and any whole account Outward Reinsurance are considered to be outside the Underwriting Guidelines and may be placed only with the approval of the CEO.
6.    Non-Covered and Excepted Business
These Underwriting Guidelines shall not apply to Non-Covered Business and/or Excepted Business.


A-2



EXHIBIT B
Schedule of Services
Section 1.     Services . Subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework (except in connection with Excepted Business) and the limitations of authority provided in ‎Section 2.07 of this Agreement, AUI is authorized to, and hereby agrees to, perform the following services on behalf of the Company:
(a)
Formulate the Company’s overall portfolio of Covered Business in conformance with the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework (except in connection with Excepted Business);
(b)
Solicit, negotiate and bind Covered Business and Third Party Agreements that comply with the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework (except in connection with Excepted Business);
(c)
Supervise the Designated Employees, except as respects the Reserved Services;
(d)
Maintain on behalf of the Company at least one copy of the operative documentation with respect to any Covered Business underwritten hereunder to the extent provided to it by the Company;
(e)
Retain service providers in the ordinary course and establish fees to be paid to such service providers by or for the account of the Company in connection with services as may be needed from time to time with respect to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements Outward Reinsurance and the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement;
(f)
Administer Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance and the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement;
(g)
Undertake such other usual and customary activities and services as may be necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing, including without limitation those provided in clauses (i) through (vii) of Section 7.11(a) of the Agreement;
(h)
Employee benefit plan and human resources services;
(i)
Payroll-related administrative support services;
(j)
Assistance with the preparation of federal, state and local tax returns;
(k)
Accounting (including, without limitation, financial reporting including quarterly and annual statements and statutory audits, Premium invoice/collection, individual bordereau for collections/reconciliation, data entry, accounting/financial audits);
(l)
Corporate compliance (including enterprise risk management and Sarbanes-Oxley controls);

B-1



(m)
Financial examination coordination;
(n)
Policy and underwriting legal services;
(o)
Policy forms – drafting, review and development;
(p)
Policy issuance;
(q)
Regulatory compliance;
(r)
Investment oversight;
(s)
Statistical reporting;
(t)
Underwriting compliance (including, without limitation, systems review, cash handling, audits of Underwriting Third Parties); and
(u)
Assist the Company to formulate, implement and maintain a business continuity and disaster response preparation plan to address reasonably foreseeable risks to the continuity of the Company’s business in the event of a catastrophic event.
Section 2.     Actuarial and Other Services . AUI agrees to provide actuarial support and other services to the Company with respect to the Covered Business, including the following:
(a)
preparation of pricing indications and projections of profitability on Covered Business;
(b)
compiling aggregate limit and probable maximum loss data;
(c)
analyzing historical loss information and estimating loss reserves, as applicable;
(d)
booking of event specific paid loss and reserves;
(e)
booking of IBNR;
(f)
preparation of quarterly claims and financial reports with contract level information;
(g)
preparation of quarterly report explaining financial results for the quarter;
(h)
preparation of quarterly exposure aggregation accumulation report;
(i)
assist the Company in the formulation of the Company’s business plan, to be revised at least annually;
(j)
assist the Company in identifying the level of risk being assumed for Covered Business; and
(k)
update the Company at least quarterly as to the level of Premium earned or expected to be earned for the current fiscal year. If notified by the Company that the level of Premium income earned or expected to be earned by the Company is falling short of the objectives set forth in the business plan (i.e., the objective metrics to be agreed), AUI will offer such advice as is reasonably requested by the Company to permit the Company to examine (i) the current state of the property and casualty insurance market, (ii) the Company’s existing and potential

B-2



lines of business and (iii) the Company’s current objectives. In such event, the Company and AUI will work together in good faith with a view towards determining the extent to which the Premium earned by the Company can be increased by adding contracts which are within the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework, and are profitable on a modeled expected basis, or the taking of other actions, such as returning capital to Shareholders, without risking the Company’s then-current Rating Agency ratings.
Section 3.     ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement . AUI shall be responsible for record-keeping, accounting, reporting and other administrative services in respect of the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement.
Section 4.     Outward Reinsurance . AUI shall be responsible for record-keeping, accounting, reporting and other administrative services in respect of Outward Reinsurance.
Section 5.     Cooperation with Company Auditors, etc . AUI shall cooperate as reasonably necessary with the Company and the Company’s independent auditors in the annual and quarterly financial statement audits of the Parent and of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP and in the audit of statutory financial statements of the Company as required by Bermuda law.
Section 6.     Advertising and Promotion . AUI shall have the authority to use the Company’s name, logo or service mark in advertising or promotional material, including electronic material(s), and to prepare, print, publish and mail descriptive brochures and other promotional material related to the possible issuance by the Company of Covered Business.
Section 7.     Origination Expenses . AUI shall pay when due, from funds in the Claims Account, all applicable Origination Expenses.
Section 8.     Claims . The Company’s insureds and any Underwriting Third Parties shall be directed to send all notices of claims under Covered Business underwritten hereunder to the Company and/or any Claims Third Party as may be applicable. The Designated Officers or other duly authorized officers of the Company and/or any Claims Third Party as may be applicable shall review such notices and determine on behalf of the Company whether to pay, deny or settle all claims under the Covered Business underwritten hereunder and control the investigation, adjustment, negotiation, settlement or defense of any claims in connection with such Covered Business and prepare, submit and handle any claims in respect of Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement to reinsurers of the Company. The Designated Employees may advise and assist any Designated Officer or other duly authorized officer of the Company in any such investigation, adjustment, negotiation, settlement or defense of such claims provided that any such Designated Employee (other than a Designated Officer) shall not make any determination to contest, compromise or authorize payment of any claim; provided further , that the Designated Employees (including Designated Officers) shall conduct any such investigation, adjustment, negotiation, settlement or defense of any claims in the same manner as if they were performing such services with respect to business of AUI’s Affiliates; provided further , that the payment or settlement of any claim in excess of $1 million shall be subject to the prior approval of the CEO of the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

B-3



Section 9.     Regulatory Inquiries and Customer Complaints. Upon the Company’s request, AUI shall advise and assist the Company with any inquiry, request or complaint from an insurance department, other regulatory agency, policyholder or claimant relating to Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement or the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement. A copy of both the original inquiry and the Company’s response shall be promptly provided to the AUI.
Section 10.     Salvage and Subrogation . AUI shall exercise all the rights of the Company to pursue and control salvage and subrogation recoveries in connection with Covered Business using outside attorneys, experts, advisers, consultants, witnesses and investigators determined by AUI as necessary; provided , that AUI shall pursue any such recoveries in the same manner as if it were pursuing such recoveries with respect to business of its Affiliates. When so requested in writing by AUI, the Company shall, at the expense of the Company, join in any pursuit of salvage and subrogation recoveries in connection with Covered Business.
Section 11.     Litigation and Arbitration . AUI shall promptly notify the Company of the initiation of any suit, arbitration proceeding or other legal proceeding against the Company or AUI served on AUI, or of any written or significant oral threat to initiate any suit, arbitration proceeding or other legal proceeding against the Company or AUI received by AUI. AUI shall promptly supply the Company with a description of the nature of such claim, suit, arbitration proceeding or other legal proceeding. AUI shall manage the investigation, negotiation, settlement or defense of any legal proceedings in connection with Covered Business or Outward Reinsurance, provided, that only a Designated Officer or other officer of the Company may make any decision to initiate any legal proceeding or contest, compromise or authorize payment with respect to any claim being asserted in such legal proceeding or otherwise to discontinue or terminate such proceeding. Both the selection and compensation of attorneys to represent the Company in any legal proceeding shall be approved in writing by the Company such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall have the right after consultation with AUI to terminate the employment of any attorney, which in the Company’s reasonable opinion, has not performed in a satisfactory manner.
Section 12.     Notices Received by the Company . In the event the Company receives any notice, inquiry, complaint or claim or any written or significant oral threat to initiate legal proceedings relating to Covered Business, Third Party Agreements or Outward Reinsurance, the Company shall promptly (i) notify AUI, (ii) forward to AUI any such notices of or other correspondence relating to inquiries, complaints, claims or legal proceedings against the Company that it receives other than from AUI and (iii) inform the sending party (with a copy to AUI) to direct further notices and correspondence to AUI.


B-4



EXHIBIT C
Fee Schedule
Section 1.     Definitions . Capitalized terms not defined in this Fee Schedule shall have the meanings provided in the Agreement to which this Fee Schedule is attached. The following definitions will apply for purposes of determining AUI’s fees hereunder:
Acquisition Expenses ” for any period, means as respects Covered Business the Retained Percentage of (A plus B plus C minus D, where A = Underwriting Fees, B = Origination Expenses net of the amount ceded to the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance, and C = Servicing Expenses, and D = ceding commissions earned on Outward Reinsurance net of amounts credited to the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement).
Adjusted Combined Ratio ” for each Underwriting Year means the Combined Ratio for such Underwriting Year minus the UW Investment Ratio for such Underwriting Year.
All Ceded Reinsurance ” means the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and Outward Reinsurance
Annual Premium ” means for any Underwriting Year as respects any calendar period Double Net Earned Premium during such calendar period in respect of Covered Business written during such Underwriting Period or, at AUI’s option as respects any underwriting transaction that does not generate earned Premium or for which earned Premium over a period of twelve months is not a reasonable proxy for cash collected (such as, without limitation, a loss portfolio transfer or an adverse development cover), cash collected on such transaction net of cash ceded under All Ceded Reinsurance.
Anticipated Duration Treasury Note Rate ” means for any month-end in respect of any Underwriting Year, the Treasury note rate for the duration which corresponds to the average weighted duration of the Covered Business written in the previous Underwriting Year as estimated by AUI; in the event that there is no published Treasury note rate for such duration, the rate shall be determined by linear interpolation of the published rates for the next shortest and longest durations for which published rates are available.
Applicable Percentage ” means for each Underwriting Year (A-B)/A, where: A = Gross Earned Premium less earned premium ceded under Outward Reinsurance, and B = earned premium ceded under the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement. The Applicable Percentage at any given time shall be estimated on the basis of the information available at such time and shall be revised as more information becomes available (on a quarterly basis) with appropriate adjustments to be made to any prior payments made based on prior estimates.
Calculation Date ” means close of business on December 31 of the relevant calendar year to which the calculation pertains.
Combined Ratio ” for each Underwriting Year means (i) the sum of Incurred Loss and Incurred Acquisition Expenses for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date divided by (ii) Double Net Earned Premium for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date.

C-1



Cumulative UW Float ” means for any Underwriting Year as respects any calendar year the sum of the UW Float for each period for which Profit Commission, if any, has been determined from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date.
Cumulative UW Investment Income ” means, for any Underwriting Year the sum of UW Investment Income for such Underwriting Year for each calendar year during the period from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date; provided , howeve r , that Cumulative UW Investment Income shall never be less than zero.
Dollars ” means United States Dollars.
Double Net Earned Premium ” for any Underwriting Year means Net Earned Premium net of earned premium ceded under Outward Reinsurance.
Extra Contractual Obligations ” means any liability arising out of or in connection with Covered Business (whether in relation to claims handling or otherwise) imposed on the Company, including, without limitation, any settlement, judgment or award against the Company, for any amount that is not within the terms or conditions of the contract (including in excess of policy limits) in favor of an underlying cedent, an underlying cedent’s insured or any other claimant.
Gross Earned Premium ” for any Underwriting Year means gross Premium earned on Covered Business written during such Underwriting Year by the Company.
Incurred Acquisition Expense ” for each Underwriting Year, means all Acquisition Expenses allocated to such Underwriting Year.
Incurred Loss ” means, for each Underwriting Year, all paid and outstanding Loss incurred by the Company plus IBNR in respect of Covered Business written during such Underwriting Year, in each case net of All Ceded Reinsurance.
Loss ” means all loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra-Contractual Obligations.
Loss Adjustment Expense ” means allocated and unallocated loss adjustment expense including, without limitation, fees of any Claims Third Party to the extent not based on written or earned Premium and fees of outside counsel consulted in claims negotiations, litigation, arbitrations, settlements or similar actions.
Net Earned Premium ” for any Underwriting Year means Gross Earned Premium written by the Company net of the sum of earned premium ceded under the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, or, at AUI’s option, as respects any underwriting transaction that does not generate earned Premium or for which earned Premium over a period of twelve months is not a reasonable proxy for cash collected (such as, without limitation, a loss portfolio transfer or an adverse development cover), cash collected on such transaction net of cash ceded under the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement or the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement.
Operating Expenses ” for any calendar year means the Company’s general and administrative expenses for such calendar year, to the extent not included in Origination Expenses or Servicing Expenses, including, without limitation, amounts paid for employee compensation and benefits, directors’ fees, travel and entertainment, office operating expenses (including, without limitation, rent, utilities and supplies), information technology costs (including maintenance fees), professional fees for consultants,

C-2



counsel, auditors and accountants, taxes, liability insurance and first-party insurance premiums, State license fees, amortization and depreciation, subscriptions, bank fees. For the avoidance of doubt, Operating Expenses do not include Fees.
Other Expense Factor ” means for any calendar year 1.00 minus (one-half of the Operating Expenses for such calendar year divided by Gross Earned Premium for all Underwriting Years during such calendar year).
Paid Loss ” for any Underwriting Year as respects any calendar period means Loss actually paid during such calendar period in respect of Covered Business written during such Underwriting Year net of recoveries under All Ceded Reinsurance.
Profit Commission Percentage ” means (i) 96% minus the Adjusted Combined Ratio for such Underwriting Year, multiplied by (ii) 0.50.
Quarterly Fees ” means the Underwriting Fee and Run-Off Fee.
Retained Percentage ” means 1 minus the Ceded Percentage under the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement.
Seconded Employee ” means any Designated Employee and any employee of ARC seconded to AUI to assist AUI in performing services pursuant to this Agreement.
Seconded Employee Expenses ” for any period of time means the sum for every Seconded Employee of Allocated Costs paid by AUI to ARC in respect of such Seconded Employee for such period of time pursuant to the Employees Leasing Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2015, between AUI and ARC (“Employees Leasing Agreement”). For purposes of clarity, “Allocated Costs” are defined in the Employees Leasing Agreement as A x B x C, where:
A = the Seconded Employee’s annual salary and target bonus;
B = the percentage of such Seconded Employee’s time dedicated to the provision of Insurance Services (as that term is defined in the Employees Leasing Agreement) pursuant to the Employees Leasing Agreement during such period of time; and
C = 1.8.
Underwriting Year ” means a calendar year during the Term or that portion of a calendar year which is included in the Term where the Term incepts and/or terminates during a calendar year.
UW Float ” means, for each Underwriting Year as respects each calendar year, (a) UW Investment Income for the prior calendar year, if any, plus (b) the product of the Annual Premium for such Underwriting Year during such calendar year and the Other Expense Factor, minus (c) the sum of the following amounts attributable to such Underwriting Year (I) that were paid by the Company during such calendar year: (i) Paid Loss; (ii) Run Off Fee net of the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement; and (iii) Profit Commission; and (II) Acquisition Expenses incurred in respect of Annual Premium earned during such calendar year.
UW Investment Income ” means, for each calendar year as respects each Underwriting Year, (i) the average of the Cumulative UW Float for such calendar year and the Cumulative UW Float for the preceding calendar year multiplied by (ii) the UW Year Investment Rate for such Underwriting Year.

C-3



UW Investment Ratio ” for each Underwriting Year shall be equal to the ratio derived by dividing Cumulative UW Investment Income for such Underwriting Year by Double Net Earned Premium for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date.
UW Year Investment Rate ” means (i) for the first Underwriting Year, the simple average of the 3-year Treasury note rates as at the end of each month of such Underwriting Year and as of the last Business Day of the month preceding such Underwriting Year, and (ii) for each subsequent Underwriting Year, the simple average of the Anticipated Duration Treasury Note Rates as at the end of each month of such Underwriting Year and as of the last Business Day of the month preceding such Underwriting Year. For the avoidance of doubt, as respects any Underwriting Year which is a calendar year, this will be an average of 13 rates, and the UW Year Investment Rate will not change for such Underwriting Year as respects subsequent calendar periods.
UY Average FX Rate ” means, for each Underwriting Year, the simple average of the applicable foreign exchange rate as at the last Business Day of each month of such Underwriting Year and as of the last Business Day of the month preceding such Underwriting Year. For the avoidance of doubt, as respects any Underwriting Year which is a calendar year, this will be an average of 13 rates, and the UY Average FX Rate will not change for such Underwriting Year as respects subsequent calendar periods.
Section 2.     AUI Fees.
(a)
Underwriting Fee . So long as any Covered Business remains in force (including any Renewals thereof (other than Excluded Business) actually written by the Company during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement as contemplated in clause (a) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations), AUI shall be entitled to receive (by way of deduction from the Claims Account pursuant to Section 2.09(a) of the Agreement) each quarter in respect of all Covered Business an underwriting fee (the “ Underwriting Fee ”) equal to 3.00% of the product of Gross Earned Premium and (1 minus the weighted average Ceded Percentage under the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement for such quarter).
(b)
Profit Commission . AUI shall be entitled to receive a profit commission payable as set forth in Section 4(b) below (the “ Profit Commission ”) for each Underwriting Year in an amount equal to (i) the Profit Commission Percentage for such Underwriting Year multiplied by (ii) Double Net Earned Premium for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date; provided , however, that if the Adjusted Combined Ratio for an Underwriting Year is equal to or greater than 96%, the Profit Commission Percentage for such Underwriting Year shall be zero; and provided further that the foregoing Profit Commission calculations shall exclude from Covered Business Excluded Business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and AUI agree to determine the Profit Commission for the Company and the profit commission(s) for any affiliate(s) of the Company that are also domiciled in the United States and for which AUI provides services comparable to those under this Agreement on a consolidated basis for the purposes of calculating a single aggregate profit commission under this Agreement and the comparable agreement(s) of such affiliate(s), and the Company and each such affiliate shall be charged proportionately to what their respective individual profit commissions would have been in the absence of consolidation for the aggregate profit commission so determined.

C-4



(c)
Run-Off Fee . Following termination of this Agreement, so long as any Covered Business remains in force, in compensation for post-termination services to be provided by AUI as contemplated in clauses (a) and (c) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations, AUI shall be entitled to receive (by way of deduction from the Claims Account pursuant to Section 2.09(a) of the Agreement) a quarterly run-off fee (the “ Run-Off Fee ”) equal to .25% of the average of gross unearned Premiums and Loss reserves (including IBNR) for Covered Business in force during such quarter; provided , however, that no Run-Off Fee shall be payable to AUI in the event of a termination subject to clause (b) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations; and provided further, that the Company may, at its option, seek bona fide market quotes for the runoff of the Covered Business in force at termination within 30 Business Days of such termination, which quotes shall include all associated costs (including transition costs), in which case the Run-Off Fee shall be adjusted (up or down) to equal such market quote (the average if more than one quote is obtained).
(d)
Other Fees. A portion of the Investment Manager’s Performance Fee will be shared with AUI to the extent owed pursuant to an agreement among the Investment Manager, AUI and the Company.
Section 3.     Currency . All amounts used to calculate AUI Fees shall be in Dollars, and all AUI Fees shall be paid in Dollars. If Premium and/or Loss amounts from any Covered Business are recorded in a currency other than Dollars, such amounts shall be converted to Dollars at the UY Average FX Rate.
Section 4.     Payment of Fees .
(a)
Quarterly Fees shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears. Within 60 days following the end of each calendar quarter for which Quarterly Fees are owed, AUI shall calculate the Quarterly Fees due for such calendar quarter and deliver a detailed invoice to the Company. The Quarterly Fees may be withdrawn by AUI from the Claims Account as set forth in Section 2.09(a) of the Services Agreement. To the extent the Claims Account is insufficient to pay the Quarterly Fees, the Company shall pay them to AUI from other funds. If Quarterly Fees are owed in connection with Renewals of Covered Business during the three-year period after termination or expiration of this Agreement and if, as contemplated by clause (a)(vi) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations, the Company has retained an alternate service provider to provide services in connection with runoff of the book in force at termination or expiration, the Company shall, or shall cause such alternate service provider to, calculate the Quarterly Fees due for each such calendar quarter, deliver a statement explaining such calculations and pay such amounts to AUI.
(b)
The Profit Commission due for each Underwriting Year shall be calculated annually, earned over four years paid in arrears and thereafter adjusted annually over the ensuing fifteen years, as follows: Within 60 days following the end of each Underwriting Year, AUI shall calculate the Profit Commission due for such Underwriting Year and deliver a detailed invoice to the Company. Profit Commissions shall be due and payable no later than March 15 following the end of each Underwriting Year (or calendar year subsequent to the Term). With respect to each Underwriting Year, the Profit Commission shall be paid as follows: 40% on the first March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year, 60% on the second March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less the amount paid the preceding year); 80% on the third March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less amounts paid in the preceding years); and 100% on the fourth March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less amounts paid in the preceding years), with adjustments to continue to be made for fifteen years thereafter. If any calculation of Profit Commission determines that AUI was overpaid in prior years, the amount of any such

C-5



overpayment shall be a deduction from Profit Commissions for other Underwriting Years due from the Company to AUI in the Profit Commission Report. Amounts owed to and from the parties for various Underwriting Years shall be offset against each other, and only the net amount shall be due; provided, however , that if the aggregate balance which otherwise would be due from the Company to AUI as of any March 15 for all Underwriting Years is negative, such amount shall not be due from AUI to the Company at such time, and the relevant experience shall be carried forward as respects determination of future Profit Commissions.
Section 5.     Expenses .
The Applicable Percentage of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred directly in connection with or pursuant to AUI’s performance of services pursuant to, and exercise of its duties under, this Agreement will be paid or reimbursed by the Company from time-to-time (but no less frequently than quarterly), including, without limitation:
(i)
Fees paid to AIGI and ACSI for administrative services pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreements and/or costs incurred by AUI to subcontract and/or delegate, pursuant to Section 12.03 of this Agreement, except for fees owed to Claims Third Parties and Underwriting Third Parties;
(ii)
Seconded Employee Expenses;
(iii)
Fees for industry statistical research and data related to lines of business targeted for the Company;
(iv)
Third-party diligence expenses related to underwriting audit, transactional audits, and claims audits of existing or prospective insurance and reinsurance contracts;
(v)
Fees of outside counsel consulted in the negotiation of Covered Business or Outward Reinsurance, or related to Premium collections, claims negotiations, litigation, arbitrations, settlements or similar actions;
(vi)
Expenses incurred in connection with obtaining legal, tax, financial and accounting advice and the advice of other consultants and experts, and expenses of, or incurred in connection with obtaining, any other third-party service provider, in each case on behalf of the Company but exclusive of Loss Adjustment Expense ; and
(vii)
Fees (including, without limitation, of outside counsel) incurred in connection with compliance with legal requirements and corporate formalities.
Section 6.     Allocation .
The fees and charges paid by the Company to AUI shall be allocated by the Company in compliance with SSAP No. 70. In addition, all fees and charges paid by the Company to AUI shall be reasonable in compliance with N.J.S.A .17:27-4A-4.a(1).


C-6



EXHIBIT D
Operating Guidelines
In performing the services required hereunder in connection with Covered Business, AUI shall ensure that it and each Designated Employee shall follow in all respects the guidelines set forth below:
1.    At all times no fewer than six (6) persons employed by AUI and responsible for underwriting insurance will be Designated Employees. Designated Employees will carry business cards identifying themselves as employees of the Company. The Company will compensate AUI for the provision of the Designated Employees as provided in the Fee Schedule.


D-1



EXHIBIT E
Designated Employees
Jay Bishop
Jessica Bongiorno
William Bernens
William Cameron
Paul Cucchiara
Tom Hettinger
Peder Moller
Doug Morrison
Gina Pilla
Richard Horrigan
Lisa Mullany
Megan Everett-Hoffman
John Willemsen
Sherry Merber
Dan Shea
Bill Hopkins
Daniel Mintz
Joshua Hackett
Jessica Ruppe

E-1



EXHIBIT F
Business Framework
Foundational Premise . AUI will perform its duties under the Services Agreement in accordance with the same high standard of care and degree of knowledge, skill and judgment that AUI’s Affiliates apply to their insurance and reinsurance business, as applicable.
Targeted Watford Portfolio . Using the same methodology as AUI’s Affiliates use for risks assumed into their portfolios and the same modeling tools as AUI’s Affiliates utilize for their business (“ Arch Model ”), AUI will endeavor to build a distinct portfolio for the Company of insurance business that has a projected ROE greater than 15% in the aggregate net of the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and Outward Reinsurance.* In making such projections, AUI will use required capital consistent with AUI’s Affiliates’ then-current model for rating agency requirements (presently based on Standard & Poor’s) utilizing appropriate assumptions as respects the Watford Expense Factor, the Watford Investment Return Rate and the Company’s then-current rating. Any business to be assumed by the Company shall be subject always to the Underwriting Guidelines.
Watford Expense Factor ” means an estimated factor determined by AUI in its reasonable discretion in respect of the Company’s (i) Origination Expenses and Servicing Expenses, plus (ii) Underwriting Fees. For the First Underwriting Year, the Servicing Expenses shall be estimated to be equal to the Applicable Percentage of 10% of the Gross Written Premium.
Watford Investment Return Rate ” means (i) with respect to Year 1, 4.0%, and (ii) with respect to each subsequent year, a rate to be mutually agreed between the Company and AUI; provided , that such rate shall be determined not later than 60 days prior to the end of the prior calendar year and shall be not less than the average 3-year U.S. treasury security rate for the prior ninety calendar days plus 300 basis points.
AUI will decide, in its full discretion, whether to approve authorization of the Company’s entry into any Third-Party Agreement or assumption of any individual risk and the layer and share it deems appropriate to authorize. Any such approval may be subject to authorizations by AUI’s Affiliates for their portfolios; provided , that, to the extent that AUI has recommended a participation for the Company on a risk and such risk comes up for Renewal at any anniversary (Year 2 and beyond), AUI will approve authorization of Renewal of the expiring participation on behalf of the Company as it deems appropriate for the Company, independent of what Arch authorizes for its portfolio.
In general, AUI will not recommend or approve authorization of a line for the Company where the client/broker has indicated to AUI that a Company participation will not be taken up.
AUI’s Affiliates will continue to underwrite business for their own distinct portfolios in accordance with their own policies, strategies, business plans, etc. Other than with respect to the Company’s Renewals as described above, AUI’s Affiliates may, in their discretion, authorize for themselves up to the full amount of an offered participation notwithstanding that such participation would also be suitable for the Company (“ Allocation Protocol ”).
*AUI does not guarantee that business recommended to the Company will meet the targeted ROE. Actual ROE likely will deviate from ROE projections (whether positively or negatively), possibly substantially. For the avoidance of doubt, this Business Framework shall not apply to Non-Covered Business and Excepted Business.

F-1



EXHIBIT G
Rating Agencies
A.M. Best Company, Inc.


G-1



EXHIBIT H
Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations
(a)
In the event (A) AUI gives written notice that it will not renew this Agreement under Section 9.01, (B) AUI terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(i), (C) the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(i), (ii), (iv), (v), (vi) or (vii), or (D) this Agreement is terminated under Section 9.01 as a consequence of termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement, and the termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement is based on a provision thereof corresponding to (A), (B) or (C), then effective upon termination:
(i)
For a one-year period following termination or expiration, neither AUI nor any AUI Affiliate shall compete with the Company for ( i.e., solicit or bind) Renewals of any Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement; provided , however, that nothing shall prohibit AUI or any AUI Affiliate from soliciting or binding a Renewal of business written by any AUI Affiliate which is in-force at or immediately prior to such termination or expiration; provided further , that after such one-year period, both the Company and AUI or its Affiliates shall be free to compete for Renewals of Covered Business;
(ii)
If any Renewals of Covered Business (other than Renewals of Excluded Business) are actually written by the Company during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration, the Underwriting Fees set forth in the Fee Schedule shall be due and payable to AUI in respect of such Renewals;
(iii)
the Company and AUI shall be free to compete for Renewals of any Excluded Business and/or Non-Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement;
(iv)
AUI will have no further authority hereunder, either directly or indirectly to underwrite any new Covered Business on behalf of the Company or to renew any Covered Business on behalf of the Company;
(v)
any employees or officers leased to the Company shall be terminated by the Company, and any such officers of the Company shall cease to be officers of the Company, as of the termination or expiration date;
(vi)
during the three-year period following the date of termination, the Company shall not directly or indirectly solicit or hire any former leased underwriters or dual officers or any other underwriters of AUI or any AUI Affiliate;
(vii)
AUI shall continue to provide the services set forth herein with respect to Covered Business (for the avoidance of doubt, other than any Non-Covered Business), Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement until all such Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith have been settled or commuted and shall have the option to terminate any Covered Business on a runoff or cutoff basis or to commute such Covered Business in accordance with the terms of such Covered Business or in agreement with the counterparties thereto; provided , however, that if the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(i), the Company shall retain an alternate service provider to provide such services in connection with the runoff of the book in force

H- -1


at termination or expiration (such alternate service provider to be subject to the approval of AUI not to be unreasonably withheld); and
(viii)
any Fees and expenses due under this Agreement prior to termination or accruing after the termination shall continue to be payable in accordance with the Fee Schedule as respects services rendered by AUI prior to termination; provided , however, that if the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(i), AUI shall not be entitled to receive any Run Off Fees.
(b)
In the event (A) the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(iii), or (B) this Agreement is terminated under Section 9.01 as a consequence of termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement, and the termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement is based on Section 9.02(a)(iii) thereof, then effective upon termination:
(i)
For a one-year period following termination or expiration, neither AUI nor any AUI Affiliate shall compete with the Company for ( i.e., solicit or bind) Renewals of any Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement; provided , however, that nothing shall prohibit AUI or any AUI Affiliate from soliciting or binding a Renewal of business written by any AUI Affiliate which is in-force at or immediately prior to such termination or expiration; provided further , that after such one-year period, both the Company and AUI or its Affiliates shall be free to compete for Renewals of Covered Business;
(ii)
the Company and AUI shall be free to compete for Renewals of any Excluded Business and/or Non-Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement;
(iii)
AUI will have no further authority hereunder, either directly or indirectly to underwrite any new Covered Business or renew any Covered Business on behalf of the Company or to provide any other services in respect of the Covered Business, the Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement or the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement;
(iv)
any employees or officers leased to the Company shall be terminated by the Company, and any such officers of the Company shall cease to be officers of the Company, as of the termination or expiration date;
(v)
during the three-year period following the date of termination, the Company shall not directly or indirectly solicit or hire any former leased underwriters or dual officers or any other underwriters of AUI or any AUI Affiliate; and
(vi)
any Fees and expenses due under this Agreement prior to termination or accruing after the termination shall continue to be payable in accordance with the Fee Schedule as respects services rendered by AUI prior to termination.

H- -2


(c)
In the event (A) the Company gives written notice that it will not renew this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.01, (B) AUI terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) , or (C) this Agreement is terminated under Section 9.01 as a consequence of termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement, and the termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement is based on a provision thereof corresponding to (A) or (B), then effective upon termination:
(i)
AUI will have no further authority hereunder, either directly or indirectly to underwrite any new Covered Business or renew any Covered Business on behalf of the Company;
(ii)
the Company and AUI shall be free to compete for Renewals of any Excluded Business and/or Non-Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement;
(iii)
any employees or officers leased to the Company shall be terminated by the Company, and any such officers of the Company shall cease to be officers of the Company, as of the termination or expiration date;
(iv)
during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration, the Company shall not solicit or bind any Renewals of Covered Business (other than any Excluded Business) in-force at termination or expiration of this Agreement and shall not otherwise compete for business formerly produced through AUI (other than any Excluded Business);
(v)
AUI shall continue to provide the services set forth herein with respect to Covered Business (for the avoidance of doubt, other than any Non-Covered Business), Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement until all such Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith have been settled or commuted and shall have the option to terminate any Covered Business on a runoff or cutoff basis or to commute such Covered Business in accordance with the terms of such Covered Business or in agreement with the counterparties thereto; provided , however, that if AUI terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(iv), the Company may not thereafter withdraw any funds from the Claims Account for deposit into the Investment Account or Investment Grade Account until all Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith are settled or commuted and all Fees and expenses due to AUI under this Agreement have been received by AUI in full;
(vi)
any Fees and expenses due under this Agreement prior to termination or expiration or accruing after the termination or expiration shall continue to be payable in accordance with the Fee Schedule as respects services rendered by AUI prior or subsequent to termination or expiration; provided , however, that if AUI terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(iv), the Company may not thereafter withdraw any funds from the Claims Account for deposit into the Investment Account or Investment Grade Account until all Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith have been settled or commuted and all Fees and expenses due to AUI under this Agreement have been received by AUI in full; and
(vii)
during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration, the Company shall not directly or indirectly solicit or hire any Designated Employees or any other employees of AUI or any AUI Affiliate.

H- -3
Exhibit 10.3

WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY


ARCH UNDERWRITERS INC.,



and,
solely for the limited purposes set forth herein,


HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC


 

SERVICES AGREEMENT

 




TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
1

 
 
 
 
 
Section 1.01
Definitions
1

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE II APPOINTMENT & AUTHORITY
5

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.01
Appointment; Acceptance
5

 
Section 2.02
Exclusivity
5

 
Section 2.03
[Reserved]
5

 
Section 2.04
Operating Guidelines
5

 
Section 2.05
Instructions; Performance Standards
6

 
Section 2.06
Minimum Annual Premium
6

 
Section 2.07
Limitations of Authority
7

 
Section 2.08
Underwriting Guidelines
8

 
Section 2.09
Collections; Claims Account and Operating Account..
8

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE III SERVIC E S
9

 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.01
Services
9

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE IV COMPE N SATION & EXPENSES
9

 
 
 
 
 
Section 4.01
Compensation and Expenses
9

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE V REPORTING
10

 
 
 
 
 
Section 5.01
Accounting Reports
10

 
Section 5.02
Underwriting Report
10

 
Section 5.03
Reserves
11

 
Section 5.04
Reporting Timeframes after Initial Public Offering
11

 
Section 5.05
Holidays
11

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VI RECORDS
11

 
 
 
 
 
Section 6.01
Maintenance of and Access to Records
11

 
Section 6.02
Ownership of Records
12

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VII REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF AUI
12

 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.01
Licenses and Authorities
12

 
Section 7.02
Status
13


- i -


 
Section 7.03
No Breach
13

 
Section 7.04
Authorization
13

 
Section 7.05
Ratings
13

 
Section 7.06
Underwriting Strategy
14

 
Section 7.07
Compliance with Laws
14

 
Section 7.08
Notice of Certain Events
14

 
Section 7.09
Expenses: Disputes
14

 
Section 7.10
Change of Control
14

 
Section 7.11
Staff: Designated Employees
14

 
Section 7.12
Underwriting Guidelines, Business Framework and Operating Guidelines
15

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF THE COMPANY
15

 
 
 
 
 
Section 8.01
Licenses and Authorities
15

 
Section 8.02
Status
15

 
Section 8.03
No Breach
15

 
Section 8.04
Authorization
15

 
Section 8.05
Use of Name
15

 
Section 8.06
[Reserved]
16

 
Section 8.07
[Reserved]
16

 
Section 8.08
Third Party Administrative Services
16

 
Section 8.09
Leased Employees
16

 
Section 8.10
Investment Manager
16

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE IX TERM; T E RMINATION
16

 
 
 
 
 
Section 9.01
Term
16

 
Section 9.02
Termination
16

 
Section 9.03
Effect of Termination
18

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE X INDEMNI F ICATION & EXCULPATION
18

 
 
 
 
 
Section 10.01
Indemnification b y the Com p an y
18

 
Section 10.02
N o Guarantees: Excul p ation
18

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE XI CONFID E NTIALITY
19

 
 
 
 
 
Section 11.01
Confidentiality
19

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS
20

 
 
 
 
 
Section 12.01
Relationship of the Parties
20


- ii -


 
Section 12.02
Entire Agreement: Integration of Rights
20

 
Section 12.03
Assignment
20

 
Section 12.04
Specific Performance
20

 
Section 12.05
Notices
21

 
Section 12.06
Binding Effect
22

 
Section 12.07
Amendment and Waiver
22

 
Section 12.08
Governing Law
22

 
Section 12.09
Arbitration
22

 
Section 12.10
Counterparts
22

 
Section 12.11
Severability
22

 
Section 12.12
Headings
22

 
Section 12.13
Survival
22

Exhibits
Exhibit A:
Underwriting Guidelines
Exhibit B:
Schedule of Services
Exhibit C:
Fee Schedule
Exhibit D:
Operating Guidelines
Exhibit E:
Designated Employees
Exhibit F:
Business Framework
Exhibit G:
Rating Agencies
Exhibit H:
Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations



- iii -


SERVICES AGREEMENT
This SERVICES AGREEMENT (this " Agreement "), effective as of August 1, 2016, is entered into by and among Watford Insurance Company, a New Jersey domiciled insurance company (the " Company "), Arch Underwriters Inc., a Delaware corporation (" AUI ") and, solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections 2.08, 9.02(a)(iii), 12 . 07, and 12.13, HPS Investment Partners LLC (F/K/A Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (the " Investment Manager "). The Company and AUI may be referred to herein individually as a " Party " and collectively as the " Parties " .
R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, the Company has been incorporated and licensed as an insurer in New Jersey and is in the process of obtaining approvals as an excess and surplus lines carrier in other states and jurisdictions;
WHEREAS, AUI has been incorporated in Delaware and is in the process of obtaining appropriate licenses in New Jersey and other states and jurisdictions;
WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain AUI to provide the services described herein, and AUI wishes to provide such services; and
WHEREAS, the Company and AUI have all requisite authority to enter into this Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01     Definitions . The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:
" Account(s) " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.0l(a)(x).
" Accounting Report " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.0l(a).
" Acquisition Expenses " has the meaning set forth in the Fee Schedule.
" ACSI " means Arch Capital Services Inc.
" Administrative Services Agreements " means the Administrative Support Services Agreements between AUI and AIGI and between AUI and ACSI, each of even date herewith .
" Affiliate " of a specific Person means a Person that (at the time when the determination is to be made) directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person.
" Agreement " means this Services Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.
" AIGI " means Arch Insurance Group Inc.
" Allocation Protocol " has the meaning set forth in the Business Framework .



" ARC " means Arch Reinsurance Company.
" ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement " means the Variable Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between the Company and ARC of even date herewith.
" AUI " has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
" AUI Termination Event " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(b).
" Bermuda Services Agreement " means the Services Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014, among Watford Re Ltd., Watford Holdings Ltd., Arch Underwriters Ltd. and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, the Investment Manager, as supplemented and amended.
" Board of Directors " means the Board of Directors of the Company .
" Books and Records " has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 .
" Business Framework " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.0l(a).
" Business Da y " means any day on which banks are open for business in New York, New York.
" C EO " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b) .
" Claims Account " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a)(i).
" C laims Third Part y " means a third party to whom the Company has delegated the right and/or duty to receive, adjust or otherwise administer individual claims in respect of Program Policies issued by the Company.
" Company " has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
" Company Termination Event " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a) .
" Confidential Information " has the meaning set forth in Section 11.0l(a).
" Covered Business " means all insurance contracts issued by or on behalf of the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Program Policies and Excepted Business) as such contracts may be amended and/or endorsed other than Non-Covered Business.
" Covered Persons " has the meaning set forth in Section 11.0l(b).
" Customer " means an insured or prospective insured or other counterparty or prospective counterparty of Covered Business, or agent, broker or other intermediary acting on any of their behalf.
" Designated Employees " has the meaning set forth in Section 7.11.
" Excepted Business " means Covered Business that is not subject to the Business Framework or the Underwriting Guidelines pursuant to Sections 2.02(b), 2.06(b) (other than Non-Covered Business), 7.05(a) and/or 7.05(b).
" Excluded Business " means Excepted Business for which AUI has exercised its option pursuant to Sections 2.02(b), 2.06(b), 7 . 05(a) and/or 7.05(b) to exclude from calculation of its Profit Commission.

- 2 -


" Fee Schedule " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.
" Fees " means the Underwriting Fee, the Profit Commission, the Run-Off Fee, and the other fees payable to AUI as described in the Fee Schedule.
" GAAP " shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.
" Government Authority " means any legislature, executive branch or governmental department, commission, board, agency, court, tribunal or instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Company.
" Indernnifiable Losses " has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 .
" Indemnified Person " has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01. "Initial Term" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
" Investment Account " has the meaning set forth in the Investment Management Agreement.
" Investment Grade Account " has the meaning set forth in the Investment Management Agreement.
" Investment Management Agreement " means that certain Investment Management Agreement, dated of even date herewith, by and among the Company, the Investment Manager and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, AUI, as supplemented and amended.
" Investment Manager " has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
" Minimum Annual Premium " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a).
" Non-Covered Business " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).
" Operating Account " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(b).
" Operating Guidelines " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.
" Origination Expenses " means (i) commissions, fees and other expenses directly allocable to the issuance of Covered Business and owed by the Company to third-party agents (including, without limitation, any Underwriting Third Parties), brokers, producers or other intermediaries, and (ii) without duplication of clause (i), any premium taxes and other similar taxes, if any, payable by the Company with respect to Covered Business. For the avoidance of doubt, Origination Expenses do not include Servicing Expenses, any Fees or the one time start up fee paid to AIGI.
" Outward Reinsurance " means facultative reinsurance, quota share reinsurance, excess of loss treaty reinsurance, or other reinsurance or retrocessions ceded by the Company other than the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement.
" Parent " means Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability.
" Party " has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
" Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a)(i).
" Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(b)(i).

- 3 -


" Person " means any individual, company, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization, Government Authority or other entity.
" PHS " means the Company's policyholders' surplus as set forth on the Company's most recent audited statutory financial statements as of the relevant date.
" Premium " means the premium and all other amounts payable to the Company on Covered Business.
" Profit Commission " has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) of the Fee Schedule.
" Program Policies " means policies issued on behalf of the Company by an Underwriting Third Party or by the Company as recommended or directed by an Underwriting Third Party.
" Rating Agencies " means the rating agency or agencies set forth on Exhibit G , as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of AUI and the Company.
" Renewal " of any contract means a succeeding contract with the same Customer (or its Affiliates), either identified by the Customer as a "renewal" or covering substantially the same class(es) of business, on substantially the same layer (if not proportional), and on substantially the same terms and conditions.
" Run-Off Fee " has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) of the Fee Schedule.
" Schedule of Services " has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.
" Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(b) .
" Services " has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.
" Servicing Expenses " means the expenses paid or payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Fee Schedule, Run-Off Fees and fees of any Claims Third Party to the extent based on written or earned Premium.
" Shareholders " means the holders of common shares of the Parent.
" Target Percentage " means 15 % for 2016, 35 % for 2017 and 50 % thereafter.
" Term " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 .
" Third Party Agreement " means an agreement with an Underwriting Third Party and/or a Claims Third Party.
" Underwriting Fee " has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of the Fee Schedule.
" Underwriting Guidelines " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.0l(a).
" Underwriting Report " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.
" Underwriting Third Party " means a third party to whom the Company has delegated the right and/or duty to bind, issue, endorse or otherwise underwrite and/or administer individual policies issued on behalf of the Company, but always provided that such delegation is established by a Third Party Agreement consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines.

- 4 -


" Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement " means the Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between the Company and Watford Re of even date herewith.
" Watford Re " means Watford Re Ltd.
ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT & AUTHORITY
Section 2.01     Appointment; Acceptance.
(a)
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the Business Framework attached hereto as Exhibit F (the " Busine s s Framework ") and the Underwriting Guidelines of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit A (a s amended from time to time in accordance with Section 2.08, the " Underwriting Guidelines "), th e Company hereby appoints AUI to formulate the Company's overall portfolio of insurance and to exercise full discretion in the management of the Company's portfolio, including soliciting, negotiating, supervising the underwriting of and administering, but not binding, contracts providing insurance coverage by the Company, Third Party Agreements and any Outward Reinsurance, and provide the services and exercise the authorities specified in this Agreement. AUI hereby accepts such appointment by executing this Agreement.
(b)
AUI shall have the authority expressly conferred on it by this Agreement to provide the services described in this Agreement.
Section 2.02     Exclusivity .  (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.06 of this Agreement, during the term hereof (i) AUI shall be the exclusive third-party provider to the Company of the services described herein during the term of this Agreement, and (ii) except as agreed to in writing by AUI or as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no third-party other than AUI (and other than ACSI, AIGI, and, as provided herein, any Underwriting Third Party and/or any Claim Third Party) shall provide to the Company services in the nature of those specified in this Agreement to be provided by, or exercise on behalf of the Company the authorities conferred on, AUI pursuant to this Agreement.
(b) AUI will analyze all existing and prospective Covered Business, Third Party Agreements and Outward Reinsurance opportunities for the Company and will provide its recommendation on such contracts and opportunities to the Company. The Company agrees that it will not, and will instruct the Designated Employees not to, take any actions inconsistent with AUI's recommendation with respect to any Covered Business, Third Party Agreement or Outward Reinsurance without the prior approval of AUI (subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework), except as otherwise provided by Section 2.06 or 7.05. Any business resulting from any such inconsistent action shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights available to AUI, any underwriting results arising from any breach of this Section 2.02(b) will, at AUI's option, exercised within 5 Business Days of the later of the date such business is bound and the date on which AUI discovers or is notified that such business was bound, be excluded from the determination of the Profit Commission.
(c) AUI shall be permitted to provide to its Affiliates and third parties other than the Company services similar to those described in this Agreement ; provided, however, that any such provision of services to third parties does not interfere with AUI satisfying its obligations hereunder, including pursuant to the Exhibits hereto.
Section 2.03     [Reserved] .
Section 2.04     Operating Guidelines. AUI shall provide the services specified in this Agreement in accordance with and subject to the Operating Guidelines attached as Exhibit D to this Agreement (the " Operating Guidelines ") .

- 5 -


Section 2 . 05     Instructions; Performance Standards .
(a) AUI shall follow such instructions as are reasonably given to it from time to time by the Company regarding the services rendered under this Agreement; provided that, except as expressly contemplated in Section 7 . 05, such instructions may not require AUI to act or refrain from acting in any manner not consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework . The Company shall give all such instructions to AUI in writing and shall specify a reasonable amount of time in which to allow AUI to take appropriate action.
(b) Performance Standards . AUI agrees to perform under this Agreement in accordance with the standard of care that is reasonably to be expected of a professional insurance underwriter and with the standard of care which is exercised by AUI's Affiliates with respect to their own insurance and reinsurance business, subject to and taking into account the Underwriting Guidelines, the Business Framework and the Company's risk tolerances and investment assumptions.
Section 2.06     Minimum Annual Premium.
(a)
AUI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to produce Covered Business for the Company that generates gross written Premium (but net of cessions under the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement) in each calendar year at least equal to the Target Percentage of the average of the Company's beginning and year-end book value (the " Minimum Annual Premium ") .
(b)
During each calendar year, AUI will make quarterly projections as to whether Minimum Annual Premium will be met for such calendar year and shall advise the Company if a shortfall is projected. In such event, AUI will reasonably cooperate with the Company to attempt to identify a cure for any projected shortfall, including considering whether insurance business that does not meet the requirements of the Business Framework and/or Underwriting Guidelines should be pursued by AUI ; any such business deviating from the Business Framework and/or Underwriting Guidelines shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights available to AUI, any underwriting results shall, at the option of AUI, exercised within 5 Business Days of the date such business is bound, be excluded from the results used to determine AUl's Profit Commission . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if at any time following the second quarter of any calendar year the Company reasonably determines that, based on AUI's projections, that the Company will not achieve the Minimum Annual Premium for such calendar year, the Company shall have the right, at its option , commencing July 15 of such calendar year, to engage up to two additional third parties to act as agents of the Company ( each an " Agent ") to source insurance opportunities for the remainder of such calendar year and for the next calendar year (" Non-Covered Business "); provided, (A) that the Company shall not permit the Agent(s) to solicit, and the Company may not write any Non-Covered Business that was previously analyzed and declined by AUI , and (B) the Agent(s) shall be required to coordinate with AUI on business to be targeted and/or solicited by the Agent(s) to prevent solicitation or assumption of non-permitted business and competition by the Company's agents on the same risks and to enable the Company's overall portfolio to stay within appropriate PML constraints. Any Non-Covered Business sourced by the Agent(s) shall be subject to the approval of and shall be bound only by the Company's Chief Executive Officer (the " CEO ") or his/her designee (but not in any event by any Designated Employee). Non-Covered Business will not be included in the calculation of any Fees.
(c)
If, in a calendar year in which the Company has engaged an Agent as provided in Section 2.06(b), AUI underwrites Covered Business that generates not less than the Minimum Annual Premium, then for each subsequent calendar year following a calendar year in which the Minimum Annual Premium requirement is met, unless otherwise agreed in writing by AUI, the business that can be solicited or underwritten by the Agent(s) on behalf of the Company shall be limited to Renewals of Non-Covered

- 6 -


Business in force during the prior calendar year, and the Agent shall not be permitted to solicit , underwrite or bind any new business.
Section 2.07     Limitations of Authority .
(a)
AUI shall have no power or authority other than as granted and set forth herein and no other or greater power shall be implied from the granting or denial of powers specifically mentioned herein .
(b)
In addition to the other limitations expressly contained in this Agreement, AUI has no authority to :
(i)
authorize, bind or amend any Covered Business, Third Party Agreement or Outward Reinsurance on behalf of the Company;
(ii)
incur any liability on behalf of the Company other than liability incurred pursuant to or in connection with Covered Business or Outward Reinsurance in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
(iii)
solicit, transact , quote, underwrite, bind or deliver policies contrary to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including but not limited to the following:
A.
types of insurance policies other than as specifically set forth in the Underwriting Guidelines;
B.
[reserved];
C.
policies on risks which do not comply with any applicable forms, rules, rates, or filings of the Company or any applicable rating bureaus, or any applicable laws and regulations of the jurisdiction(s) in which the policy applies; and
D.
policies which cover risks located in jurisdictions other than those allowed per the Underwriting Guidelines and/or jurisdictions where the Company is not authorized to write, or has not filed necessary rates, rules and forms for, such policies, to the extent such authorizations and/or filings are required;
(iv)
issue a guaranty (other than surety and other insurance products), other than as permitted expressly in writing by the Company;
(v)
hold itself out as an agent of the Company in any other manner, or for any other purposes, than as specifically prescribed in this Agreement; or
(vi)
settle or conduct lawsuits or other disputes other than disputes relating to Covered Business, Third Party Agreements or Outward Reinsurance in accordance with Sections 8, 10 and 11 of the Schedule of Services.
(c)
[Reserved]
(d)
If AUI recommends and the Company binds Covered Business which violates this Agreement, including the Underwriting Guidelines and/or the Business Framework, AUI sh all promptly make reasonable best efforts to remove the Company as the insurer of any deviating risks or to have the risk assumed from the Company by another insurer or reinsurer.
(e)
AUI shall not waive any conditions or make any changes to the Company's insurance policies, endorsements, applications, certificates of insurance or Third Party Agreements that would cause such

- 7 -


contracts to no longer comply with the Underwriting Guidelines without the Company's prior written approval.
(f)
[Reserved]
(g)
AUI has no authority to commit the Company to participate in voluntary insurance or reinsurance pools involving joint and several liability of insurers / reinsurers or joint ventures of any nature.
(h)
Except as provided in the Schedule of Services, AUI shall not use or authorize the use of the Company's name, logo or service mark without the Company's prior written consent.
Section 2.08     Underwriting Guidelines. The Underwriting Guidelines may only be amended upon the written agreement of AUI, the Company (as approved by the Board of Directors) and the Investment Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the agreement of the Investment Manager shall not be required if at such time the Investment Manager is no longer serving as the investment manager of the Company.
Section 2.09     Collections ; Claims Account and Operating Account. AUI agrees to perform the following services with respect to the collection of amounts due to the Company and the maintenance of the Claims Account (as defined below) and the Operating Account (as defined below):
(a) Claims Account . AUI agrees to perform the following services with respect to the collection of amounts due to the Company and the maintenance of the Claims Account:
(i)
AUI shall diligently seek to collect all Premiums, reinsurance recoverables and other funds due to the Company in connection with Covered Business. Third Party Agreements and any Outward Reinsurance and the ARC Quota Share Reinsuranc e Agreement and the Watford Qu ota Share Reinsurance Agreement and promptly (but in no event later than 5 Business Days following receipt) deposit such payments into a separate bank account which shall be owned and established by the Company and to which AUI shall have full access and authority to make deposits and withdrawals (the " Claims Account " ). All Premiums, reinsurance recoverables and other funds received by AUI on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be held by AUI in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company prior to being deposited in the Claims Account. AUI shall have the right to withdraw from the Claims Account Underwriting Fees, Servicing Expenses, taxes or other amounts due to AUI upon receipt by the Company of an invoice therefor and all other amounts to be paid by AUI on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement in respect of claim payments under Covered Business, premiums under Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and any adjustment or return premiums (" Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals ") . AUI shall make no deductions from the Claims Account other than Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals unless authorized in writing by the Company.
(ii)
In the event that the Company receives any Premiums, reinsurance recoverables or other funds that AUI is authorized to collect pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall promptly return such amounts to the broker with the instructions for them to deliver such amounts correctly to AUI (and shall copy AUI on such correspondence).
(iii)
If the amount in the Claims Account is or is expected to be insufficient at any time (as reasonably determined by AUI after consultation with the Company), AUI may direct the Company to, or direct the Company to cause the Investment Manager to, deposit, within 5 Business Days, additional funds in the Claims Account in an amount identified by AUI such that, after making any pending or expected Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals, the

- 8 -


available balance in the Claims Account will be sufficient to satisfy all such pending or expected Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals and operate the Company's business.
(iv)
In the event that there are funds in the Claims Account in excess of those reasonably necessary to satisfy any pending or expected Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals, AUI shall notify the Company, and the Company shall withdraw the amount of such excess and deposit such funds in the Operating Account, the Investment Account and/or the Investment Grade Account.
(b)
Operating Account.
(i)
The Company shall maintain a separate bank account (the " Operating Account ") which shall be owned and established by the Company to satisfy its day-to-day operations and operating expenses other than any such obligations or expenses to be satisfied out of the Claims Account pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Company may withdraw amounts from the Operating Account from time to time as needed to pay such operating expenses (" Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals ").
(ii)
If the amount in the Operating Account is or is expected to be insufficient at any time (as reasonably determined by AUI after consultation with the Company), AUI may direct the Company to , or direct the Company to cause the Investment Manager to, deposit, within 30 Business Days, additional funds in the Operating Account in an amount identified by AUI such that, after making any pending or expected Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals, the available balance in the Operating Account will be sufficient to satisfy all such pending or expected Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals and operate the Company's business.
(iii)
In the event that there are funds in the Operating Account in excess of those reasonably necessary to satisfy any pending or expected Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals, AUI shall notify the Company, and the Company shall withdraw the amount of such excess and deposit such funds in the Claims Account, the Investment Account and/or the Investment Grade Account.
(c)
AUI shall not co-mingle funds of the Company with any accounts of AUI. Reports and funds transfers to the Company shall be made in compliance with accounting and records requirements established by the Company.
ARTICLE III
SERVICES
Section 3.01     Services . AUI is authorized to, and hereby agrees to, in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework, perform the services set forth herein and on the Schedule of Services attached hereto as Exhibit B (collectively, the " Services " and Exhibit B , the " Schedule of Services ") in accordance with the terms hereof.
ARTICLE IV
COMPENSATION & EXPENSES
Section 4.01     Compensation and Expenses. AUI will be entitled to Fees and reimbursement of expenses in accordance with the fee schedule annexed hereto as Exhibit C (the " Fee Schedule ").

- 9 -


ARTICLE V
REPORTING
Section 5.01     Accounting Reports . (a) Within 30 days following the close of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September, 2016, AUI will prepare and forward to the Company a statement of account (the " Accounting Report "), in a form acceptable to both AUI and the Company, setting forth the following items for the quarter under report with respect to Covered Business:
(i) gross Premiums written and earned;
(ii) ceded premiums written and earned;
(iii) net Premiums written and earned;
(iv) Origination Expenses written and earned;
(v) any Fees (and adjustments thereto) and expenses pursuant to Section 5 of the Fee Schedule due for such fiscal quarter;
(vi) any miscellaneous items as may be applicable; basis;
(vii) paid losses, loss adjustment expenses and reserve movements on a gross
(viii) balance of amounts due to or from the Company at the end of the quarter including Premiums receivable, funds withheld on behalf of Watford Re or others, losses payable, reinsurance balances payable, Fees due, paid losses, loss adjustment expenses recoverable and cash call advances from Watford Re, ARC or others;
(ix) balance of loss reserves (case, IBNR, loss adjustment expense) and unearned Premium reserves on a gross and net basis;
(x) the balance of the Claims Account and of the Operating Account (each an " Account " and together the " Accounts ") as of the end of such fiscal quarter (the reporting obligations set forth in this clause may be satisfied by delivery of a bank statement or statements);
(xi) the amount of all collateral supporting the Covered Business written through the date of such Accounting Report;
(xii) any additional information required to be reported as respects the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement; and
(xiii) such other items as mutually agreed by the Company and AUL
(b)
Within 60 days following the close of each fiscal year, AUI will prepare and forward to the Company a compilation of the information set forth in the Accounting Reports for the immediately preceding fiscal year.
Section 5.02      Underwriting Report. Within 30 days following the close of each calendar month, AUI will prepare and forward to the Company a detailed and itemized report (the " Underwriting Report "), in a form mutually agreed by AUI and the Company, setting forth the following:

- 10 -


(a)
a list of all Third Party Agreements bound by the Company hereunder during the previous calendar month;
(b)
bordereau of all individual Covered Business activity during the calendar month including with respect to each Program Policy or other policy: the policy number, the Named Insured, the effective date and expiration date, the policy limit, the estimated Premium, the commission paid to the broker and/or the Underwriting Third Party and such other specific data or information regarding such contracts as the Company may reasonably request;
(c)
such other items as mutually agreed by the Company and AUL
Section 5.03     Reserves . (a) AUI shall recommend on a quarterly basis (within 30 days of the close of each fiscal quarter or more frequently as circumstances may require) reserves to be maintained by the Company in respect of Covered Business, and the Company shall make the final determination with respect to the final amounts of such reserves. The frequency of reserve reviews and recommendation as to reserves will be based on the same methodology and principles as are used by AUI's Affiliates. The Company shall promptly deliver to AUI a report reconciling any differences between the reserves recommended by AUI and the final reserves booked by the Company and explaining in reasonable detail for each line of business the justification for any differences.
(b) Within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (including, for the avoidance of doubt, year-end), AUI shall deliver to the Company, in a form to be agreed upon by AUI and the Company, all information and data in respect of Covered Business reasonably necessary for the Company to populate the underwriting-related schedules that the Company is required to report on annual statutory filings or otherwise required by the Company in connection with its quarterly financial statements.
Section 5.04     Reporting Timeframes after Initial Public Offering . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Parent consummates an initial public offering, AUI shall thereafter prepare and deliver to the Company the reports provided for in Sections 5.01, 5.02 and 5.03 within appropriate shorter timeframes to be mutually agreed such that the Company is able to provide information to the market and to investors and analysts in a timely manner after the close of each fiscal quarter and in any case within such timeframes as are usual and customary for public reinsurance companies.
Section 5.05     Holidays. If the last day on which a report may be prepared and forwarded is not a Business Day, then the report may be prepared or forwarded on the next Business Day .
ARTICLE VI
RECORDS
Section 6.01     Maintenance of and Access to Records . The Company shall provide to AUI all documentation relating to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance and the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement . AUI will keep full and accurate accounts, ledgers, books and records (including computer generated, recorded or stored records) (i) of all transactions pertaining to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance and the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, including contract forms, sales records, corporate and accounting records, financial records, compliance records, tax records, disclosure and other documents and filings required by law , (ii) of all correspondence (including but not limited to proof of mailing for all notices required by law or regulation) between AUI and any policyholders , agents, Underwriting Third Parties, Claims Third Parties, claimants, insurance departments or other regulatory agencies pertaining to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements , Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and (iii) clearly recording the deposits into and withdrawals from each Account ((i) , (ii) and (iii) collectively, " Books and Records "); provided , however, that Books and Records will not include any

- 11 -


information or documentation in the possession of the Company that is not provided to AUI. The Company and its representatives shall, as they may from time to time reasonably request, have access to and the right to inspect and copy, at AUI's main offices, during regular business hours, and upon reasonable notice, the copies of the Books and Records retained by AUI and all other documents, records, data and information concerning or relating to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and each Account that are not otherwise included in the Books and Records . AUI and its representatives shall, as they may from time to time reasonably request, have access to and the right to inspect and copy, at the Company's main offices, during regular business hours, and upon reasonable notice, the copies of the Books and Records in the possession of the Company and all other documents, records, data and information concerning or relating to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and each Account that are not otherwise included in the Books and Records. AUI shall maintain all Books and Records required by this Agreement related to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements , Outward Reinsurance , the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement until 7 years after the expiration of the applicable contracts and shall maintain all Books and Records related to the Accounts until 7 years after AUI ceases to perform any services for the Company hereunder. AUI shall not destroy any such Books and Records without the Company's prior written consent. AUI shall permit the Books and Records related to such Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Accounts to be audited by an auditor appointed by the Company at any time upon reasonable notice from the Company. AUI shall provide the Company with originals or copies of such Books and Records within 30 days of the Company's request for such Books and Records at the Company's expense and promptly following the termination or expiration of this Agreement, AUI shall deliver all Books and Records maintained by AUI pursuant to this Article VI as directed by the Company at the time of such expiration or termination of this Agreement; provided, that AUI shall be entitled to make and retain one copy of such Books and Records. AUI shall not disclose any such Books and Records to any third parties without prior written consent of the Company unless required under applicable laws and regulations. This Article VI shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
Section 6.02     Ownership of Records . The Company shall be the owner and entitled to possession of all Books and Records prepared by AUI in connection with the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, the Accounts and this Agreement; provided , that AUI shall be entitled to make and retain one copy of such materials.
A R TICLE VII
REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF AUI
From the date hereof and throughout the Term hereunder, AUI represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
Section 7.01     Licenses and Authorities .
(a)
AUI has and shall at all times maintain all licenses and other registrations and authorities required by law or regulation to perform the services required to be performed by AUI hereunder except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on AUI, its performance of this Agreement or the Company. AUI has complied and will comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on AUI, its performance of this Agreement or the Company.
(b)
AUI represents and warrants that it is, and its officers, employees and agents are and will continue to be during the term of this Agreement and thereafter while providing any continuing services hereunder,

- 12 -


authorized, licensed and qualified to perform any act set out in this Agreement, to the extent AUI or such officers, employees or agents are required to be authorized, licensed or qualified under applicable laws and regulations. AUI shall notify the Company promptly if AUI becomes aware that any of AUI's officers, directors, owners, employees, or agents (i) has made, makes or is required to make a filing with any governmental authority seeking an exemption or consent under 18 U.S.C. § 1033(e)(2); (ii) has been or is convicted of any federal or state felony or any crime involving dishonesty, fraud or breach of trust; (iii) has been or is assessed any administrative penalties or fines involving dishonesty, fraud or breach of trust; or (iv) has had any licenses suspended, revoked or non-renewed.
(c)
AUI shall ensure it has producer, adjuster, business entity and other licenses required in any jurisdiction where AUI produces applications , adjusts claims or undertakes any activity under this Agreement that requires licensing prior to commencing such activity and at the request of the Company, provide copies of such licenses to the Company. AUI shall immediately notify the Company if any such license is suspended, terminated or expires.
Section 7.02     Status . AUI is a duly organized and validly existing Delaware corporation.
Section 7.03     No Breach . This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of AUL The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the performance of the services hereunder will not breach or conflict with AUI's bye-laws or memorandum of association, nor with any agreement, covenant, or understanding (oral or written) to which AUI is bound.
Section 7.04     Authorization . The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by AUI have been duly and properly authorized by it.
Section 7.05     Ratings .
(a)
If at any time a Rating Agency communicates to the Company or AUI that it believes that any action or change with respect to the Company's underwriting or underwriting strategy relating to Covered Business or Underwriting Guidelines is necessary to the Company maintaining a financial strength rating of at least "A-" (or equivalent) , the Company and AUI shall work in good faith to take any such actions or make any such changes , subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework . If, after working in good faith, the Company and AUI are unable to agree on such actions or changes to make, the Company, subject to the Allocation Protocol, may direct AUI to take any actions or make any changes the Company reasonably determines are necessary to the Company maintaining such Rating Agency financial strength rating of at least "A-" (or equivalent); provided that, if such actions or changes are not consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and/or Business Framework, any business resulting from such inconsistent action shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights available to AUI , any underwriting results arising from such business will, at AUl's option, exercised within 5 Business Days of the later of the date such business is bound and the date on which AUI discovers or is notified that such business was bound, be excluded from the determination of the Profit Commission.
(b)
If at any time a Rating Agency (i) places the Company on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company has an "A-" (or equivalent) financial strength rating or (ii) threatens or advises a downgrade in the Company's financial strength rating below "A-" (or equivalent), and in either case such Rating Agency attributes such action to the Company's underwriting, underwriting strategy or underwriting results (in each case , relating to Covered Business), or any actions of AUI, AUI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy such circumstances within 12 months to cause the negative outlook or threat of a downgrade to be removed by such Rating Agency, subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework. If, such circumstances cannot be remedied consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and/or Business Framework, the Company, subject to

- 13 -


the Allocation Protocol, may direct AUI to take any actions or make any changes the Company reasonably determines are necessary to remedy such circumstances; provided that, if such actions or changes are not consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and/or Business Framework, any business resulting from such inconsistent action shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights available to AUI, any underwriting results arising from such business will, at AUl's option, exercised within 5 Business Days of the later of the date such business is bound and the date on which AUI discovers or is notified that such business was bound, be excluded from the determination of the Profit Commission.
Section 7.06     Underwriting Strategy . AUI acknowledges that the Board of Directors will undertake a process annually, or more frequently as necessary , to review all relevant facts and determine a business plan for the Company for the applicable succeeding year. In addition, the CEO will regularly assess the Company's business, including its business plan, underwriting strategy, underwriting, underwriting results and the Underwriting Guidelines. AUI hereby agrees to furnish the Board of Directors and the CEO with the current underwriting strategy and the proposed underwriting strategy for the following year, which strategies shall be in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines, as well as any other information reasonably requested by the Board of Directors or the CEO. AUI agrees to work in good faith with the Company, the CEO and the Investment Manager to coordinate and align the underwriting strategy and the investment strategy with the Company's business plan .
Section 7.07     Compliance with Laws . AUI shall be responsible for compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including managing general agency laws and regulations. If the performance of any duty or obligations hereunder constitutes the unauthorized practice of insurance by the Company in an applicable jurisdiction, AUI shall immediately notify the Company and this Agreement shall be immediately suspended in such jurisdiction.
Section 7.08     Notice of Certain Events . AUI shall promptly notify the Company of any lawsuits, regulatory actions, complaints from insurance departments or other regulatory agencies, non-routine complaints from policyholders or claimants, and material notices or requests from state insurance departments or other regulatory bodies received by AUI in connection with the Covered Business or otherwise in connection with the services provided herein.
Section 7 . 09     Expenses; Disputes . Except as explicitly provided hereunder, AUI shall not charge or commit the Company to any expense, agreement, payment, debt, settlement or obligation. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 8, 10 and 11 of the Schedule of Services, AUI has no authority to litigate, arbitrate or settle any disputes or suits on behalf of the Company unless the Company has given its prior written consent.
Section 7.10     Change of Control . AUI will provide prompt written notice to the Company of any proposed (i) sale, transfer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or reorganization involving AUI; (ii) the acquisition by any person other than any AUI Affiliate of a more than 50 % interest in, or ownership of, AUI; (iii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of assets representing more than 50 % of the assets of AUI to a person other than any AUI Affiliate; or (iv) insolvency or bankruptcy filing of AUI.
Section 7.11     Staff; Desi gn ated Employees . AUI shall maintain and/or contract for the services of such number of competent officers or employees as AUI reasonably determines is necessary to adequately service the Covered Business and otherwise carry out its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement . AUI shall make available to the Company, on a non-exclusive basis, the AUI employees listed on Exhibit E . (the " Desi g nated Em p lo y ees ") to serve as employees of the Company and perform underwriting, claims handling and related services on behalf of the Company. The list of Designated Employees shall be subject to change from time-to-time as determined by AUI with the approval of the Company (by the CEO) not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that any person who leaves the employ of AUI shall automatically cease to be a Designated Employee. The Designated Employees will be the only Company employees (other than the CEO and other officers engaged in

- 14 -


general oversight) involved in underwriting, authorizing and binding the Covered Business and Third Party Agreements and handling claims arising out of Covered Business. Subject to Section 2.02(b) and to the supervision and approval of AUI, the Designated Employees shall be responsible for (i) negotiating, underwriting and issuing Covered Business and Third Party Agreements that comply with the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework; (ii) providing indications, quotations and authorizations of terms and conditions for the issuance of Covered Business and Third Party Agreements; (iii) determining Premium rates and other underwriting terms and conditions with respect to the underwriting of Covered Business and Third Party Agreements, (iv) establishing commissions, fees and other expenses to be paid to Underwriting Third Parties, Claims Third Parties, agents, producers, brokers and other intermediaries in connection with the underwriting of the Covered Business and Third Party Agreements; (v) preparing and negotiating any related documents, including the arrangement of collateral facilities, if any, to be put in place, in connection with the underwriting of Covered Business and Third Party Agreements; (vi) negotiating and entering into commutations (whether partial or full), policy buy-backs and novations of Covered Business and Outward Reinsurance; ( vii) effecting cancellations of Covered Business, Third Party Agreements and Outward Reinsurance in accordance with their terms and applicable law; (viii) negotiating and binding Outward Reinsurance on behalf of the Company; (ix) negotiating and executing related documentation with respect to Outward Reinsurance , including related broker of record letters and confidentiality agreements; and (x) handling claims (including , without limitation, review , payments, dispute handling, audits of Claims Th i rd Parties); provided that the services provided in clauses (i) (with respect to negotiating only) and (iii)- (viii) above may be provided in conjunction with AUI. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, including the indemnification and exculpation provisions of Article X, AUI shall be responsible for actions taken or omitted to be taken by the Designated Employees, other than actions or inactions taken (or omitted to be taken) at the direction of the Company.
Section 7.12     Underwriting Guidelines, Business Framework and Operating Guidelines. In performing its obligations under this Agreement, AUI shall at all times comply with the Business Framework, Underwriting Guidelines and, to the extent applicable, the Operating Guidelines; provided, however, that the Business Framework and Underwriting Guidelines shall not apply to Excepted Business.
ARTICLE VIII
REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF THE COMPANY
From the date hereof and throughout the Term hereunder, the Company represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
Section 8.01     Licenses and Authorities . The Company has and shall at all times maintain all licenses and other registrations and authorities required by law or regulation to conduct its business as contemplated by this Agreement. The Company has complied and will comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
Section 8.02     Status . The Company is a duly organized, licensed and validly existing New Jersey insurance company.
Section 8.03     No Breach . This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Company. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the performance of the services hereunder will not breach or conflict with the Company by-laws or memorandum of association, nor with any agreement, covenant, or understanding ( oral or written) to which the Company is bound, and will not adversely affect the application for issuance or the validity of any license of the Company.
Section 8.04     Authorization . The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by the Company have been duly and properly authorized by it.
Section 8.05     Use of Name. The Company shall not use or authorize the use of AUI's name, logo or service mark in any advertising or promotional materials without AUI's prior written approval.

- 15 -


Section 8.06    [ Reserved ]
Section 8.07    [ Reserved ]
Section 8.08     Third Party Administrative Services . The Company may engage one or more third parties to perform on the Company's behalf any necessary administrative services that are not to be performed by AUI hereunder.
Section 8.09     Leased Employees. The Company shall lease the Designated Employees from AUI and shall take such corporate action as is necessary or advisable to ensure that each Designated Employee is duly authorized to perform the functions set forth in Section 7.11 on behalf of the Company.
Section 8.10     Investment Manager . The Company shall not replace or change the Investment Manager without AUI's prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and shall consult with AUI prior to selecting any other investment manager. The Company shall not agree to amend or waive any provision or term of Section 10 of the Investment Management Agreement without the prior written consent of AUI.
ARTICLE IX
TERM; TERMINATION
Section 9.01     Term . This Agreement is to be effective as of the date first above written (the " Effe c tive Date ") . The initial term of this Agreement will expire on December 31, 2020 (such period, the " Initial Term "); p rovided , however , that the term of this Agreement will automatically renew for a five-year period following the Initial Term if neither the Company nor AUI gives written notice to the other party that it will not renew at least 24 months prior to the end of the Initial Term. Thereafter, the term will continue to renew for successive five-year periods unless either party gives notice to not renew at least 24 months before the end of the then-current term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall automatically expire or terminate coincident with the expiration or termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement. The period from the Effective Date until the expiration of the Initial Term together with any successive term(s) or the earlier termination of this Agreement pursuant to the foregoing sentence or Section 9.02 shall be referred to as the " Term ."
Section 9.02     Termination .
(a)
The occurrence of any of the following ( each, a " Company Termination Event ") shall constitute a Company Termination Event:
(i)
(A) any public authority cancels or declines to renew AUI's license or certificate of authority, (B) AUI is prevented from performing its obligations under this Agreement by any regulatory authority or (C) AUI is unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement for any reason, and in each case AUI has not remedied and fully cured such circumstance within 90 Business Days;
(ii)
material non-compliance by AUI with any material law applicable to it in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company or AUI's performance hereunder and has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company or discovery by AUI;
(iii)
AUI intentionally breaches the Underwriting Guidelines, where such breach could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and AUI shall have failed to cure such deviation (either by causing an AUI Affiliate to assume the inappropriate risks from the Company or otherwise) within 30 Business Days of the earlier of (x) the date on which AUI management becomes aware of any such deviation, and (y) the date on which AUI receives notice of such

- 16 -


deviation from the Company; provided, however, that for avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no material breach of such Underwriting Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred (A) if the Company and the Investment Manager have agreed in writing to an amendment to such Underwriting Guidelines such that AUI's actions under the amended Underwriting Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (B) if such breach is approved by the Company's CEO in writing prior to binding a deviating contract or (C) if such breach is pursuant to instructions provided by the Company;
(iv)
a downgrade in the Company's financial strength rating from a Rating Agency below "A-" (or equivalent) which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to underwriting relating to Covered Business; provided that if such a downgrade in such Rating Agency rating would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on writing business or the Company, then such downgrade shall not be deemed a breach;
(v)
(A) a Rating Agency has placed the Company on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company has an "A-" ( or equivalent) financial strength rating which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to underwriting relating to Covered Business, and (B) AUI has failed to adequately correct such circumstances within 12 months; provided that if such negative outlook and failure to correct would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on writing business or the Company , then such negative outlook and failure to correct shall not be deemed a breach;
(vi)
failure by AUI (or the Designated Employees as the case may be) to use substantially the same standard of care and process in underwriting business (other than Excepted Business) and handling claims on behalf of the Company as AUI's insurance and reinsurance company Affiliates use in respect of their retained insurance and reinsurance business, as applicable, taking into account the Underwriting Guidelines, the Business Framework , the Company's risk tolerances and investment assumptions, and any directions of the Company , which failure has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company; or
(vii)
a change of control of AUI that results in a breach of AUI's obligations pursuant to this Agreement, which breach has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company.
(b)
The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an AUI termination event (each, a " AUI Termination Event ") :
(i)
the determination by AUI that the termination of this Agreement is necessary or advisable to comply with any current or future laws , rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to AUI or its affiliates;
(ii)
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or Parent;
(iii)
material non-compliance by the Company with any material law or regulation applicable to the Company (other than any non-compliance resulting from AUI's action or failure to act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company and has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from AUI or discovery by the Company;
(iv)
non-payment of a material amount due to AUI or failure to deposit funds or cause the deposit of funds in the Claims Account as required under Section 2.09(a)(iii), which failure has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from AUI;

- 17 -


(v)
any material failure of the Company or any Designated Employee acting (or failing to act) upon instruction from the Company to comply with Section 2.02(b) and the Company shall not have cured such failure within 90 Business Days of the earlier of (x) the date on which Company management becomes aware of it and (y) the date on which the Company receives notice of such failure from AUI ; or
(vi)
[Reserved].
(c)
Upon the occurrence of a Company Termination Event, the Company may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to AUI a written notice of termination indicating the Company Termination Event causing such termination and the effective date of such termination.
(d)
Upon the occurrence of a AUI Termination Event, AUI may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written notice of termination indicating the effective date of such termination (and, unless AUI is terminating this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(i) or (iv), such effective date shall take into consideration such reasonable transition period as may be requested by the Company) .
Section 9.03     Effect of Termination . The rights and obligations of the Parties following the expiration of the Term of this Agreement or following a termination pursuant to Section 9.02 are as set forth on Exhibit H hereto (the " Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations ")
ARTICLE X
INDEMNIFICATION & EXCULPATION
Section 10.01     Indemnification by the Company . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless AUI and its members, managers, officers, partners, Affiliates and employees (each, an " Indemnified Person ") from and against any losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind , including reasonable attorneys' fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers (collectively, " Indemnifiable Losses ") suffered or sustained by an Indemnified Person by reason of the fact that he, she or it was an Indemnified Person, including, without limitation, any judgment, settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action or proceeding; provided that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent such Indemnifiable Losses resulted from an action or inaction, or mistake of judgment, taken by an Indemnified Person that constituted fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company will advance to any Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation and/or defense of any such action or proceeding. If for any reason (other than such Indemnified Person's fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction) the indemnification described in this paragraph is unavailable to any Indemnified Person in connection to an Indemnifiable Loss, or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such Indemnifiable Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Person, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also any other relevant equitable considerations
Section 10.02     No Guarantees; Exculpation . All business underwritten for the Company's account will be the Company's risk. The Company will bear all of the risk with regard to all of the lines of business written or facilitated by AUI and/or its delegates on behalf of the Company. AUI has not made and does not make any representation, warranty or guarantee whatsoever as to the success or profitability of any line of business or AUI's underwriting methods and strategies, and the Company has not relied on any representation, warranty or

- 18 -


guarantee from AUI or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives, and has not entered into this Agreement in consideration of or in reliance upon any such representation, warranty or guarantee from AUI or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives. No Indemnified Person will be liable to the Company for any Indemnifiable Losses suffered by the Company in connection with any matters to which this Agreement relates, including, but not limited to, underwriting losses, except those Indemnifiable Losses resulting from (x) such Indemnified Person's gross negligence or intentional misconduct , or (y) material intentional breaches of the Underwriting Guidelines by AUI, which breaches are not cured within 90 days of the earlier of (A) the date on which AUI becomes aware of such breach, and (B) the date on which AUI receives a notice of such breach from the Company; provided , however , that for avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no breach of the Underwriting Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred where (A) the Company and the Investment Manager have agreed in writing to an amendment to such Underwriting Guidelines such that AUI's actions under the amended Underwriting Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (B) if the alleged breach was approved by the CEO in writing or (C) if such breach is pursuant to instructions provided by the Company. An Indemnified Person may consult with reputable legal counsel , accountants, consultants or other advisors in respect of any matters to which this Agreement relates, and shall not be liable to the Company for any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel , accountants, consultants or other advisors; provided that such counsel, accountants, consultants and other advisors shall have been selected and monitored with reasonable care.
ARTICLE XI
CONFIDENTIALITY
Section 11.01     Confidentiality .
(a)
Each Party hereby acknowledges that, as a result of the performance of this Agreement, it has and will acquire non-public information with respect to the other Party and its affairs, including: (i) information relating to the business, finances, underwriting strategy, underwriting results, methods of operation, business plans, marketing strategies and other information relating to AUI and its Affiliates and/or the Company and its Affiliates and (ii) other trade secrets and proprietary information of AUI and its Affiliates and/or the Company and its Affiliates ((i) and (ii) hereinafter collectively referred to as " Confidential Information " ).
(b)
During the term of this Agreement, and at all times thereafter, each Party shall, and shall cause each of its or its Affiliate's directors, officers, employees and agents (such Persons, collectively " Covered Persons ") to, keep confidential (to the extent required hereby) all Confidential Information of the other Party that any of them may obtain and not to use such Confidential Information for any purpose other than in the course of the performance of this Agreement.
(c)
The foregoing restrictions shall not apply with respect to any Confidential Information (i) previously known to either Party through a source, to such Party's knowledge, not bound by any obligation to keep such Confidential Information confidential, (ii) lawfully obtained by either Party from a source other than the other Party, which source, to such Party's knowledge, is not bound by any obligation to keep such Confidential Information confidential, (iii) the disclosure of which by a Covered Person is necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement (which, for avoidance of doubt, may include disclosure by Covered Persons of Confidential Information to prospective clients and reinsurers for the purpose of generating business), provided , however , that such disclosure referred to in this clause (iii) shall be limited to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the rights of the other Party with respect to its Confidential Information, and that as a condition to disclosing any Confidential Information to any person who is not bound by a duty of confidentiality to such other Party , such person

- 19 -


shall be informed of the confidentiality obligations hereunder, or (iv) independently developed by either Party without reference to the Confidential Information.
(d)
A Party may disclose any Confidential Information if and as required as a result of any governmental investigation, court order, subpoena, deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, civil investigative demand, or similar legal duress, and to the extent reasonably necessary for such Party or any of its Affiliates to comply with applicable securities laws and regulations and stock exchange requirements and the applicable regulations of other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over such Party or any of its Affiliates; provided , however , that the disclosing Party, to the extent practicable, shall first (i) notify the other Party in writing of such contemplated disclosure, (ii) consult with the other Party on the advisability of taking steps to resist or narrow the scope of such disclosure, and (iii) if disclosure is required or deemed advisable, assist the other Party at such other Party's expense in any attempt that such Party may take to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the Confidential Information so disclosed.
(e)
Notwithstanding anything provided in this Section 11.01, Confidential Information of the Company may be disclosed with the prior written consent of the Board of Directors .
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01     Relationship of the Parties . Nothing contained herein shall create an employer / employee relationship between the Company and AUL Except as expressly granted by the other Party in writing, neither Party shall have any authority, express or implied, to act as an agent of the other Party or its subsidiaries or Affiliates under this Agreement. It is not the intent of the Parties hereto to create, nor should this Agreement be construed to create, a partnership , joint venture or employment relationship among or between the Parties (including their respective officers, employees, agents or representatives).
Section 12.02     Entire Agreement: Integration of Rights. This Agreement, together with the Investment Management Agreement and the other documents and agreements executed by the Parties on the Effective Date, contain the entire understanding of the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings (except for the Investment Management Agreement) among the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and each Party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the other documents and agreements executed by the Parties on the Effective Date.
Section 12.03     Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except with the prior written consent of the other Party, neither Party may pledge, assign, transfer, either in whole or in part , its rights and obligations under this Agreement . For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the foregoing, AUI may subcontract and/or delegate its obligations under this Agreement to its Affiliates or non-Affiliates, including, without limitation, to AIGI and ACSI under the Administrative Services Agreements and to Claims Third Parties and Underwriting Third Parties; provided, however, that the Administrative Services Agreement between AUI and AIGI shall be subject to prior written approval by the Company, and the implementation of any amendment or supplement thereto which has or may have a material adverse effect upon the services to be rendered to, or costs to be incurred by, the Company also shall be subject to prior written approval of the Company, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
Section 12.04     Specific Performance . The parties recognize and agree that if for any reason any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached, immediate and irreparable harm or injury would be caused for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, each Party agrees that, in addition to any other available remedies, any other Party shall be entitled to an injunction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any of the provisions

- 20 -


of this Agreement without the necessity of posting a bond or other form of security . In the event that any action should be brought in equity · to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, no Party will allege, and each Party hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law.
Section 12.05     Notices . Any notice, direction, instruction, acknowledgment or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and addressed to the parties as follows:
If to the Company:
Watford Insurance Company
445 South Street, Suite 220
P. 0. Box 1950
Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1950
Attention : Chief Executive Officer
Telephone No . : (973) 753-1331
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention : Gary D . Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063
If to AUI:
Arch Underwriters Inc .
445 South Street, Suite 220
P.O. Box 1988
Morristown, NJ 07962-1988
Attn : Chief Executive Officer
(973) 898-9575
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Cahill Gordon & Reindel, LLP
80 Pine Street
New York , New York 10005
Attention : John Schuster
Telecopier No.: (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.: (212) 701-3323
If to the Investment Manager:
HPS Investment Partners, LLC
40 West 57th Street, 33rd Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention : Kathy Choi
Telecopier No. : (212) 520-3848
Telephone No.: (212) 287-5548

- 21 -


Section 12.06     Binding Effect. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, AUI, each Indemnified Person, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any person that is not a signatory to this Agreement, but is nevertheless conferred any rights or benefits hereunder, e.g., members, managers , officers, directors, partners, Affiliates and employees of AUI or the Company and others who are entitled to indemnification hereunder, will be entitled to such rights and benefits as if such person were a signatory hereto, and the rights and benefits of such person hereunder may not be impaired without such person's express written consent.
Section 12.07     Amendment and Waiver . No assignment, amendment, modification, or termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless such assignment, amendment, modification, or termination is (i) filed with the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance ("NJDOBI") at least 30 days prior to the proposed effective date, (ii) not disapproved by the NJDOBI, (iii) made in writing, and (iv) signed by the Parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Underwriting Guidelines may be changed, modified or amended in accordance with Section 2.08.
Section 12.08     Governing Law . This Agreement is to be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
Section 12.09     Arbitration . Any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement , including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, facsimile, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in New York, New York or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person Arbitration Panel selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS•U . S . Umpire Selection Procedure. If any dispute involves AUI and both the Company and Watford Re (and/or Parent), the latter entities shall be considered to be one Party. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS•U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party , and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration . The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence . The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration.
Section 12.10     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 12.11     Severability . If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby .
Section 12.12     Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and will not affect the rights of the parties to this Agreement .
Section 12.13     Survival . The provisions of Sections 2.09 (but only to the extent required by Exhibit H ) and 9 .03 hereof, Articles VI, X, XI and XII hereof and Exhibits C and H hereto will survive the termination of this Agreement .

- 22 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of this 1 st day of September, 2016.
WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Alexandre Scherer
 
Name:
Alexandre Scherer
 
Title:
President &CEO
 
 
 
ARCH UNDERWRITERS INC.
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Jerome Halgan
 
Name:
Jerome Halgan
 
Title:
President & CEO
 
 
 
Solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections 2.08 , ‎9.02(a)(iii), 12.07 , and ‎12.13:
 
 
 
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Faith Rosenfeld
 
Name:
Faith Rosenfeld
 
Title:
Chief Administrative Officer

- 23 -


EXHIBIT A
Underwriting Guidelines
1.
PML Guidelines:
(a)
Probable maximum loss (" PML ") arising from natural catastrophes will be modeled for each peak peril and peak zone in the Company's portfolio consistent with the modeling approach then used by AUI Affiliates in their reinsurance business. The modeled PML, net of all reinsurances, for a 1-in-250 year event for each peak peril and peak zone will not exceed 10 % of the Company's PHS. All lines of business with natural catastrophe exposure will be included in the projected portfolio PML, including property, marine, aviation, personal accident, and worker's compensation catastrophe covers. Any Non-Covered Business and/or Excepted Business shall be excluded.
(b)
The peak zones / perils for the portfolio are expected to include:
Florida/Hurricane, U.S. Gul f / Hurricane, Northeast / Hurricane,
Los Angeles / Earthquake, San Francisco / Earthquake, New Madrid fault/ Earthquake
(c)
Modeled PML, net of all reinsurances, arising from any Man Made Realistic Disaster Scenario ("RDS") will not exceed, net of all reinsurances, 10 % of the Company's PHS. RDS defines industry insured losses arising from specified events, and it is commonly used in the industry to monitor peak exposures primarily at Lloyd's. For each line of business, the RDS used to monitor the Company's portfolio will be the same as the RDS used by AUI Affiliates to monitor their reinsurance portfolios.
(d)
Consistent with the approach then used by AUI Affiliates in their reinsurance business, the largest known aggregate limit exposed per Original Named Insured will be monitored for each line of business in the Company's portfolio with a soft limit of 5 % of the Company's PHS, net of all reinsurances.
2.
Lines of Business To Be Written
All individual statutory lines of business permitted by the Company's license authority.
3.
Third Party Agreements
All Third Party Agreements shall comply with these Underwriting Guidelines.
4.
Type of Coverage
The Company will write insurance business.
5.
Outward Reinsurance
AUI may negotiate and the Designated Employees bind policy-specific or program-specific Outward Reinsurance up to an amount of $20,000,000 limit any one risk and/or any one occurrence and up to 25 % of such policy's or program's estimated gross Premium. Any program-specific Outward Reinsurance with estimated annual ceded premium in excess of such amount, and any whole account Outward Reinsurance may be bound only with the approval of the CEO.

A- 1



6.
Non-Covered and Excepted Business
These Underwriting Guidelines shall not apply to Non-Covered Business and/or Excepted Business.

A- 2



EXHIBITB
Schedule of Services
Section 1.     Services . Subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework (except in connection with Excepted Business) and the limitations of authority provided in Section 2 . 07 of this Agreement, AUI is authorized to, and hereby agrees to, perform the following services on behalf of the Company:
(a)
Formulate the Company's overall portfolio of Covered Business in conformance with the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework (except in connection with Excepted Business);
(b)
Solicit and negotiate Covered Business and Third Party Agreements that comply with the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework (except in connection with Excepted Business);
(c)
Supervise the Designated Employees;
(d)
Provide underwriting recommendations and approvals / disapprovals of Company underwriting and related decisions as set forth in Section 2.02(b);
(e)
Maintain on behalf of the Company at least one copy of the operative documentation with respect to any Covered Business underwritten hereunder to the extent provided to it by the Company;
(f)
Retain service providers in the ordinary course and establish fees to be paid to such service providers by or for the account of the Company in connection with services as may be needed from time to time with respect to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements Outward Reinsurance and the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement;
(g)
Solicit and negotiate Outward Reinsurance on behalf of the Company;
(h)
Administer Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance and the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement;
(i)
Undertake such other usual and customary activities and services as may be necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing, including without limitation those provided in Section 7.11 of the Agreement;
(j)
Employee benefit plan and human resources services;
(k)
Payroll-related administrative support services;
(l)
Assistance with the preparation of federal, state and local tax returns;
(m)
Accounting (including, without limitation, financial reporting including quarterly and annual statements and statutory audits, Premium invoice / collection, individual bordereau for collections/reconciliation, data entry, accounting/financial audits);
(n)
Corporate compliance (including enterprise risk management and Sarbanes-Oxley controls);

B- 1



(o)
Financial examination coordination;
(p)
Policy and underwriting legal services;
(q)
Policy forms - drafting, review and development;
(r)
Policy issuance;
(s)
Regulatory compliance;
(t)
Investment oversight;
(u)
Statistical reporting;
(v)
Underwriting compliance (including, without limitation, systems review, cash handling, audits of Underwriting Third Parties); and
(w)
Assist the Company to formulate, implement and maintain a business continuity and disaster response preparation plan to address reasonably foreseeable risks to the continuity of the Company's business in the event of a catastrophic event.
Section 2.     Actuarial and Other Services . AUI agrees to provide actuarial support and other services to the Company with respect to the Covered Business, including the following:
(a)
preparation of pricing indications and projections of profitability on Covered Business;
(b)
compiling aggregate limit and probable maximum loss data;
(c)
analyzing historical loss information and estimating loss reserves, as applicable;
(d)
booking of event specific paid loss and reserves;
(e)
booking of IBNR;
(f)
preparation of quarterly claims and financial reports with contract level information;
(g)
preparation of quarterly report explaining financial results for the quarter;
(h)
preparation of quarterly exposure aggregation accumulation report;
(i)
assist the Company in the formulation of the Company's business plan, to be revised at least annually;
(j)
assist the Company in identifying the level of risk being assumed for Covered Business; and
(k)
update the Company at least quarterly as to the level of Premium earned or expected to be earned for the current fiscal year. If notified by the Company that the level of Premium income earned or expected to be earned by the Company is falling short of the objectives set forth in the business plan (i.e., the objective metrics to be agreed), AUI will offer such advice as is reasonably requested by the Company to permit the Company to examine (i) the current state of the property and casualty insurance market, (ii) the Company's existing and potential lines of business and (iii) the Company's current objectives. In such event, the

B- 2



Company and AUI will work together in good faith with a view towards determining the extent to which the Premium earned by the Company can be increased by adding contracts which are within the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework, and are profitable on a modeled expected basis, or the taking of other actions, such as returning capital to Shareholders, without risking the Company's then-current Rating Agency ratings .
Section 3.     ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and Watford Quota Share Reinsurance A gr eement . AUI shall be responsible for record-keeping, accounting, reporting and other administrative services in respect of the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement.
Section 4.     Outward Reinsurance . AUI shall be responsible for record-keeping, accounting, reporting and other administrative services in respect of Outward Reinsurance .
Section 5.     Cooperation with Company Auditors, etc . AUI shall cooperate as reasonably necessary with the Company and the Company's independent auditors in the annual and quarterly financial statement audits of the Parent and of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP and in the audit of statutory financial statements of the Company as required by Bermuda law.
Section 6.     Advertising and Promotion . AUI shall have the authority to use the Company's name, logo or service mark in advertising or promotional material, including electronic material(s), and to prepare, print, publish and mail descriptive brochures and other promotional material related to the possible issuance by the Company of Covered Business.
Section 7.     Origination Expenses . AUI shall pay when due, from funds in the Claims Account, all applicable Origination Expenses.
Section 8.     Claims . The Company's insureds shall be directed to send all notices of claims under Covered Business underwritten hereunder to the Company and/or any Claims Third Party as may be applicable. The Designated Employees and/or any Claims Third Party as may be applicable shall review such notices and determine on behalf of the Company whether to pay, deny or settle all claims under the Covered Business underwritten hereunder and control the investigation, adjustment, negotiation, settlement or defense of any claims in connection with such Covered Business and prepare, submit and handle any claims in respect of Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement to reinsurers of the Company; provided, that the Designated Employees shall conduct any such investigation, adjustment, negotiation, settlement or defense of such claims in the same manner as if they were performing such services with respect to business of AUI' s Affiliates; provided, further that the payment or settlement of any claim in excess of $1 million shall be subject to the prior approval of the CEO of the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
Section 9.     Regulatory Inquiries and Customer Complaints . Upon the Company's request, AUI shall advise and assist the Company with any inquiry, request or complaint from an insurance department, other regulatory agency, policyholder or claimant relating to Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement or the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement. A copy of both the original inquiry and the Company's response shall be promptly provided to the AUI.
Section 10.     Salvage and Subrogation . AUI shall exercise all the rights of the Company to pursue and control salvage and subrogation recoveries in connection with Covered Business using outside attorneys, experts, advisers, consultants, witnesses and investigators determined by AUI as necessary; provided, that AUI shall pursue any such recoveries in the same manner as if it were pursuing such recoveries with respect to business of its Affiliates . When so requested in writing by AUI, the Company shall, at the expense of the Company,join in any pursuit of salvage and subrogation recoveries in connection with Covered Business.

B- 3



Section 11 .     Litigation and Arbitration . AUI shall promptly notify the Company of the initiation of any suit, arbitration proceeding or other legal proceeding against the Company or AUI served on AUI, or of any written or significant oral threat to initiate any suit, arbitration proceeding or other legal proceeding against the Company or AUI received by AUI. AUI shall promptly supply the Company with a description of the nature of such claim, suit, arbitration proceeding or other legal proceeding. AUI shall manage the investigation, negotiation, settlement or defense of any legal proceedings in connection with Covered Business or Outward Reinsurance. Both the selection and compensation of attorneys to represent the Company in any legal proceeding shall be approved in writing by the Company such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall have the right after consultation with AUI to terminate the employment of any attorney, which in the Company's reasonable opinion, has not performed in a satisfactory manner.
Section 12 .     Notices Received by the Company . In the event the Company receives any notice, inquiry, complaint or claim or any written or significant oral threat to initiate legal proceedings relating to Covered Business, Third Party Agreements or Outward Reinsurance , the Company shall promptly (i) notify AUI, (i i ) forward to AUI any such notices of or other correspondence relating to inquiries, complaints, claims or legal proceedings against the Company that it receives other than from AUI and (iii) inform the sending party (with a copy to AUI) to direct further notices and correspondence to AUI.

B- 4



EXHIBITC
Fee Schedule
Section 1.     Definitions . Capitalized terms not defined in this Fee Schedule shall have the meanings provided in the Agreement to which this Fee Schedule is attached. The following definitions will apply for purposes of determining AUI's fees hereunder:
" Acquisition Expenses " for any period, means as respects Covered Business the Retained Percentage of (A plus B plus C minus D, where A = Underwriting Fees, B = Origination Expenses net of the amount ceded to the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance, and C = Servicing Expenses, and D = ceding commissions earned on Outward Reinsurance net of amounts credited to the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement).
" Adjusted Combined Ratio " for each Underwriting Year means the Combined Ratio for such Underwriting Year minus the UW Investment Ratio for such Underwriting Year.
" All Ceded Reinsurance " means the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and Outward Reinsurance
" Annual Premium " means for any Underwriting Year as respects any calendar period Double Net Earned Premium during such calendar period in respect of Covered Business written during such Underwriting Period or, at AUI's option as respects any underwriting transaction that does not generate earned Premium or for which earned Premium over a period of twelve months is not a reasonable proxy for cash collected (such as, without limitation, a loss portfolio transfer or an adverse development cover), cash collected on such transaction net of cash ceded under All Ceded Reinsurance.
" Anticipated Duration Treasury Note Rate " means for any month-end in respect of any Underwriting Year, the Treasury note rate for the duration which corresponds to the average weighted duration of the Covered Business written in the previous Underwriting Year as estimated by AUI; in the event that there is no published Treasury note rate for such duration, the rate shall be determined by linear interpolation of the published rates for the next shortest and longest durations for which published rates are available.
" Applicable Percentage " means for each Underwriting Year (A-B)/A, where: A= Gross Earned Premium less earned premium ceded under Outward Reinsurance, and B = earned premium ceded under the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement. The Applicable Percentage at any given time shall be estimated on the basis of the information available at such time and shall be revised as more information becomes available (on a quarterly basis) with appropriate adjustments to be made to any prior payments made based on prior estimates.
" Calculation Date " means close of business on December 31 of the relevant calendar year to which the calculation pertains.
" Combined Ratio " for each Underwriting Year means (i) the sum of lncurred Loss and Incurred Acquisition Expenses for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date divided by (ii) Double Net Earned Premium for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date.
" Cumulative UW Float " means for any Underwriting Year as respects any calendar year the sum of the UW Float for each period for which Profit Commission, if any, has been determined from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date.
" Cumulative UW Investment Income " means, for any Underwriting Year the sum of UW Investment Income for such Underwriting Year for each calendar year during the period from the beginning of such Underwriting

C- 1



Year through the Calculation Date; provided , however , that Cumulative UW Investment Income shall never be less than zero.
" Dollars " means United States Dollars.
" Double Net Earned Premium " for any Underwriting Year means Net Earned Premium net of earned premium ceded under Outward Reinsurance.
" Extra Contractual Obligations " means any liability arising out of or in connection with Covered Business (whether in relation to claims handling or otherwise) imposed on the Company, including, without limitation, any settlement, judgment or award against the Company, for any amount that is not within the terms or conditions of the contract (including in excess of policy limits) in favor of an underlying cedent, an underlying cedent's insured or any other claimant.
" Gross Earned Premium " for any Underwriting Year means gross Premium earned on Covered Business written during such Underwriting Year by the Company.
" Incurred Acquisition Expense " for each Underwriting Year, means all Acquisition Expenses allocated to such Underwriting Year.
" Incurred Loss " means, for each Underwriting Year, all paid and outstanding Loss incurred by the Company plus IBNR in respect of Covered Business written during such Underwriting Year, in each case net of All Ceded Reinsurance.
" Loss " means all loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra-Contractual Obligations.
" Loss Adjustment Expense " means allocated and unallocated loss adjustment expense including, without limitation, fees of any Claims Third Party to the extent not based on written or earned Premium and fees of outside counsel consulted in claims negotiations, litigation, arbitrations, settlements or similar actions
" Net Earned Premium " for any Underwriting Year means Gross Earned Premium written by the Company net of the sum of earned premium ceded under the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, or, at AUI's option, as respects any underwriting transaction that does not generate earned Premium or for which earned Premium over a period of twelve months is not a reasonable proxy for cash collected (such as, without limitation, a loss portfolio transfer or an adverse development cover), cash collected on such transaction net of cash ceded under the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement or the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement.
" Operating Expenses " for any calendar year means the Company's general and administrative expenses for such calendar year, to the extent not included in Origination Expenses or Servicing Expenses, including, without limitation, amounts paid for employee compensation and benefits, directors' fees, travel and entertainment, office operating expenses (including, without limitation, rent, utilities and supplies), information technology costs (including maintenance fees), professional fees for consultants, counsel, auditors and accountants, taxes, liability insurance and first-party insurance premiums, State license fees, amortization and depreciation, subscriptions, bank fees. For the avoidance of doubt, Operating Expenses do not include Fees.
" Other Expense Factor " means for any calendar year 1.00 minus ( one-half of the Operating Expenses for such calendar year divided by Gross Earned Premium for all Underwriting Years during such calendar year).

C- 2



" Paid Loss " for any Underwriting Year as respects any calendar period means Loss actually paid during such calendar period in respect of Covered Business written during such Underwriting Year net of recoveries under All Ceded Reinsurance.
" Profit Commission Percentage " means (i) 96% minus the Adjusted Combined Ratio for such Underwriting Year, multiplied by (ii) 0.50.
" Quarterly Fees " means the Underwriting Fee and Run-Off Fee.
" Retained Percentage " means 1 minus the Ceded Percentage under the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement.
" Seconded Employee " means any Designated Employee and any employee of ARC seconded to AUI to assist AUI in performing services pursuant to this Agreement.
" Seconded Employee Expenses " for any period of time means the sum for every Seconded Employee of Allocated Costs paid by AUI to ARC in respect of such Seconded Employee for such period of time pursuant to the Employees Leasing Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2015, between AUI and ARC ("Employees Leasing Agreement"). For purposes of clarity, "Allocated Costs" are defined in the Employees Leasing Agreement as NB x C x D, where:
A = the Seconded Employee's annual salary and target bonus;
B = the sum of the annual salaries and target bonuses for all United States officers and employees of ARC ( other than officers or employees whose primary responsibilities relate to ARC's Facultative Division);
C = the percentage of such Seconded Employee's time dedicated to the provision of Insurance Services (as that term is defined in the Employees Leasing Agreement) pursuant to the Employees Leasing Agreement during such period of time ; and
D = 105 . 0 % of the operating expenses of ARC's United States offices (other than operating expenses for ARC's Facultative Division) for such period of time.
" Underwriting Year " means a calendar year during the Term or that portion of a calendar year which is included in the Term where the Term incepts and/or terminates during a calendar year.
" UW Float " means, for each Underwriting Year as respects each calendar year, (a) UW Investment Income for the prior calendar year, if any, plus (b) the product of the Annual Premium for such Underwriting Year during such calendar year and the Other Expense Factor, minus (c) the sum of the following amounts attributable to such Underwriting Year (I) that were paid by the Company during such calendar year: (i) Paid Loss; (ii) Run Off Fee net of the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement; and (iii) Profit Commission; and (II) Acquisition Expenses incurred in respect of Annual Premium earned during such calendar year.
" UW Investment Income " means, for each calendar year as respects each Underwriting Year, (i) the average of the Cumulative UW Float for such calendar year and the Cumulative UW Float for the preceding calendar year multiplied by (ii) the UW Year Investment Rate for such Underwriting Year.
" UW Investment Ratio " for each Underwriting Year shall be equal to the ratio derived by dividing Cumulative UW Investment Income for such Underwriting Year by Double Net Earned Premium for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date.

C- 3



" UW Year Investment Rate " means (i) for the first Underwriting Year, the simple average of the 3-year Treasury note rates as at the end of each month of such Underwriting Year and as of the last Business Day of the month preceding such Underwriting Year, and (ii) for each subsequent Underwriting Year, the simple average of the Anticipated Duration Treasury Note Rates as at the end of each month of such Underwriting Year and as of the last Business Day of the month preceding such Underwriting Year. For the avoidance of doubt, as respects any Underwriting Year which is a calendar year, this will be an average of 13 rates, and the UW Year Investment Rate will not change for such Underwriting Year as respects subsequent calendar periods.
" UY Average FX Rate " means, for each Underwriting Year, the simple average of the applicable foreign exchange rate as at the last Business Day of each month of such Underwriting Year and as of the last Business Day of the month preceding such Underwriting Year. For the avoidance of doubt, as respects any Underwriting Year which is a calendar year, this will be an average of 13 rates, and the UY Average FX Rate will not change for such Underwriting Year as respects subsequent calendar periods.
Section 2.     AUI Fees.
(a)
Underwriting Fee . So long as any Covered Business remains in force (including any Renewals thereof (other than Excluded Business) actually written by the Company during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement as contemplated in clause (a) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations), AUL shall be entitled to receive (by way of deduction from the Claims Account pursuant to Section 2 . 09(a) of the Agreement) each quarter in respect of all Covered Business an underwriting fee (the " Underwriting Fee ") equal to 3.00 % of the product of Gross Earned Premium and (1 minus the weighted average Ceded Percentage under the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement for such quarter).
(b)
Profit Commission . AUI shall be entitled to receive a profit commission payable as set forth in Section 4(b) below (the " Profit Commission ") for each Underwriting Year in an amount equal to (i) the Profit Commission Percentage for such Underwriting Year multiplied by (ii) Double Net Earned Premium for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date; provided, however, that if the Adjusted Combined Ratio for an Underwriting Year is equal to or greater than 96 % , the Profit Commission Percentage for such Underwriting Year shall be zero; and provided further that the foregoing Profit Commission calculations shall exclude from Covered Business Excluded Business.
(c)
Run-Off Fee . Following termination of this Agreement, so long as any Covered Business remains in force , in compensation for post-termination services to be provided by AUI as contemplated in clauses (a) and (c) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations, AUI shall be entitled to receive (by way of deduction from the Claims Account pursuant to Section 2 . 09(a) of the Agreement) a quarterly run-off fee (the " Run-Off Fee ") equal to . 25 % of the average of gross unearned Premiums and Loss reserves (including IBNR) for Covered Business in force during such quarter ; provided, however, that no Run-Off Fee shall be payable to AUI in the event of a termination subject to clause (b) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations; and provided further that the Company may, at its option, seek bona fide market quotes for the runoff of the Covered Business in force at termination within 30 Business Days of such termination, which quotes shall include all associated costs (including transition costs), in which case the Run- Off Fee shall be adjusted (up or down) to equal such market quote (the average if more than one quote is obtained).
(d)
Other Fees. A portion of the Investment Manager's Performance Fee will be shared with AUI to the extent owed pursuant to an agreement among the Investment Manager, AUI and the Company.

C- 4



Section 3.     Currency. All amounts used to calculate AUI Fees shall be in Dollars, and all AUI Fees shall be paid in Dollars. If Premium and/or Loss amounts from any Covered Business are recorded in a currency other than Dollars, such amounts shall be converted to Dollars at the UY Average FX Rate.
Section 4.     Payment of Fees.
(a) Quarterly Fees shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears. Within 60 days following the end of each calendar quarter for which Quarterly Fees are owed, AUI shall calculate the Quarterly Fees due for such calendar quarter and deliver a detailed invoice to the Company . The Quarterly Fees may be withdrawn by AUI from the Claims Account as set forth in Section 2.09(a) of the Services Agreement . To the extent the Claims Account is insufficient to pay the Quarterly Fees, the Company shall pay them to AUI from other funds . If Quarterly Fees are owed in connection with Renewals of Covered Business during the three-year period after termination or expiration of this Agreement and if, as contemplated by clause (a)(vi) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations, the Company has retained an alternate service provider to provide services in connection with runoff of the book in force at termination or expiration, the Company shall, or shall cause such alternate service provider to, calculate the Quarterly Fees due for each such calendar quarter, deliver a statement explaining such calculations and pay such amounts to AUI.
(b) The Profit Commission due for each Underwriting Year shall be calculated annually, earned over four years paid in arrears and thereafter adjusted annually over the ensuing fifteen years, as follows: Within 60 days following the end of each Underwriting Year, AUI shall calculate the Profit Commission due for such Underwriting Year and deliver a detailed invoice to the Company. Profit Commissions shall be due and payable no later than March 15 following the end of each Underwriting Year (or calendar year subsequent to the Term). With respect to each Underwriting Year, the Profit Commission shall be paid as follows : 40 % on the first March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year, 60 % on the second March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less the amount paid the preceding year); 80 % on the third March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less amounts paid in the preceding years); and 100 % on the fourth March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less amounts paid in the preceding years), with adjustments to continue to be made for fifteen years thereafter. If any calculation of Profit Commission determines that AUI was overpaid in prior years, the amount of any such overpayment shall be a deduction from Profit Commissions for other Underwriting Years due from the Company to AUI in the Profit Commission Report. Amounts owed to and from the parties for various Underwriting Years shall be offset against each other, and only the net amount shall be due; provided, however, that if the aggregate balance which otherwise would be due from the Company to AUI as of any March 15 for all Underwriting Years is negative, such amount shall not be due from AUI to the Company at such time, and the relevant experience shall be carried forward as respects determination of future Profit Commissions .
Section 5.     Expenses.
The Applicable Percentage of all out-of - pocket expenses incurred directly in connection with or pursuant to AUl's performance of services pursuant to, and exercise of its duties under, this Agreement will be paid or reimbursed by the Company from time-to-time (but no less frequently than quarterly), including, without limitation:
(i)
Fees paid to AIGI and ACSI for administrative services pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreements and/or costs incurred by AUI to subcontract and/or delegate, pursuant to Section 12.03 of this Agreement, except for fees owed to Claims Third Parties and Underwriting Third Parties;
(ii)
Seconded Employee Expenses;

C- 5



(iii)
Fees for industry statistical research and data related to lines of business targeted for the Company;
(iv)
Third-party diligence expenses related to underwriting audit , transactional audits, and claims audits of existing or prospective insurance and reinsurance contracts;
(v)
Fees of outside counsel consulted in the negotiation of Covered Business or Outward Reinsurance, or related to Premium collections, claims negotiations, litigation, arbitrations, settlements or similar actions;
(vi)
Expenses incurred in connection with obtaining legal, tax, financial and accounting advice and the advice of other consultants and experts, and expenses of, or incurred in connection with obtaining, any other third-party service provider, in each case on behalf of the Company but exclusive of Loss Adjustment Expense; and
(vii)
Fees (including, without limitation, of outside counsel) incurred in connection with compliance with legal requirements and corporate formalities ,
Section 6.     Allocation.
The fees and charges paid by WIC to AUI shall be allocated by WIC in compliance with SSAP No. 70. In addition, all fees and charges paid by WIC to AUI shall be reasonable in compliance with N.J.S . A. 17:27-4A-4.a(l ).

C- 6



EXHIBIT D
Operating Guidelines
In performing the services required hereunder in connection with Covered Business, AUI shall ensure that it and each Designated Employee shall follow in all respects the guidelines set forth below:
1 .     At all times no fewer than six (6) persons employed by AUI and responsible for underwriting insurance will be Designated Employees . All contracts of insurance and/or reinsurance entered into by the Company will be entered into on behalf of the Company by a Designated Employee . Designated Employees will carry business cards identifying themselves as employees of the Company. The Company will compensate AUI for the provision of the Designated Employees as provided in the Fee Schedule.

D- 1



EXHIBIT E
Designated Employees



Jay Bishop
Jessica Bongiorno William Bernens William Cameron Paul Cucchiara
Tom Hettinger Peder Moller
Doug Morrison
Gina Pilla
Richard Horrigan
Lisa Mullany
Megan Everett-Hoffman
John Willemsen Sherry Merber Dan Shea
Bill Hopkins
Daniel Mintz

E- 1



EX H IBIT F
Business Framework
Foundational Premise . AUI will perform its duties under the Services Agreement in accordance with the same high standard of care and degree of knowledge, skill and judgment that AUI ' s Affiliates apply to their insurance and reinsurance business, as applicable .
Targeted Watford Portfolio. Using the same methodology as AUI's Affiliates use for risks assumed into their portfolios and the same modeling tools as AUI ' s Affiliates utilize for their business (" Arch Model "), AUI will endeavor to build a distinct portfolio for the Company of insurance business that has a projected ROE greater than 15 % in the aggregate net of the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and Outward Reinsurance.* In making such projections , AUI will use required capital consistent with AUI's Affiliates' then-current model for rating agency requirements (presently based on Standard & Poor's) utilizing appropriate assumptions as respects the Watford Expense Factor, the Watford Investment Return Rate and the Company's then-current rating. Any business to be assumed by the Company shall be subject always to the Underwriting Guidelines .
" Watford Expense Factor " means an estimated factor determined by AUI in its reasonable discretion in respect of the Company's (i) Origination Expenses and Servicing Expenses, plus (ii) Underwriting Fees . For the First Underwriting Year, the Servicing Expenses shall be estimated to be equal to the Applicable Percentage of 10 % of the Gross Written Premium.
" Watford Investment Return Rate " means (i) with respect to Year 1, 4.0%, and (ii) with respect to each subsequent year, a rate to be mutually agreed between the Company and AUI; provided, that such rate shall be determined not later than 60 days prior to the end of the prior calendar year and shall be not less than the average 3-year U . S . treasury security rate for the prior ninety calendar days plus 300 basis points.
AUI will decide, in its full discretion, whether to approve authorization of the Company's entry into any Third - Party Agreement or assumption of any individual risk and the layer and share it deems appropriate to authorize. Any such approval may be subject to authorizations by AUI's Affiliates for their portfolios; provided, that, to the extent that AUI has recommended a participation for the Company on a risk and such risk comes up for Renewal at any anniversary (Year 2 and beyond), AUI will approve authorization of Renewal of the expiring participation on behalf of the Company as it deems appropriate for the Company, independent of what Arch authorizes for its portfolio.
In general, AUI will not recommend or approve authorization of a line for the Company where the client/broker has indicated to AUI that a Company participation will not be taken up.
AUI's Affiliates will continue to underwrite business for their own distinct portfolios in accordance with their own policies, strategies, business plans, etc. Other than with respect to the Company's Renewals as described above, AUI ' s Affiliates may, in their discretion, authorize for themselves up to the full amount of an offered participation notwithstanding that such participation would also be suitable for the Company (" Allocation Protocol ") .
*AUI does not guarantee that business recommended to the Company will meet the targeted ROE. Actual ROE likely will deviate from ROE projections (whether positively or negatively), possibly substantially .
For the avoidance of doubt, this Business Framework shall not apply to Non-Covered Business and Excepted Business.

F- 1



E XHIBIT G
Rating Agencies
A.M. Best Company, Inc.

G- 1



EXHIBIT H
Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations
(a)
In the event (A) AUI gives written notice that it will not renew this Agreement under Section 9.01, (B) AUI terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(i), (C) the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(i), (ii), (iv), (v) , (vi) or (vii), or (D) this Agreement is terminated under Section 9.01 as a consequence of termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement, and the termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement is based on a provision thereof corresponding to (A), (B) or (C), then effective upon termination:
(i)
For a one-year period following termination or expiration, neither AUI nor any AUI Affiliate shall compete with the Company for (i . e. , solicit or bind) Renewals of any Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing shall prohibit AUI or any AUI Affiliate from soliciting or binding a Renewal of business written by any AUI Affiliate which is in-force at or immediately prior to such termination or expiration; provided further that after such one-year period , both the Company and AUI or its Affiliates shall be free to compete for Renewals of Covered Business;
(ii)
If any Renewals of Covered Business ( other than Renewals of Excluded Business) are actually written by the Company during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration , the Underwriting Fees set forth in the Fee Schedule shall be due and payable to AUI in respect of such Renewals;
(iii)
the Company and AUI shall be free to compete for Renewals of any Excluded Business and/or Non-Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement;
(iv)
AUI will have no further authority hereunder , either directly or indirectly to underwrite any new Covered Business on behalf of the Company or to renew any Covered Business on behalf of the Company;
(v)
any employees or officers leased to the Company shall be terminated by the Company, and any such officers of the Company shall cease to be officers of the Company, as of the termination or expiration date;
(vi)
during the three-year period following the date of termination, the Company shall not directly or indirectly solicit or hire any former leased underwriters or dual officers or any other underwriters of AUI or any AUI Affiliate ;
(vii)
AUI shall continue to provide the services set forth herein with respect to Covered Business (for the avoidance of doubt, other than any Non-Covered Business), Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement until all such Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith have been settled or commuted and shall have the option to terminate any Covered Business on a runoff or cutoff basis or to commute such Covered Business in accordance with the terms of such Covered Business or in agreement with the counterparties thereto; provided, however, that if the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9 . 02(a)(i), the Company shall retain an alternate service provider to provide such services in connection with the runoff of the book in force at termination or expiration (such alternate service provider to be subject to the approval of AUI not to be unreasonably withheld); and
(viii)
any Fees and expenses due under this Agreement prior to termination or accruing after the termination shall continue to be payable in accordance with the Fee Schedule as respects services rendered

H- 1


by AUI prior to termination; provided, however, that if the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(i), AUI shall not be entitled to receive any Run Off Fees.
(b)
In the event (A) the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(iii), or (B) this Agreement is terminated under Section 9.01 as a consequence of termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement, and the termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement is based on Section 9.02(a)(iii) thereof, then effective upon termination:
(i)
For a one-year period following termination or expiration, neither AUI nor any AUI Affiliate shall compete with the Company for (i . e . , solicit or bind) Renewals of any Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing shall prohibit AUI or any AUI Affiliate from soliciting or binding a Renewal of business written by any AUI Affiliate which is in-force at or immediately prior to such termination or expiration; provided further that after such one-year period, both the Company and AUI or its Affiliates shall be free to compete for Renewals of Covered Business ;
(ii)
the Company and AUI shall be free to compete for Renewals of any Excluded Business and/or Non-Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement;
(iii)
AUI will have no further authority hereunder, either directly or indirectly to underwrite any new Covered Business or renew any Covered Business on behalf of the Company or to provide any other services in respect of the Covered Business, the Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement or the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement;
(iv)
any employees or officers leased to the Company shall be terminated by the Company , and any such officers of the Company shall cease to be officers of the Company , as of the termination or expiration date;
(v)
during the three-year period following the date of termination, the Company shall not directly or indirectly solicit or hire any former leased underwriters or dual officers or any other underwriters of AUI or any AUI Affiliate; and
(vi)
any Fees and expenses due under this Agreement prior to termination or accruing after the termination shall continue to be payable in accordance with the Fee Schedule as respects services rendered by AUI prior to termination.
(c)
In the event (A) the Company gives written notice that it will not renew this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.01, (B) AUI terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(ii), (iii), (iv) or (v), or (C) this Agreement is terminated under Section 9.01 as a consequence of termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement, and the termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement is based on a provision thereof corresponding to (A) or (B), then effective upon termination:
(i)
AUI will have no further authority hereunder, either directly or indirectly to underwrite any new Covered Business or renew any Covered Business on behalf of the Company;
(ii)
the Company and AUI shall be free to compete for Renewals of any Excluded Business and/or Non-Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement;
(iii)
any employees or officers leased to the Company shall be terminated by the Company, and any such officers of the Company shall cease to be officers of the Company , as of the termination or expiration date;

H- 2


(iv)
during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration, the Company shall not solicit or bind any Renewals of Covered Business (other than any Excluded Business) in- force at termination or expiration of this Agreement and shall not otherwise compete for business formerly produced through AUI (other than any Excluded Business);
(v)
AUI shall continue to provide the services set forth herein with respect to Covered Business (for the avoidance of doubt, other than any Non-Covered Business), Outward Reinsurance, the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement until all such Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith have been settled or commuted and shall have the option to terminate any Covered Business on a runoff or cutoff basis or to commute such Covered Business in accordance with the terms of such Covered Business or in agreement with the counterparties thereto; provided, however, that if AUI terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b) (iv), the Company may not thereafter withdraw any funds from the Claims Account for deposit into the Investment Account or Investment Grade Account until all Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith are settled or commuted and all Fees and expenses due to AUI under this Agreement have been received by AUI in full;
(vi)
any Fees and expenses due under this Agreement prior to termination or expiration or accruing after the termination or expiration shall continue to be payable in accordance with the Fee Schedule as respects services rendered by AUI prior or subsequent to termination or expiration; provided, however , that if AUI terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(iv), the Company may not thereafter withdraw any funds from the Claims Account for deposit into the Investment Account or Investment Grade Account until all Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith have been settled or commuted and all Fees and expenses due to AUI under this Agreement have been received by AUI in full; and
(vii)
during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration, the Company shall not directly or indirectly solicit or hire any Designated Employees or any other employees of AUI or any AUI Affiliate.

H- 3
Exhibit 10.4













WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY EUROPE LIMITED
ARCH UNDERWRITERS LTD.,
and,
solely for the limited purposes set forth herein,
HIGHBRIDGE PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES, LLC
SERVICES AGREEMENT

1



TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
5
 
 
 
Section 1.01
Definitions
5
 
 
 
ARTICLE II APPOINTMENT & AUTHORITY
10
 
 
 
Section 2.01
Appoi n tment; Acceptanc e
10
Section 2.02
E xclu s ivity
10
Section 2.03
[ R e served]
11
Section 2.04
Operating Guidelines
11
Section 2.05
I n s tructio n s ; Performanc e Standards
11
Section 2.06
[ Reserved]
11
Section 2.07
Limitatio ns of Authority
11
Section 2.08
Underwr i ting Guidelin e s
13
Section 2.09
Collections: Claims Accoun t and Operating Account
13
 
 
 
ARTICLE III SERVICES
15
 
 
 
Section 3.01
Services
15
 
 
 
ARTICLE IV COMPENSATION & EXPENSES
15
 
 
 
Section 4.01
Compe n sat i on and E xpenses
15
 
 
 
ARTICLE V REPORTING
15
 
 
 
Section 5.01
Account i ng Reports
15
Section 5.02
U n derwr i ting Report
16
Section 5.03
Reserves
16
Section 5.04
Reporting Time f rames a fter Initial Public Offering
17
Section 5.05
Ho l ida y s
17
 
 
 
ARTICLE VI RECORDS
17
 
 
 
Section 6.01
Maintenance of and Access to Records
17
Section 6.02
Own e rship of R e cords
18
 
 
 
ARTICLE VII REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF AUL
18
 
 
 
Section 7.01
Licenses and Authorities
18
Section 7.02
Status
19
Section 7.03
No Breach
19
Section 7.04
Authorization
19

2



Section 7.05
Rat in gs
19
Section 7.06
Und e rwriting S trategy
20
Section 7.07
Compliance with Laws
21
Section 7.08
Notice of Certain Events
21
Section 7.09
E xp e nses: Dispu t es
21
Section 7.10
Chang e of Control .
21
Section 7.11
Staff: Designa t ed E mployees
21
Section 7.12
Und e rwriting Guidelines, Business F ramewo r k and Operating Guideli ne s
22
 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF THE COMPANY
22
 
 
 
Section 8.01
Licenses and Authorities
22
Section 8.02
Status
22
Section 8.03
No Breach
22
Section 8.04
Authorization
22
Section 8.05
Use ofName
23
Section 8.06
[Reserved]
23
Section 8.07
[Res e rv e d]
23
Section 8.08
Third Part y Administrative Services
23
Section 8.09
Leas e d E mplo y ees
23
Section 8.10
Investment Manager
23
 
 
 
ARTICLE IX TERM; TERMINATION
23
 
 
 
Section 9.01
Term
23
Section 9.02
Termination
23
Section 9.03
Effect of Termination
26
 
 
 
ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION & EXCULPATION
26
 
 
 
Section 10.01
Indemni fic at ion b y t h e Company
26
Section 10.02
No Guar an t e e s : E xculpation
26
 
 
 
ARTICLE XI CONFIDENTIALITY
27
 
 
 
Section 11.01
C onfidentiali t y
27
 
 
 
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS
28
 
 
 
Section 12.01
Relationship of the Partie s
28
Section 12.02
E ntir e Agreement; Integration o f Right s
28
Section 12.03
As s ignm e nt
29
Section 12.04
Spe c ific Performanc e
29
Section 12.05
Notices
29

3



Section 12.06
Binding Ef f e ct
30
Section 12.07
Amendment and Waiver
30
Section 12.08
Governing L aw
30
Section 12.09
Arbitration
31
Section 12.10
C ou n t erp a rts
31
Section 12 . 11
Sever ab i li ty
31
Section 12.12
Head i ngs
31
Section 12.13
Survival
31

Exhibits
Exhibit A:
Underwriting Guidelines
Exhibit B:
Schedule of Services
Exhibit C:
Fee Schedule
Exhibit D:
Operating Guidelines
Exhibit E:
Designated Employees
Exhibit F:
Business Framework
Exhibit G:
Rating Agencies
Exhibit H:
Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations


4



SERVICES AGREEMENT
This SERVICES AGREEMENT (this Ag r eement ), dated as of December 7, 2015 , is entered into by and among Watford Insuranc e Company Europe Limited , a Gibraltar domiciled insurance company ( the Company ”), Arch Und e rwriters Ltd., a Bermuda e x empted company with limited liability (“ AUL ) and, solely for the l imited purposes set forth in S ections 2.08 , 9.02(a ) (iii) 1 2 .07 , and 12.13, Highbridge Principal Strate g ies , LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the In vestment Manager ). The Compan y and AUL may be referred to h e r e in individually as a “ Party and collectivel y as the Parties ”.
R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS , the Company desires to retain AUL to provide the services described herein , and AUL wishes to provide such services;
WHEREAS , (i) AUL has entered into an administrative support se rv ices agreement ( AUEL A d mi ni s t rat i ve Services Agreeme n t ) with Arch Underwriters Europe Limited , an Irish corporation and an affil i ate of AUL ( AUEL ”) , dated as of October 1 , 2014 , pursuant to which AUL will deleg a te the performance of certa i n administrative services hereunder to AUEL (i i ) contemporaneously herewith AUL is entering into an administrative support services agreement ( ACSI A d mi n istra t ive Services Agreement ) with Arch Capital Services Inc. , a Delaware corporation and an a f filiate of AUL (“ ACSI ) , pursuant to which AUL will delegate the performance of certain administrative services hereunder to ACSI, and (iii ) the Company and A U L are entering into an administrative support services agreement ( Q ues t Admistrative Servi c e Agreeme n t ) with Quest Insurance Management (Gibraltar) Limited ( Quest ”), pursuant to which AUL will delegate the performance of certain administrative services hereunder to Quest ; and
WHEREAS , the Company and AUL have all requisite authority to enter into this Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein and for other good and v aluable consideration , the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows :
ARTICLE I
DEFINITONS
Section 1.01 Definit i o n s. The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:
Account(s) ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.0l(a)(x).
Acc o unting R e p ort has the meaning set forth in Section 5.0l(a ) .
A cqu is i tio n Ex p enses has the meaning set forth in the F e e S c hedule .

5



ACSI has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
ACSI Administrative Serv i ces Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals as the same may be supplemented and amended with the approval of the Company.
Affiliate ” of a specific Person means a Person that (at the time when the determination is to be made) directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person.
Agreement means this Services Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.
Allocation Protocol has the meaning set forth in the Business Framework.
ARL ’’ means Arch Reinsurance Ltd.
ARL Quota Share Re i nsurance Agreement ” means the Variable Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between the Company and ARL of even date herewith.
AUEL ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
AUE L Administrative Services Ag r eement has the meaning set forth in the recitals as the same may be supplemented and amended with the approval of the Company.
AUL ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
AUL Termination Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(b).
Bermuda Services Ag r eement means the Services Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014, among Watford Re Ltd., Watford Holdings Ltd., AUL and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, the Investment Manager, as supplemented and amended.
Board of D i rectors has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08.
Books and Reco r d s ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.
Bu s in e ss Framework has the meaning set forth in Section 2.0l(a).
Business Day means any day on which banks are open for business in Gibraltar
C l aim s Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a)(i).
C l aims Committee ” means the Company’s Large Loss Claims Committee, with the AUL members of such Committee not participating and abstaining.
C laims T hird Party ” means a third party to whom the Company has delegated the right and/or duty to receive, adjust or otherwise administer individual claims in respect of Program Policies issued by the Company.

6



Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Company Term i na t i o n E v en t has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a).
Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.0l(a).
Covered Business ” means all insurance contracts issued by or on behalf of the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Program Policies and Excepted Business) as such contracts may be amended and/or endorsed.
Covered Persons has the meaning set forth in Section 11.0l(b).
Customer ” means an insured or prospective insured or other counterparty or prospective counterparty of Covered Business, or agent, broker or other intermediary acting on any of their behalf.
Designate d E mployees has the meaning set forth in Section 7.11.
E ff e c t ive Date has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
E xc e pt e d Bu s iness ‘ means Covered Business that is not subject to the Business Framework or the Underwriting Guidelines pursuant to Sections 2.02(b), 7.05(a) and/or 7.05(b).
Excluded Business ” means Excepted Business for which AUL has exercised its option pursuant to Sections 2.02(b), 7.05(a) and/or 7.05(b) to exclude from calculation of its Profit Commission.
Fe e Sc h ed u l e ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.
Fees ” means the Underwriting Fee, the Profit Commission, the Run-Off Fee, and the other fees payable to AUL as described in the Fee Schedule.
GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.
Gov e rnment Autho ri ty ” means any legislature, executive branch or governmental department, commission, board, agency, court, tribunal or instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Company.
Indemnifiable Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01.
Indemnifie d Pe r son has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01.
I nitial T er m has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
Investment Account ” has the meaning set forth in the Investment Management Agreement.

7



Investment Grade Account ” has the meaning set forth in the Investment Management Agreement.
Investment Managemen t Ag r eement ” means that certain Investment Management Agreement, dated of even date herewith, by and among the Company, the Investment Manager and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, AUL, as supplemented and amended.
Inves tm ent Manager ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Operating Acco u nt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(b) .
Opera t ing Guide l ines ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04 .
Or i g i nation E xpe n ses ” means (i) commissions, fees and other expenses directly allocable to the issuance of Covered Business and owed by the Company to third-party agents (including, without limitation, any Underwriting Third Parties), brokers, producers or other intermediaries, or cedents, and (ii) without duplication of clause (i), any premium taxes and other similar taxes, if any, payable by the Company with respect to Covered Business. For the avoidance of doubt, Origination Expenses do not include any Fees or Servicing Expenses.
Outward Reinsurance ” means facultative reinsurance, quota share reinsurance, excess of loss treaty reinsurance, or other reinsurance or retrocessions ceded by the Company other than the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement.
Parent ” means Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability.
Party ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a)(i).
Perm i tted Operating Account Withdrawals ” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.09(b)(i).
Person ” means any individual, company, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization, Government Authority or other entity.
PHS ” means the Company’s policyholders’ surplus as set forth on the Company’s most recent audited statutory financial statements as of the relevant date.
Premium ” means the premium and all other amounts payable to the Company on Covered Business.
Profit Commission ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) of the Fee Schedule.

8



Program Policies means policies issued on behalf of the Company by an Underwriting Third Party or by the Company as recommended or directed by an Underwriting Third Party.
Quest ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
Quest Administrative Services Agre e ment ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
Rating Agencies means the rating agency or agencies set forth on Exh i bit G , as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of AUL and the Company.
R enewal ” of any contract means a succeeding contract with the same Customer (or its Affiliates), either identified by the Customer as a “renewal” or covering substantially the same class(es) of business, on substantially the same layer (if not proportional), and on substantially the same terms and conditions.
Risk Modeling Systems ” means any risk modeling systems, methods of pricing coverage for insurance risks, methods of tracking the Covered Business and related documents and materials developed or utilized by AUL.
Run-Off Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) of the Fee Schedule.
Schedule of Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.
Schedule of Post-Terminati o n O bli gations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(b).
Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.
Se r vicing Expenses means the expenses paid or payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Fee Schedule, Run-Off Fees and fees of any Claims Third Party to the extent based on written or earned premium, but excluding any fees paid directly by the Company, or by way of reimbursement to AUL in respect of fees paid, to Quest.
Shareholders ” means the holders of common shares of the Parent.
Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
“Third Party Agr e ement ” means an agreement with an Underwriting Third Party and/or a Claims Third Party.
U n d e rwritin g Committe e ” means the Company’s Underwriting Committee, with the AUL members of such Committee not participating and abstaining.
Und e rw r i t i ng F ee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of the Fee Schedule.
Underwr i t i ng Guidel i nes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.0l(a).
Underwr i ting R eport has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.

9



Und e rwri t ing Third Party means a third party to whom the Company has delegated the right and/or duty to bind, issue, endorse or otherwise underwrite and/or administer individual policies issued on behalf of the Company, but always provided that such delegation is established by a Third Party Agreement consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines.
Wat f ord Q uota Shar e R e in s urance Agreement ” means the Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between the Company and Watford Re of even date herewith.
Watford Re ” means Watford Re Ltd .
ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT & AUTHORITY
Section 2.01 A ppoin t men t; A cc e ptanc e .
(a)
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the Business Framework attached hereto as E xhib i t F (the “ Bu s in ess F ramework ) and the Underwriting Guidelines of the Company attached hereto as E xhibit A (as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 2.08, the U nderw ri t ing Guid e l in es ”), the Company hereby appoints AUL to formulate the Company’s overall portfolio of insurance and to exercise full discretion in the management of the Company’s portfolio, including soliciting, negotiating, supervising the underwriting of and administering, but not binding, contracts providing insurance coverage by the Company, Third Party Agreements and any Outward Reinsurance, and provide the services and exercise the authorities specified in this Agreement. AUL hereby accepts such appointment by executing this Agreement. It is acknowledged and agreed that AUL will not be performing services in Gibraltar, that AUL will make recommendations to the Company regarding prospective Covered Business but will not have authority to bind the Company to any risk and that all decisions to bind the Company to any risks will be made by the Underwriting Committee.
(b)
AUL shall have the authority expressly conferred on it by this Agreement to provide the services described in this Agreement.
Section 2.02 E xclusivit y . (a) During the term hereof (i) AUL shall be the exclusive third-party provider to the Company of the services described herein during the term of this Agreement, and (ii) except as agreed to in writing by AUL or as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no third- party other than AUL (and other than AUEL, ACSI and, as provided herein, any Underwriting Third Party and/or any Claim Third Party) shall provide to the Company services in the nature of those specified in this Agreement to be provided by, or exercise on behalf of the Company the authorities conferred on, AUL pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall prevent the Company from engaging a third party to provide any services that are incidental to or indirectly related to the services described herein.
(b)    AUL will analyze all existing and prospective Covered Business, Third Party Agreements and Outward Reinsurance opportunities for the Company and will provide its recommendation on such contracts and opportunities to the Company. The Company agrees that

10



it will not, and will instruct the Designated Employees not to, take any actions inconsistent with AUL’s recommendation with respect to any Covered Business, Third Party Agreement or Outward Reinsurance without the prior approval of AUL (subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework), except as otherwise provided by Section 7.05. Any business resulting from any such inconsistent action shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights a v ailable to AUL , any underwriting results arising from any breach of this Section 2 . 02(b) will, at AUL s option , e x ercised within 5 Business Days of the later of the date such business is bound and the date on which AUL discovers or is notified that such business was bound, be excluded from the determination of the Profit Commission.
(c)    AUL shall be permitted to provide to its Affiliates and third parties other than the Company services similar to those described in this Agreement; provided , ho w ever , that any s uch provision of services to third parties does not int e rfere with AUL satisfying its obligations h e reunder , including pursuant to the Exhibits hereto .
Section 2.03 [Reserved] .
Section 2.04 Op e r ati n g Gui d e li nes . AUL shall provide the services specified in this Agreement in accordance with and subject to the Operating Guidelines attached as Exhibit D to this Agreement (the Op e r ating G u i d eli n es ).
Section 2.05 Instruction s; Perf o rm an ce Stan d ar d s .
(a)    AUL shall follo w such instructions as are reasonably gi v en to it from time to time by the Company regarding the services rend e red under this Agreement ; provided that , except as expressly contemplated in Section 7.05 , such instructions may not require AUL to act or refrain from acting in any manner not consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework. The Company shall give all such instructions to AUL in writing and shall specify a reasonable amount of time in which to allow AUL to take appropriate action.
(b)     Performa n ce Stan d ards . AUL a g rees to perform under this Agreement in accordance with the standard of care that is r e asonabl y to be e x pected of a professional insurance underwriter and w ith the standard of care which i s e x ercised by AUL s Affiliate s with respect to their own insurance and rein s urance business , subject to and taking into account the Underwriting Guid e lines , the Business Framework and the Company s risk tolerances and investment assumptions.
Section 2.06 [R eserved] .
Section 2.07 Lim i tations of Authority .
(a)
AUL shall ha v e no power or authority other than as granted and set forth herein and no other or greater power shall be implied from the granting or denial o f powers specifically mentioned herein.
(b)
In addition to t h e other limitations e x pressly contained in this Ag r eement, AUL has no authority to:

11



( i)
authorize, bind or amend any Covered Business , Third Party Agreement or Outward Reinsurance on behalf of the Compan y;
(ii)
incur any liability on behalf of the Company other than liability incurred pursuant to or in connection with Covered Business or Outward Reinsurance in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
(iii)
solicit, transact, quote, underwrite, bind or deliver policies contrary to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including but not limited to the following:
A.
types of insurance policies other than as specifically set forth in the Underwriting Guidelines;
B.
[reserved];
C.
policies on risks which do not comply with any applicable forms, rules, rates, or filings of the Company or any applicable rating bureaus, or any applicable laws and regulations of the jurisdiction(s) in which the policy applies; and
D.
policies which cover risks located in jurisdictions other than those allowed per the Underwriting Guidelines and/or jurisdictions where the Company is not authorized to write, or has not filed necessary rates, rules and forms for, such policies, to the extent such authorizations and/or filings are required;
(iv)
issue a guaranty (other than surety and other insurance products), other than as permitted expressly in writing by the Company;
(v)
hold itself out as an agent of the Company in any other manner, or for any other purposes, than as specifically prescribed in this Agreement; or
(vi)
settle or conduct lawsuits or other disputes other than disputes relating to Covered Business, Third Party Agreements or Outward Reinsurance in accordance with Section 10 of the Schedule of Services.
(c)
Other than as set forth in the Schedule of Services, AUL shall have no authority to appoint sub-agents (other than sub-agents that are AUL Affiliates) for the Company without prior written approval of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(d)
If AUL recommends and the Company binds Covered Business which violates this Agreement, including the Underwriting Guidelines and/or the Business Framework, AUL shall promptly make reasonable best efforts to remove the Company as the insurer of any deviating risks or to have the risk assumed from the Company by another insurer or reinsurer.
(e)
AUL shall not waive any conditions or make any changes to the Company’s insurance policies, endorsements, applications, certificates of insurance or Third Party Agreements

12



that would cause such contracts to no longer comply with the Underwriting Guidelines without the Company’s prior written approval.
(f)
[Reserved]
(g)
AUL has no authority to commit the Company to participate in voluntary insurance or reinsurance pools involving joint and several liability of insurers/reinsurers or joint ventures of any nature.
(h)
Except as provided in the Schedule of Services, AUL shall not use or authorize the use of the Company’s name, logo or service mark without the Company’s prior written consent.
Section 2.08 Underwriting Guidelines . The Underwriting Guidelines may only be amended upon the written agreement of AUL, the Company (as approved by the Board of Directors) and the Investment Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the agreement of the Investment Manager shall not be required if at such time the Investment Manager is no longer serving as the investment manager of the Company.
Section 2.09 Collections; Claims Account and Operating Account . AUL agrees to perform the following services with respect to the collection of amounts due to the Company and the maintenance of the Claims Account (as defined below) and the Operating Account (as defined below):
(a)     C l aims Acco u nt . AUL agrees to perform the following services with respect to the collection of amounts due to the Company and the maintenance of the Claims Account:
(i)
AUL shall diligently seek to collect all Premiums, reinsurance recoverables and other funds due to the Company in connection with Covered Business. Third Party Agreements and any Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and promptly (but in no event later than 5 Business Days following receipt) deposit such payments into a separate bank account which shall be owned and established by the Company and to which AUL shall have full access and authority to make deposits and withdrawals (the “ C l aims Account ”). All Premiums, reinsurance recoverables and other funds received by AUL on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be held by AUL in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company prior to being deposited in the Claims Account. AUL shall have the right to withdraw from the Claims Account Underwriting Fees, Run Off Fees, expenses, taxes or other amounts due to AUL upon receipt by the Company of an invoice therefor and all other amounts to be paid by AUL on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement in respect of claim payments under Covered Business, premiums under Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and any adjustment or return premiums (“ Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals ”). AUL shall make no deductions from the Claims Account other than Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals unless authorized in writing by the Company.

13



(ii)
In the event that the Company receives any Premiums, reinsurance recoverables or other funds that AUL is authorized to collect pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall promptly return such amounts to the broker with the instructions for them to deliver such amounts correctly to AUL (and shall copy AUL on such correspondence).
(iii)
If the amount in the Claims Account is or is expected to be insufficient at any time (as reasonably determined by AUL after consultation with the Company), AUL may direct the Company to, or direct the Company to cause the Investment Manager to, deposit, within 30 Business Days, additional funds in the Claims Account in an amount identified by AUL such that, after making any pending or expected Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals, the available balance in the Claims Account will be sufficient to satisfy all such pending or expected Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals and operate the Company’s business.
(iv)
In the event that there are funds in the Claims Account in excess of those reasonably necessary to satisfy any pending or expected Permitted Claims Account Withdrawals, AUL shall notify the Company, and the Company shall withdraw the amount of such excess and deposit such funds in the Operating Account, the Investment Account and/or the Investment Grade Account.
(b)     Operating Account .
(i)
The Company shall maintain a separate bank account (the “ Opera t ing Account ”) which shall be owned and established by the Company to satisfy its day-to-day operations and operating expenses other than any such obligations or expenses to be satisfied out of the Claims Account pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Company may withdraw amounts from the Operating Account from time to time as needed to pay such operating expenses (“ Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals ”).
(ii)
If the amount in the Operating Account is or is expected to be insufficient at any time (as reasonably determined by AUL after consultation with the Company), AUL may direct the Company to, or direct the Company to cause the Investment Manager to, deposit, within 30 Business Days, additional funds in the Operating Account in an amount identified by AUL such that, after making any pending or expected Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals, the available balance in the Operating Account will be sufficient to satisfy all such pending or expected Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals and operate the Company’s business.
(iii)
In the event that there are funds in the Operating Account in excess of those reasonably necessary to satisfy any pending or expected Permitted Operating Account Withdrawals, AUL shall notify the Company, and the Company shall withdraw the amount of such excess and deposit such funds in the Claims Account, the Investment Account and/or the Investment Grade Account.

14



(c)
AUL shall not co-mingle funds of the Company with any accounts of AUL. Reports and funds transfers to the Company shall be made in compliance with accounting and records requirements established by the Company.
ARTICLE III
SERVICES
Section 3.01 Services . AUL is authorized to, and hereby agrees to, in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework, perform the services set forth herein and on the Schedule of Services attached hereto as Exhibit B (collectively, the “ Services ” and E xhibi t B , the “ Schedule of Services ”) in accordance with the terms hereof.
ARTICLE IV
COMPENSATION & EXPENSES
Section 4.01 Compensation and E xpenses . AUL will be entitled to Fees and reimbursement of expenses in accordance with the fee schedule annexed hereto as Exhibit C (the “ F ee Sch e dul e ”).
ARTICLE V
REPORTING
Section 5.01 Accounting Reports . (a) Within 30 days following the close of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2015, AUL will prepare and forward to the Company a statement of account (the “ Account i ng Repo r t ”), in a form acceptable to both AUL and the Company, setting forth the following items for the quarter under report with respect to Covered Business:
(i)    gross premiums written and earned;
(ii)    ceded premiums written and earned;
(iii)    net premiums written and earned;
(iv)    Origination Expenses written and earned;
(v)    any Fees (and adjustments thereto) and expenses pursuant to Section 5 of the Fee Schedule due for such fiscal quarter;
(vi)    any miscellaneous items as may be applicable; gross basis;
(vii)    paid losses, loss adjustment expenses and reserve movements on a
(viii)    balance of amounts due to or from the Company at the end of the quarter including premiums receivable, funds withheld on behalf of Watford Re or others, losses payable, reinsurance balances payable, Fees due, paid losses, loss adjustment expenses recoverable and cash call advances from Watford Re, ARL or others;

15



(ix)    balance of loss reserves ( case, IBNR, loss adjustment expense) and unearned premium reserves on a gross and net basis;
(x)    the balance of the Claims Account and of the Operating Account (each an “Account” and together the “Accounts”) as of the end of such fiscal quarter (the reporting obligations set forth in this clause may be satisfied by delivery of a bank statement or statements);
(xi)    the amount of all collateral supporting the Covered Business written through the date of such Accounting Report;
(xii)    any additional information required to be reported as respects the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement; and
(xiii)    such other items as mutually agreed by the Company and AUL.
(b)    Within 60 days following the close of each fiscal year, AUL will prepare and forward to the Company a compilation of the information set forth in the Accounting Reports for the immediately preceding fiscal year.
Section 5.02 Unde rwriting Report . Within 30 days following the close of each calendar month, AUL will prepare and forward to the Company a detailed and itemized report (the “ Underwriting Report”), in a form mutually agreed by AUL and the Company, setting forth the following:
(a)
a list of all Third Party Agreements bound by the Company hereunder during the previous calendar month;
(b)
a bordereau of all individual Covered Business activity during the calendar month including with respect to each Program Policy or other policy: the policy number, the Named Insured, the effective date and expiration date, the policy limit, the estimated premium, the commission paid to the broker and/or the Underwriting Third Party and such other specific data or information regarding such contracts as the Company may reasonably request;
(c)
such other items as mutually agreed by the Company and AUL.
Section 5.03 Reserves . (a) AUL shall recommend on a quarterly basis (within 30 days of the close of each fiscal quarter or more frequently as circumstances may require) reserves to be maintained by the Company in respect of Covered Business, and the Company shall make the final determination with respect to the final amounts of such reserves. The frequency of reserve reviews and recommendation as to reserves will be based on the same methodology and principles as are used by AUL’s Affiliates. The Company shall promptly deliver to AUL a report reconciling any differences between the reserves recommended by AUL and the final reserves booked by the Company and explaining in reasonable detail for each line of business the justification for any differences.

16



(b)    Within 60 days after the end of the fiscal year (and 30 days following each fiscal quarter), AUL shall deliver to the Company, in a form to be agreed upon by AUL and the Company, all information and data in respect of Covered Business reasonably necessary for the Company to populate the underwriting-related schedules that the Company is required to report on annual statutory filings or otherwise required by the Company in connection with its quarterly financial statements.
Section 5.04 Reporting Timeframes after Init i al Pu b lic Offering . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Parent consummates an initial public offering, AUL shall thereafter prepare and deliver to the Company the reports provided for in Sections 5.01, 5.02 and 5.03 within appropriate shorter timeframes to be mutually agreed such that the Company is able to provide information to the market and to investors and analysts in a timely manner after the close of each fiscal quarter and in .any case within such timeframes as are usual and customary for public reinsurance companies.
Section 5.05 Holidays . If the last day on which a report may be prepared and forwarded is not a Business Day, then the report may be prepared or forwarded on the next Business Day.
ARTICLE VI
RECORDS
Section 6.01 Maintenance of and Access to Records. The Company shall provide to AUL all documentation relating to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement. AUL (or Quest acting in conjunction with AUL) will keep full and accurate accounts, ledgers, books and records (including computer generated, recorded or stored records)
(i) of all transactions pertaining to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, including contract forms, sales records, corporate and accounting records, financial records, compliance records, tax records, disclosure and other documents and filings required by law, (ii) of all correspondence (including but not limited to proof of mailing for all notices required by law or regulation) between AUL and any policyholders, agents, Underwriting Third Parties, Claims Third Parties, claimants, insurance departments or other regulatory agencies pertaining to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and (iii) clearly recording the deposits into and withdrawals from each Account ((i), (ii) and (iii) collectively, “ Books and Recor d s ”); provided, however, that Books and Records will not include any information or documentation in the possession of the Company that is not provided to AUL. The Company and its representatives shall, as they may from time to time reasonably request, have access to and the right to inspect and copy, at AUL’s main offices, during regular business hours, and upon reasonable notice, the copies of the Books and Records retained by AUL and all other documents, records, data and information concerning or relating to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and each Account that are not otherwise included in the Books and Records. AUL and its representatives shall, as

17



they may from time to time reasonably request, have access to and the right to inspect and copy, at the Company’s main offices, during regular business hours, and upon reasonable notice, the copies of the Books and Records in the possession of the Company and all other documents, records, data and information concerning or relating to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and each Account that are not otherwise included in the Books and Records. AUL shall maintain all Books and Records required by this Agreement related to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement until 7 years after the expiration of the applicable contracts and shall maintain all Books and Records related to the Accounts until 7 years after AUL ceases to perform any services for the Company hereunder. AUL shall not destroy any such Books and Records without the Company’s prior written consent . AUL shall permit the Books and Records related to such Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Accounts to be audited by an auditor appointed by the Company at any time upon reasonable notice from the Company. AUL shall provide the Company with originals or copies of such Books and Records within 30 days of the Company s request for such Books and Records at the Company’s expense and promptly following the termination or expiration of this Agreement, AUL shall deliver all Books and Records maintained by AUL pursuant to this Article VI as directed by the Company at the time of such expiration or termination of this Agreement; provided, that AUL shall be entitled to make and retain one copy of such Books and Records. AUL shall not disclose any such Books and Records to any third parties without prior written consent of the Company unless required under applicable laws and regulations. This Article VI shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
Section 6.02 Own e rship o f R e c or d s . The Company shall be the owner and entitled to possession of all Books and Records prepared by AUL in connection with the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance , the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement , the Accounts and this Agreement; pro v id e d, that AUL shall be entitled to make and retain one copy of such materials.
ARTICLE VII
REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF AUL
From the date hereof and throughout the Term hereunder, AUL represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
Section 7.01 Licenses and Authorities .
(a)
AUL has and shall at all times maintain all licenses and other registrations and authorities required by law or regulation to perform the services required to be performed by AUL hereunder except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on AUL , its performance of this Agreement or the Company. AUL has complied and will comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on AUL , its performance of this Agreement or the Company.

18



(b)
AUL represents and warrants that it is, and its officers , employees and agents are and will continue to be during the term of this Agreement and thereafter while providing any continuing services hereunder, authorized, licensed and qualified to perform any act set out in this Agreement, to the extent AUL or such officers, employees or agents are required to be authorized, licensed or qualified under applicable laws and regulations. AUL shall notify the Company promptly if AUL becomes aware that any of AUL’s officers, directors , owners, employees, or agents (i) has made, makes or is required to make a filing with any governmental authority seeking an exemption or consent under 18 U . S . C . § 1033(e)(2); (ii) has been or is convicted of any federal or state felony or any crime involving dishonesty , fraud or breach of trust ; (iii) has been or is assessed any administrative penalties or fines involving dishonesty , fraud or breach of trust; or (iv) has had any licenses suspended, revoked or non-renewed.
(c)
AUL shall ensure it has producer, adjuster , business entity and other licenses required in any jurisdiction where AUL produces applications, adjusts claims or undertakes any activity under this Agreement that requires licensing prior to commencing such activity and at the request of the Company, provide copies of such licenses to the Company. AUL shall immediately notify the Company if any such license is suspended, terminated or expires.
Section 7.02 Status . AUL is a duly organized and validly existing Bermuda exempted company with limited liability.
Section 7.03 N o B r each . This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of AUL. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the performance of the services hereunder will not breach or conflict with AUL’s bye-laws or memorandum of association, nor with any agreement, covenant, or understanding (oral or written) to which AUL is bound.
Section 7.04 Authori z atio n . The execution , delivery, and performance of this Agreement by AUL have been duly and properly authorized by it.
Section 7.05 R a tin gs .
(a)
If at any time a Rating Agency communicates to the Company, Watford Re, Parent and/or AUL that it believes that any action or change with respect to the Company’s underwriting or underwriting strategy relating to Covered Business or Underwriting Guidelines and/or Watford Re s underwriting or underwriting strategy is necessary to the Company and/or Watford Re maintaining a financial strength rating of at least “A-” (or equivalent), the Company and AUL shall work in good faith to take any appropriate actions or make any appropriate changes , subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework. If, after working in good faith, the Company and AUL are unable to agree on such actions or changes to make, the Company, subject to the Allocation Protocol, may direct AUL to take any actions or make any changes the Company reasonably determines are necessary to the Company and/or Watford Re maintaining such Rating Agency financial strength rating of at least “A-” (or equivalent); provided that, if

19



such actions or changes are not consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and/or Business Framework, any business resulting from such inconsistent action shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights available to AUL, any underwriting results arising from such business will , at AUL’s option, exercised within 5 Business Days of the later of the date such business is bound and the date on which AUL discovers or is notified that such business was bound , be excluded from the determination of the Profit Commission .
(b)
If at any time a Rating Agency (i) places the Company and/or Watford Re on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company and/or Watford Re, as the case may be, has an A-” (or equivalent) financial strength rating or (ii) threatens or advises a downgrade in the Company’s and/or Watford Re’s financial strength rating below “A- (or equivalent), and in either case such Rating Agency attributes such action to the Company’s underwriting, underwriting strategy or underwriting results (in each case, relating to Covered Business), and/or to Watford Re’s underwriting, underwriting strategy or underwriting results (in each case, relating to Covered Business under the Bermuda Services Agreement) or any actions of AUL, AUL shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy such circumstances within 12 months to cause the negative outlook or threat of a downgrade to be removed by such Rating Agency, subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework. If such circumstances cannot be remedied consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and/or Business Framework, the Company, subject to the Allocation Protocol, may direct AUL to take any actions or make any changes the Company reasonably determines are necessary to remedy such circumstances; provided that, if such actions or changes are not consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines and/or Business Framework, any business resulting from such inconsistent action shall be Excepted Business and, in addition to other rights available to AUL, any underwriting results arising from such business will, at AUL’s option, exercised within 5 Business Days of the later of the date such business is bound and the date on which AUL discovers or is notified that such business was bound, be excluded from the determination of the Profit Commission.
Section 7.06 Underwriting Strateg y . AUL acknowledges that the Board of Directors will undertake a process annually, or more frequently as necessary, to review all relevant facts and determine a business plan for the Company for the applicable succeeding year. In addition, the Underwriting Committee will regularly assess the Company’s business, including its business plan, underwriting strategy, underwriting, underwriting results and the Underwriting Guidelines. AUL hereby agrees to furnish the Board of Directors and the Underwriting Committee with the current underwriting strategy and the proposed underwriting strategy for the following year, which strategies shall be in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines, as well as any other information reasonably requested by the Board of Directors or the Underwriting Committee. AUL agrees to work in good faith with the Company, the Underwriting Committee and the Investment Manager to coordinate and align the underwriting strategy and the investment strategy with the Company’s business plan.

20



Section 7.07 Compliance with L aws . AUL shall be responsible for compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including managing general agency laws and regulations. If the performance of any duty or obligations hereunder constitutes the unauthorized practice of insurance by the Company in an applicable jurisdiction, AUL shall immediately notify the Company and this Agreement shall be immediately suspended in such jurisdiction.
Section 7.08 Notice of Certain Events . AUL shall promptly notify the Company of any lawsuits, regulatory actions, complaints from insurance departments or other regulatory agencies, non-routine complaints from policyholders or claimants, and material notices or requests from state insurance departments or other regulatory bodies received by AUL in connection with the Covered Business or otherwise in connection with the services provided herein.
Section 7.09 E xpenses; Disputes . Except as explicitly provided hereunder, AUL shall not charge or commit the Company to any expense, agreement, payment, debt, settlement or obligation. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 7 and 10 of the Schedule of Services, AUL has no authority to litigate, arbitrate or settle any disputes or suits on behalf of the Company unless the Company has given its prior written consent.
Section 7.10 Change of Con tr o l . AUL will provide prompt written notice to the Company of any proposed (i) sale, transfer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or reorganization involving AUL or AUEL; (ii) the acquisition by any person other than any AUL Affiliate of a more than 50% interest in, or ownership of, AUL or AUEL; (iii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of assets representing more than 50% of the assets of AUL or AUEL to a person other than any AUL Affiliate; or (iv) insolvency or bankruptcy filing of AUL or AUEL.
Section 7.11 Sta ff ; D esignated E mployees . AUL shall maintain and/or contract for the services of such number of competent officers or employees as AUL reasonably determines is necessary to adequately service the Covered Business and otherwise carry out its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. AUL shall make available to the Company, on a non-exclusive basis, the AUL and/or AUEL employees listed on Exh i bit E (the Des i gnated E m ployees ”) to serve as employees of the Company and perform underwriting and related services on behalf of the Company. The list of Designated Employees shall be subject to change from time-to-time as determined by AUL with the approval of the Company (by the Underwriting Committee and/or the Claims Committee, as the case may be) not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that any person who leaves the employ of AUL/AUEL shall automatically cease to be a Designated Employee. The Designated Employees will be the only Company employees involved in underwriting, authorizing and, subject to the approval of the Underwriting Committee, binding the Covered Business and Third Party Agreements. Subject to Section 2.02(b) and to the supervision and approval of AUL, the Designated Employees shall be responsible for (i) negotiating, underwriting and issuing Covered Business and Third Party Agreements that comply with the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework; (ii) providing indications, quotations and authorizations of terms and conditions for the issuance of Covered Business and Third Party Agreements; (iii) determining premium rates and other underwriting terms and conditions with respect to the underwriting of Covered Business and Third Party Agreements, (iv) establishing commissions, fees and other expenses to be paid to

21



Underwriting Third Parties, Claims Third Parties, agents, producers, brokers and other intermediaries in connection with the underwriting of the Covered Business and Third Party Agreements; (v) preparing and negotiating any related documents, including the arrangement of collateral facilities, if any, to be put in place, in connection with the underwriting of Covered Business and Third Party Agreements; (vi) negotiating and entering into commutations (whether partial or full) of Covered Business and Outward Reinsurance; (vii) effecting cancellations of Covered Business, Third Party Agreements and Outward Reinsurance in accordance with their terms and applicable law; (viii) negotiating and, subject to the Underwriting Guidelines, binding Outward Reinsurance on behalf of the Company; and (ix) negotiating and executing related documentation with respect to Outward Reinsurance, including related broker of record letters and confidentiality agreements; provided that the services provided in clauses (i) (with respect to negotiating only) and (iii) - (viii) above may be provided in conjunction with AUL. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, including the indemnification and exculpation provisions of Article XI, AUL shall be responsible for actions taken or omitted to be taken by the Designated Employees, other than actions or inactions taken (or omitted to be taken) at the direction of the Company.
Section 7.12 Underwriting Guidelines , Business Framework and Operating Guidelines . In performing its obligations under this Agreement, AUL shall at all times comply with the Business Framework, Underwriting Guidelines and, to the extent applicable, the Operating Guidelines; provided, however, that the Business Framework and Underwriting Guidelines shall not apply to Excepted Business.
ARTICLE VIII
REPRESENTATIONS & UNDERTAKINGS OF THE COMPANY
From the date hereof and throughout the Term hereunder, the Company represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
Section 8.01 Licenses and Authorities . The Company has and shall at all times maintain all licenses and other registrations and authorities required by law or regulation to conduct its business as contemplated by this Agreement. The Company has complied and will comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
Section 8.02 Status . The Company is a duly organized, licensed and validly existing Gibraltar insurance company.
Section 8.03 No Breach . This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Company. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the performance of the services hereunder will not breach or conflict with the Company by-laws or memorandum of association, nor with any agreement, covenant, or understanding (oral or written) to which the Company is bound, and will not adversely affect the application for issuance or the validity of any license of the Company.
Section 8.04 A u thorizatio n . The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by the Company have been duly and properly authorized by it.

22



Section 8.05 Use of Name . The Company shall not use or authorize the use of AUL’s name, logo or service mark in any advertising or promotional materials without AUL’s prior written approval.
Section 8.06 [ Rese rv e d]
Section 8.07 [R eserve d]
Section 8.08 Third Party Administrative Services . The Company may engage one or more third parties to perform on the Company’s behalf any necessary administrative services that are not to be performed by AUL hereunder.
Section 8.09 Leased E m pl oyees . The Company shall lease the Designated Employees from AUL and shall take such corporate action as is necessary or advisable to ensure that each Designated Employee is duly authorized to perform the functions set forth in Section 7.11 on behalf of the Company.
Section 8.10 Investment Manager . The Company shall not replace or change the Investment Manager without AUL’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and shall consult with AUL prior to selecting any other investment manager. The Company shall not agree to amend or waive any provision or term of Section 10 of the Investment Management Agreement without the prior written consent of AUL.
ARTICLE IX
TERM; TERMINATION
Section 9.01 Term. This Agreement is to be effective as of July 28, 2015 (the “ Effect i ve Date ”). The initial term of this Agreement will expire on December 31, 2020 ( such period, the “ I n itia l Term ”); provide d, however , that the term of this Agreement will automatically renew for a five-year period following the Initial Term if neither the Company nor AUL gives written notice to the other party that it will not renew at least 24 months prior to the end of the Initial Term. Thereafter, the term will continue to renew for successive five-year periods unless either party gives notice to not renew at least 24 months before the end of the then-current term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall automatically expire or terminate coincident with the expiration or termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement. The period from the Effective Date until the expiration of the Initial Term together with any successive term(s) or the earlier termination of this Agreement pursuant to the foregoing sentence or Section 9.02 shall be referred to as the “ Term .”
Section 9.02 Termination .
(a)
The occurrence of any of the following (each, a “ Company T erm i nation E vent ”) shall constitute a Company Termination Event:
(i)
(A) any public authority cancels or declines to renew AUL’s license or certificate of authority, (B) AUL is prevented from performing its obligations under this Agreement by any regulatory authority or (C) AUL is unable to perform its obligations under this

23



Agreement for any reason, and in each case AUL has not remedied and fully cured such circumstance within 90 Business Days;
(ii)
material non-compliance by AUL with any material law applicable to it in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company or AUL’s performance hereunder and has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company or discovery by AUL;
(iii)
AUL intentionally breaches the Underwriting Guidelines, where such breach could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and AUL shall have failed to cure such deviation (either by causing an AUL Affiliate to assume the inappropriate risks from the Company or otherwise) within 30 Business Days of the earlier of (x) the date on which AUL management becomes aware of any such deviation, and (y) the date on which AUL receives notice of such deviation from the Company; provided, however, that for avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no material breach of such Underwriting Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred (A) if the Company and the Investment Manager have agreed in writing to an amendment to such Underwriting Guidelines such that AUL’s actions under the amended Underwriting Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (B) if such breach is approved by the Company’s Underwriting Committee in writing prior to binding a deviating contract or (C) if such breach is pursuant to instructions provided by the Company;
(iv)
a downgrade in the Company’s and/or Watford Re’s financial strength rating from a Rating Agency below “A-” (or equivalent) which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to underwriting relating to Covered Business (and/or Covered Business under the Bermuda Services Agreement); provided that if such a downgrade in such Rating Agency rating would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on writing business or the Company and/or Watford Re , then such downgrade shall not be deemed a breach;
(v)
(A) a Rating Agency has placed the Company and/or Watford Re on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company and/or Watford Re has an “A-” (or equivalent) financial strength rating which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to underwriting relating to Covered Business (and/or Covered Business under the Bermuda Services Agreement), and (B) AUL has failed to adequately correct such circumstances within 12 months; provided that if such negative outlook and failure to correct would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on writing business or the Company and/or Watford Re, then such negative outlook and failure to correct shall not be deemed a breach;
(vi)
failure by AUL to use substantially the same standard of care and process in underwriting business (other than Excepted Business) and handling claims on behalf of the Company as AUL’s insurance and reinsurance company Affiliates use in respect of their retained insurance and reinsurance business, as applicable, taking into account the Underwriting Guidelines, the Business Framework, the Company’s risk tolerances and

24



investment assumptions, and any directions of the Company, which failure has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company; or
(vii)
a change of control of AUL that results in a breach of AUL’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, which breach has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company.
(b)
The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a AUL termination event (each, a AUL Termination Event ”):
(i)
the determination by AUL that the termination of this Agreement is necessary or advisable to comply with any current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to AUL or its affiliates;
(ii)
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or Parent;
(iii)
material non-compliance by the Company with any material law or regulation applicable to the Company (other than any non-compliance resulting from AUL’s action or failure to act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), which non- compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company and has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from AUL or discovery by the Company;
(iv)
non-payment of a material amount due to AUL or failure to deposit funds or cause the deposit of funds in the Claims Account as required under Section 2.09(a)(iii), which failure has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from AUL;
(v)
any material failure of the Company or any Designated Employee acting (or failing to act) upon instruction from the Company to comply with Section 2.02(b) and the Company shall not have cured such failure within 90 Business Days of the earlier of (x) the date on which Company management becomes aware of it and (y) the date on which the Company receives notice of such failure from AUL; or
(vi)
[Reserved] .
(c)
Upon the occurrence of a Company Termination Event, the Company may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to AUL a written notice of termination indicating the Company Termination Event causing such termination and the effective date of such termination.
(d)
Upon the occurrence of a AUL Termination Event, AUL may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written notice of termination indicating the effective date of such termination (and, unless AUL is terminating this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(i) or (iv), such effective date shall take into consideration such reasonable transition period as may be requested by the Company).

25



Section 9.03 Effect o f Termination . The rights and obligations of the Parties following the expiration of the Term of this Agreement or following a termination pursuant to Section 9.02 are as set forth on Exhibit H hereto (the “ Schedu l e of Post-Te r minat i on Obl i gat i ons ”)
ARTICLE X
INDEMNIFICATION & EXCULPATION

Section 10.01 Indemnification by the Company . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless AUL and its members, managers, officers, partners, Affiliates and employees (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers (collectively, “ Indemnifiab l e Losses ”) suffered or sustained by an Indemnified Person by reason of the fact
that he, she or it was an Indemnified Person, including, without limitation, any judgment, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with
the defense of any actual or threatened action or proceeding; p r ovided that the Company shall
not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent such lndemnifiable Losses resulted from an action or inaction, or mistake of judgment, taken by an Indemnified Person that constituted
fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non- appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company will advance to any Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation and/or defense of any such action or proceeding. If for any reason (other than such Indemnified Person’s fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction) the indemnification described in this paragraph is unavailable to any Indemnified Person in connection to an Indemnifiable Loss, or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such Indemnifiable Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Person, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also any other relevant equitable considerations

Section 10.02 No G u arantees; E xculpation . All business underwritten for the Company’s account will be the Company’s risk. The Company will bear all of the risk with regard to all of the lines of business written or facilitated by AUL and/or its delegates on behalf of the Company. AUL has not made and does not make any representation, warranty or guarantee whatsoever as to the success or profitability of any line of business or AUL’s underwriting methods and strategies, and the Company has not relied on any representation, warranty or guarantee from AUL or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives, and has not entered into this Agreement in consideration of or in reliance upon any such representation, warranty or guarantee from AUL or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives. No Indemnified Person will be liable to the Company for any Indemnifiable Losses suffered by the Company in connection with any matters to which this Agreement relates, including, but not limited to,

26



underwriting losses, except those lndemnifiable Losses resulting from (x) such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct, or (y) material intentional breaches of the Underwriting Guidelines by AUL, which breaches are not cured within 90 days of the earlier of (A) the date on which AUL becomes aware of such breach, and (B) the date on which AUL receives a notice of such breach from the Company; provided, however, that for avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no breach of the Underwriting Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred where (A) the Company and the Investment Manager have agreed in writing to an amendment to such Underwriting Guidelines such that AUL’s actions under the amended Underwriting Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (B) if the alleged breach was approved by the Underwriting Committee in writing or (C) if such breach is pursuant to instructions provided by the Company. An Indemnified Person may consult with reputable legal counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors in respect of any matters to which this Agreement relates, and shall not be liable to the Company for any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors; provided that such counsel, accountants, consultants and other advisors shall have been selected and monitored with reasonable care.
ARTICLE XI
CONFIDENTIALITY
Section 11.01 Confid e n t iality.
(a)
Each Party hereby acknowledges that, as a result of the performance of this Agreement, it has and will acquire non-public information with respect to the other Party and its affairs, including: (i) information relating to the business, finances, underwriting strategy, underwriting results, methods of operation , business plans, marketing strategies and other information relating to AUL and its Affiliates and/or the Company and its Affiliates and (ii) other trade secrets and proprietary information of AUL and its Affiliates and/or the Company and its Affiliates ((i) and (ii) hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Confidential Information ).
(b)
During the term of this Agreement, and at all times thereafter, each Party shall, and shall cause each of its or its Affiliate’s directors, officers, employees and agents (such Persons, collectively “Cov e r e d Per s on s ”) to, keep confidential (to the extent required hereby) all Confidential Information of the other Party that any of them may obtain and not to use such Confidential Information for any purpose other than in the course of the performance of this Agreement.
(c)
The foregoing restrictions shall not apply with respect to any Confidential Information (i) previously known to either Party through a source, to such Party’s knowledge, not bound by any obligation to keep such Confidential Information confidential, (ii) lawfully obtained by either Party from a source other than the other Party, which source, to such Party’s knowledge, is not bound by any obligation to keep such Confidential Information confidential , (iii) the disclosure of which by a Covered Person is necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement (which , for avoidance of doubt, may include disclosure by Covered Persons of Confidential Information to prospective clients and reinsurers for the

27



purpose of generating business), pro v id e d, h owever, that such disclosure referred to in this clause (iii) shall be limited to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the rights of the other Party with respect to its Confidential Information, and that as a condition to disclosing any Confidential Information to any person who is not bound by a duty of confidentiality to such other Party, such person shall be informed of the confidentiality obligations hereunder, or (iv) independently developed by either Party without reference to the Confidential Information.
(d)
A Party may disclose any Confidential Information if and as required as a result of any governmental investigation, court order , subpoena, deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, civil investigative demand, or similar legal duress, and to the extent reasonably necessary for such Party or any of its Affiliates to comply with applicable securities laws and regulations and stock exchange requirements and the applicable regulations of other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over such Party or any of its Affiliates; prov i d e d, ho wev er, that the disclosing Party, to the extent practicable, shall first (i) notify the other Party in writing of such contemplated disclosure , (ii) consult with the other Party on the advisability of taking steps to resist or narrow the scope of such disclosure, and (iii) if disclosure is required or deemed advisable, assist the other Party at such other Party’s expense in any attempt that such Party may take to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the Confidential Information so disclosed.
(e)
Notwithstanding anything provided in this Section 11.01, Confidential Information of the Company may be disclosed with the prior written consent of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01 Relationship of the Parties . Nothing contained herein shall create an employer/employee relationship between the Company and AUL. Except as expressly granted by the other Party in writing, neither Party shall have any authority, express or implied, to act as an agent of the other Party or its subsidiaries or Affiliates under this Agreement. It is not the intent of the Parties hereto to create, nor should this Agreement be construed to create, a partnership, joint venture or employment relationship among or between the Parties (including their respective officers, employees, agents or representatives).
Section 12.02 E ntire Agreement; Integration of Rights . This Agreement, together with the Investment Management Agreement and the other documents and agreements executed by the Parties on the date first above written, contain the entire understanding of the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings (except for the Investment Management Agreement) among the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and each Party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the other documents and agreements executed by the Parties on the date first above written.

28



Section 12.03 Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Party may pledge, assign, transfer, subcontract or delegate, either in whole or in part, its rights and obligations under this Agreement (except to an Affiliate of such Party) without the prior written consent of the other Party. For the avoidance of doubt, AUL may subcontract and/or delegate its obligations under this Agreement to its Affiliates or non-Affiliates, including, without limitation, to AUEL and ACSI under the AUEL Administrative Services Agreement and the ACSI Administrative Services Agreement, respectively, and to Claims Third Parties and Underwriting Third Parties.
Section 12.04 Specific Performance . The parties recognize and agree that if for any reason any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached, immediate and irreparable harm or injury would be caused for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, each Party agrees that, in addition to any other available remedies, any other Party shall be entitled to an injunction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement without the necessity of posting a bond or other form of security. In the event that any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, no Party will allege, and each Party hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law.
Section 12.05 Notices . Any notice, direction, instruction, acknowledgment or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and addressed to the parties as follows:
If to the Company:

Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited
First Floor, Grand Ocean Plaza
Ocean Village , Gibraltar
Attention: Steve Quinn
Fax no.:
Email:

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063

lf to AUL :

Arch Underwriters Ltd.

29



Waterloo House (First Floor)
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
Attention: Tim Peckett
Telecopier No.: (441) 278-9255
Telephone No.: (441) 278-9166

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cahill Gordon & Reindel, LLP
80 Pine Street
New York , New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No.: (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.: (212) 701-3323

If to the Investment Manager:

Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC
LLC 40 West 57th Street, 33rd Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Kathy Choi
Telecopier No.: (212) 520-3848
Telephone No.: (212) 287-5548

Section 12.06 B i ndin g Eff e ct . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, AUL, each Indemnified Person, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any person that is not a signatory to this Agreement, but is nevertheless conferred any rights or benefits hereunder, e.g ., members, managers, officers, directors, partners, Affiliates and employees of AUL or the Company and others who are entitled to indemnification hereunder , will be entitled to such rights and benefits as if such person were a signatory hereto , and the rights and benefits of such person hereunder may not be impaired without such person’s express written consent.
Section 12.07 Amendment and Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived or discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the Party against which enforcement of the change, waiver , discharge or termination is sought. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Underwriting Guidelines may be changed, modified or amended in accordance with Section 2.08.
Section 12.08 Governing Law . This Agreement is to be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.

30



Section 12.09 A rbitr at io n . Any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, facsimile, email or other reliable means , of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other . The arbitration shall be held in New York, New York or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person Arbitration Panel selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS•U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. If any dispute involves AUL and both the Company and Watford Re (and/or Parent), the latter entities shall be considered to be one Party. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS•U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party , and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration . The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration.
Section 12.10 Co u nt e rpar ts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 12.11 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.
Section 12.12 He adin gs . The headings contained in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and will not affect the rights of the parties to this Agreement.
Section 12.13 Survival . The provisions of Sections 2.09 (but only to the extent required by Exhibit H ) and 9.03 hereof, Articles VI, X, XI and XII hereof and Exhibits C and H hereto will survive the termination of this Agreement.


31



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
IN PRESENCE OF
 
WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY EUROPE LIMITED
 
 
 
 
/s/ Elizabeth Quinn
 
By:
/s/ Stephen Quinn
 
 
 
Name: Stephen Quinn
 
 
 
Title: Director
 
 
 
 
IN PRESENCE OF
 
ARCH UNDERWRITERS LTD.
 
 
 
 
/s/ Tim Peckett
 
By:
/s/ Maamoun Rajeh
 
 
 
Name: Maamoun Rajeh
 
 
 
Title: Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections 2.08 , ‎9.02(a)(iii), 12.07 , and ‎12.13:
 
 
 
 
IN PRESENCE OF
 
HIGHBRIDGE PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES, LLC
 
 
 
 
/s/ Timothy Donnelly
 
By:
/s/ Faith Rosenfeld
 
 
 
Name: Faith Rosenfeld
 
 
 
Title: Chief Administrative Officer


32



EXHIBIT A
Underwriting Guidelines
1.
PML Guidelines:
(a)
Probable maximum loss (“ PML ”) arising from natural catastrophes will be modeled for each peak peril and peak zone in the Company’s portfolio consistent with the modeling approach then used by AUL Affiliates in their reinsurance business. The modeled PML, net of all reinsurances, for a 1-in-250 year event for each peak peril and peak zone will not exceed 10% of the Company’s PHS.
All lines of business with natural catastrophe exposure will be included in the projected portfolio PML, including property, marine, aviation, personal accident, and worker’s compensation catastrophe covers. Any Excepted Business shall be excluded.
(c)
Modeled PML, net of all reinsurances, arising from any Man Made Realistic Disaster Scenario (“ RDS ”) will not exceed, net of all reinsurances, 10% of the Company’s PHS. RDS defines industry insured losses arising from specified events, and it is commonly used in the industry to monitor peak exposures primarily at Lloyd’s. For each line of business, the RDS used to monitor the Company’s portfolio will be the same as the RDS used by AUL Affiliates to monitor their reinsurance portfolios.
(d)
Consistent with the approach then used by AUL Affiliates in their reinsurance business, the largest known aggregate limit exposed per Original Named Insured will be monitored for each line of business in the Company’s portfolio with a soft limit of 5% of the Company’s PHS, net of all reinsurances.
2.
Lines of Business To Be Written
All lines written or targeted by Arch insurance and reinsurance companies and permitted to be written pursuant to the Company’s Gibraltar insurance license, including, without limitation, U.K. motor Program business.
3.
Third Party Agreements
All Third Party Agreements shall comply with these Underwriting Guidelines.
4.
Type of Coverage
The Company will write insurance business
5.
Outward Reinsurance
AUL may negotiate and the Designated Employees may bind policy-specific or program-specific Outward Reinsurance up to an amount of $20,000,000 (or equivalent) limit any one risk

A-1



and/or any one occurrence and up to 25% of such policy’s or program’s estimated gross premium. Any program-specific Outward Reinsurance with estimated annual ceded premium in excess of such amount , and any whole account Outward Reinsurance may be bound only with the approval of the Underwriting Committee.
6 .
Excepted Business
These Underwriting Guidelines shall not apply to Excepted Business.

A-2



EXHIBIT B
Schedule of Services
Section 1.       Serv i ces . Subject to the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework (except in connection with Excepted Business) and the limitations of authority provided in Section 2.07 of this Agreement, AUL is authorized to, and hereby agrees to, perform the following services on behalf of the Company:
(a)
Formulate the Company’s overall portfolio of Covered Business in conformance with the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework (except in connection with Excepted Business);
(b)
Solicit and negotiate Covered Business and Third Party Agreements that comply with the Underwriting Guidelines and the Business Framework (except in connection with Excepted Business);
(c)
Supervise the Designated Employees;
(d)
Provide underwriting recommendations and approvals/disapprovals of Company underwriting and related decisions as set forth in Section 2.02(b);
(e)
Maintain on behalf of the Company at least one copy of the operative documentation of each Covered Contract underwritten hereunder to the extent provided to it by the Company;
(f)
Retain service providers in the ordinary course and establish fees to be paid to such service providers by or for the account of the Company in connection with services as may be needed from time to time with respect to the Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement;
(g)
Solicit and negotiate Outward Reinsurance on behalf of the Company;
(h)
Administer Covered Business, Third Party Agreements, Outward Reinsurance and the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement;
(i)
Undertake such other usual and customary activities and services as may be necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing, including without limitation those provided in Section 7.11 of the Agreement;
(j)
Employee benefit plan and human resources services;
(k)
Payroll-related administrative support services;
(l)
Assistance with the preparation of federal, state and local tax returns;

B-1



(m)
Accounting (including, without limitation, financial reporting including quarterly and annual statements and statutory audits, premium invoice/collection, individual bordereau for collections/reconciliation, data entry, accounting/financial audits);
(n)
Claims (review, payments, dispute handling, audits of Claims Third Parties);
(o)
Corporate compliance (including enterprise risk management and Sarbanes-Oxley controls);
(p)
Financial examination coordination;
(q)
Policy and underwriting legal services;
(r)
Policy forms- drafting, review and development;
(s)
Policy issuance;
(t)
Regulatory compliance;
(u)
Statistical reporting; and
(v)
Underwriting compliance (including, without limitation, systems review, cash handling, audits of Underwriting Third Parties).
Section 2.       Actuarial and Other Services . AUL agrees to provide actuarial support and other services to the Company with respect to the Covered Business, including the following:
(a)
preparation of pricing indications and projections of profitability on Covered Business;
(b)
utilizing and analyzing the results of Risk Modeling Systems, as required;
(c)
compiling aggregate limit and probable maximum loss data;
(d)
analyzing historical loss information and estimating loss reserves, as applicable;
(e)
booking of event specific paid loss and reserves;
(f)
booking of IBNR;
(g)
preparation of quarterly claims and financial reports with contract level information;
(h)
preparation of quarterly report explaining financial results for the quarter;
(i)
preparation of quarterly exposure aggregation accumulation report;
(j)
assist the Company in the formulation of the Company’s business plan, to be revised at least annually;

B-2



(k)
assist the Company in identifying the level of risk being assumed for Covered Business; and
(l)
update the Company at least quarterly as to the level of premium earned or expected to be earned for the current fiscal year. If notified by the Company that the level of premium income earned or expected to be earned by the Company is falling short of the objectives set forth in the business plan (i.e., the objective metrics to be agreed), AUL will offer such advice as is reasonably requested by the Company to permit the Company to examine (i) the current state of the property and casualty insurance market, (ii) the Company’s existing and potential lines of business and (iii) the Company’s current objectives. In such event, the Company and AUL will work together in good faith with a view towards determining the extent to which the premium earned by the Company can be increased by adding contracts which are within the Underwriting Guidelines and Business Framework, and are profitable on a modeled expected basis, or the taking of other actions, such as returning capital to Shareholders, without risking the Company’s then-current Rating Agency ratings.
Section 3.        ARL Quota Share Reins u rance Agreement and Watford Quota Share R e insurance Agreement . AUL shall be responsible for record-keeping, accounting, reporting and other administrative services in respect of the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement.
Section 4.        Outward Reinsurance . AUL shall be responsible for record-keeping, accounting, reporting and other administrative services in respect of Outward Reinsurance.
Section 5.        Cooperation with Company Audi t ors, e t c . AUL shall cooperate as reasonably necessary with the Company and the Company’s independent auditors in the annual and quarterly financial statement audits of the Parent and of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP and in the audit of statutory financial statements of the Company as required by Bermuda and Gibraltar law.
Section 6.        Advertis i ng and Promot i on . AUL shall have the authority to use the Company’s name, logo or service mark in advertising or promotional material, including electronic material(s), and to prepare, print, publish and mail descriptive brochures and other promotional material related to the possible issuance by the Company of Covered Business.
Section 7.        Or i ginat i on E xpen s es . AUL shall pay when due, from funds in the Claims Account, all applicable Origination Expenses.
Section 8.        Claims . The Company’s insureds shall be directed to send all notices of claims under Covered Business underwritten hereunder to AUL and/or any Claims Third Party as may be applicable. AUL and/or any Claims Third Party as may be applicable shall review such notices and determine on behalf of the Company whether to pay, deny or settle all claims under the Covered Business underwritten hereunder and control the investigation, adjustment, negotiation, settlement or defense of any claims in connection with such Covered Business and prepare, submit and handle any claims in respect of Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Quota Share

B-3



Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement to reinsurers of the Company; provided, that AUL shall conduct any such investigation, adjustment, negotiation, settlement or defense of such claims in the same manner as if it were performing such services with respect to business of its Affiliates; provided, further that the payment or settlement of any claim in excess of £_ million shall be subject to the prior approval of the Claims Committee of the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
Section 9.        Regulatory Inqu i ries and Customer Complaints . Upon the Company’s request, AUL shall advise and assist the Company with any inquiry, request or complaint from an insurance department, other regulatory agency, policyholder or claimant relating to Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement or the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement. A copy of both the original inquiry and the Company’s response shall be promptly provided to the AUL.
Section 10.        Salvage and S u b r ogation . AUL shall exercise all the rights of the Company to pursue and control salvage and subrogation recoveries in connection with Covered Business using outside attorneys, experts, advisers, consultants, witnesses and investigators determined by AUL as necessary; provided, that AUL shall pursue any such recoveries in the same manner as if it were pursuing such recoveries with respect to business of its Affiliates. When so requested in writing by AUL, the Company shall, at the expense of the Company,join in any pursuit of salvage and subrogation recoveries in connection with Covered Business.
Section 11.        Litigation and Arb i trat i o n . AUL shall promptly notify the Company of the initiation of any suit, arbitration proceeding or other legal proceeding against the Company or AUL served on AUL, or of any written or significant oral threat to initiate any suit, arbitration proceeding or other legal proceeding against the Company or AUL received by AUL. AUL shall promptly supply the Company with a description of the nature of such claim, suit, arbitration proceeding or other legal proceeding. AUL shall manage the investigation, negotiation, settlement or defense of any legal proceedings in connection with Covered Business or Outward Reinsurance. Both the selection and compensation of attorneys to represent the Company in any legal proceeding shall be approved in writing by the Company such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall have the right after consultation with AUL to terminate the employment of any attorney, which in the Company’s reasonable opinion, has not performed in a satisfactory manner.
Section 12.        Not i ces Received b y the Company . In the event the Company receives any notice, inquiry, complaint or claim or any written or significant oral threat to initiate legal proceedings relating to Covered Business, Third Party Agreements or Outward Reinsurance, the Company shall promptly (i) notify AUL, (ii) forward to AUL any such notices of or other correspondence relating to inquiries, complaints, claims or legal proceedings against the Company that it receives other than from AUL and (iii) inform the sending party (with a copy to AUL) to direct further notices and correspondence to AUL.
Section 13.        Del e gation to A UEL and Quest . It is acknowledged and agreed that AUL will not be performing services in Gibraltar. It is understood and agreed that AUL will delegate the performance of administrative services to AUEL pursuant to the AUEL Administrative

B-4



Services Agreement and/or Quest pursuant to the Quest Administrative Services Agreement and may delegate the performance of other services to other Affiliates or, with the consent of the Company not to be unreasonably withheld, non-Affiliates.

B-5



EXHIBIT C
Fee Schedule
Section 1.     Definitions . Capitalized terms not defined in this Fee Schedule shall have the meanings provided in the Agreement to which this Fee Schedule is attached. The following definitions will apply for purposes of determining AUL’s fees hereunder:
Acquisition E xpenses ” for any period, means as respects Covered Business the sum of A and B minus C where A= Underwriting Fees net of the amount of Underwriting Fees ceded under the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance, and B = Origination Expenses and Servicing Expenses net of the amounts ceded to the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance and the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance, and C = ceding commissions earned on Outward Reinsurance net of amounts credited to the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement.
Adjusted Combined Ratio for each Underwriting Year means the Combined Ratio for such Underwriting Year minus the UW Investment Ratio for such Underwriting Year.
All Ceded Reinsurance ” means the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and Outward Reinsurance
Annua l Premium means for any Underwriting Year as respects any calendar period Double Net Earned Premium during such calendar period in respect of Covered Business written during such Underwriting Period or, at AUL’s option as respects any underwriting transaction that does not generate earned premium or for which earned premium over a period of twelve months is not a reasonable proxy for cash collected (such as, without limitation, a loss portfolio transfer or an adverse development cover), cash collected on such transaction net of cash ceded under All Ceded Reinsurance.
Anticipated Duration Treasury Note Rate means for any month-end in respect of any Underwriting Year, the Treasury note rate for the duration which corresponds to the average weighted duration of the Covered Business written in the previous Underwriting Year as estimated by AUL; in the event that there is no published Treasury note rate for such duration, the rate shall be determined by linear interpolation of the published rates for the next shortest and longest durations for which published rates are available.
Applicable Percentage” means for each Underwriting Year (A-B)/A, where: A= Gross Earned
Premium less earned premium ceded under Outward Reinsurance, and B = earned premium ceded under the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement. The Applicable Percentage at any given time shall be estimated on the basis of the information available at such time and shall be revised as more information becomes available (on a quarterly basis) with appropriate adjustments to be made to any prior payments made based on prior estimates.
Calculation Date ” means close of business on December 31 of the relevant calendar year to which the calculation pertains.

C-1



C o m b ine d Ratio ” for each Underwriting Year means (i) the sum of Incurred Loss and Incurred Acquisition Expenses for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date divided by (ii) Double Net Earned Premium for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date.
Cumulative UW Float ” means for any Underwriting Year as respects any calendar year the sum of the UW Float for each period for which Profit Commission, if any, has been determined from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date.
Cumula ti ve UW In vest m e n t In co m e ” means, for any Underwriting Year the sum of UW Investment Income for such Underwriting Year for each calendar year during the period from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date; prov id ed , h oweve r , that Cumulative UW Investment Income shall never be less than zero.
Double Net Earned Premium ” for any Underwriting Year means Net Earned Premium net of earned premium ceded under Outward Reinsurance.
Extra Co n tractual Ob l i gations ” means any liability arising out of or in connection with Covered Business (whether in relation to claims handling or otherwise) imposed on the Company, including, without limitation, any settlement, judgment or award against the Company, for any amount that is not within the terms or conditions of the contract (including in excess of policy limits) in favor of an underlying cedent, an underlying cedent’s insured or any other claimant.
Gross Earned Premium ” for any Underwriting Year means gross premium earned on Covered Business written during such Underwriting Year by the Company.
I ncu rr ed Acquis i t i o n Ex p ense ” for each Underwriting Year, means all Acquisition Expenses allocated to such Underwriting Year.
Incu rr e d Loss means, for each Underwriting Year, all paid and outstanding Loss incurred by the Company plus IBNR in respect of Covered Business written during such Underwriting Year, in each case net of All Ceded Reinsurance.
Loss ” means all loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra-Contractual Obligations.
Loss A d justment Ex p ense means allocated and unallocated loss adjustment expense including, without limitation, fees of any Claims Third Party to the extent not based on written or earned premium and fees of outside counsel consulted in claims negotiations, litigation, arbitrations, settlements or similar actions
Net Earne d P rem i um ” for any Underwriting Year means Gross Earned Premium net of the sum of earned premium ceded under the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, or, at AUL’s option, as respects any underwriting transaction that does not generate earned premium or for which earned premium over a period of twelve months is not a reasonable proxy for cash collected (such as, without limitation, a loss portfolio transfer or an adverse development cover), cash collected on such transaction net of

C-2



cash ceded under the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement or the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement.
Operating E xpenses ” for any calendar year means the Company’s general and administrative expenses for such calendar year, to the extent not included in Origination Expenses or Servicing Expenses, including, without limitation, amounts paid for employee compensation and benefits, directors’ fees, travel and entertainment, office operating expenses (including, without limitation, rent, utilities and supplies), information technology costs (including maintenance fees), professional fees for consultants, counsel, auditors and accountants, taxes, liability insurance and first-party insurance premiums, European license fees, amortization and depreciation, subscriptions, bank fees and any fees paid directly by the Company, or by way of reimbursement to AUL in respect of fees paid, to Quest. For the avoidance of doubt, Operating Expenses do not include Fees.
Other Expense Factor ” means for any calendar year 1.00 minus ( one-half of the Operating Expenses for such calendar year divided by Gross Earned Premium for all Underwriting Years during such calendar year).
Paid Loss for any Underwriting Year as respects any calendar period means Loss actually paid during such calendar period in respect of Covered Business written during such Underwriting Year net of recoveries under All Ceded Reinsurance.
Pounds ” means Great British Pounds.
P r ofi t C o mm i ssion Percentage ” means (i) 96% minus the Adjusted Combined Ratio for such Underwriting Year, multiplied by (ii) 0.50.
Q u ar t er l y Fees ” means the Underwriting Fee and Run-Off Fee .
Seco n ded Employee means any Designated Employee and any employee of ARL seconded to AUL to assist AUL in performing services pursuant to this Agreement.
Seconded Em pl oyee Expenses ” for any period of time means the sum for every Seconded Employee of Allocated Costs. “Allocated Costs” means A/B x C x D x E, where:
A = the Seconded Employee’s annual salary and target bonus;
B = the sum of the annual salaries and target bonuses for all officers and employees of ARL;
C = the percentage of such Seconded Employee’s time dedicated to the provision of services pursuant to this Agreement during such period of time;
D = the operating expenses for such period of time of ARL; and

C-3



E = a factor equal to (i) 1.00 as respects Seconded Employee time dedicated to the provision of Underwriting Services, or (ii) 1.10 as respects Seconded Employee time dedicated to the provision of services other than Underwriting Services.
U n derwrit in g Servi c es ” means services encompassed by Sections l (a), (b), (d), (e), (g), (q), (r), (s) and (v) of the Schedule of Services and/or Section 7.11(i) through (ix) of this Agreement.
Underwriting Year ” means a calendar year during the Term or that portion of a calendar year which is included in the Term where the Term incepts and/or terminates during a calendar year .
UW F loat means , for each Underwriting Year as respects each calendar year, (a) UW Investment Income for the prior calendar year, if any, plus (b) the product of the Annual Premium for such Underwriting Year during such calendar year and the Other Expense Factor, minus (c) the sum of the following amounts attributable to such Underwriting Year (I) that were paid by the Company during such calendar year: (i) Paid Loss; (ii) Run Off Fee net of the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement; and (iii) Profit Commission; and (II) Acquisition Expenses incurred in respect of Annual Premium earned during such calendar year .
U W Inves tm e nt In com e ” means , for each calendar year as respects each Underwriting Year , (i) the average of the Cumulative UW Float for such calendar year and the Cumulative UW Float for the preceding calendar year multiplied b y (ii) the UW Year Investment Rate for such Underwriting Year.
U W I n ves t men t R at io for each Underwriting Year shall be equal to the ratio derived by dividing Cumulative UW Investment Income for such Underwriting Year by Double Net Earned Premium for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date.
U W Y ear I nves t me n t R ate means (i) for the first Underwriting Year , the simple average of the 3-year Treasury note rates as at the end of each month of such Underwriting Year and as of the last Business Day of the month preceding such Underwriting Year, and (ii) for each subsequent Underwriting Year, the simple average of the Anticipated Duration Treasury Note Rates as at the end of each month of such Underwriting Year and as of the last Business Day of the month preceding such Underwriting Year. For the avoidance of doubt, as respects any Underwriting Year which is a calendar year , this will be an average of 13 rates, and the UW Year Investment Rate will not change for such Underwriting Year as respects subsequent calendar periods.
UY Ave r age F X R a t e ” means , for each Underwriting Year, the simple average of the applicable foreign exchange rate as at the last Business Day of each month of such Underwriting Year and as of the last Business Day of the month preceding such Underwriting Year. For the avoidance of doubt, as respects any Underwriting Year which is a calendar year, this will be an average of 13 rates, and the UY Average FX Rate will not change for such Underwriting Year as respects subsequent calendar periods.
Section 2.     AUL Fees .

C-4



(a)
Underwriting Fee. So long as any Covered Business remains in force (including any Renewals thereof (other than Excluded Business) actually written by the Company during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement as contemplated in clause (a) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obl i gations), AUL shall be entitled to receive (by way of deduction from the Claims Account pursuant to Section 2.09(a) of the Agreement) each quarter in respect of all Covered Business an underwriting fee (the Un d er wr it i n g Fee ”) equal to 3.00% of the product of Gross Earned Premium and (1 minus the weighted average Ceded Percentage under the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement for such quarter) .
(b)
Profit Commission. AUL shall be entitled to receive a profit commission payable as set forth in Section 4(b) below (the “ Pro fi t Commi s sion ”) for each Underwriting Year in an amount equal to (i) the Profit Commission Percentage for such Underwriting Year multiplied by (ii) Double Net Earned Premium for such Underwriting Year from the beginning of such Underwriting Year through the Calculation Date ; provided, however, that if the Adjusted Combined Ratio for an Underwriting Year is equal to or greater than 96%, the Profit Commission Percentage for such Underwriting Year shall be zero; and provided further that the foregoing Profit Commission calculations shall exclude from Covered Business Excluded Business.
(c)
Run-Off Fee. Following termination of this Agreement, so long as any Covered Business remains in force, in compensation for post-termination services to be provided by AUL as contemplated in clauses (a) and (c) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations, AUL shall be entitled to receive (by way of deduction from the Claims Account pursuant to Section 2.09(a) of the Agreement) a quarterly run-off fee (the “ Run-Off Fee ”) equal to .25% of the average of gross unearned premiums and Loss reserves (including IBNR) for Covered Business in force during such quarter; provided, however, that no Run-Off Fee shall be payable to AUL in the event of a termination subject to clause (b) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations; and provided further that the Company may , at its option, seek bona fide market quotes for the runoff of the Covered Business in force at termination within 30 Business Days of such termination, which quotes shall include all associated costs (including transition costs), in which case the Run-Off Fee shall be adjusted (up or down) to equal such market quote (the average if more than one quote is obtained).
(d)
Other Fees. A portion of the Investment Manager’s Performance Fee will be shared with AUL to the extent owed pursuant to an agreement among the Investment Manager , AUL and the Company.
Section 3.     Currency . All amounts used to calculate AUL Fees shall be in Pounds and all AUL Fees shall be paid in Pounds. If Premium and/or Loss amounts from any Covered Business are recorded in a currency other than Pounds, such amounts shall be converted to Pounds at the UY Average FX Rate.

C-5



Section 4.     Payment of Fees .
(a)
Quarterly Fees shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears. Within 60 days following the end of each calendar quarter for which Quarterly Fees are owed, AUL shall calculate the Quarterly Fees due for such calendar quarter and deliver a detailed invoice to the Company . The Quarterly Fees may be withdrawn by AUL from the Claims Account as set forth in Section 2.09(a) of the Services Agreement. To the extent the Claims Account is insufficient to pay the Quarterly Fees, the Company shall pay them to AUL from other funds. If Quarterly Fees are owed in connection with Renewals of Covered Business during the three-year period after termination or expiration of this Agreement and if, as contemplated by clause (a)(vi) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations, the Company has retained an alternate service provider to provide services in connection with runoff of the book in force at termination or expiration, the Company shall, or shall cause such alternate service provider to, calculate the Quarterly Fees due for each such calendar quarter, deliver a statement explaining such calculations and pay such amounts to AUL.
( b)
The Profit Commission due for each Underwriting Year shall be calculated annually, earned over four years paid in arrears and thereafter adjusted annually over the ensuing fifteen years, as follows: Within 60 days following the end of each Underwriting Year, AUL shall calculate the Profit Commission due for such Underwriting Year and deliver a detailed invoice to the Company. Profit Commissions shall be due and payable no later than March 15 following the end of each Underwriting Year (or calendar year subsequent to the Term). With respect to each Underwriting Year, the Profit Commission shall be paid as follows: 40% on the first March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year, 60% on the second March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less the amount paid the preceding year); 80% on the third March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less amounts paid in the preceding years); and 100% on the fourth March 15 after the end of such Underwriting Year (less amounts paid in the preceding years), with adjustments to continue to be made for fifteen years thereafter. If any calculation of Profit Commission determines that AUL was overpaid in prior years, the amount of any such overpayment shall be a deduction from Profit Commissions for other Underwriting Years due from the Company to AUL in the Profit Commission Report. Amounts owed to and from the parties for various Underwriting Years shall be offset against each other, and only the net amount shall be due; provided, however, that if the aggregate balance which otherwise would be due from the Company to AUL as of any March 15 for all Underwriting Years is negative, such amount shall not be due from AUL to the Company at such time, and the relevant experience shall be carried forward as respects determination of future Profit Commissions.
Section 5.     Expenses .
The Applicable Percentage of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred directly in connection with or pursuant to AUL’s performance of services pursuant to, and exercise of its duties under, this Agreement will be paid or reimbursed by the Company from time-to-time (but no less frequently than quarterly), including, without limitation:

C-6



(i)
Fees paid to AUEL pursuant to the AUEL Administrative Services Agreement and of fees paid to ACSI pursuant to the ACSI Administrative Services Agreement;
(ii)
Seconded Employee Expenses;
(iii)
Except to the extent paid directly by the Company, fees paid to Quest for administrative services pursuant to the Quest Administrative Services Agreement;
(iv)
Fees for industry statistical research and data related to lines of business targeted for the Company;
(v)
Third-party diligence expenses related to underwriting audit, transactional audits, and claims audits of existing or prospective insurance and reinsurance contracts;
(vi)
Fees of outside counsel consulted in the negotiation of Covered Business or Outward Reinsurance, or related to premium collections;
(vii)
Expenses incurred in connection with obtaining legal, tax, financial and accounting advice and the advice of other consultants and experts, and expenses of, or incurred in connection with obtaining, any other third-party service provider, in each case on behalf of the Company but exclusive of Loss Adjustment Expense; and
(viii)
Fees (including, without limitation, of outside counsel) incurred in connection with the formation of the Company and continued compliance with legal requirements and corporate formalities.


C-7



EXHIBIT D
Operating Guidelines
In performing the services required hereunder in connection with Covered Business, AUL shall ensure that it and each Designated Employee shall follow in all respects the guidelines set forth below:
1. At all times no fewer than two persons employed by AUL and responsible for underwriting insurance will be Designated Employees. All contracts of insurance and/or reinsurance entered into by the Company will be entered into on behalf of the Company by a Designated Employee. Designated Employees will carry business cards identifying themselves as employees of the Company. The Company will compensate AUL for the provision of the Designated Employees as provided in the Fee Schedule.

D-1



EXHIBIT E
Designated Employees
Kenneth Sharp
Brenton Tucker
Joel Bamogo
James Legere
Allison Pearce
William Soares
Raul Maldonado
Felix Vogler
Paula Lewin
Ian Macdonald
Jean-Philippe Latour
Alvaro Ortiz
Heejae Cho
AUEL officers

D-1



EXHIBIT F
Business Framework
Foundational Premise. AUL will perform its duties under the Services Agreement in accordance with the same high standard of care and degree of knowledge, skill and judgment that AUL’s Affiliates apply to their insurance and reinsurance business, as applicable.


F-1



EXHIBIT G
Rating Agencies

A . M. Best Company , Inc.

G-1



EXHIBIT H
Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations
(a)
In the event (A) AUL gives written notice that it will not renew this Agreement under Section 9.01, (B) AUL terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(i), (C) the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(i), (ii), (iv), (v), (vi) or (vii), or (D) this Agreement is terminated under Section 9.01 as a consequence of termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement, and the termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement is based a provision thereof corresponding to (A), (B) or (C), then effective upon termination:
(i)
For a one-year period following termination or expiration, neither AUL nor any AUL Affiliate shall compete with the Company for (i.e., solicit or bind) Renewals of any Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing shall prohibit AUL or any AUL Affiliate from soliciting or binding a Renewal of business written by any AUL Affiliate which is in-force at or immediately prior to such termination or expiration; provided further that after such one-year period, both the Company and AUL or its Affiliates shall be free to compete for Renewals of Covered Business.,
(ii)
If any Renewals of Covered Business (other than Renewals of Excluded Business) are actually written by the Company during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration, the Underwriting Fees set forth in the Fee Schedule shall be due and payable to AUL in respect of such Renewals;
(iii)
the Company and AUL shall be free to compete for Renewals of any Excluded Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement;
(iv)
AUL will have no further authority hereunder, either directly or indirectly to underwrite any new Covered Business on behalf of the Company or to renew any Covered Business on behalf of the Company;
(v)
any employees or officers leased to the Company shall be terminated by the Company, and any such officers of the Company shall cease to be officers of the Company, as of the termination or expiration date;
(vi)
during the three-year period following the date of termination, the Company shall not directly or indirectly solicit or hire any former leased underwriters or dual officers or any other underwriters of AUL or any AUL Affiliate;
(vii)
AUL shall continue to provide the services set forth herein with respect to Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement until all such Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith have been settled or commuted and shall have the option to terminate any Covered Business on a runoff or cutoff basis or to commute such Covered Business in accordance

H-1



with the terms of such Covered Business or in agreement with the counterparties thereto; provided, however , that if the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(i), the Company shall retain an alternate service provider to provide such services in connection with the runoff of the book in force at termination or expiration (such alternate service provider to be subject to the approval of AUL not to be unreasonably withheld); and
(viii)
any Fees and expenses due under this Agreement prior to termination or accruing after the termination shall continue to be payable in accordance with the Fee Schedule as respects services rendered by AUL prior to termination ; provided , however , that if the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(i), AUL shall not be entitled to receive any Run Off Fees.
(b)
In the event (A) the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(iii), or (B) this Agreement is terminated under Section 9.01 as a consequence of termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement, and the termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement is based Section 9.02(a)(iii) thereof, then effective upon termination:
(i)
For a one-year period following termination or expiration , neither AUL nor any AUL Affiliate shall compete with the Company for (i.e., solicit or bind) Renewals of any Covered Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing shall prohibit AUL or any AUL Affiliate from soliciting or binding a Renewal of business written by any AUL Affiliate which is in-force at or immediately prior to such termination or expiration; provided further that after such one-year period , both the Company and AUL or its Affiliates shall be free to compete for Renewals of Covered Business;
(ii)
the Company and AUL shall be free to compete for Renewals of any Excluded Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement;
(iii)
AUL will have no further authority hereunder, either directly or indirectly to underwrite any new Covered Business or renew any Covered Business on behalf of the Company or to provide any other services in respect of the Covered Business, the Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement or the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement;
(iv)
any employees or officers leased to the Company shall be terminated by the Company, and any such officers of the Company shall cease to be officers of the Company , as of the termination or expiration date;
(v)
during the three-year period following the date of termination, the Company shall not directly or indirectly solicit or hire any former leased underwriters or dual officers or any other underwriters of AUL or any AUL Affiliate; and
(vi)
any Fees and expenses due under this Agreement prior to termination or accruing after the termination shall continue to be payable in accordance with the Fee Schedule as respects services rendered by AUL prior to termination.

H-2



(c)
In the event (A) the Company gives written notice that it will not renew this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.01, (B) AUL terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(ii), (iii), (iv) or (v), or (C) this Agreement is terminated under Section 9.01 as a consequence of termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement, and the termination of the Bermuda Services Agreement is based a provision thereof corresponding to (A) or (B), then effective upon termination:
(i)
AUL will have no further authority hereunder, either directly or indirectly to underwrite any new Covered Business or renew any Covered Business on behalf of the Company ;
(ii)
the Company and AUL shall be free to compete for Renewals of any Excluded Business in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement;
(iii)
any employees or officers leased to the Company shall be terminated by the Company, and any such officers of the Company shall cease to be officers of the Company, as of the termination or expiration date ;
(iv)
during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration, the Company shall not solicit or bind any Renewals of Covered Business (other than any Excluded Business) in-force at termination or expiration of this Agreement and shall not otherwise compete for business formerly produced through AUL (other than any Excluded Business);
(v)
AUL shall continue to provide the services set forth herein with respect to Covered Business, Outward Reinsurance, the ARL Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement and the Watford Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement in force at termination or expiration of this Agreement until all such Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith have been settled or commuted and shall have the option to terminate any Covered Business on a runoff or cutoff basis or to commute such Covered Business in accordance with the terms of such Covered Business or in agreement with the counterparties thereto; provided, however , that if AUL terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(iv), the Company may not thereafter withdraw any funds from the Claims Account and AUL shall not thereafter be required to transfer funds from the Claims Account to the Investment Account or Investment Grade Account until all Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith are settled or commuted and all Fees and expenses due to AUL under this Agreement have been received by AUL in full;
(vi)
any Fees and expenses due under this Agreement prior to termination or expiration or accruing after the termination or expiration shall continue to be payable in accordance with the Fee Schedule as respects services rendered by AUL prior or subsequent to termination or expiration; provided, however, that if AUL terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(iv) , the Company may not thereafter withdraw any funds from the Claims Account and AUL shall not thereafter be required to transfer funds from the Claims Account to the Investment Account or Investment Grade Account until all Covered Business has expired and all losses in connection therewith have been settled or commuted and all Fees and expenses due to AUL under this Agreement have been received by AUL in full; and

H-3



(vii)
during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration, the Company shall not directly or indirectly solicit or hire any Designated Employees or any other employees of AUL or any AUL Affiliate.

H-4
Exhibit 10.5
Execution Copy








INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT


by and between


WATFORD RE LTD.


and


ARCH INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LTD.





















April 1, 2016







INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT
THIS INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT, made as of the 1 st day of April, 2016, by and between Watford Re Ltd. , a Bermuda company (hereinafter called the “Company”) and Arch Investment Management Ltd. , a Bermuda company (hereinafter called the “Manager”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Company has all requisite authority to appoint one or more investment managers to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of a portion of all of the assets of the Company;
THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Appointment and Status as Investment Manager . The Company hereby appoints the Manager as an “Investment Manager.” The Manager does hereby accept said appointment on a non-exclusive basis and by its execution of this Agreement. The Manager does also acknowledge that it is a fiduciary with respect to the assets under management and assumes the duties, responsibilities and obligations of a fiduciary with respect to the services described in Sections 4 and 5 below.
2. Representations by Manager . The Manager represents and warrant that (a) it has all requisite authority to carry out its obligations hereunder, (b) the terms of the Agreement do not conflict with any obligation by which the Manager is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, (c) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate corporate action, (d) it will at all times during the term of this Agreement have all authorizations, registrations, licenses, permits, consents and approvals, if any, from the regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over its activities required to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and (e) it will notify the Company in the event of any change of control in the Manager.
3. Representations by Company . The Company represents and warrants that (a) it has all requisite authority to appoint the Manager hereunder, (b) the terms of the Agreement do not conflict with any obligation by which the Company is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, and (c) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate corporate action.
4. Management Services . The Manager shall be responsible for the investment and reinvestment of assets in one or more accounts (which may include without limitation, state deposit or fixed income accounts) designated by the Company as subject to Manager’s management (which assets, together with all additions, substitutions and alterations thereto are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Accounts”), including Manager’s engagement of a third party investment manager to manage one or more Accounts under the supervision and oversight of the Manager. The Accounts shall include all securities and instruments appropriate to effect the strategies described in the investment guidelines for the Accounts, as the same may be amended by the Company from time to time. The Company does hereby delegate to the Manager all of its powers, duties and responsibilities with

1



regard to such investment and reinvestment and hereby appoints the Manager as its agent in fact with full authority to buy, sell or otherwise effect investment transactions involving the assets in its name and for the Accounts, subject to the Accounts’ investment guidelines, which shall be issued by the Company from time to time. Said powers, duties and responsibilities shall be exercised exclusively by the Manager pursuant to and in accordance with its fiduciary responsibilities and the provisions of this Agreement and shall include, but are not limited to: investment advisory and oversight, investment market risk monitoring, investment credit risk monitoring, investment compliance monitoring and asset allocation monitoring. In deciding on a proper investment for the Accounts, the Manager’s investment decision shall be subject to the following: (a) the investment purposes of the Company, (b) the Company’s financial needs such as liquidity, (c) the Company’s and Accounts’ investment policies and guidelines, (d) applicable law, and (e) the authority of the Board of Directors and/or duly authorized officers of the Company. In addition, in accordance with the Manager’s guidelines in effect from time to time, the Manager or its agent is authorized, but shall not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the Accounts; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Manager shall not incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith.
5. Accounting and Reports . At such intervals as shall be mutually agreed upon between the parties, but in any event not less than once per calendar year quarter, the Manager shall furnish the Company with appraisals of the Accounts, performance tabulations, compliance certifications, a summary of purchases and sales and such other reports as shall be agreed upon from time to time. The Manager’s service levels and reporting responsibilities are further set forth in a Service Level Agreement Addendum (“SLA”) to this Agreement, which may be amended from time to time with the consent of both parties. The Manager shall also reconcile accounting, transaction and asset-summary data with custodian reports at times that are mutually agreeable to the Manager and the Company. In addition, the Manager shall communicate and resolve any significant discrepancies with the custodian(s).
6. Compensation . For its investment management services rendered hereunder, the Manager shall be compensated in accordance with Exhibit A attached hereto (“Fees”). If the management of the Accounts commences or ends at any time other than the beginning or end of each month, the asset management fee shall be prorated based on the portion of such month during which this Agreement was in force. The Company agrees to pay the Fees in accordance with Exhibit A.
7. Custodian . The securities in the Accounts shall be held by a custodian duly appointed by the Company and the Manager is authorized to give instructions to the custodian with respect to all investment decisions regarding the Accounts. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Manager to take or receive physical possession of any of the assets for the Account, it being intended that sole responsibility for safekeeping thereof (in such investments as the Manager may direct) and the consummation of all purchases, sales, deliveries and investments made pursuant to the Manager’s direction shall rest upon the custodian.
8. Brokerage . The Company hereby delegates to the Manager sole and exclusive authority to designate the brokers or dealers through whom all purchases and sales on behalf of the Accounts will be made, and who, in the good faith judgment of the Manager, will act in the best interests of the

2



Company. The Manager will determine the rate or rates, if any, to be paid for brokerage services provided to the Accounts. The Manager agrees that securities are to be purchased through such brokers as, in the Manager’s best judgment, shall offer the best combination of price and execution. The Manager, in seeking to obtain the best execution of portfolio transactions for the Accounts, may consider the quality and reliability of brokerage services, as well as research and investment information and other services provided by brokers or dealers. Accordingly, the Manager’s selection of a broker or dealer for transactions for the Accounts may take into account such relevant factors as (i) price, (ii) the broker’s or dealer’s facilities, reliability and financial responsibility, (iii) when relevant, the ability of the broker to effect securities transactions, particularly with regard to such aspects as timing, order size and execution of the order, (iv) the broker’s or dealer’s recordkeeping capabilities and (v) the research and other services provided by such broker or dealer to the Manager which are expected to enhance its general portfolio management capabilities (collectively, “Research”), notwithstanding that the Accounts may not be the exclusive beneficiary of such Research.
9. Confidential Information . All information regarding operations and investments of the Company, including this Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto, shall be regarded as confidential by the Manager.
10. Directions to the Manager . All directions by or on behalf of the Company to the Manager shall be in writing signed by either one of the following officers: (i) Chief Financial Officer, (ii) Chief Risk officer or (iii) Chief Executive Officer.
The Manager shall be fully protected (i) in relying upon any direction in accordance with the previous paragraph with respect to any instruction, direction or approval of the Company, and shall be so protected also in relying upon a certification duly executed on behalf of the Company as to the names of persons authorized to act for it and in continuing to rely upon such certification until notified by the Company to the contrary; and (ii) in acting upon any instrument, certificate or paper believed by the Manager to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper persons or to any statement contained in any such writing and may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of the statements therein contained.
11. Indemnification . Each party agrees to indemnify and hold the other party (including its directors, officers, employees, shareholders and agents) harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, claims, causes of action, costs, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Losses”), arising from, or caused by, the indemnifying party’s negligence or material breach of this Agreement, except to the extent such Losses are arising from, or caused by, the non-indemnifying party’s acts or omissions.
12. Term; Termination of this Agreement . The initial term of this Agreement shall be for one (1) year from the date hereof and shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year periods, unless its earlier termination as provided below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or Manager may terminate this Agreement at any time upon forty-five (45) days’ prior written notice to the other party. On the effective date of the termination of this Agreement, or as close to such date as is reasonably possible, the Manager shall provide the Company with a final report containing the same information as Section 5 above.

3



13. Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by the Manager without the consent of the Company, and any such assignment made without such consent shall be null and void for all purposes; provided however, that this Agreement may be assigned to the Manager’s parent corporation, Arch Capital Group Ltd., without the consent of the Company. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.
14. Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any applicable jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms or provisions of the Agreement in any jurisdiction.
15. Compliance with Laws; Governing Law . During the term of this Agreement, the Company and the Manager agree to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation, Bermuda law and regulations. This Agreement shall be construed pursuant to, and shall be governed by, the laws of Bermuda (without giving regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof).
16. Notices . All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Manager:
Arch Investment Management Ltd.
Ground Floor, Waterloo House
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
Attention: Investment Compliance
Email: investops@archinvest.bm
Tel: 441 278-9180
Facsimile: 441 296-1518
if to the Company:
Watford Re Ltd.
Ground Floor, Waterloo House
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
Attention: Jon Levy
Email: jlevy@watfordre.com
Tel: 441 278-3453
Facsimile: N/A
or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other party. All notices hereunder shall be sufficient if delivered by electronic mail, facsimile or overnight mail. Any notices shall be deemed given only upon actual receipt.
17. Entire Agreement; Modification . This Agreement (i) contains the complete and entire understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, (ii) supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, conditions and agreements, oral or written, express or implied, with respect to the Company’s engagement of the Manager for investment management

4



services, and (iii) may not be modified or altered except by an instrument in writing executed by both parties.
18. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by either party of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision in this Agreement.
19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one agreement.
[signatures on following page]


5



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Jon Levy
Name:
Jon Levy
Title:
Chief Risk Officer
 
 
 
 
ARCH INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LTD.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ David Mulholland
Name:
David Mulholland
Title:
Senior Vice President & Chief Administration Officer



Exhibit A
Compensation for Investment Management Services and Investment Consulting and Oversight Services
Fees
11.0 basis points for Investment Consulting and Oversight Services
14.5 basis points for Direct Investment Management Services
2.0 basis points for Additional Services
For purposes of this Agreement: (i) “Investment Consulting and Oversight Services” shall mean those services provided by the Manager for Accounts which are directly managed by a third party investment manager, but where the selection, engagement and performance of such third party manager are reviewed, monitored and managed by the Manager; (ii) “Direct Investment Management Services” shall mean those services provided by the Manager for Accounts which are directly managed by the Manager; and (iii) “Additional Services” includes administrative, operations and risk analytics support services to be provided to the Manager as part of the Agreement.
As compensation for rendering investment management services under this Agreement, the Manager shall be paid a monthly asset management fee at the annual rate detailed above based on whether the services provided by the Manager for the assets under management in the Accounts are Investment Consulting and Oversight Services or Direct Investment Management Services with such allocation set forth in the Manager’s invoice.  Fees shall be due and payable by wire transfer to the Manager within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Manager’s invoice.


Exhibit 10.6

 
 





INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT
by and between
Watford Specialty Insurance Company
and
ARCH INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LTD.














February 1, 2016

2


INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT
THIS INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT, made as of the 1 st day of February, 2016, by and between Watford Specialty Insurance Company , a New Jersey company (hereinafter called the “Company”) and Arch Investment Management Ltd., a Bermuda company (hereinafter called the “Manager”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Company has all requisite authority to appoint one or more investment managers to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of a portion of all of the assets of the Company;
THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Appointment and Status as Investment Manager . The Company hereby appoints the Manager as an “Investment Manager.” The Manager does hereby accept said appointment on a non-exclusive basis and by its execution of this Agreement. The Manager does also acknowledge that it is a fiduciary with respect to the assets under management and assumes the duties, responsibilities and obligations of a fiduciary with respect to the services described in Sections 4 and 5 below.
2. Representations by Manager . The Manager represents and warrant that (a) it has all requisite authority to carry out its obligations hereunder, (b) the terms of the Agreement do not conflict with any obligation by which the Manager is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, (c) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate corporate action, (d) it will at all times during the term of this Agreement have all authorizations, registrations, licenses, permits, consents and approvals, if any, from the regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over its activities required to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and (e) it will notify the Company in the event of any change of control in the Manager.
3. Representations by Company . The Company represents and warrants that (a) it has all requisite authority to appoint the Manager hereunder, (b) the terms of the Agreement do not conflict with any obligation by which the Company is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, and (c) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate corporate action.
4. Management Services . The Manager shall be responsible for the investment and reinvestment of assets in one or more accounts (which may include without limitation, state deposit or fixed income accounts) designated by the Company as subject to Manager’s management (which assets, together with all additions, substitutions and alterations thereto are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Accounts”), including Manager’s engagement of a third party investment manager to manage one or more Accounts under the supervision and oversight of the Manager. The Accounts shall include all securities and instruments appropriate to effect the strategies described in the investment guidelines for the Accounts, as the same may be amended by the Company from time to time. The Company does hereby delegate to the Manager all of its powers, duties and responsibilities with regard to such investment and reinvestment and hereby appoints the Manager as its agent in fact with full authority to buy, sell or otherwise effect investment transactions involving the assets in its name and for the

1


Accounts, subject to the Accounts’ investment guidelines, which shall be issued by the Company from time to time. Said powers, duties and responsibilities shall be exercised exclusively by the Manager pursuant to and in accordance with its fiduciary responsibilities and the provisions of this Agreement and shall include, but are not limited to: investment advisory and oversight, investment market risk monitoring, investment credit risk monitoring, investment compliance monitoring and asset allocation monitoring. In deciding on a proper investment for the Accounts, the Manager’s investment decision shall be subject to the following: (a) the investment purposes of the Company, (b) the Company’s financial needs such as liquidity, (c) the Company’s and Accounts’ investment policies and guidelines, (d) applicable law, and (e) the authority of the Board of Directors and/or duly authorized officers of the Company. In addition, in accordance with the Manager’s guidelines in effect from time to time, the Manager or its agent is authorized, but shall not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the Accounts; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Manager shall not incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith.
5. Accounting and Reports . At such intervals as shall be mutually agreed upon between the parties, but in any event not less than once per calendar year quarter, the Manager shall furnish the Company with appraisals of the Accounts, performance tabulations, compliance certifications, a summary of purchases and sales and such other reports as shall be agreed upon from time to time. The Manager’s service levels and reporting responsibilities are further set forth in a Service Level Agreement Addendum (“SLA”) to this Agreement, which may be amended from time to time with the consent of both parties. The Manager shall also reconcile accounting, transaction and asset-summary data with custodian reports at times that are mutually agreeable to the Manager and the Company. In addition, the Manager shall communicate and resolve any significant discrepancies with the custodian(s).
6. Compensation . For its investment management services rendered hereunder, the Manager shall be compensated in accordance with Exhibit A attached hereto (“Fees”). If the management of the Accounts commences or ends at any time other than the beginning or end of each month, the asset management fee shall be prorated based on the portion of such month during which this Agreement was in force. The Company agrees to pay the Fees in accordance with Exhibit A.
7. Custodian . The securities in the Accounts shall be held by a custodian duly appointed by the Company and the Manager is authorized to give instructions to the custodian with respect to all investment decisions regarding the Accounts. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Manager to take or receive physical possession of any of the assets for the Account, it being intended that sole responsibility for safekeeping thereof (in such investments as the Manager may direct) and the consummation of all purchases, sales, deliveries and investments made pursuant to the Manager’s direction shall rest upon the custodian. The Company and the Manger agree that all custodians and custodial agreements between the Company and the custodian will meet the requirements of the National Association of Insurance Commissioner’s Financial Examiners’ Handbook.
8. Brokerage . The Company hereby delegates to the Manager sole and exclusive authority to designate the brokers or dealers through whom all purchases and sales on behalf of the Accounts will be made, and who, in the good faith judgment of the Manager, will act in the best interests of the Company. The Manager will determine the rate or rates, if any, to be paid for brokerage services

2


provided to the Accounts. The Manager agrees that securities are to be purchased through such brokers as, in the Manager’s best judgment, shall offer the best combination of price and execution. The Manager, in seeking to obtain the best execution of portfolio transactions for the Accounts, may consider the quality and reliability of brokerage services, as well as research and investment information and other services provided by brokers or dealers. Accordingly, the Manager’s selection of a broker or dealer for transactions for the Accounts may take into account such relevant factors as (i) price, (ii) the broker’s or dealer’s facilities, reliability and financial responsibility, (iii) when relevant, the ability of the broker to effect securities transactions, particularly with regard to such aspects as timing, order size and execution of the order, (iv) the broker’s or dealer’s recordkeeping capabilities and (v) the research and other services provided by such broker or dealer to the Manager which are expected to enhance its general portfolio management capabilities (collectively, “Research”), notwithstanding that the Accounts may not be the exclusive beneficiary of such Research.
9.    Confidential Information . All information regarding operations and investments of the Company, including this Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto, shall be regarded as confidential by the Manager.
10. Directions to the Manager . All directions by or on behalf of the Company to the Manager shall be in writing signed by either one of the following officers: (i) [Chief Financial Officer] or (ii) [President].
The Manager shall be fully protected (i) in relying upon any direction in accordance with the previous paragraph with respect to any instruction, direction or approval of the Company, and shall be so protected also in relying upon a certification duly executed on behalf of the Company as to the names of persons authorized to act for it and in continuing to rely upon such certification until notified by the Company to the contrary; and (ii) in acting upon any instrument, certificate or paper believed by the Manager to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper persons or to any statement contained in any such writing and may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of the statements therein contained.
11. Indemnification . Each party agrees to indemnify and hold the other party (including its directors, officers, employees, shareholders and agents) harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, claims, causes of action, costs, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Losses”), arising from, or caused by, the indemnifying party’s negligence or material breach of this Agreement, except to the extent such Losses are arising from, or caused by, the non-indemnifying party’s acts or omissions.
12. Term; Termination of this Agreement . The initial term of this Agreement shall be for one (1) year from the date hereof and shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year periods, unless its earlier termination as provided below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or Manager may terminate this Agreement at any time upon forty-five (45) days’ prior written notice to the other party. On the effective date of the termination of this Agreement, or as close to such date as is reasonably possible, the Manager shall provide the Company with a final report containing the same information as Section 5 above.
13. Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by the Manager without the consent of the Company, and any such assignment made without such consent shall be null and void for all purposes;

3


provided however, that this Agreement may be assigned to the Manager’s parent corporation, Arch Capital Group Ltd., without the consent of the Company. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.
14. Regulatory Notice . Notwithstanding anything in Sections 12, 13 and 18, no assignment, amendment or modification or termination shall be effective unless such assignment, amendment modification or termination is (a) filed with the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (“NJDOBI”) at least 30 days prior to the proposed effective date, (b), not disapproved by the NJDOBI, (c) made in writing and (d) signed by the parties hereto.
15. Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any applicable jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms or provisions of the Agreement in any jurisdiction.
16. Arbitration . In the event that any dispute arises under this Agreement, the dispute will be submitted to and settled exclusively by binding arbitration, to be conducted in accordance with the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service Streamlined Rules & Procedures (the “JAMS Rules”). Arbitration shall be held in the County of Morris, New Jersey, before an arbitrator selected pursuant to the JAMS Rules, who will have no personal or pecuniary interest in the dispute, either directly or indirectly. All decisions of the arbitrator will be final, binding, and conclusive on the parties. Either party may seek confirmation and enforcement of the arbitration award, under the Federal Arbitration Act, if applicable, and/or the law of the state of New Jersey, in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (Newark Vicinage) or the Superior Court of New Jersey (Morris County), and each party hereby consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the aforementioned courts for any claim, action, suit or proceeding arising hereunder. A final unappealable judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. The parties will equally share the costs of the arbitrator and the arbitration fees, and each side will bear its own attorneys’ fees and costs.
17. Compliance with Laws; Governing Law . During the term of this Agreement, the Company and the Manager agree to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation, New Jersey law and regulations. This Agreement shall be construed pursuant to, and shall be governed by, the laws of New Jersey (without giving regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof).
18. Notices . All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Manager:
Arch Investment Management Ltd.
Ground Floor, Waterloo House
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
Attention: Investment Compliance
Email: investops@archinvest.bm
Tel: 441 278-9180

4


Facsimile: 441 296-1518

if to the Company:                 Watford Specialty Insurance Company
445 South Street, Suite 220
Morristown, NJ 07962
Attention: CEO
Email: ascherer@watfordus.com
Tel: 973-753-1331
Facsimile: 973-889-6495
or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other party. All notices hereunder shall be sufficient if delivered by electronic mail, facsimile or overnight mail. Any notices shall be deemed given only upon actual receipt.
19. Entire Agreement; Modification . This Agreement (i) contains the complete and entire understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, (ii) supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, conditions and agreements, oral or written, express or implied, with respect to the Company’s engagement of the Manager for investment management services, and (iii) may not be modified or altered except by an instrument in writing executed by both parties.
20. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by either party of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision in this Agreement.
21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one agreement.
[signatures on following page]


5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
WATFORD SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
By:
/s/ Alexandre Scherer
Name:
Alexandre Scherer
Title:
President & CEO

ARCH INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ David Mullholland
Name:
David Mulholland
Title:
Senior Vice President & CAO





Exhibit A

Compensation for Investment Management Services and Investment Consulting and Oversight Services
Fees
11.0 basis points for Investment Consulting and Oversight
14.5 basis points for Direct Investment Management
  2.0 basis points for Additional Services
For purposes of this Agreement: (i) “Investment Consulting and Oversight Services” shall mean those services provided by the Manager for Accounts which are directly managed by a third party investment manager, but where the selection, engagement and performance of such third party manager are reviewed, monitored and managed by the Manager; (ii) “Direct Investment Management Services” shall mean those services provided by the Manager for Accounts which are directly managed by the Manager; and (iii) “Additional Services” includes administrative, operations and risk analytics support services to be provided to the Manager as part of the Agreement.
As compensation for rendering investment management services under this Agreement, the Manager shall be paid a monthly asset management fee at the annual rate detailed above based on whether the services provided by the Manager for the assets under management in the Accounts are Investment Consulting and Oversight Services or Direct Investment Management Services with such allocation set forth in the Manager’s invoice.  Fees shall be due and payable by wire transfer to the Manager within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Manager’s invoice.
The Company certifies that the Fees to be paid to the Manager hereunder are fair and reasonable.



Exhibit 10.7







INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT


by and between


Watford Insurance Company


and


ARCH INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LTD.

















August 1, 2016




INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT, made as of the 1 st day of August, 2016, by and between Watford Insurance Company , a New Jersey company (hereinafter called the “Company”) and Arch Investment Management Ltd., a Bermuda company (hereinafter called the “Manager”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company has all requisite authority to appoint one or more investment managers to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of a portion of all of the assets of the Company;

THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Appointment and Status as Investment Manager . The Company hereby appoints the Manager as an “Investment Manager.” The Manager does hereby accept said appointment on a non-exclusive basis and by its execution of this Agreement. The Manager does also acknowledge that it is a fiduciary with respect to the assets under management and assumes the duties, responsibilities and obligations of a fiduciary with respect to the services described in Sections 4 and 5 below.

2. Representations by Manager . The Manager represents and warrant that (a) it has all requisite authority to carry out its obligations hereunder, (b) the terms of the Agreement do not conflict with any obligation by which the Manager is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, (c) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate corporate action, (d) it will at all times during the term of this Agreement have all authorizations, registrations, licenses, permits, consents and approvals, if any, from the regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over its activities required to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and (e) it will notify the Company in the event of any change of control in the Manager.

3. Representations by Company . The Company represents and warrants that (a) it has all requisite authority to appoint the Manager hereunder, (b) the terms of the Agreement do not conflict with any obligation by which the Company is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, and (c) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate corporate action.

4. Management Services . The Manager shall be responsible for the investment and reinvestment of assets in one or more accounts (which may include without limitation, state deposit or fixed income accounts) designated by the Company as subject to Manager’s management (which assets, together with all additions, substitutions and alterations thereto are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Accounts”), including Manager’s engagement of a third party investment manager to manage one or more Accounts under the supervision and oversight of the Manager. The Accounts shall include all securities and instruments appropriate to effect the strategies described in the investment guidelines for the Accounts, as the same may be amended by the Company from time to time. The Company does hereby delegate to the Manager all of its powers, duties and responsibilities with regard to such

1



investment and reinvestment and hereby appoints the Manager as its agent in fact with full authority to buy, sell or otherwise effect investment transactions involving the assets in its name and for the Accounts, subject to the Accounts’ investment guidelines, which shall be issued by the Company from time to time. Said powers, duties and responsibilities shall be exercised exclusively by the Manager pursuant to and in accordance with its fiduciary responsibilities and the provisions of this Agreement and shall include, but are not limited to: investment advisory and oversight, investment market risk monitoring, investment credit risk monitoring, investment compliance monitoring and asset allocation monitoring. In deciding on a proper investment for the Accounts, the Manager’s investment decision shall be subject to the following: (a) the investment purposes of the Company, (b) the Company’s financial needs such as liquidity, (c) the Company’s and Accounts’ investment policies and guidelines, (d) applicable law, and (e) the authority of the Board of Directors and/or duly authorized officers of the Company. In addition, in accordance with the Manager’s guidelines in effect from time to time, the Manager or its agent is authorized, but shall not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the Accounts; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Manager shall not incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith.

5. Accounting and Reports . At such intervals as shall be mutually agreed upon between the parties, but in any event not less than once per calendar year quarter, the Manager shall furnish the Company with appraisals of the Accounts, performance tabulations, compliance certifications, a summary of purchases and sales and such other reports as shall be agreed upon from time to time. The Manager’s service levels and reporting responsibilities are further set forth in a Service Level Agreement Addendum (“SLA”) to this Agreement, which may be amended from time to time with the consent of both parties. The Manager shall also reconcile accounting, transaction and asset-summary data with custodian reports at times that are mutually agreeable to the Manager and the Company. In addition, the Manager shall communicate and resolve any significant discrepancies with the custodian(s).

6. Compensation . For its investment management services rendered hereunder, the Manager shall be compensated in accordance with Exhibit A attached hereto (“Fees”). If the management of the Accounts commences or ends at any time other than the beginning or end of each month, the asset management fee shall be prorated based on the portion of such month during which this Agreement was in force. The Company agrees to pay the Fees in accordance with Exhibit A.

7. Custodian . The securities in the Accounts shall be held by a custodian duly appointed by the Company and the Manager is authorized to give instructions to the custodian with respect to all investment decisions regarding the Accounts. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Manager to take or receive physical possession of any of the assets for the Account, it being intended that sole responsibility for safekeeping thereof (in such investments as the Manager may direct) and the consummation of all purchases, sales, deliveries and investments made pursuant to the Manager’s direction shall rest upon the custodian. The Company and the Manger agree that all custodians and custodial agreements between the Company and the custodian will meet the requirements of the National Association of Insurance Commissioner’s Financial Examiners’ Handbook.


2



8. Brokerage . The Company hereby delegates to the Manager sole and exclusive authority to designate the brokers or dealers through whom all purchases and sales on behalf of the Accounts will be made, and who, in the good faith judgment of the Manager, will act in the best interests of the Company. The Manager will determine the rate or rates, if any, to be paid for brokerage services provided to the Accounts. The Manager agrees that securities are to be purchased through such brokers as, in the Manager’s best judgment, shall offer the best combination of price and execution. The Manager, in seeking to obtain the best execution of portfolio transactions for the Accounts, may consider the quality and reliability of brokerage services, as well as research and investment information and other services provided by brokers or dealers. Accordingly, the Manager’s selection of a broker or dealer for transactions for the Accounts may take into account such relevant factors as (i) price, (ii) the broker’s or dealer’s facilities, reliability and financial responsibility, (iii) when relevant, the ability of the broker to effect securities transactions, particularly with regard to such aspects as timing, order size and execution of the order, (iv) the broker’s or dealer’s recordkeeping capabilities and (v) the research and other services provided by such broker or dealer to the Manager which are expected to enhance its general portfolio management capabilities (collectively, “Research”), notwithstanding that the Accounts may not be the exclusive beneficiary of such Research.

9. Confidential Information . All information regarding operations and investments of the Company, including this Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto, shall be regarded as confidential by the Manager.

10. Directions to the Manager . All directions by or on behalf of the Company to the Manager shall be in writing signed by either one of the following officers: (i) [Chief Financial Officer] or (ii) [President].

The Manager shall be fully protected (i) in relying upon any direction in accordance with the previous paragraph with respect to any instruction, direction or approval of the Company, and shall be so protected also in relying upon a certification duly executed on behalf of the Company as to the names of persons authorized to act for it and in continuing to rely upon such certification until notified by the Company to the contrary; and (ii) in acting upon any instrument, certificate or paper believed by the Manager to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper persons or to any statement contained in any such writing and may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of the statements therein contained.

11. Indemnification . Each party agrees to indemnify and hold the other party (including its directors, officers, employees, shareholders and agents) harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, claims, causes of action, costs, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Losses”), arising from, or caused by, the indemnifying party’s negligence or material breach of this Agreement, except to the extent such Losses are arising from, or caused by, the non-indemnifying party’s acts or omissions.

12. Term; Termination of this Agreement . The initial term of this Agreement shall be for one (1) year from the date hereof and shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year periods, unless its earlier termination as provided below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or Manager may terminate this Agreement at any time upon forty-five (45) days’ prior written notice to the other party. On the effective date of the termination of this Agreement, or as close to such date as is reasonably

3



possible, the Manager shall provide the Company with a final report containing the same information as Section 5 above.

13. Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by the Manager without the consent of the Company, and any such assignment made without such consent shall be null and void for all purposes; provided however, that this Agreement may be assigned to the Manager’s parent corporation, Arch Capital Group Ltd., without the consent of the Company. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.

14. Regulatory Notice . Notwithstanding anything in Sections 12, 13 and 18, no assignment, amendment or modification or termination shall be effective unless such assignment, amendment modification or termination is (a) filed with the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (“NJDOBI”) at least 30 days prior to the proposed effective date, (b), not disapproved by the NJDOBI, (c) made in writing and (d) signed by the parties hereto.

15. Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any applicable jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms or provisions of the Agreement in any jurisdiction.

16. Arbitration . In the event that any dispute arises under this Agreement, the dispute will be submitted to and settled exclusively by binding arbitration, to be conducted in accordance with the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service Streamlined Rules & Procedures (the “JAMS Rules”). Arbitration shall be held in the County of Morris, New Jersey, before an arbitrator selected pursuant to the JAMS Rules, who will have no personal or pecuniary interest in the dispute, either directly or indirectly. All decisions of the arbitrator will be final, binding, and conclusive on the parties. Either party may seek confirmation and enforcement of the arbitration award, under the Federal Arbitration Act, if applicable, and/or the law of the state of New Jersey, in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (Newark Vicinage) or the Superior Court of New Jersey (Morris County), and each party hereby consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the aforementioned courts for any claim, action, suit or proceeding arising hereunder. A final unappealable judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. The parties will equally share the costs of the arbitrator and the arbitration fees, and each side will bear its own attorneys’ fees and costs.

17. Compliance with Laws; Governing Law . During the term of this Agreement, the Company and the Manager agree to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation, New Jersey law and regulations. This Agreement shall be construed pursuant to, and shall be governed by, the laws of New Jersey (without giving regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

18. Notices . All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Manager:

Arch Investment Management Ltd.
Ground Floor, Waterloo House

4



100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
Attention: Investment Compliance
Email: investops@archinvest.bm
Tel: 441 278-9180
Facsimile: 441 296-1518

if to the Company:    Watford Insurance Company
445 South Street, Suite 220
P. O. Box 1950
Morristown, NJ 07962-1950
Attention: CEO
Email: ascherer@watfordus.com
Tel: 973-753-1331
Facsimile: 973-889-6495

or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other party. All notices hereunder shall be sufficient if delivered by electronic mail, facsimile or overnight mail. Any notices shall be deemed given only upon actual receipt.

19. Entire Agreement; Modification . This Agreement (i) contains the complete and entire understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, (ii) supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, conditions and agreements, oral or written, express or implied, with respect to the Company’s engagement of the Manager for investment management services, and (iii) may not be modified or altered except by an instrument in writing executed by both parties.

20. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by either party of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision in this Agreement.

21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one agreement.

[signatures on following page]

5



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
By:
/s/ Alexendre Scherer
Name:
Alexandre Scherer
Title:
President & CEO

ARCH INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ David Mulholland
Name:
David Mulholland
Title:
Senior Vice President & CAO




Exhibit A
Compensation for Investment Management Services and Investment Consulting and Oversight Services
Fees
11.0 basis points for Investment Consulting and Oversight Services
14.5 basis points for Direct Investment Management Services 
  2.0 basis points for Additional Services
For purposes of this Agreement: (i) “Investment Consulting and Oversight Services” shall mean those services provided by the Manager for Accounts which are directly managed by a third party investment manager, but where the selection, engagement and performance of such third party manager are reviewed, monitored and managed by the Manager; (ii) “Direct Investment Management Services” shall mean those services provided by the Manager for Accounts which are directly managed by the Manager; and (iii) “Additional Services” includes administrative, operations and risk analytics support services to be provided to the Manager as part of the Agreement.
As compensation for rendering investment management services under this Agreement, the Manager shall be paid a monthly asset management fee at the annual rate detailed above based on whether the services provided by the Manager for the assets under management in the Accounts are Investment Consulting and Oversight Services or Direct Investment Management Services with such allocation set forth in the Manager’s invoice.  Fees shall be due and payable by wire transfer to the Manager within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Manager’s invoice.
The Company certifies that the Fees to be paid to the Manager hereunder are fair and reasonable.



Exhibit 10.8
Execution Copy


 




INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT


by and between


WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY EUROPE LIMITED


and


ARCH INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LTD.























1 AUGUST 2016






INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT
THIS INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT, made as of the 1 st day of August 2016, by and between Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited , a Gibraltar company (hereinafter called the “Company”) and Arch Investment Management Ltd. , a Bermuda company (hereinafter called the “Manager”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Company has all requisite authority to appoint one or more investment managers to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of a portion of all of the assets of the Company;
THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Appointment and Status as Investment Manager . The Company hereby appoints the Manager as an “Investment Manager.” The Manager does hereby accept said appointment on a non-exclusive basis and by its execution of this Agreement. The Manager does also acknowledge that it is a fiduciary with respect to the assets under management and assumes the duties, responsibilities and obligations of a fiduciary with respect to the services described in Sections 4 and 5 below.
2. Representations by Manager . The Manager represents and warrant that (a) it has all requisite authority to carry out its obligations hereunder, (b) the terms of the Agreement do not conflict with any obligation by which the Manager is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, (c) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate corporate action, (d) it will at all times during the term of this Agreement have all authorizations, registrations, licenses, permits, consents and approvals, if any, from the regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over its activities required to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and (e) it will notify the Company in the event of any change of control in the Manager.
3. Representations by Company . The Company represents and warrants that (a) it has all requisite authority to appoint the Manager hereunder, (b) the terms of the Agreement do not conflict with any obligation by which the Company is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, and (c) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate corporate action.
4. Management Services . The Manager shall be responsible for the investment and reinvestment of assets in one or more accounts (which may include without limitation, state deposit or fixed income accounts) designated by the Company as subject to Manager’s management (which assets, together with all additions, substitutions and alterations thereto are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Accounts”), including Manager’s engagement of a third party investment manager to manage one or more Accounts under the supervision and oversight of the Manager. The Accounts shall include all securities and instruments appropriate to effect the strategies described in the investment guidelines for the Accounts, as the same may be amended by the Company from time to time. The

1


Company does hereby delegate to the Manager all of its powers, duties and responsibilities with regard to such investment and reinvestment and hereby appoints the Manager as its agent in fact with full authority to buy, sell or otherwise effect investment transactions involving the assets in its name and for the Accounts, subject to the Accounts’ investment guidelines, which shall be issued by the Company from time to time. Said powers, duties and responsibilities shall be exercised exclusively by the Manager pursuant to and in accordance with its fiduciary responsibilities and the provisions of this Agreement and shall include, but are not limited to: investment advisory and oversight, investment market risk monitoring, investment credit risk monitoring, investment compliance monitoring and asset allocation monitoring. In deciding on a proper investment for the Accounts, the Manager’s investment decision shall be subject to the following: (a) the investment purposes of the Company, (b) the Company’s financial needs such as liquidity, (c) the Company’s and Accounts’ investment policies and guidelines, (d) applicable law, and (e) the authority of the Board of Directors and/or duly authorized officers of the Company. In addition, in accordance with the Manager’s guidelines in effect from time to time, the Manager or its agent is authorized, but shall not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the Accounts; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Manager shall not incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith.
5. Accounting and Reports . At such intervals as shall be mutually agreed upon between the parties, but in any event not less than once per calendar year quarter, the Manager shall furnish the Company with appraisals of the Accounts, performance tabulations, compliance certifications, a summary of purchases and sales and such other reports as shall be agreed upon from time to time. The Manager’s service levels and reporting responsibilities are further set forth in a Service Level Agreement Addendum (“SLA”) to this Agreement, which may be amended from time to time with the consent of both parties. The Manager shall also reconcile accounting, transaction and asset-summary data with custodian reports at times that are mutually agreeable to the Manager and the Company. In addition, the Manager shall communicate and resolve any significant discrepancies with the custodian(s).
6. Compensation . For its investment management services rendered hereunder, the Manager shall be compensated in accordance with Exhibit A attached hereto (“Fees”). If the management of the Accounts commences or ends at any time other than the beginning or end of each month, the asset management fee shall be prorated based on the portion of such month during which this Agreement was in force. The Company agrees to pay the Fees in accordance with Exhibit A.
7. Custodian . The securities in the Accounts shall be held by a custodian duly appointed by the Company and the Manager is authorized to give instructions to the custodian with respect to all investment decisions regarding the Accounts. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Manager to take or receive physical possession of any of the assets for the Account, it being intended that sole responsibility for safekeeping thereof (in such investments as the Manager may direct) and the consummation of all purchases, sales, deliveries and investments made pursuant to the Manager’s direction shall rest upon the custodian.
8. Brokerage . The Company hereby delegates to the Manager sole and exclusive authority to designate the brokers or dealers through whom all purchases and sales on behalf of the Accounts will

2


be made, and who, in the good faith judgment of the Manager, will act in the best interests of the Company. The Manager will determine the rate or rates, if any, to be paid for brokerage services provided to the Accounts. The Manager agrees that securities are to be purchased through such brokers as, in the Manager’s best judgment, shall offer the best combination of price and execution. The Manager, in seeking to obtain the best execution of portfolio transactions for the Accounts, may consider the quality and reliability of brokerage services, as well as research and investment information and other services provided by brokers or dealers. Accordingly, the Manager’s selection of a broker or dealer for transactions for the Accounts may take into account such relevant factors as (i) price, (ii) the broker’s or dealer’s facilities, reliability and financial responsibility, (iii) when relevant, the ability of the broker to effect securities transactions, particularly with regard to such aspects as timing, order size and execution of the order, (iv) the broker’s or dealer’s recordkeeping capabilities and (v) the research and other services provided by such broker or dealer to the Manager which are expected to enhance its general portfolio management capabilities (collectively, “Research”), notwithstanding that the Accounts may not be the exclusive beneficiary of such Research.
9. Confidential Information . All information regarding operations and investments of the Company, including this Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto, shall be regarded as confidential by the Manager.
10. Directions to the Manager . All directions by or on behalf of the Company to the Manager shall be in writing signed by any one of the directors of the Company.
The Manager shall be fully protected (i) in relying upon any direction in accordance with the previous paragraph with respect to any instruction, direction or approval of the Company, and shall be so protected also in relying upon a certification duly executed on behalf of the Company as to the names of persons authorized to act for it and in continuing to rely upon such certification until notified by the Company to the contrary; and (ii) in acting upon any instrument, certificate or paper believed by the Manager to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper persons or to any statement contained in any such writing and may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of the statements therein contained.
11. Indemnification . Each party agrees to indemnify and hold the other party (including its directors, officers, employees, shareholders and agents) harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, claims, causes of action, costs, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Losses”), arising from, or caused by, the indemnifying party’s negligence or material breach of this Agreement, except to the extent such Losses are arising from, or caused by, the non-indemnifying party’s acts or omissions.
12. Term; Termination of this Agreement . The initial term of this Agreement shall be for one (1) year from the date hereof and shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year periods, unless its earlier termination as provided below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or Manager may terminate this Agreement at any time upon forty-five (45) days’ prior written notice to the other party. On the effective date of the termination of this Agreement, or as close to such date as is reasonably possible, the Manager shall provide the Company with a final report containing the same information as Section 5 above.

3


13. Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by the Manager without the consent of the Company, and any such assignment made without such consent shall be null and void for all purposes; provided however, that this Agreement may be assigned to the Manager’s parent corporation, Arch Capital Group Ltd., without the consent of the Company. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.
14. Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any applicable jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms or provisions of the Agreement in any jurisdiction.
15. Compliance with Laws; Governing Law . During the term of this Agreement, the Company and the Manager agree to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation, Bermuda law and regulations. This Agreement shall be construed pursuant to, and shall be governed by, the laws of Bermuda (without giving regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof).
16. Notices . All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Manager:
Arch Investment Management Ltd.
Ground Floor, Waterloo House
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
Attention: Investment Compliance
Email: investops@archinvest.bm
Tel: 441 278-9180
Facsimile: 441 296-1518
if to the Company:
Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited
P.O. Box 1338
1 st Floor, Grand Ocean Plaza
Ocean Village
Gibraltar
Attention: Steve Quinn
Email: Steve.Quinn@quest.gi
With a copy to:
Watford Re Ltd.
Ground Floor, Waterloo House
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
Attention: Jon Levy
Email: jlevy@watfordre.com
Tel: 441 278-3453
Facsimile: N/A

4


or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other party. All notices hereunder shall be sufficient if delivered by electronic mail, facsimile or overnight mail. Any notices shall be deemed given only upon actual receipt.
17. Entire Agreement; Modification . This Agreement (i) contains the complete and entire understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, (ii) supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, conditions and agreements, oral or written, express or implied, with respect to the Company’s engagement of the Manager for investment management services, and (iii) may not be modified or altered except by an instrument in writing executed by both parties.
18. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by either party of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision in this Agreement.
19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one agreement.
[signatures on following page]


5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY EUROPE LIMITED
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Jon Levy
Name:
Jon Levy
Title:
Chief Risk Officer
 
 
 
 
ARCH INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LTD.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ David Mulholland
Name:
David Mulholland
Title:
Senior Vice President, Chief Administration Officer




Exhibit A
Compensation for Investment Management Services and Investment Consulting and Oversight Services
Fees
11.0 basis points for Investment Consulting and Oversight Services
14.5 basis points for Direct Investment Management Services 
2.0 basis points for Additional Services
For purposes of this Agreement: (i) “Investment Consulting and Oversight Services” shall mean those services provided by the Manager for Accounts which are directly managed by a third party investment manager, but where the selection, engagement and performance of such third party manager are reviewed, monitored and managed by the Manager; (ii) “Direct Investment Management Services” shall mean those services provided by the Manager for Accounts which are directly managed by the Manager; and (iii) “Additional Services” includes administrative, operations and risk analytics support services to be provided to the Manager as part of the Agreement.
As compensation for rendering investment management services under this Agreement, the Manager shall be paid a monthly asset management fee at the annual rate detailed above based on whether the services provided by the Manager for the assets under management in the Accounts are Investment Consulting and Oversight Services or Direct Investment Management Services with such allocation set forth in the Manager’s invoice.  Fees shall be due and payable by wire transfer to the Manager within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Manager’s invoice.


Exhibit 10.9
Execution Copy

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This Second Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of April 30, 2018 and effective as of January 1, 2018, is entered into by and among Watford Re Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Company ”), Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Parent ”), HPS Investment Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (f/k/a Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC) (the “ Investment Manager ”) and, solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections 3(a), 5(b), 14(b)(iii), 19 and 25, Arch Underwriters Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (“ AUL ”).
WHEREAS, the Company, the Parent, the Investment Manager and AUL entered into that certain Investment Management Agreement on March 18, 2014 (the “ Original Agreement ”), and the Original Agreement was amended and restated as of March 24, 2014 (the “ Amended Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, the Company, the Parent, the Investment Manager and AUL wish to amend and restate the Amended Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein;
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to retain the Investment Manager to provide the investment management services described herein and the Investment Manager wishes to provide such services; and
WHEREAS, the Company has all requisite authority to appoint one or more investment managers to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Company.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Investment Description; Appointment .
(a)      The Company desires to utilize and hereby appoints the Investment Manager as its agent and attorney-in-fact to act as exclusive investment manager with full investment authority for the investment and reinvestment of those assets in the Company’s non-investment grade investment accounts (collectively, the “ HPS Investment Account ”) for the purpose of investing the assets to be managed by the Investment Manager under the terms of this Agreement. The Investment Manager accepts such appointment by executing this Agreement.
(b)      During the term of this Agreement, the Company shall engage the Investment Manager to be the Company’s exclusive investment advisor for the HPS Investment Account and the HPS Managed Assets (as defined below).

- 1 -


Section 2.      Services as Investment Manager .
(a)      Subject to the Investment Guidelines for the Company’s HPS Investment Account attached hereto as Exhibit A (as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 3(a), the “ HPS Investment Guidelines ”), the Investment Manager will be empowered (i) to formulate the overall trading and investment strategy of the HPS Investment Account and the related borrowing activities required in order to implement such strategy and (ii) to exercise full discretion in the management of the trading and investment transactions and related activities of the HPS Investment Account in order to implement such strategy.
(b)      In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company hereby designates and appoints the Investment Manager as its agent and attorney-in-fact in connection with its management of the HPS Investment Account, with full power and authority, subject to the HPS Investment Guidelines, and without the need for further approval of the Company, except as may be required by applicable law, to have the exclusive power on behalf of the Company to, among other things, (i) make all investment decisions for the HPS Investment Account and effect any and all transactions in all securities, loans and instruments, including, without limitation, equity and debt securities (including derivatives thereon), bank loans (via participations or assignments), currencies and commodities (and options, futures, derivatives, swaps, and forward contracts thereon), trade claims, arbitrages, leases, tax liens, break-ups, consolidations, reorganizations and similar securities of United States and non-United States issuers, and everything connected therewith in the broadest sense, (ii) determine all matters relating to the manner, method and timing of investment transactions and engage consultants and analysts in connection therewith, (iii) monitor the investment performance of the HPS Investment Account, (iv) value the Company’s investment assets held in the HPS Investment Account in accordance with Section 11, (v) negotiate the terms of all agreements to be entered into on behalf of the Company and make and execute all such documents and take all such other actions as the Investment Manager considers necessary or appropriate to carry out its investment advisory duties hereunder, (vi) retain brokers, including prime brokers, dealers, banks and other intermediaries by or through whom such investment transactions will be executed or carried out, open accounts, and subject to the last sentence of Section 10(f), borrow funds, pledge assets, retain placement agents and enter into loan facilities and other instruments, including, without limitation, prime brokerage agreements, pledge agreements, International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ ISDA ”) master agreements and placement agent agreements, for the Company, (vii) draw funds on accounts of the Company and direct banks, brokers or other custodians to effect deliveries of funds or assets, but only in the course of effecting investment transactions for the HPS Investment Account hereunder, (viii) provide certain financial, accounting, legal/compliance, technology, investor relations and other back-office services to the Company and (ix) engage attorneys, independent accountants, consultants, investment bankers or such other persons as the Investment Manager may deem necessary or advisable, on behalf of, and at the expense of, the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, if permitted by applicable law, the Investment Manager may, on behalf of the HPS Investment Account, make short-term investments of excess cash in

- 2 -


money-market funds and other similar cash management instruments sponsored and/or managed by JPMorgan Chase & Co. or its affiliates (collectively, “ JPMorgan ”).
(c)      The Investment Manager and its agent are authorized, but will not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the HPS Investment Account; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Investment Manager will not incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith. The Investment Manager may delegate all or a portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement with respect to voting or proxy solicitations for the Company to one or more third parties selected by the Investment Manager.
(d)      The Investment Manager acknowledges that the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) will undertake a process annually, or more frequently as necessary, to review all relevant facts and determine a business plan for the Company for the applicable succeeding year. In addition, the Company’s Chief Risk Officer (the “ Chief Risk Officer ”) will regularly assess the Company’s business, including its business plan, investment strategy, investment portfolio and investment performance. The Investment Manager hereby agrees to furnish the Board of Directors and the Chief Risk Officer with the current investment strategy and the proposed future investment strategy for subsequent periods, which strategies shall be in accordance with the HPS Investment Guidelines, as well as any other information reasonably requested by the Board of Directors or the Chief Risk Officer. The Investment Manager agrees to work in good faith with the Company and the Chief Risk Officer to coordinate and align the investment strategy and the underwriting strategy with the Company’s business plan.
(e)      The Investment Manager further agrees to furnish the Board of Directors with any relevant reporting information the Board of Directors may reasonably request with respect to the investment portfolio of the Company.
(f)      The Investment Manager may delegate all or a portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement to one or more sub-advisors selected by the Investment Manager or to affiliates of the Investment Manager without further consent of the Company; provided , however, that any such delegation will be revocable by the Investment Manager.
Section 3.      Certain Additional Limitations and Obligations .
(a)      The HPS Investment Guidelines may only be amended upon the written agreement of the Investment Manager, AUL and the Company (as approved by the Board of Directors). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the agreement of AUL shall not be required if at such time AUL is no longer serving as the insurance and reinsurance portfolio manager of the Company.

- 3 -


(b)      If at any time a rating agency the Company has engaged to provide a financial strength rating for the Company as set forth on Exhibit C , as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of the Investment Manager and the Company (each such rating agency listed thereon, a “ Rating Agency ”), communicates to the Company or the Investment Manager that it believes that any action or change with respect to the Company’s non-investment grade investments, non-investment grade investment strategy or HPS Investment Guidelines is advisable to the Company maintaining a financial strength rating of at least “A-” (or equivalent), the Company and the Investment Manager shall work in good faith to take any such actions or make any such changes, subject to the HPS Investment Guidelines. If, after working in good faith, the Company and the Investment Manager are unable to agree on the actions to take or changes to make, the Company may direct the Investment Manager to take any actions or make any changes it reasonably determines are necessary to the Company maintaining a financial strength rating of at least “A-” (or equivalent) from such Rating Agency.
(c)      If at any time a Rating Agency (i) places the Company on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company has an “A-” (or equivalent) financial strength rating or (ii) threatens or advises a downgrade in the Company’s financial strength rating below “A-” (or equivalent), and in either case such Rating Agency attributes such action to the Company’s non-investment grade investments, non-investment grade investment strategy or the performance of the HPS Investment Portfolio, or any actions of the Investment Manager, the Investment Manager shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy such circumstances within 12 months to cause the negative outlook or threat of a downgrade to be removed by such Rating Agency, subject to the HPS Investment Guidelines. If, such circumstances cannot be remedied consistent with the HPS Investment Guidelines, the Company may direct the Investment Manager to take any actions or make any changes the Company reasonably determines are necessary to remedy such circumstances.
Section 4.      Compensation and Expenses . The Investment Manager will be entitled to fees and to reimbursement of expenses in accordance with the Fee Schedule annexed hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Fee Schedule ”).
Section 5.      No Guarantees; Exculpation .
(a)      All transactions effected for the Company’s HPS Investment Account by the Investment Manager will be for the Company’s account and risk. The Company will bear all of the risk with regard to all of the investments and transactions effected or facilitated in the HPS Investment Account by the Investment Manager and/or its delegates on behalf of the Company. The Investment Manager has not made and does not make any representation, warranty or guarantee whatsoever as to the success or profitability of any investment or the Investment Manager’s trading methods and strategies, and the Company has not relied on any representation, warranty or guarantee from the Investment Manager or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives, and has not entered into this Agreement in consideration of or in reliance upon any such representation, warranty or

- 4 -


guarantee from the Investment Manager or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives.
(b)      No Indemnified Person (as defined below) will be liable to the Company for any losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers (collectively, “ Losses ”) suffered by the Company in connection with any matters to which this Agreement relates, including, but not limited to, trading losses, except those Losses resulting from (x) such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct or (y) material intentional breaches of the HPS Investment Guidelines by the Investment Manager, which breaches are not cured within 90 days of the earlier of (A) the date on which the Investment Manager becomes aware of such breach, and (B) the date on which the Investment Manager receives a notice of such breach from the Company; provided , however, that for the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no breach of the HPS Investment Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the Company and AUL have agreed in writing to an amendment to such HPS Investment Guidelines such that the Investment Manager’s actions under the amended HPS Investment Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (ii) such actions were approved by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Risk Officer in writing or (iii) such actions were taken pursuant to instructions provided by the Company. An Indemnified Person may consult with reputable legal counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors in respect of any matters to which this Agreement relates, and shall not be liable to the Company for any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors; provided that such counsel, accountants, consultants and other advisors shall have been selected and monitored with reasonable care.
Section 6.      Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Investment Manager and its members, managers, officers, partners, affiliates and employees (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any Losses suffered or sustained by an Indemnified Person by reason of the fact that he, she or it was an Indemnified Person, including, without limitation, any judgment, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action or proceeding, provided that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent such Losses resulted from an action or inaction, or mistake of judgment, taken by an Indemnified Person that constituted fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company will advance to any Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation and/or defense of any such action or proceeding. If for any reason (other than such Indemnified Person’s fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction) the indemnification described in this paragraph is unavailable to any Indemnified Person in connection to a Loss, or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the

- 5 -


Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Person, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also any other relevant equitable considerations.
Section 7.      Service to Other Companies or Accounts; Agency Cross Transactions .
(a)      The Company understands that the Investment Manager will act as investment adviser to other entities, and the Company has no objection to such actions by the Investment Manager. Whenever the Company and one or more other clients advised by the Investment Manager have available funds for investments, investments suitable and appropriate for each will be allocated among the Company and the other clients in the Investment Manager’s sole discretion. In addition, the Company understands that the persons employed by the Investment Manager to assist in the performance of the Investment Manager’s duties under this Agreement will not devote their full time to serving the Company and that nothing contained in this Agreement should be deemed to limit or restrict the right of the Investment Manager or any affiliate of the Investment Manager to engage in and devote time and attention to other businesses or to render services of whatever kind or nature.
(b)      The Investment Manager hereby covenants that all principal transactions and agency cross transactions for the HPS Investment Account will be effected by the Investment Manager in accordance with applicable law, including Section 206(3) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”).
(c)      The Investment Manager will not effect a principal transaction for the HPS Investment Account with the Investment Manager or any affiliate of the Investment Manager unless the Company has consented to such transaction. The Company will select an independent third party unaffiliated with the Investment Manager to review and approve or disapprove any such transactions consistent with applicable law, at the Company’s expense.
(d)      Consistent with applicable law, the Investment Manager and any affiliated broker-dealers are hereby authorized by the Company to execute agency cross transactions on behalf of the HPS Investment Account; provided , however, that any agency cross transaction with an affiliated broker-dealer shall be on an arm’s length basis. Each agency cross transaction will be executed through the use of a methodology to determine the transfer price deemed fair and equitable by the Investment Manager. The Company may revoke this consent by written notice to the Investment Manager at any time.
(e)      For purposes of this Section 7, (i) a “principal transaction” is a transaction in which the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager effects a trade between the HPS Investment Account and the account of the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager and (ii) an “agency cross transaction” is a transaction

- 6 -


in which the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager acts as a broker for both the HPS Investment Account and another person on the other side of the transaction.
Section 8.      Brokerage Arrangements; Soft Dollars .
(a)      Subject to the provisions of Section 7, the Investment Manager may select any broker or dealer, including itself or its affiliates, in connection with any investment or any trade. The Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager and/or its delegates to effect transactions for the HPS Investment Account through affiliated broker-dealers, and the affiliated broker-dealers may retain commissions in connection with effecting such agency transactions. In choosing brokers and dealers, the Investment Manager will not be required to consider any particular criteria. The Investment Manager is not required to select the broker or dealer that charges the lowest transaction cost, even if that broker provides execution quality comparable to other brokers or dealers. The Investment Manager may consider the value of various services or products, beyond execution, that a broker-dealer provides to the Company or the Investment Manager. The Company understands that other broker-dealers may be willing to effect transactions for the Company at lower commission rates than those charged by affiliated broker-dealers.
(b)      The Company acknowledges and agrees that, subject to the provisions of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Manager may effect securities transactions which cause the Company to pay an amount of commission in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged, provided that the Investment Manager determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer to the Investment Manager, viewed in terms of either the specific transaction or the Investment Manager’s overall responsibilities to the accounts for which the Investment Manager exercises investment discretion. For these purposes, “research services” means services or products used to provide lawful and appropriate assistance to the Investment Manager in making investment decisions for its clients. The types of research the Investment Manager may acquire include: reports on or other information about particular companies or industries; economic surveys and analyses; recommendations as to specific securities; financial publications; portfolio evaluation services; financial database software and services; computerized news, pricing and order-entry services and other products or services that may enhance the Investment Manager’s investment decision making. The Company hereby acknowledges that the Investment Manager or its affiliates may obtain research services from brokerage commissions charged to the Company that may be used to benefit the Company’s HPS Investment Account, as well as accounts other than the Company’s HPS Investment Account.
Section 9.      Subsidiaries and the Parent .
(a)      During the term hereof, including, for the avoidance of doubt, during any renewal term, the Company and the Parent will each use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause any of their respective subsidiaries that are formed after the date hereof to

- 7 -


enter into an investment management agreement with the Investment Manager on substantially the same terms and conditions as set forth herein, with any such agreements to be terminable on the same date that this Agreement is terminable.
(b)      As the Parent (or any current or future subsidiary) acquires HPS Managed Assets, such assets will be subject to the same terms and conditions as assets of the Company are subject under the terms hereof.
Section 10.      Accounts; HPS Managed Assets; Diversification Event; Cash Flow Estimates .
(a)      Accounts . The Company shall maintain the following accounts:
(i)      Several investment accounts, including the HPS Investment Account as well as certain accounts in which the Company or Parent hold investment-grade fixed-income assets required for regulatory, rating agency and/or collateral purposes, and which will be managed by a different investment manager;
(ii)      a separate bank account (the “ Claims Account ”) which shall be owned and established by the Company and used by the Company to receive claims related withdrawals as described in Section 10(d), receive premium payments, make premium payments, make claims payments, pay Underwriting Fees, Run Off Fees and Employee Leasing Fees (each as defined in the Services Agreement), and pay expenses, taxes or other amounts, in each case as contemplated by and in accordance with the then-current and in-force Services Agreement among the Company, Parent, AUL and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, the Investment Manager (the “ Services Agreement ”); and
(iii)      a separate bank account (the “ Operating Account ”) which shall be owned and established by the Company and used by the Company to receive operating related withdrawals as described in Section 10(d) and make payments as required to satisfy its day-to-day operations and operating expenses as contemplated by and in accordance with the Services Agreement.
(b)      HPS Managed Assets . For purposes of this Agreement, “ HPS Managed Assets ” includes capital, retained earnings, premium and any assets attributable to money borrowed, including as a result of any preference shares or notes or other debt securities that may be issued by the Company or the Parent that are (i) not needed to support regulatory capital, regulatory collateral requirements or client underwriting collateral requirements, (ii) eligible for investment in non-investment grade investments even if such capital, retained earnings, premium and any assets attributable to money borrowed are needed to support regulatory capital, regulatory collateral requirements or client underwriting collateral requirements or (iii) otherwise mutually agreed. For the avoidance of doubt, it is the intention of the parties hereto that all assets that are eligible for investment in non-investment grade investments will constitute the HPS Managed Assets and the Company undertakes to not take any action meant to circumvent such intent.

- 8 -


(c)      Diversification Event .
(i)      If, at any time, the Company (x) receives written notice from a Rating Agency that withdrawal, in whole or in part, from the HPS Investment Account, or suspension, termination or reduction of the Company’s obligation to make contributions to the HPS Investment Account, is required to maintain the Company’s financial strength rating of at least “A-” (or equivalent) by such Rating Agency, or (y) is required to withdraw, in whole or in part, assets from the HPS Investment Account, or suspend, terminate or reduce the Company’s obligation to make contributions to the HPS Investment Account, pursuant to any law, order or regulation promulgated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority or any other regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company (each of the events set forth in clauses (x) and (y), a “ Diversification Event ”), in each case after (1) consideration of all commercially reasonable alternatives thereto, including good faith discussions and negotiations with such Rating Agency, the Bermuda Monetary Authority or any other regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company, as applicable, and (2) the Board of Directors has resolved (A) that such withdrawal, suspension, termination or reduction is in fact required in order to address the Diversification Event, and (B) that it is necessary for the Company to maintain the Company’s “A-” (or equivalent) financial strength rating from such Rating Agency or comply with such law, order or regulation, as the case may be, in order to continue its business operations, then, to the extent, but only to the extent, so required, the Company may withdraw assets from, or suspend, terminate or reduce its obligation to continue investing assets in, the HPS Investment Account by giving written notice thereof to the Investment Manager, which notice will include a summary, in reasonable detail, of the Diversification Event and the efforts taken and conclusions reached by the Board of Directors pursuant to this provision; provided that the Company will contribute such withdrawn, suspended, terminated or reduced assets back to the HPS Investment Account to the extent that, the withdrawal, suspension, termination or reduction of such assets is no longer required. The Company may request a withdrawal pursuant to a Diversification Event by delivery of written notice to the Investment Manager at least 65 days prior to the last Business Day (as defined in Exhibit B ) of a calendar quarter (each, a “ Withdrawal Date ”), of such amount of the Company’s assets required by such Diversification Event to be removed from the HPS Investment Account as of such Withdrawal Date (such written notice, a “ Withdrawal Notice ”); provided , however, that if any Rating Agency, the Bermuda Monetary Authority or any other regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company, as applicable, requires such withdrawal to occur prior to the Withdrawal Date, the Investment Manager shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such withdrawal to occur within the time period required. To the extent the Company submits a Withdrawal Notice pursuant to a Diversification Event requesting withdrawal in excess of 25% of the Net Asset Value (as defined in Exhibit B ) of the HPS Investment Account (the “ Requested Withdrawal Amount ”), approximately 25% of the Requested Withdrawal Amount will be redeemed as of the last Business Day of the quarter for which proper notice was provided, approximately 33⅓% of the remaining Requested Withdrawal Amount will be redeemed as of the last Business Day of the following quarter, to the extent withdrawn, approximately 50% of the remaining Requested Withdrawal Amount will be redeemed as of the last Business Day of the next following quarter, to the extent withdrawn, and the balance of the Requested Withdrawal

- 9 -


Amount will be redeemed as of the last Business Day of the third following quarter, to the extent withdrawn; provided , however, that if any Rating Agency, the Bermuda Monetary Authority or any other regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company, as applicable, requires such withdrawal to occur prior to the Withdrawal Date, the Investment Manager shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such withdrawal to occur within the time period required.
(ii)      Unless otherwise agreed to by the Investment Manager acting in its sole discretion, if the Company makes additional investments in the HPS Investment Account after providing a Withdrawal Notice, such investments in the HPS Investment Account and amounts attributable thereto will not be included in the amounts to be withdrawn pursuant to such Withdrawal Notice.
(iii)      For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 10(c) will in any way limit any other withdrawal right of the Company pursuant to any other provisions of this Agreement, including pursuant to Section 10(d).
(d)      Other Withdrawals . The Company will have the right to withdraw assets from the HPS Investment Account (i) to deposit into (x) the Claims Account to the extent required to satisfy any obligations set forth in Section 10(a)(ii) and (y) the Operating Account to the extent required to satisfy any obligations set forth in Section 10(a)(iii), in each case, upon as much prior written notice to the Investment Manager as reasonably practicable; provided that, in each case, if the Company withdraws assets in an amount equal to or greater than 10% of the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide thirty (30) Business Days (as defined in Exhibit B ) prior written notice to the Investment Manager; provided , further, that, in each case, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to re-contribute any excess unused withdrawn assets back into the HPS Investment Account, and (ii) to the extent that any credit facility or letter of credit facility to which the Company is a party requires such withdrawal; provided that the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to re-contribute such withdrawn assets back into the HPS Investment Account after, and to the extent that, the applicable credit facility or letter of credit facility no longer requires such assets.
(e)      The terms of any credit facility or letter of credit facility which is anticipated to utilize assets from the HPS Investment Account, shall be agreed to by the Company and the Investment Manager, each acting in its reasonable discretion.
Section 11.      Valuation .
(a)      The Investment Manager will value the assets held in the HPS Investment Account at their fair value and in accordance with the following: (i) securities, other than options, that are listed on a national securities exchange (including, without limitation, NASDAQ) and are freely transferable shall be valued at their official listed closing price on the principal exchange on which such securities are listed, and options that are listed on a national securities exchange shall be valued at the mean of the closing “bid” price and closing “ask” price on the principal exchange on which such options are traded;

- 10 -


provided , however, that if the trading of any such securities is suspended on the date of determination, then the securities shall be valued at the last available price on the principal exchange on which such securities are listed prior to suspension; (ii) securities traded over-the-counter that are freely transferable shall be valued at the mean of the closing “bid” price and closing “ask” price as reported on an over-the-counter bulletin board, or if not quoted on such system, by one of the principal market makers in such security; (iii) futures, options on futures and other commodity interests traded on a commodity exchange shall be valued at the settlement price on the commodity exchange on which the particular commodity interest is traded on behalf of the HPS Investment Account; and (iv) forward, spot and swap contracts, other off-exchange instruments, derivative instruments or commodity interests traded on a non-U.S. exchange or any other investment not set forth above shall be valued by the Investment Manager on a basis consistently applied.
(b)      If the Investment Manager determines that market prices or quotations or pricing methodologies do not represent the fair value of particular securities or if no quotation exists, the Investment Manager is authorized in its good faith discretion to assign a value to such securities that differs from the market prices or quotations or is calculated differently and, upon request by the Company, will provide supportive evidence. In performing its valuation duties, the Investment Manager may use particular pricing services, brokers, market makers or other intermediaries selected by the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager will not be liable for any losses suffered by the HPS Investment Account or the Company by reason of any error in calculation resulting from any inaccuracy in the information provided by such service providers.
(c)      The value of the Company’s investment portfolio, as determined by the Investment Manager pursuant to this Section 11, will be, in the absence of bad faith or manifest error and subject to any audit verification, conclusive and binding on the Company and any parties claiming through the Company.
Section 12.      Entire Agreement; Integration of Rights . This Agreement, any other investment management agreement entered into pursuant to Section 9, and the Services Agreement, together with the other documents and agreements executed by the parties on the Effective Date, contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and each party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and understanding is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement, the Services Agreement and the other documents and agreements executed by the parties on the Effective Date.
Section 13.      Non-Assignability . Except as provided herein, neither party to this Agreement may effect an assignment, as defined in the Advisers Act and rules thereunder, of this Agreement without the express written consent of the other party.

- 11 -


Section 14.      Term; Termination .
(a)      This Agreement became effective as of the date of the initial closing in respect of the private placement of Common Shares described in the Parent’s Confidential Private Placement Memorandum, dated January 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”). The initial term of this Agreement will expire on December 31, 2025 (such period, the “ Initial Term ”); provided , however, that the term of this Agreement will automatically renew for a five-year period following the Initial Term if neither the Company nor the Investment Manager gives written notice to the other party that it will not renew at least 24 months prior to the end of the Initial Term. Thereafter, the term will continue to renew for successive five-year periods unless either party gives notice to not renew at least 24 months before the end of the then current term.
(b)      The occurrence of any of the following (each, a “ Company Termination Event ”) shall constitute a Company Termination Event:
(i)      the conviction of any of the Investment Manager’s officers or employees of any crime subjecting such officer or employee to any disqualification that would be the basis for denial, suspension or revocation of registration of the Investment Manager under Section 203(e) of the Advisers Act;
(ii)      material non-compliance by the Investment Manager with any material law applicable to the Investment Manager in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company or the Investment Manager’s performance hereunder and has not been cured within 90 Business Days after discovery by the Investment Manager;
(iii)      the Investment Manager intentionally breaches the HPS Investment Guidelines, and such breach could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Investment Manager shall have failed to cure such breach within 30 Business Days of the earlier of (x) the date on which the management of the Investment Manager becomes aware of any such breach and (y) the date on which the Investment Manager receives notice of such breach from the Company; provided , however, that for the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no material breach of such Investment Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred if (A) the Company and AUL have agreed in writing to an amendment to such Investment Guidelines such that the Investment Manager’s actions under the amended Investment Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (B) such breach is approved by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Risk Officer in writing prior to making any investment that would otherwise constitute a breach of the HPS Investment Guidelines or (C) such breach is pursuant to instructions provided by the Company;
(iv)      a downgrade in the Company’s financial strength rating from a Rating Agency below “A-” (or equivalent) which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to the Investment Manager’s investment strategy; provided that if such a downgrade in such Rating Agency rating would not be reasonably likely to

- 12 -


have an adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to underwrite and bind reinsurance policies, then such downgrade shall not be deemed a Company Termination Event;
(v)      (A) a Rating Agency has placed the Company on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company has an “A-” (or equivalent) financial strength rating which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to the Investment Manager’s investment strategy, and (B) the Investment Manager has failed to adequately correct such circumstances within 12 months; provided that if such negative outlook and failure to correct would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to underwrite and bind reinsurance policies, then such negative outlook and failure to correct shall not be deemed a Company Termination Event;
(vi)      failure by the Investment Manager to use substantially the same standard of care and apply substantially similar investment making and risk management processes as it applies to its other clients pursuing substantially similar investment strategies, taking into account the HPS Investment Guidelines, the Company’s risk tolerances, the Investment Manager’s obligations hereunder and any directions of the Company, which failure is not cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company; or
(vii)      a change of control of the Investment Manager that results in a breach of the Investment Manager’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, which breach has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company.
(c)      The occurrence of any of the following (each, an “ Investment Manager Termination Event ”) shall constitute an Investment Manager Termination Event:
(i)      the determination by the Investment Manager that the termination of this Agreement is necessary or advisable to comply with the Bank Holding Company Act (the “ BHCA ”), the Dodd-Frank Act or any other current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to the Investment Manager, its affiliates or JPMorgan or to reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability to the Company of any bank regulatory restrictions that might otherwise be imposed upon the Company as a result of JPMorgan’s status as a bank holding company under the BHCA;
(ii)      insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or Parent;
(iii)      material non-compliance by the Company with any material law or regulation applicable to the Company (other than any non-compliance resulting from the Investment Manager’s action or failure to act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company and has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Investment Manager or discovery by the Company;


- 13 -


(iv)      non-payment of a material amount due to the Investment Manager or failure by the Company to (x) deposit all of its HPS Managed Assets in the HPS Investment Account in accordance with Section 10, other than amounts permitted to be withheld or withdrawn pursuant to Section 10 or (y) in the case of amounts withdrawn as a result of a Diversification Event pursuant to Section 10(c)(i), use commercially reasonable efforts to contribute withdrawn, suspended, terminated or reduced assets back to the HPS Investment Account pursuant to Section 10(c)(i), in each case which non-payment or failure has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Investment Manager; or
(v)      the non-renewal or termination of the Services Agreement.
(d)      Upon the occurrence of a Company Termination Event, the Company may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Investment Manager a written notice of termination indicating the Termination Event causing such termination and the effective date of such termination.
(e)      Upon the occurrence of an Investment Manager Termination Event, the Investment Manager may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written notice of termination indicating the effective date of such termination. For the avoidance of doubt, upon such termination, the Investment Manager shall be entitled to receive (i) Management Fees for the period during which the Investment Manager served in such capacity within the calendar quarter in which such termination occurs and (ii) subject to the last sentence of Section 3 of the Fee Schedule, Performance Fees for the period during which the Investment Manager served in such capacity within the Fiscal Year in which such termination occurs, each determined as of the effective date of such termination, and such Management Fees and Performance Fees shall be paid to the Investment Manager as promptly as practicable after the date of such termination.
Section 15.      Independent Contractor . The Investment Manager shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an independent contractor with respect to the Company. The Investment Manager shall not, by reason of its duties and functions hereunder, be deemed to be acting as a partner of or to be engaged in a joint venture with, the Company.
Section 16.      Notices . Any notice, direction, instruction, acknowledgment or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and addressed to the parties as follows:
If to the Company:

c/o Watford Holdings Ltd.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton, HM HX
Bermuda

- 14 -


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063
If to the Investment Manager:

HPS Investment Partners, LLC
40 West 57th Street, 33rd Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Kathy Choi
Telecopier No.: (212) 520-3848
Telephone No.: (212) 287-5548
If to AUL:

Arch Underwriters Ltd.
45 Reid St, Hamilton, HM-12
Bermuda
Attention: Maamoun Rajeh
Telecopier No.: 441-278-9230
Telephone No.: 441-278-9212
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cahill Gordon & Reindel, LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No.: 212.269.5420
Telephone No.: 212.701.3323
Section 17.      Binding Effect . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Investment Manager, each Indemnified Person, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any person that is not a signatory to this Agreement, but is nevertheless conferred any rights or benefits hereunder, e.g., members and officers of the Investment Manager and others who are entitled to indemnification hereunder, will be entitled to such rights and benefits as if such person were a signatory hereto, and the rights and benefits of such person hereunder may not be impaired without such person’s express written consent.
Section 18.      Certain Limitations . The Company shall not agree to amend or waive any provision or term of Section 2.09 of the Services Agreement or, solely to the

- 15 -


extent such Section relates to reporting obligations with respect to the Claims Account and/or the Operating Account, Section 5.01(a) or Section 6.01 of the Services Agreement, in each case without the prior written consent of the Investment Manager.
Section 19.      Amendment and Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived or discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
Section 20.      Governing Law . This Agreement is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
Section 21.      Forum Selection; Service of Process .
(a)      To the fullest extent permitted by law, the parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement shall only be brought in the Federal courts located in the County of New York in the State of New York and not in any other State or Federal courts located in the United States of America or any court in any other country, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
(b)      Nothing in this Section 21 shall affect any right of the party hereto to serve process in any manner permitted by law.
(c)      EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 22.      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 23.      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.
Section 24.      Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and will not affect the rights of the parties to this Agreement.
Section 25.      Survival . The provisions of Sections 4, 5, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20 and 21 hereof and this Section 25 will survive the termination of this Agreement.

- 16 -


Section 26.      Assets Held in HPS Managed Reinsurance Trust Accounts . The parties hereto acknowledge that a portion of the Company’s HPS Managed Assets hereunder will be held in trust accounts established in connection with reinsurance agreements (“ Trust Assets ”) entered into by the Company as reinsurer or retrocessionaire , including, without limitation, the AUL Affiliate Cessions(as defined in the Services Agreement) and Company subsidiary cessions. The parties hereto agree that (i) the Trust Assets shall be managed by the Investment Manager pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement mutatis mutandis and that the Income and Net Asset Value of such Trust Assets shall be included for purposes of determining the fees payable to the Investment Manager hereunder as if such Trust Assets were held in the HPS Investment Account notwithstanding that the Trust Assets are held in separate trust accounts; provided that the Trust Assets shall be managed by the Investment Manager in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in any trust agreement pursuant to which such Trust Assets are held, including, without limitation, the terms and conditions relating to the eligibility and investment guidelines of the Trust Assets, (ii) the reporting and monitoring obligations set forth in this Agreement shall apply to the management by the Investment Manager of such Trust Assets, (iii) the tax considerations set forth in Exhibit A of this Agreement shall apply to the management by the Investment Manager of such Trust Assets and (iv) any eligibility and investment guidelines set forth in reinsurance agreements or any trust agreement pursuant to which such Trust Assets are held shall not be amended or modified without the prior written consent of the Investment Manager.
* * * * * * * *


- 17 -



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
WATFORD RE LTD

By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
 
Name: John Rathgeber
 
Title: CEO


WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.

By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
 
Name: John Rathgeber
 
Title: CEO


HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC (f/k/a HIGHBRIDGE PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES, LLC)

By:
/s/ Faith Rosenfeld
 
Name: Faith Rosenfeld
 
Title: Chief Administration Officer

Solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections 3(a), 5(b),
14(b)(iii), 19 and 25:
ARCH UNDERWRITERS LTD.

By:
/s/ Maamoun Rajeh
 
Name: Maamoun Rajeh
 
Title: Director

[ Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement ]



Exhibit A
Investment Guidelines

Composition of Investments: The HPS Managed Assets will primarily be invested in corporate debt instruments, including bank loans and high yield bonds. The HPS Managed Assets may also include other instruments, including mezzanine debt, equities, credit default swaps, structured credit instruments and other derivative products. The HPS Managed Assets may be hedged to reduce volatility and protect against systemic risks primarily through credit derivative products including indices. In addition, the HPS Managed Assets may include short positions (for example, opportunistic short positions in issuers that display deteriorating fundamentals or in securities or derivatives that appear mispriced).
Concentration of Investments: Other than cash and cash equivalents, investment positions with a single issuer will comprise no more than 7.5% of the aggregate value of the long investments of the Company (valued using the methodologies set forth in Section 11(a) of the Investment Management Agreement, the “ Long Market Value ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the largest four investment positions with single issuers will not aggregate to more than 30% of Long Market Value. Each such determination is made at the time of the applicable investment. Positions established primarily for hedging purposes (including, without limitation, index positions) will not be subject to this limit. For the avoidance of doubt, capital structure arbitrage positions in an issuer will be deemed separate investments for the purposes of calculating this limit.
Leverage: The Investment Manager expects to utilize leverage in order to increase its investment capacity. Leverage may take a variety of forms, including total return swaps and other derivatives, loans for borrowed money, trading on margin and the use of inherently leveraged instruments. If leverage exceeds, or is planned to exceed, 80% of Net Asset Value (i.e., $1.80 of Long Market Value for $1 of Net Asset Value) for any longer than fifteen Business Days, the Investment Manager, together with the Company, will timely notify the rating agency set forth on Exhibit C of such condition and of the Company’s remediation plan with respect thereto to update the agency on the then current investment strategy.
Equity: The Investment Manager’s research and investment process will sometimes present attractive common or preferred equity opportunities. Generally, the equity strategy will be focused on either a value oriented approach or a catalyst to a realization event. Examples of such catalysts can include restructurings, lawsuits, and regulatory changes, among other examples. Equity investments resulting in ownership exceeding 18.5% of the outstanding equity securities of an issuer, measured at the time of investment, will require prior approval from the Company. It is not expected that the equity investments will represent more than 10% of the Long Market Value.
Monitoring: The Investment Manager will provide monthly risk and performance reports to the Company regarding the investment performance of the

- A-1 -


Investment Manager and will review risk and performance in detail with the Company on a quarterly basis.
Tax Considerations: The Investment Manager shall not intentionally or with reckless disregard take any action with respect to the Investable Assets which would cause the Company to be engaged, or deemed to be engaged, in a United States trade or business for United States federal income tax purposes or to be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis or income tax on a net income basis in any other jurisdiction, or otherwise result in material adverse tax consequences to the Company; provided , however, that the Investment Manager shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this paragraph if the Investment Manager complies with guidelines agreed between the Company and the Investment Manager on the date hereof, as the same may be amended in writing from time to time, or has obtained written advice from counsel that such investment or transaction will not result in any effectively connected income to the Company.


- A-2 -



Exhibit B
Fee Schedule

Section 1.     Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Fee Schedule will have the meanings provided in the Agreement to which this Fee Schedule is attached. The following definitions will apply for purposes of determining the Investment Manager’s fees hereunder:
Business Day ” means any day on which banks are open for business in New York, New York and Bermuda.
Excess Income ” means the positive difference, if any, between (a) the Income and (b) that portion of the Income on which the Base Performance Fee is owed in accordance with Section 3 below (for the avoidance of doubt, also taking into account the Base Performance Fee).
Fiscal Year ” means the Company’s fiscal year or portion thereof if this Agreement is terminated and not immediately renewed.
High Water Date ” means the date immediately following the most recent date as of which a Performance Fee was paid (or, if no Performance Fee has yet been paid, the opening balance of the HPS Investment Account immediately following its establishment).
Income ” means the positive amount, if any, that:
(1)
the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account, after deduction of paid and accrued Management Fees for such period but before accrual or deduction of the Performance Fee for such Measurement Period (as defined below) on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year; plus
(2)
any withdrawals or distributions by the Company from the HPS Investment Account during the period beginning on the High Water Date and ending on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year (the “ Measurement Period ”), to the extent that such withdrawals and distributions are made when the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account is above its Net Asset Value at the High Water Date as adjusted by (1) below;
exceeds the sum of:
(1)
the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the High Water Date after deduction of paid and accrued Management Fees and any applicable Performance Fee paid or accrued related to the period prior to such High Water Date (provided that such Net Asset Value shall be reduced pro rata for the redemptions or distributions made from the HPS Investment Account if the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment

- B-1 -


Account at the time of such redemptions or distributions is below the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the High Water Date); plus
(2)
any contributions by the Company to the HPS Investment Account during such Measurement Period.
Net Asset Value ” at any date means the net asset value of the HPS Investment Account, or any specified sub-account, as determined by the Investment Manager in accordance with the valuation methodology set forth in Section 11 of the Agreement.
Outperformance Threshold ” means the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the High Water Date plus Time-Weighted Contributions minus Time-Weighted Withdrawals and Distributions.
Time-Weighted Contributions ” means (x) each contribution by the Company to the HPS Investment Account during a Measurement Period multiplied by (y) the product, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining during such Measurement Period (including the day on which such capital contribution was made) and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Measurement Period.
Time-Weighted Withdrawals and Distributions ” means (x) each withdrawal or distribution by the Company from the HPS Investment Account during a Measurement Period (or if the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account at the time of such withdrawal or distribution is below the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the High Water Date, an amount equal to the Net Asset Value on the High Water Date multiplied by the amount of such withdrawal or distribution divided by the Net Asset Value on the date of such withdrawal or distribution) multiplied by the product, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining during such Measurement Period (including the day on which such withdrawal or distribution was made) and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Measurement Period.
Section 2.     Management Fees . The Investment Manager will be entitled to receive a monthly management fee (the “ Management Fee ”) payable quarterly in arrears in an amount equal to the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account (measured before reduction for any Management Fee, Performance Fee or any expense reimbursement pursuant to Section 5 of this Fee Schedule and as adjusted for any non-routine intra-month withdrawals) as of such month-end multiplied by one percent (1.0%) per annum (i.e., 1/12 th of 1.0% for each such month), but if on or after January 1, 2020, the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account as of any such month-end is in excess of $1.5 billion, such amount shall equal the sum of (a) $1.5 billion multiplied by one percent (1.0%) per annum (i.e., 1/12 th of 1.0% for each such month) plus (b) the amount of the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account in excess of $1.5 billion multiplied by seventy-five basis points (.75%) per annum (i.e., 1/12 th of .75% for each such month); provided , however, that for any month-end, the amount payable in accordance with the foregoing shall not be less than eighty-five basis points (.85%) per annum (i.e., 1/12 th of .85% for each such month) of the Net Asset Value of the HPS

- B-2 -


Investment Account as of such month-end. All management fees will be payable by the Company in accordance with Section 4 of this Fee Schedule.
Section 3.     Performance Fees . The Company will also pay a Performance Fee (the “ Performance Fee ”) equal to the sum of (a) 10% of the Income, until such time as the annual return for such Fiscal Year-end over the Outperformance Threshold is equal (after taking into account the payment of such current period Performance Fee) to a 10% annual return (such annual return measured as the Income over the Outperformance Threshold) (the “ Base Performance Fee ”) plus (b) 25% of the Excess Income, in each case, if any, on the HPS Investment Account, calculated and payable as of each Fiscal Year-end and the date on which this Agreement is terminated and not renewed; provided , however, that the Performance Fee for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed 17.5% of the Income for such Fiscal Year. The Performance Fee will be paid in accordance with Section 4 of this Fee Schedule. If, after consultation with the Board of Directors, the Investment Manager determines to separately account for any illiquid investments in a so called “side pocket” (e.g. mezzanine and originated loans), the Performance Fee on such investments will be calculated and paid on the realized gain, if any, on such investments upon disposition.
Section 4.     Payments of Fees .
(a)    The Investment Manager, or the administrator for the Company, will furnish to the Company a statement (each, a “ Fee Statement ”) setting forth an estimate of the computation of (i) the Management Fee within 15 Business Days following the end of each month, and (ii) the Performance Fee within 30 days after the close of each Fiscal Year, or as soon as practicable thereafter. Payment of the Management Fee will be made on a quarterly basis following each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 within 5 Business Days following the delivery to the Company of the Fee Statement for such relevant quarter end. Payment of the Performance Fee will be made within 5 Business Days following the delivery to the Company of the Fee Statement for such Fiscal Year.
(b)    The parties understand and agree that the Investment Manager may pay a portion of its Management Fee and/or Performance Fee to one or more sub-advisors selected by the Investment Manager.
Section 5.     Expenses .
(a)    All expenses incurred directly in connection with transactions effected or positions held for the account of the Company pursuant to the Investment Manager’s exercise of its duties hereunder will be paid or reimbursed by the Company, including, without limitation:
(i)    costs for trade support services including, but not limited to, pre- and post-trade support software and related support services;
(ii)    custodial and transfer agency fees and services;
(iii)    brokerage commissions and services;

- B-3 -


(iv)    research costs, including but not limited to publications, periodicals, data base services and data processing that are directly related to research activities on behalf of the HPS Investment Account and all other expenses incurred in connection with the identification, evaluation and investigation of investments, to the extent such expenses are not directly attributable to specific investments;
(v)    all expenses attributable to any proposed investment that is ultimately not made (including deal initiation expenses, professional expenses, research, data fees, company or analyst conferences, travel, lodging and related expenses), any expenses in connection with any hedging transaction entered into and any borrowing costs with respect to such proposed investment;
(vi)    costs related to risk analysis and risk reporting by third parties and risk-related and consulting services;
(vii)    legal fees incurred related to HPS Investment Account investments or proposed investments and the ongoing operation, administration and existence of the HPS Investment Account and expenses incurred in connection with obtaining legal, tax, financial and accounting advice and the advice of other consultants and experts on behalf of the HPS Investment Account or the Company;
(viii)    expenses of, or incurred in connection with obtaining, any independent third party pursuant to Section 7(c) of this Agreement;
(ix)    market data fees, including for services of third parties that provide specialized data and/or analysis as to specific sectors or asset classes in which the HPS Investment Account has made or intends to make an investment;
(x)    out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the collection of amounts due to the HPS Investment Account or the Company from any Person;
(xi)    interest costs and taxes;
(xii)    third-party legal and compliance fees and expenses allocated to the HPS Investment Account to the extent such services are related to, or otherwise benefiting, the organizational, operational, investment or trading activities of the HPS Investment Account;
(xiii)    costs for HPS Investment Account accounting, administration, auditing and tax preparation;
(xiv)    withholding or transfer taxes; and
(xv)    expenses attributable to any Board of Directors, ratings agencies or other meetings related to the HPS Investment Account, including travel and transportation, lodging, meals and related expenses.

- B-4 -


(b)    In addition, the Investment Manager will be entitled to be paid or reimbursed for other out-of-pocket expenses not described in Section 5(a) above, other than its own salary, office rental and other customary general administrative and overhead costs, properly allocable to the performance of its duties pursuant to the Agreement.
(c)    Except as provided in paragraph (a) and (b) of this Section 5, the Investment Manager will provide its advisory services hereunder at its own expense.
(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in any calendar year, the amount of expenses described in paragraphs (a) and (b) that are ordinary and recurring operating expenses (as reasonably determined by the Investment Manager) shall not exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 0.075% of the average monthly Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account over such calendar year and (ii) $2.0 million (the “ Expense Cap ”).  For the avoidance of doubt, the Expense Cap shall not apply to (x) direct investment expenses (including, without limitation, interest costs, costs of investments such as brokerage commissions and legal fees related to specific investments), (y) extraordinary or non-recurring expenses (including, without limitation, taxes, litigation or other legal fees or indemnification expenses) or (z) expenses incurred by the Company (including, without limitation, the Company’s accounting, tax preparation and other costs related the HPS Investment Account).

- B-5 -



Exhibit C
Rating Agencies

A.M. Best Company, Inc.

- C-1 -
Exhibit 10.10

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 25, 2019 and effective as of January 1, 2018, is entered into by and among Watford Asset Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Company ”), Watford Re Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Parent ”), and HPS Investment Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (f/k/a Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC) (the “ Investment Manager ”).
WHEREAS, the Parent has established the Company pursuant to an Amended and Restated Trust Agreement (as amended and modified from time to time, the “ Trust Agreement ”) dated as of June 2, 2015 between the Parent as depositor and Wilmington Trust National Association as owner trustee.
WHEREAS, the Company and the Investment Manager entered into that certain Investment Management Agreement on June 2, 2015 (the “ Original Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, the Company and the Investment Manager wish to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein;
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to retain the Investment Manager to provide the investment management services described herein and the Investment Manager wishes to provide such services; and
WHEREAS, the Company has all requisite authority to appoint one or more investment managers to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Company.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1.     Investment Description; Appointment .
(a)      The Company desires to utilize and hereby appoints the Investment Manager as its agent and attorney-in-fact to act as exclusive investment manager with full investment authority for the investment and reinvestment of those assets in the Company’s investment account (the “ HPS Investment Account ”) for the purpose of investing the assets to be managed by the Investment Manager under the terms of this Agreement. The Investment Manager accepts such appointment by executing this Agreement.
(b)      During the term of this Agreement, the Company shall engage the Investment Manager to be the Company’s exclusive investment advisor for the HPS Investment Account.
Section 2.      Services as Investment Manager .
(a)      Subject to the Investment Guidelines of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit A (as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 3(a), the “ HPS Investment Guidelines ”) or such other guidelines as the parties may agree, the Investment Manager will be empowered (i)

1



to formulate the overall trading and investment strategy of the HPS Investment Account and the related borrowing activities required in order to implement such strategy and (ii) to exercise full discretion in the management of the trading and investment transactions and related activities of the Company in order to implement such strategy.
(b)      In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company hereby designates and appoints the Investment Manager as its agent and attorney-in-fact in connection with its management of the HPS Investment Account, with full power and authority, subject to the HPS Investment Guidelines or such other guidelines as the parties may agree, and without the need for further approval of the Company, except as may be required by applicable law, to have the exclusive power on behalf of the Company to, among other things, (i) make all investment decisions for the HPS Investment Account and effect any and all transactions in all securities, loans and instruments, including, without limitation, equity and debt securities (including derivatives thereon), bank loans (via participations or assignments), currencies and commodities (and options, futures, derivatives, swaps, and forward contracts thereon), trade claims, arbitrages, leases, tax liens, break-ups, consolidations, reorganizations and similar securities of United States and non-United States issuers, and everything connected therewith in the broadest sense, (ii) determine all matters relating to the manner, method and timing of investment transactions and engage consultants and analysts in connection therewith, (iii) monitor the investment performance of the HPS Investment Account, (iv) value the Company’s investment assets held in the HPS Investment Account in accordance with the Watford Investment Management Agreement (as hereinafter defined), (v) negotiate the terms of all agreements to be entered into on behalf of the Company and make and execute all such documents and take all such other actions as the Investment Manager considers necessary or appropriate to carry out its investment advisory duties hereunder, (vi) retain brokers, including prime brokers, dealers, banks and other intermediaries by or through whom such investment transactions will be executed or carried out, open accounts, borrow funds, pledge assets, retain placement agents and enter into loan facilities and other instruments, including, without limitation, prime brokerage agreements, pledge agreements, International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ ISDA ”) master agreements and placement agent agreements, for the Company, (vii) draw funds on accounts of the Company and direct banks, brokers or other custodians to effect deliveries of funds or assets, but only in the course of effecting investment transactions for the HPS Investment Account hereunder, (viii) provide certain financial, accounting, legal/compliance, technology, investor relations and other back-office services to the Company and (ix) engage attorneys, independent accountants, consultants, investment bankers or such other persons as the Investment Manager may deem necessary or advisable, on behalf of, and at the expense of, the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, if permitted by applicable law, the Investment Manager may, on behalf of the HPS Investment Account, make short-term investments of excess cash in money-market funds and other similar cash management instruments sponsored and/or managed by JPMorgan Chase & Co. or its affiliates (collectively, “ JPMorgan ”).
(c)      The Investment Manager and its agent are authorized, but will not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the HPS Investment Account; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Investment Manager will not

2



incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith. The Investment Manager may delegate all or a portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement with respect to voting or proxy solicitations for the Company to one or more third parties selected by the Investment Manager.
(d)      The Investment Manager acknowledges that the trustees of the Company (the “ Trustees ”) will undertake with the Parent a process annually, or more frequently as necessary, to review all relevant facts and determine a business plan for the Company for the applicable succeeding year. In addition, the Trustees will regularly assess in consultation with the Parent the Company’s business, including its business plan, investment strategy, investment portfolio and investment performance. The Investment Manager hereby agrees to furnish the Trustees with the current investment strategy and the proposed future investment strategy for subsequent periods, which strategies shall be in accordance with the Investment Guidelines or such other guidelines as the parties may agree, as well as any other information reasonably requested by the Trustees. The Investment Manager agrees to work in good faith with the Company and the Trustees to coordinate and align the investment strategy and the underwriting strategy with the Company’s business plan.
(e)      The Investment Manager further agrees to furnish the Trustees and the Parent with any relevant reporting information the Trustees may reasonably request with respect to the investment portfolio of the Company. In addition, the Investment Manager agrees to assist the Trustees to update from time to time the schedule of Contributed Assets (as defined in the Trust Agreement) attached to the Trust Agreement as Schedule A.
(f)      The Investment Manager may delegate all or a portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement to one or more sub-advisors selected by the Investment Manager or to affiliates of the Investment Manager without further consent of the Company; provided, however, that any such delegation will be revocable by the Investment Manager.
Section 3.      Certain Additional Limitations and Obligations .
(a)      The HPS Investment Guidelines may only be amended upon the written agreement of the Investment Manager, the Parent and the Company (as approved by the Trustees).
(b)      The parties acknowledge and agree that the Company has entered into a Credit Agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”) with Bank of America, N.A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for so long as the Credit Agreement remains in effect, the Company shall only maintain such accounts and investments as are permitted pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Administration Agreement (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement). For so long as the Credit Agreement is in effect, the Investment Manager shall perform such services and cause the Company to comply with the terms, covenants and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Administration Agreement relating to the investment, valuation and related reporting requirements in respect of Collateral Assets, all as the Company and the Investment Manager may further agree and modify from time to time. After the Credit Agreement is no longer in effect, the Investment Manager shall perform its services hereunder subject to the terms of the Investment Guidelines or such other guidelines as the parties may agree.

3



Section 4.      Compensation and Expenses . The Investment Manager will be entitled to fees and to reimbursement of expenses in accordance with the Fee Schedule annexed hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Fee Schedule ”).
Section 5.      No Guarantees; Exculpation .
(a)      All transactions effected for the Company’s HPS Investment Account by the Investment Manager will be for the Company’s account and risk. The Company will bear all of the risk with regard to all of the investments and transactions effected or facilitated in the HPS Investment Account by the Investment Manager and/or its delegates on behalf of the Company. The Investment Manager has not made and does not make any representation, warranty or guarantee whatsoever as to the success or profitability of any investment or the Investment Manager’s trading methods and strategies, and the Company has not relied on any representation, warranty or guarantee from the Investment Manager or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives, and has not entered into this Agreement in consideration of or in reliance upon any such representation, warranty or guarantee from the Investment Manager or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives.
(b)      No Indemnified Person (as defined below) will be liable to the Company for any losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers (collectively, “ Losses ”) suffered by the Company in connection with any matters to which this Agreement relates, including, but not limited to, trading losses, except those Losses resulting from (x) such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct or (y) material intentional breaches of the HPS Investment Guidelines by the Investment Manager, which breaches are not cured within 90 days of the earlier of (A) the date on which the Investment Manager becomes aware of such breach, and (B) the date on which the Investment Manager receives a notice of such breach from the Company; provided , however, that for the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no breach of the HPS Investment Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the Company has agreed in writing to an amendment to such HPS Investment Guidelines such that the Investment Manager’s actions under the amended HPS Investment Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (ii) such actions were approved by the Company’s Trustees in writing or (iii) such actions were taken pursuant to instructions provided by the Company. An Indemnified Person may consult with reputable legal counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors in respect of any matters to which this Agreement relates, and shall not be liable to the Company for any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors; provided that such counsel, accountants, consultants and other advisors shall have been selected and monitored with reasonable care.
Section 6.      Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Investment Manager and its members, managers, officers, partners, affiliates and employees (each, an “Indemnified Person”) from and against any

4



Losses suffered or sustained by an Indemnified Person by reason of the fact that he, she or it was an Indemnified Person, including, without limitation, any judgment, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action or proceeding, provided that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent such Losses resulted from an action or inaction, or mistake of judgment, taken by an Indemnified Person that constituted fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company will advance to any Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation and/or defense of any such action or proceeding. If for any reason (other than such Indemnified Person’s fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction) the indemnification described in this paragraph is unavailable to any Indemnified Person in connection to a Loss, or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Person, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also any other relevant equitable considerations.
Section 7.      Service to Other Companies or Accounts; Agency Cross Transactions .
(a)      The Company understands that the Investment Manager will act as investment adviser to other entities, and the Company has no objection to such actions by the Investment Manager. Whenever the Company and one or more other clients advised by the Investment Manager have available funds for investments, investments suitable and appropriate for each will be allocated among the Company and the other clients in the Investment Manager’s sole discretion. In addition, the Company understands that the persons employed by the Investment Manager to assist in the performance of the Investment Manager’s duties under this Agreement will not devote their full time to serving the Company and that nothing contained in this Agreement should be deemed to limit or restrict the right of the Investment Manager or any affiliate of the Investment Manager to engage in and devote time and attention to other businesses or to render services of whatever kind or nature.
(b)      The Investment Manager hereby covenants that all principal transactions and agency cross transactions for the HPS Investment Account will be effected by the Investment Manager in accordance with applicable law, including Section 206(3) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”).
(c)      The Investment Manager will not effect a principal transaction for the HPS Investment Account with the Investment Manager or any affiliate of the Investment Manager unless the Company has consented to such transaction. The Company authorizes the Investment Manager to select an independent third party unaffiliated with the Investment Manager to review and approve or disapprove any such transactions consistent with applicable law, at the Company’s expense.
(d)      Consistent with applicable law, the Investment Manager and any affiliated broker-dealers are hereby authorized by the Company to execute agency cross transactions on behalf of

5



the HPS Investment Account; provided , however, that any agency cross transaction with an affiliated broker-dealer shall be on an arm’s length basis. Each agency cross transaction will be executed through the use of a methodology to determine the transfer price deemed fair and equitable by the Investment Manager. The Company may revoke this consent by written notice to the Investment Manager at any time.
(e)      For purposes of this Section 7, (i) a “principal transaction” is a transaction in which the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager effects a trade between the HPS Investment Account and the account of the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager and (ii) an “agency cross transaction” is a transaction in which the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager acts as a broker for both the HPS Investment Account and another person on the other side of the transaction.
Section 8.      Brokerage Arrangements; Soft Dollars .
(a)      Subject to the provisions of Section 7, the Investment Manager may select any broker or dealer, including itself or its affiliates, in connection with any investment or any trade. The Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager and/or its delegates to effect transactions for the HPS Investment Account through affiliated broker-dealers, and the affiliated broker-dealers may retain commissions in connection with effecting such agency transactions. In choosing brokers and dealers, the Investment Manager will not be required to consider any particular criteria. The Investment Manager is not required to select the broker or dealer that charges the lowest transaction cost, even if that broker provides execution quality comparable to other brokers or dealers. The Investment Manager may consider the value of various services or products, beyond execution, that a broker-dealer provides to the Company or the Investment Manager. The Company understands that other broker-dealers may be willing to effect transactions for the Company at lower commission rates than those charged by affiliated broker-dealers.
(b)      The Company acknowledges and agrees that, subject to the provisions of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Manager may effect securities transactions which cause the Company to pay an amount of commission in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged, provided that the Investment Manager determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer to the Investment Manager, viewed in terms of either the specific transaction or the Investment Manager’s overall responsibilities to the accounts for which the Investment Manager exercises investment discretion. For these purposes, “research services” means services or products used to provide lawful and appropriate assistance to the Investment Manager in making investment decisions for its clients. The types of research the Investment Manager may acquire include: reports on or other information about particular companies or industries; economic surveys and analyses; recommendations as to specific securities; financial publications; portfolio evaluation services; financial database software and services; computerized news, pricing and order-entry services and other products or services that may enhance the Investment Manager’s investment decision making. The Company hereby acknowledges that the Investment Manager or its affiliates may obtain research services from

6



brokerage commissions charged to the Company that may be used to benefit the Company’s HPS Investment Account, as well as accounts other than the Company’s HPS Investment Account.
Section 9.      [Reserved] .
Section 10.      [Reserved] .
Section 11.      [Reserved] .
Section 12.      Entire Agreement; Integration of Rights . This Agreement and the Watford Investment Management Agreement, together with the documents and agreements executed by the parties on the Effective Date, contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and each party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and understanding is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement, the Watford Investment Management Agreement and the other documents and agreements executed by the parties on the Effective Date.
Section 13.      Non-Assignability . Except as provided herein, neither party to this Agreement may effect an assignment, as defined in the Advisers Act and rules thereunder, of this Agreement without the express written consent of the other party.
Section 14.      Term; Termination .
(a)      This Agreement became effective as of June 2, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) for an initial term which expires on December 31, 2025 (such period, the “ Initial Term ”); provided, however, that the term of this Agreement will automatically renew for a five-year period following the Initial Term if neither the Company nor the Investment Manager gives written notice to the other party that it will not renew at least 24 months prior to the end of the Initial Term. Thereafter, the term will continue to renew for successive five-year periods unless either party gives notice to not renew at least 24 months before the end of the then current term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall terminate automatically upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Second Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement effective as of January 1, 2018 (the “ Watford Investment Management Agreement ”) among the Parent, the Investment Manager, Watford Holdings Ltd. and Arch Underwriters Ltd.
(b)      The occurrence of any of the following (each, a “ Company Termination Event ”) shall constitute a Company Termination Event:
(i)      the conviction of any of the Investment Manager’s officers or employees of any crime subjecting such officer or employee to any disqualification that would be the basis for denial, suspension or revocation of registration of the Investment Manager under Section 203(e) of the Advisers Act;
(ii)      material non-compliance by the Investment Manager with any material law applicable to the Investment Manager in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which non-

7



compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company or the Investment Manager’s performance hereunder and has not been cured within 90 Business Days after discovery by the Investment Manager;
(iii)      the Investment Manager intentionally breaches the HPS Investment Guidelines, and such breach could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Investment Manager shall have failed to cure such breach within 30 Business Days of the earlier of (x) the date on which the management of the Investment Manager becomes aware of any such breach and (y) the date on which the Investment Manager receives notice of such breach from the Company; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no material breach of such HPS Investment Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred if (A) the Company and the Investment Manager have agreed in writing to an amendment to such HPS Investment Guidelines such that the Investment Manager’s actions under the amended HPS Investment Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (B) such breach is approved by the Company’s Trustees in writing prior to making any investment that would otherwise constitute a breach of the HPS Investment Guidelines or (C) such breach is pursuant to instructions provided by the Company;
(iv)      [Reserved];
(v)      [Reserved];
(vi)      failure by the Investment Manager to use substantially the same standard of care and apply substantially similar investment making and risk management processes as it applies to its other clients pursuing substantially similar investment strategies, taking into account the HPS Investment Guidelines, the Company’s risk tolerances, the Investment Manager’s obligations hereunder and any directions of the Company, which failure is not cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company; or
(vii)      a change of control of the Investment Manager that results in a breach of the Investment Manager’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, which breach has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company.
(c)      The occurrence of any of the following (each, an “ Investment Manager Termination Event ”) shall constitute an Investment Manager Termination Event:
(i)      the determination by the Investment Manager that the termination of this Agreement is necessary or advisable to comply with the Bank Holding Company Act (the “ BHCA ”), the Dodd-Frank Act or any other current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to the Investment Manager, its affiliates or JPMorgan or to reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability to the Company of any bank regulatory restrictions that might otherwise be imposed upon the Company as a result of JPMorgan’s status as a bank holding company under the BHCA;
(ii)      insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or Parent;

8



(iii)      material non-compliance by the Company with any material law or regulation applicable to the Company (other than any non-compliance resulting from the Investment Manager’s action or failure to act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company and has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Investment Manager or discovery by the Company; or
(iv)      non-payment of a material amount due to the Investment Manager which non-payment has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Investment Manager.
(d)      Upon the occurrence of a Company Termination Event, the Company may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Investment Manager a written notice of termination indicating the Termination Event causing such termination and the effective date of such termination.
(e)      Upon the occurrence of an Investment Manager Termination Event, the Investment Manager may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written notice of termination indicating the effective date of such termination. For the avoidance of doubt, upon such termination, the Investment Manager shall be entitled to receive such fees and other compensation pursuant to the Fee Schedule calculated in accordance with Section 14(e) of the Watford Investment Management Agreement.
Section 15.      Independent Contractor . The Investment Manager shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an independent contractor with respect to the Company. The Investment Manager shall not, by reason of its duties and functions hereunder, be deemed to be acting as a partner of or to be engaged in a joint venture with, the Company.
Section 16.      Notices . Any notice, direction, instruction, acknowledgment or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and addressed to the parties as follows:
If to the Company:
Watford Asset Trust I
c/o Watford Re Ltd.
Waterloo House
1 st Floor
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda

9



P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton, HM HX
Bermuda
Attention: Jonathan Levy
Telecopier No.: (441) 278-3451
Telephone No.: (441) 278-3453
If to the Parent:
Watford Re Ltd.
Waterloo House
1 st Floor
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton, HM HX
Bermuda
Attention: Jonathan Levy
Telecopier No.: (441) 278-3451

Telephone No.: (441) 278-3453
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375

Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063
If to the Investment Manager:
HPS Investment Partners, LLC
40 West 57th Street, 33rd Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Kathy Choi
Telecopier No.: (212) 520-3848
Telephone No.: (212) 287-5548
Section 17.      Binding Effect . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Investment Manager, each Indemnified Person, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any person that is not a signatory to this Agreement, but is nevertheless conferred any rights or benefits hereunder, e.g., members and officers of the Investment Manager and others who are entitled to indemnification hereunder, will be entitled to such rights and benefits

10



as if such person were a signatory hereto, and the rights and benefits of such person hereunder may not be impaired without such person’s express written consent.
Section 18.      [Reserved] .
Section 19.      Amendment and Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived or discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
Section 20.      Governing Law . This Agreement is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
Section 21.      Forum Selection; Service of Process .
(a)      To the fullest extent permitted by law, the parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement shall only be brought in the Federal courts located in the County of New York in the State of New York and not in any other State or Federal courts located in the United States of America or any court in any other country, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
(b)      Nothing in this Section 21 shall affect any right of the party hereto to serve process in any manner permitted by law.
(c)      EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 22.      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 23.      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.
Section 24.      Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and will not affect the rights of the parties to this Agreement.
Section 25.      Non-Recourse Obligations; No Petition .
(a)      The Investment Manager covenants and agrees that the obligations of the Company under this Agreement are limited recourse obligations of the Company, payable solely from the

11



assets of the Company and any claims of the Investment Manager shall be paid and satisfied solely out of such assets. It is understood that this provision shall not constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any obligation evidenced by this Agreement until all of the assets of the Company have been exhausted, whereupon any outstanding obligation shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive.
(b)      The Investment Manager covenants and agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day (or, if longer, any applicable preference period and one day) after the payment in full of all Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement), it shall not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Company any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceedings under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or similar law.
Section 26.      Limitation of Liability . It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (i) this Agreement is executed and delivered by Wilmington Trust, National Association (“ WTNA ”), not individually or personally but solely as owner trustee of the Company, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it under the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of June 2, 2015 between Watford Re Ltd. as depositor and WTNA as owner trustee, (ii) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Company is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by WTNA but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Company, (iii) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on WTNA, individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein of the Company, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (iv) WTNA has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by the Company in this Agreement and (v) under no circumstances shall WTNA be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Company or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Company under this Agreement or any other related documents.
Section 27.      Survival . The provisions of Sections 4, 5, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20, 21, 25 and 26 hereof and this Section 27 will survive the termination of this Agreement.
* * * * * * * *

12



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Jon Levy
 
Name:
Jon Levy
 
Title:
President and CRO
 
 
 
WATFORD ASSET TRUST I
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Wilmington Trust, National Association, not in its
 
Individual capacity, but solely as owner trustee
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Erwin M. Soriano
 
Name:
Erwin M. Soriano
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
HPS Investment Partners, LLC
(f/k/a HIGHBRIDGE PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES, LLC)
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Faith Rosenfeld
 
Name:
Faith Rosenfeld
 
Title:
Chief Administrative Officer


[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement]




Exhibit A
Investment Guidelines
Composition of Investments: The HPS Investment Account will primarily be invested in corporate debt instruments, including bank loans and high yield bonds. The HPS Investment Account may also include other instruments, including mezzanine debt, equities, credit default swaps, structured credit instruments and other derivative products. The HPS Investment Account may be hedged to reduce volatility and protect against systemic risks primarily through credit derivative products including indices. In addition, the HPS Investment Account may include short positions (for example, opportunistic short positions in issuers that display deteriorating fundamentals or in securities or derivatives that appear mispriced).
Concentration of Investments: Other than cash and cash equivalents, investment positions with a single issuer will comprise no more than 7.5% of the aggregate value of the long investments of the Company (valued using the methodologies set forth in Section 11(a) of the Investment Management Agreement, the “ Long Market Value ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the largest four investment positions with single issuers will not aggregate to more than 30% of Long Market Value. Each such determination is made at the time of the applicable investment. Positions established primarily for hedging purposes (including, without limitation, index positions) will not be subject to this limit. For the avoidance of doubt, capital structure arbitrage positions in an issuer will be deemed separate investments for the purposes of calculating this limit.
Leverage: The Investment Manager expects to utilize leverage in order to increase its investment capacity. Leverage may take a variety of forms, including total return swaps and other derivatives, loans for borrowed money, trading on margin and the use of inherently leveraged instruments. If leverage exceeds, or is planned to exceed, 80% of Net Asset Value (i.e., $1.80 of Long Market Value for $1 of Net Asset Value) for any longer than fifteen Business Days, the Investment Manager, together with the Company, will timely notify the rating agency set forth on Exhibit C of such condition and of the Company’s remediation plan with respect thereto to update the agency on the then current investment strategy.
Equity: The Investment Manager’s research and investment process will sometimes present attractive common or preferred equity opportunities. Generally, the equity strategy will be focused on either a value oriented approach or a catalyst to a realization event. Examples of such catalysts can include restructurings, lawsuits, and regulatory changes, among other examples. Equity investments resulting in ownership exceeding 18.5% of the outstanding equity securities of an issuer, measured at the time of investment, will require prior approval from the Company. It is not expected that the equity investments will represent more than 10% of the Long Market Value.
Monitoring: The Investment Manager will provide monthly risk and performance reports to the Company regarding the investment performance of the Investment Manager and will review risk and performance in detail with the Company on a quarterly basis.

A- 1



Tax Considerations: The Investment Manager shall not intentionally or with reckless disregard take any action with respect to the Investable Assets which would cause the Company to be engaged, or deemed to be engaged, in a United States trade or business for United States federal income tax purposes or to be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis or income tax on a net income basis in any other jurisdiction, or otherwise result in material adverse tax consequences to the Company; provided , however, that the Investment Manager shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this paragraph if the Investment Manager complies with guidelines agreed between the Company and the Investment Manager on the date hereof, as the same may be amended in writing from time to time, or has obtained written advice from counsel that such investment or transaction will not result in any effectively connected income to the Company.


A- 2



Exhibit B
Fee Schedule
The Company shall pay to the Investment Manager all fees (including all management fees and performance fees) that the Investment Manager would have earned had the assets of the Company been held and valued pursuant to the terms of the Watford Investment Management Agreement. In addition, the Company shall reimburse the Investment Manager for all expenses incurred in connection with the Investment Manager’s services under this Agreement to the extent that such expenses would have been eligible for reimbursement had they been incurred pursuant the Watford Investment Management Agreement. All such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed at the times and in the manner payable or reimbursable pursuant to the terms of the Watford Investment Management Agreement.


B- 3
Exhibit 10.11

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of October 15, 2018 and effective as of January 1, 2018, is entered into by and among Watford Specialty Insurance Company, a New Jersey domiciled insurance company (the “ Company ”), HPS Investment Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (f/k/a Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC) (the “ Investment Manager ”) and, solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections 3(a), 5(b), 14(b)(iii), 19 and 25, Arch Underwriters Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ AUI ”).
WHEREAS, the Company, the Investment Manager and AUI entered into that certain Investment Management Agreement on August 1, 2016 (the “ Original Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, the Company, the Investment Manager and AUI wish to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein;
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to retain the Investment Manager to provide the investment management services described herein, and the Investment Manager wishes to provide such services; and
WHEREAS, the Company has all requisite authority to appoint one or more investment managers to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Company.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1.     Investment Description; Appointment .
(a) The Company desires to utilize and hereby appoints the Investment Manager as its agent and attorney-in-fact to act as exclusive investment manager with full investment authority for the investment and reinvestment of those assets in the Company’s non-investment grade investment accounts (collectively, the “ HPS Investment Account ”) for the purpose of investing the assets to be managed by the Investment Manager under the terms of this Agreement. The Investment Manager accepts such appointment by executing this Agreement.
(b) During the term of this Agreement, the Company shall engage the Investment Manager to be the Company’s exclusive investment advisor for the HPS Investment Account and the HPS Managed Assets (as defined below).
Section 2.     Services as Investment Manager.
(a) Subject to the Investment Guidelines for the Company’s HPS Investment Account attached hereto as Exhibit A (as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 3(a), the “ HPS Investment Guidelines ”), the Investment Manager will be empowered (i) to formulate the overall trading and investment strategy of the HPS Investment Account and (ii) to exercise full discretion in the management of the trading and investment transactions and related activities of the HPS Investment Account in order to implement such strategy.

1


(b) In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company hereby designates and appoints the Investment Manager as its agent and attorney-in-fact in connection with its management of the HPS Investment Account, with full power and authority, subject to the HPS Investment Guidelines, and without the need for further approval of the Company, except as with respect to the Investment Grade Account and as may be required by applicable law, to have the exclusive power on behalf of the Company to, among other things, (i) make all investment decisions for the HPS Investment Account and effect any and all transactions in all securities, loans and instruments, including, without limitation, debt securities, bank loans (via participations or assignments), trade claims, arbitrages, leases, tax liens, break-ups, consolidations, reorganizations and similar securities of United States issuers, and everything connected therewith in the broadest sense, (ii) determine all matters relating to the manner, method and timing of investment transactions and engage consultants and analysts in connection therewith, (iii) monitor the investment performance of the HPS Investment Account, (iv) value the Company’s investment assets held in the HPS Investment Account in accordance with Section 11, (v) negotiate the terms of all agreements to be entered into on behalf of the Company and make and execute all such documents and take all such other actions as the Investment Manager considers necessary or appropriate to carry out its investment advisory duties hereunder, (vi) retain brokers, including prime brokers, dealers, banks and other intermediaries by or through whom such investment transactions will be executed or carried out, open accounts, and solely for the purpose of funding short-term liquidity needs, borrow funds, pledge assets, retain placement agents and enter into loan facilities and other instruments, including, without limitation, prime brokerage agreements, pledge agreements and placement agent agreements, for the Company, (vii) draw funds on accounts of the Company and direct banks, brokers or other custodians to effect deliveries of funds or assets, but only in the course of effecting investment transactions for the HPS Investment Account hereunder, (viii) provide certain financial, accounting, legal/compliance, technology, investor relations and other back-office services to the Company and (ix) engage attorneys, independent accountants, consultants, investment bankers or such other persons as the Investment Manager may deem necessary or advisable, on behalf of, and at the expense of, the Company.
(c) The Investment Manager and its agent are authorized, but will not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the HPS Investment Account; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Investment Manager will not incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith. The Investment Manager may delegate all or a portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement with respect to voting or proxy solicitations for the Company to one or more third parties selected by the Investment Manager.
(d) The Investment Manager acknowledges that the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) will undertake a process annually, or more frequently as necessary, to review all relevant facts and determine a business plan for the Company for the applicable succeeding year. In addition, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ Chief Executive Officer ”) will regularly assess the Company’s business, including its business plan, investment strategy, investment portfolio and investment performance. The Investment Manager

2


hereby agrees to furnish the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer with the current investment strategy and the proposed future investment strategy for subsequent periods, which strategies shall be in accordance with the HPS Investment Guidelines, as well as any other information reasonably requested by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Investment Manager agrees to work in good faith with the Company and the Chief Executive Officer to coordinate and align the investment strategy and the underwriting strategy with the Company’s business plan.
(e) The Investment Manager further agrees to furnish the Board of Directors with any relevant reporting information the Board of Directors may reasonably request with respect to the HPS Investment Account.
(f) The Investment Manager will upon request from time to time provide to the Company all information required by the Company regarding the HPS Investment Account in connection with the Company’s statutory filings or otherwise as requested by any regulator of the Company or the Rating Agency.
(g) The Investment Manager may delegate all or a portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement to one or more sub-advisors selected by the Investment Manager or to affiliates of the Investment Manager without further consent of the Company; provided, however, that Investment Manager shall be responsible for any fees of any such sub-advisor at no cost to the Company beyond the fees payable to the Investment Manager as otherwise provided herein; provided further that any such delegation will be revocable by the Investment Manager.
Section 3.     Certain Additional Limitations and Obligations .
(a) The HPS Investment Guidelines may only be amended upon the written agreement of the Investment Manager, AUI and the Company (as approved by the Board of Directors). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the agreement of AUI shall not be required if at such time AUI is no longer serving as the insurance and reinsurance portfolio manager of the Company.
(b) If at any time a rating agency the Company has engaged to provide a financial strength rating for the Company as set forth on Exhibit C , as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of the Investment Manager and the Company (each such rating agency listed thereon, a “ Rating Agency ”), communicates to the Company or the Investment Manager that it believes that any action or change with respect to the Company’s non-investment grade investments, non-investment grade investment strategy or HPS Investment Guidelines is advisable to the Company maintaining a financial strength rating of at least “A-” (or equivalent), the Company and the Investment Manager shall work in good faith to take any such actions or make any such changes, subject to the HPS Investment Guidelines. If, after working in good faith, the Company and the Investment Manager are unable to agree on the actions to take or changes to make, the Company may direct the Investment Manager to take any actions or make any changes it reasonably determines are necessary to the Company maintaining a financial strength rating of at least “A-” (or equivalent) from such Rating Agency.

3


(c) If at any time a Rating Agency (i) places the Company on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company has an “A-” (or equivalent) financial strength rating or (ii) threatens or advises a downgrade in the Company’s financial strength rating below “A-” (or equivalent), and in either case such Rating Agency attributes such action to the Company’s non- investment grade investments, non-investment grade investment strategy or the performance of the HPS Investment Account, or any actions of the Investment Manager, the Investment Manager shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy such circumstances within 12 months to cause the negative outlook or threat of a downgrade to be removed by such Rating Agency, subject to the HPS Investment Guidelines. If, such circumstances cannot be remedied consistent with the HPS Investment Guidelines, the Company may direct the Investment Manager to take any actions or make any changes the Company reasonably determines are necessary to remedy such circumstances.
Section 4.     Compensation and Expenses . The Investment Manager will be entitled to fees and to reimbursement of expenses in accordance with the Fee Schedule annexed hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Fee Schedule ”).
Section 5.     No Guarantees; Exculpation .
(a)    All transactions effected for the Company’s HPS Investment Account by the Investment Manager will be for the Company’s account and risk. The Company will bear all of the risk with regard to all of the investments and transactions effected or facilitated in the HPS Investment Account by the Investment Manager and/or its delegates on behalf of the Company. The Investment Manager has not made and does not make any representation, warranty or guarantee whatsoever as to the success or profitability of any investment or the Investment Manager’s trading methods and strategies, and the Company has not relied on any representation, warranty or guarantee from the Investment Manager or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives, and has not entered into this Agreement in consideration of or in reliance upon any such representation, warranty or guarantee from the Investment Manager or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives.
(b)    No Indemnified Person (as defined below) will be liable to the Company for any losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers (collectively, “ Losses ”) suffered by the Company in connection with any matters to which this Agreement relates, including, but not limited to, trading losses, except those Losses resulting from (x) such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct or (y) material intentional breaches of the HPS Investment Guidelines by the Investment Manager, which breaches are not cured within 90 days of the earlier of (A) the date on which the Investment Manager becomes aware of such breach, and (B) the date on which the Investment Manager receives a notice of such breach from the Company; provided , however, that for the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no breach of the HPS Investment Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the Company and AUI have agreed in writing to an amendment to such HPS Investment Guidelines such that the Investment Manager’s actions under the amended HPS Investment Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (ii) such actions

4


were approved by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer in writing or (iii) such actions were taken pursuant to instructions provided by the Company. An Indemnified Person may consult with reputable legal counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors in respect of any matters to which this Agreement relates, and shall not be liable to the Company for any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors; provided that such counsel, accountants, consultants and other advisors shall have been selected and monitored with reasonable care.
Section 6.     Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Investment Manager and its members, managers, officers, partners, affiliates and employees (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any Losses suffered or sustained by an Indemnified Person by reason of the fact that he, she or it was an Indemnified Person, including, without limitation, any judgment, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action or proceeding, provided that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent such Losses resulted from an action or inaction, or mistake of judgment, taken by an Indemnified Person that constituted fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company will advance to any Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation and/or defense of any such action or proceeding. If for any reason (other than such Indemnified Person’s fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction) the indemnification described in this paragraph is unavailable to any Indemnified Person in connection to a Loss, or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Person, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also any other relevant equitable considerations.
Section 7.     Service to Other Companies or Accounts; Agency Cross Transactions .
(a) The Company understands that the Investment Manager will act as investment adviser to other entities, and the Company has no objection to such actions by the Investment Manager. Whenever the Company and one or more other clients advised by the Investment Manager have available funds for investments, investments suitable and appropriate for each will be allocated among the Company and the other clients in the Investment Manager’s sole discretion. In addition, the Company understands that the persons employed by the Investment Manager to assist in the performance of the Investment Manager’s duties under this Agreement will not devote their full time to serving the Company and that nothing contained in this Agreement should be deemed to limit or restrict the right of the Investment Manager or any affiliate of the Investment Manager to engage in and devote time and attention to other businesses or to render services of whatever kind or nature.
(b) The Investment Manager hereby covenants that all principal transactions and agency cross transactions for the HPS Investment Account will be effected by the Investment

5


Manager in accordance with applicable law, including Section 206(3) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”).
(c) The Investment Manager will not effect a principal transaction for the HPS Investment Account with the Investment Manager or any affiliate of the Investment Manager unless the Company has consented to such transaction. The Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager to select Sterling Valuation Group, Inc. (or with the Company’s consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) another independent third party unaffiliated with the Investment Manager), to review and approve or disapprove, on behalf of the Company, any such transactions consistent with applicable law at the Company’s expense.
(d) Consistent with applicable law, the Investment Manager and any affiliated broker- dealers are hereby authorized by the Company to execute agency cross transactions on behalf of the HPS Investment Account; provided, however, that any agency cross transaction with an affiliated broker-dealer shall be on an arm’s length basis. Each agency cross transaction will be executed through the use of a methodology to determine the transfer price deemed fair and equitable by the Investment Manager. The Company may revoke this consent by written notice to the Investment Manager at any time.
(e) For purposes of this Section 7, (i) a “principal transaction” is a transaction in which the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager effects a trade between the HPS Investment Account and the account of the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager and (ii) an “agency cross transaction” is a transaction in which the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager acts as a broker for both the HPS Investment Account and another person on the other side of the transaction and earns commissions from both sides.
Section 8.     Brokerage Arrangements; Soft Dollars .
(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 7, the Investment Manager may select any broker or dealer, including itself or its affiliates, in connection with any investment or any trade. The Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager and/or its delegates to effect transactions for the HPS Investment Account through affiliated broker-dealers, and the affiliated broker-dealers may retain commissions in connection with effecting such agency transactions. In choosing brokers and dealers, the Investment Manager will endeavor to obtain the best execution of trades; provided, however, that the Investment Manager also may consider the value of various services or products, beyond execution, that a broker-dealer provides to the Company or the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager is not required to select the broker or dealer that charges the lowest transaction cost. The Company understands that other broker- dealers may be willing to effect transactions for the Company at lower commission rates than those charged by affiliated broker- dealers.
(b) The Company acknowledges and agrees that, subject to the provisions of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Manager may effect securities transactions which cause the Company to pay an amount of commission in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged, provided that the Investment Manager determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in

6


relation to the value of brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer to the Investment Manager, viewed in terms of either the specific transaction or the Investment Manager’s overall responsibilities to the accounts for which the Investment Manager exercises investment discretion. For these purposes, “research services” means services or products used to provide lawful and appropriate assistance to the Investment Manager in making investment decisions for its clients. The types of research the Investment Manager may acquire include: reports on or other information about particular companies or industries; economic surveys and analyses; recommendations as to specific securities; financial publications; portfolio evaluation services; financial database software and services; computerized news, pricing and order-entry services and other products or services that may enhance the Investment Manager’s investment decision making. The Company hereby acknowledges that the Investment Manager or its affiliates may obtain research services from brokerage commissions charged to the Company that may be used to benefit the Company’s HPS Investment Account, as well as accounts other than the Company’s HPS Investment Account.
Section 9.     [Reserved] .
Section 10.     Accounts; HPS Managed Assets; Liquidity and Withdrawal Rights; Reporting .
(a) Accounts. The Company shall maintain the following accounts:
(i)    Several investment accounts, including the HPS Investment Account as well as certain accounts in which the Company holds investment-grade fixed-income assets required for regulatory, rating agency and/or collateral purposes, and which will be managed by a different investment manager; and
(ii)    an account managed by the Company and in which the Company will purchase, sell and trade investment grade bonds designated by the NAIC as classes 1 and 2 (the “ Investment Grade Account ”); the Investment Manager shall have no rights or obligations with respect to the management of the Investment Grade Account or to earn fees on the investments in such account.
In addition to the Investment Account and the Investment Grade Account, the Company may maintain and operate a claims account and an operating account; provided, however, that the Company shall not cause the aggregate amount in the claims account and the operating account to exceed at any time the amount reasonably needed for the operation of the Company’s business and the payment of claims.
(b) HPS Managed Assets . For purposes of this Agreement, “ HPS Managed Assets ” includes capital, retained earnings and premium that are (i) not needed to support regulatory capital, regulatory collateral requirements or client underwriting collateral requirements, (ii) eligible for investment in non-investment grade investments even if such capital, retained earnings or premium are needed to support regulatory capital, regulatory collateral requirements or client underwriting collateral requirements or (iii) otherwise mutually agreed. For the avoidance of doubt, it is the intention of the parties hereto that all assets that are eligible for

7


investment in non-investment grade investments will constitute the HPS Managed Assets and the Company undertakes to not take any action meant to circumvent such intent.
(c) Liquidity and Withdrawal Rights. The Company shall have the right to withdraw from time to time any amounts from the Investment Account (i) that it determines to invest in the Investment Grade Account in order to satisfy the HPS Investment Guidelines and/or New Jersey law, regulations or Department of Banking and Insurance requirements and/or as needed to maintain or obtain a desired rating from a Rating Agency, (ii) that are necessary for payment of claims or to maintain liquidity for payment of claims, or (iii) as required for payment of expenses for the continued operations of the Company’s business, by delivering written notice to the Investment Manager at least 5 Business Days in advance of the withdrawal date in the case of any withdrawal pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) and at least 30 Business Days in advance of the withdrawal date in the case of any withdrawal pursuant to clause (iii).
Section 11.     Valuation .
(a) The Investment Manager will value the assets held in the HPS Investment Account at their fair value and in accordance with the following: (i) securities, other than options, that are listed on a national securities exchange (including, without limitation, NASDAQ) and are freely transferable shall be valued at their official listed closing price on the principal exchange on which such securities are listed, and options that are listed on a national securities exchange shall be valued at the mean of the closing “bid” price and closing “ask” price on the principal exchange on which such options are traded; provided , however, that if the trading of any such securities is suspended on the date of determination, then the securities shall be valued at the last available price on the principal exchange on which such securities are listed prior to suspension; (ii) securities traded over-the-counter that are freely transferable shall be valued at the mean of the closing “bid” price and closing “ask” price as reported on an over-the- counter bulletin board, or if not quoted on such system, by one of the principal market makers in such security; (iii) futures, options on futures and other commodity interests traded on a commodity exchange shall be valued at the settlement price on the commodity exchange on which the particular commodity interest is traded on behalf of the HPS Investment Account; and (iv) forward, spot and swap contracts, other off-exchange instruments, derivative instruments or commodity interests traded on a non-U.S. exchange or any other investment not set forth above shall be valued by the Investment Manager on a basis consistently applied.
(b) If the Investment Manager determines that market prices or quotations or pricing methodologies do not represent the fair value of particular securities or if no quotation exists, the Investment Manager is authorized in its good faith discretion to assign a value to such securities that differs from the market prices or quotations or is calculated differently and, upon request by the Company, will provide supportive evidence. In performing its valuation duties, the Investment Manager may use particular pricing services, brokers, market makers or other intermediaries selected by the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager will not be liable for any losses suffered by the HPS Investment Account or the Company by reason of any error in calculation resulting from any inaccuracy in the information provided by such service providers.
(c) The value of the assets in the Company’s HPS Investment Account, as determined by the Investment Manager pursuant to this Section 11, will be, in the absence of bad faith or

8


manifest error and subject to any audit verification, conclusive and binding on the Company and any parties claiming through the Company.
Section 12.     Entire Agreement; Integration of Rights . This Agreement and the Services Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Company, AUI and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, the Investment Manager (the “ Services Agreement ”), together with the other documents and agreements executed by the parties on the Effective Date, contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and each party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and understanding is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement, the Services Agreement and the other documents and agreements executed by the parties on the Effective Date.
Section 13.     Non-Assignability . Except as provided herein, neither party to this Agreement may effect an assignment, as defined in the Advisers Act and rules thereunder, of this Agreement without the express written consent of the other party.
Section 14.     Term; Termination .
(a) This Agreement became effective as of August 1, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”). The initial term of this Agreement will expire on December 31, 2025 (such period, the “ Initial Term ”); provided, however, that the term of this Agreement will automatically renew for a five- year period following the Initial Term if neither the Company nor the Investment Manager gives written notice to the other party that it will not renew at least 24 months prior to the end of the Initial Term. Thereafter, the term will continue to renew for successive five-year periods unless either party gives notice to not renew at least 24 months before the end of the then current term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall automatically expire coincident with the expiration of the Second Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2018, among Watford Re Ltd. (“ Watford Re ”), Watford Holdings Ltd. (“ Watford Holdings ”), the Investment Manager and Arch Underwriters Ltd., as supplemented and amended (the “ Watford Re Investment Management Agreement ”).
(b) The occurrence of any of the following (each, a “ Company Termination Event ”) shall constitute a Company Termination Event:
(i)    the conviction of any of the Investment Manager’s officers or employees of any crime subjecting such officer or employee to any disqualification that would be the basis for denial, suspension or revocation of registration of the Investment Manager under Section 203(e) of the Advisers Act;
(ii)    material non-compliance by the Investment Manager with any material law applicable to the Investment Manager in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company or the Investment Manager’s performance hereunder and has not been cured within 90 Business Days after discovery by the Investment Manager;

9


(iii)     the Investment Manager intentionally breaches the HPS Investment Guidelines, and such breach could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Investment Manager shall have failed to cure such breach within 30 Business Days of the earlier of (x) the date on which the management of the Investment Manager becomes aware of any such breach and (y) the date on which the Investment Manager receives notice of such breach from the Company; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no material breach of such HPS Investment Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred if (A) the Company and AUI have agreed in writing to an amendment to such HPS Investment Guidelines such that the Investment Manager’s actions under the amended HPS Investment Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (B) such breach is approved by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer in writing prior to making any investment that would otherwise constitute a breach of the HPS Investment Guidelines or (C) such breach is pursuant to instructions provided by the Company;
(iv)    a downgrade in the Company’s financial strength rating from a Rating Agency below “A-” (or equivalent) which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to the Investment Manager’s investment strategy with respect to the HPS Investment Account; provided that if such a downgrade in such Rating Agency rating would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to underwrite and bind insurance and reinsurance policies, then such downgrade shall not be deemed a Company Termination Event;
(v)    (A) a Rating Agency has placed the Company on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company has an “A-” (or equivalent) financial strength rating which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to the Investment Manager’s investment strategy with respect to the HPS Investment Account, and (B) the Investment Manager has failed to adequately correct such circumstances within 12 months; provided that if such negative outlook and failure to correct would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to underwrite and bind insurance and reinsurance policies, then such negative outlook and failure to correct shall not be deemed a Company Termination Event;
(vi)    failure by the Investment Manager to use substantially the same standard of care and apply substantially similar investment making and risk management processes as it applies to its other clients pursuing substantially similar investment strategies, taking into account the HPS Investment Guidelines, the Company’s risk tolerances, the Investment Manager’s obligations hereunder and any directions of the Company, which failure is not cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company; or
(vii)    a change of control of the Investment Manager that results in a breach of the Investment Manager’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, which breach has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company.
(c) The occurrence of any of the following (each, an “ Investment Manager Termination Event ”) shall constitute an Investment Manager Termination Event:

10


(i)     the determination by the Investment Manager that the termination of this Agreement is necessary or advisable to comply with the Bank Holding Company Act (the “ BHCA ”), the Dodd-Frank Act or any other current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to the Investment Manager, its affiliates or JPMorgan Chase & Co or to reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability to the Company of any bank regulatory restrictions that might otherwise be imposed upon the Company as a result of JPMorgan Chase & Co.’s or its affiliates’ status as a bank holding company under the BHCA;
(ii)    insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company;
(iii)    material non-compliance by the Company with any material law or regulation applicable to the Company (other than any non-compliance resulting from the Investment Manager’s action or failure to act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company and has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Investment Manager or discovery by the Company;
(iv)    non-payment of a material amount due to the Investment Manager or failure by the Company to deposit all of its HPS Managed Assets in the HPS Investment Account in accordance with Section 10, other than amounts permitted to be withheld or withdrawn pursuant to Section 10 (including any amounts in the Investment Grade Account), which non- payment or failure has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Investment Manager; or
(v)    the non-renewal or termination of the Services Agreement.
(d) Upon the occurrence of a Company Termination Event, the Company may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Investment Manager a written notice of termination indicating the Termination Event causing such termination and the effective date of such termination.
(e) Upon the occurrence of an Investment Manager Termination Event, the Investment Manager may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written notice of termination indicating the effective date of such termination. For the avoidance of doubt, upon such termination, the Investment Manager shall be entitled to receive (i) Management Fees for the period during which the Investment Manager served in such capacity within the calendar quarter in which such termination occurs and (ii) subject to the last sentence of Section 3 of the Fee Schedule, Performance Fees for the period during which the Investment Manager served in such capacity within the Fiscal Year in which such termination occurs, each determined as of the effective date of such termination, and such Management Fees and Performance Fees shall be paid to the Investment Manager as promptly as practicable after the date of such termination.
Section 15.     Independent Contractor . The Investment Manager shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an independent contractor with respect to the Company. The Investment Manager shall not, by reason of its duties and functions hereunder, be deemed to be acting as a partner of or to be engaged in a joint venture with, the Company.

11


Section 16.     Notices . Any notice, direction, instruction, acknowledgment or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and addressed to the parties as follows:
If to the Company:
Watford Specialty Insurance Company
445 South Street, Suite 220
P.O. Box 1988
Morristown, NJ 07962-1988
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Telephone No.: (973) 898-9575
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 1001
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063
If to the Investment Manager:
HPS Investment Partners, LLC
40 West 57th Street, 33rd Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Kathy Choi
Telecopier No.: (212) 520-3848
Telephone No.: (212) 287-5548
If to AUI:
Arch Underwriters Inc. 445
South Street, Suite 220
P.O. Box 1988
Morristown, NJ 07962-1988
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Telephone No.: (973) 898-9575
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Cahill Gordon & Reindel, LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No.: (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.: (212) 701-3323

12


Section 17.     Binding Effect . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Investment Manager, each Indemnified Person, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any person that is not a signatory to this Agreement, but is nevertheless conferred any rights or benefits hereunder, e.g., members and officers of the Investment Manager and others who are entitled to indemnification hereunder, will be entitled to such rights and benefits as if such person were a signatory hereto, and the rights and benefits of such person hereunder may not be impaired without such person’s express written consent.
Section 18.     Certain Limitations . The Company shall not agree to amend or waive any provision or term of Section 5.01(a) or Section 6.01 of the Services Agreement, but solely to the extent such Section relates to reporting obligations with respect to any account of the Company, in each case without the prior written consent of the Investment Manager.
Section 19.     Amendment and Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived or discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
Section 20.     Governing Law . This Agreement is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
Section 21.     Arbitration . In the event that any dispute arises under this Agreement, the dispute will be submitted to and settled exclusively by binding arbitration, to be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA Rules ”). Arbitration shall be held in the County of New York, New York, before three arbitrators (except for disputes valued at less than $50,000, for which one single arbitrator will be chosen) selected pursuant to the AAA Rules, who will have no personal or pecuniary interest in the dispute, either directly or indirectly. All decisions of the arbitrator(s) will be final, binding and conclusive on the parties. Either party may seek confirmation and enforcement of the arbitration award, under the Federal Arbitration Act, if applicable, and/or the law of the State of New Jersey, in the United States District Court of New Jersey or New Jersey state courts, and each party hereby consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the aforementioned courts for any claim, action, suit or proceeding arising hereunder. A final unappealable judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
Section 22.     Regulatory Notice . No assignment, amendment, modification, or termination shall be effective unless such assignment, amendment, modification, or termination is (i) filed with the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (“ NJDOBI ”) at least 30 days prior to the proposed effective date, (ii) not disapproved by the NJDOBI, (iii) made in writing, and (iv) signed by the parties hereto.
Section 23.     Advance of Funds to Affiliate . The Company is prohibited from advancing funds contemplated under this Agreement to AUI except to pay for services related to this Agreement.

13


Section 24.     Company Assets . The Investment Manager acknowledges that all funds and invested assets of the Company are the exclusive property of the Company, held for the benefit of the Company, and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, are subject to the control of the Company.
Section 25.     Books and Records . All books and records of the Company are and remain the property of the Company and are subject to the control of the Company.
Section 26.      Receivership . The Investment Manager acknowledges that if the Company is placed in receivership or control is seized by the Commissioner pursuant to N.J.S.A. 17:30C-1 et seq. or 17B:32-31 et seq.:
(i) all of the rights of the Company under this Agreement extend to the receiver or Commissioner; and
(ii) all books and records of the Company will immediately be made available to the receiver or the Commissioner, and shall be turned over to the receiver or Commissioner immediately upon the receiver’s or the Commissioner’s request.
Section 27.     No Automatic Right to Terminate . AUI has no automatic right to terminate this Agreement if the Company is placed in receivership pursuant to N.J.S.A. 17:30C-1 et seq. or 17B:32-31 et seq.
Section 28.     Maintenance of Infrastructure . AUI shall continue to maintain any systems, programs, or other infrastructure notwithstanding a seizure by the Commissioner pursuant to N.J.S.A. 17:30C-1 et seq. or 17B:32-31 et seq. and will make them available to the receiver, for so long as the AUI continues to receive timely payment for services rendered.
Section 29.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 30.     Severability . If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.
Section 31.     Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and will not affect the rights of the parties to this Agreement.
Section 32.     Survival . The provisions of Sections 4, 5, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20 and 21 hereof and this Section 32 will survive the termination of this Agreement.


14


********IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
WATFORD SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
By:
/s/: Alexandre Scherer
Name:
Alexandre Scherer
Title:
President & CEO
 
 
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
 
 
By:
 
Name:
Faith Rosenfeld
Title:
Chief Administrative Officer
Solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections 3(a), 5(b), 14(b)(iii), 19, 27, 28 and 31:
ARCH UNDERWRITERS INC
 
 
By:
/s/: Kenneth Vivian
Name:
Kenneth Vivian
Title:
President & CEO

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement]


********IN WITNESS WHE REOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

WATFORD SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
By:
/s/ Alexandre Scherer
 
Name: Alexandre Scherer
 
Title: President & CEO
 
 
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
 
 
By:
/s/: Faith Rosenfeld
Name:
Faith Rosenfeld
Title:
Chief Administrative Officer
Solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections 3(a) , 5(b) , 14(b)(iii), I 9 , 27 , 28 and 31:
ARCH UNDERWRITERS INC
 
 
By:
 
Name:
Kenneth Vivian
Title:
President & CEO

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement]


Exhibit A
Investment Guidelines
Composition of Investments : The HPS Managed Assets in the HPS Investment Account will primarily be invested in United States governmental issues and corporate debt instruments issued in the United States, including bank loans and high yield bonds. However, the HPS Managed Assets in the HPS Investment Account are generally not intended to include investment grade bonds which are intended to be included in the Investment Grade Account.
If the Company determines that the Asset Value of the Investment Grade Account is less than the greater of (i) 50% of the Total Asset Value, or (ii) the amount necessary for the Company to maintain an NAIC Risk Based Capital ratio of at least 400% (calculated using financial information (other than that relating to Asset Value, which shall be current at all times) as at the most recent completed quarter-end), the Company may deliver written notice to the Investment Manager and the Investment Manager shall adjust the composition of the HPS Investment Account (and HPS Managed Assets therein) as directed by the Company in such notice (and consistent with these Investment Guidelines) within 30 Business Days of receipt by the Investment Manager of such notice so that the Asset Value of the Investment Grade Account is equal to or greater than the greater of (i) and (ii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Investment Manager is directed to adjust the composition of the HPS Investment Account in order to cause the Asset Value of the Investment Grade Account to be at least equal to (ii) above, the Investment Manager shall only be required to so adjust to the extent it is possible to do so without liquidating investments at distressed prices. In addition, the Company may direct the Investment Manager to adjust the composition of the HPS Investment Account and the HPS Managed Assets therein (in a manner consistent with these Investment Guidelines) if the Company reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary for the HPS Investment Account to be in compliance with Title 17:24 – Insurance of New Jersey’s Statutes, and the Investment Manager will effect such adjustment within 30 Business Days of receipt by the Investment Manager of such direction.
Concentration of Investments : Other than cash and cash equivalents, investment positions with a single issuer will comprise no more than 7.5% of the Total Asset Value. For the avoidance of doubt, the largest four investment positions with single issuers will not aggregate to more than 30% of Total Asset Value. Each such determination is made at the time of the applicable investment. For purposes of calculating the foregoing, the Investment Manager shall be entitled to rely on the Asset Value of the Investment Grade Account as most recently reported to the Investment Manager by the Company.
Leverage : The Investment Manager will not utilize leverage in order to increase its investment capacity.
Monitoring : The Investment Manager will provide monthly risk and performance reports to the Company regarding the investment performance of the Investment Manager and will review risk and performance in detail with the Company on a quarterly basis.

A- 1


Asset Value ” at any date means the net asset value of the Investment Grade Account or the HPS Investment Account, as the case may be, as determined by the Investment Manager in accordance with the valuation methodology set forth in Section 11 of the Agreement with respect to the HPS Investment Account and as determined by the Company with respect to the Investment Grade Account and reported to the Investment Manager.
Total Asset Value ” at any date means the sum of the Asset Values of the HPS Investment Account and the Investment Grade Account at such date.

A- 2


Exhibit B
Fee Schedule
Section 1.     Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Fee Schedule will have the meanings provided in the Agreement to which this Fee Schedule is attached (including the HPS Investment Guidelines attached to the Agreement as Exhibit A ). The following definitions will apply for purposes of determining the Investment Manager’s fees hereunder:
Aggregate Income ” means the positive amount, if any, that:
A.
(1) the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account after deduction of paid and accrued management fees for the HPS Investment Account for such period but before accrual or deduction of the performance fees for such HPS Investment Account Measurement Period (as defined below), on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year; plus
(2) any withdrawals or distributions by the Company from the HPS Investment Account during the HPS Investment Account Measurement Period, to the extent that such withdrawals and distributions are made when the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account is above its Net Asset Value at the HPS Investment Account’s High Water Date as adjusted by C.(1) below; plus
B.
(1) the Net Asset Value of each Affiliated Account (as defined below) after deduction of paid and accrued management fees for such Affiliated Account for such period but before accrual or deduction of any performance fees for each such Affiliated Account’s Affiliated Account Measurement Period (as defined below), on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year; plus
(2) any withdrawals or distributions by any Affiliated Company (as defined below) from any Affiliated Account during the period beginning on such Affiliated Company’s High Water Date and ending on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year (such period, the “ Affiliated Account Measurement Period ”), to the extent that such withdrawals and distributions are made when the Net Asset Value of such Affiliated Account is above its Net Asset Value at such Affiliated Account’s High Water Date as adjusted by D.(1) below;
exceeds the sum of:
C.
(1) the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the HPS Investment Account’s High Water Date after deduction of paid and accrued management

B- 1


fees for the HPS Investment Account and any applicable performance fees for the HPS Investment Account paid or accrued related to the period prior to such High Water Date ( provided that such Net Asset Value shall be reduced pro rata for the withdrawals or distributions made from the HPS Investment Account if the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account at the time of such withdrawals or distributions is below the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the HPS Investment Account’s High Water Date); plus
(2) any contributions by the Company to the HPS Investment Account during such HPS Investment Account Measurement Period; plus
D.
(1) the Net Asset Value of each Affiliated Account on each Affiliated Account’s High Water Date after deduction of paid and accrued management fees for such Affiliated Account and any applicable performance fees for such Affiliated Account paid or accrued related to the period prior to any such High Water Date ( provided that each such Affiliated Account’s Net Asset Value shall be reduced pro rata for the withdrawals or distributions made from such Affiliated Account if the Net Asset Value of such Affiliated Account at the time of such withdrawals or distributions is below the Net Asset Value of such Affiliated Account on such Affiliated Account’s High Water Date); plus
(2) any contributions by any Affiliated Company to its Affiliated Account during such Affiliated Account’s Affiliated Account Measurement Period.
Business Day ” means any day on which banks are open for business in New York, New
Excess Income ” means the positive difference, if any, between (a) the Aggregate
Income and (b) that portion of the Aggregate Income on which the Base Performance Fee is owed in accordance with Section 3 below (for the avoidance of doubt, also taking into account the Base Performance Fee).
Fiscal Year ” means the Company’s fiscal year or portion thereof if this Agreement is terminated and not immediately renewed.
High Water Date ” means, with respect to the HPS Investment Account or an Affiliated Account, as applicable, the time of the opening of the New York Stock Exchange on the date immediately following the most recent date as of which such account paid a performance fee (or, if no performance fee has yet been paid, the opening balance of such account immediately following its establishment).
Income ” means the positive amount, if any, that:
(1)
the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account, after deduction of paid and accrued Management Fees for such period but before accrual or deduction of the

B- 2


Performance Fee for such HPS Investment Account Measurement Period on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year; plus
(2)
any withdrawals or distributions by the Company from the HPS Investment Account during the period beginning on the HPS Investment Account’s High Water Date and ending on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year (the “ HPS Investment Account Measurement Period ”), to the extent that such withdrawals and distributions are made when the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account is above its Net Asset Value at the High Water Date as adjusted by (1) below;
exceeds the sum of:
(1)
the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the High Water Date after deduction of paid and accrued Management Fees and any applicable Performance Fee paid or accrued related to the period prior to such High Water Date (provided that such Net Asset Value shall be reduced pro rata for the withdrawals or distributions made from the HPS Investment Account if the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account at the time of such withdrawals or distributions is below the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the High Water Date); plus
(2)
any contributions by the Company to the HPS Investment Account during such HPS Investment Account Measurement Period.
Net Asset Value ” at any date means the net asset value of the HPS Investment Account, as determined by the Investment Manager in accordance with the valuation methodology set forth in Section 11 of the Agreement; provided that with respect to the calculation of Aggregate Income, “Net Asset Value” at any date means (1) with respect to the HPS Investment Account, the net asset value of such account, as determined by the Investment Manager in accordance with the valuation methodology set forth in Section 11 of the Agreement, and (2) with respect to any other investment account (each such account, an “ Affiliated Account ”) of any affiliate of the Company (each such affiliate, an “ Affiliated Company ”) which is both (a) domiciled in the United States and (b) party to a management agreement with the Investment Manager, the net asset value of such Affiliated Account, as determined in accordance with the valuation methodology set forth in such Affiliated Company’s management agreement with the Investment Manager.
“Aggregate Outperformance Threshold ” means the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on its High Water Date plus the Net Asset Value of each Affiliated Account on its High Water Date plus Aggregate Time-Weighted Contributions minus Aggregate Time- Weighted Withdrawals and Distributions.
“Aggregate Time-Weighted Contributions ” means (1) (x) each contribution by the Company to the HPS Investment Account during an HPS Investment Account Measurement Period multiplied by (y) the product, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining during such HPS Investment Account Measurement Period (including the day on which such

B- 3


capital contribution was made) and the denominator of which is the number of days in the HPS Investment Account Measurement Period plus (2) (x) each contribution by an Affiliated Company to its Affiliated Account during the applicable Affiliated Account Measurement Period multiplied by (y) the product, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining during such Affiliated Account Measurement Period (including the day on which such capital contribution was made) and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Affiliated Account Measurement Period.
“Aggregate Time-Weighted Withdrawals and Distributions ” means (1) (x) each withdrawal or distribution by the Company from the HPS Investment Account during an HPS Investment Account Measurement Period (or if the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account at the time of such withdrawal or distribution is below the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the HPS Investment Account’s High Water Date, an amount equal to the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the HPS Investment Account’s High Water Date multiplied by the amount of such withdrawal or distribution divided by the HPS Investment Account’s Net Asset Value on the date of such withdrawal or distribution) multiplied by (y) the product, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining during such HPS Investment Account Measurement Period (including the day on which such withdrawal or distribution was made) and the denominator of which is the number of days in the HPS Investment Account Measurement Period plus (2) (x) each withdrawal or distribution by an Affiliated Company from its Affiliated Account during the applicable Affiliated Account Measurement Period (or if the Net Asset Value of such Affiliated Account at the time of such withdrawal or distribution is below the Net Asset Value of such Affiliated Account on such Affiliated Account’s High Water Date, an amount equal to the Net Asset Value of such Affiliated Account on such Affiliated Account’s High Water Date multiplied by the amount of such withdrawal or distribution divided by such Affiliated Account’s Net Asset Value on the date of such withdrawal or distribution) multiplied by (y) the product, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining during such Affiliated Account Measurement Period (including the day on which such withdrawal or distribution was made) and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Affiliated Account Measurement Period.
Section 2.     Management Fees . The Investment Manager will be entitled to receive a monthly management fee (the “ Management Fee ”) payable quarterly in arrears in an amount equal to the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account (measured before reduction for any Management Fee, Performance Fee or any expense reimbursement pursuant to Section 5 of this Fee Schedule and as adjusted for any non-routine intra-month withdrawals) as of such month- end multiplied by one percent (1.0%) per annum (i.e., 1/12th of 1.0% for each such month), but if on or after January 1, 2020, the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account as of any such month-end is in excess of $1.5 billion, such amount shall equal the sum of (a) $1.5 billion multiplied by one percent (1.0%) per annum (i.e., 1/12th of 1.0% for each such month) plus (b) the amount of the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account in excess of $1.5 billion multiplied by seventy-five basis points (.75%) per annum (i.e., 1/12th of .75% for each such month); provided , however, that for any month-end, the amount payable in accordance with the foregoing shall not be less than eighty-five basis points (.85%) per annum (i.e., 1/12th of .85% for each such month) of the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account as of such month-end. All management fees will be payable by the Company in accordance with Section 4 of this Fee Schedule. The Investment Manager acknowledges that a portion of the Management Fee will be

B- 4


paid to AUI, in its capacity as the Company’s insurance and reinsurance portfolio manager, to the extent owed pursuant to an agreement between the Investment Manager, AUI and the Company.
Section 3.     Performance Fees . The Company will also pay a Performance Fee (the “ Performance Fee ”) equal to its pro rata share, according to the amount of Income relative to the amount of Aggregate Income, of the sum of (a) 10% of the Aggregate Income, until such time as the annual return for such Fiscal Year-end over the Aggregate Outperformance Threshold is equal (after taking into account the payment of such current period Performance Fee) to a 10% annual return (such annual return measured as the Aggregate Income over the Aggregate Outperformance Threshold) (the “ Base Performance Fee ”) plus (b) 25% of the Excess Income, if any, calculated and payable as of each Fiscal Year-end and the date on which this Agreement is terminated and not renewed; provided , however, that the Performance Fee for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the Company’s pro rata share, according to the amount of Income relative to the amount of Aggregate Income, of 17.5% of the Aggregate Income for such Fiscal Year. The Performance Fee will be paid in accordance with Section 4 of this Fee Schedule. If, after consultation with the Board of Directors, the Investment Manager determines to separately account for any illiquid investments in a so called “side pocket” (e.g. mezzanine and originated loans), the Performance Fee on such investments will be calculated and paid on the realized gain (as part of the calculation of Aggregate Income), if any, on such investments upon disposition.
Section 4.     Payments of Fees .
(a) The Investment Manager, or the administrator for the Company, will furnish to the Company a statement (each, a “ Fee Statement ”) setting forth an estimate of the computation of (i) the Management Fee within 15 Business Days following the end of each month, and (ii) the Performance Fee within 30 days after the close of each Fiscal Year, or as soon as practicable thereafter. Payment of the Management Fee will be made on a quarterly basis following each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 within 5 Business Days following the delivery to the Company of the Fee Statement for such relevant quarter end. Payment of the Performance Fee will be made within 5 Business Days following the delivery to the Company of the Fee Statement for such Fiscal Year.
(b) The parties understand and agree that the Investment Manager may pay a portion of its Management Fee and/or Performance Fee to one or more sub-advisors selected by the Investment Manager.
(c) The parties understand and agree that no fees shall be payable pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Investment Grade Account.
Section 5.     Expenses .
(a) All expenses incurred directly in connection with transactions effected or positions held for the account of the Company pursuant to the Investment Manager’s exercise of its duties hereunder will be paid or reimbursed by the Company, including, without limitation:
(i)    costs for trade support services including, but not limited to, pre- and post- trade support software and related support services;

B- 5


(ii)     custodial and transfer agency fees and services;
(iii)    brokerage commissions and services;
(iv)    research costs, including but not limited to publications, periodicals, data base services and data processing that are directly related to research activities on behalf of the HPS Investment Account and all other expenses incurred in connection with the identification, evaluation and investigation of investments, to the extent such expenses are not directly attributable to specific investments;
(v)    all expenses attributable to any proposed investment that is ultimately not made (including deal initiation expenses, professional expenses, research, data fees, company or analyst conferences, travel, lodging and related expenses), any expenses in connection with any hedging transaction entered into and any borrowing costs with respect to such proposed investment;
(vi)    costs related to risk analysis and risk reporting by third parties and risk- related and consulting services;
(vii)    legal fees incurred related to HPS Investment Account investments or proposed investments and the ongoing operation, administration and existence of the HPS Investment Account and expenses incurred in connection with obtaining legal, tax, financial and accounting advice and the advice of other consultants and experts on behalf of the HPS Investment Account or the Company;
(viii)    expenses of, or incurred in connection with obtaining, any independent third party pursuant to Section 7(c) of this Agreement;
(ix)    market data fees, including for services of third parties that provide specialized data and/or analysis as to specific sectors or asset classes in which the HPS Investment Account has made or intends to make an investment;
(x)    out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the collection of amounts due to the HPS Investment Account or the Company from any Person;
(xi)    interest costs and taxes;
(xii)    third-party legal and compliance fees and expenses allocated to the HPS Investment Account to the extent such services are related to, or otherwise benefiting, the organizational, operational, investment or trading activities of the HPS Investment Account;
(xiii)    costs for HPS Investment Account accounting, administration, auditing and tax preparation;
(xiv)    withholding or transfer taxes; and

B- 6


(xv)     expenses attributable to any Board of Directors, ratings agencies or other meetings related to the HPS Investment Account, including travel and transportation, lodging, meals and related expenses.
(b) In addition, the Investment Manager will be entitled to be paid or reimbursed for other out-of-pocket expenses not described in Section 5(a) above, other than its own salary, office rental and other customary general administrative and overhead costs, properly allocable to the performance of its duties pursuant to the Agreement.
(c) Except as provided in paragraph (a) and (b) of this Section 5, the Investment Manager will provide its advisory services hereunder at its own expense.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in any calendar year, the amount of expenses described in paragraphs (a) and (b) that are ordinary and recurring operating expenses (as reasonably determined by the Investment Manager) shall not exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 0.075% of the average monthly Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account over such calendar year and (ii) $2.0 million (the “ Expense Cap ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Expense Cap shall not apply to (x) direct investment expenses (including, without limitation, interest costs, costs of investments such as brokerage commissions and legal fees related to specific investments), (y) extraordinary or non-recurring expenses (including, without limitation, taxes, litigation or other legal fees or indemnification expenses) or (z) expenses incurred by the Company (including, without limitation, the Company’s accounting, tax preparation and other costs related the HPS Investment Account).


B- 7


Exhibit C
Rating Agencies
A.M. Best Company, Inc.


C- 1
Exhibit 10.12

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of October 15, 2018 and effective as of January 1, 2018, is entered into by and among Watford Insurance Company, a New Jersey domiciled insurance company (the “ Company ”), HPS Investment Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (F/K/A Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC) (the “ Investment Manager ”) and, solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections 3(a), 5(b), 14(b)(iii), 19 and 25, Arch Underwriters Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ AUI ”).
WHEREAS, the Company, the Investment Manager and AUI entered into that certain Investment Management Agreement on August 1, 2016 (the “ Original Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, the Company, the Investment Manager and AUI wish to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein;
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to retain the Investment Manager to provide the investment management services described herein, and the Investment Manager wishes to provide such services; and
WHEREAS, the Company has all requisite authority to appoint one or more investment managers to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Company.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1.     Investment Description; Appointment .
(a) The Company desires to utilize and hereby appoints the Investment Manager as its agent and attorney-in-fact to act as exclusive investment manager with full investment authority for the investment and reinvestment of those assets in the Company’s non-investment grade investment accounts (collectively, the “ HPS Investment Account ”) for the purpose of investing the assets to be managed by the Investment Manager under the terms of this Agreement. The Investment Manager accepts such appointment by executing this Agreement.
(b) During the term of this Agreement, the Company shall engage the Investment Manager to be the Company’s exclusive investment advisor for the HPS Investment Account and the HPS Managed Assets (as defined below).
Section 2.     Services as Investment Manager .
(a) Subject to the Investment Guidelines for the Company’s HPS Investment Account attached hereto as Exhibit A (as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 3(a), the “ HPS Investment Guidelines ”), the Investment Manager will be empowered (i) to formulate the overall trading and investment strategy of the HPS Investment Account and (ii) to exercise full discretion in the management of the trading and investment transactions and related activities of the HPS Investment Account in order to implement such strategy.

1


(b) In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company hereby designates and appoints the Investment Manager as its agent and attorney-in-fact in connection with its management of the HPS Investment Account, with full power and authority, subject to the HPS Investment Guidelines, and without the need for further approval of the Company, except as with respect to the Investment Grade Account and as may be required by applicable law, to have the exclusive power on behalf of the Company to, among other things, (i) make all investment decisions for the HPS Investment Account and effect any and all transactions in all securities, loans and instruments, including, without limitation, debt securities, bank loans (via participations or assignments), trade claims, arbitrages, leases, tax liens, break-ups, consolidations, reorganizations and similar securities of United States issuers, and everything connected therewith in the broadest sense, (ii) determine all matters relating to the manner, method and timing of investment transactions and engage consultants and analysts in connection therewith,(iii) monitor the investment performance of the HPS Investment Account, (iv) value the Company’s investment assets held in the HPS Investment Account in accordance with Section 11, (v) negotiate the terms of all agreements to be entered into on behalf of the Company and make and execute all such documents and take all such other actions as the Investment Manager considers necessary or appropriate to carry out its investment advisory duties hereunder, (vi) retain brokers, including prime brokers, dealers, banks and other intermediaries by or through whom such investment transactions will be executed or carried out, open accounts, and solely for the purpose of funding short-term liquidity needs, borrow funds, pledge assets, retain placement agents and enter into loan facilities and other instruments, including, without limitation, prime brokerage agreements, pledge agreements and placement agent agreements, for the Company,(vii) draw funds on accounts of the Company and direct banks, brokers or other custodians to effect deliveries of funds or assets, but only in the course of effecting investment transactions for the HPS Investment Account hereunder, (viii) provide certain financial, accounting, legal/compliance, technology, investor relations and other back-office services to the Company and (ix) engage attorneys, independent accountants, consultants, investment bankers or such other persons as the Investment Manager may deem necessary or advisable, on behalf of, and at the expense of, the Company.
(c) The Investment Manager and its agent are authorized, but will not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the HPS Investment Account; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Investment Manager will not incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith. The Investment Manager may delegate all or a portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement with respect to voting or proxy solicitations for the Company to one or more third parties selected by the Investment Manager.
(d) The Investment Manager acknowledges that the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) will undertake a process annually, or more frequently as necessary, to review all relevant facts and determine a business plan for the Company for the applicable succeeding year. In addition, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ Chief Executive Officer ”) will regularly assess the Company’s business, including its business plan, investment strategy, investment portfolio and investment performance. The Investment Manager

2


hereby agrees to furnish the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer with the current investment strategy and the proposed future investment strategy for subsequent periods, which strategies shall be in accordance with the HPS Investment Guidelines, as well as any other information reasonably requested by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Investment Manager agrees to work in good faith with the Company and the Chief Executive Officer to coordinate and align the investment strategy and the underwriting strategy with the Company’s business plan.
(e) The Investment Manager further agrees to furnish the Board of Directors with any relevant reporting information the Board of Directors may reasonably request with respect to the HPS Investment Account.
(f) The Investment Manager will upon request from time to time provide to the Company all information required by the Company regarding the HPS Investment Account in connection with the Company’s statutory filings or otherwise as requested by any regulator of the Company or the Rating Agency.
(g) The Investment Manager may delegate all or a portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement to one or more sub-advisors selected by the Investment Manager or to affiliates of the Investment Manager without further consent of the Company; provided, however, that Investment Manager shall be responsible for any fees of any such sub-advisor at no cost to the Company beyond the fees payable to the Investment Manager as otherwise provided herein; provided further that any such delegation will be revocable by the Investment Manager.
Section 3.     Certain Additional Limitations and Obligations .
(a) The HPS Investment Guidelines may only be amended upon the written agreement of the Investment Manager, AUI and the Company (as approved by the Board of Directors). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the agreement of AUI shall not be required if at such time AUI is no longer serving as the insurance and reinsurance portfolio manager of the Company.
(b) If at any time a rating agency the Company has engaged to provide a financial strength rating for the Company as set forth on Exhibit C , as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of the Investment Manager and the Company (each such rating agency listed thereon, a “ Rating Agency ”), communicates to the Company or the Investment Manager that it believes that any action or change with respect to the Company’s non-investment grade investments, non-investment grade investment strategy or HPS Investment Guidelines is advisable to the Company maintaining a financial strength rating of at least “A-” (or equivalent), the Company and the Investment Manager shall work in good faith to take any such actions or make any such changes, subject to the HPS Investment Guidelines. If, after working in good faith, the Company and the Investment Manager are unable to agree on the actions to take or changes to make, the Company may direct the Investment Manager to take any actions or make any changes it reasonably determines are necessary to the Company maintaining a financial strength rating of at least “A-” (or equivalent) from such Rating Agency.

3


(c) If at any time a Rating Agency (i) places the Company on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company has an “A-” (or equivalent) financial strength rating or (ii) threatens or advises a downgrade in the Company’s financial strength rating below “A-” (or equivalent), and in either case such Rating Agency attributes such action to the Company’s non- investment grade investments, non-investment grade investment strategy or the performance of the HPS Investment Account, or any actions of the Investment Manager, the Investment Manager shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy such circumstances within 12 months to cause the negative outlook or threat of a downgrade to be removed by such Rating Agency, subject to the HPS Investment Guidelines. If, such circumstances cannot be remedied consistent with the HPS Investment Guidelines, the Company may direct the Investment Manager to take any actions or make any changes the Company reasonably determines are necessary to remedy such circumstances.
Section 4.     Compensation and Expenses . The Investment Manager will be entitled to fees and to reimbursement of expenses in accordance with the Fee Schedule annexed hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Fee Schedule ”).
Section 5.     No Guarantees; Exculpation .
(a)      All transactions effected for the Company’s HPS Investment Account by the Investment Manager will be for the Company’s account and risk. The Company will bear all of the risk with regard to all of the investments and transactions effected or facilitated in the HPS Investment Account by the Investment Manager and/or its delegates on behalf of the Company. The Investment Manager has not made and does not make any representation, warranty or guarantee whatsoever as to the success or profitability of any investment or the Investment Manager’s trading methods and strategies, and the Company has not relied on any representation, warranty or guarantee from the Investment Manager or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives, and has not entered into this Agreement in consideration of or in reliance upon any such representation, warranty or guarantee from the Investment Manager or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives.
(b)      No Indemnified Person (as defined below) will be liable to the Company for any losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers (collectively, “ Losses ”) suffered by the Company in connection with any matters to which this Agreement relates, including, but not limited to, trading losses, except those Losses resulting from (x) such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct or (y) material intentional breaches of the HPS Investment Guidelines by the Investment Manager, which breaches are not cured within 90 days of the earlier of (A) the date on which the Investment Manager becomes aware of such breach, and (B) the date on which the Investment Manager receives a notice of such breach from the Company; provided , however, that for the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no breach of the HPS Investment Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the Company and AUI have agreed in writing to an amendment to such HPS Investment Guidelines such that the Investment Manager’s actions under the amended HPS Investment Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (ii) such actions

4


were approved by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer in writing or (iii) such actions were taken pursuant to instructions provided by the Company. An Indemnified Person may consult with reputable legal counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors in respect of any matters to which this Agreement relates, and shall not be liable to the Company for any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors; provided that such counsel, accountants, consultants and other advisors shall have been selected and monitored with reasonable care.
Section 6.     Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Investment Manager and its members, managers, officers, partners, affiliates and employees (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any Losses suffered or sustained by an Indemnified Person by reason of the fact that he, she or it was an Indemnified Person, including, without limitation, any judgment, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action or proceeding, provided that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent such Losses resulted from an action or inaction, or mistake of judgment, taken by an Indemnified Person that constituted fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company will advance to any Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation and/or defense of any such action or proceeding. If for any reason (other than such Indemnified Person’s fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction) the indemnification described in this paragraph is unavailable to any Indemnified Person in connection to a Loss, or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Person, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also any other relevant equitable considerations.
Section 7.     Service to Other Companies or Accounts; Agency Cross Transactions .
(a) The Company understands that the Investment Manager will act as investment adviser to other entities, and the Company has no objection to such actions by the Investment Manager. Whenever the Company and one or more other clients advised by the Investment Manager have available funds for investments, investments suitable and appropriate for each will be allocated among the Company and the other clients in the Investment Manager’s sole discretion. In addition, the Company understands that the persons employed by the Investment Manager to assist in the performance of the Investment Manager’s duties under this Agreement will not devote their full time to serving the Company and that nothing contained in this Agreement should be deemed to limit or restrict the right of the Investment Manager or any affiliate of the Investment Manager to engage in and devote time and attention to other businesses or to render services of whatever kind or nature.
(b) The Investment Manager hereby covenants that all principal transactions and agency cross transactions for the HPS Investment Account will be effected by the Investment

5


Manager in accordance with applicable law, including Section 206(3) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”).
(c) The Investment Manager will not effect a principal transaction for the HPS Investment Account with the Investment Manager or any affiliate of the Investment Manager unless the Company has consented to such transaction. The Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager to select Sterling Valuation Group, Inc. (or with the Company’s consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) another independent third party unaffiliated with the Investment Manager), to review and approve or disapprove, on behalf of the Company, any such transactions consistent with applicable law at the Company’s expense.
(d) Consistent with applicable law, the Investment Manager and any affiliated broker- dealers are hereby authorized by the Company to execute agency cross transactions on behalf of the HPS Investment Account; provided, however, that any agency cross transaction with an affiliated broker-dealer shall be on an arm’s length basis. Each agency cross transaction will be executed through the use of a methodology to determine the transfer price deemed fair and equitable by the Investment Manager. The Company may revoke this consent by written notice to the Investment Manager at any time.
(e) For purposes of this Section 7, (i) a “principal transaction” is a transaction in which the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager effects a trade between the HPS Investment Account and the account of the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager and (ii) an “agency cross transaction” is a transaction in which the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager acts as a broker for both the HPS Investment Account and another person on the other side of the transaction and earns commissions from both sides.
Section 8.     Brokerage Arrangements; Soft Dollars .
(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 7, the Investment Manager may select any broker or dealer, including itself or its affiliates, in connection with any investment or any trade. The Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager and/or its delegates to effect transactions for the HPS Investment Account through affiliated broker-dealers, and the affiliated broker-dealers may retain commissions in connection with effecting such agency transactions. In choosing brokers and dealers, the Investment Manager will endeavor to obtain the best execution of trades; provided, however, that the Investment Manager also may consider the value of various services or products, beyond execution, that a broker-dealer provides to the Company or the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager is not required to select the broker or dealer that charges the lowest transaction cost. The Company understands that other broker- dealers may be willing to effect transactions for the Company at lower commission rates than those charged by affiliated broker- dealers.
(b) The Company acknowledges and agrees that, subject to the provisions of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Manager may effect securities transactions which cause the Company to pay an amount of commission in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged, provided that the Investment Manager determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in

6


relation to the value of brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer to the Investment Manager, viewed in terms of either the specific transaction or the Investment Manager’s overall responsibilities to the accounts for which the Investment Manager exercises investment discretion. For these purposes, “research services” means services or products used to provide lawful and appropriate assistance to the Investment Manager in making investment decisions for its clients. The types of research the Investment Manager may acquire include: reports on or other information about particular companies or industries; economic surveys and analyses; recommendations as to specific securities; financial publications; portfolio evaluation services; financial database software and services; computerized news, pricing and order-entry services and other products or services that may enhance the Investment Manager’s investment decision making. The Company hereby acknowledges that the Investment Manager or its affiliates may obtain research services from brokerage commissions charged to the Company that may be used to benefit the Company’s HPS Investment Account, as well as accounts other than the Company’s HPS Investment Account.
Section 9.     [Reserved] .
Section 10. Accounts; HPS Managed Assets; Liquidity and Withdrawal Rights; Reporting .
(a) Accounts. The Company shall maintain the following accounts:
(i)      Several investment accounts, including the HPS Investment Account as well as certain accounts in which the Company holds investment-grade fixed-income assets required for regulatory, rating agency and/or collateral purposes, and which will be managed by a different investment manager; and
(ii)      an account managed by the Company and in which the Company will purchase, sell and trade investment grade bonds designated by the NAIC as classes 1 and 2 (the “ Investment Grade Account ”); the Investment Manager shall have no rights or obligations with respect to the management of the Investment Grade Account or to earn fees on the investments in such account.
In addition to the Investment Account and the Investment Grade Account, the Company may maintain and operate a claims account and an operating account; provided, however, that the Company shall not cause the aggregate amount in the claims account and the operating account to exceed at any time the amount reasonably needed for the operation of the Company’s business and the payment of claims.
(b) HPS Managed Assets . For purposes of this Agreement, “ HPS Managed Assets ” includes capital, retained earnings and premium that are (i) not needed to support regulatory capital, regulatory collateral requirements or client underwriting collateral requirements, (ii) eligible for investment in non-investment grade investments even if such capital, retained earnings or premium are needed to support regulatory capital, regulatory collateral requirements or client underwriting collateral requirements or (iii) otherwise mutually agreed. For the avoidance of doubt, it is the intention of the parties hereto that all assets that are eligible for

7


investment in non-investment grade investments will constitute the HPS Managed Assets and the Company undertakes to not take any action meant to circumvent such intent.
(c) Liquidity and Withdrawal Rights. The Company shall have the right to withdraw from time to time any amounts from the Investment Account (i) that it determines to invest in the Investment Grade Account in order to satisfy the HPS Investment Guidelines and/or New Jersey law, regulations or Department of Banking and Insurance requirements and/or as needed to maintain or obtain a desired rating from a Rating Agency, (ii) that are necessary for payment of claims or to maintain liquidity for payment of claims, or (iii) as required for payment of expenses for the continued operations of the Company’s business, by delivering written notice to the Investment Manager at least 5 Business Days in advance of the withdrawal date in the case of any withdrawal pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) and at least 30 Business Days in advance of the withdrawal date in the case of any withdrawal pursuant to clause (iii).
Section 11.     Valuation .
(a) The Investment Manager will value the assets held in the HPS Investment Account at their fair value and in accordance with the following: (i) securities, other than options, that are listed on a national securities exchange (including, without limitation, NASDAQ) and are freely transferable shall be valued at their official listed closing price on the principal exchange on which such securities are listed, and options that are listed on a national securities exchange shall be valued at the mean of the closing “bid” price and closing “ask” price on the principal exchange on which such options are traded; provided , however, that if the trading of any such securities is suspended on the date of determination, then the securities shall be valued at the last available price on the principal exchange on which such securities are listed prior to suspension; (ii) securities traded over-the-counter that are freely transferable shall be valued at the mean of the closing “bid” price and closing “ask” price as reported on an over-the- counter bulletin board, or if not quoted on such system, by one of the principal market makers in such security; (iii) futures, options on futures and other commodity interests traded on a commodity exchange shall be valued at the settlement price on the commodity exchange on which the particular commodity interest is traded on behalf of the HPS Investment Account; and (iv) forward, spot and swap contracts, other off-exchange instruments, derivative instruments or commodity interests traded on a non-U.S. exchange or any other investment not set forth above shall be valued by the Investment Manager on a basis consistently applied.
(b) If the Investment Manager determines that market prices or quotations or pricing methodologies do not represent the fair value of particular securities or if no quotation exists, the Investment Manager is authorized in its good faith discretion to assign a value to such securities that differs from the market prices or quotations or is calculated differently and, upon request by the Company, will provide supportive evidence. In performing its valuation duties, the Investment Manager may use particular pricing services, brokers, market makers or other intermediaries selected by the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager will not be liable for any losses suffered by the HPS Investment Account or the Company by reason of any error in calculation resulting from any inaccuracy in the information provided by such service providers.
(c) The value of the assets in the Company’s HPS Investment Account, as determined by the Investment Manager pursuant to this Section 11, will be, in the absence of bad faith or

8


manifest error and subject to any audit verification, conclusive and binding on the Company and any parties claiming through the Company.
Section 12.     Entire Agreement; Integration of Rights . This Agreement and the Services Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Company, AUI and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, the Investment Manager (the “ Services Agreement ”), together with the other documents and agreements executed by the parties on the Effective Date, contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and each party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and understanding is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement, the Services Agreement and the other documents and agreements executed by the parties on the Effective Date.
Section 13.     Non-Assignability . Except as provided herein, neither party to this Agreement may effect an assignment, as defined in the Advisers Act and rules thereunder, of this Agreement without the express written consent of the other party.
Section 14.     Term; Termination .
(a) This Agreement became effective as of August 1, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”). The initial term of this Agreement will expire on December 31, 2025 (such period, the “ Initial Term ”); provided, however, that the term of this Agreement will automatically renew for a five- year period following the Initial Term if neither the Company nor the Investment Manager gives written notice to the other party that it will not renew at least 24 months prior to the end of the Initial Term. Thereafter, the term will continue to renew for successive five-year periods unless either party gives notice to not renew at least 24 months before the end of the then current term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall automatically expire coincident with the expiration of the Second Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2018, among Watford Re Ltd. (“ Watford Re ”), Watford Holdings Ltd. (“ Watford Holdings ”), the Investment Manager and Arch Underwriters Ltd., as supplemented and amended (the “ Watford Re Investment Management Agreement ”).
(b) The occurrence of any of the following (each, a “ Company Termination Event ”) shall constitute a Company Termination Event:
(i)      the conviction of any of the Investment Manager’s officers or employees of any crime subjecting such officer or employee to any disqualification that would be the basis for denial, suspension or revocation of registration of the Investment Manager under Section 203(e) of the Advisers Act;
(ii)      material non-compliance by the Investment Manager with any material law applicable to the Investment Manager in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company or the Investment Manager’s performance hereunder and has not been cured within 90 Business Days after discovery by the Investment Manager;

9


(iii)      the Investment Manager intentionally breaches the HPS Investment Guidelines, and such breach could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Investment Manager shall have failed to cure such breach within 30 Business Days of the earlier of (x) the date on which the management of the Investment Manager becomes aware of any such breach and (y) the date on which the Investment Manager receives notice of such breach from the Company; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no material breach of such HPS Investment Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred if (A) the Company and AUI have agreed in writing to an amendment to such HPS Investment Guidelines such that the Investment Manager’s actions under the amended HPS Investment Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (B) such breach is approved by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer in writing prior to making any investment that would otherwise constitute a breach of the HPS Investment Guidelines or (C) such breach is pursuant to instructions provided by the Company;
(iv)      a downgrade in the Company’s financial strength rating from a Rating Agency below “A-” (or equivalent) which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to the Investment Manager’s investment strategy with respect to the HPS Investment Account; provided that if such a downgrade in such Rating Agency rating would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to underwrite and bind insurance and reinsurance policies, then such downgrade shall not be deemed a Company Termination Event;
(v)      (A) a Rating Agency has placed the Company on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company has an “A-” (or equivalent) financial strength rating which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to the Investment Manager’s investment strategy with respect to the HPS Investment Account, and (B) the Investment Manager has failed to adequately correct such circumstances within 12 months; provided that if such negative outlook and failure to correct would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to underwrite and bind insurance and reinsurance policies, then such negative outlook and failure to correct shall not be deemed a Company Termination Event;
(vi)      failure by the Investment Manager to use substantially the same standard of care and apply substantially similar investment making and risk management processes as it applies to its other clients pursuing substantially similar investment strategies, taking into account the HPS Investment Guidelines, the Company’s risk tolerances, the Investment Manager’s obligations hereunder and any directions of the Company, which failure is not cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company; or
(vii)      a change of control of the Investment Manager that results in a breach of the Investment Manager’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, which breach has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company.
(c) The occurrence of any of the following (each, an “ Investment Manager Termination Event ”) shall constitute an Investment Manager Termination Event:

10


(i)      the determination by the Investment Manager that the termination of this Agreement is necessary or advisable to comply with the Bank Holding Company Act (the “ BHCA ”), the Dodd-Frank Act or any other current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to the Investment Manager, its affiliates or JPMorgan Chase & Co or to reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability to the Company of any bank regulatory restrictions that might otherwise be imposed upon the Company as a result of JPMorgan Chase & Co.’s or its affiliates’ status as a bank holding company under the BHCA;
(ii)      insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company;
(iii)      material non-compliance by the Company with any material law or regulation applicable to the Company (other than any non-compliance resulting from the Investment Manager’s action or failure to act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company and has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Investment Manager or discovery by the Company;
(iv)      non-payment of a material amount due to the Investment Manager or failure by the Company to deposit all of its HPS Managed Assets in the HPS Investment Account in accordance with Section 10, other than amounts permitted to be withheld or withdrawn pursuant to Section 10 (including any amounts in the Investment Grade Account), which non- payment or failure has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Investment Manager; or
(v)      the non-renewal or termination of the Services Agreement.
(d) Upon the occurrence of a Company Termination Event, the Company may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Investment Manager a written notice of termination indicating the Termination Event causing such termination and the effective date of such termination.
(e) Upon the occurrence of an Investment Manager Termination Event, the Investment Manager may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written notice of termination indicating the effective date of such termination. For the avoidance of doubt, upon such termination, the Investment Manager shall be entitled to receive (i) Management Fees for the period during which the Investment Manager served in such capacity within the calendar quarter in which such termination occurs and (ii) subject to the last sentence of Section 3 of the Fee Schedule, Performance Fees for the period during which the Investment Manager served in such capacity within the Fiscal Year in which such termination occurs, each determined as of the effective date of such termination, and such Management Fees and Performance Fees shall be paid to the Investment Manager as promptly as practicable after the date of such termination.
Section 15.     Independent Contractor . The Investment Manager shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an independent contractor with respect to the Company. The Investment Manager shall not, by reason of its duties and functions hereunder, be deemed to be acting as a partner of or to be engaged in a joint venture with, the Company.

11


Section 16.     Notices . Any notice, direction, instruction, acknowledgment or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and addressed to the parties as follows:
If to the Company:
Watford Insurance Company
445 South Street, Suite 220
P.O. Box 1950
Morristown, NJ 07962-1950
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Telephone No.: (973) 898-9575
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063
If to the Investment Manager:
HPS Investment Partners, LLC
40 West 57th Street, 33rd Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Kathy Choi
Telecopier No.: (212) 520-3848
Telephone No.: (212) 287-5548
If to AUI:
Arch Underwriters Inc.
445 South Street, Suite 220
P.O. Box 1988
Morristown, NJ 07962-1988
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Telephone No.: (973) 898-9575
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Cahill Gordon & Reindel, LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No.: (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.: (212) 701-3323

12


Section 17.     Binding Effect . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Investment Manager, each Indemnified Person, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any person that is not a signatory to this Agreement, but is nevertheless conferred any rights or benefits hereunder, e.g., members and officers of the Investment Manager and others who are entitled to indemnification hereunder, will be entitled to such rights and benefits as if such person were a signatory hereto, and the rights and benefits of such person hereunder may not be impaired without such person’s express written consent.
Section 18.     Certain Limitations . The Company shall not agree to amend or waive any provision or term of Section 5.01(a) or Section 6.01 of the Services Agreement, but solely to the extent such Section relates to reporting obligations with respect to any account of the Company, in each case without the prior written consent of the Investment Manager.
Section 19.     Amendment and Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived or discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
Section 20.     Governing Law . This Agreement is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
Section 21.     Arbitration . In the event that any dispute arises under this Agreement, the dispute will be submitted to and settled exclusively by binding arbitration, to be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA Rules ”). Arbitration shall be held in the County of New York, New York, before three arbitrators (except for disputes valued at less than $50,000, for which one single arbitrator will be chosen) selected pursuant to the AAA Rules, who will have no personal or pecuniary interest in the dispute, either directly or indirectly. All decisions of the arbitrator(s) will be final, binding and conclusive on the parties. Either party may seek confirmation and enforcement of the arbitration award, under the Federal Arbitration Act, if applicable, and/or the law of the State of New Jersey, in the United States District Court of New Jersey or New Jersey state courts, and each party hereby consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the aforementioned courts for any claim, action, suit or proceeding arising hereunder. A final unappealable judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
Section 22.     Regulatory Notice . No assignment, amendment, modification, or termination shall be effective unless such assignment, amendment, modification, or termination is (i) filed with the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (“ NJDOBI ”) at least 30 days prior to the proposed effective date, (ii) not disapproved by the NJDOBI, (iii) made in writing, and (iv) signed by the parties hereto.
Section 23.     Advance of Funds to Affiliate . The Company is prohibited from advancing funds contemplated under this Agreement to AUI except to pay for services related to this Agreement.

13


Section 24.     Company Assets . The Investment Manager acknowledges that all funds and invested assets of the Company are the exclusive property of the Company, held for the benefit of the Company, and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, are subject to the control of the Company.
Section 25.     Books and Records . All books and records of the Company are and remain the property of the Company and are subject to the control of the Company.
Section 26.     Receivership . The Investment Manager acknowledges that if the Company is placed in receivership or control is seized by the Commissioner pursuant to N.J.S.A. 17:30C-1 et seq. or 17B:32-31 et seq.:
(i) all of the rights of the Company under this Agreement extend to the receiver or Commissioner; and
(ii) all books and records of the Company will immediately be made available to the receiver or the Commissioner, and shall be turned over to the receiver or Commissioner immediately upon the receiver’s or the Commissioner’s request.
Section 27.     No Automatic Right to Terminate . AUI has no automatic right to terminate this Agreement if the Company is placed in receivership pursuant to N.J.S.A. 17:30C-1 et seq. or 17B:32-31 et seq.
Section 28.     Maintenance of Infrastructure . AUI shall continue to maintain any systems, programs, or other infrastructure notwithstanding a seizure by the Commissioner pursuant to N.J.S.A. 17:30C-1 et seq. or 17B:32-31 et seq. and will make them available to the receiver, for so long as the AUI continues to receive timely payment for services rendered.
Section 29.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 30.     Severability . If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.
Section 31.     Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and will not affect the rights of the parties to this Agreement.
Section 32.     Survival . The provisions of Sections 4, 5, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20 and 21 hereof and this Section 32 will survive the termination of this Agreement.

14


********IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Alexandre Scherer
 
Name:
Alexandre Scherer
 
Title:
President & CEO
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
Faith Rosenfeld
 
Title:
Chief Administrative Officer
 
 
 
Solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections
3(a), 5(b), 14(b)(iii), 19, 27, 28 and 31:
ARCH UNDERWRITERS INC.
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kenneth Vivian
 
Name:
Kenneth Vivian
 
Title:
Presidenr & CEO

[ Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement ]


********IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
Alexandre Scherer
 
Title:
President & CEO
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Faith Rosenfeld
 
Name:
Faith Rosenfeld
 
Title:
Chief Administrative Officer
 
 
 
Solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections
3(a), 5(b), 14(b)(iii), 19, 27, 28 and 31:
ARCH UNDERWRITERS INC.
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
Kenneth Vivian
 
Title:
Presidenr & CEO

[ Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement ]


Exhibit A
Investment Guidelines
Composition of Investments :   The HPS Managed Assets in the HPS Investment Account will primarily be invested in United States governmental issues and corporate debt instruments issued in the United States, including bank loans and high yield bonds. However, the HPS Managed Assets in the HPS Investment Account are generally not intended to include investment grade bonds which are intended to be included in the Investment Grade Account.
If the Company determines that the Asset Value of the Investment Grade Account is less than the greater of (i) 50% of the Total Asset Value, or (ii) the amount necessary for the Company to maintain an NAIC Risk Based Capital ratio of at least 400% (calculated using financial information (other than that relating to Asset Value, which shall be current at all times) as at the most recent completed quarter-end), the Company may deliver written notice to the Investment Manager and the Investment Manager shall adjust the composition of the HPS Investment Account (and HPS Managed Assets therein) as directed by the Company in such notice (and consistent with these Investment Guidelines) within 30 Business Days of receipt by the Investment Manager of such notice so that the Asset Value of the Investment Grade Account is equal to or greater than the greater of (i) and (ii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Investment Manager is directed to adjust the composition of the HPS Investment Account in order to cause the Asset Value of the Investment Grade Account to be at least equal to (ii) above, the Investment Manager shall only be required to so adjust to the extent it is possible to do so without liquidating investments at distressed prices. In addition, the Company may direct the Investment Manager to adjust the composition of the HPS Investment Account and the HPS Managed Assets therein (in a manner consistent with these Investment Guidelines) if the Company reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary for the HPS Investment Account to be in compliance with Title 17:24 – Insurance of New Jersey’s Statutes, and the Investment Manager will effect such adjustment within 30 Business Days of receipt by the Investment Manager of such direction.
Concentration of Investments :   Other than cash and cash equivalents, investment positions with a single issuer will comprise no more than 7.5% of the Total Asset Value. For the avoidance of doubt, the largest four investment positions with single issuers will not aggregate to more than 30% of Total Asset Value. Each such determination is made at the time of the applicable investment. For purposes of calculating the foregoing, the Investment Manager shall be entitled to rely on the Asset Value of the Investment Grade Account as most recently reported to the Investment Manager by the Company.
Leverage :   The Investment Manager will not utilize leverage in order to increase its investment capacity.
Monitoring :   The Investment Manager will provide monthly risk and performance reports to the Company regarding the investment performance of the Investment Manager and will review risk and performance in detail with the Company on a quarterly basis.

A-1


Asset Value ” at any date means the net asset value of the Investment Grade Account or the HPS Investment Account, as the case may be, as determined by the Investment Manager in accordance with the valuation methodology set forth in Section 11 of the Agreement with respect to the HPS Investment Account and as determined by the Company with respect to the Investment Grade Account and reported to the Investment Manager.
Total Asset Value ” at any date means the sum of the Asset Values of the HPS Investment Account and the Investment Grade Account at such date.

A-2


Exhibit B
Fee Schedule
Section 1.     Definitions .   Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Fee Schedule will have the meanings provided in the Agreement to which this Fee Schedule is attached (including the HPS Investment Guidelines attached to the Agreement as Exhibit A ). The following definitions will apply for purposes of determining the Investment Manager’s fees hereunder:
Aggregate Income ” means the positive amount, if any, that:
A.
(1) the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account after deduction of paid and accrued management fees for the HPS Investment Account for such period but before accrual or deduction of the performance fees for such HPS Investment Account Measurement Period (as defined below), on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year; plus
(2) any withdrawals or distributions by the Company from the HPS Investment Account during the HPS Investment Account Measurement Period, to the extent that such withdrawals and distributions are made when the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account is above its Net Asset Value at the HPS Investment Account’s High Water Date as adjusted by C.(1) below; plus
B.
(1) the Net Asset Value of each Affiliated Account (as defined below) after deduction of paid and accrued management fees for such Affiliated Account for such period but before accrual or deduction of any performance fees for each such Affiliated Account’s Affiliated Account Measurement Period (as defined below), on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year; plus
(2) any withdrawals or distributions by any Affiliated Company (as defined below) from any Affiliated Account during the period beginning on such Affiliated Company’s High Water Date and ending on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year (such period, the “ Affiliated Account Measurement Period ”), to the extent that such withdrawals and distributions are made when the Net Asset Value of such Affiliated Account is above its Net Asset Value at such Affiliated Account’s High Water Date as adjusted by D.(1) below;
exceeds the sum of:
C.
(1) the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the HPS Investment Account’s High Water Date after deduction of paid and accrued management

B-1


fees for the HPS Investment Account and any applicable performance fees for the HPS Investment Account paid or accrued related to the period prior to such High Water Date ( provided that such Net Asset Value shall be reduced pro rata for the withdrawals or distributions made from the HPS Investment Account if the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account at the time of such withdrawals or distributions is below the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the HPS Investment Account’s High Water Date); plus
(2) any contributions by the Company to the HPS Investment Account during such HPS Investment Account Measurement Period; plus
D.
(1) the Net Asset Value of each Affiliated Account on each Affiliated Account’s High Water Date after deduction of paid and accrued management fees for such Affiliated Account and any applicable performance fees for such Affiliated Account paid or accrued related to the period prior to any such High Water Date ( provided that each such Affiliated Account’s Net Asset Value shall be reduced pro rata for the withdrawals or distributions made from such Affiliated Account if the Net Asset Value of such Affiliated Account at the time of such withdrawals or distributions is below the Net Asset Value of such Affiliated Account on such Affiliated Account’s High Water Date); plus
(2) any contributions by any Affiliated Company to its Affiliated Account during such Affiliated Account’s Affiliated Account Measurement Period.
Business Day ” means any day on which banks are open for business in New York, NewYork.
Excess Income ” means the positive difference, if any, between (a) the Aggregate Income and (b) that portion of the Aggregate Income on which the Base Performance Fee is owed in accordance with Section 3 below (for the avoidance of doubt, also taking into account the Base Performance Fee).
Fiscal Year ” means the Company’s fiscal year or portion thereof if this Agreement is terminated and not immediately renewed.
High Water Date ” means, with respect to the HPS Investment Account or an Affiliated Account, as applicable, the time of the opening of the New York Stock Exchange on the date immediately following the most recent date as of which such account paid a performance fee (or, if no performance fee has yet been paid, the opening balance of such account immediately following its establishment).
Income ” means the positive amount, if any, that:
(1) the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account, after deduction of paid and accrued Management Fees for such period but before accrual or deduction of the

B-2


Performance Fee for such HPS Investment Account Measurement Period on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year; plus
(2) any withdrawals or distributions by the Company from the HPS Investment Account during the period beginning on the HPS Investment Account’s High Water Date and ending on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year (the “ HPS Investment Account Measurement Period ”), to the extent that such withdrawals and distributions are made when the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account is above its Net Asset Value at the High Water Date as adjusted by (1) below;
exceeds the sum of:
(1) the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the High Water Date after deduction of paid and accrued Management Fees and any applicable Performance Fee paid or accrued related to the period prior to such High Water Date (provided that such Net Asset Value shall be reduced pro rata for the withdrawals or distributions made from the HPS Investment Account if the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account at the time of such withdrawals or distributions is below the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the High Water Date); plus
(2) any contributions by the Company to the HPS Investment Account during such HPS Investment Account Measurement Period.
Net Asset Value ” at any date means the net asset value of the HPS Investment Account, as determined by the Investment Manager in accordance with the valuation methodology set forth in Section 11 of the Agreement; provided that with respect to the calculation of Aggregate Income, “Net Asset Value” at any date means (1) with respect to the HPS Investment Account, the net asset value of such account, as determined by the Investment Manager in accordance with the valuation methodology set forth in Section 11 of the Agreement, and (2) with respect to any other investment account (each such account, an “ Affiliated Account ”) of any affiliate of the Company (each such affiliate, an “ Affiliated Company ”) which is both (a) domiciled in the United States and (b) party to a management agreement with the Investment Manager, the net asset value of such Affiliated Account, as determined in accordance with the valuation methodology set forth in such Affiliated Company’s management agreement with the Investment Manager.
“Aggregate Outperformance Threshold ” means the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on its High Water Date plus the Net Asset Value of each Affiliated Account on its High Water Date plus Aggregate Time-Weighted Contributions minus Aggregate Time- Weighted Withdrawals and Distributions.
“Aggregate Time-Weighted Contributions ” means (1) (x) each contribution by the Company to the HPS Investment Account during an HPS Investment Account Measurement Period multiplied by (y) the product, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining during such HPS Investment Account Measurement Period (including the day on which such

B-3


capital contribution was made) and the denominator of which is the number of days in the HPS Investment Account Measurement Period plus (2) (x) each contribution by an Affiliated Company to its Affiliated Account during the applicable Affiliated Account Measurement Period multiplied by (y) the product, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining during such Affiliated Account Measurement Period (including the day on which such capital contribution was made) and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Affiliated Account Measurement Period.
“Aggregate Time-Weighted Withdrawals and Distributions ” means (1) (x) each withdrawal or distribution by the Company from the HPS Investment Account during an HPS Investment Account Measurement Period (or if the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account at the time of such withdrawal or distribution is below the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the HPS Investment Account’s High Water Date, an amount equal to the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account on the HPS Investment Account’s High Water Date multiplied by the amount of such withdrawal or distribution divided by the HPS Investment Account’s Net Asset Value on the date of such withdrawal or distribution) multiplied by (y) the product, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining during such HPS Investment Account Measurement Period (including the day on which such withdrawal or distribution was made) and the denominator of which is the number of days in the HPS Investment Account Measurement Period plus (2) (x) each withdrawal or distribution by an Affiliated Company from its Affiliated Account during the applicable Affiliated Account Measurement Period (or if the Net Asset Value of such Affiliated Account at the time of such withdrawal or distribution is below the Net Asset Value of such Affiliated Account on such Affiliated Account’s High Water Date, an amount equal to the Net Asset Value of such Affiliated Account on such Affiliated Account’s High Water Date multiplied by the amount of such withdrawal or distribution divided by such Affiliated Account’s Net Asset Value on the date of such withdrawal or distribution) multiplied by (y) the product, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining during such Affiliated Account Measurement Period (including the day on which such withdrawal or distribution was made) and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Affiliated Account Measurement Period.
Section 2. Management Fees . The Investment Manager will be entitled to receive a monthly management fee (the “ Management Fee ”) payable quarterly in arrears in an amount equal to the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account (measured before reduction for any Management Fee, Performance Fee or any expense reimbursement pursuant to Section 5 of this Fee Schedule and as adjusted for any non-routine intra-month withdrawals) as of such month- end multiplied by one percent (1.0%) per annum (i.e., 1/12 th of 1.0% for each such month), but if on or after January 1, 2020, the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account as of any such month-end is in excess of $1.5 billion, such amount shall equal the sum of (a) $1.5 billion multiplied by one percent (1.0%) per annum (i.e., 1/12 th of 1.0% for each such month) plus (b) the amount of the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account in excess of $1.5 billion multiplied by seventy-five basis points (.75%) per annum (i.e., 1/12 th of .75% for each such month); provided , however, that for any month-end, the amount payable in accordance with the foregoing shall not be less than eighty-five basis points (.85%) per annum (i.e., 1/12 th of .85% for each such month) of the Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account as of such month-end. All management fees will be payable by the Company in accordance with Section 4 of this Fee Schedule. The Investment Manager acknowledges that a portion of the Management Fee will be

B-4


paid to AUI, in its capacity as the Company’s insurance and reinsurance portfolio manager, to the extent owed pursuant to an agreement between the Investment Manager, AUI and the Company.
Section 3. Performance Fees . The Company will also pay a Performance Fee (the “ Performance Fee ”) equal to its pro rata share, according to the amount of Income relative to the amount of Aggregate Income, of the sum of (a) 10% of the Aggregate Income, until such time as the annual return for such Fiscal Year-end over the Aggregate Outperformance Threshold is equal (after taking into account the payment of such current period Performance Fee) to a 10% annual return (such annual return measured as the Aggregate Income over the Aggregate Outperformance Threshold) (the “ Base Performance Fee ”) plus (b) 25% of the Excess Income, if any, calculated and payable as of each Fiscal Year-end and the date on which this Agreement is terminated and not renewed; provided , however, that the Performance Fee for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the Company’s pro rata share, according to the amount of Income relative to the amount of Aggregate Income, of 17.5% of the Aggregate Income for such Fiscal Year. The Performance Fee will be paid in accordance with Section 4 of this Fee Schedule. If, after consultation with the Board of Directors, the Investment Manager determines to separately account for any illiquid investments in a so called “side pocket” (e.g. mezzanine and originated loans), the Performance Fee on such investments will be calculated and paid on the realized gain (as part of the calculation of Aggregate Income), if any, on such investments upon disposition.
Section 4.     Payments of Fees .
(a) The Investment Manager, or the administrator for the Company, will furnish to the Company a statement (each, a “ Fee Statement ”) setting forth an estimate of the computation of (i) the Management Fee within 15 Business Days following the end of each month, and (ii) the Performance Fee within 30 days after the close of each Fiscal Year, or as soon as practicable thereafter. Payment of the Management Fee will be made on a quarterly basis following each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 within 5 Business Days following the delivery to the Company of the Fee Statement for such relevant quarter end. Payment of the Performance Fee will be made within 5 Business Days following the delivery to the Company of the Fee Statement for such Fiscal Year.
(b) The parties understand and agree that the Investment Manager may pay a portion of its Management Fee and/or Performance Fee to one or more sub-advisors selected by the Investment Manager.
(c) The parties understand and agree that no fees shall be payable pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Investment Grade Account.
Section 5.     Expenses .
(a) All expenses incurred directly in connection with transactions effected or positions held for the account of the Company pursuant to the Investment Manager’s exercise of its duties hereunder will be paid or reimbursed by the Company, including, without limitation:
(i)      costs for trade support services including, but not limited to, pre- and post- trade support software and related support services;

B-5


(ii)      custodial and transfer agency fees and services;
(iii)      brokerage commissions and services;
(iv)      research costs, including but not limited to publications, periodicals, data base services and data processing that are directly related to research activities on behalf of the HPS Investment Account and all other expenses incurred in connection with the identification, evaluation and investigation of investments, to the extent such expenses are not directly attributable to specific investments;
(v)      all expenses attributable to any proposed investment that is ultimately not made (including deal initiation expenses, professional expenses, research, data fees, company or analyst conferences, travel, lodging and related expenses), any expenses in connection with any hedging transaction entered into and any borrowing costs with respect to such proposed investment;
(vi)      costs related to risk analysis and risk reporting by third parties and risk- related and consulting services;
(vii)      legal fees incurred related to HPS Investment Account investments or proposed investments and the ongoing operation, administration and existence of the HPS Investment Account and expenses incurred in connection with obtaining legal, tax, financial and accounting advice and the advice of other consultants and experts on behalf of the HPS Investment Account or the Company;
(viii)      expenses of, or incurred in connection with obtaining, any independent third party pursuant to Section 7(c) of this Agreement;
(ix)      market data fees, including for services of third parties that provide specialized data and/or analysis as to specific sectors or asset classes in which the HPS Investment Account has made or intends to make an investment;
(x)      out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the collection of amounts due to the HPS Investment Account or the Company from any Person;
(xi)      interest costs and taxes;
(xii)      third-party legal and compliance fees and expenses allocated to the HPS Investment Account to the extent such services are related to, or otherwise benefiting, the organizational, operational, investment or trading activities of the HPS Investment Account;
(xiii)      costs for HPS Investment Account accounting, administration, auditing and tax preparation;
(xiv)      withholding or transfer taxes; and

B-6


(xv)      expenses attributable to any Board of Directors, ratings agencies or other meetings related to the HPS Investment Account, including travel and transportation, lodging, meals and related expenses.
(b) In addition, the Investment Manager will be entitled to be paid or reimbursed for other out-of-pocket expenses not described in Section 5(a) above, other than its own salary, office rental and other customary general administrative and overhead costs, properly allocable to the performance of its duties pursuant to the Agreement.
(c) Except as provided in paragraph (a) and (b) of this Section 5, the Investment Manager will provide its advisory services hereunder at its own expense.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in any calendar year, the amount of expenses described in paragraphs (a) and (b) that are ordinary and recurring operating expenses (as reasonably determined by the Investment Manager) shall not exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 0.075% of the average monthly Net Asset Value of the HPS Investment Account over such calendar year and (ii) $2.0 million (the “ Expense Cap ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Expense Cap shall not apply to (x) direct investment expenses (including, without limitation, interest costs, costs of investments such as brokerage commissions and legal fees related to specific investments), (y) extraordinary or non-recurring expenses (including, without limitation, taxes, litigation or other legal fees or indemnification expenses) or (z) expenses incurred by the Company (including, without limitation, the Company’s accounting, tax preparation and other costs related the HPS Investment Account).

B-7


Exhibit C
Rating Agencies
A.M. Best Company, Inc.

C-1
Exhibit 10.13

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
This Investment Management Agreement (this "Agreement"), dated as of December 7, 2015, is entered into by and among Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited, a Gibraltar domiciled insurance company (the "Company"), Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Investment Manager") and, solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections 3(a), 5(b), 14(b)(iii), 19 and 25, Arch Underwriters Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability ("AUL").
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to retain the Investment Manager to provide the investment management services described herein, and the Investment Manager wishes to provide such services; and
WHEREAS, the Company has all requisite authority to appoint one or more investment managers to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Company.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1.     Investment Description; Appointment.
(a)    The Company desires to utilize and hereby appoints the Investment Manager as its agent and attorney-in-fact to act as exclusive investment manager with full investment authority for the investment and reinvestment of those assets in the Company's investment account (the " Investment Account") for the purpose of investing the assets to be managed by the Investment Manager under the terms of this Agreement. The Investment Manager accepts such appointment by executing this Agreement.
(b)    During the term of this Agreement, the Company shall engage the Investment Manager to be the Company's exclusive investment advisor.
Section 2.     Services as Investment Manager.
(a)    Subject to the Investment Guidelines of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit A (as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 3(a), the "Investment Guidelines"), the Investment Manager will be empowered (i) to formulate the overall trading and investment strategy of the Company and the related borrowing activities required in order to implement such strategy, and (ii) to exercise full discretion in the management of the trading and investment transactions for the Investment Account and related activities of the Company in order to implement such strategy.
(b)    In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company hereby designates and appoints the Investment Manager as its agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority, subject to the Investment Guidelines, and without the need for further approval of the Company, except as with respect to the Investment Grade Account and as may be required by applicable law, to have the exclusive power on behalf of the Company to, among other things, (i) make all investment decisions for the Company and effect any and all transactions in all securities, loans and instruments, including, connected therewith in the broadest sense, (ii) determine all matters relating to the manner, method and timing of investment transactions and engage consultants and analysts in connection therewith, (iii) monitor the investment performance of the Company, (iv) value the Company's investment assets in the Investment Account in



accordance with Section 11, (v) negotiate the terms of all agreements to be entered into on behalf of the Company and make and execute all such documents and take all such other actions as the Investment Manager considers necessary or appropriate to carry out its investment advisory duties hereunder, (vi) retain brokers, including prime brokers, dealers, banks and other intermediaries by or through whom such investment transactions will be executed or carried out, open accounts, and solely for the purpose of funding short-term liquidity needs, borrow funds, pledge assets, retain placement agents and enter into loan facilities and other instruments, including, without limitation, prime brokerage agreements, pledge agreements, International Swaps and Derivatives Association ("ISDA") master agreements and placement agent agreements, for the Company, (vii) draw funds on accounts of the Company and direct banks, brokers or other custodians to effect deliveries of funds or assets, but only in the course of effecting investment transactions for the account of the Company hereunder, (viii) provide certain financial, accounting, legal/compliance, technology, investor relations and other back­ office services to the Company and (ix) engage attorneys, independent accountants, consultants, investment bankers or such other persons as the Investment Manager may deem necessary or advisable, on behalf of, and at the expense of, the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, if permitted by applicable law, the Investment Manager may, on behalf of the Investment Account, make short- term investments of excess cash in money-market funds and other similar cash management instruments sponsored and/or managed by JPMorgan Chase & Co. or its affiliates (collectively, "JPMorgan").
(c)    The Investment Manager and its agent are authorized, but will not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the Investment Account; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Investment Manager will not incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith. The Investment Manager may delegate all or a portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement with respect to voting or proxy solicitations for the Company to one or more third parties selected by the Investment Manager.
(d)    The Investment Manager acknowledges that the board of directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors") will undertake a process annually, or more frequently as necessary, to review all relevant facts and determine a business plan for the Company for the applicable succeeding year. The Investment Manager hereby agrees to furnish the Board of Directors with the current investment strategy and the proposed future investment strategy for subsequent periods, which strategies shall be in accordance with the Investment Guidelines, as well as any other information reasonably requested by the Company, including the Board of Directors. The Investment Manager agrees to work in good faith with the Company to coordinate and align the investment strategy and the underwriting strategy with the Company's business plan.
(e)    The Investment Manager further agrees to furnish the Board of Directors with any relevant reporting information the Board of Directors may reasonably request with respect to the Investment Account.
(f)    The Investment Manager may delegate all or a portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement to one or more sub-advisors selected by the Investment Manager or to affiliates of the



Investment Manager without further consent of the Company; provided, however, that any such delegation will be revocable by the Investment Manager.
Section 3.     Certain Additional Limitations and Obligations.
(a)    The Investment Guidelines may only be amended upon the written agreement of the Investment Manager, AUL and the Company (as approved by the Board of Directors). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the agreement of AUL shall not be required if at such time AUL is no longer serving as the insurance and reinsurance portfolio manager of the Company.
(b)     If at any time a rating agency set forth on Exhibit C, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of the Investment Manager and the Company (each such rating agency listed thereon, a "Rating Agency") communicates to the Company, Watford Holdings Ltd. (' Watford Holdings"), Watford Re Ltd. ("Watford Re') and/or the Investment Manager that it believes that any action or change with respect to the Company's and/or Watford Re's investments, investment strategy or Investment Guidelines is advisable to the Company and/or Watford Re maintaining a financial strength rating of at least "A-" (or equivalent), the Company and the Investment Manager shall work in good faith to take any appropriate actions or make any appropriate changes, subject to the Investment Guidelines. If, after working in good faith, the Company and the Investment Manager are unable to agree on the actions to take or changes to make, the Company may direct the Investment Manager to take any actions or make any changes it reasonably determines are necessary to the Company and/or Watford Re maintaining a financial strength rating of at least "A-" (or equivalent) from such Rating Agency.
(c)     If at any time a Rating Agency (i) places the Company and/or Watford Re on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company and/or Watford Re, as the case may be, has an "A-" (or equivalent) financial strength rating or (ii) threatens or advises a downgrade in the Company's and/or Watford Re's financial strength rating below "A-" (or equivalent), and in either case such Rating Agency attributes such action to the Investment Account's and/or Watford Re's investments, investment strategy or investment performance, or any actions of the Investment Manager, the Investment Manager shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy such circumstances within 12 months to cause the negative outlook or threat of a downgrade to be removed by such Rating Agency, subject to the Investment Guidelines. If, such circumstances cannot be remedied consistent with the Investment Guidelines, the Company may direct the Investment Manager to take any actions or make any changes the Company reasonably determines are necessary to remedy such circumstances.
Section 4.     Compensation and Expenses. The Investment Manager will be entitled to fees and to reimbursement of expenses in accordance with the Fee Schedule annexed hereto as Exhibit B (the "Fee Schedule").
Section 5.     No Guarantees; Exculpation.
(a)    All transactions effected for the Company's account by the Investment Manager will be for the Company's account and risk. The Company will bear all of the risk with regard to all of the investments and transactions effected or facilitated by the Investment Manager and/or its delegates on behalf of the Company. The Investment Manager has not made and does not make any representation, warranty or guarantee whatsoever as to the success or profitability of any investment or the Investment Manager's



trading methods and strategies, and the Company has not relied on any representation, warranty or guarantee from the Investment Manager or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives, and has not entered into this Agreement in consideration of or in reliance upon any such representation, warranty or guarantee from the Investment Manager or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives.
(b)    No Indemnified Person (as defined below) will be liable to the Company for any losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys' fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers (collectively, "Losses") suffered by the Company in connection with any matters to which this Agreement relates, including, but not limited to, trading losses, except those Losses resulting from (x) such Indemnified Person's gross negligence or intentional misconduct or (y) material intentional breaches of the Investment Guidelines by the Investment Manager, which breaches are not cured within 90 days of the earlier of (A) the date on which the Investment Manager becomes aware of such breach, and (B) the date on which the Investment Manager receives a notice of such breach from the Company; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no breach of the Investment Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the Company and AUL have agreed in writing to an amendment to such Investment Guidelines such that the Investment Manager's actions under the amended Investment Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (ii) such actions were approved by the Company in writing or (iii) such actions were taken pursuant to instructions provided by the Company. An Indemnified Person may consult with reputable legal counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors in respect of any matters to which this Agreement relates, and shall not be liable to the Company for any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel, accountants, consultants or other advisors; provided that such counsel, accountants, consultants and other advisors shall have been selected and monitored with reasonable care.
Section 6.     Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Investment Manager and its members, managers, officers, partners, affiliates and employees (each, an "Indemnified Person") from and against any Losses suffered or sustained by an Indemnified Person by reason of the fact that he, she or it was an Indemnified Person, including, without limitation, any judgment, settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action or proceeding, provided that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent such Losses resulted from an action or inaction, or mistake of judgment, taken by an Indemnified Person that constituted fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company will advance to any Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation and/or defense of any such action or proceeding. If for any reason (other than such Indemnified Person's fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction) the indemnification described in this paragraph is unavailable to any Indemnified Person in connection to a Loss, or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and



such Indemnified Person, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also any other relevant equitable considerations.
Section 7.     Service to Other Companies or Accounts; Agency Cross Transactions.
(a)    The Company understands that the Investment Manager will act as investment adviser to other entities, and the Company has no objection to such actions by the Investment Manager. Whenever the Company and one or more other clients advised by the Investment Manager have available funds for investments, investments suitable and appropriate for each will be allocated among the Company and the other clients in the Investment Manager's sole discretion. In addition, the Company understands that the persons employed by the Investment Manager to assist in the performance of the Investment Manager's duties under this Agreement will not devote their full time to serving the Company and that nothing contained in this Agreement should be deemed to limit or restrict the right of the Investment Manager or any affiliate of the Investment Manager to engage in and devote time and attention to other businesses or to render services of whatever kind or nature.
(b)    The Investment Manager hereby covenants that all principal transactions and agency cross transactions for the Investment Account will be effected by the Investment Manager in accordance with applicable law, including Section 206(3) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the 'Advisers Act").
(c)    The Investment Manager will not effect a principal transaction for the Investment Account with the Investment Manager or any affiliate of the Investment Manager unless the Company has consented to such transaction. The Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager to select Sterling Valuation Group, Inc. (or with the Company's consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, another independent third party unaffiliated with the Investment Manager) to review and approve or disapprove, on behalf of the Company, any such transactions consistent with applicable law, at the Company's expense.
(d)    Consistent with applicable law, the Investment Manager and any affiliated broker- dealers are hereby authorized by the Company to execute agency cross transactions on behalf of the Investment Account; provided, however, that any agency cross transaction with an affiliated broker-dealer shall be on an arm's length basis. Each agency cross transsaction will be executed through the use of a methodology to determine the transfer price deemed fair and equitable by the Investment Manager. The Company may revoke this consent by written notice to the Investment Manager at any time.
(e)    For purposes of this Section 7, (i) a "principal transaction" is a transaction in which the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager effects a trade between the Investment Account and the account of the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager and (ii) an "agency cross transaction" is a transaction in which the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager acts as a broker for both the Investment Account and another person on the other side of the transaction and earns commissions from both sides.
Section 8.     Brokerage Arrangements: Soft Dollars.
(a)    Subject to the provisions of Section 7, the Investment Manager may select any broker or dealer, including itself or its affiliates, in connection with any investment or any trade. The Company



hereby authorizes the Investment Manager and/or its delegates to effect transactions for the Investment Account through affiliated broker-dealers, and the affiliated broker-dealers may retain commissions in connection with effecting such agency transactions. In choosing brokers and dealers, the Investment Manager will not be required to consider any particular criteria. The Investment Manager is not required to select the broker or dealer that charges the lowest transaction cost, even if that broker provides execution quality comparable to other brokers or dealers. The Investment Manager may consider the value of various services or products, beyond execution, that a broker-dealer provides to the Company or the Investment Manager. The Company understands that other broker-dealers may be willing to effect transactions for the Company at lower commission rates than those charged by affiliated broker­ dealers.
(b)    The Company acknowledges and agrees that, subject to the provisions of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Manager may effect securities transactions which cause the Company to pay an amount of commission in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged, provided that the Investment Manager determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer to the Investment Manager, viewed in terms of either the specific transaction or the Investment Manager's overall responsibilities to the accounts for which the Investment Manager exercises investment discretion. For these purposes, "research services" means services or products used to provide lawful and appropriate assistance to the Investment Manager in making investment decisions for its clients. The types of research the Investment Manager may acquire include: reports on or other information about particular companies or industries; economic surveys and analyses; recommendations as to specific securities; financial publications; portfolio evaluation services; financial database software and services; computerized news, pricing and order-entry services and other products or services that may enhance the Investment Manager's investment decision making. The Company hereby acknowledges that the Investment Manager or its affiliates may obtain research services from brokerage commissions charged to the Company that may be used to benefit the Company's Investment Account, as well as accounts other than the Company's Investment Account.
Section 9.     [Reserved].
Section 10.     Accounts; Investable Assets: Cash Flow Estimates.
(a)     Accounts. The Company shall maintain the following accounts:
(i)    the Investment Account;
(ii)    an account managed by the Company and in which the Company will hold cash and purchase, sell and trade investment grade securities (the "Investment Grade Account"); the Investment Manager shall have no authority or obligations with respect to the management of the Investment Grade Account or to earn fees on the investments in such account;
(iii)    a separate bank account (the "Claims Account") which shall be owned and established by the Company and used by the Company to receive funds and make payments as contemplated by and in accordance with Section 2.09(a) of the Services Agreement, dated as of July 28,



2015, among the Company, AUL and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, the Investment Manager (the "Services Agreement");
(iv)     a separate bank account (the " Operating Account") which shall be owned and established by the Company and used by the Company as contemplated by and in accordance with Section 2.09(b) of the Services Agreement.
The Company intends to initially maintain all of its investments in the Investment Grade Account and shall establish the Investment Account after the date of this Agreement at such time as it is no longer deemed necessary or advisable to maintain all investments in the Investment Grade Account in order to satisfy Solvency II, other applicable European law, regulations or requirements, Gibraltar law, regulations or the Gibraltar Financial Services Commission ("FSC") requirements ("Applicable Law") and/or to maintain or obtain a desired rating from a Rating Agency. The Company shall withdraw excess funds from the Claims Account and the Operating Account in accordance with Sections 2.09(a)(iv) and 2.09(b)(iii), respectively, of the Services Agreement. Funds for investment shall be deposited in the Investment Account except to the extent the Company determines to invest in the Investment Grade Account in order to satisfy Applicable Law and/or as needed to maintain or obtain a desired rating from a Rating Agency.
(b)     Investable Assets. The Company's investable assets will consist of all of the Company's assets, including initial capital, retained earnings, premium and any assets attributable to money borrowed, including as a result of any preference shares or notes or other debt securities that may be issued by the Company (collectively, the "Investable Assets"), that are deposited in the Investment Account or the Investment Grade Account.
(c)     Liquidity and Withdrawal Rights. The Company shall have the right to withdraw from time to time amounts from the Investment Account (i) that it determines to invest in the Investment Grade Account in order to satisfy Gibraltar law, regulations or FSC requirements and/ or as needed to maintain or obtain a desired rating from a Rating Agency, (ii) that are necessary for payment of claims or to maintain liquidity for payment of claims, or (iii) as required for payment of expenses for the continued operations of the Company's business. The Company shall deliver written notice to the Investment Manager at least 5 Business Days (which term shall mean any day on which banks are open for regular business in London, England and Gibraltar) in advance of the withdrawal date in the case of any withdrawal pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) and at least 30 Business Days in advance of the withdrawal date in the case of any withdrawal pursuant to clause (iii).
(d)     Reporting. The Company shall provide the Investment Manager with a copy of (i) any report delivered to the Company by AUL pursuant to Section 5.0l(a) of the Services Agreement that pertains to the Operating Account or the Claims Account promptly upon receipt thereof and (ii) any report delivered to AUL by the Company pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Services Agreement that pertains to the Operating Account or the Claims Account concurrently with delivery of such report to AUL.
Section 11.     Valuation.
(a)     The Investment Manager will value the assets held in the Investment Account at their fair value and in accordance with the following: (i) securities, other than options, that are listed on a national



securities exchange (including, without limitation, NASDAQ) and are freely transferable shall be valued at their official listed closing price on the principal exchange on which such securities are listed, and options that are listed on a national securities exchange shall be valued at the mean of the closing "bid" price and closing "ask" price on the principal exchange on which such options are traded; provided, however, that if the trading of any such securities is suspended on the date of determination, then the securities shall be valued at the last available price on the principal exchange on which such securities are listed prior to suspension; (ii) securities traded over-the-counter that are freely transferable shall be valued at the mean of the closing "bid" price and closing "ask" price as reported on an over-the-counter bulletin board, or if not quoted on such system, by one of the principal market makers in such security; (iii) futures, options on futures and other commodity interests traded on a commodity exchange shall be valued at the settlement price on the commodity exchange on which the particular commodity interest is traded on behalf of the Investment Account; and (iv) forward, spot and swap contracts, other off-exchange instruments, derivative instruments or commodity interests traded on a non­ U.S. exchange or any other investment not set forth above shall be valued by the Investment Manager on a basis consistently applied.
(b)     If the Investment Manager determines that market prices or quotations or pricing methodologies do not represent the fair value of particular securities or if no quotation exists, the Investment Manager is authorized in its good faith discretion to assign a value to such securities that differs from the market prices or quotations or is calculated differently and, upon request by the Company, will provide supportive evidence. In performing its valuation duties, the Investment Manager may use particular pricing services, brokers, market makers or other intermediaries selected by the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager will not be liable for any losses suffered by the Investment Account or the Company by reason of any error in calculation resulting from any inaccuracy in the information provided by such service providers.
(c)     The value of the assets in the Company's Investment Account, as determined by the Investment Manager pursuant to this Section 11, will be, in the absence of bad faith or manifest error and subject to any audit verification, conclusive and binding on the Company and any parties claiming through the Company.
Section 12.     Entire Agreement; Integration of Rights. This Agreement and the Services Agreement, together with the other documents and agreements executed by the parties on the Effective Date, contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and each party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and understanding is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement, the Services Agreement and the other documents and agreements executed by the parties on the Effective Date.
Section 13.     Non-Assignability. Except as provided herein, neither party to this Agreement may effect an assignment, as defined in the Advisers Act and rules thereunder, of this Agreement without the express written consent of the other party.
Section 14.     Term: Termination.
(a)     This Agreement is to be effective as of the date first above written (the "Effective Date"). The initial term of this Agreement will expire on December 31, 2020 (such period, the "Initial Term");



provided, however, that the term of this Agreement will automatically renew for a five-year period following the Initial Term if neither the Company nor the Investment Manager gives written notice to the other party that it will not renew at least 24 months prior to the end of the Initial Term. Thereafter, the term will continue to renew for successive five-year periods unless either party gives notice to not renew at least 24 months before the end of the then current term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall automatically expire coincident with the expiration or termination of the Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014, among Watford Re, Watford Holdings, the Investment Manager and AUL, as supplemented and amended.
(b)     The occurrence of any of the following (each, a "Company Termination Event") shall constitute a Company Termination Event:
(i)     the conviction of any of the Investment Manager's officers or employees of any crime subjecting such officer or employee to any disqualification that would be the basis for denial, suspension or revocation of registration of the Investment Manager under Section 203 (e) of the Advisers Act;
(ii)    material non-compliance by the Investment Manager with any material law applicable to the Investment Manager in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company or the Investment Manager's performance hereunder and has not been cured within 90 Business Days after discovery by the Investment Manager;
(iii)    the Investment Manager intentionally breaches the Investment Guidelines, and such breach could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Investment Manager shall have failed to cure such breach within 30 Business Days of the earlier of (x) the date on which the management of the Investment Manager becomes aware of any such breach and (y) the date on which the Investment Manager receives notice of such breach from the Company; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that no material breach of such Investment Guidelines shall be deemed to have occurred if (A) the Company and AUL have agreed in writing to an amendment to such Investment Guidelines such that the Investment Manager's actions under the amended Investment Guidelines would not constitute a breach of such guidelines or (B) such breach is approved by the Company in writing prior to making any investment that would otherwise constitute a breach of the Investment Guidelines or (C) such breach is pursuant to instructions provided by the Company;
(iv)    a downgrade in the Company's and/or Watford Re's financial strength rating from a Rating Agency below "A-" (or equivalent) which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to the Investment Manager's investment strategy; provided that if such a downgrade in such Rating Agency rating would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the Company and/or Watford Re, or the Company's and/or Watford Re's ability to underwrite and bind insurance and reinsurance policies, then such downgrade shall not be deemed a Company Termination Event;
(v)    (A) a Rating Agency has placed the Company and/or Watford Re on negative outlook (or equivalent outlook) while the Company and/or Watford Re, as the case may be, has an "A-" (or equivalent) financial strength rating which is caused primarily by and attributed by such Rating Agency to the Investment Manager's investment strategy, and (B) the Investment Manager has



failed to adequately correct such circumstances within 12 months; provided that if such negative outlook and failure to correct would not be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the Company and/or Watford Re, or the Company's and/or Watford Re's ability to underwrite and bind insurance and reinsurance policies, then such negative outlook and failure to correct shall not be deemed a Company Termination Event;
(vi)    failure by the Investment Manager to use substantially the same standard of care and apply substantially similar investment making and risk management processes as it applies to its other clients pursuing substantially similar investment strategies, taking into account the Investment Guidelines, the Company's risk tolerances, the Investment Manager's obligations hereunder and any directions of the Company, which failure is not cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company; or
(vii)     a change of control of the Investment Manager that results in a breach of the Investment Manager's obligations pursuant to this Agreement, which breach has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Company.
(c)     The occurrence of any of the following (each, an "Investment Manager Termination E vent ') shall constitute an Investment Manager Termination Event:
(i)     the determination by the Investment Manager that the termination of this Agreement is necessary or advisable to comply with the Bank Holding Company Act (the "BHCA"), the Dodd-Frank Act or any other current or future laws, rules, regulations or legal requirements applicable to the Investment Manager or its affiliates (including JPMorgan) or to reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability to the Company of any bank regulatory restrictions that might otherwise be imposed upon the Company as a result of JPMorgan's status as a bank holding company under the BHCA;
(ii)    insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company;
(iii)    material non-compliance by the Company with any material law or regulation applicable to the Company (other than any non-compliance resulting from the Investment Manager's action or failure to act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), which non-compliance has a material adverse effect on the Company and has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Investment Manager or discovery by the Company;
(iv)    non-payment of a material amount due to the Investment Manager or failure by the Company to deposit all of its Investable Assets in the Investment Account in accordance with Section 10, other than amounts permitted to be withheld or withdrawn pursuant to Section 10 (including any amounts in the Investment Grade Account), which non-payment or failure has not been cured within 90 Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Investment Manager; or
(v)    the non-renewal or termination of the Services Agreement.
(d)    Upon the occurrence of a Company Termination Event, the Company may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Investment Manager a written notice of termination indicating the Termination Event causing such termination and the effective date of such termination.



(e)    Upon the occurrence of an Investment Manager Termination Event, the Investment Manager may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written notice of termination indicating the effective date of such termination. For the avoidance of doubt, upon such termination, the Investment Manager shall be entitled to receive (i) Management Fees for the period during which the Investment Manager served in such capacity within the calendar quarter in which such termination occurs and (ii) subject to the last sentence of Section 3 of the Fee Schedule, Performance Fees for the period during which the Investment Manager served in such capacity within the Fiscal Year in which such termination occurs, each determined as of the effective date of such termination, and such Management Fees and Performance Fees shall be paid to the Investment Manager as promptly as practicable after the date of such termination.
Section 15.     Independent Contractor . The Investment Manager shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an independent contractor with respect to the Company. The Investment Manager shall not, by reason of its duties and functions hereunder, be deemed to be acting as a partner of or to be engaged in a joint venture with, the Company.
Section 16.     Notices. Any notice, direction, instruction, acknowledgment or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and addressed to the parties as follows:
If to the Company:
Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited
First Floor, Grand Ocean Plaza
Ocean Village, Gibraltar Attention: Steve Quinn
Fax no.:
Email:

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063

If to the Investment Manager:

Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC
40 West 57th Street, 33rd Floor
New York, New York 10019 Attention: Kathy Choi
Telecopier No.: (212) 520-3848
Telephone No.: (212) 287-5548

Ifto AUL:




Arch Underwriters Ltd.
45 Reid St., Hamilton, HM-12 Bermuda
Attention: Laurence B. Richardson
Telecopier No.: (441) 278-9255
Telephone No.: (441) 278-9166

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cahill Gordon & Reindel, LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No.: (212) 269.5420
Telephone No.: (212) 701.3323

Section 17.     Binding Effect. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Investment Manager, each Indemnified Person, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any person that is not a signatory to this Agreement, but is nevertheless conferred any rights or benefits hereunder, e.g., members and officers of the Investment Manager and others who are entitled to indemnification hereunder, will be entitled to such rights and benefits as if such person were a signatory hereto, and the rights and benefits of such person hereunder may not be impaired without such person's express written consent.
Section 18.     Certain Limitations. The Company shall not agree to amend or waive any provision or term of Section 2.09 of the Services Agreement or, solely to the extent such Section relates to reporting obligations with respect to the Claims Account and/or the Operating Account, Section 5.0l (a) or Section 6.01 of the Services Agreement, in each case without the prior written consent of the Investment Manager.
Section 19.     Amendment and Waiver. No prov1s1on of this Agreement may be changed, waived or discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
Section 20.     Governing Law. This Agreement is to be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
Section 21.     Forum Selection; Service of Process.
(a)     To the fullest extent permitted by law, the parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement shall only be brought in the Federal courts located in the County of New York in the State of New York and not in any other State or Federal courts located in the United States of America or any court in any other country, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.



(b)     Nothing in this Section 21 shall affect any right of the party hereto to serve process in any manner permitted by law.
(c)     EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 22.     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 23.     SeverabiJity. If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.
Section 24.     Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and will not affect the rights of the parties to this Agreement.
Section 25.     Survival . The provisions of Sections 4, 5, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20 and 21 hereof and this Section 25 will survive the termination of this Agreement.
********





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
IN PRESENCE OF
 
 
/s/
Elizabeth Quinn
 
 
WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY EUROPE LIMITED
 
 
By:
/s/ Stephen Quinn
Name:
Stephen Quinn
Title:
Director
 
 
IN PRESENCE OF
 
 
HIGHBRIDGE PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES, LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Faith Rosenfeld
Name:
Faith Rosenfeld
Title:
Chief Administrative Officer
 
 
Solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections 3(a), 5(b), 14(b)(iii), 19 and 25:
 
 
IN PRESENCE OF
 
 
ARCH UNDERWRITERS LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ Maamoun Rajeh
Name:
Maamoun Rajeh
Title:
Director




Exhibit A
Investment Guidelines
Composition of Investments:     The Investable Assets in the Investment Account will primarily be invested in corporate debt instruments, including bank loans and high yield bonds. The Investable Assets may also include other instruments, including mezzanine debt, equities, credit default swaps, structured credit instruments and other derivative products. The Investable Assets may be hedged to reduce volatility and protect against systemic risks primarily through credit derivative products including indices. In addition, the Investable Assets may include short positions (for example, opportunistic short positions in issuers that display deteriorating fundamentals or in securities or derivatives that appear mispriced). All investments shall be made in compliance with regulations of the FSC.
Concentration of Investments:     Other than cash and cash equivalents, and following the initial ramp-up period, no single investment is expected to comprise more than 7.5% of Total Long Market Value, although the Investment Manager may make a limited number of investments that exceed this amount, each of which may comprise up to 10% of the Total Long Market Value. Positions in excess of 7.5% of Total Long Market Value will not aggregate to more than 30% of Total Long Market Value. Each such determination is made at the time of the applicable investment. Positions established primarily for hedging purposes (including, without limitation, index positions) will not be subject to this limit. For the avoidance of doubt, capital structure arbitrage positions in an issuer will be deemed separate investments for the purposes of calculating this limit. For purposes of calculating the foregoing and the "Equity" investment guideline below, the Investment Manager shall be entitled to rely on the Long Market Value of the Investment Grade Account as most recently reported to the Investment Manager by the Company.
Equity:     The Investment Manager's research and investment process will sometimes present attractive common or preferred equity opportunities. Generally, the equity strategy will be focused on either a value oriented approach or a catalyst to a realization event. Examples of such catalysts can include restructurings, lawsuits, and regulatory changes, among other examples. It is not expected that the equity investments will represent more than 10% of the Total Long Market Value.
Monitoring:     The Investment Manager will provide monthly risk and performance reports to the Company regarding the investment performance of the Investment Manager and will review risk and performance in detail with the Company on a quarterly basis.
Tax Considerations:     The Investment Manager shall not intentionally or with reckless disregard take any action with respect to the Investment Account which would cause the Company to be engaged, or deemed to be engaged, in a United States trade or business for United States federal income tax purposes or to be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis or income tax on a net income basis in any other jurisdiction, or otherwise result in material adverse tax consequences to the Company; provided, however, that the Investment Manager shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this paragraph if the Investment Manager complies with guidelines agreed between the Company and the Investment Manager on the date hereof, as the same may be amended in writing from time to time, or has obtained written advice from counsel that such investment or transaction will not result in any effectively connected income to the Company.
"Long Market Value" at any date means the aggregate value of the long investments in the Investment Grade Account or the Investment Account, as the case may be, as determined by the Investment Manager in accordance with the valuation methodology set forth in Section 11 of the



Agreement with respect to the Investment Account and as determined by the Company with respect to the Investment Grade Account and reported to the Investment Manager.
" Total Long Market Value " at any date means the sum of the Long Market Value of the Investment Account and the Investment Grade Account at such date.



Exhibit B
Fee Schedule
Section 1.     Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Fee Schedule will have the meanings provided in the Agreement to which this Fee Schedule is attached (including the Investment Guidelines attached to the Agreement as Exhibit A). The following definitions will apply for purposes of determining the Investment Manager's fees hereunder:
"Business Day" means any day on which banks are open for business in Gibraltar and New York, New York.
"Fiscal Year" means the Company's fiscal year or portion thereof if this Agreement is terminated and not immediately renewed.
"High Water Date" means the date immediately following the most recent date as of which a Performance Fee was paid (or, if no Performance Fee has yet been paid, the opening balance of the Investment Account immediately following its establishment).
"Income" means the positive amount, if any, that:
(1)
the Net Asset Value of the Investment Account, before accrual or deduction of the Performance Fee for such Measurement Period (as defined below) on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year; plus
(2)
any withdrawals or distributions by the Company from the Investment Account during the period beginning on the High Water Date and ending on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year (the "Measurement Period");
exceeds the sum of:
(1)
the Net Asset Value of the Investment Account on the High Water Date (provided that such Net Asset Value shall be reduced pro rata for the redemptions or distributions made from the Investment Account if the Net Asset Value of the Investment Account at the time of such redemptions or distributions is below the Net Asset Value of the Investment Account on the High Water Date);plus
(2)
any contributions by the Company to the Investment Account during such Measurement Period.
"Net Asset Value" at any date means the net asset value of the Investment Account, or any specified sub-account, as determined by the Investment Manager in accordance with the valuation methodology set forth in Section 11 of the Agreement.
Section 2.     Management Fees. The Investment Manager will be entitled to receive a management fee (the "Management Fee") payable quarterly in arrears at an annual rate equal to one and one half of one percent (1.5%) of the amount equal to the Net Asset Value of the Investment Account (measured before reduction for any Management Fee, Performance Fee or any expense reimbursement pursuant to Section 5 of this Fee Schedule and as adjusted for any non- routine intra-month withdrawals) as of the most recent month-end. All management fees will be payable by the Company in accordance with Section 4 of this Fee Schedule. The Investment Manager acknowledges that a portion of the Management Fee will be paid to AUL, in its capacity as the Company's insurance



and reinsurance portfolio manager, to the extent owed pursuant to an agreement between the Investment Manager, AUL and the Company.
Section 3.     Performance Fees. The Company will also pay a Performance Fee (the "Performance Fee") equal to 15% of the Income, if any, on the Investment Account, calculated and payable as of each Fiscal Year-end and the date on which this Agreement is terminated and not renewed. The Performance Fee will be paid in accordance with Section 4 of this Fee Schedule. If, after consultation with the Board of Directors the Investment Manager determines to separately account for any illiquid investments in a so called "side pocket" (e.g. mezzanine and originated loans), the Performance Fee on such investments will be calculated and paid on the realized gain, if any, on such investments upon disposition. The Investment Manager acknowledges that a portion of the Performance Fee will be paid to AUL, in its capacity as the Company's insurance and reinsurance portfolio manager, to the extent owed pursuant to an agreement between the Investment Manager, AUL and the Company.
Section 4.     Payments of Fees.
(a)    The Investment Manager, or the administrator for the Company, will furnish to the Company a statement (each, a "Fee Statement") setting forth an estimate of the computation of (i) the Management Fee within 15 Business Days following the end of each month, and (ii) the Performance Fee within 30 days after the close of each Fiscal Year, or as soon as practicable thereafter. Payment of the Management Fee will be made on a quarterly basis following each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 within 5 Business Days following the delivery to the Company of the Fee Statement for such relevant quarter end. Payment of the Performance Fee will be made within 5 Business Days following the delivery to the Company of the Fee Statement for such Fiscal Year.
(b)    The parties understand and agree that the Investment Manager may pay a portion of its Management Fee and/or Performance Fee to one or more sub-advisors selected by the Investment Manager.
(c)    The parties understand and agree that no fees shall be payable pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Investment Grade Account.
Section 5.     Expenses.
(a)    All expenses incurred directly in connection with transactions effected or positions held for the account of the Company pursuant to the Investment Manager's exercise of its duties hereunder will be paid or reimbursed by the Company, including, without limitation:
(i)    costs for trade support services including, but not limited to, pre- and post-trade support software and related support services;
(ii)    custodial and transfer agency fees and services; (iii)    brokerage commissions and services;
(iv)    research costs, including but not limited to publications, periodicals, data base services and data processing that are directly related to research activities on behalf of the Investment Account and all other expenses incurred in connection with the identification, evaluation and investigation of investments, to the extent such expenses are not directly attributable to specific investments;



(v)    all expenses attributable to any proposed investment that is ultimately not made (including deal initiation expenses, professional expenses, research, data fees, company or analyst conferences, travel, lodging and related expenses), any expenses in connection with any hedging transaction entered into and any borrowing costs with respect to such proposed investment;
(vi)    costs related to risk analysis and risk reporting by third parties and risk- related and consulting services;
(vii)    legal fees incurred related to Investment Account investments or proposed investments and the ongoing operation, administration and existence of the Investment Account and expenses incurred in connection with obtaining legal, tax, financial and accounting advice and the advice of other consultants and experts on behalf of the Investment Account or the Company;
(viii)     expenses of, or incurred in connection with obtaining, any independent third party pursuant to Section 7(c) of this Agreement;
(ix)    market data fees, including for services of third parties that provide specialized data and/or analysis as to specific sectors or asset classes in which the Investment Account has made or intends to make an investment;
(x)    out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the collection of amounts due to the Investment Account or the Company from any Person;
(xi)    interest costs and taxes;
(xii)    third-party legal and compliance fees and expenses allocated to the Investment Account to the extent such services are related to, or otherwise benefiting, the organizational, operational, investment or trading activities of the Investment Account; preparation; and
(xiii)     costs for Investment Account accounting, administration, auditing and tax
(xiv)     withholding or transfer taxes.
(b)    In addition, the Investment Manager will be entitled to be paid or reimbursed for other out-of-pocket expenses not described in Section 5(a) above, other than its own salary, office rental and other customary general administrative and overhead costs, properly allocable to the performance of its duties pursuant to the Agreement.
(c)    Except as provided in paragraph (a) and (b) of this Section 5, the Investment Manager will provide its advisory services hereunder at its own expense.




Exhibit C
Rating Agencies
A.M. Best Company, Inc.

Exhibit 10.14
Execution Copy

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
This GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of March 25, 2014, is entered into by and among Watford Re Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Company ”), Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Parent ” and, together with the Company, “ Watford ”), and Arch Capital Group Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (“ Arch ”). Parent, the Company and Arch may be referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.
R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, Watford and Arch Underwriters Ltd. (“ AUL ”) are party to that certain Services Agreement dated as of March 24, 2014 (as amended from time to time, the “ Services Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, AUL is a newly formed company and Arch is willing to guarantee the performance of AUL’s obligations under the Services Agreement;
WHEREAS, each of Watford and Arch has all requisite authority to enter into and perform this Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.
Performance Guarantee. Arch hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to Watford the full and punctual performance by AUL of all of its obligations under the Services Agreement (“ Obligations ”). Should AUL default in the performance of any of its Obligations, Watford may cause, by notice to Arch, the immediate performance by Arch (or its designee) of the Obligations. Arch’s obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect until all Obligations have been fully performed and satisfied in full.
2.
Miscellaneous .
a.
This Agreement contains the entire understanding among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and each Party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and understanding is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement.
b.
This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Party may pledge, assign, transfer, subcontract or delegate, either in whole or in part, its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties.

- 1 -


c.
The Parties recognize and agree that if for any reason any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached, immediate and irreparable harm or injury would be caused for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, each Party agrees that, in addition to any other available remedies, any other Party shall be entitled to an injunction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement without the necessity of posting a bond or other form of security. In the event that any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, no Party will allege, and each Party hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law.
d.
Any notice, direction, instruction, acknowledgment or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and addressed to the parties as follows:
If to Watford :
c/o Watford Holdings Ltd.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton HM HX
Bermuda
Attention: John Rathgeber, Chief Executive Officer
Telecopier No.: (441) 278-3451
Telephone No.: (441) 278-3450
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063
If to Arch :
Arch Capital Group Ltd.
Waterloo House
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Cahill Gordon & Reindel, LLP

- 2 -


80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No.: (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.: (212) 701-3323
No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived or discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the Party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
e.
This Agreement is to be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
f.
Any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, facsimile, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in Hamilton, Bermuda or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person arbitration panel (the “ Arbitration Panel ”) selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS•U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS•U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party, and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration. The only suits, actions, or proceedings relating to a dispute permitted to be brought in a judicial forum are those (i) to compel arbitration, (ii) for temporary injunctive relief in aid of arbitration or to preserve the status quo pending the appointment of the arbitrator(s), (iii) to enforce or vacate an arbitral award, or (iv) to obtain relief in connection with arbitration pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. Any such proceeding shall be brought exclusively in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ Designated Court ”), provided that if said court does not have subject matter jurisdiction then such proceeding shall be brought exclusively in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, which shall then be the Designated Court. The Parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Designated Court for such purpose and any appellate courts thereof, except that any judgment confirming a final arbitral award hereunder may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if a final and binding decision has

- 3 -


been rendered in an arbitration under the Services Agreement with respect to an action or dispute arising under the Services Agreement, then such final and binding decision shall be accepted by the Parties in lieu of any separate arbitration pursuant to this clause (f) based on the same facts. For avoidance of doubt (i) if such decision is in favor of Arch or any affiliate of Arch, Watford will not be entitled to make or pursue a guarantee claim under this Agreement that is inconsistent with such final and binding decision and (ii) if such decision is in favor of Watford, then the Parties will not be entitled or subject to arbitration pursuant to this clause (f) based on the same facts.
g.
Arch shall not effect any consolidation or merger with another company in which Arch is not the survivor, or any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of Arch's assets to another company unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor company (if other than Arch) resulting from such consolidation or merger, or the company purchasing or otherwise acquiring such assets or other appropriate company or entity shall assume the obligations of Arch under this Agreement.
h.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.
i.
If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.


- 4 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
 
Name: John Rathgeber
 
Title: CEO
 
 
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
 
Name: John Rathgeber
 
CEO
 
 
ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ Constantine Iordanou
 
Name: Constantine Iordanou
 
Chairman, President and CEO

- 1 -

Exhibit 10.15


QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT
(the “ Agreement ”)
between
ARCH REINSURANCE EUROPE UNDERWRITING LIMITED
an Irish-domiciled insurance company
(the “ Company ”)
and
WATFORD RE LTD.
a Bermuda-domiciled insurance company
(the “ Retrocessionaire ”)
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS , the Company is an Irish insurance company with superior financial security to the Retrocessionaire;
WHEREAS , Arch Underwriters Ltd. (“ AUL ”) is a Bermuda company which provides certain services to the Retrocessionaire including (but not limited to) supervising the underwriting of reinsurance contracts for the Retrocessionaire;
WHEREAS , in circumstances where a broker or cedant will not cede to the Retrocessionaire directly, the Company may, at the request of AUL and at the Company’s option, assume certain reinsurance contracts and thereafter cede all or some share of such contracts to the Retrocessionaire;
WHEREAS , the Company desires to cede and Retrocessionaire desires to accept a quota share participation in such reinsurance contracts assumed by the Company at the request of AUL subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
BUSINESS COVERED
This Agreement is to indemnify and hold the Company harmless in respect of the Ceded Percentage of the Company’s gross liability that may accrue to the Company in respect of its participations in Ceded Contracts written by the Company pursuant to Reinsurance Requests and incepting on or after the Effective Date and prior to the Termination Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the decision whether to bind an Underlying Contract and, the decision to cede all or any share of an Underlying Contract hereunder, shall be in the sole discretion of

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.




the Company. Nothing in this Contract shall compel the Company to bind or cede any contracts, and the Company shall be free to authorize and bind additional or separate participations in such Underlying Contract for its own account.
ARTICLE 2
ORIGINAL CONDITIONS
All reinsurance under this Agreement shall attach simultaneously with the attachment of the Ceded Contract and shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, waivers, and interpretations, and to the same modifications, cancellations and alterations, as the respective Ceded Contracts. The Retrocessionaire shall in every case to which this Agreement applies and to the extent of the Ceded Percentage absolutely and unconditionally follow the underwriting fortunes of the Company in respect of the Ceded Contracts, and the Retrocessionaire shall be bound, without limitation, by all payments and settlements entered into by the Company in good faith, subject always to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement. There are no exclusions to the cover granted by this Agreement.
ARTICLE 3
TERRITORY
The territorial limits of this Agreement shall be identical with those of the Ceded Contracts.
ARTICLE 4
TERM AND TERMINATION
This Agreement shall take effect at the Effective Date.
Unless terminated pursuant to Article 5, this Agreement shall remain continuously in force until terminated by either mutual agreement or at any anniversary date of the Effective Date on or after the second anniversary date by either party giving at least twelve months’ written notice to the other prior to such anniversary date.
Upon termination for any reason, the Retrocessionaire shall remain liable for: (i) all losses under all Ceded Contracts arising from events that occurred prior to the Termination Date; and (ii) all losses under all Ceded Contracts in force on the Termination Date arising from events that occur after the Termination Date per the terms and conditions of the Ceded Contracts as in force through the next termination, expiration or renewal thereof (whichever occurs first); provided, however, that the Company shall have the right, by giving the Retrocessionaire prior written notice, to relieve the Retrocessionaire of liability for losses occurring subsequent to the Termination Date, in which case the Retrocessionaire shall return the unearned portion, if any, of any premium paid hereunder.
ARTICLE 5
SPECIAL TERMINATIONS
This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon termination of the Services Agreement.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-2-



The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time by providing 30 days’ prior written notice to Retrocessionaire upon the happening of any one of the following circumstances:
1. A legal authority orders the Retrocessionaire to cease writing business;
2. The Retrocessionaire has voluntarily ceased assuming new and renewal reinsurance business;
3. The Retrocessionaire has become insolvent or has been placed into liquidation or receivership (whether voluntary or involuntary), or there has been instituted against it proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator, or trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or control of its operations;
4. The Retrocessionaire’s policyholders’ surplus, as reported in the financial statements of the Retrocessionaire has been reduced by whichever is greater, either 25% of the amount of surplus at the Effective Date or 25% of the amount at the latest anniversary of the Effective Date;
5. The Retrocessionaire has merged with, been acquired by or becomes controlled by any company, corporation, or individual(s) not controlling the Retrocessionaire’s operations previously; or
6. The Retrocessionaire’s A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating has been assigned or downgraded below B+.
Nothing in this Article 5 shall limit the discretion of the Company under Article 1 to refuse to bind any Underlying Contract or to decline to cede any portion of any Underlying Contract to the Retrocessionaire at any time.
ARTICLE 6
LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE
The Retrocessionaire shall assume, be liable for and pay to or on behalf of the Company, the Ceded Percentage of all Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred in connection with the Ceded Contracts, including, but not limited to, judgments (including interest thereon), settlements and compromises in connection therewith. As respects United States dollars and Euros, Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses as respects any Ceded Contract shall be paid in the original currency in which the Company incurred such Loss or Loss Adjustment Expenses. As respects other currencies, the Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses as respect any Ceded Contract shall be paid in United States Dollars or other original currency per Article 15. The Retrocessionaire shall also be liable for the Ceded Percentage of Extra Contractual Obligations as set forth in Article 14.
The Company in its full discretion shall investigate, defend, and resolve claims or proceedings relating to the Ceded Contracts. Without prejudice to the foregoing and to the Original Conditions Article of this Agreement, while the Retrocessionaire does not undertake to investigate or defend claims or proceedings, it shall nevertheless have the right and be given the opportunity, at its

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-3-



request and with the full cooperation of the Company, to appoint representatives at its own expense and to become associated with the Company and the Company’s representatives in the investigation or control of any claims or proceedings involving this Agreement.
ARTICLE 7
DEFINITIONS
Acquisition Expenses ” means (i) commissions, fees and other expenses directly allocable to the issuance of Ceded Contracts and owed by the Company to third-party agents, brokers, producers or other intermediaries, (ii) underlying ceding commissions, if any, in respect of Ceded Contracts, and (iii) premium taxes, United States Federal excise taxes (including any cascading) and other similar taxes payable by the Company with respect to Ceded Contracts.
ARL/Watford P/C Retrocession ” mans the Property Catastrophe Quota Share Retrocession Agreement of even date herewith between the Company, as retrocedent, and the Retrocessionaire, as retrocessionaire.
ARL/Watford Retrocession ” means the Quota Share Retrocession Agreement of even date herewith between Arch Reinsurance Ltd., as retrocedent, and the Retrocessionaire, as retrocessionaire.
Ceded Contracts ” means Underlying Contracts ceded by the Company to the Retrocessionaire hereunder as set forth in Article 1.
Ceded Percentage ” means any percentage chosen by the Company up to and including 85% and notified to Retrocessionaire in writing no later than 60 days after the Company binds the Ceded Contract.
Earned Gross Premiums ” means gross premiums earned on all Ceded Contracts (without deduction of Acquisition Expenses), less return premiums.
Effective Date ” means 12:01 A.M. on January 1, 2014.
Extra Contractual Obligations ” means:
(i)    any settlement, judgment or award against the Company in respect of indemnity of an Underlying Cedent or in favor of any other claimant for liability that is not within the terms or conditions of any contract of insurance or reinsurance issued by the Underlying Cedent (including in excess of limits of liability under such contract), and
(ii)    any liability arising out of or in connection with any Ceded Contract whether in relation to claims handling or otherwise (including, without limitation, any settlement, judgment or award against the Company) for any amount that is not within the terms or conditions of the Ceded Contract (including in excess of limits of liability of such Ceded Contract) in favor of an Underlying Cedent or in favor of any other claimant in connection with a Ceded Contract; and
(iii)    without limiting the foregoing, includes any liability imposed on the Company to the Underlying Cedent or any other claimant as a result of a judgment or settlement or arbitration award, or otherwise, where such liability has arisen because of the failure of an Underlying

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-4-



Cedent or the Company to agree to pay a claim within the policy limits or limits of a Ceded Contract or to provide a defense against such claims as required by law, or bad faith or negligence by the Company or an Underlying Cedent in investigating or handling a claim or in rejecting an offer of settlement.
Loss ” means losses (including, without limitation, losses and loss adjustment expense) incurred by the Underlying Cedent) paid or payable, and ex gratia payments, by the Company pursuant to or in respect of the Ceded Contracts.
Loss Adjustment Expense(s) ” means all costs and expenses incurred by the Company allocable to an occurrence or claim under or in connection with a Ceded Contract (including, without limitation, in relation to any dispute, arbitration or litigation with any Underlying Cedent) in the collateralization, investigation, adjustment, settlement, litigation, defense, or appeal thereof, which shall include without limitation (a) outside retained adjusters’ fees; (b) attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees in connection with coverage investigation or analysis and/or actual, anticipated or threatened actions, suits, or proceedings, whether declaratory, coercive or otherwise; (c) costs taxed in any claim, suit or proceeding; (d) pre-judgment interest; (e) interest accruing after entry of judgment; (f) expenses incurred in unsuccessfully pursuing salvage, subrogation, contribution or indemnity; (g) any out-of-pocket costs paid by the Company with respect to any Extra Contractual Obligations, except for any extra contractual expenses excluded pursuant to the last paragraph of Article 14; and (h) costs and fees for letters of credit and/or trustees/trust accounts required to secure the Company’s obligations to pay Losses. “Loss Adjustment Expenses” shall not include (i) unallocated loss adjustment expenses; (ii) overhead and office expenses of the Company; or (iii) salaries, benefits or expenses of the Company’s employees.
Loss Obligations ” shall mean the Retrocessionaire’s share of: (i) Losses, Loss Adjustment Expenses and Extra Contractual Obligations paid by the Company, but not recovered from the Retrocessionaire; plus (ii) reserves for Losses, Loss Adjustment Expenses and Extra Contractual Obligations reported and outstanding; plus (iii) reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred but not reported; minus (iv) the amounts, if any, of (ii) and (iii) that are derived from premium accruals.
Reinsurance Request ” means a request from or on behalf of the Retrocessionaire to the Company requesting that the Company enter into a reinsurance or retrocession agreement and identifying the anticipated effective date of such Underlying Contract, the Underlying Cedent and the proposed Ceded Percentage.
Required Security Amount ” means the sum of [***]% of the [***] of [***] and [***]% of [***].
Services Agreement ” means the agreement among the Retrocessionaire, Arch Underwriters Ltd. and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC, dated as of March 24, 2014.
Termination Date ” means the effective date and time of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 4 and/or 5.
Underlying Cedent ” means the counterparty(ies) to any Ceded Contract.
Underlying Contract ” means a reinsurance or retrocession agreement entered into by the Company as reinsurer or retrocessionaire thereunder.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-5-



Unearned Premium ” means reserves for unearned premium net of estimated accrued unearned premium.
ARTICLE 8
PREMIUM
In consideration of the acceptance by the Retrocessionaire of the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Company’s liability for the Ceded Contracts, the Retrocessionaire shall be ceded the applicable Ceded Percentage of Earned Gross Premiums by the Company. As respects United States Dollars and Euros, the premium as respects any Ceded Contract shall be paid in the original currency in which the Company received such premium. As respects other currencies, the premium as respect any Ceded Contract shall be paid in United States Dollars or other original currency per Article 15.
ARTICLE 9
CEDING COMMISSION
The Retrocessionaire shall allow and pay the Company a ceding fee on Ceded Contracts equal to the Ceded Percentage of the sum of the following in respect of the Ceded Contracts (or such lesser amount as the Company may determine in its discretion): (i) [***], (ii) an [***] equal to [***]% of [***] on [***] and [***]% of [***] on [***] of [***]; provided , however , that in no event shall the ceding fee in the aggregate for all Ceded Contracts which incept during any Underwriting Year exceed [***]% of [***]; provided further that in no event shall the ceding fee in the aggregate for all Ceded Contracts which incept during any Underwriting Year be less than [***]% of [***]. The Retrocessionaire hereby guarantees that the Company will receive such ceding fee regardless of any events, losses or developments for the term of this Agreement. The Company shall allow return ceding fees on return premiums at the same rates.

ARTICLE 10
ASSESSMENTS, ASSIGNMENTS, FINES AND PENALTIES
The Retrocessionaire hereby assumes liability for the Ceded Percentage of any and all assessments and assignments imposed as a result of the Ceded Contracts and shall reimburse the Company for its share of any fines, assessments and/or penalties imposed upon the Company as a result of the Ceded Contracts.

ARTICLE 11
OFFSET
The Company and the Retrocessionaire may offset any balance or amount due from one party to the other under this Agreement. However, in the event of the insolvency of any party hereto, offset shall only be allowed in accordance with the Insolvency Article included herein, or where in conflict with applicable law, such law shall govern. Such offset details shall be clearly delineated for accounting purposes.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-6-




ARTICLE 12
REPORTS AND REMITTANCES
Within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company shall provide the Retrocessionaire with a report, segregated by underwriting year of the following in respect of the Ceded Contracts:
(a) Ceded Contracts written during the quarter;
(b) Gross written premium less cancellations and return premiums;
(c) Earned Gross Premiums and premiums received by the Company;
(d) Original acquisition expenses for Ceded Contracts;
(e) The Ceding Commission as provided hereunder;
(f) Paid Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extracontractual Obligations;
(g) Outstanding loss – if any;
(h) Subrogation, salvage or other recoveries;
(i) Any applicable premium or other similar taxes (including but not limited to United States Federal Excise Tax if applicable); and
(j) Loss Obligations and the Required Security Amount.
Any balance due to the Retrocessionaire shall be remitted by the Company along with the quarterly report. For the avoidance of doubt, premiums retained by the cedents on the Ceded Contracts as funds withheld shall not be payable by the Company to the Retrocessionaire until actually received by the Company. Any balance due to the Company shall be remitted by the Retrocessionaire within 30 days of receipt of the quarterly report. Should payment due from the Retrocessionaire exceed $100,000 (or equivalent in original currency of the relevant Ceded Contract(s)) as respects any one Loss, the Retrocessionaire shall within 5 business days pay its share of such Loss upon written request by the Company accompanied by supporting documentation. Any special remittance made pursuant to this provision shall be credited to the Retrocessionaire in the account in which the paid Loss appears.
If the Company is required to fund a claim or loss fund pursuant to the terms of a Ceded Contract, the Retrocessionaire shall indemnify the Company for its proportionate share of such fund.
Within 60 days following the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall furnish the Retrocessionaire with a statement showing the Unearned Premium, the total reserves for outstanding Losses, including Loss Adjustment Expenses, and any other information which the Retrocessionaire may require for its annual financial statements.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-7-




ARTICLE 13
DELAYS, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS
Any inadvertent error, omission or delay in complying with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability that would attach to it hereunder if such error, omission or delay had not been made, provided such error, omission or delay is rectified immediately upon discovery.

ARTICLE 14
EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The Retrocessionaire shall indemnify the Company for the Ceded Percentage of any Extra Contractual Obligations.
An Extra Contractual Obligation will be deemed to have occurred on the same date as the occurrence or claim covered under the Ceded Contract and will constitute part of the original loss.
Loss Adjustment Expenses in respect of Extra Contractual Obligations will be covered hereunder in the same manner as other Loss Adjustment Expenses.
However, this Article will not apply where the loss has been incurred due to fraud (including settlements and/or an admission of fraud and/or criminal acts) of a member of the board of directors or a corporate officer of the Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organization or party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement of any claim covered hereunder.
ARTICLE 15
CURRENCY
A. All premiums, Losses, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations hereunder shall be payable in United States Dollars, Euros or at the option of the Company in any other original currency.
B. For purposes of this Agreement, where the Company receives premiums or pays Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense or Extra Contractual Obligations in currencies other than United States Dollars, Euros or another original currency per paragraph A above, such items shall be converted into United States Dollars at the actual rates of exchange at which these items are entered in the Company’s books.
ARTICLE 16
INSOLVENCY
In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-8-



of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Retrocessionaire of the pendency of a claim against the Company indicating the policy or bond reinsured which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Retrocessionaire within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Retrocessionaire may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Retrocessionaire shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Retrocessionaire.
In the event of the insolvency of the Company the sums held in trust for the Retrocessionaire shall continue to be kept separate and continue to be held in trust for the benefit of the Retrocessionaire and subject to the terms of this Agreement shall continue to be beneficially owned by and payable to the Retrocessionaire.
In the event of the insolvency of the Retrocessionaire, all amounts due but not paid to the Retrocessionaire by the Company on such date under this Agreement and any other contract, regardless of the date on which they became due, and all amounts which become due to the Retrocessionaire by the Company after that date under this Agreement and any other contract may be retained by the Company and set off (to the extent permitted by applicable law) against the amounts due by the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement and any other contract, whether they were due before the insolvency or become due after. The balance only, if any, shall be payable by the Company to the Retrocessionaire at the expiry of all liability under this Agreement and any other contract between the parties .
ARTICLE 17
ACCESS TO RECORDS
The Retrocessionaire or its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to visit the offices of the Company following the giving of reasonable notice, to inspect, examine, audit, and verify any of the files relating to business reinsured under this Agreement) at all reasonable times. This right shall be exercisable during the term of this Agreement or after the expiration of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 18
ARBITRATION
A. Prior to commencing any arbitration in connection with any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or validity thereof (a “ Dispute ”), the parties shall first engage in the following Steering Committee Procedures. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, in any Dispute in which a party seeks a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or attachment or other order in aid of arbitration pending the outcome of any

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-9-



Steering Committee (as defined below) meeting or arbitration procedure, such party may seek such order at any time without first following the procedures set forth in Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 18.
B. Following written request of one party to the other party, the Company, on the one hand, and the Retrocessionaire, on the other hand, shall use commercially reasonable efforts promptly to form a dispute steering committee (the “ Steering Committee ”), which shall consist of three (3) members appointed by the Company and three (3) members appointed by the Retrocessionaire; provided, that the number of members appointed to the Steering Committee may be modified by the mutual written consent of the parties. There shall be no restrictions placed on the appointment of any member to the Steering Committee other than that any such member shall be an officer or director of the Company or the Retrocessionaire, as applicable, and have qualifications and experience reasonably necessary to negotiate regarding the subject matter of the relevant Dispute. The members of the Steering Committee shall meet as frequently as they deem necessary or appropriate to resolve any Disputes under this Agreement, which meetings shall be held promptly following the formation of the Steering Committee at a time and location reasonably agreed to by the members.
C. The Company and the Retrocessionaire shall cause their respective Steering Committee members to use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the relevant Dispute without the commencement of arbitration. Any party shall be permitted to commence arbitration to resolve such Dispute only after the occurrence of two (2) separate meetings with all of the members of the Steering Committee, which meetings may be in person, by telephone, videoconference or any other means by which all of the participants can hear each other, or as otherwise agreed by the parties hereto (it being agreed to by the parties that if for any reason such two (2) meetings have not occurred within thirty (30) days after any party first requests in writing that such Dispute be referred to the Steering Committee, the requirements of this Section (C) of Article 17 shall be deemed to have been met).
D. Provided that Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 18 have been complied with, any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, facsimile, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in Hamilton, Bermuda or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person Arbitration Panel selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS•U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS•U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party, and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration.
ARTICLE 19
COLLATERAL
A. The Retrocessionaire shall fund the Required Security Amount through one or more of the following methods:

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-10-



1. Letter of Credit: Not less than [***] of the Required Security Amount shall be secured by one or more letters of credit provided by and paid for by the Retrocessionaire with terms reasonably acceptable to the Company including, but not limited to the following:
(i) clean, irrevocable and evergreen, with an initial term of not less than one (1) year;
(ii) issued by a bank approved by the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably delayed or withheld;
(iii) permitting draws solely by the Company upon demand; and
(iv) at least thirty days’ notice of expiration or non-renewal to be provided to the Company.
2. Reinsurance Trust Account: The balance, if any, of the Required Security Amount shall be secured by funds deposited pursuant to a trust agreement in form and substance, and with a third party trustee, in each case satisfactory to the Company in its sole discretion that meets the requirements of any applicable law, regulation, or regulatory authority, which shall be invested in accordance with the Investment Guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit A.
B. No later than the second business day of each calendar week (“Report Date”), the Retrocessionaire shall furnish to the Company a report listing (a) the outstanding amount of all Letters of Credit securing the Required Security Amount, and (b) the fair market value of all assets securing the Required Security Amount in the trust account as of the close of business on the last business day of the preceding calendar week. If the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance at any Report Date is less than [***]% of the Required Security Amount, the Retrocessionaire shall increase the Letter(s) of Credit amount consistent with paragraph A.1 above and/or deposit additional funds or assets in the reinsurance trust consistent with paragraph A.2 above no later than the close of business on the last business day of the week of such Report Date to bring the total up to no less than [***]% of the Required Security Amount. If the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance shown at the first Report Date in any calendar month is less than [***]% of the Required Security Amount, the Retrocessionaire shall increase the Letter(s) of Credit amount consistent with paragraph A.1 above and/or deposit additional funds or assets in the reinsurance trust consistent with paragraph A.2 above no later than the close of business on the last business day of the week of such Report Date to bring the total up to no less than [***]% of the Required Security Amount.
C. At calendar quarterly intervals, or more frequently as agreed, the Company shall prepare a specific statement of the Required Security Amount, for the sole purpose of amending the Letter(s) of Credit and/or adjusting the trust account, in the following manner:
(i) If the statement shows that the Required Security Amount exceeds the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance as of the statement date, the Retrocessionaire shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of such excess, secure delivery to the Company of an amendment to the Letter of Credit increasing the amount of credit consistent with paragraph A.1 above and/or by depositing additional funds or assets consistent with paragraph A.2 above in the trust account in the amount of such difference.
(ii) If, however, the statement shows that 105% of the Required Security Amount is less than the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance of the statement

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-11-



date, the Company shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of written request from the Retrocessionaire, release such excess credit by agreeing to secure an amendment to the Letter of Credit reducing the amount of credit available and/or withdrawing from the trust account and returning to the Retrocessionaire funds or assets in the amount of such excess credit.
D. In the event that the Retrocessionaire at any time fails to meet its security obligations as set forth in this Article, the Company shall be entitled, without limiting its other remedies for such breach, to (i) hold back, as funds withheld, any amounts otherwise due to the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and the Retrocessionaire, and/or (ii) instruct Retrocessionaire to liquidate, either immediately or over time (as determined by the Company in its discretion) certain (selected by the Company in its discretion) or all of the assets in the trust account and reinvest the proceeds in accordance with the Investment Guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit B, and/or (iii) reduce the Ceded Percentage by an amount as respects future occurrences (as respects “occurrence,” “accident” or similar coverages) or claims (as respects claims made, occurrences reported or similar coverages) arising under non-expired Ceded Contracts previously ceded hereunder until such point that the Required Security Amount does not exceed the applicable required total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance; in such case, the Company shall recapture a commensurate amount of the corresponding Unearned Premium attributable to such previously ceded Ceded Contracts, and the Company shall assume the portion of future Loss Obligations, if any, which otherwise would have been ceded in respect thereof, and the Company may draw upon the Letter(s) of Credit and/or trust account to effect such recapture of the Unearned Premium.
E. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any Letter(s) of Credit may be drawn upon and/or assets in any reinsurance trust account may be withdrawn by the Company (including any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver, conservator, or other successor of the Company by operation of law) at any time: (i) to reimburse the Company for the Retrocessionaire’s share of returned premiums upon cancellation of a Ceded Contract; (ii) to pay any other amount the Company claims is due under this Agreement; or (iii) in the event that the Company receives notices of nonrenewal of any Letter of Credit or termination of any trust agreement without a replacement Letter of Credit or trust account having been established.
F. Prior to depositing any assets into a reinsurance trust account, the Retrocessionaire shall execute assignments or endorsements in blank, or transfer legal title of such assets to the trustee, so that the Company, or the trustee upon the Company’s direction, may negotiate any such assets in accordance with the requirements set forth in the applicable trust agreement governing the reinsurance trust account in which such assets are held. Notwithstanding the composition of any assets in any trust account all settlements of account between the Company and the Retrocessionaire shall be in cash or its equivalent.
G. The Company may, at its discretion, require payment of any sum in default instead of resorting to any security held, and it shall be no defense to any such claim that the Company might have had recourse to any such security.
H. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company and the Retrocessionaire agree that the collateral requirements under this Agreement, the ARL/Watford P/C Retrocession and the ARL/Watford Retrocession shall be aggregated and that the Watford/ARL Unearned Premium and Watford/ARL Loss Obligations shall be netted therefrom (but not less than zero).  By way of illustration, if the Required Security Amount which Retrocessionaire is required to collateralize under this Agreement is $[***], the Required Security Amount which Retrocessionaire is required to

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-12-



collateralize under ARL/Watford Retrocession is $[***], the Required Collateral Amount which Retrocessionaire is required to collateralize under the ARL/Watford P/C Retrocession is $[***], and the Watford/ARL Unearned Premium and Watford/ARL Loss Obligations total $[***], then the aggregate requirement for collateral under this Agreement, the ARL/Watford Retrocession and the ARL/Watford P/C Retrocession combined shall be $[***].
ARTICLE 20
NOTICES
All Notices and Proceedings Notices shall be given in writing and given to the parties at the following addresses:
If to the Retrocessionaire:
WATFORD RE LTD.
P.O. Box HM 2069        
Hamilton HM HX
Bermuda
Attention: CEO
Telephone No.: (441) 278-3450

with a copy to:
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063
If to the Company:
Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited
Level 2, Block 3, The Oval
160 Shelbourne Road
Ballsbridge, Dublin 4
Ireland
Attn: CEO
353 1 669 9700
353 1 664 3749 (fax)
with a copy to:
Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No. (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.: (212) 701-3323

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-13-




Notices may be delivered by hand, by overnight courier, or email.
Unless shown to have been received earlier, any Notice so delivered shall be deemed to have been delivered:
if delivered by hand or by overnight courier, when delivered, if delivered during business hours on any business day or, if delivered outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day; or
if delivered by email, at the time of transmission, if transmitted during business hours on any business day or, if transmitted outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day.
Any party may, by Notice to any other party, change the name, address or other details to which Notices and/or Proceedings Notices may be given pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE 21
JURISDICTION
The only suits, actions, or proceedings relating to a dispute permitted to be brought in a judicial forum are those (i) to compel arbitration, (ii) for temporary injunctive relief in aid of arbitration or to preserve the status quo pending the appointment of the arbitrator(s), (iii) to enforce or vacate an arbitral award, or (iv) to obtain relief in connection with arbitration. Any such proceeding shall be brought exclusively in any court of competent jurisdiction in Bermuda, and the parties shall comply with all the requirements necessary to give such court such exclusive jurisdiction, except that any judgment confirming a final arbitral award hereunder may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets. Service of process may be made upon either party by written notice at its office in Bermuda. In any suit instituted by one party against the other under this Agreement, the parties shall abide by the final decision of such court or any appellate court in the event of an appeal
ARTICLE 22
[reserved]
ARTICLE 23
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement and any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. This Article shall not operate to exclude any obligation otherwise provided by this Agreement, including Article 18.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-14-



ARTICLE 24
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS
This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Retrocessionaire, and in no instance shall any insured, claimant or other third party have any rights under this Agreement except as may be expressly provided otherwise herein.
ARTICLE 25
AMENDMENTS
Any change or modification to this Agreement will be made by written amendment to this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Retrocessionaire.
ARTICLE 26
CONFIDENTIALITY
The Retrocessionaire hereby acknowledges that the documents, information and data provided to it by the Company, whether directly or through an authorized agent, in connection with the placement and execution of this agreement (“ Confidential Information ”) are proprietary and confidential to the Company. Confidential Information will not include documents, information or data that the Retrocessionaire can show:
1. are publicly known or have become publicly known through no unauthorized act of the Retrocessionaire;
2. have been rightfully received from a third person without obligation of confidentiality; or
3. were known by the Retrocessionaire prior to the placement of this Agreement without an obligation of confidentiality.
Absent the written consent of the Company, the Retrocessionaire will not disclose any Confidential Information to any third parties, except:
1. when required by retrocessionaires subject to the business ceded to this Agreement;
2. when required by regulators performing an audit of the Retrocessionaire’s records and/or financial condition;
3. when required by external auditors performing an audit of the Retrocessionaire’s records in the normal course of business; or
4. when required by legal counsel and/or arbitrators in connection with an actual or potential arbitration hereunder.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-15-



Further, the Retrocessionaire agrees not to use any Confidential Information for any purpose not related to the performance of their obligations or enforcement of their rights under this Agreement.
In the event that the Retrocessionaire is required by court order, other legal process or any regulatory authority to release or disclose any or all of the Confidential Information, the Retrocessionaire agrees to provide the Company with written notice of same at least 10 days prior to such release or disclosure. However, (1) if the Retrocessionaire is required to release or disclose the Confidential Information in less than 10 days, the Retrocessionaire will provide the Company with immediate written notice; and (2) if disclosure is required on the date of receipt of the subpoena, the Retrocessionaire will give the Company notice within 24 hours of disclosing the information. The Retrocessionaire will use its best efforts to assist the Company in maintaining the confidentiality provided for in this Article.
The provisions of this Article will extend to the officers, directors, shareholders and employees of the Retrocessionaire and any affiliated insurers or reinsurers within its immediate holding company group, and will be binding upon their successors and assigns.
ARTICLE 27
LATE PAYMENTS
In the event any payment due either party is not received by the other party by the payment due date, the party to whom payment is due may, require the debtor party to pay, and the debtor party agrees to pay, an interest penalty on the amount past due calculated for each such payment on the last business day of each month as follows:
1. a. The number of full days that have expired since the overdue date or the last monthly calculation, whichever the lesser; times
b. 1/365th of the sum of the six-month United States Treasury Bill rate as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the month for which the calculation is made, plus the applicable Interest Rate Increase (as established in subparagraph (2) below), times
c. The amount past due, including accrued interest.
2. The “Interest Rate Increase” shall be defined as follows:
a. If payment is made 30 days or less after the overdue date, 2.0% per annum.
b. If payment is made more than 30 days after the overdue date, 4.0% per annum.
Interest shall accumulate until payment of the original amount due plus interest penalties have been received by the creditor party.
The due date shall, for purposes of this Article, be determined as follows:

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-16-



1. Payments from the Retrocessionaire to the Company shall be due on the date on which the demand for payment (including delivery of quarterly reports) is received by the Retrocessionaire, and shall be overdue 30 days thereafter.
2. Payments from the Company to the Retrocessionaire shall be due on the dates specified within this Agreement. Payments shall be overdue 30 days thereafter except for the first installment of premium, if applicable, which shall be overdue 60 days from inception or 30 days from final line-signing, whichever the later. Reinstatement premium, if applicable, shall have as a due date the date when the Company receives payment for the claim giving rise to such reinstatement premium, and payment shall be overdue 30 days thereafter. In the event a due date is not specifically stated for a given payment, the overdue date shall be 30 days following the date of billing.
If the information contained in the Company’s demand for payment is insufficient or not in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement, then within 30 days the Retrocessionaire shall request from the Company all additional information necessary to validate its claim and the payment due date as defined in paragraph B shall be deemed to be the date upon which the Retrocessionaire received the requested additional information. This paragraph is only for the purpose of establishing when a payment is overdue, and shall not alter the provisions of the Reports and Remittances Article or other pertinent contractual stipulations.
Should the Retrocessionaire dispute a claim presented by the Company and the timeframes set out in paragraph B be exceeded, interest as stipulated in paragraph A shall be payable for the entire overdue period, but only for the amount of the final settlement with the Retrocessionaire.
In the event arbitration is necessary to settle a dispute, the panel shall have the authority to make a determination awarding interest to the prevailing party. Interest, if any, awarded by the panel shall supersede the interest amounts outlined herein.
Any interest owed pursuant to this Article may be waived by the party to which it is owed. Waiver of such interest, however, shall not affect the waiving party’s rights to other interest amounts due as a result of this Article.
ARTICLE 28
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Agreement (and any Letter of Credit provided by the Retrocessionaire to the Company or Reinsurance Trust Agreement in accordance with Article 19 of this Agreement) and the Services Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties in connection with the retrocession of the Ceded Contracts.
In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other document referred to in it, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-17-



ARTICLE 29
DUTY OF COOPERATION
Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement, including making available to each other their respective officers and employees and agents for interviews and meeting with Governmental Authority (as defined in the Services Agreement), and furnishing any additional assistance, information and documents as may be reasonably requested by a party from time to time. The duty of cooperation shall apply, but not be limited, to regulatory matters and to litigation matters involving third parties.
ARTICLE 30
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
No action taken by any party hereto in exercising its rights under this Agreement shall in any way be construed as a waiver by such party of any rights or remedies available to it.
The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
A waiver (which may be given subject to conditions) of any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall only be effective if it is in writing. Any waiver shall apply only to the party to whom it is addressed and for the specific circumstances for which it is given. Any waiver shall not prevent the party who has given the waiver from subsequently relying on the right, power or remedy in other circumstances.
In the event of a waiver of any provision of this Agreement, such waiver shall not be deemed a waiver of any other provision herein, nor shall waiver of any breach of this Agreement be construed as a continuing waiver of subsequent breaches of the same or of other provisions of this Agreement.
The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.
ARTICLE 31
ASSIGNMENT
Neither this Agreement, nor any rights, interests or obligations hereunder, may be directly or indirectly assigned, delegated, sublicensed or transferred by any party, in whole or in part, to any other person by operation of law or otherwise, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without the prior written consent of the other party.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-18-



ARTICLE 32
UTMOST GOOD FAITH; AMOUNTS TO BE PAID
The relationship of the parties with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement shall be in accordance with the principles of utmost good faith and fair dealing.
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to mean that amounts to be paid by the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement are not payable until the ultimate net liability of the Retrocessionaire has been ascertained.
ARTICLE 33
SURVIVAL
The provisions of Articles 1 through 4 and 6 through 32 hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-19-



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 25 th day of March, in the year of 2014.
ARCH REINSURANCE EUROPE UNDERWRITING LIMITED
 
/s/ Nicolas Papadopoulo
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Retrocessionaire has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 25 th day of March, in the year of 2014.
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
/s/ John Rathgeber

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

[Signature Page]




Exhibit A
Investment Guidelines for Collateral Trust Account
Permitted Investments : The funds held in the applicable reinsurance trust account pursuant to this Agreement (the “ Portfolio ”) may only be invested in US Dollar denominated securities, in the following investments:

(i)
Liquid High Yield Corporate Securities (including Rule 144a);
(ii)
Liquid Syndicated Leveraged Loans;
(iii)
Sovereign, Supranational and Development Bank securities;
(iv)
Investment Grade Corporate securities (including Rule 144a);
(v)
Residential and Commercial Mortgage-Backed securities rated BB/Baa2 or better;
(vi)
Asset-backed securities rated BBB-/Baa3 or better;
(vii)
US and G7 Government and Agency guaranteed securities
(viii)
Cash & Equivalents rated A1/P1, AAA or equivalent, including Money Market funds, Agency Discount Notes, Commercial paper, CDs, Time Deposits, Banker’s Acceptances;
(ix)
Liquid Corporate Debt Instruments

Asset Allocation : The following single issuer limits shall apply on a market value basis, with exception of Money-Market funds and US Government guaranteed securities, which may be held without limit:
(i)
Maximum of 10% per issuer in securities issued by Sovereigns, Supranationals and Development Banks;
(ii) Maximum of 5% per issuer in securities rated Investment Grade;
(iii) Maximum of 3% per issuer in securities rated below Investment Grade, provided that for the first 12 months the maximum limit per-issuer shall be $1MM, subject to the aggregate amount of such securities or other assets that are in excess of 3% not exceeding 20% of the then-current Portfolio balance.

Credit Quality Criteria : At purchase, securities must have a credit rating equal to B-/B3 or higher in the long-term or short-term investment rating agency category, preferably by at least two of the Major Rating Agencies. “Major Rating Agencies” is defined as S&P, Moody’s and Fitch. If only two agencies rate the security and these are split, then the lower rating shall be used to determine whether the security is eligible. If only one of the Major Rating Agencies rate a security, that rating shall govern as long as it meets the minimum Portfolio rating requirement of B-/B3. The minimum value-weighted rating of the Trust Portfolio will be not lower than Single-B.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

A-1-



Prohibited Transactions : The following transactions are explicitly prohibited:
(i)
Any securities (including loans) subject to US Withholding Tax issued on or before 18 July, 1984;
(ii)
Securities (including loans) issued by Property and Casualty (Re) Insurance Companies, including CAT Bonds or Event-linked bonds;
(iii)
Mortgage Derivatives, including Interest-Only Strips (IOs) and Principal-Only Strips (POs), inverse IOs, inverse Floating Rate Notes, CMO Residuals and Support Bonds;
(iv)
Short Sales of securities or maintaining short positions;
(v)
Purchase of any securities on margin;
(vi)
Derivatives;
(vii)
No purchase of Partnership interests (whether publically traded or not);
(viii)
Reverse Repurchase Agreements;
(ix)
Direct Real Estate;
(x)
Securities Lending;
(xi)
Direct leverage of the Portfolio is not permitted;
(xii)
Equities;
(xiii)
Hedging
(xiv)
Private Market investments, including Mezzanine debt and Specialty Direct Lending, each as described in the Investment Management Agreement and Highbridge materials.
(xv)
Securities/investments defined by the Manager as “Less Liquid”

Liquidity : 100% of the Trust Assets will be invested in securities that the Manager, based on its screening and selection process, classifies as “Liquid” securities. A security or other asset generally will be considered “Liquid” if, in connection with an orderly liquidation of a Portfolio's position in the security or asset, the Portfolio can sell the security or asset at approximately the price at which the security or asset was carried on the Portfolio's books within two (2) days and can receive cash within seven (7) days or the normal settlement period for the security or asset, in both cases after adjusting for market movements on the day of sale. Any determination of liquidity as to a particular security or other asset shall be based on all relevant factors including, but not limited to: The frequency of trades and quotes for the security or asset (including any listed or readily tradable security of the same class or issue as the subject security or asset); The number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security or asset and the number of other potential purchasers or sellers, including a determination by the Manager that the proposed purchase is in an amount that is a readily-tradable round-lot of that particular security or other asset; Any legal or contractual restrictions on the ability to transfer the security or asset; Significant developments involving the issuer or counterparty specifically (e.g., default, bankruptcy, etc.); and Settlement practices, registration procedures, limitations on currency conversion or repatriation, and transfer limitations (for foreign securities or other assets). The Manager will not be permitted to purchase any security or other asset that is not Liquid at the time of purchase, and shall liquidate on an orderly basis any security or other asset in the Portfolio that is no longer deemed Liquid based on the criteria above, provided that if a determination of the Portfolio as a whole of being not Liquid is based on conditions in the securities markets generally, the Manager shall not be required to liquidate the entire Portfolio.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

A-2-
    



Exhibit B
Investment Guidelines for Collateral Trust Account
Permitted Investments : The Portfolio may only be invested in US Dollar denominated securities, and only in the following investments:
    
(i)
Cash & Equivalents rated A1/P1, AAA or equivalent, including Money Market funds, Agency Discount Notes, Commercial paper, CDs, Time Deposits, Banker’s Acceptances;
(ii)
US Treasury Bills;
        
Asset Allocation : The following single issuer limits shall apply on a market value basis, with exception of Money-Market funds and US Treasury Bills, which may be held without limit:
(i)
Maximum of 10% per issuer in Agency Discount Notes, Commercial Paper, CDs, Time Deposits, Banker’s Acceptances.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

B-1-
Exhibit 10.16

PROPERTY CATASTROPHE QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT
(the “ Agreement ”)
between
ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
a Bermuda-domiciled insurance company
(the “
Company ”)
and
WATFORD RE LTD.
a Bermuda-domiciled insurance company
(the “ Retrocessionaire ”)
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS , the Company desires to cede, and Retrocessionaire desires to accept, a quota share participation in certain reinsurance contracts written by the Company subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
BUSINESS COVERED
This Agreement is to indemnify and hold the Company harmless in respect of the Ceded Percentage of the Company’s gross liability that may accrue to the Company in respect of its participations in Underlying Contracts written by the Company incepting on or after the Effective Date and prior to the Termination Date.
ARTICLE 2
ORIGINAL CONDITIONS
All reinsurance under this Agreement shall attach simultaneously with the attachment of the Ceded Contract and shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, waivers, and interpretations, and to the same modifications, cancellations and alterations, as the respective Ceded Contracts. The Retrocessionaire shall in every case to which this Agreement applies and to the extent of the Ceded Percentage absolutely and unconditionally follow the underwriting fortunes of the Company in respect of the Ceded Contracts, and the Retrocessionaire shall be bound, without limitation, by all payments and settlements entered into by the Company in good faith, subject always to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement. There are no exclusions to the cover granted by this Agreement.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



ARTICLE 3
TERRITORY
The territorial limits of this Agreement shall be identical with those of the Ceded Contracts.
ARTICLE 4
TERM AND TERMINATION
This Agreement shall take effect at the Effective Date.
Unless terminated pursuant to Article 5, this Agreement shall remain continuously in force until terminated by either mutual agreement or at any anniversary date of the Effective Date on or after the second anniversary date by either party giving at least twelve months’ written notice to the other prior to such anniversary date.
Upon termination for any reason, the Retrocessionaire shall remain liable for: (i) all losses under all Ceded Contracts arising from events that occurred prior to the Termination Date; and (ii) all losses under all Ceded Contracts in force on the Termination Date arising from events that occur after the Termination Date per the terms and conditions of the Ceded Contracts as in force through the next termination, expiration or renewal thereof (whichever occurs first); provided, however, that the Company shall have the right, by giving the Retrocessionaire prior written notice, to relieve the Retrocessionaire of liability for losses occurring subsequent to the Termination Date, in which case the Retrocessionaire shall return the unearned portion, if any, of any premium paid hereunder.
ARTICLE 5
SPECIAL TERMINATIONS

This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon termination of the Services Agreement.
The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time by providing 30 days’ prior written notice to Retrocessionaire upon the happening of any one of the following circumstances:
1. A legal authority orders the Retrocessionaire to cease writing business;
2. The Retrocessionaire has voluntarily ceased assuming new and renewal reinsurance business;
3. The Retrocessionaire has become insolvent or has been placed into liquidation or receivership (whether voluntary or involuntary), or there has been instituted against it proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator, or trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or control of its operations;

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-2-


4. The Retrocessionaire’s policyholders’ surplus, as reported in the financial statements of the Retrocessionaire has been reduced by whichever is greater, either 25% of the amount of surplus at the Effective Date or 25% of the amount at the latest anniversary of the Effective Date;
5. The Retrocessionaire has merged with, been acquired by or becomes controlled by any company, corporation, or individual(s) not controlling the Retrocessionaire’s operations previously; or
6. The Retrocessionaire’s A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating has been assigned or downgraded below B+.
ARTICLE 6
LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE
The Retrocessionaire shall assume, be liable for and pay to or on behalf of the Company, the Ceded Percentage of all Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred in connection with the Ceded Contracts, including, but not limited to, judgments (including interest thereon), settlements and compromises in connection therewith. As respects United States dollars and Euros, Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses as respects any Ceded Contract shall be paid in the original currency in which the Company incurred such Loss or Loss Adjustment Expenses. As respects other currencies, the Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses as respect any Ceded Contract shall be paid in United States Dollars or other original currency per Article 15. The Retrocessionaire shall also be liable for the Ceded Percentage of Extra Contractual Obligations as set forth in Article 14.
The Company in its full discretion shall investigate, defend, and resolve claims or proceedings relating to the Ceded Contracts. Without prejudice to the foregoing and to the Original Conditions Article of this Agreement, while the Retrocessionaire does not undertake to investigate or defend claims or proceedings, it shall nevertheless have the right and be given the opportunity, at its request and with the full cooperation of the Company, to appoint representatives at its own expense and to become associated with the Company and the Company’s representatives in the investigation or control of any claims or proceedings involving this Agreement.
ARTICLE 7
DEFINITIONS
Acquisition Expenses ” means (i) commissions, fees and other expenses directly allocable to the issuance of Ceded Contracts and owed by the Company to third-party agents, brokers, producers or other intermediaries, (ii) underlying ceding commissions, if any, in respect of Ceded Contracts, and (iii) premium taxes, United States Federal excise taxes (including any cascading) and other similar taxes payable by the Company with respect to Ceded Contracts.
ARE/Watford Retrocession ” means the Quota Share Retrocession Agreement of even date herewith between Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited, as retrocedent, and the Retrocessionaire, as retrocessionaire.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-3-


ARL/Watford Retrocession ” means the Quota Share Retrocession Agreement of even date herewith between the Company, as retrocedent, and the Retrocessionaire, as retrocessionaire.
Ceded Contracts ” means Underlying Contracts ceded to the Retrocessionaire hereunder as set forth in Article 1.
Ceded Percentage ” means 10% or such other amount as may be agreed in writing by the parties.
Earned Gross Premiums ” means gross premiums earned on all Ceded Contracts (without deduction of Acquisition Expenses), less return premiums.
Effective Date ” means 12:01 A.M. on April 1, 2014.
Extra Contractual Obligations ” means:
(i) any settlement, judgment or award against the Company in respect of indemnity of an Underlying Cedent or in favor of any other claimant for liability that is not within the terms or conditions of any contract of insurance or reinsurance issued by the Underlying Cedent (including in excess of limits of liability under such contract), and
(ii) any liability arising out of or in connection with any Ceded Contract whether in relation to claims handling or otherwise (including, without limitation, any settlement, judgment or award against the Company) for any amount that is not within the terms or conditions of the Ceded Contract (including in excess of limits of liability of such Ceded Contract) in favor of an Underlying Cedent or in favor of any other claimant in connection with a Ceded Contract; and
(iii) without limiting the foregoing, includes any liability imposed on the Company to the Underlying Cedent or any other claimant as a result of a judgment or settlement or arbitration award, or otherwise, where such liability has arisen because of the failure of an Underlying Cedent or the Company to agree to pay a claim within the policy limits or limits of a Ceded Contract or to provide a defense against such claims as required by law, or bad faith or negligence by the Company or an Underlying Cedent in investigating or handling a claim or in rejecting an offer of settlement.
Loss ” means losses (including, without limitation, losses and loss adjustment expense) incurred by the Underlying Cedent) paid or payable, and ex gratia payments, by the Company pursuant to or in respect of the Ceded Contracts.
Loss Adjustment Expense(s) ” means all costs and expenses incurred by the Company allocable to an occurrence or claim under or in connection with a Ceded Contract (including, without limitation, in relation to any dispute, arbitration or litigation with any Underlying Cedent) in the collateralization, investigation, adjustment, settlement, litigation, defense, or appeal thereof, which shall include without limitation (a) outside retained adjusters’ fees; (b) attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees in connection with coverage investigation or analysis and/or actual, anticipated or threatened actions, suits, or proceedings, whether declaratory, coercive or otherwise; (c) costs taxed in any claim, suit or proceeding; (d) pre-judgment interest; (e) interest accruing after entry of judgment; (f) expenses incurred in unsuccessfully pursuing salvage, subrogation, contribution or indemnity; (g) any out-of-pocket costs paid by the Company with respect to any Extra Contractual Obligations, except for any extra contractual expenses excluded pursuant to the last paragraph of Article 14; and (h) costs and fees for letters of credit

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-4-


and/or trustees/trust accounts required to secure the Company’s obligations to pay Losses. “Loss Adjustment Expenses” shall not include (i) unallocated loss adjustment expenses; (ii) overhead and office expenses of the Company; or (iii) salaries, benefits or expenses of the Company’s employees.
Services Agreement ” means the agreement among the Retrocessionaire, Arch Underwriters Ltd. and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC, dated as of March 24, 2014.
Termination Date ” means the effective date and time of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 4 and/or 5.
Underlying Cedent ” means the counterparty(ies) to any Ceded Contract.
Underlying Contract ” means a property catastrophe excess of loss (including aggregate excess of loss) reinsurance or retrocession agreement entered into by the Company as reinsurer or retrocessionaire thereunder.
Watford/ARL Loss Obligations ” means the Company’s share under the Watford/ARL Retrocession of: (i) Loss, Loss Adjustment Expenses and Extra Contractual Obligations paid by the Retrocessionaire, but not recovered from the Company; plus (ii) Retrocessionaire’s reserves for Loss, Loss Adjustment Expenses and Extra Contractual Obligations reported and outstanding; plus (iii) Retrocessionaire’s reserves for Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred but not reported; minus (iv) the amounts, if any, of (ii) and (iii) that are derived from premium accruals
Watford/ARL Retrocession ” means the Quota Share Retrocession Agreement of even date herewith between Retrocessionaire, as retrocedent, and the Company, as retrocessionaire.
Watford/ARL Unearned Premium ” means the Company’s share of Retrocessionaire’s reserves for unearned premium net of estimated accrued unearned premium under the Watford/ARL Retrocession.
ARTICLE 8
PREMIUM
In consideration of the acceptance by the Retrocessionaire of the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Company’s liability for the Ceded Contracts, the Retrocessionaire shall be ceded the applicable Ceded Percentage of Earned Gross Premiums by the Company. As respects United States Dollars and Euros, the premium as respects any Ceded Contract shall be paid in the original currency in which the Company received such premium. As respects other currencies, the premium as respect any Ceded Contract shall be paid in United States Dollars or other original currency per Article 15.
ARTICLE 9
CEDING COMMISSION
The Retrocessionaire shall allow and pay the Company a ceding fee equal to the [***] of the [***] of [***] and an [***] equal to [***]% of [***] on Ceded Contracts. The Retrocessionaire hereby guarantees that the Company will receive such ceding commission regardless of any events, losses

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-5-


or developments for the term of this Agreement. The Company shall allow return ceding commissions on return premiums at the same rate.
ARTICLE 10
ASSESSMENTS, ASSIGNMENTS, FINES AND PENALTIES
The Retrocessionaire hereby assumes liability for the Ceded Percentage of any and all assessments and assignments imposed as a result of the Ceded Contracts and shall reimburse the Company for its share of any fines, assessments and/or penalties imposed upon the Company as a result of the Ceded Contracts.
ARTICLE 11
OFFSET
The Company and the Retrocessionaire may offset any balance or amount due from one party to the other under this Agreement and any other agreement between the parties. However, in the event of the insolvency of any party hereto, offset shall only be allowed in accordance with the Insolvency Article included herein, or where in conflict with applicable law, such law shall govern. Such offset details shall be clearly delineated for accounting purposes.
ARTICLE 12
EPORTS AND REMITTANCES
Within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company shall provide the Retrocessionaire with a report, segregated by underwriting year of the following in respect of the Ceded Contracts:
(a) Ceded Contracts written during the quarter;
(b) Gross written premium less cancellations and return premiums;
(c) Earned Gross Premiums and premiums received by the Company;
(d) Original acquisition expenses for Ceded Contracts;
(e) The Ceding Commission as provided hereunder;
(f) Paid Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extracontractual Obligations;
(g) Outstanding loss – if any;
(h) Subrogation, salvage or other recoveries;
(i) Any applicable premium or other similar taxes (including but not limited to United States Federal Excise Tax if applicable); and
(j) The current Required Collateral Amount.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-6-


Any balance due to the Retrocessionaire shall be remitted by the Company along with the quarterly report. For the avoidance of doubt, premiums retained by the cedents on the Ceded Contracts as funds withheld shall not be payable by the Company to the Retrocessionaire until actually received by the Company. Any balance due to the Company shall be remitted by the Retrocessionaire within 30 days of receipt of the quarterly report. Should payment due from the Retrocessionaire exceed $100,000 (or equivalent in original currency of the relevant Ceded Contract(s)) as respects any one Loss, the Retrocessionaire shall within 5 business days pay its share of such loss upon written request by the Company accompanied by supporting documentation. Any special remittance made pursuant to this provision shall be credited to the Retrocessionaire in the account in which the paid Loss appears.
If the Company is required to fund a claim or loss fund pursuant to the terms of a Ceded Contract, the Retrocessionaire shall indemnify the Company for its proportionate share of such fund.
Within 60 days following the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall furnish the Retrocessionaire with a statement showing the unearned premium, the total reserves for outstanding Losses, including Loss Adjustment Expenses, and any other information which the Retrocessionaire may require for its annual financial statements.
ARTICLE 13
DELAYS, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS
Any inadvertent error, omission or delay in complying with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability that would attach to it hereunder if such error, omission or delay had not been made, provided such error, omission or delay is rectified immediately upon discovery.
ARTICLE 14
EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The Retrocessionaire shall indemnify the Company for the Ceded Percentage of any Extra Contractual Obligations.
An Extra Contractual Obligation will be deemed to have occurred on the same date as the occurrence or claim covered under the Ceded Contract and will constitute part of the original loss.
Loss Adjustment Expenses in respect of Extra Contractual Obligations will be covered hereunder in the same manner as other Loss Adjustment Expenses.
However, this Article will not apply where the loss has been incurred due to fraud (including settlements and/or an admission of fraud and/or criminal acts) of a member of the board of directors or a corporate officer of the Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organization or party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement of any claim covered hereunder.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-7-


ARTICLE 15
CURRENCY
A. All premiums, Losses, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations hereunder shall be payable in United States Dollars, Euros or at the option of the Company in any other original currency.
B. For purposes of this Agreement, where the Company receives premiums or pays Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense or Extra Contractual Obligations in currencies other than United States Dollars, Euros or another original currency per paragraph A above, such items shall be converted into United States Dollars at the actual rates of exchange at which these items are entered in the Company’s books.
ARTICLE 16
INSOLVENCY
In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Retrocessionaire of the pendency of a claim against the Company indicating the policy or bond reinsured which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Retrocessionaire within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Retrocessionaire may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Retrocessionaire shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Retrocessionaire.
In the event of the insolvency of the Company, the sums held in trust for the Retrocessionaire shall continue to be kept separate and continue to be held in trust for the benefit of the Retrocessionaire and subject to the terms of this Agreement shall continue to be beneficially owned by and payable to the Retrocessionaire.
In the event of the insolvency of the Retrocessionaire, all amounts due but not paid to the Retrocessionaire by the Company on such date under this Agreement and any other contract, regardless of the date on which they became due, and all amounts which become due to the Retrocessionaire by the Company after that date under this Agreement and any other contract may be retained by the Company and set off (to the extent permitted by applicable law) against the amounts due by the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement and any other contract, whether they were due before the insolvency or become due after. The balance only, if any, shall be payable by the Company to the Retrocessionaire at the expiry of all liability under this Agreement and any other contract between the parties

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-8-


ARTICLE 17
ACCESS TO RECORDS
The Retrocessionaire or its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to visit the offices of the Company following the giving of reasonable notice, to inspect, examine, audit, and verify any of the files relating to business reinsured under this Agreement) at all reasonable times. This right shall be exercisable during the term of this Agreement or after the expiration of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 18
ARBITRATION
A. Prior to commencing any arbitration in connection with any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or validity thereof (a “ Dispute ”), the parties shall first engage in the following Steering Committee Procedures. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, in any Dispute in which a party seeks a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or attachment or other order in aid of arbitration pending the outcome of any Steering Committee (as defined below) meeting or arbitration procedure, such party may seek such order at any time without first following the procedures set forth in Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 18.
B. Following written request of one party to the other party, the Company, on the one hand, and the Retrocessionaire, on the other hand, shall use commercially reasonable efforts promptly to form a dispute steering committee (the “ Steering Committee ”), which shall consist of three (3) members appointed by the Company and three (3) members appointed by the Retrocessionaire; provided, that the number of members appointed to the Steering Committee may be modified by the mutual written consent of the parties. There shall be no restrictions placed on the appointment of any member to the Steering Committee other than that any such member shall be an officer or director of the Company or the Retrocessionaire, as applicable, and have qualifications and experience reasonably necessary to negotiate regarding the subject matter of the relevant Dispute. The members of the Steering Committee shall meet as frequently as they deem necessary or appropriate to resolve any Disputes under this Agreement, which meetings shall be held promptly following the formation of the Steering Committee at a time and location reasonably agreed to by the members.
C. The Company and the Retrocessionaire shall cause their respective Steering Committee members to use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the relevant Dispute without the commencement of arbitration. Any party shall be permitted to commence arbitration to resolve such Dispute only after the occurrence of two (2) separate meetings with all of the members of the Steering Committee, which meetings may be in person, by telephone, videoconference or any other means by which all of the participants can hear each other, or as otherwise agreed by the parties hereto (it being agreed to by the parties that if for any reason such two (2) meetings have not occurred within thirty (30) days after any party first requests in writing that such Dispute be referred to the Steering Committee, the requirements of this Section (C) of Article 17 shall be deemed to have been met).
D. Provided that Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 18 have been complied with, any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, facsimile, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in Hamilton, Bermuda or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person Arbitration Panel selected by mutual agreement of

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-9-


the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS•U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS•U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party, and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration.
ARTICLE 19
COLLATERAL
A. The Retrocessionaire shall fund the sum of (a) [***] and (b) [***]% of the amount of [***] to the [***] hereunder (such sum being the “ Required Collateral Amount ”). “ Modeled Collateral Amount ” means the [***] hereunder determined on an [***] at the [***] as [***] by the [***] for [***] using the [***] then used in the [***] less the [***] of [***] that would be [***] the [***] the [***] of the [***]. Such determination shall include all in-force exposure from such Ceded Contracts. For the avoidance of doubt, the Retrocessionaire acknowledges that actual ceded Loss may exceed the PML. The Company shall be free to modify its PML methodology in its sole discretion; provided, however, that such modified PML methodology becomes that generally used in the Company’s internal reporting.
The Required Collateral Amount shall be funded through one or more of the following methods:
1. Letter of Credit: Not less than [***] of the Required Collateral Amount shall be secured by one or more letters of credit provided by and paid for by the Retrocessionaire with terms reasonably acceptable to the Company including, but not limited to the following:
(i) clean, irrevocable and evergreen, with an initial term of not less than one (1) year;
(ii) issued by a bank approved by the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably delayed or withheld;
(iii) permitting draws solely by the Company upon demand; and
(iv) at least thirty days’ notice of expiration or non-renewal to be provided to the Company.
2. Reinsurance Trust Account: The balance, if any, of the Required Collateral Amount shall be secured by funds deposited pursuant to a trust agreement in form and substance, and with a third party trustee, in each case satisfactory to the Company in its sole discretion that meets the requirements of any applicable law, regulation, or regulatory authority, which shall be invested in accordance with the Investment Guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit A.
In the event that the Retrocessionaire at any time fails to meet its security obligations as set forth in this Article, without prejudice to the Company’s right to enforce the Collateral provisions herein, the Company shall be entitled to elect some or all of the following options at any time:

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-10-


a.
to hold back, as funds withheld, any amounts otherwise due to the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and the Retrocessionaire;
b.
to reduce or cancel cessions of any new or renewal Underlying Contracts;
c.
to reduce the Ceded Percentage for in-force Ceded Contracts on a contract-by-contract basis as respects future occurrences (for “occurrence,” “accident” or similar coverages) or claims (for claims made, occurrences reported or similar coverages) until the Required Collateral Amount does not exceed the amount of collateral provided or until the Ceded Percentage for such Ceded Contracts is reduced to zero; in case of such reduction of the Ceded Percentage, the Company shall recapture a commensurate amount of the corresponding unearned premium reserve included in the Retrocessionaire’s Obligations, and the Company shall assume the portion of future losses, if any, which otherwise would have been ceded in respect thereof, and the Company may draw upon the collateral to effect such recapture of the unearned premium reserve; and/or
d.
instruct Retrocessionaire to liquidate, either immediately or over time (as determined by the Company in its discretion) certain (selected by the Company in its discretion) or all of the assets in the trust account and reinvest the proceeds in accordance with the Investment Guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit B.
B. The term “ Obligations ” shall mean the Retrocessionaire’s Ceded Percentage in respect of Ceded Contracts of: (i) Losses, Loss Adjustment Expenses and Extra Contractual Obligations paid by the Company, but not recovered from the Retrocessionaire; plus (ii) reserves for Losses, Loss Adjustment Expenses and Extra Contractual Obligations reported and outstanding; plus (iii) reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred but not reported; plus (iv) unearned premium; minus (v) the amounts, if any, of (ii), (iii) and (iv) that are derived from premium accruals.
C. No later than the second business day of each calendar week (“Report Date”), the Retrocessionaire shall furnish to the Company a report listing (a) the outstanding amount of all Letters of Credit securing the Required Collateral Amount, and (b) the fair market value of all assets securing the Required Collateral Amount in the trust account as of the close of business on the last business day of the preceding calendar week. If the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance at any Report Date is less than [***]% of the Required Collateral Amount, the Retrocessionaire shall increase the Letter(s) of Credit amount consistent with paragraph A.1 above and/or deposit additional funds or assets in the reinsurance trust consistent with paragraph A.2 above no later than the close of business on the last business day of the week of such Report Date to bring the total up to no less than [***]% of the Required Collateral Amount. If the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance shown at the first Report Date in any calendar month is less than [***]% of the Required Collateral Amount, the Retrocessionaire shall increase the Letter(s) of Credit amount consistent with paragraph A.1 above and/or deposit additional funds or assets in the reinsurance trust consistent with paragraph A.2 above no later than the close of business on the last business day of the week of such Report Date to bring the total up to no less than [***]% of the Required Security Amount.
D. At quarterly intervals, or more frequently as agreed, the Company shall prepare a specific statement of the Obligations and the Modeled Collateral Amount, for the sole purpose of amending the Letter of Credit or adjusting the trust account, in the following manner:
(i) If the statement shows that the Required Collateral Amount exceeds the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance as of the statement date, the

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-11-


Retrocessionaire shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of such excess, secure delivery to the Company of an amendment to the Letter of Credit increasing the amount of credit consistent with paragraph A.1 above and/or by depositing additional funds or assets consistent with paragraph A.2 above in the trust account in the amount of such difference.
(ii) If, however, the statement shows that 105% of the Required Collateral Amount is less than the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance as of the statement date, the Company shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of written request from the Retrocessionaire, release such excess credit by agreeing to secure an amendment to the Letter of Credit reducing the amount of credit available and/or withdrawing from the trust account and returning to the Retrocessionaire funds or assets in the amount of such excess credit.
E. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any Letter(s) of Credit may be drawn upon and/or assets in any reinsurance trust account may be withdrawn by the Company (including any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver, conservator, or other successor of the Company by operation of law) at any time: (i) to reimburse the Company for the Retrocessionaire’s share of returned premiums upon cancellation of a Ceded Contract; (ii) to pay any other amount the Company claims is due under this Agreement; or (iii) in the event that the Company receives notices of nonrenewal of any Letter of Credit or termination of any trust agreement without a replacement Letter of Credit or trust account having been established.
F. Prior to depositing any assets into a reinsurance trust account, the Retrocessionaire shall execute assignments or endorsements in blank, or transfer legal title of such assets to the trustee, so that the Company, or the trustee upon the Company’s direction, may negotiate any such assets in accordance with the requirements set forth in the applicable trust agreement governing the reinsurance trust account in which such assets are held. Notwithstanding the composition of any assets in any trust account all settlements of account between the Company and the Retrocessionaire shall be in cash or its equivalent.
G. The Company may, at its discretion, require payment of any sum in default instead of resorting to any security held, and it shall be no defense to any such claim that the Company might have had recourse to any such security.
H. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company and the Retrocessionaire agree that the collateral requirements under this Agreement, the ARL/Watford Retrocession and the ARE/Watford Retrocession shall be aggregated and that the Watford/ARL Unearned Premium and Watford/ARL Loss Obligations shall be netted therefrom (but not less than zero).  By way of illustration, if the Required Collateral Amount which Retrocessionaire is required to collateralize under this Agreement is $[***], the Required Security Amount which Retrocessionaire is required to collateralize under the ARL/Watford Retrocession is $[***], the Required Security Amount which Retrocessionaire is required to collateralize under the ARE/Watford Retrocession is $[***], and the Watford/ARL Unearned Premium and Watford/ARL Loss Obligations total $[***], then the aggregate requirement for collateral under this Agreement, the ARL/Watford Retrocession and the ARE/Watford Retrocession combined shall be $[***].

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-12-


ARTICLE 20
NOTICES
All Notices and Proceedings Notices shall be given in writing and given to the parties at the following addresses:
If to the Retrocessionaire:
WATFORD RE LTD.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton HM HX
Bermuda
Attention: CEO
Telephone No.: (441) 278-3450

with a copy to:
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063
If to the Company:
Arch Reinsurance Ltd.
Waterloo House, 1st Floor
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
Attn: CEO
(441) 278-9200
(441) 296-1518 - fax
with a copy to:
Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No. (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.: (212) 701-3323

Notices may be delivered by hand, by overnight courier, or email.
Unless shown to have been received earlier, any Notice so delivered shall be deemed to have been delivered:

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-13-


if delivered by hand or by overnight courier, when delivered, if delivered during business hours on any business day or, if delivered outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day; or
if delivered by email, at the time of transmission, if transmitted during business hours on any business day or, if transmitted outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day.
Any party may, by Notice to any other party, change the name, address or other details to which Notices and/or Proceedings Notices may be given pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE 21
JURISDICTION
The only suits, actions, or proceedings relating to a dispute permitted to be brought in a judicial forum are those (i) to compel arbitration, (ii) for temporary injunctive relief in aid of arbitration or to preserve the status quo pending the appointment of the arbitrator(s), (iii) to enforce or vacate an arbitral award, or (iv) to obtain relief in connection with arbitration. Any such proceeding shall be brought exclusively in any court of competent jurisdiction in Bermuda, and the parties shall comply with all the requirements necessary to give such court such exclusive jurisdiction, except that any judgment confirming a final arbitral award hereunder may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets. Service of process may be made upon either party by written notice at its office in Bermuda. In any suit instituted by one party against the other under this Agreement, the parties shall abide by the final decision of such court or any appellate court in the event of an appeal.
ARTICLE 22
[reserved]
ARTICLE 23
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement and any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. This Article shall not operate to exclude any obligation otherwise provided by this Agreement, including Article 18.
ARTICLE 24
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS
This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Retrocessionaire, and in no instance shall any insured, claimant or other third party have any rights under this Agreement except as may be expressly provided otherwise herein.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-14-


ARTICLE 25
AMENDMENTS
Any change or modification to this Agreement will be made by written amendment to this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Retrocessionaire.
ARTICLE 26
CONFIDENTIALITY
The Retrocessionaire hereby acknowledges that the documents, information and data provided to it by the Company, whether directly or through an authorized agent, in connection with the placement and execution of this agreement (“ Confidential Information ”) are proprietary and confidential to the Company. Confidential Information will not include documents, information or data that the Retrocessionaire can show:
1. are publicly known or have become publicly known through no unauthorized act of the Retrocessionaire;
2. have been rightfully received from a third person without obligation of confidentiality; or
3. were known by the Retrocessionaire prior to the placement of this Agreement without an obligation of confidentiality.
Absent the written consent of the Company, the Retrocessionaire will not disclose any Confidential Information to any third parties, except:
1. when required by retrocessionaires subject to the business ceded to this Agreement;
2. when required by regulators performing an audit of the Retrocessionaire’s records and/or financial condition;
3. when required by external auditors performing an audit of the Retrocessionaire’s records in the normal course of business; or
4. when required by legal counsel and/or arbitrators in connection with an actual or potential arbitration hereunder.
Further, the Retrocessionaire agrees not to use any Confidential Information for any purpose not related to the performance of their obligations or enforcement of their rights under this Agreement.
In the event that the Retrocessionaire is required by court order, other legal process or any regulatory authority to release or disclose any or all of the Confidential Information, the Retrocessionaire agrees to provide the Company with written notice of same at least 10 days prior to such release or disclosure. However, (1) if the Retrocessionaire is required to release or disclose the Confidential Information in less than 10 days, the Retrocessionaire will provide the Company with

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-15-


immediate written notice; and (2) if disclosure is required on the date of receipt of the subpoena, the Retrocessionaire will give the Company notice within 24 hours of disclosing the information. The Retrocessionaire will use its best efforts to assist the Company in maintaining the confidentiality provided for in this Article.
The provisions of this Article will extend to the officers, directors, shareholders and employees of the Retrocessionaire and any affiliated insurers or reinsurers within its immediate holding company group, and will be binding upon their successors and assigns.
ARTICLE 27
LATE PAYMENTS
In the event any payment due either party is not received by the other party by the payment due date, the party to whom payment is due may, require the debtor party to pay, and the debtor party agrees to pay, an interest penalty on the amount past due calculated for each such payment on the last business day of each month as follows:
1. a.    The number of full days that have expired since the overdue date or the last monthly calculation, whichever the lesser; times
b. 1/365th of the sum of the six-month United States Treasury Bill rate as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the month for which the calculation is made, plus the applicable Interest Rate Increase (as established in subparagraph (2) below), times
c. The amount past due, including accrued interest.
2. The “Interest Rate Increase” shall be defined as follows:
a. If payment is made 30 days or less after the overdue date, 2.0% per annum.
b. If payment is made more than 30 days after the overdue date, 4.0% per annum.
Interest shall accumulate until payment of the original amount due plus interest penalties have been received by the creditor party.
The due date shall, for purposes of this Article, be determined as follows:
1. Payments from the Retrocessionaire to the Company shall be due on the date on which the demand for payment (including delivery of quarterly reports) is received by the Retrocessionaire, and shall be overdue 30 days thereafter.
2. Payments from the Company to the Retrocessionaire shall be due on the dates specified within this Agreement. Payments shall be overdue 30 days thereafter except for the first installment of premium, if applicable, which shall be overdue 60 days from inception or 30 days from final line-signing, whichever the later. Reinstatement

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-16-


premium, if applicable, shall have as a due date the date when the Company receives payment for the claim giving rise to such reinstatement premium, and payment shall be overdue 30 days thereafter. In the event a due date is not specifically stated for a given payment, the overdue date shall be 30 days following the date of billing.
If the information contained in the Company’s demand for payment is insufficient or not in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement, then within 30 days the Retrocessionaire shall request from the Company all additional information necessary to validate its claim and the payment due date as defined in paragraph B shall be deemed to be the date upon which the Retrocessionaire received the requested additional information. This paragraph is only for the purpose of establishing when a payment is overdue, and shall not alter the provisions of the Reports and Remittances Article or other pertinent contractual stipulations.
Should the Retrocessionaire dispute a claim presented by the Company and the timeframes set out in paragraph B be exceeded, interest as stipulated in paragraph A shall be payable for the entire overdue period, but only for the amount of the final settlement with the Retrocessionaire.
In the event arbitration is necessary to settle a dispute, the panel shall have the authority to make a determination awarding interest to the prevailing party. Interest, if any, awarded by the panel shall supersede the interest amounts outlined herein.
Any interest owed pursuant to this Article may be waived by the party to which it is owed. Waiver of such interest, however, shall not affect the waiving party’s rights to other interest amounts due as a result of this Article.
ARTICLE 28
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Agreement (and any Letter of Credit provided by the Retrocessionaire to the Company or Reinsurance Trust Agreement in accordance with Article 19 of this Agreement) and the Services Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties in connection with the retrocession of the Ceded Contracts.
In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other document referred to in it, the provisions of this Agreement sh all prevail.
ARTICLE 29
DUTY OF COOPERATION
Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement, including making available to each other their respective officers and employees and agents for interviews and meeting with Governmental Authority (as defined in the Services Agreement), and furnishing any additional assistance, information and documents as may be reasonably requested by a party from time to time. The duty of cooperation shall apply, but not be limited, to regulatory matters and to litigation matters involving third parties.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-17-


ARTICLE 30
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
No action taken by any party hereto in exercising its rights under this Agreement shall in any way be construed as a waiver by such party of any rights or remedies available to it.
The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
A waiver (which may be given subject to conditions) of any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall only be effective if it is in writing. Any waiver shall apply only to the party to whom it is addressed and for the specific circumstances for which it is given. Any waiver shall not prevent the party who has given the waiver from subsequently relying on the right, power or remedy in other circumstances.
In the event of a waiver of any provision of this Agreement, such waiver shall not be deemed a waiver of any other provision herein, nor shall waiver of any breach of this Agreement be construed as a continuing waiver of subsequent breaches of the same or of other provisions of this Agreement.
The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.
ARTICLE 31
ASSIGNMENT
Neither this Agreement, nor any rights, interests or obligations hereunder, may be directly or indirectly assigned, delegated, sublicensed or transferred by any party, in whole or in part, to any other person by operation of law or otherwise, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without the prior written consent of the other party.
ARTICLE 32
UTMOST GOOD FAITH; AMOUNTS TO BE PAID
The relationship of the parties with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement shall be in accordance with the principles of utmost good faith and fair dealing.
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to mean that amounts to be paid by the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement are not payable until the ultimate net liability of the Retrocessionaire has been ascertained.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-18-


ARTICLE 33
SURVIVAL
The provisions of Articles 1 through 4 and 6 through 32 hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 25 th day of March, in the year of 2014.
ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
 
/s/ Nicolas Papadopoulo
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Retrocessionaire has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 25 th day of March, in the year of 2014.
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
/s/ John Rathgeber


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

[Signature Page]


Exhibit A
Investment Guidelines for Collateral Trust Account
Permitted Investments : The funds held in the applicable reinsurance trust account pursuant to this Agreement (the “ Portfolio ”) may only be invested in US Dollar denominated securities, in the following investments:

(i)
Liquid High Yield Corporate Securities (including Rule 144a);
(ii)
Liquid Syndicated Leveraged Loans;
(iii)
Sovereign, Supranational and Development Bank securities;
(iv)
Investment Grade Corporate securities (including Rule 144a);
(v)
Residential and Commercial Mortgage-Backed securities rated BB/Baa2 or better;
(vi)
Asset-backed securities rated BBB-/Baa3 or better;
(vii)
US and G7 Government and Agency guaranteed securities
(viii)
Cash & Equivalents rated A1/P1, AAA or equivalent, including Money Market funds, Agency Discount Notes, Commercial paper, CDs, Time Deposits, Banker’s Acceptances;
(ix)
Liquid Corporate Debt Instruments

Asset Allocation : The following single issuer limits shall apply on a market value basis, with exception of Money-Market funds and US Government guaranteed securities, which may be held without limit:
(i)
Maximum of 10% per issuer in securities issued by Sovereigns, Supranationals and Development Banks;
(ii)
Maximum of 5% per issuer in securities rated Investment Grade;
(iii)
Maximum of 3% per issuer in securities rated below Investment Grade, provided that for the first 12 months the maximum limit per-issuer shall be $1MM, subject to the aggregate amount of such securities or other assets that are in excess of 3% not exceeding 20% of the then-current Portfolio balance.

Credit Quality Criteria : At purchase, securities must have a credit rating equal to B-/B3 or higher in the long-term or short-term investment rating agency category, preferably by at least two of the Major Rating Agencies. “Major Rating Agencies” is defined as S&P, Moody’s and Fitch. If only two agencies rate the security and these are split, then the lower rating shall be used to determine whether the security is eligible. If only one of the Major Rating Agencies rate a security, that rating shall govern as long as it meets the minimum Portfolio rating requirement of B-/B3. The minimum value-weighted rating of the Trust Portfolio will be not lower than Single-B.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

A-1-



Prohibited Transactions : The following transactions are explicitly prohibited:
(i)
Any securities (including loans) subject to US Withholding Tax issued on or             before 18 July, 1984;
(ii)
Securities (including loans) issued by Property and Casualty (Re) Insurance Companies, including CAT Bonds or Event-linked bonds;
(iii)
Mortgage Derivatives, including Interest-Only Strips (IOs) and Principal-Only Strips (POs), inverse IOs, inverse Floating Rate Notes, CMO Residuals and Support Bonds;
(iv)
Short Sales of securities or maintaining short positions;
(v)
Purchase of any securities on margin;
(vi)
Derivatives;
(vii)
No purchase of Partnership interests (whether publically traded or not);
(viii)
Reverse Repurchase Agreements;
(ix)
Direct Real Estate;
(x)
Securities Lending;
(xi)
Direct leverage of the Portfolio is not permitted;
(xii)
Equities;
(xiii)
Hedging
(xiv)
Private Market investments, including Mezzanine debt and Specialty Direct Lending, each as described in the Investment Management Agreement and Highbridge materials.
(xv)
Securities/investments defined by the Manager as “Less Liquid”

Liquidity : 100% of the Trust Assets will be invested in securities that the Manager, based on its screening and selection process, classifies as “Liquid” securities. A security or other asset generally will be considered “Liquid” if, in connection with an orderly liquidation of a Portfolio's position in the security or asset, the Portfolio can sell the security or asset at approximately the price at which the security or asset was carried on the Portfolio's books within two (2) days and can receive cash within seven (7) days or the normal settlement period for the security or asset, in both cases after adjusting for market movements on the day of sale. Any determination of liquidity as to a particular security or other asset shall be based on all relevant factors including, but not limited to: The frequency of trades and quotes for the security or asset (including any listed or readily tradable security of the same class or issue as the subject security or asset); The number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security or asset and the number of other potential purchasers or sellers, including a determination by the Manager that the proposed purchase is in an amount that is a readily-tradable round-lot of that particular security or other asset; Any legal or contractual restrictions on the ability to transfer the security or asset; Significant developments involving the issuer or counterparty specifically (e.g., default, bankruptcy, etc.); and Settlement practices, registration procedures, limitations on currency conversion or repatriation, and transfer limitations (for foreign securities or other assets). The Manager will not be permitted to purchase any security or other asset that is not Liquid at the time of purchase, and shall liquidate on an orderly basis any security or other asset in the Portfolio that is no longer deemed Liquid based on the criteria above, provided that if a determination of the Portfolio as a whole of being not Liquid is based on conditions in the securities markets generally, the Manager shall not be required to liquidate the entire Portfolio.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

A-2-



Exhibit B
Investment Guidelines for Collateral Trust Account
Permitted Investments : The Portfolio may only be invested in US Dollar denominated securities, and only in the following investments:
    
(i)
Cash & Equivalents rated A1/P1, AAA or equivalent, including Money Market funds, Agency Discount Notes, Commercial paper, CDs, Time Deposits, Banker’s Acceptances;
(ii)
US Treasury Bills;
        
Asset Allocation : The following single issuer limits shall apply on a market value basis, with exception of Money-Market funds and US Treasury Bills, which may be held without limit:
(i)
    Maximum of 10% per issuer in Agency Discount Notes, Commercial Paper, CDs, Time Deposits, Banker’s Acceptances.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

B-1-

Exhibit 10.17

QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT
(the “ Agreement ”)
between
ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
a Bermuda-domiciled insurance company
(the “
Company ”)
and
WATFORD RE LTD.
a Bermuda-domiciled insurance company
(the “ Retrocessionaire ”)
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS , the Company is a Bermuda insurance company with superior financial security to the Retrocessionaire;
WHEREAS , Arch Underwriters Ltd. (“AUL”) is a Bermuda company which provides certain services to the Retrocessionaire including (but not limited to) supervising the underwriting of reinsurance contracts for the Retrocessionaire;
WHEREAS , in circumstances where a broker or cedant will not cede to the Retrocessionaire directly, the Company may, at the request of AUL and at the Company’s option, assume certain reinsurance contracts and thereafter cede all or some share of such contracts to the Retrocessionaire;
WHEREAS , the Company desires to cede and Retrocessionaire desires to accept a quota share participation in such reinsurance contracts assumed by the Company at the request of AUL subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
BUSINESS COVERED
This Agreement is to indemnify and hold the Company harmless in respect of the Ceded Percentage of the Company’s gross liability that may accrue to the Company in respect of its participations in Ceded Contracts written by the Company pursuant to Reinsurance Requests and incepting on or after the Effective Date and prior to the Termination Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the decision whether to bind an Underlying Contract and, the decision to cede all or any share of an Underlying Contract hereunder, shall be in the sole discretion of

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.




the Company. Nothing in this Contract shall compel the Company to bind or cede any contracts, and the Company shall be free to authorize and bind additional or separate participations in such Underlying Contract for its own account.
ARTICLE 2
ORIGINAL CONDITIONS
All reinsurance under this Agreement shall attach simultaneously with the attachment of the Ceded Contract and shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, waivers, and interpretations, and to the same modifications, cancellations and alterations, as the respective Ceded Contracts. The Retrocessionaire shall in every case to which this Agreement applies and to the extent of the Ceded Percentage absolutely and unconditionally follow the underwriting fortunes of the Company in respect of the Ceded Contracts, and the Retrocessionaire shall be bound, without limitation, by all payments and settlements entered into by the Company in good faith, subject always to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement. There are no exclusions to the cover granted by this Agreement.
ARTICLE 3
TERRITORY
The territorial limits of this Agreement shall be identical with those of the Ceded Contracts.
ARTICLE 4
TERM AND TERMINATION
This Agreement shall take effect at the Effective Date.
Unless terminated pursuant to Article 5, this Agreement shall remain continuously in force until terminated by either mutual agreement or at any anniversary date of the Effective Date on or after the second anniversary date by either party giving at least twelve months’ written notice to the other prior to such anniversary date.
Upon termination for any reason, the Retrocessionaire shall remain liable for: (i) all losses under all Ceded Contracts arising from events that occurred prior to the Termination Date; and (ii) all losses under all Ceded Contracts in force on the Termination Date arising from events that occur after the Termination Date per the terms and conditions of the Ceded Contracts as in force through the next termination, expiration or renewal thereof (whichever occurs first); provided, however, that the Company shall have the right, by giving the Retrocessionaire prior written notice, to relieve the Retrocessionaire of liability for losses occurring subsequent to the Termination Date, in which case the Retrocessionaire shall return the unearned portion, if any, of any premium paid hereunder.
ARTICLE 5
SPECIAL TERMINATIONS

This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon termination of the Services Agreement.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-2-



The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time by providing 30 days’ prior written notice to Retrocessionaire upon the happening of any one of the following circumstances:
1. A legal authority orders the Retrocessionaire to cease writing business;
2. The Retrocessionaire has voluntarily ceased assuming new and renewal reinsurance business;
3. The Retrocessionaire has become insolvent or has been placed into liquidation or receivership (whether voluntary or involuntary), or there has been instituted against it proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator, or trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or control of its operations;
4. The Retrocessionaire’s policyholders’ surplus, as reported in the financial statements of the Retrocessionaire has been reduced by whichever is greater, either 25% of the amount of surplus at the Effective Date or 25% of the amount at the latest anniversary of the Effective Date;
5. The Retrocessionaire has merged with, been acquired by or becomes controlled by any company, corporation, or individual(s) not controlling the Retrocessionaire’s operations previously; or
6. The Retrocessionaire’s A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating has been assigned or downgraded below B+.
Nothing in this Article 5 shall limit the discretion of the Company under Article 1 to refuse to bind any Underlying Contract or to decline to cede any portion of any Underlying Contract to the Retrocessionaire at any time.
ARTICLE 6
LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE
The Retrocessionaire shall assume, be liable for and pay to or on behalf of the Company, the Ceded Percentage of all Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred in connection with the Ceded Contracts, including, but not limited to, judgments (including interest thereon), settlements and compromises in connection therewith. As respects United States dollars and Euros, Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses as respects any Ceded Contract shall be paid in the original currency in which the Company incurred such Loss or Loss Adjustment Expenses. As respects other currencies, the Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses as respect any Ceded Contract shall be paid in United States Dollars or other original currency per Article 15. The Retrocessionaire shall also be liable for the Ceded Percentage of Extra Contractual Obligations as set forth in Article 14.
The Company in its full discretion shall investigate, defend, and resolve claims or proceedings relating to the Ceded Contracts. Without prejudice to the foregoing and to the Original Conditions Article of this Agreement, while the Retrocessionaire does not undertake to investigate or defend claims or proceedings, it shall nevertheless have the right and be given the opportunity, at its

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-3-



request and with the full cooperation of the Company, to appoint representatives at its own expense and to become associated with the Company and the Company’s representatives in the investigation or control of any claims or proceedings involving this Agreement.
ARTICLE 7
DEFINITIONS
Acquisition Expenses ” means (i) commissions, fees and other expenses directly allocable to the issuance of Ceded Contracts and owed by the Company to third-party agents, brokers, producers or other intermediaries, (ii) underlying ceding commissions, if any, in respect of Ceded Contracts, and (iii) premium taxes, United States Federal excise taxes (including any cascading) and other similar taxes payable by the Company with respect to Ceded Contracts.
ARE/Watford Retrocession ” means the Quota Share Retrocession Agreement of even date herewith between Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited, as retrocedent, and the Retrocessionaire, as retrocessionaire.
ARL/Watford P/C Retrocession ” mans the Property Catastrophe Quota Share Retrocession Agreement of even date herewith between the Company, as retrocedent, and the Retrocessionaire, as retrocessionaire.
Ceded Contracts ” means Underlying Contracts ceded by the Company to the Retrocessionaire hereunder as set forth in Article 1.
Ceded Percentage ” means any percentage chosen by the Company up to and including 85% and notified to Retrocessionaire in writing no later than 60 days after the Company binds the Ceded Contract.
Earned Gross Premiums ” means gross premiums earned on all Ceded Contracts (without deduction of Acquisition Expenses), less return premiums.
Effective Date ” means 12:01 A.M. on January 1, 2014.
Extra Contractual Obligations ” means:
(i) any settlement, judgment or award against the Company in respect of indemnity of an Underlying Cedent or in favor of any other claimant for liability that is not within the terms or conditions of any contract of insurance or reinsurance issued by the Underlying Cedent (including in excess of limits of liability under such contract), and
(ii) any liability arising out of or in connection with any Ceded Contract whether in relation to claims handling or otherwise (including, without limitation, any settlement, judgment or award against the Company) for any amount that is not within the terms or conditions of the Ceded Contract (including in excess of limits of liability of such Ceded Contract) in favor of an Underlying Cedent or in favor of any other claimant in connection with a Ceded Contract; and
(iii) without limiting the foregoing, includes any liability imposed on the Company to the Underlying Cedent or any other claimant as a result of a judgment or settlement or arbitration award, or otherwise, where such liability has arisen because of the failure of an Underlying

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-4-



Cedent or the Company to agree to pay a claim within the policy limits or limits of a Ceded Contract or to provide a defense against such claims as required by law, or bad faith or negligence by the Company or an Underlying Cedent in investigating or handling a claim or in rejecting an offer of settlement.
Loss ” means losses (including, without limitation, losses and loss adjustment expense) incurred by the Underlying Cedent) paid or payable, and ex gratia payments, by the Company pursuant to or in respect of the Ceded Contracts.
Loss Adjustment Expense(s) ” means all costs and expenses incurred by the Company allocable to an occurrence or claim under or in connection with a Ceded Contract (including, without limitation, in relation to any dispute, arbitration or litigation with any Underlying Cedent) in the collateralization, investigation, adjustment, settlement, litigation, defense, or appeal thereof, which shall include without limitation (a) outside retained adjusters’ fees; (b) attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees in connection with coverage investigation or analysis and/or actual, anticipated or threatened actions, suits, or proceedings, whether declaratory, coercive or otherwise; (c) costs taxed in any claim, suit or proceeding; (d) pre-judgment interest; (e) interest accruing after entry of judgment; (f) expenses incurred in unsuccessfully pursuing salvage, subrogation, contribution or indemnity; (g) any out-of-pocket costs paid by the Company with respect to any Extra Contractual Obligations, except for any extra contractual expenses excluded pursuant to the last paragraph of Article 14; and (h) costs and fees for letters of credit and/or trustees/trust accounts required to secure the Company’s obligations to pay Losses. “Loss Adjustment Expenses” shall not include (i) unallocated loss adjustment expenses; (ii) overhead and office expenses of the Company; or (iii) salaries, benefits or expenses of the Company’s employees.
“Loss Obligations ” shall mean the Retrocessionaire’s share of: (i) Losses, Loss Adjustment Expenses and Extra Contractual Obligations paid by the Company, but not recovered from the Retrocessionaire; plus (ii) reserves for Losses, Loss Adjustment Expenses and Extra Contractual Obligations reported and outstanding; plus (iii) reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred but not reported; minus (iv) the amounts, if any, of (ii) and (iii) that are derived from premium accruals.
Reinsurance Request ” means a request from or on behalf of the Retrocessionaire to the Company requesting that the Company enter into a reinsurance or retrocession agreement and identifying the anticipated effective date of such Underlying Contract, the Underlying Cedent and the proposed Ceded Percentage.
Required Security Amount ” means the sum of [***]% of the [***] of [***] and [***]% of [***].
Services Agreement ” means the agreement among the Retrocessionaire, Arch Underwriters Ltd. and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC, dated as of March 24, 2014.
Termination Date ” means the effective date and time of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 4 and/or 5.
Underlying Cedent ” means the counterparty(ies) to any Ceded Contract.
Underlying Contract ” means a reinsurance or retrocession agreement entered into by the Company as reinsurer or retrocessionaire thereunder.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-5-



Unearned Premium ” means reserves for unearned premium net of estimated accrued unearned premium.
Watford/ARL Loss Obligations ” means the Company’s share under the Watford/ARL Retrocession of: (i) Loss, Loss Adjustment Expenses and Extra Contractual Obligations paid by the Retrocessionaire, but not recovered from the Company; plus (ii) Retrocessionaire’s reserves for Loss, Loss Adjustment Expenses and Extra Contractual Obligations reported and outstanding; plus (iii) Retrocessionaire’s reserves for Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred but not reported; minus (iv) the amounts, if any, of (ii) and (iii) that are derived from premium accruals
Watford/ARL Retrocession ” means the Quota Share Retrocession Agreement of even date herewith between Retrocessionaire, as retrocedent, and the Company, as retrocessionaire.
Watford/ARL Unearned Premium ” means the Company’s share of Retrocessionaire’s reserves for unearned premium net of estimated accrued unearned premium under the Watford/ARL Retrocession.
ARTICLE 8
PREMIUM
In consideration of the acceptance by the Retrocessionaire of the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Company’s liability for the Ceded Contracts, the Retrocessionaire shall be ceded the applicable Ceded Percentage of Earned Gross Premiums by the Company. As respects United States Dollars and Euros, the premium as respects any Ceded Contract shall be paid in the original currency in which the Company received such premium. As respects other currencies, the premium as respect any Ceded Contract shall be paid in United States Dollars or other original currency per Article 15.
ARTICLE 9
CEDING COMMISSION
The Retrocessionaire shall allow and pay the Company a ceding fee on Ceded Contracts equal to the Ceded Percentage of the sum of the following in respect of the Ceded Contracts (or such lesser amount as the Company may determine in its discretion): (i) [***], (ii) an [***] equal to [***]% of [***] on [***] and [***]% of [***] on [***] of [***]; provided , however , that in no event shall the ceding fee in the aggregate for all Ceded Contracts which incept during any Underwriting Year exceed [***]% of [***]; provided further that in no event shall the ceding fee in the aggregate for all Ceded Contracts which incept during any Underwriting Year be less than [***]% of [***]. The Retrocessionaire hereby guarantees that the Company will receive such ceding fee regardless of any events, losses or developments for the term of this Agreement. The Company shall allow return ceding fees on return premiums at the same rates.
ARTICLE 10
ASSESSMENTS, ASSIGNMENTS, FINES AND PENALTIES
The Retrocessionaire hereby assumes liability for the Ceded Percentage of any and all assessments and assignments imposed as a result of the Ceded Contracts and shall reimburse the

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-6-



Company for its share of any fines, assessments and/or penalties imposed upon the Company as a result of the Ceded Contracts.
ARTICLE 11
OFFSET
The Company and the Retrocessionaire may offset any balance or amount due from one party to the other under this Agreement and any other agreement between the parties. However, in the event of the insolvency of any party hereto, offset shall only be allowed in accordance with the Insolvency Article included herein, or where in conflict with applicable law, such law shall govern. Such offset details shall be clearly delineated for accounting purposes.
ARTICLE 12
REPORTS AND REMITTANCES
Within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company shall provide the Retrocessionaire with a report, segregated by underwriting year of the following in respect of the Ceded Contracts:
(a) Ceded Contracts written during the quarter;
(b) Gross written premium less cancellations and return premiums;
(c) Earned Gross Premiums and premiums received by the Company;
(d) Original acquisition expenses for Ceded Contracts;
(e) The Ceding Commission as provided hereunder;
(f) Paid Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extracontractual Obligations;
(g) Outstanding loss – if any;
(h) Subrogation, salvage or other recoveries;
(i) Any applicable premium or other similar taxes (including but not limited to United States Federal Excise Tax if applicable); and
(j) Loss Obligations and the Required Security Amount.
Any balance due to the Retrocessionaire shall be remitted by the Company along with the quarterly report. For the avoidance of doubt, premiums retained by the cedents on the Ceded Contracts as funds withheld shall not be payable by the Company to the Retrocessionaire until actually received by the Company. Any balance due to the Company shall be remitted by the Retrocessionaire within 30 days of receipt of the quarterly report. Should payment due from the Retrocessionaire exceed $100,000 (or equivalent in original currency of the relevant Ceded Contract(s)) as respects any one Loss, the Retrocessionaire shall within 5 business days pay its share of such Loss upon written request by the

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-7-



Company accompanied by supporting documentation. Any special remittance made pursuant to this provision shall be credited to the Retrocessionaire in the account in which the paid Loss appears.
If the Company is required to fund a claim or loss fund pursuant to the terms of a Ceded Contract, the Retrocessionaire shall indemnify the Company for its proportionate share of such fund.
Within 60 days following the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall furnish the Retrocessionaire with a statement showing the Unearned Premium, the total reserves for outstanding Losses, including Loss Adjustment Expenses, and any other information which the Retrocessionaire may require for its annual financial statements.
ARTICLE 13
DELAYS, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS
Any inadvertent error, omission or delay in complying with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability that would attach to it hereunder if such error, omission or delay had not been made, provided such error, omission or delay is rectified immediately upon discovery.
ARTICLE 14
EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The Retrocessionaire shall indemnify the Company for the Ceded Percentage of any Extra Contractual Obligations.
An Extra Contractual Obligation will be deemed to have occurred on the same date as the occurrence or claim covered under the Ceded Contract and will constitute part of the original loss.
Loss Adjustment Expenses in respect of Extra Contractual Obligations will be covered hereunder in the same manner as other Loss Adjustment Expenses.
However, this Article will not apply where the loss has been incurred due to fraud (including settlements and/or an admission of fraud and/or criminal acts) of a member of the board of directors or a corporate officer of the Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organization or party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement of any claim covered hereunder.
ARTICLE 15
CURRENCY
A. All premiums, Losses, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations hereunder shall be payable in United States Dollars, Euros or at the option of the Company in any other original currency.
B. For purposes of this Agreement, where the Company receives premiums or pays Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense or Extra Contractual Obligations in currencies other than United States Dollars, Euros or another original currency per paragraph A above, such items shall be converted into

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-8-



United States Dollars at the actual rates of exchange at which these items are entered in the Company’s books.
ARTICLE 16
INSOLVENCY
In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Retrocessionaire of the pendency of a claim against the Company indicating the policy or bond reinsured which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Retrocessionaire within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Retrocessionaire may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Retrocessionaire shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Retrocessionaire.
In the event of the insolvency of the Company the sums held in trust for the Retrocessionaire shall continue to be kept separate and continue to be held in trust for the benefit of the Retrocessionaire and subject to the terms of this Agreement shall continue to be beneficially owned by and payable to the Retrocessionaire.
In the event of the insolvency of the Retrocessionaire, all amounts due but not paid to the Retrocessionaire by the Company on such date under this Agreement and any other contract, regardless of the date on which they became due, and all amounts which become due to the Retrocessionaire by the Company after that date under this Agreement and any other contract may be retained by the Company and set off (to the extent permitted by applicable law) against the amounts due by the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement and any other contract, whether they were due before the insolvency or become due after. The balance only, if any, shall be payable by the Company to the Retrocessionaire at the expiry of all liability under this Agreement and any other contract between the parties .
ARTICLE 17
ACCESS TO RECORDS
The Retrocessionaire or its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to visit the offices of the Company following the giving of reasonable notice, to inspect, examine, audit, and verify any of the files relating to business reinsured under this Agreement) at all reasonable times. This right shall be exercisable during the term of this Agreement or after the expiration of this Agreement.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-9-



ARTICLE 18
ARBITRATION
A. Prior to commencing any arbitration in connection with any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or validity thereof (a “ Dispute ”), the parties shall first engage in the following Steering Committee Procedures. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, in any Dispute in which a party seeks a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or attachment or other order in aid of arbitration pending the outcome of any Steering Committee (as defined below) meeting or arbitration procedure, such party may seek such order at any time without first following the procedures set forth in Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 18.
B. Following written request of one party to the other party, the Company, on the one hand, and the Retrocessionaire, on the other hand, shall use commercially reasonable efforts promptly to form a dispute steering committee (the “ Steering Committee ”), which shall consist of three (3) members appointed by the Company and three (3) members appointed by the Retrocessionaire; provided, that the number of members appointed to the Steering Committee may be modified by the mutual written consent of the parties. There shall be no restrictions placed on the appointment of any member to the Steering Committee other than that any such member shall be an officer or director of the Company or the Retrocessionaire, as applicable, and have qualifications and experience reasonably necessary to negotiate regarding the subject matter of the relevant Dispute. The members of the Steering Committee shall meet as frequently as they deem necessary or appropriate to resolve any Disputes under this Agreement, which meetings shall be held promptly following the formation of the Steering Committee at a time and location reasonably agreed to by the members.
C. The Company and the Retrocessionaire shall cause their respective Steering Committee members to use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the relevant Dispute without the commencement of arbitration. Any party shall be permitted to commence arbitration to resolve such Dispute only after the occurrence of two (2) separate meetings with all of the members of the Steering Committee, which meetings may be in person, by telephone, videoconference or any other means by which all of the participants can hear each other, or as otherwise agreed by the parties hereto (it being agreed to by the parties that if for any reason such two (2) meetings have not occurred within thirty (30) days after any party first requests in writing that such Dispute be referred to the Steering Committee, the requirements of this Section (C) of Article 17 shall be deemed to have been met).
D. Provided that Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 18 have been complied with, any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, facsimile, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in Hamilton, Bermuda or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person Arbitration Panel selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS•U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS•U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party, and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-10-



having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration.
ARTICLE 19
COLLATERAL
A. The Retrocessionaire shall fund the Required Security Amount through one or more of the following methods:
1. Letter of Credit: Not less than [***] of the Required Security Amount shall be secured by one or more letters of credit provided by and paid for by the Retrocessionaire with terms reasonably acceptable to the Company including, but not limited to the following:
(i) clean, irrevocable and evergreen, with an initial term of not less than one (1) year;
(ii) issued by a bank approved by the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably delayed or withheld;
(iii) permitting draws solely by the Company upon demand; and
(iv) at least thirty days’ notice of expiration or non-renewal to be provided to the Company.
2. Reinsurance Trust Account: The balance, if any, of the Required Security Amount shall be secured by funds deposited pursuant to a trust agreement in form and substance, and with a third party trustee, in each case satisfactory to the Company in its sole discretion that meets the requirements of any applicable law, regulation, or regulatory authority, which shall be invested in accordance with the Investment Guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit A.
B. No later than the second business day of each calendar week (“Report Date”), the Retrocessionaire shall furnish to the Company a report listing (a) the outstanding amount of all Letters of Credit securing the Required Security Amount, and (b) the fair market value of all assets securing the Required Security Amount in the trust account as of the close of business on the last business day of the preceding calendar week. If the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance at any Report Date is less than [***]% of the Required Security Amount, the Retrocessionaire shall increase the Letter(s) of Credit amount consistent with paragraph A.1 above and/or deposit additional funds or assets in the reinsurance trust consistent with paragraph A.2 above no later than the close of business on the last business day of the week of such Report Date to bring the total up to no less than [***]% of the Required Security Amount. If the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance shown at the first Report Date in any calendar month is less than [***]% of the Required Security Amount, the Retrocessionaire shall increase the Letter(s) of Credit amount consistent with paragraph A.1 above and/or deposit additional funds or assets in the reinsurance trust consistent with paragraph A.2 above no later than the close of business on the last business day of the week of such Report Date to bring the total up to no less than [***]% of the Required Security Amount.
C. At calendar quarterly intervals, or more frequently as agreed, the Company shall prepare a specific statement of the Required Security Amount, for the sole purpose of amending the Letter(s) of Credit and/or adjusting the trust account, in the following manner:

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-11-



(i) If the statement shows that the Required Security Amount exceeds the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance as of the statement date, the Retrocessionaire shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of such excess, secure delivery to the Company of an amendment to the Letter of Credit increasing the amount of credit consistent with paragraph A.1 above and/or by depositing additional funds or assets consistent with paragraph A.2 above in the trust account in the amount of such difference.
(ii) If, however, the statement shows that [***]% of the Required Security Amount is less than the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance of the statement date, the Company shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of written request from the Retrocessionaire, release such excess credit by agreeing to secure an amendment to the Letter of Credit reducing the amount of credit available and/or withdrawing from the trust account and returning to the Retrocessionaire funds or assets in the amount of such excess credit.
D. In the event that the Retrocessionaire at any time fails to meet its security obligations as set forth in this Article, the Company shall be entitled, without limiting its other remedies for such breach, to (i) hold back, as funds withheld, any amounts otherwise due to the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and the Retrocessionaire, and/or (ii) instruct Retrocessionaire to liquidate, either immediately or over time (as determined by the Company in its discretion) certain (selected by the Company in its discretion) or all of the assets in the trust account and reinvest the proceeds in accordance with the Investment Guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit B, and/or (iii) reduce the Ceded Percentage by an amount as respects future occurrences (as respects “occurrence,” “accident” or similar coverages) or claims (as respects claims made, occurrences reported or similar coverages) arising under non-expired Ceded Contracts previously ceded hereunder until such point that the Required Security Amount does not exceed the applicable required total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance; in such case, the Company shall recapture a commensurate amount of the corresponding Unearned Premium attributable to such previously ceded Ceded Contracts, and the Company shall assume the portion of future Loss Obligations, if any, which otherwise would have been ceded in respect thereof, and the Company may draw upon the Letter(s) of Credit and/or trust account to effect such recapture of the Unearned Premium.
E. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any Letter(s) of Credit may be drawn upon and/or assets in any reinsurance trust account may be withdrawn by the Company (including any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver, conservator, or other successor of the Company by operation of law) at any time: (i) to reimburse the Company for the Retrocessionaire’s share of returned premiums upon cancellation of a Ceded Contract; (ii) to pay any other amount the Company claims is due under this Agreement; or (iii) in the event that the Company receives notices of nonrenewal of any Letter of Credit or termination of any trust agreement without a replacement Letter of Credit or trust account having been established.
F. Prior to depositing any assets into a reinsurance trust account, the Retrocessionaire shall execute assignments or endorsements in blank, or transfer legal title of such assets to the trustee, so that the Company, or the trustee upon the Company’s direction, may negotiate any such assets in accordance with the requirements set forth in the applicable trust agreement governing the reinsurance trust account in which such assets are held. Notwithstanding the composition of any assets in any trust account all settlements of account between the Company and the Retrocessionaire shall be in cash or its equivalent.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-12-



G. The Company may, at its discretion, require payment of any sum in default instead of resorting to any security held, and it shall be no defense to any such claim that the Company might have had recourse to any such security.
H. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company and the Retrocessionaire agree that the collateral requirements under this Agreement, the ARL/Watford P/C Retrocession and the ARE/Watford Retrocession shall be aggregated and that the Watford/ARL Unearned Premium and Watford/ARL Loss Obligations shall be netted therefrom (but not less than zero).  By way of illustration, if the Required Security Amount which Retrocessionaire is required to collateralize under this Agreement is $[***], the Required Security Amount which Retrocessionaire is required to collateralize under ARE/Watford Retrocession is $[***], the Required Collateral Amount which Retrocessionaire is required to collateralize under the ARL/Watford P/C Retrocession is $[***], and the Watford/ARL Unearned Premium and Watford/ARL Loss Obligations total $[***], then the aggregate requirement for collateral under this Agreement, the ARE/Watford Retrocession and the ARL/Watford P/C Retrocession combined shall be $[***].
ARTICLE 20
NOTICES
All Notices and Proceedings Notices shall be given in writing and given to the parties at the following addresses:
If to the Retrocessionaire:
WATFORD RE LTD.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton HM HX
Bermuda
Attention: CEO
Telephone No.: (441) 278-3450

with a copy to:
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063
If to the Company:
Arch Reinsurance Ltd.
Waterloo House, 1st Floor
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
Attn: CEO

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-13-



(441) 278-9200
(441) 296-1518 - fax
with a copy to:
Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No. (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.: (212) 701-3323

Notices may be delivered by hand, by overnight courier, or email.
Unless shown to have been received earlier, any Notice so delivered shall be deemed to have been delivered:
if delivered by hand or by overnight courier, when delivered, if delivered during business hours on any business day or, if delivered outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day; or
if delivered by email, at the time of transmission, if transmitted during business hours on any business day or, if transmitted outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day.
Any party may, by Notice to any other party, change the name, address or other details to which Notices and/or Proceedings Notices may be given pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE 21
JURISDICTION
The only suits, actions, or proceedings relating to a dispute permitted to be brought in a judicial forum are those (i) to compel arbitration, (ii) for temporary injunctive relief in aid of arbitration or to preserve the status quo pending the appointment of the arbitrator(s), (iii) to enforce or vacate an arbitral award, or (iv) to obtain relief in connection with arbitration. Any such proceeding shall be brought exclusively in any court of competent jurisdiction in Bermuda, and the parties shall comply with all the requirements necessary to give such court such exclusive jurisdiction, except that any judgment confirming a final arbitral award hereunder may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets. Service of process may be made upon either party by written notice at its office in Bermuda. In any suit instituted by one party against the other under this Agreement, the parties shall abide by the final decision of such court or any appellate court in the event of an appeal
ARTICLE 22
[reserved]

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-14-



ARTICLE 23
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement and any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. This Article shall not operate to exclude any obligation otherwise provided by this Agreement, including Article 18.
ARTICLE 24
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS
This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Retrocessionaire, and in no instance shall any insured, claimant or other third party have any rights under this Agreement except as may be expressly provided otherwise herein.
ARTICLE 25
AMENDMENTS
Any change or modification to this Agreement will be made by written amendment to this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Retrocessionaire.
ARTICLE 26
CONFIDENTIALITY
The Retrocessionaire hereby acknowledges that the documents, information and data provided to it by the Company, whether directly or through an authorized agent, in connection with the placement and execution of this agreement (“ Confidential Information ”) are proprietary and confidential to the Company. Confidential Information will not include documents, information or data that the Retrocessionaire can show:
1. are publicly known or have become publicly known through no unauthorized act of the Retrocessionaire;
2. have been rightfully received from a third person without obligation of confidentiality; or
3. were known by the Retrocessionaire prior to the placement of this Agreement without an obligation of confidentiality.
Absent the written consent of the Company, the Retrocessionaire will not disclose any Confidential Information to any third parties, except:
1. when required by retrocessionaires subject to the business ceded to this Agreement;

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-15-



2. when required by regulators performing an audit of the Retrocessionaire’s records and/or financial condition;
3. when required by external auditors performing an audit of the Retrocessionaire’s records in the normal course of business; or
4. when required by legal counsel and/or arbitrators in connection with an actual or potential arbitration hereunder.
Further, the Retrocessionaire agrees not to use any Confidential Information for any purpose not related to the performance of their obligations or enforcement of their rights under this Agreement.
In the event that the Retrocessionaire is required by court order, other legal process or any regulatory authority to release or disclose any or all of the Confidential Information, the Retrocessionaire agrees to provide the Company with written notice of same at least 10 days prior to such release or disclosure. However, (1) if the Retrocessionaire is required to release or disclose the Confidential Information in less than 10 days, the Retrocessionaire will provide the Company with immediate written notice; and (2) if disclosure is required on the date of receipt of the subpoena, the Retrocessionaire will give the Company notice within 24 hours of disclosing the information. The Retrocessionaire will use its best efforts to assist the Company in maintaining the confidentiality provided for in this Article.
The provisions of this Article will extend to the officers, directors, shareholders and employees of the Retrocessionaire and any affiliated insurers or reinsurers within its immediate holding company group, and will be binding upon their successors and assigns.
ARTICLE 27
LATE PAYMENTS
In the event any payment due either party is not received by the other party by the payment due date, the party to whom payment is due may, require the debtor party to pay, and the debtor party agrees to pay, an interest penalty on the amount past due calculated for each such payment on the last business day of each month as follows:
1. a. The number of full days that have expired since the overdue date or the last monthly calculation, whichever the lesser; times
b. 1/365th of the sum of the six-month United States Treasury Bill rate as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the month for which the calculation is made, plus the applicable Interest Rate Increase (as established in subparagraph (2) below), times
c. The amount past due, including accrued interest.
2. The “Interest Rate Increase” shall be defined as follows:

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-16-



a. If payment is made 30 days or less after the overdue date, 2.0% per annum.
b. If payment is made more than 30 days after the overdue date, 4.0% per annum.
Interest shall accumulate until payment of the original amount due plus interest penalties have been received by the creditor party.
The due date shall, for purposes of this Article, be determined as follows:
1. Payments from the Retrocessionaire to the Company shall be due on the date on which the demand for payment (including delivery of quarterly reports) is received by the Retrocessionaire, and shall be overdue 30 days thereafter.
2. Payments from the Company to the Retrocessionaire shall be due on the dates specified within this Agreement. Payments shall be overdue 30 days thereafter except for the first installment of premium, if applicable, which shall be overdue 60 days from inception or 30 days from final line-signing, whichever the later. Reinstatement premium, if applicable, shall have as a due date the date when the Company receives payment for the claim giving rise to such reinstatement premium, and payment shall be overdue 30 days thereafter. In the event a due date is not specifically stated for a given payment, the overdue date shall be 30 days following the date of billing.
If the information contained in the Company’s demand for payment is insufficient or not in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement, then within 30 days the Retrocessionaire shall request from the Company all additional information necessary to validate its claim and the payment due date as defined in paragraph B shall be deemed to be the date upon which the Retrocessionaire received the requested additional information. This paragraph is only for the purpose of establishing when a payment is overdue, and shall not alter the provisions of the Reports and Remittances Article or other pertinent contractual stipulations.
Should the Retrocessionaire dispute a claim presented by the Company and the timeframes set out in paragraph B be exceeded, interest as stipulated in paragraph A shall be payable for the entire overdue period, but only for the amount of the final settlement with the Retrocessionaire.
In the event arbitration is necessary to settle a dispute, the panel shall have the authority to make a determination awarding interest to the prevailing party. Interest, if any, awarded by the panel shall supersede the interest amounts outlined herein.
Any interest owed pursuant to this Article may be waived by the party to which it is owed. Waiver of such interest, however, shall not affect the waiving party’s rights to other interest amounts due as a result of this Article.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-17-



ARTICLE 28
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Agreement (and any Letter of Credit provided by the Retrocessionaire to the Company or Reinsurance Trust Agreement in accordance with Article 19 of this Agreement) and the Services Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties in connection with the retrocession of the Ceded Contracts.
In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other document referred to in it, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
ARTICLE 29
DUTY OF COOPERATION
Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement, including making available to each other their respective officers and employees and agents for interviews and meeting with Governmental Authority (as defined in the Services Agreement), and furnishing any additional assistance, information and documents as may be reasonably requested by a party from time to time. The duty of cooperation shall apply, but not be limited, to regulatory matters and to litigation matters involving third parties.
ARTICLE 30
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
No action taken by any party hereto in exercising its rights under this Agreement shall in any way be construed as a waiver by such party of any rights or remedies available to it.
The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
A waiver (which may be given subject to conditions) of any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall only be effective if it is in writing. Any waiver shall apply only to the party to whom it is addressed and for the specific circumstances for which it is given. Any waiver shall not prevent the party who has given the waiver from subsequently relying on the right, power or remedy in other circumstances.
In the event of a waiver of any provision of this Agreement, such waiver shall not be deemed a waiver of any other provision herein, nor shall waiver of any breach of this Agreement be construed as a continuing waiver of subsequent breaches of the same or of other provisions of this Agreement.
The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-18-



ARTICLE 31
ASSIGNMENT
Neither this Agreement, nor any rights, interests or obligations hereunder, may be directly or indirectly assigned, delegated, sublicensed or transferred by any party, in whole or in part, to any other person by operation of law or otherwise, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without the prior written consent of the other party.
ARTICLE 32
UTMOST GOOD FAITH; AMOUNTS TO BE PAID
The relationship of the parties with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement shall be in accordance with the principles of utmost good faith and fair dealing.
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to mean that amounts to be paid by the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement are not payable until the ultimate net liability of the Retrocessionaire has been ascertained.
ARTICLE 33
SURVIVAL
The provisions of Articles 1 through 4 and 6 through 32 hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-19-



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 25 th day of March, in the year of 2014.
ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
 
/s/ Nicolas Papadopoulo

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Retrocessionaire has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 25 th day of March, in the year of 2014.
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
/s/ John Rathgeber

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
 
[Signature Page]



Exhibit A
Investment Guidelines for Collateral Trust Account
Permitted Investments : The funds held in the applicable reinsurance trust account pursuant to this Agreement (the “ Portfolio ”) may only be invested in US Dollar denominated securities, in the following investments:

    
(i)
Liquid High Yield Corporate Securities (including Rule 144a);
(ii)
Liquid Syndicated Leveraged Loans;
(iii)
Sovereign, Supranational and Development Bank securities;
(iv)
Investment Grade Corporate securities (including Rule 144a);
(v)
Residential and Commercial Mortgage-Backed securities rated BB/Baa2 or better;
(vi)
Asset-backed securities rated BBB-/Baa3 or better;
(vii)
US and G7 Government and Agency guaranteed securities
(viii)
Cash & Equivalents rated A1/P1, AAA or equivalent, including Money Market funds, Agency Discount Notes, Commercial paper, CDs, Time Deposits, Banker’s Acceptances;
(ix)
Liquid Corporate Debt Instruments

Asset Allocation : The following single issuer limits shall apply on a market value basis, with exception of Money-Market funds and US Government guaranteed securities, which may be held without limit:
(i)
Maximum of 10% per issuer in securities issued by Sovereigns, Supranationals and Development Banks;
(ii)
Maximum of 5% per issuer in securities rated Investment Grade;
(iii)
Maximum of 3% per issuer in securities rated below Investment Grade, provided that for the first 12 months the maximum limit per-issuer shall be $1MM, subject to the aggregate amount of such securities or other assets that are in excess of 3% not exceeding 20% of the then-current Portfolio balance.

Credit Quality Criteria : At purchase, securities must have a credit rating equal to B-/B3 or higher in the long-term or short-term investment rating agency category, preferably by at least two of the Major Rating Agencies. “Major Rating Agencies” is defined as S&P, Moody’s and Fitch. If only two agencies rate the security and these are split, then the lower rating shall be used to determine whether the security is eligible. If only one of the Major Rating Agencies rate a security, that rating shall govern as long as it meets the minimum Portfolio rating requirement of B-/B3. The minimum value-weighted rating of the Trust Portfolio will be not lower than Single-B.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

A-1-




Prohibited Transactions : The following transactions are explicitly prohibited:
(i)
Any securities (including loans) subject to US Withholding Tax issued on or before 18 July, 1984;
(ii)
Securities (including loans) issued by Property and Casualty (Re) Insurance Companies, including CAT Bonds or Event-linked bonds;
(iii)
Mortgage Derivatives, including Interest-Only Strips (IOs) and Principal-Only Strips (POs), inverse IOs, inverse Floating Rate Notes, CMO Residuals and Support Bonds;
(iv)
Short Sales of securities or maintaining short positions;
(v)
Purchase of any securities on margin;
(vi)
Derivatives;
(vii)
No purchase of Partnership interests (whether publically traded or not);
(viii)
Reverse Repurchase Agreements;
(ix)
Direct Real Estate;
(x)
Securities Lending;
(xi)
Direct leverage of the Portfolio is not permitted;
(xii)
Equities;
(xiii)
Hedging
(xiv)
Private Market investments, including Mezzanine debt and Specialty Direct Lending, each as described in the Investment Management Agreement and Highbridge materials.
(xv)
Securities/investments defined by the Manager as “Less Liquid”

Liquidity : 100% of the Trust Assets will be invested in securities that the Manager, based on its screening and selection process, classifies as “Liquid” securities. A security or other asset generally will be considered “Liquid” if, in connection with an orderly liquidation of a Portfolio's position in the security or asset, the Portfolio can sell the security or asset at approximately the price at which the security or asset was carried on the Portfolio's books within two (2) days and can receive cash within seven (7) days or the normal settlement period for the security or asset, in both cases after adjusting for market movements on the day of sale. Any determination of liquidity as to a particular security or other asset shall be based on all relevant factors including, but not limited to: The frequency of trades and quotes for the security or asset (including any listed or readily tradable security of the same class or issue as the subject security or asset); The number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security or asset and the number of other potential purchasers or sellers, including a determination by the Manager that the proposed purchase is in an amount that is a readily-tradable round-lot of that particular security or other asset; Any legal or contractual restrictions on the ability to transfer the security or asset; Significant developments involving the issuer or counterparty specifically (e.g., default, bankruptcy, etc.); and Settlement practices, registration procedures, limitations on currency conversion or repatriation, and transfer limitations (for foreign securities or other assets). The Manager will not be permitted to purchase any security or other asset that is not Liquid at the time of purchase, and shall liquidate on an orderly basis any security or other asset in the Portfolio that is no longer deemed Liquid based on the criteria above, provided that if a determination of the Portfolio as a whole of being not Liquid is based on conditions in the securities markets generally, the Manager shall not be required to liquidate the entire Portfolio.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

A-2-



Exhibit B
Investment Guidelines for Collateral Trust Account
Permitted Investments : The Portfolio may only be invested in US Dollar denominated securities, and only in the following investments:

(i)
Cash & Equivalents rated A1/P1, AAA or equivalent, including Money Market funds, Agency Discount Notes, Commercial paper, CDs, Time Deposits, Banker’s Acceptances;
(ii)
US Treasury Bills;

Asset Allocation : The following single issuer limits shall apply on a market value basis, with exception of Money-Market funds and US Treasury Bills, which may be held without limit:
(i)
Maximum of 10% per issuer in Agency Discount Notes, Commercial Paper, CDs, Time Deposits, Banker’s Acceptances.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

B-1-
Exhibit 10.18

QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT
(the “ Agreement ”)
between
ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
a Nebraska-domiciled insurance company
(the “
Company ”)
and
WATFORD RE LTD.
a Bermuda-domiciled insurance company
(the “ Retrocessionaire ”)
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS , the Company desires to cede, and Retrocessionaire desires to accept, a quota share participation in certain reinsurance contracts written by the Company subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
BUSINESS COVERED
This Agreement is to indemnify and hold the Company harmless in respect of the Ceded Percentage of the Company’s gross liability that may accrue to the Company in respect of its participations in Underlying Contracts written by the Company incepting on or after the Effective Date and prior to the Termination Date selected by the Company for cession hereunder pursuant to a Cession Notice; provided, however, any such contract is within the underwriting guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Underwriting Guidelines ”).
The decision whether to bind an Underlying Contract, and, subject to the Underwriting Guidelines, the decision to cede any Underlying Contract hereunder, shall be in the sole discretion of the Company , and nothing in this Contract shall compel the Company to bind or cede any contracts.
ARTICLE 2
ORIGINAL CONDITIONS
All reinsurance under this Agreement shall attach simultaneously with the attachment of the Ceded Contract and shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, waivers, and interpretations, and to the same modifications, cancellations and alterations, as the respective Ceded Contracts. The Retrocessionaire shall in every case to which this Agreement applies and to the extent of the Ceded

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.




Percentage absolutely and unconditionally follow the underwriting fortunes of the Company in respect of the Ceded Contracts, and the Retrocessionaire shall be bound, without limitation, by all payments and settlements entered into by the Company in good faith, subject always to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement. There are no exclusions to the cover granted by this Agreement.
ARTICLE 3
TERRITORY
The territorial limits of this Agreement shall be identical with those of the Ceded Contracts.
ARTICLE 4
TERM AND TERMINATION
This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date subject to the non-disapproval by the Nebraska Department of Insurance of the Company’s filing on Form D with respect to this Agreement within the period provided for same by Nebraska law.
Unless terminated pursuant to Article 5, this Agreement shall remain continuously in force until terminated by either mutual agreement or at any anniversary date of the Effective Date on or after the second anniversary date by either party giving at least twelve months’ written notice to the other prior to such anniversary date.
Upon termination for any reason, the Retrocessionaire shall remain liable for: (i) all losses under all Ceded Contracts arising from events that occurred prior to the Termination Date; and (ii) all losses under all Ceded Contracts in force on the Termination Date arising from events that occur after the Termination Date per the terms and conditions of the Ceded Contracts as in force through the next termination, expiration or renewal thereof (whichever occurs first); provided, however, that the Company shall have the right, by giving the Retrocessionaire prior written notice, to relieve the Retrocessionaire of liability for losses occurring subsequent to the Termination Date, in which case the Retrocessionaire shall return the unearned portion, if any, of any premium paid hereunder.
ARTICLE 5
SPECIAL TERMINATIONS

This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon termination of the Services Agreement.
The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time by providing 30 days’ prior written notice to Retrocessionaire upon the happening of any one of the following circumstances:
1. A legal authority orders the Retrocessionaire to cease writing business;
2. The Retrocessionaire has voluntarily ceased assuming new and renewal reinsurance business;
3. The Retrocessionaire has become insolvent or has been placed into liquidation or receivership (whether voluntary or involuntary), or there has been instituted

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-2-



against it proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator, or trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or control of its operations;
4. The Retrocessionaire’s policyholders’ surplus, as reported in the financial statements of the Retrocessionaire has been reduced by whichever is greater, either 25% of the amount of surplus at the Effective Date or 25% of the amount at the latest anniversary of the Effective Date;
5. The Retrocessionaire has merged with, been acquired by or becomes controlled by any company, corporation, or individual(s) not controlling the Retrocessionaire’s operations previously; or
6. The Retrocessionaire’s A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating has been assigned or downgraded below B+.
Nothing in this Article 5 shall limit the discretion of the Company under Article 1 to refuse to bind any Underlying Contract or to decline to cede any portion of any Underlying Contract to the Retrocessionaire at any time.
ARTICLE 6
LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE
The Retrocessionaire shall assume, be liable for and pay to or on behalf of the Company, the Ceded Percentage of all Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred in connection with the Ceded Contracts, including, but not limited to, judgments (including interest thereon), settlements and compromises in connection therewith. As respects United States dollars and Euros, Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses as respects any Ceded Contract shall be paid in the original currency in which the Company incurred such Loss or Loss Adjustment Expenses. As respects other currencies, the Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses as respect any Ceded Contract shall be paid in United States Dollars or other original currency per Article 15. The Retrocessionaire shall also be liable for the Ceded Percentage of Extra Contractual Obligations as set forth in Article 14.
The Company in its full discretion shall investigate, defend, and resolve claims or proceedings relating to the Ceded Contracts. Without prejudice to the foregoing and to the Original Conditions Article of this Agreement, while the Retrocessionaire does not undertake to investigate or defend claims or proceedings, it shall nevertheless have the right and be given the opportunity, at its request and with the full cooperation of the Company, to appoint representatives at its own expense and to become associated with the Company and the Company’s representatives in the investigation or control of any claims or proceedings involving this Agreement.
ARTICLE 7
DEFINITIONS
Acquisition Expenses ” means (i) commissions, fees and other expenses directly allocable to the issuance of Ceded Contracts and owed by the Company to third-party agents, brokers, producers or other intermediaries, (ii) underlying ceding commissions, if any, in respect of Ceded

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-3-



Contracts, and (iii) premium taxes, United States Federal excise taxes (including any cascading) and other similar taxes payable by the Company with respect to Ceded Contracts.
Ceded Contracts ” means Underlying Contracts selected by the Company to be ceded to the Retrocessionaire hereunder as set forth in Article 1 pursuant to a Cession Notice.
Ceded Percentage ” means any percentage chosen by the Company that is equal to or less than 80%.
Cession Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Article 12.
Earned Gross Premiums ” means gross premiums earned on all Ceded Contracts (without deduction of Acquisition Expenses), less return premiums.
Effective Date ” means 12:01 A.M. on January 1, 2014.
Extra Contractual Obligations ” means:
(i) any settlement, judgment or award against the Company in respect of indemnity of an Underlying Cedent or in favor of any other claimant for liability that is not within the terms or conditions of any contract of insurance or reinsurance issued by the Underlying Cedent (including in excess of limits of liability under such contract), and
(ii) any liability arising out of or in connection with any Ceded Contract whether in relation to claims handling or otherwise (including, without limitation, any settlement, judgment or award against the Company) for any amount that is not within the terms or conditions of the Ceded Contract (including in excess of limits of liability of such Ceded Contract) in favor of an Underlying Cedent or in favor of any other claimant in connection with a Ceded Contract; and
(iii) without limiting the foregoing, includes any liability imposed on the Company to the Underlying Cedent or any other claimant as a result of a judgment or settlement or arbitration award, or otherwise, where such liability has arisen because of the failure of an Underlying Cedent or the Company to agree to pay a claim within the policy limits or limits of a Ceded Contract or to provide a defense against such claims as required by law, or bad faith or negligence by the Company or an Underlying Cedent in investigating or handling a claim or in rejecting an offer of settlement.
Loss ” means losses (including, without limitation, losses and loss adjustment expense incurred by the Underlying Cedent) paid or payable, and ex gratia payments, by the Company pursuant to or in respect of the Ceded Contracts.
Loss Adjustment Expense(s) ” means all costs and expenses incurred by the Company allocable to an occurrence or claim under or in connection with a Ceded Contract (including, without limitation, in relation to any dispute, arbitration or litigation with any Underlying Cedent) in the collateralization, investigation, adjustment, settlement, litigation, defense, or appeal thereof, which shall include without limitation (a) outside retained adjusters’ fees; (b) attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees in connection with coverage investigation or analysis and/or actual, anticipated or threatened actions, suits, or proceedings, whether declaratory, coercive or otherwise; (c) costs taxed in any claim, suit or proceeding; (d) pre-judgment interest; (e) interest accruing after entry of judgment; (f) expenses incurred in unsuccessfully pursuing salvage, subrogation, contribution or indemnity; (g) any out-of-pocket costs

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-4-



paid by the Company with respect to any Extra Contractual Obligations, except for any extra contractual expenses excluded pursuant to the last paragraph of Article 14; and (h) costs and fees for letters of credit and/or trustees/trust accounts required to secure the Company’s obligations to pay Losses. “Loss Adjustment Expenses” shall not include (i) unallocated loss adjustment expenses; (ii) overhead and office expenses of the Company; or (iii) salaries, benefits or expenses of the Company’s employees.
Loss Obligations ” shall mean the Retrocessionaire’s share of: (i) Losses, Loss Adjustment Expenses and Extra Contractual Obligations paid by the Company, but not recovered from the Retrocessionaire; plus (ii) reserves for Losses, Loss Adjustment Expenses and Extra Contractual Obligations reported and outstanding; plus (iii) reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred but not reported; minus (iv) the amounts, if any, of (ii) and (iii) that are derived from premium accruals.
Required Security Amount ” means the sum of [***]% of the [***] of [***] and [***]% of [***].
Services Agreement ” means the agreement among the Retrocessionaire, Arch Underwriters Ltd. and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC, dated as of March 24, 2014.
Term ” means the period between the Effective Date and the Termination Date.
Termination Date ” means the effective date and time of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 4 and/or 5.
Underlying Cedent ” means the counterparty(ies) to any Ceded Contract.
Underlying Contract ” means a reinsurance or retrocession agreement entered into by the Company.
Underwriting Year ” means a calendar year during the Term or that portion of a calendar year which is included in the Term where the Term incepts and/or terminates during a calendar year.
Unearned Premium ” means reserves for unearned premium net of estimated accrued unearned premium.
ARTICLE 8
PREMIUM
In consideration of the acceptance by the Retrocessionaire of the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Company’s liability for the Ceded Contracts, the Retrocessionaire shall be ceded the applicable Ceded Percentage of Earned Gross Premiums by the Company. As respects United States Dollars and Euros, the premium as respects any Ceded Contract shall be paid in the original currency in which the Company received such premium. As respects other currencies, the premium as respect any Ceded Contract shall be paid in United States Dollars or other original currency per Article 15.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-5-



ARTICLE 9
CEDING FEE
The Retrocessionaire shall allow and pay the Company a ceding fee on Ceded Contracts equal to the Ceded Percentage of the sum of the following in respect of the Ceded Contracts (or such lesser amount as the Company may determine in its discretion): (i) [***], (ii) an [***] equal to [***]% of [***] on [***] and [***]% of [***] on [***] of [***]; provided , however , that in no event shall the ceding fee in the aggregate for all Ceded Contracts which incept during any Underwriting Year exceed [***]% of [***]; provided further that in no event shall the ceding fee in the aggregate for all Ceded Contracts which incept during any Underwriting Year be less than [***]% of [***]. The Retrocessionaire hereby guarantees that the Company will receive such ceding fee regardless of any events, losses or developments for the term of this Agreement. The Company shall allow return ceding fees on return premiums at the same rates.
ARTICLE 10
ASSESSMENTS, ASSIGNMENTS, FINES AND PENALTIES
The Retrocessionaire hereby assumes liability for the Ceded Percentage of any and all assessments and assignments imposed as a result of the Ceded Contracts and shall reimburse the Company for its share of any fines, assessments and/or penalties imposed upon the Company as a result of the Ceded Contracts.
ARTICLE 11
OFFSET
The Company and the Retrocessionaire may offset any balance or amount due from one party to the other under this Agreement. However, in the event of the insolvency of any party hereto, offset shall only be allowed in accordance with the Insolvency Article included herein, or where in conflict with applicable law, such law shall govern. Such offset details shall be clearly delineated for accounting purposes.
ARTICLE 12
REPORTS AND REMITTANCES
The Company shall have 60 days from the later of the inception date or date of binding of any Underlying Contract to elect to cede such contract hereunder (provided that such contract is within the Underwriting Guidelines) and to provide written notice to the Retrocessionaire of such election (“ Cession Notice ”) identifying the effective date of such Underlying Contract, the Underlying Cedent and the applicable Ceded Percentage; provided , however , that no later than the date that the Company authorizes its share at finalized market terms on a specific contract, the Company shall determine a provisional Ceded Percentage by written entry in its books and records (which may be reviewed by the Retrocessionaire as provided in Article 17), and within such 60-day period the provisional Ceded Percentage may be reduced (whether based on signing down due to oversubscription or otherwise) at the discretion of the Company (and subject to written notice of the applicable Ceded Percentage to the Retrocessionaire within such period as provided above) or may, with the written authorization of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Risk Officer of the Retrocessionaire, be increased .

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-6-



In addition, within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company shall provide the Retrocessionaire with a report, segregated by underwriting year of the following in respect of the Ceded Contracts:
(a) Ceded Contracts written during the quarter;
(b) Gross written premium less cancellations and return premiums;
(c) Earned Gross Premiums and premiums received by the Company;
(d) Original acquisition expenses for Ceded Contracts;
(e) The Ceding Commission as provided hereunder;
(f) Paid Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extracontractual Obligations;
(g) Outstanding loss – if any;
(h) Subrogation, salvage or other recoveries;
(i) Any applicable premium or other similar taxes (including but not limited to United States Federal Excise Tax if applicable); and
(j) Loss Obligations and the Required Security Amount.
Any balance due to the Retrocessionaire shall be remitted by the Company along with the quarterly report. For the avoidance of doubt, premiums retained by the cedents on the Ceded Contracts as funds withheld shall not be payable by the Company to the Retrocessionaire until actually received by the Company. Any balance due to the Company shall be remitted by the Retrocessionaire within 30 days of receipt of the quarterly report. Should payment due from the Retrocessionaire exceed $100,000 (or equivalent in original currency of the relevant Ceded Contract(s)) as respects any one Loss, the Retrocessionaire shall within 5 business days pay its share of such Loss upon written request by the Company accompanied by supporting documentation. Any special remittance made pursuant to this provision shall be credited to the Retrocessionaire in the account in which the paid Loss appears.
If the Company is required to fund a claim or loss fund pursuant to the terms of a Ceded Contract, the Retrocessionaire shall indemnify the Company for its proportionate share of such fund.
Within 60 days following the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall furnish the Retrocessionaire with a statement showing the Unearned Premium, the total reserves for outstanding Losses, including Loss Adjustment Expenses, and any other information which the Retrocessionaire may require for its annual financial statements.
ARTICLE 13
DELAYS, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS
Any inadvertent error, omission or delay in complying with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability that would attach to it

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-7-



hereunder if such error, omission or delay had not been made, provided such error, omission or delay is rectified immediately upon discovery.
ARTICLE 14
EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The Retrocessionaire shall indemnify the Company for the Ceded Percentage of any Extra Contractual Obligations.
An Extra Contractual Obligation will be deemed to have occurred on the same date as the occurrence or claim covered under the Ceded Contract and will constitute part of the original loss.
Loss Adjustment Expenses in respect of Extra Contractual Obligations will be covered hereunder in the same manner as other Loss Adjustment Expenses.
However, this Article will not apply where the loss has been incurred due to fraud (including settlements and/or an admission of fraud and/or criminal acts) of a member of the board of directors or a corporate officer of the Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organization or party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement of any claim covered hereunder.
ARTICLE 15
CURRENCY
A. All premiums, Losses, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations hereunder shall be payable in United States Dollars, Euros or at the option of the Company in any other original currency.
B. For purposes of this Agreement, where the Company receives premiums or pays Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense or Extra Contractual Obligations in currencies other than United States Dollars, Euros or another original currency per paragraph A above, such items shall be converted into United States Dollars at the actual rates of exchange at which these items are entered in the Company’s books.
ARTICLE 16
INSOLVENCY (BRMA 19 H)
In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Retrocessionaire of the pendency of a claim against the Company indicating the policy or bond reinsured which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Retrocessionaire within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Retrocessionaire may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-8-



defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Retrocessionaire shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Retrocessionaire.
In the event of the insolvency of the Company, the reinsurance under this Agreement shall be payable directly by the Retrocessionaire to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, except as provided by Section 4118(a) of the New York Insurance Law or except (a) where this Agreement specifically provides another payee of such reinsurance in the event of the insolvency of the Company and (b) where the Retrocessionaire with the consent of the direct insured or insureds has assumed such policy obligations of the Company as direct obligations of the Retrocessionaire to the payees under such policies and in substitution for the obligations of the Company to such payees.
Should the Company go into liquidation or should a receiver be appointed, all amounts due either Company or Retrocessionaire, whether by reason of premium, losses or otherwise under this Agreement, shall be subject to the right of offset at any time and from time to time, and upon the exercise of the same, only the net balance shall be due.
ARTICLE 17
ACCESS TO RECORDS
The Retrocessionaire or its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to visit the offices of the Company following the giving of reasonable notice, to inspect, examine, audit, and verify any of the files relating to business reinsured under this Agreement) at all reasonable times. This right shall be exercisable during the term of this Agreement or after the expiration of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 18
ARBITRATION
A. Prior to commencing any arbitration in connection with any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or validity thereof (a “ Dispute ”), the parties shall first engage in the following Steering Committee Procedures. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, in any Dispute in which a party seeks a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or attachment or other order in aid of arbitration pending the outcome of any Steering Committee (as defined below) meeting or arbitration procedure, such party may seek such order at any time without first following the procedures set forth in Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 18.
B. Following written request of one party to the other party, the Company, on the one hand, and the Retrocessionaire, on the other hand, shall use commercially reasonable efforts promptly to form a dispute steering committee (the “ Steering Committee ”), which shall consist of three (3) members appointed by the Company and three (3) members appointed by the Retrocessionaire; provided, that the number of members appointed to the Steering Committee may be modified by the mutual written consent of the parties. There shall be no restrictions placed on the appointment of any member to the Steering Committee other than that any such member shall be an officer or director of the Company or the Retrocessionaire, as applicable, and have qualifications and experience reasonably necessary to negotiate regarding the subject matter of the relevant Dispute. The members of the Steering Committee shall meet

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-9-



as frequently as they deem necessary or appropriate to resolve any Disputes under this Agreement, which meetings shall be held promptly following the formation of the Steering Committee at a time and location reasonably agreed to by the members.
C. The Company and the Retrocessionaire shall cause their respective Steering Committee members to use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the relevant Dispute without the commencement of arbitration. Any party shall be permitted to commence arbitration to resolve such Dispute only after the occurrence of two (2) separate meetings with all of the members of the Steering Committee, which meetings may be in person, by telephone, videoconference or any other means by which all of the participants can hear each other, or as otherwise agreed by the parties hereto (it being agreed to by the parties that if for any reason such two (2) meetings have not occurred within thirty (30) days after any party first requests in writing that such Dispute be referred to the Steering Committee, the requirements of this Section (C) of Article 18 shall be deemed to have been met).
D. Provided that Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 18 have been complied with, any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, facsimile, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in Omaha, Nebraska or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person Arbitration Panel selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS•U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS•U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party, and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration.
ARTICLE 19
COLLATERAL
A. The Retrocessionaire shall fund the Required Security Amount through one or more of the following methods:
1.      Letter of Credit: Not less than [***]% of the sum of the Unearned Premium and Loss Obligations shall be secured by one or more letters of credit provided by and paid for by the Retrocessionaire with terms reasonably acceptable to the Company including, but not limited to the following:
(i) clean, irrevocable, unconditional, and evergreen, with an initial term of not less than one (1) year;
(ii) issued by a qualified U.S. institution, as defined in Neb. Rev. Stat. § 44-416.08, and approved by the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably delayed or withheld, effective no later than December 31 of the year for which an annual statement filing is being made, and in the possession of, or in trust for, the Company on or before the filing date of its annual statement;

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-10-



(iii) permitting draws solely by the Company upon demand; and
(iv) at least thirty days’ notice of expiration or non-renewal to be provided to the Company.
2. Reinsurance Trust Account: The balance, if any, of the Required Security Amount shall be secured by funds deposited pursuant to a trust agreement in form and substance, and with a third party trustee, in each case satisfactory to the Company in its sole discretion that meets the requirements of any applicable law, regulation, or regulatory authority, which shall be invested in accordance with the Investment Guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit B.
B. No later than the second business day of each calendar week (“Report Date”), the Retrocessionaire shall furnish to the Company a report listing (a) the outstanding amount of all Letters of Credit securing the Required Security Amount, and (b) the fair market value of all assets securing the Required Security Amount in the trust account as of the close of business on the last business day of the preceding calendar week. If the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance at any Report Date is less than [***]% of the Required Security Amount, the Retrocessionaire shall increase the Letter(s) of Credit amount consistent with paragraph A.1 above and/or deposit additional funds or assets in the reinsurance trust consistent with paragraph A.2 above no later than the close of business on the last business day of the week of such Report Date to bring the total up to no less than [***]% of the Required Security Amount. If the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance shown at the first Report Date in any calendar month is less than [***]% of the Required Security Amount, the Retrocessionaire shall increase the Letter(s) of Credit amount consistent with paragraph A.1 above and/or deposit additional funds or assets in the reinsurance trust consistent with paragraph A.2 above no later than the close of business on the last business day of the week of such Report Date to bring the total up to no less than [***]% of the Required Security Amount.
C. At calendar quarterly intervals, or more frequently as agreed, the Company shall prepare a specific statement of the Required Security Amount, for the sole purpose of amending the Letter(s) of Credit and/or adjusting the trust account, in the following manner:
(i) If the statement shows that the Required Security Amount exceeds the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance as of the statement date, the Retrocessionaire shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of such excess, secure delivery to the Company of an amendment to the Letter of Credit increasing the amount of credit consistent with paragraph A.1 above and/or by depositing additional funds or assets consistent with paragraph A.2 above in the trust account in the amount of such difference.
(ii) If, however, the statement shows that [***]% of the Required Security Amount is less than the total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance of the statement date, the Company shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of written request from the Retrocessionaire, release such excess credit by agreeing to secure an amendment to the Letter of Credit reducing the amount of credit available and/or withdrawing from the trust account and returning to the Retrocessionaire funds or assets in the amount of such excess credit.
D. In the event that the Retrocessionaire at any time fails to meet its security obligations as set forth in this Article, the Company shall be entitled, without limiting its other remedies for such breach, to (i) hold back, as funds withheld, any amounts otherwise due to the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and the Retrocessionaire, and/or (ii) instruct Retrocessionaire to liquidate, either immediately or over time (as determined by the Company in

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-11-



its discretion) certain (selected by the Company in its discretion) or all of the assets in the trust account and reinvest the proceeds in accordance with the Investment Guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit C, and/or (iii) reduce the Ceded Percentage by an amount as respects future occurrences (as respects “occurrence,” “accident” or similar coverages) or claims (as respects claims made, occurrences reported or similar coverages) arising under non-expired Ceded Contracts previously ceded hereunder until such point that the Required Security Amount does not exceed the applicable required total of the Letter(s) of Credit amount and the trust account balance; in such case, the Company shall recapture a commensurate amount of the corresponding Unearned Premium attributable to such previously ceded Ceded Contracts, and the Company shall assume the portion of future Loss Obligations, if any, which otherwise would have been ceded in respect thereof, and the Company may draw upon the Letter(s) of Credit and/or trust account to effect such recapture of the Unearned Premium.
E. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any Letter(s) of Credit may be drawn upon and/or assets in any reinsurance trust account may be withdrawn by the Company (including any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver, conservator, or other successor of the Company by operation of law) at any time: (i) to reimburse the Company for the Retrocessionaire’s share of returned premiums upon cancellation of a Ceded Contract; (ii) to pay any other amount the Company claims is due under this Agreement; or (iii) in the event that the Company receives notices of nonrenewal of any Letter of Credit or termination of any trust agreement without a replacement Letter of Credit or trust account having been established.
F. Prior to depositing any assets into a reinsurance trust account, the Retrocessionaire shall execute assignments or endorsements in blank, or transfer legal title of such assets to the trustee, so that the Company, or the trustee upon the Company’s direction, may negotiate any such assets in accordance with the requirements set forth in the applicable trust agreement governing the reinsurance trust account in which such assets are held. Notwithstanding the composition of any assets in any trust account all settlements of account between the Company and the Retrocessionaire shall be in cash or its equivalent.
G. The Company may, at its discretion, require payment of any sum in default instead of resorting to any security held, and it shall be no defense to any such claim that the Company might have had recourse to any such security.
ARTICLE 20
NOTICES
All Notices and Proceedings Notices shall be given in writing and given to the parties at the following addresses:
If to the Retrocessionaire:
WATFORD RE LTD.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton HM HX
Bermuda
Attention: CEO

Telephone No.: (441) 278-3450

with a copy to:

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-12-



Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063

If to the Company:
ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
445 South Street, Suite 220
P.O. Box 1988
Morristown, NJ 07962-1988
USA
Attn: CEO
(973) 898-9575
(973) 889-6495 fax

with a copy to:
Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No. (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.: (212) 701-3323

Notices may be delivered by hand, by overnight courier, or email.
Unless shown to have been received earlier, any Notice so delivered shall be deemed to have been delivered:
if delivered by hand or by overnight courier, when delivered, if delivered during business hours on any business day or, if delivered outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day; or
if delivered by email, at the time of transmission, if transmitted during business hours on any business day or, if transmitted outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day.
Any party may, by Notice to any other party, change the name, address or other details to which Notices and/or Proceedings Notices may be given pursuant to this Agreement.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-13-



ARTICLE 21
JURISDICTION
The only suits, actions, or proceedings relating to a dispute permitted to be brought in a judicial forum are those (i) to compel arbitration, (ii) for temporary injunctive relief in aid of arbitration or to preserve the status quo pending the appointment of the arbitrator(s), (iii) to enforce or vacate an arbitral award, or (iv) to obtain relief in connection with arbitration pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. Any such proceeding shall be brought exclusively in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ Designated Court ”), provided that if said court does not have subject matter jurisdiction then such proceeding shall be brought exclusively in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, which shall then be the Designated Court. The Company and the Retrocessionaire hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Designated Court for such purpose and any appellate courts thereof, except that any judgment confirming a final arbitral award hereunder may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets.
ARTICLE 22
UNAUTHORIZED REINSURANCE
As regards Ceded Contracts, the Company agrees that when it shall file with the insurance regulatory authority or set up on its books reserves for unearned premium and Losses, Loss Adjustment Expenses and Extra Contractual Obligations covered hereunder which it shall be required by law to set up, it will forward to the Retrocessionaire a statement showing the proportion of such reserves which is applicable to the Retrocessionaire. Without limiting Article 19, the Retrocessionaire hereby agrees to provide security (to the extent, if any, required in addition to security provided pursuant to Article 19) sufficient to permit the Company to take full statutory credit for cessions hereunder in respect of the Company’s reserves by funds withheld, cash advances and/or a Letter of Credit. Subject to Article 19, the Retrocessionaire shall have the option of determining the method of funding provided it is acceptable to the insurance regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Company’s reserves.
ARTICLE 23
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Nebraska without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.
ARTICLE 24
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS
This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Retrocessionaire, and in no instance shall any insured, claimant or other third party have any rights under this Agreement except as may be expressly provided otherwise herein.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-14-



ARTICLE 25
AMENDMENTS
Any change or modification to this Agreement will be made by written amendment to this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Retrocessionaire.
ARTICLE 26
CONFIDENTIALITY
The Retrocessionaire hereby acknowledges that the documents, information and data provided to it by the Company, whether directly or through an authorized agent, in connection with the placement and execution of this agreement (“ Confidential Information ”) are proprietary and confidential to the Company. Confidential Information will not include documents, information or data that the Retrocessionaire can show:
1. are publicly known or have become publicly known through no unauthorized act of the Retrocessionaire;
2. have been rightfully received from a third person without obligation of confidentiality; or
3. were known by the Retrocessionaire prior to the placement of this Agreement without an obligation of confidentiality.
Absent the written consent of the Company, the Retrocessionaire will not disclose any Confidential Information to any third parties, except:
1. when required by retrocessionaires subject to the business ceded to this Agreement;
2. when required by regulators performing an audit of the Retrocessionaire’s records and/or financial condition;
3. when required by external auditors performing an audit of the Retrocessionaire’s records in the normal course of business; or
4. when required by legal counsel and/or arbitrators in connection with an actual or potential arbitration hereunder.
Further, the Retrocessionaire agrees not to use any Confidential Information for any purpose not related to the performance of their obligations or enforcement of their rights under this Agreement.
In the event that the Retrocessionaire is required by court order, other legal process or any regulatory authority to release or disclose any or all of the Confidential Information, the Retrocessionaire agrees to provide the Company with written notice of same at least 10 days prior to such release or disclosure. However, (1) if the Retrocessionaire is required to release or disclose the Confidential Information in less than 10 days, the Retrocessionaire will provide the Company with

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-15-



immediate written notice; and (2) if disclosure is required on the date of receipt of the subpoena, the Retrocessionaire will give the Company notice within 24 hours of disclosing the information. The Retrocessionaire will use its best efforts to assist the Company in maintaining the confidentiality provided for in this Article.
The provisions of this Article will extend to the officers, directors, shareholders and employees of the Retrocessionaire and any affiliated insurers or reinsurers within its immediate holding company group, and will be binding upon their successors and assigns.
ARTICLE 27
LATE PAYMENTS
In the event any payment due either party is not received by the other party by the payment due date, the party to whom payment is due may, require the debtor party to pay, and the debtor party agrees to pay, an interest penalty on the amount past due calculated for each such payment on the last business day of each month as follows:
1. a. The number of full days that have expired since the overdue date or the last monthly calculation, whichever the lesser; times
b. 1/365th of the sum of the six-month United States Treasury Bill rate as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the month for which the calculation is made, plus the applicable Interest Rate Increase (as established in subparagraph (2) below), times
c. The amount past due, including accrued interest.
2. The “Interest Rate Increase” shall be defined as follows:
a. If payment is made 30 days or less after the overdue date, 2.0% per annum.
b. If payment is made more than 30 days after the overdue date, 4.0% per annum.
Interest shall accumulate until payment of the original amount due plus interest penalties have been received by the creditor party.
The due date shall, for purposes of this Article, be determined as follows:
1. Payments from the Retrocessionaire to the Company shall be due on the date on which the demand for payment (including delivery of quarterly reports) is received by the Retrocessionaire, and shall be overdue 30 days thereafter.
2. Payments from the Company to the Retrocessionaire shall be due on the dates specified within this Agreement. Payments shall be overdue 30 days thereafter except for the first installment of premium, if applicable, which shall be overdue 60 days from inception or 30 days from final line-signing, whichever the later. Reinstatement

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-16-



premium, if applicable, shall have as a due date the date when the Company receives payment for the claim giving rise to such reinstatement premium, and payment shall be overdue 30 days thereafter. In the event a due date is not specifically stated for a given payment, the overdue date shall be 30 days following the date of billing.
If the information contained in the Company’s demand for payment is insufficient or not in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement, then within 30 days the Retrocessionaire shall request from the Company all additional information necessary to validate its claim and the payment due date as defined in paragraph B shall be deemed to be the date upon which the Retrocessionaire received the requested additional information. This paragraph is only for the purpose of establishing when a payment is overdue, and shall not alter the provisions of the Reports and Remittances Article or other pertinent contractual stipulations.
Should the Retrocessionaire dispute a claim presented by the Company and the timeframes set out in paragraph B be exceeded, interest as stipulated in paragraph A shall be payable for the entire overdue period, but only for the amount of the final settlement with the Retrocessionaire.
In the event arbitration is necessary to settle a dispute, the panel shall have the authority to make a determination awarding interest to the prevailing party. Interest, if any, awarded by the panel shall supersede the interest amounts outlined herein.
Any interest owed pursuant to this Article may be waived by the party to which it is owed. Waiver of such interest, however, shall not affect the waiving party’s rights to other interest amounts due as a result of this Article.
ARTICLE 28
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Agreement (and any Letter of Credit provided by the Retrocessionaire to the Company or Reinsurance Trust Agreement in accordance with Article 19 or 22 of this Agreement) shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties in connection with the retrocession of the Ceded Contracts and must provide no guarantee of profit, directly or indirectly, from the Retrocessionaire to the Company or from the Company to the Retrocessionaire.
In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other document referred to in it, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
ARTICLE 29
DUTY OF COOPERATION
Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement, including making available to each other their respective officers and employees and agents for interviews and meeting with any Bermuda legislature, executive branch or governmental department, commission, board, agency, court, tribunal or instrumentality, and furnishing any additional assistance, information and documents as may be reasonably requested by a party from time to time. The duty of cooperation shall apply, but not be limited, to regulatory matters and to

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-17-



ARTICLE 30
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
No action taken by any party hereto in exercising its rights under this Agreement shall in any way be construed as a waiver by such party of any rights or remedies available to it.
The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
A waiver (which may be given subject to conditions) of any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall only be effective if it is in writing. Any waiver shall apply only to the party to whom it is addressed and for the specific circumstances for which it is given. Any waiver shall not prevent the party who has given the waiver from subsequently relying on the right, power or remedy in other circumstances.
In the event of a waiver of any provision of this Agreement, such waiver shall not be deemed a waiver of any other provision herein, nor shall waiver of any breach of this Agreement be construed as a continuing waiver of subsequent breaches of the same or of other provisions of this Agreement.
The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.
ARTICLE 31
ASSIGNMENT
Neither this Agreement, nor any rights, interests or obligations hereunder, may be directly or indirectly assigned, delegated, sublicensed or transferred by any party, in whole or in part, to any other person by operation of law or otherwise, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without the prior written consent of the other party.
ARTICLE 32
UTMOST GOOD FAITH; AMOUNTS TO BE PAID
The relationship of the parties with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement shall be in accordance with the principles of utmost good faith and fair dealing.
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to mean that amounts to be paid by the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement are not payable until the ultimate net liability of the Retrocessionaire has been ascertained.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-18-



ARTICLE 33
SURVIVAL
The provisions of Articles 1 through 4 and 6 through 32 hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-19-



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 11 th day of April, in the year of 2014.
ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
 
/s/ Nicolas Papadopoulo

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Retrocessionaire has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 11 th day of April, in the year of 2014.
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
/s/ John Rathgeber

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.




Exhibit A
Underwriting Guidelines

1. Ceded Contracts shall have a minimum ROE of [***]%, calculated using the same methodology as the Company uses for risks assumed into its portfolio and the same modeling tools as the Company utilizes for its business. In making such calculations, the Company will use required capital consistent with the Company’s then-current model for rating agency requirements (presently based on Standard & Poor’s) using appropriate assumptions as respects the ceding fee under Article 9 of this Agreement, the Retrocessionaire Investment Return Rate and the Retrocessionaire’s then-current rating.
“Retrocessionaire Investment Return Rate” means (i) with respect to Year 1, [***]%, and (ii) with respect to each subsequent year, a rate to be mutually agreed between Retrocessionaire and the Company; provided, that such rate shall be determined not later than 60 days prior to the end of the prior calendar year and shall be not less than the average [***]-year U.S. treasury security rate for the prior ninety calendar days plus [***].
2. Maximum per risk limit of $[***] for Retrocessionaire’s Ceded Percentage share.
3. Maximum natural peril per event limit of $[***] for Retrocessionaire’s Ceded Percentage share.
4. If the underlying reinsurance contract does not have a per risk limit but is structured on an aggregate basis, the Ceded Percentage of the aggregate limit of liability shall not exceed $10,000,000.
5. Maximum terrorism limit of $[***] for Retrocessionaire’s Ceded Percentage share.
6. Maximum term of underlying reinsurance contract is 36 months.
7. The authorized lines of business (“Authorized Business Lines”) under the Ceded Contracts will include:
Professional Lines (D&O, E&O, Medical Malpractice)
Workers Compensation
General Liability
Umbrella Liability
Employment Practices Liability
Environmental Liability
Non-Standard Auto and Commercial/Fleet Auto
International Motor and Liability
Crop
Property quota share
Regional multi-line
Aviation

No Ceded Contract shall be outside of the Authorized Business Lines unless approved in writing by the Retrocessionaire’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Risk Officer.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


A-1-




Exhibit B
Investment Guidelines for Collateral Trust Account
Permitted Investments : The funds held in the applicable reinsurance trust account pursuant to this Agreement (the “ Portfolio ”) may only be invested in US Dollar denominated securities, in the following investments:

(i)
Liquid High Yield Corporate Securities (including Rule 144a);
(ii)
Liquid Syndicated Leveraged Loans;
(iii)
Sovereign, Supranational and Development Bank securities;
(iv)
Investment Grade Corporate securities (including Rule 144a);
(v)
Residential and Commercial Mortgage-Backed securities rated BB/Baa2 or better;
(vi)
Asset-backed securities rated BBB-/Baa3 or better;
(vii)
US and G7 Government and Agency guaranteed securities
(viii)
Cash & Equivalents rated A1/P1, AAA or equivalent, including Money Market funds, Agency Discount Notes, Commercial paper, CDs, Time Deposits, Banker’s Acceptances;
(ix)
Liquid Corporate Debt Instruments

Asset Allocation : The following single issuer limits shall apply on a market value basis, with exception of Money-Market funds and US Government guaranteed securities, which may be held without limit:
(i)
Maximum of 10% per issuer in securities issued by Sovereigns, Supranationals and Development Banks;
(ii)
Maximum of 5% per issuer in securities rated Investment Grade;
(iii)
Maximum of 3% per issuer in securities rated below Investment Grade, provided that for the first 12 months the maximum limit per-issuer shall be $1MM, subject to the aggregate amount of such securities or other assets that are in excess of 3% not exceeding 40% of the then-current Portfolio balance.

Credit Quality Criteria : At purchase, securities must have a credit rating equal to B-/B3 or higher in the long-term or short-term investment rating agency category, preferably by at least two of the Major Rating Agencies. “Major Rating Agencies” is defined as S&P, Moody’s and Fitch. If only two agencies rate the security and these are split, then the lower rating shall be used to determine whether the security is eligible. If only one of the Major Rating Agencies rate a security, that rating shall govern as long as it meets the minimum Portfolio rating requirement of B-/B3. The minimum value-weighted rating of the Trust Portfolio will be not lower than Single-B.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

B-1-





Prohibited Transactions : The following transactions are explicitly prohibited:
(i)
Any securities (including loans) subject to US Withholding Tax issued on or before 18 July, 1984;
(ii)
Securities (including loans) issued by Property and Casualty (Re) Insurance Companies, including CAT Bonds or Event-linked bonds;
(iii)
Mortgage Derivatives, including Interest-Only Strips (IOs) and Principal-Only Strips (POs), inverse IOs, inverse Floating Rate Notes, CMO Residuals and Support Bonds;
(iv)
Short Sales of securities or maintaining short positions;
(v)
Purchase of any securities on margin;
(vi)
Derivatives;
(vii)
No purchase of Partnership interests (whether publically traded or not);
(viii)
Reverse Repurchase Agreements;
(ix)
Direct Real Estate;
(x)
Securities Lending;
(xi)
Direct leverage of the Portfolio is not permitted;
(xii)
Equities;
(xiii)
Hedging
(xiv)
Private Market investments, including Mezzanine debt and Specialty Direct Lending, each as described in the Investment Management Agreement and Highbridge materials.
(xv)
Securities/investments defined by the Manager as “Less Liquid”

Liquidity : 100% of the Trust Assets will be invested in securities that the Manager, based on its screening and selection process, classifies as “Liquid” securities. A security or other asset generally will be considered “Liquid” if, in connection with an orderly liquidation of a Portfolio's position in the security or asset, the Portfolio can sell the security or asset at approximately the price at which the security or asset was carried on the Portfolio's books within two (2) days and can receive cash within seven (7) days or the normal settlement period for the security or asset, in both cases after adjusting for market movements on the day of sale. Any determination of liquidity as to a particular security or other asset shall be based on all relevant factors including, but not limited to: The frequency of trades and quotes for the security or asset (including any listed or readily tradable security of the same class or issue as the subject security or asset); The number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security or asset and the number of other potential purchasers or sellers, including a determination by the Manager that the proposed purchase is in an amount that is a readily-tradable round-lot of that particular security or other asset; Any legal or contractual restrictions on the ability to transfer the security or asset; Significant developments involving the issuer or counterparty specifically (e.g., default, bankruptcy, etc.); and Settlement practices, registration procedures, limitations on currency conversion or repatriation, and transfer limitations (for foreign securities or other assets). The Manager will not be permitted to purchase any security or other asset that is not Liquid at the time of purchase, and shall liquidate on an orderly basis any security or other asset in the Portfolio that is no longer deemed Liquid based on the criteria above, provided that if a determination of the Portfolio as a whole of being not Liquid is based on conditions in the securities markets generally, the Manager shall not be required to liquidate the entire Portfolio.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

B-2-




Exhibit C
Investment Guidelines for Collateral Trust Account
Permitted Investments : The Portfolio may only be invested in US Dollar denominated securities, and only in the following investments:

(i)
Cash & Equivalents rated A1/P1, AAA or equivalent, including Money Market funds, Agency Discount Notes, Commercial paper, CDs, Time Deposits, Banker’s Acceptances;
(ii)
US Treasury Bills;

Asset Allocation : The following single issuer limits shall apply on a market value basis, with exception of Money-Market funds and US Treasury Bills, which may be held without limit:
(i)
Maximum of 10% per issuer in Agency Discount Notes, Commercial Paper, CDs, Time Deposits, Banker’s Acceptances.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

C-1-

Exhibit 10.19

QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT
(the “ Agreement ”)
between
WATFORD RE LTD.
a Bermuda-domiciled insurance company
(the “
Company ”)
and
ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
a Bermuda-domiciled insurance company
(the “ Retrocessionaire ”)

W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS , the Company desires to cede and Retrocessionaire desires to accept a quota share participation in certain reinsurance contracts underwritten by the Company subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
BUSINESS COVERED
This Agreement is to indemnify and hold the Company harmless in respect of the Ceded Percentage of the Company’s gross liability that may accrue to the Company in respect of its participations in Ceded Contracts written by the Company incepting on or after the Effective Date and prior to the Termination Date.
ARTICLE 2
ORIGINAL CONDITIONS
All reinsurance under this Agreement shall attach simultaneously with the attachment of the Ceded Contract and shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, waivers, and interpretations, and to the same modifications, cancellations and alterations, as the respective Ceded Contracts. The Retrocessionaire shall in every case to which this Agreement applies and to the extent of the Ceded Percentage absolutely and unconditionally follow the underwriting fortunes of the Company in respect of the Ceded Contracts, and the Retrocessionaire shall be bound, without limitation, by all payments and settlements entered into by the Company in good faith, subject always to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement. There are no exclusions to the cover granted by this Agreement.
ARTICLE 3
TERRITORY

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



The territorial limits of this Agreement shall be identical with those of the Ceded Contracts.
ARTICLE 4
TERM AND TERMINATION
This Agreement shall take effect at the Effective Date.
Unless terminated pursuant to Article 5, this Agreement shall remain continuously in force until terminated by mutual agreement.
Upon termination for any reason, the Retrocessionaire shall remain liable for: (i) all losses under all Ceded Contracts arising from events that occurred prior to the Termination Date; and (ii) all losses under all Ceded Contracts in force on the Termination Date arising from events that occur after the Termination Date per the terms and conditions of the Ceded Contracts as in force through the next termination, expiration or renewal thereof (whichever occurs first); provided, however, that the Company shall have the right, by giving the Retrocessionaire prior written notice, to relieve the Retrocessionaire of liability for losses occurring subsequent to the Termination Date, in which case the Retrocessionaire shall return the unearned portion, if any, of any premium paid hereunder.
ARTICLE 5
SPECIAL TERMINATIONS
This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon termination of the Services Agreement.
Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time by providing 30 days’ prior written notice to Retrocessionaire upon the happening of any one of the following circumstances:
1.    A legal authority orders the other party to cease writing business;
2.    The other party has voluntarily ceased assuming new and renewal reinsurance business;
3.    The other party has become insolvent or has been placed into liquidation or receivership (whether voluntary or involuntary), or there has been instituted against it proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator, or trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or control of its operations;
4.    The other party’s policyholders’ surplus, as reported in the financial statements of the Retrocessionaire has been reduced by whichever is greater, either 25% of the amount of surplus at the Effective Date or 25% of the amount at the latest anniversary of the Effective Date;

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-2-



5.    The other party has merged with, been acquired by or becomes controlled by any company, corporation, or individual(s) not controlling such party’s operations previously; or
6.    The other party’s A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating has been assigned or downgraded below B+.
ARTICLE 6
LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE
The Retrocessionaire shall assume, be liable for and pay to or on behalf of the Company, the Ceded Percentage of all Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred in connection with the Ceded Contracts, including, but not limited to, judgments (including interest thereon), settlements and compromises in connection therewith. The Retrocessionaire shall also be liable for the Ceded Percentage of Extra Contractual Obligations as set forth in Article 14.
The Company in its full discretion shall investigate, defend, and resolve claims or proceedings relating to the Ceded Contracts. Without prejudice to the foregoing and to the Original Conditions Article of this Agreement, while the Retrocessionaire does not undertake to investigate or defend claims or proceedings, it shall nevertheless have the right and be given the opportunity, at its request and with the full cooperation of the Company, to appoint representatives at its own expense and to become associated with the Company and the Company’s representatives in the investigation or control of any claims or proceedings involving this Agreement.
ARTICLE 7
DEFINITIONS
Applicable Rating Agency ” means (i) A.M. Best Company, Inc. and/or (ii) any rating agency agreed from time-to-time by mutual written consent of the Company and the Retrocessionaire.
Ceded Contracts ” means all contracts defined as Covered Contracts in the Services Agreement except Excluded Business as defined in the Services Agreement.
Ceded Percentage ” means 15%, as such percentage may be reduced from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Article 20.
Effective Date ” means 12:01 A.M. on January 1, 2014.
Earned Gross Premiums ” means gross premiums earned on all Ceded Contracts (without deduction of Origination Expenses, as defined in the Services Agreement), less return premiums.
Extra Contractual Obligations ” means:
(i)    any settlement, judgment or award against the Company in respect of indemnity of an Underlying Cedent or in favor of any other claimant for liability that is not within the terms or conditions of any contract of insurance or reinsurance issued by the Underlying Cedent (including in excess of limits of liability under such contract), and

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-3-



(ii)    any liability arising out of or in connection with any Ceded Contract whether in relation to claims handling or otherwise (including, without limitation, any settlement, judgment or award against the Company) for any amount that is not within the terms or conditions of the Ceded Contract (including in excess of limits of liability of such Ceded Contract) in favor of an Underlying Cedent or in favor of any other claimant in connection with a Ceded Contract; and
(iii)    without limiting the foregoing, includes any liability imposed on the Company to the Underlying Cedent or any other claimant as a result of a judgment or settlement or arbitration award, or otherwise, where such liability has arisen because of the failure of an Underlying Cedent or the Company to agree to pay a claim within the policy limits or limits of a Ceded Contract or to provide a defense against such claims as required by law, or bad faith or negligence by the Company or an Underlying Cedent in investigating or handling a claim or in rejecting an offer of settlement.
Loss ” means losses (including, without limitation, losses and loss adjustment expense) incurred by the Underlying Cedent) paid or payable, and ex gratia payments, by the Company pursuant to or in respect of the Ceded Contracts.
Loss Adjustment Expense(s) ” means all costs and expenses incurred by the Company allocable to an occurrence or claim under or in connection with a Ceded Contract (including, without limitation, in relation to any dispute, arbitration or litigation with any Underlying Cedent) in the investigation, adjustment, settlement, litigation, defense, or appeal thereof, which shall include without limitation (a) outside retained adjusters’ fees; (b) attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees in connection with coverage investigation or analysis and/or actual, anticipated or threatened actions, suits, or proceedings, whether declaratory, coercive or otherwise; (c) costs taxed in any claim, suit or proceeding; (d) pre-judgment interest; (e) interest accruing after entry of judgment; (f) expenses incurred in unsuccessfully pursuing salvage, subrogation, contribution or indemnity; ( g ) any out-of-pocket costs paid by the Company with respect to any Extra Contractual Obligations, except for any extra contractual expenses excluded pursuant to the last paragraph of Article 14; and (h) any Run-Off Fee paid pursuant to the Fee Schedule to the Services Agreement. “Loss Adjustment Expenses” shall not include (i) unallocated loss adjustment expenses; (ii) overhead and office expenses of the Company; or (iii) salaries, benefits or expenses of the Company’s employees.
Services Agreement ” means the agreement among the Retrocessionaire, Arch Underwriters Ltd. and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC, dated as of March 24, 2014.
Termination Date ” means the effective date and time of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 4 and/or 5.
Underlying Cedent ” means the counterparty(ies) to any Ceded Contract.
Underwriting Fees ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Services Agreement.
Unearned Premium ” means reserves for unearned premium net of estimated accrued unearned premium.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-4-



ARTICLE 8
PREMIUM
In consideration of the acceptance by the Retrocessionaire of the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Company’s liability for the Ceded Contracts, the Retrocessionaire shall be ceded the applicable Ceded Percentage of Earned Gross Premiums by the Company. As respects United States Dollars and Euros, the premium as respects any Ceded Contract shall be paid in the original currency in which the Company received such premium. As respects other currencies, the premium as respect any Ceded Contract shall be paid in United States Dollars or other original currency per Article 15.
ARTICLE 9
CEDING COMMISSION
The Retrocessionaire shall allow and pay the Company a ceding fee equal to the Ceded Percentage of the sum of (i) [***] (as defined in the [***]) in respect of the [***], and (ii) a [***]% of [***] in respect of the Ceded Contracts through December 31, 2014, which percentage shall be adjusted as of January 1, 2015 and each succeeding January 1 st to be equal to [***] the [***] (as defined in the [***]) for the calendar year (or, as respects January 1, 2015, the period from the Effective Date through December 31, 2014) immediately preceding such January 1 st .
ARTICLE 10
ASSESSMENTS, ASSIGNMENTS, FINES AND PENALTIES
The Retrocessionaire hereby assumes liability for the Ceded Percentage of any and all assessments and assignments imposed as a result of the Ceded Contracts and shall reimburse the Company for its share of any fines, assessments and/or penalties imposed upon the Company as a result of the Ceded Contracts.
ARTICLE 11
OFFSET
The Company and the Retrocessionaire may offset any balance or amount due from one party to the other under this Agreement and any other agreement between the parties. However, in the event of the insolvency of any party hereto, offset shall only be allowed in accordance with the Insolvency Article included herein, or where in conflict with applicable law, such law shall govern. Such offset details shall be clearly delineated for accounting purposes.
ARTICLE 12
REPORTS AND REMITTANCES
Within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company shall provide the Retrocessionaire with a report, segregated by underwriting year of the following in respect of the Ceded Contracts:
(a)    Ceded Contracts written during the quarter;

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-5-



(b)    Gross written premium less cancellations and return premiums;
(c)    Original acquisition expenses for Ceded Contracts;
(d)    The Ceding Commission as provided hereunder;
(e)    Paid Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extracontractual Obligations;
(f)    Outstanding loss – if any;
(g)    Subrogation, salvage or other recoveries;
(h)    Any applicable premium or other similar taxes (including but not limited to United States Federal Excise Tax if applicable); and
(i)    Retrocessionaire’s Obligations.
Within 75 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company shall calculate in respect of the Ceded Contracts:
(a) Premium collected during the quarter (which shall include any funds held pursuant to a Ceded Contract); plus
(b) Subrogation, salvage or other recoveries received during the quarter; less
(c) Original acquisition expenses paid during the quarter;
(d)    The Ceding Commission as provided hereunder; and
(e)    Paid Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extracontractual Obligations;    
Any balance due to the Retrocessionaire shall be remitted by the Company along with the quarterly report. For the avoidance of doubt, premiums retained by the cedents on the Ceded Contracts as funds withheld shall not be payable by the Company to the Retrocessionaire until actually received by the Company. Any balance due to the Company shall be remitted by the Retrocessionaire within 30 days of receipt of the quarterly report. Should payment due from the Retrocessionaire exceed $100,000 (or equivalent in original currency of the relevant Ceded Contract(s)) as respects any one Loss, the Retrocessionaire shall within 5 business days pay its share of such Loss upon written request by the Company accompanied by supporting documentation. Any special remittance made pursuant to this provision shall be credited to the Retrocessionaire in the account in which the paid Loss appears.
If the Company is required to fund a claim or loss fund pursuant to the terms of a Ceded Contract, the Retrocessionaire shall indemnify the Company for its Ceded Percentage of such fund.
Within 60 days following the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall furnish the Retrocessionaire with a statement showing the Unearned Premium, the total reserves for outstanding Losses, including Loss Adjustment Expenses, and any other information which the Retrocessionaire may require for its annual financial statements.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-6-



ARTICLE 13
DELAYS, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS
Any inadvertent error, omission or delay in complying with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability that would attach to it hereunder if such error, omission or delay had not been made, provided such error, omission or delay is rectified immediately upon discovery.
ARTICLE 14
EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The Retrocessionaire shall indemnify the Company for the Ceded Percentage of any Extra Contractual Obligations.
An Extra Contractual Obligation will be deemed to have occurred on the same date as the occurrence or claim covered under the Ceded Contract and will constitute part of the original loss.
Loss Adjustment Expenses in respect of Extra Contractual Obligations will be covered hereunder in the same manner as other Loss Adjustment Expenses.
However, this Article will not apply where the loss has been incurred due to fraud (including settlements and/or an admission of fraud and/or criminal acts) of a member of the board of directors or a corporate officer of the Company (other than any dual employee of the Retrocessionaire and the Company, unless such employees are acting at the direction of the Company) acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organization or party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement of any claim covered hereunder.
ARTICLE 15
CURRENCY
A.      All premiums, Losses, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations hereunder shall be payable in United States Dollars or Euros or at the option of the Company in any other original currency.
B.      For purposes of this Agreement, where the Company receives premiums or pays Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense or Extra Contractual Obligations in currencies other than United States Dollars, Euros or another original currency per paragraph A above, such items shall be converted into United States Dollars at the actual rates of exchange at which these items are entered in the Company’s books.
ARTICLE 16
INSOLVENCY
In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator,

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-7-



receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Retrocessionaire of the pendency of a claim against the Company indicating the policy or bond reinsured which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Retrocessionaire within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Retrocessionaire may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Retrocessionaire shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Retrocessionaire.
In the event of the insolvency of the Company the sums held in trust for the Retrocessionaire shall continue to be kept separate and continue to be held in trust for the benefit of the Retrocessionaire and subject to the terms of this Agreement shall continue to be beneficially owned by and payable to the Retrocessionaire.
In the event of the insolvency of the Retrocessionaire, all amounts due but not paid to the Retrocessionaire by the Company on such date under this Agreement and any other contract, regardless of the date on which they became due, and all amounts which become due to the Retrocessionaire by the Company after that date under this Agreement and any other contract may be retained by the Company and set off (to the extent permitted by applicable law) against the amounts due by the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement and any other contract, whether they were due before the insolvency or become due after. The balance only, if any, shall be payable by the Company to the Retrocessionaire at the expiry of all liability under this Agreement and any other contract between the parties .
ARTICLE 17
ARBITRATION
A.     Prior to commencing any arbitration in connection with any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or validity thereof (a “ Dispute ”), the parties shall first engage in the following Steering Committee Procedures. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, in any Dispute in which a party seeks a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or attachment or other order in aid of arbitration pending the outcome of any Steering Committee (as defined below) meeting or arbitration procedure, such party may seek such order at any time without first following the procedures set forth in Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 17.
B.    Following written request of one party to the other party, the Company, on the one hand, and the Retrocessionaire, on the other hand, shall use commercially reasonable efforts promptly to form a dispute steering committee (the “ Steering Committee ”), which shall consist of three (3) members appointed by the Company and three (3) members appointed by the Retrocessionaire; provided, that the number of members appointed to the Steering Committee may be modified by the mutual written consent of the parties. There shall be no restrictions placed on the appointment of any member to the Steering Committee other than that any such member shall be an officer or director of the Company or the Retrocessionaire, as applicable, and have qualifications and experience reasonably necessary to negotiate

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-8-



regarding the subject matter of the relevant Dispute. The members of the Steering Committee shall meet as frequently as they deem necessary or appropriate to resolve any Disputes under this Agreement, which meetings shall be held promptly following the formation of the Steering Committee at a time and location reasonably agreed to by the members.
C.     The Company and the Retrocessionaire shall cause their respective Steering Committee members to use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the relevant Dispute without the commencement of arbitration. Any party shall be permitted to commence arbitration to resolve such Dispute only after the occurrence of two (2) separate meetings with all of the members of the Steering Committee, which meetings may be in person, by telephone, videoconference or any other means by which all of the participants can hear each other, or as otherwise agreed by the parties hereto (it being agreed to by the parties that if for any reason such two (2) meetings have not occurred within thirty (30) days after any party first requests in writing that such Dispute be referred to the Steering Committee, the requirements of this Section (C) of Article 17 shall be deemed to have been met).
D.     Provided that Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 17 have been complied with, any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, facsimile, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in Hamilton, Bermuda or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person Arbitration Panel selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS•U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS•U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party, and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration.
ARTICLE 18
NOTICES
All Notices and Proceedings Notices shall be given in writing and given to the parties at the following addresses:
If to the Company:
WATFORD RE LTD.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton HM HX
Bermuda
Attention: CEO
Telephone No.: (441) 278-3450

with a copy to:

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-9-



Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063
If to the Retrocessionaire:
Arch Reinsurance Ltd.
Waterloo House, 1st Floor
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
Telephone No: (441) 278-9200
Fax No: (441) 296-1518

with a copy to:

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No. (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.: (212) 701-3323

Notices may be delivered by hand, by overnight courier, or email.
Unless shown to have been received earlier, any Notice so delivered shall be deemed to have been delivered:
if delivered by hand or by overnight courier, when delivered, if delivered during business hours on any business day or, if delivered outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day; or
if delivered by email, at the time of transmission, if transmitted during business hours on any business day or, if transmitted outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day.
Any party may, by Notice to any other party, change the name, address or other details to which Notices and/or Proceedings Notices may be given pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE 19
JURISDICTION
The only suits, actions, or proceedings relating to a dispute permitted to be brought in a judicial forum are those (i) to compel arbitration, (ii) for temporary injunctive relief in aid of arbitration or

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-10-



to preserve the status quo pending the appointment of the arbitrator(s), (iii) to enforce or vacate an arbitral award, or (iv) to obtain relief in connection with arbitration. Any such proceeding shall be brought exclusively in any court of competent jurisdiction in Bermuda, and the parties shall comply with all the requirements necessary to give such court such exclusive jurisdiction, except that any judgment confirming a final arbitral award hereunder may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets. Service of process may be made upon either party by written notice at its office in Bermuda. In any suit instituted by one party against the other under this Agreement, the parties shall abide by the final decision of such court or any appellate court in the event of an appeal
ARTICLE 20
REDUCTIONS IN CEDED PERCENTAGE
A.    The Retrocessionaire may reduce the Ceded Percentage upon written notice to the Company; provided that any such reduction shall only be permitted:
(i) if such reduction does not result in a downgrade of the financial strength rating of the Company issued by an Applicable Rating Agency below the initial financial strength rating issued to the Company by such Applicable Rating Agency, and
(ii) as respects any reduction during the four-year period beginning on the date hereof, if immediately prior to such reduction the Company is subject to a financial strength rating of “A” or better from an Applicable Rating Agency, such reduction does not result in a downgrade of the Company’s financial strength rating below the level of “A” from such Applicable Rating Agency.
B.      Any reduction under paragraph A shall be prospective and apply only as respects Ceded Contracts incepting or renewing subsequent to the effectiveness of such reduction.
ARTICLE 21
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement and any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the Islands of Bermuda. This Article shall not operate to exclude any obligation otherwise provided by this Agreement, including Article 17.
ARTICLE 22
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS
This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Retrocessionaire, and in no instance shall any insured, claimant or other third party have any rights under this Agreement except as may be expressly provided otherwise herein.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-11-



ARTICLE 23
AMENDMENTS
Any change or modification to this Agreement will be made by written amendment to this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Retrocessionaire.
ARTICLE 24
CONFIDENTIALITY
The Retrocessionaire hereby acknowledges that the documents, information and data provided to it by the Company, whether directly or through an authorized agent, in connection with the placement and execution of this agreement (“ Confidential Information ”) are proprietary and confidential to the Company. Confidential Information will not include documents, information or data that the Retrocessionaire can show:
1.      are publicly known or have become publicly known through no unauthorized act of the Retrocessionaire;
2.      have been rightfully received from a third person without obligation of confidentiality; or
3.      were known by the Retrocessionaire prior to the placement of this Agreement without an obligation of confidentiality.
Absent the written consent of the Company, the Retrocessionaire will not disclose any Confidential Information to any third parties, except:
1.    when required by retrocessionaires subject to the business ceded to this Agreement;
2.    when required by regulators performing an audit of the Retrocessionaire’s records and/or financial condition;
3.    when required by external auditors performing an audit of the Retrocessionaire’s records in the normal course of business; or
4.    when required by legal counsel and/or arbitrators in connection with an actual or potential arbitration hereunder.
Further, the Retrocessionaire agrees not to use any Confidential Information for any purpose not related to the performance of their obligations or enforcement of their rights under this Agreement.
In the event that the Retrocessionaire is required by court order, other legal process or any regulatory authority to release or disclose any or all of the Confidential Information, the Retrocessionaire agrees to provide the Company with written notice of same at least 10 days prior to such release or disclosure. However, (1) if the Retrocessionaire is required to release or disclose the Confidential Information in less than 10 days, the Retrocessionaire will provide the Company with

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-12-



immediate written notice; and (2) if disclosure is required on the date of receipt of the subpoena, the Retrocessionaire will give the Company notice within 24 hours of disclosing the information. The Retrocessionaire will use its best efforts to assist the Company in maintaining the confidentiality provided for in this Article.
The provisions of this Article will extend to the officers, directors, shareholders and employees of the Retrocessionaire and any affiliated insurers or reinsurers within its immediate holding company group, and will be binding upon their successors and assigns.
ARTICLE 25
LATE PAYMENTS
In the event any payment due either party is not received by the other party by the payment due date, the party to whom payment is due may, require the debtor party to pay, and the debtor party agrees to pay, an interest penalty on the amount past due calculated for each such payment on the last business day of each month as follows:
1.      a. The number of full days that have expired since the overdue date or the last monthly calculation, whichever the lesser; times
b.    1/365th of the sum of the six-month United States Treasury Bill rate as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the month for which the calculation is made, plus the applicable Interest Rate Increase (as established in subparagraph (2) below), times
c.    The amount past due, including accrued interest.
2.      The “Interest Rate Increase” shall be defined as follows:
a.    If payment is made 30 days or less after the overdue date, 2.0% per annum.
b.    If payment is made more than 30 days after the overdue date, 4.0% per annum.
Interest shall accumulate until payment of the original amount due plus interest penalties have been received by the creditor party.
The due date shall, for purposes of this Article, be determined as follows:
1.    Payments from the Retrocessionaire to the Company shall be due on the date on which the demand for payment (including delivery of quarterly reports) is received by the Retrocessionaire, and shall be overdue 30 days thereafter.
2.    Payments from the Company to the Retrocessionaire shall be due on the dates specified within this Agreement. Payments shall be overdue 30 days thereafter except for the first installment of premium, if applicable, which shall be overdue 60 days from inception or 30 days from final line-signing, whichever the later. Reinstatement

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-13-



premium, if applicable, shall have as a due date the date when the Company receives payment for the claim giving rise to such reinstatement premium, and payment shall be overdue 30 days thereafter. In the event a due date is not specifically stated for a given payment, the overdue date shall be 30 days following the date of billing.
If the information contained in the Company’s demand for payment is insufficient or not in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement, then within 30 days the Retrocessionaire shall request from the Company all additional information necessary to validate its claim and the payment due date as defined in paragraph B shall be deemed to be the date upon which the Retrocessionaire received the requested additional information. This paragraph is only for the purpose of establishing when a payment is overdue, and shall not alter the provisions of the Reports and Remittances Article or other pertinent contractual stipulations.
Should the Retrocessionaire dispute a claim presented by the Company and the timeframes set out in paragraph B be exceeded, interest as stipulated in paragraph A shall be payable for the entire overdue period, but only for the amount of the final settlement with the Retrocessionaire.
In the event arbitration is necessary to settle a dispute, the panel shall have the authority to make a determination awarding interest to the prevailing party. Interest, if any, awarded by the panel shall supersede the interest amounts outlined herein.
Any interest owed pursuant to this Article may be waived by the party to which it is owed. Waiver of such interest, however, shall not affect the waiving party’s rights to other interest amounts due as a result of this Article.
ARTICLE 26
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Agreement and the Services Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties in connection with the retrocession of the Ceded Contracts.
In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other document referred to in it, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
ARTICLE 27
DUTY OF COOPERATION
Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement, including making available to each other their respective officers and employees and agents for interviews and meeting with Governmental Authority (as defined in the Services Agreement), and furnishing any additional assistance, information and documents as may be reasonably requested by a party from time to time. The duty of cooperation shall apply, but not be limited, to regulatory matters and to litigation matters involving third parties.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-14-



ARTICLE 28
ACCESS TO RECORDS
The Retrocessionaire or its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to visit the offices of the Company following the giving of reasonable notice, to inspect, examine, audit, and verify any of the files relating to business reinsured under this Agreement) at all reasonable times. This right shall be exercisable during the term of this Agreement or after the expiration of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 29
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
No action taken by any party hereto in exercising its rights under this Agreement shall in any way be construed as a waiver by such party of any rights or remedies available to it.
The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
A waiver (which may be given subject to conditions) of any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall only be effective if it is in writing. Any waiver shall apply only to the party to whom it is addressed and for the specific circumstances for which it is given. Any waiver shall not prevent the party who has given the waiver from subsequently relying on the right, power or remedy in other circumstances.
In the event of a waiver of any provision of this Agreement, such waiver shall not be deemed a waiver of any other provision herein, nor shall waiver of any breach of this Agreement be construed as a continuing waiver of subsequent breaches of the same or of other provisions of this Agreement.
The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.
ARTICLE 30
ASSIGNMENT
Neither this Agreement, nor any rights, interests or obligations hereunder, may be directly or indirectly assigned, delegated, sublicensed or transferred by any party, in whole or in part, to any other person by operation of law or otherwise, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without the prior written consent of the other party.
ARTICLE 31
UTMOST GOOD FAITH; AMOUNTS TO BE PAID
The relationship of the parties with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement shall be in accordance with the principles of utmost good faith and fair dealing.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-15-



Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to mean that amounts to be paid by the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement are not payable until the ultimate net liability of the Retrocessionaire has been ascertained.
ARTICLE 32
SURVIVAL
The provisions of Articles 1 through 4 and 6 through 31 hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

-16-



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 25 th day of March, in the year of 2014.
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
/s/ John Rathgeber

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Retrocessionaire has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 25 th day of March, in the year of 2014.
ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
 
/s/ Nicolas Papadopoulo

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
 
[Signature Page]

Exhibit 10.20

QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

(the " Agreement ")

between

WATFORD SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY
a New Jersey-domiciled insurance company
(the " Company ")

and

ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
a Delaware-domiciled insurance company
(the " Reinsurer ")


W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , the Company desires to cede, and Reinsurer desires to accept, a quota share participation in certain insurance policies written by the Company subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

BUSINESS COVERED

This Agreement is to indemnify and hold the Company harmless in respect of the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Company's liability net of collectable Inuring Reinsurance that may accrue to the Company in respect of its participation in each Policy incepting on or after the Effective Date and prior to the Termination Date.

ARTICLE 2

ORIGINAL CONDITIONS

All reinsurance under this Agreement shall attach simultaneously with the attachment of the Policies and shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, waivers, and interpretations, and to the same modifications, cancellations and alterations, as the respective Policies. The Reinsurer shall in every case to which this Agreement applies and to the extent of the applicable Ceded Percentage absolutely and unconditionally follow the underwriting fortunes of the Company in respect of the Policy. and the Reinsurer shall be bound, without limitation, by all payments and settlements entered into by the Company in good faith, subject always to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement. There are no exclusions to the cover granted by this Agreement.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


ARTICLE 3

TERRITORY

The territorial limits of this Agreement shall be identical with those of the Policies.

ARTICLE 4

TERM AND TERMINATION

This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date subject to the non-disapproval by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the Delaware Department of Insurance of within the period provided for same by New Jersey and Delaware laws.

Unless terminated pursuant to Article 5, this Agreement shall remain continuously in force until terminated by either mutual agreement or at any anniversary date of the Effective Date on or after the second anniversary date by either party giving at least twelve months' written notice to the other prior to such anniversary date.

Upon termination for any reason, the Reinsurer shall remain liable for: (i) all losses under all Policies arising from events that occurred prior to the Termination Date; and (ii) all losses under all Policies in force on the Termination Date arising from events that occur after the Termination Date per the terms and conditions of the Policies as in force through the next termination, expiration or renewal thereof(whichever occurs first); provided, however, that the Company shall have the right, by giving the Reinsurer prior written notice, to relieve the Reinsurer of liability for losses arising from events that occur subsequent to the Termination Date, in which case the Reinsurer shall return the amount of the Unearned Premium paid hereunder.

ARTICLE 5

SPECIAL TERMINATIONS

This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon termination of the Services Agreement.

Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time by providing 30 days' prior written notice to the other party upon the happening of any one of the following circumstances:

1. A legal authority orders the Reinsurer to cease writing business;

2. The other party has voluntarily ceased assuming new and renewal reinsurance business;

3. The other party has become insolvent or has been placed into liquidation or receivership (whether voluntary or involuntary), or there has been instituted against it proceedings for the appointment of a receiver,liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator, or trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or control of its operations;


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 2 -


4. The other party's policyholders' surplus, as reported in its financial statements, has been reduced by whichever is greater, either 25% of the amount of surplus at the Effective Date or 25% of the amount at the latest: anniversary of the Effective Date;

5. The other party has merged with, been acquired by or becomes controlled by any company, corporation, or individual(s) not controlling such party's operations previously; or

6. The other party's A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating has been assigned or downgraded below B+.

ARTICLE 6

LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE

The Reinsurer shall assume, be liable for and pay to or on behalf of the Company, the Ceded Percentage of all Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred in connection with each Policy, including, but not limited to, judgments (including interest thereon), settlements and compromises in connection therewith, in each case net of collectable Inuring Reinsurance. The Reinsurer shall also be liable for the Ceded Percentage of Extra Contractual Obligations as set forth in Article 14, net of collectable Inuring Reinsurance.

The Company in its full discretion shall investigate, defend, and resolve claims or proceedings relating to the Policies. Without prejudice to the foregoing and to the Original Conditions Article of this Agreement, while the Reinsurer does not undertake to investigate or defend claims or proceedings, it shall nevertheless have the right and be given the opportunity, at its request and with the full cooperation of the Company, to appoint representatives at its own expense and to become associated with the Company and the Company's representatives in the investigation or control of any claims or proceedings involving this Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

DEFINITIONS

" AUJ ."means Arch Underwriters Inc.

" Ceded Percentage " means the percentage elected by the Reinsurer pursuant to Article 12.

" Cession Notice " has the meaning set forth in Article 12.

" Effective Date " means 12:01 A.M. on January 1,2016.

" Extra Contractual Obligations " means:

(i) any settlement,judgment or award against the Company in respect of indemnity of an Insured or in favor of any other claimant for liability that is not within the terms or conditions of any contract of insurance or reinsurance issued by the Insured (including in excess of limits of liability under such Policy), and

(ii) any liability arising out of or in connection with any Policy whether in relation to claims handling or otherwise (including, without limitation, any settlement,judgment or award against the Company) for any amount that is not within the terms or conditions of the Policy (including in excess of limits of liability of such Policy) in favor of an Insured or in favor of any other claimant in connection with a Policy; and

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 3 -


(iii) without limiting the foregoing. includes any liability imposed on the Company to the Insured or any other claimant as a result of a judgment or settlement or arbitration award, or otherwise, where such liability has arisen because of the failure of an Insured or the Company to agree to pay a claim within the policy limits or limits of a Policy or to provide a defense against such claims as required by law, or bad faith or negligence by the Company or an Insured in investigating or handling a claim or in rejecting an offer of settlement.

" Gross Written Premiums " means gross written premiums on all Policies, less return
premiums.

" Insured " means an individual or entity to whom a Policy is issued by the Company.

" Inuring Reinsurance " means Outward Reinsurance as defined in the Services Agreement.

" Loss " means loss paid or payable by the Company pursuant to or in respect of the Policies and includes ex gratia payments.

" Loss Adjustment Expense(s) " means all costs and expenses incurred by the Company allocable to an occurrence or claim under or in connection with a Policy in the collateralization. investigation, adjustment, settlement, litigation, defense, or appeal thereof, which shall include without limitation (a) outside retained adjusters' fees; (b) attorneys', experts' and consultants' fees in connection with coverage investigation or analysis and/or actual, anticipated or threatened actions, suits, or proceedings, whether declaratory, coercive or otherwise; (c) costs taxed in any claim, suit or proceeding; (d) pre-judgment interest; (e) interest accruing after entry of judgment; (f) expenses incurred in successfully or unsuccessfully pursuing salvage, subrogation, contribution or indemnity; (g) any out-of-pocket costs paid by the Company with respect to any Extra Contractual Obligations, except for any extra contractual expenses excluded pursuant to the last paragraph of Article 14; and (h) costs and fees for letters of credit and/or trustees/trust accounts required to secure the Company's obligations to pay Loss. "Loss Adjustment Expenses" shall not include (i) unallocated loss adjustment expenses; (ii) overhead and office expenses of the Company; or (iii) salaries, benefits or expenses of the Company's employees.

" Net Written Premiums " means Gross Written Premiums less premiums ceded under Inuring Reinsurance.

" Operating Expenses " has the meaning set forth in the Services Agreement.

" Origination Expenses " has the meaning set forth in the Services Agreement.

" Policy(ies) " means an insurance policy issued by or on behalf of the Company to an Insured that falls under the scope of Covered Business other than Excluded Business, as such terms are defined in the Services Agreement.

" Program " means an arrangement under which a third party is given the authority to issue Policies subject to prescribed underwriting guidelines on behalf Company.

" Services Agreement " means the agreement among the Company, AUi and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC, dated as of October I. 2015.

" Term " means the period between the Effective Date and the Termination Date.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 4 -


" Termination Date " means the effective date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 4 and/or 5.

" Underwriting Year " means a calendar year during the Term or that portion of a calendar year which is included in the Term where the Term incepts and/or terminates during a calendar year.

" Unearned Premium " means reserves for unearned premium.

ARTICLE 8

PREMIUM

In consideration of the acceptance by the Reinsurer of the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Company's liability for each Policy, the Reinsurer shall be ceded the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Net Written Premiums collected by the Company for such Policy.

ARTICLE 9

CEDING FEE

The Reinsurer shall allow and pay the Company a ceding fee on each Policy equal to the Ceded Percentage of the sum of the following in respect of such Policy: (i) [***], and (ii) an [***] for [***]. For the first Underwriting Year, such allowance shall be equal to 2.33% of Net Written Premiums, and for each subsequent Underwriting Year the allowance applied to Net Written Premiums shall be equal to the [***] of (A) [***] (on a [***]) for the [***] to (B) [***] for the [***] ("[***]"). As soon as practicable after the end of each Underwriting Year, the Company shall determine the actual Operating Expense Ratio for such Underwriting Year, and the parties shall true up the differential between the aggregate amount paid based on the allowance rate and the amount due based on the actual Operating Expense Ratio. Where the amount for any element of Origination Expenses for any Program or Policy, as the case may be, cannot be determined with precision or certainty at the time of payment of allowance or payment of the ceding fee, the ceding fee shall be determined provisionally based on the Company's reasonable estimate of such amount, and as soon as practicable after the actual amount becomes known, the parties shall true up the difference. The Reinsurer hereby guarantees that the Company will receive such ceding fee regardless of any events, losses or developments for the term of this Agreement. The Company shall allow return ceding fees on return premiums at the same rates. The Reinsurer shall be credited with its Ceded Percentage of ceding commissions, if any, earned by the Company on Inuring Reinsurance.

ARTICLE 10

ASSESSMENTS, ASSIGNMENTS, FINES AND PENALTIES

The Reinsurer hereby assumes liability for the Ceded Percentage of any and all assessments and assignments imposed as a result of the Policies and shall reimburse the Company for its share of any fines, assessments and/or penalties imposed upon the Company as a result of the Policies.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 5 -


ARTICLE 11

OFFSET

The Company and the Reinsurer may offset any balance or amount due from one party to the other under this Agreement. However, in the event of the insolvency of any party hereto, offset shall only be allowed in accordance with the Insolvency Article included herein. or where in conflict with applicable law, such law shall govern. Such offset details shall be clearly delineated for accounting purposes.

ARTICLE 12

REPORTS AND REMITTANCES

The Company (or Arch Underwriters Inc. on behalf of the Company) shall notify the Reinsurer in writing as soon as possible but in any event no later than 30 days from the earlier of the inception date or date of binding of any Policy of the material terms of such Policy. Within 15 days of such notice, the Reinsurer shall notify the Company of confirmation that it elects a Ceding Percentage of 50% or that it elects a Ceding Percentage lower than 50%, but no lower than 15%, in respect to such Policy ("Cession Notice"); provided, however, that in respect of Programs, the Company will provide notice and the Reinsurer's election of a Ceded Percentage will apply to all Policies that are part of such Program. If the Reinsurer does not notify the Company within 5 days that it elects a Ceding Percentage lower than 50%, as set forth above, the Ceding Percentage shall be 50%.

In addition, within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company shall provide the Reinsurer with a report, segregated by Underwriting Year of the following in respect of the Policies:

(a) Policies written during the quarter;

(b) Gross Written Premiums and Net Written Premiums, in each case less cancellations and return premiums;

(c) Gross Written Premiums and Net Written Premiums collected by the Company;

(d) Operating Expenses (including an itemization of each constituent element);

(e) Origination Expenses for Policies (including an itemization of each constituent
element);

(f) The ceding fee as provided hereunder;

(g) Paid Loss, loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations;

(h) Outstanding Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations;

(i) Subrogation, salvage or other recoveries;

(j) Any applicable premium or other similar taxes; and

(k) Inuring Reinsurance procured during the quarter.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 6 -


Any balance due to the Reinsurer shall be remitted by the Company along with the quarterly report. Any balance due to the Company shall be remitted by the Reinsurer within 30 days of receipt of the quarterly report. Should payment due from the Reinsurer exceed $\00,000 as respects any one loss event, the Reinsurer upon written request by the Company accompanied by supporting documentation shall pay the amount due in respect thereof within S business days.

If the aggregate amount of claims paid by the Company during anyone month is greater than 70% of the Gross Written Premiums during such month, the Company may request that the Reinsurer advance payment for the excess of (i) the sum for all Policies of the applicable Ceded Percentages of paid Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense during such month over (ii) 70% of the sum for all Policies of the applicable Ceded Percentages of that month's Gross Written Premiums.

Any special remittance made pursuant to this provision shall be credited to the Reinsurer in the account in which the paid Loss appears.

If the Company is required to fund a claim or loss fund pursuant to the terms of a Policy, the Reinsurer shall indemnify the Company for its proportionate share of such fund.

Within 30 days following the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall furnish the Reinsurer with a statement showing the Unearned Premium, the total reserves for outstanding loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses, and any other information which the Reinsurer may require for its annual financial statements.

ARTICLE 13

DELAYS, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

Any inadvertent error, omission or delay in complying with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability that would attach to it hereunder if such error, omission or delay had not been made, provided such error, omission or delay is rectified immediately upon discovery.

ARTICLE 14

EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The Reinsurer shall indemnify the Company for the Ceded Percentage of any Extra Contractual Obligations.

An Extra Contractual Obligation will be deemed to have occurred on the same date as the occurrence or claim covered under the Policy and will constitute part of the original loss.

Loss Adjustment Expenses in respect of Extra Contractual Obligations will be covered hereunder in the same manner as other Loss Adjustment Expenses.

However, this Article will not apply where the loss has been incurred due to fraud (including settlements and/or an admission of fraud and/or criminal acts) of a member of the board of directors or a corporate officer of the Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organization or party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement of any claim covered hereunder.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 7 -


ARTICLE 15

CURRENCY

A. All premiums, Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations hereunder shall be payable in United States Dollars.

B. For purposes of this Agreement, where the Company receives premiums or pays Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense or Extra Contractual Obligations in currencies other than United States Dollars or another original currency per paragraph A above, such items shall be converted into United States Dollars at the actual rates of exchange at which these items are entered in the Company's books.

ARTICLE 16

INSOLVENCY (BRMA 19 H)

In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator. receiver. conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim . It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the Company indicating the policy or bond reinsured which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. Failure to give such notice shall not excuse the obligation of the reinsurer unless it is substantially prejudiced thereby. The reasonable expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

In the event of the insolvency of the Company, the reinsurance under this Agreement shall be payable directly by the Reinsurer to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, except (a) where this Agreement specifically provides another payee of such reinsurance in the event of the insolvency of the Company and (b) where the Reinsurer with the consent of the direct insured or insureds has assumed such policy obligations of the Company as direct obligations of the Reinsurer to the payees under such policies and in substitution for the obligations of the Company to such payees.

Should the Company go into liquidation or should a receiver be appointed, all amounts due either Company or Reinsurer, whether by reason of premium, losses or otherwise under this Agreement, shall be subject to the right of offset at any time and from time to time, and upon the exercise of the same, only the net balance shall be due.
ARTICLE 17

ACCESS TO RECORDS

The Reinsurer or its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to visit the offices of the Company following the giving of reason able notice, to inspect, examine, audit, and verify any of the files relating to business reinsured under this Agreement) at all reasonable times. This right shall be exercisable during the term of this Agreement or after the expiration of this Agreement.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 8 -


ARTICLE 18

OTHER REINSURANCE

The Company may purchase Inuring Reinsurance, which shall inure proportionately to the benefit of the Company and the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE 19

ARBITRATION

A. Prior to commencing any arbitration in connection with any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or validity thereof(a "Dispute"), the parties shall first engage in the following Steering Committee Procedures. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, in any Dispute in which a party seeks a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or attachment or other order in aid of arbitration pending the outcome of any Steering Committee (as defined below) meeting or arbitration procedure, such party may seek such order at any time without first following the procedures set forth in Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 18.

B. Following written request of one party to the other party, the Company, on the one hand, and the Reinsurer, on the other hand, shall use commercially reasonable efforts promptly to form a dispute steering committee (the " Steering" Committee "), which shall consist of three (3) members appointed by the Company and three (3) members appointed by the Reinsurer; provided, that the number of members appointed to the Steering Committee may be modified by the mutual written consent of the parties. There shall be no restrictions placed on the appointment of any member to the Steering Committee other than that any such member shall be an officer or director of the Company or the Reinsurer, as applicable, and have qualifications and experience reasonably necessary to negotiate regarding the subject matter of the relevant Dispute. The members of the Steering Committee shall meet as frequently as they deem necessary or appropriate to resolve any Disputes under this Agreement, which meetings shall be held promptly following the formation of the Steering Committee at a time and location reasonably agreed to by the members.

C. The Company and the Reinsurer shall cause their respective Steering Committee members to use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the relevant Dispute without the commencement of arbitration. Any party shall be permitted to commence arbitration to resolve such Dispute only after the occurrence of two (2) separate meetings with all of the members of the Steering Committee, which meetings may be in person, by telephone, videoconference or any other means by which all of the participants can hear each other, or as otherwise agreed by the parties hereto (it being agreed to by the parties that if for any reason such two (2) meetings have not occurred within thirty (30) days after any party first requests in writing that such Dispute be referred to the Steering Committee, the requirements of this Section (C) of Article 18 shall be deemed to have been met).


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 9 -


D. Provided that Sections (A), (8) and (C) of this Article 18 have been complied with, any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in Morristown. New Jersey or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person Arbitration Panel selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS-U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS-U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party, and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration.

ARTICLE 20

NOTICES

All Notices and Proceedings Notices shall be given in writing and given to the parties at the following addresses:

If to the Company:

WATFORD SPECIAL TV INSURANCE COMPANY
445 South Street, Suite 230
Morristown, New Jersey 07960
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Telephone No.: (973) 753-133 I

with a copy to:

Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West S2nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063

If to the Reinsurer:

ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
445 South Street, Suite 220
P.O. Box 1988
Morristown, NJ 07962- 1988
Attn: Chief Executive Officer
(973) 898-9575

Notices may be delivered by hand, by overnight courier, or email.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 10 -


Unless shown to have been received earlier, any Notice so delivered shall be deemed to have been delivered:

(a) if delivered by hand or by overnight courier, when delivered, if delivered during business hours on any business day or, if delivered outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day; or

(b) if delivered by email, at the time of transmission, if transmitted during business hours on any business day or, if transmitted outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day.

Any party may, by Notice to any other party, change the name, address or other details to which Notices and/or Proceedings Notices may be given pursuant to this Agreement.

ARTICLE 21

SERVICE OF SUIT; JURISDICTION

The only suits, actions, or proceedings relating to a dispute permitted to be brought in a judicial forum are those (i) to compel arbitration, (ii) for temporary injunctive relief in aid of arbitration or to preserve the status quo pending the appointment of the arbitrator(s), (iii) to enforce or vacate an arbitral award, or (iv) to obtain relief in connection with arbitration pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. Any such proceeding shall be brought exclusively in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (the " Designated Court "), provided that if said court does not have subject matter jurisdiction then such proceeding shall be brought exclusively in the Superior Court of New Jersey in the County of Morris, New Jersey, which shall then be the Designated Court. Service of process upon Reinsurer in any such suit may be made upon Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005 (Attention: John Schuster). The Company and the Reinsurer hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Designated Court for such purpose and any appellate courts thereof, except that any judgment confirming a final arbitral award hereunder may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets.

ARTICLE 22

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New Jersey without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

ARTICLE 23

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and in no instance shall any insured, claimant or other third party have any rights under this Agreement except as may be expressly provided otherwise herein.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 11 -


ARTICLE 24

AMENDMENTS

No assignment, amendment, modification. or termination shall be effective unless such assignment, amendment, modification, or termination is (i) filed with the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance ("NJOOB1") at least 30 days prior to the proposed effective date, (ii) not disapproved by the NJDOBI, (iii) made in writing, and (iv) signed by the parties hereto.

ARTICLE 25

CONFIDENTIALITY

The Reinsurer hereby acknowledges that the documents, information and data provided to it by the Company, whether directly or through an authorized agent, in connection with the placement and execution of this agreement (" Confidential Information ") are proprietary and confidential to the Company. Confidential Infonnation will nor include documents, information or data that the Reinsurer can show:

1. are publicly known or have become publicly known through no unauthorized act of the Reinsurer;

2. have been rightfully received from a third person without obligation of confidentiality; or

3. were known by the Reinsurer prior to the placement of this Agreement without an obligation of confidentiality.

Absent the written consent of the Company, the Reinsurer will not disclose any Confidential Infonnation to any third parties, except:

1. to agents, consultants, affiliates, retrocessionaires, when required to administer the business ceded to this Agreement;

2. when required by regulators performing an audit of the Reinsurer's records and/or financial condition;

3. when required by external auditors performing an audit of the Reinsurer's records in the normal course of business; or

4. when required by legal counsel and/or arbitrators in connection with an actual or potential arbitration hereunder.

Further, the Reinsurer agrees not to use any Confidential Information for any purpose not related to the performance of their obligations or enforcement of their rights under this Agreement.

In the event that the Reinsurer is required by court order, other legal process or any regulatory authority to release or disclose any or all of the Confidential Information, the Reinsurer agrees to provide the Company with written notice of same at least 10 days prior to such release or disclosure. However, (I) if the Reinsurer is required to release or disclose the Confidential Information in less than 10 days, the Reinsurer will provide the Company with immediate written notice; and (2) if disclosure is required on the date of receipt of the subpoena, the Reinsurer will give the Company notice within 24 hours of disclosing the infonnation. The

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 12 -


Reinsurer will use its best efforts to assist the Company in maintaining the confidentiality provided for in this Article.

The provisions of this Article will extend to the officers, directors. shareholders and employees of the Reinsurer and any affiliated insurers or reinsurers within its immediate holding company group, and will be binding upon their successors and assigns.

ARTICLE 26

LATE PAYMENTS

In the event any payment due either party is not received by the other party by the payment due date, the party to whom payment is due may, require the debtor party to pay, and the debtor party agrees to pay, an interest penalty on the amount past due calculated for each such payment on the last business day of each month as follows:

1. a. The number of full days that have expired since the overdue date or the last monthly calculation, whichever the lesser; times

b. 1/365th of the sum of the six-month United States Treasury Bill rate as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the month for which the calculation is made, plus the applicable Interest Rate Increase (as established in subparagraph (2) below), times

c. The amount past due, including accrued interest.

2. The "Interest Rate Increase" shall be defined as follows:

a. If payment is made 30 days or less after the overdue date, 2.0% per
annum.

b. If payment is made more than 30 days after the overdue date, 4.0% per
annum.

Interest shall accumulate until payment of the original amount due plus interest penalties have been received by the creditor party,

The due date shall, for purposes of this Article, be determined as follows:

1. Payments from the Reinsurer to the Company shall be due on the date on which the demand for payment (including delivery of quarterly reports) is received by the Reinsurer, and shall be overdue 30 days thereafter.

2. Payments from the Company to the Reinsurer shall be due on the dates specified within this Agreement. Payments shall be overdue 30 days thereafter except for the first installment of premium, if applicable, which shall be overdue 60 days from inception or 30 days from final line-signing, whichever the later. Reinstatement premium, if applicable, shall have as a due date the date when the Company receives payment for the claim giving rise to such reinstatement premium, and payment shall be overdue 30 days thereafter. In the event a due date is not specifically stated for a given payment, the overdue date shall be 30 days following the date of billing,

If the information contained in the Company's demand for payment is insufficient or not in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement, then within 30 days the Reinsurer shall request from the

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 13 -


Company all additional information necessary to validate its claim and the payment due date as defined above shall be deemed to be the date upon which the Reinsurer received the requested additional information. This paragraph is only for the purpose of establishing when a payment is overdue. and shall not alter the provisions of the Reports and Remittances Article or other pertinent contractual stipulations.

Should the Reinsurer dispute a claim presented by the Company and the timeframes set out above be exceeded, interest as stipulated above shall be payable for the entire overdue period, but only for the amount of the final settlement with the Reinsurer.

In the event arbitration is necessary to settle a dispute, the panel shall have the authority to make a determination awarding interest to the prevailing party. Interest, if any, awarded by the panel shall supersede the interest amounts outlined herein.

Any interest owed pursuant to this Article may be waived by the party to which it is owed. Waiver of such interest, however, shall not affect the waiving party's rights to other interest amounts due as a result of this Article.

ARTICLE 27

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties in connection with the reinsurance of the Policies and must provide no guarantee of profit, directly or indirectly, from the Reinsurer to the Company or from the Company to the Reinsurer.

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other document referred to in it, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

ARTICLE 28

DUTY OF COOPERATION

Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement, including making available to each other their respective officers and employees and agents for interviews and meeting with any legislature, executive branch or governmental department, commission, board, agency, court, tribunal or instrumentality, and furnishing any additional assistance, information and documents as may be reasonably requested by a party from time to time. The duty of cooperation shall apply, but not be limited, to regulatory matters and to litigation matters involving third parties.

ARTICLE 29

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No action taken by any party hereto in exercising its rights under this Agreement shall in any way be construed as a waiver by such party of any rights or remedies available to it.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 14 -


The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

A waiver (which may be given subject to conditions) of any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall only be effective if it is in writing. Any waiver shall apply only to the party to whom it is addressed and for the specific circumstances for which it is given. Any waiver shall not prevent the party who has given the waiver from subsequently relying on the right, power or remedy in other circumstances.

In the event of a waiver of any provision of this Agreement, such waiver shall not be deemed a waiver of any other provision herein, nor shall waiver of any breach of this Agreement be construed as a continuing waiver of subsequent breaches of the same or of other provisions of this Agreement.

The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.

ARTICLE 30

ASSIGNMENT

Neither this Agreement, nor any rights, interests or obligations hereunder, may be directly or indirectly assigned, delegated, sublicensed or transferred by any party. in whole or in part, to any other person by operation of law or otherwise, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without the prior written consent of the other party.

ARTlCLE 3l

UTMOST GOOD FAITH; AMOUNTS TO BE PAID

The relationship of the parties with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement shall be in accordance with the principles of utmost good faith and fair dealing.

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to mean that amounts to be paid by the Reinsurer under this Agreement are not payable until the ultimate net liability of the Reinsurer has been ascertained.

ARTICLE 32

TAXES

The Company shall be liable for all taxes (except, if applicable, federal excise tax) on premiums ceded hereunder

ARTICLE 33

SURVIVAL

The provisions of Articles I through 4 and 6 through 32 hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement.



[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 15 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 17 th day of February, in the year of 2016.

WATFORD SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY
 
/s/ Alexandre Scherer
Alexandre Scherer
President &  CEO


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 17 th day of February, in the year of 2016.

ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
 
/s/ Jerome Halgan
Jerome Halgan
President &  CEO

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

# S-1 #
Exhibit 10.21

QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

(the "Agreement")

between

WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY
a New Jersey-domiciled insurance company
(the "Company")

and

ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
a Delaware-domiciled insurance company
(the "Reinsurer")


W I T N E S S ET H:

WHEREAS , the Company desires to cede, and Reinsurer desires to accept, a quota share participation in certain insurance policies written by the Company subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

BUSINESS COVERED

This Agreement is to indemnify and hold the Company harmless in respect of the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Company's liability net of collectable Inuring Reinsurance that may accrue to the Company in respect of its participation in each Policy incepting on or after the Effective Date and prior to the Termination Date.

ARTICLE 2

ORIGINAL CONDITIONS

All reinsurance under this Agreement shall attach simultaneously with the attachment of the Policies and shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, waivers, and interpretations, and to the same modifications, cancellations and alterations, as the respective Policies. The Reinsurer shall in every case to which this Agreement applies and to the extent of the applicable Ceded Percentage absolutely and unconditionally follow the underwriting fortunes of the Company in respect of the Policy, and the Reinsurer shall be bound, without limitation, by all payments and settlements entered into by th·e Company in good faith, subject always to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement. There are no exclusions to the cover granted by this Agreement.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


ARTICLE 3

TERRITORY

The territorial limits of this Agreement shall be identical with those of the Policies.

ARTICLE 4

TERM AND TERMINATION

This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date subject to the non-disapproval by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the Delaware Department of Insurance of within the period provided for same by New Jersey and Delaware laws.

Unless terminated pursuant to Article 5, this Agreement shall remain continuously in force until terminated by either mutual agreement or at any anniversary date of the Effective Date on or after the second anniversary date by either party giving at least twelve months' written notice to the other prior to such anniversary date.

Upon termination for any reason, the Reinsurer shall remain liable for: (i) all losses under all Policies arising from events that occurred prior to the Termination Date; and (ii) all losses under all Policies in force on the Termination Date arising from events that occur after the Termination Date per the terms and conditions of the Policies as in force through the next termination, expiration or renewal thereof (whichever occurs first); provided, however, that the Company shall have the right, by giving the Reinsurer prior written notice, to relieve the Reinsurer of liability for losses arising from events that occur subsequent to the Termination Date, in which case the Reinsurer shall return the amount of the Unearned Premium paid hereunder.

ARTICLE 5

SPECIAL TERMINATIONS

This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon termination of the Services Agreement.

Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time by providing 30 days' prior written notice to the other party upon the happening of any one of the following circumstances:

1. A legal authority orders the Reinsurer to cease writing business;

2. The other party has voluntarily ceased assuming new and renewal reinsurance business;

3. The other party has become insolvent or has been placed into liquidation or receivership (whether voluntary or involuntary), or there has been instituted against it proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator, or trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or control of its operations;

4. The other party's policyholders' surplus, as reported in its financial statements, has been reduced by whichever is greater, either 25% of the amount of surplus at the Effective Date or 25% of the amount at the latest anniversary of the Effective Date;


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 2 -


5. The other party has merged with, been acquired by or becomes controlled by any company, corporation, or individual(s) not controlling such party's operations previously; or

6. The other party's AM. Best Financial Strength Rating has been assigned or downgraded below B+.

ARTICLE 6

LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE

The Reinsurer shall assume, be liable for and pay to or on behalf of the Company, the Ceded Percentage of all Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred in connection with each Policy, including, but not limited to, judgments (including interest thereon), settlements and compromises in connection therewith, in each case net of collectable Inuring Reinsurance. The Reinsurer shall also be liable for the Ceded Percentage of Extra Contractual Obligations as set forth in Article 14, net of collectable Inuring Reinsurance.

The Company in its full discretion shall investigate, defend, and resolve claims or proceedings relating to the Policies. Without prejudice to the foregoing and to the Original Conditions Article of this Agreement, while the Reinsurer does not undertake to investigate or defend claims or proceedings, it shall nevertheless have the right and be given the opportunity, at its request and with the full cooperation of the Company, to appoint representatives at its own expense and to become associated with the Company and the Company's representatives in the investigation or control of any claims or proceedings involving this Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

DEFINITIONS

"AUI"means Arch Underwriters Inc .

"Ceded Percentage" means the percentage elected by the Reinsurer pursuant to Article 12.

"Cession Notice" has the meaning set forth in Article 12.

"Effective Date" means 12:01 AM. on September 1, 2016.

"Extra Contractual Obligations" means:

(i) any settlement, judgment or award against the Company in respect of indemnity of an Insured or in favor of any other claimant for liability that is not within the terms or conditions of any contract of insurance or reinsurance issued by the Insured (including in excess of limits of liability under such Policy), and

(ii) any liability arising out of or in connection with any Policy whether in relation to claims handling or otherwise (including, without limitation, any settlement, judgment or award against the Company) for any amount that is not within the terms or conditions of the Policy (including in excess of limits of liability of such Policy) in favor of an Insured or in favor of any other claimant in connection with a Policy; and


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 3 -


(iii)    without limiting the foregoing, includes any liability imposed on the Company to the Insured or any other claimant as a result of a judgment or settlement or arbitration award, or otherwise, where such liability has arisen because of the failure of an Insured or the Company to agree to pay a claim within the policy limits or limits of a Policy or to provide a defense against such claims as required by law, or bad faith or negligence by the Company or an Insured in investigating or handling a claim or in rejecting an offer of settlement.

" Gross Written Premiums " means gross written premiums on all Policies, less return premiums.

" Insured " means an individual or entity to whom a Policy is issued by the Company.

" Inuring Reinsurance " means Outward Reinsurance as defined in the Services Agreement.

" Loss " means loss paid or payable by the Company pursuant to or in respect of the Policies and includes ex gratia payments.

" Loss Adjustment Expense(s) " means all costs and expenses incurred by the Company allocable to an occurrence or claim under or in connection with a Policy in the collateralization, investigation, adjustment, settlement, litigation, defense, or appeal thereof, which shall include without limitation (a) outside retained adjusters' fees; (b) attorneys', experts' and consultants' fees in connection with coverage investigation or analysis and/or actual, anticipated or threatened actions, suits, or proceedings, whether declaratory, coercive or otherwise; (c) costs taxed in any claim, suit or proceeding; (d) pre-judgment interest; (e) interest accruing after entry of judgment; (f) expenses incurred in successfully or unsuccessfully pursuing salvage, subrogation, contribution or indemnity; (g) any out-of-pocket costs paid by the Company with respect to any Extra Contractual Obligations, except for any extra contractual expenses excluded pursuant to the last paragraph of Article 14; and (h) costs and fees for letters of credit and/or trustees/trust accounts required to secure the Company's obligations to pay Loss. "Loss Adjustment Expenses" shall not include (i) unallocated loss adjustment expenses; (ii) overhead and office expenses of the Company; or (iii) salaries, benefits or expenses of the Company's employees.

" Net Written Premiums " means Gross Written Premiums Jess premiums ceded under Inuring Reinsurance.

" Operating Expenses " has the meaning set forth in the Services Agreement.

" Origination Expenses " has the meaning set forth in the Services Agreement.

" Policy(ies) " means an insurance policy issued by or on behalf of the Company to an Insured that falls under the scope of Covered Business other than Excluded Business, as such terms are defined in the Services Agreement.

" Program " means an arrangement under which a third party is given the authority to issue Policies subject to prescribed underwriting guidelines on behalf of the Company.

" Services Agreement " means the agreement among the Company, AUI and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, HPS Investment Partners, LLC, dated as of August 1, 2016.

" Term " means the period between the Effective Date and the Termination Date.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 4 -


" Termination Date " means the effective date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 4 and/or 5.

" Underwriting Year " means a calendar year during the Term or that portion of a calendar year which is included in the Term where the Term incepts and/or terminates during a calendar year.

" Unearned Premium " means reserves for unearned premium.

ARTICLE S

PREMIUM

In consideration of the acceptance by the Reinsurer of the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Company's liability for each Policy, the Reinsurer shall be ceded the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Net Written Premiums collected by the Company for such Policy.

ARTICLE 9

CEDING FEE

The Reinsurer shall allow and pay the Company a ceding fee on each Policy equal to the Ceded Percentage of the sum of the following in respect of such Policy: (i) [***], and (ii) an [***] for [***]. For the first Underwriting Year, such allowance shall be equal to 2.33% of Net Written Premiums, and for each subsequent Underwriting Year the allowance applied to Net Written Premiums shall be equal to the [***] of (A) [***] (on a [***]) for the [***] to (B) [***] for the [***] ("[***]"). As soon as practicable after the end of each Underwriting Year, the Company shall determine the actual Operating Expense Ratio for such Underwriting Year, and the parties shall true up the differential between the aggregate amount paid based on the allowance rate and the amount due based on the actual Operating Expense Ratio. Where the amount for any element of Origination Expenses for any Program or Policy, as the case may be, cannot be determined with precision or certainty at the time of payment of allowance or payment of the ceding fee, the ceding fee shall be determined provisionally based on the Company's reasonable estimate of such amount, and as soon as practicable after the actual amount becomes known, the parties shall true up the difference. The Reinsurer hereby guarantees that the Company will receive such ceding fee regardless of any events, losses or developments for the term of this Agreement. The Company shall allow return ceding fees on return premiums at the same rates. The Reinsurer shall be credited with its Ceded Percentage of ceding commissions, if any, earned by the Company on Inuring Reinsurance.

ARTICLE 10

ASSESSMENTS, ASSIGNMENTS, FINES AND PENALTIES

The Reinsurer hereby assumes liability for the Ceded Percentage of any and all assessments and assignments imposed as a result of the Policies and shall reimburse the Company for its share of any fines, assessments and/or penalties imposed upon the Company as a result of the Policies.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 5 -


ARTICLE 11

OFFSET

The Company and the Reinsurer may offset any balance or amount due from one party to the other under this Agreement. However, in the event of the insolvency of any party hereto, offset shall only be allowed in accordance with the Insolvency Article included herein, or where in conflict with applicable law, such law shall govern. Such offset details shall be clearly delineated for accounting purposes.

ARTICLE 12

REPORTS AND REMITTANCES

The Company (or Arch Underwriters Inc. on behalf of the Company) shall notify the Reinsurer in writing as soon as possible but in any event no later than 30 days from the earlier of the inception date or date of binding of any Policy of the material terms of such Policy. Within 15 days of such notice, the Reinsurer shall notify the Company of confirmation that it elects a Ceding Percentage of 50% or that it elects a Ceding Percentage lower than 50%, but no lower than 15%, in respect to such Policy (" Cession Notice "); provided , however , that in respect of Programs, the Company will provide notice and the Reinsurer' s election of a Ceded Percentage will apply to all Policies that are part of such Program. If the Reinsurer does not notify the Company within 5 days that it elects a Ceding Percentage lower than 50%, as set forth above, the Ceding Percentage shall be 50%.

In addition, within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company shall provide the Reinsurer with a report, segregated by Underwriting Year of the following in respect of the Policies:

(a) Policies written during the quarter;

(b) Gross Written Premiums and Net Written Premiums, in each case less cancellations and return premiums;

(c) Gross Written Premiums and Net Written Premiums collected by the Company;

(d) Operating Expenses (including an itemization of each constitutent element);

(e) Origination Expenses for Policies (including an itemization of each constituent element);

(f) The ceding fee as provided hereunder;

(g) Paid Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations;

(h) Outstanding Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations;

(i) Subrogation, salvage or other recoveries;

(j)    Any applicable premium or other similar taxes; and

(k)    Inuring Reinsurance procured during the quarter.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 6 -


Any balance due to the Reinsurer shall be remitted by the Company along with the quarterly report. Any balance due to the Company shall be remitted by the Reinsurer within 30 days of receipt of the quarterly report. Should payment due from the Reinsurer exceed $100,000 as respects any one loss event, the Reinsurer upon written request by the Company accompanied by supporting documentation shall pay the amount due in respect thereof within 5 business days.

If the aggregate amount of claims paid by the Company during any one month is greater than 70% of the Gross Written Premiums during such month, the Company may request that the Reinsurer advance payment for the excess of (i) the sum for all Policies of the applicable Ceded Percentages of paid Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense during such month over (ii) 70% of the sum for all Policies of the applicable Ceded Percentages of that month's Gross Written Premiums.

Any special remittance made pursuant to this provision shall be credited to the Reinsurer in the account in which the paid Loss appears.

If the Company is required to fund a claim or loss fund pursuant to the terms of a Policy, the Reinsurer shall indemnify the Company for its proportionate share of such fund.

Within 30 days following the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall furnish the Reinsurer with a statement showing the Unearned Premium, the total reserves for outstanding Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses, and any other information which the Reinsurer may require for its annual financial statements.

ARTICLE 13

DELAYS, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

Any inadvertent error, omission or delay in complying with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability that would attach to it hereunder if such error, omission or delay had not been made, provided such error, omission or delay is rectified immediately upon discovery.

ARTICLE 14

EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The Reinsurer shall indemnify the Company for the Ceded Percentage of any Extra Contractual Obligations.

An Extra Contractual Obligation will be deemed to have occurred on the same date as the occurrence or claim covered under the Policy and will constitute part of the original loss.

Loss Adjustment Expenses in respect of Extra Contractual Obligations will be covered hereunder in the same manner as other Loss Adjustment Expenses.

However, this Article will not apply where the loss has been incurred due to fraud (including settlements and/or an admission of fraud and/or criminal acts) of a member of the board of directors or a corporate officer of the Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organization or party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement of any claim covered hereunder.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 7 -


ARTICLE 15

CURRENCY

A.    All premiums, Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations hereunder shall be payable in United States Dollars.

B.    For purposes of this Agreement, where the Company receives premiums or pays Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense or Extra Contractual Obligations in currencies other than United States Dollars or another original currency per paragraph A above, such items shall be converted into United States Dollars at the actual rates of exchange at which these items are entered in the Company's books.

ARTICLE 16

INSOLVENCY (BRMA 19 H)

In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the Company indicating the policy or bond reinsured which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. Failure to give such notice shall not excuse the obligation of the reinsurer unless it is substantially prejudiced thereby. The reasonable expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

In the event of the insolvency of the Company, the reinsurance under this Agreement shall be payable directly by the Reinsurer to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, except (a) where this Agreement specifically provides another payee of such reinsurance in the event of the insolvency of the Company and (b) where the Reinsurer with the consent of the direct insured or insureds has assumed such policy obligations of the Company as direct obligations of the Reinsurer to the payees under such policies and in substitution for the obligations of the Company to such payees.

Should the Company go into liquidation or should a receiver be appointed, all amounts due either Company or Reinsurer, whether by reason of premium, losses or otherwise under this Agreement, shall be subject to the right of offset at any time and from time to time, and upon the exercise of the same, only the net balance shall be due.

ARTICLE 17

ACCESS TO RECORDS

The Reinsurer or its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to visit the offices of the Company following the giving of reasonable notice, to inspect, examine, audit, and verify any of the

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 8 -


files relating to business reinsured under this Agreement) at all reasonable times. This right shall be exercisable during the term of this Agreement or after the expiration of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 18

OTHER REINSURANCE

The Company may purchase Inuring Reinsurance, which shall inure proportionately to the benefit of the Company and the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE 19

ARBITRATION

A.    Prior to commencing any arbitration in connection with any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or validity thereof (a " Dispute "), the parties shall first engage in the following Steering Committee Procedures. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, in any Dispute in which a party seeks a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or attachment or other order in aid of arbitration pending the outcome of any Steering Committee (as defined below) meeting or arbitration procedure, such party may seek such order at any time without first following the procedures set forth in Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 18 .

B.    Following written request of one party to the other party, the Company, on the one hand, and the Reinsurer, on the other hand, shall use commercially reasonable efforts promptly to form a dispute steering committee (the " Steering Committee "), which shall consist of three (3) members appointed by the Company and three (3) members appointed by the Reinsurer; provided, that the number of members appointed to the Steering Committee may be modified by the mutual written consent of the parties. There shall be no restrictions placed on the appointment of any member to the Steering Committee other than that any such member shall be an officer or director of the Company or the Reinsurer, as applicable, and have qualifications and experience reasonably necessary to negotiate regarding the subject matter of the relevant Dispute. The members of the Steering Committee shall meet as frequently as they deem necessary or appropriate to resolve any Disputes under this Agreement, which meetings shall be held promptly following the formation of the Steering Committee at a time and location reasonably agreed to by the members.

C.    The Company and the Reinsurer shall cause their respective Steering Committee members to use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the relevant Dispute without the commencement of arbitration. Any party shall be permitted to commence arbitration to resolve such Dispute only after the occurrence of two (2) separate meetings with all of the members of the Steering Committee, which meetings may be in person, by telephone, videoconference or any other means by which all of the participants can hear each other, or as otherwise agreed by the parties hereto (it being agreed to by the parties that if for any reason such two (2) meetings have not occurred within thirty (30) days after any party first requests in writing that such Dispute be referred to the Steering Committee, the requirements of this Section (C) of Article 18 shall be deemed to have been met).

D.    Provided that Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 18 have been complied with, any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in Morristown, New Jersey or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person Arbitration Panel selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS•U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 9 -


executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS•U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party, and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration.

ARTICLE 20

NOTICES

All Notices and Proceedings Notices shall be given in writing and given to the parties at the following addresses:

If to the Company:

WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY
445 South Street, Suite 220
P. 0. Box 1950
Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1950
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Telephone No.: (973) 753-1331

with a copy to:

Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063

If to the Reinsurer:

ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
445 South Street, Suite 220
P.O. Box 1988
Morristown, NJ 07962-1988
Attn: Chief Executive Officer
(973) 898-9575

Notices may be delivered by hand, by overnight courier, or email.

Unless shown to have been received earlier, any Notice so delivered shall be deemed to have been delivered:

(a) if delivered by hand or by overnight courier, when delivered, if delivered during business hours on any business day or, if delivered outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day; or


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 10 -


(b) if delivered by email, at the time of transmission, if transmitted during business hours on any business day or, if transmitted outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day.

Any party may, by Notice to any other party, change the name, address or other details to which Notices and/or Proceedings Notices may be given pursuant to this Agreement.

ARTICLE 21

SERVICE OF SUIT; JURISDICTION

The only suits, actions, or proceedings relating to a dispute permitted to be brought in a judicial forum are those (i) to compel arbitration, (ii) for temporary injunctive relief in aid of arbitration or to preserve the status quo pending the appointment of the arbitrator(s), (iii) to enforce or vacate an arbitral award, or (iv) to obtain relief in connection with arbitration pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. Any such proceeding shall be brought exclusively in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (the " Designated Court "), provided that if said court does not have subject matter jurisdiction then such proceeding shall be brought exclusively in the Superior Court of New Jersey in the County of Morris, New Jersey, which shall then be the Designated Court. Service of process upon Reinsurer in any such suit may be made upon Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005 (Attention: John Schuster). The Company and the Reinsurer hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Designated Court for such purpose and any appellate courts thereof, except that any judgment confirming a final arbitral award hereunder may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets.

ARTICLE 22

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New Jersey without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

ARTICLE 23

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and in no instance shall any insured, claimant or other third party have any rights under this Agreement except as may be expressly provided otherwise herein.

ARTICLE 24

AMENDMENTS

No assignment, amendment, modification, or termination shall be effective unless such assignment, amendment, modification, or termination is (i) filed with the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance ("NJDOBI") at least 30 days prior to the proposed effective date, (ii) not disapproved by the NJDOBI, (iii) made in writing, and (iv) signed by the parties hereto.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 11 -



ARTICLE 25

CONFIDENTIALITY

The Reinsurer hereby acknowledges that the documents, information and data provided to it by the Company, whether directly or through an authorized agent, in connection with the placement and execution of this agreement (" Confidential Information ") are proprietary and confidential to the Company. Confidential Information will not include documents, information or data that the Reinsurer can show:


1. are publicly known or have become publicly known through no unauthorized act of the Reinsurer;

2. have been rightfully received from a third person without obligation of confidentiality; or

3. were known by the Reinsurer prior to the placement of this Agreement without an obligation of confidentiality.

Absent the written consent of the Company, the Reinsurer will not disclose any Confidential Information to any third parties, except:

1. to agents, consultants, affiliates, retrocessionaires, when required to administer the business ceded to this Agreement;

2. when required by regulators performing an audit of the Reinsurer's records and/or financial condition;

3. when required by external auditors performing an audit of the Reinsurer's records in the normal course of business; or

4. when required by legal counsel and/or arbitrators in connection with an actual or potential arbitration hereunder.

Further, the Reinsurer agrees not to use any Confidential Information for any purpose not related to the performance of their obligations or enforcement of their rights under this Agreement.

In the event that the Reinsurer is required by court order, other legal process or any regulatory authority to release or disclose any or all of the Confidential Information, the Reinsurer agrees to provide the Company with written notice of same at least 10 days prior to such release or disclosure. However, (1) if the Reinsurer is required to release or disclose the Confidential Information in less than 10 days, the Reinsurer will provide the Company with immediate written notice; and (2) if disclosure is required on the date of receipt of the subpoena, the Reinsurer will give the Company notice within 24 hours of disclosing the information. The Reinsurer will use its best efforts to assist the Company in maintaining the confidentiality provided for in this Article.

The provisions of this Article will extend to the officers, directors, shareholders and employees of the Reinsurer and any affiliated insurers or reinsurers within its immediate holding company group, and will be binding upon their successors and assigns.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 12 -


ARTICLE 26

LATE PAYMENTS

In the event any payment due either party is not received by the other party by the payment due date, the party to whom payment is due may, require the debtor party to pay, and the debtor party agrees to pay, an interest penalty on the amount past due calculated for each such payment on the last business day of each month as follows:

1.    a. The number of full days that have expired since the overdue date or the last monthly calculation, whichever the lesser; times

b. l/365th of the sum of the six-month United States Treasury Bill rate as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the month for which the calculation is made, plus the applicable Interest Rate Increase (as established in subparagraph (2) below), times

c. The amount past due, including accrued interest.

2. The "Interest Rate Increase" shall be defined as follows:

a.    If payment is made 30 days or less after the overdue date, 2.0% per annum.

b.    If payment is made more than 30 days after the overdue date, 4.0% per annum.

Interest shall accumulate until payment of the original amount due plus interest penalties have been received by the creditor party.

The due date shall, for purposes of this Article, be determined as follows:

1. Payments from the Reinsurer to the Company shall be due on the date on which the demand for payment (including delivery of quarterly reports) is received by the Reinsurer, and shall be overdue 30 days thereafter.

2. Payments from the Company to the Reinsurer shall be due on the dates specified within this Agreement. Payments shall be overdue 30 days thereafter except for the first installment of premium, if applicable, which shall be overdue 60 days from inception or 30 days from final line-signing, whichever the later. Reinstatement premium, if applicable, shall have as a due date the date when the Company receives payment for the claim giving rise to such reinstatement premium, and payment shall be overdue 30 days thereafter. In the event a due date is not specifically stated for a given payment, the overdue date shall be 30 days following the date of billing.

If the information contained in the Company's demand for payment is insufficient or not in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement, then within 30 days the Reinsurer shall request from the Company all additional information necessary to validate its claim and the payment due date as defined above shall be deemed to be the date upon which the Reinsurer received the requested additional information. This paragraph is only for the purpose of establishing when a payment is overdue, and shall not alter the provisions of the Reports and Remittances Article or other pertinent contractual stipulations.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 13 -


Should the Reinsurer dispute a claim presented by the Company and the timeframes set out above be exceeded, interest as stipulated above shall be payable for the entire overdue period, but only for the amount of the final settlement with the Reinsurer.

In the event arbitration is necessary to settle a dispute, the panel shall have the authority to make a determination awarding interest to the prevailing party. Interest, if any, awarded by the panel shall supersede the interest amounts outlined herein.

Any interest owed pursuant to this Article may be waived by the party to which it is owed. Waiver of such interest, however, shall not affect the waiving party's rights to other interest amounts due as a result of this Article.

ARTICLE 27

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties in connection with the reinsurance of the Policies and must provide no guarantee of profit, directly or indirectly, from the Reinsurer to the Company or from the Company to the Reinsurer.

In the event of any conflict betWeen the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other document referred to in it, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

ARTICLE 28

DUTY OF COOPERATION

Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement, including making available to each other their respective officers and employees and agents for interviews and meeting with any legislature, executive branch or governmental department, commission, board, agency, court, tribunal or instrumentality , and furnishing any additional assistance, information and documents as may be reasonably requested by a party from time to time. The duty of cooperation shall apply, but not be limited, to regulatory matters and to litigation matters involving third parties.

ARTICLE 29

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No action taken by any party hereto in exercising its rights under this Agreement shall in any way be construed as a waiver by such party of any rights or remedies available to it.

The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

A waiver (which may be given subject to conditions) of any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall only be effective if it is in writing. Any waiver shall apply only to the party to whom it is addressed and for the specific circumstances for which it is given. Any waiver shall not prevent the party who has given the waiver from subsequently relying on the right, power or remedy in other circumstances.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 14 -



In the event of a waiver of any provision of this Agreement, such waiver shall not be deemed a waiver of any other provision herein, nor shall waiver of any breach of this Agreement be construed as a continuing waiver of subsequent breaches of the same or of other provisions of this Agreement.

The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.

ARTICLE 30

ASSIGNMENT

Neither this Agreement, nor any rights, interests or obligations hereunder, may be directly or indirectly assigned, delegated, sublicensed or transferred by any party, in whole or in part, to any other person by operation of law or otherwise, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without the prior written consent of the other party.

ARTICLE 31

UTMOST GOOD FAITH; AMOUNTS TO BE PAID

The relationship of the parties with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement shall be in accordance with the principles of utmost good faith and fair dealing.

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to mean that amounts to be paid by the Reinsurer under this Agreement are not payable until the ultimate net liability of the Reinsurer has been ascertained.

ARTICLE 32

TAXES

The Company shall be liable for all taxes (except, if applicable, federal excise tax) on premiums ceded hereunder

ARTICLE 33

SURVIVAL

The provisions of Articles 1 through 4 and 6 through 32 hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
- 15 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 1 st day of September, in the year of 2016.

WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY
 
/s/ Alexandre Scherer
Alexandre Scherer
President &  CEO


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Reinsurer has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 1 st day of September, in the year of 2016.

ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
 
/s/ Jerome Halgan
Jerome Halgan
President &  CEO

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
S- 1
Exhibit 10.22

QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

(the' Agreement ")

between

WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY EUROPE LIMITED
a Gibraltar-domiciled insurance company
(the " Company ")

and

ARCH REINSURANCE LTD .
a Bermuda-domiciled insurance company
(the " Reinsurer ')


W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , the Company desires to cede, and Reinsurer desires to accept, a quota share participation in certain insurance policies written by the Company subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows

ARTICLE 1

BUSINESS COVERED

This Agreement is to indemnify and hold the Company harmless in respect of the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Company's liability net of collectable Inuring Reinsurance that may accrue to the Company in respect of its participation in each Policy incepting on or after the Effective Date and prior to the Termination Date.

ARTICLE 2

ORIGINAL CONDITIONS

All reinsurance under this Agreement shall attach simultaneously with the attachment of the Policies and shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, waivers, and interpretations, and to the same modifications, cancellations and alterations, as the respective Policies. The Reinsurer shall in every case to which this Agreement applies and to the extent of the applicable Ceded Percentage absolutely and unconditionally follow the underwriting fortunes of the Company in respect of the Policy, and the Reinsurer shall be bound, without limitation, by all payments and settlements entered into by the Company in good faith, subject always to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement. There are no exclusion to the cover granted by this Agreement.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



ARTICLE 3

TERRITORY

The territorial limits of this Agreement shall be identical with those of the Policies.

ARTICLE 4

TERM AND TERMINATION

This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date. Unless terminated pursuant to Article 5, this Agreement shall remain continuously in force until terminated by either mutual agreement or at any anniversary date of the Effective Date on or after the second anniversary date by either party giving at least twelve months' written notice to the other prior to such anniversary date.

Upon termination for any reason, the Reinsurer shall remain liable for: (i) all losses under all Policies arising from events that occurred prior to the Termination Date; and (ii) all losses under all Policies in force on the Termination Date arising from events that occur after the Termination Date per the terms and conditions of the Policies as in force through the next termination, expiration or renewal thereof (whichever occurs first); provided, however, that the Company shall have the right, by giving the Reinsurer prior written notice, to relieve the Reinsurer of liability for losses arising from events that occur subsequent to the Termination Date, in which case the Reinsurer shall return the amount of the Unearned Premium paid
hereunder.

ARTICLE 5

SPECIAL TERMINATIONS

This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon termination of the Services Agreement.
Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time by providing 30 days'
prior written notice to the other party upon the happening of any one of the following circumstances:

1. A legal authority orders the Reinsurer to cease writing business;

2. The other party has voluntarily ceased assuming new and renewal reinsurance business;

3. The other party has become insolvent or has been placed into liquidation or receivership (whether voluntary or involuntary), or there has been instituted against it proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator, or

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or control of its operations;    

4. The other party's policyholders' surplus, as reported in its financial statements, has been reduced by whichever is greater, either 25% of the amount of surplus at the Effective Date or 25% of the amount at the latest anniversary of the    Effective Date;    

5. The other party has merged with, been acquired by or becomes controlled by any company, corporation, or individual(s) not controlling such party's operations previously; or    

6. The other party's A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating has been assigned or downgraded below B+.    

ARTICLE 6

LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE

The Reinsurer shall assume, be liable for and pay to or on behalf of the Company, the Ceded Percentage of all Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred in connection with each Policy, including, but not limited to, judgments (including interest thereon), settlements and compromises in connection therewith, in each case net of collectable Inuring Reinsurance. The Reinsurer shall also be liable for the Ceded Percentage of Extra Contractual Obligations as set forth in Article 14, net of collectable Inuring Reinsurance.

The Company in its full discretion shall investigate, defend, and resolve claims or proceedings relating to the Policies. Without prejudice to the foregoing and to the Original Conditions Article of this Agreement, while the Reinsurer does not undertake to investigate or defend claims or proceedings, it shall nevertheless have the right and be given the opportunity, at its request and with the full cooperation of the Company, to appoint representatives at its own expense and to become associated with the Company and the Company's representatives in the investigation or control of any claims or proceedings involving this Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

DEFINITIONS

" Ceded Percentage " means the percentage elected by the Reinsurer pursuant to Article 12.

" Cession Notice " has the meaning set forth in Article 12.

" Effective Date " means 12:01 A.M. on July 28, 2015.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.




" Extra Contractual Obligations " means:

(i)    any settlement, judgment or award against the Company in respect of indemnity of an Insured or in favor of any other claimant for liability that is not within the terms or conditions of any contract of insurance or reinsurance issued by the Insured (including in excess oflimits ofliability under such Policy), and

(ii)    any liability arising out of or in connection with any Policy whether in relation to claims handling or otherwise (including, without limitation, any settlement, judgment or award against the Company) for any amount that is not within the terms or conditions of the Policy (including in excess of limits of liability of such Policy) in favor of an Insured or in favor of any other claimant in connection with a Policy; and

(iii)    without limiting the foregoing, includes any liability imposed on the Company to the Insured or any other claimant as a result of a judgment or settlement or arbitration award, or otherwise, where such liability has arisen because of the failure of an Insured or the Company to agree to pay a claim within the policy limits or limits of a Policy or to provide a defense against such claims as required by law, or bad faith or negligence by the Company or an Insured in investigating or handling a claim or in rejecting an offer of settlement.

" Gross Written Premiums " means gross written premiums on all Policies, less return premiums.

" Insured " means an individual or entity to whom a Policy is issued by the Company.

" Inuring Reinsurance " means Outward Reinsurance as defined in the Services Agreement.

" Loss " means loss paid or payable by the Company pursuant to or in respect of the Policies and includes ex gratia payments.

" Loss Adjustment Expense(s) " means all costs and expenses incurred by the Company allocable to an occurrence or claim under or in connection with a Policy in the collateralization, investigation, adjustment, settlement, litigation, defense, or appeal thereof, which shall include without limitation (a) outside retained adjusters' fees; (b) attorneys', experts' and consultants' fees in connection with coverage investigation or analysis and/or actual, anticipated or threatened actions, suits, or proceedings, whether declaratory, coercive or otherwise; (c) costs taxed in any claim, suit or proceeding; (d) pre-judgment interest; (e) interest accruing after entry ofjudgment; (f) expenses incurred in unsuccessfully pursuing salvage, subrogation, contribution or indemnity; (g) any out-of-pocket costs paid by the Company with respect to any Extra Contractual Obligations, except for any extra contractual expenses excluded

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



pursuant to the last paragraph of Article 14; and (h) costs and fees for letters of credit and/or trustees/trust accounts required to secure the Company's obligations to pay Loss. "Loss Adjustment Expenses" shall not include (i) unallocated loss adjustment expenses; (ii) overhead and office expenses of the Company; or (iii) salaries, benefits or expenses of the Company's employees.

" Net Written Premiums " means Gross Written Premiums less premiums ceded under Inuring Reinsurance.

" Operating Expenses " has the meaning set forth in the Services Agreement.

" Origination Expenses " has the meaning set forth in the Services Agreement.

" Policy(ies) " means an insurance policy issued by or on behalf of the Company to an Insured that falls under the scope of Covered Business other than Excluded Business, as such terms are defined in the Services Agreement.
    
" Program " means an arrangement under which a third party is given the authority to issue Policies subject to prescribed underwriting guidelines on behalf of the Company.

" Reinsurer Affiliate " means the Reinsurer, Alwyn Insurance Company Limited or another Affiliate (as defined in the Services Agreement) of Re insurer.

" Services Agreement " means the agreement among the Company, Arch Underwriters Ltd. and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC, dated as of December 7, 2015.

" Side-by-Side Policy " means an insurance policy issued by or on behalf of a Reinsurer Affiliate on the same risk, for the same layer and time period, as an insurance policy issued by or on behalf of the Company.
    
" Term " means the period between the Effective Date and the Termination Date.

" Termination Date " means the effective date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 4 and/or 5.

" Underwriting Year " means a calendar year during the Term or that portion of a calendar year which is included in the Term where the Term incepts and/or terminates during a calendar year.

" Unearned Premium " means reserves for unearned premium.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



ARTICLE 8

PREMIUM

In consideration of the acceptance by the Reinsurer of the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Company's liability for each Policy, the Reinsurer shall be ceded the applicable Ceded Percentage of the Net Written Premiums collected by the Company for such Policy.

ARTICLE 9

CEDING FEE

The Reinsurer shall allow and pay the Company a ceding fee on each Policy equal to the Ceded Percentage of the sum of the following in respect of such Policy: (i) [***] , and (ii) an [***] for [***]. For the first Underwriting Year, such allowance shall be equal to [***] % of Net Written Premium, and for each subsequent Underwriting Year the allowance applied to Net Written Premium shall be equal to the ratio of (A) [***] (on a [***] ) for the [***] to (B) [***] for the [***] (" [***] "). As soon as practicable after the end of each Underwriting Year, the Company shall determine the actual Non- Origination Expense Ratio for such Underwriting Year , and the parties shall true up the differential between the aggregate amount paid based on the allowance rate and the amount due based on the actual Non-Origination Expense Ratio. Where the amount for any element of Origination Expenses for any Program or Policy, as the case may be, cannot be determined with precision or certainty at the time of payment of allowance or payment of the
ceding fee, the ceding fee shall be determined provisionally based on the Company's reasonable estimate of such amount, and as soon as practicable after the actual amount becomes known, the parties shall true up the difference. The Reinsurer hereby guarantees that the Company will receive such ceding fee regardless of any events, losses or developments for the term of this Agreement. The Company shall allow return ceding fees on return premiums at the same rates. The Reinsurer shall be credited with the Ceded Percentage of ceding commissions, if any, earned by the Company on Inuring Reinsurance.

ARTICLE 10

ASSESSMENTS, ASSIGNMENTS, FINES AND PENALTIES

The Reinsurer hereby assumes liability for the Ceded Percentage of any and all assessments and assignments imposed as a result of the Policies and shall reimburse the Company for its share of any fines, assessments and/or penalties imposed upon the Company as a result of the Policies.

ARTICLE 11

OFFSET


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



The Company and the Reinsurer may offset any balance or amount due from one party to the other under this Agreement. However, in the event of the insolvency of any party hereto, offset shall only be allowed in accordance with the Insolvency Article included herein, or where in conflict with applicable law, such law shall govern. Such offset details shall be clearly delineated for accounting purposes.

ARTICLE 12

REPORTS AND REMITTANCES

The Company (or Arch Underwriters Ltd. on behalf of the Company) shall notify the Reinsurer in writing as soon as possible but in any event no later than 30 days from the earlier of the inception date or date of binding of any Policy of the material terms of such Policy. Within 15 days of such notice, the Reinsurer shall notify the Company of confirmation that it elects a Ceding Percentage of 50% or that it elects a Ceding Percentage lower than 50%, but no lower than 15%, in respect to such Policy (" Cession Notice "); provided , however , that in respect of Programs, the Company will provide notice and the Reinsurer's election of a Ceded Percentage will apply to all Policies that are part of such Program; provided further that where there is a Side-by-Side Policy, the Ceded Percentage may be between zero and 50% as determined by Reinsurer in the Cession Notice, except that if the participation of the Reinsurer Affiliate on the Side-by-Side Policy is less than 15% of the sum of the participations of the Reinsurer Affiliate and the Company, the Ceded Percentage shall be no less than 15 - 85A/C where A is the percentage participation of the Reinsurer Affiliate on the Side-by-Side Policy and C is the percentage participation of the Company. If the Reinsurer does not notify the Company within 5 days that it elects a Ceding Percentage lower than 50%, as set forth above, the Ceding Percentage shall be 50%.

In addition, within 75 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company shall provide the Reinsurer with a report, segregated by Underwriting Year of the following in respect of the Policies:

(a) Policies written during the quarter;
(b) Gross Written Premiums and Net Written Premiums, in each case less cancellations and return premiums;    
(c) Gross Written Premiums and Net Written Premiums collected by the Company;    
(d) Operating Expenses (including an itemization of each constitutent element);    
(e) Origination Expenses for Policies (including an itemization of each constituent element);    
(f) The ceding fee as provided hereunder;

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



(g) Paid Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations;
(h) Outstanding Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations;    
(i) Subrogation, salvage or other recoveries;
(j) Any applicable premium or other similar taxes; and
(k) Inuring Reinsurance procured during the quarter.
Any balance due to the Company shall be remitted by the Reinsurer within 30 days ofreceipt of the quarterly report. Should payment due from the Reinsurer exceed $100,000 as respects any one loss event, the Reinsurer upon written request by the Company accompanied by supporting documentation shall pay the amount due in respect thereof within 5 business days. If the aggregate amount of claims paid by the Company during any one month is greater than 70% of the Gross Written Premiums during such month, the Company may request that the Re insurer advance payment for the excess of (i) the sum for all Policies of the applicable Ceded Percentages of paid Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense during such month over (ii) 70% of the sum for all Policies of the applicable Ceded Percentages of that month's Gross Written Premiums.

If the aggregate amount of claims paid by the Company during any one month is greater than 70% of the Gross Written Premiums during such month, the Company may request that the Re insurer advance payment for the excess of (i) the sum for all Policies of the applicable Ceded Percentages of paid Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense during such month over (ii) 70% of the sum for all Policies of the applicable Ceded Percentages of that month's Gross Written Premiums.

Any special remittance made pursuant to this provision shall be credited to the Reinsurer in the account in which the paid Loss appears.

If the Company is required to fund a claim or loss fund pursuant to the terms of a Policy, the Reinsurer shall indemnify the Company for its proportionate share of such fund.

Within 60 days following the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall furnish the Reinsurer with a statement showing the Unearned Premium, the total reserves for outstanding Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses, and any other information which the Reinsurer may require for its annual financial statements.
ARTICLE 13

DELAYS, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

Any inadvertent error, omission or delay in complying with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability that

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



would attach to it hereunder if such error, omission or delay had not been made, provided such error, omission or delay is rectified immediately upon discovery.

ARTICLE 14

EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The Reinsurer shall indemnify the Company for the Ceded Percentage of any Extra Contractual Obligations.

An Extra Contractual Obligation will be deemed to have occurred on the same
date as the occurrence or claim covered under the Policy and will constitute part of the original loss.

Loss Adjustment Expenses in respect of Extra Contractual Obligations will be covered hereunder in the same manner as other Loss Adjustment Expenses. However, this Article will not apply where the loss has been incurred due to fraud

However, this Article will not apply where the loss has been incurred due to fraud (including settlements and/or an admission of fraud and/or criminal acts) of a member of the board of directors or a corporate officer of the Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organization or party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement of any claim covered hereunder.

ARTICLE 15

CURRENCY

A. All premiums, Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense and Extra Contractual Obligations hereunder shall be payable in United States Dollars.

B. For purposes of this Agreement, where the Company receives premiums or pays Loss, Loss Adjustment Expense or Extra Contractual Obligations in currencies other than United States Dollars or another original currency per paragraph A above, such items shall be converted into United States Dollars at the actual rates of exchange at which these items are entered in the Company's books.

ARTICLE 16

INSOLVENCY

In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of     the pendency of a claim against the Company indicating the policy or bond reinsured which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

In the event of the insolvency of the Company the sums held in trust for the
Reinsurer shall continue to be kept separate and continue to be held in trust for the benefit of the Reinsurer and subject to the terms of this Agreement shall continue to be beneficially owned by
and payable to the Reinsurer.

In the event of the insolvency of the Reinsurer, all amounts due but not paid to the Reinsurer by the Company on such date under this Agreement and any other contract, regardless of the date on which they became due, and all amounts which become due to the Reinsurer by the Company after that date under this Agreement and any other contract may be retained by the Company and set off (to the extent permitted by applicable law) against the amounts due by the Reinsurer under this Agreement and any other contract, whether they were due before the insolvency or become due after. The balance only, if any, shall be payable by the Company to the Reinsurer at the expiry of all liability under this Agreement and any other contract between the parties.

ARTICLE 17

ACCESS TO RECORDS

The Reinsurer or its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to visit the offices of the Company following the giving of reasonable notice, to inspect, examine, audit, and verify any of the files relating to business reinsured under this Agreement) at all reasonable times. This right shall be exercisable during the term of this Agreement or after the expiration of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 18

ARBITRATION


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



A. Prior to commencing any arbitration in connection with any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or validity thereof (a "Dispute"), the parties shall first engage in the following Steering Committee Procedures. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, in any Dispute in which a party seeks a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or attachment or other order in aid of arbitration pending the outcome of any Steering Committee (as defined below) meeting or arbitration procedure, such party may seek such order at any time without first following the procedures set forth in Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 18.

B. Following written request of one party to the other party, the Company, on the one hand, and the Reinsurer, on the other hand, shall use commercially reasonable efforts promptly to form a dispute steering committee (the "Steering Committee"), which shall consist of three (3) members appointed by the Company and three (3) members appointed by the Reinsurer; provided, that the number of members appointed to the Steering Committee may be modified by the mutual written consent of the parties. There shall be no restrictions placed on the appointment of any member to the Steering Committee other than that any such member shall be an officer or director of the Company or the Reinsurer, as applicable, and have qualifications and experience reasonably necessary to negotiate regarding the subject matter of the relevant Dispute. The members of the Steering Committee shall meet as frequently as they deem necessary or appropriate to resolve any Disputes under this Agreement, which meetings shall be held promptly following the formation of the Steering Committee at a time and location reasonably agreed to by the members.

C. The Company and the Reinsurer shall cause their respective Steering Committee members to use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the relevant Dispute without the commencement of arbitration. Any party shall be permitted to commence arbitration to resolve such Dispute only after the occurrence of two (2) separate meetings with all of the members of the Steering Committee, which meetings may be in person, by telephone, videoconference or any other means by which all of the participants can hear each other, or as otherwise agreed by the parties hereto (it being agreed to by the parties that if for any reason such two (2) meetings have not occurred within thirty (30) days after any party first requests in
writing that such Dispute be referred to the Steering Committee, the requirements of this Section (C) of Article 18 shall be deemed to have been met).

D. Provided that Sections (A), (B) and (C) of this Article 18 have been complied with, any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in Hamilton, Bermuda or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person Arbitration Panel selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS•U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS•U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party, and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration. The

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration.

ARTICLE 19

NOTICES

All Notices and Proceedings Notices shall be given in writing and given to the parties at the following addresses:

If to the Company:

WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY EUROPE LIMITED
First Floor, Grand Ocean Plaza
Ocean Village, Gibraltar
Attention: Steve Quinn


with a copy to:

Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West S2nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No: (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.: (212) 878-8063

If to the Reinsurer:

ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
Waterloo House, 1st Floor
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM 08
Bermuda
Attn: CEO
(441) 278-9200
(441) 296-1518 - fax

With a copy to:

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No. (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.: (212) 701-3323

Notices may be delivered by hand, by overnight courier, or email.

Unless shown to have been received earlier, any Notice so delivered shall be deemed to have been delivered:

(a) if delivered by hand or by overnight courier, when delivered, if delivered during business hours on any business day or, if delivered outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day; or

(b) if delivered by email, at the time of transmission, if transmitted during business hours on any business day or, if transmitted outside such business hours, at the commencement of business hours on the next following business day.

Any party may, by Notice to any other party, change the name, address or other details to which Notices and/or Proceedings Notices may be given pursuant to this Agreement.

ARTICLE 20

SERVICE OF SUIT; JURISDICTION

The only suits, actions, or proceedings relating to a dispute permitted to be brought in a judicial forum are those (i) to compel arbitration, (ii) for temporary injunctive relief in aid of arbitration or to preserve the status quo pending the appointment of the arbitrator(s), (iii) to enforce or vacate an arbitral award, or (iv) to obtain relief in connection with arbitration. Any such proceeding shall be brought exclusively in any court of competent jurisdiction in Bermuda, and the parties shall comply with all the requirements necessary to give such court such exclusive jurisdiction, except that any judgment confirming a final arbitral award hereunder may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets. Service of process may be made upon either party by written notice at its office in Bermuda. In any suit instituted by one party against the other under this Agreement, the parties shall abide by the final decision of such court or any appellate court in the event of an appeal

ARTICLE 21

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



Islands of Bermuda. This Article shall not operate to exclude any obligation otherwise provided by this Agreement, including Article 18.

ARTICLE 22

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and in no instance shall any insured, claimant or other third party have any rights under this Agreement except as may be expressly provided otherwise herein.

ARTICLE 23

AMENDMENTS

Any change or modification to this Agreement will be made by written amendment to this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE 24

CONFIDENTIALITY

The Reinsurer hereby acknowledges that the documents, information and data
provided to it by the Company, whether directly or through an authorized agent, in connection with the placement and execution of this agreement ("Confidential Information") are proprietary and confidential to the Company. Confidential Information will not include documents, information or data that the Reinsurer can show:

1. are publicly known or have become publicly known through no unauthorized act of the Reinsurer;

2. have been rightfully received from a third person without obligation of confidentiality; or

3. were known by the Reinsurer prior to the placement of this Agreement without an obligation of confidentiality.

Absent the written consent of the Company, the Reinsurer will not disclose any Confidential Information to any third parties, except:

1. to agents, consultants, affiliates, retrocessionaires, when required to administer the business ceded to this Agreement;


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



2. when required by regulators performing an audit of the Reinsurer's records and/or financial condition;

3. when required by external auditors performing an audit of the Reinsurer's records in the normal course of business; or

4. when required by legal counsel and/or arbitrators in connection with an actual or potential arbitration hereunder.

Further, the Reinsurer agrees not to use any Confidential Information for anypurpose not related to the performance of their obligations or enforcement of their rights under this Agreement.

In the event that the Reinsurer is required by court order, other legal process or any regulatory authority to release or disclose any or all of the Confidential Information, the Reinsurer agrees to provide the Company with written notice of same at least 10 days prior to such release or disclosure. However, (1) ifthe Reinsurer is required to release or disclose the Confidential Information in less than 10 days, the Reinsurer will provide the Company with immediate written notice; and (2) if disclosure is required on the date of receipt of the subpoena, the Reinsurer will give the Company notice within 24 hours of disclosing the information. The Reinsurer will use its best efforts to assist the Company in maintaining the confidentiality provided for in this Article. The provisions of this Article will extend to the officers, directors, shareholders and employees of the Reinsurer and any affiliated insurers or reinsurers within its immediate holding company group, and will be binding upon their successors and assigns.

ARTICLE 25

LATE PAYMENTS

In the event any payment due either party is not received by the other party by the
payment due date, the party to whom payment is due may, require the debtor party to pay, and the debtor party agrees to pay, an interest penalty on the amount past due calculated for each such payment on the last business day of each month as follows:

1. a. The number of full days that have expired since the overdue date or the last monthly calculation, whichever the lesser; times    

b. 1/365th of the sum of the six-month United States Treasury Bill rate as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the month for which the calculation is made, plus the applicable Interest Rate Increase (as established in subparagraph (2) below), times

c. The amount past due, including accrued interest.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.




2. The Interest Rate Increase shall be defined as follows:

a. If payment is made 30 days or less after the overdue date, 2.0% per annum

b. If payment is made more than 30 days after the overdue date, 4.0% per annum.

Interest shall accumulate until payment of the original amount due plus interest penalties have been received by the creditor party.

The due date shall, for purposes of this Article, be determined as follows:

1. Payments from the Reinsurer to the Company shall be due on the date on which the demand for payment (including delivery of quarterly reports) is received by the Reinsurer, and shall be overdue 30 days thereafter.

2. Payments from the Company to the Reinsurer shall be due on the dates specified within this Agreement. Payments shall be overdue 30 days thereafter except for the first installment of premium, if applicable, which shall be overdue 60 days from inception or 30 days from final line-signing, whichever the later. Reinstatement premium, if applicable, shall have as a due date the date when the Company receives payment for the claim giving rise to such reinstatement premium, and payment shall be overdue 30 days thereafter. In the event a due date is not specifically stated for a given payment, the overdue date shall be 30 days following the date of billing.

If the information contained in the Company's demand for payment is insufficient or not in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement, then within 30 days the Reinsurer shall request from the Company all additional information necessary to validate its claim and the payment due date as defined above shall be deemed to be the date upon which the Reinsurer received the requested additional information. This paragraph is only for the purpose of establishing when a payment is overdue, and shall not alter the provisions of the Reports and Remittances Article or other pertinent contractual stipulations.

Should the Reinsurer dispute a claim presented by the Company and the timeframes set out above be exceeded, interest as stipulated above shall be payable for the entire overdue period, but only for the amount of the final settlement with the Reinsurer.

In the event arbitration is necessary to settle a dispute, the panel shall have the authority to make a determination awarding interest to the prevailing party. Interest, if any, awarded by the panel shall supersede the interest amounts outlined herein.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



Any interest owed pursuant to this Article may be waived by the party to which it is owed. Waiver of such interest, however, shall not affect the waiving party's rights to other interest amounts due as a result of this Article.


ARTICLE 26

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties in connection with the reinsurance of the Policies and must provide no guarantee of profit, directly or indirectly, from the Reinsurer to the Company or from the Company to the Reinsurer.

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other document referred to in it, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

ARTICLE 27

DUTY COOPERATION

Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement, including making available to each other their respective officers and employees and agents for interviews and meeting with any legislature, executive branch or governmental department, commission, board, agency, court, tribunal or instrumentality, and furnishing any additional assistance, information and documents as may be reasonably requested by a party from time to time. The duty of cooperation shall apply, but not be limited, to regulatory matters and to litigation matters involving third parties.

ARTICLE 28

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No action taken by any party hereto in exercising its rights under this Agreement shall in any way be construed as a waiver by such party of any rights or remedies available to it.

The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

A waiver (which may be given subject to conditions) of any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall only be effective if it is in writing. Any waiver shall apply only to the party to whom it is addressed and for the specific circumstances for which it is given. Any waiver shall not prevent the party who has given the waiver from subsequently relying on the right, power or remedy in other circumstances.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.




In the event of a waiver of any provision of this Agreement, such waiver shall not be deemed a waiver of any other provision herein, nor shall waiver of any breach of this Agreement be construed as a continuing waiver of subsequent breaches of the same or of other provisions of this Agreement.

The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.

ARTICLE 29

ASSIGNMENT

Neither this Agreement, nor any rights, interests or obligations hereunder, may be directly or indirectly assigned, delegated, sublicensed or transferred by any party, in whole or in part, to any other person by operation oflaw or otherwise, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without the prior written consent of the other party.

ARTICLE 30

OTHER REINSURANCE

The Company may purchase Inuring Reinsurance, which shall inure proportionately to the benefit of the Company and the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE 31

UTMOST GOOD FAITH: AMOUNTS TO BE PAID

The relationship of the parties with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement shall be in accordance with the principles of utmost good faith and fair dealing.

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to mean that amounts to be paid by the Reinsurer under this Agreement are not payable until the ultimate net liability of the Reinsurer has been ascertained.

ARTICLE 32

TAXES

The Company shall be liable for all taxes on premiums ceded hereunder


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.




ARTICLE 33

SURVIVAL

The provisions of Articles 1 through 4 and 6 through 32 hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement.



[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 7 th day of December, in the year of 2015.

IN PRESENCE OF
 
WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY
EUROPE LIMITED
/s/ Elizabeth Quinn
 
/s/ Stephen Quinn
 
 
 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 7 th day of December, in the year of 2015.

IN PRESENCE OF
 
ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
/s/ Tim Peckett
 
/s/ Maamoun Rajeh
 
 
 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Exhibit 10.23

SERVICES AGREEMENT
This SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of October 1, 2015 (“ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between Watford Holdings (U.S.) Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Arch Reinsurance Company, a Delaware-domiciled insurance company (“ Arch Re ”). The Company and Arch Re may be referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties.
R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, the Company is in the process of forming two insurance company subsidiaries in the United States of America to write insurance and reinsurance on, respectively, an admitted basis and an excess and surplus lines basis (“ US Subsidiaries ”);
WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain Arch Re to provide the services described herein, and Arch Re wishes to provide such services; and
WHEREAS, the Parties have all requisite authority to enter into this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Arch Re agrees to provide the Company with assistance in the formation, licensing, tax planning, staffing, securing of premises, systems (hardware and software) procurement and set up and other legal and logistical matters relating to the US Subsidiaries.
2. The Company agrees to reimburse Arch Re no less frequently than quarterly upon receipt of an invoice from Arch Re for all expenses incurred on or subsequent to the Effective Date or to be incurred hereafter by it in provision of the services described in paragraph 1 above on the following bases:
(i)
at 100% (one hundred percent) of cost for all expenses incurred in connection with obtaining third-party legal, tax, financial and accounting advice and the advice of other consultants and experts, and expenses of, or incurred in connection with obtaining, any other third-party service provider on behalf of the US Subsidiaries;
(ii)
at 100% (one hundred percent) of cost as respects all disbursements for goods procured on behalf of the US Subsidiaries; and
(iii)
as respects time spent by each officer or employee on behalf of the US Subsidiaries during any period of time, an amount equal to 110% (one hundred and ten percent) of such officer’s or employee’s Allocated Costs for such period of time. “Allocated Costs” means A/B x C x D, where:
A = the officer or employee’s annual salary and target bonus;





B = the sum of the annual salaries and target bonuses for all United States officers and employees of Arch Re (other than officers or employees whose primary responsibilities relate to Arch Re’s Facultative Division);
C = the percentage of such officer’s or employee’s time dedicated to the provision of services pursuant to this Agreement during such period; and
D = the operating expenses of Arch Re’s United States offices (other than operating expenses for Arch Re’s Facultative Division) for such period of time.
3.           Nothing contained herein shall create an employer/employee relationship between the Company or the US Subsidiaries and Arch Re. Except as expressly granted by another Party in writing, no Party shall have any authority, express or implied, to act as an agent of another Party or its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates under this Agreement. It is not the intent of the Parties hereto to create, nor should this Agreement be construed to create, a partnership, joint venture or employment relationship among or between the Parties (or their parents, subsidiaries or affiliates including any of their respective officers, employees, agents or representatives).
4.           With respect to legal professional services, Arch Re may retain and be reimbursed for the fees and disbursements of counsel regularly consulted by it or its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, “ Arch ”) who are experienced with the types of legal issues pertinent to the services to be rendered pursuant to this Agreement and have advised Arch in the past regarding the same or similar issues. The Company acknowledges that this will facilitate timely, efficient and cost-effective rendition of such services and that Arch, not the Company or the US Subsidiaries, shall be deemed the client and respects such consultations. The Company agrees that such counsel may continue to represent Arch in matters related to the Company and/or the US Subsidiaries (for example, and without limitation, as respects preparation of agreements between the US Subsidiaries and Arch or any of their respective parents, subsidiaries or affiliates) and, to the extent permissible under applicable Canons of Ethics, in the event that a dispute should arise between the Company and/or the US Subsidiaries and Arch. Arch will endeavor where practical to have any counsel retained in connection with the foregoing agree either in its engagement letter with Arch or otherwise to notify the Parties of any material conflict of interest arising between the Company and/or the US Subsidiaries and Arch; the Company acknowledges and agrees that it is aware of the potential adverse interests between the US Subsidiaries and Arch as respects any agreement between them, that it will consult as it deems appropriate separate counsel as respects any such agreement drafted by counsel retained by Arch and that no notification of any potential conflict is required in such context.
5.           This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and each Party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and understanding is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement.
6.           This Agreement is to be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.

- 2 -




7.           This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
WATFORD HOLDINGS (U.S.) INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ Alexandre Scherer
Name: Alexandre Scherer
Title: President & CEO
ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
By:
/s/ Jerome Halgan
Name: Jerome Halgan
Title: President & CEO

- 3 -

Exhibit 10.24

SERVICES AGREEMENT
This SERVICES AGREEMENT (this " Agreement "), effective as of October 1, 2015, is entered into by and between Watford Holdings (U.S.) Inc., a Delaware corporation (" Watford "), and Arch Capital Services Inc., a Delaware company (" ACSI "). Watford and ACSI may be referred to herein individually as a " Party " and collectively as the " Parties. "
R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, Watford is in the process of forming two insurance company subsidiaries in the United States of America to write insurance and reinsurance on, respectively, an admitted basis and an excess and surplus lines basis (" US Subsidiaries ");
WHEREAS, Watford desires to retain ACSI to provide the services described herein, and ACSI wishes to provide such services; and
WHEREAS, the Parties have all requisite authority to enter into this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:
1.             ACSI agrees to provide Watford with assistance in the formation, licensing, tax planning, staffing, securing of premises, systems (hardware and software) procurement and set up and other legal and logistical matters in connection with establishment of the US Subsidiaries.
2.             Watford agrees to reimburse ACSI no less frequently than quarterly upon receipt of an invoice from ACSI for all expenses incurred by them in provision of the services described in paragraph one above, whether past, present or future, on the following bases:
(i)
at 85% (eighty-five percent) of cost for all expenses incurred in connection with obtaining third-party legal, tax, financial and accounting advice and the advice of other consultants and experts, and expenses of, or incurred in connection with obtaining, any other third-party service provider, in each case on behalf of the US Subsidiaries and/or Watford;
(ii)
at 85% (eighty-five percent) of cost as respects all disbursements for goods procured on behalf of the US Subsidiaries and/or Watford; and
(iii)
as respects time spent by each officer or employee on behalf of the US Subsidiaries and/or Watford during any period of time, an amount equal to 93.5% (ninety-three and one-half percent) of such officer's or employee's Allocated Costs for such period of time. "Allocated Costs" means A/B x C x D, where:
A = the officer or employee's annual salary and target bonus;
B = the sum of the annual salaries and target bonuses for all officers and employees of ACSI;
C = the percentage of such officer's or employee's time dedicated to the provision of services pursuant to this Agreement during such period; and
D = the operating expenses of ACSI for such period of time.

- 1 -


3.             Nothing contained herein shall create an employer/employee relationship between Watford and ACSI. Except as expressly granted by another Party in writing, no Party shall have any authority, express or implied, to act as an agent of another Party or its subsidiaries or affiliates under this Agreement. It is not the intent of the Parties hereto to create, nor should this Agreement be construed to create, a partnership, joint venture or employment relationship among or between the Parties (including their respective officers, employees, agents or representatives).
4 .             With respect to legal professional services, ACSI may retain and be reimbursed for the fees and disbursements of counsel regularly consulted by it or its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, " Arch ") who are experienced with the types of legal issues pertinent to the services to be rendered pursuant to this Agreement and have advised Arch in the past regarding the same or similar issues. Watford acknowledges that this will facilitate timely, efficient and cost-effective rendition of such services and that Arch, not Watford, shall be deemed the client and respects such consultations. Watford agrees that such counsel may continue to represent Arch in matters related to Watford (for example, and without limitation, as respects preparation of agreements between Watford and Arch or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates) and, to the extent permissible under applicable Canons of Ethics, in the event that a dispute should arise between Watford and Arch or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates . Arch will endeavor where practical to have any counsel retained in connection with the foregoing agree either in its engagement letter with Arch or otherwise to notify the Parties of any material conflict of interest arising between Watford and Arch; Watford acknowledges and agrees that it is aware of the potential adverse interests between Watford and Arch as respects any agreement between them, that it will consult as it deems appropriate separate counsel as respects any such agreement drafted by counsel retained by Arch and that no notification of any potential conflict is required in such context.
5 .             This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and each Party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and understanding is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement.
6.             This Agreement is to be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
7.             This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.

- 2 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

WATFORD HOLDINGS (U.S.) INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ Alexandre Scherer
Name:
Alexandre Scherer
Title:
President & CEO

ARCH CAPITAL SERVICES INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ Debra O'Connor
Name:
Debra O'Connor
Title:
CFO

- 3 -
Exhibit 10.25


WICEQUESTMGTAGREEMENT_IMAGE1.GIF

Dated 28 th July 2015




(1) Quest Insurance Management (Gibraltar) Limited

(2) Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited;

(3) Arch Underwriters Ltd.




___________________________________________

Insurance Management
Services Agreement
__________________________________________











1 st Floor
Grand Ocean Plaza
Ocean Village
Gibraltar
GX11 1AA
Tel: (350) 200 74570
Fax: (350) 200 40901


1



This Agreement is made on the 28 th day of July, 2015
Among
(1)    Quest Insurance Management (Gibraltar) Limited (“the Manager”), a company registered in Gibraltar No. 91369 with its registered office at First Floor, Grand Ocean Plaza, Ocean Village, Gibraltar;
(2)    Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited (“the Company”), a company registered in Gibraltar No. 112869 with its registered office at First Floor, Grand Ocean Plaza, Ocean Village, Gibraltar; and
(3)    Arch Underwriters Ltd. (“AUL”), a company registered in Bermuda with Registration No. 47966 with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.
WHEREAS:-
(A) The Manager is empowered by its Memorandum of Association to carry on the business (inter alia) of a management company in relation to the business of insurance and is licensed to carry on the financial services business of an Insurance Manager as defined under Class IX of schedule 1 to the Financial Services (Licensing) Regulations 1991 in Gibraltar.
(B) The Company has been licensed by the Gibraltar Financial Services Commission under the Financial Services (Insurance Companies) Act 1987 of Gibraltar in the Classes and provides insurance business in the UK by means of cross border services.
(C) AUL has been licensed by the Bermuda Monetary Authority under the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda as an Insurance Agent and Insurance Manager and has been appointed under the terms of a Services Agreement between AUL and the Company dated as of July 28, 2015 (referred to hereafter as the AUL Services Agreement) to provide certain services to the Company including (without limitation) the engagement of the Manager to perform the services on the terms set forth in this agreement.
(D) The Company wishes to appoint the Manager to provide the Services as set out in Schedule 1 of this Agreement and the Manager is willing to act as the manager of the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
1.    Definitions
1.1      In this agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

2



“Additional Services”
any additional services, work, or assistance which do not fall within the definition of Services in Schedule 1 which the Company may request and which are agreed in writing;
“Board”
the board of directors of the Company;
“Business”
the business of the Company in so far as it relates to the writing of insurance contracts in the Classes and relevant territories;     
“Business Day”
a day on which banks in Gibraltar are generally open for business, except for a Saturday or a Sunday or a public holiday;
“Business Hours”
0900 to 1700 Central European Time on a Business Day;
“Change in Law”
a change in Laws which apply to the Company, Manager, provision of Services, Professional Fees or other aspects of this Agreement which comes into force subsequent to the Commencement Date and of which or the detailed provisions of which the parties did not have notice at the Commencement Date;
“Classes”
the classes of insurance business for which the Company is authorised at the Commencement Date;
“Commencement Date”
1st June, 2015;
“Confidential Information”
all information, whether written, oral, or in electronic form, relating to the business and affairs of a Party which another Party obtains or receives as a result of entering into this Agreement including but not limited to information relating to the conduct of the business, accounting and financial information, finance arrangements and other contractual arrangements and any other information not in the public domain;
“Data Protection Legislation”
means all legislation and regulations relating to the protection of personal data in Gibraltar including but not limited to the DPA, the

3



Communications (Personal Data and Privacy) Regulations 2006 and all other industry guidelines (whether statutory or non-statutory) or codes of practice issued by any Regulatory Authority, including but not limited to Gibraltar Regulatory Authority or the Data Protection Commissioner of Gibraltar, relating to the processing of personal data or privacy;
“DPA”
means the Gibraltar Data Protection Act 2004;
“Exit Plan”
means the contingency plan which is to be developed by the Parties pursuant to clause 6.3 below on such terms as may be agreed between the Parties setting out in detail the steps and procedures to be followed by the Manager and the Company in the event of the termination of this agreement for any reason to facilitate the transfer of the Services to the Company or its nominated representative being a regulated insurance manager;
“GFSC”
the Gibraltar Financial Services Commission in Gibraltar or any successor regulatory body;
“Force Majeure”
events or circumstances which are beyond the reasonable control of a Party including but not limited to flood, earthquake, extreme weather conditions, other natural disaster, war, terrorism, civil war or unrest, sanctions, embargo, riot, explosion, fire, interruption or failure of utility service, government action, strikes, labour disputes, fire, nuclear chemical or biological contamination;
“IPRs”
any and all intellectual property rights of any nature anywhere in the world whether registered, registrable or otherwise, including patents, trademarks, registered designs and domain names, applications for any of the foregoing, trade or business names, goodwill, copyright and rights in the nature of copyright, design rights, rights in databases, moral rights, know-how and any other intellectual property rights which subsist in computer software, computer programs, websites, documents, information,

4



techniques, business methods, drawings, logos, instruction manuals, lists and procedures and particulars of customers, marketing methods and procedures and advertising literature, including the "look and feel" of any websites;
“IT Security Policy”
means the Manager’s procedures and policies dealing with IT security that are currently in place as amended from time to time to reflect best industry practice;
“Laws”
all applicable laws, regulations, codes of practice and guidelines in any relevant jurisdiction including GFSC and other regulatory requirements;
“Party or Parties”
the Company, the Manager, and (where the context permits or where expressly indicated) AUL;
“Professional Fees”
the amount payable for the provision of the Services as set out in Schedule 2:
“Records”
data, documents, books of account, records, correspondence, files and any other information in any media or format relating to the Business that is related to the Services and/or is created as a result of the provision of the Services;
“Relevant Authority”
the courts, GFSC, police and/or any other government or regulatory authority in Gibraltar or elsewhere responsible for enforcing, regulating, monitoring or reporting on or under any of the Laws;
“Services”
the services set out in this Agreement and in particular in Schedule 1 and any Additional Services;
“Service Failure”
means a failure by the Manager to deliver any part of the Services in accordance with the Service Levels;
“Service Levels”
the service levels that are applicable and have been agreed as set out in Schedule 1;

5



“Territories”
the United Kingdom and other EU States in which the insurer underwrites or proposes to underwrite business at the Commencement Date;
1.2    The clause and schedule headings in this agreement are inserted for convenience only and should be ignored in construing this agreement.
1.3    The schedules form part of this agreement and shall have full force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this agreement and any reference to this agreement shall include the schedules.
1.4    References to clauses and schedules are references to clauses and schedules of this agreement.
1.5    References to any Act, statute or statutory provision shall include a reference to that Act, statute or statutory provision as amended, re-enacted or replaced from time to time.
1.6    Words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa; words importing a gender shall include all genders; words importing persons shall include natural persons, bodies corporate, unincorporated associations, partnerships, firms, joint ventures and to that person’s successors or assignees.
1.7    Phrases introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or similar expressions shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words following those phrases.
2.    Appointment and Authorisations
2.1    The Company and AUL hereby appoint the Manager as manager of the Company to provide the Services to enable the Company to provide insurance in the Classes in the UK (and other EU territories of its choice) by agreement and in or into other territories worldwide, and in connection with the management and administration of the Company’s business and affairs as set out in this Agreement. In consideration of the fees as set out in Schedule 2 the Manager accepts such appointment.
2.2    The Company hereby authorises the Manager to act on behalf of and in the name of the Company in the provision of the Services. The Company authorises the Manager to act upon the instruction of AUL in relation to any matter within the scope of this agreement and, in relation to any matter hereunder requiring the approval or authorisation of the Company, such consent or authorisation may be provided by AUL on behalf of the Company unless provided otherwise in this agreement. Any matter requiring notification by the Manager to the Company under this Agreement may be notified to AUL on behalf of the Company and such notification to AUL shall be deemed to be notification to the Company.

6



2.3    The Company further authorises the Manager subject to authority approved from time to time by the Company's Board to operate the Company’s bank accounts and to pay from such accounts, in accordance with the bank mandate, all expenses, costs, taxes, levies, duties and other items attributable to the Company or additional items as may be agreed from time to time other than sums due to the Manager whether due under this Agreement or otherwise. Where such items are in any currency other than £ Sterling, if appropriate at the sole discretion of the Manager they may be converted into £ Sterling at the official conversion rate published by the Bank of England as applicable on the date of payment and any gains or losses resulting from such transactions shall be attributed to and be for the benefit of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, any such gains or losses resulting from foreign exchange transactions shall be borne by, or be for the benefit of, the Company.
2.4    The Company further authorises the Manager to cooperate with any Relevant Authority in relation to the Company’s business and to disclose to such authorities any information as may be required by law and to comply with all requirements and conditions imposed on the Company by such authorities save that any major query dispute or point of principle shall first be submitted and referred to the Board.
2.5    The Manager shall be entitled to provide services the same as or similar to the Services in respect of insurance business to any other person or company.
3.    Obligations and Duties of the Manager
3.1    The Manager shall provide the Services to the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
3.2    The Manager shall with reasonable care and skill provide the Services in accordance with the best current standards and practices for the industry and shall act in a proper and business-like manner to the standards reasonably expected of persons experienced in managing a business similar to that of the Company.
3.3    The Manager shall be responsible for making payments on behalf of the Company, operating its bank accounts and liaising with the Company’s bankers in all matters relating to the business of the Company in accordance with the approved bank mandate.
3.4    The Manager shall obtain prior written approval from the Company (or from AUL on behalf of the Company) before incurring any capital expenditure or disposing of any assets of the Company.
3.5    The Manager shall not borrow money on behalf of the Company other than in the normal course of business and / or with the prior written consent of the Company (or from AUL on behalf of the Company).
3.6    The Manager shall provide all Services on a prompt and timely basis in accordance with the agreed Service Levels.

7



3.7    The Manager shall use reasonable endeavours to maintain an appropriate number of staff with the necessary experience and skills to deliver the Services.
3.8    The Manager shall devote such time to the performance of its duties in this Agreement as shall be necessary to deliver the Services.
3.9    In the event that there is a Service Failure the Manager shall deploy such additional resources and take all action that is reasonably necessary to remedy the position. The Company and/or AUL shall notify the Manager immediately if the Company becomes aware of any Service Failure.
3.10    The Manager shall perform such Additional Services as may reasonably be required from time to time by the Company or AUL on behalf of the Company, subject to agreement on any additional remuneration to be charged for such services.
3.11    The Manager shall appoint a qualified and experienced individual to act as contact and supervisor of the provision of Services to the Company and a deputy for him when he is unavailable each of whose contact details shall be made available to AUL.
3.12    The Manager shall at all times provide the Services in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations.
4.      Obligations and Duties of the Company
4.1    The Company authorises the Manager to exercise such powers on its behalf and in its name as are necessary for the performance of the Services and shall be bound by the actions taken by the Manager on its behalf in the performance of the Services.
4.2    The Company (or AUL on its behalf) shall promptly provide any information reasonably requested by the Manager in so far as necessary for the Manager to deliver the Services. The Company retains sole responsibility for the completeness, accuracy, veracity or appropriateness of all information supplied. The Company acknowledges that the Manager will rely on the information provided and that the Manager is not responsible for examining, auditing or otherwise considering the completeness, accuracy, veracity or appropriateness of such information.
4.3    The Company and AUL shall co-operate in good faith with the Manager and, where reasonably required for the performance of the Services, provide the Manager access to the Company’s premises, accounting records, policy and claims information and any other relevant data or facilities.
4.3    The Company shall pay promptly and on a monthly basis the Professional Fees as set out in Schedule 2. Such payments are to be made without any deduction, counterclaim, withholding or set-off to a bank account nominated by the Manager and notified to AUL in writing.

8



4.4    The Company shall reimburse promptly any expenses reasonably incurred by the Manager in the performance of the Services.
4.5    Without prejudice to any other right or remedy that Manager may have if the Company fails to pay the Manager on the due date the Company shall pay interest on the overdue amount at the rate of 4% per annum above the base rate of NatWest plc from time to time. Such interest shall accrue on a daily basis from the due date until actual payment of the overdue amount. The Manager may suspend the Services until payment has been made in full.
4.6    The Company (or AUL on its behalf) shall inform the Manager on a timely basis of any Additional Services to be performed, subject to agreement on any additional remuneration to be charged for such services.
5.      Confidentiality Provisions
No Party will, during the term of the Agreement or after its termination, use or disclose to any person, other than to its own officers or employees or as otherwise allowed under the terms of this Agreement, any Confidential Information of the Company or of the Manager, unless (i) in the case of Confidential Information of the Company, the Manager has authority of the Company or AUL to do so, or, in the case of Confidential Information of the Manager, the disclosing Party has the consent of the Manager and/or (ii) it is necessary in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and/or (iii) when ordered to do so by a court, regulatory or other competent body. Where any Party is ordered by a court, regulatory or other competent body to disclose Confidential Information, it shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, endeavour to consult with the other Parties prior to such disclosure being made. Where it is not possible to consult prior to disclosure, such Party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, inform the other Parties immediately following disclosure having been made of the full circumstances and content of such disclosure.
6.      Termination Provisions
6.1      This Agreement may be terminated by either Party giving not less than twelve (12) months’ notice in writing to the other Party.
6.2    Notwithstanding 6.1 above, it may be terminated by the other with immediate effect if either the Company (or AUL on its behalf) or the Manager:
6.2.1    shall become the subject of voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceedings;
6.2.2    shall become the subject of an action in bankruptcy;
6.2.3    shall make or propose any composition with its creditors or otherwise acknowledge its insolvency;
6.2.4    shall, being a partnership, be dissolved by agreement between the partners or by operation of law;

9



6.2.5    shall have any relevant licence to conduct business suspended, removed or impaired by any order or decree of any judicial or regulatory authority;
6.2.6    shall be in material breach of any of its obligations under the agreement and fails to remedy such breach within 30 days after receiving notice in writing from the other Party giving full details of the material breach and stating that a failure to remedy the breach within 30 days may give rise to termination. For the purpose of this clause a material breach means a breach (including an anticipatory breach) which is not minimal or trivial in its consequences. In deciding whether any breach is material no regard shall be had to whether it occurs by some accident, mishap, mistake or misunderstanding
6.3    In the event of this Agreement being terminated, the Manager shall complete all acts and take all steps that the Company (or AUL on its behalf) may reasonably require it to do to enable an easy transfer and smooth migration of the Services to the Company or its appointed representative in accordance with the Exit Plan.
6.4    The Company shall make payment to the Manager to cover the Professional Fees due up to and including the date of termination of this Agreement and reimburse any further costs or expenses reasonably and properly incurred by the Manager during the handover period.
6.5    During any period of notice, both parties shall continue to perform their obligations in accordance with this Agreement.
6.6    In the event of this Agreement being terminated, the Manager shall return to the Company or AUL (as may be directed by AUL), at the Company’s cost, any records that are the sole property of the Company or to which the Company is solely entitled. In respect of records which are not the sole property of the Company or to which the Company is not solely entitled, but the Company is entitled to have access, the Manager shall continue to allow the Company, AUL, its authorised representatives, auditors, actuaries and regulatory bodies access to such records and the right to take copies thereof for a period of 7 years following termination, subject to the Company paying to the Manager such reasonable charges as the Manager may require in this respect.
6.7    Notwithstanding the requirements of clause 6.6, the Manager shall be entitled to retain such records or copies of such records as are necessary in order to comply with law, regulations, auditing requirements, taxation requirements, internal procedures, bank requirements or other similar rules or regulations.
6.8    In the event of this Agreement being terminated in accordance with clause 6.2, the Company shall, in addition to other sums due to the Manager, reimburse the Manager with respect to all reasonable costs and expenses incurred directly or necessarily in consequence of such termination as agreed between the Parties including penalties or termination charges paid by the Manager to third parties under contracts reasonably entered into wholly or substantially in the provision of the Services and which are cancelled as a consequence of the termination.

10



6.9    In the event of this Agreement being terminated, neither Party shall be released from any liability arising from its obligations carried out during the term of this Agreement.
6.10    Each Party’s further rights and obligations under this Agreement shall immediately cease on termination except that the following clauses shall continue in force: clause 5 (Confidentiality), clause 7 (Indemnity), clause 8 (Limitation of Liability), clause 12 (Disputes and Arbitration), clause 13 (Notices) and clause 15 (Governing Law)
7.    Indemnity
7.1    The Company shall, at its own expense, take out and maintain appropriate Directors’ and Officers’ insurance cover (D&O) for the benefit of all directors and officers of the Company (including any director or officer appointed by the Manager at the request of the Company as part of the provision of the Services, such director or officer referred to hereafter as an “appointee”) throughout the duration of each director’s and officer’s appointment and for a period of 1 year following termination of the appointment. The insurance shall be placed with one or more insurance companies of repute and at a level of cover which satisfies the Manager. At the request of the Manager or an appointee, the Company shall promptly produce the insurance policy for inspection;
7.2    The Company shall ensure that the D&O insurers are notified of the appointee’s interest under the D&O policy. If, in the event of a claim, the D&O insurers do not fully indemnify the appointee, the Company shall use any insurance monies received to indemnify the appointee and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, shall make good any deficiency from its own resources, including any excess under the policy;
7.3    The Company shall comply at all times with the terms and conditions of the D&O policy. If the cover under the policy lapses or is about to lapse, changes materially or is about to materially change, is not or is about not to be renewed, the Company shall inform the appointee and the Manager without delay.
7.4    The Company agrees that the Manager is entitled to require the removal or resignation of any director or officer appointee if this agreement is terminated, or the employment of the appointee is terminated by the Manager.
8.    Limitation of Liability
8.1    Nothing in this Agreement shall exclude or limit a Party’s liability for:
8.1.1    death or personal injury resulting from its own negligence or the negligence of its employees;
8.1.2    fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation or wilful default by the Party or its employees; or
8.1.3    any other liability that cannot be limited or excluded by law

11



8.2    Subject to clause 8.1 the liability of any Party whether in contract, tort (including negligence), breach of statutory duty or otherwise under and/or in connection with this Agreement shall be excluded for any indirect and consequential loss, damage, costs or charges, loss of profits, loss of business or loss of or damage to goodwill.
8.3    The Manager shall not be liable for the soundness of any investment of the Company’s funds, the return of such investments, the solvency of the institution in which the funds were invested or deposited or any other liability arising from such investment unless the Manager’s actions or failure to act are proven to be wilful misconduct or gross negligence.
8.4    The Manager shall not be liable for any losses resulting from currency exchange rates where such currency exchange transactions are undertaken by the Manger in the normal course of providing the Services to the Company.
8.5    The Manager shall not be liable in any respect for any costs, charges, losses, failures or delays that arise directly or indirectly from any act, omission, delay or failure by the Company, its agents or employees .
8.6    Subject to clause 8.1 the total liability of the Manager arising under and/or in connection with this Agreement, whether such liability arises under any statute, in contract, tort (including negligence) or otherwise, shall be limited to the greatest of (i) the annual Professional Fees paid by the Company to the Manager, (ii) £50,000 (fifty thousand pounds sterling) or (iii) the limit of the professional indemnity insurance referred to in clause 8.7 to the extent such limit is available to cover such liability. The limitation referred to in (i) and (ii) in this clause 8.6 is on an aggregate and not a “per claim” basis.
8.7    The Manager shall maintain in force a professional indemnity insurance policy with an appropriate limit in line with regulatory requirements with reputable insurance companies to cover its relevant potential liabilities in connection with this agreement. A copy of such policy shall be provided to AUL or the Company upon request.
8.8    The Manager shall, during the term of this agreement, and for a period of one year thereafter do nothing to invalidate any insurance policy.
9.    Force Majeure
9.1    Neither the Company or the Manager shall incur any liability to the other nor be in breach of this Agreement due to failure or delay in the performance of its obligations, where such failure or delay arises from Force Majeure.
9.2    If either the Company or the Manager is unable to carry out its obligations due to Force Majeure, it shall notify the other Party within 5 business days of such event.
9.3    In the event of the Company or the Manager being unable to perform its obligations under the agreement due to Force Majeure for a continuous period of more than 30 days,

12



the parties shall enter into bona fide discussions on alleviating the situation or agreeing fair and reasonable alternative arrangements.
9.4    In the event of the circumstances arising from the Force Majeure continuing for a period in excess of 3 months from the date of notice, the Company (or AUL on its behalf) or the Manager may give 3 months written notice to the other to terminate the Agreement, providing such notice is received while the Force Majeure circumstances continue.
10.    Change in Law
10.1    If any Party requires a change to the Services as set out in this Agreement in order to comply with a Change in Law which has a direct impact on the Services, it shall submit details of the requested changed to the other Party in writing, in accordance with clause 13.
10.2    Where such Change in Law does not materially affect the nature, scope, extent or quality of the Services, consent to such a requested change shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Where such consent is unreasonably withheld or delayed, the change shall be deemed to have automatically occurred upon expiry of 30 days following service of notice, provided that the Manager shall be entitled to recover from the Company any charge for time spent and costs, expenses, or charges arising from such change and otherwise the fee nor any other terms of this Agreement, except as expressly agreed under this clause 10.2 shall not be varied.
10.3    Where such Change in Law materially affects the nature, scope, extent or quality of the Services, or has a materially adverse effect on the fee or any other terms of this Agreement, or materially alters the economic balance of the agreement, then the Company (or AUL on its behalf) and the Manager shall meet as soon as possible, but in any case within 14 days of notice being given, in order to discuss in good faith any remedial measures to resolve the effect of such Change in Law and/or restore the economic balance between the Company and the Manager.
11.    European Union
11.1    The provisions of this agreement shall be amended from time to time for any changes required as a result of the introduction, withdrawal, extension, or abandonment of economic and monetary union and/or the Euro in any or all parts of the European Union.
11.2    The parties agree that the occurrence, non-occurrence or cessation, whether in whole or in part, of European economic and monetary union or any event or events associated therewith and/or the introduction or withdrawal of any new or existing currency in any or all parts of the European Union shall not result in the cancellation or termination in whole or in part of this Agreement or give any Party the right to cancel or terminate this Agreement.

13



12.    IPRs
12.1    The Company and the Manager respectively warrant to the other that it owns, or has a licence to use, all of the IPRs it requires in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
12.2    Subject to clause 12.3 neither the Company nor the Manager respectively shall acquire any right, title or interest in or to the IPRs of the other Party. If either such Party acquires, by operation of law, title to IPRs of the other Party such IPRs shall be assigned by it to the other Party on the request of the other Party, whenever that request is made.
12.3    The Company and the Manager respectively hereby grant to each other a royalty-free, non-exclusive, non-transferable licence during the term of this agreement to use each other’s IPR solely to the extent necessary for performing the Services in accordance with this agreement. Such Parties shall not use the licensed IPR for any other purpose.
12.4    In the event of the termination or expiry of this agreement, the licences referred to in clause 12.3 shall terminate automatically and the Company and the Manager respectively shall deliver to each other all papers and documents in its control in its possession or control subject to and in accordance with the requirements of clauses 6.6 and 6.7 above.
13.    Outsourcing and regulatory requirements
13.1    The Manager must notify the Company (or AUL on its behalf) immediately upon becoming aware of any circumstance which may give rise to regulatory proceedings against the Manager or any of its directors or which may have a material impact on the continuing provision of the Services or which may result in a complaint to any Regulatory Authority. The Manager must also disclose to the Company any material changes in its circumstances including any adverse effect from new laws or regulations introduced in its home country and any material changes to its financial resources or its risk profile which may have a material impact on the continuing provision of the Services. In addition the Manager must disclose details of any potential or actual conflict of interest (such conflict being deemed to be waived in the event that it is covered by clause 2.5).
13.2    The Manager shall allow AUL and the Company and its auditors and other professional advisers access to the Manager’s premises, personnel and relevant records as may be reasonably required in order to verify that the Services are being provided and all obligations of the Manager are being performed in accordance with the terms of this agreement so that the Company can meet its regulatory obligations meaning that it has unrestricted rights of inspection and auditing of the necessary data.
13.3    The Company shall use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that the conduct of any audit does not unreasonably disrupt the Manager or delay the provision of the Services by the Manager and that, where possible, individual audits are co-ordinated with each other to minimise any disruption.

14



13.4    Subject to any of the obligations of confidentiality, the Manager shall provide AUL and the Company (and its auditors and other advisers) with all reasonable co-operation, access and assistance in relation to any audit and the continuous monitoring and assessment of the Manager and the provision of the Services.
13.5    The Company shall provide reasonable notice of its intention to conduct an audit unless such audit is conducted in respect of a suspected fraud, in which event no notice shall be required.
13.6    If an audit identifies that the Manager has failed to perform its obligations under this agreement then the Manager shall take the necessary remedial steps to ensure compliance with its obligations in accordance with the terms of this agreement as soon as reasonably possible.
13.7    The Company (and AUL on its behalf) may increase the extent to which it monitors the provision of the Services if the Manager fails to meet the Service Levels or fails to fulfil its obligations under this agreement. The Company (or AUL on its behalf) shall give the Manager prior notification of its intention to increase the level of its monitoring.
13.8    The Manager confirms that it shall provide the GFSC with unrestricted rights of access to its premises, records and personnel for the purposes of enabling regulatory audits to be conducted and to allow the GFSC to exercise its regulatory powers. The Manager shall co-operate fully with the GFSC and will make available all such information and records as are reasonably required for the conduct of such audits in accordance with the terms of this agreement and the authorisation conferred by the Company pursuant to clause 2.4 above.
14 .     Sub-contracting
14.1    The Manager shall not sub-contract any of its obligations under this agreement without the Company’s or AUL’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the event that any sub-contract is put in place by the Manager the following provisions shall apply so that the Company maintains control over the subcontracted activity.
14.2    In order to help the Company reach a decision on a proposed sub-contract, the Manager shall provide AUL with a copy of any proposed sub-contract, together with any other information that AUL or the Company may reasonably require about the proposed sub-contractor and the impact of the proposed sub-contract on this agreement.
14.3    If the services to be provided by the sub-contractor require an authorisation from any Regulatory Authority the Manager may only enter into the sub-contract if the sub-contractor has the necessary licence in place and AUL or the Company has given its prior written consent to the engagement of the sub-contractor.

15



14.4    The Manager shall (unless otherwise agreed by the Company or AUL in writing) ensure that each sub-contract includes an express contractual provision that the Company may enforce the terms of that sub-contract as if it were the Manager and an express provision enabling the Manager to assign, novate or otherwise transfer any of its rights and obligations under the sub-contract to the Company without restriction (including any need to obtain any consent or approval) or payment by the Manager.
14.5    The Company (or AUL on its behalf) may require the Manager to terminate a sub-contract where the acts or omissions of the relevant sub-contractor have given rise to the Company's right of termination of this agreement pursuant to clause 6 or if there is a change of ownership or control of the sub-contractor.
14.6    Despite its right to sub-contract pursuant to this clause, the Manager shall remain responsible for all acts and omissions of its sub-contractors and the acts and omissions of those employed or engaged by the sub-contractors as if they were its own. An obligation on the Manager to do, or to refrain from doing, any act or thing shall include an obligation on the Manager to procure that its employees, staff and agents and sub-contractors' employees, staff and agents also do, or refrain from doing, such act or thing.
15 .     Data protection
15.1    The Parties shall comply with the Data Protection Legislation in the performance of their obligations under this Agreement and at all times comply with the data protection principles set out in DPA to include implementation of appropriate technical and organisational measures to protect against unauthorised or unlawful processing and accidental loss, destruction, damage, alteration or disclosure of personal data.
15.2    The Manager shall obtain prior written consent from the Company (or AUL on its behalf) before transferring any personal data to any sub-contractor in connection with the provision of the Services.
15.3    The Manager shall allow AUL and the Company or its external advisers (subject to reasonable and appropriate confidentiality undertakings) to inspect and audit the Manager’s data processing activities and comply with all reasonable requests or directions by AUL and the Company to enable AUL and the Company to verify that the Manager is in full compliance with its obligations under the Data Protection Legislation; and
15.4    The Parties shall, and the Manager shall procure that any sub-contractors shall, comply at all times with the Data Protection Legislation and shall not perform their obligations under this agreement in such a way as to cause either party to breach any of its obligations under the Data Protection Legislation. The Manager shall immediately notify AUL in the event that it becomes aware of any breach of the Data Protection Legislation by the Manager or any of the sub-contractors in connection with this agreement.

16



16 .     IT Security
16.1    The Manager shall maintain appropriate IT security in line with industry standards and if necessary comply with any Company IT Security Policy, the details of which shall be made available to the Manager including any revisions or updates.
16.2    The Company (or AUL on its behalf) and the Manager respectively shall advise the other as soon as it becomes aware of any breach, or potential breach, of the IT Security Policy or any other breach, or potential breach, of security which may adversely affect the Services.
16.3    The Manager shall comply with, and shall procure that any sub-contractors comply with, any relevant IT Security Policy.
17 .     Disputes and Arbitration
17.1    This provisions of this clause 12 shall not apply to AUL and AUL shall not be considered a Party for the purposes of this clause. If any disputes or differences arise between the Company and the Manager out of the agreement, each Party shall nominate a representative who shall meet within 5 working days of written notice being given by the aggrieved Party, such meeting to include a meeting via conference call, and endeavour in good faith to resolve the dispute. Nothing in this clause 17.1 shall prevent either Party from commencing arbitration.
17.2     Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including any question regarding its breach, existence, validity or termination or the legal relationships established by this Agreement whether arising before or after its termination and which cannot be resolved in accordance with clause 17.1 shall be finally resolved by arbitration by two arbitrators (who shall be disinterested active or retired executive officials of companies or underwriters carrying on a similar type of insurance business to that covered hereunder) one to be appointed by each Party and an umpire who shall be appointed by the arbitrators immediately after they themselves shall have been appointed. The umpire shall sit with the arbitrators and preside at their meetings but shall enter upon the reference only if the arbitrators are unable to reach agreement on the reference.
17.3    If either of the appointed arbitrators for any reason whatsoever fails to act the Party by whom he was appointed shall in writing appoint another arbitrator in his place and if either Party shall refuse or neglect to appoint an arbitrator within one month after being requested by the other Party in writing to do so or in the event of the arbitrators failing to agree as to the appointment of the umpire within one month after their own appointment such arbitrator or umpire as the case may be, shall be appointed in writing by the Chief Executive of the GFSC for the time being at the written request of either Party.
17.4    The arbitrators or umpire as the case may be, shall determine any reference in accordance with current practice of companies or underwriters performing similar functions during the period of this Agreement and are relieved from all judicial formalities and may

17



abstain from following the strict rules of law interpreting this Agreement as an honourable engagement and not as a mere legal obligation. In making their award the arbitrators or umpire shall at the same time decide as to the payment of the cost of arbitration.
17.5    The seat of the arbitration shall take place either in London or in Gibraltar at the election of the Party instituting the arbitration.
17.6    If the seat of the arbitration is London then it is agreed that the procedural law governing this arbitration agreement and the conduct of the arbitration shall be English law and if the seat of arbitration is Gibraltar then it is agreed that the procedural law governing this arbitration agreement and the conduct of the arbitration shall be Gibraltar law.
17.7    The language of the arbitration shall be English.
17.8    This arbitration clause shall be construed as a separate and independent contract between the Parties and any arbitration under this Agreement precludes and is in place of any action of law.
17.9    It is agreed that the decision and any award of the arbitrators shall be final and binding on the Parties.
18    Notices
18.1    All notices served under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set out in this clause 18.1, or to such other addresses as the parties may designate in writing from time to time in accordance with this clause 18.1, by hand, by registered mail, or by facsimile transmission.
18.1.1    Quest Insurance Management (Gibraltar) Limited
P.O. Box 1338
First Floor
Grand Ocean Plaza
Ocean Village
Gibraltar
Fax: 00350 200 40901


18



18.1.2    Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited
P.O. Box 1338
First Floor
Grand Ocean Plaza
Ocean Village
Gibraltar
Fax: 00350 200 40901
And:
c/o Arch Underwriters Ltd.
Waterloo House
1st Floor
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke HM08
Bermuda
Fax: +1 (441) 278 3451
18.2    All notices shall be deemed received (i) if delivered by hand, immediately; (ii) if delivered by registered mail, 5 working days after posting; (iii) if delivered by facsimile transmission, when transmission has been completed or, if the time of transmission is outside normal business hours, at 9:30 on the next working day.
18.3    Notices shall not be validly served if sent by email.
19.    General
19.1    This agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersedes all previous agreements and understandings between the Parties with respect thereto, and may not be modified except by an instrument in writing signed by the duly authorised representatives of both parties.
19.2    The Company, the Manager and AUL respectively acknowledge that, in entering into this agreement, each does not do so on the basis of, and does not rely on, any representation, warranty or other provision except as expressly provided herein, and all conditions, warranties or other terms implied by statute or common law are hereby excluded to the fullest extent permitted by law.
19.3    Except as otherwise expressly set out in this Agreement, no third party shall have any rights under and/or in connection with this Agreement.
19.4    Should any provision of this Agreement in whole or in part be declared null and void, illegal or unenforceable, this shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, which are capable of severance and the same shall continue unaffected.
19.5    This Agreement may not be assigned, novated or otherwise transferred in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the other Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. A change in the legal status of the Company shall not

19



affect the validity of this agreement and this agreement shall be binding on any successor body to the Company.
19.6    This agreement shall not be construed as giving rise to the relationship of principal and agent, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this agreement, partnership, joint venture or any form of relationship of employer and employee.
19.7    This Agreement shall come into force and effect as from the date written in Clause 1 and shall continue until it is terminated in accordance with the provisions of clause 6.
19.8    No variation of this agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Company and the Manager (or AUL on its behalf) respectively (or their authorised representative).
19.9    Each Party shall bear its own costs fees and other expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement.
19.10    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which together evidence the same agreement.
20.    Governing law
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Gibraltar.


20



Schedule 1
The Services
The services set out in this schedule are provided by the Manager to the Company during normal working hours and on normal business days.
1. Mind and Management
Service Standard
Service Measurement
The Manager shall:
 
 
•    Make available suitable office space for use by representatives of the Company when in Gibraltar.
As required.
Audit
•    Ensure that the Company’s decision making framework, including the Board of Directors and any Sub-Committees where appropriate, are constituted in such a way as to meet statutory and regulatory requirements.
Decisions taken in Gibraltar and documented
Audit
•    Ensure that strategic and other key decisions are made in Gibraltar and are appropriately documented as being so made.
To include maintenance of Registers, company records and Minute book
Audit
•    Be willing to provide, if so requested, a director, officers and/or managers always subject to the provisions of clause 7.4.
Suitably qualified and experienced appointees within agreed cost budgets provided by the Company.
Individuals not objected to by the GFSC and approved by the shareholders

21



2. Company Secretarial and Governance
Service Standard
Service Measurement
The Manager shall:
 
 
•    Provide the Company’s registered office address in Gibraltar and receive papers served to the Company at that address.
Notices served on the insurer to be referred to the Insurer within 3 working days of receipt
Audit
•    Make available a suitable individual to act as the Company’s Company Secretary, subject always to the provisions of clause 7.4. The Company Secretary shall:
•    Maintain the Company’s statutory books and records.
•    Complete and file statutory documents and returns with Companies House in Gibraltar, subject to the Company retaining liability for any disbursements incurred.
•    Issue notices, agendas and draft resolutions of General Meetings as set out in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association.
•    Issue notices, agendas and draft resolutions of meetings of the Board of Directors in Gibraltar.
•    Take, prepare and distribute minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and General Meetings of the Company.
Filing of statutory documents to be within timescales / limitations set by the Government of Gibraltar
Audit
•    Ensure appropriate terms of reference are in place for the Board of Directors and its Sub-Committees.
Terms of Reference to be produced and up-dated within 10 working days of receipt of notification of any change and reviewed annually
Audit
•    Take, prepare and distribute minutes of all meetings of Sub-Committees of the Board to ensure decisions are appropriately documented.
Minutes to be produced within 7 working days of meetings being held
Audit
•    Ensure that the Company has in place appropriate policies and procedures covering the key business areas as may be required for statutory, regulatory or business purposes and provide advice on the suitability of such policies and procedures and assistance with the formulation and compiling of the same.
Policies and procedures to be reviewed at least annually and up-dated within 10 working days of changes being notified
Audit

22



3. Underwriting and Claims
Service Standard
Service Measurement
The Manager shall:
 
 
    Ensure that the Company has in place appropriate underwriting guidelines and procedures for the setting and amendment of such guidelines.
Policies and procedures to be reviewed at least annually and up-dated within 10 working days of changes being notified
Audit
    Ensure that the Company has in place appropriate procedures for the consideration and acceptance of underwriting proposals and, where relevant, individual risks.
Policies and procedures to be reviewed at least annually and up-dated within 10 working days of changes being notified
Audit
    Participate, in conjunction with other key staff, in the underwriting rate setting process in order to actively challenge rate proposals.
Monthly
Audit
    Ensure that the Company has in place appropriate procedures for the issuing of policies and assist, where required, with the formulation and compiling of any such procedures.
Ensure intermediaries have the appropriate authority issued by the Company.
Review of Intermediary Audits
    Ensure that the Company has in place appropriate procedures for the processing of claims and assist, where required, with the formulation and compiling of any such procedures.
Policies and procedures to be reviewed at least annually and up-dated within 10 working days of changes being notified
Audit
    Ensure that the Company has in place appropriate processes and procedures for the provision of management information to assist in decision-making and assist, where required, with the formulation and compiling of any such processes and procedures.
Policies and procedures to be reviewed at least annually and up-dated within 10 working days of changes being notified
Audit
    Participate, in conjunction with other key staff, in the monitoring and review of claims performance in order to ensure that proper control is maintained over the claims management function.
Monthly
Audit
    Ensure that the Company has in place policies and procedures for the use of relevant professional advisors, in particular the provision of actuarial services and assist, where required, with the formulation and compiling of any such procedures.
Review actuarial support available
Individual not objected to by the GFSC and approved by the Board

23



4. Reinsurance
Service Standard
Service Measurement
The Manager shall:
 
 
•    Ensure the Company has in place appropriate policies and procedures for the placement of outwards reinsurance and assist, where required, with the formulation and compiling of any such procedures.
As necessary or required.
Audit
•    Review and comment on reinsurance contracts covering business written by the Company.
As necessary or required.
Audit
•    Ensure that the Company’s reinsurance programme is monitored with respect to M&D premiums.
As necessary or required.
Audit
•    Ensure that the Company’s outwards reinsurance programme is notified to the GFSC.
As necessary or required.
Audit
5. Financial Management
Service Standard
Service Measurement
The Manager shall:
 
 
•    Assist with and provide input to, based on information provided by the Company, the preparation of an annual business plan, ensuring this is in a format suitable both for the Company’s and for regulatory purposes, and submit the plan to the GFSC within the required timeframe.
Provide statistical analysis of all insurance classes.
Calculate Solvency Requirements
Review all IBNR/Loss Ratios as advised by the Actuary
Audit
•    Ensure the Company has in place an appropriate system of financial accounting and controls to meet its business, statutory and regulatory needs.
Accurate Profit Loss, Balance Sheet produced.
Supporting Calculations for Management Accounts in accordance with Business Plan provided.
Audit
•    Maintain, based on information provided by the Company, all financial books and records of the Company and undertake input of monthly bookings to REGIS and/or other accounting systems used by the Company from time to time.
As Above
Audit
•    Prepare Quarterly management accounts based on the financial books and records in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and in a format and within timescales as agreed between the parties. Such management accounts to include comparison against budget as set out in the business plan and to be submitted to the Board of Directors of the Company.
Quarterly management accounts to be available to the Company within 5 working days of receipt of the relevant complete inputs from all relevant providers. The Company to review and sign off quarterly management accounts within 3 working days of receipt from the Manager.
Audit

24



•    Prepare accounts for submission to reinsurers and/or co-insurers and make payments to reinsurers and/or co-insurers on the basis of such accounts when required to do so by the Company.
Respond to the Company or the Company’s reinsurance broker within 2 working days of any request
Audit and feedback from reinsurance broker
•    Complete the solvency calculation and returns required by the GFSC under the current Solvency I requirements and, when in force, the applicable Solvency II requirements, and submit same to the GFSC.
Solvency calculations to be available to the Company within 5 working days of receipt of the relevant complete inputs from all relevant providers. The Company to review and sign off solvency calculations within 3 working days of receipt from the Manager.
Audit
•    Prepare annual financial statements for auditing by the Company’s external auditors.
Ensure that requests made by external auditors are responded to within 2 working days
Feedback from external auditor
•    Prepare the Annual Insurance Return required by the Financial Services (Insurance Companies) Act 1987 under the current Solvency I requirements and any similar return as may be required Solvency II requirements when such requirements are in force.
Ensure that Annual Return is prepared within current regulatory timescales required
Audit
•    Liaise with the Company’s external auditors.
Deal with all Audit requests as necessary
Feedback from external auditor
•    Liaise with the Company’s tax advisors and, in conjunction with such advisors, review the Corporation Tax returns and arrange payment of any Corporation Tax liability.
Deal with all Tax requests as necessary
Feedback from external tax advisor
•    Manage the Company’s bank accounts, including opening and closing of accounts as instructed by the Company, making deposits and arranging payments within agreed authority limits and liaise with the Company’s bankers on banking arrangements.
Ensure that bank accounts have sufficient funds to enable the Company to meet known liabilities whilst maximising cash on overnight money market deposit
Audit and review of interest receivable
•    Monitor and manage the Company’s cash flow in accordance with instructions from the Company.
Ensure that bank accounts have sufficient funds to enable the Company to meet known liabilities whilst maximising cash on overnight money market deposit
Audit and review of interest receivable
•    Monitor and arrange prompt submission of information and returns to all relevant regulatory and government bodies, including but not limited to HMRC for IPT, MIB levies and FSCS levies.
Deal with all such requests as necessary as required
Audit where possible

25



6. Investment
Service Standard
Service Measurement
The Manager shall:
 
 
•    Review and advise on the asset admissibility guidelines and report to the Company on same, ensuring that the Company minimises its inadmissible assets.
Manage against GFSC guidance and applicable regulation
Review level of inadmissible assets quarterly
•    Review and advise on funds available for investment.
Ensure funds invested do not affect the Company’s ability to manage its short term liabilities
Review GFSC guidance notes on investment limits and products
•    Review and advise on the Company’s investment policy.
Manage against GFSC guidance and applicable regulation
Review GFSC guidance notes on investment
•    Arrange for the Company to be provided with investment management advice and guidance.
Ensure Investment Managers are aligned to the Company’s investment risk appetite and investment policy
Monitor investment management performance against benchmarks and report to Committee
•    Arrange for the Company’s funds to be invested in accordance with instructions given from time to time. For the avoidance of doubt, the Manager has no liability whatsoever for the soundness of any investments made, the amount of return from such investments, the solvency of the institution in which the funds may have been deposited or invested or any other liability based on the Manager’s actions or failures to act unless the Manager’s actions or failures to act are proven to be wilful misconduct or gross negligence.
Benchmarks set by Committee responsible for oversight of investments
Monitor investment management performance against benchmarks and report to Committee
•    Oversee and report on the performance of any appointed investment managers.
Benchmarks set by Committee responsible for oversight of investments
Monitor investment management performance against benchmarks and report to Committee

26



7. Regulatory
Service Standard
Service Measurement
The Manager shall:
 
 
•    Liaise with the GFSC on regulatory compliance matters and report on same to the Company.
Advise the Company of enquiries and requests which may be contentious or a cause for concern within 2 working days. Respond to enquiries and requests from statutory, regulatory and industry bodies within the timeframe any such body has requested, otherwise within 10 working days. Ensure regulatory and statutory deadlines are met at all times. Advise the Company in the event of a breach.
Audit and relevant feedback
•    Respond, on behalf of the Company and subsequent to consulting the Company, to all regulatory correspondence with the GFSC.
Advise the Company of enquiries and requests which may be contentious or a cause for concern within 2 working days. Respond to enquiries and requests from statutory, regulatory and industry bodies within the timeframe any such body has requested, otherwise within 10 working days. Ensure regulatory and statutory deadlines are met at all times. Advise the Company in the event of a breach.
Audit and relevant feedback
•    Advise the Company with regard to legislative and/or regulatory developments in Gibraltar or within the European Union insofar as applicable to Gibraltar and Gibraltar companies.
Report quarterly to the Board
Audit
•    Assist the Company with regard to obtaining appropriate advice on legislative and/or regulatory developments in other relevant jurisdictions.
Report quarterly to the Board
Audit
•    Deal with relevant government authorities, on instruction of the Company, as regards matters of authorisation.
Report quarterly to the Board
Audit

27



8. Compliance
Service Standard
Service Measurement
The Manager shall:
 
 
•    Make available a suitable individual to act as the Company’s Compliance Officer, subject always to the provisions of clause 7.4. The Compliance Officer shall attend Board meetings on a regular basis and report to the Board on a quarterly basis.
Role to be evidenced at all times
Audit
•    Provide such assistance as may reasonably be required in implementing all polices of the Company as may be notified and provided to the Manager from time to time including those relating to Anti-Money Laundering, Financial Crime Reporting, Anti-Bribery, Anti-Corruption and international sanctions/Anti-Terrorism Financing (“ATF”) including:

•    Make available (if required by the Company) a suitable individual to act as the Money Laundering Reporting/Financial Crime Reporting Officer. The MLRO/FCRO shall assist the Company with the following matters as may be required from time to time:
•    Provide assistance with the development and maintenance of Anti-Money Laundering policies and procedures.
•    Report to the Board on an annual basis.
•    Risk profile key stakeholder relationships.
•    Develop and maintain policies and procedures to counter Financial Crime.
•    Provide assistance with the development and maintenance of Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption policies and international sanctions/ATF compliance procedures.
•    Complete due diligence checks on key stakeholders and service providers

As required.

Audit
•    Ensure that the Company has in place an appropriate compliance monitoring programme covering all relevant areas of the business.
Compliance Monitoring Programme to be presented to the Board quarterly for review. Potential breaches to be advised to the Company within 1 working day of the Manager becoming aware of them.
Audit

28



•    Ensure that the Company is a member, registered with and/or notified to all relevant statutory, legislative, regulatory or industry bodies necessary for the Company to conduct its business. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company remains liable for all costs, expenses, levies or other charges associated with such memberships, registrations and/or notifications.
Respond to all membership related enquiries and requests from statutory, regulatory and industry bodies within 5 working days wherever possible
Audit of records
•    Monitor, identify and advise the Company with regard to legislative and/or regulatory developments in Gibraltar or within the European Union insofar as applicable to Gibraltar and Gibraltar companies.
Notify the Company within 5 working days of becoming aware of such changes
Audit
•    Monitor, identify and assist the Company with regard to obtaining appropriate advice on legislative and/or regulatory developments in other relevant jurisdictions.
Notify the Company within 5 working days of becoming aware of such changes
Audit
•    Liaise with the GFSC with regard to the Company’s ongoing compliance with its regulatory obligations.
Advise the Company of enquiries and requests which may be contentious or a cause for concern within 2 working days. Respond to enquiries and requests from statutory, regulatory and industry bodies within the timeframe any such body has requested, otherwise within 10 working days. Ensure regulatory and statutory deadlines are met at all times. Advise the Company in the event of a breach.
Audit and relevant feedback
•    Ensure that the Company’s insurance documentation and other relevant documents are reviewed for accuracy and compliance with the Company’s, statutory and regulatory requirements.
Review as required
Audit
•    Ensure that any arrangements entered into by the Company for the outsourcing of services comply with the Company’s outsourcing policy and other relevant statutory or regulatory requirements and that outsourcing agreements are appropriate.
Review outsourcing arrangements against outsourcing policy annually and at renewal. Where separately agreed, monitor outsourced service provider at agreed regularity through combination of audit and performance review meetings.
Audit and performance review meetings

29



•    Ensure that periodic audits of outsourced service providers are carried out in accordance with the Company’s requirements and monitor the outcome and actions from such audits. For the avoidance of doubt, unless specifically agreed between the parties, the Manager is not responsible for carrying out such audits.
Review outsourcing arrangements against outsourcing policy annually and at renewal. Where separately agreed, monitor outsourced service provider at agreed regularity through combination of audit and performance review meetings.
Audit and performance review meetings

•    Provided reasonable assistance with audits to be carried out by AUL on behalf of the Company on a periodic basis (expected to be one per year with respect to each MGA) covering the process for setting of rates, underwriting and acceptance of risks to ensure it is carried out in accordance with the Company’s documented policies and procedures.

Audit as required by and agreed with the Company
 
•    Report on internal and external audits to the Board of Directors and/or its Sub-Committees as required.
Report as required
Audit
•    Maintain, update and report on the following registers:
•    Agreements;
•    Gifts and hospitality;
•    Compliance breaches;
•    GFSC documentation submission;
•    Custodian records – bank mandates and authorities;
•    Board attendance;
•    Compliance document sign-off;
•    Conflicts of interest;
•    FOS complaints;
•    Complaints.
Review quarterly as part of the Compliance Monitoring Programme
Audit
•    Oversee the risk management and Solvency II process and, where requested, report on same to the Board of Directors.
Review quarterly as part of the Solvency II process
Audit
9. Risk Management and Solvency II
Service Standard
Service Measurement
The Manager shall:
 
 
•    Act as liaison between the Company and the GFSC on Solvency II matters
Report quarterly to the Board
Audit
•    Keep the Company informed of general and Gibraltar-specific Solvency II developments
Report quarterly to the Board
Audit
•    Ensure that the Company’s views on Solvency II matters are appropriately represented within the Gibraltar insurance industry
Report quarterly to the Board
Audit

30



•    Engage with the Board of Directors to establish and maintain an appropriate risk management framework. This to encompass:
•    Articulating and documenting the overall business strategy.
•    Articulating and documenting risk strategy.
•    Developing and documenting risk appetite and risk measures/limits.
•    Developing risk appetite reports.
•    Reporting to the Board on risk appetites and limits on an agreed basis.
•    Compiling and maintaining a risk register.
•    Compiling and maintaining a risk events log.
•    Assist with developing appropriate policies, processes and procedures.
Risk Register to be up-dated at least six monthly or more frequently if required.
Audit
•    Work with the Board of Directors in developing an ORSA. This to encompass:
•    Developing overall ORSA policy and framework.
•    Assisting with determining appropriate stress and scenario tests.
•    Assisting with the development of a long-term business plan.
•    Developing the ORSA documentation.
•    Developing ORSA reports – internal and external.
•    Assisting with the periodic completion of the ORSA.
•    Documenting each ORSA iteration.
•    Submitting relevant information to the GFSC.
•    Dealing with regulatory queries with regard to the ORSA.
Report quarterly to the Board and prepare document for annual submission to the GFSC
Audit
•    Work with the Board and management to calculate the Company’s current and projected Solvency Capital Requirements. This to encompass:
•    Availability of SCR model acquired by Quest.
•    Assisting management with extracting the required information.
•    Advising management on SCR considerations, such as the use of Undertaking Specific Parameters.
•    Discussing SCR outcome with the Board.
•    Dealing with regulatory queries with regard to the SCR calculation.
Report quarterly to the Board and prepare document for annual submission to the GFSC
Audit

31



•    Work with the Board and management in producing regulatory and public reports. This to encompass:
•    Assisting with the calculation of technical provisions
•    Re-stating other balance sheet items where required
•    Assisting with completion of the GFSC reporting templates
•    Ensuring timely submission of reports to the GFSC
•    Dealing with regulatory queries on reports submitted
Report quarterly to the Board
Audit
10. Additional Services
Service Standard
Service Measurement
The Manager shall:
 
 
•    Undertake, at the Company’s request, such Additional Services as may be required from time to time, subject to the parties reaching agreement on the nature of such Additional Services and on any additional fee that may be required in this respect.
Respond to the Company within 2 working days of the request
Audit


32



Schedule 2
Fees
1.    Professional Fees
1.1    The professional fees for providing the Services set out in Schedule 1 of this Agreement, are set out in 1.2 below.
1.2    The professional fees of 0.25% of Gross Written Premium subject to a minimum amount of GBP150,000 per annum and a maximum amount of GBP400,000 per annum are payable in twelve equal instalments, monthly in arrears, from the date of commencement of this Agreement. Fees will be paid in the Great British Pounds equivalent of the United States Dollar amount.
1.3    The professional fees shall be payable no later than the 15 th of each month following the month for with the Services have been provided.
2.    Inflation
2.1    The professional fees shall be subject to an inflation increase on an annual basis.
2.2    The amount of the inflation increase shall be the Retail Price Index (all items) as published by the UK Government and as applicable on the anniversary of the commencement date plus 2%
3.    Additional Services
3.1    The professional fees apply to the Services set out in this Agreement. Should any Additional Services be provided, then additional professional fees shall be payable as agreed between the parties.
4.    Third Party Costs
4.1    For the avoidance of doubt, the professional fees apply to the Services set out in this Agreement and do not include third Party costs, expenses and disbursements which will be met directly by the Company. Such costs, expenses and disbursements include, but are not limited to:
4.1.1    Directors’ fees;
4.1.2    Legal, audit, actuarial and other professional fees;
4.1.3    Cost of travel, subsistence and accommodation incurred by the Manager for carrying out work away from the normal office location at the request of the Company.

33



4.1.4    Taxes, duties, levies and other similar charges including related interest and penalties, excluding any taxes based on the income of the Manager or payroll taxes in respect of the Manager’s employees.
4.1.5    Licence and other fees payable to the Regulator
5.    Variation
5.1    Variations in the professional fees may be made only by agreement between the parties.

34



IN WITNESS whereof this agreement has been duly executed and delivered the day and year first above written.
Signed for and on behalf of Quest Insurance Management (Gibraltar) Limited
 
 
/s/ Colin Peters
 
Name: Colin Peters
 
Position: Director
 
In the presence of:
 
 
 
/s/ Peter Abbott
 
Name: Peter Abbott
 
Signed for and on behalf of Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited   
 
 
/s/ J. Rathgeber
 
Name: J. Rathgeber
 
Position: Director
 
In the presence of:
 
 
 
/s/ T. Peckett
 
Name: T. Peckett
 
Signed for and on behalf of  Arch Underwriters Ltd.
 
 
/s/ M. Rajeh
 
Name: M. Rajeh
 
Position: Director
 
In the presence of:
 
 
 
/s/ T. Peckett
 


35

Exhibit 10.26

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

This GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 1, 2017, is entered into by and among Watford Insurance Company, a New Jersey domiciled insurance company (“ WIC ”) and Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc., a Delaware holding company (“ Arch ”) indirectly wholly-owned by Arch Capital Group Ltd.

R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, WIC and Arch Underwriters Inc. (“ AUI ”) are party to a services agreement dated October 1, 2016 (as amended from time to time, the “ Services Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, Arch is willing to guarantee the performance of AUI under the Services Agreement;
WHEREAS, each of WIC and Arch has all the requisite authority to enter into and perform this Agreement;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Performance Guarantee . Arch hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to WIC the full and punctual performance by AUI of all of its obligations under the Services Agreement (“ Obligations ”). Should AUI default in the performance of any of its Obligations, WIC may cause, by notice to Arch, the immediate performance by Arch (or its designee) of the Obligations. Arch’s obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect until all Obligations have been fully performed and satisfied in full.
2. Miscellaneous .
a. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and each Party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and understanding is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement.
b. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Party may pledge, assign, transfer, subcontract or delegate, either in whole or in part, its right and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party.
c. The Parties recognize and agree that if for any reason any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached, immediate and irreparable harm or injury would be caused for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, each Party agrees that, in addition to any other available remedies, the other Party shall be entitled to an injunction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement without the necessity of posting a bond or other form of security. In the event that any action



should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, neither Party will allege, and each Party hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law.
d. Any notice, direction, instruction, acknowledgment or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and addressed to the parties as follows:

If to WIC:
445 South Street, Suite 220
P. O. Box 1950
Morristown, NJ 07962-1950
Attention: Alexandre Scherer, President & CEO
Telephone No.: 1-973-753-1331
If to Arch:
Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.
Harborside 3
210 Hudson Street, Suite 300
Jersey City, NJ 07311-1107
Attention: Thomas Ahern, Senior Vice President & CFO
Telephone No.: 1-201-743-4047


e. This Agreement is to be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.

f. No assignment, amendment, modification, or termination shall be effective unless such assignment, amendment, modification, or termination is (i) filed with the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (“NJDOBI”) at least 30 days prior to the proposed effective date, (ii) not disapproved by the NJDOBI, (iii) made in writing, and (iv) signed by the parties hereto.

g. Any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, facsimile, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in New York, New York or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person arbitration panel (the “ Arbitration Panel ”) selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party, and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if a final and binding decision has been rendered in an arbitration under the Services Agreement with respect to an action or dispute arising under



the Services Agreement, then such final and binding decision shall be accepted by the Parties in lieu of any separate arbitration pursuant to this clause (f) based on the same or substantially similar facts. For avoidance of doubt (i) if such decision is in favor of Arch or any affiliate of Arch, WIC will not be entitled to make or pursue a guarantee claim under this Agreement that is inconsistent with such final and binding decision.

h. Arch shall not effect any consolidation or merger with another company in which Arch is not the survivor, or any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of Arch’s assets to another company unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor company (if other than Arch) resulting from such consolidation or merger, or the company purchasing or otherwise acquiring such assets or other appropriate company or entity shall assume the obligations of Arch under this Agreement.

i. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.

j. If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statue, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Alexandre Sherer
 
Name: Alexandre Scherer
 
Title: President & CEO

ARCH CAPITAL GROUP (U.S.) INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Thomas Ahern
 
Name: Thomas Ahern
 
Title: Senior Vice President & CFO

Exhibit 10.27

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

This GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 1, 2017, is entered into by and among Watford Specialty Insurance Company, a New Jersey domiciled excess and surplus lines insurance company (“ WSIC ”) and Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc., a Delaware holding company (“ Arch ”) indirectly wholly-owned by Arch Capital Group Ltd.

R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, WSIC and Arch Underwriters Inc. (“ AUI ”) are party to a services agreement dated October 1, 2016 (as amended from time to time, the “ Services Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, Arch is willing to guarantee the performance of AUI under the Services Agreement;
WHEREAS, each of WSIC and Arch has all the requisite authority to enter into and perform this Agreement;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Performance Guarantee . Arch hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to WSIC the full and punctual performance by AUI of all of its obligations under the Services Agreement (“ Obligations ”). Should AUI default in the performance of any of its Obligations, WSIC may cause, by notice to Arch, the immediate performance by Arch (or its designee) of the Obligations. Arch’s obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect until all Obligations have been fully performed and satisfied in full.
2. Miscellaneous .
a. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and each Party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and understanding is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement.
b. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Party may pledge, assign, transfer, subcontract or delegate, either in whole or in part, its right and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party.
c. The Parties recognize and agree that if for any reason any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached, immediate and irreparable harm or injury would be caused for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, each Party agrees that, in addition to any other available remedies, the other Party shall be entitled to an injunction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement without the necessity of posting a bond or other form of security. In the event that any action



should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, neither Party will allege, and each Party hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law.
d. Any notice, direction, instruction, acknowledgment or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and addressed to the parties as follows:

If to WSIC:
445 South Street, Suite 220
P. O. Box 1988
Morristown, NJ 07962-1988
Attention: Alexandre Scherer, President & CEO
Telephone No.: 1-973-753-1331

If to Arch:
Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.
Harborside 3
210 Hudson Street, Suite 300
Jersey City, NJ 07311-1107
Attention: Thomas Ahern, Senior Vice President & CFO
Telephone No.: 1-201-743-4047


e. This Agreement is to be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.

f. No assignment, amendment, modification, or termination shall be effective unless such assignment, amendment, modification, or termination is (i) filed with the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (“NJDOBI”) at least 30 days prior to the proposed effective date, (ii) not disapproved by the NJDOBI, (iii) made in writing, and (iv) signed by the parties hereto.

g. Any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including its formation and validity, shall be referred to arbitration. Arbitration shall be initiated by the delivery, by mail, facsimile, email or other reliable means, of a written demand for arbitration by one party to the other. The arbitration shall be held in New York, New York or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Arbitration shall be conducted before a three-person arbitration panel (the “ Arbitration Panel ”) selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or, failing such agreement, pursuant to the ARIAS U.S. Umpire Selection Procedure. The arbitrators and Umpire shall be either present or former executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or arbitrators certified by ARIAS U.S. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be under the control of either party, and shall have no financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration. The arbitrators and Umpire shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of evidence. The decision of a majority of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Arbitration Panel shall render its award in writing. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Unless the Arbitration Panel orders otherwise, each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and of the other expenses of the arbitration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if a final and binding decision has been rendered in an arbitration under the Services Agreement with respect to an action or dispute arising under



the Services Agreement, then such final and binding decision shall be accepted by the Parties in lieu of any separate arbitration pursuant to this clause (f) based on the same or substantially similar facts. For avoidance of doubt (i) if such decision is in favor of Arch or any affiliate of Arch, WSIC will not be entitled to make or pursue a guarantee claim under this Agreement that is inconsistent with such final and binding decision.

h. Arch shall not effect any consolidation or merger with another company in which Arch is not the survivor, or any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of Arch’s assets to another company unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor company (if other than Arch) resulting from such consolidation or merger, or the company purchasing or otherwise acquiring such assets or other appropriate company or entity shall assume the obligations of Arch under this Agreement.

i. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.

j. If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statue, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.


WATFORD SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Alexandre Sherer
 
Name: Alexandre Scherer
 
Title: President & CEO

ARCH CAPITAL GROUP (U.S.) INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Thomas Ahern
 
Name: Thomas Ahern
 
Title: Senior Vice President & CFO

Exhibit 10.28
EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (" Agreement "), dated as of December 4, 2018, between Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the " Company "), and John Rathgeber (the " Executive " and together with Company, the " Parties ").
The parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01.    Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:
" Accounting Firm " has the meaning set forth in Section 12.10(b).
" Affiliate " means any Person, in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, (i) in the case of a corporation, securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power or value of all the then outstanding securities of such corporation, or (ii) in the case of a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity, 50% or more of the partnership or other similar ownership interest of such business entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Article 9, the term "Affiliate" shall not include any noninsurance business of an acquirer of the Company or of any Affiliate of such acquirer.
" Annual Bonus " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
" Annual RSU Award " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Base Salary " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.
" Board " has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.
" Cause " means (a) theft or embezzlement by the Executive with respect to the Company or its Affiliates; (b) willful disregard or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive's duties; (c) the Executive's conviction of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (d) willful or prolonged absence from work by the Executive (other than by reason of Permanent Disability due to physical or mental illness) or failure, neglect or refusal by the Executive to perform his duties and responsibilities; (e) continued and habitual use of alcohol by the Executive to an extent which materially impairs the Executive's performance of his duties; (f) the Executive's use of illegal drugs; (g) the Executive's failure to use his best efforts to obtain, maintain or renew the work permit described in Section 3.02 below; or (h) the material breach by the Executive of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement. Cause shall not exist with respect to items (b), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) (other than, in the case of item (h), a breach of Section 11.01) unless and until Executive has been given written notice specifying in detail the circumstances giving rise to the alleged Cause, and the Executive shall have failed, within thirty (30) days after such notice, to remedy (or, if such alleged cause cannot be remedied within thirty (30) days, diligently commenced to remedy) the alleged Cause.

- 1 -


" Change in Control " means:
(a) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 33 1/3% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (i) the then outstanding shares of Common Shares, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Shares; or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate; or (B) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate;
(b) during any period of twelve (12) months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, that any Person becoming a director subsequent to the date of this Agreement, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
(c) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Affiliates to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; or
(d) there is consummated a merger or amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary with any other corporation or other entity, other than (i) a merger or amalgamation or consolidation which results in (A) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or amalgamation or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), 66 2/3% or more of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or amalgamation or consolidation or (ii) a merger or amalgamation or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 33 1/3% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.
" Code " has the meaning set forth in Section 12.09.

- 2 -


" Common Shares " means the Common Shares of the Company, with an initial par value of $0.01 per share, and includes a fraction of a Common Share.
" Confidential Information " means information that is not generally known to the public and that was or is used, developed or obtained by the Company or its Affiliates in connection with their business. It shall not include information (a) required to be disclosed by court, stock exchange requirement, administrative order or similar official request, or called for in a subpoena or discovery request regular on its face, (b) lawfully obtainable from other sources or which is in the public domain through no fault of the Executive; or (c) the disclosure of which is consented to in writing by the Company.
" Date of Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06.
" Disability Period " has the meaning set forth in the definition of "Permanent Disability."
" Employment Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
" Good Reason " means, without the Executive's written consent and subject to the timely notice requirement and the Company's opportunity to cure set forth in Section 5.05 below, (a) the assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with the Executive's then status as an executive officer of the Company or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature of the Executive's responsibilities; (b) a material reduction by the Company in the Executive's Base Salary, Target Bonus or Annual RSU Award; (c) the relocation of the Executive's principal place of employment outside of Bermuda; or (d) any material breach by the Company of the provisions contained in this Agreement.
" Intellectual Property " has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.
" IPO " means the initial registered public offering of the Common Shares in the United States or a listing of the Common Shares on a United States national securities exchange.
" IPO Grant " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a).
" Justified Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03.
" Noncompetition Notice " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(a).
" Notice of Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.05.
" Performance-Based RSUs " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Permanent Disability " means those circumstances where the Executive is unable to continue to perform the usual customary duties of his assigned job in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement for a period of six (6) months in any twelve (12) month period (the " Disability Period ") because of physical, mental or emotional incapacity resulting from injury, sickness or disease. Until the termination of the Employment Period by reason of the Executive's Permanent Disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive $15,000 per month, reduced by any amounts he receives under any disability plan maintained by the Company at such time. The

- 3 -


Company shall notify the Executive in writing of any finding of Permanent Disability on its part at the end of the Disability Period. If the Company and the Executive are unable to agree whether he is so disabled, the question shall be decided by a physician designated by the Executive and approved by the Company. The determination of the panel shall be final and binding upon the parties with the costs of the physician to be paid by the Company.
" Person " means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, an estate, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
" Proceeding " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.
" Reimbursable Expenses " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05.
" Renewal Date " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
" Restricted Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
" Retirement Age " means the later of (i) the Executive's 55 th birthday or (ii) the date on which the Executive has completed five (5) continuous years of service with the Company or any of its Affiliates. For purposes of this definition, the Executive is credited with one year of service after completion of each full 12-month period of employment with the Company or its Affiliates (including for this purpose only, Arch Capital Group Ltd or its Affiliates) as determined by the Company.
"Severance Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.
" Stock Incentive Plan " means the Watford Holdings Ltd. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan.
" Target Bonus " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
" Time-Based RSUs " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Unjustified Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.
ARTICLE 2
EMPLOYMENT
Section 2.01.    Employment . The Company shall continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive shall accept such continued employment with the Company, for the period beginning on January 1, 2018 (the " Renewal Date ") and ending as provided in Section 5.01 (such period, the " Employment Period ").
ARTICLE 3
POSITION AND DUTIES
Section 3.01.    Position and Duties . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall have such responsibilities, powers and

- 4 -


duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the " Board "); provided that such responsibilities, powers and duties are substantially consistent with those customarily assigned to individuals serving in such positions at comparable companies or as may be reasonably required by the conduct of the business of the Company. During the Employment Period the Executive shall devote substantially all of his working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. The Executive shall not directly or indirectly render any services of a business, commercial or professional nature to any other person or for-profit organization not related to the business of the Company or its Affiliates, whether for compensation or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company.
Section 3.02.    Work Permits . The Executive shall use his reasonable best efforts to obtain, maintain and renew a suitable (for the purposes of the Executive's contemplated employment by the Company) work permit by the Bermuda government authorities and any other permits required by any Bermuda government authority. The Company shall be responsible for permit fees, and all other expenses, including legal expenses, in connection with obtaining and maintaining such work permit.
Section 3.03.    Work Location . While employed by the Company hereunder, the Executive shall perform his duties (when not traveling or engaged elsewhere in the performance of his duties) at the offices of the Company in Bermuda. The Executive shall travel to such places on the business of the Company in such manner and on such occasions as the Company may from time to time reasonably require.
Section 3.04.    Relocation . Upon the termination of Executive's employment for any reason, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by him for the cost of relocating all of his household items to the United States and airfare for the Executive and his family to return to the United States, in each case, subject to the Company's requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses; provided , however , that any such expenses must be incurred by the Executive not later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive's "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company occurs, and any such reimbursement shall be made promptly upon presentation by the Executive to the Company of the required documentation and, in all events, no later than the last day of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive's "separation from service" with the Company occurs.
ARTICLE 4
BASE SALARY AND BENEFITS
Section 4.01.    Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Executive's base salary will be $470,000 per annum (the " Base Salary "). The Base Salary will be payable monthly on the 15th day of each month, two weeks in arrears and two weeks in advance. Annually during the Employment Period, the Company shall review with the Executive his job performance and compensation. The amount of the Executive's Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board but shall not be reduced without the written consent of the Executive. Normal hours of employment are 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday to Friday. The Executive's salary has been computed to reflect that his regular duties are likely, from time to time, to require more than the

- 5 -


normal hours per week and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any additional remuneration for work outside normal hours.
Section 4.02.    Bonus .
(a) Annual Bonus . In addition to the Base Salary, during the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the " Annual Bonus ") based on a target annual bonus (the " Target Bonus ," which term shall include any subsequent adjustments thereto) of an amount equal to 70% of the Base Salary. Such Annual Bonus shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's annual bonus plan.
(b) IPO Cash Bonus . Upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Company shall consider, in its sole discretion, payment to the Executive of a one-time cash bonus.
Section 4.03.    Equity Compensation .
(a) IPO Equity Grant . Upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Company shall award the Executive Company restricted stock units with a value equal to $1,500,000 (the " IPO Grant "). The number of Company restricted stock units equating to the dollar value of the IPO Grant shall be determined based on the average closing price of the Common Shares for the twenty (20) trading days immediately following the inception of public trading of the Common Shares. The IPO Grant shall become vested in three equal annual installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date such award is granted. The terms and conditions of such IPO Grant shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement entered into between the Company and the Executive and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan.
(b) Annual Equity Grants . Each calendar year during the Employment Period commencing on or after January 1, 2020, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a grant of Company restricted stock units (the " Annual RSU Award ").  The Common Shares subject to each Annual RSU Award shall have a target value on the date of grant equal to one-third of the fair market value of the IPO Grant based on the closing price of the Company's stock on its last trading day before the grant date. The actual value of each Annual RSU Award on the date of grant shall be based on an evaluation of the Executive's individual performance by the Company's Compensation Committee. One-half of each Annual RSU Award (the " Time-Based RSUs ") shall vest ratably on an annual basis on the first three anniversaries of the grant date of such Annual RSU Award.  One-half of each Annual RSU Award (the " Performance-Based RSUs ") shall vest on the third anniversary of the grant date of such Annual RSU Award based on the achievement of certain Company performance goals. The terms and conditions of an Annual RSU Award shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement entered into between the Company and the Executive and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan.
Section 4.04.    Benefits . In addition to the Base Salary, and any bonuses payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits during the Employment Period:
(a) such major medical, life insurance and disability insurance coverage as is, or may during the Employment Period, be provided generally for other senior executive officers of the Company as set forth from time to time in the applicable plan documents;

- 6 -


(b) in addition to the usual public holidays and ten (10) paid days off for sick leave, a maximum of four (4) weeks of paid vacation annually during the term of the Employment Period (Section 11 of the Bermuda Employment Act 2000 shall otherwise not apply to the Executive's employment hereunder);
(c) benefits under any plan or arrangement available generally for the senior executive officers of the Company, subject to and consistent with the terms and conditions and overall administration of such plans as set forth from time to time in the applicable plan documents;
(d) for each calendar year during which the Executive is employed by the Company for any part thereof, payment by the Company of the reasonable cost of preparation of annual tax returns and associated tax planning on a basis no less favorable than such arrangements provided to similarly situated senior executives residing in Bermuda, and the cost paid by the Company under this Section 4.04(d) for each such calendar year shall be paid by the Company promptly upon presentation by the Executive to the Company of the required documentation and, in all events, not later than the end of the following calendar year;
(e) a housing allowance for housing in Bermuda of up to $4,500 per month, less all applicable withholdings, payable monthly on the 15 th day of each month, two weeks in arrears and two weeks in advance;
(f) payment by the Company annually of the cost of four (4) roundtrip flights between Bermuda and the United States for the Executive and the Executive's immediate family members;
(g) the Company shall continue to pay the employee portion of applicable payroll and social security taxes imposed by the government of Bermuda;
(h) the Company shall reimburse the Executive for any taxes imposed on the Executive by any State in the United States (other than the State of New York) by reason of the Executive's performance of services for the Company; and
(i) the Company shall reimburse the Executive for any income taxes incurred by the Executive as a result of any payment from or benefit provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.04 (including taxes imposed on the reimbursement payment itself). Any such reimbursement payments shall be made no later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.
Section 4.05.    Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties under this Agreement which are consistent with the Company's policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses ( " Reimbursable Expenses "), subject to the Company's requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of expenses. In addition, the Company will reimburse the Executive, on an after-tax basis, for his reasonable expenses incurred in traveling between Bermuda and the United States during the Employment Period. Any such reimbursement payments shall be made promptly, but in no event later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.

- 7 -


Section 4.06.    Indemnification; D&O Insurance . The Company agrees that if the Executive is made a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (each, a " Proceeding "), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, the Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by applicable law and the company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, against all cost, expense, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by the Executive in connection therewith, including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and disbursements and judgments, and the Company shall advance expenses in connection therewith, to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by applicable law and the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws. The Company shall cover the Executive as an insured under any contract of directors and officers liability insurance that is in effect from time to time covering officers and members of the Board. The provisions of this Section 4.06 shall survive any expiration or termination of the Employment Period and continue in effect for so long as the Executive is subject to liability for any of the Executive's acts and omissions to act occurring during his employment or other service as an officer of any entity or member of any board performed at the request of the Company.
ARTICLE 5
TERM AND TERMINATION
Section 5.01.    Term . The Employment Period will terminate on the second anniversary of the Renewal Date; provided that (a) the Employment Period shall terminate prior to such date upon the Executive's death or Permanent Disability, and (b) the Employment Period may be terminated by the Company or by the Executive for any reason upon ninety (90) days prior written notice. In addition, this Agreement will be automatically extended on the same terms and conditions for successive one-year periods following the original Employment Period unless either the Company or the Executive, at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period or any extended term, shall give written notice of its or his intention not to renew this Agreement.
Section 5.02.    Unjustified Termination . Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.09, if the Employment Period shall be terminated (i) at the end of the original or any extended Employment Period due to the Company giving written notice of non-extension pursuant to Section 5.01 above or (ii) prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period (or the Employment Period as extended pursuant to Section 5.01) by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Company not for Cause (such terminations under clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 5.02 are collectively referred to as " Unjustified Terminations "), then:
(a) the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary then in effect for a period of eighteen (18) months following the Date of Termination;
(b) the Company shall make a lump-sum payment to the Executive equal to 150% his Target Bonus then in effect;


- 8 -


(c) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of the IPO Grant shall continue to vest in equal monthly installments in an amount each month on the monthly anniversary of the grant date of the IPO Grant equal to the product of (i) the number of unvested Company restricted stock units under the IPO Grant on the Date of Termination, multiplied by (ii) a fraction which has a numerator of one (1) and a denominator equal to the number of months remaining (measured from the Date of Termination) until the third anniversary of the grant date of the IPO Grant;
(d) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of any Time-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall continue to vest in equal monthly installments in an amount each month on the monthly anniversary of the grant date of the such Time-Based RSUs equal to the product of (i) the number of unvested Company restricted stock units under such Time-Based RSUs on the Date of Termination, multiplied by (ii) a fraction which has a numerator of one (1) and a denominator equal to the number of months remaining (measured from the Date of Termination) until the third anniversary of the grant date of such Time-Based RSUs; and
(e) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of any Performance-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall continue to remain outstanding and be eligible to vest if the performance period with respect to such Performance-Based RSUs ends during such twelve (12) month period;
provided , however , that the Executive shall be entitled to such payments and benefits following Unjustified Terminations only if the Executive has not breached and does not breach in any material respect the provisions of Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 and the Executive has entered into a general release of claims reasonably satisfactory to the Company on or before the date that is fifty (50) days following the Date of Termination and does not revoke such release prior to the end of any revocation period. The period during which payments are made following an Unjustified Termination pursuant to Section 5.02(a), shall be referred to as " Severance Period. " Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.02(a) shall be paid as follows: (A) the first two (2) months of the Base Salary shall be paid on the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination and (B) the remainder of the Base Salary payments shall be paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.02(b) shall be paid on the 60 th day following the Date of Termination. In addition, promptly following an Unjustified Termination, the Executive shall also be reimbursed for all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Unjustified Termination. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in order for the Executive to terminate the Employment Period for Good Reason, such termination of employment must occur no later than sixty (60) days after the date the Executive gives written notice in accordance with Section 5.05 below to the Company of the occurrence of the event or condition that constitutes Good Reason. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 5.02 and the last sentence of Section 5.04, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated his employment on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, the Employment Period will be deemed to have ended on the date of his "separation from service" with the Company, and the Date of Termination will be deemed to be the date of his "separation from

- 9 -


service" with the Company. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination.
Section 5.03.    Justified Termination . If the Employment Period shall be terminated (a) prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period (or the Employment Period as extended pursuant to Section 5.01): (i) by the Company for Cause, (ii) as a result of the Executive's resignation or leaving of his employment, other than for Good Reason, or (iii) as a result of the death or Permanent Disability of the Executive, or (b) at the end of the Employment Period as a result of the Executive's provision of written notice not to extend the Employment Period under Section 5.01 (such terminations under clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.03 are collectively referred to as " Justified Terminations "), the Executive shall be entitled to receive solely (except as provided in Section 5.04 below) his Base Salary earned through the date of termination of employment, reimbursement of all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Justified Termination and, if the Justified Termination is pursuant to clause (a)(iii) above, a prorated portion of the Executive's Target Bonus then in effect based on the number of days elapsed through the Date of Termination in the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive reaches Retirement Age, the unvested portion of the IPO Grant and each Annual RSU Award shall thereupon vest and be settled upon the regularly scheduled vesting dates.
Section 5.04.    Benefits . Except as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law, or as set forth in Section 9.01 following delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, all of the Executive's rights to fringe and other benefits under this Agreement or otherwise, if any, accruing after the termination of the Employment Period as a result of a Justified Termination will cease upon such Justified Termination. If the Employment Period is terminated as a result of an Unjustified Termination, then (a) during the Severance Period the Executive shall continue to receive his major medical insurance coverage under the Company's plans in effect on the Date of Termination and (b) the Company shall continue to provide the housing allowance set forth in Section 4.04(e) for the lesser of the Severance Period and the period during which the Executive remains a resident of Bermuda.
Section 5.05.    Notice of Termination and Opportunity to Cure . Any termination by the Company for Permanent Disability or Cause or without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a " Notice of Termination " shall mean a notice which shall indicate the date the termination is to take effect (consistent with the terms of this Agreement), the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and, for a termination for Permanent Disability or for Cause or for a resignation for Good Reason, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision indicated. It shall be a condition precedent to the Executive's right to terminate employment for Good Reason that (i) the Executive shall first have given the Company written notice that an event or condition constituting Good Reason has occurred within ninety (90) days after such occurrence, and any failure to give such written notice within such period will result in a waiver by the Executive of his right to terminate for Good Reason as a result of such event or

- 10 -


condition, and (ii) a period of thirty (30) days from and after the giving of such written notice shall have elapsed without the Company having effectively cured or remedied such occurrence during such 30-day period, unless such occurrence cannot be cured or remedied within thirty (30) days, in which case the period for remedy or cure shall be extended for a reasonable time (not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days); provided that, the Company has made and continues to make a diligent effort to effect such remedy or cure.
Section 5.06.    Date of Termination . " Date of Termination " shall mean (a) if the Employment Period is terminated as a result of a Permanent Disability, five (5) days after a Notice of Termination is given, (b) if the Employment Period is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination consistent with the terms hereof, (c) if the Employment Period terminates due to expiration of the term of this Agreement, the date the term expires, and (d) if the Employment Period is terminated for any other reason (including for Cause), the date designated by the Company in the Notice of Termination, which date shall be a date on or following the date of such Notice of Termination.
Section 5.07.    Change in Control . In the event the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason (in accordance with requirements of Section 5.02 above) at any time following a Change in Control, then:
(a) the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary then in effect for a period of thirty-six (36) months following the Date of Termination;
(b) the Company shall make a lump-sum payment to the Executive equal to three (3) times his Target Bonus then in effect;
(c) for a period of thirty-six (36) months following the Date of Termination, the Executive shall continue to receive his major medical insurance coverage under the Company's plans in effect on the Date of Termination and the Company shall continue to provide the housing allowance set forth in Section 4.04(e) for the lesser of thirty-six (36) months following the Date of Termination and the period during which the Executive remains a resident of Bermuda;
(d) the unvested portion of the IPO Grant shall thereupon vest;
(e) the unvested portion of any Time-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall thereupon vest; and
(f) the unvested portion of any Performance-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall thereupon vest as if performance goals with respect such Performance-Based RSUs had been achieved at target level;
provided , however , that the Executive shall be entitled to such payments and benefits following such terminations only if the Executive has not breached and does not breach in any material respect the provisions of Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 and the Executive has entered into a general release of claims reasonably satisfactory to the Company on or before the date that is fifty (50) days following the Date of Termination and does not revoke such release prior to the end of any revocation period. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.07(a) shall be paid as follows: (A) the first two (2) months of the Base Salary shall be paid on

- 11 -


the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination and (B) the remainder of the Base Salary payments shall be paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.07(b) shall be paid on the 60 th day following the Date of Termination. In addition, promptly following a termination under this Section 5.07, the Executive shall also be reimbursed for all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such termination. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 5.07 and the last sentence of Section 5.04, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated his employment on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, the Employment Period will be deemed to have ended on the date of his "separation from service" with the Company, and the Date of Termination will be deemed to be the date of his "separation from service" with the Company. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, upon a termination under this Section 5.07, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination.
(g)      If this Section 5.07 is applicable, Section 5.02 shall not apply.
ARTICLE 6
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
Section 6.01.    Nondisclosure and Non-use of Confidential Information . The Executive will not disclose or use at any time during or after the Employment Period any Confidential Information of which the Executive is or becomes aware, whether or not such Confidential Information is developed by him, except to the extent that such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by the Executive's performance of duties assigned to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement. Under all circumstances and at all times, the Executive will take all appropriate steps to safeguard Confidential Information in his possession and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft.
ARTICLE 7
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Section 7.01.    Ownership of Intellectual Property . In the event that the Executive as part of his activities on behalf of the Company generates, authors or contributes to any invention, design, new development, device, product, method of process (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice or comprising Confidential Information), any copyrightable work (whether or not comprising Confidential Information) or any other form of Confidential Information relating directly or indirectly to the business of the Company as now or hereinafter conducted (collectively, " Intellectual Property "), the Executive acknowledges that such Intellectual Property is the sole and exclusive property of the Company and hereby assigns all right title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property to the Company. Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or in part by the Executive during the Employment Period will be deemed "a work made for hire" under Section 201(b) of the United States Copyright Act of 1976, as amended, and the Company will own all of the rights comprised in the copyright therein. The Executive will promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property and will cooperate with the Company to protect the Company's interests in and rights to such Intellectual Property (including providing reasonable assistance in securing

- 12 -


patent protection and copyright registrations and executing all documents as reasonably requested by the Company, whether such requests occur prior to or after termination of Executive's employment hereunder).
ARTICLE 8
DELIVERY OF MATERIALS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
Section 8.01.    Delivery of Materials upon Termination of Employment . As requested by the Company, from time to time and upon the termination of the Executive's employment with (or services for) the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all property of the Company in the Executive's possession or within his control, including, without limitation, all copies and embodiments, in whatever form or medium, of all Confidential Information or Intellectual Property (including written records, notes, photographs, manuals, notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials containing any Confidential Information or Intellectual Property), irrespective of the location or form of such property and, if requested by the Company, will provide the Company with written confirmation that all such property has been delivered to the Company and/or deleted from computers, as applicable.
ARTICLE 9
NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION
Section 9.01.    Noncompetition .
(a) The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company, he has, and will continue to, become familiar with trade secrets and other Confidential Information concerning the Company and its Affiliates and their respective predecessors, and that his services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. In addition, the Executive hereby agrees that at any time (i) during the Employment Period, and (ii) (x) following a Justified Termination and delivery of the Noncompetition Notice by the Company to the Executive, for a period ending twelve (12) months after the termination of the Executive's employment and (y) following an Unjustified Termination, for a period ending twelve (12) months after the termination of the Executive's employment (the time described in clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the " Restricted Period "), he will not directly or indirectly own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for or in any manner engage in any business competing with the business of the Company or its Affiliates as such businesses exist or are in process as of the date of termination, within any geographical area in which the Company or its Affiliates engage or plan to engage in such businesses. It shall not be considered a violation of this Section 9.01 for the Executive to be a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as the Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation. The terms of Section 9.01(a)(ii)(x) shall be of no force or effect unless the Company notifies the Executive in writing no later than ten (10) business days following a Justified Termination of its intention to enforce the provisions of Section 9.01(a)(ii)(x) (the " Noncompetition Notice ").
(b) Subject to Section 12.09, in the event the Company provides the Executive with the Noncompetition Notice, (i) the Company shall be required to continue to pay the

- 13 -


Executive the Base Salary for the Restricted Period, paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, (ii) the Company shall be required to pay in a lump sum the Executive's Target Bonus then in effect on the first pay date following the delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, (iii) the Executive shall continue to receive major medical insurance coverage benefits from the Company's plans in effect at the time of such termination of employment for the Restricted Period, and (iv) the Company shall continue to provide the housing allowance set forth in Section 4.04(e) for the lesser of the Restricted Period and the period during which the Executive remains a resident of Bermuda.
Section 9.02.    Nonsolicitation . The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company, he has, and will continue to, become familiar with trade secrets and other Confidential Information concerning the Company, its Affiliates and their respective predecessors, and that his services are and will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. The Executive hereby agrees that during the Restricted Period, (a) the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or its Affiliates to leave the employ of the Company or its Affiliates, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or its Affiliates and any employee thereof or otherwise employ or receive the services of any individual who was an employee of the Company or its Affiliates at the Date of Termination or within the six-month period prior thereto, and (b) the Executive will not induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, client, insured, reinsured, reinsurer, broker, licensee or other business relation of the Company or its Affiliates to cease doing business with the Company or its Affiliates.
Section 9.03.    Enforcement . If, at the enforcement of Sections 9.01 or 9.02, a court holds that the duration or scope stated therein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration and scope reasonable under such circumstances will be substituted for the stated duration or scope and that the court will be permitted to revise the restrictions contained in this Article 9 to cover the maximum duration and scope permitted by law.
ARTICLE 10
EQUITABLE RELIEF
Section 10.01.    Equitable Relief . The Executive acknowledges that (a) the covenants contained herein are reasonable, (b) the Executive's services are unique, and (c) a breach or threatened breach by him of any of his covenants and agreements with the Company contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 could cause irreparable harm to the Company for which it might have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, and in addition to any remedies which the Company may have at law, in the event of an actual or threatened breach by the Executive of his covenants and agreements contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02, the Company shall have the absolute right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for such injunctive or other equitable relief as such court may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.
ARTICLE 11
EXECUTIVE REPRESENTATIONS
Section 11.01.      Executive Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by

- 14 -


the Executive does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (b) the Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other Person that affects his right or ability to perform the duties contemplated by this Agreement, and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement will be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
Section 11.02.    Company Representations . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Executive that (a) all acts required to be taken to authorize, deliver and perform this Agreement and the obligations of the Company provided for hereunder have been duly taken; and (b) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement will be a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01.    Remedies . The Parties will have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, all rights and remedies which the Parties have been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights which the Parties have under any law. The Parties will be entitled to enforce such rights specifically, without posting a bond or other security, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. There are currently no disciplinary or grievance procedures in place, there is no collective agreement in place, and there is no probationary period.
Section 12.02.    Consent to Amendments . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by a written agreement executed and delivered by the Company and the Executive. No other course of dealing between the parties to this Agreement or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder will operate as a waiver of any rights of any such parties.
Section 12.03.    Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto will bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not, provided that the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Company. The Company, or any entity which controls the Company, shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company by written agreement expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had occurred. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor to all or substantially all of its business or assets which becomes bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
Section 12.04.    Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will

- 15 -


be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.
Section 12.05.    Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all of which counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.
Section 12.06.    Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
Section 12.07.    Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand, by electronic transmission (with a copy following by hand or by overnight courier), by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Communications delivered personally by hand shall be deemed received on the date when delivered personally to the recipient; communications sent by electronic means shall be deemed received one (1) business day after the sending thereof; communications sent by registered or certified mail shall be deemed received four (4) business days after the sending thereof; and communications delivered by overnight courier shall be deemed received one (1) business day after the date when sent to the recipient. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Executive and to the Company at the addresses set forth below.
If to the Executive:
To the last address delivered to the Company by the Executive in the manner set forth herein.
If to the Company:
Watford Holdings Ltd.
Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda
Attention: Secretary
Tel:
Fax:
Email:
or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.
Section 12.08.    Withholding . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
Section 12.09.    409A and 457A . It is intended that this Agreement will comply with Sections 409A and 457A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the " Code ") (and any regulations and guidelines issued thereunder), to the extent the Agreement is subject thereto, and the Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent. If an amendment of the Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to amend the Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible. No action or failure to act, pursuant

- 16 -


to this Section 12.09 shall subject the Company to any claim, liability, or expense, and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Executive is deemed on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) to be a "specified employee" within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, then with regard to any payment that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (after taking into account the applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)), the portion, if any, of such payment so required to be delayed shall not be made prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of his "separation from service" or (ii) the date of his death (the " Delay Period "). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein. Whenever payments under this Agreement are to be made in installments, each such installment shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Any payment to be made after receipt of an executed and irrevocable release within any specified period, in which such period begins in one taxable year of Executive and ends in a second taxable year of Executive, will be made in the second taxable year. In no case will compliance with this Section by the Company constitute a breach of the Company's obligations under this Agreement.
With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit arrangements of the Company and its subsidiaries provided for herein that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
Section 12.10.    Excess Parachute Payments . (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the amount of payments or other benefits payable to the Executive under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the acceleration of any payment or the accelerated vesting of any payment or other benefit), together with any payments, awards or benefits payable under any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement maintained by the Company or one of its Affiliates, would constitute an "excess parachute payment" (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the payments under Section 5.02 of this Agreement shall be reduced (by the minimum possible amounts) until no amount payable to the Executive under this Agreement constitutes an "excess parachute payment" (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code); provided , however , that no such reduction shall be made if the net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to

- 17 -


which the Executive would otherwise be entitled without such reduction would be greater than the net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to the Executive resulting from the receipt of such payments with such reduction.
(b) All determinations required to be made under this Section 12.10, including whether a payment would result in an "excess parachute payment" and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by an accounting firm designated by the Company (the " Accounting Firm " ) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive as requested by the Company or the Executive. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company and shall be paid by the Company. Absent manifest error, all determinations made by the Accounting Firm under this Section 12.10 shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Executive.
Section 12.11.    No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement will not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Company, the Executive and their respective heirs, executors, successors and assigns.
Section 12.12.    Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related in any way to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall serve as a written statement of employment for purposes of Section 6 of the Bermuda Employment Act 2000.
Section 12.13.    Construction . The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party. Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign statute or law will be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The use of the word " including " in this Agreement means including without limitation and is intended by the parties to be by way of example rather than limitation.
Section 12.14.    Survival . Sections 3.04, 4.04(i), 5.02, 5.03, 5.04, 6.01, 7.01, 8.01 and Articles 9, 10, 11 and 12 will survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding any termination of the Employment Period.
Section 12.15.    Governing Law . ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAW OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.
Section 12.16.    Jurisdiction . The parties agree to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts situated in New York County, New York, for the resolution of any dispute arising under this Agreement or under ;
Section 12.17.    No Activity Within the United States . The Executive will comply with the operating guidelines set forth in Exhibit A .

- 18 -


[ Signature page follows ]


- 19 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Walter Harris
 
Name: Walter Harris
 
Title: Chairman of the Board
 
 
By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
 
Name: John Rathgeber

- 20 -
Exhibit 10.29
EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (" Agreement "), dated as of December 18, 2018, between Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the " Company "), and Jonathan D. Levy (the " Executive " and together with Company, the " Parties ").
The parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01.    Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:
" Accounting Firm " has the meaning set forth in Section 12.10(b).
" Affiliate " means any Person, in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, (i) in the case of a corporation, securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power or value of all the then outstanding securities of such corporation, or (ii) in the case of a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity, 50% or more of the partnership or other similar ownership interest of such business entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Article 9, the term "Affiliate" shall not include any noninsurance business of an acquirer of the Company or of any Affiliate of such acquirer.
" Annual Bonus " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
" Annual RSU Award " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Base Salary " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.
" Board " has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.
" Cause " means (a) theft or embezzlement by the Executive with respect to the Company or its Affiliates; (b) willful disregard or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive's duties; (c) the Executive's conviction of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (d) willful or prolonged absence from work by the Executive (other than by reason of Permanent Disability due to physical or mental illness) or failure, neglect or refusal by the Executive to perform his duties and responsibilities; (e) continued and habitual use of alcohol by the Executive to an extent which materially impairs the Executive's performance of his duties; (f) the Executive's use of illegal drugs; (g) the Executive's failure to use his best efforts to obtain, maintain or renew the work permit described in Section 3.02 below; or (h) the material breach by the Executive of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement. Cause shall not exist with respect to items (b), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) (other than, in the case of item (h), a breach of Section 11.01) unless and until Executive has been given written notice specifying in detail the circumstances giving rise to the alleged Cause, and the Executive shall have failed, within thirty (30) days after such notice, to remedy (or, if such alleged cause cannot be remedied within thirty (30) days, diligently commenced to remedy) the alleged Cause.


- 1 -


" Change in Control " means:
(a) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 33 1/3% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (i) the then outstanding shares of Common Shares, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Shares; or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate; or (B) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate;
(b) during any period of twelve (12) months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, that any Person becoming a director subsequent to the date of this Agreement, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
(c) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Affiliates to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; or
(d) there is consummated a merger or amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary with any other corporation or other entity, other than (i) a merger or amalgamation or consolidation which results in (A) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or amalgamation or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), 66 2/3% or more of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or amalgamation or consolidation or (ii) a merger or amalgamation or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 33 1/3% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.
" Code " has the meaning set forth in Section 12.09.


- 2 -


" Common Shares " means the Common Shares of the Company, with an initial par value of $0.01 per share, and includes a fraction of a Common Share.
" Confidential Information " means information that is not generally known to the public and that was or is used, developed or obtained by the Company or its Affiliates in connection with their business. It shall not include information (a) required to be disclosed by court, stock exchange requirement, administrative order or similar official request, or called for in a subpoena or discovery request regular on its face, (b) lawfully obtainable from other sources or which is in the public domain through no fault of the Executive; or (c) the disclosure of which is consented to in writing by the Company.
" Date of Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06.
" Disability Period " has the meaning set forth in the definition of "Permanent Disability."
" Employment Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
" Good Reason " means, without the Executive's written consent and subject to the timely notice requirement and the Company's opportunity to cure set forth in Section 5.05 below, (a) the assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with the Executive's then status as an executive officer of the Company or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature of the Executive's responsibilities; (b) a material reduction by the Company in the Executive's Base Salary, Target Bonus or Annual RSU Award; (c) the relocation of the Executive's principal place of employment outside of Bermuda; or (d) any material breach by the Company of the provisions contained in this Agreement.
" Intellectual Property " has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.
" IPO " means the initial registered public offering of the Common Shares in the United States or a listing of the Common Shares on a United States national securities exchange.
" IPO Grant " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a).
" Justified Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03.
" Noncompetition Notice " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(a).
" Notice of Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.05.
" Performance-Based RSUs " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Permanent Disability " means those circumstances where the Executive is unable to continue to perform the usual customary duties of his assigned job in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement for a period of six (6) months in any twelve (12) month period (the " Disability Period ") because of physical, mental or emotional incapacity resulting from injury, sickness or disease. Until the termination of the Employment Period by reason of the Executive's Permanent Disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive $15,000 per month, reduced by any amounts he receives under any disability plan maintained by the Company at such time. The


- 3 -


Company shall notify the Executive in writing of any finding of Permanent Disability on its part at the end of the Disability Period. If the Company and the Executive are unable to agree whether he is so disabled, the question shall be decided by a physician designated by the Executive and approved by the Company. The determination of the panel shall be final and binding upon the parties with the costs of the physician to be paid by the Company.
" Person " means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, an estate, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
" Proceeding " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.
" Reimbursable Expenses " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05.
" Renewal Date " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
" Restricted Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
" Retirement Age " means the later of (i) the Executive's 55 th birthday or (ii) the date on which the Executive has completed five (5) continuous years of service with the Company or any of its Affiliates. For purposes of this definition, the Executive is credited with one year of service after completion of each full 12-month period of employment with the Company or its Affiliates (including for this purpose only, Arch Capital Group Ltd or its Affiliates) as determined by the Company.
"Severance Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.
" Stock Incentive Plan " means the Watford Holdings Ltd. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan.
" Target Bonus " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
" Time-Based RSUs " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Unjustified Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.
ARTICLE 2
EMPLOYMENT
Section 2.01.    Employment . The Company shall continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive shall accept such continued employment with the Company, for the period beginning on January 1, 2018 (the " Renewal Date ") and ending as provided in Section 5.01 (such period, the " Employment Period ").
ARTICLE 3
POSITION AND DUTIES
Section 3.01.    Position and Duties . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as President and Chief Risk Officer of the Company and shall have such responsibilities,


- 4 -


powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors of the Company (the " Board "); provided that such responsibilities, powers and duties are substantially consistent with those customarily assigned to individuals serving in such positions at comparable companies or as may be reasonably required by the conduct of the business of the Company. During the Employment Period the Executive shall devote substantially all of his working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. The Executive shall not directly or indirectly render any services of a business, commercial or professional nature to any other person or for-profit organization not related to the business of the Company or its Affiliates, whether for compensation or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company.
Section 3.02.    Work Permits . The Executive shall use his reasonable best efforts to obtain, maintain and renew a suitable (for the purposes of the Executive's contemplated employment by the Company) work permit by the Bermuda government authorities and any other permits required by any Bermuda government authority. The Company shall be responsible for permit fees, and all other expenses, including legal expenses, in connection with obtaining and maintaining such work permit.
Section 3.03.    Work Location . While employed by the Company hereunder, the Executive shall perform his duties (when not traveling or engaged elsewhere in the performance of his duties) at the offices of the Company in Bermuda. The Executive shall travel to such places on the business of the Company in such manner and on such occasions as the Company may from time to time reasonably require.
Section 3.04.    Relocation . Upon the termination of Executive's employment for any reason, the Company shall reimburse the Executive up to a maximum of $25,000 for reasonable expenses incurred by him for the cost of relocating all of his household items to the United States and airfare for the Executive and his family to return to the United States, in each case, subject to the Company's requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses; provided , however , that any such expenses must be incurred by the Executive not later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive's "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company occurs, and any such reimbursement shall be made promptly upon presentation by the Executive to the Company of the required documentation and, in all events, no later than the last day of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive's "separation from service" with the Company occurs.
ARTICLE 4
BASE SALARY AND BENEFITS
Section 4.01.    Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Executive's base salary will be $425,000 per annum (the " Base Salary "). The Base Salary will be payable monthly on the 15th day of each month, two weeks in arrears and two weeks in advance. Annually during the Employment Period, the Company shall review with the Executive his job performance and compensation. The amount of the Executive's Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board but shall not be reduced without the written consent of the Executive. Normal hours of employment are 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday to Friday. The Executive's salary has been


- 5 -


computed to reflect that his regular duties are likely, from time to time, to require more than the normal hours per week and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any additional remuneration for work outside normal hours.
Section 4.02.    Bonus .
(a) Annual Bonus . In addition to the Base Salary, during the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the " Annual Bonus ") based on a target annual bonus (the " Target Bonus ," which term shall include any subsequent adjustments thereto) of an amount equal to 62.5% of the Base Salary. Such Annual Bonus shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's annual bonus plan.
(b) IPO Cash Bonus . Upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Company shall consider, in its sole discretion, payment to the Executive of a one-time cash bonus.
Section 4.03.    Equity Compensation .
(a) IPO Equity Grant . Upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Company shall award the Executive Company restricted stock units with a value equal to $900,000 (the " IPO Grant "). The number of Company restricted stock units equating to the dollar value of the IPO Grant shall be determined based on the average closing price of the Common Shares for the twenty (20) trading days immediately following the inception of public trading of the Common Shares. The IPO Grant shall become vested in three equal annual installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date such award is granted. The terms and conditions of such IPO Grant shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement entered into between the Company and the Executive and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan.
(b) Annual Equity Grants . Each calendar year during the Employment Period commencing on or after January 1, 2020, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a grant of Company restricted stock units (the " Annual RSU Award ").  The Common Shares subject to each Annual RSU Award shall have a target value on the date of grant equal to one-third of the fair market value of the IPO Grant based on the closing price of the Company's stock on its last trading day before the grant date. The actual value of each Annual RSU Award on the date of grant shall be based on an evaluation of the Executive's individual performance by the Company's Compensation Committee. One-half of each Annual RSU Award (the " Time-Based RSUs ") shall vest ratably on an annual basis on the first three anniversaries of the grant date of such Annual RSU Award.  One-half of each Annual RSU Award (the " Performance-Based RSUs ") shall vest on the third anniversary of the grant date of such Annual RSU Award based on the achievement of certain Company performance goals. The terms and conditions of an Annual RSU Award shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement entered into between the Company and the Executive and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan.
Section 4.04.    Benefits . In addition to the Base Salary, and any bonuses payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits during the Employment Period:


- 6 -


(a) such major medical, life insurance and disability insurance coverage as is, or may during the Employment Period, be provided generally for other senior executive officers of the Company as set forth from time to time in the applicable plan documents;
(b) in addition to the usual public holidays and ten (10) paid days off for sick leave, a maximum of four (4) weeks of paid vacation annually during the term of the Employment Period (Section 11 of the Bermuda Employment Act 2000 shall otherwise not apply to the Executive's employment hereunder);
(c) benefits under any plan or arrangement available generally for the senior executive officers of the Company, subject to and consistent with the terms and conditions and overall administration of such plans as set forth from time to time in the applicable plan documents;
(d) for each calendar year during which the Executive is employed by the Company for any part thereof, payment by the Company of the reasonable cost of preparation of annual tax returns and associated tax planning on a basis no less favorable than such arrangements provided to similarly situated senior executives residing in Bermuda, and the cost paid by the Company under this Section 4.04(d) for each such calendar year shall be paid by the Company promptly upon presentation by the Executive to the Company of the required documentation and, in all events, not later than the end of the following calendar year;
(e) a housing allowance for housing in Bermuda of up to $11,000 per month, less all applicable withholdings, payable monthly on the 15 th day of each month, two weeks in arrears and two weeks in advance;
(f) payment by the Company annually of the cost of four (4) roundtrip flights between Bermuda and the United States for the Executive and the Executive's immediate family members;
(g) the Company shall continue to pay the employee portion of applicable payroll and social security taxes imposed by the government of Bermuda;
(h) for any period during which the Executive is not a resident of the United States, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for any taxes imposed on the Executive by any State in the United States by reason of the Executive's performance of services for the Company; and
(i) the Company shall reimburse the Executive for any income taxes incurred by the Executive as a result of any payment from or benefit provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.04 (including taxes imposed on the reimbursement payment itself). Any such reimbursement payments shall be made no later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.
Section 4.05.    Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties under this Agreement which are consistent with the Company's policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses ( " Reimbursable Expenses "), subject to the Company's requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of expenses. Any such reimbursement


- 7 -


payments shall be made promptly, but in no event later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.
Section 4.06.    Indemnification; D&O Insurance . The Company agrees that if the Executive is made a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (each, a " Proceeding "), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, the Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by applicable law and the company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, against all cost, expense, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by the Executive in connection therewith, including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and disbursements and judgments, and the Company shall advance expenses in connection therewith, to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by applicable law and the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws. The Company shall cover the Executive as an insured under any contract of directors and officers liability insurance that is in effect from time to time covering officers and members of the Board. The provisions of this Section 4.06 shall survive any expiration or termination of the Employment Period and continue in effect for so long as the Executive is subject to liability for any of the Executive's acts and omissions to act occurring during his employment or other service as an officer of any entity or member of any board performed at the request of the Company.
ARTICLE 5
TERM AND TERMINATION
Section 5.01.    Term . The Employment Period will terminate on the third anniversary of the Renewal Date; provided that (a) the Employment Period shall terminate prior to such date upon the Executive's death or Permanent Disability, and (b) the Employment Period may be terminated by the Company or by the Executive for any reason upon ninety (90) days prior written notice. In addition, this Agreement will be automatically extended on the same terms and conditions for successive one-year periods following the original Employment Period unless either the Company or the Executive, at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period or any extended term, shall give written notice of its or his intention not to renew this Agreement.
Section 5.02.    Unjustified Termination . Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.09, if the Employment Period shall be terminated (i) at the end of the original or any extended Employment Period due to the Company giving written notice of non-extension pursuant to Section 5.01 above or (ii) prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period (or the Employment Period as extended pursuant to Section 5.01) by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Company not for Cause (such terminations under clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 5.02 are collectively referred to as " Unjustified Terminations "), then:
(a) the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary then in effect for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination;


- 8 -


(b) the Company shall make a lump-sum payment to the Executive of his Target Bonus then in effect;
(c) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of the IPO Grant shall continue to vest in equal monthly installments in an amount each month on the monthly anniversary of the grant date of the IPO Grant equal to the product of (i) the number of unvested Company restricted stock units under the IPO Grant on the Date of Termination, multiplied by (ii) a fraction which has a numerator of one (1) and a denominator equal to the number of months remaining (measured from the Date of Termination) until the third anniversary of the grant date of the IPO Grant;
(d) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of any Time-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall continue to vest in equal monthly installments in an amount each month on the monthly anniversary of the grant date of the such Time-Based RSUs equal to the product of (i) the number of unvested Company restricted stock units under such Time-Based RSUs on the Date of Termination, multiplied by (ii) a fraction which has a numerator of one (1) and a denominator equal to the number of months remaining (measured from the Date of Termination) until the third anniversary of the grant date of such Time-Based RSUs; and
(e) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of any Performance-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall continue to remain outstanding and be eligible to vest if the performance period with respect to such Performance-Based RSUs ends during such twelve (12) month period;
provided , however , that the Executive shall be entitled to such payments and benefits following Unjustified Terminations only if the Executive has not breached and does not breach in any material respect the provisions of Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 and the Executive has entered into a general release of claims reasonably satisfactory to the Company on or before the date that is fifty (50) days following the Date of Termination and does not revoke such release prior to the end of any revocation period. The period during which payments are made following an Unjustified Termination pursuant to Section 5.02(a), shall be referred to as " Severance Period. " Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.02(a) shall be paid as follows: (A) the first two (2) months of the Base Salary shall be paid on the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination and (B) the remainder of the Base Salary payments shall be paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.02(b) shall be paid on the 60 th day following the Date of Termination. In addition, promptly following an Unjustified Termination, the Executive shall also be reimbursed for all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Unjustified Termination. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in order for the Executive to terminate the Employment Period for Good Reason, such termination of employment must occur no later than sixty (60) days after the date the Executive gives written notice in accordance with Section 5.05 below to the Company of the occurrence of the event or condition that constitutes Good Reason. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 5.02 and the last sentence of Section 5.04, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated his employment on the date of his "separation from service" (within


- 9 -


the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, the Employment Period will be deemed to have ended on the date of his "separation from service" with the Company, and the Date of Termination will be deemed to be the date of his "separation from service" with the Company. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination.
Section 5.03.    Justified Termination . If the Employment Period shall be terminated (a) prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period (or the Employment Period as extended pursuant to Section 5.01): (i) by the Company for Cause, (ii) as a result of the Executive's resignation or leaving of his employment, other than for Good Reason, or (iii) as a result of the death or Permanent Disability of the Executive, or (b) at the end of the Employment Period as a result of the Executive's provision of written notice not to extend the Employment Period under Section 5.01 (such terminations under clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.03 are collectively referred to as " Justified Terminations "), the Executive shall be entitled to receive solely (except as provided in Section 5.04 below) his Base Salary earned through the date of termination of employment, reimbursement of all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Justified Termination and, if the Justified Termination is pursuant to clause (a)(iii) above, a prorated portion of the Executive's Target Bonus then in effect based on the number of days elapsed through the Date of Termination in the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive reaches Retirement Age, the unvested portion of the IPO Grant and each Annual RSU Award shall thereupon vest and be settled upon the regularly scheduled vesting dates.
Section 5.04.    Benefits . Except as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law, or as set forth in Section 9.01 following delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, all of the Executive's rights to fringe and other benefits under this Agreement or otherwise, if any, accruing after the termination of the Employment Period as a result of a Justified Termination will cease upon such Justified Termination. If the Employment Period is terminated as a result of an Unjustified Termination, then (a) during the Severance Period the Executive shall continue to receive his major medical insurance coverage under the Company's plans in effect on the Date of Termination and (b) the Company shall continue to provide the housing allowance set forth in Section 4.04(e) for the lesser of the Severance Period and the period during which the Executive remains a resident of Bermuda.
Section 5.05.    Notice of Termination and Opportunity to Cure . Any termination by the Company for Permanent Disability or Cause or without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a " Notice of Termination " shall mean a notice which shall indicate the date the termination is to take effect (consistent with the terms of this Agreement), the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and, for a termination for Permanent Disability or for Cause or for a resignation for Good Reason, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision indicated. It shall be a condition precedent to the Executive's right to terminate employment for Good Reason that (i) the Executive shall first have given the Company written


- 10 -


notice that an event or condition constituting Good Reason has occurred within ninety (90) days after such occurrence, and any failure to give such written notice within such period will result in a waiver by the Executive of his right to terminate for Good Reason as a result of such event or condition, and (ii) a period of thirty (30) days from and after the giving of such written notice shall have elapsed without the Company having effectively cured or remedied such occurrence during such 30-day period, unless such occurrence cannot be cured or remedied within thirty (30) days, in which case the period for remedy or cure shall be extended for a reasonable time (not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days); provided that, the Company has made and continues to make a diligent effort to effect such remedy or cure.
Section 5.06.    Date of Termination . " Date of Termination " shall mean (a) if the Employment Period is terminated as a result of a Permanent Disability, five (5) days after a Notice of Termination is given, (b) if the Employment Period is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination consistent with the terms hereof, (c) if the Employment Period terminates due to expiration of the term of this Agreement, the date the term expires, and (d) if the Employment Period is terminated for any other reason (including for Cause), the date designated by the Company in the Notice of Termination, which date shall be a date on or following the date of such Notice of Termination.
Section 5.07.    Change in Control . In the event the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason (in accordance with requirements of Section 5.02 above) at any time following a Change in Control, then:
(a) the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary then in effect for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination;
(b) the Company shall make a lump-sum payment to the Executive equal to two (2) times his Target Bonus then in effect;
(c) for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination the Executive shall continue to receive his major medical insurance coverage under the Company's plans in effect on the Date of Termination and the Company shall continue to provide the housing allowance set forth in Section 4.04(e) for the lesser of twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination and the period during which the Executive remains a resident of Bermuda;
(d) the unvested portion of the IPO Grant shall thereupon vest;
(e) the unvested portion of any Time-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall thereupon vest; and
(f) the unvested portion of any Performance-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall thereupon vest as if performance goals with respect such Performance-Based RSUs had been achieved at target level;
provided , however , that the Executive shall be entitled to such payments and benefits following such terminations only if the Executive has not breached and does not breach in any material respect the provisions of Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 and the Executive has entered into a general release of claims reasonably satisfactory to the Company on or before the date that is


- 11 -


fifty (50) days following the Date of Termination and does not revoke such release prior to the end of any revocation period. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.07(a) shall be paid as follows: (A) the first two (2) months of the Base Salary shall be paid on the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination and (B) the remainder of the Base Salary payments shall be paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.07(b) shall be paid on the 60 th day following the Date of Termination. In addition, promptly following a termination under this Section 5.07, the Executive shall also be reimbursed for all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such termination. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 5.07 and the last sentence of Section 5.04, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated his employment on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, the Employment Period will be deemed to have ended on the date of his "separation from service" with the Company, and the Date of Termination will be deemed to be the date of his "separation from service" with the Company. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, upon a termination under this Section 5.07, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination.
(g) If this Section 5.07 is applicable, Section 5.02 shall not apply.
ARTICLE 6
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
Section 6.01.    Nondisclosure and Non-use of Confidential Information . The Executive will not disclose or use at any time during or after the Employment Period any Confidential Information of which the Executive is or becomes aware, whether or not such Confidential Information is developed by him, except to the extent that such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by the Executive's performance of duties assigned to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement. Under all circumstances and at all times, the Executive will take all appropriate steps to safeguard Confidential Information in his possession and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft.
ARTICLE 7
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Section 7.01.    Ownership of Intellectual Property . In the event that the Executive as part of his activities on behalf of the Company generates, authors or contributes to any invention, design, new development, device, product, method of process (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice or comprising Confidential Information), any copyrightable work (whether or not comprising Confidential Information) or any other form of Confidential Information relating directly or indirectly to the business of the Company as now or hereinafter conducted (collectively, " Intellectual Property "), the Executive acknowledges that such Intellectual Property is the sole and exclusive property of the Company and hereby assigns all right title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property to the Company. Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or in part by the Executive during the Employment Period will be deemed "a work made for hire" under Section 201(b) of the United States Copyright Act of 1976, as amended, and the Company will own all of


- 12 -


the rights comprised in the copyright therein. The Executive will promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property and will cooperate with the Company to protect the Company's interests in and rights to such Intellectual Property (including providing reasonable assistance in securing patent protection and copyright registrations and executing all documents as reasonably requested by the Company, whether such requests occur prior to or after termination of Executive's employment hereunder).
ARTICLE 8
DELIVERY OF MATERIALS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
Section 8.01.    Delivery of Materials upon Termination of Employment . As requested by the Company, from time to time and upon the termination of the Executive's employment with (or services for) the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all property of the Company in the Executive's possession or within his control, including, without limitation, all copies and embodiments, in whatever form or medium, of all Confidential Information or Intellectual Property (including written records, notes, photographs, manuals, notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials containing any Confidential Information or Intellectual Property), irrespective of the location or form of such property and, if requested by the Company, will provide the Company with written confirmation that all such property has been delivered to the Company and/or deleted from computers, as applicable.
ARTICLE 9
NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION
Section 9.01.    Noncompetition .
(a) The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company, he has, and will continue to, become familiar with trade secrets and other Confidential Information concerning the Company and its Affiliates and their respective predecessors, and that his services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. In addition, the Executive hereby agrees that at any time (i) during the Employment Period, and (ii) (x) following a Justified Termination and delivery of the Noncompetition Notice by the Company to the Executive, for a period ending twelve (12) months after the termination of the Executive's employment and (y) following an Unjustified Termination, for a period ending twelve (12) months after the termination of the Executive's employment (the time described in clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the " Restricted Period "), he will not directly or indirectly own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for or in any manner engage in any business competing with the business of the Company or its Affiliates as such businesses exist or are in process as of the date of termination, within any geographical area in which the Company or its Affiliates engage or plan to engage in such businesses. It shall not be considered a violation of this Section 9.01 for the Executive to be a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as the Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation. The terms of Section 9.01(a)(ii)(x) shall be of no force or effect unless the Company notifies the Executive in writing no later than ten (10) business days following a Justified Termination of its intention to enforce the provisions of Section 9.01(a)(ii)(x) (the " Noncompetition Notice ")


- 13 -


(b) Subject to Section 12.09, in the event the Company provides the Executive with the Noncompetition Notice, (i) the Company shall be required to continue to pay the Executive the Base Salary for the Restricted Period, paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, (ii) the Company shall be required to pay in a lump sum the Executive's Target Bonus then in effect on the first pay date following the delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, (iii) the Executive shall continue to receive major medical insurance coverage benefits from the Company's plans in effect at the time of such termination of employment for the Restricted Period, and (iv) the Company shall continue to provide the housing allowance set forth in Section 4.04(e) for the lesser of the Restricted Period and the period during which the Executive remains a resident of Bermuda.
Section 9.02.    Nonsolicitation . The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company, he has, and will continue to, become familiar with trade secrets and other Confidential Information concerning the Company, its Affiliates and their respective predecessors, and that his services are and will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. The Executive hereby agrees that during the Restricted Period, (a) the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or its Affiliates to leave the employ of the Company or its Affiliates, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or its Affiliates and any employee thereof or otherwise employ or receive the services of any individual who was an employee of the Company or its Affiliates at the Date of Termination or within the six-month period prior thereto, and (b) the Executive will not induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, client, insured, reinsured, reinsurer, broker, licensee or other business relation of the Company or its Affiliates to cease doing business with the Company or its Affiliates.
Section 9.03.    Enforcement . If, at the enforcement of Sections 9.01 or 9.02, a court holds that the duration or scope stated therein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration and scope reasonable under such circumstances will be substituted for the stated duration or scope and that the court will be permitted to revise the restrictions contained in this Article 9 to cover the maximum duration and scope permitted by law.
ARTICLE 10
EQUITABLE RELIEF
Section 10.01.    Equitable Relief . The Executive acknowledges that (a) the covenants contained herein are reasonable, (b) the Executive's services are unique, and (c) a breach or threatened breach by him of any of his covenants and agreements with the Company contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 could cause irreparable harm to the Company for which it might have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, and in addition to any remedies which the Company may have at law, in the event of an actual or threatened breach by the Executive of his covenants and agreements contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02, the Company shall have the absolute right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for such injunctive or other equitable relief as such court may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.


- 14 -


ARTICLE 11
EXECUTIVE REPRESENTATIONS
Section 11.01.    Executive Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Executive does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (b) the Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other Person that affects his right or ability to perform the duties contemplated by this Agreement, and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement will be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
Section 11.02.    Company Representations . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Executive that (a) all acts required to be taken to authorize, deliver and perform this Agreement and the obligations of the Company provided for hereunder have been duly taken; and (b) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement will be a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01.    Remedies . The Parties will have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, all rights and remedies which the Parties have been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights which the Parties have under any law. The Parties will be entitled to enforce such rights specifically, without posting a bond or other security, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. There are currently no disciplinary or grievance procedures in place, there is no collective agreement in place, and there is no probationary period.
Section 12.02.    Consent to Amendments . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by a written agreement executed and delivered by the Company and the Executive. No other course of dealing between the parties to this Agreement or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder will operate as a waiver of any rights of any such parties.
Section 12.03.    Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto will bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not, provided that the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Company. The Company, or any entity which controls the Company, shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company by written agreement expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had occurred. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor to all or substantially all of its business or assets which becomes bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.


- 15 -


Section 12.04.    Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.
Section 12.05.    Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all of which counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.
Section 12.06.    Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
Section 12.07.    Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand, by electronic transmission (with a copy following by hand or by overnight courier), by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Communications delivered personally by hand shall be deemed received on the date when delivered personally to the recipient; communications sent by electronic means shall be deemed received one (1) business day after the sending thereof; communications sent by registered or certified mail shall be deemed received four (4) business days after the sending thereof; and communications delivered by overnight courier shall be deemed received one (1) business day after the date when sent to the recipient. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Executive and to the Company at the addresses set forth below.
If to the Executive:
To the last address delivered to the Company by the Executive in the manner set forth herein.
If to the Company:
Watford Holdings Ltd.
Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda
Attention: Secretary
Tel:
Fax:
Email:
or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.
Section 12.08.    Withholding . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
Section 12.09.    409A and 457A . It is intended that this Agreement will comply with Sections 409A and 457A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the " Code ") (and any regulations and guidelines issued thereunder), to the extent the Agreement is subject thereto, and the Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent. If an amendment of


- 16 -


the Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to amend the Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible. No action or failure to act, pursuant to this Section 12.09 shall subject the Company to any claim, liability, or expense, and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Executive is deemed on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) to be a "specified employee" within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, then with regard to any payment that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (after taking into account the applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)), the portion, if any, of such payment so required to be delayed shall not be made prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of his "separation from service" or (ii) the date of his death (the " Delay Period "). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein. Whenever payments under this Agreement are to be made in installments, each such installment shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Any payment to be made after receipt of an executed and irrevocable release within any specified period, in which such period begins in one taxable year of Executive and ends in a second taxable year of Executive, will be made in the second taxable year. In no case will compliance with this Section by the Company constitute a breach of the Company's obligations under this Agreement.
With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit arrangements of the Company and its subsidiaries provided for herein that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
Section 12.10.    Excess Parachute Payments . (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the amount of payments or other benefits payable to the Executive under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the acceleration of any payment or the accelerated vesting of any payment or other benefit), together with any payments, awards or benefits payable under any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement maintained by the Company or one of its Affiliates, would constitute an "excess parachute payment" (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the payments under Section 5.02 of this Agreement shall be reduced (by the minimum possible amounts) until no amount payable to the Executive under


- 17 -


this Agreement constitutes an "excess parachute payment" (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code); provided , however , that no such reduction shall be made if the net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to which the Executive would otherwise be entitled without such reduction would be greater than the net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to the Executive resulting from the receipt of such payments with such reduction.
(b) All determinations required to be made under this Section 12.10, including whether a payment would result in an "excess parachute payment" and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by an accounting firm designated by the Company (the " Accounting Firm " ) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive as requested by the Company or the Executive. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company and shall be paid by the Company. Absent manifest error, all determinations made by the Accounting Firm under this Section 12.10 shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Executive.
Section 12.11.    No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement will not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Company, the Executive and their respective heirs, executors, successors and assigns.
Section 12.12.    Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related in any way to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall serve as a written statement of employment for purposes of Section 6 of the Bermuda Employment Act 2000.
Section 12.13.    Construction . The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party. Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign statute or law will be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The use of the word " including " in this Agreement means including without limitation and is intended by the parties to be by way of example rather than limitation.
Section 12.14.    Survival . Sections 3.04, 4.04(i), 5.02, 5.03, 5.04, 6.01, 7.01, 8.01 and Articles 9, 10, 11 and 12 will survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding any termination of the Employment Period.
Section 12.15.    Governing Law . ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAW OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.
Section 12.16.    Jurisdiction . The parties agree to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts situated in New York County, New York, for the resolution of any dispute arising under this Agreement or under any share-based award agreements between the Company and the Executive.


- 18 -


Section 12.17.    No Activity Within the United States . The Executive will comply with the operating guidelines set forth in Exhibit A .

[ Signature page follows ]


- 19 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
 
Name: John Rathgeber
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
/s/ Jonathan D. Levy
Jonathan D. Levy


- 20 -
Exhibit 10.30
EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (" Agreement "), dated as of November 30, 2018, between Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the " Company "), and Robert Hawley (the " Executive " and together with Company, the " Parties ").
The parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01.    Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:
" Accounting Firm " has the meaning set forth in Section 12.10(b).
" Affiliate " means any Person, in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, (i) in the case of a corporation, securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power or value of all the then outstanding securities of such corporation, or (ii) in the case of a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity, 50% or more of the partnership or other similar ownership interest of such business entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Article 9, the term "Affiliate" shall not include any noninsurance business of an acquirer of the Company or of any Affiliate of such acquirer.
" Annual Bonus " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
" Annual RSU Award " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Base Salary " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.
" Board " has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.
" Cause " means (a) theft or embezzlement by the Executive with respect to the Company or its Affiliates; (b) willful disregard or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive's duties; (c) the Executive's conviction of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (d) willful or prolonged absence from work by the Executive (other than by reason of Permanent Disability due to physical or mental illness) or failure, neglect or refusal by the Executive to perform his duties and responsibilities; (e) continued and habitual use of alcohol by the Executive to an extent which materially impairs the Executive's performance of his duties; (f) the Executive's use of illegal drugs; (g) the Executive's failure to use his best efforts to obtain, maintain or renew the work permit described in Section 3.02 below; or (h) the material breach by the Executive of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement. Cause shall not exist with respect to items (b), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) (other than, in the case of item (h), a breach of Section 11.01) unless and until Executive has been given written notice specifying in detail the circumstances giving rise to the alleged Cause, and the Executive shall have failed, within thirty (30) days after such notice, to remedy (or, if such alleged cause cannot be remedied within thirty (30) days, diligently commenced to remedy) the alleged Cause.

- 1 -


" Change in Control " means:
(a) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 33 1/3% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (i) the then outstanding shares of Common Shares, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Shares; or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate; or (B) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate;
(b) during any period of twelve (12) months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, that any Person becoming a director subsequent to the date of this Agreement, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
(c) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Affiliates to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; or
(d) there is consummated a merger or amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary with any other corporation or other entity, other than (i) a merger or amalgamation or consolidation which results in (A) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or amalgamation or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), 66 2/3% or more of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or amalgamation or consolidation or (ii) a merger or amalgamation or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 33 1/3% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.
" Code " has the meaning set forth in Section 12.09.

- 2 -


" Common Shares " means the Common Shares of the Company, with an initial par value of $0.01 per share, and includes a fraction of a Common Share.
" Confidential Information " means information that is not generally known to the public and that was or is used, developed or obtained by the Company or its Affiliates in connection with their business. It shall not include information (a) required to be disclosed by court, stock exchange requirement, administrative order or similar official request, or called for in a subpoena or discovery request regular on its face, (b) lawfully obtainable from other sources or which is in the public domain through no fault of the Executive; or (c) the disclosure of which is consented to in writing by the Company.
" Date of Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06.
" Disability Period " has the meaning set forth in the definition of "Permanent Disability."
" Employment Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
" Good Reason " means, without the Executive's written consent and subject to the timely notice requirement and the Company's opportunity to cure set forth in Section 5.05 below, (a) the assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with the Executive's then status as an executive officer of the Company or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature of the Executive's responsibilities; (b) a material reduction by the Company in the Executive's Base Salary, Target Bonus or Annual RSU Award; (c) the relocation of the Executive's principal place of employment outside of Bermuda; or (d) any material breach by the Company of the provisions contained in this Agreement.
" Intellectual Property " has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.
" IPO " means the initial registered public offering of the Common Shares in the United States or a listing of the Common Shares on a United States national securities exchange.
" IPO Grant " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a).
" Justified Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03.
" Noncompetition Notice " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(a).
" Notice of Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.05.
" Performance-Based RSUs " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Permanent Disability " means those circumstances where the Executive is unable to continue to perform the usual customary duties of his assigned job in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement for a period of six (6) months in any twelve (12) month period (the " Disability Period ") because of physical, mental or emotional incapacity resulting from injury, sickness or disease. Until the termination of the Employment Period by reason of the Executive's Permanent Disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive $15,000 per month, reduced by any amounts he receives under any disability plan maintained by the Company at such time. The

- 3 -


Company shall notify the Executive in writing of any finding of Permanent Disability on its part at the end of the Disability Period. If the Company and the Executive are unable to agree whether he is so disabled, the question shall be decided by a physician designated by the Executive and approved by the Company. The determination of the panel shall be final and binding upon the parties with the costs of the physician to be paid by the Company.
" Person " means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, an estate, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
" Proceeding " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.
" Reimbursable Expenses " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05.
" Renewal Date " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
" Restricted Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
" Retirement Age " means the later of (i) the Executive's 55 th birthday or (ii) the date on which the Executive has completed five (5) continuous years of service with the Company or any of its Affiliates. For purposes of this definition, the Executive is credited with one year of service after completion of each full 12-month period of employment with the Company or its Affiliates (including for this purpose only, Arch Capital Group Ltd or its Affiliates) as determined by the Company.
"Severance Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.
" Stock Incentive Plan " means the Watford Holdings Ltd. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan.
" Target Bonus " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
" Time-Based RSUs " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Unjustified Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.
ARTICLE 2
EMPLOYMENT
Section 2.01.    Employment . The Company shall continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive shall accept such continued employment with the Company, for the period beginning on January 1, 2018 (the " Renewal Date ") and ending as provided in Section 5.01 (such period, the " Employment Period ").
ARTICLE 3
POSITION AND DUTIES
Section 3.01.    Position and Duties . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company and shall have such responsibilities, powers and

- 4 -


duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors of the Company (the " Board "); provided that such responsibilities, powers and duties are substantially consistent with those customarily assigned to individuals serving in such positions at comparable companies or as may be reasonably required by the conduct of the business of the Company. During the Employment Period the Executive shall devote substantially all of his working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. The Executive shall not directly or indirectly render any services of a business, commercial or professional nature to any other person or for-profit organization not related to the business of the Company or its Affiliates, whether for compensation or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company.
Section 3.02.    Work Permits . The Executive shall use his reasonable best efforts to obtain, maintain and renew a suitable (for the purposes of the Executive's contemplated employment by the Company) work permit by the Bermuda government authorities and any other permits required by any Bermuda government authority. The Company shall be responsible for permit fees, and all other expenses, including legal expenses, in connection with obtaining and maintaining such work permit.
Section 3.03.    Work Location . While employed by the Company hereunder, the Executive shall perform his duties (when not traveling or engaged elsewhere in the performance of his duties) at the offices of the Company in Bermuda. The Executive shall travel to such places on the business of the Company in such manner and on such occasions as the Company may from time to time reasonably require.
Section 3.04.    Relocation . Upon the termination of Executive's employment for any reason, the Company shall reimburse the Executive up to a maximum of $25,000 for reasonable expenses incurred by him for the cost of relocating all of his household items to Canada and airfare for the Executive and his family to return to Canada, in each case, subject to the Company's requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses; provided , however , that any such expenses must be incurred by the Executive not later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive's "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company occurs, and any such reimbursement shall be made promptly upon presentation by the Executive to the Company of the required documentation and, in all events, no later than the last day of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive's "separation from service" with the Company occurs.
ARTICLE 4
BASE SALARY AND BENEFITS
Section 4.01.    Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Executive's base salary will be $285,000 per annum (the " Base Salary "). The Base Salary will be payable monthly on the 15th day of each month, two weeks in arrears and two weeks in advance. Annually during the Employment Period, the Company shall review with the Executive his job performance and compensation. The amount of the Executive's Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board but shall not be reduced without the written consent of the Executive. Normal hours of employment are 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday to Friday. The Executive's salary has been computed to reflect that his regular duties are likely, from time to time, to require more than the

- 5 -


normal hours per week and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any additional remuneration for work outside normal hours.
Section 4.02.    Bonus .
(a) Annual Bonus . In addition to the Base Salary, during the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the " Annual Bonus ") based on a target annual bonus (the " Target Bonus ," which term shall include any subsequent adjustments thereto) of an amount equal to 50% of the Base Salary. Such Annual Bonus shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's annual bonus plan.
(b) IPO Cash Bonus . Upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Company shall consider, in its sole discretion, payment to the Executive of a one-time cash bonus.
Section 4.03.    Equity Compensation .
(a) IPO Equity Grant . Upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Company shall award the Executive Company restricted stock units with a value equal to $525,000 (the " IPO Grant "). The number of Company restricted stock units equating to the dollar value of the IPO Grant shall be determined based on the average closing price of the Common Shares for the twenty (20) trading days immediately following the inception of public trading of the Common Shares. The IPO Grant shall become vested in three equal annual installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date such award is granted. The terms and conditions of such IPO Grant shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement entered into between the Company and the Executive and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan.
(b) Annual Equity Grants . Each calendar year during the Employment Period commencing on or after January 1, 2020, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a grant of Company restricted stock units (the " Annual RSU Award ").  The Common Shares subject to each Annual RSU Award shall have a target value on the date of grant equal to one-third of the fair market value of the IPO Grant based on the closing price of the Company's stock on its last trading day before the grant date.  The actual value of each Annual RSU Award on the date of grant shall be based on an evaluation of the Executive's individual performance by the Company's Compensation Committee. One-half of each Annual RSU Award (the " Time-Based RSUs ") shall vest ratably on an annual basis on the first three anniversaries of the grant date of such Annual RSU Award.  One-half of each Annual RSU Award (the " Performance-Based RSUs ") shall vest on the third anniversary of the grant date of such Annual RSU Award based on the achievement of certain Company performance goals. The terms and conditions of an Annual RSU Award shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement entered into between the Company and the Executive and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan.
Section 4.04.    Benefits . In addition to the Base Salary, and any bonuses payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits during the Employment Period:
(a) such major medical, life insurance and disability insurance coverage as is, or may during the Employment Period, be provided generally for other senior executive officers of the Company as set forth from time to time in the applicable plan documents;

- 6 -


(b) in addition to the usual public holidays and ten (10) paid days off for sick leave, a maximum of five (5) weeks of paid vacation annually during the term of the Employment Period (Section 11 of the Bermuda Employment Act 2000 shall otherwise not apply to the Executive's employment hereunder);
(c) benefits under any plan or arrangement available generally for the senior executive officers of the Company, subject to and consistent with the terms and conditions and overall administration of such plans as set forth from time to time in the applicable plan documents;
(d) for each calendar year during which the Executive is employed by the Company for any part thereof, payment by the Company of the reasonable cost of preparation of annual tax returns and associated tax planning on a basis no less favorable than such arrangements provided to similarly situated senior executives residing in Bermuda, and the cost paid by the Company under this Section 4.04(d) for each such calendar year shall be paid by the Company promptly upon presentation by the Executive to the Company of the required documentation and, in all events, not later than the end of the following calendar year;
(e) a housing allowance for housing in Bermuda of up to $7,500 per month, less all applicable withholdings, payable monthly on the 15 th day of each month, two weeks in arrears and two weeks in advance;
(f) payment by the Company annually of the cost of (i) two (2) roundtrip flights between Bermuda and the United Kingdom and (ii) two (2) roundtrip flights between Bermuda and Canada, in each case, for the Executive and the Executive's immediate family members;
(g) the Company shall continue to pay the employee portion of applicable payroll and social security taxes imposed by the government of Bermuda;
(h) the Company shall reimburse the Executive for any taxes imposed on the Executive by any State in the United States by reason of the Executive's performance of services for the Company; and
(i) the Company shall reimburse the Executive for any income taxes incurred by the Executive as a result of any payment from or benefit provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.04 (including taxes imposed on the reimbursement payment itself). Any such reimbursement payments shall be made no later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.
Section 4.05.    Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties under this Agreement which are consistent with the Company's policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses ( " Reimbursable Expenses "), subject to the Company's requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of expenses. Any such reimbursement payments shall be made promptly, but in noevent later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.
Section 4.06.    Indemnification; D&O Insurance . The Company agrees that if the Executive is made a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any pending or threatened action,

- 7 -


suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (each, a " Proceeding "), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, the Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by applicable law and the company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, against all cost, expense, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by the Executive in connection therewith, including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and disbursements and judgments, and the Company shall advance expenses in connection therewith, to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by applicable law and the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws. The Company shall cover the Executive as an insured under any contract of directors and officers liability insurance that is in effect from time to time covering officers and members of the Board. The provisions of this Section 4.06 shall survive any expiration or termination of the Employment Period and continue in effect for so long as the Executive is subject to liability for any of the Executive's acts and omissions to act occurring during his employment or other service as an officer of any entity or member of any board performed at the request of the Company.
ARTICLE 5
TERM AND TERMINATION
Section 5.01.    Term . The Employment Period will terminate on the third anniversary of the Renewal Date; provided that (a) the Employment Period shall terminate prior to such date upon the Executive's death or Permanent Disability, and (b) the Employment Period may be terminated by the Company or by the Executive for any reason upon ninety (90) days prior written notice. In addition, this Agreement will be automatically extended on the same terms and conditions for successive one-year periods following the original Employment Period unless either the Company or the Executive, at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period or any extended term, shall give written notice of its or his intention not to renew this Agreement.
Section 5.02.    Unjustified Termination . Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.09, if the Employment Period shall be terminated (i) at the end of the original or any extended Employment Period due to the Company giving written notice of non-extension pursuant to Section 5.01 above or (ii) prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period (or the Employment Period as extended pursuant to Section 5.01) by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Company not for Cause (such terminations under clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 5.02 are collectively referred to as " Unjustified Terminations "), then:
(a)      the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary then in effect for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination;
(b)      the Company shall make a lump-sum payment to the Executive of his Target Bonus then in effect;
(c)      for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of the IPO Grant shall continue to vest in equal monthly installments in an amount

- 8 -


each month on the monthly anniversary of the grant date of the IPO Grant equal to the product of (i) the number of unvested Company restricted stock units under the IPO Grant on the Date of Termination, multiplied by (ii) a fraction which has a numerator of one (1) and a denominator equal to the number of months remaining (measured from the Date of Termination) until the third anniversary of the grant date of the IPO Grant;
(d)      for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of any Time-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall continue to vest in equal monthly installments in an amount each month on the monthly anniversary of the grant date of the such Time-Based RSUs equal to the product of (i) the number of unvested Company restricted stock units under such Time-Based RSUs on the Date of Termination, multiplied by (ii) a fraction which has a numerator of one (1) and a denominator equal to the number of months remaining (measured from the Date of Termination) until the third anniversary of the grant date of such Time-Based RSUs; and
(e)      for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of any Performance-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall continue to remain outstanding and be eligible to vest if the performance period with respect to such Performance-Based RSUs ends during such twelve (12) month period;
provided , however , that the Executive shall be entitled to such payments and benefits following Unjustified Terminations only if the Executive has not breached and does not breach in any material respect the provisions of Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 and the Executive has entered into a general release of claims reasonably satisfactory to the Company on or before the date that is fifty (50) days following the Date of Termination and does not revoke such release prior to the end of any revocation period. The period during which payments are made following an Unjustified Termination pursuant to Section 5.02(a), shall be referred to as " Severance Period. " Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.02(a) shall be paid as follows: (A) the first two (2) months of the Base Salary shall be paid on the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination and (B) the remainder of the Base Salary payments shall be paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.02(b) shall be paid on the 60 th day following the Date of Termination. In addition, promptly following an Unjustified Termination, the Executive shall also be reimbursed for all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Unjustified Termination. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in order for the Executive to terminate the Employment Period for Good Reason, such termination of employment must occur no later than sixty (60) days after the date the Executive gives written notice in accordance with Section 5.05 below to the Company of the occurrence of the event or condition that constitutes Good Reason. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 5.02 and the last sentence of Section 5.04, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated his employment on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, the Employment Period will be deemed to have ended on the date of his "separation from service" with the Company, and the Date of Termination will be deemed to be the date of his "separation from service" with the Company. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, the Executive shall

- 9 -


be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination.
Section 5.03.    Justified Termination . If the Employment Period shall be terminated (a) prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period (or the Employment Period as extended pursuant to Section 5.01): (i) by the Company for Cause, (ii) as a result of the Executive's resignation or leaving of his employment, other than for Good Reason, or (iii) as a result of the death or Permanent Disability of the Executive, or (b) at the end of the Employment Period as a result of the Executive's provision of written notice not to extend the Employment Period under Section 5.01 (such terminations under clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.03 are collectively referred to as " Justified Terminations "), the Executive shall be entitled to receive solely (except as provided in Section 5.04 below) his Base Salary earned through the date of termination of employment, reimbursement of all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Justified Termination and, if the Justified Termination is pursuant to clause (a)(iii) above, a prorated portion of the Executive's Target Bonus then in effect based on the number of days elapsed through the Date of Termination in the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive reaches Retirement Age, the unvested portion of the IPO Grant and each Annual RSU Award shall thereupon vest and be settled upon the regularly scheduled vesting dates.
Section 5.04.    Benefits . Except as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law, or as set forth in Section 9.01 following delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, all of the Executive's rights to fringe and other benefits under this Agreement or otherwise, if any, accruing after the termination of the Employment Period as a result of a Justified Termination will cease upon such Justified Termination. If the Employment Period is terminated as a result of an Unjustified Termination, then (a) during the Severance Period the Executive shall continue to receive his major medical insurance coverage under the Company's plans in effect on the Date of Termination and (b) the Company shall continue to provide the housing allowance set forth in Section 4.04(e) for the lesser of the Severance Period and the period during which the Executive remains a resident of Bermuda.
Section 5.05.    Notice of Termination and Opportunity to Cure . Any termination by the Company for Permanent Disability or Cause or without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a " Notice of Termination " shall mean a notice which shall indicate the date the termination is to take effect (consistent with the terms of this Agreement), the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and, for a termination for Permanent Disability or for Cause or for a resignation for Good Reason, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision indicated. It shall be a condition precedent to the Executive's right to terminate employment for Good Reason that (i) the Executive shall first have given the Company written notice that an event or condition constituting Good Reason has occurred within ninety (90) days after such occurrence, and any failure to give such written notice within such period will result in a waiver by the Executive of his right to terminate for Good Reason as a result of such event or condition, and (ii) a period of thirty (30) days from and after the giving of such written notice shall

- 10 -


have elapsed without the Company having effectively cured or remedied such occurrence during such 30-day period, unless such occurrence cannot be cured or remedied within thirty (30) days, in which case the period for remedy or cure shall be extended for a reasonable time (not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days); provided that, the Company has made and continues to make a diligent effort to effect such remedy or cure.
Section 5.06.    Date of Termination . " Date of Termination " shall mean (a) if the Employment Period is terminated as a result of a Permanent Disability, five (5) days after a Notice of Termination is given, (b) if the Employment Period is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination consistent with the terms hereof, (c) if the Employment Period terminates due to expiration of the term of this Agreement, the date the term expires, and (d) if the Employment Period is terminated for any other reason (including for Cause), the date designated by the Company in the Notice of Termination, which date shall be a date on or following the date of such Notice of Termination.
Section 5.07.    Change in Control . In the event the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason (in accordance with requirements of Section 5.02 above) at any time following a Change in Control, then:
(a) the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary then in effect for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination;
(b) the Company shall make a lump-sum payment to the Executive equal to two (2) times his Target Bonus then in effect;
(c) for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination the Executive shall continue to receive his major medical insurance coverage under the Company's plans in effect on the Date of Termination and the Company shall continue to provide the housing allowance set forth in Section 4.04(e) for the lesser of twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination and the period during which the Executive remains a resident of Bermuda;
(d) the unvested portion of the IPO Grant shall thereupon vest;
(e) the unvested portion of any Time-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall thereupon vest; and
(f) the unvested portion of any Performance-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall thereupon vest as if performance goals with respect such Performance-Based RSUs had been achieved at target level;
provided , however , that the Executive shall be entitled to such payments and benefits following such terminations only if the Executive has not breached and does not breach in any material respect the provisions of Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 and the Executive has entered into a general release of claims reasonably satisfactory to the Company on or before the date that is fifty (50) days following the Date of Termination and does not revoke such release prior to the end of any revocation period. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.07(a) shall be paid as follows: (A) the first two (2) months of the Base Salary shall be paid on the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination and (B) the remainder of the

- 11 -


Base Salary payments shall be paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.07(b) shall be paid on the 60 th day following the Date of Termination. In addition, promptly following a termination under this Section 5.07, the Executive shall also be reimbursed for all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such termination. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 5.07 and the last sentence of Section 5.04, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated his employment on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, the Employment Period will be deemed to have ended on the date of his "separation from service" with the Company, and the Date of Termination will be deemed to be the date of his "separation from service" with the Company. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, upon a termination under this Section 5.07, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination.
(g) If this Section 5.07 is applicable, Section 5.02 shall not apply.
ARTICLE 6
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
Section 6.01.    Nondisclosure and Non-use of Confidential Information . The Executive will not disclose or use at any time during or after the Employment Period any Confidential Information of which the Executive is or becomes aware, whether or not such Confidential Information is developed by him, except to the extent that such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by the Executive's performance of duties assigned to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement. Under all circumstances and at all times, the Executive will take all appropriate steps to safeguard Confidential Information in his possession and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft.
ARTICLE 7
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Section 7.01.    Ownership of Intellectual Property . In the event that the Executive as part of his activities on behalf of the Company generates, authors or contributes to any invention, design, new development, device, product, method of process (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice or comprising Confidential Information), any copyrightable work (whether or not comprising Confidential Information) or any other form of Confidential Information relating directly or indirectly to the business of the Company as now or hereinafter conducted (collectively, " Intellectual Property "), the Executive acknowledges that such Intellectual Property is the sole and exclusive property of the Company and hereby assigns all right title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property to the Company. Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or in part by the Executive during the Employment Period will be deemed "a work made for hire" under Section 201(b) of the United States Copyright Act of 1976, as amended, and the Company will own all of the rights comprised in the copyright therein. The Executive will promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property and will cooperate with the Company to protect the Company's interests in and rights to such Intellectual Property (including providing reasonable assistance in securing patent protection and copyright registrations and executing all documents as reasonably requested

- 12 -


by the Company, whether such requests occur prior to or after termination of Executive's employment hereunder).
ARTICLE 8
DELIVERY OF MATERIALS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
Section 8.01.      Delivery of Materials upon Termination of Employment . As requested by the Company, from time to time and upon the termination of the Executive's employment with (or services for) the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all property of the Company in the Executive's possession or within his control, including, without limitation, all copies and embodiments, in whatever form or medium, of all Confidential Information or Intellectual Property (including written records, notes, photographs, manuals, notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials containing any Confidential Information or Intellectual Property), irrespective of the location or form of such property and, if requested by the Company, will provide the Company with written confirmation that all such property has been delivered to the Company and/or deleted from computers, as applicable.
ARTICLE 9
NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION
Section 9.01.    Noncompetition .
(a) The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company, he has, and will continue to, become familiar with trade secrets and other Confidential Information concerning the Company and its Affiliates and their respective predecessors, and that his services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. In addition, the Executive hereby agrees that at any time (i) during the Employment Period, and (ii) (x) following a Justified Termination and delivery of the Noncompetition Notice by the Company to the Executive, for a period ending twelve (12) months after the termination of the Executive's employment and (y) following an Unjustified Termination, for a period ending twelve (12) months after the termination of the Executive's employment (the time described in clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the " Restricted Period "), he will not directly or indirectly own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for or in any manner engage in any business competing with the business of the Company or its Affiliates as such businesses exist or are in process as of the date of termination, within any geographical area in which the Company or its Affiliates engage or plan to engage in such businesses. It shall not be considered a violation of this Section 9.01 for the Executive to be a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as the Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation. The terms of Section 9.01(a)(ii)(x) shall be of no force or effect unless the Company notifies the Executive in writing no later than ten (10) business days following a Justified Termination of its intention to enforce the provisions of Section 9.01(a)(ii)(x) (the " Noncompetition Notice ").
(b) Subject to Section 12.09, in the event the Company provides the Executive with the Noncompetition Notice, (i) the Company shall be required to continue to pay the Executive the Base Salary for the Restricted Period, paid in accordance with the Company's regular

- 13 -


pay practices, starting with the first pay date following delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, (ii) the Company shall be required to pay in a lump sum the Executive's Target Bonus then in effect on the first pay date following the delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, (iii) the Executive shall continue to receive major medical insurance coverage benefits from the Company's plans in effect at the time of such termination of employment for the Restricted Period, and (iv) the Company shall continue to provide the housing allowance set forth in Section 4.04(e) for the lesser of the Restricted Period and the period during which the Executive remains a resident of Bermuda.
Section 9.02.      Nonsolicitation . The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company, he has, and will continue to, become familiar with trade secrets and other Confidential Information concerning the Company, its Affiliates and their respective predecessors, and that his services are and will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. The Executive hereby agrees that during the Restricted Period, (a) the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or its Affiliates to leave the employ of the Company or its Affiliates, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or its Affiliates and any employee thereof or otherwise employ or receive the services of any individual who was an employee of the Company or its Affiliates at the Date of Termination or within the six-month period prior thereto, and (b) the Executive will not induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, client, insured, reinsured, reinsurer, broker, licensee or other business relation of the Company or its Affiliates to cease doing business with the Company or its Affiliates.
Section 9.03.    Enforcement . If, at the enforcement of Sections 9.01 or 9.02, a court holds that the duration or scope stated therein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration and scope reasonable under such circumstances will be substituted for the stated duration or scope and that the court will be permitted to revise the restrictions contained in this Article 9 to cover the maximum duration and scope permitted by law.
ARTICLE 10
EQUITABLE RELIEF
Section 10.01.    Equitable Relief . The Executive acknowledges that (a) the covenants contained herein are reasonable, (b) the Executive's services are unique, and (c) a breach or threatened breach by him of any of his covenants and agreements with the Company contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 could cause irreparable harm to the Company for which it might have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, and in addition to any remedies which the Company may have at law, in the event of an actual or threatened breach by the Executive of his covenants and agreements contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02, the Company shall have the absolute right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for such injunctive or other equitable relief as such court may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.
ARTICLE 11
EXECUTIVE REPRESENTATIONS
Section 11.01.    Executive Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Executive does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any

- 14 -


contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (b) the Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other Person that affects his right or ability to perform the duties contemplated by this Agreement, and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement will be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
Section 11.02.    Company Representations . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Executive that (a) all acts required to be taken to authorize, deliver and perform this Agreement and the obligations of the Company provided for hereunder have been duly taken; and (b) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement will be a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01.    Remedies . The Parties will have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, all rights and remedies which the Parties have been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights which the Parties have under any law. The Parties will be entitled to enforce such rights specifically, without posting a bond or other security, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. There are currently no disciplinary or grievance procedures in place, there is no collective agreement in place, and there is no probationary period.
Section 12.02.    Consent to Amendments . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by a written agreement executed and delivered by the Company and the Executive. No other course of dealing between the parties to this Agreement or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder will operate as a waiver of any rights of any such parties.
Section 12.03.    Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto will bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not, provided that the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Company. The Company, or any entity which controls the Company, shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company by written agreement expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had occurred. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor to all or substantially all of its business or assets which becomes bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
Section 12.04.    Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

- 15 -


Section 12.05.    Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all of which counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.
Section 12.06.    Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
Section 12.07.    Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand, by electronic transmission (with a copy following by hand or by overnight courier), by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Communications delivered personally by hand shall be deemed received on the date when delivered personally to the recipient; communications sent by electronic means shall be deemed received one (1) business day after the sending thereof; communications sent by registered or certified mail shall be deemed received four (4) business days after the sending thereof; and communications delivered by overnight courier shall be deemed received one (1) business day after the date when sent to the recipient. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Executive and to the Company at the addresses set forth below.
If to the Executive:
To the last address delivered to the Company by the Executive in the manner set forth herein.
If to the Company:
Watford Holdings Ltd.
Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda
Attention: Secretary
Tel:
Fax:
Email:
or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.
Section 12.08.    Withholding . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
Section 12.09.    409A and 457A . It is intended that this Agreement will comply with Sections 409A and 457A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the " Code ") (and any regulations and guidelines issued thereunder), to the extent the Agreement is subject thereto, and the Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent. If an amendment of the Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to amend the Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible. No action or failure to act, pursuant to this Section 12.09 shall subject the Company to any claim, liability, or expense, and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the

- 16 -


obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Executive is deemed on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) to be a "specified employee" within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, then with regard to any payment that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (after taking into account the applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)), the portion, if any, of such payment so required to be delayed shall not be made prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of his "separation from service" or (ii) the date of his death (the " Delay Period "). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein. Whenever payments under this Agreement are to be made in installments, each such installment shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Any payment to be made after receipt of an executed and irrevocable release within any specified period, in which such period begins in one taxable year of Executive and ends in a second taxable year of Executive, will be made in the second taxable year. In no case will compliance with this Section by the Company constitute a breach of the Company's obligations under this Agreement.
With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit arrangements of the Company and its subsidiaries provided for herein that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
Section 12.10.    Excess Parachute Payments . (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the amount of payments or other benefits payable to the Executive under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the acceleration of any payment or the accelerated vesting of any payment or other benefit), together with any payments, awards or benefits payable under any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement maintained by the Company or one of its Affiliates, would constitute an "excess parachute payment" (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the payments under Section 5.02 of this Agreement shall be reduced (by the minimum possible amounts) until no amount payable to the Executive under this Agreement constitutes an "excess parachute payment" (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code); provided , however , that no such reduction shall be made if the net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to which the Executive would otherwise be entitled without such reduction would be greater than the

- 17 -


net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to the Executive resulting from the receipt of such payments with such reduction.
(b) All determinations required to be made under this Section 12.10, including whether a payment would result in an "excess parachute payment" and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by an accounting firm designated by the Company (the " Accounting Firm " ) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive as requested by the Company or the Executive. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company and shall be paid by the Company. Absent manifest error, all determinations made by the Accounting Firm under this Section 12.10 shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Executive.
Section 12.11.    No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement will not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Company, the Executive and their respective heirs, executors, successors and assigns.
Section 12.12.    Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related in any way to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall serve as a written statement of employment for purposes of Section 6 of the Bermuda Employment Act 2000.
Section 12.13.    Construction . The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party. Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign statute or law will be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The use of the word " including " in this Agreement means including without limitation and is intended by the parties to be by way of example rather than limitation.
Section 12.14.    Survival . Sections 3.04, 4.04(i), 5.02, 5.03, 5.04, 6.01, 7.01, 8.01 and Articles 9, 10, 11 and 12 will survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding any termination of the Employment Period.
Section 12.15.    Governing Law . ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAW OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.
Section 12.16.    Jurisdiction . The parties agree to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts situated in New York County, New York, for the resolution of any dispute arising under this Agreement or under any share-based award agreements between the Company and the Executive.
Section 12.17.    No Activity Within the United States . The Executive will comply with the operating guidelines set forth in Exhibit A .

- 18 -


[ Signature page follows ]

- 19 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
 
Name: John Rathgeber
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert Hawley
 
Name: Robert Hawley

- 20 -
Exhibit 10.31
EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (" Agreement "), dated as of November 30, 2018, between Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the " Company "), and Laurence B. Richardson, II (the " Executive " and together with Company, the " Parties ").
The parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01.    Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:
" Accounting Firm " has the meaning set forth in Section 12.10(b).
" Affiliate " means any Person, in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, (i) in the case of a corporation, securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power or value of all the then outstanding securities of such corporation, or (ii) in the case of a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity, 50% or more of the partnership or other similar ownership interest of such business entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Article 9, the term "Affiliate" shall not include any noninsurance business of an acquirer of the Company or of any Affiliate of such acquirer.
" Annual Bonus " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
" Annual RSU Award " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Base Salary " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.
" Board " has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.
" Cause " means (a) theft or embezzlement by the Executive with respect to the Company or its Affiliates; (b) willful disregard or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive's duties; (c) the Executive's conviction of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (d) willful or prolonged absence from work by the Executive (other than by reason of Permanent Disability due to physical or mental illness) or failure, neglect or refusal by the Executive to perform his duties and responsibilities; (e) continued and habitual use of alcohol by the Executive to an extent which materially impairs the Executive's performance of his duties; (f) the Executive's use of illegal drugs; (g) the Executive's failure to use his best efforts to obtain, maintain or renew the work permit described in Section 3.02 below; or (h) the material breach by the Executive of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement. Cause shall not exist with respect to items (b), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) (other than, in the case of item (h), a breach of Section 11.01) unless and until Executive has been given written notice specifying in detail the circumstances giving rise to the alleged Cause, and the Executive shall have failed, within thirty (30) days after such notice, to remedy (or, if such alleged cause cannot be remedied within thirty (30) days, diligently commenced to remedy) the alleged Cause.

- 1 -


" Change in Control " means:
(a) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 33 1/3% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (i) the then outstanding shares of Common Shares, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Shares; or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate; or (B) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate;
(b) during any period of twelve (12) months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, that any Person becoming a director subsequent to the date of this Agreement, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
(c) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Affiliates to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; or
(d) there is consummated a merger or amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary with any other corporation or other entity, other than (i) a merger or amalgamation or consolidation which results in (A) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or amalgamation or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), 66 2/3% or more of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or amalgamation or consolidation or (ii) a merger or amalgamation or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 33 1/3% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.
" Code " has the meaning set forth in Section 12.09.

- 2 -


" Common Shares " means the Common Shares of the Company, with an initial par value of $0.01 per share, and includes a fraction of a Common Share.
" Confidential Information " means information that is not generally known to the public and that was or is used, developed or obtained by the Company or its Affiliates in connection with their business. It shall not include information (a) required to be disclosed by court, stock exchange requirement, administrative order or similar official request, or called for in a subpoena or discovery request regular on its face, (b) lawfully obtainable from other sources or which is in the public domain through no fault of the Executive; or (c) the disclosure of which is consented to in writing by the Company.
" Date of Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06.
" Disability Period " has the meaning set forth in the definition of "Permanent Disability."
" Employment Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
" Good Reason " means, without the Executive's written consent and subject to the timely notice requirement and the Company's opportunity to cure set forth in Section 5.05 below, (a) the assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with the Executive's then status as an executive officer of the Company or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature of the Executive's responsibilities; (b) a material reduction by the Company in the Executive's Base Salary, Target Bonus or Annual RSU Award; (c) the relocation of the Executive's principal place of employment outside of Morristown, New Jersey; or (d) any material breach by the Company of the provisions contained in this Agreement.
" Intellectual Property " has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.
" IPO " means the initial registered public offering of the Common Shares in the United States or a listing of the Common Shares on a United States national securities exchange.
" IPO Grant " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a).
" Justified Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03.
" Noncompetition Notice " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(a).
" Notice of Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.05.
" Performance-Based RSUs " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Permanent Disability " means those circumstances where the Executive is unable to continue to perform the usual customary duties of his assigned job in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement for a period of six (6) months in any twelve (12) month period (the " Disability Period ") because of physical, mental or emotional incapacity resulting from injury, sickness or disease. Until the termination of the Employment Period by reason of the Executive's Permanent Disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive $15,000 per month, reduced by any amounts he receives under any disability plan maintained by the Company at such time. The

- 3 -


Company shall notify the Executive in writing of any finding of Permanent Disability on its part at the end of the Disability Period. If the Company and the Executive are unable to agree whether he is so disabled, the question shall be decided by a physician designated by the Executive and approved by the Company. The determination of the panel shall be final and binding upon the parties with the costs of the physician to be paid by the Company.
" Person " means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, an estate, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
" Proceeding " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.
" Reimbursable Expenses " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05.
" Renewal Date " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
" Restricted Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
" Retirement Age " means the later of (i) the Executive's 55 th birthday or (ii) the date on which the Executive has completed five (5) continuous years of service with the Company or any of its Affiliates. For purposes of this definition, the Executive is credited with one year of service after completion of each full 12-month period of employment with the Company or its Affiliates (including for this purpose only, Arch Capital Group Ltd or its Affiliates) as determined by the Company.
"Severance Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.
" Stock Incentive Plan " means the Watford Holdings Ltd. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan.
" Target Bonus " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
" Time-Based RSUs " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Unjustified Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.
ARTICLE 2
EMPLOYMENT
Section 2.01.    Employment . The Company shall continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive shall accept such continued employment with the Company, for the period beginning on January 1, 2018 (the " Renewal Date ") and ending as provided in Section 5.01 (such period, the " Employment Period ").
ARTICLE 3
POSITION AND DUTIES
Section 3.01.    Position and Duties . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as Chief Operating Officer of the Company and shall have such responsibilities, powers and

- 4 -


duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors of the Company (the " Board "); provided that such responsibilities, powers and duties are substantially consistent with those customarily assigned to individuals serving in such positions at comparable companies or as may be reasonably required by the conduct of the business of the Company. During the Employment Period the Executive shall devote substantially all of his working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. The Executive shall not directly or indirectly render any services of a business, commercial or professional nature to any other person or for-profit organization not related to the business of the Company or its Affiliates, whether for compensation or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company.
Section 3.02.    Work Permits . The Executive shall use his reasonable best efforts to obtain, maintain and renew a suitable (for the purposes of the Executive's contemplated employment by the Company) work permit by the Bermuda government authorities and any other permits required by any Bermuda government authority. The Company shall be responsible for permit fees, and all other expenses, including legal expenses, in connection with obtaining and maintaining such work permit.
Section 3.03.    Work Location . While employed by the Company hereunder, the Executive shall perform his duties (when not traveling or engaged elsewhere in the performance of his duties) at the offices of the Company in Morristown, New Jersey. The Executive shall travel to such places on the business of the Company in such manner and on such occasions as the Company may from time to time reasonably require. It is contemplated that from to time, the Executive will travel to Bermuda as required to perform his duties as Chief Operating Officer of the Company and as required to comply with Section 12.17 below.
Section 3.04.    Relocation . Upon the termination of Executive's employment for any reason, the Company shall reimburse the Executive up to a maximum of $25,000 for reasonable expenses incurred by him for the cost of relocating all of his household items to the United States and airfare for the Executive and his family to return to the United States, in each case, subject to the Company's requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses; provided , however , that any such expenses must be incurred by the Executive not later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive's "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company occurs, and any such reimbursement shall be made promptly upon presentation by the Executive to the Company of the required documentation and, in all events, no later than the last day of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive's "separation from service" with the Company occurs.
ARTICLE 4
BASE SALARY AND BENEFITS
Section 4.01.    Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Executive's base salary will be $315,500 per annum (the " Base Salary "). The Base Salary will be payable monthly on the 15th day of each month, two weeks in arrears and two weeks in advance. Annually during the Employment Period, the Company shall review with the Executive his job performance and compensation. The amount of the Executive's Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board but shall not be reduced without the written consent of the Executive. Normal hours of

- 5 -


employment are 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday to Friday. The Executive's salary has been computed to reflect that his regular duties are likely, from time to time, to require more than the normal hours per week and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any additional remuneration for work outside normal hours.
Section 4.02.    Bonus .
(a) Annual Bonus . In addition to the Base Salary, during the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the " Annual Bonus ") based on a target annual bonus (the " Target Bonus ," which term shall include any subsequent adjustments thereto) of an amount equal to 50% of the Base Salary. Such Annual Bonus shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's annual bonus plan.
(b) IPO Cash Bonus . Upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Company shall consider, in its sole discretion, payment to the Executive of a one-time cash bonus.
Section 4.03.    Equity Compensation .
(a) IPO Equity Grant . Upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Company shall award the Executive Company restricted stock units with a value equal to $450,000 (the " IPO Grant "). The number of Company restricted stock units equating to the dollar value of the IPO Grant shall be determined based on the average closing price of the Common Shares for the twenty (20) trading days immediately following the inception of public trading of the Common Shares. The IPO Grant shall become vested in three equal annual installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date such award is granted. The terms and conditions of such IPO Grant shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement entered into between the Company and the Executive and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan.
(b) Annual Equity Grants . Each calendar year during the Employment Period commencing on or after January 1, 2020, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a grant of Company restricted stock units (the " Annual RSU Award ").  The Common Shares subject to each Annual RSU Award shall have a target value on the date of grant equal to one-third of the fair market value of the IPO Grant based on the closing price of the Company's stock on its last trading day before the grant date.   The actual value of each Annual RSU Award on the date of grant shall be based on an evaluation of the Executive's individual performance by the Company's Compensation Committee. One-half of each Annual RSU Award (the " Time-Based RSUs ") shall vest ratably on an annual basis on the first three anniversaries of the grant date of such Annual RSU Award.  One-half of each Annual RSU Award (the " Performance-Based RSUs ") shall vest on the third anniversary of the grant date of such Annual RSU Award based on the achievement of certain Company performance goals. The terms and conditions of an Annual RSU Award shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement entered into between the Company and the Executive and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan.
Section 4.04.    Benefits . In addition to the Base Salary, and any bonuses payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits during the Employment Period:

- 6 -


(a) such major medical, life insurance and disability insurance coverage as is, or may during the Employment Period, be provided generally for other senior executive officers of the Company as set forth from time to time in the applicable plan documents;
(b) in addition to the usual public holidays and ten (10) paid days off for sick leave, a maximum of four (4) weeks of paid vacation annually during the term of the Employment Period (Section 11 of the Bermuda Employment Act 2000 shall otherwise not apply to the Executive's employment hereunder);
(c) benefits under any plan or arrangement available generally for the senior executive officers of the Company, subject to and consistent with the terms and conditions and overall administration of such plans as set forth from time to time in the applicable plan documents;
(d) for each calendar year during which the Executive is employed by the Company for any part thereof, payment by the Company of the reasonable cost of preparation of annual tax returns and associated tax planning on a basis no less favorable than such arrangements provided to similarly situated senior executives residing in Bermuda, and the cost paid by the Company under this Section 4.04(d) for each such calendar year shall be paid by the Company promptly upon presentation by the Executive to the Company of the required documentation and, in all events, not later than the end of the following calendar year;
(e) to the extent and for the period(s) of time deemed necessary by the Company in its reasonable discretion, payment by the Company of a housing allowance for housing in Bermuda of up to $4,500 per month, less all applicable withholdings, payable monthly on the 15 th day of each month, two weeks in arrears and two weeks in advance;
(f) the Company shall pay, as applicable, the employee portion of applicable payroll and social security taxes imposed by the government of Bermuda;
(g) the Company shall reimburse the Executive for any taxes imposed on the Executive by any State in the United States (other than the State of Pennsylvania) by reason of the Executive's performance of services for the Company; and
(h) the Company shall reimburse the Executive for any income taxes incurred by the Executive as a result of any payment from or benefit provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.04 (including taxes imposed on the reimbursement payment itself). Any such reimbursement payments shall be made no later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.
Section 4.05.    Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties under this Agreement which are consistent with the Company's policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses ( " Reimbursable Expenses "), subject to the Company's requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of expenses. Any such reimbursement payments shall be made promptly, but in no event later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.

- 7 -


Section 4.06.    Indemnification; D&O Insurance . The Company agrees that if the Executive is made a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (each, a " Proceeding "), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, the Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by applicable law and the company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, against all cost, expense, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by the Executive in connection therewith, including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and disbursements and judgments, and the Company shall advance expenses in connection therewith, to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by applicable law and the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws. The Company shall cover the Executive as an insured under any contract of directors and officers liability insurance that is in effect from time to time covering officers and members of the Board. The provisions of this Section 4.06 shall survive any expiration or termination of the Employment Period and continue in effect for so long as the Executive is subject to liability for any of the Executive's acts and omissions to act occurring during his employment or other service as an officer of any entity or member of any board performed at the request of the Company.
ARTICLE 5
TERM AND TERMINATION
Section 5.01.    Term . The Employment Period will terminate on the third anniversary of the Renewal Date; provided that (a) the Employment Period shall terminate prior to such date upon the Executive's death or Permanent Disability, and (b) the Employment Period may be terminated by the Company or by the Executive for any reason upon ninety (90) days prior written notice. In addition, this Agreement will be automatically extended on the same terms and conditions for successive one-year periods following the original Employment Period unless either the Company or the Executive, at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period or any extended term, shall give written notice of its or his intention not to renew this Agreement.
Section 5.02.    Unjustified Termination . Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.09, if the Employment Period shall be terminated (i) at the end of the original or any extended Employment Period due to the Company giving written notice of non-extension pursuant to Section 5.01 above or (ii) prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period (or the Employment Period as extended pursuant to Section 5.01) by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Company not for Cause (such terminations under clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 5.02 are collectively referred to as " Unjustified Terminations "), then:
(a) the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary then in effect for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination;
(b) the Company shall make a lump-sum payment to the Executive of his Target Bonus then in effect;

- 8 -


(c) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of the IPO Grant shall continue to vest in equal monthly installments in an amount each month on the monthly anniversary of the grant date of the IPO Grant equal to the product of (i) the number of unvested Company restricted stock units under the IPO Grant on the Date of Termination, multiplied by (ii) a fraction which has a numerator of one (1) and a denominator equal to the number of months remaining (measured from the Date of Termination) until the third anniversary of the grant date of the IPO Grant;
(d) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of any Time-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall continue to vest in equal monthly installments in an amount each month on the monthly anniversary of the grant date of the such Time-Based RSUs equal to the product of (i) the number of unvested Company restricted stock units under such Time-Based RSUs on the Date of Termination, multiplied by (ii) a fraction which has a numerator of one (1) and a denominator equal to the number of months remaining (measured from the Date of Termination) until the third anniversary of the grant date of such Time-Based RSUs; and
(e) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of any Performance-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall continue to remain outstanding and be eligible to vest if the performance period with respect to such Performance-Based RSUs ends during such twelve (12) month period;
provided , however , that the Executive shall be entitled to such payments and benefits following Unjustified Terminations only if the Executive has not breached and does not breach in any material respect the provisions of Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 and the Executive has entered into a general release of claims reasonably satisfactory to the Company on or before the date that is fifty (50) days following the Date of Termination and does not revoke such release prior to the end of any revocation period. The period during which payments are made following an Unjustified Termination pursuant to Section 5.02(a), shall be referred to as " Severance Period. " Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.02(a) shall be paid as follows: (A) the first two (2) months of the Base Salary shall be paid on the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination and (B) the remainder of the Base Salary payments shall be paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.02(b) shall be paid on the 60 th day following the Date of Termination. In addition, promptly following an Unjustified Termination, the Executive shall also be reimbursed for all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Unjustified Termination. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in order for the Executive to terminate the Employment Period for Good Reason, such termination of employment must occur no later than sixty (60) days after the date the Executive gives written notice in accordance with Section 5.05 below to the Company of the occurrence of the event or condition that constitutes Good Reason. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 5.02 and the last sentence of Section 5.04, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated his employment on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, the Employment Period will be deemed to have ended on the date of his "separation from service" with the Company, and the Date of Termination will be deemed to be the date of his "separation from

- 9 -


service" with the Company. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination.
Section 5.03.    Justified Termination . If the Employment Period shall be terminated (a) prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period (or the Employment Period as extended pursuant to Section 5.01): (i) by the Company for Cause, (ii) as a result of the Executive's resignation or leaving of his employment, other than for Good Reason, or (iii) as a result of the death or Permanent Disability of the Executive, or (b) at the end of the Employment Period as a result of the Executive's provision of written notice not to extend the Employment Period under Section 5.01 (such terminations under clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.03 are collectively referred to as " Justified Terminations "), the Executive shall be entitled to receive solely (except as provided in Section 5.04 below) his Base Salary earned through the date of termination of employment, reimbursement of all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Justified Termination and, if the Justified Termination is pursuant to clause (a)(iii) above, a prorated portion of the Executive's Target Bonus then in effect based on the number of days elapsed through the Date of Termination in the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive reaches Retirement Age, the unvested portion of the IPO Grant and each Annual RSU Award shall thereupon vest and be settled upon the regularly scheduled vesting dates.
Section 5.04.    Benefits . Except as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law, or as set forth in Section 9.01 following delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, all of the Executive's rights to fringe and other benefits under this Agreement or otherwise, if any, accruing after the termination of the Employment Period as a result of a Justified Termination will cease upon such Justified Termination. If the Employment Period is terminated as a result of an Unjustified Termination, then (a) during the Severance Period the Executive shall continue to receive his major medical insurance coverage under the Company's plans in effect on the Date of Termination and (b) the Company shall continue to provide the housing allowance set forth in Section 4.04(e) for the lesser of the Severance Period and the period during which the Executive remains a resident of Bermuda.
Section 5.05.    Notice of Termination and Opportunity to Cure . Any termination by the Company for Permanent Disability or Cause or without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a " Notice of Termination " shall mean a notice which shall indicate the date the termination is to take effect (consistent with the terms of this Agreement), the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and, for a termination for Permanent Disability or for Cause or for a resignation for Good Reason, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision indicated. It shall be a condition precedent to the Executive's right to terminate employment for Good Reason that (i) the Executive shall first have given the Company written notice that an event or condition constituting Good Reason has occurred within ninety (90) days after such occurrence, and any failure to give such written notice within such period will result in a waiver by the Executive of his right to terminate for Good Reason as a result of such event or

- 10 -


condition, and (ii) a period of thirty (30) days from and after the giving of such written notice shall have elapsed without the Company having effectively cured or remedied such occurrence during such 30-day period, unless such occurrence cannot be cured or remedied within thirty (30) days, in which case the period for remedy or cure shall be extended for a reasonable time (not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days); provided that, the Company has made and continues to make a diligent effort to effect such remedy or cure.
Section 5.06.    Date of Termination . " Date of Termination " shall mean if the Employment Period is terminated as a result of a Permanent Disability, five (5) days after a Notice of Termination is given, (b) if the Employment Period is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination consistent with the terms hereof, (c) if the Employment Period terminates due to expiration of the term of this Agreement, the date the term expires, and (d) if the Employment Period is terminated for any other reason (including for Cause), the date designated by the Company in the Notice of Termination, which date shall be a date on or following the date of such Notice of Termination.
Section 5.07.    Change in Control . In the event the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason (in accordance with requirements of Section 5.02 above) at any time following a Change in Control, then:
(a) the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary then in effect for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination;
(b) the Company shall make a lump-sum payment to the Executive equal to two (2) times his Target Bonus then in effect;
(c) for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination the Executive shall continue to receive his major medical insurance coverage under the Company's plans in effect on the Date of Termination and the Company shall continue to provide the housing allowance set forth in Section 4.04(e) for the lesser of twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination and the period during which the Executive remains a resident of Bermuda;
(d) the unvested portion of the IPO Grant shall thereupon vest;
(e) the unvested portion of any Time-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall thereupon vest; and
(f) the unvested portion of any Performance-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall thereupon vest as if performance goals with respect such Performance-Based RSUs had been achieved at target level;
provided , however , that the Executive shall be entitled to such payments and benefits following such terminations only if the Executive has not breached and does not breach in any material respect the provisions of Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 and the Executive has entered into a general release of claims reasonably satisfactory to the Company on or before the date that is fifty (50) days following the Date of Termination and does not revoke such release prior to the end of any revocation period. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.07(a) shall be paid as follows: (A) the first two (2) months of the Base Salary shall be paid on

- 11 -


the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination and (B) the remainder of the Base Salary payments shall be paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.07(b) shall be paid on the 60 th day following the Date of Termination. In addition, promptly following a termination under this Section 5.07, the Executive shall also be reimbursed for all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such termination. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 5.07 and the last sentence of Section 5.04, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated his employment on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, the Employment Period will be deemed to have ended on the date of his "separation from service" with the Company, and the Date of Termination will be deemed to be the date of his "separation from service" with the Company. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, upon a termination under this Section 5.07, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination.
(g) If this Section 5.07 is applicable, Section 5.02 shall not apply.
ARTICLE 6
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
Section 6.01.    Nondisclosure and Non-use of Confidential Information . The Executive will not disclose or use at any time during or after the Employment Period any Confidential Information of which the Executive is or becomes aware, whether or not such Confidential Information is developed by him, except to the extent that such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by the Executive's performance of duties assigned to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement. Under all circumstances and at all times, the Executive will take all appropriate steps to safeguard Confidential Information in his possession and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft.
ARTICLE 7
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Section 7.01.    Ownership of Intellectual Property . In the event that the Executive as part of his activities on behalf of the Company generates, authors or contributes to any invention, design, new development, device, product, method of process (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice or comprising Confidential Information), any copyrightable work (whether or not comprising Confidential Information) or any other form of Confidential Information relating directly or indirectly to the business of the Company as now or hereinafter conducted (collectively, " Intellectual Property "), the Executive acknowledges that such Intellectual Property is the sole and exclusive property of the Company and hereby assigns all right title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property to the Company. Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or in part by the Executive during the Employment Period will be deemed "a work made for hire" under Section 201(b) of the United States Copyright Act of 1976, as amended, and the Company will own all of the rights comprised in the copyright therein. The Executive will promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property and will cooperate with the Company to protect the Company's interests in and rights to such Intellectual Property (including providing reasonable assistance in securing

- 12 -


patent protection and copyright registrations and executing all documents as reasonably requested by the Company, whether such requests occur prior to or after termination of Executive's employment hereunder).
ARTICLE 8
DELIVERY OF MATERIALS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
Section 8.01.    Delivery of Materials upon Termination of Employment . As requested by the Company, from time to time and upon the termination of the Executive's employment with (or services for) the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all property of the Company in the Executive's possession or within his control, including, without limitation, all copies and embodiments, in whatever form or medium, of all Confidential Information or Intellectual Property (including written records, notes, photographs, manuals, notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials containing any Confidential Information or Intellectual Property), irrespective of the location or form of such property and, if requested by the Company, will provide the Company with written confirmation that all such property has been delivered to the Company and/or deleted from computers, as applicable.
ARTICLE 9
NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION
Section 9.01.    Noncompetition .
(a) The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company, he has, and will continue to, become familiar with trade secrets and other Confidential Information concerning the Company and its Affiliates and their respective predecessors, and that his services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. In addition, the Executive hereby agrees that at any time (i) during the Employment Period, and (ii) (x) following a Justified Termination and delivery of the Noncompetition Notice by the Company to the Executive, for a period ending twelve (12) months after the termination of the Executive's employment and (y) following an Unjustified Termination, for a period ending twelve (12) months after the termination of the Executive's employment (the time described in clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the " Restricted Period "), he will not directly or indirectly own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for or in any manner engage in any business competing with the business of the Company or its Affiliates as such businesses exist or are in process as of the date of termination, within any geographical area in which the Company or its Affiliates engage or plan to engage in such businesses. It shall not be considered a violation of this Section 9.01 for the Executive to be a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as the Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation. The terms of Section 9.01(a)(ii)(x) shall be of no force or effect unless the Company notifies the Executive in writing no later than ten (10) business days following a Justified Termination of its intention to enforce the provisions of Section 9.01(a)(ii)(x) (the " Noncompetition Notice ").
(b) Subject to Section 12.09, in the event the Company provides the Executive with the Noncompetition Notice, (i) the Company shall be required to continue to pay the

- 13 -


Executive the Base Salary for the Restricted Period, paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, (ii) the Company shall be required to pay in a lump sum the Executive's Target Bonus then in effect on the first pay date following the delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, (iii) the Executive shall continue to receive major medical insurance coverage benefits from the Company's plans in effect at the time of such termination of employment for the Restricted Period, and (iv) the Company shall continue to provide the housing allowance set forth in Section 4.04(e) for the lesser of the Restricted Period and the period during which the Executive remains a resident of Bermuda.
Section 9.02.    Nonsolicitation . The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company, he has, and will continue to, become familiar with trade secrets and other Confidential Information concerning the Company, its Affiliates and their respective predecessors, and that his services are and will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. The Executive hereby agrees that during the Restricted Period, (a) the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or its Affiliates to leave the employ of the Company or its Affiliates, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or its Affiliates and any employee thereof or otherwise employ or receive the services of any individual who was an employee of the Company or its Affiliates at the Date of Termination or within the six-month period prior thereto, and (b) the Executive will not induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, client, insured, reinsured, reinsurer, broker, licensee or other business relation of the Company or its Affiliates to cease doing business with the Company or its Affiliates.
Section 9.03.    Enforcement . If, at the enforcement of Sections 9.01 or 9.02, a court holds that the duration or scope stated therein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration and scope reasonable under such circumstances will be substituted for the stated duration or scope and that the court will be permitted to revise the restrictions contained in this Article 9 to cover the maximum duration and scope permitted by law.
ARTICLE 10
EQUITABLE RELIEF
Section 10.01.    Equitable Relief . The Executive acknowledges that (a) the covenants contained herein are reasonable, (b) the Executive's services are unique, and (c) a breach or threatened breach by him of any of his covenants and agreements with the Company contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 could cause irreparable harm to the Company for which it might have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, and in addition to any remedies which the Company may have at law, in the event of an actual or threatened breach by the Executive of his covenants and agreements contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02, the Company shall have the absolute right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for such injunctive or other equitable relief as such court may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.
ARTICLE 11
EXECUTIVE REPRESENTATIONS
Section 11.01.      Executive Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by

- 14 -


the Executive does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (b) the Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other Person that affects his right or ability to perform the duties contemplated by this Agreement, and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement will be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
Section 11.02.    Company Representations . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Executive that (a) all acts required to be taken to authorize, deliver and perform this Agreement and the obligations of the Company provided for hereunder have been duly taken; and (b) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement will be a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01.    Remedies . The Parties will have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, all rights and remedies which the Parties have been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights which the Parties have under any law. The Parties will be entitled to enforce such rights specifically, without posting a bond or other security, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. There are currently no disciplinary or grievance procedures in place, there is no collective agreement in place, and there is no probationary period.
Section 12.02.    Consent to Amendments . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by a written agreement executed and delivered by the Company and the Executive. No other course of dealing between the parties to this Agreement or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder will operate as a waiver of any rights of any such parties.
Section 12.03.    Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto will bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not, provided that the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Company. The Company, or any entity which controls the Company, shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company by written agreement expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had occurred. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor to all or substantially all of its business or assets which becomes bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
Section 12.04.    Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will

- 15 -


be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.
Section 12.05.    Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all of which counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.
Section 12.06.    Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
Section 12.07.    Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand, by electronic transmission (with a copy following by hand or by overnight courier), by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Communications delivered personally by hand shall be deemed received on the date when delivered personally to the recipient; communications sent by electronic means shall be deemed received one (1) business day after the sending thereof; communications sent by registered or certified mail shall be deemed received four (4) business days after the sending thereof; and communications delivered by overnight courier shall be deemed received one (1) business day after the date when sent to the recipient. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Executive and to the Company at the addresses set forth below.
If to the Executive:
To the last address delivered to the Company by the Executive in the manner set forth herein.
If to the Company:
Watford Holdings Ltd.
Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda
Attention: Secretary
Tel:
Fax:
Email:
or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.
Section 12.08.    Withholding . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
Section 12.09.    409A and 457A . It is intended that this Agreement will comply with Sections 409A and 457A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the " Code ") (and any regulations and guidelines issued thereunder), to the extent the Agreement is subject thereto, and the Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent. If an amendment of the Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to amend the Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible. No action or failure to act, pursuant

- 16 -


to this Section 12.09 shall subject the Company to any claim, liability, or expense, and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Executive is deemed on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) to be a "specified employee" within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, then with regard to any payment that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (after taking into account the applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)), the portion, if any, of such payment so required to be delayed shall not be made prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of his "separation from service" or (ii) the date of his death (the " Delay Period "). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein. Whenever payments under this Agreement are to be made in installments, each such installment shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Any payment to be made after receipt of an executed and irrevocable release within any specified period, in which such period begins in one taxable year of Executive and ends in a second taxable year of Executive, will be made in the second taxable year. In no case will compliance with this Section by the Company constitute a breach of the Company's obligations under this Agreement.
With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit arrangements of the Company and its subsidiaries provided for herein that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
Section 12.10.    Excess Parachute Payments . (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the amount of payments or other benefits payable to the Executive under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the acceleration of any payment or the accelerated vesting of any payment or other benefit), together with any payments, awards or benefits payable under any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement maintained by the Company or one of its Affiliates, would constitute an "excess parachute payment" (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the payments under Section 5.02 of this Agreement shall be reduced (by the minimum possible amounts) until no amount payable to the Executive under this Agreement constitutes an "excess parachute payment" (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code); provided , however , that no such reduction shall be made if the net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to

- 17 -


which the Executive would otherwise be entitled without such reduction would be greater than the net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to the Executive resulting from the receipt of such payments with such reduction.
(b) All determinations required to be made under this Section 12.10, including whether a payment would result in an "excess parachute payment" and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by an accounting firm designated by the Company (the " Accounting Firm " ) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive as requested by the Company or the Executive. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company and shall be paid by the Company. Absent manifest error, all determinations made by the Accounting Firm under this Section 12.10 shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Executive.
Section 12.11.    No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement will not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Company, the Executive and their respective heirs, executors, successors and assigns.
Section 12.12.    Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related in any way to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall serve as a written statement of employment for purposes of Section 6 of the Bermuda Employment Act 2000.
Section 12.13.    Construction . The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party. Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign statute or law will be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The use of the word " including " in this Agreement means including without limitation and is intended by the parties to be by way of example rather than limitation.
Section 12.14.    Survival . Sections 3.04, 4.04(h), 5.02, 5.03, 5.04, 6.01, 7.01, 8.01 and Articles 9, 10, 11 and 12 will survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding any termination of the Employment Period.
Section 12.15.    Governing Law . ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAW OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.
Section 12.16.    Jurisdiction . The parties agree to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts situated in New York County, New York, for the resolution of any dispute arising under this Agreement or under any share-based award agreements between the Company and the Executive.
Section 12.17.    No Activity Within the United States . The Executive will comply with the operating guidelines set forth in Exhibit A .

- 18 -


[ Signature page follows ]


- 19 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
 
Name: John Rathgeber
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
By:
/s/ Laurence B. Richardson, II
 
Name: Laurence B. Richardson, II

- 20 -
Exhibit 10.32
EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (" Agreement "), dated as of November 18, 2018, between Watford Holdings US Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company ") and subsidiary of Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the " Parent "), and Alexandre Scherer (the " Executive " and together with Company, the " Parties ").
The parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01.    Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:
" Accounting Firm " has the meaning set forth in Section 12.10(b).
" Affiliate " means any Person, in which the Parent owns, directly or indirectly, (i) in the case of a corporation, securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power or value of all the then outstanding securities of such corporation, or (ii) in the case of a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity, 50% or more of the partnership or other similar ownership interest of such business entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Article 9, the term "Affiliate" shall not include any noninsurance business of an acquirer of the Parent or of any Affiliate of such acquirer.
" Annual Bonus " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
" Annual RSU Award " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Base Salary " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.
" Board " has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.
" Cause " means (a) theft or embezzlement by the Executive with respect to the Parent or its Affiliates; (b) willful disregard or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive's duties; (c) the Executive's conviction of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (d) willful or prolonged absence from work by the Executive (other than by reason of Permanent Disability due to physical or mental illness) or failure, neglect or refusal by the Executive to perform his duties and responsibilities; (e) continued and habitual use of alcohol by the Executive to an extent which materially impairs the Executive's performance of his duties; (f) the Executive's use of illegal drugs; (g) the Executive's failure to use his best efforts to obtain, maintain or renew the work permit described in Section 3.02 below; or (h) the material breach by the Executive of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement. Cause shall not exist with respect to items (b), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) (other than, in the case of item (h), a breach of Section 11.01) unless and until Executive has been given written notice specifying in detail the circumstances giving rise to the alleged Cause, and the Executive shall have failed, within thirty (30) days after such notice, to remedy (or, if such alleged cause cannot be remedied within thirty (30) days, diligently commenced to remedy) the alleged Cause.

- 1 -


" Change in Control " means:
(a) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 33 1/3% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (i) the then outstanding shares of Common Shares, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Shares; or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Parent entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by the Parent or any Affiliate; or (B) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Parent or any Affiliate;
(b) during any period of twelve (12) months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, that any Person becoming a director subsequent to the date of this Agreement, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Parent in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Parent as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
(c) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent and its Affiliates to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Parent; or
(d) there is consummated a merger or amalgamation or consolidation involving the Parent or any direct or indirect subsidiary with any other corporation or other entity, other than (i) a merger or amalgamation or consolidation which results in (A) the voting securities of the Parent outstanding immediately prior to such merger or amalgamation or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), 66 2/3% or more of the combined voting power of the securities of the Parent or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or amalgamation or consolidation or (ii) a merger or amalgamation or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Parent (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Parent (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Parent or its Affiliates) representing 33 1/3% or more of the combined voting power of the Parent’s then outstanding securities.
" Code " has the meaning set forth in Section 12.09.

- 2 -


" Common Shares " means the Common Shares of the Parent, with an initial par value of $0.01 per share, and includes a fraction of a Common Share.
" Confidential Information " means information that is not generally known to the public and that was or is used, developed or obtained by the Parent or its Affiliates in connection with their business. It shall not include information (a) required to be disclosed by court, stock exchange requirement, administrative order or similar official request, or called for in a subpoena or discovery request regular on its face, (b) lawfully obtainable from other sources or which is in the public domain through no fault of the Executive; or (c) the disclosure of which is consented to in writing by the Parent.
" Date of Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06.
" Disability Period " has the meaning set forth in the definition of "Permanent Disability."
" Employment Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
" Good Reason " means, without the Executive's written consent and subject to the timely notice requirement and the Company's opportunity to cure set forth in Section 5.05 below, (a) the assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with the Executive's then status as an executive officer of the Company or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature of the Executive's responsibilities; (b) a material reduction by the Company in the Executive's Base Salary, Target Bonus or Annual RSU Award; (c) the relocation of the Executive's principal place of employment outside of Morristown, New Jersey; or (d) any material breach by the Company of the provisions contained in this Agreement.
" Intellectual Property " has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.
" IPO " means the initial registered public offering of the Common Shares in the United States or a listing of the Common Shares on a United States national securities exchange.
" IPO Grant " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a).
" Justified Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03.
" Noncompetition Notice " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(a).
" Notice of Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.05.
" Performance-Based RSUs " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Permanent Disability " means those circumstances where the Executive is unable to continue to perform the usual customary duties of his assigned job in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement for a period of six (6) months in any twelve (12) month period (the " Disability Period ") because of physical, mental or emotional incapacity resulting from injury, sickness or disease. Until the termination of the Employment Period by reason of the Executive's Permanent Disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive $15,000 per month, reduced by any amounts he receives under any disability plan maintained by the Company at such time. The

- 3 -


Company shall notify the Executive in writing of any finding of Permanent Disability on its part at the end of the Disability Period. If the Company and the Executive are unable to agree whether he is so disabled, the question shall be decided by a physician designated by the Executive and approved by the Company. The determination of the panel shall be final and binding upon the parties with the costs of the physician to be paid by the Company.
" Person " means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, an estate, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
" Proceeding " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.
" Reimbursable Expenses " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05.
" Renewal Date " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
" Restricted Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
" Retirement Age " means the later of (i) the Executive's 55 th birthday or (ii) the date on which the Executive has completed five (5) continuous years of service with the Company or any of its Affiliates. For purposes of this definition, the Executive is credited with one year of service after completion of each full 12-month period of employment with the Company or its Affiliates (including for this purpose only, Arch Capital Group Ltd or its Affiliates) as determined by the Company.
"Severance Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.
" Stock Incentive Plan " means the Watford Holdings Ltd. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan.
" Target Bonus " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
" Time-Based RSUs " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
" Unjustified Termination " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.
ARTICLE 2
EMPLOYMENT
Section 2.01.    Employment . The Company shall continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive shall accept such continued employment with the Company, for the period beginning on January 1, 2018 (the " Renewal Date ") and ending as provided in Section 5.01 (such period, the " Employment Period ").
ARTICLE 3
POSITION AND DUTIES
Section 3.01.    Position and Duties . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall have such

- 4 -


responsibilities, powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the " Board "); provided that such responsibilities, powers and duties are substantially consistent with those customarily assigned to individuals serving in such positions at comparable companies or as may be reasonably required by the conduct of the business of the Company. During the Employment Period the Executive shall devote substantially all of his working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. The Executive shall not directly or indirectly render any services of a business, commercial or professional nature to any other person or for-profit organization not related to the business of the Company or its Affiliates, whether for compensation or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company.
Section 3.02.    Work Location . While employed by the Company hereunder, the Executive shall perform his duties (when not traveling or engaged elsewhere in the performance of his duties) at the offices of the Company in Morristown, New Jersey. The Executive shall travel to such places on the business of the Company in such manner and on such occasions as the Company may from time to time reasonably require.
ARTICLE 4
BASE SALARY AND BENEFITS
Section 4.01.    Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Executive's base salary will be $231,500 per annum (the " Base Salary "). The Base Salary will be payable monthly on the 15th day of each month, two weeks in arrears and two weeks in advance. Annually during the Employment Period, the Company shall review with the Executive his job performance and compensation. The amount of the Executive's Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board but shall not be reduced without the written consent of the Executive. Normal hours of employment are 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday to Friday. The Executive's salary has been computed to reflect that his regular duties are likely, from time to time, to require more than the normal hours per week and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any additional remuneration for work outside normal hours.
Section 4.02.    Bonus .
(a) Annual Bonus . In addition to the Base Salary, during the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the " Annual Bonus ") based on a target annual bonus (the " Target Bonus ," which term shall include any subsequent adjustments thereto) of an amount equal to 45% of the Base Salary. Such Annual Bonus shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's annual bonus plan.
(b) IPO Cash Bonus . Upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Company shall consider, in its sole discretion, payment to the Executive of a one-time cash bonus.
Section 4.03.    Equity Compensation .
(a) IPO Equity Grant . Upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Parent shall award the Executive Parent restricted stock units with a value equal to $375,000 (the " IPO Grant "). The number of Parent restricted stock units equating to the dollar value of the IPO Grant shall be determined based on the average closing price of the Common Shares for the twenty (20) trading days immediately following the inception of public trading of the Common Shares. The IPO Grant

- 5 -


shall become vested in three equal annual installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date such award is granted. The terms and conditions of such IPO Grant shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement entered into between the Parent and the Executive and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan.
(b) Annual Equity Grants . Each calendar year during the Employment Period commencing on or after January 1, 2020, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a grant of Parent restricted stock units (the " Annual RSU Award ").  The Common Shares subject to each Annual RSU Award shall have a target value on the date of grant equal to one-third of the fair market value of the IPO Grant based on the closing price of the Parent's stock on its last trading day before the grant date. The actual value of each Annual RSU Award on the date of grant shall be based on an evaluation of the Executive's individual performance by the Company's Compensation Committee. One-half of each Annual RSU Award (the " Time-Based RSUs ") shall vest ratably on an annual basis on the first three anniversaries of the grant date of such Annual RSU Award.  One-half of each Annual RSU Award (the " Performance-Based RSUs ") shall vest on the third anniversary of the grant date of such Annual RSU Award based on the achievement of certain Parent performance goals. The terms and conditions of an Annual RSU Award shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement entered into between the Parent and the Executive and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan.
Section 4.04.    Benefits . In addition to the Base Salary, and any bonuses payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits during the Employment Period:
(a) such major medical, life insurance and disability insurance coverage as is, or may during the Employment Period, be provided generally for other senior executive officers of the Company as set forth from time to time in the applicable plan documents;
(b) in addition to the usual public holidays and ten (10) paid days off for sick leave, a maximum of four (4) weeks of paid vacation annually during the term of the Employment Period;
(c) benefits under any plan or arrangement available generally for the senior executive officers of the Company, subject to and consistent with the terms and conditions and overall administration of such plans as set forth from time to time in the applicable plan documents;
(d) for each calendar year during which the Executive is employed by the Company for any part thereof, payment by the Company of the reasonable cost of preparation of annual tax returns and associated tax planning on a basis no less favorable than such arrangements provided to similarly situated senior executives, and the cost paid by the Company under this Section 4.04(d) for each such calendar year shall be paid by the Company promptly upon presentation by the Executive to the Company of the required documentation and, in all events, not later than the end of the following calendar year; and
(e) the Company shall reimburse the Executive for any taxes imposed on the Executive by any State in the United States (other than the States of New Jersey and New York) by reason of the Executive's performance of services for the Company.

- 6 -


Section 4.05.    Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties under this Agreement which are consistent with the Company's policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses ( " Reimbursable Expenses "), subject to the Company's requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of expenses. Any such reimbursement payments shall be made promptly, but in no event later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.
Section 4.06.    Indemnification; D&O Insurance . The Company agrees that if the Executive is made a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (each, a " Proceeding "), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, the Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by applicable law and the company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, against all cost, expense, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by the Executive in connection therewith, including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and disbursements and judgments, and the Company shall advance expenses in connection therewith, to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by applicable law and the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws. The Company shall cover the Executive as an insured under any contract of directors and officers liability insurance that is in effect from time to time covering officers and members of the Board. The provisions of this Section 4.06 shall survive any expiration or termination of the Employment Period and continue in effect for so long as the Executive is subject to liability for any of the Executive's acts and omissions to act occurring during his employment or other service as an officer of any entity or member of any board performed at the request of the Company.
ARTICLE 5
TERM AND TERMINATION
Section 5.01.    Term . The Employment Period will terminate on the third anniversary of the Renewal Date; provided that (a) the Employment Period shall terminate prior to such date upon the Executive's death or Permanent Disability, and (b) the Employment Period may be terminated by the Company or by the Executive for any reason upon ninety (90) days prior written notice. In addition, this Agreement will be automatically extended on the same terms and conditions for successive one-year periods following the original Employment Period unless either the Company or the Executive, at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period or any extended term, shall give written notice of its or his intention not to renew this Agreement.
Section 5.02.    Unjustified Termination . Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.09, if the Employment Period shall be terminated (i) at the end of the original or any extended Employment Period due to the Company giving written notice of non-extension pursuant to Section 5.01 above or (ii) prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period (or the Employment Period as extended pursuant to Section 5.01) by the Executive for Good Reason or

- 7 -


by the Company not for Cause (such terminations under clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 5.02 are collectively referred to as " Unjustified Terminations "), then:
(a) the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary then in effect for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination;
(b) the Company shall make a lump-sum payment to the Executive of his Target Bonus then in effect;
(c) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of the IPO Grant shall continue to vest in equal monthly installments in an amount each month on the monthly anniversary of the grant date of the IPO Grant equal to the product of (i) the number of unvested Parent restricted stock units under the IPO Grant on the Date of Termination, multiplied by (ii) a fraction which has a numerator of one (1) and a denominator equal to the number of months remaining (measured from the Date of Termination) until the third anniversary of the grant date of the IPO Grant;
(d) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of any Time-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall continue to vest in equal monthly installments in an amount each month on the monthly anniversary of the grant date of the such Time-Based RSUs equal to the product of (i) the number of unvested Parent restricted stock units under such Time-Based RSUs on the Date of Termination, multiplied by (ii) a fraction which has a numerator of one (1) and a denominator equal to the number of months remaining (measured from the Date of Termination) until the third anniversary of the grant date of such Time-Based RSUs; and
(e) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination, the unvested portion of any Performance-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall continue to remain outstanding and be eligible to vest if the performance period with respect to such Performance-Based RSUs ends during such twelve (12) month period;
provided , however , that the Executive shall be entitled to such payments and benefits following Unjustified Terminations only if the Executive has not breached and does not breach in any material respect the provisions of Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 and the Executive has entered into a general release of claims reasonably satisfactory to the Company on or before the date that is fifty (50) days following the Date of Termination and does not revoke such release prior to the end of any revocation period. The period during which payments are made following an Unjustified Termination pursuant to Section 5.02(a), shall be referred to as " Severance Period. " Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.02(a) shall be paid as follows: (A) the first two (2) months of the Base Salary shall be paid on the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination and (B) the remainder of the Base Salary payments shall be paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.02(b) shall be paid on the 60 th day following the Date of Termination. In addition, promptly following an Unjustified Termination, the Executive shall also be reimbursed for all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Unjustified Termination. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in order for the

- 8 -


Executive to terminate the Employment Period for Good Reason, such termination of employment must occur no later than sixty (60) days after the date the Executive gives written notice in accordance with Section 5.05 below to the Company of the occurrence of the event or condition that constitutes Good Reason. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 5.02 and the last sentence of Section 5.04, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated his employment on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, the Employment Period will be deemed to have ended on the date of his "separation from service" with the Company, and the Date of Termination will be deemed to be the date of his "separation from service" with the Company. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination.
Section 5.03.    Justified Termination . If the Employment Period shall be terminated (a) prior to the expiration of the original Employment Period (or the Employment Period as extended pursuant to Section 5.01): (i) by the Company for Cause, (ii) as a result of the Executive's resignation or leaving of his employment, other than for Good Reason, or (iii) as a result of the death or Permanent Disability of the Executive, or (b) at the end of the Employment Period as a result of the Executive's provision of written notice not to extend the Employment Period under Section 5.01 (such terminations under clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.03 are collectively referred to as " Justified Terminations "), the Executive shall be entitled to receive solely (except as provided in Section 5.04 below) his Base Salary earned through the date of termination of employment, reimbursement of all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Justified Termination and, if the Justified Termination is pursuant to clause (a)(iii) above, a prorated portion of the Executive's Target Bonus then in effect based on the number of days elapsed through the Date of Termination in the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive reaches Retirement Age, the unvested portion of the IPO Grant and each Annual RSU Award shall thereupon vest and be settled upon the regularly scheduled vesting dates.
Section 5.04.    Benefits . Except as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law, or as set forth in Section 9.01 following delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, all of the Executive's rights to fringe and other benefits under this Agreement or otherwise, if any, accruing after the termination of the Employment Period as a result of a Justified Termination will cease upon such Justified Termination. If the Employment Period is terminated as a result of an Unjustified Termination, then during the Severance Period the Executive shall continue to receive his major medical insurance coverage under the Company's plans in effect on the Date of Termination.
Section 5.05.    Notice of Termination and Opportunity to Cure . Any termination by the Company for Permanent Disability or Cause or without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a " Notice of Termination " shall mean a notice which shall indicate the date the termination is to take effect (consistent with the terms of this Agreement), the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and, for a termination for Permanent Disability or for Cause or for a resignation for Good Reason, shall set forth in reasonable detail

- 9 -


the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision indicated. It shall be a condition precedent to the Executive's right to terminate employment for Good Reason that (i) the Executive shall first have given the Company written notice that an event or condition constituting Good Reason has occurred within ninety (90) days after such occurrence, and any failure to give such written notice within such period will result in a waiver by the Executive of his right to terminate for Good Reason as a result of such event or condition, and (ii) a period of thirty (30) days from and after the giving of such written notice shall have elapsed without the Company having effectively cured or remedied such occurrence during such 30-day period, unless such occurrence cannot be cured or remedied within thirty (30) days, in which case the period for remedy or cure shall be extended for a reasonable time (not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days); provided that, the Company has made and continues to make a diligent effort to effect such remedy or cure.
Section 5.06.    Date of Termination . " Date of Termination " shall mean (a) if the Employment Period is terminated as a result of a Permanent Disability, five (5) days after a Notice of Termination is given, (b) if the Employment Period is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination consistent with the terms hereof, (c) if the Employment Period terminates due to expiration of the term of this Agreement, the date the term expires, and (d) if the Employment Period is terminated for any other reason (including for Cause), the date designated by the Company in the Notice of Termination, which date shall be a date on or following the date of such Notice of Termination.
Section 5.07.    Change in Control . In the event the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason (in accordance with requirements of Section 5.02 above) at any time following a Change in Control, then:
(a) the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary then in effect for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination;
(b) the Company shall make a lump-sum payment to the Executive equal to two (2) times his Target Bonus then in effect;
(c) for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination the Executive shall continue to receive his major medical insurance coverage under the Company's plans in effect on the Date of Termination;
(d) the unvested portion of the IPO Grant shall thereupon vest;
(e) the unvested portion of any Time-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall thereupon vest; and
(f) the unvested portion of any Performance-Based RSUs held by the Executive shall thereupon vest as if performance goals with respect such Performance-Based RSUs had been achieved at target level;
provided , however , that the Executive shall be entitled to such payments and benefits following such terminations only if the Executive has not breached and does not breach in any material respect the provisions of Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 and the Executive has entered into

- 10 -


a general release of claims reasonably satisfactory to the Company on or before the date that is fifty (50) days following the Date of Termination and does not revoke such release prior to the end of any revocation period. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.07(a) shall be paid as follows: (A) the first two (2) months of the Base Salary shall be paid on the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination and (B) the remainder of the Base Salary payments shall be paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination. Subject to Section 12.09 below, the amount payable under Section 5.07(b) shall be paid on the 60 th day following the Date of Termination. In addition, promptly following a termination under this Section 5.07, the Executive shall also be reimbursed for all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such termination. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 5.07 and the last sentence of Section 5.04, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated his employment on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, the Employment Period will be deemed to have ended on the date of his "separation from service" with the Company, and the Date of Termination will be deemed to be the date of his "separation from service" with the Company. Without limiting the foregoing and Section 5.04, upon a termination under this Section 5.07, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4.04 which have accrued as of the Date of the Termination.
(g) If this Section 5.07 is applicable, Section 5.02 shall not apply.
ARTICLE 6
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
Section 6.01.    Nondisclosure and Non-use of Confidential Information . The Executive will not disclose or use at any time during or after the Employment Period any Confidential Information of which the Executive is or becomes aware, whether or not such Confidential Information is developed by him, except to the extent that such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by the Executive's performance of duties assigned to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement. Under all circumstances and at all times, the Executive will take all appropriate steps to safeguard Confidential Information in his possession and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft.
ARTICLE 7
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Section 7.01.    Ownership of Intellectual Property . In the event that the Executive as part of his activities on behalf of the Company generates, authors or contributes to any invention, design, new development, device, product, method of process (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice or comprising Confidential Information), any copyrightable work (whether or not comprising Confidential Information) or any other form of Confidential Information relating directly or indirectly to the business of the Company as now or hereinafter conducted (collectively, " Intellectual Property "), the Executive acknowledges that such Intellectual Property is the sole and exclusive property of the Company and hereby assigns all right title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property to the Company. Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or in part by the Executive during the Employment Period will be deemed "a work made for hire" under Section

- 11 -


201(b) of the United States Copyright Act of 1976, as amended, and the Company will own all of the rights comprised in the copyright therein. The Executive will promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property and will cooperate with the Company to protect the Company's interests in and rights to such Intellectual Property (including providing reasonable assistance in securing patent protection and copyright registrations and executing all documents as reasonably requested by the Company, whether such requests occur prior to or after termination of Executive's employment hereunder).
ARTICLE 8
DELIVERY OF MATERIALS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
Section 8.01.    Delivery of Materials upon Termination of Employment . As requested by the Company, from time to time and upon the termination of the Executive's employment with (or services for) the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all property of the Company in the Executive's possession or within his control, including, without limitation, all copies and embodiments, in whatever form or medium, of all Confidential Information or Intellectual Property (including written records, notes, photographs, manuals, notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials containing any Confidential Information or Intellectual Property), irrespective of the location or form of such property and, if requested by the Company, will provide the Company with written confirmation that all such property has been delivered to the Company and/or deleted from computers, as applicable.
ARTICLE 9
NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION
Section 9.01.    Noncompetition .
(a) The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company, he has, and will continue to, become familiar with trade secrets and other Confidential Information concerning the Company and its Affiliates and their respective predecessors, and that his services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. In addition, the Executive hereby agrees that at any time (i) during the Employment Period, and (ii) (x) following a Justified Termination and delivery of the Noncompetition Notice by the Company to the Executive, for a period ending twelve (12) months after the termination of the Executive's employment and (y) following an Unjustified Termination, for a period ending twelve (12) months after the termination of the Executive's employment (the time described in clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the " Restricted Period "), he will not directly or indirectly own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for or in any manner engage in any business competing with the business of the Company or its Affiliates as such businesses exist or are in process as of the date of termination, within any geographical area in which the Company or its Affiliates engage or plan to engage in such businesses. It shall not be considered a violation of this Section 9.01 for the Executive to be a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as the Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation. The terms of Section 9.01(a)(ii)(x) shall be of no force or effect unless the Company notifies the Executive in writing no later than ten (10) business days following

- 12 -


a Justified Termination of its intention to enforce the provisions of Section 9.01(a)(ii)(x) (the " Noncompetition Notice ").
(b) Subject to Section 12.09, in the event the Company provides the Executive with the Noncompetition Notice, (i) the Company shall be required to continue to pay the Executive the Base Salary for the Restricted Period, paid in accordance with the Company's regular pay practices, starting with the first pay date following delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, (ii) the Company shall be required to pay in a lump sum the Executive's Target Bonus then in effect on the first pay date following the delivery of the Noncompetition Notice, and (iii) the Executive shall continue to receive major medical insurance coverage benefits from the Company's plans in effect at the time of such termination of employment for the Restricted Period.
Section 9.02.    Nonsolicitation . The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company, he has, and will continue to, become familiar with trade secrets and other Confidential Information concerning the Company, its Affiliates and their respective predecessors, and that his services are and will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. The Executive hereby agrees that during the Restricted Period, (a) the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or its Affiliates to leave the employ of the Company or its Affiliates, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or its Affiliates and any employee thereof or otherwise employ or receive the services of any individual who was an employee of the Company or its Affiliates at the Date of Termination or within the six-month period prior thereto, and (b) the Executive will not induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, client, insured, reinsured, reinsurer, broker, licensee or other business relation of the Company or its Affiliates to cease doing business with the Company or its Affiliates.
Section 9.03.    Enforcement . If, at the enforcement of Sections 9.01 or 9.02, a court holds that the duration or scope stated therein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration and scope reasonable under such circumstances will be substituted for the stated duration or scope and that the court will be permitted to revise the restrictions contained in this Article 9 to cover the maximum duration and scope permitted by law.
ARTICLE 10
EQUITABLE RELIEF
Section 10.01.    Equitable Relief . The Executive acknowledges that (a) the covenants contained herein are reasonable, (b) the Executive's services are unique, and (c) a breach or threatened breach by him of any of his covenants and agreements with the Company contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 could cause irreparable harm to the Company for which it might have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, and in addition to any remedies which the Company may have at law, in the event of an actual or threatened breach by the Executive of his covenants and agreements contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02, the Company shall have the absolute right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for such injunctive or other equitable relief as such court may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

- 13 -


ARTICLE 11
EXECUTIVE REPRESENTATIONS
Section 11.01.    Executive Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Executive does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (b) the Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other Person that affects his right or ability to perform the duties contemplated by this Agreement, and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement will be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
Section 11.02.    Company Representations . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Executive that (a) all acts required to be taken to authorize, deliver and perform this Agreement and the obligations of the Company provided for hereunder have been duly taken; and (b) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement will be a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01.    Remedies . The Parties will have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, all rights and remedies which the Parties have been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights which the Parties have under any law. The Parties will be entitled to enforce such rights specifically, without posting a bond or other security, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. There are currently no disciplinary or grievance procedures in place, there is no collective agreement in place, and there is no probationary period.
Section 12.02.    Consent to Amendments . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by a written agreement executed and delivered by the Company and the Executive. No other course of dealing between the parties to this Agreement or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder will operate as a waiver of any rights of any such parties.
Section 12.03.    Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto will bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not, provided that the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Company. The Company, or any entity which controls the Company, shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company by written agreement expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had occurred. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor to all or substantially all of its business or assets which becomes bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

- 14 -


Section 12.04.    Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.
Section 12.05.    Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all of which counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.
Section 12.06.    Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
Section 12.07.    Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand, by electronic transmission (with a copy following by hand or by overnight courier), by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Communications delivered personally by hand shall be deemed received on the date when delivered personally to the recipient; communications sent by electronic means shall be deemed received one (1) business day after the sending thereof; communications sent by registered or certified mail shall be deemed received four (4) business days after the sending thereof; and communications delivered by overnight courier shall be deemed received one (1) business day after the date when sent to the recipient. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Executive and to the Company at the addresses set forth below.
If to the Executive:
To the last address delivered to the Company by the Executive in the manner set forth herein.
If to the Company:
Watford Holdings Ltd.
Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda
Attention: Secretary
Tel:
Fax:
Email:
or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.
Section 12.08.      Withholding . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
Section 12.09.      409A and 457A . It is intended that this Agreement will comply with Sections 409A and 457A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the " Code ") (and any regulations and guidelines issued thereunder), to the extent the Agreement is subject thereto, and the Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent. If an amendment of

- 15 -


the Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to amend the Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible. No action or failure to act, pursuant to this Section 12.09 shall subject the Company to any claim, liability, or expense, and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Executive is deemed on the date of his "separation from service" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) to be a "specified employee" within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, then with regard to any payment that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (after taking into account the applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)), the portion, if any, of such payment so required to be delayed shall not be made prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of his "separation from service" or (ii) the date of his death (the " Delay Period "). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein. Whenever payments under this Agreement are to be made in installments, each such installment shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Any payment to be made after receipt of an executed and irrevocable release within any specified period, in which such period begins in one taxable year of Executive and ends in a second taxable year of Executive, will be made in the second taxable year. In no case will compliance with this Section by the Company constitute a breach of the Company's obligations under this Agreement.
With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit arrangements of the Company and its subsidiaries provided for herein that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
Section 12.10.    Excess Parachute Payments . (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the amount of payments or other benefits payable to the Executive under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the acceleration of any payment or the accelerated vesting of any payment or other benefit), together with any payments, awards or benefits payable under any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement maintained by the Company or one of its Affiliates, would constitute an "excess parachute payment" (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the payments under Section 5.02 of this Agreement shall be reduced (by the minimum possible amounts) until no amount payable to the Executive under

- 16 -


this Agreement constitutes an "excess parachute payment" (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code); provided , however , that no such reduction shall be made if the net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to which the Executive would otherwise be entitled without such reduction would be greater than the net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to the Executive resulting from the receipt of such payments with such reduction.
(b) All determinations required to be made under this Section 12.10, including whether a payment would result in an "excess parachute payment" and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by an accounting firm designated by the Company (the " Accounting Firm " ) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive as requested by the Company or the Executive. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company and shall be paid by the Company. Absent manifest error, all determinations made by the Accounting Firm under this Section 12.10 shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Executive.
Section 12.11.    No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement will not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Company, the Executive and their respective heirs, executors, successors and assigns.
Section 12.12.    Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related in any way to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall serve as a written statement of employment for purposes of Section 6 of the Bermuda Employment Act 2000.
Section 12.13.    Construction . The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party. Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign statute or law will be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The use of the word " including " in this Agreement means including without limitation and is intended by the parties to be by way of example rather than limitation.
Section 12.14.    Survival . Sections 3.04, 5.02, 5.03, 5.04, 6.01, 7.01, 8.01 and Articles 9, 10, 11 and 12 will survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding any termination of the Employment Period.
Section 12.15.    Governing Law . ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAW OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.
Section 12.16.    Jurisdiction . The parties agree to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts situated in New York County, New York, for the resolution of any dispute arising under this Agreement or under any share-based award agreements between the Company and the Executive.

- 17 -


Section 12.17.    No Activity Within the United States . The Executive will comply with the operating guidelines set forth in Exhibit A .

[ Signature page follows ]


- 18 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
 
Name: John Rathgeber
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
By:
/s/ Alexandre Scherer
 
Name: Alexandre Scherer

- 19 -
Exhibit 10.33



AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of November 30, 2017
among
WATFORD ASSET TRUST I
as Borrower,
THE LENDER PARTIES HERETO,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer
and
The Other Lender Parties Hereto
BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH,
as
Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner
 



TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
1.01
Defined Terms
1
1.02
Other Interpretive Provisions
25
1.03
Accounting Terms
25
1.04
Rounding
26
1.05
Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents
26
1.06
Change of Currency
26
1.07
Times of Day
27
1.08
Business Day Convention
27
1.09
Letter of Credit Amounts
27
2.01
Committed Loans
27
2.02
Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans
28
2.03
Prepayments
30
2.04
Termination or Reduction of Commitments
31
2.05
Repayment of Loans
32
2.06
Interest
32
2.07
Fees
32
2.08
Computation of Interest and Fees
33
2.09
Evidence of Debt
33
2.10
Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback
34
2.11
Sharing of Payments by Lenders
36
2.12
Defaulting Lenders
36
2.13
Letters of Credit
38
2.14
Cash Collateral
48
2.15
Increase in Commitments
49
3.01
Taxes
50
3.02
Illegality
54
3.03
Inability to Determine Rates
55
3.04
Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans
55
3.05
Compensation for Losses
57
3.06
Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
58
3.07
Survival
59
4.01
Conditions of Initial Credit Extension
59
4.02
Conditions to all Credit Extensions
61

i

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


 
 
Page
5.01
Existence, Qualification and Power
62
5.02
Authorization; No Contravention
62
5.03
Governmental Authorization; Other Consents
62
5.04
Binding Effect
63
5.05
Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
63
5.06
Litigation
63
5.07
No Default
63
5.08
Liens and Indebtedness
64
5.09
Taxes
64
5.10
ERISA Matters
64
5.11
Trust Interests
64
5.12
Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
64
5.13
Disclosure
65
5.14
Compliance with Laws
65
5.15
Taxpayer Identification Number; Other Identifying Information
65
5.16
OFAC
65
5.17
Anti-Corruption Laws
65
6.01
Financial Statements
67
6.02
Certificates; Other Information
68
6.03
Notices
68
6.04
Payment of Obligations
69
6.05
Preservation of Existence, Etc
69
6.06
Maintenance of Properties
69
6.07
Further Assurances
69
6.08
Compliance with Laws
69
6.09
Books and Records
69
6.10
Inspection Rights
70
6.11
Use of Proceeds
70
6.12
Approvals and Authorizations
70
6.13
Trust Entity Requirements
70
6.14
Security Interest
70
6.15
ERISA Matters
70
6.16
Anti-Corruption Laws
70
7.01
Liens
70
7.02
Investments
70
7.03
Indebtedness; Bank Accounts
70

ii

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


 
 
Page
7.04
Fundamental Changes
71
7.05
Sale of Collateral Assets
71
7.06
Restricted Payments
71
7.07
Transactions with Affiliates
71
7.08
Burdensome Agreements
71
7.09
Use of Proceeds
72
7.10
Sanctions
72
7.11
Trust Entity Requirements
72
7.12
Investment Management Agreement Amendment
72
7.13
ERISA
72
7.14
Change in Nature of Business
73
7.15
Representations to Credit Rating Agencies and Regulatory Bodies
73
7.16
Anti-Corruption Laws
73
8.01
Events of Default
73
8.02
Remedies Upon Event of Default
75
8.03
Application of Funds
75
9.01
Appointment and Authority
77
9.02
Rights as a Lender
77
9.03
Exculpatory Provisions
77
9.04
Reliance by Administrative Agent
78
9.05
Delegation of Duties
78
9.06
Resignation of Administrative Agent
79
9.07
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders
80
9.08
No Other Duties, Etc
80
9.09
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding
80
9.10
Collateral Matters
82
10.01
Amendments, Etc
83
10.02
Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication
84
10.03
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement
86
10.04
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
87
10.05
Payments Set Aside
89
10.06
Successors and Assigns
89
10.07
Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality
94
10.08
Right of Setoff
95
10.09
Interest Rate Limitation
96
10.10
Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
96

iii

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


 
 
Page
10.11
Survival of Representations and Warranties
96
10.12
Severability
97
10.13
Replacement of Lenders
97
10.14
Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc
98
10.15
Waiver of Jury Trial
99
10.16
No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
99
10.17
Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents
100
10.18
USA PATRIOT Act
100
10.19
Compliance with Laws
100
10.20
Non-Recourse Obligations; No Petition
100
10.21
Time of the Essence
101
10.22
Judgment Currency
101
10.23
Limitation of Liability
101

iv

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


SCHEDULES
EXHIBITS
 
 
Form of
 
 
ANNEXES
 
 

v

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 30, 2017 (the “ Amendment Date ”), among WATFORD ASSET TRUST I, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, (the “ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”) and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.
The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility (the “ Facility ”), and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
The Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, being the parties to the Credit Agreement dated as of June 2, 2015, as amended by that certain Amendment Agreement dated as of August 1, 2016, by and among Borrower and Bank of America, N.A., as Lender and Administrative Agent (the “ Original Agreement ”), have agreed pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Original Agreement to amend and restate the Original Agreement as set forth herein.
In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
1.01.    Defined Terms .   As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
Additional Current Pay Criteria ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Administrative Agent ” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.
Administrative Agent’s Office ” means, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account with respect to such currency as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.
Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
Advance Rate ” means a percentage applicable to each Collateral Asset as specified in Annex A under the caption “Advance Rate”.
Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

1

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Aggregate Market Value ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
Alternative Currency ” means each of the following currencies: Euro, Sterling and Canadian Dollar.
Alternative Currency Equivalent ” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternative Currency as determined by the Administrative Agent or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternative Currency with Dollars.
Alternative Currency Sublimit ” means, with respect to the aggregate amount of all Commitments made in Alternative Currencies, 31.25% of the Aggregate Commitments. Such Alternative Currency Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.
Amendment Date ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.
Applicable Percentage ” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.12 .   If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments by any Lender. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
Applicable Spread ” has the meaning specified in the Fee Letter.
Applicable Time ” means, with respect to any borrowings and payments in any Alternative Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.
Approved Dealer ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
Arranger ” means Bank of America, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, in its capacity as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner.

2

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.06(b) ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by use of an electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.
Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower Parent for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of Borrower Parent, including the notes thereto.
Availability Period ” means the period (i) beginning on the later of (A) the Closing Date and (B) the date on which all conditions precedent to the initial Credit Extension have been satisfied and (ii) ending on the earlier of (A) any date on which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) the date that is 30 days prior to the Maturity Date.
Bank Loan ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.
Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the Prime Rate in effect for such day and (c) the Eurocurrency Rate plus 1.00%.
Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate. All Base Rate Loans shall be denominated in Dollars.
Bid Condition ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
Borrower Certification ” means with respect to any request for a Credit Extension or any release of funds or any Collateral Asset with respect to the Collateral Account, a certification of the Investment Advisor or another agent appointed by the Borrower, not in its individual capacity, but solely as agent for the Borrower, that is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and as to which the Borrower has delegated the authority to prepare, issue and execute Borrower Certifications on behalf of the Borrower, stating that, after giving effect to such Loan or release of funds or Collateral Assets: (A) no Borrowing Base Deficiency would exist (based on the most recent Borrowing Base determination received from the Calculation Agent), (B) no Default would exist and be continuing, (C) in the case of a request for a Letter of Credit, such L/C Credit Extension will be used solely for Permitted Uses and (D) in the case of any Loan, (i) the proceeds of such Loan would be used solely for Permitted Uses and (ii) in the case that such proceeds would be used to purchase Collateral Assets, no Borrowing Base Deficiency would exist after giving effect to such purchases on a pro forma basis (based on the most recent Borrowing Base determination received from the Calculation Agent). For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the foregoing certifications are made as Borrower Transaction Certifications (as

3

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


defined in the Collateral Administration Agreement), such Borrower Transaction Certifications are Borrower Certifications.
Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .
Borrower Parent ” means Watford Re Ltd.
Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Committed Loans of the same Type, in the same currency and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01 .
Borrowing Base ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Borrowing Base Deficiency ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, New York, Bermuda, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office with respect to Obligations denominated in Dollars is located (which is initially North Carolina) and:
(a) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars or Sterling, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars or Sterling in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars or Sterling to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a London Banking Day;
(b) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means a TARGET Day; and
(c) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Canadian Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Canadian Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a Toronto Banking Day.
Calculation Agent ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Canadian Dollar ” and “ CAD ” mean lawful money of Canada.
Cash ” means such funds denominated in (i) currency of the United States as at the time shall be legal tender for payment of all public and private debts, (ii) the single currency of the Participating Member States, (iii) the lawful currency of the United Kingdom or (iv) the lawful currency of Canada.
Cash Equivalents ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .

4

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Cash Collateralize ” means to deposit in a Controlled Account or to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the L/C Issuer or the Lenders, as collateral for obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer. “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
Change in Investment Advisor ” means the Investment Advisor: (i) ceases to be responsible for the day-to-day management of the investment portfolio of the Borrower, including, without limitation, ceasing to be substantially involved in directing the investment decisions for the investment portfolio of the Borrower or (ii) becomes bankrupt or insolvent; a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar proceeding involving the Investment Advisor or its property is commenced or preliminary steps are taken towards such end; or the Investment Advisor admits its inability to pay its debts as they become due.
Change in Key Personnel ” means all three Key Personnel cease to devote substantially all of their business time and attention to the affairs of the Investment Advisor unless replaced within 60 days with successors reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders in their discretion, with such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
Closing Date ” means June 2, 2015.
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Collateral ” shall have the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.
Collateral Account ” shall have the meaning specified in the Collateral Administration Agreement.
Collateral Administration Agreement ” means the Collateral Administration Agreement between the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Collateral Administrator, dated as of the

5

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Closing Date (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time).
Collateral Administrator ” means U.S. Bank National Association and any successor thereto as custodian under the Collateral Administration Agreement.
Collateral Asset ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Collateral Dispute Notice ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Committed Loans to the Borrower or (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 2.01 , in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Dollar amount (or, if applicable, the Euro, Sterling or Canadian Dollar amount) set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
Commitment Fee Payment Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.07(a).
Commitment Fee Rate ” means (i) with respect to the First Unused Commitment Amount, 1.75%, (ii) with respect to the Second Unused Commitment Amount, 1.00%, (iii) with respect to the Third Unused Commitment Amount, 0.50% and (iv) with respect to the Fourth Unused Commitment Amount, 0.40%, in each case subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.12 .
Committed Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01 .
Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 .
Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D .
Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

6

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Controlled Account ” means each deposit account and securities account that is subject to an account control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer.
Credit Extension ” means each of the following:  (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.
Current Market Price ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Current Market Value ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Current Market Value Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Current Pay Obligation ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.
Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
Default Rate ” means, with respect to any Credit Extension, 1.50% plus (i) in the case of any Eurocurrency Loan, the Eurocurrency Rate plus the Applicable Spread, (ii) in the case of any Base Rate Loan, the Base Rate plus the Applicable Spread, (iii) in the case of any L/C Borrowing, the Base Rate plus the Applicable Spread and (iv) in the case of any L/C Credit Extension, the L/C Undrawn Rate.
Defaulted Obligation ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.12(b) , any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower,

7

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above, and of the effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.12(b) ) as of the date established therefor by the Administrative Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, the L/C Issuer and each other Lender promptly following such determination.
Designated Jurisdiction ” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.
DIP Loan ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.
Disqualified Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(b)(v) .
Distressed Exchange Offer ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.
Dollar Equivalent ” means, (a) with respect to any amount relating to a Loan, at any time, (i) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (ii) with respect to any amount denominated in any Alternative Currency, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with such Alternative Currency and (b) with respect to any amount relating to any Collateral Asset, the amount denominated in Dollars determined pursuant to the Collateral Administration Agreement.

8

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.06(b)(iii) and (v) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.06(b)(iii) ).
Eligible Collateral Asset ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Eligible Collateral Asset Information ” has the meaning specified in the Collateral Administration Agreement.
Eligibility Criteria ” means the eligibility criteria with respect to the Collateral Assets set forth in Annex B .
Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.
ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).
Euro ” and “ ” mean the single currency of the Participating Member States.
Eurocurrency Rate ” means:
(a) With respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, Euro or Sterling, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“ LIBOR ”) or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Rate Determination Date with a term equivalent to such Interest Period.
(b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Canadian dollars, the rate per annum equal to the Canadian Dealer Offered Rate (“ CDOR ”), or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at or about 10:00 a.m.(Toronto, Ontario time) on the Rate Determination Date with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; and

9

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(c) for any rate calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to LIBOR, at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) determined two Business Days prior to such date for U.S. Dollar deposits with a term of one month commencing that day; provided that to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection with any rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided , further that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably and in good faith determined by the Administrative Agent.
If the rate determined under any clause above is less than zero, the applicable Eurocurrency Rate shall be deemed to be zero.
Eurocurrency Rate Loan ” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a) or clause (b) of the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate”. Eurocurrency Rate Loans may be denominated in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency. All Committed Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency must be Eurocurrency Rate Loans.
Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 .
Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 10.13 ) or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.01 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e) and (d) any withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.
Facility ” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
FATCA ” means:
(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;
(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in each case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

10

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any government or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.
Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
Fee Letter ” means (i) the letter agreement dated as of the Closing Date between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (ii) the letter agreement dated as of the Amendment Date between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
First Lien Loan ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
First Unused Commitment Amount ” means, on any Commitment Fee Payment Date, the greater of (a) zero and (b) the amount equal to 33% of the Aggregate Commitments minus the average of the daily Total Outstandings for each day from and including the previous Commitment Fee Payment Date to but excluding the current Commitment Fee Payment Date.
Fitch ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Fitch Rating ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Foreign Lender ” means, a Recipient that is not a U.S. Person.
Foreign Obligor Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto delivered by the Borrower (or Investment Advisor on its behalf) in connection with the acquisition of any Foreign Loan to the obligor or administrative agent of such Foreign Loan (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) not later than 5 Business Days after settlement of the Borrower’s acquisition of such Foreign Loan.
Fourth Unused Commitment Amount ” means, on any Commitment Fee Payment Date, the amount equal to the Aggregate Commitments minus the greater of (a) the average of the daily Total Outstandings for each day from and including the previous Commitment Fee Payment Date to but excluding the current Commitment Fee Payment Date and (b) 70% of the Aggregate Commitments.
FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to the L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all

11

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.
Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.
Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

12

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, without duplication of amounts, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
(b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;
(c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services;
(d) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
(e) capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations;
(f) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends;

13

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(g) any Swap Contract under which the Swap Termination Value thereof with respect to Borrower could be less than zero as of any date during the term of such Swap Contract, regardless of the actual Swap Termination Value as of any date; and
(h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person.
Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a) , Other Taxes.
Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b) .
Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07 .
Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; and (b) as to any BaseRate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.
Interest Period ” means as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one or three months thereafter (in each case, subject to availability), as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:
(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
(ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.
Investment Advisor ” means HPS Investment Partners, LLC.
Investment Advisor Parent ” means HPS Group Holdings II, LLC or any successor in interest thereto that controls, directly or indirectly, the Investment Advisor.
Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

14

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Investment Management Agreement ” means the Investment Management Agreement originally dated as of the Closing Date between the Investment Advisor and the Borrower, as amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
Key Personnel ” means Scott Kapnick, Purnima Puri and Paul Knollmeyer.
Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, self-regulatory organization, market, exchange, or clearing facility charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, self-regulatory organization, market, exchange, or clearing facility, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. All L/C Advances shall be denominated in Dollars.
L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing. All L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in Dollars.
L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.
L/C Issuer ” means Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.
L/C Issuer Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Notice, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.
L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.09 . For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation

15

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
L/C Undrawn Rate ” has the meaning specified in the Fee Letter.
Lenders ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, which office may include any Affiliate of such Lender or any domestic or foreign branch of such Lender or such Affiliate Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Lender shall include its applicable Lending Office.
Letter of Credit ” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder providing for the payment of cash upon the honoring of a presentation thereunder. Letters of Credit may be issued in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency.
Letter of Credit Notice ” means a notice of application for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.13(b), which notice will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 and include an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form attached thereto or such other form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.
Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is seven days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.13(h) .
Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means as of any date of determination, an amount equal to 50% of the Aggregate Commitments. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.
LIBOR ” has the meaning specified in the definition of Eurocurrency Rate.
Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Committed Loan.
Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Collateral Administration Agreement, each Assignment and Assumption, each Note, the Fee Letter, each L/

16

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


C Issuer Document and any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.14 .
London Banking Day ” means any day on which dealings in Dollar or Sterling deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market.
Markit ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Material Adverse Effect ” means, relative to any occurrence of whatever nature (including any adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration, or governmental investigation or proceeding), a materially adverse effect on (a) the financial condition or operations of the Borrower, (b) the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the transaction documents, (c) the right or ability of the Borrower to perform any of its obligations under any of the transaction documents, or (d) the rights or remedies of (i) the Lender under any of the transaction documents or (ii) the Borrower under the Collateral Assets; provided that if a material adverse effect described in clause (d)(ii) affects or impairs the rights and remedies of the Borrower with respect to only a portion of the Collateral Assets, such effects shall not constitute a Material Adverse Effect at any time that (x) such Affected Collateral is excluded from the Borrowing Base and (y) the exclusion of such Affected Collateral from the Borrowing Base does not result in a Borrowing Base Deficiency.
Maturity Date ” means November 30, 2021; provided that the Lenders may unanimously and in their sole discretion extend the Maturity Date to November 30, 2022, following receipt bythe Administrative Agent of a written request by the Borrower for such extension on any date during the Availability Period.
Minimum Collateral Amount ” means, at any time, (i) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances provided to reduce or eliminate Fronting Exposure during the existence of a Defaulting Lender, an amount equal to 100% of the Fronting Exposure of the L/C Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time and (ii) otherwise, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer in their sole discretion.
Moody’s ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Moody’s Rating ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Non-Qualifying Assets ” has the meaning specified in Annex B .
Net Asset Value ” means an amount equal to the excess of (i) (A) the aggregate of the Current Market Values of each Collateral Asset (whether or not meeting the Eligibility Criteria and whether or not included in the Borrowing Base) other than Cash and Cash Equivalents plus (B) the par value of all Cash and Cash Equivalents owned by the Borrower over (ii) the sum of the Total Outstandings and other liabilities of the Borrower, in each case expressed as a Dollar Equivalent.
Non-Consenting Lender ” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of a majority of Lenders or all Lenders or all affected

17

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 and (ii) has been approved by the Required Lenders.
Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.
Note ” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender to the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit B .
Obligations ” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, the Borrower arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest, fees and reimbursement obligations that accrue after the commencement by or against the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest, fees and reimbursement obligations are allowed claims in such proceeding.
OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.
Offer ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to the Borrower, the Trust Agreement; (b) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (c) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (d) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other

18

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.06 ).
Outstanding Amount ” (i) with respect to Committed Loans on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Committed Loans occurring on such date and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.
Overnight Rate ” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternative Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of Bank of America in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.
" Owner Trustee " means Wilmington Trust, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee for the Borrower under the Trust Agreement.
Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section )10.06d( .
Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Union that has the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.
Participant Register ” has the meaning specified in Section )10.06d( .
Permitted Liens ” means any of the following as to which no enforcement, collection, execution, levy or foreclosure proceeding shall have been commenced: (a) Liens for state, municipal or other local Taxes if such Taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if a Person shall currently be contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in accordance with GAAP have been provided on the books of such Person, (b) Liens imposed by Laws, such as materialmen’s, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s and repairmen’s Liens and other similar Liens, arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business for sums that are not overdue or are being contested in good faith, (c) Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent or any Lender granted pursuant to or by any Loan Document, (d) Liens in favor of any purchaser of a Collateral Asset if such Collateral Asset has been sold by the Borrower for cash consideration and (i) such cash consideration has been delivered into the Collateral Account, (ii) the transfer of such Collateral Asset has not been or cannot be completed and (iii) the Borrower has settled such sale as a participation or similar arrangement (including settlement as a participation pending transfer), and (e) the Lien in favor of the Collateral Administrator pursuant to Section 4(d)

19

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


of the Collateral Administration Agreement, including the Permitted Collateral Administrator Lien (as defined in the Collateral Administration Agreement). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no Lien for any Indebtedness other than the Obligations will be a Permitted Lien.
Permitted Uses ” means (i) the purchase of Collateral Assets, (ii) the payment of Taxes, fees or other expenses of Borrower to maintain its existence or directly related to managing the portfolio of Collateral Assets, including, without limitation, fees payable under the Investment Management Agreement, (iii) distributions of cash or Collateral Assets to Borrower Parent if no Default has occurred or would occur after giving effect to such distributions, (iv) the operating costs of the Borrower, (v) solely with respect to the initial Borrowing and the first Borrowing after the Amendment Date, the payment of any amounts due under the Fee Letter and (vi) solely in the case of an L/C Credit Extension, the support of Borrower Parent’s Bermuda reinsurance business in accordance with applicable Law and the Loan Documents.
Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
Plan Assets ” means assets of any (i) employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) plan (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code) to which Section 4975 of the Code applies, or (iii) non-US, church or governmental plan subject to non-US, federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations substantially similar to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .
Portfolio Criteria ” means the portfolio criteria with respect to the Collateral Assets set forth in Annex B .
Pricing Source ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
Rate Determination Date ” means with respect to Borrowings denominated in U.S. Dollars, Sterling, Euros and Canadian Dollars, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

20

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Recipient ” means the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and any Lender, as applicable.
Register ” has the meaning specified in Section )10.06c( .
Registered ” means a debt obligation that is issued after July 18, 1984 and that is in registered form within the meaning of Section 881(c)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the United States Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
Regulatory Event ” means, with respect to (i) the Investment Advisor, the Investment Advisor Parent or any Key Personnel: (a) the indictment of it or any of its executive officers who are primarily responsible for the management of the Collateral Assets in the Collateral Account for an act that constitutes fraud or criminal activity related to its business of providing asset management services; or (b) the finding by a court or regulator with respect to the making of a false statement or omission, or the issuance of an injunction from causing any material violations of any securities or criminal laws, with respect to it or any of its executive officers who are primarily responsible for the management of the Collateral Assets in the Collateral Account and, solely in the case of any such executive officer (including the Key Personnel), such executive officer has not been removed from having responsibility for the management of the collateral within 60 Business Days of such indictments, finding or issuance and (ii) the Borrower Parent, (a) the indictment of it or any of its executive officers for an act that constitutes fraud or criminal activity related to its business; (b) the finding by a court or regulator of a criminal or material violation of applicable insurance Law, or the issuance of an injunction from causing any criminal or material violations of applicable insurance Law, with respect to it or any of its executive officers and, solely in the case of any such affected executive officer in respect of any indictment finding or issuance described in this clause (ii), such executive officer has not been removedfrom having responsibility for the management of Borrower Parent’s business within 60 Business Days of such indictments, finding or issuance; or (c) with respect to Bermuda only, (1) the commencement of any criminal or regulatory proceedings against it or any of its directors or officers for an act that constitutes fraud, dishonesty or criminal activity related to its business or (2) the finding by a court or regulator of a criminal or material violation of applicable insurance Law (including the issuance of an injunction from causing any criminal or material violations of applicable insurance Law), with respect to it or any of its directors or officers and, solely in the case of any such affected director or officer in respect of any such proceedings, finding or issuance described in this clause (c), such director or officer has not been removed from having responsibility for the management of Borrower Parent’s business within 60 Business Days of the commencement of such proceedings, or the date of such finding or issuance.
Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Committed Loans, a Committed Loan Notice and (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Notice.

21

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Total Credit Exposures representing more than 50% of the Total Credit Exposures of all Lenders. The Total Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time; provided that Unreimbursed Amounts that such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund that have not been reallocated to and funded by another Lender shall be deemed to be held by the Lender that is the L/C Issuer in making such determination.
Required Ratings ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Responsible Officer ” means with respect to the Borrower any trustee or officer or any other Person who is authorized to act for the Borrower and, solely for purposes of Committed Loan Notices and Letter of Credit Notices given pursuant to Article II , any other officer or employee of the Borrower, the Borrower Parent or the Investment Advisor so designated on Schedule 1.01 or by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of the Borrower and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of the Borrower.
Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any trust certificate or other beneficial or equity interest in the Borrower, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such trust certificate or other beneficial or equity interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Borrower’s beneficial owners (or the equivalent Person thereof).
Revaluation Date ” means (a) with respect to any Loan, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency pursuant to Section 2.02 , and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof, (iii) each date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require.
Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to any Lender at any time, the aggregate Outstanding Amount at such time of its Committed Loans and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of such Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations at such time.
S&P ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
S&P Rating ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .

22

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Sanction(s) ” means any sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including without limitation, OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”) or other relevant sanctions authority.
Same Day Funds ” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Alternative Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Alternative Currency.
SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
Second Lien Loan ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Second Unused Commitment Amount ” means, on any Commitment Fee Payment Date, the greater of (a) zero and (b) the amount equal to 50% of the Aggregate Commitments minus the greater of (i) the average of the daily Total Outstandings for each day from and including the previous Commitment Fee Payment Date to but excluding the current Commitment Fee Payment Date and (ii) 33% of the Aggregate Commitments.
Secured Parties ” means the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer.
Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, dated as of the Closing Date (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time).
Senior Secured Bond ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Senior Subordinated Bond ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Special Situation Asset ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Spot Rate ” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent or L/C Issuer may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or L/C Issuer if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and provided , further , that the L/C Issuer may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.
Sterling ” and “ £ ”have the meaning specified in Annex C .

23

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Structured Finance Security ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Subordinated Bond ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other similar master agreement relating to a similar transaction (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-marketvalue(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
Synthetic Lease Obligation ” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the Indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
TARGET2 ” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilizes a single shared platform and which was launched on November 19, 2007.
TARGET Day ” means any day on which TARGET2 (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system, if any, determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.
Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

24

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Third Unused Commitment Amount ” means, on any Commitment Fee Payment Date, the greater of (a) zero and (b) the amount equal to 70% of the Aggregate Commitments minus the greater of (i) the average of the daily Total Outstandings for each day from and including the previous Commitment Fee Payment Date to but excluding the current Commitment Fee Payment Date and (ii) 50% of the Aggregate Commitments.
Toronto Banking Day ” means any day on which dealings in Canadian Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the Toronto interbank market.
Total Credit Exposure ” means, as to any Lender at any time, the unused Commitments and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender at such time.
Total Outstandings ” means the Outstanding Amount of all Loans and the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, in the aggregate.
Trust Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of June 2, 2015, between the Borrower Parent as depositor and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as owner trustee.
Trust Entity Requirements ” means the obligations of the Borrower to comply with the provisions set forth in Schedule B to the Trust Agreement.
Type ” means, with respect to a Committed Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.
United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.
U.S. Person ” means any Person that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(B)(III) .
Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.13(c)(i) .
Unsecured Bond ” has the meaning specified in Annex C .
1.02.    Other Interpretive Provisions .   With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “ without limitation .” The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall .” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other

25

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ hereto ,” “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”
(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
1.03.    Accounting Terms .   All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.
1.04.    Rounding .   Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

26

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


1.05.    Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents .   (a) The Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Equivalent amounts of Credit Extensions and Outstanding Amounts denominated in Alternative Currencies. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date to occur. The applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable.
(b) Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Borrowing, Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Letter of Credit is denominated in an Alternative Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Alternative Currency Equivalent of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be.
(c) The Administrative Agent does not warrant, nor accept responsibility, nor shall the Administrative Agent have any liability with respect to the administration, submission or any other matter related to the rates in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate” or with respect to any comparable or successor rate thereto.
1.06.    Change of Currency .   (a) Each obligation of the Borrower to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the date hereof shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption. If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any Borrowing in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such Borrowing, at the end of the then current Interest Period.
(b) Without prejudice to the obligations of Lenders to the Borrower hereunder, each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time, in consultation with the Borrower, specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro after the date hereof; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the Borrower with prior notice of the proposed change with an explanation of such change in sufficient time to permit the Borrower an opportunity to respond to such proposed change.
(c) Without prejudice to the obligations of Lenders to Borrower hereunder, each provision of this Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time, in consultation with the Borrower, specify to be

27

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency after the date hereof; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the Borrower with prior notice of the proposed change with an explanation of such change in sufficient time to permit the Borrower an opportunity to respond to such proposed change.
1.07.    Times of Day .   Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
1.08.    Business Day Convention .   Unless otherwise specified, in the event any time period or any date provided in this Agreement ends or falls on a day other than a Business Day, then such time period shall be deemed to end and such date shall be deemed to fall on the next succeeding Business Day, and performance herein may be made on such Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on such other day.
1.09.    Letter of Credit Amounts .   Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any L/C Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.
ARTICLE II.
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
2.01.    Committed Loans .   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Committed Loan ”) to the Borrower in Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment and (iii) the Outstanding Amount of all Committed Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies shall not exceed the Alternative Currency Sublimit. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01 , prepay under Section 2.03 , and reborrow under this Section 2.01 . Committed Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
2.02.    Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans .   (a)  Each Borrowing, each conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Administrator, which may be given in writing, including via email.   Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) on the second Business Day prior to the request date of any (x) Borrowing of, conversion to or

28

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


continuation of any Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, (y) conversion of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars to Base Rate Loans, or (z) Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies or (ii) on the request date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of any Base Rate Loan denominated in Dollars. Each written notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.   Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of, in the case of (i) Dollar-denominated Loans $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, (ii) in the case of Euro-denominated Loans, €400,000 or a whole multiple of €100,000 in excess thereof, (iii) in the case of Sterling-denominated Loans, £250,000 or a whole multiple of £100,000 in excess thereof and (iv) in the case of Canadian Dollar-denominated Loans, CAD500,000 or a whole multiple of CAD100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, in the amount of the unused portion of the Commitments. Each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or in the amount of the unused portion of the Commitments. Each Committed Loan Notice shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Committed Loans to be borrowed or continued or to which existing Committed Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (vi) the currency of the Committed Loans to be borrowed. If the Borrower fails to specify a currency in a Committed Loan Notice requesting a Borrowing, then the Committed Loans so requested shall be made in Dollars. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Committed Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Committed Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans; provided , however , that in the case of a failure to timely request a continuation of Committed Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, such Loans shall be continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans in their original currency with an Interest Period of one month. Any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of onemonth.   No Committed Loan may be converted into or continued as a Committed Loan denominated in a different currency, but instead must be prepaid in the original currency of such Committed Loan and reborrowed in the other currency.
(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount (and currency) of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Committed Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation of Committed Loans denominated in a currency other than Dollars, in each case as described in the preceding subsection.   In the case of a Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Committed Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office for the applicable currency not later than

29

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


1:00 p.m., in the case of any Committed Loan denominated in Dollars, and not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent in the case of any Committed Loan in an Alternative Currency, in each case on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice.  Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02   (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01 ), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided , however , that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing denominated in Dollars is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first , shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and, second , shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.
(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan unless the Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.05 in connection therewith. During the existence of an Event of Default, no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans (whether in Dollars or any Alternative Currency) without the consent of the Required Lenders, and the Required Lenders may demand that any or all of the then outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency be prepaid, or redenominated into Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Equivalent thereof, on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto.
(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in the Prime Rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.
(e) After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Committed Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than ten Interest Periods in effect with respect to Committed Loans.
(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Lender may exchange, continue or rollover all of the portion of its Loans in connection with any refinancing, extension, loan modification or similar transaction permitted by the terms of this Agreement, pursuant to a cashless settlement mechanism approved by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and such Lender.
2.03.    Prepayments .
(a) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Committed Loans, in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior

30

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, (B) four Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, and (C) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; (iii) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies shall be in a minimum principal amount of (A) in the case of Euro, €400,000 or a whole multiple of €100,000 in excess thereof, (B) in the case of Sterling, £250,000 or a whole multiple of £100,000 in excess thereof and (C) in the case of Canadian Dollar, CAD500,000 or a whole multiple of CAD100,000 in excess thereof; and (iv) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Committed Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurocurrency Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Subject to Section 2.12 , each such prepayment shall be applied to the Committed Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower may rescind any such notice not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day before such prepayment was scheduled to take place if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of the Loans, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.
(b) If the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists at such time, then the Borrower shall (i) give notice to the Administrative Agent and Lenders of its intent to cure any Borrowing Base Deficiency by 3:00 p.m. on the Business Day following the date on which the Borrowing Base Deficiency notice was delivered (unless Borrower has actually cured such Borrowing Base Deficiency by such time) and (ii) cure any Borrowing Base Deficiency by 3:00 p.m. on the fourth Business Day following the date on which a Borrowing Base Deficiency notice was delivered by either (A) repaying outstanding Loans or transferring additional Eligible Collateral Assets, Cash or Cash Equivalents to the Collateral Account so that the Borrowing Base will thereupon equal or exceed the Total Outstandings or (B) delivering to the Administrative Agent a written report showing a projected cure of any BorrowingBase Deficiency based on actions described in clause (A), if any, and pending purchases and sales of Collateral Assets, which report shall (1) be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (2) give effect to all committed purchases of Collateral Assets and other financial assets by the Borrower and reasonably account for any change in the market value of any such Collateral Asset and (3) give effect to sales of Collateral Assets only if such sales are to Approved Dealers and Borrower reasonably expects such sales to be settled within 30 days of the Borrower’s commitment to such sale.
(c) If the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the Outstanding Amount of all Credit Extension denominated in any Alternative Currency at such time exceeds (x) 105% of the Alternative Currency Sublimit then in effect as of the last day of any fiscal quarter or (y) 108% of the Alternative Currency Sublimit then in effect at any time, then, within two Business

31

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall prepay Loans denominated in any Alternative Currency in an aggregate amount equal to the lesser of (i) an amount sufficient to reduce such Outstanding Amount denominated in Alternative Currencies as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed 100% of the Alternative Currency Sublimit then in effect or (ii) the amount of Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies.
(d) If the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the Total Outstandings exceeds the Aggregate Commitments, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall prepay Loans in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce the Total Outstandings as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed the Aggregate Commitments.
(e) Any prepayment of any Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest, amounts owing under Section 2.06 in respect of the amount prepaid and in the case of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 .
2.04.    Termination or Reduction of Commitments . The Borrower may, at its discretion on any date, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of at least $500,000 or, if less, the entire Aggregate Commitments, (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (iv) the Alternative Currency Sublimits will remain a percentage of the Aggregate Commitments (i.e., will reduce pro rata with the Aggregate Commitments) and the Letter of Credit Sublimit will be reduced pro rata with the Aggregate Commitments.   The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Aggregate Commitments. Any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments shall be applied to the Commitment of each Lender according to its Applicable Percentage.   All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower may rescind any such notice not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day before such termination was scheduled to take place if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of the Commitments, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.
2.05.    Repayment of Loans .   The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Committed Loans made to the Borrower outstanding on such date and shall repay Loans as provided in Section 2.04 .

32

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


2.06.    Interest .   (a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Spread and (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the Outstanding Amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Spread.
(b) (i)    If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders, such overdue amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws and shall continue to bear interest at such rate until but excluding the date on which such Event of Default is cured or waived.
(iii) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
2.07.    Fees .
(a) Commitment Fee .  Subject to Section 2.12(a)(iii) , the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee in Dollars equal to the sum of (i) (A) the First Unused Commitment Amount times (B) the applicable Commitment Fee Rate plus (ii) (A) the Second Unused Commitment Amount times (B) the applicable Commitment Fee Rate, plus (iii) (A) the Third Unused Commitment Amount times (B) the applicable Commitment Fee Rate plus (iv) (A) the Fourth Unused Commitment Amount times (B) the applicable Commitment Fee Rate.  The commitment fee shall accrue from and including the six-month anniversary of the Closing Date to and including the last day of the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of theconditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (each, a “ Commitment Fee Payment Date ”), commencing with the first such date to occur after the six-month anniversary of the Closing Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period.
(b) Makewhole Fee . Subject to Section 2.12(a)(iii) , if the Aggregate Commitments are terminated in whole or in part pursuant to Section 2.04 prior to the third anniversary of the Amendment Date, then Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each

33

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage a fee equal to the present value (discounted on the basis of the applicable LIBOR swap curve) in Dollars of all future amounts that would have been payable in respect of the Aggregate Commitments (or terminated portion thereof) during the period from the termination date through the third anniversary of the Amendment Date assuming that the Outstanding Amount is equal to the Aggregate Commitments (or terminated portion thereof), the Applicable Spread is equal to 0.50%. and the Eurocurrency Rate is zero; provided that the Borrower may reduce the Aggregate Commitments by up to $160,000,000 without a Makewhole Fee.
(c) Other Fees .   (i)  The Borrower shall pay to the Arranger and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts, in Dollars, fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter.  Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
(ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders, in Dollars, such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified.  Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
2.08.    Computation of Interest and Fees .   All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans  (including Base Rate Loans determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate) and Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Sterling or Canadian Dollars shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365- day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.10(a) , bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
2.09.    Evidence of Debt . The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business in accordance with its usual practice. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender to the Borrower made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans to the Borrower in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to a Note and endorse

34

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount, currency and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
2.10.    Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback .   (a)    General .   All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made free and clear of and without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and except with respect to principal of and interest on Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder with respect to principal and interest on Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in such Alternative Currency and in Same Day Funds not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent on the dates specified herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may require that any payments due under this Agreement be made in the United States. If, for any reason, the Borrower is prohibited by any Law from making any required payment hereunder in an Alternative Currency, the Borrower shall make such payment in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the Alternative Currency payment amount. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent (i) after 2:00 p.m., in the case of payments in Dollars, or (ii) after the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent in the case of payments in an Alternative Currency, shall in each case be deemed received on the next following Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that this sentence shall not apply to payments made on the Maturity Date without giving effect to the proviso in the definition of such term.
(b) (i)     Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent .   Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02 ) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender,

35

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
(ii) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Overnight Rate.
A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
(c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent . If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender to the Borrower as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
(d) Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Committed Loans, to fund participations in L/C Obligations and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Committed Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 10.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Committed Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.04(c) .
(e) Funding Source . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

36

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


2.11.    Sharing of Payments by Lenders .   If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Committed Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations held by it, resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Committed Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Committed Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Committed Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:
(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Committed Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to the Borrower (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).
The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower’s rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
2.12.    Defaulting Lenders .   (a) Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:
(i) Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders” and Section 10.01 .
(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment of any amounts owing by such

37

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuer; third to Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.14 ; fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to satisfy (x) such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.14 ; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders or the L/C Issuer as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or is continuing, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Obligations owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Obligations owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded or unfunded participations in L/C Obligations are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.12(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
(iii) Certain Fees .
(A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee payable under Sections 2.07(a) or (b) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender.
(B) Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive Letter of Credit Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.14 .

38

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(C) With respect to any Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to the L/C Issuer the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.
(iv) Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure . All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.
(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Committed Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.
2.13.    Letters of Credit .
(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment .
(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.13 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies for the account of the Borrower, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally

39

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (y) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.
(ii) The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit, if:
(A) subject to Section 2.13(b)(iii) , the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or
(B) the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.
(iii) The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:
(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;
(B) the issuance of the Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;
(C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, the Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $10,000;

40

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(D) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, the Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars or an Alternative Currency;
(E) the L/C Issuer does not as of the issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit issue Letters of Credit in the requested currency;
(F) any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (in its sole discretion) with such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.14(a) ) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which the L/C Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion;
(G) the Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or
(H) the Letter of Credit could be transferred by the Borrower or the initial beneficiary to any Person, other than with the express written consent of the L/C Issuer.
(iv) The L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.
(v) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit.
(vi) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and L/C Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.
(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension

41

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Letters of Credit .
(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon receipt by the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of (A) the request of the Borrower delivered to in the form of a Letter of Credit Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and (B) a Borrower Certification. Such Letter of Credit Notice may be sent by facsimile, by United States mail, by overnight courier, by electronic transmission using the system provided by the L/C Issuer, by personal delivery or by any other means acceptable to the L/C Issuer. Such Letter of Credit Notice must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Notice shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount and currency thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof and whether any auto-renewal is requested; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Notice shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any L/C Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.
(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Notice, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Notice from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

42

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(iii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Notice, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided , however , that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.13(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.
(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.
(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .
(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer in such Alternative Currency, unless (A) the L/C Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in Dollars, or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, the Borrower shall have notified the L/C Issuer promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Borrower will reimburse the L/C Issuer in Dollars. In the case of any such reimbursement in Dollars of a drawing under a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in Dollars, or the Applicable Time on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in an Alternative Currency (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative

43

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Agent in an amount equal to the amount of suchdrawing and in the applicable currency. In the event that (A) a drawing denominated in an Alternative Currency is to be reimbursed in Dollars pursuant to the second sentence in this Section 2.13(c)(i) and (B) the Dollar amount paid by the Borrower, whether on or after the Honor Date, shall not be adequate on the date of that payment to purchase in accordance with normal banking procedures a sum denominated in the Alternative Currency equal to the drawing, the Borrower agrees, as a separate and independent obligation, to indemnify the L/C Issuer for the loss resulting from its inability on that date to purchase the Alternative Currency in the full amount of the drawing. If the Borrower fails to timely reimburse the L/C Issuer on the Honor Date, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (expressed in Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Equivalent thereof in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency) (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.13(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
(ii) Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.13(c)(i) make funds available (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) for the account of the L/C Issuer, in Dollars, at the Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar-denominated payments in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.13(c)(iii) , each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Committed Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer in Dollars.
(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.13(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.13 .

44

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(iv) Until each Lender funds its Committed Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.13(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter ofCredit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.
(v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.13(c) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.13(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.
(vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.13(c) by the time specified in Section 2.13(c)(ii) , then, without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) Repayment of Participations .
(i) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.13(c) , if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in Dollars and in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

45

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.13(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of thecircumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
(e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;
(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;
(iv) waiver by the L/C Issuer of any requirement that exists for the L/C Issuer’s protection and not the protection of the Borrower or any waiver by the L/C Issuer which does not in fact materially prejudice the Borrower;
(v) honor of a demand for payment presented electronically even if such Letter of Credit requires that demand be in the form of a draft;
(vi) any payment made by the L/C Issuer in respect of an otherwise complying item presented after the date specified as the expiration date of, or the date by which documents must be received under, such Letter of Credit if presentation after such date is authorized by the UCC or the ISP, as applicable;
(vii) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to

46

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to anybeneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;
(viii) any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the relevant Alternative Currency to the Borrower or in the relevant currency markets generally; or
(ix) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower.
The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will promptly notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
(f) Role of L/C Issuer . Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or L/C Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (viii) of Section 2.13(e) ; provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible

47

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalidor ineffective for any reason. The L/C Issuer may send a Letter of Credit or conduct any communication to or from the beneficiary via the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (“ SWIFT ”) message or overnight courier, or any other commercially reasonable means of communicating with a beneficiary.
(g) Applicability of ISP; Limitation of Liability . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible to the Borrower for, and the L/C Issuer’s rights and remedies against the Borrower shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of the L/C Issuer required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the Law or any order of a jurisdiction where the L/C Issuer or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade - International Financial Services Association (BAFT-IFSA), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.
(h) Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.12 , with its Applicable Percentage, in the applicable currency, a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fe e”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the L/C Undrawn Rate times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.09 . Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.
(i) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer . The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account, in Dollars, a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum specified in the Fee Letter, computed on the Dollar Equivalent of the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.09 . In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account, in Dollars, the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such

48

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.
(j) Conflict with L/C Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any L/C Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.
2.14.    Cash Collateral .
(a) Certain Credit Support Events . If (i) the Borrower shall be required to provide Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 8.02(e) , or (ii) there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower shall immediately (in the case of clause (i) above) or within one Business Day (in the case of clause (ii) above) following any request by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, provide Cash Collateral in an amount not less than the applicable Minimum Collateral Amount (determined in the case of Cash Collateral provided pursuant to clause (ii) above, after giving effect to Section 2.13(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).
(b) Grant of Security Interest . The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 2.14(c) . If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, the Borrower will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency. All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in the Collateral Account or one or more Controlled Accounts at Bank of America. The Borrower shall pay on demand therefor from time to time all reasonable and customary account opening, activity and other administrative fees and charges in connection with the maintenance and disbursement of Cash Collateral.
(c) Application . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 2.14 or Sections 2.03 , 2.12, 2.13 or 8.02 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.
(d) Release . Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or to secure other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 10.06(b)(vi) ) or (ii) the determination by the

49

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided , however , (x) any such release shall be without prejudice to, and any disbursement or other transfer of Cash Collateral shall be and remain subject to, any other Lien conferred under the LoanDocuments and the other applicable provisions of the Loan Documents, and (y) the Person providing Cash Collateral and the L/C Issuer may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.
2.15.    Increase in Commitments .
(a) Request for Increase . Provided there exists no Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), the Company may from time to time request an increase in the Aggregate Commitments by an amount not exceeding $200,000,000; provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $50,000,000 and (ii) the Company may make a maximum of three such requests. At the time of sending such notice, the Company (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond notice to the Lenders.
(b) Lender Elections to Increase . Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage of such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment.
(c) Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders . The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, the Company may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
(d) Effective Date and Allocations . If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Company shall determine the effective date (the “ Increase Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date.
(e) Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase . As a condition precedent to such increase, (i) the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the Company dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company (x) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the Company approving or consenting to such increase, and (y) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.15, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most

50

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


recent statements furnished pursuant to subsections (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default exists. The Borrower shall prepay any Committed Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant toSection 3.05) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Committed Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.
(f) Conflicting Provisions . This Section shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.11 or 10.01 to the contrary.

ARTICLE III.
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
3.01.    Taxes . (a) Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Laws. If any applicable Laws (as determined in the good faith discretion of the applicable withholding agent) require the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, then the Administrative Agent or the Borrower shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.
(c) Tax Indemnifications . (i) The Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(ii) Each Lender and the L/C Issuer shall severally indemnify, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, (x) the Administrative Agent against any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender or the L/C Issuer (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for

51

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (y) the Administrative Agent against any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure tocomply with the provisions of Section 10.06(d) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (z) the Administrative Agent against any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (ii) .
(d) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01 , the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(e) Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation . (i) Any Recipient that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Law or the taxing authorities of a jurisdiction pursuant to such applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding; provided that a Recipient shall be required to provide documentation prescribed by non-U.S. Law only to the extent requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent. In addition, any Recipient, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Recipient is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation either (A) set forth in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(A) , (B) or (D) or Section 3.01(e)(iii) or (B) required by applicable Law other than the Code or the taxing authorities of a jurisdiction pursuant to such applicable Law to comply with the requirements for exemption or reduction of withholding Tax in that jurisdiction) shall not be required if in the Recipient’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Recipient to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Recipient.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
(A) any Recipient that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Recipient becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable

52

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Recipient is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding Tax;
(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(I) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, as applicable) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, as applicable) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
(II) executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;
(III) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10-percent shareholder” of the Borrower Parent within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, as applicable); or
(IV) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, as applicable), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 or Exhibit E-3 , IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;
(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign

53

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and
(D) if a payment made to a Recipient under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Recipient were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Recipient shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Recipient has complied with such Recipient’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
(iii) Each Recipient agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered pursuant to this Section 3.01 expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, or if a successor version of such form or certification is published, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender or the L/C Issuer, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. If any Recipient determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01 , it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by such Recipient, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Recipient, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest orother charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Recipient within thirty days of such request in the event the Recipient is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection, in no event will the applicable Recipient be required to pay any amount to the Borrower pursuant to this subsection the payment of which would place the Recipient in a

54

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


less favorable net after-Tax position than such Recipient would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require any Recipient to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.
(g) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 3.01 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.
3.02.    Illegality . If any Lender determines that any Change in Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted after the date of this Agreement that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to perform any of its obligations hereunder or make, maintain or fund or charge interest with respect to any Credit Extension or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars or any Alternative Currency in the applicable interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to issue, make, maintain, fund or charge interest with respect to any such Credit Extension or to make or continue Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies or, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in Dollars, to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable and such Loans are denominated in Dollars, convert all Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based uponthe Eurocurrency Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and any amounts due pursuant to Section 3.05 .
3.03.    Inability to Determine Rates . If in connection with any request for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof, (a) (i) the Administrative

55

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Agent determines that (i) deposits (whether in Dollars or an Alternative Currency) are not being offered to banks in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan (whether denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency) or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, (in each case with respect to clause (a) above, “ Impacted Loans ”), or (b) the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders determine that for any reason the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies shall be suspended, (to the extent of the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurocurrency Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies (to the extent of the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods) or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent has made the determination described in this Section, the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower and the Required Lenders, may establish an alternative interest rate for the Impacted Loans, in which case, such alternative rate of interest shall apply with respect to the Impacted Loans until (1) the Administrative Agent revokes the notice delivered with respect to the Impacted Loans under clause (a) of the first sentence of this section, (2) the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that such alternative interest rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding the Impacted Loans, or (3) any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to such alternative rate of interest or to determine or charge interest rates based upon such rate or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to do any of the foregoing and provides the Administrative Agent and the Borrower written notice thereof.
3.04.    Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans .   (a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e) , other than as set forth below) or the L/C Issuer;

56

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(ii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or
(iii) impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Rate Loans made by such Lender or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender , or the Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error and shall certify as to compliance with subsection (d) below. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.04 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s

57

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof) and provided , further , that such Lender or L/C Issuer at that time has a general policy of demanding the same type of compensation from similarly situated borrowers.
(e) Additional Reserve Requirements . The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “ Eurocurrency liabilities ”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurocurrency Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least 10 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or costs from such Lender which notice will include the amount of such interest or costs, the methodology for the calculation and the calculation thereof. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or costs shall be due and payable 10 days from receipt of such notice.
3.05.    Compensation for Losses . Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);
(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower or the Borrower unless such notice is rescinded in accordance with the terms hereof;
(c) any failure by the Borrower to make payment of any Loan or drawing under any Letter of Credit (or interest due thereon) denominated in an Alternative Currency on its scheduled due date or any payment thereof in a different currency; or
(d) any assignment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the
Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 10.13 ; including any loss of anticipated profits, any foreign exchange losses and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan, from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained or from the performance of any foreign exchange contract.

58

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower (or the Borrower) to the Lenders under this Section 3.05 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurocurrency Rate Loan made by it at the Eurocurrency Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the offshore interbank market for such currency for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Rate Loan was in fact so funded.
3.06.    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .   (a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . Each Lender may make any Credit Extension to the Borrower through any Lending Office, provided that the exercise of this option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Credit Extension in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or requires the Borrower to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01 , then at the request of the Borrower such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.
(b) Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section )3.06a( , the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 .
3.07.    Survival . All obligations of the Borrower under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder, and resignation of the Administrative Agent.

59

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


ARTICLE IV.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
4.01.    Conditions of Initial Credit Extension .   The obligation of the L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a)    The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or telecopies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a reasonably recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:
(i)    executed counterparts of this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Collateral Administration Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the Trust Agreement, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Borrower;
(ii)    Notes executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting Notes;
(iii)    such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party;
(iv)    such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that the Borrower is duly formed, and that the Borrower is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in the State of Delaware;
(v)    a favorable opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, counsel to the Borrower, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to the matters concerning the Borrower, the Investment Advisor, the Loan Documents and the Collateral as the Required Lenders may reasonably request;
(vi)    a favorable opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman, Bermudan counsel to the Borrower, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to such matters concerning the Borrower and the Loan Documents as the Required Lenders may reasonably request;
(vii)    a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied and (B) thatthere has been no event or circumstance since the date of the Audited Financial Statements that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

60

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(viii)    a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and the validity against the Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;
(ix)    evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion that the Borrower has a Net Asset Value of at least $50,000,000; and
(x)    such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Required Lenders reasonably may require.
(b)    Any fees required to be paid on or before the Closing Date that have been invoiced shall have been paid.
(c)    Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent (directly to such counsel if requested by the Administrative Agent) to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings ( provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent); provided , however , that such fees, charges and disbursements shall only be due and payable to the extent provided pursuant to Section 10.04 .
(d)    The representations and warranties of (i) the Borrower contained in Article V and (ii) the Borrower and Borrower Parent contained in each other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, (I) to the extent already qualified with respect to “material” matters or “Material Adverse Effect”, shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date and (II) to the extent not already qualified with respect to “material” matters or “Material Adverse Effect”, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct (in all material respects, or as so qualified, as applicable) as of such earlier date.
(e)     No Default shall exist, or would result from such Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.
(f)    The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have a valid and perfected first-priority lien and security interest in the Collateral as required under the Loan Documents, all filings, recordations and searches necessary or desirable in connection with the Collateral shallhave been duly made, and all filing and recording fees and taxes shall have been duly paid, including in each case under, and as required by, all applicable laws.
(g)    All governmental and third party approvals necessary or, in the discretion of the Lender, advisable in connection with the Credit Extension shall have been obtained and be in full

61

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the Lender making the Credit Extension.
(h)    The initial Lender shall have received and reviewed all financial statements required to be delivered under Section 6.01 and, in each case, such financial statements shall be satisfactory to the initial Lender in its sole discretion.
Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 9.03 , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
4.02.    Conditions to all Credit Extensions .   The obligation of each Lender to make any Credit Extension is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a)    The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in (i) Article V and (ii) each other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, (I) to the extent already qualified with respect to “material” matters or “Material Adverse Effect”, shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Credit Extension and (II) to the extent not already qualified with respect to “material” matters or “Material Adverse Effect”, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct (in all material respects, or as so qualified, as applicable) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) , respectively, of Section 6.01 .
(b)    No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.
(c)    The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Collateral Administrator shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.
(d)    The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Collateral Administrator shall have received a Borrower Certification in accordance with the requirements hereof.
(e)    No Borrowing Base Deficiency shall exist on the date of such Credit Extension or would arise after giving effect to such Credit Extension.
(f)    In the case of a Credit Extension to be denominated in an Alternative Currency, there shall not have occurred any change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls which in the reasonable opinion of the

62

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Administrative Agent; the Required Lenders (in the case of any Loans to be denominated in an Alternative Currency) or the L/C Issuer (in the case of any Letter of Credit to be denominated in an Alternative Currency) would make it impracticable for such Credit Extension to be denominated in the relevant Alternative Currency.
(g)    After giving effect to the proposed Credit Extension, (i) the Total Outstandings would not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Credit Extensions denominated in Alternative Currencies would not exceed the Alternative Currency Sublimit and (iii) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations would not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.
(h)    The Borrower has complied with all Trust Entity Requirements.
Each Request for Credit Extension submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.
ARTICLE V.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:
5.01.    Existence, Qualification and Power .   The Borrower (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license.
5.02.    Authorization; No Contravention .   The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of each Loan Document to which the Borrower is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) violate the terms of any of the Borrower’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which the Borrower is a party or affecting the Borrower or the properties of the Borrower or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law.
5.03.    Governmental Authorization; Other Consents .   No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, the Borrower of this Agreement or any other Loan Document except for recordings and filings in connection with the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent under the Security Agreement.
5.04.    Binding Effect .   This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party when so delivered, and when executed and delivered by the other parties thereto, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms.
5.05.    Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.    (a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of Borrower Parent as of the date thereof and its results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period

63

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of Borrower Parent as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.
(b)    The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower Parent dated as of the most recent fiscal quarter of Borrower Parent and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of Borrower Parent as of the date thereof and its results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.
(c)    Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.06.    Litigation .   There are no material actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower after due and diligent investigation, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or against any of its properties or revenues, except for actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes (i) arising from the Borrower’s role as a lender under the Collateral Assets and (ii) in the case of actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes of which the Borrower is aware, the Borrower has disclosed such action, suit, proceeding, claim or dispute.
5.07.    No Default .   The Borrower has no Contractual Obligations other than (A) pursuant to (i) the Loan Documents, (ii) the Investment Management Agreement, (iii) the Collateral Assets and (iv) the purchase or sale of Collateral Assets and other financial assets as permitted under the Loan Documents, or, in each case, Contractual Obligations that are incidental thereto, and (B) as indicated in Schedule 5.07 (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time by writtenagreement of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent). The Borrower is not in default in any material respect under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
5.08.    Liens and Indebtedness .   The property of the Borrower is subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens. The Borrower has no Indebtedness other than the Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents. The Borrower is not a party to any outstanding agreement or contract other than the Loan Documents and the documents related thereto and the Contractual Obligations described in Section 5.07, and the Borrower has no actual or contingent liabilities in respect of any agreements or contracts to which the Borrower has previously been a party but which are no longer outstanding as of the date of this Agreement.

64

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


5.09.    Taxes .
(a)    The Borrower has filed all Federal, state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed by it, and has paid or caused to be paid all Federal, state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or its properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable by it, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted. There is no tax assessment proposed against the Borrower. The Borrower is not party to any tax sharing agreement.
(b)    For U.S. federal income tax purposes (i) Borrower is a disregarded entity and Borrower Parent is its sole owner, and (ii) Borrower Parent is a non-U.S. corporation that is not a U.S. Person.
(c)    Borrower Parent has filed all tax returns and reports required to be filed, and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or its properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable by it, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted.
5.10.    ERISA Matters .   (i) Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate of the Borrower has incurred or could be subjected to any liability under Title IV of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (other than for premiums due) or maintains or contributes to, or is or has been required to maintain or contribute to, any Plan, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) the Borrower does not, nor is deemed to, hold Plan Assets.
5.11.    Trust Interests .   The trust certificate of the Borrower delivered to Borrower Parent is a validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable beneficial interest in the Borrower entitled to the benefits provided by the Trust Agreement. No Person other than Borrower Parent holds any beneficial interest in the Trust. There are no outstanding warrants, options or other rights to purchase or issue any trust certificates of the Borrower or any interest in Borrower.
5.12.    Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .   (a) The Borrower is not engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business ofpurchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.
(b)    None of the Borrower or any Person Controlling the Borrower is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.
5.13.    Disclosure .   The Borrower has made available to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it is subject, and has disclosed all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished (whether orally or in writing) by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Borrower Parent to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any

65

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, taken as a whole and in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation.
5.14.    Compliance with Laws .   The Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted.
5.15.    Taxpayer Identification Number; Other Identifying Information .   The true and correct U.S. taxpayer identification number of the Borrower and that of the Borrower Parent are set forth on Schedule 5.15 . The Borrower’s exact legal name at the date of this Agreement and any prior legal names, and the Borrower’s, jurisdiction of organization, organizational identification number, registered office, and the place of business of Investment Advisor, or if Investment Advisor has more than one place of business, Investment Advisor’s chief executive office, in each case at the date of this Agreement and for the four months immediately preceding the date of this Agreement are, in each case, as set forth in are set forth on Schedule 5.15 .
5.16.    OFAC .   Neither the Borrower nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative thereof, is an individual or entity that is, or is owned or controlled by any individual or entity that is (i) currently the subject or target of any Sanctions, (ii) included on OFAC’s List of Specially Designated nationals, HMT’s Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets and the Investment Ban List, or any similar list enforced by any other relevant sanctions authority or (iii) located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction.
5.17.    Anti-Corruption Laws .   The Borrower has conducted its business in compliance with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and other similar applicable anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions.

66

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


ARTICLE VI.
AFFIRMATIVECOVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than unasserted contingent Obligations that expressly survive termination of this Agreement), or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall:
6.01.    Financial Statements .   Deliver (including by causing the Borrower Parent to deliver) to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:
(a)    as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower Parent (beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014), a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower Parent as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in net assets, and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, and such consolidated statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of Borrower Parent to the effect that such statements are fairly stated when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements of Borrower Parent;
(b)    as soon as available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Borrower Parent (commencing with the first full fiscal quarter ended after the Closing Date), a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower Parent as at the end of such fiscal quarter, the related consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of Borrower Parent’s fiscal year then ended, and the related consolidated statements of changes in net assets, and cash flows for the portion of the Borrower Parent’s fiscal year then ended, in each case setting forth in comparative form, as applicable, the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes, certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of Borrower Parent as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, net assets and cash flows of Borrower Parent in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; and
(c)    as soon as available and in any event not later than the last Business Day of the calendar month following each monthly accounting period (ending on the last day of each calendar month) of the Borrower, performance returns and the Net Asset Value and, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, supporting calculations thereof, in each case, of the Borrower, as at the last day of such accounting period; and promptly following any request therefor, (I) such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial conditions of the Borrower or compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (II) to the extent

67

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


reasonably related to the operations, business affairs or financial condition of the Borrower or the compliance with the terms of this Agreement and other Loan Documents and to the extent permitted under applicable Law and subject to reasonable confidentiality and other restrictions imposed by the Investment Advisor or the Investment Advisor Parent regarding access to information not relating to the Borrower, such other information regarding the Borrower Parent, Investment Advisor or Investment Advisor Parent, in each case as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender may reasonably request.
6.02.    Certificates; Other Information .   Deliver or cause Borrower Parent to deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:
(a)    promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all significant reports (excluding routine, periodic reports) submitted by the Borrower Parent’s independent public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit or review of any type of the financial statements or related internal control systems of the Borrower Parent delivered by such accountants to the management or board of directors of the Borrower Parent;
(b)    concurrently with the delivery of any of the financial statements or monthly report referred to in Section 6.01 , a duly completed Compliance Certificate of each of Borrower Parent and Borrower signed by a Responsible Officer, as applicable (which delivery may, unless the Administrative Agent, or a Lender requests executed originals, be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes); and
(c)    promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof to the extent permitted by applicable Law and subject to reasonable confidentiality and other restrictions imposed by the Investment Advisor or the Investment Advisor Parent, copies of each notice or other correspondence received by Borrower, Borrower Parent, Investment Advisor or Investment Advisor Parent, from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) or the Bermuda Monetary Authority concerning any material non-routine investigation or possible investigation or other material non-routine inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any such entity that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) and 6.02 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which (i) Borrower Parent posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the website listed on Schedule 10.02 , (ii) such documents are posted on Borrower Parent’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent), or (iii) the Borrower provides to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e ., soft copies) of such documents; provided that: (x) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent upon its request to the Borrower to deliver such paper copies and (y) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by facsimile or electronic mail) of the posting pursuant to clause (i) and (ii) above of any such documents, and the AdministrativeAgent hereby agrees that it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to post such documents received pursuant to clause (iii) above on the Borrower’s behalf to a commercial, third-

68

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


party or other website sponsored by the Administrative Agent and notify the Lenders of such posting. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain any copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arranger may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower or Borrower Parent hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar, or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”).
6.03.    Notices .   Promptly notify, or cause the Borrower Parent to promptly notify, the Administrative Agent upon the Borrower becoming aware:
(a)    of the occurrence of any Default;
(b)    of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Borrower; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Borrower or Borrower Parent and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower or Borrower Parent; and
(c)    of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower or Borrower Parent.
Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.
6.04.    Payment of Obligations .   Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower; (b) all lawful material claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower; and (c) all material Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness.
6.05.    Preservation of Existence, Etc .   (a) To the maximum extent permitted pursuant to applicable Laws, preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good

69

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05 and (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.06.    Maintenance of Properties .   (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof, in each case, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.07.    Further Assurances .   At any time or from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, Borrower shall execute and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to effect fully the purposes of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and to provide for payment of the Loans made hereunder, with interest thereon, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
6.08.    Compliance with Laws .   Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted.
6.09.    Books and Records .   (a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower and (b) maintain such books of record and accounts in conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Borrower.
6.10.    Inspection Rights .   Permit representatives and independent contractors of each Lender (at the sole cost and expense of such Lender), the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer to visit and inspect any of its properties (or to the extent necessary to examine the foregoing records and subject to reasonable restrictions regarding access to information not relating to the Borrower, the properties of Investment Advisor, Borrower Parent or Investment Advisor Parent), to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom other than items protected by attorney-client privilege or that may not be disclosed pursuant to applicable Law or contractual confidentiality obligations, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers and independent public accountants or Investment Advisor and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice; provided , further , that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such visits and inspections shall occur (i) upon no less than twoBusiness Days’ prior written notice and (ii) no more than once per fiscal quarter. Each Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer agree to cause all such representatives and their independent contractors to comply with the provisions of Section 10.07 .

70

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


6.11.    Use of Proceeds .   Use each L/C Credit Extension and the proceeds of the Borrowings solely for Permitted Uses.
6.12.    Approvals and Authorizations .   Maintain all material authorizations, consents, approvals and licenses from, exemptions of, and filings and registrations with, each Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is organized and existing, and all approvals and consents of each other Person in such jurisdiction, in each case that are required in connection with the Loan Documents.
6.13.    Trust Entity Requirements .   Conduct at all times its business and operations in accordance with the Trust Entity Requirements and maintain at all times 100% ownership by Borrower Parent of all beneficial interests in the Trust.
6.14.    Security Interest .   (a) Deliver in accordance with the terms hereof a Foreign Obligor Notice in connection with the acquisition of any Foreign Loan (as such term is defined in Annex C hereto) and (b) maintain a first-priority (subject to Permitted Liens), perfected security interest in the Collateral (to the extent required by the Security Agreement) for the benefit of the Lenders, their successors, transferees and assigns so long as this Agreement is in effect.
6.15.    ERISA Matters .   Do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to ensure that it will not be deemed to hold Plan Assets at any time.
6.16.    Anti-Corruption Laws.    Conduct its businesses in compliance with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and other similar applicable anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions.
ARTICLE VII.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than unasserted contingent Obligations that expressly survive termination of this Agreement), or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly:
7.01.    Liens .   Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens.
7.02.    Investments .   Own any Structured Finance Obligation.
7.03.    Indebtedness; Bank Accounts .   (a) Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness under the Loan Documents and Contractual Obligations arising in respect of the Collateral Assets.
(b)    Open or establish any bank accounts except as contemplated by the Loan Documents.

71

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


7.04.    Fundamental Changes .   Merge, dissolve, liquidate, wind-up, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person.
7.05.    Sale of Collateral Assets .   (a) Sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of any Collateral Asset unless, after giving effect to any such sale, assignment transfer, conveyance or disposition and any simultaneous prepayment of any Loan in accordance with Section 2.03 , if any, (i) based on the most recent Borrowing Base determination received from the Administrative Agent, no Borrowing Base Deficiency will exist and (ii) no Default would occur or be continuing after giving effect thereto; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower shall at all times be permitted to sell any Collateral Asset to an Approved Dealer in order to cure any Borrowing Base Deficiency so long as no Default would otherwise occur or be continuing after giving effect thereto.
(b)    Apply the proceeds of any Disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral except toward (i) a Permitted Use, (ii) the repayment of Loans or L/C Borrowings or the payment of fees or interest on Loans or other amounts payable hereunder or with respect to Letters of Credit hereunder or (iii) subject to Section 7.06 , a Restricted Payment.
7.06.    Restricted Payments .   Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, or issue or sell any interest in the Borrower, except that, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may make distributions to Borrower Parent.
7.07.    Transactions with Affiliates .   Except with respect to the Trust Agreement, enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower as would be obtainable by the Borrower at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, and without limitation of the foregoing, (i) the Borrower shall not sell any Collateral Assets to the Borrower Parent or to any Affiliate of the Borrower Parent and (ii) the Borrower shall not purchase any Collateral Assets from Borrower Parent or from any other Affiliates unless, in the case of clause (i) and (ii), such sale or purchase is effected using a form of sale agreement with respect to which the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a favorable opinion of counsel of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to such matters concerning such sale as the Required Lenders may reasonably request.
7.08.    Burdensome Agreements .   Enter into any Contractual Obligation (other than any other Loan Document or the Investment Management Agreement) that (a) limits the ability of the Borrower to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of the Borrower (other than to the extent that a Collateral Asset prohibits the Borrower from pledging such Collateral Asset)or (b) requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of the Borrower if a Lien is granted to secure another obligation of the Borrower.
7.09.    Use of Proceeds .   Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (a) to purchase or carry margin stock

72

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose or (b) to purchase securities or other assets in a manner that would cause such credit extension to become a “covered transaction” as defined in Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. § 371c) and Regulation W of the FRB, including any transaction where the proceeds of any Credit Extension are used for the benefit of, or transferred to, an Affiliate of a Lender.
7.10.    Sanctions .   Directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, or lend or contribute such proceeds to any individual or entity, to fund any activities of or business with any individual, or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any individual or entity participating in the transaction (whether as Lender, Arranger, Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or otherwise) of Sanctions.
7.11.    Trust Entity Requirements .   (a) Conduct at any time its business or operations in contravention of the Trust Entity Requirements.
(b)    Modify, amend or supplement its Organization Documents in any manner inconsistent with the Trust Entity Requirements or otherwise materially adverse to the Lenders.
(c)    Be party to any agreement under which it has any material obligation or liability (direct or contingent) without including customary “non-petition” provisions substantially similar to Section 10.20(a) , other than with the consent of the Administrative Agent.
(d)    Fail at any time to maintain an Independent Trustee (as such term is defined in the Trust Agreement).
7.12.    Investment Management Agreement Amendment .   Amend the Investment Management Agreement other than an amendment (i) (A) that solely cures any ambiguity, typographical or manifest error, or defect in either agreement and (B) of which the Administrative Agent was provided notice before execution of such amendment, (ii) to which the Administrative Agent has consented in writing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or (iii) that is an ordinary course renewal thereof or amendment thereto that does not modify any material term thereof other than the date of termination or fees payable thereunder. The Borrower shall give reasonable prior notice to the Administrative Agent of any amendment to the Investment Management Agreement.
7.13.    ERISA .   (a) Maintain or contribute to, or agree to maintain or contribute to, or permit any ERISA Affiliate of the Borrower to maintain or contribute to or agree to maintain or contribute to, any Plan, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)    Hold Plan Assets.
7.14.    Change in Nature of Business .   Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower as of the date hereof.

73

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


7.15.    Representations to Credit Rating Agencies and Regulatory Bodies .   Make any material misrepresentation with respect to the Loan Documents or any related transaction to any credit rating agency rating Borrower Parent or to any regulatory body with jurisdiction over Borrower or Borrower Parent.
7.16.    Anti-Corruption Laws    Directly or indirectly use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for any purpose which would breach the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and other similar applicable anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions.
ARTICLE VIII.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
8.01.    Events of Default . Any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:
(a)     Non-Payment . The Borrower fails to pay when and as required to be paid herein, and in the currency required hereunder, (i) any amount of principal of any Loan or L/C Borrowing or, (ii) on the Maturity Date, any interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or any Letter of Credit Fee or (iii) other than on the Maturity Date, any interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or any other fee due hereunder or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document and in the case of this clause (iii), such failure to pay is not cured within two Business Days after the same becomes due; or
(b)     Borrowing Base Deficiency . A Borrowing Base Deficiency exists and the Borrower fails to give written notice of its intent to cure or fails to actually cure the Borrowing Base Deficiency in accordance with Section 2.03(b) ; or
(c)     Specified Covenants . (i) The Borrower fails to perform or observe in any material respect any covenant in Sections 6.01 , 6.02 , 6.03 , 6.05 , 6.10 , 6.11 , 6.13 , 6.15 or Article VII or (ii) the Borrower Parent fails to perform or observe in any material respect any covenant in Section 2.12 of the Trust Agreement; or
(d)     Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . The Borrower institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of the Borrower or its Affiliates and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 30 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to the Borrower or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of the Borrower or its Affiliates and continues undismissed or unstayed for 30 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
(e)     Other Defaults . The Borrower fails to perform or observe in any material respect (without duplication of any “material”, “Material Adverse Effect” or other similar qualification) any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) through (d) above) contained in

74

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days following notice from the Administrative Agent; or
(f)     Borrower Certification . Any Borrower Certification proves to have been inaccurate, other than to the extent that (i) the Calculation Agent makes an arithmetic error in the Borrowing Base provided by the Calculation Agent with respect to such Borrower Certification or (ii) notwithstanding such Borrower Certification, a Borrowing Base Deficiency resulted in the case of a Loan to purchase a Collateral Asset or release of funds to purchase a Collateral Asset and such Borrowing Base Deficiency (A) was in an amount less than $1,000,000 and (B) was timely cured pursuant to Section 2.03(B); or
(g)     Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact (i) (other than a Borrower Certification) made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made, and such representation (x) is not capable of cure or (y) has not been corrected within 30 days following notice, if such misrepresentation would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (without giving effect to any “material”, “Material Adverse Effect” or other similar qualification to such representation or warranty) or (ii) made or deemed to be made by or on behalf of Borrower Parent under the Trust Agreement shall be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made if such misrepresentation would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (without giving effect to any “material”, “Material Adverse Effect” or other similar qualification to such representation or warranty); or
(h)     Security Interest Failure . (i) The Administrative Agent fails for any reason to have a perfected security interest in any Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement ( provided that it will not be an Event of Default if such failure is a result of any action or inaction by (A) the Collateral Administrator and such failure is remedied within three (3) Business Days after notice or (B) the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer or any other agents) and (ii) the corresponding exclusion of such Collateral from the Borrowing Base results in a Borrowing Base Deficiency and such Borrowing Base Deficiency is not cured as provided in Section 2.03(b) ; or
(i)     Regulatory Event . Any Regulatory Event with respect to any Key Personnel, the Borrower Parent, the Investment Advisor Parent or the Investment Advisor occurs; or
(j)     Change in Key Personnel or Investment Advisor; Change in Control of Borrower Parent . (A) Any Change in Key Personnel or Change in the Investment Advisor or (B) Watford Holdings Ltd. ceases to own directly 100% of Equity Interests of the Borrower Parent; or
(k)     Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material obligation of the Borrower or its Affiliates under any Loan Document at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all theObligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or the Borrower or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Loan Document; or the Borrower denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any material provision of any Loan Document.

75

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


8.02.    Remedies Upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall at the request of the Required Lenders (or may with the consent of the Required Lenders) take any or all of the following actions:
(a)    declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
(b)    declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; or
(c)    deliver a notice of exclusive control in relation to the Collateral Account and give instructions to the Collateral Administrator in relation thereto under the provisions of the Security Agreement, and may (in addition to all other rights and remedies under the Loan Documents and/or of a secured party under the UCC and other legal or equitable remedies) realize upon the Collateral, and/or may immediately sell, assign, give option or options to purchase or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof, subject to, and in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement;
(d)    exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders and the L/C Issuer all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under the Loan Documents; and
(e)    require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the Minimum Collateral Amount with respect thereto);
provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
8.03.    Application of Funds .
After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.12 , and subject to any prior claims of the Collateral Administrator under the Security Agreement and/or theCollateral Administration Agreement, be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

76

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of external counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;
Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of external counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuer and amounts payable under Article III ), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
Third , to the payment of fees, indemnities and other amounts payable to the Owner Trustee of the Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement;
Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth payable to them;
Fifth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fifth held by them;
Sixth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of the L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Borrower pursuant to Sections 2.13 and 2.14 ; and
Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full (other than unasserted contingent indemnity obligations), to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.
Subject to Sections 2.13(c) and 2.14 , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Sixth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to all other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
ARTICLE IX.
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
9.01.    Appointment and Authority .   Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The

77

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and the Borrower shall have no rights as third party beneficiary of any such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.
9.02.    Rights as a Lender .   The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
9.03.    Exculpatory Provisions .   The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
(a)    shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b)    shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents or those rights and powers that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction

78

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


by final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender or the L/C Issuer.
The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
9.04.    Reliance by Administrative Agent .   The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
9.05.    Delegation of Duties .   The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

79

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


9.06.     Resignation of Administrative Agent .   (a) The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, if no Event of Default exists or is continuing upon the prior written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and if an Event of Default exists and is continuing in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which at all times shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “ Resignation Effective Date ”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above, provided that in no event shall any such successor Administrative Agent be a Defaulting Lender. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.
(b)    If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “ Removal Effective Date ”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.
(c)    With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (1) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (2) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or removed) Administrative Agent (other than as provided in Section 3.01(g) and other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date, asapplicable), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section) . The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions

80

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.
(d)    Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer. If Bank of America resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.13(c) . Upon the appointment by the Borrower of a successor L/C Issuer hereunder (which successor shall in all cases be a Lender other than a Defaulting Lender), (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.
9.07.    Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders .   Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
9.08.    No Other Duties, Etc .   Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Bookrunner or Arranger listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.
9.09.    Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding .   In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise
(a)    to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, the L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer

81

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b)    to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04 .
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Obligations (including accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Obligations pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, including under Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, or any similar Laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, (b) at any other sale or foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable Law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that would vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) in the asset or assets so purchased (or in the Equity Interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such purchase). In connection with any such bid(i) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles to make a bid, (ii) to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles ( provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or Equity Interests thereof shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by the vote of the Required Lenders, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in clauses (a) through (g) of Section 10.01 of this Agreement, (iii) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to assign the relevant Obligations to any such acquisition vehicle pro rata by the Lenders, as a result of which each of the Lenders shall be deemed to have received a pro rata portion of any Equity

82

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Interests and/or debt instruments issued by such an acquisition vehicle on account of the assignment of the Obligations to be credit bid, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (iv) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of debt credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Lenders pro rata and the Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of the Obligations that had been assigned to the acquisition vehicle shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action.
9.10.    Collateral Matters .   Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.09 , the Lenders and the L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
(a)    to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer have been made), (ii) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) subject to Section 10.01 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;
(b)    to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01 ; and
(c)     to acknowledge that the Lien of the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document does not encumber a Collateral Asset that has been sold by the Borrower for cash consideration if (i) such cash consideration has been delivered into the Collateral Account, (ii) the transfer of such Collateral Asset has not been or cannot be completed and (iii) the Borrower has settled such sale as a participation or similar arrangement (including settlement as a participation pending transfer).
Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property pursuant to this Section 9.10 .
The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by the Borrower in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

83

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS
10.01.    Amendments, Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
(a) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01(a) without the written consent of each Lender;
(b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 ), without the written consent of such Lender;
(c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;
(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing or (subject to clause (ii) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or change the manner of computation of any financial ratio (including any change in any applicable defined term) used in determining the Applicable Spread that would result in a reduction of any interest rate on any Loan or any fee payable hereunder without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided , however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate;
(e) change Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;
(f) amend the definition of “Alternative Currency” without the written consent of each Lender; or
(g) change any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder without the written consent of each Lender;
and, provided , further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any L/C Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the

84

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (iii) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.
Any amendment which affects the rights, duties, immunities or liabilities of the Owner Trustee shall require the Owner Trustee's written consent.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any amendment to this Agreement is required to give effect to any increase in Aggregate Commitments made pursuant thereto in accordance with Section 2.15 , then such amendment shall be effective if executed by the Borrower, each Lender providing such increase in Aggregate Commitment and the Administrative Agent.
10.02.    Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication . (a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile or electronic mail as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 ; and
(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on itsAdministrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).
Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b) .

85

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail, FpML messaging, and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Borrower may each, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon sending, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) , if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice, email or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.
(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet.
(d) Effectiveness of Facsimile of Electronic Mail Documents . Loan Documents may be transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided , however , that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or electronic mail document or signature.
(e) Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may change its address, electronic mail address, facsimile or telephone number for notices

86

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, electronic mail address, facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, facsimile number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.
(f) Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders . The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic notices Committed Loan Notices and Letter of Credit Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, each Lender, and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
10.03.    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement . No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Borrower shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuer; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the L/C Issuer from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer) hereunder and under the Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 10.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.11 ), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to the Borrower under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided, further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in

87

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


clauses (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.11 , any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
10.04.    Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver . (a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel for the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates plus a single local counsel in each of Delaware and Bermuda), in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel for the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer plus a single local counsel in each of Delaware and Bermuda), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
(b) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee) and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including the Borrower) other than such Indemnitee and its Related Parties arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Creditif the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit) or (iii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing (including without limitation any such claim, litigation or proceed arising from any sale or distribution of securities by the Borrower or the Borrower Parent), whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses

88

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower, the Borrower Parent, the Investment Advisor or the Investment Advisor Parent against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.01(c) , this Section 10.04(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.
(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub- agent), the L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Total Credit Exposure at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender), such payment to be made severally among them based on such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought), provided , further , that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(d) .
(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each party hereto shall not assert, and hereby waives, and acknowledges that no other Person shall have, any claim against any other party hereto, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby other than for damages resulting from such Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or breach of an obligation hereunder.
(e) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

89

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(f) Sufficiency of Remedies . Borrower hereby acknowledges that solely upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.01(a) or 8.01(d) hereof or following a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent under the Security Agreement, (i) any and all claims, damages and demands against the Administrative Agent or any Lender arising out of, or in connection with, the exercise by such Person of any of such Person’s rights or remedies under the Facility can be sufficiently and adequately remedied by monetary damages, (ii) no irreparable injury will be caused to the Borrower or the Investment Advisor as a result of, or in connection with, any such claims, damages or demands, and (iii) no equitable or injunctive relief shall be sought by the Borrower or the Investment Advisor as a result of, or in connection with, any such claims, damages or demands.
(g) Survival . The agreements in this Section and the indemnity provisions of Section 10.02(f) shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the resignation of the L/C Issuer, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
10.05.    Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, in the applicable currency of such recovery or payment. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
10.06.    Successors and Assigns . (a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this

90

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b) , participations in L/C Obligations) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i) Minimum Amounts .
(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds that equal at least the amount specified in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section in the aggregate and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
(B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $10,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned;
(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any syndication and/or assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
(A) (1) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required in the event that Bank of America, in its capacity as initial Lender, proposes to syndicate or assign all or a portion of itsrights and obligations under this Agreement, or any subsequent Lender proposes to assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such syndication or assignment; provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative

91

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Agent within 10 Business Days after having received notice thereof; and provided , further , that the Borrower shall use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Lenders in connection with obtaining any rating for the Facility from a rating agency, it being understood and agreed that the Borrower shall not be responsible for any costs or expenses in connection with obtaining any such rating and (2) the initial Lender may participate any portion of the facility without the consent of the Borrower;
(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender; and
(C) the consent of the L/C Issuer shall be required for any assignment.
(iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates, (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B) , or (C) to a natural Person or to a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person).
(vi) Certain Additional Payments . In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, inthe event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

92

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , 3.05 , and 10.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.
(c) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it (or the equivalent thereof in electronic form) and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a Disqualified Lender) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and the L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 10.04(c) without regard to the existence of any participation.
Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the

93

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that affects such Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 3.01(e) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 3.01(e) shall be delivered to the Lender who sells the participation)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.06 and 10.13 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01 or 3.04 , with respect to any participation, than the Lender from whom it acquired the applicable participation would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent that such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation and the same greater payment would also have applied to the relevant Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 3.06 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.11 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
(e) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(f) Status as Qualified Purchaser . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in any other Loan Document, each Lender hereunder, and each Participant, must at alltimes be a “qualified purchaser” as defined in the Investment Company Act (a “ Qualified Purchaser ”). Accordingly:

94

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(i) each Lender represents to the Borrower, (A) on the date that it becomes a party to this Agreement (whether by being a signatory hereto or by entering into an Assignment and Assumption) and (B) on each date on which it makes a Credit Extension hereunder, that it is a Qualified Purchaser;
(ii) each Lender agrees that it shall not assign, or grant any participations in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any Person unless such Person is a Qualified Purchaser; and
(iii) the Borrower agrees that, to the extent it has the right to consent to any assignment or participation herein, it shall not consent to such assignment or participation hereunder unless it reasonably believes that the assignee or participant is a Qualified Purchaser at the time of such assignment or participation and that such assignment or participation will not cause the Borrower or the pool of Collateral to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.
(g) Resignation as L/C Issuer after Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Bank of America may, upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer. If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.13(c) ). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.
10.07.    Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and obligated to keep such Information confidential, (b) to the extent required or requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process with prior notice to the Borrower, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions

95

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or any Eligible Assignee invited to be a Lender pursuant to Section 10.01 or (ii) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to any of the Borrower and their obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (g) on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or the credit facilities provided hereunder or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the credit facilities provided hereunder, (h) with the consent of the Borrower or (i) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or its representatives. In addition, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Commitments. “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or its representatives or is identified at the time of delivery as nonconfidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.
10.08.    Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender or the L/C Issuer different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such

96

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.
10.09.    Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
10.10.    Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging means (e.g. “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
10.11.    Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or anyLender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

97

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


10.12.    Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.12 , if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.
10.13.    Replacement of Lenders . If the Borrower is entitled to replace a Lender pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.06 , if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06 ), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 3.01 and 3.04 ) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:
(a) the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) to the extent required by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.06(b) ;
(b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;
(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and
(e) in the case of an assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.
A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

98

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


10.14.    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc .
(a) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
(b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (OTHER THAN ANY LOAN DOCUMENT THAT EXPRESSLY PROVIDES FOR SUBMISSION TO ANY OTHER COURT), OR FOR RECOGNITION OF ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO, AND EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN THE COURTS OF BERMUDA OR WITH REGARD TO THE ENFORCEMENT OF ITS RIGHTS OVER THE COLLATERAL AGAINST ANY PARTY HERETO, THE BORROWER PARENT OR ITS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE COLLATERAL IS LOCATED OR IT IS OTHERWISE NECESSARY IN ORDER TO ENFORCE ITS RIGHTS OVER THE COLLATERAL.
(c) WAIVER OF VENUE . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURTREFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

99

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.02 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
10.15.    Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
10.16.    No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent the Arranger, and the Lenders are arm’s- length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and each Lender is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent, the Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, the Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims thatit may have against the Administrative Agent, the Arranger or any Lender with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

100

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


10.17.    Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents . The words “ execute ,” “ execution ,” “ signed ,” “ signature ,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and Assumptions, amendments or other modifications, Committee Loan Notices, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it.
10.18.    USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L.107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.
10.19.    Compliance with Laws . Borrower acknowledges that Bank of America’s obligations hereunder shall be subject to all Laws and, without limitation, the Loan Documents shall not limit the ability of Bank of America to take any actions that it determines, in the exercise of its sole discretion, to be necessary or advisable to comply fully and prudently with any Law, including without limitation any regulatory margin requirement.
10.20.    Non-Recourse Obligations; No Petition . i) Each Lender and the Administrative Agent covenants and agrees that the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement are limited recourse obligations of the Borrower, payable solely from the Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, and, following realization of the Collateral, any claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and all obligations of the Borrower shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive. It is understood that the foregoing provisions of this Section 1)a)i) shall not (i) prevent recourse to the Collateral for the sums due or to become due under any security, instrument or agreement which is part of the Collateral or (ii) constitute a waiver, releaseor discharge of any indebtedness or obligation evidenced by this Agreement until the Collateral has been realized, whereupon any outstanding indebtedness or obligation shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 1)a)i) shall not limit or prejudice the rights of the

101

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Lenders in respect of any obligation of any Affiliate of the Borrower under any Loan Document or otherwise or the rights of the Lenders in respect of any fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Person.
(a) Each of the parties hereto (other than the Borrower) covenants and agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day (or, if longer, any applicable preference period and one day) after the payment in full of all Obligations, no party hereto shall institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Borrower any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceedings under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or similar law.
The provisions of this Section 10.20 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
10.21.    Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.
10.22.    Judgment Currency . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender from the Borrower in the Agreement Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in such currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, agrees to return the amount of any excess to the Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).
10.23.    Limitation of Liability
It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (i) this Agreement is executed and delivered by Wilmington Trust, National Association ("WTNA"), not individually or personally but solely as Owner Trustee of the Borrower, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it under the Trust Agreement, (ii) each of the representations,undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Borrower is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by WTNA but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Borrower, (iii) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on WTNA, individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied

102

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


contained herein of the Borrower, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (iv) WTNA has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by the Borrower in this Agreement and (v) under no circumstances shall WTNA be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Borrower or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Borrower under this Agreement or any other related documents
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]


103

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written .
WATFORD ASSET TRUST I
 
By: Wilmington Trust, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee
 
 
By:
/s/ Erwin M. Soriano
 
 
Name:
Erwin M. Soriano
 
 
Title:
Vice President

S-1


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as
Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer
 
 
By:
/s/ Allen D Shifflet
 
 
Name:
Allen D Shifflet
 
 
Title:
Managing Director

S-2


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,  as a Lender
 
 
By:
/s/ Allen D Shifflet
 
 
Name:
Allen D. Shifflet
 
 
Title:
Managing Director

S-3


SCHEDULE 1.01
RESPONSIBLE OFFICERS

HPS Investment Partners, LLC
Faith Rosenfeld
Chief Administrative Officer
 
 
Yoohyun K. Choi
General Counsel
 
 
Paul Knollmeyer
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
Marcus Colwell
Managing Director
Watford Asset Trust I
Jonathan Levy
Trustee
 
 
John Rathgeber
Trustee


Schedule 1.01-1
Responsible Officers

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



SCHEDULE 2.01
COMMITMENTS
AND APPLICABLE PERCENTAGES
Lender
 
Total Commitment
(Dollar Equivalent)*
 
Applicable Percentage
Bank of America, N.A.
 

$800,000,000

 
100.000000000
%
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 

$800,000,000

 
100.000000000
%
*
Includes a commitment to fund Eurocurrency Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies pro rata .

Schedule 2.01-1
Commitments and Applicable Percentages

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



SCHEDULE 5 . 07
CERTAIN CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS



Fee Proposal Dated May 20, 2015 between Watford Asset Trust I and U.S. Bank
National Association

Schedule 5.07-1
Certain Contractual Obligations

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



SCHEDULE 5 . 15
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION OF
BORROWER AND BORROWER PARENT
Legal Name:
Watford Asset Trust I
 
 
Identification Number:
5736626
 
 
Jurisdiction of Organization:
Delaware
 
 
Registered Office:
c/o Wilmington Trust, National
Association
 
 
Rodney Square North, I
Rodney Square North, I
100 North Market Street
 
 
 
Wilmington, DE 19890
 
 
 
Attention: Corporate Trust
Administration
 
 
Place of Business:
c/o Wilmington Trust, National
Association
 
 
Rodney Square North, I
Rodney Square North, I
100 North Market Street
 
 
 
Wilmington, DE 19890
 
 
 
Attention: Corporate Trust
Administration
 
 
Former Legal Name:
N/A
 
 
 
c/o HPS Investment Partners, LLC
 
 
Investment Advisor Place of Business / Chief
Executive Office:
HPS Investment Partners, LLC
 
 
 
40 West 57th Street, 33rd Floor
 
 
 
New York, New York 10019
 
 
 
Attention: Paul Knollmeyer
 
 
U . S . Taxpayer Identification Number
(Borrower):
98-1155448
 
 
U . S . Taxpayer Identification Number
(Borrower Parent):
98-1155448

Schedule 5.15-1
Identification Information of Borrower and Borrower Parent

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



SCHEDULE 10 . 02
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S OFFICE;
CERTAIN ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES
BORROWER:
Watford Asset Trust I
c/o Watford Re Ltd.
Waterloo House
First Floor
100 Pitts Bay Road
Pembroke, HM 08
Bermuda

with a copy to:
P.O. Box 2068
Hamilton, HM HX
Bermuda
Attention: Jonathan Levy
Telephone No.: (441) 278-3453
Facsimile No.: (441) 278-3453
Electronic Mail: jlevy@watfordre.com
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
Administrative Agent’s Office
(for payments and Requests for Credit Extensions) :
Bank of America, N.A.
Street Address: 101 S. Tryon Street
Mail Code: NC1-002-15-61
Charlotte, NC 28255
Attention: Bank of America Credit Services
Telephone: 980-386-6893
Facsimile No: 704-310-3109
Electronic Mail: dg.baml-loan-ops@baml.com
Payment Instructions
USD
Bank of America, N.A.
ABA#: 026-009-593
Corporate Credit Services
Acct. # 136621-0011580
Reference: Watford Asset Trust I

Schedule 10.02-1
Administrative Agent's Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



Euro
Bank of America London
SWIFT: BOFAGB22
Account Number: 96272019
IBAN: GB63BOFA16505096272019
Sort Code: 16-50-50
Attn: Grand Cayman Unit #1207
Ref: Watford Asset Trust I
Sterling
Bank of America London
SWIFT: BOFAGB22
Account Number: 96272027
IBAN: GB63BOFA16505096272027
Sort Code: 16-50-50
Attn: Grand Cayman Unit #1207
Ref: Watford Asset Trust I
Canadian Dollar
Bank of America Canada
SWIFT: BOFACATT
Account Number: 65042228
Attn: Grand Cayman Unit #1207
Ref: Watford Asset Trust I

Schedule 10.02-2
Administrative Agent's Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.



EXHIBIT A-1
FORM OF COMMITTED LOAN NOTICE
Date:
 
,
 
To:    Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Watford Asset Trust I, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.
The Investment Advisor, as agent for and on behalf of the Borrower and not in its individual capacity, hereby requests (select one):
A Borrowing of Committed Loans
 
A conversion or continuation of Loans
1.
On
 
(a Business Day).
2.
In the amount of
 
.
3.
Comprised of
 
.
 
 
[Type of Committed Loan requested]
4.
In the following currency:
 
 
5.
For Eurocurrency Rate Loans: with an Interest Period of [one / three] months.
 
The Borrowing, if any, requested herein complies with the provisos to the first sentence of Section 2.01 of the Agreement.
After giving effect to such Borrowing: (A) (i) no Borrowing Base Deficiency will exist and (ii) no Default would occur or be continuing, in each case based on the most recent Borrowing Base determination received from the Administrative Agent and (B) in the case of any Loan, the proceeds of such Loan will be used solely for Permitted Uses.

Exhibit A-1-1
Form of Committed Loan Notice

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


To the knowledge of the undersigned, the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article V of the Agreement, and any representations and warranties of the Borrower that are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection with the Loan Documents, (I) to the extent already qualified with respect to “material” matters or “Material Adverse Effect”, are true and correct on and as of the date hereof and (II) to the extent not already qualified with respect to “material” matters or “Material Adverse Effect”, are true and correct on and as of the date hereof in all material respects, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct (in all material respects, as applicable) as of such earlier date, and the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 of the Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) , respectively, of Section 6.01 of the Agreement.
To the knowledge of the undersigned, since the date of the last year-end audited financial statements required by Section 6.01(a) of the Agreement, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

Exhibit A-1-2
Form of Committed Loan Notice

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


WATFORD ASSET TRUST I, as Borrower
 
 
 
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC,
as agent for the Borrower
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 

Exhibit A-1-3
Form of Committed Loan Notice

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


EXHIBIT A-2
FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT NOTICE
Date:
 
,
 
To:    Bank of America, N.A., as L/C Issuer
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Watford Asset Trust I, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.
This Letter of Credit Notice is executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.13(b) of the Agreement.
The Borrower has attached hereto an Application and Agreement for Letter of Credit in the form of Schedule 1 dated [•], 20[•].
The Borrower hereby requests that the L/C Issuer [issue][amend] a Letter of Credit.
In connection with the [issuance][amendment] of the Letter of Credit requested herein, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer that:
The L/C Credit Extension requested herein complies with Section 2.13 of the Agreement. This L/C Credit Extension will be used solely for Permitted Uses and after giving effect to such L/C Credit Extension, (i) no Borrowing Base Deficiency will exist and (ii) no Default would occur or be continuing, in each case based on the most recent Borrowing Base determination received from the Administrative Agent.
To the knowledge of the undersigned, the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article V of the Agreement, and any representations and warranties of the Borrower that are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection with the Loan Documents, (I) to the extent already qualified with respect to “material” matters or “Material Adverse Effect”, are true and correct on and as of the date hereof and (II) to the extent not already qualified with respect to “material” matters or “Material Adverse Effect”, are true and correct on and as of the date hereof in all material respects, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct (in all material respects, as applicable) as of such earlier date, and the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 of the Agreement shall be deemed

Exhibit A-2- 1
Form of Committed Loan Notice

[***]    CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


to refer tothe most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) , respectively, of Section 6.01 of the Agreement.
To the knowledge of the undersigned, since the date of the last year-end audited financial statements required by Section 6.01(a) of the Agreement, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

Exhibit A-2- 2
Form of Committed Loan Notice

[***]    CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


WATFORD ASSET TRUST I, as Borrower
 
 
 
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC,
as agent for the Borrower

 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 

Exhibit A-2- 3
Form of Committed Loan Notice

[***]    CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


SCHEDULE 1 TO REQUEST FOR LETTER OF CREDIT
APPLICATION AND AGREEMENT FOR LETTER OF CREDIT
[See Attached]
[BANK OF AMERICA FORM APPLICATION TO BE INSERTED]


Exhibit A-2- 4
Form of Committed Loan Notice

[***]    CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


EXHIBIT B
FORM OF NOTE
____________
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “ Borrower ”) hereby promises to pay to                      or registered assigns (the “ Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2015 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Watford Asset Trust I, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.
The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from the date of such Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in the currency in which such Committed Loan is denominated and in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office for such currency. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.
This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is also secured by the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement. Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount, currency and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties to the Credit Agreement that (i) this Note is executed and delivered by Wilmington Trust, National Association ("WTNA"), not individually or personally but solely as Owner Trustee of the Borrower, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it under the Trust Agreement, (ii) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements in the Credit Agreement made on the part of the Borrower is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by WTNA but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Borrower, (iii) nothing in this Note or the Credit Agreement shall be construed as creating any liability on WTNA, individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained in this Note or the Credit Agreement of the Borrower, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties to the Credit Agreement and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties to the CreditAgreement, (iv) WTNA has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations

Exhibit B-1
Form of Note

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION



and warranties made by the Borrower in the Credit Agreement and (v) under no circumstances shall WTNA be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Borrower or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Borrower under this Note, the Credit Agreement or any other related documents.
The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank .]

Exhibit B-2
Form of Note

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION



THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
WATFORD ASSET TRUST I
 
 
By: Wilmington Trust, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 

Exhibit B-3
Form of Note

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION



LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO
Date
 
Type of Loan Made
 
Currency and Amount of Loans Made
 
End of Interest Period
 
Amount of Principal or Interest Paid This Date
 
Outstanding Principal Balance This Date
 
Notation Made By
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Exhibit B-4
Form of Note

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION



EXHIBIT C-1
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
This Assignment and Assumption (this “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the][each] 1 Assignor identified in item 1 below ([the][each, an] Assignor ”) and [the][each] 2 Assignee identified in item 2 below ([the][each, an] Assignee ”). [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the Assignors][the Assignees] 3 hereunder are several and not joint . ] 4 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
For an agreed consideration, [the][each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the Assignee][the respective Assignees] , and [the][each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the Assignor][the respective Assignors] , subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of [ the Assignor’s][the respective Assignors’] rights and obligations in [its capacity as a Lender][their respective capacities as Lenders] under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto in the amount [s] and equal to the percentage interest [s] identified below of all the outstanding rights and obligations under the respective facilities identified below (including, without limitation, the Letters of Credit included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)][the respective Assignors (in their respective capacities as Lenders)] against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by [the][any] Assignor to [the][any]
_______________
1     For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignor(s), if the assignment is from a single Assignor, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is from multiple Assignors, choose the second bracketed language.
2     For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignee(s), if the assignment is to a single Assignee, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is to multiple Assignees, choose the second bracketed language.
3     Select as appropriate.
4     Include bracketed language if there are either multiple Assignors or multiple Assignees.

Exhibit C-1- 1
Form of Assignment and Assumption
[***]    CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as [the][an] Assigned Interest ”). Each such sale and assignment is without recourse to [the][any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by [the][any] Assignor.
1.
Assignor [s]:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assignor [is] [is not] a Defaulting Lender
 
 
 
 
2.
Assignee [s]:
 
 
 
 
 
 
[for each Assignee, indicate [Affiliate][Approved Fund] of [ identify Lender ]]
3. Borrower : Watford Asset Trust I
4. Administrative Agent : Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement
5. Credit Agreement : Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, among Watford Asset Trust I, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer
6. Assigned Interest:
Assignor [s] 5
 
Assignee [s] 6
 
Aggregate Amount of Commitment for all Lenders 7
 
Amount of Commitment Assigned
 
Percentage Assigned of Commitment 8
 
 
 
 
$
 
$
 
%
 
 
 
 
$
 
$
 
%
 
 
 
 
$
 
$
 
%
_______________
5     List each Assignor, as appropriate.
6      List each Assignee and, if available, its market entity identifier, as appropriate.
7     Amounts in this column and in the column immediately to the right to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date.
8     Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment of all Lenders thereunder.
[7 .     Trade Date:                             ] 9

Exhibit C-1- 2
Form of Assignment and Assumption
[***]    CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Effective Date:                           , 20    [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVEAGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR . ]
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
ASSIGNOR [S] 10
 
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
 
By:
 
 
Title:
 
 
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
 
By:
 
 
Title:
 
 
ASSIGNEE [S] 11
 
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
 
By:
 
 
Title:
 
 
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
 
By:
 
 
Title:
 
 
Consented to and Accepted:

_____________
9     To be completed if the Assignor and the Assignee intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.
10     Add additional signature blocks as needed. Include both Fund/Pension Plan and manager making the trade (if applicable).
11     Add additional signature blocks as needed. Include both Fund/Pension Plan and manager making the trade (if applicable).

Exhibit C-1- 3
Form of Assignment and Assumption
[***]    CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as
Administrative Agent
 
 
By:
 
 
Title:
 
 
WATFORD ASSET TRUST I, as borrower
 
 
By:
 
 
Title:

Exhibit C-1- 4
Form of Assignment and Assumption
[***]    CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


ANNEX 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
1.     Representations and Warranties .
1.1     Assignor .    [The][Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, (ii) [the][such] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is [not] a Defaulting Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.
1.2     Assignee .    [The][Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.06(b)(iii) and (v) of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.06(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by [the][such] Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire [the][such] Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest and (vii) it is not a Disqualified Lender; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, [the][any] Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

Exhibit C-1-5
Form of Assignment and Assumption

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


THE ASSIGNEE, BY CHECKING THE BOX BELOW, (I) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS REQUIRED TO BE A QUALIFIED PURCHASER FOR PURPOSES OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT AT THE TIME IT BECOMES A LENDER AND ON EACH DATE ON WHICH A CREDIT EXTENSION IS MADE UNDER THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND (II) REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS TO THE ASSIGNOR, THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT THE ASSIGNEE IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER:
¨    BY CHECKING THIS BOX, THE ASSIGNEE REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER.
2.     Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the][each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the][the relevant] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to [the][the relevant] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments of interest, fees or other amounts paid or payable in kind from and after the Effective Date to [the][the relevant] Assignee.
3.     General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by facsimile or other electronic imaging means (e.g. “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

Exhibit C-1-6
Form of Assignment and Assumption

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


EXHIBIT C-2
FORM OF ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE
1.    Borrower or Deal Name:
E - mail this document with your commitment letter to:
E-mail address of recipient:
 
2.    Legal Name of Lender of Record for Signature Page :
Markit Entity Identifier (MEI) #:
Fund Manager Name (if applicable):
Legal Address from Tax Document of Lender of Record:
Country:
Address:
City:
 
State/Province:
 
Postal Code:

 
 
3.   Domestic Funding Address:
 
4.   Eurodollar Funding Address ( if different than #3 ):
Street Address:
 
Street Address:
 
 
 
Suite/ Mail Code:
 
Suite/ Mail Code:
 
 
 
City:
 
State:
 
City:
 
State:
 
Postal Code:
 
Country:
 
Postal Code:
 
Country:
 
 
5.   Credit Contact Information:
Syndicate level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its related parties or their respective securities will be made available to the Credit Contact(s). The Credit Contacts identified must be able to receive such information in accordance with his/her institution's compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and State securities laws.

Exhibit C-2-1
Form of Administrative Questionnaire

[***]         CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION



Primary Credit Contact :
 
 
 
Secondary Credit Contact :

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Name:
 
 
 
First Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Middle Name:
 
 
 
Middle Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Last Name:
 
 
 
Last Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Street Address:
 
 
 
Street Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Suite/Mail Code:
 
 
 
Suite/Mail Code:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
City:
 
 
 
City:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State:
 
 
 
State:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Postal Code:
 
 
 
Postal Code:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Country:
 
 
 
Country:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Office Telephone #:
 
 
 
Office Telephone #:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Office Facsimile #:
 
 
 
Office Facsimile #:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Work E-Mail Address:
 
 
 
Work E-Mail Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SyndTrak E-Mail Address:
 
 
 
 
 

SyndTrak E-Mail Address:
Additional Syndtrak User Access:
Enter E-Mail Addresses of any respective contact who should have access to Syndtrak below.
SyndTrak E-Mail Addresses:

Primary Operations Contact:
 
 
 
 
Secondary Operations Contact:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First:
 
MI:
 
Last:
 
 
 
First:
 
MI:
 
Last:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Street Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Street Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Suite/Mail Code:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Suite/Mail Code:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
City:
 
State:
 
 
 
 
 
 
City:
 
State:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Postal Code:
 
Country:
 
 
 
 
Postal Code:
 
Country:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Telephone:
 
Facsimile:
 
 
 
 
Telephone:
 
Facsimile:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E-Mail Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E-Mail Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SyndTrak E-Mail Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
SyndTrak E-Mail Address:
 
 
 
 

Exhibit C-2-2
Form of Administrative Questionnaire

[***]         CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION



Does Secondary Operations Contact need copy of notices?
YES
NO
Letter of Credit Contact:
 
 
Draft Documentation Contact or Legal Counsel:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First:
 
MI:
 
 
Last:
 
 
 
First:
 
MI:
 
 
Last:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Street Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Street Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Suite/Mail Code:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Suite/Mail Code:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
City:
 
State:
 
 
 
 
 
 
City:
 
State:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Postal Code:
 
 
Country:
 
 
 
Postal Code:
 
Country:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Telephone:
 
Facsimile:
 
 
 
 
Telephone:
 
Facsimile:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E-Mail Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E-Mail Address:
 
 
 
 
 
6.   Currencies and Jurisdictions in Transaction:
PLEASE CHECK BOX OF THE CURRENCIES YOUR INSTITUTION CAN FUND UNDER THIS TRANSACTION:
 
 
PLEASE CHECK BOX IF YOUR INSTITUTION CAN FUND UNDER THE FOLLOWING JURISDICTIONS :
 
 
 
7.   Lender’s Payment Instructions:
Please input payment instructions for each respective currency referenced within Section 6 above in fields below. If your respective institution is unable to fund any of the above currencies, please inform e-mail recipient identified in Section 1 of this Administrative Questionnaire Form immediately. If submitting payment instructions under separate cover, please indentify below.
Are Lender Payment Instructions attached separately?
YES
NO
If NO, please complete payment instructions on next page.

Exhibit C-2-3
Form of Administrative Questionnaire

[***]         CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION



 
Currency: US Dollars
 
 
Currency:              
 
 
Bank Name:
 
 
 
Bank Name:
 
 
ABA #:
 
 
 
SWIFT #:
 
 
City:
State:
 
 
Country:
 
 
Account #:
 
 
Account #:
 
Account #:
 
 
 
Account Name:
 
Account Name:
 
 
 
FCC Account #:
 
 
 
 
FCC Account Name:
 
 
 
 
 
Attention:
 
 
Currency:              
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
SWIFT #:
 
 
 
Currency:              
 
 
Country:
 
 
 
Bank Name:
 
Account #:
 
 
 
SWIFT #:
 
Account Name:
 
 
 
Country:
 
 
FCC Account #:
 
 
Account #:
 
FCC Account Name:
 
 
Account Name:
 
Attention:
 
 
 
FCC Account #:
 
 
 
 
 
FCC Account Name:
 
 
 
 
 
Attention:
 
 
Currency:              
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
SWIFT #:
 
 
 
Currency:              
 
 
Country:
 
 
 
Bank Name:
 
Account #:
 
 
 
SWIFT #:
 
Account Name:
 
 
 
Country:
 
 
FCC Account #:
 
 
Account #:
 
FCC Account Name:
 
 
Account Name:
 
Attention:
 
 
 
FCC Account #:
 
 
 
 
 
FCC Account Name:
 
 
 
 
 
Attention:
 
 
Currency:              
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
SWIFT #:
 
 
 
Currency:              
 
 
Country:
 
 
 
Bank Name:
 
Account #:
 
 
 
SWIFT #:
 
Account Name:
 
 
 
Country:
 
 
FCC Account #:
 
 
Account #:
 
FCC Account Name:
 
 
Account Name:
 
Attention:
 
 
 
FCC Account #:
 
 
 
 
FCC Account Name:
 
 
 
 
 
Attention:
 

Exhibit C-2-4
Form of Administrative Questionnaire

[***]         CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION



 
8.   Lender’s Standby Letter of Credit, Commercial Letter of Credit, and Bankers’ Acceptance Fed Wire Payment Instructions (if applicable):
Pay to :
 
Bank Name:
 
 
 
ABA #:
 
 
 
City:
State:
 
Account #:
 
 
Account Name:
 
 
Attention:
 
Use Lender’s US Dollars   Wire Payment Instructions in Section #6 above?
YES
NO

 
9.   Lender’s Organizational Structure and Tax Status
Please refer to the enclosed withholding tax instructions below and then complete this section accordingly:
Lender Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN):                          -                            
Tax Withholding Form Delivered to Bank of America (check applicable one):
W-9
W-8BEN
W-8BEN-E
W-8ECI
W-8EXP
W-8IMY
Tax Contact:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First:
 
MI:
 
Last:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Street Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Suite/Mail Code:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
City:
 
State:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Postal Code:
 
Country:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Telephone:
 
Facsimile:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E-Mail Address:
 
 
 
 
 
NON-U.S. LENDER INSTITUTIONS
1. Corporations:
If your institution is incorporated outside of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and is the beneficial owner of the interest and other income it receives, you must complete one of the following three tax forms, as applicable to your institution: a.) Form W-8BEN (Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner) or Form W- 8BEN-E, b.) Form W-8ECI (Income Effectively Connected to a U.S. Trade or Business), or c.) Form W-8EXP (Certificate of Foreign Government or Governmental Agency).

Exhibit C-2-5
Form of Administrative Questionnaire

[***]         CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION



A U.S. taxpayer identification number is required for any institution submitting a Form W-8 ECI. It is also required on Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN for certain institutions claiming the benefits of a tax treaty with the U.S. Pleaserefer to the instructions when completing the form applicable to your institution. In addition, please be advised that U.S. tax regulations do not permit the acceptance of faxed forms. An original tax form must be submitted.

2. Flow-Through Entities
If your institution is organized outside the U.S., and is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as either a Partnership, Trust, Qualified or Non-Qualified Intermediary, or other non-U.S. flow-through entity, an original Form W-8IMY (Certificate of Foreign Intermediary, Foreign Flow-Through Entity, or Certain U.S. branches for United States Tax Withholding) must be completed by the intermediary together with a withholding statement. Flow-through entities other than Qualified Intermediaries are required to include tax forms for each of the underlying beneficial owners.
Please refer to the instructions when completing this form. In addition, please be advised that U.S. tax regulations do not permit the acceptance of faxed forms. Original tax form(s) must be submitted .
U.S. LENDER INSTITUTIONS:
If your institution is incorporated or organized within the United States, you must complete and return Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification). Please be advised that we require an original form W-9 .
Pursuant to the language contained in the tax section of the Credit Agreement, the applicable tax form for your institution must be completed and returned on or prior to the date on which your institution becomes a lender under this Credit Agreement. Failure to provide the proper tax form when requested will subject your institution to U.S. tax withholding.
*Additional guidance and instructions as to where to submit this documentation can be found in Attachment A
 
10.   Bank of America’s Payment Instructions:
Input or attach Bank of America’s payment instructions for each respective currency referenced within Section 6 below.

Exhibit C-2-6
Form of Administrative Questionnaire

[***]         CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION



ATTACHMENT A
(see attached)

Exhibit C-2-7
Form of Administrative Questionnaire

[***]         CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION



EXHIBIT D-1
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (BORROWER PARENT)
Financial Statement Date:                         ,
To:    Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Watford Asset Trust I, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the state of Delaware (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.
The undersigned hereby certifies, as a Responsible Officer and not in his/her individual capacity, as of the date hereof that he/she is the       of       Watford                       Re, Ltd. (“ Borrower Parent ”), and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to the Administrative Agent in such capacity on the behalf of Borrower Parent, and that:
[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal year-end financial statements]
[1.]    The Borrower (or Borrower Parent) has delivered the year-end audited financial statements required by Section 6.01(a) of the Agreement for the fiscal year of the Borrower Parent ended as of the above date, together with the report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant required by such section. Such financial statements are fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower Parent prepared in accordance with GAAP as at such date for such period
[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal quarter-end financial statements]
[1.]    The Borrower (or Borrower Parent) has delivered the unaudited financial statements required by Section 6.01(b) of the Agreement for the fiscal quarter of the Borrower Parent ended as of the above date. Such financial statements fairly present the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP as at such date and for such period, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
[Use following paragraph 1 for monthly reports]
[1.]    The Borrower has delivered performance returns and the Net Asset Value and, if any, the supporting calculations thereof required by Section 6.01(c) of the Agreement for the month of the Borrower ended as of the above date. Such performance returns and the Net Asset Value and supporting calculations thereof are true, accurate and complete in every material respect.

Exhibit D-1-1
Form of Compliance Certificate (Borrower Parent)

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


[2.]    The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under his/her supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower Parent during the accounting period covered by such financial statements.
[3.]    A review of the activities of the Borrower and the Borrower Parent during such fiscal period has been made under the supervision of the undersigned with a view to determining whether during such fiscal period the Borrower and the Borrower Parent performed and observed all its material obligations under the Loan Documents, and
[select one:]
[to the best knowledge of the undersigned, (i) during such fiscal period (a) the Borrower performed and observed each covenant and condition of the Loan Documents applicable to it including without limitation the covenants and conditions specified in Sections 6.13 , 7.07 and 7.11 of the Agreement and (b) the Borrower Parent performed and observed each covenant and condition of the Loan Documents applicable to it including, without limitation, the covenants and conditions specified in Section 2.12 of the Trust Agreement and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing . ]
-- or --
[to the best knowledge of the undersigned, during such fiscal period the following covenants or conditions have not been performed or observed and the following is a list of each such Default and its nature and status:]
[For all reports:]
[2.]    The changes in GAAP as applied by (or in the application of GAAP) by the Borrower Parent or Borrower or that have occurred since the date of the last audited financial statements required by Section 6.01(a) of the Agreement are listed below. For each change, the effect of such change on the financial statements described in Paragraph 1 is specified with such change:
[3.]    The representations and warranties of the Borrower Parent contained in Section 2.09 of the Trust Agreement, and any representations and warranties of Borrower Parent that are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection with the Loan Documents, are true and correct on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date.

Exhibit D-1-2
Form of Compliance Certificate (Borrower Parent)

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of                                       ,                       , in his/her capacity as an officer of Borrower Parent and not in his/her individual capacity.
WATFORD RE, LTD.
 
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

Exhibit D-1-3
Form of Compliance Certificate (Borrower Parent)

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


EXHIBIT D-2
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (BORROWER)
Financial Statement Date:                     ,
To:    Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Watford Asset Trust I, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.
The undersigned hereby certifies, as a Responsible Officer and not in his/her individual capacity, as of the date hereof that he/she is the            of                                       WATFORD ASSET TRUST I (the “ Borrower ”), and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to the Administrative Agent in such capacity on the behalf of the Borrower, and that:
[Use following paragraph 1 for monthly reports]
[1.]    The Borrower has delivered the Net Asset Value and, if any, the supporting calculations thereof required by Section 6.01(c) of the Agreement for the month of the Borrower ended as of the above date. Such Net Asset Value and supporting calculations thereof are true, accurate and complete in every material respect.
[Use following paragraphs for annual reports]
[1.]    The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under his/her supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower during the accounting period covered by the Borrower Parent’s annual financial statements.
[2.]    A review of the activities of the Borrower during such fiscal period has been made under the supervision of the undersigned with a view to determining whether during such fiscal period the Borrower performed and observed all its obligations under the Loan Documents in all material respects, and
[For all reports, select one:]
[to the knowledge of the undersigned, (i) during such fiscal period the Borrower performed and observed each covenant and condition of the Loan Documents applicable to

Exhibit D-2-1
Form of Compliance Certificate (Borrower)

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


it including without limitation the covenants and conditions specified in Sections 6.13 , 7.07 and 7.11 of the Agreement and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing . ]
-- or --
[to the knowledge of the undersigned, during such fiscal period the following covenants or conditions have not been performed or observed and the following is a list of each such Default and its nature and status:]
[For all annual reports or reports the end of each semi-annual fiscal period, select one:]
[2/3.] [The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article V of the Agreement, and any representations and warranties of the Borrower that are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection with the Loan Documents, (I) to the extent already qualified with respect to “material” matters or “Material Adverse Effect”, are true and correct on and as of the date hereof and (II) to the extent not already qualified with respect to “material” matters or “Material Adverse Effect”, are true and correct on and as of the date hereof in all material respects, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct (in all material respects, as applicable) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Compliance Certificate, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 of the Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) , respectively, of Section 6.01 of the Agreement, including the statements in connection with which this Compliance Certificate is delivered]
--or-
[The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article V of the Agreement, and any representations and warranties of the Borrower that are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection with the Loan Documents are not true and correct in the following respects:]

Exhibit D-2-2
Form of Compliance Certificate (Borrower)

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of                                      ,                       , in his/her capacity as an officer of Borrower and not in his/her individual capacity.
WATFORD ASSET TRUST I, as Borrower
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 

Exhibit D-2-3
Form of Compliance Certificate (Borrower)

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


EXHIBIT E-1
FORM OF
U . S . TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 30, 2017 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Watford Asset Trust I (the “ Borrower ”), and each Lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a 10-percent shareholder of the Borrower Parent within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower Parent as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER]
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
, 20 [   ]

Exhibit E-1-1
Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


EXHIBIT E-2
FORM OF
U . S . TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 30, 2017 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Watford Asset Trust I (the “ Borrower ”), and each Lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a 10-percent shareholder of the Borrower Parent within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower Parent as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER]
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
, 20 [   ]

Exhibit E-2-1
Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


EXHIBIT E-3
FORM OF
U . S . TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 30, 2017 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Watford Asset Trust I (the “ Borrower ”), and each Lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a 10-percent shareholder of the Borrower Parent within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower Parent as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER]
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
, 20 [   ]

Exhibit E-3-1
Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


EXHIBIT E-4
FORM OF
U . S . TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of
November 30, 2017 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Watford Asset Trust I (the “ Borrower ”), and each Lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a 10-percent shareholder of the Borrower Parent within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower Parent as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER]
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
, 20 [   ]

Exhibit E-4-1
Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


EXHIBIT F
FORM OF FOREIGN OBLIGOR NOTICE
[addressed to obligor or administrative agent of Foreign Loan]
You are hereby notified by WATFORD ASSET TRUST I (“ ASSET TRUST ”) that (1) all right, title and interest in the obligations of [specify borrower] under the [principal and or commitment amount] of [specify Foreign Loan title] which has acquired pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement between Asset Trust and [specify assignor] dated as of [specify date] (the “ Pledged Loan Interest ”) is subject to a pledge and security interest (the “ Pledge ”) granted by Asset Trust in favor of Bank of America, National Association under a Security Agreement, a related Credit Agreement and a related Collateral Administration Agreement, each dated as of June 2, 2015 (together, as each may be amended from time to time, the “ Pledge Documentation ”) and (2) the Pledge may not be released, and the Pledged Loan Interest cannot be sold or otherwise transferred by Asset Trust, other than in compliance with the Pledge Documentation.

Exhibit F-1
Form of Foreign Obligator Notice

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


ANNEX A
ADVANCE RATES
Asset Type
Advance Rates**
 
[***] Market Value is
$[***] million or more
[***] Market Value is
less than $[***] million
[***] [***][***][***] [***]*
[***]%
[***]%
[***] [***][***] [***]*
[***]%
[***]%
[***]*
[***]%
[***]%
[***]*
[***]%
[***]%
[***]*
[***]%
[***]%
[***] in [***],[***]
[***]%
[***]%
Any Collateral Asset that is (i) not an [***] on the date of determination, (ii) a [***], (iii) a [***] or (iv) a [***]
[***]%
[***]%
Portion of [***] [***][***] [***] on the date of determination
[***]%
[***]%
* Excluding any [***].
** The otherwise applicable Advance Rate shall be reduced by [***] percentage points in the case of each of (i) [***], (ii) [***] and [***] that are also [***] in excess of [***]% of the [***] Market Value and (iii) [***] in excess of [***]% of the [***] Market Value.

Annex A-1
Advance Rates

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


ANNEX B
ELIGIBILITY AND PORTFOLIO CRITERIA
1.     Eligibility Criteria. A Collateral Asset shall be an Eligible Collateral Asset for purposes of the Borrowing Base if:
a.
Such Collateral Asset is not a [***] or a [***] and is a [***], [***], [***] or [***];
b.
Such Collateral Asset is priced on the relevant date by (x) in the case of [***], at least one independent source and (y) in the case of [***], at least two independent sources, in each case as evidenced by data from the applicable Pricing Source;
c.
Such Collateral Asset is denominated in Dollar, [***] or [***], in each case unless the Administrative Agent and Borrower shall, each in their sole discretion, otherwise agree;
d.
Such Collateral Asset has a [***] Market Value on the date added as a Collateral Asset of at least (i) [***]% of its par value in the case of a loan or (ii) [***]% of its par value in the case of a bond, in each case exclusive of accrued interest;
e.
Such Collateral Asset is freely transferable, including, without limitation, that (x) if such Collateral Asset is in the form of a security, no registration is required under the Securities Act (including pursuant to Regulation S or Rule 144A) or other applicable securities laws and (y) such Collateral Asset is not subject to any condition to or restriction on the ability of the holder thereof to sell, pledge, assign, or otherwise transfer such Collateral Asset or to exercise or enforce the provisions thereof or of any document related thereto whether set forth in such Collateral Asset itself or in any document related thereto, it being understood that any condition or restriction that, after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law, is ineffective shall not itself negatively affect a determination of whether a Collateral Asset is freely transferable;
f.
Such Collateral Asset is not a [***];
g.
As of the first day on which such Collateral Asset is included as an Eligible Collateral Asset, such Collateral Asset does not have (i) a Moody’s Rating below “[***]” (ii) an S&P Rating below “[***]” or (iii) a Fitch Rating below “[***]”; provided that the absence of a rating by any rating agency will not be deemed to be a lower rating for purposes of this test;
h.
The par amount of such Collateral Asset held in the Collateral Account does not exceed [***]% of the then-current aggregate loan facility amount or bond issue amount, as applicable, corresponding to such Collateral Asset;
i.
In the case of a loan, the aggregate loan facility amount corresponding to the relevant Collateral Asset is at least $[***] million (including all tranches and drawn and undrawn revolving facilities secured by the same collateral) or the Dollar Equivalent of such amount

Annex B-1
Eligibility and Portfolio Criteria

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


and, in the case of a bond, the aggregate bond issue amount corresponding to the relevant Collateral Asset is at least $[***] million or the Dollar Equivalent of such amount;
j.
Such Collateral Asset is an obligation of an obligor domiciled in [***] or the United States;
k.
Such Collateral Asset is not [***];
l.
Such Collateral Asset has not become subject to any pay-in-kind or deferral of interest provision (unless such pay-in-kind or deferral of interest provision requires the payment of cash interest at least equal to [***]% (or fixed rate equivalent) and such cash interest payments have not been deferred or capitalized); and
m.
The obligor of such Collateral Asset is not an obligor in (i) the “[***]” Industry Category or (ii) the “[***]” Industry Category.
2.     Portfolio Criteria.
a.
The [***] Market Value of [***] with respect to any single obligor may not exceed the lesser of (i) [***]% of the [***] Market Value or (ii) $[***], except that (1) the [***] Market Value of [***] with respect to a two single obligors may each equal up to the lesser of (i) [***]% of the [***] Market Value or (ii) $[***], and (2) the [***] Market Value of [***] with respect to two additional single obligors may each equal up to the lesser of (i) [***]% of the [***] Market Value or (ii) $[***]; provided that in any event the [***] Market Value of [***] that are not [***] with respect to any single obligor may not exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value.
b.
The [***] Market Value of [***] of obligors which are in a single Industry Category may not exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value, except that the [***] Market Value of [***] of obligors which are in a single Industry Category may be up to [***]% of the [***] Market Value with respect to one such Industry Category; and the [***] Market Value of [***] of obligors which are in a single additional Industry Category may be up to [***]% of the [***] Market Value; provided that the [***] Market Value of [***] of obligors in the [***] may not in any event exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value;
c.
No more than [***]% of the [***] Market Value may consist of [***] for which the aggregate [***] amount corresponding to such [***] is less than $[***] million or the Dollar Equivalent of such amount (including all [***] secured by the same collateral);
d.
No more than [***]% of the [***] Market Value (based on [***] Market Value of the relevant [***]) may consist of [***] that either (A) have a Moody’s Rating of “[***]” or lower, an S&P Rating of “[***]” or lower or a Fitch Rating of “[***]” or lower (irrespective of whether also assigned a higher equivalent rating by one or more of such rating agencies) or (B) are unrated by each of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch;
e.
The aggregate [***] amount [***] of [***] which are [***] may not exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value;

Annex B-2
Eligibility and Portfolio Criteria

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


f.
The [***] Market Value of [***] which are [***], [***] or [***] may not exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value;
g.
The [***] Market Value of [***] which are [***] may not exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value;
h.
The [***] Market Value of [***] for which the obligors are domiciled in any country other than the United States, in aggregate, may not exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value;
i.
The [***] Market Value of [***] for which the obligors are domiciled in any one of [***] and [***], may not exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value (except that [***] with obligors domiciled in either [***] or in [***] may have, in each case, a [***] Market Value that does not exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value) and the aggregate of all [***] domiciled in all such countries may not exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value;
j.
The [***] Market Value of [***] for which the obligors are domiciled in [***] may not exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value;k. The [***] Market Value of [***] denominated in currency other than Dollars may not exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value;
l.
The [***] Market Value of [***] subject to any pay-in-kind or deferral of interest provision may not exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value; and
m.
The [***] Market Value of [***] that are priced on the relevant date by only one independent source (as evidenced by data from the applicable Pricing Source) (a “ Single Bid Asset ”) may not exceed [***]% of the [***] Market Value.
Selection of Non-Qualifying Assets . As of any date of determination, if the [***], taken as a whole, do not satisfy the [***], [***] or a portion thereof (the “ Non-Qualifying Assets ”) will be excluded from such determination to the extent necessary to cause the remaining [***] to satisfy the [***]. The Non-Qualifying Assets will be selected on the basis of [***]; provided that if two or more [***] have the same [***], the [***] that would (if it were not a Non-Qualifying Asset) have the [***] will be selected for inclusion in the Non-Qualifying Assets. Any excess of [***] that will be deemed to be [***] as described in the definition of [***], the definition of [***], and clause [***] of the definition of [***] will be selected on the same basis as Non-Qualifying Assets.
Settlement Date Basis . All determinations of whether an asset is to be included for purposes of determination of the Borrowing Base, any Eligibility Criteria or any Portfolio Criteria will be on a settlement-date basis (meaning that any asset that has been purchased will not be treated as a Collateral Asset until such purchase has settled, and any Collateral Asset which has been sold will not be excluded as a Collateral Asset until such sale has settled); provided that no asset shall be included as a Collateral Asset to the extent it has not been paid for in full.
Domicile of Obligors . For purposes of this Annex B, the domicile jurisdiction for any obligor domiciled in a [***][***] (e.g., [***], etc.) shall be deemed to be the jurisdiction of its headquarters or in which the majority of its revenues is derived (as determined in good faith by the Investment Advisor). The domicile jurisdiction for any obligor will be determined by the Investment Advisor.

Annex B-3
Eligibility and Portfolio Criteria

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


ANNEX C
DEFINITIONS RELATING TO COLLATERAL ASSETS
Additional Current Pay Criteria ” means criteria satisfied with respect to any Collateral Asset (other than a [***]) if (i) in the event that the issuer of such Collateral Asset has made a Distressed Exchange Offer, (A) such Collateral Asset is subject to the Distressed Exchange Offer or ranks equal to or higher in priority than the obligation subject to the Distressed Exchange Offer, (B) in the case of a Distressed Exchange Offer that is a repurchase of debt for Cash, the repurchased debt will be extinguished and (C) the Borrower does not hold any obligation of the issuer making the Distressed Exchange Offer that ranks lower in priority than the obligation subject to the Distressed Exchange Offer and (ii) such Collateral Asset has a Current Market Value Percentage of at least the lesser of (x) [***]% of its par value and (y) the [***] as reported on Bloomberg page [***].
Affected Collateral ” means any Collateral Asset with respect to which (i) the Administrative Agent fails for any reason to have a perfected security interest in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement or (ii) any event has occurred that affects or impairs the rights and remedies of the Borrower with respect to such Collateral Asset.
Aggregate Market Value ” means the aggregate of the Current Market Values of each Eligible Collateral Asset (whether or not included in the Borrowing Base) plus the par value of all Cash and Cash Equivalents owned by the Borrower and credited to the Collateral Account; provided , however , that solely for purposes of determining compliance with the Portfolio Criteria, the Aggregate Market Value shall be deemed to be $[***] million from the Closing Date until the first date on which the aggregate of the Current Market Values of each Eligible Collateral Asset (whether or not included in the Borrowing Base) plus the par value of all Cash and Cash Equivalents owned by the Borrower and credited to the Collateral Account shall exceed $[***] million. Unless otherwise specified, references to Collateral Assets comprising specified percentages of the Aggregate Market Value in the Eligibility Criteria and Portfolio Criteria shall be based on the Current Market Value of the relevant Collateral Assets (based on Dollar Equivalents for any Collateral Assets not denominated in Dollars).
Approved Dealer ” means each of the following entities or their Affiliates (or any successor thereto): Banco Santander, Bank of America, Bank of Montreal, Barclays, BNP Paribas, CIT, Citibank, Credit Agricole, Credit Suisse Securities (USA), LLC, Deutsche Bank, GE Capital, Goldman Sachs, HSBC, JP Morgan, Jefferies, Key Bank, Lloyds, Macquarie, Morgan Stanley, Nomura, PNC, Royal Bank of Canada, The Royal Bank of Scotland, Scotia Bank, Société Générale, SunTrust, Toronto Dominion, UBS, US Bank, Unicredit, Wells Fargo or any other independent, internationally recognized third-party dealer agreed to in writing by the Administrative Agent; provided that (i) none of the Borrower or its Affiliates shall be an Approved Dealer and (ii) Bank of America is not an Approved Dealer for the provisions of the Loan Documents relating to the ROFR Holder (as defined in the Security Agreement).
Bank Loan ” means any loan made by a bank or other financial institution to an obligor. A participation in any loan is not a Bank Loan.

Annex C-1
Definitions Relating to Collateral Assets

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


Borrowing Base ” means, on any date of determination, the (A) aggregate of the amounts determined with respect to each [***] equal to (i) the [***] of such [***] times (ii) the [***] applicable to such [***] plus (B) the par value of all [***] owned by Borrower as of such date and credited to the Collateral Account. The Collateral Administrator will determine the applicable [***] pursuant to the Collateral Administration Agreement. The Calculation Agent will determine the [***].
Borrowing Base Deficiency ” means any time that the Total Outstandings at such time exceed an amount equal to the Borrowing Base.
Calculation Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A.
Cash Equivalents ” means any Dollar-denominated investment that, at the time it is delivered to the Collateral Administrator (directly or through an intermediary or bailee), is one or more of the following obligations or securities including investments for which the Collateral Administrator or an Affiliate of the Collateral Administrator provides services and receives compensation therefor:
(a)     (x) direct Registered obligations (1) of the United States or (2) the timely payment of principal and interest on which is fully and expressly guaranteed by the United States and (y) Registered obligations (1) of any agency or instrumentality of the United States the obligations of which are expressly backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or (2) the timely payment of principal and interest on which is fully and expressly guaranteed by such an agency or instrumentality, in each case if such agency or instrumentality has the Required Ratings, in all cases having a remaining maturity of not more than 183 days;
(b)    demand and time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, trust accounts with, bankers’ acceptances issued by, or federal funds sold by any depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States (including the Collateral Administrator) or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or state banking authorities, in each case payable within 183 days of issuance, so long as the commercial paper and/or the debt obligations of such depository institution or trust company (or, in the case of the principal depository institution in a holding company system, the commercial paper or debt obligations of such holding company) at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment have the Required Ratings;
(c)    unleveraged repurchase obligations with respect to any security described in clause (a) above, entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) described in clause (b) above or entered into with an entity (acting as principal) with, or whose parent company has, the Required Ratings;
(d)    commercial paper or other short term obligations with the Required Ratings and that either bear interest or are sold at a discount from the face amount thereof and have a maturity of not more than 183 days from their date of issuance; provided that this clause (d) will not include extendible commercial paper or asset backed commercial paper; and

Annex C-2
Definitions Relating to Collateral Assets

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


(e)    money market funds which funds have, at all times, credit ratings of “Aaa- mf” by Moody’s and “AAAm” or “AAAm G” by S&P, respectively;
provided that Cash and Cash Equivalents shall not include (a) any interest-only security, any security purchased at a price in excess of 100% of the par value thereof or any security whose repayment is subject to substantial non-credit related risk as determined in the sole judgment of the Investment Advisor, (b) any security whose rating assigned by S&P includes the subscript “f,” “p,” “q,” “pi,” “r,” “t” or “sf”, (c) any security that is subject to an Offer, (d) any other security that is an asset the payments on which are subject to withholding tax (other than withholding taxes imposed under FATCA) if owned by the Borrower unless the issuer or obligor or other Person (and guarantor, if any) is required to make “gross-up” payments that cover the full amount of any such withholding taxes or (e) any security secured by real property.
Collateral Asset ” means any loan, security, cash, or other asset of any kind owned or held by Borrower, in each case whether or not given credit in the Borrowing Base or having a positive Advance Rate.
Collateral Dispute Notice ” means notice under the Collateral Administration Agreement from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower and the Collateral Administrator (i) asserting that any Eligible Collateral Asset Information (or component thereof or other matter relating to whether a Collateral Asset is an Eligible Collateral Asset) or the determination as to compliance with any of the Portfolio Criteria, or the related determinations with respect to any Collateral Asset underlying such determination as to compliance or eligibility, is incorrect and (ii) providing the correct information or determination and a reasonable explanation of the basis of such correction; provided that no Collateral Dispute Notice shall apply with regard to any determination under the Eligibility Criteria or Portfolio Criteria that is expressly provided to be a determination made by the Administrative Agent.
Current Market Price ” means, with respect to any Collateral Asset on any date of determination, the Calculation Agent’s determination of the cash proceeds that would be received from the sale on such date of determination of such Collateral Asset, to be based on data from the Pricing Source; provided that if Borrower disputes the Calculation Agent’s determination of the Current Market Price on any date, Borrower shall have the right to submit a bona fide firm bid with respect to the relevant Collateral Asset, with a size equal to or greater than the total principal amount of the relevant Collateral Asset held in the Collateral Account on or before the next Business Day, such bid to be provided by a nationally recognized dealer or other financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and provided by Borrower to the Collateral Administrator and Calculation Agent no later than 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on such day and actionable until 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on such day; provided that if the CollateralAdministrator has not provided the Borrower with the daily report reflecting the relevant determination of the Current Market Price by 12:00 noon as required by Paragraph 7(b) of the Collateral Administration Agreement on the relevant day, such quote may be provided by Borrower to the Collateral Administrator and Calculation Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the following day. If such firm bid is provided by Borrower, it shall be applied as the Current Market Price until the next Business Day; otherwise the Calculation Agent’s original determination will be used for that day.

Annex C-3
Definitions Relating to Collateral Assets

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


The Current Market Price will be expressed as a percentage of outstanding par amount, will be adjusted for or will exclude adjustment for accrued interest in accordance with market convention for the relevant asset.
Current Market Value ” means with respect to any Collateral Asset on any date of determination, the Current Market Price for such Collateral Asset multiplied by the current face amount for such Collateral Asset as of such date. The Current Market Value of any Collateral Asset which is a revolving loan or delay draw term loan shall be determined as (a) the Current Market Price of the funded portion of such revolving loan or delay draw term loan times such funded portion minus (b) an amount equal to (i) the unfunded commitment thereof times (ii) one minus the Current Market Price and may be negative. Each Current Market Value will be expressed as a Dollar Equivalent.
Current Market Value Percentage ” means, with respect to any Collateral Asset as of any date of determination, the amount (expressed as a percentage) equal to the Current Market Value of such Collateral Asset on such date divided by the principal amount of such Collateral Asset on such date. For the purpose of calculating the Current Market Value Percentage on any day, the Current Market Value Percentage on any day that is not a Business Day shall be deemed to be the Current Market Value Percentage on the immediately preceding Business Day.
Current Pay Obligation ” means any Collateral Asset (other than a [***]) that would otherwise be a [***] but as to which (i) no default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the payment of interest and any contractual principal or other scheduled payments (if any) and the most recent interest and contractual principal payment due (if any) was paid in cash and the Investment Advisor reasonably expects that the next interest payment due will be paid in cash on the scheduled payment date (which judgment may not subsequently be called into question as a result of subsequent events); (ii) if the issuer of such Collateral Asset is in a bankruptcy proceeding, the issuer has made all payments that the bankruptcy court has approved; (iii) for so long as Moody’s provides a rating of any Collateral Asset, such Collateral Asset has a facility rating from Moody’s of either (A) at least “[***]” (and if “[***]” not on watch for downgrade) and its [***] Market Value is at least [***]% of its par value or (B) at least “[***]” (and if “[***],” not on watch for downgrade) and its [***] Market Value is at least [***]% of its par value ( provided that for purposes of this definition, with respect to a Collateral Asset already owned by the Borrower whose Moody’s Rating is based on a facility rating from Moody’s and such facility rating is withdrawn, the Moody’s Rating of such Collateral Asset shall be the last outstanding facility rating before the withdrawal); and (iv) the [***] are satisfied; provided that to the extent the [***] Market Value ofall [***] that would otherwise be Current Pay Obligations exceeds [***]% of the [***], such excess over [***]% shall constitute [***].
Defaulted Obligation ” means any Collateral Asset owned by the Borrower, as of any date of determination:
(a)    as to which there has occurred and is continuing a default with respect to the payment of interest or principal; provided that no such Collateral Asset shall constitute a Defaulted Obligation (1) if such default has been cured; or (2) for a period of three Business

Annex C-4
Definitions Relating to Collateral Assets

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


Days after the date of such default if the Investment Advisor has certified to the Collateral Administrator that the payment failure is not due to credit- related reasons;
(b)    as to which any bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceeding has been initiated in connection with the issuer thereof, or as to which there has been proposed or effected any distressed exchange, distressed debt restructuring or other restructuring in an insolvency proceeding where the issuer of such Collateral Asset has offered the debt holders a new security or package of securities; provided that neither a [***] nor a [***] (with respect to the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership proceeding, distressed exchange or other debt restructuring with respect to which such [***] was received) will constitute a Defaulted Obligation under this clause (b) ;
(c)    that has (i) a Moody’s Rating below “[***]” (or a Moody’s probability of default rating of “[***]” or “[***]”), (ii) an S&P Rating below “[***]” (or of “[***]” or “[***]”) or (iii) a Fitch Rating below “[***]” (or of “[***]” or “[***]”), or in each case had such rating before such rating was withdrawn and which has not been reinstated as of the date of determination (in each case excluding [***] and [***]); provided that a performing Collateral Asset that (x) is the subject of a Distressed Exchange Offer, (y) has a Current Market Value Percentage equal to or greater than the lesser of (A) [***]% of its par value and (B) the [***] as reported on Bloomberg page [***] and (z) whose S&P Rating has been reduced to “[***]” or “[***]” for a period not to exceed [***] days, shall not be a Defaulted Obligation; and provided , further , that the [***] Market Value of all [***] that would be Defaulted Obligations save for the preceding provision shall not exceed [***]% of the [***], with such excess over [***]% constituting Defaulted Obligations;
(d)    is pari passu with or subordinated to other indebtedness for borrowed money owing by the issuer thereof, to the extent that (x) a payment default of the type described in clause (a) has occurred with respect to such other indebtedness or (y) such other indebtedness has any rating described in clause (c) or had such rating before such rating was withdrawn and which has not been reinstated as of the date of determination (in each case excluding [***] and [***]); or
(e)    with respect to which the Borrower or the Investment Advisor has received written notice or has actual knowledge that a default has occurred under the underlying instruments and any applicable grace period has expired such that the holders of such Collateral Asset may accelerate the repayment of such Collateral Asset but only if such default is not cured or waived in the manner provided in the underlying instruments.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investment Advisor may declare any Collateral Asset to be a Defaulted Obligation if, in the Investment Advisor’s commercially reasonable business judgment, the credit quality of the obligor of such Collateral Asset has significantly deteriorated such that there is a reasonable expectation of payment default as of the next scheduled payment date with respect to such Collateral Asset.
DIP Loan ” means a Bank Loan made to a debtor-in-possession pursuant to Section 364 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code having the priority allowed by either Section 364(c) or 364(d) of the

Annex C-5
Definitions Relating to Collateral Assets

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


U.S. Bankruptcy Code and fully secured by senior liens; provided that to the extent the [***] Market Value of all DIP Loans exceeds [***]% of the [***], such excess over [***]% shall constitute Defaulted Obligations.
Disqualified Foreign Loan ” means any Foreign Loan with respect to which, as of any date of determination (i) the Borrower’s purchase of such Foreign Loan settled 5 or more Business Days prior to such date and (ii) the Borrower has not delivered to each of the Administrative Agent and the relevant obligor or administrative agent a Foreign Obligor Notice.
Disqualified Physical Note Loan ” means any Collateral Asset with respect to which (a) the Borrower’s interest in such Collateral Asset is evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument, (b) as of any date of determination, the Borrower’s purchase of such Collateral Asset settled 5 or more Business Days prior to such date and (c) such promissory note or other instrument has not been delivered to the Collateral Administrator.
Distressed Exchange Offer ” means an offer by the issuer of a Collateral Asset to exchange one or more of its outstanding debt obligations for a different debt obligation or to repurchase one of more of its outstanding debt obligations for Cash, or any combination thereof; provided that an offer by such issuer to exchange unregistered debt obligations for registered debt obligations shall not be considered a Distressed Exchange Offer; provided , further that an exchange of obligations arising from a payment under a letter of credit that gives rise to a letter of credit reimbursement obligation shall be deemed to constitute a Distressed Exchange Offer.
Eligible Collateral Asset ” means any Collateral Asset (other than Cash and Cash Equivalents) that the Collateral Administrator determines pursuant to the Collateral Administration Agreement satisfies the Eligibility Criteria.
First Lien Loan ” means a Bank Loan that (i) is not (and by its terms is not permitted to become) subordinate in right of payment to any other debt for borrowed money incurred by the obligor of such Bank Loan and (ii) is secured by a valid first priority perfected security interest or lien on specified collateral (such collateral, together with any other pledged assets, having a value (as reasonably determined by the Investment Advisor at the time of acquisition, which determination will not be questioned based on subsequent events) equal to or greater than the principal balance of the Bank Loan and other pari passu debt) securing the obligor’s obligationsunder the Bank Loan, which security interest or lien is subject to customary liens; provided that if prior to a default or liquidation with respect to such Bank Loan, such Bank Loan is entitled to receive payments pari passu with other First Lien Loans of the same obligor, but following a default or liquidation becomes fully subordinated to other First Lien Loans of the same obligor and is not entitled to any payments until such other First Lien Loans are paid in full, such Bank Loan will be a Second Lien Loan; and provided , further , that a Bank Loan secured solely or primarily by stock or other interests in operating subsidiaries or affiliates of the issuer shall be a Subordinated Bond.
Fitch ” means Fitch, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Annex C-6
Definitions Relating to Collateral Assets

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


Fitch Rating ” means with respect to any Collateral Asset, as of any date of determination:
a.
If the Collateral Asset has a monitored rating expressly assigned to a debt obligation (or facility) or a monitored estimated rating expressly assigned to a debt obligation (or facility) by Fitch, such rating;
b.
if the preceding clause does not apply and Fitch has issued a monitored issuer default rating with respect to the issuer of such Collateral Asset or a guarantor which unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees such Collateral Asset, such issuer default rating; and
c.
if none of the preceding clauses apply, such Collateral Asset will have no Fitch Rating.
Foreign Loan ” means any Collateral Asset that is a Bank Loan with respect to which (i) the law governing such Collateral Asset or document or instrument under which such Collateral Asset arises or is issued is not the law of a U.S. State or (ii) the jurisdiction of organization of the obligor or issuer with respect to such Collateral Asset is not a U.S. State.
Industry Category ” means, with respect to any Collateral Asset, one of the following the industry and sector classifications with respect to the obligor of such Collateral Asset, as determined by the Investment Advisor:
Oil and Gas Producers∗
Chemicals
Oil Equipment Services and
Distribution*
Forestry and Paper
Alternative Energy
Industrial Metals and Mining
Mining
Construction and Materials
Aerospace and Defense
General Industrials
Electronic and Electrical Equipment
Industrial Engineering
Industrial Transportation
Support Services
______________
∗ These Industry Categories shall be deemed to be the [***] for purposes of the Portfolio Criteria.

Annex C-7
Definitions Relating to Collateral Assets

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


Automobiles and Parts
Beverages
Food Producers
Household Goods and Home
Construction
Leisure Goods
Personal Goods
Tobacco
Health Care Equipment and Services
Pharmaceuticals and Biotechnology
Food and Drug Retailers
General Retailers
Media
Travel and Leisure
Fixed Line Telecommunications
Mobile Telecommunications
Electricity
Gas, Water and Multiutilities
Banks
Nonlife Insurance
Life Insurance
Real Estate Investment and Services
Real Estate Investment Trusts
Financial Services
Equity Investment Instruments
Technology, Hardware and Equipment
Non-Equity Investment Instruments
Software and Computer Services
Markit ” means Markit Group, Ltd. and any successor thereto.
Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
Moody’s Rating ” means, respect to any Collateral Asset, as of any date of determination:
(a)    if such Collateral Asset has a monitored rating, an unpublished monitored rating expressly assigned to a debt obligation (or facility), or a monitored estimated rating expressly assigned to a debt obligation (or facility) by Moody’s that addresses the full amount of the principal and interest promised, such rating;
(b)    if the preceding clause does not apply and the obligor of such Collateral Asset has a monitored corporate family rating by Moody’s, such corporate family rating; and
(c)    if none of the preceding clauses apply, such Collateral Asset will have no Moody’s Rating.
Offer ” means, with respect to any security or debt obligation, any offer by the issuer of such security or borrower with respect to such debt obligation or by any other Person made to all of the holders of such security or debt obligation to purchase or otherwise acquire such security or debt obligation (other than pursuant to any redemption in accordance with the terms of the underlying instrument in respect of such security or debt obligation, or for the purpose of registering the security or debt obligation) or to exchange such security or debt obligation for any other security, debt obligation, Cash or other property.
Pricing Source ” means for Collateral Assets in the form of loans, Markit and for Collateral Assets in the form of bonds, Markit, or in each case another price source or method of price determination acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its discretion.

Annex C-8
Definitions Relating to Collateral Assets

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


Required Ratings ” means (a) If such obligation or security (i) has both a long term and a short term credit rating from Moody’s, such ratings are “[***]” or higher (not on credit watch for possible downgrade) and “[***]” (not on credit watch for possible downgrade), respectively, (ii) has only a long term credit rating from Moody’s, such rating is at least equal to or higher than [***], and (iii) has only a short term credit rating from Moody’s, such rating is “[***]” (not on credit watch for possible downgrade) and (b) a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of at least “[***]” (not on credit watch for possible downgrade) and a short-term credit rating of at least “[***]” by S&P (or, if such institution has no short-term credit rating, a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of at least “[***]” (not on credit watch for possible downgrade) by S&P).
S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor thereto.
S&P Rating ” means with respect to any Collateral Asset, as of any date of determination:
(a)    if such Collateral Asset has a monitored rating expressly assigned to a debt obligation (or facility) or a monitored estimated rating expressly assigned to a debt obligation (or facility) by S&P, such rating;
(b)    if the preceding clause does not apply and there is a monitored S&P long- term issuer credit rating of the issuer or of a guarantor of such Collateral Asset that unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees in writing the timely payment of principal and interest on such Collateral Asset (which form of guarantee shall comply with S&P then current criteria on guarantees), such long-term issuer credit rating of the issuer or guarantor, as applicable; and
(c)    if none of the preceding clauses apply, such Collateral Asset will have no S&P Rating.
Second Lien Loan ” means a Bank Loan that (i) is not (and by its terms is not permitted to become) subordinate in right of payment to any other debt for borrowed money incurred by the obligor of the Bank Loan, other than a First Lien Loan (including following a default or liquidation as provided in the definition of “First Lien Loan”), and (ii) is secured by a valid and perfected security interest or lien on specified collateral (such collateral, together with any other pledged assets, having a value (as reasonably determined by the Investment Advisor at the time of acquisition, which determination will not be questioned based on subsequent events) equal to or greater than the principal balance of the Bank Loan and any other senior or pari passu debt) securing the obligor’s obligations under the Bank Loan, which security interest or lien is not subordinate to the security interest or lien securing any other debt for borrowed money other than a First Lien Loan; provided that a Bank Loan secured solely or primarily by stock or other interests in operating subsidiaries or affiliates of the issuer shall be a Subordinated Bond.
Senior Secured Bond ” means a debt security (that is not a Bank Loan) that (a) is issued by a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust, (b) is secured by a valid first priority perfected security interest on specified collateral, and (c) has a rating that is not lower than the related obligor’s Moody’s, S&P or Fitch corporate family rating or issuer rating, as applicable;

Annex C-9
Definitions Relating to Collateral Assets

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


provided that a debt security secured solely or primarily by stock or other interests in operating subsidiaries or affiliates of the issuer shall be a Subordinated Bond.
Special Situation Asset ” means any Collateral Asset that (A) has (i) a Moody’s Rating below “[***]” (ii) an S&P Rating below “[***]” or (iii) a Fitch Rating below “[***]” or (B) is unrated by all of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch; provided that (1) if any Collateral Asset had any such lower rating described in clause (A) before such rating was withdrawn, such Collateral Asset is a Special Situation Asset and (2) except as provided in clause (1), a Collateral Asset will not be a Special Situation Asset solely because of the absence of a rating by any one or two of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch.
Sterling ” and “ £ ” mean the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.
Structured Finance Security ” means any security that is primarily serviced by or linked to the cash flows of a pool of receivables or other financial assets, either fixed or revolving, plus any rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distributions of proceeds to the security holders, including without limitation any “synthetic CDO,” credit-linked note or similar credit-linked loan or obligation.
Subordinated Bond ” means any debt security (that is not a Bank Loan) that is subordinated to any senior unsecured debt obligations of the related issuer, including as provided in the definitions of “Senior Secured Bond”, “First Lien Loan” and “Second Lien Loan”; provided that certain debt securities that are Bank Loans will be Subordinated Bonds as provided in the definitions of “First Lien Loan”, “Second Lien Loan” and “Unsecured Bond”.
Unsecured Bond ” means any unsecured debt security (that is not a Bank Loan) that is not subordinated to any other unsecured indebtedness of the related issuer; provided that a debt security issued by an obligor or entity whose assets consist primarily of stock or other interests in operating subsidiaries or affiliates of the issuer shall be a Subordinated Bond.

Annex C-10
Definitions Relating to Collateral Assets

[***]       CONFIDENTIAL PORTIOINS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Exhibit 10.34
A1034WATFORDLLOYDSLET_IMAGE3.JPG

1095 Avenue of the Americas
34th Floor
New York, NY 10036
May 19, 2014


Watford Re Ltd.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton HM HX
Bermuda
Attn: Chief Financial Officer




Ladies and Gentlemen:


Ref: Standby Letter of Credit Facility

Lloyds Bank plc (the " Bank ") acting through its New York Branch (the “ Issuing Branch ”) hereby establishes a committed line of credit (the " Facility ") in the principal amount of Two Hundred Million United States Dollars ($200,000,000) (such amount, as the same may be reduced as hereinafter provided, the " Facility Amount ") to Watford Re Ltd., an exempted company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the " Applicant ") for the issuance and amendment of standby letters of credit for its account (each, as the same may be amended from time to time, a " Letter of Credit "), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this letter agreement (this " Agreement "), in the Continuing Agreement for Standby Letters of Credit dated as of May 19, 2014 between the Applicant and the Bank in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (as the same may be amended from time to time, the " Master Agreement "), and in each Application for Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit in a form substantially similar to Exhibit B attached hereto or as otherwise agreed by the Bank (each, an " Application "). The Bank agrees subject to the conditions precedent hereinafter provided to issue Letters of Credit under the Facility through the Issuing Branch and to amend Letters of Credit issued under the Facility. The purpose of the Letters of Credit shall be to support the reinsurance obligations of the Applicant. The obligations of the Applicant to the Bank in respect of the Facility shall be secured by cash pledged to the Bank pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of May 19, 2014 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Pledge and Security Agreement ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C . The Applicant shall also execute and deliver to the Bank a Funds Transfer Agreement in the form of Exhibit D (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Funds Transfer Agreement ”) relating to operational matters.

The Facility will terminate on the date (the “ Termination Date ”) that is the earlier of May 19, 2015 (the “Scheduled Termination Date”) and the date on which the Bank notifies the Applicant that an Event of Default has occurred under the Master Agreement and that the Bank is terminating the Facility.

The Applicant shall pay to the Bank a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) equal to four hundredths of one percent (4/100 of 1%) per annum on the average daily amount of the remainder of (x) the Facility Amount and (y) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount available to be drawn under the Letters of Credit issued under the Facility and (ii) the aggregate amount of drawings under the Letters of Credit issued under the Facility which have been paid by the Bank but not reimbursed to the Bank (such sum of (i) and (ii), the “ Total Outstandings ”). The Commitment Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day (as defined in the Master Agreement) of each calendar quarter and shall accrue from and including the effective date (the “Effective Date”) of the Facility up to but excluding the Termination Date and shall be calculated on the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. The Applicant

 
 
 

Lloyds Bank is a brand name of Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc. Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc are member companies of Lloyds Banking Group

 
A1034WATFORDLLOYDSLET_IMAGE2.JPG


shall also pay to the Bank on the Effective Date an arrangement fee (the “ Arrangement Fee ”) equal to Seventy Five Thousand United States Dollars ($75,000) and an issuance fee and a letter of credit commission in respect of each Letter of Credit as provided in the Master Agreement.

The Applicant may on five Business Days’ notice to the Issuing Branch reduce the Facility Amount in integral multiples of $ 1,000,000 provided however that after giving effect to any such reduction the Facility Amount shall not be less than the Total Outstandings.

The Facility shall become effective and the Effective Date shall occur upon the satisfaction of the following conditions (and the documents required to be delivered shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Bank):

1.    delivery of this Agreement, the Master Agreement, the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Funds Transfer Agreement (each of the foregoing and any Application individually a “Related Document” and collectively the “Related Documents’) duly executed by the Applicant;

2.    delivery of copies of the organic documents of the Applicant certified as true and correct and up to date by an officer of the Applicant;

3.         delivery of a certificate of an officer of the Applicant, attaching and certifying copies of the resolutions of its board of directors authorizing the execution and delivery of the Related Documents and the performance of the transactions contemplated herein and therein, and certifying the name, title and true signature of each officer of the Company authorized to execute the Master Agreement and the other Related Documents;

4.        delivery of a good standing certificate or comparable certificate relating to the Applicant’s good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization if such is available in such jurisdiction;

5.         satisfactory completion by the Bank of all “know you customer” checks;

6.          a favorable opinion of counsel to the Applicant addressed to the Bank and covering matters customary for a transaction of this nature;

7.     the Bank shall have received the Arrangement Fee; and

8.     the Bank shall have received evidence of acceptance by Corporate Services Company of its appointment of agent of service of process for the Applicant pursuant to Section 19 of the Master Agreement.

The obligation of the Bank to issue each Letter of Credit and to amend any Letter of Credit (each a “ Credit Extension ”) is subject to the following conditions precedent (and the documents required to be delivered hereunder shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank):

1.
The Effective Date shall have occurred and the Termination Date shall not have occurred;

2.
The Issuing Branch shall have received an Application for the relevant Credit Extension at least five (5) Business Days prior to the proposed date of issuance of such Credit Extension;

3.
No Event of Default under the Master Agreement nor any event or circumstance which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both could become an Event of Default under the Master Agreement shall have occurred;



 
2
 



 
A1034WATFORDLLOYDSLET_IMAGE2.JPG


4.
The form of the requested Credit Extension shall be satisfactory to the Bank in form and substance (it being understood that language approved by the NAIC shall be deemed to be satisfactory language) and the Credit Extension shall be currently dated;

5.
The date of issuance of such Credit Extension shall not fall later than the fifth Business Day preceding the Termination Date and the scheduled expiration date of any Letter of Credit to be issued or amended in such Credit Extension shall not after giving effect to such Credit Extension expire later than twelve month after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, subject to customary “auto renewal” or “evergreen provisions”;

6.
After giving effect to the issuance of such Credit Extension the aggregate principal amount of cash and deposits held by the Bank as collateral under the Pledge and Security Agreement shall not be less than the Total Outstandings and the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Facility Amount.

7.
No order, judgment or decree of any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government (each a “Government Authority”) or of any arbitrator shall purport by its terms to enjoin or restrain the issuance of such Credit Extension and no requirement of law applicable to the Bank or the Issuing Branch and no request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over it shall prohibit, or request that it refrain from, the issuance of such Credit Extension or letters of credit generally;

8.
There shall have been recorded and be of record in the Register of Charges in accordance with the Bermuda Company Act of 1981 a change in favor of the Bank and covering the cash and deposits held by the Bank as collateral under the Pledge and Security Agreement.

9.
No more than eighty Letters of Credit shall be issued and outstanding.

10.
The financial strength rating of the Applicant from A.M. Best & Co shall be at least A-; and

11.
The representations and warranties of the Applicant contained in the Related Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on the date of issuance of such Credit Extension.

12.
The Company shall have placed on deposit with the Bank to be held as collateral under the Pledge and Security Agreement the amount of $150,000,000 United States Dollars and for a term of at least two months.

The Applicant agrees that submission of each Application shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that each of the representations and warranties contained in the Related Documents are true and correct as of the issuance date of the Credit Extension requested by such Application.

This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto individually, or in any combination of the parties hereto, in two or more counterparts, each which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

This Agreement is one of the “Related Documents” described in the Master Agreement, the provisions of which relating to a Related Document are incorporated by reference herein as if set forth at length herein.

The agreement of the Bank to establish the Facility shall automatically terminate, without further notice, if the Effective Date shall not have occurred by May 28, 2014.


 
3
 



 
A1034WATFORDLLOYDSLET_IMAGE2.JPG



    We look forward to doing business with you.


Yours sincerely,

LLOYDS BANK PLC
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Karen Weich
 
Name: Karen Weich
 
Title: Vice President, W011
 
 
By:
/s/ Julia R. Franklin
 
Name: Julia R. Franklin
 
Title: Vice President, F014

                    
Acknowledged and agreed (in counterpart) this 19 th day
of May, 2014

WATFORD RE LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ Roderick Romeo
Name: Roderick Romeo
Title: Chief Financial Officer



 
4
 


Exhibit 10.35

WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
2018 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
1. Purposes . The purposes of the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan are to advance the interests of Watford Holdings Ltd. and its shareholders by providing a means to attract, retain, and motivate employees and directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, to provide for competitive compensation opportunities, to encourage long-term service, to recognize individual contributions and reward achievement of performance goals, and to promote the creation of long-term value for shareholders by aligning the interests of such persons with those of shareholders.
2. Definitions . For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
Affiliate ” means any entity other than the Company and its Subsidiaries that is designated by the Board or the Committee as a participating employer under the Plan; provided that the Company directly or indirectly owns at least 20% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of such entity or at least 20% of the ownership interests in such entity.
Award ” means any Option, SAR, Restricted Share, Restricted Share Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Dividend Equivalent, Other Share-Based Award, or Cash Performance Unit granted to an Eligible Person under the Plan.
Award Agreement ” means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.
Beneficiary ” means the person, persons, trust or trusts which have been designated by an Eligible Person in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Company to receive the benefits specified under this Plan upon the death of the Eligible Person, or, if there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the person, persons, trust or trusts entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.
Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
Cash Performance Unit ” means a right, granted under Section 5(i), which is intended as of date of grant to be paid in the form of cash, to be based on Company or individual performance measured over an annual or shorter or longer-term performance period.
Change in Control ,” unless otherwise defined in an applicable Award Agreement, shall mean:
(a)    the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 33 1/3% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (i) the then outstanding Shares, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Shares issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Shares; or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding



voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate; or (B) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate;
(b)    during any period of twelve (12) months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, that any Person becoming a director subsequent to the date of this Agreement, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
(c)    the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Affiliates to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; or
(d)    there is consummated a merger or amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary with any other corporation or other entity, other than (i) a merger or amalgamation or consolidation which results in (A) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or amalgamation or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), 66 2/3% or more of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or amalgamation or consolidation or (ii) a merger or amalgamation or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 33 1/3% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. References to any provision of the Code shall be deemed to include successor provisions thereto and regulations thereunder.
Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other Board committee or subcommittee (or the entire Board) as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan.
Company ” means Watford Holdings Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of Bermuda, or any successor corporation.

- 2 -


Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.
Dividend Equivalent ” means a right, granted under the Plan, to receive cash, Shares, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of Shares. Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award, and may be paid currently or on a deferred basis.
Eligible Person ” means (i) an employee, consultant or other service provider of the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, including any director who is an employee, and (ii) any Director. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, an Award may be granted to an employee, in connection with his or her hiring or retention prior to the date the employee first performs services for the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate; provided , however , that any such Award shall not become vested or exercisable prior to the date the employee first performs such services.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. References to any provision of the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include successor provisions thereto and regulations thereunder.
Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to Shares or other property, the fair market value of such Shares or other property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in good faith, the Fair Market Value of Shares shall mean the closing price per Share on the date (or, if the Shares were not traded on that day, the next preceding day that the Shares were traded) on the principal exchange or market system on which the Shares are traded, as such prices are officially quoted thereon.
NQSO ” means an Option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.
Option ” means a right, granted under Section 5(b), to purchase Shares.
Other Share-Based Award ” means a right, granted under Section 5(h), which relates to or is valued by reference to Shares.
Participant ” means an Eligible Person who has been granted an Award under the Plan.
Performance Share ” means a performance share granted under Section 5(f).
Performance Unit ” means a performance unit granted under Section 5(f).
Permitted Person ” means (a) the Company; (b) any Related Party; or (c) any group (as defined in Rule 13b‑3 under the Exchange Act) comprised of any or all of the foregoing.
Plan ” means this 2018 Stock Incentive Plan.

- 3 -


Related Party ” means (a) a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company; (b) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any majority-owned subsidiary of the Company; or (c) any entity, 50% or more of the voting power of which is owned directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of Voting Securities immediately prior to the transaction.
Restricted Shares ” means an Award of Shares under Section 5(d) that may be subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.
Restricted Share Unit ” means a right, granted under Section 5(e), to receive Shares or cash at the end of a specified deferral period.
Rule 16b‑3 ” means Rule 16b‑3, as from time to time in effect and applicable to the Plan and Participants, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
SAR ” or “ Share Appreciation Right ” means the right, granted under Section 5(c), to be paid an amount measured by the difference between the exercise price of the right and the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of exercise of the right, with payment to be made in cash, Shares, or property as specified in the Award or determined by the Committee.
Shares ” means common shares, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted for Shares pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof.
Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns shares possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.
Voting Security ” means any security of the Company which carries the right to vote generally in the election of directors.
3. Administration .
(a)      Authority of the Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, and the Committee shall have full and final authority to take the following actions, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan:
(i)      to select Eligible Persons to whom Awards may be granted;
(ii)      to designate Affiliates;
(iii)      to determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Eligible Person;
(iv)      to determine the type and number of Awards to be granted, the number of Shares to which an Award may relate, the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the

- 4 -


Plan (including, but not limited to, any exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restriction or condition, any schedule for lapse of restrictions or conditions relating to transferability or forfeiture, exercisability, or settlement of an Award, and waivers of performance conditions relating to an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee shall determine), and all other matters to be determined in connection with an Award;
(v)      to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid, in cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be cancelled, forfeited, exchanged, or surrendered;
(vi)      to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property payable with respect to an Award will be deferred either automatically, at the election of the Committee, or at the election of the Eligible Person; provided that such deferral shall be structured with the intent to be in compliance with Section 409A of the Code;
(vii)      to prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Eligible Person;
(viii)      to adopt, amend, suspend, waive, and rescind such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;
(ix)      to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award, rules and regulations, Award Agreement, or other instrument hereunder;
(x)      to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award or to extend the period during which an Award is exercisable; and
(xi)      to make all other decisions and determinations as may be required under the terms of the Plan or as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
(b)      Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority . The Committee shall have sole discretion in exercising its authority under the Plan. Any action of the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, including the Company, Subsidiaries, Affiliates, Eligible Persons, any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Eligible Person, and shareholders. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. The Committee may delegate to officers or managers of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform administrative functions and, with respect to Awards granted to persons not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to perform such other functions as the Committee may determine, to the extent permitted under Rule 16b‑3 (if applicable) and applicable law. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Committee may grant Awards which

- 5 -


are subject to the approval of the Board; provided that an Award shall be subject to Board approval only if the Committee expressly so states.
(c)      Limitation of Liability . Each member of the Committee shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee, and no officer or employee of the Company acting on behalf of the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Committee and any officer or employee of the Company acting on their behalf shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any such action, determination, or interpretation.
(d)      No Option or SAR Repricing Without Shareholder Approval . Except as provided in the first sentence of Section 4(c) hereof relating to certain anti‑dilution adjustments, unless the approval of shareholders of the Company is obtained, (i) Options and SARs issued under the Plan shall not be amended to lower their exercise price, (ii) Options and SARs issued under the Plan will not be exchanged for other Options or SARs with lower exercise prices, (iii) Options and SARs issued under the Plan with an exercise price in excess of the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares will not be exchanged for cash or other property, and (iv) no other action shall be taken with respect to Options or SARs that would be treated as a repricing under the rules of the principal stock exchange or market system on which the Shares are listed.
(e)      Limitation on Committee’s Authority Under 409A . Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the Committee’s authority to modify outstanding Awards shall be limited to the extent necessary so that the existence of such authority does not (i) cause an Award that is not otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code to become deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code or (ii) cause an Award that is otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code to fail to meet the requirements prescribed by Section 409A of the Code.
4. Shares Subject to the Plan .
(a)      Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c) hereof, the total number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be 907,315. No Award may be granted if the number of Shares to which such Award relates, when added to the number of Shares previously issued under the Plan, exceeds the number of Shares reserved under the applicable provisions of the preceding sentence. If any Awards are forfeited, cancelled, terminated, exchanged or surrendered or such Award is settled in cash or otherwise terminates without a distribution of Shares to the Participant, any Shares counted against the number of Shares reserved and available under the applicable provisions of the Plan with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, settlement, termination, cancellation, exchange or surrender, again be available for Awards under the Plan. Further, Shares delivered to or withheld by the Company to satisfy withholding taxes applicable to the vesting or exercise of any Award shall again be available for Awards under the Plan. Shares subject to an Award under the Plan may not again be made available for issuance under

- 6 -


the Plan if such Shares are (x) Shares that were subject to an Option or a stock-settled SAR and were not issued upon the net settlement or net exercise of such Option or SAR, or (y) Shares delivered to or withheld by the Company to pay the exercise price under Options, SARs or other Awards. Upon the exercise of any Award granted in tandem with any other Awards, such related Awards shall be cancelled to the extent of the number of Shares as to which the Award is exercised.
(b)      Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares including Shares acquired by purchase in the open market or in private transactions.
(c)      In the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend in Shares, recapitalization, Share split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin‑off, combination, repurchase, share exchange, extraordinary distribution or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects the Shares such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Eligible Persons under the Plan, then the Committee shall make such equitable changes or adjustments as it deems appropriate and, in such manner as it may deem equitable, (i) adjust any or all of (x) the number and kind of shares which may thereafter be issued under the Plan, (y) the number and kind of shares, other securities or other consideration issued or issuable in respect of outstanding Awards, and (z) the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price relating to any Award, or (ii) provide for a distribution of cash or property in respect of any Award; provided , however , that no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 4(c) that causes any Award that is not otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code to be treated as deferred compensation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. In addition, the Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria and performance objectives, if any, included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or non‑recurring events (including, without limitation, events described in the preceding sentence) affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles.
5. Specific Terms of Awards .
(a)      General . Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Section 7(d)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms regarding forfeiture of Awards or continued exercisability of Awards in the event of termination of service by the Eligible Person.
(b)      Options . The Committee is authorized to grant Options, solely in the form of NQSOs, to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:
(i)      Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that the exercise price per Share of an Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of the

- 7 -


Option. The Committee may, without limitation, set an exercise price that is based upon achievement of performance criteria if deemed appropriate by the Committee.
(ii)      Option Term . The term of each Option shall be determined by the Committee, but such term shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant of the Option.
(iii)      Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part (including, without limitation, upon achievement of performance criteria if deemed appropriate by the Committee), the methods by which such exercise price may be paid or deemed to be paid (including, without limitation, broker-assisted exercise arrangements), the form of such payment (including, without limitation, cash, Shares or other property), and the methods by which Shares will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Eligible Persons.
(c)      SARs . The Committee is authorized to grant SARs (Share Appreciation Rights) to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:
(i)      Right to Payment . A SAR shall confer on the Eligible Person to whom it is granted a right to receive with respect to each Share subject thereto, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (1) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise over (2) the exercise price per Share of the SAR as determined by the Committee as of the date of grant of the SAR (which shall not be less than the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant of the SAR and, in the case of a SAR granted in tandem with an Option, shall be equal to the exercise price of the underlying Option).
(ii)      Other Terms . The Committee shall determine, at the time of grant or thereafter, the time or times at which a SAR may be exercised in whole or in part (which shall not be more than ten years after the date of grant of the SAR), the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, method by which Shares will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Eligible Persons, whether or not a SAR shall be in tandem with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, a SAR granted in tandem with a NQSO may be granted at the time of grant of the related NQSO or at any time thereafter.
(d)      Restricted Shares . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Shares to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:
(i)      Issuance and Restrictions . Restricted Shares shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Committee may impose at the date of grant or thereafter, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including, without limitation, upon achievement of performance criteria if deemed appropriate by the Committee), in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine. Except to the extent restricted under the Award Agreement relating to the Restricted Shares, an Eligible Person granted Restricted Shares shall have all of the rights of a shareholder including, without limitation, the right to vote Restricted Shares and the right to receive dividends thereon.

- 8 -


(ii)      Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, at the date of grant or thereafter, upon termination of service during any applicable restriction period, Restricted Shares and any accrued but unpaid dividends or Dividend Equivalents that are at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited; provided , however , that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Shares will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes.
(iii)      Certificates for Shares . Restricted Shares granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Shares are registered in the name of the Eligible Person, such certificates shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Shares, and, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Company shall retain physical possession of the certificate.
(iv)      Dividends . Dividends paid on Restricted Shares shall be either paid at the dividend payment date, or deferred for payment to such date, and subject to such conditions, as determined by the Committee, in cash or in restricted or unrestricted Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Shares distributed in connection with a Share split or dividend in Shares, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Shares or other property has been distributed.
(e)      Restricted Share Units . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Share Units to Eligible Persons, subject to the following terms and conditions:
(i)      Award and Restrictions . Delivery of Shares or cash, as the case may be, will occur upon expiration of the deferral period specified for Restricted Share Units by the Committee (or, if permitted by the Committee, as elected by the Eligible Person). In addition, Restricted Share Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose (including, without limitation, the achievement of performance criteria if deemed appropriate by the Committee), at the date of grant or thereafter, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier or later specified times, separately or in combination, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine. The initial grant of performance-vesting Restricted Share Units made during 2019 shall vest in accordance with the criteria set forth on Schedule A hereto.
(ii)      Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the date of grant or thereafter, upon termination of service (as determined under criteria established by the Committee) during the applicable deferral period or portion thereof to which forfeiture conditions apply (as provided in the Award Agreement evidencing the Restricted Share Units), or upon failure to satisfy any other conditions precedent to the delivery of Shares or cash to which such Restricted Share Units relate, all Restricted Share Units that are at that time subject to deferral or restriction shall be forfeited; provided , however , that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture

- 9 -


conditions relating to Restricted Share Units will be waived in whole or in part in the event of termination resulting from specified causes.
(iii)      Dividend Equivalents . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the date of grant, Dividend Equivalents on the specified number of Shares covered by a Restricted Share Unit shall be either (A) paid with respect to such Restricted Share Unit at the dividend payment date in cash or in restricted or unrestricted Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, or (B) deferred with respect to such Restricted Share Unit and the amount or value thereof automatically deemed reinvested in additional Restricted Share Units or other Awards, as the Committee shall determine.
(f)      Performance Shares and Performance Units . The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Shares or Performance Units or both to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:
(i)      Performance Period . The Committee shall determine a performance period (the “ Performance Period ”) of one or more years or other periods and shall determine the performance objectives for grants of Performance Shares and Performance Units. Performance objectives may vary from Eligible Person to Eligible Person and shall be based upon the performance criteria as the Committee may deem appropriate. The performance objectives may be determined by reference to the performance of the Company, or of a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or of a division or unit of any of the foregoing. Performance Periods may overlap and Eligible Persons may participate simultaneously with respect to Awards for which different Performance Periods are prescribed.
(ii)      Award Value . During the first quarter of a Performance Period, the Committee shall determine for each Eligible Person or group of Eligible Persons with respect to that Performance Period the range of number of Shares, if any, in the case of Performance Shares, and the range of dollar values, if any, in the case of Performance Units, which may be fixed or may vary in accordance with such performance or other criteria specified by the Committee, which shall be paid to an Eligible Person as an Award if the relevant measure of Company performance for the Performance Period is met.
(iii)      Significant Events . If during the course of a Performance Period there shall occur significant events as determined by the Committee which the Committee expects to have a substantial effect on a performance objective during such period, the Committee may revise such objective.
(iv)      Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, at the date of grant or thereafter, upon termination of service during the applicable Performance Period, Performance Shares and Performance Units for which the Performance Period was prescribed shall be forfeited; provided , however , that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in an individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Performance Shares and Performance Units will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes.

- 10 -


(v)      Payment . Each Performance Share or Performance Unit may be paid in whole Shares, or cash, or a combination of Shares and cash either as a lump sum payment or in installments, all as the Committee shall determine, at the time of grant of the Performance Share or Performance Unit or otherwise, commencing at the time determined by the Committee.
(g)      Dividend Equivalents . The Committee is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to Eligible Persons. The Committee may provide, at the date of grant or thereafter, that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Shares, or other investment vehicles as the Committee may specify, provided that , unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Dividend Equivalents (other than freestanding Dividend Equivalents) shall be subject to all conditions and restrictions of any underlying Awards to which they relate.
(h)      Other Share-Based Awards . The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Eligible Persons such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Shares, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including, without limitation, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Shares, purchase rights for Shares, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Committee, Awards valued by reference to the performance of specified Subsidiaries or Affiliates. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards at the date of grant or thereafter. Shares delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 5(h) shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares or other property, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, shall also be authorized pursuant to this Section 5(h).
(i)      Cash Performance Units . The Committee is authorized to grant Cash Performance Units to Eligible Persons. A Cash Performance Unit shall entitle a Participant to receive, subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Plan and established by the Committee in connection with the Award and specified in the applicable Award Agreement, a target amount of cash based upon the achievement of performance goals over an applicable performance period. The performance period shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant, and may be for one year, or for a lesser or longer period of time. Payments to a Participant in settlement of an Award of Cash Performance Units may, in the discretion of the Committee as determined subsequent to the date of grant, be made in the form of Shares.
6. Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards .
(a)      Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem and Substitute Awards . Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted to Eligible Persons either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in exchange or substitution for, any other Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan or agreement of the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any other right of an Eligible Person to receive payment from the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate. Awards may be granted in addition to or in tandem with such other Awards

- 11 -


or awards, and may be granted either as of the same time as or a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards. Subject to the provisions of Section 3(d) hereof prohibiting Option and SAR repricing without shareholder approval, the per Share exercise price of any Option, grant price of any SAR, or purchase price of any other Award conferring a right to purchase Shares which is granted, in connection with the substitution of awards granted under any other plan or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, shall be determined by the Committee, in its discretion.
(b)      Term of Awards . The term of each Award granted to an Eligible Person shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that in no event shall the term of any Option or SAR exceed a period of ten years from the date of its grant.
(c)      Form of Payment under Awards . Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, payments to be made by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate upon the grant, maturation, or exercise of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis; provided that any such deferral shall be intended to be in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. The Committee may make rules relating to installment or deferred payments with respect to Awards, including the rate of interest to be credited with respect to such payments.
(d)      Non transferability . Except as set forth below and except for vested Shares, Awards shall not be transferable by an Eligible Person except by will or the laws of descent and distribution (except pursuant to a Beneficiary designation) and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of an Eligible Person only by such Eligible Person or his guardian or legal representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Committee expressly so provides in the applicable Award agreement (at the time of grant or at any time thereafter), an Award granted hereunder may be transferred by a Participant to members of his or her “immediate family,” to a trust established for the exclusive benefit of solely one or more members of the Participant’s “immediate family,” or to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity under which the only partners, members or equity holders are one or more members of the Participant’s “immediate family.” Any Award held by the transferee will continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to the Award immediately prior to the transfer, except that the Award will be transferable by the transferee only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. For purposes hereof, “immediate family.” means the Participant’s children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, spouse, siblings (including half brothers and sisters), in‑laws, and relationships arising because of legal adoption. An Eligible Person’s rights under the Plan may not be pledged, mortgaged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered, and shall not be subject to claims of the Eligible Person’s creditors.
(e)      Noncompetition . The Committee may, by way of the Award Agreements or otherwise, establish such other terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations, if any, of any Award, provided they are not inconsistent with the Plan, including, without limitation, the requirement that the Participant not engage in competition with, solicit customers or employees of, or disclose or use confidential information of, the Company or its Affiliates.

- 12 -


(f)      No Dividend Equivalents on Options or Unvested Performance Awards . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, Dividend Equivalents shall not be paid with respect to Options, nor with respect to Performance Shares, Performance Units, or other Awards that vest based on achievement of performance objectives prior to the time the applicable performance objectives have been achieved.
7. General Provisions .
(a)      Compliance with Legal and Trading Requirements . The Plan, the granting and exercising of Awards thereunder, and the other obligations of the Company under the Plan and any Award Agreement, shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and foreign laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any stock exchange, regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The Company, in its discretion, may postpone the issuance or delivery of Shares under any Award until completion of such stock exchange or market system listing or registration or qualification of such Shares or any required action under any state, federal or foreign law, rule or regulation as the Company may consider appropriate, and may require any Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Shares in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. No provisions of the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to obligate the Company to register any Shares under federal, state or foreign law. The Shares issued under this Plan may be subject to such other restrictions on transfer as determined by the Committee.
(b)      No Right to Continued Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any action taken thereunder shall be construed as giving any employee or director the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to terminate any employee’s or director’s employment or service at any time.
(c)      Taxes . The Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Shares, or any payroll or other payment to an Eligible Person, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Eligible Persons to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Shares or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of an Eligible Person’s tax obligations.
(d)      Changes to the Plan and Awards . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under the Plan without the consent of shareholders of the Company or Participants, except that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders to the extent such shareholder approval is required under the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares may then be listed or quoted; provided , however , that , without the consent of an affected Participant, no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination of the Plan may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any Award theretofore granted to him or her. The

- 13 -


Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate, any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retrospectively; provided , however , that , without the consent of a Participant, no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of any Award may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any Award theretofore granted to him or her. Except as provided in the first sentence of Section 4(c) hereof relating to certain anti‑dilution adjustments, unless the approval of shareholders of the Company is obtained, (i) Options and SARs issued under the Plan shall not be amended to lower their exercise price, (ii) Options and SARs issued under the Plan will not be exchanged for other Options or SARs with lower exercise prices, (iii) Options and SARs issued under the Plan with an exercise price in excess of the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares will not be exchanged for cash or other property, and (iv) no other action shall be taken with respect to Options or SARs that would be treated as a repricing under the rules of the principal stock exchange or market system on which the Shares are listed.
(e)      No Rights to Awards; No Shareholder Rights . No Eligible Person or employee shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Eligible Persons and employees. No Award shall confer on any Eligible Person any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company unless and until Shares are duly issued or transferred to the Eligible Person in accordance with the terms of the Award.
(f)      Unfunded Status of Awards . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company; provided , however , that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or make other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations under the Plan to deliver cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property pursuant to any Award, which trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Participant.
(g)      Non exclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor its submission to the shareholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of options and other awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.
(h)      Not Compensation for Benefit Plans . No Award payable under this Plan shall be deemed salary or compensation for the purpose of computing benefits under any benefit plan or other arrangement of the Company for the benefit of its employees or directors unless the Company shall determine otherwise.
(i)      No Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. In the case of Awards to Eligible Persons, the Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such

- 14 -


fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.
(j)      Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of New York without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.
(k)      Effective Date; Plan Termination . The Plan shall become effective as of [____________] 1 (the “ Effective Date ”). The Plan shall terminate as to future awards on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.
(l)      Section 409A . Awards granted under the Plan are intended to comply with, or be exempt from, the applicable requirements of Section 409A and Section 457A of the Code and shall be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. Although the Company does not guarantee any particular tax treatment, to the extent that any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it shall be paid in a manner that is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code, including regulations and any other guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on a Participant by Sections 409A or 457A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Sections 409A or 457A of the Code.
(m)      Titles and Headings . The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only. In the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.
(n)      Data Privacy . As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan (“ Plan Administration ”). In furtherance of such implementation and administration, the Company and its Affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, compensation, nationality, job title, information regarding any securities of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and details of all Awards (the “ Data ”). In addition to transferring the Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of Plan Administration, the Company and its Affiliates may each transfer the data to any third parties assisting the Company in Plan Administration. Recipients of the Data may be located in the Participant’s country or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country and any given recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of Plan Administration, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Participant will be held
1 NTD:    The Plan will be effective as of the date of the IPO.

- 15 -


only as long as is necessary for Plan Administration. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Participant, or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Company may cancel the Participant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, and in the Company’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards in the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents described herein. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participants may contact their local human resources professional.
8. Recoupment . The Committee shall have full authority to implement any policies and procedures necessary to comply with Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any rules promulgated thereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may provide with respect to any Award granted hereunder that, in the event of a financial restatement such that the amount of previously awarded incentive compensation would have been lower had results been properly reported, outstanding awards will be cancelled and Company may clawback ( i . e ., recapture) realized Option/Stock Appreciation Right gains and realized value for vested Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units or earned Performance Shares or Other Share-Based Awards within 12 months preceding the financial restatement.
9. Effective of Change in Control . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the event of a Change in Control, such surviving, successor or acquiring entity shall assume any outstanding Options and Awards or shall substitute economically equivalent options or awards for the outstanding Options or Awards, as applicable. If the surviving, successor or acquiring entity does not assume the outstanding Options and Awards or substitute economically equivalent options or awards for the outstanding Options or Awards, as applicable, or if the Board otherwise determines in its discretion, the Company shall give written notice to all Participants advising that the Plan shall be terminated effective immediately prior to the Change in Control and all Options and Awards shall be deemed to be vested and, to the extent applicable exercised or settled immediately prior to the termination of the Plan.


- 16 -


Schedule A
Performance-vesting Restricted Share Unit Vesting Schedule
The initial grant of performance-vesting Restricted Share Units shall be eligible to vest on the three-year anniversary of the date of grant based on the Company's Growth in Book Value Per Share during the period between January 1, 2020 and December 31, 2022 (the " Performance Period "). The actual portion of performance-vesting Restricted Share Units that vests shall equal (i) 0% if the Threshold Growth in Book Value Per Share is not achieved, (ii) 50% if the Threshold Growth in Book Value Per Share is achieved, (iii) 100% if the Target Growth in Book Value Per Share is achieved and (iv) 150% if the Out-performance Growth in Book Value Per Share is achieved; provided, however , that (A) linear interpolation between 50% and 100% shall be used if Growth in Book Value Per Share is greater than the Threshold Growth in Book Value Per Share but less than the Target Growth in Book Value Per Share, and (B) linear interpolation between 100% and 150% shall be used if Growth in Book Value Per Share is greater than the Target Growth in Book Value Per Share but less than the Out-performance Growth in Book Value Per Share.
For purposes of the above:
" Growth in Book Value Per Share " shall mean (i) the cube root of the sum of (A) one (1.00) plus (B) a fraction with a numerator equal to (x) Increase in Book Value Per Share, and a denominator equal to (y) Beginning Book Value Per Share, minus (ii) one (1.00), and then converted to a percentage.
" Beginning Book Value Per Share " means the quotient of (i) the excess value of the Company's assets over the Company's liabilities as of January 1, 2020, based upon the financial statements of the Company prepared by the accountant regularly retained by the Company in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, divided by (ii) the number of Shares then outstanding.
" Ending Book Value Per Share " means the quotient of (i) the sum of (A) the excess value of the Company's assets over the Company's liabilities as of December 31, 2022 plus (B) all accumulated dividends per share paid or declared during the Performance Period, in each case, based upon the financial statements of the Company prepared by the accountant regularly retained by the Company in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, divided by (ii) the number of Shares then outstanding.
" Increase in Book Value Per Share " means any excess of Ending Book Value Per Share over Beginning Book Value Per Share. Increase in Book Value Per Share shall not be less than zero.
"Threshold Growth in Book Value Per Share" shall mean 5%, " Target Growth in Book Value Per Share " shall mean 9% and " Out-performance Growth in Book Value Per Share " shall mean 13%.


- 17 -
Exhibit 10.36

WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This Indemnification Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of [•], 2018 by and between Watford Holdings Ltd. , a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “Company”) and [NAME OF DIRECTOR] (the “Indemnitee”), a Director and/or Officer of the Company.
WHEREAS it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as Directors and Officers the most capable persons available, and
WHEREAS the substantial increase in corporate litigation subjects Directors and Officers to expensive litigation risks at the same time that the availability of Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance has been severely limited, and
WHEREAS it is the express policy of the Company to indemnify its Directors and Officers so as to provide them with the maximum possible protection permitted by law, and
WHEREAS the Company does not regard the protection available to the Indemnitee as adequate in the present circumstances, and realizes that the Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a Director and/or Officer without adequate protection, and the Company desires the Indemnitee to serve in such capacity;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the Indemnitee’s service as a Director and/or Officer after the date hereof, the parties agree as follows:
1.
Definitions
1.1
As used in this Agreement:
(a)
The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any inquiry or hearing whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature;
(b)
The term “Expenses” shall include, but is not limited to, any expense, liability or loss, including expenses of investigations, judicial, arbitral or administrative proceedings or appeals, whether threatened, pending or completed, damages, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under this Agreement; and
(c)
The terms “Director” and “Officer” shall include the Indemnitee’s service at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise as well as a Director and/or Officer of the Company and any subsidiary thereof.



2.
Indemnity of Director and/or Officer. Subject only to the limitations set forth in Section 7, the Company will to the maximum possible extent permitted by law as it exists from time to time (but in the case of future amendment or interpretation, unless required by law, only to the extent such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to apply broader indemnification rights than were provided prior thereto) indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Indemnitee from, and pay on behalf of the Indemnitee, all Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee because of any claim or claims made against him or involving him (including as a witness) in a Proceeding, including incurred in connection with any Proceeding or portion thereof with respect to which Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise (including, without limitation, settlement of Proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration or the termination of any issue or matter in such Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice), (i) by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director and/or Officer or (ii) related to or arising out of anything done or not done (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) by Indemnitee in any such capacity.
3.
Presumptions; Burden of Proof. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7, in connection with any Proceeding,
(a)
It shall be a presumption that Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct and that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances.
(b)
The burden of proof shall be on the Company to overcome the presumptions set forth in the preceding clause (a), and each such presumption shall only be overcome if the Company establishes that there is no reasonable basis to support it.
4.
Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of any Expenses, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for such portion.
5.
Contribution.
(a)
The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.
(b)
Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7, to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee, in connection with any Proceeding, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

2


6.
Settlement . The Company will not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which may be provided or withheld in Indemnitee’s sole discretion, effect any settlement of any Proceeding against Indemnitee or which could have been brought against Indemnitee unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money by persons other than Indemnitee and includes an unconditional release of Indemnitee from all liability on any matters that are the subject of such Proceeding and an acknowledgment that Indemnitee denies all wrongdoing in connection with such matters. The Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee against amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding against Indemnitee if such settlement is effected by Indemnitee without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
7.
Limitations on Indemnity
7.1
The Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any payment of Expenses to the Indemnitee.
(a)
which payment it is prohibited by applicable law from paying as indemnity;
(b)
for which payment is actually made to the Indemnitee under an insurance policy, except in respect of any excess beyond the amount of payment under such insurance;
(c)
for which payment the Indemnitee is indemnified by the Company otherwise than pursuant to this Agreement;
(d)
resulting from a claim that the Indemnitee gained in fact any personal profit or advantage to which he was not legally entitled; however, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified under this Agreement as to any claims upon which suit may be brought against him by reason of any alleged gaining of personal profit or advance to which the Indemnitee was not legally entitled, unless it shall be decided in a Proceeding that he committed (i) acts of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) with actual dishonest purpose and intent, and (iii) which acts were material to the cause of action so adjudicated.
(e)
brought about or contributed to by the fraud or dishonesty of the Indemnitee seeking payment hereunder; however, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified under this Agreement as to any claims upon which suit may be brought against him by reason of any alleged dishonesty on his part, unless it shall be decided in a Proceeding that he committed (i) acts of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) with actual dishonest purpose and intent, and (iii) which acts were material to the cause of action so adjudicated.
7.2
For purposes of Sections 7 and 8, the phrase “decided in a Proceeding” shall mean a decision by a court, arbitrator(s), hearing officer or other judicial agent having the

3


requisite legal authority to make such a decision, which decision has become final and from which no appeal or other review proceeding is permissible.
8.
Advance Payment of Costs
8.1
Expenses paid or incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company as incurred and in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, and without regard to whether Indemnitee will ultimately be entitled to be indemnified for such Expenses. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. It is further understood and agreed that any Indemnitee shall be entitled to separate counsel in the event of any potential conflict as between the directors, officers and Company.
8.2
The Indemnitee hereby agrees and undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if it shall be decided in a Proceeding that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such Expenses. Such repayment obligation shall be unsecured and shall not bear interest.
9.
Other Indemnification and Insurance/Priority of Payments .
The Company acknowledges that certain Indemnitees may have certain rights to (i) indemnification and/or advancement of expenses provided by Arch Capital Group Ltd., HPS Investment Partners, LLC and/or certain of their affiliates and employees (collectively, the “Other Indemnitors”) and/or (ii) insurance provided to the Other Indemnitors. The Company hereby agrees: (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to Indemnitees are primary and any obligation of the Other Indemnitors to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification or insurance for the same Expenses or liabilities incurred by parties are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of Expenses to the extent legally permitted, without regard to any rights Indemnitees may have against the Other Indemnitors, and (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Other Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Other Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Other Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitees with respect to any claim for which Indemnitees have sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Other Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitees against the Company.
10.
Directors and Officers Liability Insurance.
10.1
Maintenance of Insurance . So long as the Company maintains liability insurance for any directors, officers, employees or agents of any such person, the Company

4


shall ensure that Indemnitees are covered by such insurance in such a manner as to provide Indemnitees the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s then current Directors and Officers. If at any date (i) such insurance ceases to cover acts and omissions occurring during all or any part of the period of Indemnitee’s status as a Director or Officer or (ii) the Company does not maintain any such insurance (as applicable, the “ Relevant Date ”), the Company shall ensure that Indemnitee is covered, with respect to acts and omissions prior to such date, for so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was a Director or Officer of the Company, by other directors and officers liability insurance, in amounts and on terms (including the portion of the period of Indemnitee’s Director or Officer status covered) no less favorable to Indemnitee than the greater of the amounts and terms of the liability insurance maintained by the Company (i) immediately prior to the Relevant Date and (ii) on the last date the Indemnitee was a Director or Officer of the Company.
10.2
Notice to Insurers . Upon receipt of notice of a Proceeding, the Company shall give or cause to be given prompt notice of such Proceeding to all insurers providing liability insurance in accordance with the procedures set forth in all applicable or potentially applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary action to cause such insurers to pay all amounts payable in accordance with the terms of such policies, unless the Company shall have paid in full all indemnification, advancement and other obligations payable to Indemnitee under this Agreement.
11.
Enforcement. If a claim under this Agreement is not paid by the Company, or on its behalf, within thirty days after a written claim has been received by the Company, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the Expenses of prosecuting such claim.
12.
Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
13.
Notice
13.1
The Indemnitee shall give to the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against him for which indemnity will or could be sought under this Agreement, together with such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require; however failure to provide or delay in providing such notice shall not release the Company from any of its obligations under this Agreement except to the extent the Company is materially prejudiced by such failure or delay.

5


13.2
Notice to the Company shall be given at its registered office and shall be directed to the Company’s Secretary (or such other address as the Company shall designate in writing to the Indemnitee).
13.3
Notice shall be deemed received: (i) if sent by prepaid mail properly addressed, the date of such notice being the date postmarked; or (ii) if sent by electronic mail, on the date sent if sent during normal business hours of the recipient and if sent after normal business hours of the recipient, on the next business day.
14.
Saving Clause. If this Agreement or any portion thereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated or by any other applicable law.
15.
Indemnification Hereunder Not Exclusive. The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the memorandum of association, bye-laws or other organizational agreement or instrument of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, any other agreement, any vote of shareholders or directors, Bermuda law, any other applicable law or any liability insurance policy, provided that to the extent that Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified by the Company and by any shareholder of the Company or any affiliate of any such shareholder (other than the Company) under any other agreement or instrument, or by any insurer under a policy procured or maintained by any such shareholder or affiliate, (i) the obligations of the Company hereunder shall be primary and the obligations of such shareholder, affiliate or insurer secondary, and (ii) the Company shall not be entitled to contribution or indemnification from or subrogation against such equity holder, affiliate or insurer. In the event that any such shareholder or affiliate makes indemnification payments or advances to Indemnitee in respect of any Expenses, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement for which the Company would also be obligated pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall reimburse such shareholder or affiliate in full on demand.
16.
Exculpation, etc.
16.1
Indemnitee shall not be personally liable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to the shareholders of the Company or any such subsidiary for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director of the Company or any such subsidiary; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability of the Indemnitee for acts of fraud or dishonesty. If Bermuda law or other applicable law shall be amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the Indemnitee shall, automatically, without any further action, be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Bermuda law or such other applicable law as so amended.
16.2
No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company or any of its subsidiaries against Indemnitee or Indemnitee’s estate, spouses, heirs, executors, personal or legal representatives, administrators or

6


assigns after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period, provided that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.
17.
Applicable Law. The terms and conditions of this Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of Bermuda. The parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably agree that the courts of Bermuda shall have exclusive jurisdiction in respect of any dispute, suit, action, arbitration or proceedings which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement and waive any objection to such proceedings in the courts of Bermuda on the grounds of venue or on the basis that they have been brought in an inconvenient forum.
18.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute the original.
19.
Amendment and Termination. No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing signed by all the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
20.
Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its respective successors and assigns, including without limitation any acquirer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business, any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that acquires beneficial ownership of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then issued and outstanding voting securities and any survivor of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation to which the Company is party, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s estate, spouses, heirs, executors, personal or legal representatives, administrators and assigns. The Company shall require and cause any such successor, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement as if it were named as the Company herein, and the Company shall not permit any such purchase of assets or business, acquisition of securities or merger or consolidation to occur until such written agreement has been executed and delivered. No such assumption and agreement shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations hereunder, and this Agreement shall not otherwise be assignable by the Company.
21.
Continuation of Indemnification. The indemnification under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though he may have subsequently ceased to be a Director and/or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of the Indemnitee.

7


22.
Coverage of Indemnification. The indemnification under this Agreement shall cover the Indemnitee’s service as a Director and/or Officer prior to or after the date of the Agreement.

8


AGREED by the Parties on the date first written above:
For, and on behalf of

WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
 
 
Signature
 
 
Print Name
 
[INDEMNITEE]
 
 
Signature
 
 
Print Name

Exhibit 10.37

[Date]
Watford Holdings Ltd.
Watford Re Ltd.
Waterloo House
100 Pitts Bay Road, 1st Floor
Hamilton HM-08
Bermuda
Attention: the Secretary
Dear Sirs,
I, __________________, hereby accept my appointment as a Director of Watford Holdings Ltd. and Watford Re Ltd. (the “Companies” and each a “Company”), with effect from [Date].
Yours faithfully,
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signed:
 
 
 
 
[Director Name]

Exhibit 10.38

AMENDED AND RESTATED FEE SHARING AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED FEE SHARING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of May 6, 2015 and effective as of March 25, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and among Arch Underwriters Ltd, a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (“ AUL ”), Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Highbridge ”) and Watford Re Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Company ”), Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Parent ” and, together with the Company, “ Watford ”). AUL, Highbridge and Watford may be referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.
R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, Watford, AUL and Highbridge are party to that certain Services Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014 (as amended from time to time, the “ Services Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, Watford and Highbridge are party to that certain Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014 (as amended from time to time, the “ Investment Management Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, AUL, Highbridge and Watford entered into that certain Fee Sharing Agreement on March 25, 2014 (the “ Original Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, AUL, Highbridge and Watford wish to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein; and
WHEREAS, each of AUL, Highbridge and Watford has all requisite authority to enter into and perform this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.
Definitions
Adjusted Management Fees ” means, for any Calendar Quarter, (i) the Management Fees Earned by Highbridge for such period less (ii) the JPMS Fees Earned by JPMS for such period.
Affiliate ” of a specific Party means a Person that (at the time when the determination is to be made) directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Party.
Annual Investment Management Fees ” means for each Calendar Year the Performance Fees (as defined in the Investment Management Agreement) Earned by Highbridge



during such period and the gross amount of all other fees Earned by Highbridge during such period, in all cases in respect of services rendered prior to the Termination Date pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Quarterly Investment Management Fees, commissions Earned during such Calendar Year as contemplated by Section 8 of the Investment Management Agreement, reimbursable expenses incurred during such Calendar Year pursuant to Section 5 of the Fee Schedule to the Investment Management Agreement, and any indemnification pursuant to Section 6 of the Investment Management Agreement.
Annual Underwriting Services Fees ” means for each Calendar Year the sum of the gross amount of (i) the Profit Commissions Earned by AUL during such period and (ii) all other fees Earned by AUL during such period, in all cases in respect of services rendered prior to the Termination Date pursuant to the Services Agreement, but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Quarterly Underwriting Services Fees, reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses incurred during such Calendar Year pursuant to Section 5 of the Fee Schedule to the Services Agreement and any indemnification pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Services Agreement.
Calendar Quarter ” means a calendar quarter; provided , however , that the first Calendar Quarter shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end at December 31, 2014 (including such day); provided further that the final Calendar Quarter (“ Final Calendar Quarter ”) shall end at the Termination Date (including such day).
Calendar Year ” means a calendar year; provided , however , that the first Calendar Year shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end at December 31, 2014 (including such day); provided further that the final Calendar Year (the “ Final Calendar Year ”) shall end at the Termination Date (including such day).
Covered Business ” has the meaning given to such term in the Services Agreement.
Earned ” means earned in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles as presented in the consolidated financial statements of Arch Capital Group Ltd. or JPMorgan Chase & Co., as the case may be.
Equalization Amount ” means for each calendar quarter the amount by which (i) the greater of the Quarterly Investment Management Fees or the Quarterly Underwriting Services Fees Earned during such period exceeds (ii) the sum of such fees divided by two; provided, however, that for each calendar quarter the final day of which coincides with the final day of any calendar year, the Equalization Amount shall mean the amount by which (A) the greater of (x) the sum of the Quarterly Investment Management Fees Earned during such calendar quarter plus the Annual Investment Management Fees Earned during such calendar year or (y) the sum of the Quarterly Underwriting Services Fees Earned during such calendar quarter plus the Annual Underwriting Services Fees Earned during such calendar year exceeds (B) the sum of the fees set forth in (x) and (y) divided by two.

- 2 -


Investment Account ” has the meaning given to such term in the Investment Management Agreement.
JPMS Fees ” means, for each Calendar Quarter for which J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“ JPMS ”) is entitled to receive a fee pursuant to the Services Agreement dated February 14, 2014 between Highbridge and JPMS, 50% of the Management Fees (75 bps) for such period with respect to the Net Asset Value of the Investment Account that is attributable to the net equity capital of the Parent raised by JPMS and its private banking affiliates pursuant to that certain letter agreement by and between JPMS and the Parent dated as of December 17, 2013.
Management Fees ” has the meaning given to such term in the Investment Management Agreement.
Net Asset Value ” has the meaning given to such term in the Investment Management Agreement.
Payor ” means for each calendar quarter (i) AUL, if the sum of (A) the Quarterly Underwriting Services Fees Earned by it during such calendar quarter plus (B) the Annual Underwriting Services Fees Earned by it during such calendar year (if the final day of such calendar quarter coincides with the final day of a calendar year) is greater than the sum of (X) the Quarterly Investment Management Fees Earned by Highbridge during such calendar quarter plus (Y) the Annual Investment Management Fees Earned by Highbridge during such calendar year (if the final day of such calendar quarter coincides with the final day of a calendar year), or (ii) Highbridge, if the sum of (A) the Quarterly Investment Management Fees Earned by it during such calendar quarter plus (B) the Annual Investment Management Fees Earned by it during such calendar year (if the final day of such calendar quarter coincides with the final day of a calendar year) is greater than the sum of (X) the Quarterly Underwriting Services Fees Earned by AUL during such calendar quarter plus (Y) the Annual Underwriting Services Fees Earned by AUL during such calendar year (if the final day of such calendar quarter coincides with the final day of a calendar year).
Person ” means any individual, company, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental or quasi-governmental entity (or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity.
Profit Commissions ” has the meaning given to such term in the Services Agreement.
Quarterly Investment Management Fees ” means for each Calendar Quarter the Adjusted Management Fees Earned by Highbridge during such period and the gross amount of all other fees Earned by Highbridge during such period payable on a quarterly basis, in all cases in respect of services rendered prior to the Termination Date pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Annual Investment Management Fees, commissions Earned during such Calendar Quarter as

- 3 -


contemplated by Section 8 of the Investment Management Agreement, reimbursable expenses incurred during such Calendar Quarter pursuant to Section 5 of the Fee Schedule to the Investment Management Agreement, and any indemnification pursuant to Section 6 of the Investment Management Agreement.
Quarterly Underwriting Services Fees ” means for each Calendar Quarter the sum of (a) the gross amount of (i) the Underwriting Fees Earned by AUL during such period, (ii) the Employee Leasing Fees (as defined in the Services Agreement) Earned by AUL during such period and (iii) all other fees Earned by AUL during such period payable on a quarterly basis, in all cases in respect of services rendered prior to the Termination Date pursuant to the Services Agreement, but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Annual Underwriting Services Fees, reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses incurred during such Calendar Quarter pursuant to Section 5 of the Fee Schedule to the Services Agreement and any indemnification pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Services Agreement, and (b) as respects the AUL Affiliate Cessions (as defined in the Services Agreement), the portions indicated on Schedule 1 hereto of the Earned Gross Premiums received by Affiliates (as defined in the Services Agreement) of AUL as ceding fees (over and above Acquisition Expenses) during such period in respect of Ceded Contracts (as defined in the AUL Affiliate Cessions) attaching prior to the Termination Date.
Renewals ” has the meaning given to such term in the Services Agreement.
Termination Date ” means the earlier of the effectiveness of termination of the Services Agreement or the effectiveness of termination of the Investment Management Agreement.
Underwriting Fees ” has the meaning given to such term in the Services Agreement.
2.
Fee Sharing Pre-Termination
a.
Within 75 days following the end of each Calendar Quarter through and including the Final Calendar Quarter, AUL and Highbridge shall furnish to the other (i) a schedule of the fees ( i.e., Quarterly Underwriting Services Fees and Quarterly Investment Management Fees, respectively) Earned by it during such period in respect of services rendered prior to the Termination Date, and (ii) as respects any Calendar Quarter that does not end on December 31 of a year, an estimate of the Annual Underwriting Services Fees and Annual Investment Management Fees, respectively, for the Calendar Year based on results through the end of such Calendar Quarter. In addition, for each Calendar Quarter that ends on December 31 of a year and for the Calendar Quarter that ends on the Termination Date, AUL and Highbridge shall include in such schedules the Annual Underwriting Services Fees and Annual Investment Management Fees, respectively, Earned by it during the Calendar Year ending at such date in respect of services rendered prior to the Termination Date.
b.
Within 90 days following the end of each Calendar Quarter through and including the Final Calendar Quarter, whichever of AUL or Highbridge is the Payor shall

- 4 -


pay the Equalization Amount to the other. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent Watford fails to pay any amounts due prior to the end of such 90-day period, to (i) AUL under the Services Agreement that constitute Quarterly Underwriting Services Fees and/or Annual Underwriting Services Fees, or (ii) Highbridge under the Investment Management Agreement that constitute Quarterly Investment Management Fees and/or Annual Investment Management Fees, such unpaid amount shall be disregarded in the computation of the Equalization Amount, and upon later receipt of such unpaid amount by AUL or Highbridge, as the case may be, the Equalization Amount shall be redetermined to include such receipt, and any adjustment due shall be paid by AUL or Highbridge, as the case may be, within 5 days following such receipt. Each of AUL and Highbridge agrees to use its best efforts to collect any amounts owed to it by Watford under the Services Agreement or the Investment Management Agreement, as applicable.
c.
As used in this Agreement, all references to “pay”, “receipt” or “collect” shall be deemed to include amounts applied to offset amounts owed by the recipient, in addition to amounts actually paid, received or collected, as applicable.
3.
Fee Sharing Post-Termination
a.
Neither AUL nor Highbridge shall have any liability to the other for any Annual Investment Management Fees, Annual Underwriting Services Fees, Quarterly Investment Management Fees or Quarterly Underwriting Services Fees Earned in respect of services performed subsequent to the Termination Date.
b.
In the event that both the Services Agreement and the Investment Management Agreement terminate in the same Calendar Quarter, then AUL will remit to Highbridge within 30 days of receipt thereof one-half of any and all Underwriting Fees received by AUL in respect of Renewals of Covered Business written by the Company during the three-year period following the effectiveness of termination of the Services Agreement.
c.
In the event that AUL gives written notice that it will not renew the Services Agreement or terminates the Services Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02(b)(i) thereof, but the Investment Management Agreement continues in effect after the Termination Date, then AUL will remit to Highbridge within 30 days of receipt thereof one-half of any and all Underwriting Fees in respect of Renewals of Covered Business written by the Company during the three-year period following the Termination Date received by AUL; provided, however , that if the Investment Management Agreement terminates during such three-year period, AUL shall have no obligation to remit any such Underwriting Fees received in respect of any Renewal subsequent to such termination.
d.
Except as provided in paragraphs b and c above, AUL shall not have any obligation to Highbridge in respect of Underwriting Fees in respect of Renewals

- 5 -


of Covered Business written by the Company during the three-year period following the Termination Date.
e.
Unless otherwise agreed between AUL and Highbridge, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Termination Date, AUL and Highbridge shall jointly retain the services of an independent internationally recognized actuarial firm to be mutually agreed by AUL and Highbridge, which firm (or its affiliates) shall not have rendered services to AUL or Highbridge (or any of their affiliates) during the three-year period prior to the Termination Date, to estimate future Profit Commissions (apart from Profit Commissions included in the Annual Underwriting Services Fee for the Final Calendar Year) (the “Profit Commissions Estimate”) payable to AUL in calendar years subsequent to the Final Calendar Year (in respect of services performed prior to the Termination Date), discounted to present value on the basis of the yield for five-year United States Treasury obligations on the date such estimate is rendered. If such actuarial firm determines that such amount cannot be precisely estimated, then such firm shall use the mid-point of a reasonable range for estimates determined by it (or the median value if stochastic modeling is utilized) to establish the Profit Commissions Estimate. The Profit Commissions Estimate shall be provided by such firm to AUL and Highbridge in writing. No later than 30 days from receipt of the Profit Commissions Estimate, AUL shall pay to Highbridge (if such estimate is positive) or Highbridge shall pay to AUL (if such estimate is negative) one-half the amount of the Profit Commissions Estimate; provided, however , that any such payment from Highbridge to AUL shall not exceed the total net amount of Profit Commissions previously paid by AUL to Highbridge. The Profit Commissions Estimate and payment shall be final irrespective of the actual amounts of future Profit Commissions.
f.
Unless otherwise agreed between AUL and Highbridge, if AUL and Highbridge are unable to, within 10 business days of the Termination Date, agree on an independent internationally recognized actuarial firm in accordance with Section 3(e) above, AUL and Highbridge shall each, as soon as reasonably practicable, retain the services of an independent internationally recognized actuarial firm, which respective firm (or its affiliates) shall not have rendered services during the three-year period prior to the Termination Date to the party retaining its services, to independently estimate future Profit Commissions pursuant to the procedures described in Section 3(e) above, and the Profit Commissions Estimate payable to AUL or Highbridge (as applicable) pursuant to Section 3(e) shall be the average of the estimates provided by the two firms.
4.
Successors
a.
In the event of termination of the Investment Management Agreement, without limiting Section 8.10 of the Services Agreement, Watford agrees that it shall require that any successor to Highbridge as investment manager for Watford shall

- 6 -


offer to AUL to agree to substantially the same terms and conditions as set forth in this Agreement, which offer AUL may accept or decline in its discretion.
b.
In the event of termination of the Services Agreement, Watford agrees that it shall require that any successor to AUL as underwriting manager for Watford shall offer to Highbridge to agree to substantially the same terms and conditions as set forth in this Agreement, which offer Highbridge may accept or decline in its discretion.
5.
Miscellaneous .
a.
Except as authorized in writing by Highbridge or AUL, as applicable (the “ Disclosing Party ”), neither AUL nor Highbridge, as applicable (the “ Receiving Party ”) shall disclose any of the information provided to it by the Disclosing Party pursuant to this Agreement (“ Confidential Information ”) to any Person that is not a Party to this Agreement; provided, however, that the Receiving Party may disclose any such Confidential Information (v) to the extent necessary to be disclosed to an actuarial firm appointed pursuant to Section 3(e) or 3(f) for such actuarial firm to perform its services in accordance with Section 3(e) or 3(f), as applicable; (w) to the Receiving Party’s directors, officers, partners, members, trustees, employees, representatives (including any accountants, attorneys or other professionals) or Affiliates who need to know such Confidential Information (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Confidential Information and instructed to keep such Confidential Information confidential); (x) if such information becomes publicly available through no breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party or any of its directors, officers, partners, members, trustees, employees, representatives or Affiliates; (y) if such Confidential Information is required to be disclosed by law or regulation or the rules of a national securities exchange or other regulatory or self-regulatory body; or (z) if such Confidential Information is required to be furnished to a governmental agency or court in connection with any legal or administrative proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, AUL may disclose Confidential Information to Arch Capital Group Ltd. (“ ACGL ”) and Highbridge acknowledges that ACGL may further disclose such Confidential Information to the extent necessary to enable ACGL to comply with its reporting obligations as a public company.
b.
This Agreement, together with the Investment Management Agreement, the Services Agreement and each other document and agreement executed by the Parties in connection herewith or therewith, contains the entire understanding among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (except for the Investment Management Agreement and the Services Agreement) between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and each Party hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement and understanding (except for the Investment Management Agreement

- 7 -


and the Services Agreement) is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Services Agreement and each other document and agreement executed by the Parties in connection herewith or therewith.
c.
This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Party may pledge, assign, transfer, subcontract or delegate, either in whole or in part, its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties.
d.
The Parties recognize and agree that if for any reason any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached, immediate and irreparable harm or injury would be caused for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, each Party agrees that, in addition to any other available remedies, any other Party shall be entitled to an injunction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement without the necessity of posting a bond or other form of security. In the event that any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, no Party will allege, and each Party hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law.
e.
Any notice, direction, instruction, acknowledgment or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and addressed to the parties as follows:
If to Watford :
Watford Holdings Ltd.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton, HM HX
Bermuda
Attention: John Rathgeber
Telecopier No.:  (441) 278-3451
Telephone No.:  (441) 278-3450
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopier No.:  (212) 878-8375
Telephone No.:  (212) 878-8063

- 8 -


If to AUL :
Arch Underwriters, Ltd.
45 Reid St, Hamilton, HM-12
Bermuda
Attention: Laurence B. Richardson
Telecopier No.: (441) 278-9255
Telephone No.: (441) 278-9166
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Cahill Gordon & Reindel, LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Schuster
Telecopier No.:  (212) 269-5420
Telephone No.:  (212) 701-3323
If to Highbridge :
Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC
40 West 57th Street, 33rd Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Kathy Choi
Telecopier No.:  (212) 520-3848
Telephone No.:  (212) 287-5548
f.
No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived or discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the Party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
g.
This Agreement is to be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of New York, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
h.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement shall only be brought in the Federal courts located in the County of New York in the State of New York or the State courts located in the County of New York in the State of New York and not in any other State or Federal courts located in the United States of America or any court in any other country, and each of the Parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in

- 9 -


an inconvenient forum. Nothing in this paragraph 5(h) shall affect any right of a Party hereto to serve process in any manner permitted by law. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
i.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.
j.
If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.

- 10 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
ARCH UNDERWRITERS LTD.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Nicolas Papadopoulo
 
Name: Nicolas Papadopoulo
 
Title: CEO
 
 
HIGHBRIDGE PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES, LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Faith Rosenfeld
 
Name: Faith Rosenfeld
 
Title: Chief Administrative Officer
 
 
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
 
Name: John Rathgeber
 
Title: CEO
 
 
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
 
Name: John Rathgeber
 
Title: CEO


[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Fee Sharing Agreement]


Schedule 1
AUL Affiliate Cession 1
Underwriting Services Fee Portion of Earned Gross Premiums 2
ARC Quota Share Retrocession Agreement

7% proportional; 16% excess of loss (or such lesser amount as determined by cedent in its discretion)
Property Catastrophe Quota Share Retrocession Agreement

7%
Quota Share Retrocession Agreements

7% proportional; 16% excess of loss (or such lesser amount as determined by cedent in its discretion)
Arch Worldwide Insurance Group and Arch Mortgage Insurance Group (primary business)
3%
As defined in the Services Agreement
As defined and used in the AUL Affiliate Cessions.

Exhibit 10.1.1

ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Addendum No. 1 is made and entered into as of the __ day of _______, 2019, and amends the Amended and Restated Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of ______ , 2019, by and among Watford Re Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Company ”), Watford Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (the “ Parent ”), Arch Underwriters Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (“ AUL ”) and, solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections ‎2.08, ‎9.02(a)(iii), 12.07, and ‎12.13 of the Agreement, HPS Investment Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Investment Manager ”).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein and in the Agreement, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:
1.
AUL agrees to provide to the Company and/or Parent (collectively, “ Watford ”), upon reasonable request where applicable, the following services to the Company in addition to those contemplated by the Agreement (the “ Additional Services ”):
a.
Discussion, resolution and revised booking of loss reserves (beyond services enumerated in paragraphs 1 (d), (e) and (f) of the Schedule of Services as respects initial estimation and booking of loss reserves);
b.
Manual booking of electronic bordereau and other information into the general ledger;
c.
Reconciliation and analysis of book entries in connection with reporting and disclosure requirements (whether in respect of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, including any contemplated or actual initial public offering and any periodic reporting, or otherwise), including financial, accounting and actuarial work;
d.
Extraction, manipulation, reconciliation, modelling and analysis of data for regulatory compliance (including, without limitation, the Bermuda Monetary Authority and any additional Solvency II compliance) of Watford or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof ( i.e ., over and above provision of raw data contemplated in paragraph 5.03(b) of the Agreement);
e.
Placement of Outward Reinsurance;
f.
Preparation of information required by Rating Agencies and/or Regulatory Agencies that is not otherwise contemplated by the Agreement;
g.
Assistance with public company reporting and complying with financial controls requirements if the Company becomes publicly listed; and
h.
Additional ad hoc requests for administrative, financial, accounting and/or actuarial work not contemplated by the Agreement.



2.
As compensation for Additional Services rendered by AUL to Watford under this Addendum each calendar quarter, Watford shall pay AUL in the amount equal to the sum of Allocated Costs of each officer or employee of AUL involved in rendering such services during such period of time. “Allocated Costs” means A/B x C x D, where:
A = the officer’s or employee’s annual salary and target bonus;
B = the sum of the annual salaries and target bonuses for all officers and employees of AUL;
C = the percentage of such officer’s or employee’s time dedicated to the provision of Additional Services pursuant to this Addendum during such period of time; and
D = 110.0% of the operating expenses of AUL for such period of time.
3.
In addition to the Allocated Costs, Watford shall pay AUL an annual fee of $100,000, payable $25,000 per calendar quarter, for access to AUL’s Regis system. Such amount does not include any costs for customization of the software or reporting, which costs shall be billed as Allocated Costs pursuant to paragraph 2 above.
4.
The amounts due pursuant to paragraphs 2 and 3 above are to be paid by Watford quarterly in arrears within 30 days upon receipt of an invoice therefor from AUL. AUL shall be responsible for all overhead costs associated with furnishing the Additional Services, including, without limitation, salaries and benefits of its officers and employees, taxes, premises costs, information technology (other than as provided in paragraph 3 above), copying, communication services, travel and entertainment; provided , however , that AUL shall have no responsibility for costs for outside professionals, including, without limitation, lawyers, auditors and actuaries.
5.
This Addendum No. 1 shall be effective with respect to all Additional Services rendered by AUL to Watford commencing _________, 2018.




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Addendum No. 1 as of the date first written above.
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ Jon Levy
Name:
Jon Levy
Title:
President & CEO
 
 
WATFORD HOLDINGS LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ Jon Levy
Name:
Jon Levy
Title:
President & CEO
 
 
ARCH UNDERWRITERS LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ William Soares
Name:
William Soares
Title:
Head of Specialty
 
 
Solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections ‎2.08 , ‎9.02(a)(iii), 12.07 , and ‎12.13 of the Agreement:
 
 
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Purnima Puri
Name:
Purnima Puri
Title:
Managing Director


Exhibit 10.15.1

ADDENDUM NO.1 TO ARE QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT
This Addendum No. 1 is made and entered into as of the 1 st day of January, 2017 ("Addendum Effective Date"), and amends the Quota Share Retrocession Agreement ("Agreement"), effective January 1, 2014 , by and between Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Designated Activity Company ("ARE") and Watford Re Ltd.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual provisions and agreements contained herein and in the Agreement, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:
1.
As of the Addendum Effective Date, the definition of "Requited Security Amount" is amended to mean (i) [**]% of the Retrocessionaire's share of [**] , plus (ii) [**]% of the Retrocessionaire's share of [**] in respect of Short-Tail Business, plus (iii) [**]%of the Retrocessionaire's share of [**] in respect of Long-Tail Business, less [**] of [**] due from the Company to Retrocessionaire under the Agreement.
2.
"Short-Tail Business" means (i) agriculture, non-standard automobile, property, surety and title business; (ii) proportional reinsurance of marine, aviation and automobile (personal and commercial) business; and (iii) any other lines of business with similar or shorter loss development patterns.
3.
"Long-Tail Business" means (i) casualty (other than lines specifically enumerated as Short-Tail Business) and mortgage business; (ii) excess of loss reinsurance of marine, aviation and automobile (personal and commercial) business; and (iii) any other lines of business with similar or longer loss development patterns.
4.
ARE's classifications of specifically enumerated risks shall be conclusive in the absence of bad faith. In cases of doubt as to risks not specifically enumerated as Short- Tail Business or Long-Tail Business, such risks shall be treated as Long-Tail Business.
5.
In Article 19, paragraph A.1, "[**] of the Required Security Amount" shall be changed to "(a) [**]of the Retrocessionaire's share of the sum of [**] and [**], less (b)[**]of [**] due from the Company to Retrocessionaire under the Agreement."
6.
Notwithstanding Article 19. A.1 of the Agreement, any amount required to be funded through a letter of credit (including, without limitation, pursuant to paragraph 5 above) may be funded, at the option of the Retrocessionaire, by any combination of qulifying letter of credit (including [**]) under Article 19.A.1 and a Regulatory Trust Account (including [**] of the sum of the [**] and [**]).
7.
"Regulatory Trust Account" means funds deposited pursuant to a trust agreement in form and substance, and with a third party trustee, in each satisfactory to the Company in its sole discretion that meets the requirements of any applicable law, regulation or regulatory authority (including, without limitation, the Insurance

[**]         CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


Supervision Directorate of the Central Bank of Ireland), which shall be invested in accordance with applicable regulatory investment guidelines (including, without limitation, any regulations promulgated by the Insurance Supervision Directorate of the Central Bank of Ireland) and shall, in addition, conform to the guidelines set forth in the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Credit for Reinsurance Model Regulation, as the same may be supplemented and amended.
8.
As of the Addendum Effective Date, Article 19, paragraph H, is deleted.
IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum No. 1 as of the day and year first above written.
ARCH REINSURANCE EUROPE
UNDERWRITING DESIGNATED
ACTIVITY
 
/s/ Sinead Riordan
 
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
/s/ Jon Levy

[**]         CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Exhibit 10.16.1

ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO PROPERTY CATASTROPHE QUOTA SHARE
RETROCESSION AGREEMENT
This Addendum No. 1 is made and entered into as of the 9 th da y of September, 2014 , and amends the Property Catastrophe Quota Share Retrocession Agreement ("Agreement"), effective April 1, 2014, by and between Arch Reinsurance Ltd . ("ARL") and Watford Re Ltd. ("Watford").
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein and in the Agreement, the parties , intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:
1.
Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited ("ARE") is hereby added as an additional Company as of the Effective Date.
2.
All references to "Company" in the Agreement shall refer to the interests of ARL or ARE, as the case may be, arising out of or with respect to their respective Underlying Contracts; provided, however, that the references to "Company" in the definitions of ARL/Watford Retrocession,Watford/ARL Loss Obligations, Watford/ARL Retrocession and Watford/ARL Unearned Premium, and as respects usages of such defined terms, shall refer only to the interests of ARL.
3.
ARL and ARE shall be treated as one party and shall act jointly as respects any Arbitration under Article 18 and/or remedies with respect to any failure by Watford to meet its security obligations under Article 19 A.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum No. 1 as of the day and year first above written.
ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
 
/s/ Maamoun Rajeh
 
ARCH REINSURANCE EUROPE
UNDERWRITING LIMITED
 
/s/ Maamoun Rajeh
 
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
/s/ John Rathgeber

Exhibit 10.16.2

ADDENDUM NO. 2 TO PROPERTY CATASTROPHE QUOTA SHARE
RETROCESSION AGREEMENT
This Addendum No. 2 is made and entered into a s of the 3l st day of December, 201 4 , and admends the Property Catastrophe Quota Share Retrocession Agreement ("Agreement") , effective April 1, 2014, by and between Arch Reinsurance Ltd. ( " ARL' ') and Watford Re Ltd. ("Watford" ) as amended by Addendum No. 1 thereo.
NOW, THER EF ORE , in considerat i on o f the mutual promises and agreements contained herein and in th e Agreem e nt , the parties, int e nding to be bound i n contract , hereby a gree as follows:
1.
Notwithstanding that the Effe c tive Date is April 1, 2014, the first anniversary date shall be deemed to be January 1, 2015, and each subsequent anniversary date shall be deemed to occur on January 1 of each following year.
IN WITN E SS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Addendum No. 2 as of the day and year first above written.
ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
 
/s/ Maamoun Rajeh
 
ARCH REINSURANCE EUROPE
UNDERWRITING LIMITED
 
/s/ Maamoun Rajeh
 
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
/s/ John Rathgeber

Exhibit 10.16.3

ADDENDUM NO. 3 TO PROPERTY CATASTROPHE QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT
This addendum No. 3 is made and entered into as of the 1 st day of January, 2017 (“Addendum Effective Date”) and amends the Property Catastrophe Quota Share Retrocession Agreement (“Agreement”), effective April 1, 2014, by and between Arch Reinsurance Ltd. And Watford Re Ltd. (“Watford”), as amended.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual provisions and agreements contained herein and in the Agreement, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:
1.
The first sentence of Article 19 is amended to read: “The Retrocessionaire shall fund (a) the [**], plus (b) [**]% of the amount of Retrocessionaire's Obligations to the Company hereunder, less (c) [**] of [**] due from the Company to Retrocessionaire hereunder (such total being the Required Collateral Amount’).”
2.
Notwithstanding Article 19.A.1 of the Agreement, any amount required to be funded through a letter of credit (including, without limitation, pursuant to paragraph 2 above) may be funded, at the option of the Retrocessionaire, by any combination of qualifying letter of credit (including [**]) under Article 19.A.1 and a Regulatory Trust Account (including up to [**]).
3.
“Regulatory Trust Account” means funds deposited pursuant to a trust agreement in form and substance, and with a third party trustee, in each case satisfactory to the Company in its sole discretion that meets the requirements of any applicable law, regulation or regulatory authority (including, without limitation, the Bermuda Monetary Authority), which shall be invested in accordance with applicable regulatory investment guidelines (including, without limitation, any regulations promulgated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority) and shall, in addition, conform to the guidelines set forth in the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Credit for Reinsurance Model Regulation, as the same may be supplemented and amended.
4.
“ARE PC Security Amount” means [**] of the Required Collateral Amount attributable to cessions by Arch Reinsurance Europe Designated Activity Company (f/k/a Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited) under the Agreement on a stand-alone basis.
5.
As of the Addendum Effective Date, Article 19, paragraph H is revised as follows:
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company and the Retrocessionaire agree that the collateral requirements under this Agreement and the ARL/Watford Retrocession shall be aggregated and that the Watford/ARL [**] and Watford/ARL[**], less [**] amount due from Watford to ARL under the Watford/ARL Retrocession, shall be netted therefrom, (but subject to a minimum collateral requirement equal to the ARE PC Security Amount). By way of illustration, if the Required Collateral Amount which Retrocessionaire is required to collateralize under this Agreement is $[**], the Required Security Amount which Retrocessionaire is required to collateralize under ARL/Watford Retrocession is $[**], and the Watford/ARL [**] and Watford/ARL [**], less [**] due from Watford to ARL under the Watford/ARL Retrocession, total $[**], then the aggregate requirement for collateral under this Agreement and the ARL/

[**]      CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPAREATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


Watford Retrocession combined shall be the greater of $[**] or the ARE PC Security Amount. Such reduction in the aggregate requirement for collateral may apply, at Retrocession option, in respect of assets to be held in trust pursuant to Articles 19, paragraphs A.2, of this Agreement and the ARL/Watford Retrocession, to letter(s) of credit and/or the Regulatory Trust Account.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum No. 3 as of the day and year first above written.
ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
 
/s/ Tim Peckett
 
ARCH REINSURANCE EUROPE
DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY
 
/s/ Sinead Riordan
 
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
/s/ Jon Levy

[**]      CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPAREATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Exhibit 10.17.1

ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO ARL QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT
This Addendum No. 1 is made and entered into as of the 1st day of January, 2017 ("Addendum Effective Date"), and amends the Quota Share Retrocession Agreement ("Agreement"), effective January 1, 2014, by and between Arch REinsurance Ltd. ("ARL") and Watford Re Ltd. ("Watford").
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual provisions and agreements contained herein and in the Agreement, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:
1.
As of the Addendum Effective Date, the definition of "Required Security Amount" is amended to mean (i)[**]% of the Retrocessionaire's share of [**], plus (ii)[**]% of the Retrocessionaire's share of [**]in respect of Short-Tail Business, plus (iii) [**]% of the Retrocessionaire's share of [**] in respect of Long-Tail Business, less (iv)[**] of [**] due from the Company to Retrocessionaire under the Agreement.
2.
"Short-Tail Business" means (i) agriculture, non-standard automobile, property, surety and title business; (ii) proportional reinsurance of marine, aviation and automobile (personal and commercial) business; and (iii) any other lines of business with similar or shorter loss development patterns.
3.
"Long-Tail Business" means (i) casualty (other than lines specifically enumerated as Short-Tail Business) and mortgage business; (ii) excess of loss reinsurance of marine, aviation and automobile (personal and commercial) business; and (iii) any other lines of business with similar or longer loss development patterns.
4.
ARL's classifications of specifically enumerated risks shall be conclusive in the absence of bad faith. In cases of doubt as to risks not specifically enumerated as Short-Tail Business or Long-Tail Business, such risks shall be treated as Long-Tail Business.
5.
In Article 19, paragraph A.1, "[**] of the Required Security Amount" shall be changed to "(a)[**] of the Retrocessionaire's share of the sum of [**] and [**], less (b)[**] of [**] due from the Company to Retrocessionaire under the Agreement."
6.
Notwithstanding Article 19.A.1 of the Agreement, any amount required to be funded through a letter of credit (including, without limitation, pursuant to paragraph 5 above) shall be reduced by [**] of [**] due from the Company to Retrocessionaire under the Agreement and may be funded, at the option of the Retrocessionaire, by any combination of qualifying letter of credit (including [**]) under Article 19.A.1 and a Regulatory Trust Account (including [**] of the sum of the [**] and [**] less [**] due from the Company to Retrocessionaire under the Agreement).
7.
"Regulatory Trust Account" means funds deposited pursuant to a trust agreement in form and substance, and with a third party trustee, in each case satisfactory to the Company in its sole discretion that meets the requirements of any applicable law, regulation

[**]      CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


orregulatory authority (including, without limitation, the Bermuda Monetary Authority), which shall be invested in accordance with applicable regulatory investment guidelines (including, without limitation, any regulations promulgated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority) and shall, in addition, conform to the guidelines set forth in of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Credit for Reinsurance Model Regulation, as the same may be supplemented and amended.
8.
"ARE PC Security Amount" means [**] of the Required Collateral Amount attributable to cessions by Arch Reinsurance Europe Designated Activity Company (f/k/a Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited) under hte ARL/Watford PC Retrocession on a stand-alone basis.
9.
As of the Addendum Effective Date, Article 19, paragraph H, is revised as follows:
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company and the Retrocessionaire agree that the collateral requirements under this Agreement and the ARL/Watford PC Retrocession shall be [**]      and that the Watford/ARL [**]                                    and Watford/ARL [**]                      , less
[**]         due from Watford to ARL under the Watford/ARL Retrocession, shall be [**]              (but subject to a minimum collateral requirement equal to
[**]                   ). By way of illustration, if the Required Security Amount which Retrocessionaire is required to collateralize under this Agreement is $[**], the REquired Collateral Amount which Retrocessionaire is required to collateralize under ARL/Watford PC Retrocession is $[**], and the Watford/ARL
[**]                   and Watford/ARL [**]                        , less [**]
due from Watford to ARL under the Watford/ARL Retrocession, total $[**], then the [**]              requirement for collateral under this Agreement and the ARL/ Watford PC Retrocession combined shall be the greater of $[**] or
[**]                        . Such reduction in the aggregate requirement for collateral may apply, at Retrocessionaire's option, in respect of assets to be held in trust pursuant to Articles 19, paragraphs A.2, of this Agreement and the ARL/Watford PC Retrocession, to letter(s) of credit and/or the REgulatory Trust Account.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum No. 1 as of the day and year first above written.
ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
 
/s/ Tim Peckett
 
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
/s/ Jon Levy

[**]      CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Exhibit 10.18.1

ENDORSEMENT

Attached to and forming part of the QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), made as of the 1 st day of January 2014, between ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY, a Nebraska corporation (the "Company") and WATFORD RE LTD., a Bermuda domiciled insurance company (the "Retrocessionaire").

It is understood and agreed that effective 12:01 A.M., April 1, 2014 (the "First Endorsement Time"), subject to the approval of the Nebraska Department of Insurance, if required, this Agreement shall be modified as follows with respect to Contracts that are issued and/or renewed on or after the First Endorsement Time:

It is agreed that Exhibit A Underwriting Guidelines shall be replaced in entirety with Amended and Restated Exhibit A which is attached to this Agreement and which shall be incorporated into the Agreement.

ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT REMAIN UNCHANGED.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Endorsement to be executed by its duly authorized representative this 25th day of August, 2014


ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
/s/ Peder Moller


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Retrocessionaire has caused this Endorsement to be executed by its duly authorized representative this 25th day of August, 2014

WATFORD RE LTD.
/s/ John Rathgeber

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


Exhibit A
(Amended and Restated)

Underwriting Guidelines

1.    Ceded Contracts shall have a minimum ROE of [***] %, calculated using the same methodology as the Company uses for risks assumed into its portfolio and the same modeling tools as the Company utilizes for its business. In making such calculations, the Company will use required capital consistent with the Company’s then-current model for rating agency requirements (presently based on Standard & Poor’s) using appropriate assumptions as respects the ceding fee under Article 9 of this Agreement, the Retrocessionaire Investment Return Rate and the Retrocessionaire’s then-current rating

“Retrocessionaire Investment Return Rate” means (i) with respect to Year 1, [***]% and (ii) with respect to each subsequent year, a rate to be mutually agreed between Retrocessionaire and the Company; provided, that such rate shall be determined not later than 60 days prior to the end of the prior calendar year and shall be not less than the average [***]-year U.S. treasury security rate for the prior ninety calendar days plus [***].

2.      Maximum per risk limit of $[***] for Retrocessionaire’s Ceded Percentage share.

3.    Maximum natural peril per event limit of $[***] for Retrocessionaire’s Ceded Percentage share.

4.    If the underlying reinsurance contract does not have a per risk limit but is structured on an aggregate basis, the Ceded Percentage of the aggregate limit of liability shall not exceed $10,000,000.

5.    Maximum terrorism limit of $[***] for Retrocessionaire’s Ceded Percentage share.

6. Maximum term of underlying reinsurance contract is 36 months.

7. The authorized lines of business (“Authorized Business Lines”) under the Ceded

Contracts will include:
Professional Lines (D&O, E&O, Medical Malpractice)
Workers Compensation
General Liability
Umbrella Liability
Employment Practices Liability
Environmental Liability
Auto
International Motor and Liability
Crop
Property quota share
Regional multi-line
Aviation
No Ceded Contract shall be outside of the Authorized Business Lines unless approved in writing by the Retrocessionaire's Chief Executive Officer or Chief Risk Officer.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


International Motor and Liability
Crop
Property
Regional multi-line
Aviation
No Ceded Contract shall be outside of the Authorized Business Lines unless approved in writing by the Retrocessionaire's Chief Executive Officer or Chief Risk Officer.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Exhibit 10.18.2

ENDORSEMENT No. 2

Attached to and forming part of the QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), made as of the 1 st day of January 2016, between ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and WATFORD RE LTD., a Bermuda domiciled insurance company (the "Retrocessionaire").

It is understood and agreed that effective 12:01 A.M., January 1, 2016 (the "Second Endorsement Time"), subject to the approval of the Delaware Department oflnsurance, if required, this Agreement shall be modified as follows with respect to Contracts that are issued and/or renewed on or after the First Endorsement Time:

It is agreed that Exhibit A Underwriting Guidelines shall be replaced in entirety with the Second Amended and Restated Exhibit A which is attached to this Agreement and which shall be incorporated into the Agreement.

ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT REMAIN UNCHANGED.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Endorsement to be executed by its duly authorized representative this 26th day of February, 2016


ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
/s/ Jerome Halgan


IN WITNESS WH EREOF, the Retrocessionaire has caused this Endorsement to be executed by its duly authorized representative this 26th day of February, 2016

WATFORD RE LTD.
/s/ John Rathgeber

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


Exhibit A
(Second Amended and Restated)

Underwriting Guidelines


1.    Ceded Contracts shall have a minimum ROE of [***]%, calculated using the same methodology as the Company uses for risks assumed into its portfolio and the same modeling tools as the Company utilizes for its business. In making such calculations, the Company will use required capital consistent with the Company’s then-current model for rating agency requirements (presently based on Standard & Poor’s) using appropriate assumptions as respects the ceding fee under Article 9 of this Agreement, the Retrocessionaire Investment Return Rate and the Retrocessionaire’s then-current rating


“Retrocessionaire Investment Return Rate” means (i) with respect to Year 1, [***]% and (ii) with respect to each subsequent year, a rate to be mutually agreed between Retrocessionaire and the Company; provided, that such rate shall be determined not later than 60 days prior to the end of the prior calendar year and shall be not less than the average [***]-year U.S. treasury security rate for the prior ninety calendar days plus [***].

2.      Maximum per risk limit of $[***] for Retrocessionaire’s Ceded Percentage share.

3.    Maximum natural peril per event limit of $[***] for Retrocessionaire’s Ceded Percentage share.

4.    If the underlying reinsurance contract does not have a per risk limit but is structured on an aggregate basis, the Ceded Percentage of the aggregate limit of liability shall not exceed $25,000,000.

5.    Maximum terrorism limit of $[***] for Retrocessionaire’s Ceded Percentage share.

6. Maximum term of underlying reinsurance contract is 36 months.

7. The authorized lines of business (“Authorized Business Lines”) under the Ceded Contracts will include all lines of business written by the Company.


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Exhibit 10.18.3

ENDORSEMENT NO. 3

This Endorsement No. 3 is made and entered into as of the 1st day of January, 2017 ("Addendum Effective Date"), and amends the Quota Share Retrocession Agreement ("Agreement"), effective January 1, 2014, by and between Arch Reinsurance Company (the "Company") and Watford Re Ltd. ( the "Retrocessionaire")

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual provisions and agreements contained herein and in the Agreement, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:

1.
It is acknowledged and agreed that the Company has redomesticated from Nebraska to Delaware.
2.
As of the Addendum Effective Date, the definition of "Required Security Amount" is amended to mean the sum of (i) [***]% of the [***] of [***], (ii) [***]% of the [***] of [***] in respect of [***], and (iii) [***]% of the [***] of [***] in respect of [***].
3.
"Short-Tail Business" means (i) agriculture, non-standard automobile, property, surety and title business; (ii) proportional reinsurance of marine, aviation and automobile (personal and commercial) business; and (iii) any other lines of business with similar or shorter loss development patterns.
4.
"Long-Tail Business" means (i) casualty (other than lines specifically enumerated as Short-Tail Business) and mortgage business; (ii) excess of loss reinsurance of marine, aviation and automobile (personal and commercial) business; and (iii) any other lines of business with similar or longer loss development patterns.
5.
The Company's classifications of specifically enumerated risks shall be conclusive in the absence of bad faith. In cases of doubt as to risks not specifically enumerated as Short­ Tail Business or Long-Tail Business, such risks shall be treated as Long-Tail Business.
6.
The Required Security Amount shall be reduced by the unpaid amount of any net amount due from the Company to Retrocessionaire under the Agreement.
7.
Notwithstanding Article 19.A.1 of the Agreement, any amount required to be funded through a letter of credit shall be reduced by the unpaid amount of any net amount due from the Company to Retrocessionaire under the Agreement and may be funded, at the option of the Retrocessionaire, by any combination of qualifying letter of credit (includ­ing none) under Article 19.A.1 and a Regulatory Trust Account (including the full amount of the sum of the Unearned Premium and Loss Obligations less any unpaid net amount due from the Company to Retrocessionaire under the Agreement).
8.
"Regulatory Trust Account" means funds deposited pursuant to a trust agreement in form and substance, and with a third party trustee, in each case satisfactory to the Company in its sole discretion that meets the requirements of any applicable law, regulation (including, without limitation, Delaware Administrative Code, Title 18, Section 1003, Credit for Reinsurance, as the same may be supplemented and amended) or regulatory authority (including, without

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


limitation, the Delaware Department of Insurance), which shall be in-vested in accordance with applicable regulatory investment guidelines (including, without limitation, Delaware Administrative Code, Title 18, Section 1003, as the same may be supplemented and amended).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Endorsement No. 3 as of the day and year first above written.

ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
/s/ Jerome Halgan
WATFORD RE LTD.
/s/ John Rathgeber


[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Exhibit 10.19.1

ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT
This Addendum No . 1 is made and entered into as of the 13th day of November, 2014, and amends the Quota Share Retrocession Agreement ("Agreement"), effective January 1, 2014, by and between Watford Re Ltd. as the "Company" and Arch Reinsurance Ltd. as the "Retro­cessionaire."
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein and in the Agreement, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as fol­lows:
1.
" Ceded Contracts " shall not include any contract as to which Retrocessionaire or any Affiliate (as defined in the Se r v i ces Agreement) of Retrocessionaire has a side-by­ side participation with the Company on the same risk (for the same layer and same time period) as the Company equal to or greater than the product of the Ceded Per­centage and the sum o f the Company's and the Retrocessionaire's (or its Affiliate's) percentage participations on such risk. By way of illustration, if the Company' s par­ticipation on a risk is 42 . 5% for the relevant layer , the Ceded Percentage is 15% and the Retrocessionaire's (or Affiliates) side-by-side participation is 7.5% or greater, then the Company's participation shall not be a Ceded Contract (because 7.5% is equal to 15% x (42.5% + 7.5%)).
2.
This Addendum No. 1 shall be effective as of the Effective Date.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum No. 1 as of the day and year first above written.

ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
/s/ Maamoun Rajeh
 
WATFORD RE LTD.
/s/ John Rathgeber


Exhibit 10.19.2

ADDENDUM NO. 2 TO QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT
This Addendum No. 2 is made and entered into as of the 21 st d ay of January , 201 9, and amends the Quota Share Retrocession Agreement, effective January 1, 2014, by and between Watford Re Ltd. as the "Company" and Arch Reinsurance Ltd. as the "Retrocessionaire" as amended by Addendum No. 1, dated as of November 13, 2014.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein and in the Agreement, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:
1.
Definitions:
a.
"WICE" means Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited, a Gibraltar domiciled insurance company.
b.
"WICE/Company Reinsurance" means the Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between WICE, as the cedant, and the Company, as the reinsurer, effective July 28, 2015.
c.
"WSIC" means Watford Specialty Insurance Co., a New Jersey domiciled in­surance company.
d.
"WSIC/ Company Reinsurance" means the Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between WSIC, as the cedant, and the Company, as the reinsurer, effective February 17, 2016.
e.
" WIC" means Watford Insurance Company, a New Jersey domiciled insurance company.
f.
"WIC/Company Reinsurance" means the Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between WSIC, as the cedant, and the Company, as the reinsurer, effective September 1, 2016.
2.
"Ceded Contracts" shall not include cessions assumed by the Company pursuant to the WICE/Company Reinsurance, the WSIC/Company Reinsurance or the WIC/Company Reinsurance.
3.
This Addendum shall be effective as of July 28, 2015 with respect to the WICE/Company Reinsurance, February 17, 2016 with respect to the WSIC/Company Reinsurance and September 1, 2016 with respect to the WIC/Company Reinsurance.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum No. 2 as of the day and year first above written.

ARCH REINSURANCE LTD.
/s/ Maamoun Rajeh
 
WATFORD RE LTD.
/s/ Jon Levy


Exhibit 10.19.3

ADDENDUM NO. 3 TO QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT
This Addendum No. 3 is made and entered into as of the 30th day of August, 2018, and amends the Quota Share Retrocession Agreement (the " Agreement "), dated as of January 1, 2014, by and between Watford Re Ltd. as the "Company" and Arch Reinsurance Ltd. as the "Retrocessionaire."
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein and in the Agreement, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:
1.
ARTICLE 20, REDUCTIONS IN CEDED PERCENTAGE, shall be deleted in its entirety and shall be left intentionally blank.
2.
The definition of " Ceded Percentage " shall be replaced by the following:
" Ceded Percentage " means 15%

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Addendum No. 3 as of the date first written above.


WATFORD RE LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ John Rathgeber
Name:
John Rathgeber
Title:
CEO
 
 
ARCH REINSURANCE LTD
 
 
By:
/s/ Maamoun Rajeh
Name:
Maamoun Rajeh
Title:
Director

Exhibit 10.20.1

ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO QUOTA SHARE AGREEMENT


This Addendum No. 1 is made and entered into as of the 15 th day of October, 2018 ("Effective Date"), and amends the Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement ("Agreement") by and between Watford Specialty Insurance Company and Arch Reinsurance Company, dated February 17, 2016 (effective January 1, 2016).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements con­tained herein and in the Agreement, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:

1.
The definition of"Policy(ies)" is amended by addition of the following provision:

provided, however, that "Policy" shall not include any insurance policy as to which Rein­surer or any Affiliate (as defined in the Services Agreement) of Reinsurer has a side-by­-side participation with the Company on the same risk (for the same layer and same time period) as the Company equal to or greater than 17.65% of the Company's percentage participation on such risk.

2.
The second sentence of Article 12, prior to the provision (which provision is not amended), is amended as follows:

Within 15 days of such notice, the Reinsurer shall notify the Company of confirmation that it elects a Ceded Percentage (i) equal to 50%; (ii) lower than 50%, but no lower than 15%; or (iii) higher than 50%, but no higher than 90% (unless otherwise agreed by the Reinsurer and the Company), in respect to such Policy (" Cession Notice ");

3.
Article 9 is amended by the addition of a new antepenultimate sentence as follows:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Policy for which the Ceded Percentage is greater than 90%, the ceding fee shall be as agreed between the Reinsurer and the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has duly executed this Addendum No. 1 as of the date first above written.

WATFORD SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
By:
/s/ Alex Scherer
 
Name: Alex Scherer
 
Title: President & CEO
 
 
ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
By:
/s/ Barry Golub
 
Name: Barry Golub
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer


Exhibit 10.21.1




ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO QUOTA SHARE AGREEMENT


This Addendum No. 1 is made and entered into as of the 15 th day of October, 2018 ("Effective Date"), and amends the Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement ("Agreement") by and between Watford Insurance Company and Arch Reinsurance Company, dated September 1, 2016 (effective September 1, 2016).

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein and in the Agreement, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:

1.
The definition of "Policy(ies)" is amended by addition of the following provision:

provided, however, that "Policy" shall not include any insurance policy as to which Rein­surer or any Affiliate (as defined in the Services Agreement) of Reinsurer has a side-by­-side participation with the Company on the same risk (for the same layer and same time period) as the Company equal to or greater than 17 . 65% of the Company's percentage participation on such risk.

2.
The second sentence of Article 12, prior to the provision (which provision is not amended), is amended as follows:

Within 15 days of such notice, the Reinsurer shall notify the Company of confirmation that it elects a Ceded Percentage (i) equal to 50 % ; (ii) lower than 50%, but no lower than 15%; or (iii) higher than 50%, but no higher than 90% (unless otherwise agreed by the Reinsurer and the Company), in respect to such Policy (" Cession Notice ");

3.
Article 9 is amended by the addition of a new antepenultimate sentence as follows:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Policy for which the Ceded Percentage is greater than 90 % , the ceding fee shall be as agreed between the Reinsurer and the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has duly executed this Addendum No. 1 as of the date first above written.
WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
By:
/s/ Alex Scherer
 
Name: Alex Scherer
 
Title: President & CEO
 
 
ARCH REINSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
By:
/s/ Barry Golub
 
Name: Barry Golub
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 10.3.1

ADDENDUM NO. 1
TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Addendum No. 1 is made and entered into as of the 1 st day of November, 2017, and amends the Amended and Restated Services Agreement (“Agreement”), effective October 1, 2016, by and among Watford Insurance Company, Arch Underwriters Inc. and, solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections 2.08, 9.02(a)(iii), 12.07, and 12.14 of the Agreement, HPS Investment Partners, LLC.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein and in the Agreement, the parties, intending to be bound in contract, hereby agree as follows:
1. In Section 1. Definitions of Exhibit C Fee Schedule , in the definition of Seconded Employees Expenses , the definition of factor “B” is amended as follows:
B = the percentage of such Seconded Employee’s time dedicated to the provision of Insurance Services (as that term is defined in the Employees Leasing Agreement) pursuant to the Employees Leasing Agreement in respect of insurance contracts (but not in respect of Proportional or Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contracts) during such period of time; and
2. In Section 2. AUI Fees of Exhibit C Fee Schedule Paragraph (a) Underwriting Fee is amended as follows:
Underwriting Fee . So long as any Covered Business remains in force (including any Renewals thereof (other than Excluded Business) actually written by the Company during the three-year period following the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement as contemplated in clause (a) of the Schedule of Post-Termination Obligations), AUI shall be entitled to receive (by way of deduction from the Claims Account pursuant to Section 2.09(a) of the Agreement) each quarter in respect of all Covered Business an underwriting fee (the “ Underwriting Fee ”) equal to (i) as respects insurance and Proportional Reinsurance Contracts, 3.00% of the product of Gross Earned Premium and (1 minus the weighted average Ceded Percentage under the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement for such contracts for such quarter), and (ii) as respects Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contracts, 12.00% of the product of Gross Earned Premium and (1 minus the weighted average Ceded Percentage under the ARC Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement for such contracts for such quarter).
The terms shall be fair and reasonable.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum No. 1 as of the day and year first above written.
WATFORD INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
By:
/s/ Alexandre Scherer
 
Name: Alexandre Scherer
 
Title: President & CEO
 
 
ARCH UNDERWRITERS INC
 
 
By:
/s/ Kenneth J. Vivian
 
Name: Kenneth J. Vivian
 
Title: President & CEO
 
 
 
Solely for the limited purposes set forth in Sections 2.08 , ‎9.02(a)(iii), 12.07 , and ‎12.13 of the Agreement:
 
 
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Faith Rosenfeld
 
Name: Faith Rosenfeld
 
Title: Chief Administrative Officer

Exhibit 10.34.1

Continuing Agreement for Standby Letters of Credit
The undersigned applicant (the “Applicant”) is entering into this Continuing Agreement for Standby Letters of Credit (this “Agreement”) in order to induce Lloyds Bank plc (the “Bank”) to issue, at the request of the Applicant from time to time, through the Bank’s office located at 1095 Avenue of the Americas, 34 th Floor, New York, NY 10036 (the Bank’s “Issuing Branch”), one or more stand-by letters of credit. Each such stand-by letter of credit, as it may, from time to time, be amended or modified with the consent of the Applicant is hereinafter called, a “Credit”. The Applicant hereby agrees with the Bank as follows with respect to each such Credit:
1.
The Applicant hereby agrees to pay on demand to the Bank:
(i) the amount which the Bank shall have paid pursuant to the terms of the Credit at any time;
(ii) interest on (a) the amounts referred to in clause (i) above from the date any such amount is paid by the Bank under the Credit until payment in full is received by the Bank and (b) any other amount due from the Applicant to the Bank under this Agreement from the date which is ten (10) days following the Bank's written demand to the Applicant therefor, at a fluctuating interest rate per annum (the “Bank Rate”) computed on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days elapsed until payment in full equal for each day to the highest of (i) the rate designated from time to time by the Bank in the United States as its prime or reference rate of interest, such rate to change automatically from time to time as of the opening of business on the effective date of each change in such prime or reference rate, (ii) the sum of one half of one percent plus the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on such day on such transactions received by the Bank from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Bank in its sole discretion and (iii) the sum of one per cent plus the rate per annum (“One Month LIBOR”) at which one month deposits in United States Dollars are offered by the Bank in London, England to prime banks in the London interbank market at 11:00 A.M. London time two Business Days prior to such day, provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Applicant to pay interest on any amount at a rate per annum in excess of the highest rate permitted by applicable law and
(iii) any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket charges and expenses incurred by the Bank relative to the Credit, together with interest thereon at the Bank Rate from the tenth (10th) day following delivery by the Bank to the Applicant of a written invoice detailing any such charges or expenses.
2.
(a)    On, or within ten (10) days following, the date on which the Issuing Branch issues the Credit, the Applicant shall pay to the Bank an issuance fee in the amount set forth on Schedule 1 to this Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Terms Schedule”) or as separately agreed.
(b) The Applicant will pay to the Bank a non-refundable commission with respect to the Credit (computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed) at the rate per annum set forth on the Terms Schedule, or as separately agreed in the relevant Application, on the average daily stated amount of the Credit for the preceding quarter, quarterly in arrears for so long as the Credit remains in effect and on the date of termination or expiration of the Credit.
(c) If after the date of this Agreement any change ( a “Change in Law”) in any law, regulation or regulatory guideline, or in the interpretation thereof by any court or administrative or governmental authority charged with the administration thereof shall either (i) impose on, modify or deem applicable to, the Bank any reserve, special deposit, capital adequacy or similar requirement or guideline against standby letters of credit issued by the Bank or (ii) impose on the Bank any other condition therefor, and the result of any event referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above shall be to increase, by an amount deemed by the Bank in its sole discretion to be material, the cost (other than an increase resulting from a change in any net income tax imposed upon the Bank) to the Bank of issuing or maintaining the Credit, then, within ten (10) days following demand by the Bank, accompanied by the certificate referred to in the following sentence, the Applicant shall promptly pay to the Bank, from time to time as specified by the Bank, additional amounts which shall be sufficient to compensate the Bank for such increased cost. The Applicant shall have no obligation to pay any such amount if demand

Lloyds Bank is a brand name of Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc. Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc are member companies of Lloyds Banking Group.



is made more than 120 days after the date such increased cost is incurred.  A certificate as to such increased cost incurred by the Bank as a result of any event mentioned in clause (i) or (ii) above, submitted by the Bank to the Applicant and including a statement in reasonable detail as to the reason for and calculation of such increase, shall, absent manifest error, be conclusive as to the amount thereof. For the purposes of this Agreement, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder, issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law” regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.
3. The obligations of the Applicant under this Agreement shall be absolute and unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under all circumstances whatsoever, including, without limitation, the following circumstances:
(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Credit, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto, including without limitation, the Facility Letter dated as of May 19, 2014 between the Bank and the Applicant, each application for the issuance or amendment of a Credit, the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of May 19, 2014 between the Bank and the Applicant and the Funds Transfer Agreement dated on or about the date hereof (individually each a “Related Document” and collectively, the "Related Documents");
(b) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the Related Documents;
(c) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which the Applicant may have at any time against the beneficiary of the Credit (or any entities for whom such beneficiary may be acting), whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or any unrelated transaction;
(d) any statement or any other draft or document presented under the Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or inaccurate in any material respect;
(e) payment by the Bank under the Credit against presentation of a statement or draft which does not strictly comply with the terms of the Credit, provided that the action or inaction of the Bank shall not have manifested gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Bank.
4. In the event of any change or modification, with the written agreement of the Applicant, relative to the Credit or any instruments or documents called for thereunder, including waiver of noncompliance of any such instruments or documents with the terms of the Credit, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Applicant with regard to the Credit as so changed or modified, and to any action taken by the Bank or any of its correspondents relative thereto.
5. Neither the Bank nor any of its officers or directors shall be liable or responsible for:  (a) the use which may be made of the Credit or for any acts or omissions of the beneficiary thereof in connection therewith; (b) the validity, accuracy or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsement(s) thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (c) payment by the Bank against presentation of documents which do not strictly comply with the terms of the Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to the Credit, or (d) any other circumstances whatsoever in making or failure to make payment under the Credit, except only that the Applicant shall have a claim against the Bank, and the Bank shall be liable to the Applicant to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential, damages suffered by the Applicant which the Applicant proves were caused by (i) the Bank's willful misconduct or gross negligence in determining whether documents presented under the Credit complied with the terms of the Credit or (ii) the Bank's willful failure to pay under the Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary thereof of documents strictly complying with the terms and conditions of the Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.  In no event shall the Bank be liable to the Applicant for the actions of any third party, including, without limitation, correspondents of the Bank selected by the Bank with reasonable care.
6. The Applicant agrees to hold the Bank and its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents and servants (collectively, the "Bank's Parties") indemnified and harmless against any and all claims, liability or direct (as opposed to consequential) loss or damage, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of external counsel to the Bank in any

Lloyds Bank is a brand name of Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc. Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc are member companies of Lloyds Banking Group.



litigation concerning the Credit whether or not any of the Bank’s Parties is a party thereto, however arising from or in connection with the Credit or any other Related Document and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby except to the extent any such loss or damage is incurred on account of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank or any of the Bank's Parties, as the case may be. The Applicant shall pay to the Bank the amount of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of external counsel to the Bank incurred by the Bank in connection with the enforcement of this agreement. The obligations of the Applicant under this Section 6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
7.
The Applicant represents and warrants to the Bank as follows:
(a) The Applicant is duly organized, validly existing [and in good standing] under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted.
(b) The Applicant has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to execute and deliver all Related Documents executed by it, to incur and perform the obligations provided for herein and therein, all of which acts have been duly authorized by all proper and necessary corporate action on the part of the Applicant. 
(c) Except as heretofore disclosed to the Bank in writing by the Applicant, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Applicant, threatened against or affecting the Applicant, or any of its properties or assets, before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, which, if determined adversely to the Applicant, would have a material adverse effect upon the ability of the Applicant to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Related Documents.
(d) The balance sheet of the Applicant and its consolidated subsidiaries (if any) as of and for its most recently-ended fiscal year, and the related statements of income and retained earnings of the Applicant and its consolidated subsidiaries (if any) for the fiscal year then ended, copies of which have been furnished to the Bank, fairly present the financial condition of the Applicant and its consolidated subsidiaries (if any) for the period ended on such date, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and since that time, there has been no material adverse change in such condition.
(e) This Agreement and all Related Documents executed by the Applicant are the legal, valid, and binding obligations of the Applicant enforceable against the Applicant in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws of general agreement affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights.
(f) There is no Event of Default by the Applicant or, to the best of the Applicant's knowledge, by any party to any other Related Document and no event has occurred and is continuing, and no condition exists, which with notice or the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default under any thereof.
(g) Each of the Credit, the use thereof by the Applicant and the underlying transaction to which the Credit relates, the execution, delivery and performance of the Related Documents by the Applicant and the perfection of the Bank’s interest in any collateral created or delivered under any Related Document comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations and any necessary permits and regulatory approvals with respect thereto have been obtained and any required filings and notices with respect thereto have been made and given.
8.
So long as any Credit remains outstanding, any amount remains outstanding hereunder or under any Related Document or any commitment of the Bank to the Applicant to issue any Credit has not expired or been terminated, the Applicant will, unless the Bank shall otherwise agree in writing:
(a) Compliance with Laws, Etc.   Comply, in all material respects, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and governmental orders applicable to the Credit.
(b) Reporting Requirements .  Furnish to the Bank:
(i) as soon as available and in any event within [60 days] after the end of each fiscal quarter in each fiscal year of the Applicant (except the final such fiscal quarter), a consolidated balance sheet and statement

Lloyds Bank is a brand name of Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc. Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc are member companies of Lloyds Banking Group.



of income and retained earnings of the Applicant and its subsidiaries (if any) as of the end of such fiscal quarter and for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such fiscal quarter certified by the Applicant's Chief Financial Officer, or analogous officer;
(ii) as soon as available and in any event within [90 days] after the end of each fiscal year of the Applicant a copy of the annual report for such year for the Applicant and its subsidiaries (if any), containing the balance sheet and statement of income and retained earnings of the Applicant and its subsidiaries (if any) as at the end of such fiscal year, certified in a manner consistent with generally accepted auditing practices by the independent public accountants of recognized standing then serving as the Applicant's independent public accountants (and including copies of the transmittal letter from such accountants to the Applicant; and
(c) A.M. Best Rating. Maintain at all times a financial strength rating of at least A- from A.M. Best & Co.
9.
(a)    Any of the following events shall constitute an "Event of Default" hereunder:
(i) The Applicant shall fail to pay within 10 days after the due date thereof the commission referred to in Section 2(a) hereof or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Related Document; or
(ii) A proceeding shall have been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises seeking a decree or order for relief in respect of the Applicant in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Applicant of for any substantial part of its property or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs and any of the aforesaid proceedings shall remain undismissed or unstayed and in effect for a period of [30] consecutive days or a decree or order shall be entered granting the relief sought in such proceeding; or
(iii) The Applicant shall become insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law or shall take any action in furtherance of any of the foregoing or the Applicant shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian or sequestrator (or other similar official) of it or for any substantial part of its property, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any formal action in furtherance of any of the foregoing; or
(iv) Any collateral pledged to the Bank to secure the obligations of Applicant hereunder shall be subject any lien, security interest or adverse claim of any person or entity or any of the Related Documents shall cease to be the valid and binding obligation of the Applicant; or
(v) Any representation or warranty made by the Applicant in this Agreement or any Related Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
(vi) The Applicant shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or in any other Related Document on its part to be performed or observed and not otherwise enumerated specifically in this Section 9, and any such failure shall remain unremedied for 10 days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Applicant by the Bank; or
(vii) The Applicant shall: (is) fail to pay any of its indebtedness (excluding indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement or any other Related Document and excluding any indebtedness of $10,000,000.00 or less), or any interest or premium thereon, when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such indebtedness; or (ii) fail to perform any term, covenant or condition on its part to be performed under any agreement or instrument relating to any such indebtedness when required to be performed, and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such failure to perform is to cause or to permit the acceleration of the maturity of such indebtedness; or any such indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment) prior to the stated maturity thereof.

Lloyds Bank is a brand name of Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc. Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc are member companies of Lloyds Banking Group.



(b) If one or more of the foregoing Events of Default shall occur, the Bank may, in addition to the other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity, or under any of the Related Documents, by notice to the Applicant, declare the obligations of the Applicant hereunder to be forthwith due and payable, and the same shall thereupon become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an event described in subsections (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) of this Section 9, the obligations of the Applicant hereunder shall automatically become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, and provided , further that to the extent the Credit remains outstanding and available to be drawn and unsecured by cash collateral, or any such cash collateral shall be subject to an Adverse Claim then the Applicant shall deliver to the Bank from time to time cash collateral (in the currency in which the Credit is denominated, or, at the Bank’s option in the United States Dollar equivalent), equal to the amount remaining available to be so drawn that is unsecured or subject to such Adverse Claim and the Bank may exercise such other remedies as may be available to the Bank under any of the Related Documents or at law.
10. No delay, extension of time, renewal, compromise or other indulgence which may be granted by the Bank to the Applicant shall impair the Bank's rights or powers hereunder or under any other Related Document.  Neither party to this Agreement shall be deemed to have waived any of its rights hereunder or under any other Related Document, unless such party or its authorized agent shall have signed such waiver in writing.  No such waiver, unless expressly as stated therein, shall be effective as to any transaction which occurs subsequent to the date of such waiver, nor as to any continuance of a breach of any provision of this Agreement or under any other Related Document after such waiver.
11.
(a)    This Agreement is a continuing obligation and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, transferees and assigns; provided , however, that the Applicant may not assign or delegate any part of this Agreement or any other Related Document, or its obligations hereunder or thereunder, without the prior written consent of the Bank.
(b)    Upon expiration or cancellation of the Credit pursuant to its terms, and payment by the Applicant to the Bank of all amounts outstanding hereunder and under the other Related Documents and the termination or expiration of any commitment of the Bank to the Applicant to issue any Credit the agreement represented by this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect and the Bank shall take all steps necessary to release and return the Collateral to the Applicant.
12. Any provision of this Agreement or any other Related Document which is prohibited, unenforceable or not authorized in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition, unenforceablity or nonauthorization without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity, enforceability or legality of such provisions in any other jurisdiction.
13. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER RELATED DCOUMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE APPLICANT HEREBY SUBMITS ITSELF TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY, NEW YORK IN CONNECTION WITH ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATING HERETO OR THERETO . THE BANK AND THE APPLICANT HEREBY WAIVE RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL, ANY OBJECTION TO VENUE AND THE DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING .
Unless Applicant specifies otherwise in its application for the Credit, Applicant agrees that Bank may issue the Credit subject to Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, 2007 Revision, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600 (UCP 600) the UCP or International Standby Practices 1998, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 (ISP98) ( ISP”) or, at Bank's option, such later supplement to or revision of either thereof as is in effect at the time of issuance of the Credit. Bank's privileges, rights and remedies under the UCP, ISP or such later supplement or revision shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, its privileges, rights and remedies expressly provided for herein. The UCP, ISP or any such supplement or revision shall serve, in the absence of proof to the contrary, as evidence of standard practice with respect to the subject matter thereof. Applicant acknowledges its responsibility for knowing applicable letter of credit law and practice.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, (i) this Agreement shall prevail in case of conflict with the UCP, ISP or UCC; (ii) the UCP shall prevail in case of conflict between the UCP and UCC; and (iii) the ISP shall prevail in the case of conflict between the ISP and UCC.

Lloyds Bank is a brand name of Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc. Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc are member companies of Lloyds Banking Group.



14. All payments by the Applicant hereunder and under any Related Document shall be made free and clear of set-off and counterclaim to the Bank at the Issuing Branch or such other place as the Bank shall designate in writing in immediately available funds. Any amount received by the Bank after 2:00pm (New York time) on any Business Day shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding Business Day for the purpose of computation of interest. If the due date for any payment hereunder or under any Related Document is extended by operation of law or otherwise interest shall accrue during such extended period. “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in New York City, New York are required or permitted by law or official proclamation to remain closed and which in connection with the calculation of the One Month LIBOR is also a day on which commercial banks are open in London, England for dealings in United States Dollars.
15. Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice or other communication between the parties hereunder or under any other Related Document or in connection with the Credit a shall be given in writing or facsimile to the intended recipient at its address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereof (or such other address or facsimile number as such recipient shall have notified to the other party in writing) and shall be effective when received.
16. Any payment made to or received by the Bank in a currency (the "Relevant Currency") other than the currency in which such payment is expressed to be due under this Agreement or any other Related Document (the "Contractual Currency") pursuant to a judgment or order of a court or tribunal of any jurisdiction shall constitute a discharge of the Applicant only to the extent of the amount in the Contractual Currency which the Bank is able, on the date of receipt by the Bank of such payment in the Relevant Currency (or, in the case of any such date which is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, to purchase with the amount so received by the Bank on such date, taking into account the costs of any such purchase and any fees, commissions or brokerage payable in connection therewith. If the amount of the Contractual Currency which the Bank is so able to purchase is less than the amount expressed to be due to the Bank in the Contractual Currency under or by virtue of this Agreement or such other Related Document, the Applicant shall indemnify and hold the Bank harmless against any loss or damage sustained or incurred by it or arising as a result.
17. Any and all payments made to Bank hereunder or under any Related Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, (such taxes being herein called "Taxes"). If Applicant shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any Related Document, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this clause) the Bank shall receive an amount equal to the sum the Bank would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) Applicant shall make such deductions, and (iii) Applicant shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law. Applicant will indemnify the Bank for the full amount of Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this clause) paid by the Bank and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising there from or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date the Bank makes written demand therefore. Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes, Applicant will furnish to the Bank the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.
18. Applicant hereby acknowledges that the Bank has notified the Applicant that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) the Bank is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Applicant, which information includes the name and address of the Applicant and other information that will allow the Bank to identify the Applicant in accordance with said Act.
19. Appointment of Agent for Service of Process. Applicant designates and appoints Corporate Service Company, at its office in New York City, New York, U.S.A., as its authorized agent, to accept and acknowledge on its behalf, service of any and all process which may be served in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 13 in any of the courts of New York State or of the United States of America sitting in New York City, New York. If such agent shall cease so to act, Applicant covenants and agrees to designate and appoint without delay another such agent satisfactory to the Bank and to deliver promptly to the Bank evidence in writing of such other agent's acceptance of such appointment.
20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto individually, or in any combination of the parties hereto, in two or more counterparts, each which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


Lloyds Bank is a brand name of Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc. Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc are member companies of Lloyds Banking Group.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Applicant has signed this Agreement and the Bank has accepted this Agreement as of the date or dates set forth below adjacent to their respective signatures.
Date:
May 19, 2014
 
 
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
 
By:
/s/ Roderick Romeo
Name:
Roderick Romeo, CFO
Address for Notices:
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton HM HX
Bermuda
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Gary D. Boss
Telecopy Number: (212) 878-8375
ACCEPTED :
Date: May 19, 2014
LLOYDS BANK PLC,
acting through its Issuing Branch
 
 
By:
/s/ Karen Weich
 
Name: Karen Weich
 
Title: Vice President, W011
 
 
By:
/s/ Julia R. Franklin
 
Name: Julia R. Franklin
 
Title: Vice President, F014

Address for Notices:
Lloyds Bank plc
1095 Avenue of the Americas, 34 th Floor
New York, NY 10020
Telecopy Number: (212) 930-5099


Lloyds Bank is a brand name of Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc. Lloyds Bank plc and Bank of Scotland plc are member companies of Lloyds Banking Group.



SCHEDULE 1
TERMS SCHEDULE:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuance Fee:
 
$500 for each Credit
 
 
 
 
 
 
Letter of Credit Commission:
 
0.20% (20 basis points)
 
 
 
Company’s Initials:
 
/s/ RR
 
 
 
Bank’s Initials:
 
/s/ KW
 
 
 

1
Exhibit 10.34.2

A10342WATFORDEXTENSIO_IMAGE1.GIF
1095 Avenue of the Americas, 34 th Fl.
New York, NY 10036


May 17, 2017


Watford Re Ltd.
P.O. Box HM 2069
Hamilton HM HX
Bermuda
Attn: Chief Financial Officer


Ladies and Gentlemen:

Ref: Standby Letter of Credit Facility


Reference is made to that certain facility letter dated May 19, 2014 (as amended and modified by letter amendments dated May 27, 2014, May 18, 2015 and May 19, 2016), by and between Lloyds Bank plc (the “Bank”, “us” or “we”) and Watford Re Ltd. (the “Applicant” or “you”), an exempted company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda for the issuance and amendment of standby letters of credit for its account (as so amended, the “Facility Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned in the Facility Agreement) pursuant to which the Bank acting through its New York Branch established a Facility currently with a Facility Amount in the principal amount of One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000) to the Applicant.

You have requested that we amend and extend the Scheduled Termination Date.

We are pleased to advise that the Scheduled Termination Date is amended and extended to May 19, 2018.

This agreement shall be effective as of May 19, 2017 (“Effective Date”).

The Applicant represents and warrants that as of the effective date of this agreement no Event of Default under the Master Agreement nor any event or circumstance which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both could become an Event of Default under the Master Agreement has occurred and is continuing.


1


All other provisions of the Facility Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

Upon the effectiveness of this agreement any reference in a Related Document to the “Facility Agreement” shall mean and be a reference to the Facility Agreement as previously amended and as amended hereby.

The Bank is also pleased to advise you that at any time, and from time to time prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, you may request an increase in the Facility Amount in an amount up to an aggregate of $50,000,000 (“Accordion Request”). The Bank may consider, in its sole discretion, each such Accordion Request but the Bank shall not be obligated to consent to any such Accordion Request. Any such increase in the Facility Amount to which the Bank may consent shall be subject to such terms and conditions as are mutually satisfactory and as may be otherwise required by the Bank.

You shall be required to deliver to the Bank customary documentation, including but not limited to, those required by the conditions precedent provided for in the May 19, 2014 Standby Letter of Credit Facility (as such agreement has been amended or otherwise modified). At the Bank’s discretion, the Bank may accept a certificate of a senior officer attesting to certain of the foregoing customary documentation (such senior officer’s certificate shall not cover a favorable opinion of counsel to the Applicant) otherwise requested.

This agreement may be executed by the parties hereto individually, or in any combination of the parties hereto, in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A “PDF” copy of the foregoing shall operate as an original.

The agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York.

Please provide the Bank with a certificate of the Secretary of the Applicant certifying that there remains in full force and effect that resolution of the Directors of the Applicant (previously provided to the Bank) which authorized the execution and delivery of the Related Documents and amendments thereto.    


[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

2


Yours sincerely,

LLOYDS BANK PLC
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:

Acknowledged and agreed (in counterpart) as of the ___ day
of May, 2017


WATFORD RE LTD
 
 
By:
 
Name:
Title:


3
Exhibit 10.34.3

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT ("this Agreement") is made as of the 19 th day of May, 2014, between WATFORD RE LTD. an exempted company with limited liability duly organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the "Pledgor") and LLOYDS BANK PLC (together with its successors and assigns, the "Bank").
WHEREAS:
A. From time to time at the request of Pledgor the Bank may issue one or more standby letters of credit (each, as the same may be amended from time to time with the consent of the Pledgor, a “Credit”) and in connection therewith Pledgor and the Bank have entered into a Facility Letter dated on or about the date hereof (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Facility Agreement”) and the Pledgor has executed in favor of the Bank a Continuing Standby Letter of Credit Agreement dated on or about the date hereof (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Continuing Standby Letter of Credit Agreement”)in order to provide for the obligations of Pledgor to the Bank in connection with each Credit.
B. As a condition of the Bank’s issuance of each Credit, the Bank has required the Pledgor to place on deposit with the Bank’s New York Branch and to pledge to the Bank one or more non-personal time or demand deposits, as collateral security for all obligations of the Pledgor to the Bank under the Continuing Standby Letter of Credit Agreement, the Facility Agreement, this Agreement and the Funds Transfer Agreement dated on or about the date hereof between the Pledgor and the Bank whether contingent or matured, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter created (the "Secured Obligations").
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. There is opened on the books of the New York Branch of the Bank a non-interest bearing cash collateral account designated _________________ (the “Collateral Account”) in the name of the Pledgor but solely within the control of the Bank. Amounts credited to the Collateral Account shall be invested and reinvested in non-personal time or demand deposits) of the Bank as agreed between the Pledgor and the Bank. Said deposits are hereinafter referred to individually and collectively as the “Pledged Deposit”. Any interest paid on the Pledged Deposit shall be credited to the Collateral Account. The Pledgor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably pledges to the Bank, and grants to the Bank a security interest in, the Collateral Account, all amounts on deposit therein, the Pledged Deposit and the proceeds thereof, as collateral security for the prompt payment and performance when due of the Secured Obligations. The Bank is authorized, but is not required, from time to time to attach a Schedule to this Pledge Agreement in order to identify any deposit that would be comprised within the Pledged Deposit.
2. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Continuing Standby Letter of Credit Agreement or the failure of the Pledgor to pay to the Bank any Secured Obligation when due, the Bank is hereby authorized to apply for its benefit all or such portion of the Collateral as may be necessary to satisfy any of the Secured Obligations when due and to exercise the remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code. Pledgor agrees that the Bank may under applicable law be required, or under separate agreement with Applicant be permitted, to impose premature withdrawal penalties in connection with such application or exercise, and that the obligation to make payment of any such penalty shall be an obligation secured by this Agreement.
3. The Pledgor hereby agrees that it shall have no right to require, and the Bank shall have no obligation to permit, the withdrawal of Collateral such that the aggregate Collateral amount is less than the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of the unreimbursed drawing under the Credits plus (y) the aggregate of amounts available to be drawn under the Credits.
4. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall, or be deemed to, impair the effectiveness and enforceability of the Secured Obligations, which obligations shall remain absolute and unconditional until payment of the Secured


1


Obligations to the Bank in full, the Bank has no further obligation to pay any amount under any Credit, each Credit is cancelled or expired and any commitment of the Bank under the Facility Agreement to issue or amend any Credit at the request of the Pledgor has expired or terminated.
5. The Pledgor hereby represents and warrants to the Bank as follows:
(a) The Pledgor has no offsets or defenses with respect to the Secured Obligations.
(b) None of the funds represented by the Pledged Deposit, and no other funds or properties which the Pledgor maintains with any office of the Bank, result from, or are the proceeds of, any activity or conduct by the Pledgor or (to the best knowledge of the Pledgor) any other person in violation of any applicable law, and no person or entity other than the Pledgor has any legal or equitable interest in the Collateral.
(c) THE PLEDGOR HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL, AND WITH SUCH OTHER ADVISERS AS HE HAS DEEMED NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE, REGARDING THIS AGREEMENT, AND THE PLEDGOR HAS EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT AFTER HAVING RECEIVED THE BENEFIT OF SUCH LEGAL AND OTHER ADVICE AS HE HAS DEEMED NECESSARY.
6. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and assigns.
7. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. THE PLEDGOR HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY, NEW YORK IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PROCEEDINGS ARISING UNDER OR OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT .
8. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto individually, or in any combination of the parties hereto, in two or more counterparts, each which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

Pledgor
WATFORD RE LTD.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Roderick Romeo
 
Name:
Roderick Romeo
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
Bank
LLOYDS BANK PLC
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Karen Weich
 
Name:
Karen Weich
 
Title:
Vice President, W011
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Julia R. Franklin
 
Name:
Julia R. Franklin
 
Title:
Vice Present, F014


2





3

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Watford Holdings Ltd.

 

Name of Subsidiary   Place of Incorporation
     
Watford Asset Trust I   Delaware, United States
     
Watford Holdings (UK) Limited   United Kingdom
     
Watford Holdings (U.S.) Inc.   Delaware, United States
     
Watford Insurance Company   New Jersey, United States
     
Watford Insurance Company Europe Limited   Gibraltar
     
Watford Re Ltd.   Bermuda
     
Watford Services Inc.   Delaware, United States
     
Watford Specialty Insurance Company   New Jersey, United States